initial commit of ebook 14984HEADmain

9 files changed, 63571 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/14984-8.txt b/14984-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa3ff0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14984-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20472 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A General History and Collection of Voyages
+and Travels, Vol. 5, by Robert Kerr
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A General History and Collection of Voyages and Travels, Vol. 5
+       Arranged in Systematic Order: Forming a Complete History of the
+       Origin and Progress of Navigation, Discovery, and Commerce, by Sea
+       and Land, from the Earliest Ages to the Present Time
+       
+
+Author: Robert Kerr
+
+Release Date: February 8, 2005 [EBook #14984]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A GENERAL HISTORY, VOL. 5 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Robert Connal, Graeme Mackreth and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team. This file was produced from images generously
+made available by the Canadian Institute for Historical
+Microreproductions.
+
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's Note: The spelling inconsistencies of the original have
+been retained in this etext.]
+
+A
+GENERAL
+HISTORY AND COLLECTION
+OF
+VOYAGES AND TRAVELS,
+ARRANGED IN SYSTEMATIC ORDER:
+
+FORMING A COMPLETE HISTORY OF THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF NAVIGATION,
+DISCOVERY, AND COMMERCE, BY SEA AND LAND, FROM THE EARLIEST AGES TO THE
+PRESENT TIME.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+BY ROBERT KERR, F.R.S. & F.A.S. EDIN.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+ILLUSTRATED BY MAPS AND CHARTS.
+
+VOL. V.
+
+MDCCCXXIV.
+
+CONTENTS
+
+OF
+
+VOL. V.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+PART II. BOOK II. CONTINUED.
+
+CHAP. VII. _Continued_. Continuation of the early history of Peru, after
+the death of Francisco Pizarro to the defeat of Gonzalo Pizarro, and the
+reestablishment of tranquillity in the country; written by Augustino
+Zarate,
+
+SECT. III. Continuation of the Viceroyalty of Blasco Nunnez Vela, to his
+deposition and expulsion from Peru,
+
+SECT. IV. History of the usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, from the
+expulsion of the Viceroy to his defeat and death,
+
+V. Continuation of the Usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, to the arrival of
+Gasca in Peru with full powers to restore the Colony to order,
+
+VI. History of the Expedition of Pedro de la Gasca, the death of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, and the Restoration of Peru to Tranquillity,
+
+VII. Insurrection of Ferdinand and Pedro de Contreras in Nicaragua, and
+their unsuccessful attempt upon the Royal Treasure in the Tierra Firma,
+
+CHAP. VIII. Continuation of the early history of Peru, from the
+restoration of tranquillity by Gasca in 1549, to the death of the Inca
+Tupac Amaru; extracted from Garcilasso de la Vega,
+
+SECT. I. Incidents in the History of Peru, from the departure of Gasca,
+to the appointment of Don Antonio de Mendoza as Viceroy,
+
+II. History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of Don Antonio de Mendoza,
+
+III. Narrative of the Troubles in Peru, consequent upon the Death of the
+Viceroy Mendoza,
+
+IV. Continuation of the Troubles in Peru, to the Viceroyalty of the
+Marquis de Cannete,
+
+V. History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of the Marquis del Cannete,
+
+VI. Incidents in the History of Peru, during the successive Governments
+of the Conde de Nieva, Lope Garcia de Castro, and Don Francisco de
+Toledo,
+
+CHAP IX. History of the Discovery and Conquest of Chili,
+
+SECT. I. Geographical View of the Kingdom of Chili,
+
+II. Of the Origin, Manners, and Language of the Chilese,
+
+III. State of Chili, and Conquests made in that Country by the
+Peruvians, before the arrival of the Spaniards,
+
+IV. First Expedition of the Spaniards into Chili under Almagro,
+
+V. Second Expedition into Chili, under Pedro de Valdivia, to the
+commencement of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians,
+
+VI. Narrative of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians, from
+the year 1550, to the Defeat and Death of Pedro de Valdivia on the 3d of
+December 1553,
+
+SECT. VII. Continuation of the War between the Spaniards and
+Araucanians, from the death of Valdivia, to that of Caupolican,
+
+VIII. Continuation of the Araucanian War, after the Death of Caupolican,
+to the Reduction of the Archipelago of Chiloe by the Spaniards,
+
+IX. Continuation of the Araucanian War to the Destruction of all the
+Spanish Settlements in the territories of that Nation,
+
+X. Farther Narrative of the War, to the Conclusion of Peace with the
+Araucanians,
+
+XI. Renewal of the War with the Araucanians, and succinct Narrative of
+the History of Chili, from 1655 to 1787,
+
+XII. State of Chili towards the end of the Eighteenth Century,
+
+XIII. Account of the Archipelago of Chiloe,
+
+XIV. Account of the native tribes inhabiting the southern extremity of
+South America,
+
+CHAP. X. Discovery of Florida, and Account of several ineffectual
+Attempts to Conquer and Settle that Country by the Spaniards,
+
+SECT. I. Discovery of Florida, by Juan Ponce de Leon,
+
+II. Narrative of a Disastrous attempt by Panfilo de Narvaez to conquer
+Florida; together with some account of that Country,
+
+III. Adventures and wonderful escape of Cabeza de Vaca, after the loss
+of Narvaez,
+
+Sect. IV. Narrative of a new attempt to Conquer Florida, by Ferdinand
+de Soto,
+
+V. Continuation of the Transactions of Ferdinand de Soto in Florida,
+
+VI. Conclusion of the Expedition to Florida by Ferdinand de Soto,
+
+[Illustration: VICEROYALTY OF NEW GRANADA]
+
+A
+GENERAL HISTORY
+AND
+COLLECTION
+OF
+VOYAGES AND TRAVELS.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+PART II. BOOK II. CONTINUED.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII _Continued_.
+
+CONTINUATION OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU, AFTER THE DEATH OF FRANCISCO
+PIZARRO, TO THE DEFEAT OF GONZALO PIZARRO, AND THE RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF
+TRANQUILITY IN THE COUNTRY; WRITTEN BY AUGUSTINO ZARATE.
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+
+_Continuation of the Viceroyalty of Blasco Nunnez Vela, to his
+deposition and expulsion front Peru_.
+
+
+The viceroy received immediate intelligence of the revolt of Puelles, as
+mentioned in the foregoing section, which; was brought to him by a
+Peruvian captain named Yllatopa; and, though he considered it as a very
+unfortunate incident, he took immediate measures to counteract their
+intentions of joining the enemy, by sending a detachment to occupy the
+passes of the valley of Jauja, through which they must necessarily march
+on their way from Guanuco to join Gonzalo. For this purpose, he
+immediately ordered his brother Vela Nunnez to march in all haste with
+a detachment of forty light armed cavalry, and thirty musqueteers under
+the command of Gonzalo Diaz, besides whom ten of the friends and
+relations of Nunnez went as volunteers on this expedition. On purpose to
+expedite the march of this detachment as much as possible, the viceroy
+caused thirty-six mules to be purchased, which cost 12,000 ducats, the
+money being taken from the royal treasury. Being thus excellently
+equipped, they set out from Lima, and marched to Guadachili[1], about
+twenty leagues from Lima on their way to the valley of Jauja. At this
+place a plot was formed by the soldiers for killing Vela Nunnez and
+deserting to the army of Gonzalo, which was revealed by the following
+incident. Certain scouts who preceded the detachment about four leagues
+beyond Guadachili in the district of Pariacaca, met the friar Thomas de
+San Martino, provincial of the Dominicans, who had been sent by the
+viceroy to Cuzco to try if it were possible to come to some agreement
+with Gonzalo; on this occasion one of the soldiers secretly informed the
+provincial of the particulars of the conspiracy, begging him to take
+immediate means of prevention, as it was to be executed on the following
+night. The provincial accordingly hastened his journey to Guadachili,
+taking all the scouts he could meet with along with him, as he told them
+their present expedition was entirely useless, as Puelles and his troops
+had passed through Jauja two days before, and it was now impossible to
+intercept them. On his arrival in Guadachili, the provincial immediately
+informed Vela Nunnez of the danger to which he was exposed, who
+accordingly consulted with some of his friends and relations on the
+means of escape. In the evening, they ordered out their horses, as if
+for the purpose of sending them to water, and mounting them immediately,
+they saved themselves by flight under the cloud of night, being guided
+on their way by the provincial.
+
+[Footnote 1: The place mentioned in the text is probably what is now
+named Guarochiri, which is in the direction of the march, and nearly at
+the distance indicated.--E.]
+
+When the flight of Vela Nunnez and his friends was known, Juan de la
+Torre, Pedro Hita, Jorge Griego, and the other soldiers who had formed
+the conspiracy, went immediately to the main guard, where they compelled
+all the other soldiers, under threats of instant death, to promise going
+off along with them to join Gonzalo. Almost the whole of the detachment
+promised compliance, and even the captain Gonzalo Diaz was of the
+number; but he was apparently more harshly treated by the conspirators
+than the others. They tied his hands as if fearing he might use measures
+against them; yet he was not only believed to have been a participator
+in the plot, but was even supposed to be its secret leader. Most of the
+inhabitants of Lima expected Diaz to act in the way he did, as he was
+son-in-law to Puelles against whom he was sent, and it was not to be
+supposed he would give his aid to arrest his father-in-law. The whole
+party therefore, immediately set out in search of Gonzalo, mounted on
+the mules which had cost so high a price, and joined him near the city
+of Guamanga, where Puelles had arrived, two days before them. At that
+time of their junction, the adherents of Gonzalo were so much
+discouraged by the lukewarmness of Gaspard Rodriguez and his friends,
+that in all probability the whole army under Gonzalo would have
+dispersed if they had been three days later in arriving. But the arrival
+of Puelles gave the insurgents great encouragement, both by the
+reinforcement which he brought of forty horse and twenty musketeers, and
+by his exhortations; as he declared himself ready to proceed against the
+viceroy even with his own troops, and had no doubt of being able to take
+him prisoner or to drive him out of the country, he was so universally
+hated. The encouragements derived by the insurgents from the junction of
+Puelles, was still farther strengthened by the arrival of Diaz and his
+companions.
+
+Vela Nunnez got safe to Lima, where he informed the viceroy of the
+unfortunate result of his expedition, who was very much cast down on the
+occasion, as his affairs seemed to assume a very unpromising aspect.
+Next day Rodrigo Ninno, and three or four others who refused to follow
+the example of Diaz, arrived at Lima in a wretched condition, having
+suffered a thousand insults from the conspirators, who deprived them of
+their horses and arms, and even stripped them of their clothes. Ninno
+was dressed in an old doublet and breeches, without stockings, having
+only a pair of miserable pack-thread sandals, and had walked all the way
+with a stick in his hand. The viceroy received him very graciously,
+praising his loyalty, and told him that he appeared more nobly in his
+rags than if clothed in the most costly attire.
+
+When Balthasar de Loyasa had procured the safe conduct from the viceroy
+for his employers, he set out without loss of time for the army of
+Gonzalo Pizarro. As his departure and the nature of his dispatches were
+soon known in Lima, it was universally believed there that the troops
+under Pizarro would soon disperse of their own accord, leaving the
+viceroy in peaceable and absolute command of the whole colony, upon
+which he would assuredly put the ordinances in force with the utmost
+rigour to the utter ruin of every one: For this reason, several of the
+inhabitants, and some even of the soldiers belonging to the viceroy,
+came to the resolution of following Loyasa and taking his dispatches
+from him. Loyasa left Lima in the evening of a Saturday, in the month of
+September 1545, accompanied by Captain Ferdinand de Zavallos. They were
+mounted on mules, without any attendants, and had no baggage to delay
+their journey. Next night, twenty-five persons set out from Lima on
+horseback in pursuit of them, determined to use every possible
+expedition to get up with Loyasa that they might take away his
+dispatches. The chiefs in this enterprize were, Don Balthasar de Castro,
+son of the Conde de la Gomera, Lorenzo Mexia, Rodrigo de Salazar, Diego
+de Carvajal usually called the gallant, Francisco de Escovedo, Jerom de
+Carvajal, and Pedro Martin de Cecilia, with eighteen others in their
+company. Using every effort to expedite their journey, they got up with
+Loyasa and Zavallos about forty leagues from Lima, and found them asleep
+in a _tambo_ of palace of the Incas. Taking from them the letters and
+dispatches with which they were entrusted, they forwarded these
+immediately to Gonzalo Pizarro by means of a soldier, who used the
+utmost diligence in travelling through bye ways and short cuts through
+the mountains, with all of which he was well acquainted. After this, de
+Castro and the rest of the malecontents continued their journey towards
+the camp of Gonzalo, taking Loyasa and Zavallos along with them under
+strict custody.
+
+Upon receiving the intercepted dispatches which were brought to him by
+the soldier, Gonzalo Pizarro secretly communicated them to Captain
+Carvajal, whom he had recently appointed his lieutenant-general, or
+maestre de campo, in consequence of the sickness of Alfonzo de Toro, who
+held that commission on commencing the march from Cuzco. After
+consulting with Carvajal, he communicated the whole matter to the
+captains and those other chiefs of the insurgent-army who had shewn no
+intentions of abandoning him, as they had not participated in applying
+for the safe conduct from the viceroy. Some of these, from motives of
+enmity against individuals, others from envy, and others again from the
+hope of profiting by the forfeiture of the lands and Indians belonging
+to the accused, advised Gonzalo to punish these persons with rigor, as a
+warning to others not to venture upon similar conduct. In this secret
+consultation, it was determined to select the following from among those
+who were clearly implicated in taking part with the viceroy, by their
+names being contained in the safe conduct taken from Loyasa: Captain
+Gaspard Rodriguez; Philip Gutierrez, the son of Alfonso Gutierrez of
+Madrid who was treasurer to his majesty; and Arias Maldonado, a
+gentleman of Galicia, who had remained along with Gutierrez at Guamanga,
+two or three days march in the rear of the army, under pretence of
+having some preparations to make for the journey. Accordingly, Gonzalo
+sent off Pedro de Puelles to Guamanga accompanied by an escort of
+cavalry, who arrested these two latter gentlemen and caused them to be
+beheaded.
+
+Gaspar Rodriguez was in the camp, where he commanded a body of near two
+hundred pikemen; and as Gonzalo and his advisers dared not to put him to
+death openly, as he was a very rich man of considerable influence and
+much beloved, they had to employ a stratagem for his arrestment. Gonzalo
+ordered a hundred and fifty musqueteers of the company commanded by
+Ceremeno to hold themselves in readiness around his tent, near which
+likewise he caused his train of artillery to be drawn up ready for
+service, and then convened all the captains belonging to his troops in
+his tent, under pretence of communicating some dispatches which he had
+received from Lima. When the whole were assembled, and Rodriguez among
+them, he became alarmed on seeing that the tent was surrounded by armed
+men and artillery, and wished to have retired under pretext of urgent
+business. At this time, and in presence of the whole assembled officers,
+the lieutenant-general Carvajal, came up to Rodriguez as if without any
+premeditated intention, caught hold of the guard of his sword, and drew
+it from the scabbard. Carvajal then desired him to make confession of
+his sins to a priest, who was in attendance for that express purpose, as
+he was to be immediately put to death. Rodriguez used every effort to
+avoid this sudden and unlooked for catastrophe, and offered to justify
+himself from every accusation which could be brought against him; but
+every thing he could allege was of no avail, as his death was resolved
+upon, and he was accordingly beheaded.
+
+The execution of these three leaders astonished every one, being the
+first which were ventured upon since the usurpation of Gonzalo; but they
+more especially terrified those other persons who were conscious of
+having participated in the same plot for which their chiefs were now put
+to death. A few days afterwards, De Castro and his companions arrived at
+the camp of the insurgents, with their prisoners Loyasa and Zavallos. It
+has been reported that, on the very day of their arrival, Gonzalo sent
+off his lieutenant-general Carvajal to meet them on the road by which
+they were expected, with orders to have Loyasa and Zavallos strangled:
+But, fortunately for them, their conductors had left the ordinary road,
+taking a circuitous and unfrequented path, so that Carvajal did not fall
+in with them; and, when they were brought before Gonzalo, so many of his
+friends and accomplices interceded for their pardon, that he agreed to
+spare their lives. Loyasa was commanded immediately to quit the camp, on
+foot and without any provisions. Zavallos was detained in the camp as a
+prisoner; and, rather more than a year afterwards, was appointed
+superintendent of those who were employed in digging for gold in the
+province of Quito. While in that employment, it was represented to
+Gonzalo that Zavallos had become so exceedingly rich, that he must have
+purloined a great proportion of the gold which was drawn from the mines.
+Being predisposed against him by his former conduct in the service of
+the viceroy, Gonzalo was easily persuaded to believe him guilty, and
+ordered him to be hanged.
+
+The departure of De Castro and his companions from Lima, as already
+mentioned, though conducted in great secrecy, was soon discovered. On
+the same night, as Diego de Urbina, the major general of the army
+belonging to the viceroy, was going the rounds of the city, he happened
+to visit the dwellings of several of those who had accompanied De
+Castro; and finding that they were absent, and that their horses, arms,
+servants, and Indians were all removed, he immediately suspected that
+they were gone off to join Gonzalo. Urbina went directly to the viceroy,
+who was already in bed, and assured him that most of the inhabitants had
+fled from the city, as he believed that the defection was more general
+than it turned out to be. The viceroy was very justly alarmed by this
+intelligence, and ordered the drums to beat to arms. When, in
+consequence of this measure, all the captains and other officers in his
+service were assembled, he gave them orders to visit the whole houses of
+the city, by which means it was soon known who had deserted. As Diego
+and Jerom de Carvajal, and Francisco Escovedo, nephews of the commissary
+Yllan Suarez de Carvajal were among the absentees, the viceroy
+immediately suspected Yllan Suarez of being a partisan of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, believing that his nephews had acted by his orders, more
+especially as they dwelt in his house, and could not therefore have gone
+away without his knowledge; though assuredly they might easily have
+escaped by a different door at a distance from the principal entrance.
+Actuated by these suspicions, the viceroy sent his brother, Vela Nunnez,
+with a detachment of musqueteers, to bring Suarez immediately to the
+palace for examination. On arriving at his house, Suarez was in bed, but
+was brought immediately before the viceroy, who was now dressed is his
+armour, and reposing on a couch. It is reported by some who were
+present, that the viceroy addressed Suarez on entering the following
+words. "Traitor! you have sent off your nephews to join Gonzalo
+Pizarro." "Call me not traitor, my lord," replied Suarez, "I am as
+faithful a subject to his majesty as you are." The viceroy was so much
+irritated by the insolent behaviour of Suarez, that he drew his sword
+and advanced towards him, and some even allege that he stabbed him in
+the breast. The viceroy, however, constantly asserted that he did not
+use his sword against Suarez; but that the servants and halberdiers who
+were in attendance, on noticing the insolent behaviour of the commissary
+to their master, had put him to death, without allowing him time for
+confession, or even for speaking a single word in his own defence. The
+body was immediately carried away for interment; and as the commissary
+was very universally beloved, it was thought dangerous to take his dead
+body through the great court of the viceregal palace, where there were
+always a hundred soldiers on guard during the night, lest it might
+occasion some disturbance. For this reason, it was let down from a
+gallery which overlooked the great square, whence some Indians and
+negroes carried it to a neighbouring church, and buried it without any
+ceremony in his ordinary scarlet cloak.
+
+Three days after this tragical event, when the judges of the royal
+audience made the viceroy a prisoner, as shall be presently related,
+among their first transactions, they made a judicial examination
+respecting the circumstances attendant upon the death of Suarez. It was
+ascertained in the first place, that he had disappeared since the time
+when he was carried before the viceroy at midnight; after which, the
+body was dug up, and the wounds examined[2]. When the intelligence of
+the death of Suarez spread through Lima, it gave occasion to much
+dissatisfaction, as every one knew that he had been always, favourable
+to the interest and authority of the viceroy, and had even exerted his
+whole influence in procuring him to be received at Lima, in opposition
+to the sentiments of the majority of the magistrates of that city. His
+death happened on the night of Sunday the 13th of September 1544. Early
+next morning, Don Alfonzo de Montemayor was sent by the viceroy with a
+party of thirty horse, in pursuit of De Castro and the others who had
+gone after Loyasa and Zavallos. When Montemayor had travelled two or
+three days in the pursuit, he learnt that De Castro and his companions
+were already so far advanced in their journey that it would be utterly
+impossible to get up with them. He accordingly turned back, and
+receiving information on his return towards Lima, that Jerom de Carvajal
+had lost his companions during the night, and, being unable to discover
+the road by which they were gone, had concealed himself in a marsh among
+some tall reeds, where Montemayor found him out, and carried him
+prisoner to Lima, on purpose to give him up to the viceroy. Fortunately
+for Carvajal, the viceroy was himself a prisoner when Montemayor
+returned to Lima.
+
+[Footnote 2: This judicial examination, so formally announced, is left
+quite inconclusive by Zarate.--E.]
+
+When the anger of the viceroy had somewhat subsided, he used great pains
+to justify himself, in regard to the death of Suarez, explaining the
+reasons of his conduct in that affair to all who visited him, and
+endeavouring to convince them that he had just reasons of suspicion,
+giving a detailed account of all the circumstances respecting the arrest
+and death of Suarez. He even procured some judicial informations to be
+drawn up by the licentiate Cepeda, respecting the crimes which he laid
+to the charge of the commissary, of which the following is an abstract.
+
+"It appeared reasonable to suppose that Suarez must have been privy to
+the desertion of his nephews, as they lived in his house and could not
+have gone off without his knowledge. He alleged that Suaraz had not
+exerted all the care and diligence that were necessary and proper, in
+several affairs connected with the present troubles which had been
+confided to him. It was objected to him, that he was particularly
+interested in opposing the execution of the obnoxious regulations;
+since he would have been obliged, along with the rest, to give up the
+lands and Indians he then held as an officer of the crown, which he had
+not done hitherto on account of the subsisting disturbances in the
+country. Lastly, the viceroy charged against him, that having entrusted
+Suarez at the very beginning of the troubles with certain dispatches for
+his brother, the licentiate Carvajal, who then dwelt at Cuzco, intended
+for procuring intelligence by his means of what was going on in that
+city, he had never given or procured any answer on that subject;
+although it must certainly have been easy for him to have procured
+intelligence from his brother, by means of the Indian vassals of both,
+and by those belonging to the king who were at his disposal officially,
+all of whom dwelt on the road between Lima and Cuzco." Besides that all
+these allegations carry very little weight in themselves, as evidences
+of the presumptive guilt of Suarez, none of them were ever
+satisfactorily established by legal proof.
+
+As the viceroy found that all his affairs had turned out unfortunate,
+and that every person seemed much discontented in consequence of the
+death of Suarez, he changed his intention of waiting for Gonzalo Pizarro
+at Lima, which he had caused fortify in that view with ramparts and
+bastions. He now resolved to retire to the city of Truxillo, about
+eighty leagues from Lima, and entirely to abandon and even to dispeople
+the city of Lima; in the execution of this project he meant to send the
+invalids, old persons, women, children, and all the valuable effects and
+baggage belonging to the inhabitants by sea to Truxillo, for which
+purpose he had sufficient shipping, and to march all who were able to
+carry arms by land, taking along with him all the European inhabitants
+of every settlement in the plain between Lima and Truxillo; and sending
+off all the Indian population of the plain to the mountainous region. By
+these decisive measures, he hoped to reduce the adherents of Gonzalo
+Pizarro to such straits, by depriving them of every possible succour and
+refreshment, after the fatigues of a long and painful march, encumbered
+with baggage and artillery, as might constrain them to disband their
+army, when they might find the whole way between Lima and Truxillo
+reduced to a desert entirely devoid of provisions. The viceroy
+considered himself under the necessity of employing these strong
+measures, as some of his people deserted from him almost daily to the
+enemy, in proportion as the insurgents approached towards Lima.
+
+In pursuance of this resolution, on Tuesday the 15th of September, two
+days after the slaughter of the commissary Suarez, the viceroy gave
+orders to Diego Alvarez de Cueto, with a party of horse, to convey the
+children of the late Marquis Pizarro on board ship, and to remain in
+charge of them and the licentiate Vaca de Castro. On this occasion, he
+gave the command of the fleet to Cueto, being afraid lest Don Antonio de
+Ribera and his wife, who then had the charge of young Don Gonzalo and
+his brothers, children of the late marquis, might conceal them and give
+them up to their uncle. This measure occasioned much emotion among the
+inhabitants of Lima, and gave great offence to the oydors or judges of
+the royal audience, particularly to the licentiate Ortiz de Zarate, who
+made strong remonstrances to the viceroy against sending Donna Francisco
+Pizarro among the sailors and soldiers, where she could not reside in
+decent comfort. This young lady, who was both beautiful and rich, was
+now almost grown a woman, and the conduct of the viceroy towards her on
+this occasion was considered as harsh, tyrannical, and unnecessary.
+Ortiz was unable to prevail on the viceroy to recall his orders
+respecting the children of the late marquis; and he even openly declared
+that he had come to the resolution of abandoning Lima in the way already
+mentioned. All the oydors considered these intended steps as highly
+improper and ruinous to the colony; and declared, that as they had been
+ordered by his majesty to take up their residence in Lima, they were
+determined not to quit that place without a new royal order for the
+express purpose. As the viceroy found that every thing he could say was
+quite ineffectual to bring over the oydors to his sentiments, he
+resolved to gain possession of the _royal seal_, and to carry it off
+with himself to Truxillo, by which measure the oydors would be reduced
+to the state of private persons in Lima, and unable to hold any sitting
+of the royal audience, unless they chose to accompany him to Truxillo.
+When this resolution of the viceroy was communicated to the oydors, they
+called the chancellor before them, from whom they took the seal, which
+they committed to the custody of the licentiate Cepeda, the senior
+oydor. This was done by three of the oydors, Cepeda, Texada, and
+Alvarez, Ortiz being absent at the time.
+
+On the same evening, all the four oydors assembled in the house of
+Cepeda, and agreed to present a formal requisition to the viceroy to
+bring back the family of the late marquis from the fleet in which he had
+embarked them. After this resolution had been engrossed in the register,
+the licentiate Ortiz retired to his own house, being indisposed. The
+other three oydors continued in consultation on the measures which were
+proper to be adopted, for defending themselves against the power of the
+viceroy, in case he should persist in his plans, and endeavour to make
+them embark by force, which they publickly asserted was his intention.
+On this occasion, they drew up an ordinance or public act, by which, in
+the name and authority of the king "they commanded all the inhabitants
+of the city of Lima, captains, soldiers, and others, civil and military,
+in case the viceroy should give orders to remove them, the oydors of the
+royal audience, by force and violence from Lima, that they should aid,
+assist, and defend them, in opposition to such a measure, as illegal and
+unjust, and contrary to the orders of his majesty, clearly expressed in
+the new regulations, and in the commission granted to them as oydors of
+the royal audience."
+
+Having formally extended and authenticated this _act_, they communicated
+it in secret to Captain Martin de Robles, whom they desired to hold
+himself and his soldiers in readiness to defend them in case of need. De
+Robles engaged to stand by them; for though one of the captains in the
+troops, he was not on good terms with the viceroy. Several other persons
+of importance in the city, to whom the oydors communicated the
+resolutions which they had formed, promised likewise to stand by them
+against the tyranny of the viceroy. That same evening, all who were in
+concert with the oydors held themselves in readiness, anxiously waiting
+the event of an open breach between the viceroy and the judges of the
+royal audience. However secret the steps taken by the oydors might have
+been, they became known to the viceroy, or at least he entertained
+violent suspicions of their nature and tendency. At night-fall, Martin
+de Robles went privately to the house of the oydor Cepeda, to whom he
+communicated his opinion that the viceroy was already informed of all
+their proceedings, and that, unless prompt measures were taken for their
+security, they would all be put to death. Cepeda sent immediately for
+Alvarez and Texada, two others of the oydors; and these three came
+immediately to the determination of openly defending themselves against
+the viceroy, if he should attempt their arrest. For this purpose,
+several of their friends, and some of the soldiers of the company,
+commanded by De Robles, assembled in arms at their residence. While this
+was going on, Urbina the maestre de campo or major-general, when going
+his rounds met several of these soldiers in the street, and immediately
+suspected the truth. He went, therefore, straight to the viceroy, to
+whom he communicated the suspicious circumstances he had observed, that
+some prompt measures might be concerted for counteracting the
+machinations of the oydors. The viceroy desired him to fear nothing, as
+they had only civilians to deal with, who had not sufficient courage to
+concert any enterprize against his authority. Urbina went away
+accordingly to continue his round; but as he still continued to meet
+several armed horsemen in the streets, all of whom were going towards
+the house of Cepeda, he returned again to the palace, and remonstrated
+with the viceroy on the absolute necessity of taking instant measures of
+defence. The viceroy immediately put on his armour and ordered to sound
+an alarm, after which he went out into the great square before the
+palace, accompanied by his nightly guard of a hundred soldiers and all
+his domestic establishment, meaning to have proceeded to the house of
+Cepeda, to arrest the oydors, to chastise the mutineers, and to
+re-establish order in the city. While in the great square near the gate
+of the palace, he noticed that it was impossible to prevent the soldiers
+from going to join the oydors, as the horsemen who filled all the
+streets constrained them to take that direction. If, however, the
+viceroy had persisted in his first design, he could hardly have found
+much difficulty or considerable resistance, as he then had a greatly
+superior force to what had assembled with Cepeda and the other judges.
+He was disuaded from executing these intentions by Alfonzo Palomino,
+alcalde or police-judge of Lima, who asserted that a great majority of
+the troops were assembled at the house of Cepeda, and were about to
+attack him; for which reason, the best measure was to fortify himself in
+the palace, which could easily be defended; whereas he had not a
+sufficient force to assail the oydors and their adherents. Influenced by
+this advice, the viceroy retired into the palace, accompanied by his
+brother Vela Nunnez, Paul de Meneses, Jerom de la Cerna, Alfonso de
+Caceres, Diego de Urbina, and others of his friends and followers, with
+all his relations and servants. The hundred soldiers of the nightly
+guard were posted at the great gate of the palace, with orders to
+prevent any one from going in.
+
+While these vacillatory measures were going on at the viceregal palace,
+information was brought to the oydors, that the viceroy had drawn out
+his troops in the great square, with the intention of attacking them.
+Having as yet collected only a small force for their protection, they
+resolved to go out into the street; believing, if the viceroy should
+come to blockade them, and should occupy the streets leading to the
+house of Cepeda, that all those who were disposed to aid them would be
+intercepted. They advanced therefore by the streets which led towards
+the great square, and were soon joined by others of their adherents, to
+the number of about two hundred men. To justify their conduct on this
+occasion, they caused the act which they had drawn up to be publickly
+read; but so great was the noise and confusion, that very few of those
+present were able to hear its tenor. On the arrival of the judges and
+their partizans in the great square, day began to dawn. At this time,
+the troops attached to the viceroy fired a few musket-shots, from the
+corridore of the palace, and began to extend themselves in front of the
+main gate. The soldiers who accompanied the oydors were much displeased
+at this procedure, and proposed to assault the palace, and to slay all
+that resisted them; but the oydors restrained and appeased them. The
+oydors then deputed Gaspard de Carvajal, the superior of the Dominicans,
+and Antonio de Robles, to inform the viceroy, that their only demand
+from him was an assurance that they should not be compelled to embark
+against their will and contrary to the express orders of his majesty,
+which fixed their residence at Lima. They farther required, that,
+without proceeding to hostilities, the viceroy should come to the great
+church, where they proposed, going to meet him, and where all their
+differences might be amicably settled; as otherwise he would put both
+himself and all who were with him in extreme danger. While these envoys
+were in the palace in the execution of their commission, the hundred
+soldiers who formed the guard of the viceroy went over in a body to the
+oydors; by which, as the entrance to the palace was left entirely
+unguarded, several of the malecontents got admission to the chambers
+belonging to the officers of the viceroy in the outer court, which they
+pillaged. At this time, the licentiate Ortiz de Zarate went from his
+house towards the palace, meaning to have joined the viceroy; but
+meeting the other oydors on his way, and seeing that it was impossible
+for him to prosecute his original design, he accompanied them to the
+church.
+
+When the viceroy received the message of the oydors from Carvajal and
+Antonio de Robles, considering at the same time that his palace was
+already in possession of the insurgents, and that his own troops had
+abandoned him, he determined to proceed to the church, and to give
+himself up to the oydors who there waited for him. They carried him
+directly, in his coat of mail and cuirass, to the house of Cepeda;
+where, seeing Ortiz along with the other judges, he exclaimed: "Is it
+possible that you, in whom I had so much confidence as one of my best
+friends, have joined with the rest in making me a prisoner." To this the
+licentiate replied, "Whoever has told you so spoke falsely, as it is
+known to every one who those are that have caused you to be arrested,
+and that I have no share in the matter." The three other judges gave
+immediate orders to convey the viceroy on board ship, that he might be
+sent to Spain; justly fearing, if Gonzalo Pizarro should find him in
+custody on his arrival at Limn, that he would put him to death, or that
+the relations and friends of the commissary Suarez might kill him in
+revenge for the murder of that officer; as in either of which cases the
+blame might be imputed to them, the judges were much embarrassed how
+best to act in this delicate emergency, considering that if they merely
+sent the viceroy on board the fleet which lay at anchor off the harbour
+of Calao, he might be soon in condition to return in force against them.
+In this dilemma, they appointed Cepeda, one of their number, to act as
+captain-general of the colony; who, with a strong guard, conducted the
+deposed viceroy to the sea side on purpose to put him on board one of
+the ships. They found some difficulty in executing this measure, as
+Diego Alvarez de Cueto, who commanded the fleet, on seeing the
+assemblage of people on the shore, and learning that they had the
+viceroy among them as a prisoner, sent Jerom de Zurbano, one of his
+captains in an armed boat to collect all the boats of the fleet, with
+which, accompaniment he approached the shore and demanded the liberation
+of the viceroy from the judges. This measure was altogether ineffectual,
+as the judges refused to listen to the demands of Cueto; who, after
+exchanging a few shots with those on shore, went back to his ships.
+
+After this, the judges sent off a message to Cueto, by means of Friar
+Gaspard de Carvajal, in which the deposed viceroy concurred, ordering
+him to surrender the command of the fleet, and to give up the children
+of the late marquis, in return for which they would place the viceroy
+under his charge, who would otherwise be in great peril of his life. On
+getting aboard ship, Friar Gaspard presented his commission to Cueto and
+gave him a full account of the state of affairs, in presence of the
+licentiate Vaca de Castro, who still remained a prisoner in that vessel.
+In consideration of the danger to which the viceroy was exposed, Cueto
+sent the children of the marquis on shore together with Don Antonio de
+Ribera and his wife who had the care of them. The judges still insisted
+that Cueto should surrender the fleet to their command, threatening to
+behead the viceroy if he refused; and though Vela Nunnez, brother to the
+viceroy, went several times with messages to induce compliance, the
+captains of the ships would not consent to that measure, so that the
+judges were constrained to return to Lima with the viceroy still in
+custody.
+
+Two days afterwards, the commanders of the ships were informed that the
+judges and their partizans had come to the resolution of sending a
+strong force of musqueteers in boats to make themselves masters of the
+ships by force. They might perhaps have easily persuaded Cueto to give
+up the fleet, of which in reality Jerom de Zurbano had more the command
+than he, as all the soldiers and sailors who were attached to the
+deposed viceroy were at his disposal; but Zurbano, to whom the judges
+made great offers, was quite inflexible. The captains of the fleet came
+even to the resolution of quitting the port of Lima, to cruise upon the
+coast of Peru, till such time as they might receive orders from his
+majesty how to conduct themselves in the present crisis. They believed
+that the viceroy had many friends and adherents in Lima and other parts
+of Peru; as many persons who had not taken any share in the deposition
+and imprisonment of the viceroy, and several of those who were best
+disposed to the royal service continued almost daily to make their
+escape on board the fleet. The ships were tolerably well armed and
+appointed, having ten or twelve iron cannon, and three or four of brass,
+besides forty quintals of powder. As to provisions, they had above four
+hundred quintals of biscuit, five hundred bags of maize, and a large
+store of salt meat; so that they were victualled sufficiently for a
+considerable time, and they could easily procure water on any part of
+the coast. Their force however was very small, as they had only twenty
+five soldiers, and by no means a sufficient number of mariners for the
+ten ships which composed their fleet. They resolved therefore to abandon
+four of the smallest vessels, which they were unable to man; and not
+thinking it right to leave these behind, lest they might have been
+employed against themselves by the partizans of the judges, they set
+these small vessels on fire the day after the imprisonment of the
+viceroy, as likewise two fishing barks which were in the harbour, and
+then set sail. The four small ships were entirely destroyed, but the two
+fishing vessels were saved after sustaining very little damage.
+
+The fleet went into the harbour of Guavra, which is eighteen leagues
+_below_[3] the port of Lima, where they took in a supply of wood and
+water. They carried the licentiate Vaca de Castro along with them, and
+resolved to wait at Guavra to see what consequences might follow from
+the imprisonment of the viceroy. When this came to the knowledge of the
+judges, who believed the ships might not go to any considerable distance
+from Guavra, on account of the attachment of their commanders to the
+viceroy whose life was in danger, they determined to send a force both
+by sea and land to attempt acquiring possession of the ships almost at
+any risk. For this purpose, they gave orders to Diego Garcias de Alfaro,
+an inhabitant of Lima who was versant in maritime affairs, to repair and
+fit out the two barks which had drifted on shore. When that was done,
+Alfaro embarked in them with thirty musqueteers, and set sail towards
+Guavra. At the same time, Don Juan de Mendoza and Ventura Beltran,[4]
+were sent off by land with a party of soldiers in the same direction. On
+coming to Guavra in the night, Garcias de Alfaro concealed his two barks
+behind a light house[5], in the harbour very near the ships, where he
+could not be seen. At the same time, the party which went by land began
+to fire off their muskets, and the people in the ships believed they
+were some friends of the viceroy who wished to embark. Vela Nunnez was
+sent accordingly in a boat to the shore, to learn what was meant by the
+firing, on which Diego Garcias pushed on his barks between Vela Nunnez
+and the ships, firing upon him and obliged him to surrender.
+Intelligence of this event was immediately sent to Cueto, with a message
+assuring him that both the viceroy and his brother would be immediately
+put to death unless he surrendered his ships to the judges. Cueto[6]
+accordingly submitted, being afraid lest the threat might be executed;
+but had certainly not been allowed to do so if Zurbano had been present,
+who had sailed from Guavra with his ships, two days before the arrival
+of Diego Garcias, with the intention of going all along the coast
+between Lima and Tierra Firma to take possession of every ship he might
+fall in with, to prevent them from being employed by the oydors.
+
+[Footnote 3: The expression in the text _below_, is probably an error in
+the French translator in rendering _barlovento_ which signifies to
+leeward. Accordingly, to the north of Lima, and about the indicated
+distance, there is a sea-port or coast town named Huaura, certainly the
+place meant by Zarate. _Hua_ and _Gua_ are often inchanged by the
+Spaniards in the names of places in America, probably from the g having
+a guttural sound, or strong aspiration.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Garcilasso names this person Ventura Veltran.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 5: In Garcilasso de la Vega, obviously copying this part of
+the story from Zarate, Garcias is said to have concealed his barks
+behind a rock.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 6: This person is always named Cuero, by Garcilasso; who
+likewise informs us that he was brother-in-law to the viceroy.--E.]
+
+Immediately after the departure of the fleet under Cueto from the port
+of Lima, the judges became apprehensive lest the relations of the
+commissary might put the viceroy to death, which they actually
+threatened; on which account they came to a resolution, to transport him
+to an island about two leagues from the coast. For this purpose he was
+embarked along with a guard of twenty men in one of those barks or
+floats made of dried reeds which the Indians call _henea_. When the
+judges learnt the surrender of the fleet under Cueto, they determined
+upon sending him as a prisoner to Spain, with a formal memorial of all
+that had passed, and deputed the licenciate Alvarez, one of their number
+to take charge of him thither, and to support their memorial at the
+court of Spain, giving him 8000 crowns to defray the expences of the
+voyage. For this purpose all the necessary dispatches were prepared,
+which were signed by all the judges of the royal audience, excepting
+Ortiz de Zarate, who refused his concurrence. Alvarez went by land to
+Guavra, to which place the viceroy was transported in one of the barks
+fitted out by Diego Garcias, and given into the custody of Alvarez, who
+immediately set sail with three ships that had been placed at his
+disposal, without waiting even for the dispatches from his brother
+judges. At this time, Vaca de Castro was carried back to the port of
+Lima, still a prisoner.
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_History of the usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, from the expulsion of the
+Viceroy to his defeat and death_.
+
+
+While the viceroy remained in the small island, as formerly mentioned,
+Alfonso de Montemayor and those who had gone along with him to succour
+Loyasa and Zavallos, returned to Lima, upon which the judges caused them
+to be arrested and disarmed, ordering them, and several of the captains
+who were attached to the viceroy, to be detained as prisoners in the
+house of Martin de Robles, and in the houses of several of the citizens
+of Lima. These prisoners were persuaded, if the viceroy could regain his
+liberty, that he would still be able to prevent the arrival of Gonzalo
+Pizarro at Lima, and to avert the disorders and evils which must flow
+from his successful usurpation, prejudicial to the rights of the crown
+and the interest of the colony. With this view, therefore, they
+concerted to unite together under arms, to bring back the viceroy from
+the place of his confinement, and to reinstate him in his authority;
+resolving in the execution of this project, to make the judges
+prisoners, or even to kill them if necessary, and to take possession of
+the city in the name of his majesty. They had assuredly executed their
+project, had they not been betrayed by a soldier, who discovered the
+whole plot to Cepeda. Immediately on receiving notice of this
+conspiracy, Cepeda in concert with the other judges apprehended all the
+leaders, namely Alfonso de Montemayor, Paolo de Meneses, Alfonso de
+Caceres, Alfonso de Barrionuevo, and some others. Several of these when
+put to the torture, had sufficient resolution to refuse confession; but
+Barrionuevo confessed partly, in hopes of satisfying the judges, and
+that they might not continue his torments. Upon his confession, he was
+at first condemned to lose his head; but in the sequel the judges
+satisfied themselves with causing his right hand to be cut off; and all
+the other leaders of the conspiracy, who persisted in refusing to
+confess, were banished from Peru.
+
+After all these revolutionary events, information of every thing that
+had occurred in Lima, was transmitted to Gonzalo Pizarro, the judges and
+their friends being in hopes that, he would now be induced to dismiss
+his army. They were however quite mistaken in this expectation; for he
+believed that every thing, even the imprisonment of the viceroy, was a
+false rumour, or a mere concerted trick to force him to lay down his
+arms, and that they would put him to death when left without support.
+
+In the mean time the licentiate Alvarez, as already mentioned, set sail
+from Guavra having charge of the viceroy and his brothers.
+Notwithstanding that this judge had been the chief promoter of every
+thing that had been done against the viceroy, having even especially
+contributed to make him a prisoner, and been most active in punishing
+those who had conspired to restore him to the government; yet, on the
+very first day of the voyage, he went into the cabin which had been
+appointed for the captive viceroy, declaring his repentance for all that
+he had done against him, and his earnest desire for a reconcilement. He
+assured him, that, in accepting the charge of his conveyance as a
+prisoner, he had been entirely actuated by the desire of serving him,
+that he might get him from under the power of Cepeda, and prevent him
+from falling into the hands of Gonzalo Pizarro, who was expected to
+arrive shortly at Lima. To satisfy the viceroy of his sincerity, Alvarez
+assured him that he was from that moment at full and perfect liberty,
+and that he now surrendered the command of the vessel into his hands;
+humbly beseeching him to forgive all that was passed, and declaring
+himself ready to obey his commands in all things. Alvarez then gave
+orders to the ten men who had been given him as guards over the viceroy,
+that they were now to obey the viceroy and not him. The viceroy
+expressed his entire satisfaction at this conduct in Alvarez, and took
+the command accordingly; yet in a very short time he treated Alvarez
+very ill, often calling him villain, traitor, mutineer, and other
+opprobrious names, and threatening that, though he spared his life for
+the present because he had occasion for his service, he would certainly
+have him hanged in the sequel. Yet they continued together till their
+arrival at Truxillo, as shall be related in the sequel.
+
+It was soon suspected at Lima that Alvarez had entered into terms with
+the viceroy, from certain circumstances which had transpired before he
+embarked, but more especially from his having set sail without waiting
+for the dispatches of the royal court of audience, which had been
+delayed a day in waiting for the consent of Ortiz. While they were still
+in some degree of uncertainty on this subject, and waiting anxiously to
+know the whole truth, they judged proper to send a representation on
+the state of affairs to Gonzalo Pizarro, of which the following was the
+tenor. "That, in consequence of their commissions, and of the express
+powers confided to them by his majesty of doing every thing which might
+be necessary for the due administration of justice, and to place the
+country in good order, they had suspended the execution of the obnoxious
+regulations, as demanded by the colonists, and had even sent off the
+viceroy to Spain, which was more than had been required or could have
+been reasonably asked. As, therefore, there now remained no call or
+pretence for the military preparations which he had set on foot, they
+commanded him immediately to dismiss his troops: But, if he were
+inclined to come to Lima, he must come there as a man of peace, without
+warlike array; yet, if he considered it necessary to his safety to have
+an escort, they granted him permission to bring fifteen or twenty
+horsemen along with him."
+
+When these orders were prepared, the judges were desirous of sending
+some of the inhabitants of Lima to carry them to Gonzalo Pizarro; but no
+one would undertake the commission, which they considered as extremely
+hazardous. They represented to the judges, that Gonzalo and his officers
+would reproach them for opposing the just measures in which they were
+engaged; as they had associated for the general interest of the colony.
+On this refusal of the inhabitants, the judges gave orders to Augustino,
+the royal treasurer of Peru[7], and Don Antonio de Ribeta, one of the
+citizens of Lima, to carry this order to Gonzalo. To these messengers
+they gave formal letters of credence, with which they set out upon their
+journey for the valley of Jauja, in which Gonzalo Pizarro was then
+encamped with his army. Gonzalo had already received notice of this
+intended embassy; and was afraid, if the envoys should give a public
+notification of the message with which they were entrusted, that his
+troops might mutiny; as he knew they were exceedingly desirous of
+marching to Lima in full force, that they might be in condition to
+pillage that city on the first pretext that offered. To prevent this, he
+sent Jerom de Villegas with thirty mounted musqueteers to intercept the
+two messengers now on their way to the army. According to his
+instructions, Villegas allowed Ribera to continue his journey to the
+camp; but made Augustino de Zarate a prisoner, and deprived him of his
+dispatches. Zarate was carried back by Villegas to the province of
+Pariacaca[8], where he was detained a prisoner for ten days, and every
+means were employed to intimidate him that he might not execute the
+commission with which he was entrusted.
+
+[Footnote 7: The author of the History of the Discovery and Conquest of
+Peru, which forms the subject of the present article; who accordingly,
+might justly say of these events, _quorum pars magna fui_. His associate
+on this occasion was the person who had charge of the family of the late
+marquis Don Francisco Pizarro, and had married the widow of Francisco
+Martin de Alcantara, as we learn from Garcilasso.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 8: No such province is now to be found in the best maps of
+Peru; but seventy or eighty miles to the north of Jauja, there is a
+district called the valley of Pari, with a town of the same name on the
+_Chinchay Cocha_, or lake of Chinchay, which may then have been called
+Pari-cocha, or Pari on the lake. From this circumstance, it appears the
+messengers had been obliged to make a great circuit towards the north,
+on purpose to get a passage across the main western ridge of the
+Andes.--E.]
+
+At the end of that period Gonzalo Pizarro arrived with his army at
+Pariacaca, and called Zarate into his presence to give an account of the
+subject of his mission: Zarate had been already made to understand that
+his life would be in danger if he attempted to execute the orders he had
+received literally: For which reason, after having explained the whole
+distinctly to Gonzalo in private, on being taken into the tent where all
+the insurgent captains were assembled, he proceeded, as instructed by
+Gonzalo, to discharge his commission with prudent reserve. Gonzalo
+desired him to repeat all that he had already communicated to him, but
+Zarate, understanding distinctly what was expected of him by Gonzalo, in
+addressing the assembled officers in the name of the judges of the royal
+audience, used considerable address, and availed himself of the full
+powers contained in his credentials. He was silent therefore regarding
+the dismissal of the troops, which was the point of delicacy, and
+confined himself to such other matters as seemed proper for the service
+of his majesty and the good of the colony. In this view, he represented
+to them, "that, since the viceroy was deported, and their demand for
+suspending the obnoxious ordinances was granted, it seemed just that
+they should repay the sums which Blasco Nunnez Vela had taken from the
+royal treasury, as they had promised. That they should forgive those
+inhabitants of Cuzco who had deserted from their camp to join the late
+viceroy, since it could not be denied that these men had substantial
+reasons for what they had done; and that they ought to send a humble
+deputation to his majesty, to excuse and exculpate themselves from the
+measures in which they had been engaged." Zarate added several things of
+a similar nature; to all of which the only answer given by the council
+of officers, which he was directed to carry back to the judges was,
+"that it was indispensably necessary for the well being of the colony,
+that they should appoint Gonzalo Pizarro governor of Peru. After which
+every thing that was required should be done: But if this were refused,
+the military council was determined to give up Lima to be plundered by
+the soldiers."
+
+Zarate would willingly have excused himself from bearing this answer;
+but as no other could be procured, he was obliged to return to Lima,
+where he reported it to the judges, to whom it gave much uneasiness and
+dissatisfaction. Gonzalo Pizarro had not hitherto carried his
+pretensions so high, having only insisted for the departure of the
+viceroy from Peru, and the suspension of the obnoxious regulations, and
+the judges were much at a loss how to conduct themselves under this new
+and unexpected demand. After mature deliberation, they sent to inform
+the insurgent officers, "that they were unable to grant their demand, or
+even to take it into consideration, unless some person should appear
+before them authorised to present the request according to the
+accustomed forms." Upon this message, all the procurators or deputies of
+the cities who were in the insurgent army repaired to Lima; where, in
+conjunction with such other deputies of the cities as were resident in
+that place, they presented a formal request in writing, demanding the
+same thing which had been formerly done by a verbal message. The
+auditors, considering this affair as exceedingly delicate, and that they
+neither had any right to grant what was now demanded, nor sufficient
+power to refuse it, as Gonzalo was now very near Lima which he held
+strictly blockaded; they resolved to submit the whole to the
+consideration of the principal persons of the city, that they might
+receive their sentiments and advice in the present crisis. For this
+purpose, they drew up a formal instrument of the whole matter, which was
+communicated to Don Jerom de Loyasa archbishop of Lima, Don Juan Solano
+archbishop of Cuzco, Don Garcia Diaz bishop of Quito, Fray Thomas de San
+Martino provincial of the Dominicans, Augustino de Zarate the treasurer,
+and to the royal accountant and controller general[9]. This
+extraordinary council was desired to consider maturely the demands of
+the deputies, and to give their opinion freely on what was proper to be
+done in consequence. In this instrument, the judges explained at full
+length the reasons which induced them to require advice on this
+important subject, openly avowing that this measure was not resorted to
+in the view of following what the council might judge best, since
+neither the judges nor the council had any power in the present
+situation of affairs to act otherwise than as prescribed by Gonzalo
+Pizarro and his officers; but that the judges had called in this manner
+on the members of this extraordinary council, as recorded witnesses of
+the constraint and oppression under which they all now acted.
+
+[Footnote 9: By Garcilasso, Zarate is represented as holding all the
+three offices, Treasurer, accountant, and controller.--E.]
+
+While these deliberations were going on in Lima, Gonzalo Pizarro drew
+nigh with his army and encamped about a quarter of a league from the
+city, drawing up his numerous train of artillery in readiness for
+service. As a whole day elapsed without the formal appointment as
+governor being transmitted to him, he became impatient; and dispatched
+thirty musqueteers into the city under the command of his
+lieutenant-general, who made prisoners of twenty-eight persons, among
+whom were those who had formerly deserted him at Cuzco, and others who
+were most obnoxious for having taken part with the viceroy. Among these
+were Gabriel de Roias, Garcilasso de la Vega, Melchior Verdugo, the
+licentiate Carvajal, Pedro de Barco, Martin de Florencia, Alfonso de
+Caceres, Pedro de Manjares, Luis de Leon, Antonio Ruys de Guevara, and
+some others of highest consideration in the colony. These were committed
+to the common prison, of which the lieutenant-general took possession,
+taking away the keys from the alcalde or keeper. The judges were utterly
+unable to make the smallest opposition to this strong measure, and dared
+not even to express their disapprobation, as there did not now remain
+fifty soldiers in the city; all those who had been formerly attached to
+them or to the viceroy having gone over to the camp of Gonzalo, who had
+now a force of twelve hundred men completely armed, including his
+original troops and those who deserted to him on this occasion.
+
+Next morning, several of the insurgent officers came into the city, and
+required the judges to make out the commission for Gonzalo, and to
+proclaim him governor-general of Peru without delay, otherways
+threatening to give up the city to plunder, and to massacre the
+inhabitants, in which case they would begin by putting the judges to
+death. The judges endeavoured to excuse themselves, alleging that they
+had neither right nor authority to do what was desired. Whereupon
+Carvajal, the lieutenant-general under Pizarro, caused four of his
+prisoners to be brought from the prison, and ordered three of them to be
+hanged on a tree near the city. These unfortunate men were Pedro de
+Barco, Martin de Florencia, and Juan de Saavedra. Carvajal only allowed
+them a short half hour to confess their sins and to prepare for death,
+adding insult and mockery to his cruelty. He particularly indulged in
+raillery against Pedro de Barco, who was last executed; saying, as he
+was a brave commander who had made several conquests, and was one of the
+most considerable and richest men in Peru, he was inclined to allow him
+some distinction in his death, and that he therefore granted him the
+high and honourable privilege of choosing which branch of the tree he
+preferred for being hanged upon. Luis de Leon escaped at the
+intercession of his brother who served under Gonzalo.
+
+On seeing these arbitrary proceedings, and being threatened by Carvajal
+with a similar treatment of all the other prisoners, and that the city
+should be given up to pillage if they did not execute the required
+commission without delay, the judges sent to the members of the
+extraordinary council formerly mentioned, desiring them to give their
+undisguised sentiments: upon what was proper to be done. They
+accordingly agreed unanimously that it was necessary to comply with the
+demands of Gonzalo; and the judges immediately made out a commission
+appointing Gonzalo Pizarro governor-general of Peru, until his majesty
+might give orders to the contrary, and without prejudice to the rights
+and authority of the royal audience, to which Gonzalo was required to
+make oath that he would renounce his authority whenever it might please
+his majesty or the audience to demand it from him, and likewise engaging
+to submit to their authority in the event of any complaints against him,
+either as an individual, or in the execution of his high office.
+
+On receiving his commission, Gonzalo Pizarro made his public entry into
+Lima, with all his troops in martial order. Captain Bachicao marched at
+the head of the vanguard with the artillery, consisting of twenty field
+pieces, which with all their ammunition, carriages, and other
+equipments, were carried on the shoulders of six thousand Indians, who
+completely filled all the streets through which they had to pass. The
+artillery was accompanied by a guard of thirty musqueteers and fifty
+canoneers. The company of two hundred pikemen commanded by Diego de
+Gumiel followed next. Then two companies of musqueteers, commanded by
+the Captains Guevara and Pedro Cermeno, the former consisting of 150,
+and the latter of 200 men. After these followed three companies of
+infantry who preceded Gonzalo Pizarro as his body guards, who followed
+on horseback in his coat of mail, over which he wore a robe of cloth of
+gold. He was followed by three captains of cavalry: Don Pedro de Porto
+Carrero in the middle carrying the royal standard belonging to his
+troop, having Antonio de Altamirano on his right with the standard of
+Cuzco, and Pedro de Puelles on his left with a standard of the arms of
+Gonzalo Pizarro. The whole cavalry of the army brought up the rear in
+regular order. In this array, the whole column of march moved towards
+the house of the oydor Ortiz de Zarate, where the other judges were
+assembled. Ortiz had feigned sickness, on purpose to avoid attending the
+royal court of audience at the reception of Gonzalo, but his brethren
+adjourned the sitting to his house on the occasion.
+
+Leaving his cavalry drawn up in the great square, Gonzalo made his
+appearance before the assembled judges, who received him in form, and
+administered to him the oath as governor. From thence he proceeded to
+the town house, where all the magistrates of the city were assembled,
+and where he was received with all the usual solemnities. Having gone
+through all the ceremonies, he retired to his own house, and the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal dismissed the army to its quarters upon the
+citizens, who were ordered to entertain them at free quarters. Gonzalo
+Pizarro continued to reside in Lima, exercising his authority as
+governor in all things pertaining to military affairs, without
+interfering in the administration of justice, which he confided entirely
+to the oydors, who held their sittings for that purpose in the house of
+the treasurer Alfonso Riquelme. Immediately after assuming the office of
+governor, Gonzalo sent Alfonso de Toro as his lieutenant to Cuzco, Pedro
+de Fuentes to Arequipa, Francisco de Almendras to La Plata, and others
+in the same quality to the other cities of Peru[10].
+
+[Footnote 10: According to Garcilasso, the entry of Gonzalo Pizarro into
+Lima was in October 1544, forty days after the deposition and
+imprisonment of the viceroy. In the History of America, II. 373, this
+event is dated on the 28th October.--E.]
+
+As in the sequel of this history we shall have much to say respecting
+Gonzalo Pizarro and his lieutenant-general Francisco de Carvajal, it may
+be proper in this place to give a short account of the age, qualities,
+and characters of these two men. At this period, Gonzalo Pizarro was
+about forty years of age, large made and tall, well proportioned, of a
+dark brown complexion, with a long black beard. He was well versant in
+military affairs and took great delight in war, of which he endured the
+labours and privations with much patient fortitude. He was an excellent
+horseman; and though his genius was rather confined, and his language
+vulgar, he could express his sentiments with sufficient clearness. He
+was exceedingly remiss in keeping his secrets to himself, by which
+weakness he often suffered much prejudice in his affairs and military
+transactions. He was rather avaricious, and disliked much to give away
+money; owing to which want of liberality his affairs frequently suffered
+material injury. He was exceedingly amorous, not confining himself like
+his brother the marquis to the native women, but gave much offence by
+his intrigues among the Spanish ladies in Peru.
+
+Francisco de Carvajal was a man of low descent, the son of a person
+employed in collecting the tax on salt, and was born in the village of
+Ragama near Arevala. He had served long in the wars of Italy under Count
+Pedro de Navarre, having been in the battle of Pavia, where the king of
+France was taken prisoner. On his return to Spain he was accompanied by
+a lady of a good family, Donna Catalina de Leyton, to whom he was said
+to be married; though most people believed otherwise, and some even
+alleged she had been a nun. After his return to Spain, he lived for some
+time at the commandry of Heliche, in the capacity of a steward; and went
+afterwards into New Spain with the lady who passed for his wife. He was
+for some time employed in Mexico, where he held some office; whence he
+was sent by the viceroy of that kingdom to Peru, along with
+reinforcements to the marquis Pizarro, at the time when the Indians
+revolted, as formerly related. On this occasion, the marquis gave him
+some lands and Indians at Cuzco, where he resided till the arrival of
+the viceroy; when he was about to have returned into Spain with a
+considerable sum which he had amassed from the Indians of his
+repartimiento; but not being able to procure an opportunity, he had
+remained in the country. When Gonzalo Pizarro assumed the government of
+Peru, Carvajal was said to be eighty years of age. He was of the middle
+stature, but very gross, full-faced, and high-complexioned. He was
+skilled in warlike affairs, having had long experience, and was able to
+undergo fatigue infinitely better than could have been expected at his
+advanced age. He hardly ever quitted his armour, either by day or night;
+and scarcely ever slept, except on a chair, leaning his head on his
+hand. He was so much addicted to wine, that when he could not procure
+such as was brought from Spain, he used to content himself with the
+strong liquors made by the Indians, of which he drank more freely than
+any other Spaniard. His disposition was addicted to cruelty, insomuch
+that he frequently put people to death upon very slight grounds,
+sometimes even without any reason at all, except merely under pretence
+of keeping up proper military discipline. Even when ordering any
+unfortunate persons to condign punishment, he was wont to crack his
+jokes, and to pay them ironical compliments. He was a bad Christian, and
+much addicted to impiety, as was manifest in all his words and actions;
+and was prodigiously avaricious in the acquisition of money, for which
+purpose he pillaged many of their wealth, by threatening to put them to
+death, and then letting them free for a good round sum. He ended his
+days in a miserable manner, with small hope of salvation, as will appear
+in the sequel.
+
+To return to the incidents of our history: Our readers may recollect
+that Luis de Ribera, lieutenant governor in La Plata, and Antonio
+Alvares alcalde or judge ordinary of that city, with most of its
+inhabitants, had taken the field with the purpose of joining the
+viceroy. After journeying a long way in the deserts without receiving
+any intelligence of the events which were passing at Lima, they at
+length learnt that the viceroy was deposed and that Gonzalo Pizarro had
+usurped the government of Peru. As Ribera and Alvarez were the chief
+leaders and instigators of the citizens of La Plata, they did not dare
+to return to that city in the present situation of affairs, and took
+therefore the resolution of seeking refuge among the Indians in the
+inaccessible mountains. Some of their associates, however, ventured to
+return to their city, while others went to Lima, where they obtained
+pardon from Gonzalo; but he forfeited their lands and Indians, and sent
+Francisco de Almendras to take possession of their repartimientos in his
+name, as funds for reimbursing the expences of the war.
+
+We must now advert to the deposed viceroy. After he had been set at
+liberty by the oydor Alvarez, as has been already related, and the two
+other vessels which carried his brother, friends, and servants, had
+likewise submitted to his authority, he continued his voyage with all
+the three ships to the port of Tumbez, where he and Alvarez landed,
+leaving proper persons to take charge of the ships. Immediately on
+landing, the viceroy and oydor began to exercise their respective
+authorities, by constituting a royal audience, and proclamations were
+dispersed through every part of the country, giving an account of the
+illegal deposition and imprisonment of the viceroy and the usurpation of
+Gonzalo, and commanding all faithful subjects of his majesty to join the
+standard of the viceroy. He issued these orders to the cities of Quito,
+San Miguel, Puerto Viejo, and Truxillo; and commissioned captains to go
+to different places to raise troops; sending, among others, Jerom de
+Pereira on this errand into the province of Bracamoras. In consequence
+of these proceedings, many persons came to Tumbez to join his standard.
+He applied himself likewise to collect provisions and ammunition,
+strengthening his party as much as possible; and issued orders to
+transmit to him all the money which was contained in the royal coffers,
+which was obeyed in many places. Some of the inhabitants however, fled
+into the mountains, being unwilling to attach themselves to either of
+the parties which now divided the unhappy colony, while others went to
+join Gonzalo Pizarro. Intelligence was soon carried to Gonzalo of the
+arrival of the viceroy at Tumbez, and of his preparations for recovering
+his authority, and some even of the proclamations and orders of the
+viceroy were brought to him at Lima. Gonzalo was by no means negligent
+in endeavouring to counteract the proceedings of the viceroy; for which
+purpose he sent orders to Ferdinand de Alvarado, his lieutenant at
+Truxillo, and the captains. Gonzalo Diaz and Jerom Villegas, to collect
+as many soldiers as possible in that part of the country, lest they
+might have gone to Tumbez to join the party of the viceroy. He commanded
+these officers to give every possible interruption to the preparations
+of the viceroy, yet ordered them on no account to risk coming to a
+battle with the royalists, however powerful and numerous they might
+conceive their troops to be in comparison with those of the viceroy.
+
+It had been long proposed to send a deputation from Gonzalo and the
+communities of Peru into Spain, to lay an account before his majesty of
+all that had occurred in the colony; and many of the principal
+insurgents insisted on the necessity of this measure, to justify their
+conduct. Others again, among whom the principal persons were the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal and Captain Bachicao, were of an opposite
+opinion; insisting that it were better to wait till his majesty might
+think proper to send out persons to inquire into the cause of his
+revenues being detained. They alleged that the viceroy must have already
+fully informed his majesty upon all the late transactions, and would
+doubtless be listened to in preference to any thing which they could say
+in defence of their conduct. On this account, the leaders of the
+insurgents regretted that they had not at the first sent over the judges
+of the royal audience into Spain, to give an account of their reasons
+for having made the viceroy a prisoner. And, after many deliberations on
+this subject, it was at length determined to send home the Doctor
+Texada, one of the oydors, in the name of the royal audience, to lay an
+account of the whole before the king. It was at the same time resolved,
+that Francisco Maldonado, who was master of the household of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, should accompany Texada, carrying justificatory letters from
+his master; but without any title, credence, or powers whatever. By
+these measures, two purposes were served at the same time, both of which
+were deemed useful: In sending a deputation to the king to justify their
+proceeding, those of their party who pressed that measure were
+satisfied; and by employing Texada on this errand, the court of royal
+audience was virtually broken up, as Ortiz de Zarate could not then hold
+sittings by himself[11]. When this proposal was communicated to Texada,
+he readily consented to undertake the office, on condition that he were
+furnished with 6000 crowns to defray the expences of his voyage.
+Accordingly, Cepeda and he composed all the memorials and dispatches
+which were deemed necessary, which were signed by these two judges only,
+as Ortiz refused his concurrence.
+
+[Footnote 11: Zarate seems to forget the existence of Cepeda, one of the
+judges; but he seems to have entirely devoted himself to the party of
+the usurper, while Ortiz affected at least to retain a sense of
+loyalty.--E.]
+
+When all was in readiness for the dispatch of Texada and Maldonado, a
+ship which lay in the harbour of Lima was ordered to be fitted out for
+their reception, of which Captain Bachicao was to have taken the
+command, with a sufficient number of cannon, and twenty soldiers; having
+orders to take possession of all the ships he might fall in with along
+the coast. At this time, Vaca de Castro, the ex-president, who still
+remained a prisoner in this ship, contrived to gain over a majority of
+the seamen belonging to the vessel, with the assistance of his friend
+Garcia de Montalva who occasionally visited him. By these means he
+acquired the command of the vessel, which was already provided with
+every thing needful for the voyage, and immediately set sail. This
+untoward incident gave much uneasiness to Gonzalo Pizarro, both because
+it delayed the departure of Texada, and because he judged that it could
+not have happened without the concurrence of several concealed enemies
+to the present state of affairs. On this the troops were ordered under
+arms, and all the principal persons who were suspected of disaffection
+to the party of Pizarro were taken into custody and committed to the
+common prison of the city, both those who had fled from Cuzco, and those
+belonging to other cities who had not joined his party. One of the
+persons committed to prison on this occasion was the licentiate
+Carvajal, to whom the lieutenant-general Carvajal sent a message,
+desiring him to confess and make his will, as he was immediately to be
+put to death. The licentiate did accordingly what he was desired, and
+prepared himself to die with much firmness and resolution; yet he was
+urged to be more expeditious, and the executioner was present, provided
+with cords for tying his hands and strangling him. Every one believed
+the last hour of the licentiate was come; more especially as,
+considering his rank and quality, it was not thought possible that he
+could be treated in this manner merely to frighten him. It was likewise
+universally believed, that the execution of the licentiate would be
+speedily followed by that of all the other prisoners; which it was
+conceived would prove of material detriment to the colony, as they
+consisted of the very principal people of the country, and of those who
+had always evinced the most zealous loyalty to the service of his
+majesty.
+
+While matters seemed fast tending to this extremity, several of the most
+judicious persons went to Gonzalo Pizarro, and requested of him to
+reflect that the licentiate Carvajal was one of the principal persons in
+the country, and that his brother had been already unjustly put to
+death by the viceroy, under pretence of the licentiate having joined the
+party of Pizarro. They urged that it was exceedingly imprudent at this
+time to put the licentiate to death, as that would necessarily renew the
+discontents which had formerly taken place on the death of his brother
+the commissary. They even added, that much good service might be
+expected from the licentiate, were it only in pursuit of revenge for the
+death of his brother. They insisted that neither the licentiate nor any
+of the other prisoners had any hand in the flight of Vaca de Castro; but
+that it might easily be seen that the slightest pretexts were resorted
+to on purpose to accuse them, who were already under suspicion as
+disaffected to the ruling party. Teased and fatigued by these
+solicitations, Gonzalo Pizarro refused to be spoken to on the subject;
+so that the licentiate and his friends were induced to try another
+expedient for his release. They conveyed to the lieutenant-general an
+ingot of gold weighing forty marks[12], with a promise of a much larger
+present if he would save the life of the licentiate. The
+lieutenant-general accepted their offers, delayed the execution of the
+licentiate, and prevailed on Gonzalo Pizarro to set him and all the
+other suspected persons at liberty.
+
+[Footnote 12: The weight of this is 820 ounces, which at L. 4 an ounce
+comes to L. 1280, and was then worth as much as L. 7680 is in efficient
+value.--E]
+
+After the conclusion of this business, measures were taken for the
+dispatch of Texada and Maldonado; and at this time there happened to
+arrive a brigantine from Arequipa, which was fitted out along with some
+other vessels, and armed with a part of the artillery which had been
+brought down from Cuzco. In these vessels Bachicao embarked along with
+the deputies, accompanied by sixty musqueteers, who were all that could
+be prevailed upon to undertake the voyage. They proceeded on their
+voyage along the coast to the northwards, and arrived one morning early
+at Tumbez, where they understood the viceroy then resided. Immediately
+on their being perceived making for the coast, the adherents of the
+viceroy gave the alarm and stood on their defence: But as the viceroy
+believed that Gonzalo Pizarro was on board in person accompanied by a
+formidable body of troops, he retired in all haste from Tumbez
+accompanied by an hundred and fifty men, taking the road for Quito.
+Several of his people however did not think fit to accompany his flight,
+and preferred giving themselves up to Bachicao, who likewise took
+possession of two ships which happened to be in the port of Tumbez. From
+thence, Bachicao went to Puerto Viejo and other places, where he drew
+together about an hundred and fifty men, all of whom he took along with
+him in the ships of his squadron. Among these were Bartholomew Perez,
+and Juan Delmos, respectable inhabitants of Puerto Viejo.
+
+Continuing his voyage towards Panama, Bachicao put in at the Isle of
+Pearls, about twenty leagues from Panama to procure refreshments. While
+at that place, the inhabitants of Panama received notice of his arrival,
+and sent two deputies to learn his intentions, requesting at the same
+time that he would not come into their boundaries with his troops.
+Bachicao sent back word, that although he happened to be accompanied by
+armed men, it was merely on purpose to defend himself against the
+viceroy, and that he had not the most distant intention of injuring or
+even displeasing the inhabitants of Panama. He informed them, that he
+was entrusted with the transport of the Doctor Texada, one of the royal
+judges, who was charged with a commission from the court of audience to
+give an account to his majesty of the events which had occurred in Peru.
+He farther declared that he should only land in Panama to provide
+necessaries for his voyage back to Peru, and would reimbark without
+delay. Lulled into security by these assurances, the inhabitants of
+Panama took no measures for defence. On coming into the port, two ships
+which happened to be there, made sail to go away; one of which was taken
+possession of by one of the brigantines belonging to Bachicao, and
+brought back to the harbour, with the master and chief mate hanging from
+the yard arms. This sad spectacle gave great uneasiness to the
+inhabitants, who judged from this tragical event, that the purposes of
+Bachicao were very different from his words and promises. But it was not
+now time to think of defence, and they were constrained to submit,
+though filled with terror and dismay, leaving their lives and properties
+entirely at the discretion of Bachicao, who was no less cruel than the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal, or even more so if possible; being at the
+same time exceedingly addicted to cursing and blasphemy, and among all
+his vices not a single spark of virtue could be found to relieve the
+picture.
+
+At this time Captain Juan de Gusman was in Panama raising soldiers for
+the service of the viceroy; but he found it advisable to retire on the
+arrival of Bachicao, with whom all these soldiers now inlisted. Bachicao
+likewise got possession of the artillery which had belonged to the
+vessel in which Vaca de Castro escaped from Lima. Seeing himself master
+of Panama, Bachicao who was a brutal passionate fellow, exercised the
+command there in a cruel and tyrannical manner, disposing at his will of
+the goods and properties of every one, violating every rule of law and
+justice, oppressing the liberties of the community, and holding every
+individual under such slavish constraint, that no one dared to act
+otherwise than as he pleased to dictate. Learning or suspecting that two
+of his captains had formed the design of putting him to death, he
+ordered them both to be beheaded without any form of trial; and in
+similar acts of injustice, and in every transaction, he used no other
+formality than ordering it to be intimated by the public crier, "That
+Captain Ferdinand Bachicao had ordained such and such to be done." He
+thus usurped supreme and absolute authority, paying not the smallest
+regard to the laws, or even to the external forms of justice.
+
+The licentiate Vaca de Castro, who was at Panama when Bachicao arrived,
+fled immediately across the isthmus to Nombre de Dios on the Atlantic,
+where he embarked accompanied by Diego Alvarez de Cueto and Jerom
+Zurbano. Doctor Texada and Francisco Maldonado escaped likewise to the
+same port, where they all embarked together for Spain. Texada died on
+the voyage while passing the Bahamas. On their arrival in Spain,
+Moldonado and Cueto went directly to Germany, where the emperor Don
+Carlos then was, where each gave an account of the business with which
+they were entrusted. Vaca de Castro remained for some time at Tercera in
+the Azores; whence he went to Lisbon, and afterwards to the court of
+Spain; alleging that he did not dare to go by way of Seville, on account
+of the influence in that place of the brothers relations and friends of
+Juan Tello, whom he had put to death after the defeat of the younger
+Almagro. On his arrival at court, De Castro was put under arrest in his
+own house by order of the council of the Indies. He was afterwards
+brought to trial on a variety of accusations, in the course of which he
+was kept prisoner for five years in the citadel of Arevalo. He was
+afterwards removed to a private house in Simanca, from which he was not
+permitted to go out: And in consequence of a subsequent revolution in
+the court of Spain, he was allowed to remain a prisoner at large in the
+city and territory of Valladolid, till his cause was finally adjuged
+[13].
+
+[Footnote 13: We learn from Garcilasso, that Vara de Castro was in the
+end honourably acquitted, and that in the year 1461, when Garcilasso was
+at Madrid, De Castro was senior member of the council of the Indies. His
+son, Don Antonio, was made knight of St. Jago, and had a grant of lands
+and Indians in Peru to the extent of 20,000 pieces of eight yearly.--E.]
+
+On the flight of the viceroy from Tumbez with an hundred and fifty men,
+as before related, in consequence of the arrival of Bachicao, he retired
+to Quito, where he was honourably received. In this place he increased
+his force to two hundred men, and finding the country fertile and
+abounding in provisions, he determined to remain there till he might
+receive ulterior orders from his majesty, in reply to the informations
+he had transmitted by Diego Alvarez de Cueto. In the mean time he
+appointed strong guards to defend the passes in the mountains, and
+stationed spies on the different roads, that he might have early
+intimation of the procedure of Gonzalo Pizarro at Lima, which is three
+hundred leagues from Quito. About this time four soldiers belonging to
+Gonzalo deserted on account of some injurious treatment, and seized a
+small bark in the port of Lima, in which they sailed northwards to a
+place where they landed, and whence they travelled by land to Quito. On
+their arrival, they represented to the viceroy, that the inhabitants of
+Lima and other places were exceedingly discontented by the conduct of
+Gonzalo, who subjected them to the most harassing and vexatious tyranny,
+driving them from their houses, and despoiling them of their goods, so
+that many of the colonists were reduced to depend on other persons for
+their subsistence. That Gonzalo imposed such burthensome contributions
+on the whole inhabitants, that they were unable to endure them; and that
+all were so weary of his tyranny, that they would gladly join any person
+who might come among them in the name of the king, to relieve them from
+the cruel oppression and tyrannous violence of the usurper. In
+consequence of this statement, the viceroy was induced to march from
+Quito towards San Miguel, appointing to the command of his troops one
+Diego de Occampo, an inhabitant of Quito, who had joined him on his
+arrival at Tumbez, and had expended large sums in his service from his
+own private fortune.
+
+The licentiate Alvarez always accompanied the viceroy, and these two
+established themselves as the court of royal audience, in virtue of a
+commission from his majesty which the viceroy still held. By this royal
+order, the viceroy was authorised after his arrival at Lima, to hold
+audience in conjunction with two or one of the oydors who might first
+arrive, or even in case that any two or three of them should chance to
+die. In pursuance of this authority, the viceroy ordered a new seal to
+be made, which he committed to the custody of Juan de Leon, alcalde or
+police judge of Lima, who had been nominated by the Marquis of Camarosa,
+grand-chancellor of the Indies, as his deputy or chancellor of the
+audience of Lima. De Leon had fled from Gonzalo Pizarro, and had joined
+the viceroy at Quito. In consequence of this arrangement, the viceroy
+issued such orders and proclamations as seemed needful or expedient, in
+the name of the emperor Don Carlos; authenticating them with the royal
+seal, and by the signatures of himself and the licentiate Alvarez. By
+these means there were two royal audiences in Peru, one at the city of
+Lima, and the other wherever the viceroy happened to reside; so that it
+frequently happened that two opposite and contradictory decrees were
+pronounced and promulgated, in one and the same cause.
+
+On taking the resolution of marching from Quito, the viceroy sent his
+brother-in-law, Diego Alvarez de Cueto, to inform his majesty of the
+state of affairs, and to solicit such reinforcements as might enable him
+to re-establish his authority in Peru, by waging war against Gonzalo
+Pizarro. Cueto went accordingly to Spain in the same fleet with Vaca de
+Castro and Texada, as already related. The viceroy advanced southwards
+to San Miguel, which is an hundred and fifty leagues from Quito,
+determining to remain at that place till he might receive farther orders
+from his majesty. The inhabitants of San Miguel gave him the best
+reception in their power, and furnished him as far as they were able
+with every thing he was in want of. He continually kept his small army
+on foot, to preserve the honour and reputation of his character as
+viceroy, and that he might be in a convenient situation for receiving
+such reinforcements as might come from Spain or from any of the American
+colonies; as every one coming by land from these quarters must
+necessarily pass by the way of San Miguel, especially if accompanied by
+horses or beasts of burthen. He expected therefore to be able in this
+place to collect reinforcements to his army, so as to be in condition to
+renew the war, and employed himself to collect men, horses, and arms, so
+that he was soon at the head of five hundred men, tolerably equipped.
+Some of these indeed were in want of defensive armour, which they
+endeavoured to supply by fabricating cuirasses of iron, and of hard
+leather.
+
+At the time when Gonzalo Pizarro sent Bachicao with the brigantines to
+get possession of the ships belonging to the viceroy, he dispatched
+Gonzalo Diaz de Pinera and Jerom de Villegas to collect the soldiers who
+dwelt in Truxillo and San Miguel, that they might make head against the
+viceroy in the north of Peru. These officers remained in San Miguel with
+about eighty men whom they had drawn to their party, till they heard of
+the approach of the viceroy; on which, not being in sufficient force to
+oppose him, they retreated towards Truxillo, and established themselves
+in the province of _Collique_, about forty leagues[14] from San Miguel.
+From thence they sent intimation to Gonzalo of the advance of the
+viceroy, and that his army increased daily in numbers, insomuch that it
+behoved him to think of some appropriate measures to avert the
+threatened danger. Diaz and Villegas were likewise informed that the
+viceroy had sent Juan de Pereira, one of his officers, into the province
+of Chachapoyas, in which there were very few Spanish settlers, to
+endeavour to collect reinforcements. As they believed that Pereira and
+his followers entertained no suspicions of their being in the
+neighbourhood, Diaz and Villegas determined on attempting to surprize
+them, which they did so effectually one night, that they made the whole
+party prisoners without resistance. Having beheaded Pereira and two of
+his principal followers, they obliged the rest of the party, about sixty
+horsemen, to enter into the service of Gonzalo, by threats of putting
+them all to death if they refused; after which they returned to their
+post.
+
+[Footnote 14: The distance in the text is probably a mistake for
+_fourteen_ leagues, as about that distance to the S.E. of San Miguel
+there is a river named _Chola_, which may have given name to the
+district or valley in which it runs.--E.]
+
+The viceroy was greatly incensed by this untoward event, and determined
+to seek an opportunity of revenge. With this view he departed secretly
+from San Miguel with a body of an hundred and fifty horse, and took such
+judicious measures that he arrived one night undiscovered at _Collique,_
+where he surprized the enemy, and obliged them to fly in all directions.
+Diaz made his escape almost alone into a district inhabited by hostile
+Indians, who assailed him and put him to death. Villegas and Ferdinand
+Alvarado were more fortunate in their escape, as they were able to
+collect some of their dispersed troops, with whom they took up a new and
+more secure position not far from Truxillo, and at a safer distance from
+San Miguel.
+
+As Gonzalo Pizarro was informed that the viceroy augmented his army
+from time to time, more especially after this successful enterprize, he
+resolved to march against him without delay; as hardly a day passed in
+which the viceroy was not joined by soldiers, horses, and arms from
+Spain, or some of the American colonies, all of which were landed at the
+port of Tumbez. He was likewise in dread lest some dispatch might arrive
+from the emperor, favourable to the viceroy, by which his own adherents
+might be intimidated, and numbers might be induced to change sides. With
+this view he assembled his army, determined to march in person against
+the viceroy, and if possible to bring him to action. He issued therefore
+the proper orders to all his officers, reviewed and mustered his troops,
+advanced them the necessary funds for taking the field, and sent off the
+baggage, artillery, ammunition and provisions, with the main body of the
+army towards Truxillo, remaining behind at Lima with some of his
+principal officers, to follow in proper time. About this time a vessel
+arrived from Arequipa with a very seasonable supply of 100,000 crowns;
+and another vessel from Tierra Firma, belonging to Gonzalo Martel, sent
+by his wife to enable him to return home. The arrival of these two
+vessels was very opportune for Gonzalo Pizarro, as they served to
+transport great quantities of musquets, pikes, ammunition, and other
+implements of war, together with a guard of an hundred and fifty men,
+and greatly facilitated the intended expedition against the viceroy.
+
+On quitting Lima, Gonzalo Pizarro thought proper to take the oydor
+Cepeda and Juan de Caceres the accountant-general along with him, both
+to give the more eclat and appearance of legal authority to his
+measures, and on purpose to break up the court of royal audience, as
+Ortiz de Zarate would then be the only judge remaining at Lima, who was
+not thought of much importance, as he was in bad health. Besides, Blas
+de Soto, his brother, had married the daughter of that judge; and
+although that marriage had been effected contrary to the wish of Ortiz,
+it was considered as some tie upon his conduct. For greater security,
+however, Gonzalo used the precaution of carrying the royal seal along
+with him. Gonzalo Pizarro chose to go by sea; and on leaving Lima, he
+appointed Lorenzo de Aldana as lieutenant-governor of that city, with a
+garrison of eighty soldiers, to preserve tranquillity during his
+absence. This small number was considered sufficient to prevent any
+attempt towards a revolutionary movement, as most of the inhabitants of
+Lima accompanied the expedition. Gonzalo embarked in March 1545, and
+landed at the port of Santa, fifteen leagues south from Truxillo, at
+which city he arrived on Palm Sunday. He remained at this place for some
+time, waiting the junction of his troops, sending messages in various
+directions to expedite their march. After some time, he marched from
+Truxillo into the province of Collique, where the whole of his army
+assembled. At this place he reviewed his army, which amounted to above
+six hundred horse and foot. The troops under the viceroy were nearly as
+numerous; but those under Gonzalo were much better armed, and better
+supplied with every thing requisite for war, as well as being all
+veteran soldiers, accustomed to war and discipline, and well acquainted
+with all the difficult passes of the country. The troops of the viceroy
+on the contrary, had for the most part come recently from Spain, were
+quite unaccustomed to war, and ill armed; besides which their powder was
+bad in quality.
+
+Gonzalo used every effort to collect provisions and all kinds of
+necessaries for his army, more especially as he had to pass through a
+desert country which intervened between the province of Motupe[15] and
+the city of San Miguel, a distance of twenty-two leagues without any
+inhabitants, and entirely destitute of water or other means of
+refreshment, consisting every where of burning sands without shelter
+from the heat of the sun and almost under the equinoctial line. As this
+march was necessarily attended with much inconvenience and difficulty,
+Gonzalo used every proper precaution that his troops might be supplied
+abundantly with water and other necessaries. For this purpose all the
+neighbouring Indians were ordered to bring a prodigious quantity of jars
+and other vessels calculated to contain water. The soldiers were ordered
+to leave at Motupe all their clothes and baggage of which they were not
+in immediate want, which were to be brought forward by the Indians.
+Above all things, it was taken care that a sufficiency of water should
+accompany the army, both for the troops, and for the horses and other
+animals. Every thing being in readiness, Gonzalo sent forwards a party
+of twenty-five horsemen by the ordinary road through the desert, that
+they might be observed by the scouts belonging to the viceroy, and that
+he might be led to believe the army came in that direction. He then took
+a different route through the same desert with the army, marching as
+expeditiously as possible, every soldier being ordered to carry his
+provisions along with him on his horse. By these precautions, and the
+rapidity of the march, the viceroy was not informed of the approach of
+Gonzalo and his army, till they were very near San Miguel. Immediately
+on learning their approach, he sounded the alarm, giving out that he
+intended to meet and give battle to the insurgents; but as soon as his
+army was drawn out from the city, he took a quite opposite course,
+directing his march with all possible expedition towards the mountain of
+Caxas.
+
+[Footnote 15: Named Morrope in modern maps. The desert in the text is of
+great extent, reaching from the river Leche to the Piura, a distance of
+above eighty English miles.]
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro got notice of the retreat of the viceroy about four
+hours afterwards, in consequence of which he made no halt at San Miguel,
+except to procure guides to direct him in the road which the viceroy had
+taken. In the first night of this pursuit, the army of Gonzalo marched
+eight Spanish leagues, or near thirty English miles, and several of the
+royalists who had lagged behind the rest, together with the whole
+baggage belonging to the retreating army fell into his hands. Gonzalo
+hanged such of his prisoners as were most obnoxious to him, and
+continued the pursuit of the flying royalists with the utmost diligence,
+through difficult and almost impracticable roads, where no provisions
+could be procured, always coming up with some of the hindmost of the
+enemy. Gonzalo likewise sent on several Indians with letters to the
+principal officers who served under the viceroy, urging them to put him
+to death, and offering them their pardons for the past and to give them
+high rewards. He continued the pursuit above fifty leagues or two
+hundred miles, till at length the horses were no longer able to carry
+their riders, and the men were incapable of proceeding, both from
+excessive fatigue and by the failure of provisions. The insurgent army
+at length arrived at Ayabaca[16], where the hot pursuit of the viceroy
+was discontinued, and the troops of Gonzalo halted for rest and
+refreshment. Besides the difficulty of overtaking the royalists, Gonzalo
+had received assurances from some of the principal followers of the
+viceroy that they would either put him to death, or deliver him up as a
+prisoner; and, as this came afterwards to the knowledge of the viceroy,
+he put several of these officers and gentlemen of his army to death.
+After Gonzalo had supplied his army with such provisions as could be
+furnished at Ayabaca, he resumed the pursuit, but with less rapidity
+than before, and keeping his army always in compact order; yet at this
+time some of his troops remained behind, partly owing to extreme
+fatigue, and partly from discontent. Leaving the viceroy to continue
+his retreat to Quito, and Gonzalo in pursuit, it is proper to mention
+some events that occurred at this time in other parts of Peru.
+
+[Footnote 16: Notwithstanding the distance mentioned in the text,
+Ayabaca is only about 60 miles, or fifteen Spanish leagues in a straight
+line N.N.E. from San Miguel.--E.]
+
+In this march, Gonzalo did not think proper to carry along with his army
+any of the soldiers belonging to the viceroy whom he had taken during
+the pursuit, both because he could not confide in them, because he had
+already a sufficient force in proportion to the enemy, and because
+provisions were very difficult to be procured, as the viceroy had
+stripped every place through which he passed as much as possible. For
+this reason, Gonzalo Pizarro sent back all his prisoners to Truxillo,
+Lima, or such other places as they thought proper, having in the first
+place put to death such of their chiefs as he considered most strongly
+attached to the viceroy. As these soldiers were dispersed over several
+parts of the country, they began to declaim in favour of the viceroy and
+against the tyrannical conduct of Gonzalo, and found many persons
+abundantly disposed to listen to their harangues; both because what they
+alleged was true in itself, and because most of the Spanish inhabitants
+of Peru were much inclined to revolution and change of party, especially
+the soldiery and those who were lazy and unoccupied. The real settlers
+and principal inhabitants of the cities were quite of an opposite
+description, being friends of peace and order, as most conducive to
+their interest and happiness, and necessary to the preservation of their
+properties, and being more exposed in time of civil war than even the
+soldiers to be harassed and tormented in many ways, as the ruling party
+was apt on the slightest pretexts to put them to death on purpose to
+seize their effects, with which to gratify and reward the partizans of
+their tyranny and injustice. These seditious discourses were so openly
+indulged in, that they reached the knowledge of the lieutenants of
+Gonzalo; who, each in his peculiar jurisdiction, punished the authors as
+they deemed right. At Lima, to which most of these prisoners had gone,
+Pedro Martin de Cecilia the provost marshal was a violent partizan of
+Gonzalo, and caused several of these malecontents to be hanged. Lorenzo
+de Aldana, who had been left by Gonzalo as lieutenant-governor of Lima,
+was a prudent man, and conducted himself in a quite different manner,
+being disinclined from acting with such violence as might occasion
+displeasure to either party in the sequel; for which reason he used all
+his influence to prevent putting any one to death, or from injuring any
+person in any manner. Although he held his office from Gonzalo, he never
+exerted himself zealously in his service, so that the partizans of that
+usurper considered him as secretly gained by the other party, more
+especially as he always behaved well to the known friends of the
+viceroy. On this account, all these men flocked to Lima, where they
+believed themselves in greater security than anywhere else. The
+partizans of Gonzalo, on the other hand, made loud complaints against
+the favourable behaviour of Aldana to the royalists; and in particular
+one of the alcaldes of Lima, named Christopher de Burgos, spoke of it so
+openly that Aldana thought it necessary to give him a public reprimand,
+and even committed him to prison for some time. Several even went so far
+as to communicate their suspicions of the fidelity of Aldana to Gonzalo
+Pizarro by letters, and even persuaded him of the truth of their
+allegations: But he refrained from manifesting his want of confidence in
+the lieutenant-governor, considering it dangerous to deprive him of his
+office while the army was at so great a distance, more especially as
+Aldana had a respectable military force, and was much esteemed by the
+citizens of Lima.
+
+We have formerly mentioned that several inhabitants of the city of La
+Plata in the province of Las Charcas, on receiving orders to that effect
+from the viceroy, had set out from that city on purpose to offer him
+their services against Gonzalo; but having learnt his imprisonment while
+on their way to Lima, they returned to their habitations. Gonzalo
+Pizarro was particularly displeased with these men, as he expected to
+have been especially favoured by the inhabitants of his own peculiar
+district, and sent therefore a person named Francisco de Almendras as
+lieutenant-governor to La Plata, a coarse brutal fellow without feeling
+or humanity, and one of the most cruel satellites of his tyrannical
+usurpation; whom he instructed to be peculiarly watchful of the
+behaviour of those who had shewn an intention of joining the viceroy,
+and to make them feel on every opportunity how much he was dissatisfied
+with their conduct on that occasion. In pursuance of his instructions,
+Almendras deprived the principal persons among these loyalists of their
+lands and Indians, and exacted heavy contributions from them towards
+defraying the expences of the war. He likewise affronted and used them
+ill on all occasions, and even on very frivolous pretences. One Don
+Gomez de Luna, a principal person among the loyalists of La Plata,
+happened one day to observe in conversation at his own house, that the
+emperor Don Carlos must assuredly at length recover the command over
+Peru. This loyal sentiment was reported to Almendras, who immediately
+ordered De Luna to be arrested and thrown into the common prison. The
+magistrates of the city went in a body to supplicate Almendras either to
+liberate De Luna, or at least to confine him in a place more conformable
+to his rank; and as Almendras refused to give a satisfactory answer to
+their representation, one of the magistrates declared publicly, that, if
+he would not liberate de Luna, they would do so in spite of him.
+Almendras dissembled his sentiments at the time, but went next night to
+the prison, whence he caused De Luna to be taken out to the public
+square and beheaded.
+
+The inhabitants of the city were exceedingly disgusted by this cruel act
+of tyranny, which they considered as an outrage against the whole
+community; and particularly one Diego Centeno was most sensibly
+affected, as he and De Luna had been extremely intimate. At the
+commencement of the troubles respecting the obnoxious regulations,
+Centeno had attached himself to Gonzalo Pizarro, whom he had accompanied
+to Cuzco, in the capacity of procurator from the province of Las
+Charcas, being one of the principal persons of his party. Having noticed
+the bad intentions of Pizarro, and that he did not limit his designs to
+those objects which he at first proposed, Centeno abandoned the party of
+Gonzalo and returned to his own house. He now determined to use his
+utmost endeavours to revenge the cruel death of his friend De Luna, that
+he might save himself and others from the tyrannous rule of Almendras,
+and on purpose to restore the country to obedience to its legitimate
+sovereign. With this view, he communicated his sentiments to some of the
+principal settlers, among whom were Lopez de Mendoza, Alfonso Perez de
+Esquivel, Alfonzo de Camargo, Fernando Nunnez de Segura, Lopez de
+Mendiera, Juan Ortiz de Zarate, and several others whom he believed to
+have loyal intentions, all of whom he found disposed to second him in
+executing the enterprize which he had in view. In the prosecution of
+this purpose, they all assembled one Sunday morning, according to
+custom, at the house of Almendras, under pretence of accompanying him
+to church. When all were assembled, although Almendras had a
+considerable guard, Ceuteno went up to him as if to converse on some
+affair of moment, and stabbed him repeatedly with his dagger. The
+conspirators then dragged him out to the public square and cut off his
+head, declaring him a traitor, and proclaiming that they had done so for
+the service of the king.
+
+Considering that Almendras was universally detested, the conspirators
+had not thought it necessary to use any precautions for conciliating the
+people; yet all the inhabitants declared for the king, and took
+immediate measures to support his authority and to defend themselves
+against the resentment of Gonzalo and the insurgents. For this purpose,
+they elected Centeno as commander in chief of the province; in which
+capacity he appointed proper persons to be captains of cavalry and
+infantry under his authority, and used every effort to inlist a body of
+troops, which he paid out of his own funds, being one of the richest men
+in the country; but in this he was assisted by the other inhabitants of
+the province, who contributed towards the expence. Centeno was of an
+honourable family, being descended from Hernan Centeno who had made
+himself illustrious in the wars of Castillo. He was about thirty-five
+years of age, of very agreeable manners, of a liberal disposition,
+personally brave, of an excellent character and universally respected.
+At this time he enjoyed a revenue exceeding 80,000 crowns; but about two
+years afterwards, on the discovery of the famous mines of Potosi, he
+became possessed of above 100,000 crowns of annual rent by means of his
+Indians, as his estate lay very near these mines.
+
+Having assembled a body of troops, Centeno used every effort to provide
+them with arms and all other necessary equipments. He placed guards at
+all the passes, to prevent any intelligence from being conveyed to the
+enemy till his affairs were in proper order. He sent likewise Lopez de
+Mendoza one of his captains, first to Porco and thence to Arequipa to
+collect as many men as possible, and to endeavour to arrest Pedro do
+Puentes the lieutenant of Gonzalo at Arequipa. But Puentes fled
+immediately from Arequipa on receiving intelligence of the events which
+had occurred at Las Charcas. Mendoza therefore took possession of
+Arequipa without resistance; whence he reinforced himself with all the
+men, arms, and horses, he could procure, and carried off all the money
+he could find, with which and his reinforcement he returned to Centeno
+at La Plata.
+
+On the return of Mendoza, Centeno found himself at the head of two
+hundred and fifty men well equipped for war, to whom he explained his
+sentiments and views, and gave an account of the criminal usurpation of
+Gonzalo Pizarro, in the following terms. "You know that Gonzalo, on
+leaving Cuzco, pretended merely to present the humble remonstrances of
+the colonists respecting the obnoxious regulations; and you have been
+informed that, even at the outset, he put to death Gaspard de Roias,
+Philip Gutierrez, and Arias Maldonado. You have learnt how he conspired
+with the judges of the royal audience and other inhabitants of Lima, to
+arrest and depose the viceroy, both of which were done accordingly.
+After this, while at the very gates of Lima, and before his public entry
+into that city, he sent in his lieutenant-general, who arrested many of
+the most considerable and richest inhabitants of the country, under the
+eyes of the judges, merely because these men had joined the viceroy, and
+even hanged three of them without any form of trial, Pedro de Barco,
+Martin de Florencia, and Juan Saavedra. He in the next place has broken
+up the royal court of audience, sending off its judges to different
+places, having in the first place obliged them to appoint him to the
+government. He has since, as you well know, caused many others to be put
+to death, merely on suspicion that they were favourable to the viceroy,
+and intended to join his party. Not satisfied with all this, he has
+seized all the treasure belonging to his majesty in the different
+receipts of the colony, and has imposed excessive contributions on the
+inhabitants, from whom he has exacted above 150,000 ducats by means of
+taxes imposed at his own pleasure. Adding crime to crime, he has again
+levied forces against the authority of his majesty, with which he has
+marched against the viceroy, and has carried insubordination and
+confusion into every part of the country; permitting and encouraging
+many to hold public discourse contrary to the respect and obedience
+which is due to his majesty. They were likewise aware, that Gonzalo had
+token away the repartimientos, or allotments of lands and Indians from
+many persons, and had converted them to his own emolument. Finally, he
+laid before them the strong obligations by which they were all bound, as
+faithful subjects, to exert their utmost endeavours in the service of
+their sovereign, lest they should draw upon themselves the imputation of
+being rebels and traitors." By these representations, and others which
+it were tedious to repeat, he disposed his auditors to concur in his
+loyal sentiments, and willingly to obey his orders. After this, Centeno
+sent one of his captains with a detachment to Chicuito, a place
+belonging particularly to the king, between Orcaza and Las Charcas, with
+orders to guard the passes with the utmost vigilance, till he and the
+royalists were in full readiness to execute their principal enterprize,
+as will be related in the sequel.
+
+Notwithstanding every precaution employed by Centeno to conceal his
+operations and intentions, it was impossible to prevent intelligence
+from spreading in various directions, more especially after the
+expedition of Mendoza to Arequipa. Every thing he had already done, even
+the number of his troops, and of the musquets and horses he had
+collected, was fully known, by means of Indians and Spaniards who had
+escaped from La Plata, in spite of the guards which had been set, to
+watch the passes of the mountains. Alfonso de Toro, who acted as
+lieutenant governor of Cuzco under Gonzalo Pizarro, happened at this
+time to be a hundred leagues to the northward of that city, keeping
+guard in one of the passes of the mountains, as by letters from Gonzalo
+the viceroy was reported to have gone into the mountainous country, and
+was supposed to have directed his march by that road toward the south of
+Peru. On receiving notice of the late revolution at La Plata, De Toro
+returned in all diligence to Cuzco, where he levied forces to oppose
+Centeno; and, having assembled the magistrates and principal inhabitants
+of Cuzco, he informed them of what had occurred at Las Charcas, and as
+there was a sufficient force in Cuzco to suppress the royalists, he
+thought it incumbent on him to march to La Plata for that purpose. To
+gain them over to his purpose, he represented that Centeno had revolted
+without any just cause, and had usurped authority in Las Charcas for his
+own private ends, under pretence of serving the king; whereas Gonzalo
+Pizarro, being actual governor of the kingdom of Peru, ought to be
+obeyed as such till his majesty sent orders to the contrary. That the
+revolt of Centeno, being both criminal in itself and contrary to the
+law, every one was bound to resist him, and to punish his temerity. He
+recalled to their remembrance, that Gonzalo Pizarro was engaged in
+serving the general interest of the colonists, to procure the revocation
+of the obnoxious ordinances, in which common cause he had exposed his
+fortune and personal safety to every hazard, as it was well known that
+every inhabitant of Peru would be stripped of his property if the
+regulations were put in force. That besides the general advantage
+procured by Gonzalo in setting aside the obnoxious regulations, for
+which all were infinitely indebted to him, it was obvious that he had
+not in any respect conducted himself contrary to the royal orders, and
+had not in any manner set himself against the authority of the
+sovereign; since, on his arrival at Lima for the purpose of presenting
+their remonstrances, the judges of the royal audience had already
+arrested the viceroy and sent him out of the kingdom, of which these
+judges had appointed Gonzalo interim governor; and that in marching in a
+warlike manner against the viceroy, he had acted at the request and by
+the orders of the royal audience; as was manifest by his being
+accompanied by Cepeda, one of the royal judges and chairman of the
+audience. He asserted that no person in Peru could take upon him to
+determine whether the audience had acted right or otherwise in
+conferring the government on Gonzalo; and that it was the duty of all to
+support him in that office, till they received the ulterior orders of
+the sovereign.
+
+At the close of this discourse, every one acknowledged the justice of
+what he had represented, and voluntarily offered to support Gonzalo with
+their lives and fortunes; although in reality most of them did so more
+from fear than good will, as they stood in great awe of De Toro, who had
+hanged several persons in a summary manner, and had made himself
+universally dreaded by his cruel and ferocious disposition and conduct,
+so that no one dared to oppose or contradict him in any thing. After a
+short deliberation, a set of resolutions were entered into, in which the
+transactions of Centeno in Las Charcas were recited as seditious and
+unlawful, and he was declared to have assassinated Francisco de
+Almendras, the lieutenant governor, to have levied forces in rebellion
+against the legitimate government, and to have passed the boundaries of
+the province of Las Charcas in hostile manner; for all which reasons it
+was just and proper to make war upon him, and to reduce him to
+obedience. All this was done principally to satisfy or to amuse the
+people, and to make them believe that the partizans of Gonzalo acted
+reasonably and lawfully, as all those who signed these resolutions were
+perfectly aware of the real state of affairs. In reality, although
+matters were thus represented in the popular assemblages, in
+justification of the measures of the insurgent party, or at least to
+excuse their actions under specious pretences, those who took an active
+part on the present occasion, used often to declare, both in the
+presence and absence of Gonzalo, that the king would certainly give, or
+ought to give him the government of Peru, as they were resolved not to
+receive any other person in that capacity, such being the resolution of
+Gonzalo in which they all concurred.
+
+Alfonso de Toro now proceeded to levy an army, of which he declared
+himself captain general and commander in chief, and appointed captains
+and other officers to command under his authority. In all his
+proceedings he carried himself with a high hand, employing force and
+violence, instead of persuasion and good treatment. He protested
+publickly and with many oaths, that he would hang up every one who did
+not assist and contribute to the cause; and even had several persons
+carried to the foot of the gallows, whose lives he was induced to spare
+by dint of solicitations. He abused and maltreated others, using
+everyone in the most outrageous manner who did not give way to him in
+all things. By this violent procedure he completed his warlike
+preparations at very small expence; insomuch that it appeared afterwards
+by his accounts, that he had not expended above twenty thousand crowns
+in this expedition, as he took away gratuitously all the horses that
+were to be found in Cuzco, and constrained all the inhabitants who were
+able to carry arms to accompany him in the expedition against Centeno.
+By these means De Toro collected three hundred men, tolerably armed and
+equipped, with which he marched from Cuzco to a place named Urcos, about
+six leagues from that city, where he remained three weeks in anxious
+expectation of intelligence from Las Charcas: But all the roads and
+passes between and La Plata, were so well guarded by the Indians, who
+were entirely disposed to favour Centeno, that he was unable to learn
+any thing of the movements or intentions of the royalists in Las
+Charcas, so that he was constrained to remain continually on the alert
+lest he might have been surprized. Besides these military precautions,
+he rigorously punished all who presumed to show the slightest
+disinclination towards the interest of the Pizarrian faction, or to
+express their sentiments in any respect in disapprobation of his own
+designs; insomuch that all were constrained from dread of punishment to
+appear heartily attached to the cause in which he was engaged.
+
+After remaining three weeks encamped at Urcos, he determined to march in
+search of Centeno, and advanced for that purpose to the village named
+Del Rey. As the troops of Centeno happened to be a good deal scattered
+at this time, he was under the necessity of retreating on the approach
+of De Toro. These hostile chiefs being encamped at the distance of about
+twelve leagues, entered into a negotiation to endeavour to form an
+accommodation; but, as they were unable to agree upon any terms, De Toro
+advanced for the purpose of attacking Centeno; who, on the other hand,
+was unwilling to risk the chance of an engagement, owing to the
+inferiority of his force, and because a defeat might have dispirited his
+own party and have been of great advantage to the cause of the
+insurgents. On this account he retired in proportion as De Toro
+advanced, accompanied by a great number of large Peruvian sheep loaded
+with provisions and ammunition, and carrying along with him all the
+principal _curacas_ or native chiefs, to prevent De Toro from being able
+to avail himself of the assistance of the Indians. In this manner
+Centeno continued to retreat across a desert and uninhabited country of
+forty leagues extent, till he arrived at a place named _Casabindo_,
+through which Diego de Roias had formerly descended from the elevated
+region of Peru into the eastern plain of the Rio de la Plata. Alfonso de
+Toro continued the pursuit as far as the city of La Plata, which is an
+hundred and eighty leagues to the south of Cuzca. Finding that place
+abandoned and entirely stript of every thing which might contribute to
+the subsistence of his troops, and being unable to procure provisions on
+account of the absence of all the curacas or caciques, he was under the
+necessity to discontinue his pursuit of Centeno, and even found himself
+compelled to return towards Cuzco. In this retreat, De Toro took the
+command of the advanced guard of fifty men, ordering the main body to
+march at leisure, and left a rear-guard of thirty of his best mounted
+cavalry under Alfonso de Mendoza, with orders to use every possible
+means of procuring intelligence of the motions of Centeno; that, in case
+of his following, the troops might be collected together in good order
+to rejoin the van.
+
+The departure of De Toro from La-Plata on his return to Cuzco was soon
+communicated to Centeno by means of the Indians. He was astonished at
+this sudden alteration of affairs; and, as he understood that De Toro
+marched in great hast, without keeping his troops in close array, he
+supposed that circumstance to have been occasioned by De Toro
+entertaining suspicions of the fidelity of his followers, and that he
+had found them ill-disposed towards the party of the Pizarrians. On
+these considerations, Centeno resolved to pursue in his turn, in hope of
+drawing some advantage to the cause in which he was engaged from this
+measure, and even expecting that several of the followers of Toro might
+come over to his side. He sent off therefore the captain Lope de Mendoza
+with fifty light armed cavalry in pursuit of the enemy. Mendoza got in a
+short time to Collao; and, although de Toro and most of his troops had
+already passed beyond that place, he made prisoners of about fifty who
+remained behind, whom at first he deprived of their horses and arms.
+Soon afterwards, however, he returned these to his prisoners, and even
+distributed some money among them, receiving their engagements upon oath
+to join him when required; but he hanged a few of them who were
+suspected of being particulary attached to De Toro. After this
+successful exploit, Lope returned in great haste to La Plata, in hope of
+being able to cut off Alfonzo de Mendoza and his small party, who still
+occupied that place. But Alfonzo had received intelligence of what had
+happened at Collao, and had already quitted La Plata in great haste,
+taking a different road from that pursued by Lope, by which means he got
+safe to Cuzco.
+
+Centeno arrived soon afterwards at La Plata with the remainder of his
+troops, where he assembled all the force under his command, and where he
+made every possible preparation for continuing the war to advantage, and
+in particular caused a number of musquets to be made. De Toro continued
+his retreat to Cuzco, dreading much to be pursued, and lest Centeno
+might have acquired possession of Cuzco, which he might easily have
+accomplished in the present situation of affairs; but Centeno thought it
+more prudent to remain at La Plata, where he augmented the number of his
+troops and collected treasure which was found in great plenty in the
+province of Las Charcas.
+
+The events which had taken place in Las Charcas were soon known at
+Lima; and as several of the soldiers in that city were attached to the
+party of the viceroy, they spoke almost openly of going away to join
+Centeno; and, from the small attention paid by Lorenzo de Aldana to
+repress these men, he was even suspected of favouring the same cause.
+Antonio de Ribera likewise, although the brother-in-law of Pizarro, was
+strongly suspected of being secretly devoted to the royal interest, as
+indeed his conduct in the sequel evinced; and several other persons of
+consideration lay under suspicions of the same nature. All this gave
+much uneasiness to the friends of Pizarro: Yet those persons at Lima who
+wished well to the interests of his majesty, did not think it prudent at
+this time to make any open attempt, being satisfied that it was better
+to wait a more favourable opportunity, and that De Aldana would prepare
+matters for that purpose, as he seemed clearly favourable to the same
+cause. His abilities were universally acknowledged, and his good
+intentions were not doubted, so that all were satisfied that he would
+conduct matters with much prudence to a favourable issue.
+
+At this time it became known at Lima that the viceroy had retreated with
+a small body of troops into the province of Popayan; and that during his
+retreat he had put to death several of the officers and other persons of
+consideration in his army; among whom were Rodrigo de Ocampo, Jerom de
+la Cerna, Gaspard Gil Olivarez and Gomez Estacio; some of these because
+they were inclined to abandon him, and others for corresponding with
+Gonzalo Pizarro, and conspiring to put the viceroy to death. On the
+communication of this intelligence at Lima, it produced different
+effects according to the different inclinations and views of the
+inhabitants. It occasioned more reserve among those who were of loyal
+dispositions; whereas the partizans of the Pizarrian tyranny considered
+themselves more at liberty to avow their sentiments to Aldana. They went
+therefore to him in a body, and represented that there were many persons
+in Lima who were strongly suspected of being hostile to Gonzalo Pizarro,
+and only waited a favourable opportunity to take up arms against him;
+and that it was incumbent therefore on the lieutenant governor to punish
+these men for the scandalous freedoms in which they had indulged, or at
+least to banish them from the city. They offered to furnish sufficient
+proof of these facts, and urged him to exert his authority on the
+occasion. Aldana assured them that none of these things had ever come
+to his knowledge; and that if he knew who those were against whom they
+complained, he would take such measures as were necessary on the
+occasion.
+
+The partizans of Pizarro became at length so bold that they arrested
+fifteen of those whom they most strongly suspected of attachment to the
+deposed viceroy, among whom was Diego Lopez de Zuniga. Having thrown
+these men into prison, the Pizarrians were inclined to have given them
+the torture to extort confession, and afterwards to have procured their
+condemnation by Pedro Martin the provost marshal of the city; so that
+they were in imminent danger of being put to death, if Lorenzo de Aldana
+had not exerted himself promptly and effectually to take them out of the
+hands of the Pizarrians. For this purpose, he caused them all to be
+brought to his own residence, on pretence that they would be there in
+more safe custody, and provided them with every thing of which they
+stood in need, even secretly furnishing them with a vessel in which they
+embarked and saved themselves from their enemies. This transaction gave
+much dissatisfaction to the friends of Pizarro, both on account of the
+escape of the prisoners, and because Aldana refused to allow of any
+formal investigation into the circumstances of their escape; on which
+account the Pizarrians firmly believed that Aldana was in secret league
+with the opposite party. They wrote therefore to Gonzalo Pizarro, giving
+him an account of all these events, and urging him to give proper orders
+on the occasion. But Gonzalo did not think it prudent at this time to
+make any change in affairs at Lima, or to attempt any thing against
+Aldana; because, as it has been reported, he was afraid of matters
+taking an unfavourable issue while he was at so great a distance.
+
+When Gonzalo Pizarro was informed of what had been done by Centeno in
+the province of Las Charcas against his interest and authority, he
+believed it necessary to use prompt measures for reducing that country
+to subjection, and not to give his enemies time and opportunity for
+strengthening themselves and increasing the number of their partizans;
+as he flattered himself that he would become absolute master of the
+whole kingdom of Peru, if he were able to get rid of Centeno. After
+several consultations with the principal officers of his army, on the
+measures necessary to be pursued on this emergency, in which Gonzalo
+could not act in person as he had still to oppose the viceroy in the
+north, it was determined to confide the care of an expedition against
+Centeno to the lieutenant-general Carvajal. For this purpose all the
+necessary orders and commissions were made out immediately in the name
+of Gonzalo Pizarro, by which Carvajal was authorized to levy what men
+and money he might deem necessary. This employment was very acceptable
+to Carvajal, as he believed he might derive considerable profit to
+himself in its execution; and he set out from Quito accompanied only by
+twenty persons, in whom he had great confidence. The council of Gonzalo
+Pizarro had other and secret motives for recommending the employment of
+Carvajal on this occasion, besides those which they publickly avowed.
+Some were desirous of acquiring by his absence a greater share in the
+management of affairs; while others were anxious to send him to a
+distance, from the terror inspired by his cruel and ferocious conduct,
+and his passionate temper, owing to which he used often to put people to
+death on the most trifling offences or the slightest suspicions. But all
+the leaders in the army disguised their real sentiments on this
+occasion, pretending that the importance of the affair required the
+talents and experience of Carvajal to bring it to a successful issue.
+
+Leaving Quito, Carvajal went, directly to San Miguel, where the
+principal inhabitants went out to meet him, and conducted him with much
+respect to the house which was prepared for his reception. On arriving
+there, he desired six of the most considerable persons belonging to the
+city to dismount and accompany him into the house, under pretence that
+he had something of importance to communicate to them from the governor.
+Having caused the doors to be shut, and posted centinels to prevent any
+communication with the rest of the inhabitants, he represented to these
+men, that Gonzalo was much incensed against them for having always taken
+part with his enemies, and more especially on account of having received
+and favoured the deposed viceroy, and of having readily supplied his
+army with every thing of which they stood in need. On this account it
+had been his first intention to have destroyed the city with fire and
+sword, without sparing a single inhabitant. But, on reflecting that the
+magistrates and principal inhabitants only were to blame, the people at
+large having been constrained by force or fear, he was now determined to
+punish only the most guilty and to pardon the rest. Yet, having certain
+private reasons for dissembling for the present with some of the
+principal persons of the place, he had selected the six who were now
+present, as principal inhabitants, to punish them as they richly
+deserved, that they might serve as a warning to all Peru. For this
+reason, therefore, he desired them to confess their sins in preparation
+for death, as he was resolved to have them all executed immediately.
+
+They used every argument to exculpate themselves from the crimes kid to
+their charge, but all they could say was without avail; and Carvajal
+even caused one of them to be strangled, against whom he was
+particularly incensed, as he had been principally instrumental in
+constructing the royal seal which the viceroy employed in his
+dispatches. In the mean time, a rumour of what was going forward at the
+residence of Carvajal spread over the city, and came to the knowledge of
+the wives of the prisoners. These ladies immediately implored the
+priests and monks who dwelt in San Miguel to accompany them to the place
+where their husbands were in so great danger. They all went there
+accordingly, and got in by a private door which had not been noticed by
+the people belonging to Carvajal, and which had consequently been
+omitted to be guarded. Coming into the presence of Carvajal, the wives
+of the prisoners threw themselves at his feet, and implored mercy for
+their husbands. He pretended to be softened, and granted pardon to the
+prisoners, so far as their lives; yet reserving to himself to punish
+them in such other manner as he might see fit. Accordingly, he banished
+them from the province, depriving them of their lands and Indians, and
+condemned them in the payment of heavy fines towards defraying the
+expences of the war.
+
+From San Miguel Carvajal went to Truxillo, collecting every where on his
+route all the soldiers, horses, arms, and money he could find. Carvajal
+had resolved to have put one Melchior Verdugo to death, who dwelt in
+Truxillo; but as Verdugo got intimation of this intention, he fled to
+the province of Caxamarca, where his repartimiento of Indians was
+situated. The bussiness on which Carvajal was engaged was of too great
+importance to admit of pursuing Verdugo; wherefore, after having got
+possession of as much money as possible under pretence of a loan, he
+went on to Lima, always collecting all the soldiers he could procure. He
+gave no money to his recruits, only supplying them with horses and arms,
+which he took wherever they could be found. He kept all the money he
+could find for his own use, every where pillaging the royal coffers and
+public funds, and even searching for treasure among the ancient tombs.
+After arriving at Lima, he completed his military preparations, and
+departed for Cuzco by way of the mountain and the city of Guamanga, at
+the head of two hundred men well equipped, and carrying with him a great
+sum of money which he had collected during his march; and at Guamanga he
+conducted himself in the same rapacious manner as in other places.
+
+Seven or eight days after the departure of Carvajal from Lima, a
+conspiracy was detected among those who were well affected to the royal
+cause, in consequence of which fifteen of the principal persons of that
+city were committed to prison. Among these were, Juan Velasquez, Vela
+Nunnez nephew to the viceroy, Francisco Giron another gentlemen of his
+household, and Francisco Rodriguez. By means of the torture, these
+unhappy persons were made to confess that they had concerted with Pedro
+Manxarres, an inhabitant of Las Charcas, to kill the lieutenant-governor
+Aldana, the provost marshall Pedro Martin, and other friends and
+partizans of Gonzalo Pizarro, after which they proposed to induce the
+citizens of Lima to declare for his majesty, confidently expecting that
+all those who now followed Carvajal by constraint would join their
+party; and they intended finally to have gone off with all the strength
+they could muster to join Centeno. Upon this forced confession, Giron
+and one other of these prisoners were strangled. By the intercession of
+several respectable persons the life of Juan Velasquez was spared, but
+his right hand was cut off. All the rest of these prisoners were so
+severely tortured that they continued lame for the rest of their lives.
+Manxarres saved himself by flight, and continued to conceal himself
+among the mountains for more than a year; but fell at last into the
+hands of one of the officers in the interest of Gonzalo, who caused him
+to be hanged.
+
+As Pedro Martin, the provost-marshal, strongly suspected that some of
+those who accompanied Carvajal had participated in this plot; he
+endeavoured to discover this by torturing Francisco de Guzman, one of
+the prisoners. Finding that Guzman made no confession on this head, he
+interrogated him particularly respecting a soldier along with Carvajal
+named Perucho de Aguira, and some of his friends, demanding to know
+whether these men were in the secret. On purpose to free himself from
+the torture, Guzman said they were. After this confession, Guzman was
+formally condemned to become a monk in the convent belonging to the
+order of mercy, in which he accordingly assumed the habit. After this,
+Martin demanded from the registrar a certificate of the confession of
+Guzman, by which Aguira and others were implicated in the plot, and
+Martin immediately sent off this writing by an Indian messenger to
+Carvajal who was then at Guamanga. On the receipt of this paper,
+Carvajal ordered Aguira and five others to be hanged, without any
+further proof or examination. A short time afterwards, the registrar
+being sensible of the error he had committed in supplying the
+certificate, sent off a full copy of the confession made by Guzman, in
+which was an ample revocation of all he had said under torture,
+declaring that he had falsely charged Aguira and the others, merely to
+get free from torture. This was however of no avail, as it arrived too
+late, Aguira and the others having been already executed, although they
+asserted their innocence to the last moment of their lives, as was
+certified by the confessors who attended them at their execution; but
+Carvajal was inexorable.
+
+Learning while at Guamanga, that Centeno had retired through the desert
+to Casabindo as he was unable to cope with Toro, Carvajal was satisfied
+that the affaire of the insurgent party were in a fair train in Las
+Charcas, where his presence was not now needed, and determined therefore
+to return to Lima. He was besides induced to take this step in
+consequence of a difference which subsisted between Toro and himself,
+occasioned by the charge of lieutenant general under Gonzalo having
+originally belonged to Toro, of which he had been deprived in favour of
+Carvajal. He feared therefore, lest Toro, on his victorious return from
+Las Charcas, being at the head of a much stronger force, might renew
+their former quarrel. Carvajal had likewise received letters from some
+inhabitants of Lima, remarking the lukewarmness of Aldana to the cause
+of Gonzalo Pizarro, and requesting his presence to place affairs at that
+city on a more secure footing. He returned therefore to Lima; but
+learning shortly afterwards the successful return of Centeno against De
+Toro, he again collected his troops and prepared to march against
+Centeno. With this view, he had his standards solemnly consecrated, not
+forgetting to impose fresh exactions on the inhabitants of Lima. On this
+occasion, he designated his army, _The happy army of Liberty, against
+the Tyrant Centeno._
+
+Before leaving Lima, he sent off messengers to Cuzco by way of the
+mountain, but chose to march by the route of the plain or low country of
+Peru to Arequipa, exacting money from the inhabitants wherever he
+passed. At Arequipa he received letters from the magistrates of Cuzco
+and De Toro, earnestly requesting his immediate presence in that city;
+whence, as being the capital of the kingdom, it was proper that the army
+should march against the rebels. They assured him of being there
+provided with considerable reinforcements of men arms and horses, and
+that all the principal persons of the city were ready to accompany him
+on the expedition: adding, that being himself a citizen of Cuzco it
+seemed reasonable he should honour that city by his presence. By these
+and other considerations he was induced to march for Cuzco, though still
+entertaining some distrust and even fear of Toro, who he was informed
+had often spoken against him in his absence. When De Toro was informed
+of the approach of Carvajal to Cuzco, he made every necessary
+preparation for reinforcing the army, and providing for the intended
+expedition against Centeno; yet could not conceal his dissatisfaction,
+that he who had begun the war, and had already suffered great fatigues,
+and even had gained material advantages, should be superseded by another
+commander whom he must now obey, and more especially that it should be
+Carvajal who was put over him, with whom he had been already engaged in
+disputes. He dissembled however as much as possible, and concealed his
+resentment, saying publickly that his only wish was for the fortunate
+management of affairs, whoever might command. Yet with all his caution,
+he could not so carefully conceal his sentiments, but that he
+occasionally dropped expressions of resentment.
+
+The discontent of De Toro was well known to the inhabitants of Cuzco,
+yet they were in hopes that Carvajal would set every thing to rights on
+his arrival. Carvajal having arrived in the neighbourhood of the city,
+which he was to enter next day at the head of two hundred men, part
+cavalry and part musqueteers, De Toro was very anxious to muster all
+that were able to carry arms; and from this measure, and the precautions
+he took that every one should be in the most perfect equipment, and the
+troops steady in their ranks, it was suspected that he entertained some
+evil design. De Toro was thus posted with his troops, as if in ambush,
+in the way by which Carvajal had to march into the city. As these
+circumstances were made known to Carvajal, he ordered his troops to
+march in close array, and even ordered their arms to be loaded with
+ball, prepared for whatever might happen. On entering the city, De Toro
+and his troops were seen on one side, as if ready to dispute the
+passage. Carvajal halted his men, and the two parties remained for some
+time observing each other with mutual distrust. At length, as neither
+side seemed inclined to commence hostilities, both parties broke their
+ranks, and intermingled as friends.
+
+Carvajal was exceedingly irritated against De Toro for his conduct on
+this occasion, but dissembled till he had entered into Cuzco, where he
+was received in the most honourable manner. A few days afterwards, he
+caused four of the principal inhabitants to be arrested, and ordered
+them to instant execution, without consulting De Toro, or even assigning
+any reason for this cruel and arbitrary proceeding. Some of those whom
+he put to death were among the most intimate friends of De Toro, who
+deemed it prudent and necessary to be silent on the occasion. The
+unexpected cruelty of Carvajal occasioned much astonishment and
+consternation among the inhabitants of Cuzco, insomuch that none of them
+dared to refuse accompanying him on the expedition, and he was enabled
+to leave Cuzco at the head of three hundred well appointed soldiers with
+which he marched by Collao in the way towards the province of Las
+Charcas in search of Centeno. As the latter had a considerably stronger
+force, it was believed by many that Carvajal would be unsuccessful in
+this expedition, more especially as most of his followers acted more
+from force than good will, because he allowed them no pay and treated
+them with much severity. In his whole conduct and deportment Carvajal
+acted in a brutal and passionate manner, evincing himself on all
+occasions the enemy of good men; for he was a bad Christian, constantly
+addicted to blasphemy, and of a cruel and tyrannical disposition,
+insomuch that it was generally expected his own people would put him to
+death to rid themselves of his tyrannous and oppressive conduct. Besides
+all this, it was obvious to many, that right and justice were on the
+side of Centeno, who was a man of honour and probity, and, being
+exceedingly rich, had both the power and inclination to reward his
+followers. It is necessary to quit Carvajal and his expedition for the
+present, that we may relate the events which took place at Quito.
+
+We have already mentioned that Gonzalo Pizarro pursued the viceroy from
+San Miguel to Quito, a distance of 150 leagues or 600 miles, with much
+perseverance and rapidity, insomuch that almost every day the light
+armed men belonging to the two armies had opportunities of speaking with
+each other. During the whole of that long march, neither party had an
+opportunity to unsaddle their horses. Those belonging to the viceroy,
+owing to the necessity they were under of escaping from a force so much
+superior, were even more alert than their pursuers. When at any time
+they stopped to take a short rest during the night, they slept on the
+ground in their clothes, holding their horses by the halters, without
+wasting time in fixing up piquets, or making any of the usual
+preparations for accommodating themselves and horses during the night.
+It is true that piquets are seldom used in the sands of Peru for the
+horses, as it would be necessary to drive these very deep to take
+sufficient hold; and as there are no trees to be met with in many parts
+of that country for making piquets, necessity has introduced a
+substitute in some measure equivalent: For this purpose each horseman
+has a small bag, which he fills with sand and burries in a hole of
+sufficient depth, having one end of the halter fixed to the bag, the
+hole being afterwards filled up and pressed well down to prevent the bag
+from being drawn up by the efforts of the horse. But on this urgent
+occasion, the troops of the viceroy did not take time for this measure,
+but held the halters in their hands, that they might be ready to mount
+and set out the moment it was necessary by the approach of their
+pursuers.
+
+In this long march, both the pursuers and the pursued suffered
+exceedingly from want of provisions; more especially the Pizarrians, as
+the viceroy used the precaution of removing the curacas and Indians from
+all the country through which he passed, that his enemy might find every
+part of the country deserted and unprovided with any means of
+subsistence. During this precipitate retreat, the viceroy carried along
+with him eight or ten of the best horses he had been able to procure,
+which were led by Indians for his own particular use; and when any of
+these became so tired as to be unable to proceed, he ordered them to be
+hamstrung, to prevent them from being useful to the enemy. While on this
+march in pursuit of the viceroy, Gonzalo Pizarro was joined by Captain
+Bachicao, who now returned from Tierra Firma with a reinforcement of
+three hundred and fifty men and a large quantity of artillery, having
+disembarked, from twenty vessels which he had procured, on a part of
+the coast as near as possible to Quito, and had made his way in such a
+manner across the mountains that he got to Quito rather before Gonzalo.
+On the junction of Bachicao, Gonzalo found himself at the head of more
+than eight hundred men, among whom were many of the principal people in
+South America, both townsmen or burgesses, planters, and soldiers. Owing
+to this large reinforcement, Gonzalo Pizarro found himself in such a
+state of tranquil security at Quito as hardly any usurper or tyrant had
+ever before enjoyed; as besides that this province abounded in
+provisions of every kind, several rich mines of gold had been recently
+discovered; and as most of the principal people of the province were
+either now along with the viceroy, or had attached themselves to him
+while at Quito, Gonzalo Pizarro appropriated all their Indians to
+himself, employing them in the collection of gold. From the Indians
+belonging to the treasurer, Rodrigo Nunnez de Bonilla, he procured about
+800 marks [17] of gold in the course of eight months; besides that there
+were other repartimientos of greater value, and that he appropriated all
+the revenues and rights belonging to the crown, and even pillaged the
+tombs of the ancient sovereigns of Quito in search of treasure.
+
+[Footnote 17: Eight hundred marks of gold, or 6400 ounces, at L.4 an
+ounce; are worth L.25,600: and at six for one, the value put upon
+bullion in those days by the Historian of America, are now worth at
+least L.153,600, perhaps a quarter of a million. As there were other
+repartimientos of more value than those of the treasurer, besides others
+not so valuable, it is not beyond bounds to suppose that Gonzalo may
+have acquired as much treasure at Quito as was equal to a million of our
+present money: A prodigious sum, considering that his army did not
+exceed 800 men; being equal to L.1250 for each soldier.--E.]
+
+After a short stay at Quito, Gonzalo learnt that the viceroy had halted
+at the city of Parto, about forty leagues from thence, at the frontiers
+of the government of Benalcazar. Resolving to follow him, Gonzalo pushed
+on as he had done from San Miguel, and the light troops of the hostile
+parties had some interference at a place called Rio Caliente. When the
+viceroy was informed of the approach of Gonzalo, he hastily quitted
+Parto and retired to the city of Popayan at a greater distance from
+Quito, and was pursued by Gonzalo for twenty leagues beyond Parto. As
+Gonzalo found that he would have to march through a desert country,
+altogether destitute of provisions, he here discontinued the pursuit,
+and returned to Quito. Perhaps this was the longest and hottest pursuit
+ever made in war; as, counting from La Plata whence Gonzalo first set
+out, to Parto where the pursuit was discontinued, the distance is not
+less than 700 large Spanish leagues, or 2800 miles.
+
+On his return to Quito, Gonzalo Pizarro was so puffed up with the
+success which had hitherto attended him, that he frequently spoke of his
+majesty with much disrespect; alleging that the king would be reduced to
+the necessity of granting him the government of Peru, and even went so
+far as to say, if this favour were denied him, he would throw off his
+allegiance. For the most part indeed, he concealed these ambitious
+sentiments, pretending that he was always ready to submit to the orders
+of his majesty; but all his officers were satisfied that he meant to
+assert an independent dominion, and publickly avowed these absurd and
+criminal pretensions. On returning from Parto, he remained a long while
+at Quito, continually feasting and rejoicing; he and his adherents
+abandoning themselves to every degree of licence and debauchery,
+particularly in regard to the sex. It is even asserted that Gonzalo
+caused a citizen of Quito to be assassinated, whose wife he publickly
+lived with, and that he hired a Hungarian soldier, named Vincente Pablo
+to execute this infamous deed. This man was afterwards hanged at
+Valladolid, in the year 1551, by a sentence of the royal council of the
+Indies.
+
+As Pizarro found himself in the command of a strong body of excellent
+troops, which appeared entirely attached to his service, some of their
+own accord and others by constraint, he persuaded himself that no one
+could oppose him, or prevent him from enjoying his present elevation in
+peace and tranquillity. He was even convinced that the emperor would be
+obliged to treat him with cautious respect, and must find himself under
+the necessity of entering into a compromise. It was at this time, when
+Gonzalo considered himself as unresisted master of all Peru, that
+Centeno revolted from his tyrannical usurpation in the province of Las
+Charcas, and that he dispatched Carvajal for the reduction of that loyal
+officer, as has been already mentioned.
+
+Having continued a long time at Quito without receiving any intelligence
+of the measures which were taken by the viceroy, Gonzalo became anxious
+to learn what was become of him. Some alleged that he would return to
+Spain by way of Carthagena, while others gave it as their opinion that
+he would retire to Tierra Firma, to keep possession of the isthmus, to
+assemble troops, arms, ammunition, and provisions, and to wait for
+orders from his majesty; and a third opinion was that he would wait for
+these orders in Popayan, where he now was. No one suspected that he
+would be able to collect a sufficient number of troops in that place to
+enable him to undertake any enterprise for recovering his authority in
+Peru; yet it seemed advisable to Gonzalo and his officers to take
+possession of the Tierra Firma, on purpose to occupy the only direct
+passage between Spain and Peru. For this purpose, Gonzalo Pizarro
+appointed Pedro Alfonzo De Hinojosa to command the fleet which Bachicao
+had collected, giving him a detachment of two hundred and fifty men to
+enable him to occupy the isthmus, and directed him while on his voyage
+to Panama to coast along the province of Buenaventura and the mouth of
+the river of San Juan.
+
+Hinojosa set out immediately on this expedition, dispatching a single
+vessel, commanded by Captain Rodrigo de Carvajal direct for Panama, with
+letters from Gonzalo to some of the principal inhabitants of that city
+urging them to favour his designs. In these letters, he pretended that
+he was exceedingly displeased on hearing of the violence and rapacity
+with which Bachicao had conducted himself towards the inhabitants of
+Panama, in direct contradiction to his orders, which were to land the
+Doctor Texada without doing injury to any one. He informed them that
+Hinojosa was now on his way to their city, for the express purpose of
+indemnifying all those who had been injured by Bachicao; and desired
+them not to be under any apprehension of Hinojosa, although accompanied
+by a considerable force, as it was necessary for him to be on his guard
+against the viceroy and some of his officers, who were understood to be
+then in the Tierra Firma levying soldiers for their master. On the
+arrival of Rodrigo Carvajal at a place named Ancona about three leagues
+from Panama, he learnt that two officers belonging to the viceroy, Juan
+de Guzman and Juan Yllanez, were then in Panama, having been sent to
+that place to procure recruits and to purchase arms, with which they
+were to have gone to Popayan. They had already enrolled above an hundred
+soldiers, and had procured a considerable quantity of arms, among which
+were five or six small field-pieces; but, instead of going with these to
+join the viceroy, they remained to defend Panama against Gonzalo
+Pizarro, who they expected might send a force to occupy that important
+station.
+
+As Rodrigo Carvajal had only fifteen men along with him, he did not
+think it prudent to land in person; but sent secretly by night one of
+his soldiers to deliver the letters with which he was entrusted. The
+soldier accordingly delivered them to the inhabitants for whom they were
+addressed, who immediately communicated them to the magistrates and the
+officers of the viceroy. The soldier was taken into custody, from whom
+they learnt the coming of Hinojosa, and the orders with which he was
+entrusted. Upon this intelligence, they armed the whole population of
+Panama, and fitted out two brigantines which were sent off on purpose to
+capture Rodrigo Carvajal; but, as his messenger did not return, Carvajal
+suspected what had actually taken place, and set sail for the Pearl
+Islands to wait the arrival of Hinojosa, by which means he escaped from
+the brigantines. Pedro de Casaos was then governor of the Tierra Firma;
+and to be in readiness to defend his province against Hinojosa, he went
+immediately to Nombre de Dios, where he collected all the musquets and
+other arms he could procure, arming all the inhabitants of that place
+who were fit for service, whom he carried along with him to Panama,
+making every preparation in his power for defence. The two captains
+belonging to the viceroy, Guzman and Yllanez, likewise put their troops
+in order for resistance, and at first there was some jealousy between
+them and Casaos as to the supreme command; but it was at length agreed
+that Casaos should command in chief, as governor of the province, while
+they retained the immediate authority over their own men, and bore their
+own standards. Differences had subsisted for some time between these
+officers and the governor, because he had repressed some disorderly
+conduct in which they had indulged, and had advised them to set off with
+their men to the assistance of the viceroy for whom they were employed
+to levy troops; while they were averse from that measure, and finding
+themselves at the head of a respectable force, they made light of the
+orders of Casaos, and refused to obey him: But the necessity they were
+now under of providing for their mutual defence, occasioned them to
+enter into an accommodation of their disputes.
+
+After the dispatch of Carvajal to Panama, as already mentioned, Hinojosa
+set sail with ten vessels, and continued along the coast to the north
+till he arrived at Buenaventura, a small sea port at the mouth of the
+river San Juan which forms the southern boundary of Popayan, the
+government of Benalcazar. He proposed to learn at this place the
+situation and intentions of the viceroy, and to have seized any vessels
+that might be at this harbour, to prevent them from being employed by
+the viceroy for returning to Peru. On arriving at Buenaventura, Hinojosa
+sent some soldiers on shore, who brought off eight or ten of the
+inhabitants, from whom he learnt that the viceroy remained at Popayan,
+engaged in assembling troops and military stores for attempting to
+return into Peru; and that finding Yllanez and Guzman delayed their
+return from Panama, he had sent off his brother Vela Nunnez with several
+corporals on their way to Panama, to expedite the transmission of such
+reinforcements as could be procured, and had supplied him for that
+purpose with all the money belonging to the king at Popayan. Hinojosa
+was likewise informed that Vela Nunnez had the charge of a bastard son
+of Gonzalo Pizarro of twelve years old, who was found by the viceroy at
+Quito, and was now sent away to Panama, in the hope that the merchants
+of Panama might ransom him at a high price to acquire the good will of
+Gonzalo. The individual who communicated all this information added that
+the viceroy had employed a number of Indians to cut down a quantity of
+timber, which was to be conveyed to Buenaventura, on purpose to build a
+small vessel for the accommodation of Vela Nunnez; who must now be
+within a short distance of Buenaventura, and had sent this person before
+to inquire if he might come in safety to that place.
+
+On receiving this intelligence, Hinojosa landed two confidential
+officers with a party of soldiers, giving them orders to take two
+several routes into the interior, as pointed out by the informant, on
+purpose to take Vela Nunnez. Accordingly, one of these officers came up
+with Vela Nunnez, and the other got hold of Rodrigo Mexia and Saavedra
+with the son of Gonzalo Pizarro [18]. Both of these parties carried
+considerable sums of money, which was pillaged by the soldiers of
+Hinojosa; and the prisoners were brought on board the vessels, where
+great rejoicings were made for the happy success of this enterprize, by
+which their acquisition of Panama must be facilitated, and because they
+had done especial good service to Gonzalo by the liberation of his son.
+
+[Footnote 18: By Garcilasso de la Vega, this son of Gonzalo Pizarro is
+named Rodrigo Mexia; but Zarate could hardly be mistaken in giving that
+name to one of his conductors.--E.].
+
+Hinojosa now resumed his voyage, in the course of which he fell in with
+Rodrigo de Carvajal, who gave him an account of the situation of affairs
+at Panama, and recommended the propriety of using judicious measures
+against that place, as it was provided for defence. Hinojosa accordingly
+appeared before Panama with eleven ships and two hundred and fifty
+soldiers. At this time there were more than five hundred men in Panama,
+all tolerably well armed, who were drawn, out under the command of
+Casaos to oppose the landing of the Pizarrians. But among these there
+were many merchants and tradesmen, little adapted for war, who hardly
+knew how to use their weapons, and many of whom were even unable to fire
+off a musquet. Many among them had no intention of fighting or of
+opposing the descent of the insurgents of Peru, whose arrival they were
+disposed to consider as more advantageous than prejudicial. The
+merchants expected to be able to sell their commodities, and the
+tradesmen were in hope of procuring profitable employment, each
+according to his occupation. Besides, the rich merchants had partners or
+factors who resided in Peru, and had charge of their most valuable
+effects; and were afraid, if they concurred in opposing Hinojosa, that
+Gonzalo Pizarro might revenge himself by seizing their goods and
+maltreating their partners and factors. Those who were principally
+inclined to oppose the landing of Hinojosa, were Pedro Casaos the
+governor, Guzman and Yllanez the captains belonging to the viceroy,
+Arias de Azevedo, Juan Fernandez de Rebollido, Andrew de Arayza, Juan de
+Zabala, Juan Vendrel, and some other considerable inhabitants of Panama;
+some from principles of loyalty, others from fear of future evils, lest
+Hinojosa might act with the same violence as had been done by Bachicao.
+
+Finding himself resisted, Hinojosa landed with two hundred men about two
+leagues from Panama, towards which place he marched close along the
+shore, being, protected on one flank by a range of rocks from the attack
+of cavalry, and on the other by the boats of his squadron armed with
+some pieces of artillery. Fifty of his soldiers were left on board for
+the defence of the ships, and orders were given to hang up Vela Nunnez
+and the other prisoners whenever the enemy were seen to attack him.
+Casaos marched with all his troops from Panama to meet Hinojosa, with
+the determination of giving battle: But when the hostile parties were
+almost within musquet shot and ready to engage, the whole priests and
+monks of Panama interposed between in procession, having their
+crucifixes veiled and every other demonstration of mourning, and
+prevailed on both sides to agree to a truce for that day, that
+endeavours might be used to bring about an accommodation. For this
+purpose negotiators were appointed on both sides; Don Balthasar de
+Castilia, son of the Conde de Gomera, was named by Hinojosa, and Don
+Pedro de Cabrera on the part of Casaos, and hostages were mutually
+interchanged.
+
+The deputy of Hinojosa affected to be astonished at the opposition of
+the governor and inhabitants of Panama, since he not only meant no harm
+to any one, but had come expressly to repair the injuries which had
+formerly been done by Bachicao, to purchase such provisions and clothing
+as they wanted, and to repair their ships; declaring that their only
+object was to oblige the deposed viceroy to return to Spain, pursuant to
+the orders of the royal audience, as his continuance in the country
+occasioned perpetual discord in Peru. But, as the viceroy was not there,
+Hinojosa intended to make only a short stay in the place, having orders
+from Gonzalo to offer no injury to any one unless attacked, in which
+case he must defend himself as he best could. The opposite party alleged
+that the presence of Hinojosa in warlike guise was sufficient to excite
+suspicion; since, even allowing the government of Gonzalo in Peru to be
+legitimate as they pretended, he had no jurisdiction in Panama, and had
+no right to direct the proceedings of any one at that place. That
+Bachicao had formerly come among them under pretence of peace, yet had
+committed all those violences and injuries, which Hinojosa now pretended
+he was come to repair. After a long conference, it was at length agreed
+that Hinojosa should be permitted to take up his residence in Panama for
+thirty days, accompanied by fifty soldiers to serve as a guard for his
+personal safety; but that the fleet and all the other soldiers of his
+party should repair to the Pearl Islands, where workmen and all
+necessaries for the reparation of the ships could be procured; and that
+at the expiry of these thirty days, Hinojosa and his armament were to
+return to Peru.
+
+On the conclusion of this convention, which was confirmed by mutual
+oaths and the interchange of hostages, Hinojosa took up his residence in
+Panama with a guard of fifty picked men, and hired a house in which he
+kept open table for every one who pleased to visit him, all of whom he
+allowed to divert themselves in play or otherwise as they pleased. By
+this procedure, he gained over most of the soldiers of Yllanez in a few
+days, and many other idle fellows joined themselves secretly to his
+party. It was even said that all these men had previously engaged by
+letter to have gone over to him if he and the governor had come to a
+battle on the former occasion. Indeed the governor and other principal
+persons of Panama had been chiefly induced to agree to the present
+accommodation by distrust of their soldiers, who were all eager for an
+opportunity of getting to Peru. By the above-mentioned means, Hinojosa
+soon saw himself at the head of a considerable body of troops, while the
+captains Yllanez and Guzman were almost deserted by all their men. As
+they saw likewise that the convention was in other respects ill
+observed, they secretly withdrew with fifteen men who yet remained, and
+endeavoured to get to Carthagena. Yllanez was taken soon afterwards by
+one of Hinojosas officers; on which he entered into the service of
+Gonzalo Pizarro, and was afterwards engaged on that side in the
+engagement at Nombre de Dios against Verdugo, to be afterwards related.
+Hinojosa continued to reside in Panama, where no one dared to oppose
+him. He increased the number of his troops from day to day, and kept
+them under excellent discipline, without allowing them to do injury to
+any of the inhabitants; neither did he intermeddle in any thing whatever
+except what concerned his troops. At this time Don Pedro de Cabrera and
+his son-in-law Hernan Mexia de Guzman, who had been banished from Peru
+by the viceroy, resided in Panama; and these two gentlemen were sent by
+Hinojosa, with a party of soldiers, to keep possession of the port of
+Nombre de Dios, which was of great importance to his security, and
+whence he might receive early intelligence from Spain and other places.
+
+Melchior Verdugo, an inhabitant of the city of Truxillo, was one of the
+richest men in Peru, being proprietor of the entire province of
+Caxamarca. On the arrival of the viceroy Blasco Nunnez Vela, Verdugo,
+who was originally from the same city in Spain, engaged heartily in his
+service, and continued in his suite at Lima, till the time when the
+viceroy proposed to dismantle that city and retire to Truxillo. At that
+period he commanded Verdugo to go before, that he might secure
+possession of Truxillo, with orders to levy soldiers and provide arms;
+and Verdugo accordingly embarked all his baggage and effects, intending
+to have set sail on the very day when the viceroy was imprisoned. As all
+the vessels at the port of Lima were then detained, Verdugo was unable
+to proceed; and, as Verdugo was particularly obnoxious to Gonzalo and
+his partizans, on account of his known attachment to the viceroy, he was
+one of the twenty-five who were committed to prison by Carvajal on his
+arrival at Lima, when De Baro and several others were hanged, as
+formerly related. For a long while afterwards he was in continual danger
+of being put to death; but at length Gonzalo granted him a pardon,
+though he still entertained suspicions of his conduct, but had no
+convenient opportunity of getting rid of him, till the departure of
+Carvajal against Centeno, when it was proposed by the lieutenant-general
+to have surprised him while at Truxillo, as formerly mentioned: But
+having some suspicions of his intention, Verdugo saved himself by
+flight, and concealed himself among his Indians in the province of
+Caxamarca.
+
+After Carvajal quitted Truxillo, Verdugo returned to that city; but as
+he expected Gonzalo might soon become master of that place, and would
+make him feel the effects of his displeasure, he resolved to abandon the
+country, yet wished to do it in such a manner as might distress Gonzalo
+as much as possible. While waiting a favourable opportunity for this, he
+made every preparation in his power for his intended enterprize,
+collecting as many men in his service as he possibly could, and employed
+workmen secretly to construct musquets, iron chains, fetters, and
+manacles. At this time a vessel arrived from Lima in the harbour of
+Truxillo, on which Verdugo sent for the master and pilot, under pretence
+of purchasing some of their commodities; and on their arrival at his
+house he confined them in a deep dungeon which he had previously
+prepared. After this, he returned to his chamber, causing his legs to be
+swathed with bandages, under pretence of certain malignant warts or
+ulcers to which he was subject, and sat down at one of his windows which
+looked towards the public square in which the magistrates and principal
+inhabitants used to assemble every day. When the magistrates came as
+usual to the square, he requested them to come into his house, as he
+wished to execute certain deeds in their presence, and the disorder in
+his legs rendered him unable to go out. Immediately on entering, he
+caused them to be carried into the dungeon, where they were deprived of
+their badges of office and put in chains. Leaving them under the guard
+of six musqueteers, he returned to the window of his chamber, whence he
+gradually enticed about twenty of the principal citizens into his house,
+all of whom he put in chains and fetters. He then went out into the city
+accompanied by a guard of soldiers, and proclaimed the king with much
+loyal solemnity, making prisoners of all who presumed to oppose him;
+which were very few, as Gonzalo had carried off most of the inhabitants
+on his expedition to Quito. Having thus made himself master of the city,
+and returned to his house, he addressed his prisoners, whom he reviled
+for having embraced the party of Gonzalo, and declared that he was
+resolved to withdraw from under the usurpation of the tyrant to join the
+viceroy, and meant to take along with him all the men and arms he was
+able to procure. For this purpose, he demanded that all his prisoners
+should contribute in proportion to their abilities, as it was quite
+reasonable they should give assistance to the royal cause, having
+frequently made large contributions to the usurper. He insisted
+therefore that every one of them should instantly subscribe for such
+sums as they were able to furnish, all of which were to be paid
+immediately, as he was otherwise resolved to carry them all along with
+him as prisoners. Every one of them accordingly agreed to advance such
+sums of money as they were able to procure, which were all instantly
+paid.
+
+Having brought this contrivance to a favourable issue, Verdugo made an
+agreement with the master and pilot of the vessel, and had every thing
+that could be useful or necessary carried on board. He then carried all
+his prisoners in irons in carts or waggons to the shore, and embarked
+with about twenty soldiers, and a considerable sum of money, partly
+exacted from the inhabitant, partly from the royal funds belonging to
+the city, and partly, from his own extensive revenues. Leaving his
+prisoners still in fetters on the carriages, to be liberated as they
+best might, he set sail along the coast to the northwards. In the course
+of his voyage he fell in with and captured a vessel belonging to
+Bachicao, containing a great deal of valuable articles which that
+officer had acquired by plunder in Tierra Firma, all of which Verdugo
+divided among his soldiers. He at first inclined to have landed at
+Buenaventura, on purpose to join the viceroy; but considering the small
+amount of his force, and the danger of falling in with the fleet of
+Gonzalo Pizarro, he directed his course for the province of Nicaragua,
+where he landed and applied to the principal persons there for
+assistance against the usurper. Finding small encouragement in that
+quarter, he addressed himself to the royal audience, which was
+established on the frontiers of Nicaragua, who promised him protection
+and aid, and sent for that purpose one of their number, the oydor
+Ramirez de Alarcon to Nicaragua, with orders to the inhabitants of that
+city to hold themselves in readiness to march with their arms and
+horses.
+
+Intelligence was soon received at Panama of the exploit of Verdugo at
+Truxillo, and his having gone to Nicaragua; and as Hinojosa suspected he
+might increase his force in that province so as to be enabled to disturb
+him in the possession of the Tierra Firma, he sent Alfonso Palamino with
+two ships and an hundred and eighty musqueteers to endeavour to dislodge
+Verdugo. Palamino easily took possession of the ship belonging to
+Verdugo; but as the inhabitants of Grenada and Leon, the two principal
+cities in the province of Nicaragua assembled in arms, under Verdugo and
+the licentiate Ramirez, to oppose his landing, and were much superior in
+number to his troops and provided with cavalry, he found himself unable
+to land with any prospect of success. After waiting some time in vain,
+he was obliged to sail back to Panama, taking several vessels along with
+him which he had captured on the coast, and burning several others which
+he could not carry away.
+
+On the departure of Palomino, Verdugo levied about an hundred well armed
+men, with whom he resolved to give as much interruption as possible to
+the schemes of the insurgents in the Tierra Firma. With this view he
+determined to make an attempt on Nombre de Dios, which he learnt was
+occupied only by a small detachment, which had no suspicion of being
+attacked. For this purpose, he fitted out three or four small vessels,
+in which he embarked his troops on the lake of Nicaragua, whence he
+descended into the gulf of Mexico by the river Chagre, which discharges
+the waters of that lake into the Atlantic. Finding some trading vessels
+at the mouth of that river, he received accurate information from their
+commanders of the state of affairs in Nombre de Dios, the number of the
+soldiers which occupied that place, and the different quarters in which
+they were lodged. Taking some of these mariners along with him as
+guides, he contrived to arrive at Nombre de Dios undiscovered about
+midnight, and went immediately to the house of Juan de Zabala, in which
+the captains Pedro de Cabrera and Hernan Mexia were quartered with some
+soldiers; who, roused by the noise, put themselves in a state of
+defence. Verdugo and his people set the house on fire, so that Mexia and
+his soldiers, who defended the staircase, were constrained to rush from
+the house to save themselves from the flames; and as the night was
+exceedingly dark, they escaped unseen, and saved themselves in the woods
+near Nombre de Dios, whence they escaped across the isthmus to Panama.
+
+Hinojosa was much chagrined at this exploit, and determined on revenge;
+but as he wished to give his conduct on the occasion some appearance of
+justice, he directed some of the inhabitants of Nombre de Dios to enter
+a regular accusation before the Doctor Ribera, the governor of that
+place, giving an exaggerated account of the insolent invasion of his
+government by Verdugo, who without any just pretence, had levied
+contributions, imprisoned the magistrates, and invaded the town of
+Nombre de Dios on his own private authority. They were likewise
+instructed to request Ribera to march in person to chastise the
+insolence of Verdugo, and Hinojosa offered to accompany him on this
+expedition with his troops. Ribera, who appears to have been then
+resident in Panama, agreed to all that was desired, and, accepted the
+proffered military aid to drive Verdugo from his government; on which
+Hinojosa and his officers swore to obey his orders as their commander on
+this expedition, and the troops were put in motion to march across the
+isthmus. On receiving notice of the approach of Hinojosa, Verdugo
+disposed his troops to defend the place, and caused the inhabitants of
+Nombre de Dios to take up arms, in addition to his own men. But as it
+was obvious that the inhabitants shewed no inclination for fighting,
+Verdugo suspected they might abandon him while engaged, and came
+therefore to the resolution of abandoning the town, and took post on the
+shore near his small barks. He waited for Hinojosa in that situation,
+having some boats in his rear, which he had seized to enable him to
+secure his retreat in case of necessity. Immediately on his arrival,
+Hinojosa attacked Verdugo, and several persons were killed at the first
+brunt. As the inhabitants of Nombre de Dios who were along with Verdugo,
+observed their governor acting as commander of the adverse party, they
+withdrew on one side from the engagement into an adjoining wood; by
+which the soldiers belonging to Verdugo were thrown into disorder, and
+they were forced to take to their boats and retreat on board their
+barks.
+
+After this repulse, Verdugo took possession of several ships that lay at
+anchor near Nombre de Dios, the largest of which he armed with some
+pieces of artillery and endeavoured to cannonade the town. But finding
+that he could do very little injury to the place, which was situated in
+a bottom, and as he was in want of provisions, and most of his soldiers
+had been left on shore, he retired with his small vessels and the ship
+he had seized to Carthagena, to await a more favourable opportunity of
+annoying the insurgents. Having restored Nombre de Dios to order, Ribera
+and Hinojosa left a sufficient garrison in the place, under the command
+of Don Pedro de Cabrera and Hernan Mexia, and returned to Panama, where
+they proposed to wait for such orders as might be sent from Spain
+respecting the troubles in Peru.
+
+On arriving at Popayan, as formerly related, the viceroy collected all
+the iron which could be procured in the province, erected forges, and
+procured workmen, so that in a short time he got two hundred musquets
+constructed, besides other arms both offensive and defensive, and
+provided every other species of warlike stores. Learning that the
+governor, Benalcazar, had detached a brave and experienced officer,
+named Juan Cabrera, to reduce some refractory Indians, with an hundred
+and fifty soldiers; the viceroy wrote a letter to Cabrera, in which he
+gave a detailed account of the insurrection and usurpation of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, and of his own determination to restore the kingdom of Peru to
+allegiance whenever he could collect a sufficient number of troops for
+that purpose. He earnestly intreated therefore, that Cabrera would
+immediately join him at Popayan with all his men, that they might
+commence their march together for Quito, to punish the rebellious
+usurper. To induce compliance, he represented in strong colours to
+Cabrera, the great and signal service which he had in his power to
+perform for the sovereign on this occasion; which likewise would be far
+more advantageous to his own personal interests, than any which could
+accrue from the expedition in which he was now engaged; as, on the
+defeat of Pizarro, he would be entitled to partake in the distribution
+of the lands belonging to Gonzalo and his partizans, and he might
+depend on being gratified with ample possessions for himself and his
+followers in the best districts of Peru. Farther to encourage Cabrera,
+the viceroy informed him of the events which had lately occurred in the
+south of Peru, where Centeno had erected the royal standard at the head
+of a respectable force; so that the present conjuncture was extremely
+favourable for an attack on Gonzalo, who could hardly resist when
+pressed from both extremities of the kingdom at once; and besides, that
+the inhabitants of Peru were now quite weary of the tyrannical violence
+and extortion of Gonzalo, and would doubtless revolt against him on the
+first favourable opportunity. As an additional inducement to Cabrera to
+join him, the viceroy sent him an order by which he was authorized to
+take from the royal coffers at Carthagena, Encelme, Cali, Antiochia, and
+other places, to the extent of 30,000 pesos for the pay and equipment of
+his troops; and as Cabrera acted under the orders of Benalcazar, he
+procured letters to him from that governor by which he was commanded
+immediately to obey the requisition of the viceroy. On receiving these
+dispatches, Cabrera immediately secured the funds which he was
+authorized to take, which he divided among his men, and set out with all
+possible expedition to join the viceroy at Popayan with an hundred well
+appointed soldiers. The viceroy had likewise sent orders for
+reinforcements from the new kingdom of Grenada, the province of
+Carthagena, and other places, so that his troops daily increased; and
+having learnt the capture of his brother Vela Nunnez, and the loss of
+Yllanez and his troops, he had no expectation of procuring any
+additional reinforcements.
+
+At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro was very anxious to devise some stratagem
+for inveigling the viceroy into his hands, as he considered his
+usurpation unsafe so long as that officer remained alive and at the head
+of a military force. With this view, that the viceroy might return into
+Peru where he might have it in his power to bring him to action, Gonzalo
+gave out that he intended to proceed to Las Charcas at the southern
+extremity of Peru, to repress the disorders occasioned by Centeno,
+leaving Captain Pedro de Puelles at Quito with three hundred men to
+oppose the viceroy. He proceeded even ostensibly to take such measures
+as were proper for executing this design; selecting such troops as were
+to accompany himself to the south, and those who were to remain at
+Quito; even distributing money to both divisions, and set off on his
+march for the south after a general muster and review of his army.
+Gonzalo contrived that intelligence of these proceedings should be
+conveyed to the viceroy, by means of a spy in the employment of that
+officer, who had betrayed his trust, and had even communicated to
+Gonzalo the cypher which he used in corresponding with his employer.
+Gonzalo made this person send intelligence to the viceroy of these
+pretended motions; and Puelles wrote likewise to some friends in
+Popayan, as if privately to inform them that he was left in the command
+at Quito with three hundred men, with which he believed himself able to
+resist all the force the viceroy might be able to bring against him; and
+these letters were sent purposely in such a manner that they might fall
+into the hands of the viceroy. Gonzalo likewise took care to spread
+these reports among the Indians who were present at the review, and who,
+having seen Gonzalo set off on his march to the south, were perfectly
+acquainted with the number of troops which accompanied him on the march,
+and of those which remained under Puelles at Quito. To give the greater
+appearance of truth to these reports, Gonzalo actually set out on his
+march; but halted at two or three days journey from Quito, under
+pretence of falling sick.
+
+On receiving intelligence of these circumstances, which he implicitly
+believed, the viceroy determined to march from Popayan to Quito,
+satisfied that he should be easily able to overpower the small force
+left there under Puelles, who had no means of being reinforced. He
+accordingly began his march, during which he was unable to procure any
+intelligence whatever respecting Gonzalo and his troops, so carefully
+were all the passes guarded to prevent either Christians or Indians from
+conveying advices on the road towards Popayan. While, on the contrary,
+Gonzalo procured regular notice of every step taken by the viceroy, by
+means of the Indians called _Cagnares_, a cunning and intelligent race.
+Accordingly, when the viceroy was arrived within a few days march of
+Quito, Gonzalo returned thither with his troops to join Puelles, and
+they marched together to meet the viceroy, who was then at Oravalo about
+twelve leagues from Quito. Although the viceroy was at the head of eight
+hundred men, and his force increased daily on his approach to Quito,
+Gonzalo confided in the valour and experience of his troops, among
+which were many of the principal persons in Peru, his soldiers being
+inured to war, accustomed to hardships and fatigue, and full of
+confidence in themselves from the many victories they had gained.
+Gonzalo did every thing in his power to satisfy his troops of the
+justice of the cause in which he and they were engaged; representing to
+them that Peru had been conquered by him and his brothers; recalling to
+their remembrance the cruelties which had been exercised by the viceroy,
+particularly in putting to death the commissary Yllan Suarez and several
+of his own captains. In the next place, he gave an exaggerated picture
+of the tyrannical conduct of the viceroy during the whole period of his
+government, owing to which he had been deposed by the royal audience,
+and sent out of the country to give an account to the king of his
+conduct: Instead of which, he now endeavoured to disturb the colony by
+sowing dissensions and encouraging insurrections, and had even levied an
+army in other provinces, with which he intended to reduce the country
+under his tyrannous rule, and to ruin all its inhabitants. After a long
+speech, by which he endeavoured to animate his troops with resentment
+against the viceroy, they all declared their readiness to march against
+him and bring him to battle. Some were actuated by interested motives,
+to prevent the enforcement of the obnoxious regulations; others by a
+desire of avenging private injuries; and others again by the fear of
+punishment for having taken up arms. But it is not to be concealed, that
+the majority acted from dread of the severity of Gonzalo and his
+officers, who had already put several persons to death, merely for
+having shewn some degree of coldness or disinclination towards the cause
+of the insurgents.
+
+On reviewing and mustering his force, Gonzalo found himself at the head
+of 130 well mounted cavalry, 200 musqueteers, and 350 armed with pikes,
+or near 700 in all, with abundance of excellent gun-powder[19]. Learning
+that the viceroy had encamped on the banks of the river about two
+leagues from Quito, Gonzalo advanced to meet him. Juan de Acosta and
+Juan Velez de Guevara were his captains of musqueteers, Hernando
+Bachicao commanded the pikemen, and the horse were led by Pedro de
+Puelles and Gomez de Alvarado. On this occasion there was no person
+appointed to the office of major-general, the duties of which Gonzalo
+chose to execute in person. He detached seventy of his cavalry to occupy
+a ford of the river, by which he meant to cross over towards the camp
+of the viceroy, over whom he expected to gain an easy victory. It was
+now Saturday the 15th of January 1546, and the two armies remained all
+night so near each other that the advanced posts were able to converse,
+each calling the other rebels and traitors, those on each side
+pretending that they only were loyal subjects to the king.
+
+[Footnote 19: According to Garcilasso, the army of Gonzalo on this
+occasion amounted to 700 men, 200 of whom were armed with firelocks, 350
+with pikes, and 150 were cavalry. In the History of America, II. 375,
+the force under the viceroy is only stated at 400; but both in Zarate
+and Garcilasso the royalists are mentioned as 800 strong.--E.]
+
+At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro was accompanied by the licentiate Benedict
+Suarez de Carvajal brother to the commissary Yllan Suarez de Carvajal
+who had formerly been put to death at Lima in presence of the viceroy.
+At that former period Benedict was on his journey from Cuzco to Lima,
+intending to have joined the viceroy against Gonzalo, and had arrived
+within twenty leagues of Lima when he learnt the murder of his brother,
+after which he dared not to trust himself in that city until the viceroy
+had been deposed and sent on board ship. He was afterwards made prisoner
+by Gonzalo, who was even on the point of putting him to death; but on
+setting out for Quito, Gonzalo took him into favour. Carvajal now
+followed him with good will against the viceroy, upon whom he was eager
+to take signal vengeance for the unmerited death of his brother; and was
+even followed on this occasion by about thirty of his friends and
+relations, who formed a separate company under his immediate command.
+
+The viceroy had arrived at a village called Tuza, about twenty leagues
+from Quito, when he learnt that Gonzalo Pizarro was returned to that
+city, and was now at the head of about seven hundred men. Believing
+himself however in sufficient force to attempt the recovery of his
+authority in Peru, the viceroy communicated this intelligence to his
+principal officers, whom he commanded to have every thing in readiness
+for battle. On his arrival at the river within two leagues of Quito, and
+in presence of the enemy who occupied the slope of a hill on the other
+side, he determined to endeavour to get into their rear, for which
+purpose he advanced with his troops by a road in a different direction
+from that on which the insurgents were posted, expecting to derive great
+advantages from this measure, as the whole infantry of Gonzalo, which
+formed his principal force, were posted on the slope of the hill
+directly in front, and his rear-guard of cavalry could have no
+suspicion of being liable to attack. The viceroy accordingly began his
+march on the night of the 15th January, leaving his camp standing with
+all his Indians and dogs, and with fires burning in many places, to
+deceive the enemy into a belief that he still remained in the camp.
+Marching therefore in perfect silence by the road which had been pointed
+out to him for gaining the rear of the insurgents, he expected to have
+attained his object before day: But as the road, had not been frequented
+for a long time, he encountered so many obstructions and difficulties,
+in consequence of the road being broken up in many places, that when day
+broke he was still a league from the enemy, by which all hope or
+opportunity of surprizing them was entirely lost. In this dilemma, he
+came to the resolution of marching straight upon Quito, in which there
+were very few to oppose him, and which was in no situation to give any
+resistance. He was in hopes of finding several loyal subjects in that
+place, who might have contrived to elude following the usurper to the
+field, and might now join his army, and he expected to find some arms
+and military stores left there by Gonzalo. On arriving at Quito, the
+soldiers of the viceroy learnt that Gonzalo was present with all his
+troops, which circumstance had hitherto been carefully concealed from
+their knowledge.
+
+In the morning of the 16th, the scouts of Gonzalo were surprised to hear
+so little noise in the camp of the viceroy; and having cautiously
+advanced, they learnt from the Indian followers of the royalist army in
+what manner the viceroy had passed the insurgents during the night. The
+scouts therefore made haste to apprize Gonzalo of this event, who learnt
+soon afterwards by messengers from Quito that the viceroy had taken
+possession of that city. Gonzalo therefore immediately marched for
+Quito, determined to give battle to the viceroy without delay; and
+although the viceroy was perfectly aware of the advantages possessed by
+Pizarro in the superior discipline and equipment of his troops, he
+courageously resolved to run the risk of battle, and even to expose
+himself personally to all its dangers. In this determination, he boldly
+marched from the city of Quito directly towards the enemy, as if assured
+of gaining a victory. To Don Alfonzo de Montemayor, who commanded his
+first company with the royal standard, he assigned the office of
+lieutenant-general, commanding every one to obey him in that capacity.
+Cepeda and Bazan led the cavalry, and Ahumada carried the great
+standard. Sancho Sanchez de Avila, Hernandez Giron, Pedro Heredia, and
+Rodrigo Nunnez de Bonilla were captains of infantry, over which Juan de
+Cabrera commanded as major-general. The viceroy was earnestly requested
+by all his officers not to engage in the front of battle as he intended,
+but to take post in the rear with fifteen horsemen, whence he might send
+succours to wherever they might be required; yet, when the engagement
+was about to commence, the viceroy rode up to the vanguard, and took his
+place beside the lieutenant-general, Don Alfonzo, in front of the royal
+standard. On this occasion the viceroy was mounted on a grey horse,
+dressed in an upper garment of white muslin, with large slashes, shewing
+an under vest of crimson satin fringed with gold. Just before beginning
+the engagement, he addressed his troops to the following effect: "I do
+not pretend, my loyal friends, to encourage you by my words and example,
+as I rather look for an example of bravery from your courageous efforts,
+and am fully convinced you will do your duty as brave and faithful
+subjects of our gracious sovereign. Knowing therefore your inviolable
+fidelity to the king our common master, I have only to say that we are
+engaged in the cause of God." These last words he repeated several
+times, exclaiming, "It is the cause of God! It is the cause of God!"
+
+After this short exhortation, the viceroy with Don Alfonzo and Bazan
+advanced to the charge, being opposed on the other side by the
+licentiate Carvajal. Gonzalo Pizarro had likewise intended to have taken
+post in the front of battle, but his officers insisted upon his
+remaining in the rear with eight or ten horsemen. In the first charge
+the cavalry shivered their lances, after which they continued to fight
+obstinately with swords, battle-axes and war-clubs or maces. In this
+part of the battle the cavalry of the viceroy were much galled by a line
+of musqueteers of the adverse army which plied them in flank. While
+fighting bravely, the viceroy beat down one of the insurgents named
+Montalva; but immediately afterwards received so severe a blow on the
+head with a battle-axe from Ferdinand de Torres, that he fell stunned
+from his horse. Indeed, both he and his horse had been so excessively
+fatigued by the difficult march of the preceding night, in which they
+had neither been able to take food or rest, that they were both easily
+overthrown. While this was passing with the cavalry of the van, the
+infantry on both sides advanced to engage, setting up such loud shouts,
+that one would have believed them much more numerous than they were in
+reality. Juan de Cabrera was slain at the very commencement of this part
+of the battle. Sancho de Avilla, advanced boldly at the head of his
+company to attack the enemy, brandishing a two-handed sword, which he
+employed with so much strength and address that he soon broke through
+and defeated half of the company by which he was opposed. But as the
+soldiers of Pizarro were more numerous in this part of the field than
+those who followed Avilla, he was surrounded on all sides, and he and
+most of his men slain. Until the death of the viceroy was known, the
+battle was very bravely contested by his infantry; but as soon as the
+knowledge of that unfortunate event had spread through their ranks, they
+lost heart and relaxed in their efforts, and were soon entirely defeated
+with considerable slaughter. At this time, the licentiate Carvajal
+observed Pedro de Puelles about to end the life of the unfortunate
+viceroy, already insensible and almost dead in consequence of the blow
+he had received from De Torres and a wound from a musquet ball: Carvajal
+immediately dismounted and cut off his head, saying, "That his only
+object in joining the party of Gonzalo was to take vengeance for the
+death of his brother."
+
+When the victory was completely decided, Gonzalo Pizarro ordered a
+retreat to be sounded to recal his troops who were engaged in pursuit of
+the enemy. In this battle, the royalists lost about two hundred men,
+while only seven were slain on the side of the victors. Pizarro ordered
+the slain to be buried on the field of battle, and caused the bodies of
+the viceroy and Sancho de Avilla to be carried to Quito, where they were
+buried with much solemn pomp, attending himself at the funeral and in
+mourning[20]. He soon afterwards ordered ten or twelve of the principal
+royalists to be hanged, who had taken shelter in the churches of Quito,
+or had concealed themselves in other places. The oydor Alvarez,
+Benalcazar governor of Popayan, and Don Alfonzo de Montemayor, were
+wounded and made prisoners in the battle. Gonzalo intended to have
+ordered Don Alfonzo to be beheaded; but as he had many friends among the
+insurgents who interceded for his life, and who assured Gonzalo that he
+could not possibly recover from his wounds, he was spared. Some time
+afterwards, Gomez de Alvarado sent notice to Benalcazar that it was
+intended to administer poison to these three prisoners in the dressings
+applied to their wounds or in their food; and accordingly he and Don
+Alfonzo took great precautions to avoid this treachery. As the oydor
+Alvarez was lodged in the same house with his brother judge Cepeda, he
+had not in his power to use similar precautions, and died soon after;
+and every one believed that he was poisoned in some almond soup.
+
+[Footnote 20: This authentic circumstance by no means agrees with the
+assertion in the History of America, II. 376, that the head of the
+viceroy was affixed on the public gibbet in Quito. From the text of
+Zarate, this battle appears to have been fought on the 16th January
+1546. In the History of America, it is dated on the 18th; but the
+difference is quite immaterial.--E.]
+
+Finding that he could not get secretly rid of Don Alfonzo as he wished,
+and having no hope of gaining him over to his party, Pizarro resolved to
+banish him into Chili, above a thousand leagues from Quito, and to send
+to the same place Rodrigo de Bonilla the treasurer of Quito, and seven
+or eight other persons of importance, who had always faithfully
+accompanied the viceroy under every change of fortune. Gonzalo did not
+put these men to death, as several of his own partizans interceded for
+their lives; and he did not deem it prudent to keep them near his
+person, or to permit them to remain in Peru. These exiles were
+accordingly sent off for Chili, under the charge of Antonio de Ulloa
+with a party of soldiers. After a march of more than four hundred
+leagues, mostly on foot, although their wounds were not entirely healed,
+these prisoners determined to make an effort to recover their liberty,
+or to lose their lives in the attempt. They accordingly rose against
+Ulloa and his men with so much courage and resolution that they
+succeeded in making him and most of his men prisoners. Being near a
+sea-port, they contrived by great address to gain possession of a
+vessel, in which were several soldiers and others of the insurgent party
+whom they overpowered; and leaving all their prisoners, they embarked
+without either sailors or pilot, and though none of them were in the
+least acquainted with navigation, they had the good fortune to reach New
+Spain.
+
+Not satisfied with wreaking his vengeance on those of his enemies who
+had fallen into his hands in consequence of the victory of Quito,
+Gonzalo sent Guevara to the city of Parto to apprehend some of his
+enemies who resided in that place, one of whom only was put to death,
+and all the rest sent into exile. He pardoned Benalcazar, who promised
+faithfully to become attached to his party, and sent him back to his
+government of Popayan, with part of the troops he had brought from
+thence in the service of the viceroy. He likewise assembled all the
+fugitive troops of the viceroy, to whom he in the first place urged the
+many causes of displeasure which he had for their past conduct, yet
+pardoned them as he knew they had either been misled or forced to act
+against him, and promised, if they served him faithfully in the sequel,
+that he would treat them as well as those who had been on his side from
+the beginning, and would reward them equally when the country was
+restored to peace. He sent off messengers in every direction, to
+announce the victory he had obtained, and to encourage his partizans, so
+that his usurpation seemed established in greater security than ever.
+Captain Alarcon was sent to Panama, to communicate the intelligence to
+Hinojosa, with orders to bring back along with him Vela Nunnez and the
+others who had been made prisoners in that quarter.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Continuation of the Usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, to the arrival of
+Gasca in Peru with full powers to restore the Colony to order._
+
+
+At this period, some of Gonzalo's adherents advised him to send his
+fleet to scour the coasts of Nicaragua and New Spain, on purpose to take
+or burn all the vessels which might be found in these parts, by which he
+would effectually secure himself from any attack by sea. By this means,
+they alleged, when the dispatches and orders from his majesty should
+arrive in the Tierra Firma, finding no means of sending these into Peru,
+the ministers of the crown would be under the necessity of granting him
+favourable terms of accommodation almost equal to his wishes. Pizarro
+however had great confidence in the fidelity and attachment of Hinojosa
+and those who were with him, believing that he might trust implicitly to
+their vigilance, and refused to follow the measures proposed, as tending
+to evince too much weakness and want of confidence in the goodness of
+the cause in which he was engaged. He was besides so puffed up by the
+victory which he had gained over the viceroy, that he believed himself
+able to resist any power which could now be brought against him.
+
+Alarcon went accordingly to Panama, whence he brought back to Peru the
+prisoners who had been taken at that place by Hinojosa, and was
+accompanied on his return by the son of Gonzalo. When near Puerto Viejo
+on his voyage back, Alarcon ordered Saavedra and Lerma, two of his chief
+prisoners, to be hanged on account of some words they were said to have
+spoken against the insurgents. He was disposed to have put Rodrigo
+Mexia, another of these prisoners, to death at the same time; but the
+son of Gonzalo pleaded strongly to save his life, by representing how
+kindly he had been used by Mexia while in his custody. Vela Nunnez was
+conducted to Quito, where he was pardoned by Gonzalo, yet admonished to
+behave very carefully for the future, as the slightest suspicion would
+be fatal. Cepeda, one of the oydors of the royal audience, always
+continued to accompany Gonzalo, so that Ortiz de Zarate, the only judge
+who remained in Lima was unable to act in the absence of all the other
+judges. Indeed he was now less feared, ever since Gonzalo Pizarro had
+almost by force procured a marriage between one of the daughters of that
+judge and his brother Blas Soto[21]. Still however this judge retained
+every proper sentiment of loyalty to the king, although constrained by
+the exigency of the times to conceal his principles, and to seem in some
+measure reconciled to the usurper.
+
+[Footnote 21: Of this brother of the Pizarro family, no other notice
+occurs in Zarate.--E.]
+
+While these transactions were going on in the north of Peru, the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal continued his operations in the south
+against Centeno. As formerly related, he departed from Cuzeo with three
+hundred men, well provided with horses, musquets and other arms,
+marching by way of the Collao for the province of Paria, in which
+Centeno then was with about two hundred and fifty men, determined to
+await the arrival of the enemy and to run the chance of battle. When
+Carvajal was come within about two leagues of that place, Centeno
+retired a short space to the other side of the city, taking post on the
+side of a river in what appeared to him strong ground, and Carvajal took
+possession of the _tambo_ of Paria, about a league from the camp of
+Centeno. Next day, Centeno sent fifteen well mounted musqueteers to bid
+defiance to Carvajal, and to challenge him to battle. On arriving within
+a stones throw of the tambo, they required a conference with Carvajal,
+to whom they delivered the following message: "That Centeno was ready to
+give battle in the cause of his majesty; but if Carvajal, who had grown
+old in the royal service, would return to his duty and abandon the
+service of the usurper, Centeno and all his followers would be happy to
+serve under his command." To this message Carvajal only returned abusive
+language, and the two parties mutually reproached each other as rebels
+and traitors. After some time spent in this manner, the fifteen
+royalists discharged their musquets and returned to Centeno, to whom
+they gave an account of the number and disposition of the enemy. This
+occurrence took place on Holy Friday in the year 1546.
+
+Immediately after this defiance, Carvajal put his troops in motion to
+attack the royalists, but Centeno thought proper to retire to a more
+advantageous post, not deeming it prudent to run the risk of a pitched
+battle, and meaning rather to harass the enemy by means of skirmishes
+and night attacks. He was likewise in hopes that a good many of those
+who followed Carvajal might come over to his side as opportunity
+offered, as he understood many of them were much discontented with the
+harsh and brutal behaviour of the lieutenant-general, whom they served
+from fear and constraint, not from attachment. Besides, Centeno was
+unwilling to run the risk of battle, as Carvajal though inferior in
+cavalry to the royalist party was greatly superior in point of fire
+arms. In fact this resolution of retreating was much against the
+inclination of Centeno, who wished to have given battle to Carvajal; but
+as all the inhabitants of La Plata on his side opposed that measure, he
+was obliged to conform to their wishes, yet always determined to give
+battle on the first favourable opportunity. Centeno accordingly
+retreated fifteen leagues that day, and was followed by Carvajal with
+great diligence, insomuch that the hostile parties encamped at night
+very near each other, on which occasion Carvajal confided the guard of
+his camp to such of his followers as he could most surely depend upon.
+Towards midnight, Centeno detached eighty horsemen to assault the camp
+of the insurgents, which they did accordingly with much spirit, making
+several discharges of their fire arms, but without any favourable
+impression; as Carvajal drew up his troops in order of battle, and kept
+them all night in their ranks, strictly forbidding any one to quit their
+post on any pretence, lest some might desert over to the enemy. At break
+of day, Centeno decamped and resumed his march, and was followed by
+Carvajal with equal diligence always very near. In this second day of
+the retreat the two parties marched ten leagues, or near forty miles;
+and towards evening Camijal came up with one of the soldiers belonging
+to Centeno, who had lagged behind owing to extreme fatigue. Carvajal
+ordered him immediately to be hanged, swearing that he would treat every
+one of the enemy who fell into his hands in the same manner.
+
+Centeno continued always to retreat, and Carvajal to pursue close in his
+rear, both parties using the utmost possible diligence, insomuch that
+they every day marched twelve or fifteen long leagues, almost always
+within sight of each other. After some days, Centeno made a countermarch
+upon Paria by taking a different road, and even directed his march,
+towards the Collao, always followed by Carvajal. At Hayohayo[22]
+Carvajal came up with twelve soldiers belonging to Centeno, who had
+fallen behind, all of whom he ordered to be hanged. In consequence of
+these continued rapid marches, several of the soldiers of both sides
+used daily to lag behind from excessive fatigue, all of whom endeavoured
+to hide themselves as well as they could to avoid being made prisoners.
+Finding his force daily diminishing, Centeno complained loudly of his
+officers and followers for having prevented him from fighting; and as he
+found the whole country through which he now marched attached to the
+enemy, he determined to direct his march towards the coast intending to
+escape if possible by sea. For this purpose he took the direction of
+Arequipa, and sent off one of his officers named Ribadeneyra to
+endeavour to procure a ship somewhere on the coast, which he was to
+bring to Arequipa, that it might be in readiness to embark the whole
+remnant of the retreating party immediately on their arrival[23].
+Ribadeneyra fell in with a ship on the coast which was ready to sail for
+Chili, of which he easily took possession, and found it well adapted for
+his purpose.
+
+[Footnote 22: The Callao is a district at the north end of the great
+lake of Titicaca. Paria and Hayohayo are two towns on the east side of
+the Rio Desaguadero, which flows from the south into the lake of
+Titicaca.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 23: Arequipa is not less than twenty-five miles from the
+nearest coast, at which place there is a bay or port named La
+Guata.--E.]
+
+"In the course of this pursuit, it happened, one day that Centeno had to
+pass a deep dell or narrow valley between two mountains, as often
+happens in that country, the descent to which was about a league from
+the top to a stream of water in the bottom, yet the hills were so
+precipitous and close together that their tops hardly exceeded a musquet
+shot. As Carvajal was well acquainted with this pass, he was confident
+of catching his enemy at this place as in a trap; believing that while
+Centeno was descending to the bottom, he should be able to gain the top
+of the hill, whence he might greatly annoy Centeno and his men while
+clambering up the opposite hill. Centeno was however fully aware of his
+danger, and was accordingly very careful to provide against the mischief
+which he foresaw might occur. He therefore placed six of his best
+mounted cavalry in ambush near the top of the first mountain, with
+directions to assail the rear of Carvajal's troops after the van and
+main body were past, so as to make a diversion and oblige Carvajal to
+return to succour his people, by which he and his men would be enabled,
+to get beyond the pass in safety. The ambush accordingly remained
+concealed until Carvajal and the best part of his troops were gone past;
+after which they sallied forth, and fell with great resolution on the
+rear which was marching on in disorder, consisting of a mixed multitude
+of Indians, Negroes, and straggling Spaniards, with horses mules and
+other beasts of burden, all in confusion and disorder, among whom they
+did great execution. Although he heard the noise occasioned by this
+unexpected assault, Carvajal continued his march for some time,
+believing it only a false alarm. The six horsemen therefore continued
+their assault almost unopposed, carrying all before them, and doing
+incredible mischief. Among the rest they overthrew a loaded mule which
+carried several quintals of gun-powder, which they blew up with so
+violent a noise that Carvajal was convinced of the serious nature of the
+assault, and found it necessary to desist from the pursuit of Centeno,
+and to return for the protection of his rear. When the six horsemen
+belonging to Centeno observed the approach of the troops of Carvajal,
+they immediately fled by cross ways and bye paths, under the guidance of
+some friendly Indians, and rejoined Centeno six or seven days
+afterwards. By this successful stratagem Centeno was enabled to escape
+across the dangerous pass, and even gained considerably in the retreat,
+as Carvajal was obliged to remain on the top of the first mountain all
+the rest of that day and the following night. Carvajal was much
+displeased at being thus foiled by one so much less experienced than he
+in the art of war, and observed to his officers, that during forty years
+service in the wars of Italy, where he had seen many fine retreats,
+accomplished by the king of France, by Antonio de Leyva, Count Pedro de
+Navarro, Mark Antony Colona, and other famous captains, he had never
+seen one so excellently contrived as this by Centeno[24]."
+
+[Footnote 24: This paragraph, marked by inverted commas, is inserted
+from Garcilasso de la Vega in the text, as too long for a note.--E.]
+
+Centeno arrived soon afterwards at Arequipa, and in less than two days
+Carvajal arrived there in pursuit. As the vessel procured by Ribadeneyra
+was not come to that part of the coast, and Centeno had not even
+received notice of its capture, he determined to dismiss his followers,
+now reduced to eighty men, that they might endeavour to escape
+separately, being utterly unable to make head against the enemy who was
+fast approaching. Centeno, accompanied only by two friends, withdrew,
+into the mountains, where he remained concealed in a cave till the
+arrival of the licentiate Gasca, being all the time supplied with
+provisions by a friendly cacique. On arriving at the coast of Arequipa,
+Carvajal was informed that Centeno and his people were dispersed; and
+hearing that Lope de Mendoza was at no great distance with eight or ten
+of the royalists, he detached one of his officers with twenty mounted
+musqueteers in pursuit. Mendoza however fled with so much diligence,
+that although followed for more than eighty leagues, his pursuers were
+unable to overtake him, and were at last obliged to return. Mendoza
+continued his retreat beyond the ridge of the Andes, into the eastern
+plain of the Rio Plata, where we must leave him for the present to
+continue the narrative of events in Peru.
+
+Soon after the arrival of Carvajal in Arequipa, the ship which, had been
+seized by Ribadeneyra appeared on the coast, and Carvajal was informed
+by some of the soldiers of Centeno who remained at Arequipa of the
+intention of this vessel, and of the signal which had been agreed, upon
+between Centeno and Ribadeneyra. Wishing to gain possession of the
+vessel, Carvajal concealed twenty musqueteers near the coast, and made
+the appointed signal. Ribadeneyra at first believed that the signal was
+made by order of Centeno and sent the boat on shore; but having some
+suspicions of the actual state of affairs, he directed the people in the
+boat to be extremely cautious against surprize before venturing on
+shore. They accordingly, refused to land, unless Centeno himself made
+his appearance; and as this of course could not be complied with, they
+returned to the ship, with which Ribadeneyra immediately set sail for
+Nicaragua. As no part of the late force under Centeno remained in the
+field, Carvajal resolved to take up his residence for some time in the
+city of La Plata, as he was informed that Centeno and his friends had
+concealed a large quantity of treasure at that place, and that he might
+both endeavour to discover that deposit, and might draw as large a sum
+as possible from the rich mines in that neighbourhood. Carvajal was
+willing to communicate to Gonzalo a portion of the wealth he expected to
+acquire in that district, for defraying the expences of the war; but he
+proposed especially to enrich himself on this occasion, being
+exceedingly covetous, as has been already remarked. He accordingly went
+to La Plata, which submitted without resistance, and remained there for
+a considerable time amassing wealth, till obliged to take the field
+against Mendoza.
+
+Lope de Mendoza, as already mentioned, made his escape from Arequipa
+with a small number of followers, and was pursued for a long way. He for
+some time followed the line of the coast, and after he had eluded the
+pursuit of the party sent after him by Carvajal, he and his companions
+resolved so endeavour to penetrate into the government of Diego de Roias
+on the Rio Plata, as all the country of Peru had universally submitted
+to the domination of Gonzalo. For this purpose Mendoza followed the same
+route which Centeno had formerly taken when retreating from Alfonso de
+Toro; both because he thought his enemies would not pursue him by that
+road and because the Indians belonging to Centeno and himself dwelt in
+that part of the country, and he expected to procure provisions and
+other assistance from them. While travelling across these deserts,
+Mendoza met with Gabriel Bermudez, who had accompanied Diego de Roias on
+his expedition into the country on the Rio Plata. From this person
+Mendoza was informed of the events which had occurred to the expedition
+under De Roias, of which the following is an abstract:
+
+Diego de Roias, Philip Gutierrez and Pedro de Heredia, who went upon
+this expedition, had to fight their way among hostile Indians, in the
+course of which De Roias was slain. After his death, violent disputes
+arose between Francisco de Mendoza who succeeded in the command and the
+other officers engaged in the expedition, in the course of which
+Gutierrez was cashiered and banished. They continued after this to
+prosecute their discoveries all the way to the Rio Plata, receiving
+information that great riches were to be found in some districts in the
+neighbourhood, in which there were certain Spaniards who had penetrated
+into the country by ascending the Rio Plata from the Atlantic, and had
+formed establishments in the interior. In prosecuting the exploration,
+of that great river, they had fallen in with some forts which were built
+by Sebastian Gabota; and reported many other surprizing and wonderful
+things which they had seen in that country. In the course of their
+proceedings, Francisco de Mendoza was assassinated by Pedro Heredia,
+owing to which violent disputes had taken place among them, by which and
+the smallness of their force they had been rendered unable to proceed in
+conquering the country, so that at length they had come to the
+resolution of returning into Peru, that his majesty or the viceroy of
+that kingdom might nominate a new commander. They were likewise
+persuaded, when the riches of the country in which they had been came to
+be known, that they would be able to procure a considerable accession of
+new adventurers, so as to enable them to atchieve the conquest.
+
+In the course of their expedition they asserted that they had penetrated
+six hundred leagues to the eastwards of La Plata, through a champaign
+country of very easy access, and tolerably abounding in provisions and
+water. Bermudez added, that within a very few days they had learnt, from
+some Indians who occasionally traded into the province of Las Charcas,
+of the revolt which had taken place in Peru, but had been unable to
+procure information respecting the causes of this insurrection or as to
+who were chiefly engaged in it; for which reason he had been sent on
+before to inquire into these circumstances, and had received orders from
+the captains and other principal persons in the expedition, to offer
+their services to the party that acted for the royal interests, in which
+cause they might be of material importance, as they had a considerable
+number of excellent horses and plenty of arms. After the conclusion of
+this narrative, Mendoza gave Bermudez an account of all the late events
+in Peru; on which, in, virtue of the commission with which he had been
+entrusted, Bermudez promised in the name of all his companions to march
+against the lieutenant-general.
+
+Lope Mendoza and Bermudez went after this to meet the troops which were
+returning from the Rio Plata, which were at no great distance. When they
+were informed of the situation of affairs in Peru, they received Lope
+with every demonstration of respect, and confirmed the offers of
+assistance which Bermudez had already made in their name, declaring
+their resolution to devote themselves heartily to the service of the
+king. Lope de Mendoza gave them hearty commendations for their loyalty,
+and represented to them how honourable and praiseworthy it was to exert
+their utmost endeavours in the cause of their lawful sovereign; assuring
+them that they might all depend upon being amply provided for, when the
+country was restored to obedience. Lope de Mendoza was unanimously
+received as their chief, and conducted them to the village of Pocona,
+about forty leagues to the north-east of La Plata; whence he sent some
+confidential persons to certain secret places where he and Centeno had
+hidden above a thousand marks of silver under ground. On recovering this
+treasure, he proposed to divide it among those persons who had so nobly
+offered to follow his orders; but most of them refused his preferred
+bounty, either because they were already sufficiently rich, or because
+hitherto the soldiers who had been engaged in the wars of Peru had been
+unused to any regular pay, and only accepted money to answer their
+immediate wants, and to provide themselves with horses and arms. Even
+the lowest soldier, in those days expected, when the enterprizes of
+their leaders succeeded, to be rewarded for his services in repartitions
+or advantageous establishments in the country, by which they flattered
+themselves to acquire riches, so great was the reputation of the
+richness of Peru. By means of these men from the Rio Plata, Lope Mendoza
+found himself unexpectedly at the head of an hundred and fifty well
+mounted cavalry; all excellently armed and equipped for service. It was
+a great misfortune to the royal cause, that Centeno was now concealed,
+instead of having retreated into the interior along with Mendoza as he
+had done formerly; as if he had now been at the head of the royalists,
+with this important reinforcement, affairs might have taken a better
+turn than they actually did.
+
+While Carvajal was on his way from Arequipa for the city of La Plata, he
+received intelligence of the success of Gonzalo Pizarro at Quito, and
+that all Peru was entirely reduced under his command. He resolved
+therefore to repair to La Plata, as formerly mentioned, intending to
+regulate the affairs of the province of Las Charcas, and to collect
+treasure. On his arrival however at Paria on his way to La Plata he
+received intelligence of the arrival of the troops from the Rio Plata
+and of their junction with Lope Mendoza. Being informed at the same time
+that these unexpected opponents were by no means united among
+themselves, and that they marched very carelessly in separate and
+unconnected detachments, most of which refused to acknowledge any one as
+their commander, he determined to set out against them with the utmost
+diligence, that he might fall upon them in their present divided state.
+Being rejoined by the detachment which had pursued Lope Mendoza, and
+having put his men in order for a fresh expedition, Carvajal set out
+from La Plata and marched towards the enemy with the utmost possible
+speed, encouraging his troops by the assurance of an easy and bloodless
+victory, even asserting that he had received letters from the principal
+officers among the enemy in which they offered their services to him, so
+that they would only have the trouble of marching, without any danger of
+fighting.
+
+During this march Carvajal was joined by thirty men in addition to his
+former force, so that he was now at the head of two hundred and fifty
+men. At length he came in sight of Pocona, which is eighty leagues from
+Paria, about four o'clock of an afternoon, and made his appearance in
+good order, on the top of a rising ground within view of Lope de
+Mendoza, who was then making a distribution of money among such of his
+new companions as were willing to accept his bounty: Mendoza had already
+got some intimation of the approach of Carvajal; and as his own force
+consisted entirely of cavalry, most of whom were persons of some
+consideration, remarkably well mounted and armed, he drew up his men in
+good order in a plain at some distance from the village, in which he
+left the baggage and his money; saying, that he trusted through their
+bravery to be soon able to recover both, and even to increase their
+store by that belonging to their enemies. Carvajal immediately descended
+from the hill he had first taken possession of, and took post in the
+place which Mendoza had just quitted, which was an inclosare of
+considerable extent surrounded with walls, in which there were openings
+in several places. Carvajal chose this as a convenient post for the
+night, in which the enemy would not be able to attack with their
+cavalry. On learning that Lope de Mendoza and his men had left their
+baggage in the town of Pocona, the troops of Carvajal immediately
+quitted their ranks to go in search of plunder, insomuch that Carvajal
+was left in his camp with hardly eight men. If Mendoza had availed
+himself of this opportunity to attack Carvajal, he might have gained an
+easy victory, and might have boasted of having left his baggage exposed
+to plunder as a stratagem of war, which on similar occasions had often
+been the cause of signal victories. On purpose to recall his troops to
+their duty, Carvajal ordered a false alarm to be sounded, which
+occasioned the return of the greater part of his men; but so strong was
+their avidity for spoil that most part of the night was spent before
+they all returned to the camp.
+
+At this time there was a secret conspiracy entered into by many of
+Carvajal's followers, with the intention of putting him to death out of
+revenge for his harsh and tyrannical conduct towards them, and one Pedro
+de Avendano, his secretary, in whom he reposed entire confidence was the
+principal ringleader of the conspirators. To facilitate the execution of
+this enterprize, Avendano, sent a message by a clever fellow of an
+Indian to give Mendoza notice of the intentions of the conspirators, and
+to request he would make an attack upon Carvajal's camp in the course of
+the night, in the confusion attendant upon which he and the other
+conspirators might have an opportunity of executing their intended plot.
+Mendoza had previously determined upon withdrawing about four or five
+leagues from Pocona, to a level plain in which his cavalry would be able
+to act with much advantage. But on receiving the message of Avendano, he
+ordered his men to hold themselves in readiness to attack the camp of
+Carvajal at the going down of the moon, preferring the obscurity of
+night in order to avoid the danger of the more numerous firearms of the
+enemy. At that time he advanced in good order towards the enemy, sending
+some scouts in advance, who made prisoner of one of Carvajal's soldiers.
+After interrogating this man, they advanced to the openings of the wall
+which surrounded the camp, which they found guarded by some musqueteers
+and pikemen. Mendoza made a brisk attack, but was bravely resisted by
+the enemy, and so great was the confusion and noise that it was
+impossible to enter upon any parley, as no one could be heard by reason
+of the continual firing and the shouts of the combatants.
+
+Immediately on the alarm, Carvajal used his utmost efforts to get his
+troops into order and to animate and encourage them to exert themselves
+against the enemy. At this period, Avendano pointed out Carvajal to a
+musqueteer who was one of the conspirators, and encouraged him to take a
+steady aim at the lieutenant-general; but owing to the darkness, the
+shot missed of its intended effect; and only wounded him in one of his
+thighs. Finding himself wounded, and being satisfied it had been done by
+one of his own people, Carvajal deemed it prudent to conceal the
+circumstance for the present; and retired along with Avendano, of whose
+fidelity he had no suspicion, on purpose to disguise himself in an old
+brown coat-and a shabby hat, that he might not be conspicuous, after
+which he returned to animate his men to defend the camp. Avendano again
+pointed him out to another conspirator, who fired a second time at
+Carvajal, but entirely missed his aim. In the meantime the assailants
+frequently called out to know if Carvajal were dead; but receiving no
+answer, and finding that all the avenues to the camp were bravely
+defended, Lope de Mendoza drew off his men. In this night engagement
+about fourteen were slain on both sides, and several wounded. Carvajal
+got his wound secretly dressed, so that none of his people knew that
+such a thing had happened.
+
+After the cessation of the engagement, one Placentia deserted from
+Carvajal's camp, and informed Mendoza that all the baggage belonging to
+Carvajal and his troops had been left at a place which he described
+about five or six leagues from Pocona, among which was a large quantity
+of gold and silver, several horses, and some musquets and powder. On
+this information, Meodoza set off immediately with his troops for that
+place, guided by the deserter; and marching diligently all the remainder
+of the night, he arrived quite unexpectedly at the place where Carvajal
+had secured his baggage; but as the night was exceedingly dark, above
+seventy of his men lost their way and fell behind. Yet, with such of his
+people as had kept up with him, Mendoza took possession of the whole
+without any resistance. After this, being sensible that he was not in
+sufficient force to cope with Carvajal, Mendoza resolved to retreat by
+way of the desert in which Centeno had formerly taken shelter, which he
+did accordingly with about fifty men, all the rest of his troops having
+fallen behind during the night, as already mentioned. In the prosecution
+of this plan of retreat, Mendoza and his people reached a certain river
+about two leagues and a half from Pocona, where they halted to take some
+rest and refreshment after the excessive fatigues of the past night.
+Carvajal was soon apprised of the capture of his baggage and the route
+which Mendoza had taken, and immediately set off in pursuit with about
+fifty of his best mounted troops; and, using every possible diligence,
+he came to the place where Mendoza had halted, about noon of the next
+day, and immediately attacked the royalists, some of whom were asleep,
+while others were taking food. Thus unexpectedly assailed, and believing
+that Carvajal was followed by his whole force, the royalists made a
+feeble resistance, and very soon took to flight, dispersing themselves
+in every direction. Lope de Mendoza and Pedro de Heredia, with a good
+many others, were made prisoners and Carvajal immediately ordered these
+two chiefs, and six or seven other principal persons among the royalists
+to be beheaded.
+
+On this occasion Carvajal recovered the whole of his own baggage, and
+got possession of all that had belonged to the enemy, with all of which
+and the prisoners he had made, he returned to Pocona, engaging to do no
+injury to those who had escaped from the soldiers in the late attack,
+and even restored their horses arms and baggage to his prisoners, most
+of whom he sent off to join Gonzalo Pizarro. On leaving Pocona, he took
+Alfonso de Camargo and Luis Pardamo along with him, who had formerly
+fled along with Mendoza, and whose lives he now spared, as they gave him
+information respecting a considerable treasure which Centeno had
+concealed under ground near Paria, and where in fact he discovered above
+50,000 crowns. After this, he went with his troops to the city of La
+Plata, where he proposed to reside for some time. At this place he
+appointed persons in whom he could confide to the offices of judges and
+magistrates, and dispatched intelligence of the success of his arms over
+the whole kingdom of Peru. He remained for some time at La Plata, where
+he collected treasure from all the surrounding country, under pretence
+of supplying Gonzalo Pizarro, but in reality he retained much the larger
+share for himself.
+
+Having thus succeeded, in all his enterprizes and established his
+authority in the south of Peru on such firm foundations that no
+opposition remained in the whole country, fortune seemed to determine to
+exalt him to the summit of his desires by the discovery of the richest
+mines which had ever been known. Some Indians who belonged to Juan de
+Villareal, an inhabitant of La Plata, happening to pass over a very high
+isolated mountain in the middle of a plain, about eighteen leagues from
+that city, named Potosi, noticed by some indications that it contained
+mines of silver. They accordingly took away some specimens of the ore
+for trial, from which they found that the mineral was exceedingly rich
+in pure silver; insomuch that the poorest of the ore produced eighty
+marks of pure silver from the quintal of native mineral[25], being a
+more abundant production than any that ever had been heard of before.
+When this discovery became known in the city of La Plata, the
+magistrates went to the mountain of Potosi, which they divided among the
+inhabitants of their city, setting up boundary marks to distinguish the
+allotments or each person in those places which appeared eligible for
+workings. So great was the resort to these new mines, that in a short
+time there were above seven thousand _Yanaconas_, or Indian labourers,
+established in the neighbourhood, who were employed by their Christian
+masters in the various operations of these mines. These men laboured
+with so much industry, that each Indian, by agreement, furnished two
+marks or sixteen ounces of silver weekly to their respective masters;
+and so rich was the mine, that they were able to do this and to retain
+an equal quantity to themselves[26]. Such is the nature of the ore
+extracted from the mineral veins of this mountain, that it cannot be
+reduced in the ordinary manner by means of bellows, as is customary in
+other places. It is here smelted in certain small furnaces, called
+_guairas_ by the Indians, which are supplied with a mixed fuel of
+charcoal and sheeps dung, and are blown up by the wind only, without the
+use of any mechanical contrivance.
+
+[Footnote 25: This produce is most extraordinarily large, being equal to
+_four_ parts of pure silver from _ten_ of ore, or 640 ounces of silver
+from the quintal or 1600 ounces of ore. At the present time, the silver
+mines in Mexico, which are the most productive of any that have ever
+been known, are remarkable for the poverty of the mineral they contain.
+A quintal or 1600 ounces of ore affording only at an average 3 or 4
+ounces of pure silver. The profit therefore of these must depend upon
+the abundance of ore, and the facility with which it is procured and
+smelted.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 26: The gross amount of this production of silver, on the data
+in the text, is 11,648,000 ounces yearly; worth, at 5s. 6d. per ounce,
+L. 3,203,200 sterling; and, estimating silver in those days, at six
+times its present efficacy, worth L. 19,219,200 of modern value. In the
+present day before the revolutionary troubles, Humboldt estimates the
+entire production of gold and silver from Spanish and Portuguese America
+at L. 9,787,500; only about three times the quantity said to have been
+at first extracted from Potosi alone, and only about half the effective
+value.--E.]
+
+These rich mines are known by the name of Potosi, which is that of the
+district, or province in which the mountain is situated. Owing to the
+easy labour and great profit experienced by the Indians at these mines,
+when any of the Yanaconas was once established at this place it was
+found almost impossible to induce them to leave it or to work elsewhere;
+and indeed, they were here so entirely concealed from all dangers, and
+so much exempted from their usual severe drudgery and the unwholesome
+vapours they had been subjected to in other mines, that they preferred
+working at Potosi to any other situation. So great was the concourse of
+inhabitants to Potosi, and the consequent demand for provisions, _that
+the sack of maize was sold for twenty crowns, the sack of wheat for
+forty, and a small bag of _coca_ for thirty dollars; and these articles
+rose afterwards to a higher price. Owing to the astonishing
+productiveness of these new mines, all the others in that part of Peru
+were speedily abandoned. Even those of Porco, whence Ferdinand Pizarro
+had formerly procured great riches, were left unwrought. All the
+Yanaconas who had been employed in searching for gold in the province of
+Carabaya, and in the auriferous rivers in different parts of southern
+Peru, flocked to Potosi, where they were able to make vastly more profit
+by their labour than in any other place. From various indications, those
+who are most experienced in mining believe that Potosi will always
+continue productive and cannot be easily exhausted[27].
+
+[Footnote 27: It has however become very much exhausted, and has been in
+a great measure abandoned. The mines of Lauricocha, in a different part
+of Peru, are now in greater estimation. But those of Guanaxuato and
+Zacatecas in Mexico, notwithstanding the poverty of their ore, have been
+long the most productive of the American mines.--E.]
+
+Carvajal did not fail to take advantage of this favourable discovery,
+and immediately set about the acquisition of treasure for himself by
+every means which his present uncontroulable power afforded. In the
+first place, he appropriated to his own use all the Yanaconas, or Indian
+labourers in the mines, which had belonged, to such of the inhabitants
+as had opposed him, or to those who had died or fled from the province.
+He likewise appropriated to his own use above 10,000 Peruvian sheep,
+belonging to the Yanaconas of the crown or to individuals, which were
+employed in transporting provisions for the miners. By these means, he
+amassed in a short time near 200,000 crowns, all of which he retained to
+his own use. His soldiers were so much dissatisfied with his conduct, as
+he gave them no share of his exactions, that they plotted together
+against him. Luis Pardamo, Alfonso de Comargo, Diego de Balsameda, and
+Diego de Luxan, with thirty others, who had entered into this
+conspiracy, had determined to put him to death about a month after his
+arrival in La Plata from his expedition against Mendoza; but, owing to
+some obstacles, they had been induced to deter the execution of their
+enterprize to a future period. By some unknown means the circumstances
+of this plot came to the knowledge of Carvajal, who put to death the
+before-mentioned leaders of the conspiracy, and ten or twelve others,
+and banished all the rest. By these merciless executions, in which he
+indulged on all occasions, Carvajal inspired so much terror that no one
+dared in future to make any similar attempt; as he not only punished in
+the severest manner all who evinced any intention of revolt, but put
+people to death on the slightest suspicion. Owing to this the loyal
+servants of his majesty may assuredly be exculpated from the blame which
+has been imputed to them, for not putting Carvajal to death: In reality,
+there were many persons sufficiently anxious to have done so, on purpose
+to escape from the cruel tyranny under which they groaned in secret; and
+four or five conspiracies were entered into for the purpose, which were
+all discovered, and occasioned the destruction of at least fifty
+individuals. By these means every one was terrified from attempting any
+thing against him, more especially as he gave high rewards to all who
+communicated any intelligence of the kind, so that all were forced to
+temporize and to wait in anxious hope of some favourable opportunity to
+deliver them from his cruel tyranny. Carvajal continued to remain at La
+Plata, frequently publishing accounts of the successes of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, to whom he often sent large remittances; derived from his own
+resources, from the royal fifths which he appropriated, and from the
+confiscated estates of those whom he put to death, all of which he
+seized upon, under pretence of supplying funds for prosecuting the war.
+
+From the 18th of January 1546, the day on which he defeated the viceroy,
+Gonzalo Pizarro continued to reside at Quito till the middle of July of
+that year, accompanied by a force of about five hundred men, occupied in
+almost continual feastings and revelry. Various reasons were assigned
+for his long residence in that place; some alleging that it was on
+purpose to be more at hand for receiving early intelligence from Spain;
+while others attribute it to the great profits he derived from the gold
+mines which had been recently discovered in that neighbourhood; and
+others again alleged that he was detained by attachment to the lady
+formerly mentioned, whose husband he had procured to be assassinated by
+Vincente Pablo. That woman was delivered, after the death of her
+husband, of a child which was put to death by her father; for which
+inhuman action he was ordered to be hanged by Pedro de Puelles.
+
+During his residence in Quito, Gonzalo Pizarro sent off several
+detachments of soldiers to different places, giving commissions and
+instructions to their commanders in his own name as governor of Peru.
+Among these, the lieutenant Benalcazar was sent back to his former
+government; having been pardoned and even taken into favour by Gonzalo.
+A reinforcement was also sent to Pedro de Valdivia who commanded in
+Chili, under the command of Captain Ulloa, whom he had sent to ask
+assistance to enable him to continue and maintain his conquests in that
+country. Other officers and soldiers were sent to other parts, which are
+unnecessary to be particularized. At length Gonzalo determined to leave
+Quito, and to establish his residence in Lima; and it has been alleged
+that he was principally induced to take this step from suspicion of the
+fidelity of Lorenzo de Aldana, his lieutenant at Lima, who was so much
+beloved by all the inhabitants of that city as to be almost in condition
+to have revolted to the royal cause. Gonzalo is said likewise to have
+been somewhat suspicious of his lieutenant-general Carvajal, being
+afraid lest he might be so puffed up by the many victories he had
+gained, and by his immense distance, as to be induced to set up for
+himself. He accordingly left Quito under the command of Pedro de
+Puelles, whom he appointed his lieutenant and captain-general in that
+province, with a force of three hundred men, having great confidence in
+his attachment ever since he had succoured him when in straits on his
+march from Cuzco to Lima, and when his army was on the point of
+abandoning him. He reposed so entirely on Puelles, that he believed, if
+the king were to send any force against him by the route of the province
+in which Benalcazar commanded, that Puelles would prevent them from
+being able to penetrate into Peru.
+
+While on his progress from Quito towards Lima, Gonzalo assumed in
+everything the deportment and authority of governor of Peru, and was
+treated in every respect as such by all the inhabitants of the country.
+He seemed to believe that his authority was so well and firmly
+established that he had nothing to fear from the attempts of his
+enemies, and that even the king would be obliged to grant him any terms
+he might require. All his officers soldiers and dependents obeyed and
+respected him entirely, as if satisfied that they were always to be
+subject to his authority, and to depend upon him alone for advancement
+and reward. In the exercise of his usurped authority, he made many
+grants or repartitions of lands and Indians, all of them for long
+periods, which every one considered as secure of being continued. He and
+his principal officers pretended that they frequently received letters
+from some of the highest of the nobles in Spain, praising his conduct
+and approving of every thing he had done, which these pretended letters
+justified on account of the infringements which had been made on the
+rights and privileges of the colonists. In these letters likewise, the
+pretended Spanish grandees were made to engage their favour and credit
+at court to support his interest and authority with the sovereign. The
+well informed among the followers of Gonzalo Pizarro saw clearly that
+these letters were mere fabrications to impose upon the vulgar, and had
+no foundation whatever in truth.
+
+On his arrival at the city of San Miguel, Gonzalo learned that there
+were a considerable number of Indians in that neighbourhood who had not
+been reduced under subjection; for which reason he gave orders to
+establish a military post in the province of _Garrochamba[28]_, the
+command of which he conferred on Captain Mercadillo, with a force of an
+hundred and thirty men, and gave him instructions for completing the
+conquest of that district, and for dividing the lands and Indians into
+repartitions like the rest of the country. At this time likewise, he
+detached Captain Porcel with sixty soldiers to complete the conquest of
+the Bracamoros. In these proceedings, he wished it to be believed that
+his sole object was for the advantage of the colony; but his real
+purpose was to keep his troops on foot and in employ, in case of needing
+them at a future period for his own defence in support of his
+usurpation. Before leaving Quito, Gonzalo sent off the licentiate
+Carvajal by sea with a party of soldiers, in the ships which Juan Alonzo
+Palomino had brought from Nicaragua after his pursuit of Verdugo.
+Carvajal was ordered to proceed along the coast towards Lima, and to
+settle all the maritime towns in his way in good order.
+
+[Footnote 28: No such province or district is now found in the maps of
+Peru; but it appears to have been on the confines between the northern
+part of Peru Proper and the southern extremity of Quito, where
+Valladolid now stands.--E.]
+
+The licentiate Carvajal after executing the before-mentioned orders,
+came to Truxillo to meet Gonzalo Pizarro, whence they went together to
+Lima, accompanied by a force of two hundred men. On approaching Lima,
+there was a diversity of opinions among the followers of Pizarro,
+respecting the ceremonies with which he should be received into the
+capital of Peru. Some of his officers were desirous that the magistracy
+should come out to meet him with a canopy, under which he should make
+his entry after the manner usually practised with kings. Some even
+proposed that a breach should be made in the walls, and some of the
+houses of the city thrown down, so as to make a new entrance on purpose
+in memory of his victory over the viceroy, as used to be done anciently
+in Rome for the reception of triumphant generals. In this, as in all
+other important affairs, Gonzalo was guided by the advice of the
+licentiate Carvajal, and entered the city on horseback, preceded by all
+his captains on foot leading their horses by the bridles. On this
+occasion he was accompanied by the archbishop of Lima, the bishops of
+Cuzco and Quito, and the bishop of Bogota, who had come into Peru by way
+of Carthagena on purpose to receive consecration. He was likewise
+accompanied by Lorenzo de Aldana, his lieutenant-governor of Lima, and
+by all the magistrates and inhabitants of the city; no one daring to
+remain at home lest they might be suspected of disaffection. The streets
+were all ornamented with green herbs and flowers; all the bells of the
+churches and monasteries were kept ringing; and the cavalcade was
+preceded by a numerous band of trumpets kettle-drums and other warlike
+instruments of music. In this pompous manner, Pizarro was conducted in
+the first place to the great church, and thence to his own residence.
+
+From this time, Gonzalo Pizarro conducted himself with much more pride
+and haughtiness than formerly, conceiving high ideas of his own
+importance from these public ceremonials of respect, as usually happens
+to men of feeble minds on any sudden elevation. He had a guard for his
+person of eighty halberdiers, besides several horsemen, who acompanied
+him wherever he went. No person whatever was permitted to be seated in
+his presence; and there were very few persons whom he designed to honour
+so far as to return their salute. By these haughty manners, and still
+more by his frequent disobliging and even abusive manner of speaking, he
+displeased every one and became universally disliked. It must likewise
+be mentioned, that the soldiery, to whom he owed everything, became
+exceedingly discontented with him, as he gave them no pay. All this had
+a powerful influence on his downfall in the sequel; though for the
+present every one concealed their real sentiments, waiting for a more
+favourable opportunity.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"Following Garcilasso de la Vega and other authors, the Historian of
+America[29] alleges that Gonzalo Pizarro was urged by several of his
+adherents, and in particular by Carvajal, to assume the sovereignty of
+Peru; to attach the Spaniards to his interest by liberal grants of lands
+and Indians, and by the creation of titles of nobility similar to those
+in Europe; to establish military orders of knighthood, with privileges
+distinctions and pensions, resembling those in Spain, as gratifications
+to the officers in his service; and to gain the whole body of natives to
+his service, by marrying the Coya, or Peruvian princess next in relation
+to the reigning Inca. Thus at the head of the ancient inhabitants of the
+country and of the colonists, he might set the power of Spain at
+defiance, and could easily repel any force that might be sent from Spain
+to such a distance. These counsellors who urged Pizarro to adopt this
+plan, insisted that he had already gone too far to expect pardon from
+the emperor; and endeavoured to convince him that all the founders of
+great monarchies had risen by their personal merit and their own valour,
+without any pretensions to ancient lineage or valid rights of
+sovereignty; and that, besides, his family had a strong title to the
+dominion of Peru, founded on the rights of discovery and conquest. But
+the inferior talents of Gonzalo circumscribed his ambition within more
+narrow bounds, and confined his views to the obtaining a confirmation of
+the authority which he now possessed from the emperor; for which purpose
+he sent an officer of distinction to Spain, to give such a
+representation of his conduct and the state of the country, as might
+induce the court, from inclination or necessity, to continue him as
+governor of Peru for life. Although Garcilasso de la Vega gives full
+warrant for this account of the proposals of the insurgents, Zarate, who
+was then resident in a public character in Peru, makes no mention of any
+such plan having been agitated, which could hardly have happened
+without his knowledge: It is probable therefore that these additional
+circumstances were invented by the enemies of Gonzalo after his fall, on
+purpose to blacken his memory by the imputation of even deeper crimes
+than those he was actually guilty of."--E.
+
+[Footnote 29: History of America, II. 378.]
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_History of the Expedition of Pedro de la Gasca, the Death of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, and the Restoration of Peru to Tranquillity._
+
+
+While these things were transacting in Peru, the emperor Charles V. was
+residing in Germany, where he had gone on purpose to overthrow the party
+of the Lutherans and others who had separated from the church of Rome.
+The emperor was desirous to receive an account of the disturbances in
+that distant and valuable colony from Diego Alvarez Cueto, the
+brother-in-law of the late viceroy, and Francisco Maldonado the
+messenger of Gonzalo Pizarro, both of whom went into Germany for that
+purpose. At this time, however, though acquainted with the revolt of
+Peru, the imprisonment of the viceroy, and the usurpation of the
+government by Pizarro, the court necessarily remained ignorant of the
+death of the viceroy. Frequent deliberations were held for devising
+proper remedies to restore tranquillity to Peru; but the matter lay over
+for some considerable time, in consequence of the absence of the emperor
+from Spain, and because he was at this time frequently attacked by
+illness. At length it was determined to send over into Peru the
+licentiate Pedro de la Gasca, at that time a counsellor of inquisition.
+The prudent and intelligent character of this man was already well
+known, from the skill and success with which he had already conducted
+several affairs of consequence with which he had been entrusted, and
+particularly by the excellent dispositions and preparations which he had
+made, only a few years before, to defend the kingdom of Valencia against
+an expected invasion of the Turks and Moors, and in various matters
+respecting the new converts in that kingdom, which he took the
+management of while occupied in some of the affairs of the holy office
+on which he had been sent thither by the emperor.
+
+The title granted to Gasca on occasion of going into Peru, was only that
+of president of the royal court of audience. But, by his commision, he
+was invested with full powers in every thing respecting the government
+of the country; to pacify the troubles and restore peace; and to pardon
+as he might see proper all crimes, whether committed before his arrival
+or during his residence in the country. Along with Gasca, the
+licentiates Ganas and Renteria went out to Peru, as judges or oydors of
+the supreme tribunal or royal court of audience. Gasca was likewise
+furnished with full powers to raise troops in case of necessity, and to
+do every thing that the exigency of affairs might require, without
+waiting for orders or instructions from Spain. His powers and orders
+however were kept secret, as it was wished to attempt the restoration of
+order by gentle means; for which reason nothing was spoken of but pardon
+and indemnity, and he was desired to endeavour to restore the colony to
+peace and tranquillity by means of clemency if possible.
+
+Gasca embarked from Spain in the month of May 1546, on purpose to quell
+the formidable rebellion which had long subsisted in Peru, without
+either money or troops, and merely accompanied by such servants and
+officers of his household as were requisite to support the dignity of
+his office as president of the high court of audience. On arriving at St
+Martha, he received information of the defeat of Melchior Verdugo,
+formerly mentioned, and that Verdugo waited for him at Carthagena with
+the small remnant of his men who had escaped on that occasion. Knowing
+that Hinojosa and his people were exceedingly irritated against Verdugo,
+Gasca resolved to go by way of Nombre de Dios, to prevent the insurgents
+from entertaining any suspicions of his pacific intentions, as he
+believed they would prevent him from having any access into the country
+if he held any intercourse with Verdugo, and still more if he were
+joined by that obnoxious person. Gasca cast anchor in the harbour of
+Nombre de Dios on the 27th of July 1546, where Hernan Mexia had been
+posted by Hinojosa with an hundred and eighty men, to protect that place
+and neighbourhood against Melchior Verdugo. The president sent on shore
+Alfonzo de Alvarado, who had accompanied him from Spain, to notify his
+arrival and the purposes of his mission to Mexia. After some conference,
+they separated without communicating their real sentiments to each
+other, as both were suspicious and kept up much reserve. On the return
+of Alvarado to the ship, Mexia sent to request the president to
+disembark, which he did accordingly. On this occasion Mexia went to meet
+him, in a barge attended by twenty musqueteers, leaving the rest of his
+troops drawn up on the beach. Mexia immediately left his own barge, and
+accompanied the president in his boat to the shore, where he caused him
+to be received with every mark of respect, under a salute from the
+troops.
+
+After landing, the president, in a private conference, gave Mexia an
+account of the object of his voyage to Peru; on which Mexia expressed
+his determined resolution to yield implicit obedience to the royal
+orders, and to devote his services accordingly to the president. He
+declared, that he had long and anxiously waited the arrival of some
+person possessing authority to put an end to the troubles; and that,
+fortunately, circumstances were now extremely favourable for this
+purpose, without any one to oppose, as he was now the sole commander of
+most of the troops belonging to Gonzalo Pizarro in that neighbourhood,
+the greater part of which were now in Nombre de Dios. Mexia said farther
+that, Hinojosa and the other captains having gone to Panama, he found
+himself at liberty to declare himself openly for his majesty, if that
+were judged proper by the president; and that they might then go in
+company to Panama, where they would easily become masters of the fleet
+in that port, by means which he explained; and that he was likewise
+convinced that, when Hinojosa and the other captains were informed of
+the powers and intentions of the president, they would receive him with
+all submission. The president thanked Mexia for his good intentions,
+observing that it was necessary to use lenient measures on this
+occasion, as his majesty was very desirous to restore the country to
+peace and good order, without having recourse to warlike measures, if it
+could possibly be accomplished. As it was obvious to every one, that the
+chief cause of the disturbances was owing to the inflexible rigour of
+the late viceroy, he wished, therefore, that it might be known by all,
+that his majesty wished to remedy all grievances in the most gracious
+manner; and he trusted, therefore, when it was publickly known that all
+might expect safety and pardon by returning to their duty, that all the
+colonists would evince their respectful loyalty by tendering their
+services, rather than continue in rebellion against the sovereign. The
+president concluded by declaring his resolution to refrain from any
+endeavour to use force, till all the colonists were apprized of his
+intentions as now expressed.
+
+Mexia assured the president, that he was ready to obey his orders in
+all things; yet considered it proper for him to observe, that although
+he was now able to command the soldiers then at Nombre de Dios; matters
+might assume a very different aspect on proceeding to Panama, where the
+soldiers would be under the orders of Hinojosa. The president expressed
+his determination, however, to proceed in his enterprize, to which Mexia
+consented; and they mutually agreed to keep their intentions secret till
+affairs should take a favourable turn, as will be seen in the sequel.
+
+When Hinojosa, who acted as general under Pizarro in the Tierra Firma,
+learnt the reception which the president had met with from Mexia, he was
+much dissatisfied, both because he was ignorant of the orders and
+instructions under which the president acted, and because Mexia had not
+communicated his intentions. Hinojosa wrote therefore to Mexia in a
+harsh and peremptory manner, reflecting bitterly on his conduct, and, at
+the same time, some friends of Mexia, who were then resident in Panama,
+wrote to dissuade him from coming to that place, as Hinojosa was much
+irritated against him for the friendly reception he had given to the
+president. Notwithstanding this, it was agreed upon in a conference
+between the president and Mexia, that the latter should go immediately
+to Panama to confer with Hinojosa, lest the minds of the soldiery should
+take any adverse turn by delay. Despising the dangers with which he was
+threatened, and the suspicions that had been endeavoured to be instilled
+into his mind, Mexia set out for Panama, confiding in the friendship
+which subsisted between him and Hinojosa, and in his knowledge of the
+character and dispositions of that officer. In an interview with
+Hinojosa, he fully explained the reasons of his conduct in receiving the
+president; adding, that whatever party they might choose ultimately to
+favour, all that had hitherto been done could do no harm. Hinojosa was
+entirely satisfied with this explanation, and allowed Mexia to return to
+Nombre de Dios.
+
+After the return of Mexia, the president went across the isthmus to
+Panama, where he held separate conferences with Hinojosa and the
+different captains, which he conducted with so much prudence and
+secrecy, that he gained them all over to the royal cause, without any of
+them having any communication with the others on the subject, so that he
+was soon in condition to speak with them publickly on the objects of
+his mission, having brought them all over to his sentiments and engaged
+them to second his intentions. By supplying the soldiers with every
+thing of which they were in need, he brought them all easily into his
+measures, believing that the most effectual means of succeeding in his
+mission, was by acting gently and in a conciliating manner with every
+one: yet in all this he acted without meanness or servility, constantly
+preserving the dignity becoming his rank and authority. In all his
+negociations, the president was ably and faithfully seconded by his
+major-general Alfonzo de Alvarado, who was exceedingly serviceable on
+every occasion, both in consequence of having many friends among the
+officers, and because those even who were not among the number were much
+influenced by his authority and character. At first Hinojosa hesitated
+about declaring for the president, and even notified his arrival to
+Gonzalo Pizarro. Some of the captains and other principal persons at
+Panama had likewise written to Gonzalo, even before the arrival of the
+president at Panama, giving it as their advice that he ought not to be
+allowed to enter Peru; but in the sequel these persons changed their
+opinion by the persuasion of Gasca. During his residence at Panama, the
+president contrived to manage so judiciously with Hinojosa, whom he
+frequently visited, that he procured his consent to send Pedro Hernandez
+Paniagua, a gentleman who had accompanied him from Spain, with letters
+to Gonzalo Pizarro apprizing him of his arrival in Tierra Firma, and the
+object of his mission. Among these letters was one from the king, to the
+following effect:
+
+
+THE KING, TO GONZALO PIZARRO.
+
+"Gonzalo Pizarro, from your letters and the information of other
+persons, we have been informed of the commotions and disorders which
+have arisen in all the provinces of Peru, since the arrival of the
+viceroy Blasco Nunnez Vela and the judges of the royal audience. We are
+convinced that these troubles have been produced by endeavouring to
+establish and enforce, in their utmost rigour, the new laws and
+regulations which we had judged proper for the government of that
+country, and for insuring good treatment to the native inhabitants. We
+are satisfied that you, and those who have acted along with you during
+these troubles, have not been actuated by any disinclination to your
+obedience and loyalty towards us, but merely in opposition to the
+extreme rigour and inexorable obstinacy of the viceroy, who refused to
+listen to the supplications and remonstrances which were made to him on
+the new regulations."
+
+"Being well informed in regard to all these affairs, and having heard
+every thing that Francisco Maldonado had in charge to say on the subject
+from you and the inhabitants of these provinces, we have thought proper
+to send over as our president the licentiate De la Gasca, a member of
+our council of the holy inquisition, to whom we have given full power
+and authority to do every thing that he may deem proper and necessary
+for restoring tranquillity and good order in the country, to replace its
+affairs on a proper footing, and to introduce such regulations as may
+tend to the good of our service and the glory of God, and the advantage
+of the country and its inhabitants, both such as are our natural
+subjects and the original inhabitants. For this reason we will and
+command, and expressly desire, that you may be punctually obedient to
+every thing which the said Gasca shall order you in our name, in the
+same manner as if his commands were from ourselves; and that you give
+him every assistance in your power in every thing which he may require,
+and which may be necessary for executing the orders which we have given
+him, according as he may inform you, or shall require in our name,
+conform to the confidence we repose in your fidelity. On our part, we
+assure you that we entertain a just estimation of the services which you
+and your brother the marquis have done, and that we shall reward the
+same in time and place convenient to his children and brothers by
+effective marks of our good will. Given at Venlo, this sixteenth of
+February in the year of grace one thousand five hundred and forty-six."
+
+I THE KING. _By order of his Majesty,_ FRANCISCO DE ERASO.
+
+Along with this letter from the emperor, the president wrote to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, dated on the 26th of September 1546 from Panama, and addressed
+to the illustrious senior Gonzalo Pizarro, in the city of Lima, of which
+the following is the substance.
+
+"I have delayed sending the letter of his imperial majesty, which
+accompanies this present communication, till now, in the hope of being
+able to set out for Peru immediately after my arrival in this country,
+and because it appeared more conformable to the respect and obedience
+which I owe to his majesty to have delivered his royal letter in person
+than to allow it to be preceded by any writing from myself. Finding,
+however, that my voyage is necessarily delayed, and being informed that
+you have called a meeting of the colonists at Lima to consult upon the
+past transactions, and on what may be proper in the present situation of
+affairs, I have thought it improper any longer to delay sending his
+majestys letter, together with this from myself which I transmit by
+Pedro Hernandez Paniagua, a person of honour and merit, who professes to
+be your friend and servant."
+
+"After the most mature and careful deliberations respecting all that has
+occurred in Peru, since the arrival of the late viceroy in that country,
+his majesty is satisfied that the commotions have not been excited by a
+spirit of rebellion and disobedience in the Spanish inhabitants, but
+through the inflexible rigour with which the viceroy endeavoured to
+enforce the regulations, in spite of the supplications of the colonists
+and their appeal to his majesty, by which they were justified in
+defending themselves against so great severity, at least until they
+should learn the royal will on the subject in answer to their
+remonstrances. All this appears from the letter which you addressed to
+his majesty, in which you declared that the principal reason which had
+induced you to accept the situation of governor of Peru, was that it had
+been given to you by the royal audience, in the name and under the seal
+of his majesty; by the acceptance of which employment you were enabled
+to do good service to the royal interests, which might otherwise have
+suffered much prejudice; and as you have declared these to be your
+motives for assuming the government, until his majesty might think
+proper to issue his commands, which you were ready to obey like a good
+and loyal subject."
+
+"Therefore, his majesty, having seen and duly considered all these
+things, and heard the opinions of his councillors thereupon, has sent me
+for the express purpose of restoring peace, tranquillity, and good order
+to the country, by the revocation of the obnoxious regulations, with
+full power to extend his royal pardon for all that has already
+occurred, and to take the opinion and advice of the colonists upon those
+measures that may be most proper and advantageous for the royal service,
+the glory of God, the good of the country, and the benefit of its
+inhabitants. In respect to such Spaniards as cannot be provided in the
+country with repartitions of lands and Indians, I have orders to employ
+them in new discoveries, where they may acquire honour and riches, as
+has already been done by so many other persons. I earnestly entreat you
+therefore, as a Christian, and a wise and prudent gentleman of honour,
+to reflect seriously on all these things. As you have hitherto always
+evinced much affection and attachment to the welfare of the country and
+its inhabitants, you certainly have great reason of thankfulness to the
+Almighty, that in so important and delicate an affair, neither his
+majesty nor his councillors have been disposed to consider your past
+conduct in the light of revolt and rebellion against the legitimate
+authority of the sovereign, but have rather been pleased to view it in
+the light of a just and necessary defence of your own rights, and those
+of the Spanish inhabitants of Peru, until the decision of his majesty
+upon your supplications and remonstrances might be made manifest.
+Therefore, since his majesty has been graciously pleased to grant to you
+and the other colonists all that you required by your supplications, by
+abrogating the obnoxious regulations, it is incumbent upon you, as an
+obedient and loyal subject, to evince a respectful and prompt obedience
+to the royal orders[30]."
+
+[Footnote 30: In translating this letter the substance has been
+materially compressed; omitting much loose and declamatory
+argumentation, with several instances of the irresistible power of the
+emperor, to convince Pizarro of the absolute necessity of submission.
+Among other arguments, Gasca quotes with approbation an instance of a
+Spaniard who had assassinated his brother in the midst of the German
+Lutherans for deserting the religion of his country; and threatens him
+with the vengeance of his brother Ferdinand if he should persist in
+rebellion against his sovereign.--E.]
+
+"I have represented all these things to you, that you may not flatter
+yourself by a false confidence of being able to resist the power of his
+majesty, who is able if it should so please him to employ irresistible
+force in repressing the commotions and disorders of Peru, instead of
+those measures of clemency, which it has pleased God that he should now
+resort to; and that if reduced to the necessity of using force, it will
+be necessary for his majesty to take care not to ruin the country by
+sending too great a number of troops, instead of being under any
+difficulty as to sending a sufficient power to overcome all possibility
+of resistance. You ought likewise to reflect that matters will
+necessarily take a quite different turn than they have hitherto done.
+Hitherto your followers have been influenced by their own self-interest,
+not only considering the late viceroy as your enemy and your cause as
+good, but all of them looked upon him as their personal enemy, who
+wished to deprive them of their properties, and to put to death every
+one who opposed his designs. Under these circumstances your followers
+were necessarily impelled to adhere to your party in the defence of
+their own lives and properties. But as both are now secured, by the
+revocation of the obnoxious regulations, and the amnesty granted by his
+majesty, the Spanish inhabitants of Peru have now their legitimate
+sovereign as their friend and protector, to whom we all owe the most
+entire loyalty and obedience. I entreat you to reflect seriously on
+these things, and to consider that, in the present situation of affairs,
+and the turn which they must assuredly take in the sequel, you cannot
+count upon the adherence of any one, if you unfortunately choose to
+follow wrong measures. By contributing your assistance to put an end to
+the commotions which have distracted the kingdom of Peru, the whole
+inhabitants of that country will remain indebted to your exertions for
+the maintenance of their rights and privileges, in having opposed the
+execution of the obnoxious regulations, and having procured a favourable
+attention to their supplications and remonstrances; insomuch that his
+majesty has been pleased to send me with an express commission to listen
+to and redress all grievances. Should you unfortunately resolve upon
+refusing submission to the royal authority, you will obliterate all the
+merit you derive from your past conduct; as by endeavouring to continue
+the troubles and commotions, you will shew yourself actuated by motives
+of personal interest and ambition, instead of any regard for the good of
+the public. Instead of serving the interests of the Spanish inhabitants
+of Peru, you will become the cause of infinite injury to all, and will
+be considered as the enemy of the kingdom, by perpetuating the troubles,
+and occasioning the destruction of the lives and fortunes of your
+friends and adherents. You ought likewise to consider that, by
+continuing the war, you will render it necessary to bring over a
+numerous army into Peru, so that you will become accountable to God and
+man for all the miseries and disorders which may follow, and for the
+entire ruin of the country and its inhabitants, by which you will incur
+the hatred of all the principal colonists, merchants, and other rich
+persons."
+
+"To conclude, I pray God to take you and all your followers under his
+most holy protection, and that he may inspire you with proper sentiments
+on this occasion, for the good service of his majesty, the eternal
+welfare of your souls, and the preservation of your lives, honours, and
+estates; and I remain; illustrious Sir, yours, &c.
+
+PEDRO DE LA GASCA."
+
+Gonzalo had only been a few days in Lima on his return from Quito, when
+he received letters from Hinojosa informing him of the arrival of the
+president. He was much disturbed by this intelligence, which he
+immediately communicated to the captains and other principal persons of
+his party, and with whom he consulted upon the steps necessary to be
+taken in this conjuncture of affairs. Some were of opinion that it was
+necessary to get rid of the president, either openly or by secret
+assassination; while others recommended that he should be invited into
+Peru, where it would be easy to oblige him to agree to all their
+demands; or where at least they could draw their negociations with him
+to a great length, by insisting on convening an assembly of deputies and
+procurators from all the cities of the kingdom at Lima, to deliberate on
+the subject of his reception, and to determine whether he should be
+received or not; and, as Peru was of vast extent, it would be easy to
+put off the meeting of that assembly for two years, during which period
+the president might be kept in the isle of Puna under a confidential
+guard, by which he might be prevented from writing to Spain that the
+country was in rebellion; more especially as they could keep him in
+continual suspense, by representing that the general assembly could not
+meet sooner on account of the vast distance of some of the cities. Even
+the most moderate were for obliging the president to return into Spain.
+
+In this council of the leaders of the insurrection, it was likewise
+proposed to send deputies from all parts of Peru to his majesty, to
+explain the state of the colony, and the events which had occurred; and
+particularly to exculpate their conduct in regard to the battle of Quito
+in which the viceroy was slain, by throwing the whole blame upon him as
+the aggressor. It was likewise proposed that these deputies should
+humbly implore his majesty to invest Gonzalo Pizarro in the government
+of Peru, for which especial purpose they should be so instructed and
+empowered by all the cities. They were also to be instructed, during
+their residence at Panama on their way into Spain, carefully to learn
+what were the powers and instructions of the president; and to endeavour
+to prevail upon him to delay proceeding to Peru, until they had informed
+his majesty of the true state of the kingdom, that ulterior orders might
+be issued in consequence. It was proposed at the same time, if the
+president persisted in coming into the country, to take him into
+custody. Some even proposed to put him to death during the journey,
+while others proposed to have him poisoned at Panama and likewise to put
+Alonzo de Alvarado to death. Many other proposals of a similar nature
+and tendency are said to have been made at this time; but as all these
+transactions took place in the secret meetings of the chief of the
+insurgents, it is difficult or impossible to ascertain the precise
+nature of their deliberations. It was besides resolved, that the
+messengers who were to be sent to the president should be charged to
+deliver him letters from the principal inhabitants of Lima, strongly
+urging him to refrain from coming into Peru, even in terms of insolence
+and implied threatening.
+
+After long deliberations respecting the persons who should be sent into
+Spain to lay their representations before the emperor, Don Jerom de
+Loyasa archbishop of Lima, Lorenzo de Aldana, Friar Thomas de San
+Martino provincial of the Dominicans, and Gomez de Solis were chosen for
+that purpose. The provincial was much suspected by the insurgents of
+being inimical to their party, by several expressions of his opinion,
+both in his sermons and in private conversations: Yet they thought
+proper to employ him and the others in this commission, although they
+were almost equally suspicious of the rest; both to give weight to their
+representations through the respectability of their messengers, and
+because no other persons of any consequence in the country dared to
+appear before his majesty on this occasion, being afraid of punishment
+for the share they had taken in the past commotions. They considered
+likewise, if these deputies should declare against them while in Spain,
+as they actually suspected, that it was better to have them out of the
+country; as, if matters should assume an unfavourable aspect for Gonzalo
+and his adherents, these persons might have done them much injury by
+remaining, as they were much respected in Peru, both on account of their
+rank and character. Gomez de Solis, who was major domo to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, was the only one of these commisioners in whom he reposed
+confidence; though indeed some alleged that he was only intended to
+proceed to Panama with a supply of money and provisions for Hinojosa and
+his troops, while others believed he was to have accompanied the other
+deputies into Spain. Besides these persons, the bishop of St Martha was
+likewise requested to accompany the deputation; and they were all
+supplied with the necessary funds for the expences of their voyage.
+
+Lorenzo de Aldana set off by sea for Panama in all haste, while the
+other deputies were making preparations for their voyage, being
+commissioned by Gonzalo to send him intelligence as quickly as possible
+as to the true state of affairs in the Tierra Firma. As Lorenzo set out
+from the port of Lima in October 1546, Gonzalo confidently expected to
+receive dispatches from him from Panama by the ensuing Christmas, or
+early in January 1547; and for this purpose, he appointed a set of
+couriers to remain in waiting all along the coast of Peru to the
+northward of Lima, to be in readiness to forward the dispatches as
+quickly as possible. The two bishops and the provincial embarked a few
+days after Aldana, and all of them arrived safely at Panama.
+
+Vela Nunnez, the brother of the late viceroy, who had long remained a
+prisoner at large, being allowed to go out on hunting parties, and to
+ride about unarmed, yet under strict injunctions to take care of his
+conduct, was drawn about this time into a private engagement with a
+soldier named Juan de la Torre, by means of which he lost his life. De
+la Torre was one of those who had deserted from the viceroy to Gonzalo,
+along with Gonzalo Diaz and others, when on the expedition against Pedro
+de Puelles and the inhabitants of Guanuco. He had afterwards the good
+fortune to discover a concealed treasure of gold and silver in the
+valley of Hica, which had been consecrated by the Indians to their
+idols, and which was said to have contained to the value of 60,000
+crowns in the precious metals, besides a great quantity of emeralds and
+turquoises. De la Torre placed all this treasure in the hands of the
+father guardian of the Franciscans; to whom he one day revealed in
+confession that he wished to return into Spain, that he might enjoy his
+riches in quiet; but, having followed the party of Gonzalo, and
+consequently incurred the displeasure of his majesty, he wished to be
+able to perform some acceptable service to the king before his
+departure, on purpose to merit pardon for his past offences. For this
+purpose, he intended to embark with his treasure from the port of Lima
+for Nicaragua, where he proposed to enlist a party of soldiers, and to
+fit out one or two vessels with which to cruize for some time along the
+coast of Peru against Gonzalo and his confederates, by landing, and
+pillaging in such places as were unprovided with troops: But, as he had
+not sufficient knowledge or experience for conducting such an
+enterprize, he wished to find a person properly qualified to act as
+commander on this occasion, and had a strong desire to induce Vela
+Nunnez to undertake the direction of the enterprize, as a gentleman
+experienced in war, and who was besides in a great measure bound to seek
+an opportunity of being revenged upon Gonzalo for the death of his
+brother the viceroy and many others of his friends and relations. With
+this view, therefore, it was his intention to place himself and his
+treasure at the disposal of Vela Nunnez, whom he wished to consult on
+this subject with some adherents of the late viceroy who dwelt in Lima,
+that these persons might likewise be induced to join in the enterprize.
+De la Torre, therefore, requested the father guardian to converse on the
+subject with Vela Nunnez.
+
+At first Vela Nunnez was on his guard, lest it might be a false
+confidence devised for his ruin. But De la Torre satisfied his doubts in
+presence of the father guardian, by a solemn oath on a consecrated
+altar, and Vela Nunnez agreed to take charge of the enterprize,
+immediately using his endeavours to engage the adherents of the late
+viceroy in the plot. It is not known how this affair came to be
+divulged, which it certainly was to Gonzalo, who immediately caused Vela
+Nunnez to be arrested and brought to trial as a traitor and rebel
+against the king, and had him publickly beheaded. Vela Nunnez was a
+brave and honourable gentleman, much esteemed by all, and was
+exceedingly regretted by the whole inhabitants of Peru.[31]
+
+[Footnote 31: From the sequel, it would appear that Juan de la Torre
+escaped entirely on this occasion; at least a person of exactly the same
+name appears afterwards as an officer in the service of Gonzalo.--E]
+
+About this time likewise, Alfonzo de Toro, who was lieutenant-governor
+of Cuzco under Gonzalo Pizarro, was assassinated by his own
+father-in-law, in consequence of some dispute. Gonzalo was much grieved
+by the death of this person, from whom he expected to have derived
+important services in the approaching crisis. He appointed Alfonzo de
+Hinojosa to succeed as lieutenant-governor of Cuzco, who had in fact
+been elected to the vacant charge by the magistrates of that city. Under
+his administration some tumults were excited in Cuzco by Lope Sanchez de
+Valenzuela and Diego Perez Bezerra; but by the exertions of Hinojosa and
+Pedro de Villacastin the tumults were happily quelled; Valenzuela and
+Bezerra were put to death as the ringleaders, and some others who had
+been particularly active on the occasion were banished.
+
+It is well known that Lorenzo de Aldana, who has been already mentioned
+as dispatched by Gonzalo to Panama, carried several letters from Gonzalo
+and the other leaders of the insurrection which were couched in very
+disrespectful terms: But Aldana, anxious to prevent the present troubles
+from becoming even more serious than they were, prudently destroyed
+these letters, so that they were not delivered. On his arrival at
+Panama, he went to lodge with Hinojosa, with whom he was extremely
+intimate, there being likewise some relationship between them. He went
+likewise without delay to pay his respects to the president; but at this
+first visit they both confined themselves to conversation on general
+topics, so that Aldana did not reveal his sentiments for some days,
+wishing, like a prudent person, to learn in the first place what were
+the sentiments and intentions of the officers who then resided at
+Panama. When he found that they were disposed to act for the service of
+his majesty, he revealed his real sentiments to the president, offering
+his best services in any manner that might be most conducive to the
+royal interest. From the confidence which was reposed in Aldana, it was
+at length resolved to treat openly with Hinojosa, with whom hitherto the
+president and Mexia had acted with much reserve. Accordingly, Mexia
+represented to him, that the affairs of Peru were now in such a
+situation that it was requisite to restore them to order, which might
+easily be done by agreeing to offer the services of all the faithful
+subjects of his majesty resident in Panama to the president; and if the
+present favourable opportunity for this purpose were neglected, another
+might not occur for a long time. Hinojosa replied, that he was entirely
+disposed to serve the president, to whom, he had already declared, if
+his majesty were not disposed to grant the demands of Gonzalo, he was
+ready in all things to yield obedience to the commands of the
+sovereign, being resolved to give no just cause of reproach as a
+rebellious subject.
+
+In reality Hinojosa, although an excellent soldier and experienced in
+every thing relative to warlike affairs was exceedingly ignorant in
+political matters. He had always believed that every thing which had
+been done by the insurgents was founded in justice, and that the authors
+of the supplications and remonstrances had a right to use their utmost
+efforts to succeed in procuring all that they had demanded; having even
+been so assured by several learned men. Yet in all the past
+transactions, he had conducted his own actions with much prudent
+reserve, so as not to go beyond the original and avowed purposes of the
+remonstrants, having never put any one to death or confiscated the
+wealth of any of the royalists, as had been done by the other insurgent
+commanders. On perceiving the erroneous sentiments by which he was
+deluded, Mexia strongly represented to him, that, as the pleasure of his
+majesty had been clearly expressed, by means of the commission and
+instructions given to the president, there was no room now to wait for
+any new declaration of the royal will. That all the officers and
+soldiers in the Tierra Firma Were resolved to obey the president, and
+that Hinojosa must determine without delay on the part he chose to
+embrace as a loyal subject, without allowing himself to be misled by
+these ridiculous sentiments of pretended men of learning. Hinojosa
+requested to be allowed one day to consider what answer he should give
+to these representations; and accordingly the very next day he
+determined to follow the advice of his friend Mexia, whom he accompanied
+to the president, and engaged to obey him in all things conformable to
+the royal orders. After this, all the captains of the troops and other
+principal persons in Panama were convened; who all pledged their
+obedience to the president, engaging to keep the matter a profound
+secret till farther orders. Yet the soldiers began to suspect the real
+situation of affairs, as they noticed that the president gave orders on
+every affair of importance that occurred, and that all their officers
+visited him very frequently, and always behaved to him in public as
+their superior.
+
+As president considered that any farther delay might be prejudicial to
+the royal cause, he resolved to dispatch Aldana with the command of
+about three hundred men in three or four vessels, with orders to proceed
+to the port of Lima, to assemble at that place all who were well
+affected to his majesty. By this measure, he wished to prevent Gonzalo
+from having time to learn the actual situation of matters in the Tierra
+Firma, and from placing his own affairs in perfect order; and was in
+hopes likewise by these means to prevent him from putting several of the
+principal loyalists to death, as had been often threatened by the
+insurgents. Accordingly, four vessels were fitted out with all
+expedition, of which the command was given to Aldana, having under his
+orders the captains Mexia, Palomino, and Yllanez. On this occasion, in a
+general review of the troops, all the colours were publickly resigned
+into the hands of the president; who immediately restored them to the
+respective officers, in his majestys name, and reappointed Hinojosa as
+general of the army. After this, the three hundred men above mentioned
+were embarked under Aldana, pay and equipments, being advanced to such
+of the soldiers as were in need. Aldana immediately set sail on his
+expedition, being accompanied by the provincial of the Dominicans, a
+person of merit and influence, whose authority and example were expected
+to confirm those who might be indetermined to follow the party which he
+espoused. Aidaria carried along with him several copies of the amnesty
+and of the royal orders for restoring peace and order to Peru; and was
+expressly enjoined not to land on any part of the coast if possible,
+till he got to the port of Lima, that he might endeavour to surprise
+Gonzalo.
+
+About this time, the archbishop of Lima and Gomez de Solis arrived at
+Panama; both of whom expressed their satisfaction on learning the turn
+which affairs had taken at that place, and openly declared themselves
+for the royal party, offering their best services to the president. At
+this, time likewise, the president sent Don Juan de Mendoza to Mexico,
+with letters for the viceroy of that kingdom, Don Antonio de Mendoza,
+requiring the aid of all the soldiers that could be spared from that
+country. Don Balthazar de Castille was sent at the same time to
+Guatimala and Nicaragua on a similar mission; and other persons were
+dispatched to San Domingo, to procure every possible assistance for
+prosecuting the war in Peru, if that measure should ultimately be
+necessary.
+
+It has been already mentioned that Pedro Hernandez Paniagua was
+dispatched by the president with letters for Gonzalo Pizarro. Paniagua
+arrived at Tumbez about the middle of January 1547, whence he went to
+San Miguel, where Villalobos then commanded for Gonzalo. Paniagua was
+immediately arrested by Villalobos, who took from him his dispatches and
+forwarded them with all speed to Gonzalo at Lima, by means of Diego de
+Mora the commandant of Truxillo. On learning the arrest of Paniagua,
+Gonzalo sent a confidential person to conduct him to Lima, with strict
+orders not to permit any person to converse with him by the way. On his
+arrival at Lima, Gonzalo, in presence of all his confederate officers,
+restored to Paniagua his credentials and dispatches, desiring him to
+declare every thing that had been confided to him by his employer, and
+assuring him of entire personal safety in regard to every thing
+connected with his commission: But, if he should presume to converse
+either publickly or privately with any other person on any subject
+connected with the president, he might rest assured of losing his head.
+Accordingly, Paniagua boldly explained the subject of his mission. When
+he had withdrawn from the council of officers, some were for putting him
+to death, alleging that he had previously communicated his sentiments to
+some confidential persons. Gonzalo Pizarro did not communicate to his
+officers either of the two letters formerly mentioned, which were
+addressed to himself, by the king and the president. In this
+consultation, it was the universal opinion of the insurgent leaders,
+that they ought on no account to admit the president into Peru; many of
+the officers, in expressing their sentiments on this occasion, spoke of
+the president in a very abusive manner, and even mentioned his majesty
+with very little respect, at which Gonzalo seemed well pleased.
+
+At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro wrote to his lieutenant-general Carvajal,
+who still remained in La Plata, directing him to come immediately to
+Lima, and bring thither along with him all the treasure he could
+procure, and all the musquets and other arms that were in that place.
+These orders did not proceed from any idea that these were necessary for
+defence, as the transactions at Panama were still unknown in Peru; but
+on account of the many complaints which had been made of the continual
+murders and confiscations which were perpetrated by Carvajal. Some
+alleged that he was summoned to the capital to receive deserved
+punishment for his cruel and tyrannical conduct; while others said it
+was on purpose to strip him of more than 150,000 crowns which he had
+amassed by pillage. At this time Lima was so entirely occupied with
+suspicions, that no one dared to confide in any other, or to speak a
+single word respecting the present state of affairs; as the slightest
+misplaced word, or the most trifling pretext or suspicion, was
+sufficient to place the life of any one in imminent danger. Gonzalo took
+the greatest possible precautions for his safety, of which the following
+is a remarkable instance. He had noticed on many occasions that the
+oydor Zarate was by no means attached to his interests, although his
+daughter was married to the brother of Pizarro: And though Zarate was
+sick, it was confidently asserted that Gonzalo procured him to be
+poisoned, by means of certain powders which he sent him under pretence
+of a remedy. In the sequel this rumour was confirmed by the testimony of
+several persons who were in the service of Pizarro at the time. Whether
+Pizarro were really guilty of this crime or innocent, it is a certain
+fact that he expressed much satisfaction on learning the death of
+Zarate.
+
+In the mean time, Paniagua procured permission, through the
+intermediation of the licentiate Carvajal, to return to Panama, though
+contrary to the opinion of the other insurgent officers, who were clear
+for detaining him; and he may assuredly be reckoned fortunate in having
+got away from Lima before intelligence arrived there that the fleet and
+army at Panama had submitted to the president. Although this
+circumstance had not reached the knowledge of the insurgents, it began
+to be vehemently suspected, in consequence of receiving no reports from
+that place for so long a time; insomuch that Gonzalo sent off orders to
+Pedro de Puelles, who commanded in Quito, and all his other captains, to
+keep themselves vigilantly on their guard, and to hold all their troops
+in continual readiness for taking the field.
+
+At this period the lieutenant-general Carvajal arrived at Lima from Las
+Charcas accompanied by an hundred and fifty soldiers, and bringing with
+him three hundred musquets and treasure to the value of more than
+800,000 crowns. He was received at Lima with extraordinary pomp, Gonzalo
+going out to meet him with all the inhabitants of the city, accompanied
+with bands of music and every demonstration of rejoicing. Just at this
+time intelligence was received from Puerto Viejo, that four ships had
+been seen near the coast, as if reconnoitering, which had stood out
+again to sea without coming to anchor or sending on shore for water or
+provisions, as was usual with ships navigating in these seas. This was
+looked upon as a sign of hostile intentions. It was a considerable time
+after this, before Gonzalo was entirely certified of the intention of
+these four ships, which in fact were those under Aldana, both because
+they were exceedingly cautious of coming near the land, and because
+Diego de Mora, his lieutenant at Truxillo, detained certain letters
+which had been sent through his hands on the subject. Yet their
+suspicious appearance on the coast gave great uneasiness to Gonzalo, and
+occasioned him to take every means of precaution for his security;
+ordering continual watch to be kept up day and night, both by the
+soldiers and the inhabitants, all of whom appeared to do so with much
+care and satisfaction. Some time after the appearance of the ships off
+Puerto Viego, they arrived at the harbour of Malabrigo, five or six
+leagues to the northwards of Truxillo, and Diego de Mora learnt their
+arrival by the same messenger who was charged with the news of their
+appearance at Puerto Viejo. As he was quite ignorant of the persons who
+were embarked in these ships, and of their intentions, he went on board
+a vessel in the harbour of Truxillo, accompanied by several inhabitants
+of that city, intending to seek for these four vessels wherever they
+might happen to be, and carried along with him a considerable supply of
+provisions and warlike stores. He considered it quite safe to board
+these strange vessels; as, if they belonged to the partisans of Gonzalo,
+it was easy for him to allege that he came in quest of news, and to
+supply them with refreshments; whereas if they should be of the royal
+party, so much the better, as he was resolved to join them with all his
+followers. He fortunately came up with Aldana on the very day in which
+he left the harbour of Truxillo; and, having entered into mutual
+explanations, joined company to the reciprocal satisfaction of both,
+supplying Aldana with such refreshments as were needed for his ships.
+
+Next night, Aldana and De Mora with all the ships came to anchor in the
+harbour of Truxillo, where it was not deemed proper to land the troops;
+but it was agreed that De Mora and all the inhabitants of Truxillo
+should retire into the province of Caxamarca, in which place they could
+remain in safety till their assistance might be required, and where they
+might endeavour to assemble all that were favourable to the royal cause.
+At the same time messengers were dispatched with letters and orders from
+the president in the kings name, to Chachapoyas, Guanuco, and Quito, and
+to the frontier posts commanded by Mercadillo and Porcel, inviting all
+who were inclined to serve his majesty to declare themselves.
+Intelligence of these proceedings at Truxillo were speedily carried to
+Gonzalo by a monk of the order of Mercy, who had always favoured the
+Pizarrian faction; but who could only relate the departure of De Mora
+and the inhabitants of Truxillo, without being able to give any distinct
+account of their intercourse and agreement with those on board the
+fleet. Accordingly, Gonzalo concluded, from the information brought by
+the monk, that De Mora and the inhabitants of Truxillo had gone off for
+Panama to join the president. Gonzalo therefore sent off the licentiate
+Garcias de Leon, who had always accompanied him hitherto, with the
+commission of lieutenant-governor of Truxillo, accompanied by fifteen or
+twenty soldiers, to whom he gave grants of the lands and Indians which
+had belonged to the citizens of Truxillo who had gone off with De Mora.
+Along with De Leon, Gonzalo sent the superior of the order of Mercy,
+with orders to embark the wives of all the inhabitants of Truxillo who
+had gone off, and to carry them to their husbands at Panama, whither he
+supposed they were gone; and he sent at the same time proper persons to
+be married to the widows who remained in Truxillo, commanding that such
+of these widows as refused compliance should be deported along with the
+married women to Panama. Various and specious pretexts were alleged for
+this procedure; but the true reason was, that Gonzalo wished to be
+entire master of the country, and to dispose at his pleasure of the
+lands, Indians, houses, and properties of all who had fled from his
+usurped power.
+
+As Garcias de Leon was sent on this expedition by sea, he fell in, a few
+days after his departure, with the four ships commanded by Aldana, and
+joined himself to them with all his followers, embracing the party of
+his majesty. On this occasion, the superior of the order of Mercy was
+sent by land to Lima, with directions to inform Gonzalo of what had
+happened, and the purpose of these four ships making their appearance on
+the coast. He was likewise desired to communicate the intelligence to
+several of the loyal inhabitants of Lima; and to tell them, if they were
+at any time able to go to the port belonging to that city, they would
+find boats ready to carry them on board the ships. On receiving this
+news, Gonzalo sent orders to the superior to keep out of the way, and on
+no account to have intercourse with any person whatever, either
+publickly or privately, as he valued his life. Gonzalo complained
+loudly against Aldana for deserting him; saying that if he had followed
+the advice of his principal officers, he would have put him to death
+long before.
+
+When the arrival and intention of the fleet was certainly known and
+understood, by which it appeared necessary to prepare for war, Gonzalo
+began immediately to put every thing in proper order, and to assemble
+his troops; having hitherto believed himself in perfect security against
+any hostile attack. He appointed the licentiates Carvajal and Cepeda to
+be captains of cavalry, as persons in whose attachment he could confide,
+considering the weighty obligations they had received from him. Juan de
+Acosta, Juan Velez de Guevara, and Juan de la Torre were made captains
+of musqueteers; and Ferdinand Bachicao, Martin de Robles, and Martin de
+Almendras captains of pikemen. Francisco de Carvajal, who had hitherto
+enjoyed that office, was nominated lieutenant-general, having an hundred
+of the musqueteers he had brought with him from Las Charcas appointed
+for his guard. It was proclaimed by beat of drum, that all the
+inhabitants of Lima, and all strangers residing there, of whatever
+quality or condition, were to enrol themselves among the troops under
+pain of death; and money was issued to the several captains for the pay
+and equipment of their companies. The two captains of horse received
+50,000 crowns, with which they were each ordered to levy and equip fifty
+horsemen; besides which, several merchants and others, very unfit for
+warfare, enrolled themselves. It was well known that these men were
+quite unfit for being soldiers; but they were constrained to enlist on
+purpose to exact money from them for their discharge, which in fact they
+purchased by furnishing horses, arms, and money to such as were in want.
+Martin de Robles received 25,000 crowns with which he was to enlist and
+equip a company of 130 pikemen. Ferdinand Bachicao had 20,000 to raise
+120 pikemen; and Juan d'Acosta a similar sum for an equal number. Martin
+de Almendras had 12,000 crowns to raise 45 pikemen; and Juan de la Torre
+12,000, to levy 50 musqueteers, who were to form the ordinary guard of
+Gonzalo. Antonio Altamirano, one of the principal inhabitants of Cuzco
+was appointed to carry the grand standard, with a troop of 80 horse; and
+he received 12,000 crowns for some particular purpose, as his men had no
+need of pay or equipments, being all chosen from among the rich
+inhabitants of the country.
+
+On this occasion the several captains had standards or colours painted
+according to their respective fancies, the grand standard alone carrying
+the royal arms. Among these, Bachicao had the letters G.P. or the cypher
+of Gonzalo Pizarro, interlaced upon his colours, surmounted by a royal
+crown. Every thing being in order, posts were assigned to each officer,
+of which they were to take especial care by day and night. Gonzalo
+Pizarro made liberal donations to several soldiers who were unfit for
+service, as well as to those who took the field; giving them, besides
+what they were entitled to for their equipment, considerable sums
+according to their respective merits and occasions. In a general review,
+he mustered a thousand men, as well armed and equipped and furnished
+with all necessaries, as any that had been seen in the most prosperous
+campaigns in the Italian war. Besides their arms, which were all
+excellent, most of the soldiers were clothed in silken hose and
+doublets, and many had theirs of cloth of gold, or embroidery of gold
+silver or silk, with gold embroidery on their hats, their ammunition
+pouches, and the covers of their musquets. The army was well supplied
+with excellent powder; and Gonzalo gave orders that every soldier should
+have either a horse or a mule to ride upon during a march. In the
+equipment of this army, Gonzalo expended above half a million of crowns.
+
+Besides these preparations, Gonzalo sent Martin Silveira to the city of
+La Plata, to bring from thence all the men and money that could be
+procured in that quarter. Antonio de Robles was sent to Cuzco, to
+conduct to Lima all the troops that were there under the charge of
+Alfonzo de Hinojosa, the lieutenant-governor of that city. He wrote to
+Lucas Martinez, his lieutenant at Arequipa, desiring him to join him
+immediately with all the soldiers he could raise. He sent orders to
+Pedro de Puelles, his lieutenant at Quito, to join him as soon as
+possible with all the troops from that province; and likewise ordered
+Mercadillo and Percel to abandon the passes of which they had the
+charge, bringing all their men along with them to Lima, and sent similar
+orders to Saavedra the lieutenant-governor of Guamanga. By these means
+Gonzalo exerted himself to the uttermost to collect a respectable force;
+and he particularly enjoined all his officers not to leave behind them
+any horses or arms, or any other conveniencies for those who remained to
+enable them to join the president. He endeavoured to justify his present
+conduct, by representing that Aldana, whom he had sent to give an
+account to the king of all that had occurred in Peru, had leagued with
+the president, and now employed against himself and the colony those
+vessels which had been confided to his charge, and which had cost more
+than 80,000 crowns in their equipment. He alleged that the president,
+who had been sent expressly by his majesty to restore peace and
+tranquillity to the kingdom, had raised troops of his own authority, and
+now proposed to come in arms into Peru, to punish all who had taken part
+in the late commotions, so that all were equally interested in opposing
+him. That no one ought therefore to reckon upon the pardon and amnesty
+with which the president was said to be entrusted, and which it was
+reported he was to extend to all who joined him; but rather that this
+ought to be considered as a fraudulent contrivance to divide and ruin
+the colonists. Even admitting the truth of the reported amnesty; it
+could only refer to the original opposition to the obnoxious regulations
+and tyrannical conduct of the viceroy, and could have no reference to
+those who were engaged in the battle of Quito, and the consequent death
+of the viceroy; as these transactions could only be known in Spain after
+the departure of the president, and nothing respecting them could
+therefore be included in his instructions and powers. Therefore, until
+his majesty were fully informed of the whole series of events, and had
+issued new orders on the subject, it became necessary to prevent the
+president from coming into Peru, more especially as Gonzalo Pizarro was
+informed by letters from Spain, that the president was not authorized by
+his majesty to deprive Gonzalo of the government, but merely to preside
+in the royal court of audience. He pretended to be perfectly assured of
+this circumstance, by letters from Francisco Maldonado, whom he had sent
+to the king, and that the president had even in some measure
+acknowledged this in the letter which was brought from him by Paniagua.
+He alleged farther, that the captains in his own employment, who had
+been sent into the Tierra Firma for the defence of Peru, having revolted
+to the president, had now persuaded him to change his tone and to invade
+Peru by force of arms; at which procedure his majesty would be assuredly
+much displeased, when informed. By these and other arguments of a
+similar nature, Gonzalo endeavoured to demonstrate that the president
+was highly to blame in detaining those persons whom he, Gonzalo, had
+sent to Spain, and that it was justifiable on these grounds to oppose
+him by force of arms.
+
+Gonzalo, by the advice of his lieutenant-general and other confidential
+officers, took additional measures to justify their conduct, and to
+satisfy the soldiers and inhabitants in the goodness of their cause. In
+an assembly of all the men learned in the law who were then in Lima,
+they arraigned the president as having acted criminally, in taking
+possession of the ships belonging to the colony, and by invading the
+country in a warlike manner, contrary to the tenor of the commission and
+instructions he had received from the king; endeavouring at the same
+time to convince the assembly, that it was just and proper to proceed
+judicially against the president, and those captains and others who
+adhered to him and abetted him in these proceedings, and that they ought
+to be proceeded against in a formal manner, by legal process. The
+persons composing this assembly of men of learning, dared not to
+contradict Gonzalo on this occasion or to oppose his will in any
+respect: A process was accordingly instituted in due form, informations
+taken and recorded, and judgment pronounced in the following tenor:
+"Considering the crimes established by the judicial informations given
+against the licentiate De la Gasca and those captains who adhere to him;
+they are found guilty and deserving of condemnation; wherefore, the said
+licentiate De la Gasca is hereby adjudged to be beheaded, and the
+captains Aldana and Hinojosa to be quartered." The other captains and
+officers serving under the president, were at the same time condemned to
+various punishments, according to the measure of guilt which Gonzalo and
+the leaders of his faction were pleased to charge against them; and the
+sentences were ordered to be signed in due form by the oydor Cepeda, and
+other men of letters at Lima.
+
+Among these persons of the law who were desired to sign on the present
+occasion, was a licentiate from Valladolid named Polo Hondegardo, who
+had the boldness to wait upon Gonzalo, and to represent to him, that the
+promulgation of such a sentence was by no means advisable or politic; as
+it might possibly happen hereafter that those officers who were now in
+the service of the president might incline to revert to his party, which
+they would not dare to do when once this cruel sentence was pronounced
+against them. He represented farther, that it was necessary to keep in
+mind the sacred character of the president as a priest; in consequence
+of which circumstance all who might sign a sentence of death against
+him would incur the pains and penalties of the greater excommunication.
+By this remonstrance, these strong measures were arrested in their
+progress, and the intended sentence was not promulgated.
+
+About this time, intelligence was brought to Pizarro, that the squadron
+under Lorenzo de Aldana had quitted the port of Truxillo and was
+approaching along the coast towards Lima. On this intelligence, Gonzalo
+sent off Juan d'Acosta with fifty mounted musqueteers, with orders to
+keep in view of the ships, to prevent the royalists from being able to
+land for provisions or water. On arriving at Truxillo, Acosta only
+ventured to remain one day at that place, being afraid that Diego de
+Mora might bring a superior force against him from Caxamarca. He learnt
+likewise, that the royalists squadron had gone to the port of Santa, to
+which place he accordingly marched. Aldana got notice of his coming from
+some Spanish inhabitants of that place, and laid an ambuscade for him,
+consisting of an hundred and fifty musqueteers, in a place overgrown
+with tall reeds on the side of the road by which Acosta had to march in
+his way to Santa. Acosta had certainly fallen into the snare, if he had
+not fortunately made prisoners of some spies who had been sent on shore
+from the squadron, whom he was about to have hanged, when they prevailed
+on him to save their lives by giving him notice of the ambushment, and
+by farther informing him that he might make prisoners of some sailors
+who were taking in fresh water for the ships, by quitting the common
+road and going nearer the shore. He accordingly took that road and made
+the sailors prisoners, whom he sent to Gonzalo at Lima. Those belonging
+to Aldana, who were in ambush, learnt this transaction; but, being all
+on foot, and the insurgent party all horsemen, they could not attempt to
+rescue the prisoners from Acosta, as that part of the country consisted
+of very deep sands. Acosta returned to the port of Guavera, where he
+waited fresh orders from Lima.
+
+Gonzalo treated the prisoners sent to him by Acosta with much kindness,
+supplying them with clothes and arms, and gave them their choice of any
+of the companies of his troops in which they might think proper to
+serve. From these men, he received exact information of all the late
+events which had occurred at Panama, of the succours which the president
+expected to receive from different parts of America, and of the force
+which accompanied Aldana on the present expedition. They informed him
+likewise that Aldana had set on shore Pedro de Ulloa, a Dominican friar,
+disguised in a secular habit, who had orders to distribute copies of the
+amnesty in every direction. In consequence of this information, he was
+sought for and soon found; and Gonzalo had him confined in a dungeon
+near the fish-ponds in his garden, which was infested with toads and
+vipers, where he remained till he recovered his liberty on the arrival
+of the fleet some time afterwards.
+
+About this time, it was determined to dispatch the licentiate Carvajal
+with three hundred mounted musqueteers, together with the detachment
+under Juan d'Acosta, to scour the coast to the northwards, and to attack
+Diego de Mora who had withdrawn into the province of Caxamarca. When
+every thing was in readiness for this expedition, the lieutenant-general
+Carvajal went one morning early to Gonzalo, and represented to him, that
+it was by no means safe to entrust so important a command to the
+licentiate, as a person in whom they could not repose implicit
+confidence. That although he had hitherto attached himself to their
+party, it was obviously for the sole purpose of being revenged of the
+late viceroy; and, as that purpose was now accomplished, it did not
+appear that his fidelity could be depended upon. It was proper to
+recollect, he added, that all the brothers of the licentiate were
+greatly attached to his majesty, particularly the bishop of Lugo who
+enjoyed several high employments; so that it was not to be imagined the
+licentiate would act cordially in the interest of a party which was
+diametrically opposed to that in which all his nearest relations were
+engaged. Besides all which, this person had formerly been made a
+prisoner by themselves, without any just foundation, and had even been
+so nearly punished capitally, that he had been ordered to make his
+testament and to confess himself in preparation for death, which
+injurious treatment he could not be supposed to have forgotten. Gonzalo
+was so much convinced by these arguments, that he countermanded the
+order given to the licentiate Carvajal, and sent off Juan d'Acosta on
+the expedition to Caxamarca, with a force of two hundred and eighty men.
+D'Acosta accordingly set out on this intended service, taking the road
+for Truxillo; but on arriving at Baranza, about twenty four leagues from
+Lima, he halted at that place for reasons which will appear in the
+sequel.
+
+At this period, the Captain Saavedra, who was lieutenant-governor of
+Guanuco for Gonzalo, received letters from Aldana urging him to quit the
+insurgent party and to declare for his majesty. He accordingly
+determined to do so; and under pretence of obeying the orders he had
+received from Gonzalo of joining his army at Lima, along with Hernando
+Alonzo, he assembled all the soldiers he could procure in that province,
+with whose assistance he fortified the city of Guanuco, and informed
+them of his resolution to exert his best endeavours in the service of
+the king. All his soldiers agreed to follow his example, except three or
+four who fled and informed Gonzalo of the defection of their governor.
+Saavedra retired immediately to Caxamarca, with forty horsemen, where he
+joined Diego de Mora and those who had withdrawn along with him from
+Truxillo, where both declared themselves for the royalist party. On
+learning the defection of Saavedra and the principal inhabitants of
+Guanuco, Gonzalo sent an officer to that place at the head of thirty
+soldiers; with orders to pillage and destroy the city: But the Indians
+of the neighbourhood, having armed themselves and taken possession of
+the place by the orders of their masters, made so resolute a defence
+that the insurgent detachment was beaten off, and constrained to return
+to Lima, being unable to procure any other plunder except some mares
+cattle and other animals belonging to the settlers.
+
+On the arrival of Antonio de Robles at Cuzco, whom Gonzalo had sent to
+take the command in that city and province, Alfonso de Hinojosa, who had
+hitherto been lieutenant-governor there, resigned the command of the
+city and troops, but as was believed with much dissatisfaction. De
+Robles immediately collected as much money as he could procure, and
+enlisted all the soldiers that were to be found in that neighbourhood,
+with whom he marched to Xaquixaguana, about four leagues from Cuzco. At
+that place he learned that Diego Centeno; who had concealed himself for
+more than a year in a cave among the mountains, had recently left his
+concealment, on learning the arrival of the president, and had collected
+several of his former partisans, who had hidden themselves from the fury
+of Gonzalo in various parts of the woods and mountains. By this time
+Centeno had collected about forty men, mostly on foot, though some of
+them still had the horses with which they had made their escape.
+Although these men were neither so well armed or equipped as they could
+have wished, Centeno resolved to make an attempt upon Cuzco, shewing as
+much confidence as if he had been at the head of five hundred well armed
+troops. His principal followers were Luis de Ribera, Alfonso Perez de
+Esquival, Diego Alvarez, Francisco Negral, Pedro Ortiz de Zarate, and
+Friar Dominic Ruiz, commonly called Father Viscayno. With this small
+band of followers, Centeno drew nigh to Cuzco, being doubtless invited
+to that step by some of the principal inhabitants, for the purpose of
+freeing them from the tyranny of De Robles, a young man of low origin
+and little ability. It was even said that Alfonso de Hinojosa, from
+resentment against Gonzalo for superseding him in the government, had
+sent privately to offer his assistance to Centeno. Both of these reports
+are highly probable; as otherwise it would have been a most inexcusable
+rashness in Centeno, to call it no worse, to have presumed upon
+attacking Cuzco with the small number of men he had collected; as,
+besides the inhabitants of the city, there were more than five hundred
+soldiers there and in the environs, while he had only forty ill armed
+men, most of whom had swords or daggers fastened to poles, instead of
+pikes or lances.
+
+On learning the approach of Centeno, De Robles returned to Cuzco, where
+he made such preparations as seemed necessary; and, on hearing that
+Centeno was within a days march, he took the field with three hundred
+men, sending forwards Francisco de Aguira to procure intelligence. This
+person was brother to one Peruchio de Aguira who had formerly been put
+to death by the lieutenant-general Carvajal, and was consequently a
+secret enemy to the insurgent party. Instead therefore of executing the
+commission confided to him by De Robles, he went immediately to join
+Centeno, whom he informed of every thing that was going on at Cuzco and
+of the state of affairs in that city. In the night before the festival
+of Corpus Christi of the year 1547, Centeno advanced toward the city of
+Cuzco, by a different road from that in which De Robles and his troops
+were posted; and, having turned one of his flanks, made an unexpected
+assault with great resolution, as resolved to conquer or die. Completely
+surprised and thrown into confusion, the troops of De Robles were unable
+to get into any order for defence, and even in several instances turned
+their arms against each other, insomuch that a good many of them were
+slain by their own comrades. On this occasion Centeno used the
+following stratagem, which succeeded admirably: Having taken off the
+saddles and bridles from the horses belonging to his small band of
+followers, he ordered them to be driven by his attendant Indians along
+the road which led to the front of the enemies camp, to call off their
+attention from his real attack on their flank and rear. By this means,
+as the horses were urged on by the Indians behind, they threw the troops
+of De Robles into confusion, and enabled Centeno to penetrate into the
+camp unperceived and unopposed, where he and his men exerted themselves
+so courageously that the insurgents were completely defeated and put to
+flight.
+
+[Illustration: Map: VICEROYALTY OF PERU]
+
+By this successful exploit Centeno acquired great honour; it having been
+seldom seen that so small a number had defeated so disproportioned a
+force of infinitely better armed troops. It has been reported that, on
+this occasion, some men belonging to Alfonso de Hinojosa were the first
+to fly, in consequence of secret orders for that purpose: But these men
+never acknowledged the truth of this allegation, as disgraceful to
+themselves; and Centeno denied the story, as detracting from the glory
+of his victory.
+
+After the derout of De Robles, Centeno took possession of Cuzco, where
+he was immediately elected captain-general of that city and province for
+his majesty. Next day, he caused Antonio de Robles to be beheaded, and
+distributed 100,000 crowns, which he found in that city belonging to
+Gonzalo, among his followers. He in the next place took measures for
+raising a respectable force; appointing Pedro de Rios and Juan de
+Vargas, the brother of Garcilasso de la Vega, captains of infantry, and
+Francisco Negral captain of Cavalry; Luis de Ribera being named
+major-general. Having armed and equipped about four hundred men, he set
+out for La Plata, with the intention of persuading Alfonso de Mendoza,
+who commanded at that place for Gonzalo, to declare for the king, or
+otherwise to take possession of that place by force.
+
+About this time, Lucas Martin, who had been sent by Gonzalo to conduct
+the troops of Arequipa to Lima, set out from Arequipa with 130 men for
+that purpose; but when he had proceeded about four leagues on his march,
+his people mutinied and made him prisoner, electing Jerom de Villegas
+as their commander, and immediately marched off to join Centeno, who
+was then in the Collao waiting the issue of some negotiations in which
+he had employed Pedro Gonzalo de Zarate, schoolmaster at Cuzco. While in
+the Collao, Centeno was informed that Juan de Silveira, the Serjeant
+major of the army of the insurgents, had been sent by Gonzalo to conduct
+the troops of that province to Lima, and had made prisoners of five or
+six of the royalists whom he met with on his march. Silveira had
+collected about three hundred men on this occasion, and we shall relate
+what befel them in the sequel.
+
+On learning the success of Centeno at Cuzco and the death of De Robles,
+and being likewise informed that the people of San Miguel had declared
+for his majesty, and that the captains Mercadillo and Porcel had joined
+Diego de Mora at Caxamarca; Gonzalo Pizarro saw that he had now only to
+depend on the force which was along with himself at Lima, and those
+under Pedro de Puelles, on whose fidelity he reposed entire confidence.
+In this predicament, he determined to alter the destination of Juan
+d'Acosta and to send him against Centeno with a respectable force,
+resolving to follow d'Acosta in person with all his army if necessary,
+then amounting to nine hundred men, among whom were many of the
+principal inhabitants of Peru. In forming this new resolution, his
+object was in the first place to reduce all the upper or mountainous
+provinces to subjection, and afterwards to make war on every other part
+of the country which had withdrawn from his authority. It has likewise
+been conjectured, that Gonzalo proposed to himself, in case of any
+reverse, to endeavour to make some new discovery and conquest, towards
+the Rio Plata, or Chili, or in some other place to the south and east of
+Peru. He certainly never avowed this intention openly, nor is it alleged
+that he communicated it to any of his confidents, as this would have
+indicated a want of confidence in his cause; so that this idea rests
+only on conjecture. In consequence of this new plan, Gonzalo recalled
+D'Acosta to Lima with all his troops, to the great mortification of that
+person and his followers; insomuch that seven or eight of them deserted,
+choosing Jerome de Soria as their commander. Many others would certainly
+have followed this example, if it had not been for the severe
+precautions exercised by D'Acosta on the occasion, who put to death
+Lorenza Mexia, son-in-law to the Conde de Gomera, and another soldier,
+whom he suspected of intending to desert. He likewise arrested several
+others who were suspected of similar intentions, whom he carried
+prisoners to Lima.
+
+A few days before the arrival of D'Acosta at Lima, Gonzalo took some
+suspicion of the fidelity of Antonio Altamarino, his standard bearer,
+who appeared to conduct himself with a degree of coldness in the present
+emergency; and, without any direct proof or even any strong suspicious
+circumstances being alleged against him, he caused him to be arrested
+and put in irons as a criminal, had him strangled in prison during the
+night, and ordered his dead body to be suspended upon the public gibbet.
+Altamarino was one of the richest colonists in Peru, and Gonzalo, having
+confiscated all his wealth, distributed it among his most attached
+followers. After this, he gave the charge of the royal standard to Don
+Antonio de Ribera, who had just joined with thirty men from Guamanga,
+whence also he had brought some arms and cattle which he had taken from
+the inhabitants of that place. At this time Gonzalo found his affairs
+much embarrassed and growing every day worse, insomuch that he could
+only count upon the force which accompanied him in Lima; whereas a short
+time before he seemed absolute master of the whole kingdom of Peru. He
+was in great fear, if the new royal orders, the general amnesty, and the
+revocation of the obnoxious regulations, all of which had been brought
+out from Spain by the president, should come to the knowledge of his
+remaining followers, that they would all abandon him. In this state of
+uncertainty and dread, he assembled all the principal inhabitants and
+citizens of Lima at his house, to whom he represented, "That he had
+brought himself into a very embarrassing and even dangerous situation by
+his exertions in their service, during which he had endured much labour
+and danger in the wars he had carried on for their benefit, and for the
+protection of their property and rights, for all which they were
+indebted to the genius and valour of his brother the marquis. That, in
+the present situation of affairs, the whole colonists ought to consider
+their honour and interests as identified with his own, the conduct of
+both being sufficiently justified in sending deputies to inform the king
+of all that had occurred during the troubles and commotions. That the
+president had arrested these deputies at Panama, had seduced his
+officers, and had taken possession of his ships. That the president
+certainly had done all these things to advance his own private interest;
+as, if he had received orders from his majesty to make war against the
+kingdom, he would assuredly have given intelligence of this circumstance
+through Paniagua. That not satisfied with these outrages, the president
+now invaded the government to which he, Gonzalo, had been lawfully
+appointed, and disseminated numerous libels against him throughout the
+kingdom, as was well known to them all. That consequently, he was
+determined to use his utmost efforts to oppose the president, who
+treated him as an enemy without any legitimate cause. That the general
+interests of all the colonists and his own were obviously identified;
+as, should the president carry matters to extremity as every thing
+seemed to indicate, they would all be brought to a severe account for
+the consequences of the late wars and disorders, and would be held
+responsible for the murders and plunders which had been perpetrated
+during their continuance. He requested them therefore to reflect
+maturely on all these things; and, as he had hitherto exerted his utmost
+efforts in defence of their rights, it still remained not only to
+continue to defend the same, but even to preserve their lives and
+honours. For these purposes, therefore, he had now assembled them, and
+to lay before them a clear state of the present situation of affairs;
+and he requested of them to declare freely and openly their undisguised
+sentiments; engaging, on the faith and honour of a gentleman and a
+knight, which he was ready to confirm by a solemn oath, that he would
+not injure any one in person or estate for the opinion or advice they
+might now give; but should leave every one at full liberty to declare
+for either party in the present troubles, and even to retire wherever
+they might judge proper. Therefore, he expected that all who were
+disposed to adhere to him on the present occasion should declare
+themselves without reserve, as he would demand of them to confirm their
+promise by a written and signed engagement. He advised them accordingly
+to look well to their promises when once made; as if any one should
+violate the same, or should appear lukewarm or feeble in their efforts
+in the approaching crisis, he would immediately order them to be put to
+death even upon very slight circumstances of suspicion."
+
+Every person in the assembly answered unhesitatingly, that they were
+ready to obey his orders in every thing to the utmost of their power and
+abilities, and to devote their lives and fortunes in his cause. Some
+even went so far in their pretended attachment, as to say that they
+would willingly risk their eternal salvation in his service. Many of
+them emulously strove to find out arguments for justifying the war
+which was now about to commence, and to enhance the obligations which
+the whole country lay under to Gonzalo for undertaking the management of
+the enterprize. Some even carried their base and scandalous flattery to
+such a pitch of extravagance, to conciliate the tyrant, that it were
+improper to contaminate our pages with a repetition of their words.
+After they had all expressed their attachment to the cause, Gonzalo drew
+out a paper in which the proposed engagement was already engrossed at
+full length; at the bottom of which he caused the licentiate Cepeda to
+write a solemn promise of executing all which that paper contained, and
+to obey Gonzalo in every thing he should command; after which, he made
+Cepeda sign that promise, and take a solemn oath to observe all its
+conditions. After Cepeda, all who were present in the assembly were made
+to sign and swear to the engagement in a similar manner.
+
+After the conclusion of this affair, Juan d'Acosta was ordered to
+prepare for marching to Cuzco by way of the mountain, at the head of
+three hundred men. Paez de Sotomayor was appointed his major-general on
+this expedition, Martin d'Olmos captain of cavalry, Diego de Gumiel
+captain of musqueteers, Martin de Almendras captain of pikemen, and
+Martin de Alarzon standard-bearer. The whole of this detachment being
+well provided with arms and all necessary equipments, left Lima taking
+the mountain road for Cuzco, on purpose to recover that important city
+from Centeno. At the same time Gonzalo received notice that the squadron
+commanded by Lorenzo de Aldana had been seen at the distance of about
+fifteen leagues from the port of Lima. It was determined therefore in a
+council of war, to encamp the whole insurgent army between Lima and the
+sea; as it was feared, if the ships got possession of the port, it might
+occasion great confusion and disturbance in the city, especially as in
+that case the necessary orders would have to be hastily issued and
+executed; by which means the malcontents might have an opportunity of
+withdrawing during the battle, and might even escape on board the ships
+to join the enemy; while, at the same time, there would be no leisure to
+watch the behaviour of the wavering, and to compel them to join the
+army. Orders were issued accordingly for the army to take the field, and
+it was publickly proclaimed throughout the city, that every one fit to
+carry arms, of every age and condition, was to join the troops, on pain
+of death. Pizarro gave notice that he would behead every person who
+acted contrary to these orders; and, while he marched in person at the
+head of the troops, he should leave the lieutenant-general in charge of
+the city, to execute rigorous punishment on all who lagged behind. All
+the inhabitants were so confounded and terrified by these threats, that
+no one dared to converse with another, and none had the courage either
+to fly or to determine what was best to be done in this emergency. Some
+however contrived to conceal themselves in places overgrown with tall
+reeds, or in caves, and many concealed their valuable effects under
+ground.
+
+On the day preceding that which had been fixed upon by Gonzalo for
+marching from Lima, news was brought that three ships had entered the
+port of Lima, which occasioned universal consternation. The alarm was
+sounded, and Gonzalo marched out with all the men who could be collected
+on a sudden, taking up his encampment about midway between the city and
+the port, at the distance of about a league or four miles from each,
+that he might at the same time make head against his enemies if they
+attempted to land, and might prevent the inhabitants of Lima from having
+any communication with the vessels. He was at the same time unwilling to
+abandon the city, and wished to know exactly the intentions of Aldana,
+before going to a greater distance, and if possible to gain possession
+of the vessels by some contrivance or negociation, having no means of
+preventing them from gaining possession of the port, as one of his own
+captains, contrary to the opinion of the other officers, had lately sunk
+five vessels in the harbour. On this occasion Gonzalo mustered five
+hundred and fifty men, cavalry and infantry included; and, after
+encamping in the situation already mentioned, he placed eight horsemen
+in ambush close to the sea, with orders to prevent any person landing
+from the vessels to deliver or to receive letters, or to converse with
+any one. Next day, Gonzalo sent Juan Hernandez, an inhabitant of Lima,
+in a boat on board the ships, with orders to say in his name, if Aldana
+chose to send any of his people on shore to explain the object of his
+coming into Peru, that Hernandez would remain on board as an hostage for
+the safety of his messenger. Hernandez was conducted on board the
+admiral where Aldana retained him as proposed, and sent on shore the
+captain Penna to wait upon Gonzalo.
+
+Penna was not conducted to camp till night, that he might have no
+opportunity of conversing with any one; and on being introduced to
+Gonzalo in his tent, he delivered to him a writing, containing the
+orders and instructions which the president had received from his
+majesty, the general amnesty granted by his majesty to all the colonists
+of Peru, and the revocation of the obnoxious regulations. He then
+expatiated, as instructed by Aldana, on the universal and great
+advantages which would accrue to all by giving a prompt and entire
+obedience to the commands of his majesty, who had not judged it
+convenient to continue Gonzalo in the government of Peru. That his
+majesty, being fully informed of all that had occurred in that country,
+had sent out De la Gasca as president, with instructions and full powers
+to provide a remedy for all the existing evils. Gonzalo proudly
+answered, that he would severely punish all who were on board the fleet,
+and would chastise the audacity of the president for the outrage he had
+committed in detaining his envoys and seizing his ships. He complained
+loudly against Aldana, for coming now against him as an enemy, after
+receiving his money, and accepting his commission to go into Spain on
+purpose to give an account of his conduct to the king.
+
+After some farther discourse, all the officers belonging to Gonzalo left
+the tent, leaving him and Penna alone together. Gonzalo made him a long
+discourse, endeavouring to justify his conduct in regard to his past and
+present conduct; and concluded by making him an offer of 100,000 crowns,
+if he would contrive to put him in possession of the galleon commanded
+by Aldana, which composed the principal force of the hostile fleet.
+Penna rejected his proposal with disdain, declaring himself dishonoured
+by the offer, and that nothing whatever would induce him to be guilty of
+such treacherous conduct. At the conclusion of this conference, Penna
+was committed to the custody of Antonio de Ribeira, with strict
+injunctions that he should not be allowed to have the smallest
+intercourse with any individual whomsoever; and was sent back next day
+to the fleet, when Juan Fernandez returned to camp, having in the
+interval promised and resolved to use his utmost efforts in the service
+of his majesty on every favourable opportunity.
+
+Aldana had rightly judged, that the surest means for succeeding in the
+mission on which he had been entrusted by the president, was to
+communicate the knowledge of the general pardon among the soldiers. For
+this purpose, therefore, he devised exceedingly proper measures to
+diffuse the intelligence among the troops, but which were at the same
+time exceedingly dangerous for Juan Hernandez. Aldana gave him copies of
+all his dispatches in duplicate, and entrusted him with letters for
+several principal persons in the camp of Gonzalo. Fernandez concealed
+such of these papers as he judged necessary in his boots, giving all the
+rest to Pizarro. Taking Gonzalo afterwards aside, he told him secretly
+that Aldana had endeavoured to prevail upon him to publish the royal
+pardon in the camp; and that accordingly he had thought it prudent to
+pretend compliance, and had taken charge of that general amnesty among
+his other dispatches, both to blind Aldana by the expectation of, doing
+what he wished, and on purpose to get these from him for the information
+of Gonzalo; pretending to be ignorant that Gonzalo knew of any such
+thing existing. Gonzalo thanked him for his prudent conduct, and
+considered him as a person worthy of entire confidence and much attached
+to the cause. He then received the papers which Fernandez offered,
+threatening the severest punishment against Aldana. Having thus craftily
+deceived Gonzalo, Fernandez contrived to deliver some of the letters he
+had in charge, and allowed some of them to fall on the ground, as if
+lost, yet so as they might be found by those to whom they were
+addressed.
+
+When Gonzalo quitted Lima to encamp on the road towards the sea-port of
+Calao, he left Pedro Martin de Cicilia in charge of the city as
+provost-marshal. This man, who had attached himself to Gonzalo with much
+zeal from the very commencement of the troubles, was now about seventy
+years of age, yet healthy and vigorous, of a rough and cruel
+disposition, and entirely destitute of piety towards God or of loyalty
+to the sovereign. Gonzalo had given him orders to hang up every person
+he might find loitering in the city with out a written permission, or
+who might return thither from camp without a pass. Martin executed these
+rigorous orders with so much exactitude, that, meeting a person who came
+under the foregoing predicament, he had not sufficient patience to have
+him hanged, but dispatched him directly with his poignard. He generally
+went about the streets followed by the hangman, carrying a parcel of
+ropes, and loudly declared that he would hang up every one whom he found
+in the city without permission from Ganzalo.
+
+One day several of the citizens came from the camp to the city, under
+the authority of a pass, to procure such provisions and other articles
+as they stood in need of, the principal persons among whom were Nicolas
+de Ribeira, who was alcalde or police judge of the city, Vasco de
+Guevara, Hernando Bravo de Lagunas, Francisco de Ampuero, Diego Tinoco,
+Alfonzo Ramirez de Sosa, Francisco de Barrionueva, Alfonzo de
+Barrionuevo, Martin de Menezes, Diego d'Escobar, and some others. After
+they had collected the articles of which they were in want, they left
+the city with their horses arms and servants; but, instead of returning
+towards the camp, they went off in the road for Truxillo. Being noticed
+by some spies, who gave immediate notice to Gonzalo, he caused them to
+be pursued by Juan de la Torre with a party of mounted musqueteers. At
+the distance of eight leagues from Lima, De la Torre came up with Vasco
+de Guevara and Francisco Ampuero, who had fallen behind with the
+intention of acting as a kind of rear guard, to give notice to the rest
+in case of a pursuit. They defended themselves courageously, and as
+their enemies could not take any certain aim, it being under night, they
+contrived to make their escape unwounded. De la Torre and his men found
+themselves unable to continue the pursuit with any chance of success, as
+their horses were already completely tired with their rapid march from
+camp. They returned, therefore, believing that, even if they were to get
+up with the fugitives, they would be unable to take them by force, as
+they were all men of quality, who would rather be slain than surrender.
+On their way back to camp, they fell in with Hernando Bravo, who had
+fallen behind his companions, and on bringing him a prisoner to Gonzalo
+he was ordered to immediate execution. Donna Ynez Bravo, who was sister
+to the prisoner and wife to Nicolas de Ribeira, one of the fugitives, on
+hearing the situation of her brother, hastened to the camp accompanied
+by her father, and threw herself at the feet of Gonzalo, whom she
+earnestly implored to spare the life of her brother. Being one of the
+most beautiful women of the country, and of the highest rank, and being
+seconded by most of the officers who served under Gonzalo, he at length
+allowed himself to be prevailed on to pardon her brother, who was the
+only person, during the whole subsistence of his usurpation, whom he
+forgave for a similar offence. On granting this pardon, Alfonzo de
+Caceres, one of the captains under Gonzalo, kissed his hand saying:
+"Illustrious prince! accursed be he who abandons you, or hesitates to
+sacrifice his life in your service." Yet, within three hours afterwards,
+Hernando Bravo and several others made their escape from the camp. Among
+these who now deserted were several persons of consideration who had
+attached themselves to Gonzalo from the very commencement of the
+troubles, so that their defection gave him infinite vexation and alarm,
+insomuch that hardly any one dared to speak to him, and he issued
+peremptory orders to put to death every person who might be found beyond
+the precincts of the camp.
+
+On the same night, Captain Martin de Robles sent a message to Diego
+Maldonado, who had been alcalde of Cuzco, usually called the rich,
+intimating that Gonzalo had resolved in a consultation with his officers
+to put him to death. Maldonado very readily believed this information,
+as he had formerly been one of the inhabitants of Cuzco who made offer
+of their services to the late viceroy. Likewise, although then pardoned
+by Gonzalo, whom he accompanied in the march to Quito against the
+viceroy, he had fallen under new suspicions, and had even been put to
+the torture, on account of a letter which was dropt near Gonzalo,
+containing some very unpleasant truths; and although the real authors of
+that letter had been afterwards discovered, Maldonado could never forget
+the treatment he had suffered at that time. Besides this, he was the
+intimate friend of Antonio Altamirano, whom Gonzalo had recently put to
+death. Considering all these circumstances, Maldonado was so thoroughly
+convinced of the imminent danger in which he stood, that he immediately
+quitted his tent with only his sword and cloak, not even taking time to
+saddle a horse, though he had several good ones, or speaking to any of
+his servants. Though a very old man, he walked as fast as possible all
+night in a direction towards the sea, and concealed himself in the
+morning among some tall reeds near the shore about three leagues from
+where the ships of Aldana lay at anchor. As he was much afraid of being
+pursued, he revealed his situation to an Indian who happened to be near;
+and whom he prevailed upon to construct a float of reeds and straw, on
+which the Indian carried him on board one of the ships.
+
+In the morning, Martin de Robles went to the tent of Maldonado; and
+finding him withdrawn as he expected, he immediately waited on Gonzalo,
+whom he informed of the circumstance, adding, "As the army was
+diminishing daily by the number and quality of the fugitives, he begged
+leave to advise that they should quit the present camp, and march into
+the interior provinces, as formerly agreed upon, without granting
+permission to any one to go into the city of Lima, lest many more might
+use that pretence for an opportunity to desert. Several of his own
+company, he said, had applied for leave to go into the city, to procure
+provisions; but he considered it better for himself to go therewith a
+detachment of soldiers to collect the provisions and necessaries
+required, that he might keep all his men in sight, and that he proposed
+on this occasion to take Maldonado from the Dominican convent, where he
+understood he had taken refuge, and to bring him a prisoner to the camp,
+where he ought to undergo condign punishment, as a warning to others."
+Gonzalo approved all that was said on this occasion by De Robles, in
+whom he had great confidence as a person who had taken part with him in
+all the past troubles, and desired him to act in the way he proposed. De
+Robles accordingly, taking all his own horses and attendants and those
+belonging to Maldonado, took along with him to Lima all the soldiers of
+his company in whom he could confide. After collecting such provisions
+and other necessaries as might serve his purpose, he set off for
+Truxillo with thirty armed horsemen, declaring publickly that Gonzalo
+was a tyrant and usurper, that all good subjects were bound to obey the
+orders of his majesty, and that he was resolved to join the president.
+
+When this serious defection became known in the camp, it was universally
+believed that the army would soon disperse, and that Gonzalo would be
+massacred. Gonzalo endeavoured to restore order and confidence among his
+troops, pretending to care little for those who had deserted him; yet
+resolved to decamp next morning. That very night, Lope Martin, an
+inhabitant of Cuzco, deserted almost in sight of the whole army. Next
+morning Gonzalo quitted his present camp, and marched about two leagues
+to a new camp near an aqueduct, taking every precaution to prevent his
+people from deserting; believing that his principal danger on that
+account would be got over if he were once ten or twelve leagues from
+Lima. The licentiate Carvajal was appointed to take charge of the night
+guard, with strict injunctions to prevent desertion: But even he, in the
+middle of the night, quitted the camp accompanied by Paulo Hondegardo,
+Marco de Retamoso, Pedro Suarez d'Escovedo, Francisco de Miranda,
+Hernando de Vargas, and several others belonging to his company. These
+men went in the first place to Lima, whence they took the road towards
+Truxillo. A few hours afterwards, Gabriel de Roias left the camp,
+accompanied by his nephews Gabriel Bermudez and Gomez de Roias and
+several other persons of quality. These men left the camp unseen by any
+one, as they went through the quarter which had been confided to the
+charge of the licentiate Carvajal.
+
+In the morning, Gonzalo was much distressed on learning the events of
+the past night, and more especially by the desertion of the licentiate
+Carvajal, whom he had disobliged by superseding him in the command which
+had been conferred on Juan d'Acosta, and by refusing him his niece Donna
+Francisca in marriage. The departure of the licentiate had a very bad
+effect on the minds of the troops; as they knew he was entrusted with
+all Gonzalos secrets, and had been greatly in his confidence ever since
+the death of the viceroy whom he had slain in the battle of Quito.
+Carvajal left to the value of more than 15,000 crowns in the camp, in
+gold silver and horses, all of which was immediately confiscated and
+divided among the soldiers: But the army was convinced he would not have
+abandoned so much valuable property, unless he had been satisfied that
+the affairs of Gonzalo were in a very bad condition, both in regard to
+power of resisting the president, and in respect of the right and
+justice of his pretensions. So great was the defection in the camp, that
+the greater part of the troops had resolved to disperse; and next
+morning, when the army had begun its march, two cavaliers, named Lopez
+and Villadente, quitting the ranks and causing their horses to vault in
+sight of the whole army, they cried, out aloud, "Long live the king, and
+let the tyrant die!" These men trusted, to the speed of their horses;
+and Gonzalo was so exceedingly suspicious of every one, that he
+expressly forbid these men to be pursued, being afraid that many might
+use that pretence for joining them. He continued his march accordingly,
+in all haste by the road of the plain country, leading towards Arequipa;
+in which march several of his musqueteers and others deserted, although
+he hanged ten or twelve persons of consideration in the course of three
+or four days. At length his force was reduced to two hundred men, and he
+was in continual dread that in some false alarm all his remaining men
+might disperse. Continuing his march, he at length came to the province
+of Nasca, about fifty leagues from Lima.
+
+After Gonzalo had gone to a considerable distance from Lima, Don Antonio
+de Ribeira, Martin Pizarro, Antonio de Leon, and some other inhabitants
+of Lima, who as old and infirm had been allowed by Gonzalo to remain
+behind the army on giving up all their horses and arms, erected the
+standard of the city, and, assembling the small number of inhabitants
+that remained in the great square, they publickly declared for his
+majesty in their own names and in the names of all the loyal citizens of
+the city. After proclaiming the new regulations and orders of the
+president, the general amnesty granted by the king, and the abrogation
+of the obnoxious regulations, they sent notice of all the recent events
+to Aldana, who still remained on the coast to receive and protect all
+who were inclined to quit the party of the insurgents. At the same time,
+and for the same purpose, Juan Alfonso Palamino had landed with fifty
+men, yet keeping his boats always in readiness to reimbark, in case of
+the return of Gonzalo. Aldana likewise placed an advanced picket of
+twelve horsemen, of those who had deserted from the insurgents, on the
+road towards Arequipa, to bring him timely notice of any thing that
+might occur in that quarter, with orders to return with all speed in
+case of the enemy making a countermarch, or of any important event.
+Aldana likewise gave orders to Captain Alfonzo de Caceres to remain at
+Lima, to collect any of the deserters from Pizarro that might come
+there; and he dispatched Juan Yllanez in one of his vessels along the
+coast, with orders to land a monk and a soldier in some secure place, to
+carry dispatches to Centeno, announcing the events that had occurred at
+lima, and to furnish him with copies of the royal orders and general
+amnesty, and to communicate similar intelligence at Arequipa. He sent
+likewise several intelligent persons by land to Arequipa, with letters
+to different persons of consideration, and to carry orders and
+instructions to the captains Alfonzo de Mendoza and Juan de Silveira at
+La Plata. By means of the Indians of Jauja, who belonged to him, Aldana
+transmitted letters and copies of the amnesty to several of those
+persons who accompanied Juan d'Acosta, that the royal clemency might be
+made known in all parts of Peru. Most of these measures succeeded, and
+produced material advantages as will appear in the sequel. In the mean
+time, Lorenzo de Aldana remained on board ship, with about an hundred
+and fifty men, issuing such orders as seemed necessary in the present
+state of affairs.
+
+It was soon learnt that Gonzalo received regular advices of ever thing
+that occurred, and great care was likewise taken by Aldana to procure
+intelligence of all that passed in the camp of the insurgents; so that
+every day messengers went and came between both parties, and both were
+continually endeavouring to mislead each other by false reports.
+Accordingly it was reported one day that Gonzalo and his troops Were in
+full march for Lima, which occasioned much confusion and dismay in that
+city; but it was known afterwards that this rumour had been purposely
+spread by Gonzalo and his lieutenant-general, on purpose to prevent
+Aldana from pursuing them, a measure of which they were much afraid. In
+this unpromising state of his affairs, great numbers of the adherents of
+Gonzalo abandoned him, believing that he could not resist the power of
+his enemies. Such of them as had horses took the road to Truxillo; and
+all the rest endeavoured to reach the ships of Aldana, concealing
+themselves as well as they could in retired places till they might
+ascertain that Gonzalo had proceeded farther on his march, which indeed
+he continued to do with much precipitation. When he had proceeded to a
+considerable distance from Lima, all those who had abandoned him flocked
+to that city, and every day some fresh deserters came there, by which
+means Aldana got accurate intelligence of the proceedings of Gonzalo,
+who was reported to be in continual dread of being put to death by his
+own men. After the flight of the licentiate Carvajal and Gabriel de
+Roias, Gonzalo made no farther use of the royal standard, only
+displaying that which contained his own arms. His cruelty increased with
+his disappointment, insomuch that not a day passed in which he did not
+put some one to death. He took extraordinary precautions for his own
+personal safety, which were so far effectual, but every effort to
+prevent desertion was unavailing.
+
+Lorenzo de Aldana sent intelligence of all these matters to the
+president, by means of messengers dispatched both by sea and land,
+earnestly urging him to come into Peru as quickly as possible, as the
+insurgent party seemed at so low an ebb that nothing was wanting but his
+presence to make it fall entirely in pieces and submit without a
+struggle. On the 9th. of September 1547, when assured that Gonzalo had
+retreated eighty leagues from Lima, Aldana landed with all his officers
+and all the inhabitants of Lima that had taken shelter on board his
+ships. He was received on shore with every demonstration of joy and
+respect, every one who was able appearing in arms to do him honour.
+Having appointed Juan Fernandez to the command of the ships, he took
+charge of the vacant government of Lima, where he made every possible
+preparation for carrying on the war, collecting arms ammunition and all
+other necessaries.
+
+Some time after the departure of Juan d'Acosta from Lima for Cuzco by
+the mountain road, as already mentioned, at the head of three hundred
+men well armed and equipped, he got notice that Gonzalo Pizarro had
+abandoned that city; on which he sent Fra Pedro, a monk of the order of
+Mercy, to Gonzalo, to demand instructions for his ulterior proceedings.
+Pizarro sent back the monk with directions for Acosta to join him at a
+certain place. On his return to Acosta, accompanied by a person named
+Gonzalo Muquos, after delivering his dispatches, Friar Pedro gave him an
+account of all that had happened in the army of Gonzalo, and in
+particular of the great number of men that had deserted from him; which
+Acosta had not before learnt, though several of his soldiers had
+received the intelligence by letters brought to them by the Indians who
+frequented the camp, but which they dared not to communicate to each
+other. On the present occasion, the messengers from Gonzalo recommended
+to Acosta to keep this matter as secret as possible till such time as he
+should join Gonzalo. Acosta therefore, gave out that he had received
+favourable intelligence from the monk, and that Gonzalo had been
+successful on several occasions, being daily joined by many additional
+soldiers; and, as he had found it convenient and necessary to send off
+many confidential persons in various directions, these persons pretended
+to have deserted from Gonzalo by way of stratagem, on purpose, to gain
+possession of the ships commanded by Aldana. All this however was
+insufficient to disguise the truth from many of the followers of Aldana,
+particularly Paëz de Sotomayor, his major-general, and Martin d'Olmos
+one of his captains; who, coming to a knowledge of the real state of
+affairs, entered into a resolution of putting D'Acosta to death. They
+formed this resolution unknown to each other, as no one at this time
+dared to avow his sentiments to any other person, for fear of being put
+to death; yet, from certain indications, they began to suspect each
+other of entertaining similar sentiments, and at length opened
+themselves reciprocally, and communicated their purposes to several
+soldiers in whom they confided. Just when they were about to have put
+their enterprize into execution, Sotomayor got notice that D'Acosta was
+holding a secret conference in his tent with two of his captains, and
+that he had doubled his ordinary guard. From these circumstances,
+Sotomayor concluded that their conspiracy, having been revealed to
+several persons, had been betrayed to Acosta. He took therefore prompt
+measures to inform all his confederates, and both he and they took horse
+without delay, and left the camp in sight of all the army, to the number
+of thirty-five in all; among whom, besides Sotomayor and D'Olmos, the
+principal persons were Martin d'Alarzon who carried the grand standard,
+Hernando de Alvarado, Alfonzo Regel, Antonio de Avila, Garcias Gutierrez
+d'Escovedo, and Martin Monje; who, with all who went off on this
+occasion, were men of consideration and of much experience in the
+affairs of Peru. These men took immediately the road for Guamanga, and
+used such expedition that, though Acosta sent off sixty mounted
+musqueteers to pursue them, they made their escape in safety.
+
+Acosta caused immediate investigations to be made in regard to such as
+had participated in this plot, and ordered several persons to be hanged
+who were proved to have known its circumstances: some others in the same
+predicament he detained prisoners, and dissembled with the rest who had
+been implicated, pretending not to know that they had participated in
+the conspiracy: Yet, during his march towards Cuzco, he put to death
+several of those of whom he was suspicious, and others who endeavoured
+to desert. On his arrival at Cuzco, he displaced all the magistrates who
+had been appointed by Centeno, nominating others in their stead in whom
+he thought he could confide, and appointed Juan Velasquez de Tapia to
+take the chief direction of affairs in that city and province; and
+having regulated every thing to his mind, he resumed his march for
+Arequipa to join Gonzalo, according to his directions. In this latter
+part of his march, about thirty of his men deserted from him, by two or
+three at a time, all of whom went directly to Lima where they joined
+Lorenzo de Aldana. Besides these, when Acosta had got about ten leagues
+beyond Cuzco, Martin de Almandras abandoned him with twenty of the best
+soldiers of his small army, and returned to Cuzco, where he found a
+sufficient number of the inhabitants disposed to join him in returning
+to their duty, and in concurrence with whom he deposed the magistracy
+appointed by Acosta, one of whom he sent away prisoner to Lima, and
+established a new set in the name of his majesty. Finding that the
+number of his followers diminished from day to day, Acosta accelerated
+his march as much as possible, both for his own security and to serve
+the insurgent cause in which he was engaged. Out of three hundred well
+armed and excellently equipped men, with whom he had set out from Lima,
+only one hundred remained with him on his arrival at Arequipa. He found
+Gonzalo Pizarro at that place, with only about three hundred and fifty
+men, who a very short while before had a fine army of fifteen hundred,
+besides all those who were dispersed in different parts of Peru under
+various captains, all of whom were then under his orders. Gonzalo was
+now exceedingly irresolute as to his future proceedings; being too weak
+to wait the attack of the royalists, who continually augmented in their
+numbers, and yet deeming it dishonourable to fly or to endeavour to
+conceal himself.
+
+In the mean time Centeno remained in the Collao, waiting an answer from
+Captain Mendoza to the message he had sent by Gonzalo de Zarate as
+formerly mentioned. While there he received dispatches from the
+president, which were forwarded by Aldana, and accounts of the events
+which had occurred at Lima, particularly the flight of Gonzalo Pizarro
+to Arequipa, and the junction of Acosta with the insurgents at that
+place. On receiving this intelligence he sent a new message to Mendoza
+by means of Luis Garcias, giving him an account of all these events, and
+particularly informing him of the orders and instructions given to the
+president, the general amnesty, the revocation of the obnoxious
+regulations, and the determination of his majesty that Gonzalo Pizarro
+was not to continue in the government of Peru. He apprized him likewise,
+that most of the gentlemen and persons of consideration, who had
+hitherto followed Gonzalo, had now abandoned him on account of his
+tyrannical conduct, in murdering and plundering all the principal
+colonists, and more especially because of his rebellion against the
+sovereign, and refusal to submit to his royal orders, and to the
+authority of him who had been appointed to regulate the affairs of the
+kingdom. Wherefore, although all that had been done hitherto might in
+some measure be excused, he urged Mendoza to consider that in continuing
+to obey Gonzalo he could no longer avoid the reproach of acting as a
+rebel against the king. It was now necessary and proper therefore, to
+forget all individual interests or past disputes, and to devote himself
+entirely to his majesty, to whom he was enabled by his present situation
+to render important service.
+
+Alfonzo de Mendoza was already well disposed to act the part of a loyal
+subject in the present situation of affairs, yet uncertain how best to
+conduct himself for that purpose; but by this message from Centeno, he
+was completely determined as to the regulation of his conduct on the
+present emergency, and immediately declared for his majesty. By
+agreement between him and Centeno, each was to retain the chief command
+of the troops now under their orders, and Mendoza departed from La Plata
+with his men to join Centeno in the Collao. The union of these leaders
+and their troops occasioned great joy to all their followers, now
+exceeding a thousand men; and they resolved to march immediately against
+Gonzalo, taking up a position at a certain pass to prevent him from
+escaping, and were likewise induced to remain at that place for the
+convenience of procuring provisions.
+
+At this time the whole extent of Peru from Quito to Lima had declared
+for his majesty. Juan d'Olmos, who commanded under Gonzalo at Puerto
+Viejo, on observing the vessels under Aldana passing the port of Manta
+in that province, had sent an express to Gonzalo giving his opinion that
+these vessels seemed hostile, as they had not called at the port for
+refreshments. He at the same time sent some Indians on board, in their
+ordinary rafts or flat boats, to inquire the purpose of their voyage; by
+means of which Indians Aldana transmitted letters to D'Olmos, urging him
+to quit the insurgent party, with copies of all the papers connected
+with the mission of the president. After perusing these papers, D'Olmos
+transmitted them to Gomez Estacio who was lieutenant-governor of the
+province for Gonzalo at St Jago de Guyaquil, usually called Culata. On
+learning that his majesty did not approve of continuing Gonzalo in the
+government, and had sent out Gasca as president, Gomez wrote back to
+D'Olmos, that when the president arrived in the country he should know
+better how to act, and might probably join him; but in the present
+situation of affairs, he thought it best for both to remain quiet. Juan
+d'Olmos went immediately to visit Gomez, accompanied by seven or eight
+friends, under pretence of communing with him on the state of affairs;
+but, taking his opportunity, one day when Gomez was off his guard, he
+stabbed him with his poniard, and immediately got the people to declare
+for his majesty, after which he did the same at his own government of
+Puerto Viejo.
+
+When Pedro de Puelles, the governor of Quito, became acquainted with
+these proceedings of D'Olmos, and that the fleet and army at Panama had
+declared for the president, he became exceedingly anxious as to the
+measures proper for him to pursue. At this time D'Olmos sent Diego de
+Urbina to Quito to endeavour to prevail on Puelles to declare for the
+royal party. Puelles declared he was ready to receive and obey the
+person sent out by the king, when once he was satisfied that his majesty
+had no intention of continuing Gonzalo in the government, but would make
+no alteration in the mean time; and with this indecisive answer Urbina
+returned to D'Olmos. A few days afterwards, Rodrigo de Salazar, in whom
+Puelles reposed entire confidence, entered into a conspiracy with
+several soldiers at Quito, assassinated Puelles, and declared for his
+majesty. After this exploit, Salazar set out from Quito for Tumbez with
+three hundred men, with the intention of joining the president. By these
+several events, and others which have been formerly related, almost the
+whole of Peru had already returned to obedience before the arrival of
+the president in the kingdom.
+
+While these favourable events were going on in Peru, the president
+embarked at Panama with about five hundred men, and arrived safely at
+the port of Tumbez; one of his ships, commanded by Don Pedro de Cabrera,
+being under the necessity of stopping at Buenaventura, whence Cabrera
+and his men marched by land to Tumbez. On his arrival in Peru, the
+president received letters from all parts of the kingdom, by which the
+writers offered him their services and assistance, besides communicating
+their sentiments on the situation of the colony, and giving their advice
+how best to proceed in reducing it to order; to all of which letters he
+replied with great condescension. So many flocked to his standard from
+all quarters, that he considered himself sufficiently strong to overcome
+all resistance from the remnant of the insurgents, without drawing any
+reinforcements from the other Spanish colonies in America; on which
+account he sent off messengers to New Spain, Guatimala, Nicaragua, and
+St Domingo, informing the governors of these colonies of the favourable
+turn of affairs in Peru, and that he should now have no occasion for
+the reinforcements which he had formerly thought necessary. Soon after
+his arrival, he gave orders to his lieutenant-general, Pedro Alfonzo de
+Hinojosa, to march with the troops to form a junction with the royalists
+in Caxamarca. In the mean time Polo de Menzes remained in charge of the
+fleet, with which he advanced along the coast to the southwards, while
+the president, with a sufficient escort, went by the road of the plain
+to Truxillo, at which place he received intelligence from all parts of
+the country, stating that every thing went on well.
+
+The president had resolved that he would not go to Lima till he had
+completed the purposes of his mission, by the final conquest of Gonzalo
+and his adherents, and the restoration of peace and order in the kingdom
+of Peru; on which account he transmitted orders to all quarters, that
+all who had declared for his majesty should meet him in the valley of
+Jauja, which he considered to be a convenient situation in which to
+assemble the whole loyal force of the kingdom, as in that place
+abundance of provisions could easily be procured. For this purpose, he
+sent orders to Lorenzo de Aldana, then at Lima, to march with all his
+force for Jauja; and joining the army under Hinojosa, now exceeding a
+thousand men, he marched for Jauja, all the army expressing the utmost
+satisfaction at the prospect of being freed from the tyranny of Gonzalo.
+Many of the principal persons who had joined with Gonzalo at the
+beginning of the troubles, were now exceedingly offended and displeased
+by the cruel murders of so many of their friends and neighbours; above
+five hundred men having been put to death, many of whom were persons of
+consideration and importance; insomuch that those who still remained
+along with him were continually in fear of their lives.
+
+On his arrival at Arequipa, Gonzalo found that city entirely deserted,
+as most of the inhabitants had gone to join Diego Centeno after that
+officer got possession of Cuzco. Hearing that Centeno was in the Collao,
+near the lake of Titicaca, where after his junction with Mendoza, he had
+an army of near a thousand men, composed of the troops of Cuzco Las
+Charcas and Arequipa, and with which they occupied all the passes
+towards the interior, Gonzalo believed it almost impossible to attack
+these officers with any probability of success. He waited therefore at
+Arequipa about three weeks, expecting the junction of D'Acosta, who at
+length arrived, but with very diminished numbers, as already related,
+many having abandoned him, and having put many of his followers to death
+on suspicion that they intended to desert. After the junction of
+D'Acosta, Gonzalo found himself at the head of five hundred men. He now
+wrote to Centeno, giving a recital of all the events which had occurred
+during the troubles, and dwelt particularly on the favour he had always
+shewn him, and particularly instanced the pardon he had granted him when
+Gaspard Rodriguez and Philip Guttierrez were executed, though equally
+guilty with them, and although all his officers had urged him to put
+Centeno to death. In addition, Gonzalo made high offers to Centeno,
+promising to accede to every demand he might choose to make, if he would
+now join him. He sent this letter to Centeno by a person named Francisco
+Vaso, who immediately offered his services to Centeno, to whom he
+intimated that Diego Alvarez his standard-bearer was in correspondence
+with Gonzalo. Centeno was already informed of this circumstance by
+Alvarez himself, who assured him he had entered into this correspondence
+for a quite different purpose than that of betraying him or the royal
+cause.
+
+Centeno thought proper to send a civil answer to Gonzalo, giving him
+many thanks for his offers, and freely acknowledging the favour he had
+formerly experienced. That as a mark of his gratitude, therefore, he now
+earnestly entreated him to reflect seriously on the present situation of
+affairs, to consider the gracious clemency of the king, who had granted
+a free pardon to him and all those who had taken any part in the past
+troubles. He assured Gonzalo, if he would abandon the insurrection, now
+evidently hopeless, and submit to the royal orders, that he would use
+his utmost endeavours to procure him an honourable and advantageous
+situation, and at the same time endeavoured to convince him that he
+would run no risk either in his person or property by following the
+present advice. On his return to Gonzalo with this letter, Vaso was met
+by the lieutenant-general Carvajal, who made minute inquiry respecting
+every thing he had seen and learnt, and gave him strict injunctions not
+to let it be known to the followers of Gonzalo that the force of Centeno
+exceeded seven hundred men. On being informed that Centeno refused to
+join him, Gonzalo disdained to read his letter, and ordered it
+immediately to be burnt in presence of several of his officers.
+
+Immediately after this, Gonzalo determined to march into the province
+of Las Charcas, and accordingly took the direct road towards the pass
+occupied by Centeno and Mendoza. In this march the van-guard was
+commanded by the lieutenant-general, who took and hanged more than
+twenty persons whom he fell in with during the march. Among these was a
+priest named Pantaleon, who carried some letters for Centeno, and whom
+Carvajal ordered to be hung up, with his breviary and ink-horn suspended
+from his neck. Continuing this march, the scouts of the two armies fell
+in with each other on Thursday the 19th of October 1547. Gonzalo
+immediately sent one of his chaplains with a message to Centeno,
+demanding leave to continue his march through the pass, without being
+obliged to give battle[32]. The chaplain was conducted by the bishop of
+Cuzco, who happened to be in the army of Centeno, to his tent; and
+Centeno gave strict charges to his troops to be on their guard and
+always in good order to receive the enemy in case of an attack. For
+above a month Centeno had been afflicted by an obstinate fever, for
+which he had been six times blooded without any relief, and was not
+expected to recover; so that he was quite incapable of acting on the
+present emergency, being confined constantly to bed.
+
+[Footnote 32: No consequences seem to have followed from this demand,
+which does not appear to have been acceded or even listened to.--E.]
+
+The illness of Centeno was known in the army of Gonzalo, and that his
+tent was pitched at some distance from the rest, to avoid the noise and
+bustle of the camp. Founding on this intelligence, Juan d'Acosta was
+detached with twenty picked men, with orders to approach silently in the
+night to the camp of the royalists, and to endeavour to carry off
+Centeno. Acosta accordingly drew near with so much caution that he
+surprised the centinels that were on guard over Centeno, and had very
+near reached his tent when the alarm was given by some negro servants.
+Being thus discovered, Acosta ordered his men to fire off their
+musquets, and immediately retreated back to the camp of Gonzalo without
+losing a man. In the confusion occasioned by this exploit, great numbers
+of the royalists hastened towards the tent occupied by Centeno; but on
+this occasion several of the soldiers belonging to Valdivia threw away
+their arms and fled. Next morning the scouts of both armies approached
+each other, followed by the respective armies, which at length came in
+sight. The army of Centeno consisted of about a thousand men, two
+hundred of whom were cavalry, an hundred and fifty armed with musquets,
+and all the rest with pikes. Of this army, Luis de Ribera was
+major-general, Pedro de Rios, Jerom Villegas, and Pedro de Ulloa,
+captains of cavalry, and Diego Alvarez carried the grand-standard. The
+captains of infantry were Juan de Vargas, Francisco Retamoso, Negral,
+Pantoia, and Diego Lopez de Zuniga; Luis Garcias being sergeant-major,
+or adjutant-general[33]. The army of Gonzalo consisted only of five
+hundred men, of which three hundred were musqueteers, and eighty
+cavalry, the remainder being armed with pikes. Of this army Carvajal was
+lieutenant-general; the licentiate Cepeda and Juan Velez de Guevara were
+captains of horse; and Juan d'Acosta, Ferdinand Bachicao, and Juan de la
+Torre captains of foot.
+
+[Footnote 33: It is not easy to understand how Mendoza, who had joined
+Centeno some time before, happens to be omitted in this enumeration--E.]
+
+Both armies being drawn up in good order, the insurgents advanced, to
+the sound of trumpets and other musical instruments, till within six
+hundred paces of the enemy, when Carvajal ordered them to halt. The
+royalists continued to advance till within a hundred paces less, and
+then halted likewise. At this time, forty musqueteers were detached from
+the army of Gonzalo, with orders to begin the engagement; and two other
+parties of musqueteers, of forty men each, were posted on the wings,
+Pizarro taking his station between his cavalry and infantry. Thirty
+musqueteers were likewise advanced from the army of Centeno, to skirmish
+with those of the insurgents. As Carvajal observed that the royalists
+waited the attack in good order, he ordered his troops to advance a few
+steps very slowly, in hopes of inducing the enemy to make some movement
+or evolution which might occasion confusion in their ranks. This had the
+desired, effect, as the royalists, believing that their enemies, though
+interior in number, wished to have the honour of making the attack, they
+began immediately to advance, and the insurgents by order of Carvajal
+stood firm to receive them. When tolerably near, Carvajal gave orders
+for a small number of his troops to fire their musquets, on which the
+royalists made a general discharge, and marched forwards at a quick step
+with levelled pikes, during which the royalist musqueteers made a second
+discharge without occasioning any loss to the enemy, as they were still
+three hundred paces distant. Carvajal made his men reserve their fire
+till the enemy was within about an hundred paces; when, with a few
+pieces of artillery, and the whole of his musqueteers, he threw in so
+destructive a volley that above an hundred and fifty of the royalists
+were slain, among whom were two of their captains. By this terrible
+slaughter, the whole infantry of the royalist army was thrown into
+disorder, entirely defeated, and took to flight, in spite of every
+effort of Captain Retimoso to rally them, who lay wounded in the field.
+Notwithstanding the defeat of the infantry, the royalist cavalry made a
+brave charge against the insurgents, of whom they killed and wounded a
+considerable number. On this occasion Gonzalo had his horse killed and
+was thrown to the ground, yet escaped unhurt. Pedro de Rios and Pedro de
+Ulloa, captains of cavalry belonging to Centeno, wheeled with their
+squadrons round the wing of the insurgent infantry, intending to charge
+their flank; but were opposed by the detachments of musqueteers which
+were posted on the wings, on which occasion De Rios and several others
+were slain. Being thus repulsed, and seeing their own infantry entirely
+defeated, the cavalry took likewise to flight and dispersed, every one
+endeavouring to save himself as he best could.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro, having thus gained an easy victory, marched on with his
+army in good order to the camp of Centeno, putting every person to death
+that came in the way. A considerable number of the dispersed royalists
+happened to seek safety in passing by the camp of Pizarro, which they
+found entirely deserted, insomuch that they were able to make use of the
+horses and mules belonging to the insurgent infantry to facilitate their
+flight, and even made a considerable booty in gold and silver. While the
+royalist cavalry were engaged vigorously with the insurgents, Bachicao,
+one of Gonzalos captains, believing that the royalists would be
+victorious, went over to them. After the victory was decided in favour
+of Gonzalo, Bachicao, imagining that his conduct had not been observed,
+and would remain unknown, or that he would be able to justify himself
+under some colourable pretence, returned to his post. But as his
+defection was known to Carvajal, he caused him to be instantly hung up,
+adding insulting raillery to his cruelty, calling him his dear comrade
+and using many other bantering expressions.
+
+During this unfortunate battle, Centeno was so ill that he was carried
+on a kind of litter by six Indians, almost in a state of insensibility;
+yet, by the care and attention of some of his friends, he was saved
+after the defeat of his army. In this bloody engagement, which was
+fought near a place called Guarina, above three hundred and fifty men
+were slain on the side of the royalists, besides thirty more who were
+put to death in the pursuit by the insurgent cavalry. Among these were,
+the major-general Luis de Ribera, the captains Retamoso, Diego Lopez de
+Zuniga, Negral, Pantoia, and Diego Alvarez, with Friar Gonzalo of the
+order of Mercy, and several other persons of condition. The insurgents
+lost about an hundred men. After the battle, Carvajal pursued the
+fugitives at the head of the insurgent cavalry for several days, on the
+road towards Cuzco. He was very anxious to take the bishop of Cuzco,
+against whom he was much incensed for having joined Centeno and being
+present in the battle. The bishop however made his escape; but Carvajal
+gratified his revenge on several royalists whom he got up with, all of
+whom he hung up without mercy, among whom were a brother of the bishop
+and a Dominican friar. After the return of Carvajal from the pursuit,
+Gonzalo made a distribution of lands and Indians among his troops,
+engaging to put them into possession at a convenient opportunity. He
+likewise took great care of his wounded men, and caused the slain to be
+buried. He then sent Bovadilla with a detachment to the city of La Plata
+and the mines, to collect all the gold and silver that could be
+procured, and dispatched Diego de Carvajal, usually called the _Beau_,
+on a similar mission to Arequipa. Juan de la Torre was sent to take
+possession of Cuzco, where he put to death Vasquez de Tapia and the
+licentiate Martel.
+
+After this favourable turn of affairs, Pizarro issued a proclamation by
+which all the soldiers who had served under Centeno were commanded to
+join his standard, under pain of death; granting an amnesty for all that
+passed, with the exception only of those principal leaders who had
+particularly exerted themselves for the royal cause. He then sent Pedro
+de Bustincia with a detachment, to oblige the curacas of Andaguaylas and
+the neighbouring districts to furnish provisions for his army. A few
+days afterwards Gonzalo repaired to Cuzco with about four hundred men,
+and used every effort to put himself into a situation for opposing the
+president; being so elated by the victory he had gained at Guarina over
+such superior numbers, that he and his followers believed themselves
+almost invincible.
+
+While these things were going on in the south of Peru, the president
+marched by the mountain road for the valley of Jauja, accompanied by
+the troops which he had brought from the Tierra Firma, and those of the
+captains Diego de Mora, Gomez de Alvarado, Juan de Saavedra, Porcel, and
+the others that had assembled in Caxamarca. He sent orders likewise to
+Salazar, who now commanded at Quito, to join him with all his men; and
+ordered Lorenzo de Aldana to join him from Lima with all the soldiers
+from the fleet and those he had drawn together after the flight of
+Gonzalo to Arequipa. The president arrived first of all at Jauja with an
+escort of an hundred men, where he immediately took the proper measures
+for collecting arms and military stores, and provisions. On the same day
+he was joined by the licentiate Carvajal and Gabriel de Royas; and soon
+afterwards Ferdinand Mexia de Guzman, and Juan Alphonzo Palamino arrived
+with their companies. Lorenzo de Aldana remained at Lima with his own
+company, it being of great importance to keep possession of that city
+and its post. In a short time the president had collected an army of
+above fifteen hundred men in Jauja, and employed all the forges and
+artists he could procure to fabricate new musquets, to put all the old
+ones into good repair, and to provide abundance of pikes and all other
+arms, both offensive and defensive. In these preparations he not only
+exerted the utmost diligence, but shewed a great deal of intelligence
+and knowledge, far beyond what could tare been expected from a person
+who had hitherto been entirely occupied in civil and religious pursuits.
+He carefully visited his camps, and inspected the workmen who were
+employed by his orders, taking at the same time every possible care of
+such of his soldiers as were sick, exerting himself to the utmost in
+every thing relative to the good of the service, beyond what could have
+been expected from any single person, by which means he acquired the
+entire confidence and affection of all who were under his command. His
+army had always been in hope that their services would not be required,
+and even at one time believed that the president would not have had
+occasion to assemble an army, as they thought that Centeno was strong
+enough to have conquered Gonzalo.
+
+Immediately on receiving intelligence of the victory which Gonzalo had
+gained at Guarina, the president sent the captains Lope Martin and
+Mercadillo, with a detachment of fifty men, to occupy the passes of
+Guamanga, about thirty leagues from Jauja on the way to Cuzco, to learn
+the motions of the enemy, and to collect all who might have been able
+to escape from Cuzco. While at Guamanga, Lope Martin got notice that
+Pedro de Bustincia was in the district of Andahuaylas collecting
+provisions for the army of Gonzalo, as formerly mentioned. Accompanied
+by fifteen mounted musqueteers, Martin went into that district, where he
+unexpectedly attacked Bustincia during the night, and made him and all
+his people prisoners. After hanging some of these men, he returned to
+Guamanga, bringing all the curacas of the neighbourhood along with him,
+by whose means intelligence was conveyed to all parts of the country,
+giving notice of the arrival of the president in the valley of Jauja,
+and the great preparations he was making in that place.
+
+From Jauja the president sent his lieutenant-general, Alfonzo de
+Alvarado, to bring up from Lima all the soldiers that could be spared
+from that place, together with some pieces of artillery from the ships,
+and clothes and money for the supply of such of the soldiers as were in
+want; all of which services were performed by Alvarado in a short time.
+The president now mustered his army, of which Pedro Alfonzo de Hinojosa
+was lieutenant-general, and the licenciate Bendicto de Carvajal carried
+the royal standard, Don Pedro de Cabrera, Gomez de Alvarado, Juan de
+Saavedra, Diego de Mora, Francisco Hernandez, Rodrigo de Salazar, and
+Alfonzo de Mendoza were captains of cavalry; Don Balthazar de Castillo,
+Pablo de Menezes, Hernando Mexia de Guzman, Juan Alfonzo Palomino, Gomez
+de Solis, Francisco Mosquera, Don Ferdinand de Cardinas, the adelantado
+Andagoya, Francisco d'Olmos, Gomez d'Arias, and three other captains,
+Porcel, Pardaval, and Serna, commanded the infantry. Gabriel de Royas
+was appointed to command the artillery. Besides the military officers
+already mentioned, the president was attended by the archbishop of Lima,
+the bishops of Cuzco and Quito, the provincials of the Dominicans and of
+the order of Mercy, and by several other ecclesiastics, both priests and
+friars. On a general muster and review of the army, it was found to
+consist of seven hundred musqueteers, five hundred pikemen, and four
+hundred cavalry. Afterwards, on arriving at Xaquixaguana on the march
+towards Cuzco, it was augmented to nineteen hundred men, by the junction
+of several other detachments, forming the largest and best appointed
+array hitherto seen in Peru.
+
+The president, having completed his preparations, began his march from
+Jauja in good order on the 19th of December 1547, taking the route of
+Cuzco, and especially desirous of crossing the river Abancay[34] in some
+safe place. In this part of his march he was joined by Pedro de
+Valdivia, the governor of Chili. Valdivia had come by sea to Lima, on
+purpose to raise men, and to procure various stores of which he was in
+want, with clothing and ammunition, on purpose to enable him to proceed
+in the conquest of Chili. On his arrival at Lima, and learning the
+situation of affairs in Peru, he determined upon joining the president.
+His arrival was considered as an indication of good fortune; for,
+although the president had already in his army many officers of merit
+and capacity, and of eminent rank and fortune, there was not any one in
+Peru who possessed so much experience in the manner of conducting
+warlike operations in that country as Valdivia, on which account he was
+considered as a fit person to be opposed to the experience and
+stratagems of Carvajal, who was much dreaded by every one in the
+presidents army, more especially since the late defeat of Centeno, which
+was entirely attributed to the talents of Carvajal. About the same time
+Centeno joined the president with more than thirty horse, who had
+accompanied him ever since the defeat of Guarina. Continuing his march
+amid considerable difficulties, owing to the scarcity of provisions, the
+president at length reached the province of Andahuaylas, where he judged
+it proper to remain during the winter, on account of the violent rains
+which fell night and day almost without ceasing, by which the tents were
+all rotted. The maize which they procured as food for the troops was all
+wet and spoiled, by which a considerable number of the soldiers were
+afflicted with dysentery, of which some died, notwithstanding the care
+taken of the sick by Francisco de la Rocha, a Trinitarian monk, who
+acted as physician to the army. Although there were above four hundred
+sick at one time, so great was the care bestowed, that they were as well
+attended and as plentifully supplied with medicines as if in a populous
+city, insomuch that they almost all recovered.
+
+[Footnote 34: Rather the Pachacamac, near which the town or city of
+Abancay is situated, and where probably the president proposed to pass
+that river.--E.]
+
+The arrival of Valdivia and Centeno diffused much joy through the army,
+which was expressed in frequent feasts and entertainments, with concerts
+of music, running at the ring, and similar amusements. During the
+continuance of the army in winter quarters at Andahuaylas, the general
+Hinojosa with Alfonzo de Alvarado and Valdivia applied themselves
+indefatigably to have every thing in the best possible order for taking
+the field. On the commencement of spring, and when the rains began
+sensibly to diminish, the army broke up from Andahuaylas and marched to
+the bridge of Abancay, about twenty leagues from Cuzco, where it halted
+until bridges were constructed across the Apurimac at the distance of
+twelve leagues from Cuzco[35], as the enemy had broken down all the
+bridges over that river, and it was necessary either to construct new
+ones, or to make a circuit of more than seventy leagues to get to Cuzco.
+On purpose to distract the enemy, the president caused materials for the
+construction of bridges to be carried to three different points on the
+Apurimac; one on the great road of the Incas[36], a second in the valley
+of Cotabamba, about twelve leagues farther up the river, and a third
+still farther up the Apurimac, at a village belonging to Don Pedro de
+Puertocarrero, where that officer was posted with a hundred men to guard
+the passage. For the construction of these bridges cables and ropes were
+prepared, after the manner of the native Peruvians as formerly described
+in our general account of the country; and beams and pillars were got
+ready on which to fix the cables when the army should be collected at
+the intended place of passing the river. Had Gonzalo been able to
+ascertain the place at which it was intended to pass, he had assuredly
+opposed the royalists, and would at least have made it exceedingly
+difficult for them to construct a bridge; but as he could not ascertain
+the actual point fixed on, he did not consider it safe to divide his
+force so as to oppose the royalists at the three points of
+demonstration, and satisfied himself therefore by posting spies at the
+different places, to bring him immediate notice of the place where the
+royalists might begin their operations, that he might know where to
+march to oppose them. But the secret was confined to the knowledge of
+the president, and the members of his council of war.
+
+[Footnote 35: Abancay on the Pachacamac is not above 14 Spanish leagues
+from Cuzco in a straight line. The other bridges mentioned in the text
+must have been thrown over the Apurimac Proper, somewhere near the town
+or village of Limatambo.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 36: This was probably by Limatambo, as on the great road the
+Incas had palaces for lodging in with their attendants, called
+_tambos_.--E.]
+
+When all the materials were in readiness, the army began its march for
+Cotabamba, at which place it was determined to pass the river. In this
+march the army had to encounter very considerable difficulties in
+passing through mountains covered with snow. Several of the captains
+were of opinion that this was an improper route, and proposed another
+place almost fifty[37], leagues higher up; but Lope Martin, who guarded
+the pass of Cotabamba, always insisted that the securest passage was to
+be had at that place. In consequence of this difference of opinion, the
+president sent Valdivia and three other captains to examine the
+different places; and on their report that Cotabamba was attended by the
+least difficulty and danger, that place was fixed upon. When Lope Martin
+got information that the army approached to Cotabamba, he set to work
+with the Spaniards and Indians of his detachment, to extend and tighten
+the cables and ropes across the river, of which the main support of the
+bridge was to be composed. Three of the cables were already fixed, when
+the spies employed by Gonzalo came to the place, and cut two of them
+without resistance. On this intelligence being communicated to the army,
+it gave much concern to the president and his officers, lest Gonzalo
+might bring up his forces to dispute the passage before the army could
+be able to get over. The president, therefore, accompanied by his
+principal officers, Hinojosa Alvarado and Valdivia, hastened to the scite
+of the bridge, where he immediately gave orders for some companies of
+infantry to pass the river on Peruvian flat boats or rafts, which was
+deemed a very hazardous enterprize, both on account of the rapidity of
+the current, and because it was believed the enemy might be in some force
+on the other side. Among the first who got over was Hondegardo with a
+few soldiers, after whom several other captains of infantry got across
+with their men, so that before night above four hundred men were got
+over, some of whom swam over their horses along with the flat boats,
+holding them by the bridles, and having their musquets and other arms
+tied to the saddles. Yet so rapid was the current, that above sixty
+horses were lost on this occasion, either drowned or dashed against
+the rocks.
+
+[Footnote 37: This may probably be an error of the press in the original
+for _fifteen_ leagues. Fifty leagues even from Abancay would have
+carried the army almost to Arequipa, to turn the head of the Apurimac,
+and among the highest mountains of Peru.--E.]
+
+On receiving notice from his spies that a part of the royalists had got
+across the river, Gonzalo sent off Juan d'Acosta with two hundred
+mounted musqueteers, with orders to give no quarter to any of those who
+had passed the river, excepting such as had newly come from Spain. On
+the approach of Acosta, as the royalists then on that side of the river
+were not numerous, they mounted a considerable number of Indians and
+negroes on the horses which had been got over, arming them with lances,
+and by that means presented the appearance of a formidable squadron
+drawn up on a height, the few Spanish troops who were on that side of
+the river being placed in the front rank; insomuch that, when Acosta
+went to reconnoitre, they appeared so numerous that he did not venture
+to attack; and returned for a reinforcement. In the mean time, the
+bridge being got ready with the utmost possible diligence, most of the
+royalists passed the river, every one expressing the utmost astonishment
+at the negligence of Gonzalo in not being at hand to dispute the
+passage, as a hundred men at each of the three places where preparations
+had been made for passing, might have rendered the attempt exceedingly
+hazardous.
+
+Next day, when all the army with its stores and followers had passed the
+river, Don Juan de Sandoval was sent out upon discovery, who reported on
+his return that he had advanced three leagues into the country without
+seeing any thing of the insurgents. Hinojosa and Valdivia were then
+ordered to advance with several companies of infantry to occupy the
+passes in the neighbouring mountain, as Gonzalo might have given them
+much trouble if he had taken possession of these heights, which were
+above a league and a half in ascent; and this order was happily executed
+without meeting with any resistance. When Acosta retreated from the
+river, in consequence of believing himself too weak to attack those who
+had passed, he sent to demand a reinforcement from Gonzalo of a hundred
+musqueteers, with the aid of whom he alleged he would be enabled to
+defeat the royalist party which had crossed. At this time one Juan
+Nunnez de Prado deserted from him to the president, and gave him notice
+of the succours which were expected by Acosta. Believing therefore that
+Gonzalo would advance with all his forces, the president took post on
+the ridge of the mountain with above nine hundred men, both cavalry and
+infantry, and remained under arms all night. Next morning, Acosta
+advanced with the reinforcement he had demanded, and the scouts of the
+president brought notice of his approach. On this intelligence,
+believing the whole army of the insurgents at hand, the president sent
+his major-general Alfonzo de Alvarado back to the river, to bring up
+the artillery and the rest of the army: And as the colours of Pizarro
+came in sight, before the return of Alvarado, the president drew up his
+nine hundred men in order of battle, giving all the necessary orders in
+case of being attacked. But in a short time, it was discovered that
+these precautions were unnecessary, as Acosta soon retreated with his
+three hundred men, on seeing the greatly superior force of the
+royalists.
+
+The president remained two or three days in the position he had taken on
+the summit of the mountain, waiting for his artillery and the rest of
+his army. While at that place, Gonzalo sent him a message by a priest,
+demanding that he should dismiss his army, and refrain from making war
+against him till he should receive new orders from his majesty. On this
+occasion, the bishop of Cuzco, who was along with the president, ordered
+the priest into confinement. A little time before this, Gonzalo had
+dispatched another priest, to endeavour to gain over Hinojosa and
+Alvarado to his party, But that messenger, being resolved to desert the
+party of the insurgents, had taken measures in concert with his brother
+to go off in company with all their effects, in which they succeeded. At
+this time likewise the president wrote to Gonzalo, as he had repeatedly
+done during his march, earnestly entreating him to submit to the orders
+of his majesty, and sending him at the same time a copy of the amnesty.
+The usual manner in which these dispatches was forwarded to Gonzalo, was
+by means of the scouts of the army, who had orders to give them to those
+belonging to Gonzalo when they chanced to meet.
+
+When it was known at Cuzco that the president had crossed the river
+Apurimac with all his army, and had taken possession of the pass in the
+high mountain, Gonzalo Pizarro immediately marched out from that city
+with his army and encamped at Xaquixaguana, about five leagues from
+Cuzco, in a plain through which the road passed by which the royalists
+would have to march on their way from the mountain towards Cuzco. His
+army at this time consisted of five hundred and fifty musqueteers, with
+six pieces of cannon, and three hundred and fifty cavalry and pikemen.
+Gonzalo established his camp in a very strong position, as it was only
+accessible in front by means of a very narrow defile, one flank being
+secured by a river and morass, the other flank by the mountain, and the
+rear by precipitous rocks. During two or three days, that the two
+armies remained near each other before the battle, Gonzalo sometimes
+detached a hundred and sometimes two hundred men to skirmish with
+similar parties of the enemy. As the royalist army was now encamped only
+at a short distance from the insurgents, Gonzalo was afraid his troops
+might lose courage by noticing the vast superiority of the enemy in
+number, and that many of his men might abandon him; for which reason he
+always drew up his men under cover of a rising ground near his camp,
+pretending that he did so to induce the president to attack him in his
+present advantageous post, confiding in his numbers and believing the
+insurgents much fewer than they really were.
+
+After the president had passed the mountains and pitched his camp on the
+descent towards the plain, within view of the insurgents, Gonzalo drew
+up his army in order of battle, and caused some discharges to be made
+from his cannon and musquetry. On that day there arose so thick a mist,
+that the scouts and spies of the two armies often came against each
+other unexpectedly. Seeing that the insurgents were disposed to await
+his attack, or even to give battle, the president was inclined to defer
+bringing matters to that extremity for some time, in the hope that a
+considerable number of the enemy might come over to him if they could
+find an opportunity. Yet, as the season was exceedingly cold, even
+accompanied with strong frost, and as wood could not be procured for
+making fires, and provisions were scarce, it was impossible to remain
+long in a state of inaction. The army of Gonzalo was not subject to any
+of these inconveniencies, having plenty of provisions brought regularly
+from Cuzco, and being encamped in a comfortable and temperate situation
+in comparison with the position of the president, whose camp was on the
+slope of the mountain, while that of the insurgents was in the plain or
+valley below. Such is the difference in the temperature of Peru at very
+inconsiderable distances, that on the mountains a severe cold is
+experienced, accompanied by frost and snow, while only at eight or ten
+miles distance in the valley the inhabitants are obliged to use
+precautions to relieve them from excessive heat.
+
+Gonzalo and his lieutenant-general, Carvajal, had formed an arrangement
+for a night attack upon the president, intending to have assailed his
+camp in three points at the same time; but they were induced to abandon
+this project, in consequence of the desertion of one of their soldiers
+named Nava, who communicated their intentions to the president. By this
+person and some others who had joined him from the army of Gonzalo, the
+president was advised to delay coming to battle as long as possible; as
+they were certain that many of the followers of Gonzalo would take the
+first favourable opportunity of returning to their duty, more especially
+those soldiers who had served under Centeno, and who had been
+constrained after his defeat to enter into the ranks of the insurgents
+to save their lives. In expectation of the proposed attack, the
+president kept his army the whole of that night under arms, by which
+they suffered, much distress from the extreme coldness of the weather on
+the mountain, so that many of the soldiers were hardly able to keep hold
+of their arms, and waited impatiently for day. At daylight, a party of
+musqueteers belonging to Gonzalo was observed in march to gain
+possession of a height in the neighbourhood of the royal camp. Mexia and
+Palomino were immediately detached, with three hundred musqueteers, to
+dislodge them, and Valdivia and Alvarado advanced in the same direction,
+so that the enemy were soon forced to retire. During this skirmish, the
+president marched down from the mountain with the main body of his army,
+in the direction of Cuzco, under cover of the hill on which the skirmish
+had taken place; and, to distract the attention of the enemy, a small
+detachment of cavalry and infantry was ordered to advance in view of the
+insurgent camp from that hill. On the arrival of Valdivia and Alvarado
+at the top of the hill, observing that it was possible to cannonade the
+camp of the enemy from that place, they sent orders to Gabriel de Royas
+to bring up the artillery. On this occasion, De Royas promised a reward
+of five hundred crowns for each ball that should reach the enemy: In
+fact he paid that sum about a year afterwards to one of his gunners, who
+sent a ball through the tent of Gonzalo, which was exceedingly
+conspicuous, by which one of his pages was slain. In consequence of this
+incident, Gonzalo ordered all the tents to be struck, that they might
+not serve as marks for the cannoneers of the president. He likewise
+ordered his own artillery to commence firing, and drew up his army in
+order of battle, taking his own station at the head of his cavalry,
+which was commanded by the licentiate Cepeda and Juan d'Acosta. Carvajal
+was at the head of the infantry, having under him the captains Juan de
+la Torre, Diego Guillen, Juan Velasquez de Guevara, Francisco
+Maldonado, and Sebastian de Vergara. Pedro de Soria commanded his
+artillery. When the insurgent army was drawn up in order of battle, the
+numerous Indians that were attached to it quitted the camp, and posted
+themselves in view of both armies on the slope of a neighbouring hill.
+
+While the artillery on both sides kept up a constant fire, the royalist
+army descended from the mountain without keeping any regular order, and
+in all possible haste, the cavalry all on foot leading their horses,
+both on account of the ruggedness of the ground and the better to avoid
+the cannonade from the enemy, as they had no shelter from the balls.
+Immediately on getting down to the plain, the troops were drawn up in
+order of battle; the infantry in two battalions in the centre, and the
+cavalry on the two wings. The cavalry of the left wing was commanded by
+the captains Juan Saavedra, Diego de Mora, Rodrigo Salazar, and
+Francisco Hernandez de Aldana. The royal standard was displayed by the
+licentiate Carvajal in the right wing, in which likewise were posted the
+captains Don Pedro de Cabrera, Alfonso Mercadillo, and Gomez de
+Alvarado. The infantry marched between the wings of horse, but a little
+farther in advance, under the captains Ramirez, De Castro, De Solis,
+Cardenas, Menezes, Mosquera, De la Cerna, Urbina, Aliaga, De Robles, De
+Arias, and De Olmos. A little in advance of the infantry, Alfonso de
+Mendoza marched with his troop of horse to commence the attack,
+accompanied by Centeno, who was determined to exert himself on this
+occasion in revenge for his defeat at Guarina. Pedro de Villavicentio
+acted as serjeant-major or adjutant-general of the army. The president,
+accompanied by the archbishop of Lima, was a little on one side, on the
+slope of the mountain, by which the major-general Alvarado and Valdivia
+brought down the artillery and the three hundred musqueteers commanded
+by Mexia and Palomino. On getting into the plain, this body of
+musqueteers divided in two, Mexia marching to the right along the river,
+and Palomino keeping to the left along the skirts of the mountain.
+
+While the royalist artillery was coming down the mountain, the
+licentiate Cepeda, Garcilasso de la Vega, and Alfonso de Piedra, with
+several other persons of rank and some private soldiers, abandoned
+Gonzalo to surrender themselves to the president. They were closely
+pursued by Pedro Martin de Cicilia and some others of the insurgents,
+who wounded several of these deserters. The horse of Cepeda was killed
+under him by the thrust of a lance, and himself wounded, and he had
+assuredly been either taken or killed unless promptly succoured by order
+of the president. In the mean time Gonzalo kept his troops in firm
+array, waiting for the enemy, and in expectation that they might attack
+him in confusion and be easily defeated, as had happened in the battle
+of Guarina. Hinojosa on his side, advanced with the royalists in the
+best order and at a slow pace, to within musquet-shot of the insurgents,
+where he halted in some low ground, in such a situation that his men
+were secure from the cannon-balls of the enemy, which all flew over
+their heads, although the gunners used every effort to depress their
+guns so as to fire low. At this time the platoons of musquetry on the
+wings of both armies kept up a close fire, Alvarado and Valdivia using
+every effort to cause their men take good aim, while the president and
+archbishop encouraged their gunners to fire quickly and to purpose;
+making them often change the direction of their guns, as circumstances
+appeared to require.
+
+Observing that several of the soldiers of Gonzalo were endeavouring to
+abandon him and were hotly pursued, Centeno and Mendoza advanced with
+the cavalry under their command, on purpose to protect all who wished to
+come over. All those who quitted the insurgents, urged the commanders of
+the royal army not to advance to the charge, as they were certain the
+far greater part of the army of Gonzalo would abandon him, so that he
+would be easily defeated without any danger to the royalists, and with
+little effusion of blood. At this time, a platoon of thirty musqueteers,
+finding themselves near the royal army, came over in a body and
+surrendered themselves. Gonzalo wished to have these men pursued and
+brought back; but the attempt threw his troops into confusion, and his
+whole army began instantly to break up, some fleeing towards Cuzco,
+while others went over to the president and surrendered themselves. Some
+of the insurgent officers were so confounded by this sudden and
+universal derout, that they neither had presence of mind to flee or to
+fight. On seeing this hopeless turn of his affairs, Gonzalo lost all
+courage, and exclaimed in despair, "Since all surrender to the king, so
+must I also." It is reported, that Juan d'Acosta endeavoured to
+encourage him, saying, "let us rush upon the thickest of the enemy, and
+die like Romans;" to which Gonzalo is reported to have answered, "It is
+better to die like Christians."
+
+At this time, Gonzalo observing the serjeant-major of the royalists near
+him, surrendered to him, giving up a long small sword which he had used
+instead of a lance, as he had previously broken his lance upon some of
+his own men who were running away. He was immediately conducted to the
+president, to whom he used some very imprudent expressions, and by whom
+he was committed to the custody of Centeno. About the same time with
+Gonzalo, most of his officers were made prisoners. The lieutenant-general
+Carvajal endeavoured to save himself by flight, meaning to hide himself
+among some tall reeds in a marsh during the night; but his horse stuck
+fast in the morass, and he was brought prisoner to the president by some
+of his own men. In the pursuit, some of the insurgents were killed,
+but most of their officers were made prisoners.
+
+After the entire derout of the enemy, the soldiers of the royal army
+pillaged the camp of the insurgents, where they made a prodigious
+plunder in gold, silver, horses, mules, and rich baggage, by which many
+of them acquired considerable riches, some individuals having acquired
+so much as five or six thousand ducats. One of the soldiers happened to
+fall in with a fine mule having a load on his back, which seemed to
+consist only of clothes, he therefore cut the cords and threw off the
+load, carrying off the mule alone; immediately after which three other
+soldiers, more experienced in such matters, opened up the pack, which
+they found to contain a considerable quantity of gold and silver wrapped
+up in Indian cloaks for better concealment, worth five or six thousand
+ducats.
+
+As the army was much fatigued by the operations of that day; besides
+being under arms all night, the president allowed the men to rest one
+day, yet thought it necessary to dispatch the two Captains Mexia and De
+Robles with their companies to Cuzco, to prevent those soldiers who had
+pursued the fugitives towards that place from entering and plundering
+the city and killing a number of the inhabitants; more especially as
+many might now feel inclined to act from particular enmity towards such
+as had given them offence during the late troubles, under pretence of
+following up the victory. Those captains were likewise directed to
+secure such of the officers and soldiers of the defeated army as had
+fled in that direction. Next day, the president gave orders to the
+licentiate Cianca, one of the new oydors, and Alfonzo de Alvarado, his
+major-general, to bring the prisoners to trial. No other proof was
+requisite against Gonzalo Pizarro than his own acknowledgment and the
+notoriety of his having been in open rebellion against the sovereign. He
+was condemned to be beheaded, and that his head should be fixed in a
+niche or recess on the gibbet at Lima, secured by a trellis or net-work
+of iron through which it might be visible, with this inscription above.
+"The head of Gonzalo Pizarro, a traitor and rebel, who revolted against
+the royal authority in Peru, and presumed to give battle to the army
+under the royal standard in the valley of Xaquixaguana." His whole
+estates and property of every kind were confiscated; and his house in
+Cuzco was ordered to be rased, and salt sown upon its scite, on which a
+pillar or monument was to be erected with a suitable inscription to
+perpetuate the remembrance of his crime and condign punishment. Gonzalo
+was executed on the day of his trial, dying like a good Christian.
+
+While in prison and till his death, Centeno, to whose custody he had
+been committed, treated him with much civility, and would not allow any
+one to insult his fallen greatness. When about to be put to death,
+Gonzalo made a gift of the magnificent dress which he then wore to the
+executioner; but Centeno paid its full value to the executioner, that
+the body might not be stripped and exposed till carried away for
+interment; and next day he had it carried to Cuzco and respectfully
+buried. But the head, pursuant to the sentence, was carried to Lima.
+
+On the same day in which Pizarro was beheaded, his lieutenant-general
+Carvajal was drawn and quartered, and eight or nine of the insurgent
+captains were hanged; and in the sequel several others of the principal
+persons concerned in the revolt were punished when taken[38]. On the day
+following the president went to Cuzco with all his army, whence he sent
+Alfonzo de Mendoza with a detachment into Las Charcas, to make prisoners
+of those who had been sent into that district by Gonzalo in quest of
+silver, and such as might have fled thither from the battle. On account
+of the rich mines in the province of Las Charcas, especially Potosi, it
+was supposed that many of the fugitives had taken refuge in that place,
+to which Hondegardo was sent as lieutenant-governor and captain-general,
+with orders to chastise all those of the inhabitants who had been guilty
+either of favouring Gonzalo, or of neglecting to repair to the royal
+standard on the summons of the president. Along with Hondegardo,
+Gabriel de Royas was sent as receiver of the royal fifth and other
+tributes belonging to the king, and of the fines which the governor
+might inflict on the disaffected and recusants. As De Royas soon died,
+Hondegardo had to discharge the united functions of governor and
+receiver of the province, and in a short space of time he amassed
+treasure to the amount of 3,600,000 livres[39], which he transmitted to
+the president.
+
+[Footnote 38: Yet the Historian of American, II. 392., says that "Gasca,
+happy in his bloodless victory, did not stain it with cruelty; Pizarro,
+Carvajal, and a small number of the most distinguished or notorious
+offenders being punished capitally." The executions seem however to have
+been sufficiently numerous, considering that the whole rebel army before
+the battle was only nine hundred strong, many of whom went over to the
+victor, and all the rest disbanded without fighting.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 39: L.157,000, if French livres are to be understood, and
+worth near a million sterling at the present value of money compared
+with that period,--E.]
+
+The president remained for some time at Guzco, occupied in punishing the
+insurgents according to the greatness of their crimes. Those whom he
+deemed most guilty, he condemned to be drawn in pieces by four horses,
+others he ordered to be hanged; some to be whipt, and others were sent
+to the galleys. He applied himself likewise with much attention to
+restore the kingdom to good order. In virtue of the authority confided
+to him by the king, he granted pardons to all who, having been in arms
+in the valley of Xaquixaguana, had abandoned Gonzalo and joined the
+royal standard. These pardons referred to all public crimes of which
+they had been guilty during the rebellion of Gonzalo Pizarro, yet
+leaving them liable to answer in civil actions for every thing
+respecting their conduct to individuals. This battle of Xaquixaguana,
+which will be long famous in Peru, was fought on Monday the 9th of April
+1548.
+
+When the president had dispatched the most urgent affairs connected with
+the suppression of the rebellion, there yet remained an object of great
+importance for the quiet of the kingdom, which was surrounded with many
+difficulties. This was with regard to the dismissal of the army, in such
+a manner that so great a number of soldiers set free from the restraints
+of discipline might not occasion troubles similar to those now put an
+end to. On purpose to succeed in this delicate affair, the utmost
+prudence was requisite, as almost every soldier in the army considered
+himself entitled to one of the best of the vacant repartimientos, and as
+the number of the troops exceeded 2500 men, while there were only 150
+repartimientos to distribute. Hence it was quite obvious, that instead
+of being able to gratify every claimant, far the greater part must be
+dissatisfied. After a serious deliberation on this important subject,
+the president went to a place in the province of Apurimac, about twelve
+leagues from Cuzco, accompanied only by the archbishop and one
+secretary, on purpose to have leisure for mature reflection at a
+distance from the perpetual importunities of the claimants. In this
+place, they made the best distribution in their power of the vacant
+repartitions, giving sufficient means of living in a respectable manner
+to the captains and other persons of consideration, each in proportion
+to their respective merits and the services they had been of in
+suppressing the late rebellion, giving new repartitions to those who had
+none, and increasing those of others. On this occasion it was found that
+they had vacant repartitions to distribute to the value of a million of
+gold crowns in yearly rent. The greater number of the most valuable and
+extensive repartitions had become vacant during the troubles, partly
+from their former possessors having been put to death by Gonzalo, either
+under pretence of guilt in opposing his rebellion, or in the various
+engagements during the troubles. The president had likewise capitally
+punished several to whom Gonzalo had given repartitions. It must however
+be remarked, that several of these most valuable repartimientos had been
+retained by Gonzalo for his own benefit, under pretence of providing for
+the expences of the war.
+
+In making the new grants, the president retained the power of granting
+pensions upon some of the most extensive repartitions, of three or four
+thousand ducats from each, more or less according to their respective
+values, on purpose to have the power of dividing the money among such
+soldiers as he could not otherwise reward, to enable them to procure
+arms, horses, and other necessaries, meaning to send them off in various
+directions to discover and subdue the country which was hitherto
+unoccupied. Having thus regulated every thing to the best of his power,
+the president thought proper to retire to Lima, and sent the archbishop
+to Cuzco to publish the regulations and distribution of repartimientos,
+and to make payment of the several rewards in money which had been
+agreed upon. The arrangement of this affair occasioned much
+dissatisfaction among the soldiers, every one believing himself better
+entitled to some allotments of lands and Indians than several of those
+who had acquired such grants. All the fair speeches and promises of the
+archbishop and the principal officers were insufficient to quiet the
+murmurs and discontents of the troops, which even produced some
+commotions and seditious conspiracies, in which it was proposed to seize
+upon the archbishop and the chief officers of the army and government,
+and to send the licentiate Cienca with a remonstrance to the president,
+demanding of him to recal the repartition which he had decreed, and to
+make a new one more favourable to their wishes. They even threatened to
+revolt, and to take possession by force of what they considered due to
+their services. The licentiate Cienca, who had been appointed chief
+justice at Cuzco, had established so excellent a system of police that
+he had immediate notice of all these plots and commotions, and was soon
+enabled to restore order and tranquillity by arresting and punishing the
+principal agitators of these threatened troubles, by which he
+effectually checked the spirit of mutiny and insubordination, and
+averted at least for the present the danger of a new civil war in the
+kingdom.
+
+Before leaving Cuzco, the president had renewed the commission of
+Valdivia as governor of Chili, as a reward for the services he had
+rendered in the late war against Gonzalo. On purpose to provide the
+reinforcements of men, horses, and arms, which were necessary for
+defending and extending his conquests in that province, Valdivia went to
+Lima as the most convenient situation for procuring what he wanted.
+Having completed all his preparations, he embarked all his men and
+military stores at the port of Callao, and sent them off for Chili; but
+chose to go himself by land to Arequipa, where he proposed to take
+shipping in his way back to his government. A report was made to the
+president, that Valdivia had engaged some officers and soldiers from
+among those who had been sentenced to banishment from Peru, and even
+some of those who had been condemned to the galleys, on account of the
+share they had taken in the late rebellion. In consequence of this
+information, the president sent his lieutenant-general Hinojosa with
+orders to bring Valdivia before him to answer for his conduct in these
+things which were laid to his charge. As Valdivia was accompanied by a
+considerable number of men he believed himself in condition to resist
+this mandate, and refused the earnest solicitations of Hinojosa to go
+back along with him to the president. But, as Hinojosa observed that
+Valdivia took no precautions to prevent his arrest, and had no
+suspicions that any force would be used against him, he resolved to
+attempt to make him prisoner with the assistance only of six
+musqueteers, in which he succeeded without opposition. In this
+situation, Valdivia very properly determined to submit with a good
+grace, and so satisfactorily explained his conduct to the president,
+that he was allowed to resume his voyage, and to take all those people
+along with him whom he had engaged.
+
+Every thing in Peru being now reduced to good order, the president gave
+permission to all the citizens and other inhabitants of the country, who
+had hitherto served in his army, to retire to their homes, to look after
+the re-establishment of their private affairs, which had, suffered great
+injury from the unavoidable losses experienced during the rebellion, and
+their own necessary expences in the field. He likewise sent off several
+officers with detachments upon new discoveries, and appointed the
+licentiate Carvajal lieutenant-governor of Cuzco, taking up his own
+residence at Lima, which was the seat of government. About this time an
+hundred and fifty Spaniards arrived at the city of La Plata, having
+travelled all the way from the mouth of the Rio Plata under the command
+of Domingo de Yrala to that part of the country which had formerly been
+discovered by Diego de Royas, and were now come into Peru to solicit the
+president to appoint some one to act as governor of the country on the
+Rio Plata which they proposed to settle. He accordingly nominated Diego
+de Centeno to that new government, with authority to raise as many more
+men as he could procure, to enable him to complete the discovery and
+conquest of that country. When all their preparations were completed,
+and they were on the point of setting out on the march, Centeno died,
+and the president appointed another captain in his place.
+
+The Rio Plata, or River of Silver, derives its source from the high
+mountains continually covered with snow which lie between the cities of
+Lima and Cuzco[40]. From these mountains four principal rivers flow,
+which derive their names from the provinces through which they pass. The
+Apurimac, Vilcas, Abancay, and Jauja. This last derives its source from
+a lake in the province of Bombon[41], the most level and yet the highest
+plain in all Peru, where accordingly it snows or hails almost
+continually. This lake is quite crowded with small islands, which are
+covered with reeds, flags, and other aquatic plants, and the borders of
+the lake are inhabited by many Indians.
+
+[Footnote 40: Zarate is extremely erroneous in his account of the
+sources of the Rio Plata. All the streams which rise from the Peruvian
+mountains in the situation indicated, and for seven or eight degrees
+farther south, and which run to the eastwards, contribute towards the
+mighty Maranon or River of the Amazons.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 41: This is an egregious mistake; the Rio Jauja rises from the
+lake of Chinchay Cocha in the province of Tarma, and runs _south_ to
+join the Apurimac. The river Guanuco rises in the elevated plain of
+Bombon, and runs _north_ to form the Gualagua, which joins the
+Lauricocha or Tanguragua.--E.]
+
+In the late war against Gonzalo Pizarro, the president incurred enormous
+expences for the pay and equipment of his troops, for the purchase of
+horses, arms, and warlike stores, and the fitting out and provisioning
+of the ships which he employed. From his landing in the Tierra Firma to
+the day of his final victory over Gonzalo, he had expended on these
+necessary affairs more than nine hundred thousand dollars, most of which
+he had borrowed from the merchants and other private individuals, as all
+the royal revenues had been appropriated and dissipated by Gonzalo.
+After the re-establishment of tranquillity, he applied himself to amass
+treasure with the utmost diligence, both from the fifths belonging to
+the king, and by means of fines and confiscations; insomuch that after
+payment of his debts, he had a surplus of above a million and a half of
+ducats, chiefly derived from the province of Las Charcas.
+
+In his arrangements for the future government of the country, in
+conformity with the royal ordinance, he took much care to prevent the
+Indians from being oppressed. In consequence of the fatigues which they
+underwent, in the carriage of immense loads, and by numbers of the
+Spaniards wandering continually about the country attended by a train of
+Indians to carry their baggage, vast numbers of them had perished.
+Having re-established the royal audience, or supreme court of justice,
+in Lima, he applied earnestly to regulate the tributes which were to be
+paid by the Indians to the Spaniards upon fixed principles, which had
+not been hitherto done on account of the wars and revolutions which had
+distracted the country ever since its discovery and conquest. Before
+this new arrangement, every Spaniard who possessed a repartimiento or
+allotment of lands and Indians, used to receive from the curaca or
+cacique of his district such tribute as he was able or willing to pay,
+and many of the Spaniards often exacted larger sums from their Indians
+than they were well able to afford, frequently plundering them of their
+hard-earned property with lawless violence. Some even went so far as to
+inflict tortures on their Indians, to compel them to give up every thing
+they possessed, often carrying their cruelty to such a pitch as to put
+them to death in the most wanton and unjustifiable manner. To put a stop
+to these violent proceedings, the taxes of each province and district
+were regulated in proportion to the number of Indian and Spanish
+inhabitants which they respectively contained; and, in forming their
+arrangements, the president and judges carefully inquired into the
+productions of each province; such as its mines of gold and silver, the
+quantity of its cattle, and other things of a similar nature, the taxes
+on which were all regulated according to circumstances in the most
+reasonable and equitable manner.
+
+Having thus reduced the affairs of the kingdom to good order, all the
+unemployed soldiers being sent off to different places, some to Chili,
+others to the new province on the Rio Plata, and others to various new
+discoveries under different commanders, and all who remained in Peru
+being established in various occupations by which they might maintain
+themselves, according to their inclinations and capacities, mostly in
+the concerns of the mines, the president resolved to return, into Spain,
+pursuant to the authority he had received from his majesty to do so when
+he might see proper. One of his most powerful motives for returning to
+Spain proceeded from his anxiety to preserve the large treasure he had
+amassed for the king: as, having no military force for its protection,
+he was afraid such great riches might excite fresh troubles and
+commotions in the country. Having made all the necessary preparations
+for his voyage, and embarked his treasure, without communicating his
+intentions hitherto to any one, he assembled the magistrates of Lima,
+and informed them of his intended voyage. They started many objections
+to this measure; representing the inconveniencies which might arise from
+his departure, before his majesty had sent out some other person to
+replace him, either in the capacity of viceroy or president. He answered
+all their objections, stating that the court of royal audience, and the
+governors of the different provinces which they were authorized to
+nominate, were sufficient to dispense justice and to regulate all
+affairs, they at last consented; and immediately embarking, he set sail
+for Panama.
+
+Just before he sailed and while on board ship, the president made a new
+partition of such lands and Indians as had become vacant since the
+former distribution which he made at Cuzco. The number of vacant
+repartimientos was considerable, in consequence of the death of Centeno,
+De Royas, the licentiate Carvajal, and several other persons of rank;
+and as there were many candidates who demanded loudly to be preferred,
+he chose to defer the repartition till after he had embarked, as he was
+unable to satisfy all the claimants, and was unwilling to expose himself
+to the clamours of those whom he was unable to gratify. Having settled
+all these distributions, he left the different deeds signed and sealed
+with the secretary of the royal audience, with strict injunctions that
+they should not be opened until eight days after his departure. Every
+thing being finally concluded, he set sail from the port of Callao in
+December 1549, accompanied by the Provincial of the Dominicans and Jerom
+de Aliaga, who were appointed agents for the affairs of Peru at the
+court of Spain. He was likewise accompanied by several gentlemen and
+other considerable persons, who meant to return to Spain, carrying with
+them all the wealth they had been able to acquire.
+
+The voyage to Panama was prosperous. The president and all who were
+along with him immediately landed at that place, and used the utmost
+diligence to transport all the wealth belonging to his majesty and to
+individuals, to Nombre de Dios, to which place they all went, and made
+proper preparations for returning to Spain. Every one treated the
+president with the same respect as when he resided in Peru, and he
+behaved towards them with much civility and attention, keeping open
+table for all who chose to visit him. This was at the royal expence; as
+the president had stipulated for all his expences being defrayed by his
+majesty, before leaving Spain on his mission to Peru. In this he acted
+with much and prudent precaution; considering that the former governors
+had been accused of living penuriously in proportion to their rich
+appointments, and being satisfied that the administration in Spain would
+not allow him a sufficient income to defray the great expences he must
+incur in a country where every thing was enormously dear, he declined
+accepting any specified salary, but demanded and obtained authority to
+take from the royal funds all that was necessary for his personal
+expence and the support of his household. He even used the precaution to
+have this arrangement formally reduced to writing; and in the exercise
+of this permission he employed a person expressly for the purpose of
+keeping an exact account of all his expences, and of every thing that
+was purchased for his table or otherwise, which were all accordingly
+paid for from the royal coffers.
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Insurrection of Ferdinand and Pedro de Contreras in Nicaragua, and
+their unsuccessful attempt upon the Royal Treasure in the Tierra Firma._
+
+
+At this period an extraordinary attempt was made to intercept the
+president in his passage through the Tierra Firma, and to gain
+possession of the royal treasure under his charge, which will require
+some elucidation for its distinct explanation. When Pedro Arias de
+Avilla discovered the province of Nicaragua, of which he was appointed
+governor, he married his daughter Donna Maria de Penalosa to Rodrigo de
+Contreras, a respectable gentleman of Segovia. Some time afterwards,
+Pedro Arias died, after having appointed his son-in-law to succeed him
+in the government, and this appointment was confirmed by the court in
+consideration of the merits and services of Contreras, who accordingly
+continued governor of Nicaragua for several years. On the appointment of
+a royal audience on the confines of Nicaragua and Guatimala, Contreras
+was displaced from his government; and, in pursuance of the ordinance
+which had occasioned so much commotion in Peru, both he and his wife
+were deprived of their repartitions of lands and Indians, and the grants
+which had been made to their children were likewise recalled. Contreras
+went in consequence to Spain, to solicit a reparation of the injury he
+had sustained, representing the services which had been performed to the
+crown by the discovery, conquest, and settlement of Nicaragua, by his
+father-in-law and himself; but his majesty and the council of the Indies
+confirmed the decision of the royal audience, as conformable with the
+regulations.
+
+On receiving information of the bad success of their father, Ferdinand
+and Pedro de Contreras were much chagrined, and rashly determined to
+revolt and seize the government of the province. They persuaded
+themselves with being joined by a sufficient force for this purpose,
+confiding in the advice and assistance of a person named Juan de
+Bermejo, and some other soldiers his companions, who had quitted Peru in
+much discontent against the president, for not having sufficiently
+rewarded them, in their own opinions, for their services in the war
+against Gonzalo. Besides these men, several of those who had fought
+under Gonzalo had taken refuge in Nicaragua, having been banished by the
+president from Peru, all of whom joined themselves to the Contreras on
+this occasion. By these people the young men were encouraged to erect
+the standard of rebellion, assuring them, if they, could pass over into
+Peru with two or three hundred men, sufficiently armed, that almost the
+whole population of the kingdom would join their standards, as all were
+exceedingly dissatisfied with the president for not rewarding their
+services sufficiently. The Contreras accordingly began secretly to
+collect soldiers, and to provide arms for this enterprize; and deeming
+themselves sufficiently powerful to set justice at defiance, they
+resolved to commence their revolt. As they considered the bishop of
+Nicaragua among the most determined enemies of their father, they began
+their operations by taking vengeance on him; for which purpose they sent
+some soldiers to his house, who assassinated him while playing chess.
+After this, they openly collected their followers and displayed their
+standard, assuming the title of the _Army of Liberty_; and seizing a
+sufficient number of vessels, they embarked on the Pacific Ocean with
+the intention of intercepting the viceroy on his voyage from Lima to
+Panama, intending to plunder him of all the treasure he was conveying to
+Spain. For this purpose they steered in the first place for Panama, both
+to gain intelligence of the proceedings of the president, and because
+the navigation from thence to Peru was easier than from Nicaragua.
+
+Embarking therefore with about three hundred men, they made sail for
+Panama, and on their arrival at that place they learnt that the
+president had already disembarked with all his treasure and attendants.
+They now believed that every thing was favourable to their intentions,
+and that by good fortune their desired prey had fallen into their hands.
+Waiting therefore till night, they entered the port as quietly as
+possible, believing that the president was still in Panama, and that
+they might easily execute their enterprize without danger or resistance.
+Their intelligence however was exceedingly defective, and their hopes
+ill founded; for the president had left Panama with all his people three
+days before, having previously sent off all his treasure to Nombre de
+Dios, to which place he was likewise gone. In fact, by this diligence,
+the president avoided the impending danger, without having the slightest
+suspicion that any such might befal. Immediately on landing, the
+brothers were informed that the president had already left the place; on
+which they went to the house of Martin Ruiz de Marchena, treasurer of
+the province, where they took possession of the money in the royal
+coffers, amounting to 400,000 pesos in base silver, which had been left
+there by the president in consequence of not having sufficient means of
+transporting it to Nombre de Dios along with the rest. After this they
+dragged Marchena, Juan de Larez, and some other respectable inhabitants
+to the public square, threatening to hang them all unless they gave
+immediate notice where the arms and money belonging to the province were
+deposited. But all their threats were unable to force any discovery, and
+they carried on board their ships all the treasure and other valuable
+plunder they had procured.
+
+Believing that the farther success of their enterprize depended on the
+diligence they should exert in reaching Nombre de Dios to surprize the
+president, before he might have time to embark or prepare for his
+defence, they determined to proceed to that place without delay. For
+this purpose, it was arranged that Ferdinand de Contreras should march
+to Nombre de Dios with the greater part of the troops, while Juan de
+Bermejo was to take post with an hundred men on a height near Panama, to
+protect the rear of Ferdinand, to prevent pursuit, to be in readiness to
+receive the valuable booty they expected, and to intercept such of the
+attendants on the president as might escape in that direction from
+Nombre de Dios. In the mean time, Pedro de Contreras was to remain on
+board with a small number of men to protect the ships. All this was done
+accordingly; but matters turned out in quite a different manner from
+their expectations. Marchena got some information respecting their plan
+of operations, and sent off two confidential intelligent negroes to give
+notice to the president of what had occurred in Panama, and of the
+ulterior designs of the Contreras. One of these negroes was directed to
+travel the whole way by land, and the other to go by way of the small
+river Chagre, which route had been taken by the president.
+
+This river has its source in the mountains between Panama and Nombre de
+Dios. Its course at first seems tending towards the Pacific Ocean; but
+it suddenly makes a turn at a cataract, and after a farther run of
+fourteen leagues it falls into the Atlantic; so that by means of a canal
+only five leagues in length, from that river to the South Sea, a
+navigation might be easily established between the two seas. It is true
+that it would be necessary to cut this canal through mountains, and in a
+country exceedingly uneven and full of rocks, so that the design has
+hitherto appeared impracticable. Hence, in going from Panama to Nombre
+de Dios by the river Chagre, it is necessary to travel by land in the
+first place to that river below the fall, a distance of five leagues.
+After descending to the mouth of the river, there still remains five or
+six leagues to go by sea to Nombre de Dios. The messenger who was sent
+by this road came up with the president before his arrival at Nombre de
+Dios, and gave him an account of the events which had taken place at
+Panama. Though much alarmed by this intelligence, he communicated it to
+the provincial and the officers who accompanied him without appearing to
+be under any apprehensions; but, on embarking on the North Sea, it fell
+so dead a calm that they could make no progress, and he could not then
+conceal his fears of the event. Still however preserving his presence of
+mind, he sent off Hernan Nunnez de Segura by land to Nombre de Dios,
+accompanied by some negroes who knew the country, with orders for all
+the inhabitants of that place to take up arms for the protection of the
+treasure which had been sent there. Segura had a most difficult and
+fatiguing journey on foot, having several rivers to cross, some of them
+by swimming, and to pass through woods and marshes in a road through
+which no person had travelled for a long while. On his arrival at Nombre
+de Dios, he found the news already communicated to that place, by the
+other negro, and that the inhabitants were already in arms, and had
+prepared as well as they were able to defend themselves, having landed
+the crews of nine or ten vessels which were in the harbour to give their
+assistance in repelling the rebels. The president arrived shortly
+afterwards, where he found every thing in order for defence; and
+immediately marched out at the head of the armed inhabitants on the road
+towards Panama, determined to give battle to Contrera in case of his
+approach.
+
+When Ferdinand de Contrera marched for Nombre Dios, and Bermejo took
+post on the hill near Panama, as formerly mentioned, Marchena and De
+Larez believed they might be able to defeat Bermejo in the divided state
+of the rebels. For this purpose they re-assembled all the inhabitants of
+Panama, most of whom had taken refuge in the mountains, with whom they
+joined a considerable number of negroes who were employed as labourers
+in husbandry and in driving mules with goods between Panama and Nombre
+de Dios. By these means they assembled a respectable force, which they
+armed as well as circumstances would allow. Having thrown up some
+intrenchments of earth and fascines in the streets, and leaving some
+confidential persons to protect the town against the small number of
+rebels left in the ships with Pedro de Contreras, they marched out
+boldly against Bermejo, whom they vigorously attacked. After some
+resistance, they gained a complete victory, killing or making prisoners
+of the whole of that detachment. After this complete success, Marchena
+determined immediately to march for Nombre de Dios, believing that the
+inhabitants of that city, on learning the late events at Panama, would
+have armed for their defence, and would even take the field against
+Ferdinand de Contreras, and being more numerous than his detachment,
+would oblige him to retire to form a junction with Bermejo. Accordingly,
+when Ferdinand de Contreras had proceeded about half way to Nombre de
+Dios, he learnt that the president had got notice of the approach of the
+rebels, and had marched out against them with a superior force; on which
+Ferdinand de Contreras resolved to return to Panama.
+
+While on his return, he took some negroes from whom he got notice of
+the entire defeat of Bermejo, and of the advance of Marchena against
+himself. He was so disconcerted by this intelligence, that he allowed
+all his men to disperse, desiring them to save themselves as they best
+might, and to endeavour to get to the shore, where his brother would
+take them on board the ships. They all separated, and Ferdinand with
+some of his people struck into the woods, avoiding the public road, that
+they might escape Marchena. As the country was much intersected with
+rivers, and Ferdinand was little accustomed to encounter such
+difficulties, he was drowned in an endeavour to pass one of the rivers.
+Several of the followers of Ferdinand were made prisoners, and it was
+never known what became of the others. The prisoners were carried to
+Panama, where they, and those others who were taken at the defeat of
+Bermejo, were all put to death.
+
+When Pedro de Contreras, who remained on board the ships, got
+intelligence of the miserable fete of his comrades, he was so much
+alarmed that he would not take time to hoist anchor and make seal, but
+threw himself into a boat with some of his men, leaving the ships at
+anchor with all the plunder untouched. He coasted along for a
+considerable way to the province of Nata; after which no farther
+intelligence was ever received either of him or any of those who were
+along with him, but it was supposed they were all massacred by the
+Indians of that country. On getting intelligence of the favourable
+termination of this threatening affair, the president returned to Nombre
+de Dios, giving thanks to God for having delivered him from this
+unforseen danger. Had the rebels arrived at Panama only a few days
+sooner, they might easily have made him prisoner, and would have
+acquired a much larger booty then ever fell into the hands of pirates.
+
+Tranquillity being entirely restored, the president embarked with his
+treasure, and arrived safely in Spain. One of his vessels, in which Juan
+Gomez de Anuaya was embarked, with part of the royal treasure, was
+obliged to put back to Nombre de Dios: But, having refitted at that
+port, she likewise arrived in Spain. Immediately on landing at San
+Lucar, the president sent Captain Lope Martin into Germany, where the
+emperor then was, to inform his majesty of his safe arrival from Peru.
+This news was exceedingly agreeable to the court, and occasioned much
+astonishment at the prompt and happy termination of the troubles, which
+had appeared so formidable and difficult to appease. Soon after the
+arrival of the president at Valladolid, he was appointed bishop of
+Placentia[42], then vacant in consequence of the death of Don Luis
+Cabeza de Vaca; and his majesty sent orders that he should come to
+court, to give a minute account of all the affairs in which he had been
+engaged. He went there accordingly, accompanied by the provincial of the
+Dominicans, and Jerom de Aliaga, the deputies or agents of the kingdom
+of Peru, and by several other gentlemen and persons of consideration,
+who were in expectation of getting some rewards from his majesty for
+their loyal services during the late commotions. The new bishop
+accordingly embarked at Barcelona, along with his companions, in some
+galleys which were appointed for the purpose; taking along with him, by
+order of his majesty, half a million of dollars of the treasure he had
+brought from Peru. Shortly afterwards, his majesty appointed Don Antonio
+de Mendoza, the viceroy of New Spain, to assume that office in Peru;
+sending Don Luis de Velasco, commissary-general of the customs of
+Castille, to succeed Mendoza in the viceroyalty of New Spain.
+
+[Footnote 42: In the Royal Commentaries of Garcilasso de la Vega, p.
+876, he is said to have been first appointed to the bishopric of
+Placentia, and to have been afterwards translated to that of Ciguenza in
+1561 by Philip II which he enjoyed till his death in 1577.]
+
+END OF THE DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST OF PERU,
+
+BY AUGUSTINO ZARATE.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+CONTINUATION OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU, FROM THE RESTORATION OF
+TRANQUILLITY BY GASCA IN 1549, TO THE DEATH OF THE INCA TUPAC AMARU;
+EXTRACTED FROM GARCILASSO DE LA VEGA.
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+Having now given at considerable length the authentic histories of the
+discovery and conquest of the two greatest of the European colonies in
+the New World, Mexico and Peru, from original and contemporary authors
+whose works had not before appeared in any English Collection of Voyages
+and Travels, we now propose to give, as a kind of supplement or appendix
+to the excellent history of Zarate, an abridged deduction of the
+principal events in Peru for some time after the departure of the
+president De la Gasca from that kingdom, extracted from the conclusion
+of the Royal Commentaries of Peru by Garcilasso de la Vega Inca, Part
+II. Book VI. VII. and VIII. Having formerly given some account of that
+work, not very favourable to the character of that descendant of the
+Incas as a historian, it may only be here mentioned that the events to
+be now related on his authority all occurred in his own time, and that
+the relation of them which he has left would have been greatly more
+valuable if he had been pleased to favour us more frequently with their
+dates.
+
+In the present eventful period, while Spain, once the terror of Europe,
+seems in danger of sinking under the tyrannical grasp of the usurper of
+France, a vast revolution appears about to elevate the Spanish American
+colonies into extensive independent states; if the jealous collision of
+rights, interests, and pretensions between the various races of their
+inhabitants do not plunge them into all the horrors of civil war and
+anarchy. The crisis is peculiarly interesting to all the friends of
+humanity, and it is to be wished that the present commotions may soon
+subside into a permanent state of peace and good government,
+advantageous to all the best interests of the colonists, and beneficial
+to the commerce and industry of the rest of the world.
+
+Before proceeding to the abridged history of events in Peru, subsequent
+to the departure of the president De la Gasca, the following reflections
+on the state of manners among the early Spanish settlers in that opulent
+region, during the period of which we have already given the history, as
+drawn by the eloquent pen of the illustrious Historian of America, have
+appeared most worthy of insertion[43].
+
+[Footnote 43: Hist of America, II. p. 393.]
+
+"Though the Spaniards who first invaded Peru were of the lowest order in
+society, and the greater part of those who afterwards joined them were
+persons of desperate fortune, yet in all the bodies of troops brought
+into the field by the different leaders who contended for superiority,
+not one acted as a hired soldier or followed his standard for pay. Every
+adventurer in Peru considered himself as a conqueror, entitled by his
+services to an establishment in that country which had been acquired by
+his valour. In the contests between the rival chiefs, each chose his
+side as he was directed by his own judgment or affections. He joined his
+commander as a companion of his fortune, and disdained to degrade
+himself by receiving the wages of a mercenary. It was to their sword,
+not to pre-eminence in office or nobility of birth that most of the
+leaders whom they followed were indebted for their elevation; and each
+of their adherents hoped, by the same means, to open a way for himself
+to the possession of power and wealth."
+
+"But though the troops in Peru served without, any regular pay, they
+were raised at an immense expence. Among men accustomed to divide the
+spoil of an opulent country, the desire of obtaining wealth acquired
+incredible force. The ardour of pursuit augmented in proportion to the
+hope of success. Where all were intent on the same object, and under the
+dominion of the same passion, there was but one mode of gaining men, or
+of securing their attachment. Officers of name and influence, besides
+the promise of future establishments, received large gratuities in hand
+from the chief with whom they engaged. Gonzalo Pizarro, in order to
+raise a thousand men, advanced five hundred thousand pesos. Gasca
+expended in levying the troops which he led against Pizarro nine hundred
+thousand pesos. The distributions of property, bestowed as the reward of
+services, were still more exorbitant. Cepeda as the reward of his
+perfidy, in persuading the court of royal audience to give the sanction
+of its authority to the usurped jurisdiction of Pizarro, received a
+grant of lands which yielded an annual income of an hundred and fifty
+thousand pesos. Hinojosa, who, by his early defection from Pizarro, and
+surrender of the feet to Gasca, decided the fate of Peru, obtained a
+district of country affording two hundred thousand pesos of yearly
+value. While such rewards were dealt out to the principal officers, with
+more than royal munificence, proportional shares were conferred on
+those of inferior rank."
+
+"Such a rapid change of fortune produced its natural effects. It gave
+birth to new wants, and new desires. Veterans, long accustomed to
+hardship and toil, acquired of a sudden a taste for profuse and
+inconsiderate dissipation and indulged in all the excesses of military
+licentiousness. The riot of low debauchery occupied some; a relish for
+expensive luxuries spread among others. The meanest soldier in Peru
+would have thought himself degraded by marching on foot; and, at a time
+when the price of horses in that country was exorbitant, each individual
+insisted on being furnished with one before he would take the field.
+But, though less patient under the fatigues and hardships of service,
+they were ready to face danger and death with as much intrepidity as
+ever; and, animated by the hope of new rewards, they never failed, on
+the day of battle, to display all their ancient valour."
+
+"Together with their courage, they retained all the ferocity by which
+they were originally distinguished. Civil discord never raged with a
+more fell spirit than among the Spaniards in Peru. To all the passions
+which usually envenom contests among countrymen, avarice was added, and
+rendered their enmity more rancorous. Eagerness to seize the valuable
+forfeitures expected upon the death of every opponent, shut the door
+against mercy. To be wealthy was, of itself, sufficient to expose a man
+to accusation, or to subject him to punishment. On the slightest
+suspicions, Pizarro condemned many of the most opulent inhabitants of
+Peru to death. Carvajal, without searching for any pretext to justify
+his cruelty, cut off many more. The number of those who suffered by the
+hand of the executioner, was not much inferior to what fell in the
+field; and the greater part was condemned without the formality of any
+legal trial."
+
+"The violence with which the contending parties treated their opponents
+was not accompanied by its usual attendants, attachment and fidelity to
+those with whom they acted. The ties of honour, which ought to be held
+sacred among men, and the principle of integrity, interwoven as
+thoroughly in the Spanish character as in that of any nation, seem to
+have been equally forgotten. Even regard for decency, and the sense of
+shame, were totally abandoned. During these dissensions, there was
+hardly a Spaniard in Peru who did not abandon the party which he had
+originally espoused, betray the associates with whom he had united, and
+violate the engagements under which he had come. The viceroy Nunnez
+Vela was ruined by the treachery of Cepeda and the other judges of the
+royal audience, who were bound to have supported his authority. The
+chief advisers and companions of Gonzalo Pizarro in his revolt were the
+first to forsake him, and submit to his enemies. His fleet was given up
+to Gasca, by the man whom he had singled out among his officers to
+entrust with that important command. On the day that was to decide his
+fate, an army of veterans, in sight of the enemy, threw down their arms
+without striking a blow, and deserted a leader who had often conducted
+them to victory. Instances of such general and avowed contempt of the
+principles and obligations which attach man to man, and bind them in
+social union, rarely occur in history. It is only where men are far
+removed from the seat of government, where the restraints of law and
+order are little felt, where the prospect of gain is unbounded, and
+where immense wealth may cover the crimes by which it is acquired, that
+we can find any parallel to the levity, the rapaciousness, the perfidy,
+and corruption prevalent among the Spaniards in Peru."
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Incidents in the History of Peru, from the departure of Gasca, to the
+appointment of Don Antonio de Mendoza as Viceroy._
+
+
+Among those who were dissatisfied with the distribution of the
+repartimientos in Peru by the president, was Francisco Hernandez Giron,
+to whom De la Gasca granted a commission to make a conquest of the
+district called the Cunchos, to the north-east of Cuzco, and beyond one
+of the great chains of the Andes, with the title and authority of
+governor and captain-general of that country, which he engaged to
+conquer at his own expence. Giron was much gratified by this employment,
+as it afforded him a favourable opportunity for fomenting and exciting a
+new rebellion against the royal authority, which he had long meditated,
+and which he actually put in execution, as will be seen in the sequel.
+Immediately after the departure of the president from Peru, he went from
+Lima to Cuzco publishing the commission which he had received, and
+appointed several captains to raise men for his intended expedition in
+Guamanga, Arequipa, La Paz, and other places; while he personally beat
+up for volunteers in Cuzco. Being a man of popular manners and much
+beloved among the soldiers, he soon drew together above two hundred men.
+So great a number of the most loose and dissolute inhabitants being
+collected together at Cuzco and in arms, they took extreme liberty in
+canvassing the late events, and to speak with much licentiousness
+respecting the president and the officers he had left in the government
+of the kingdom. Their discourse was so open and scandalous, that the
+magistrates of the city deemed it necessary to interpose; and Juan de
+Saavedra, who was then mayor or regidor of Cuzco, requested Giron to
+depart upon his intended expedition without delay, that the peaceable
+inhabitants might no longer be scandalized by the seditious discourses
+of his soldiers, as most of them were quartered upon the citizens to
+whom they behaved with much insolence.
+
+I was then in Cuzco, though a boy, when Giron and his soldiers made
+their first disturbance; and I was present also about three years
+afterwards at their second mutiny; and, though I had not even then
+attained the age of a young man, I was sufficiently able to notice and
+understand the observations and discourses of my father on the various
+events which occurred; and I can testify that the soldiers behaved in so
+proud and insolent a manner that the magistrates were forced to take
+notice of their conduct. The soldiers thought proper to be much offended
+on this occasion, pretending that no one ought to have any authority
+over them except Giron under whose command they had inlisted; and they
+carried their mutinous insolence to such a height as to assemble in arms
+at the house of their commander to protect themselves against the
+magistrates. When this mutiny was known in the city, the magistrates and
+citizens found themselves obliged to arm, and being joined by many
+soldiers who were not of the faction, they took post in the
+market-place. The mutineers drew up likewise in the street where Giron's
+house stood, at no great distance from the market-place; and in this
+manner both parties remained under arms for two days and nights, always
+on the point of coming to action; which had certainly been the case if
+some prudent persons had not interposed between them, and prevailed on
+the magistrates to enter into a treaty for compromising their
+differences. The most active persons on this occasion were Diego de
+Silva, Diego Maldonado the rich, Garcilasso de la Vega my father, Vasco
+de Guevara, Antonio Quinnones, Juan de Berrio, Jeronimo de Loyasa,
+Martin de Meneses, and Francisco Rodriguez. By their persuasions the
+regidor Juan de Saavedra and Captain Francisco Hernandez Giron were
+induced to meet in the great church, on which occasion the soldiers
+demanded four hostages for the security of their commander. In this
+conference Giron behaved with so much insolence and audacity, that
+Saavedra had assuredly arrested him if he had not been restrained from
+respect for the hostages, of whom my father was one. In a second
+conference in the evening, under the same precautions, Giron agreed to
+remove his soldiers from the city, to give up eight of the most mutinous
+of his soldiers to the magistrates, and even to make compearance in
+person before the court to answer for his conduct during the mutiny.
+
+On being made acquainted with this agreement, the soldiers were
+exceedingly enraged; and if Giron had not pacified them with soothing
+words and promises they had certainly attacked the loyal inhabitants,
+the consequences of which might have been exceedingly fatal. The
+mutineers amounted to two hundred effective well-armed men, of desperate
+fortunes, while the loyalists consisted of only eighty men of quality,
+all the rest being rich merchants not inured to arms. But it pleased God
+to avert the threatened mischief, at the prayers and vows of the
+priests, friars and devout women of the city. The mutineers were under
+arms all night, setting regular guards and sentinels as in the presence
+of an enemy; and in the morning, when Saavedra saw that Giron had not
+marched from the city according to agreement, he sent a warrant to bring
+him before his tribunal. As Giron suspected that his men might not
+permit him to obey the warrant, he walked out in his morning gown, as if
+only going to visit a neighbour; but went directly to the house of
+Saavedra, who committed him to prison. On this intelligence being
+communicated to the soldiers, they immediately dispersed, every one
+shifting for himself as he best could. The eight men who were
+particularly obnoxious took sanctuary in the Dominican convent, and
+fortified themselves in the tower of the church, where they held out for
+several days, but were at last obliged to surrender. They were all
+punished, but not in that exemplary manner their rebellious conduct
+deserved; and the tower was demolished, that it might not be used in the
+same manner in future.
+
+After the dispersion of the mutineers and the punishment of the most
+guilty, Giron was released on his solemn engagement to make his
+appearance before the royal audience at Lima to answer for his conduct.
+He went there accordingly, and was committed to prison; but after a few
+days was permitted to go out as a prisoner at large, confining himself
+to the city of Lima. He there married a young virtuous noble and
+beautiful lady, with whom he went to reside at Cuzco, where he
+associated with none but soldiers, avoiding all society with the
+citizens as much as possible.
+
+About two years afterwards several soldiers residing in Cuzce, entered
+into a new plot to raise disturbances in the kingdom, and were eager to
+find some proper person to choose as their leader. At length this affair
+came to be so openly talked of that it reached the knowledge of
+Saavedra, who was required to take cognizance of the plot and to punish
+the ringleaders; but he endeavoured to excuse himself, being unwilling
+to create himself enemies, alleging that it more properly belonged to
+the jurisdiction of the court of audience. When this affair was reported
+to the oydors at Lima, they were much displeased with the conduct of
+Saavedra, and immediately appointed the marshal Alonzo de Alvarado to
+supersede him in the office of regidor or mayor of Cuzco, giving
+Alvarado an especial commission to punish the insolence and mutinous
+conduct of the soldiers, to prevent the evil from getting to an
+unsupportable height. Immediately on taking possession of his office,
+Alvarado arrested some of the soldiers; who, to screen themselves,
+impeached Don Pedro de Puertocarrero as a principal instigator of their
+mutinous proceedings. After a minute examination, Francisco de Miranda,
+Alonzo Hernandez Melgarejo, and Alonzo de Barrienuevo were capitally
+punished as chief ringleaders in the conspiracy; six or seven others
+were banished from Peru, and all the rest made their escape.
+Puertocarrero made an appeal to the royal audience, by whom he was set
+at liberty.
+
+These new commotions, and others of more importance which shall be
+noticed in the sequel, proceeded in a great measure from the imprudent
+conduct of the judges themselves, by enforcing the observance of the
+obnoxious regulations which had formerly done so much evil during the
+government of the viceroy Blasco Nunnez Vela. Just before his departure
+from Peru, the president Gasca had received fresh orders from his
+majesty to free the Indians from services to their lords: But having
+experienced that this had occasioned the most dangerous commotions in
+the country, he very wisely commanded before his departure that the
+execution of this new order should be suspended. The judges however, saw
+this matter in a different light, and circulated their commands over the
+whole kingdom to enforce this new royal order; which gave occasion to
+the mutinous and disorderly behaviour of the soldiery, who were
+encouraged in their rebellious disposition by many persons of
+consideration, the possessors of allotments of lands and Indians, who
+considered themselves aggrieved.
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of Don Antonio de Mendoza._
+
+
+About this time Don Antonio de Mendoza, the viceroy of Mexico, was
+appointed viceroy of Peru, and landed at Lima, where he was received
+with great demonstration of joy and respect. He was accompanied on this
+occasion by his son, Don Francisco de Mendoza, afterwards general of the
+galleys in Spain. Don Antonio was a nobleman of much sanctity, and had
+greatly impaired his health by long abstinence and frequent acts of
+penance; insomuch that his natural heat began to fail, and he was
+obliged to use violent exercise to keep him warm, even in the hot
+climate of Lima. In consequence of his want of health, he deputed his
+son Don Francisco to make a progress through all the cities of the
+kingdom, from Lima to Las Charcas and Potosi, to bring him back a
+faithful representation of the state and condition of the kingdom and
+its mines, to be laid before his majesty; and, after his return to Lima,
+Don Francisco was sent into Spain in 1552, to communicate an account of
+the whole kingdom to the emperor.
+
+About four years before the appointment of the marshal Alonzo de
+Alvarado to the mayoralty and government of Cuzco, a party of two
+hundred soldiers marched from Potosi towards the province of Tucuman;
+most of whom, contrary to the orders of the judges, had Indians to carry
+their baggage. On this occasion, the licentiate Esquival, who was
+governor of Potosi, seized upon one Aguira, who had two Indians to
+carry his baggage; and some days afterwards sentenced him to receive two
+hundred lashes, as he had no money to redeem himself from corporal
+punishment. After this disgrace, Aguira refused to proceed along with
+the rest for the conquest of Tucuman, alleging that after the shame
+which he had suffered, death was his only relief. When the period of
+Esquivals office expired, he learnt that Aguira had determined upon
+assassinating him in revenge for the affront he had suffered. Upon which
+Esquival endeavoured to avoid Aguira, by travelling to a great distance,
+but all to no purpose, as Aguira followed him wherever he went, for
+above three years, always travelling on foot without shoes or stockings,
+saying, "That it did not become a whipped rascal to ride on horseback,
+or to appear in the company of men of honour." At length Esquival took
+up his residence in Cuzco, believing that Aguira would not dare to
+attempt anything against him in that place, considering that the
+governor was an impartial and inflexible judge: Yet he took every
+precaution for his safety, constantly wearing a coat of mail, and going
+always armed with a sword and dagger, though a man of the law. At length
+Aguira went one day at noon-day to the house of Esquival, whom he found
+asleep, and completed his long resolved revenge by stabbing him with his
+dagger. Aguira was concealed for forty day in a hog-stye by two young
+gentlemen; and after the hue and cry was over on account of the murder,
+they shaved his head and beard, and blackened his skin like a negro, by
+means of a wild fruit called _Vitoc_ by the Indians, clothing him in a
+poor habit, and got him away from the city and province of Cuzco in that
+disguise. This deed of revenge was greatly praised by the soldiers, who
+said, if there were many Aguiras in the world, the officers of justice
+would not be so insolent and arbitrary in their proceedings.
+
+During a long sickness of the viceroy, in consequence of which the
+government of the country devolved upon the judges of the royal
+audience, they proclaimed in all the cities of Peru that the personal
+services of the Indians should be discontinued, pursuant to the royal
+orders, under severe penalties. This occasioned new seditions and
+mutinies among the Spanish colonists, in consequence of which one Lois
+de Vargas, a principal promoter of the disturbances was condemned and
+executed; but as many principal persons of the country were found to be
+implicated, the judges thought fit to proceed no farther in the
+examinations and processes. Even Pedro de Hinojosa was suspected of
+being concerned in these seditious proceedings, having been heard to say
+to some of the discontented soldiers, that when he came to Las Charcas
+he would endeavour to satisfy them to the utmost of power. Though these
+words had no seditious tendency, the soldiers who were desirous of
+rebellion were willing to interpret them according to their own evil
+inclinations. On these slight grounds, and because it was known that
+Hinojosa was to go as governor and chief justice of the province of Las
+Charcas, as many of the discontented soldiers as were able went to that
+country, and wrote to their comrades in various parts of the kingdom to
+come there also. Some even of the better sort, among whom were Don
+Sebastian de Castilla, son to the Conde de Gomera, with five or six
+others of rank and quality went secretly from Cuzco, taking bye-paths
+out of the common road to prevent them from being pursued by the
+governor of that city. They were induced to this step by Vasco Godinez a
+ringleader among the malcontents, who informed Don Sebastian by a letter
+in cyphers that Hinojosa had promised to become their general.
+
+During these indications of tumult and rebellion, the viceroy Don
+Antonio de Mendoza died, to the great grief and detriment of the
+kingdom. On his death, the entire government of the kingdom of Peru
+devolved on the judges of the royal audience, who appointed Gil Ramirez
+de Avalos, who had been one of the gentlemen of the household to the
+viceroy, governor of the city of Lima; and the marshal was sent to
+command in the new city of La Paz, in which neighbourhood his lands and
+Indians were situated.
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Narrative of the Troubles in Peru, consequent upon the Death of the
+Viceroy Mendoza._.
+
+
+At this threatening period, all the soldiers and discontented persons of
+Peru, flocked to Las Charcas, Potosi, and that neighbourhood,
+endeavouring to procure employment about the rich mines of that
+district. Disputes continually arose between the soldiers and principal
+inhabitants and merchants, and duels were fought almost daily. In some
+of these duels, the combatants fought naked from the waist upwards,
+while in others they were dressed in crimson taffety waistcoats, that
+they might not see their own blood. I shall only mention the particulars
+of one of these duels, between two famous soldiers, Pero Nunnez, and
+Balthazar Perez, with the former of whom I was acquainted in 1563 at
+Madrid, who was then so much disabled in both arms by the wounds he
+received in that duel, that he could scarcely use his hands to feed
+himself.
+
+They fell out respecting some circumstances of a duel that had happened
+a few days before, in which they were seconds. Balthazar Perez had Egas
+de Guzman for his second, one of the greatest hectors and bullies of the
+time; and Hernan Mexia prevailed on Pero Nunnez to take him for his
+second, that he might have an opportunity to fight Guzman, who had
+defamed and spoken lightly of Mexia. When Egas de Guzman understood that
+Mexia was the person who was to be opposed to him, he sent a message to
+Pero Nunnez saying, as the principals were gentlemen of family, he ought
+not to debase himself by having a man for his second whose mother was a
+_Morisca_ and sold broiled sardinas in the market of Seville. Pero
+Nunnez, knowing this to be true, endeavoured to get Mexia to release his
+promise, but could not prevail. They accordingly went out to fight in a
+field at some distance from Potosi. At the first rencounter of the
+principals, Pero Nunnez struck his adversaries sword to one side, and
+closing upon Perez threw him to the ground, where he cast dust into his
+eyes, and beat him about the face with his fists, but did not stab him
+with his dagger. In the mean time the seconds were engaged in another
+part of the field. Mexia was afraid to close with Guzman, knowing him to
+have great bodily strength, but kept him in play by his superior
+agility, leaping and skipping about, yet never coming near enough to
+wound him. At length, wearied with this mode of fighting, Guzman darted
+his sword at Mexia, who looking anxiously to avoid it, gave an
+opportunity to Guzman to close with him, and to give him a wound with
+his dagger in the skull, two fingers deep, where the point of the
+dagger broke off; Mexia became frantic with his wound, and ran about the
+field like a madman; and came up to where the two principals were
+struggling on the ground, where, not minding whom he struck, he gave his
+own principal a slash with his sword, and ran wildly away. Guzman came
+hastily up to the rescue of his own principal, when he heard Nunnez say
+that he had been wounded by his own second, and was still continuing to
+pummel Perez on the face, and to throw dust in his eyes. Then Guzman,
+after harshly reproving Nunnez from bringing such a rascal to the field
+as his second, attacked Nunnez with his sword, who defended himself as
+he best could with his arms, till he was left all hacked and hewed on
+the field, streaming with blood from many wounds. Guzman then helped up
+his companion, and taking all the four swords under his arm, took Perez
+on his back who was unable to stand, and carried him to an hospital
+where he desired them to bury him, after which he took sanctuary in a
+church. Nunnez was likewise taken to the hospital, where he recovered of
+his wounds, but Mexia died of the wound in his forehead, as the point of
+the dagger could not be extracted from his skull.
+
+When Pedro de Hinojosa took possession of his government of Las Charcas
+in place of Paulo de Meneses, he found a great number of soldiers in the
+country, who were exceedingly troublesome, as there were neither
+sufficient quarters nor provisions for so many; on which he took
+occasion to reprove Martin de Robles and Paulo de Menezes, alleging that
+their quarrels had drawn so many soldiers thither, for which reason they
+ought to provide for them, and not allow them to die of famine. So great
+was the confusion and disturbance, that many of the principal
+inhabitants retired from the city to their estates in the country, to
+avoid the violence of the soldiers, who were now come to such a pitch of
+insolence, that they held public meetings, openly avowed their cabals
+and plots, and upbraided Hinojosa with his breach of promise, alleging
+that he had engaged to be their general when he should arrive in Las
+Charcas. They even declared themselves ready for an insurrection,
+offering to put themselves under his command. Hinojosa endeavoured to
+amuse them with hopes, by telling them he expected very soon to receive
+a commission from the judges to enlarge their conquests by a new war,
+which would give them an opportunity to rise in arms. Although he had
+formerly let fall some dubious expressions at Lima, which the soldiers
+were disposed to consider as promises of support, he was far from any
+intention of complying with their turbulent and rebellions humours.
+Being now in possession of his government, with an estate in lands and
+Indians worth two hundred thousand dollars a-year, he was desirous to
+enjoy his fortune in peace, and not to risk the loss of these riches by
+a new rebellion, which he had gained in the former at the loss of
+Gonzalo Pizarro.
+
+Disappointed in their expectations from Hinojosa, the soldiers consulted
+how to manage their intended rebellion under another leader, and agreed
+to kill Hinojosa and to elect Don Sebastian de Castilla as their
+commander-in-chief; and their design was carried on with so little
+regard to secrecy that it soon became publickly known in the city of La
+Plata. Several persons of consideration therefore, who were interested
+in the peace of the country, communicated the intelligence to Hinojosa,
+advising him to take precautions for his security, and to banish these
+people from his government. One Hondegardo a lawyer was particularly
+urgent on this occasion; and offered, if Hinojosa would appoint him his
+deputy for one month, that he would secure both him and the city from
+the threatened danger of insurrection; but Hinojosa had so much
+confidence in the power of his office, and the influence of his vast
+wealth and reputation, that he despised every thing that he did not see
+with his own eyes, and neglected all their warnings. Being unable to
+persuade the governor to listen to him, and as the soldiers still
+proceeded in their rebellious designs, and threw out many threatenings
+against the governor, Hondegardo prevailed on the guardian of the
+Franciscan convent to intimate to the governor that he had received
+communications respecting these proposed schemes of the soldiers in
+confession, and to urge him to make judicial examinations into the
+affair and to punish the offenders; yet even this made little impression
+on Hinojosa. Notwithstanding these and other intimations of the plot,
+Hinojosa obstinately refused to attend to the suggestions of Hondegardo
+and others, proudly declaring he had only to hold up his hand to make
+the soldiers tremble before him.
+
+Impatient of any longer delay, the conspirators came at length to the
+determination of putting the governor Hinojosa to death, and rising in a
+general insurrection. The principal ringleaders in this conspiracy were
+Don Sebastian de Castilla, Egas de Gusman, Basco Godinez, Balthazar
+Velasquez, and Gomez Hernandez, besides several other soldiers of note,
+most of whom were then resident in the city of La Plata. Having arranged
+their plan of operations, Don Sebastian and seven chosen accomplices
+went one morning to the residence of the governor, as soon as his gate
+was opened, to execute their vile purpose. The first person they met on
+entering the house was Alonzo de Castro, the deputy-governor, who
+questioned them on the reason of their present tumultuous appearance, as
+they seemed extremely agitated. They immediately put De Castro to death.
+Then forcing their way into the apartment of Hinojosa, they were
+astonished to find him gone: But after some search he was found in a
+retired corner, and dispatched.
+
+After the death of Hinojosa, the conspirators went out to the
+market-place, proclaiming aloud, God save the king, the tyrant is dead!
+the common watchword in all the rebellions in Peru. Having collected all
+their associates, they seized on Pedro Hernandez Paniagua, the person
+employed by the late president Gasca to carry his letters to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, Juan Ortiz de Zarate, Antonio Alvarez, and all the wealthy
+citizens they could lay hold of. Martin de Robles, Paulo de Menezes, and
+Hondegardo the lawyer, against whom they were particularly incensed,
+made their escape. After this, they made proclamation by beat of drum,
+for all citizens and other inhabitants of La Plata, to repair
+immediately to the market-place and enrol themselves under their
+standard; on which Rodrigo de Ordlana, though then sheriff of the city,
+and many others, to the amount of a hundred and fifty-two persons, came
+forwards and inlisted, fearing for their lives in case of refusal. Don
+Sebastian was elected captain-general and chief-justice, and some days
+afterwards he got himself appointed mayor of the city: Gomez Hernandez a
+lawyer was appointed recorder; Hernando de Guillado and Garci Tello de
+Vega, were made captains; Juan de Huarte serjeant-major, Pedro de
+Castillo captain of artillery, Alvar Perez Payaz commissary-general,
+Diego Perez high sheriff, and Bartholomew de Santa Ana his deputy.
+Rodrigo de Orellana, and many of the citizens, who now joined the
+rebels, acted merely from fear of losing their lives if they refused or
+even hesitated, though loyal subjects in their hearts.
+
+Immediately after the murder of Hinojosa, intelligence was sent in
+various directions of the insurrection, and great numbers of
+malcontents flocked to the city of La Plata to join the rebels. Among
+these was Basco Godinez, who had been a chief instigator of the
+conspiracy, and who seems to have promoted or permitted the elevation of
+Don Sebastian to be commander-in-chief merely to use him as an
+instrument of his own ambition, and to screen himself in case of failure
+at the commencement: For, in a very few days, Don Sebastion was put to
+death by Godinez and a few confidential associates; and they immediately
+proclaimed their bloody exploit to the rest of the insurgents, by
+exclaiming God save the king! the tyrant is slain! He even carried his
+dissimulation to such a length, as to erect a court of justice to try
+those who had murdered Hinojosa, in the vain hope of covering his own
+treasonable conduct, and to make himself and his abettors appear as
+loyal subjects. The murder of Hinojosa took place on the 6th of March
+1553, and the subsequent slaughter of Don Sebastian on the eleventh of
+the same month, only five days after.
+
+Godinez and his associates immediately liberated Juan Ortiz de Zarate
+and Pedro Hernandez Paniagua from prison, pretending that their great
+purpose in taking arms was to procure their liberty, to deliver the city
+from the rebels and traitors who would have ruined it, and to evince
+their loyalty to the king. In the next place, he called together Zarate,
+Paniagua, Antonio Alvarez, and Martin Monge, the only citizens then
+remaining in La Plata, whom he desired to elect him captain-general of
+the province, and to grant him the vacant lands and Indians which had
+belonged to Hinojosa to enable him to maintain the dignity of that
+office. Not daring to refuse any thing in the present situation of
+affairs, they acceded to his demands, and Godinez was proclaimed lord
+chief-justice, governor, and captain-general of the province, and
+successor to Hinojosa in his great estate and rich mines, producing two
+hundred thousand dollars of yearly revenue. After this, Gomez Hernandez
+the lawyer was appointed lieutenant-general of the army; and Juan Ortiz
+and Pedro de Castillo were made captains of foot: pretending on this
+occasion to communicate a share in the administration of government to
+the citizens, which they were constrained to accept. Balthazar
+Velasquez, one of the conspirators, was appointed major-general. Next
+day Martin de Robles, Paulo de Meneses, Diego de Almendras, and Diego
+Velasquez returned to the city, having fled from some soldiers that had
+been sent in search of them by Don Sebastian; and were immediately
+enjoined to concur with the other citizens in confirming the appointment
+of Godinez.
+
+When intelligence of the insurrection of the soldiers in La Plata
+arrived at Cuzco, the citizens put themselves into a posture of defence
+against the enemy; and, with the consent of the Cabildo, Diego
+Maldonado, commonly called the rich, was elected governor and
+captain-general. Garcilasso de la Vega and Juan de Saavedra were made
+captains of horse; and Juan Julio de Hojeda, Thomas Vasquez, Antonio de
+Quinnones, and another whose name I have forgot, were made captains of
+foot. So diligently did these officers apply themselves to raise men,
+that in five days Juan Julio de Hojeda marched into the city accompanied
+by three hundred soldiers well armed and appointed. Three days
+afterwards news came of the death of Don Sebastian, by which they
+flattered themselves that the war was ended for the present.
+
+By the end of March intelligence was brought to the judges at Lima of
+the rebellion of Don Sebastian and the murder of Hinojosa: Six days
+afterwards, news came that Egas de Guzman had revolted at Potosi; and in
+four days more advices were brought of the destruction of both these
+rebels; on which there were great rejoicings at Lima. On purpose to
+inquire into the origin of these commotions and to bring the ringleaders
+to condign punishment, the judges immediately appointed Alonzo de
+Alvarado chief-justice of Las Charcas, giving him the assistance of Juan
+Fernandez the kings attorney-general, for proceeding against the
+delinquents. By another commission, Alvarado was nominated governor and
+captain-general of Las Charcas and all the neighbouring provinces, with
+full power to levy soldiers, and to defray their pay and equipment and
+all the necessary expences of the war, from the royal treasury. Godinez
+was soon afterwards arrested and thrown into prison at La Plata under a
+strong guard by Alonzo Velasquez. Alvarado the new governor, began the
+exercise of his authority in the city of La Paz, where he tried a number
+of rebel soldiers who had concealed themselves on the borders of the
+lake of Titicaca, whence they had been brought prisoners by Pedro de
+Encisco. Some of these were hanged, some beheaded, others banished, and
+others condemned to the gallies. Alvarado went next to the city of
+Potosi, where many of the followers of Egas de Guzman had been committed
+to prison, all of whom were treated according to their deserts like
+those at La Paz. Among the rebels at Potosi was one Hernan Perez de
+Peragua, a knight of the order of St John of Malta, who had taken part
+in the rebellion of Don Sebastian. From respect to the order to which he
+belonged, Alvarado only confiscated his lands and Indians, and sent him
+a prisoner to be disposed of by the grand master of the order at Malta.
+It would be tedious to relate the names and numbers of those who were
+tried, hanged, beheaded, whipt, and otherwise punished on this occasion:
+But, from the end of June 1553, to the end of November of the same year,
+the court sat daily, and every day four, five, or six were tried and
+condemned, who were all punished according to their sentences next day.
+The unthinking people styled Alvarado a Nero, who could thus condemn so
+many of a day, yet amused himself afterwards with the attorney-general
+in vain and light discourses, as if those whom he condemned had been so
+many capons or turkies to be served up at his table. In the month of
+October, Basco Godinez was put upon his trial, for many heinous
+offences, and was condemned to be drawn and quartered. But a stop was
+put to farther proceedings about the end of November, by the news of
+another rebellion raised by Francisco Hernandez Giron, as shall be
+related in the sequel.
+
+"The Indians of Cuzco prognosticated this rebellion openly and loudly in
+the streets, as I heard and saw myself: For the eve before the festival
+of the most holy sacrament, I being then a youth, went out to see how
+the two marketplaces of the city were adorned; for at that time the
+procession passed through no other streets but those, though since that
+time, as I am told, the perambulation is double as far as before. Being
+then at the corner of the great chapel of our lady of the _Merceds_,
+about an hour or two before day, I saw a comet dart from the east side
+of the city towards the mountains of the _Antis_, so great and clear
+that it enlightened all places round with more splendor than a full moon
+at midnight. Its motion was directly downwards, its form was globular,
+and its dimensions as big as a large tower; and coming near the ground,
+it divided into several sparks and streams of fire; and was accompanied
+with a thunder so loud and near as struck many deaf with the clap, and
+ran from east to west; which when the Indians heard and saw, they all
+cried out with one voice, _Auca, Auca, Auca_, which signifies in their
+language, _tyrant, traitor, rebel_[44], and every thing that may be
+attributed to a violent and bloody traitor. This happened on the
+nineteenth of June 1553, when the feast of our Lord was celebrated; and
+this prognostication which the Indians made, was accomplished on the
+13th of November in the same year, when Francisco Hernandez Giron began
+a rebellion, which we shall now relate[45]."
+
+[Footnote 44: In the language of Chili at least, _Auca_ signifies
+_free_, or a _freeman_; it is possible however that in an absolute
+government, the same term may signify a rebel, yet it is a singular
+stretch of interpretation to make it likewise signify a tyrant.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 45: This paragraph, within inverted commas, is given as a
+short specimen of the taste of Garcilasso, and the respectable talents
+of his translator, Sir Paul Rycant, in 1688. It gives an account of one
+of these singular meteors or fire balls, improperly termed a comet in
+the text, which some modern philosophers are pleased to derive from the
+moon, and to suppose that they are composed of ignited masses of iron
+alloyed with nickel. It were an affront to our readers to comment on the
+ridiculous pretended prognostication so gravely believed by Garcilasso
+Inca.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_Continuation of the Troubles in Peru, to the Viceroyalty of the Marquis
+de Cannete._
+
+
+On the 13th of November 1553, a splendid wedding was celebrated at
+Cuzco, between Alonzo de Loyasa, one of the richest inhabitants of the
+city, and Donna Maria de Castilla, at which all the citizens and their
+wives attended in their best apparel. After dinner an entertainment was
+made in the street, in which horsemen threw balls of clay at each other,
+which I saw from the top of a wall opposite the house of Alonzo de
+Loyasa; and I remember to have seen Francisco Hernandez Giron sitting on
+a chair in the hall, with his arms folded on his breast and his eyes
+cast down, the very picture of melancholy, being then probably
+contemplating the transactions in which he was to engage that night. In
+the evening, when the sports were over, the company sat down to supper
+in a lower hall, where at the least sixty gentlemen were at table, the
+ladies being by themselves in an inner room, and from a small
+court-yard between these apartments, the dishes were served to both
+tables. Don Balthazar de Castillo, uncle to the bride, acted as usher of
+the hall at this entertainment. I came to the house towards the end of
+supper, to attend my father and stepmother home at night. I went to the
+upper end of the hall, where the governor sat, who was pleased to make
+me sit down on the chair beside him, and reached me some comfits and
+sweet drink, with which boys are best pleased, I being then fourteen
+years of age.
+
+At this instant some once knocked at the door, saying that Francisco
+Hernandez Giron was there; on which Don Balthazar de Castillo, who was
+near the door ordered the door to be opened. Giron immediately rushed
+in, having a drawn sword in his right hand, and a buckler on his left
+arm; accompanied by a companion on each side armed with partizans. The
+guests rose in great terror at this unexpected interruption, and Giron
+addressed them in these words: "Gentlemen be not afraid, nor stir from
+your places, as we are all engaged in the present enterprize." The
+governor, Gil Ramirez, immediately retired into the apartment of the
+ladies, by a door on the left hand. Another door led from the hall to
+the kitchen and other offices; and by these two doors a considerable
+number of the guests made their escape. Juan Alonzo Palomino, who was
+obnoxious to Giron for having opposed him in a late mutiny, was slain by
+Diego de Alvarado the lawyer. Juan de Morales, a rich merchant and very
+honest man, was slain while endeavouring to put out the candles. My
+father and a number of others, to the number in all of thirty-six, made
+their escape by means of a ladder from the court-yard of Loyasa into
+that of the adjoining house, in which I accompanied them, but the
+governor could not be persuaded to follow them, and was made prisoner by
+the rebels. My father and all the companions of his flight agreed to
+leave the town that night, and endeavour to escape to Lima.
+
+Having assembled about an hundred and fifty soldiers, Giron assumed the
+office of commander-in-chief of the _army of liberty_, appointing Diego
+de Alvarado the lawyer his lieutenant-general; Thomas Vasquez, Francisco
+Nunnez, and Rodrigo de Pineda captains of horse; the two last of whom
+accepted more from fear than affection. Juan de Pedrahita, Nuno
+Mendiola, and Diego Gavilan were made captains of foot; Albertos de
+Ordunna standard-bearer, and Antonio Carillo serjeant-major; all of whom
+were ordered to raise soldiers to complete their companies with every
+possible expedition. It being reported through the country that the
+whole citizens of Cuzco had concurred in this rebellion, the cities of
+Guamanga and Arequipa sent deputies to Cuzco, desiring to be admitted
+into the league, that they might jointly represent to his majesty the
+burdensome and oppressive nature of the ordinances imposed by the judges
+in relation to the services of the Indians. But when the citizens of
+Guamanga and Arequipa became rightly informed that this rebellion,
+instead of being the act of the Cabildo and all the inhabitants, had
+been brought about by the contrivance of a single individual, they
+changed their resolutions, and prepared to serve his majesty. About this
+time, the arch rebel Giron caused the deposed governor, Gil Ramirez, to
+betaken from prison and escorted forty leagues on his way towards
+Arequipa, and then set free.
+
+Fifteen days after the commencement of the rebellion, finding himself at
+the head of a considerable force, he summoned a meeting of all the
+citizens remaining in Cuzco, at which there appeared twenty-five
+citizens who were lords of Indians, only three of whom were intitled
+from office to sit in that assembly. By this meeting, Giron caused
+himself to be elected procurator, captain-general, and chief-justice of
+Peru, with full power to govern and protect the whole kingdom both in
+war and peace. When news of this rebellion was brought to Lima by
+Hernando Chacon, who was foster-brother to Giron, the judges would not
+credit the intelligence, believing it only a false report, to try how
+the people stood affected to the cause, and therefore ordered Chacon to
+be imprisoned; but learning the truth soon afterwards, he was set at
+liberty, and the judges began seriously to provide for suppressing the
+rebellion, appointing officers and commanders to raise forces for that
+purpose. They accordingly sent a commission to Alonzo de Alvarado, then
+at La Plata, constituting him captain-general of the royal army against
+Giron, with unlimited power to use the public treasure, and to borrow
+money for the service of the war in case the exchequer should fail to
+supply sufficient for the purpose. Alvarado accordingly appointed such
+officers as he thought proper to serve under him, and gave orders to
+raise men, and to provide arms and ammunition for the war.
+
+Besides the army which they authorized Alvarado to raise and command in
+Las Charcas, the judges thought it necessary to raise another army at
+Lima, of which Santillan, one of themselves and the archbishop of Lima
+were appointed conjunct generals. Orders were likewise transmitted to
+all the cities, commanding all loyal subjects to take up arms in the
+service of his majesty, and a general pardon was proclaimed to all who
+had been engaged in the late rebellions, under Gonzalo Pizarro, Don
+Sebastian de Castilla, and others, provided they joined the royal army
+within a certain given time. They likewise suspended the execution of
+the decrees for freeing the Indians from personal services, during two
+years, and repealed several other regulations which had given great and
+general offence to the soldiers and inhabitants, and had been the cause
+of all the commotions and rebellions which distracted the kingdom for so
+long a time.
+
+While these measures were carrying on against him, Hernandez, Giron was
+not negligent of his own concerns. He sent off officers with detachments
+of troops to Arequipa and Guamanga, to induce the inhabitants of these
+cities to join him, and requiring them by solemn acts of their cabildos
+to confirm and acknowledge him in the offices he had usurped. He caused
+the cabildo of Cuzco to write letters to the other cities of Peru to
+concur in his elevation and to give assistance in the cause, and wrote
+many letters himself to various individuals in Las Charcas and other
+places, soliciting them to join him. Having collected an army of above
+four hundred men, besides the detachments sent to Guamanga and Arequipa,
+he resolved to march for Lima, to give battle to the army of the judges,
+as he called it, pretending that his own was the royal army, and that he
+acted in the service of his majesty. At the first he was undetermined,
+whether it might not be better to march previously against Alvarado,
+whose party he considered to be the weakest, owing to the great and
+cruel severity which that officer had exerted against the adherents of
+the late rebellions: And many judicious persons are of opinion that he
+would have succeeded better if he had first attacked the marshal, as in
+all probability he would have got possession of these provinces, and his
+men would not have deserted from him to a person so universally disliked
+for his cruelty, as they afterwards did when they marched towards Lima.
+He accordingly marched from Cuzco and crossed the river Apurimac;
+immediately after which Juan Vera de Mendoza and five others deserted
+from him, re-crossed the bridge, which they burnt to prevent pursuit,
+and returned to Cuzco, where they persuaded about forty of the
+inhabitants to set out for Las Charcas to join the marshal Alvarado.
+
+At this time Sancho Duarte who was governor of the city of La Paz,
+raised above two hundred men in the service of his majesty, which he
+divided into two companies, one of horse and the other of foot. Giving
+the command of his infantry to Martin d'Olmos, he took the command of
+the horse himself, and assumed the title of general. With this force he
+set out for Cuzco, intending to march against Giron, but not to join the
+marshal Alvarado that he might not submit to his superior command. On
+his arrival at the bridge over the Rio Desaguadero, he learnt that Giron
+had left Cuzco to attack Lima, and proposed to have continued his march
+for Cuzco remaining independent of the marshal. But, in consequence of
+peremptory commands from Alvarado as captain-general, who highly
+disapproved of so many small armies acting separately, he returned to
+his own province.
+
+Pursuing his march for Lima, Hernandez Giron learnt at Andahuaylas that
+the citizens of Guamanga had declared for his majesty, at which
+circumstance he was much disappointed. He proceeded however to the river
+Villca[46], where his scouts and those of the royal army encountered. He
+proceeded however to the city of Guamanga, whence he sent orders to
+Thomas Vasquez to rejoin him from Arequipa. Although the inhabitants of
+that place, as formerly mentioned, had written to those of Cuzco
+offering to unite in the insurrection, supposing it the general sense of
+the principal people; they were now ashamed of their conduct, when they
+found the rebellion only proceeded from a few desperate men, and
+declared for the king; so that Vasquez was obliged to return without
+success. Being now at the head of above seven hundred men, though
+disappointed in his expectations of being joined by the citizens of
+Guamanga and Arequipa, Hernandez Giron pursued his march for the valley
+of Jauja; during which march Salvador de Lozana, one of his officers,
+who was detached with forty men to scour the country, was made prisoner
+along with all his party by a detachment from the army of the judges.
+
+[Footnote 46: The river Cangallo is probably here meant, which runs
+through the province of Vilcas to the city of Guamanga.--E.]
+
+Notwithstanding this unforseen misfortune, Giron continued his march to
+the valley of Pachacamac, only four leagues from Lima, where it was
+resolved in a council of war to endeavour to surprise the camp of the
+royalists near the capital. Intelligence of this was conveyed to the
+judges, who put themselves in a posture of defence. Their army at this
+time consisted of 300 cavalry, 600 musqueteers, and about 450 men armed
+with pikes, or 1350 in all. It may be proper to remark in this place,
+that, to secure the loyalty of the soldiers and inhabitants, the judges
+had proclaimed a suspension of the obnoxious edicts by which the Indians
+were exempted from personal services, and the Spaniards were forbidden
+to make use of them to carry their baggage on journeys; and had agreed
+to send two procurators or deputies to implore redress from his majesty
+from these burdensome regulations.
+
+Two days after the arrival of Giron in the valley of Pachacamac, a party
+of his army went out to skirmish with the enemy, on which occasion Diego
+de Selva and four others of considerable reputation deserted to the
+judges. For several days afterwards his men continued to abandon him at
+every opportunity, twenty or thirty of them going over at a time to the
+royal army. Afraid that the greater part of his army might follow this
+example, Hernandez Giron found it necessary to retreat from the low
+country and to return to Cuzco, which he did in such haste that his
+soldiers left all their heavy baggage that they might not be encumbered
+in their march. On this alteration of affairs, the judges gave orders to
+Paulo de Meneses to pursue the rebels with six hundred select men; but
+the generals of the royal army would not allow of more than a hundred
+being detached on this service. During his retreat, Giron, finding
+himself not pursued by the royalists with any energy, marched with
+deliberation, but so many of his men left him that by the time he
+reached the valley of Chincha his force was reduced to about 500 men.
+Paulo de Meneses, having been reinforced, proposed to follow and harass
+the retreating rebels; but not having accurate intelligence, nor keeping
+sufficient guard, was surprised and defeated by Giron with some
+considerable loss, and obliged to retreat in great disorder. Yet Giron
+was under the necessity to discontinue the pursuit, as many of his men
+deserted to the royalists.
+
+Sensible of the detriment suffered by the royal interests in consequence
+of the disagreement between the present generals, Judge Santillan and
+Archbishop Loyasa, to which the defeat of Meneses was obviously owing,
+these very unfit persons for military command were displaced, and Paulo
+de Meneses was invested in the office of commander-in-chief, with Pedro
+de Puertocarrero as his lieutenant-general. This new appointment
+occasioned great discontent in the army, that a person who had lost a
+battle, and rather merited ignominy and punishment for his misconduct,
+should be raised to the chief command. The appointment was however
+persisted in, and it was resolved to pursue the enemy with 800 men
+without baggage.
+
+Hernandez Giron, who retreated by way of the plain towards Arequipa, had
+reached the valley of Nasca, about sixty leagues to the southwards of
+Lima, before the confusion and disputes in the royal camp admitted of
+proper measures being taken for pursuit. At this time, the judges gave
+permission to a sergeant in the royal army, who had formerly been in the
+conspiracy of Diego de Royas, to go into the enemys camp disguised as an
+Indian, under pretence of bringing them exact information of the state
+of affairs. But this man went immediately to Hernandez, whom he informed
+of the quarrels among the officers and the discontents in the royal
+army. He likewise informed him that the city of San Miguel de Piura had
+rebelled, and that one Pedro de Orosna was coming from the new kingdom
+of Grenada with a strong party to join the rebels in Peru. But to
+qualify this favourable news for the rebels, Giron received notice at
+the same time that the marshal Alvarado was coming against him from Las
+Charcas with a force of twelve hundred men. About this time, on purpose
+to reinforce his army, Giron raised a company of an hundred and fifty
+negroes, which he afterwards augmented to 450, regularly divided into
+companies, to which he appointed captains, and allowed them to elect
+their own ensigns, sergeants, and corporals, and to make their own
+colours.
+
+In the mean time, the marshal Alonzo de Alvarado, employed himself
+diligently in Las Charcas to raise men for the royal service, and to
+provide arms, ammunition, provisions, horses, and mules, and every thing
+necessary for taking the field. He appointed Don Martin de Almendras,
+who had married his sister, lieutenant-general, Diego de Porras
+standard-bearer, and Diego de Villavicennio major-general. Pera
+Hernandez Paniagua, Juan Ortiz de Zarate, and Don Gabriel de Guzman,
+were captains of horse. The licentiate Polo, Diego de Almendras, Martin
+de Alarzon, Hernando Alvarez de Toledo, Juan Ramon, and Juan de
+Arreynaga, were captains of foot; Gomez Hernandez the lawyer, military
+alguazil or judge-advocate, and Juan Riba Martin commissary-general. His
+force amounted to 750 excellent soldiers, all well armed and richly
+clothed, with numerous attendants, such as had never been seen before in
+Peru. I saw them myself a few days after their arrival in Cuzco, when
+they made a most gallant appearance. While on his march to Cuzco from
+La Plata, Alvarado was joined by several parties of ten and twenty
+together, who came to join him in the service of his majesty. On his way
+to Arequipa he was joined by about forty more; and after passing that
+place, Sancho Duarte and Martin d'Olmos joined him from La Paz with more
+than two hundred good soldiers. Besides these, while in the province of
+Cuzco, he was joined by Juan de Saavedra with a squadron of eighty five
+men of the principal interest and fortune in the country. On entering
+Cuzco, Alvarado was above 1200 strong; having 300 horse, 350
+musqueteers, and about 530 armed with pikes and halberts. Not knowing
+what was become of Giron, Alvarado issued orders to repair the bridges
+over the Apurimac and Abancay, intending to pass that way in quest of
+the rebels. But receiving intelligence from the judges, of the defeat of
+Meneses, and that the rebels were encamped in the valley of Nasca, he
+ordered the bridges to be destroyed, and marched by the nearest way for
+Nasca, by way of Parinacocha, in which route he had to cross a rocky
+desert of sixty leagues.
+
+In this march four of the soldiers deserted and went over to Hernandez
+Giron at Nasca, to whom they gave an account of the great force with
+which Alvarado was marching against him, but reported in public that the
+royalists were inconsiderable in number. Giron, however, chose to let
+his soldiers know the truth, and addressed his army as follows.
+"Gentlemen, do not flatter or deceive yourselves: There are a thousand
+men coming against you from Lima, and twelve hundred from the mountains.
+But, with the help of God, if you stand firm, I have no doubt of
+defeating them all." Leaving Nasca, Giron marched by way of Lucanas, by
+the mountain road, intending to take post on the lake of Parinacocha
+before Alvarado might be able to reach that place. He accordingly left
+Nasca on the 8th of May[47] for this purpose.
+
+[Footnote 47: Although Garcilasso omits the date of the year, it
+probably was in 1554, as the rebellion of Giron commenced in the
+November immediately preceding.--E.]
+
+In the mean time pursuing his march, Alvarado and his army entered upon
+the desert of _Parihuanacocha_, where above sixty of his best horses
+died, in consequence of the bad and craggy roads, the unhealthiness of
+the climate, and continued tempestuous weather, though led by hand and
+well covered with clothes. When the two armies approached each other,
+Alvarado sent a detachment of an hundred and fifty select musqueteers
+to attack the camp of Giron, and marched forwards with the main body of
+his army to support that detachment. An engagement accordingly took
+place in rough and strong ground, encumbered with trees brushwood and
+rocks, in which the royalists could make no impression on the rebels,
+and were obliged to retire with the loss of forty of their best men
+killed or wounded. In the following night, Juan de Piedrahita
+endeavoured ineffectually to retaliate, by assailing the camp of
+Alvarado, and was obliged to retreat at daybreak. Receiving notice from
+a deserter that the rebel army consisted only of about four hundred men,
+in want of provisions, and most of them inclined to revolt from Giron
+and return to their duty, Alvarado determined upon giving battle,
+contrary to the opinion and earnest advice of all his principal officers
+and followers. But so strong was the position of the enemy, and the
+approaches so extremely difficult, that the royal army fell into
+confusion in the attack, and were easily defeated with considerable
+loss, and fled in all directions, many of them being slain by the
+Indians during their dispersed flight.
+
+On receiving the afflicting news of this defeat, the judges ordered the
+army which they had drawn together at Lima to march by way of Guamanga
+against the rebels. In the mean time Giron remained for forty days in
+his camp at Chuquinca, where the battle was fought, taking care of his
+wounded men and of the wounded royalists, many of whom now joined his
+party. He sent off however his lieutenant-general towards Cuzco in
+pursuit of the royalists who had fled in that direction, and ordered his
+sergeant-major to go to La Plaz, Chucuito, Potosi, and La Plata, to
+collect men arms and horses for the farther prosecution of the war. At
+length Giron marched into the province of Andahuaylas, which he laid
+waste without mercy, whence he went towards Cuzco on receiving
+intelligence that the army of the judges had passed the rivers Abancay
+and Apurimac on their way to attack him. He immediately marched by the
+valley of Yucay to within a league of Cuzco, not being sufficiently
+strong to resist the royalists; but turned off from that city at the
+persuasion of certain astrologers and prognosticators, who declared that
+his entrance there would prove his ruin, as had already happened to many
+other captains, both Spaniards and Indians.
+
+The army of the judges marched on from Guamanga to Cuzco unopposed by
+the rebels, their chief difficulty being in the passages of the great
+rivers, and the transport of eleven pieces of artillery, which were
+carried on the shoulders of Indians, of whom ten thousand were required
+for that service only. Each piece of ordinance was fastened on a beam of
+wood forty feet long, under which twenty cross bars were fixed, each
+about three feet long, and to every bar were two Indians, one on each
+side, who carried this load on their shoulders, on pads or cushions, and
+were relieved by a fresh set every two hundred paces. After halting five
+days in the neighbourhood of Cuzco, to refresh the army from the
+fatigues of the march, and to procure provisions and other necessaries,
+the royal army set out in pursuit of the rebels to Pucara[48], where the
+rebels had intrenched themselves in a very strong situation, environed
+on every side with such steep and rugged mountains as could not be
+passed without extreme difficulty, more like a wall than natural rocks.
+The only entrance was exceedingly narrow and intricate, so that it could
+easily be defended by a handful of men against an army; but the interior
+of this post was wide and convenient, and sufficient for accommodating
+the rebel army with all the cattle provisions and attendants with the
+utmost ease. The rebels had abundance of provisions and ammunition,
+having the whole country at their command since the victory of
+Chuquinca; besides which their negro soldiers brought in provisions
+daily from the surrounding country. The royal army encamped at no great
+distance in an open plain, fortifying the camp with an intrenchment
+breast-high all round, which was soon executed by means of the great
+numbers of Indians who attended to carry the baggage and artillery.
+Giron established a battery of cannon on the top of a rising ground so
+near the royal camp that the balls were able to reach considerably
+beyond the intrenchment: "Yet by the mysterious direction of Providence,
+the rebel cannon, having been cast from the consecrated metal of bells
+dedicated to the service of God, did no harm to man or beast."
+
+[Footnote 48: Pucara is in the province of Lampa, near the north-western
+extremity of the great lake Titicaca.--E.]
+
+After a considerable delay, during which daily skirmishes passed between
+the adverse parties, Giron resolved to make a night attack upon the camp
+of the royalists, confiding in the prediction of some wise old woman,
+that he was to gain the victory at that place. For this purpose he
+marched out from his natural fortress at the head of eight hundred foot,
+six hundred of whom were musqueteers, and the rest pikemen, with only
+about thirty horse. His negro soldiers, who were about two hundred and
+fifty in number, joined with about seventy Spaniards, were ordered to
+assail the front of the royal camp, while Giron with the main body was
+to attack the rear. Fortunately the judges had got notice of this
+intended assault from two rebel deserters, so that the whole royal army
+was drawn out in order of battle on the plain before the rebels got up
+to the attack. The negro detachment arrived at the royal camp sometime
+before Giron, and, finding no resistance, they broke in and killed a
+great number of the Indian followers, and many horses and mules,
+together with five or six Spanish soldiers who had deserted the ranks
+and hidden themselves in the camp. On arriving at the camp, Giron fired
+a whole volley into the fortifications without receiving any return; but
+was astonished when the royal army began to play upon the flank of his
+army from an unexpected quarter, with all their musquets and artillery.
+Giron, being thus disappointed in his expectations of taking the enemy
+by surprise, and finding their whole army drawn up to receive him, lost
+heart and retreated back to his strong camp in the best order he could.
+But on this occasion, two hundred of his men, who had formerly served
+under Alvarado, and had been constrained to enter into his service after
+the battle of Chuquinca, threw down their arms and revolted to the
+royalists.
+
+Giron made good his retreat, as the general of the royalists would not
+permit any pursuit during the darkness of the night. In this affair,
+five or six were killed on the side of the judges, and about thirty
+wounded; while the rebels, besides the two hundred who revolted, had ten
+men killed and about the same number wounded. On the third day after the
+battle, Giron sent several detachments to skirmish with the enemy, in
+hopes of provoking them to assail his strong camp; but the only
+consequence of this was giving an opportunity to Thomas Vasquez and ten
+or twelve more to go over to the royalists. Heart-broken and confounded
+by these untoward events, and even dreading that his own officers had
+conspired against his life, Giron fled away alone from the camp on
+horseback during the night after the desertion of Vasquez. On the
+appearance of day he found himself still near his own camp, whence he
+desperately adventured to make his escape over a mountain covered with
+snow, where he was nearly swallowed up, but at last got through by the
+goodness of his horse. Next morning, the lieutenant-general of the
+rebels, with about an hundred of the most guilty, went off in search of
+their late general; but several others of the leading rebels went over
+to the judges and claimed their pardons, which were granted under the
+great seal.
+
+Next day, Paulo de Meneses, with a select detachment, went in pursuit of
+Diego de Alvarado, the rebel lieutenant-general, who was accompanied by
+about an hundred Spaniards and twenty negroes; and came up with them in
+eight or nine days, when they all surrendered without resistance. The
+general immediately ordered Juan Henriquez de Orellana, one of the
+prisoners, who had been executioner in the service of the rebels, to
+hang and behead Diego de Alvarado and ten or twelve of the principal
+chiefs, after which he ordered Orellana to be strangled by two negroes.
+
+"I cannot omit one story to shew the impudence of the rebel soldiers,
+which occurred at this time. The very next day after the flight of
+Francisco Hernandez Giron, as my father Garcilasso de la Vega was at
+dinner with eighteen or twenty soldiers, it being the custom in time of
+war for all men of estates to be hospitable in this manner according to
+their abilities; he observed among his guests a soldier who had been
+with Giron from the beginning of this rebellion. This man was by trade a
+blacksmith, yet crowded to the table with as much freedom and boldness
+as if he had been a loyal gentleman, and was as richly clothed as the
+most gallant soldier of either army. Seeing him sit down with much
+confidence, my father told him to eat his dinner and welcome, but to
+come no more to his table; as a person who would have cut off his head
+yesterday for a reward from the general of the rebels, was not fit
+company for himself or those gentlemen, his friends and wellwishers, and
+loyal subjects of his majesty. Abashed by this address, the poor
+blacksmith rose and departed without his dinner, leaving subject of
+discourse to the guests, who admired at his impudence."
+
+After his flight, Hernandez Giron was rejoined by a considerable number
+of his dispersed soldiers, and took the road towards Lima, in hopes of
+gaining possession of that place in the absence of the judges. He was
+pursued by various detachments, one of which came up with him in a
+strong position on a mountain; where all his followers, though more
+numerous than their pursuers, surrendered at discretion, and the arch
+rebel was made prisoner and carried to Lima, where he was capitally
+punished, and his head affixed to the gallows beside those of Gonzalo
+Pizarro and Francisco de Carvajal. This rebellion subsisted from the
+13th of November 1553, reckoning the day on which Giron was executed,
+thirteen months and some days; so that he received his well-merited
+punishment towards the end of December 1554.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of the Marquis del Cannete._
+
+
+Immediately after learning the death of Don Antonio de Mendoza, his
+imperial majesty, who was then in Germany, nominated the Conde de Palma
+to succeed to the viceroyalty of Peru: But both he and the Conde de
+Olivares declined to accept. At length Don Andres Hurtado de Mendoza,
+Marquis of Cannete, was appointed to the office. Having received his
+instructions, he departed for Peru and arrived at Nombre de Dios, where
+he resided for some time for the purpose of suppressing a band of
+fugitive negroes, called _Cimarrones_ who lived in the mountains, and
+robbed and pillaged the merchants and others on the road between Nombre
+de Dios and Panama. Finding themselves hard pressed by a military force
+sent against them under the command of Pedro de Orsua, the negroes at
+length submitted to articles of accommodation, retaining their freedom,
+and engaging to catch and deliver up all negroes that should in future
+desert from their masters. They likewise agreed to live peaceably and
+quietly within a certain district, and were allowed to have free trade
+with the Spanish towns.
+
+Having settled all things properly in the Tierra Firma, the viceroy set
+sail from Panama and landed at Payta on the northern confines of Peru,
+whence he went by land to Lima, where he was received in great pomp in
+the month of July 1557. Soon after the instalment of the new viceroy,
+he appointed officers and governors to the several cities and
+jurisdictions of the kingdom; among whom Baptisto Munnoz a lawyer from
+Spain was sent to supersede my father Garcilasso de la Vega in the
+government of Cuzco. In a short time after taking possession of his
+office, Munnoz apprehended Thomas Vasquez, Juan de Piedrahita and Alonzo
+Diaz, who had been ringleaders in the late rebellion, and who were
+privately strangled in prison, notwithstanding the pardons they had
+received in due form from the royal chancery. Their plantations and
+lordships over Indians were confiscated and bestowed on other persons.
+No other processes were issued against any of the other persons who had
+been engaged in the late rebellion. But Munnoz instituted a prosecution
+against his predecessor in office, my father, on the four following
+charges. 1st, For sporting after the Spanish manner with darts on
+horseback, as unbecoming the gravity of his office. 2d, For going on
+visits without the rod of justice in his hand, by which he gave occasion
+to many to despise and contemn the character with which he was invested.
+3d, For allowing cards and dice in his house during the Christmas
+holidays, and even playing himself, contrary to the dignity becoming the
+governor. 4th, For employing as his clerk one who was not a freeman of
+the city, nor qualified according to the forms of law. Some charges
+equally frivolous were made against Monjaraz, the deputy-governor, not
+worth mentioning; but these processes were not insisted in, and no fines
+or other punishment were inflicted.
+
+Soon after the viceroy was settled in his government, he sent
+Altamirano, judge in the court of chancery at Lima, to supersede Martin
+de Robles in the government of the city of La Plata. De Robles was then
+so old and bowed down with infirmities, that he was unable to have his
+sword girt to his side, and had it carried after him by an Indian page;
+yet Altamirano, almost immediately after taking possession of his
+government, hanged Martin de Robles in the market-place, on some
+pretended charge of having used certain words respecting the viceroy
+that had a rebellious tendency. About the same time the viceroy
+apprehended and deported to Spain about thirty-seven of those who had
+most eminently distinguished their loyalty in suppressing the late
+rebellion, chiefly because they solicited rewards for their services and
+remuneration for the great expences they had been at during the war, and
+refused to marry certain women who had been brought from Spain by the
+viceroy as wives to the colonists, many of whom were known to be common
+strumpets.
+
+The next object which occupied the attention of the viceroy was to
+endeavour to prevail upon Sayri Tupac, the nominal Inca or king of the
+Peruvians, to quit the mountains in which he had taken refuge, and to
+live among the Spaniards, under promise of a sufficient allowance to
+maintain his family and equipage. Sayri Tupac was the son and heir of
+Manco Capac, otherwise called Menco Saca, who had been killed by the
+Spaniards after delivering them out of the hands of their enemies. After
+a long negociation, the Inca Sayri Tupac came to Lima where he was
+honourably received and entertained by the viceroy, who settled an
+insignificant pension upon him according to promise. After remaining a
+short time in Lima, the Inca was permitted by the viceroy to return to
+Cuzco, where he took up his residence in the house of his aunt Donna
+Beatrix Coya, which was directly behind my fathers dwelling, and where
+he was visited by all the men and women of the royal blood of the Incas
+who resided in Cuzco. The Inca was soon afterwards baptized along with
+his wife, Cusi Huarcay, the niece of the former Inca Huascar. This took
+place in the year 1558; and about three years afterwards he died,
+leaving a daughter who was afterwards married to a Spaniard named Martin
+Garcia de Loyola.
+
+Having settled all things in the kingdom to his satisfaction, by the
+punishment of those who had been concerned in the rebellion under Giron,
+and the settlement of the Inca under the protection and superintendence
+of the Spanish government; the viceroy raised a permanent force of
+seventy lancers or cavalry, and two hundred musqueteers, to secure the
+peace of the kingdom, and to guard his own person and the courts of
+justice. The horsemen of this guard were allowed each a thousand, and
+the foot soldiers five hundred, dollars yearly. Much about the same
+time, Alonzo de Alvarado, Juan Julio de Hojeda, my lord and father
+Garcilasso de la Vega, and Lorenzo de Aldana died. These four gentlemen
+were all of the ancient conquerors of Peru who died by natural deaths,
+and were all greatly lamented by the people for their virtuous
+honourable and good characters. All the other conquerors either died in
+battle, or were cut off by other violent deaths, in the various civil
+wars and rebellions by which the kingdom was so long distracted.
+
+On the arrival of those persons in Spain who had been sent out of Peru
+by the viceroy for demanding rewards for their services, they petitioned
+the king, Don Philip II, for redress; who was graciously pleased to give
+pensions to as many of them as chose to return to Peru, to be paid from
+the royal exchequer in that kingdom, that they might not need to address
+themselves to the viceroy. Such as chose to remain in Spain, he
+gratified with pensions upon the custom-house in Seville; the smallest
+being 80 ducats yearly, to some 600, to some 800, 1000, and 1200 ducats,
+according to their merits and services. About the same time likewise,
+his majesty was pleased to nominate Don Diego de Azevedo as viceroy of
+Peru, to supersede the Marquis of Cannete; but, while preparing for his
+voyage, he died, to the great grief of all the colonists of the kingdom.
+The Marquis of Cannete was much astonished when those men whom he had
+banished from Peru for demanding rewards for their past services, came
+back with royal warrants for pensions on the exchequer of that kingdom,
+and still more so when he learnt that another person was appointed to
+succeed him in the office of viceroy. On this occasion he laid aside his
+former haughtiness and severity, and became gentle and lenient in his
+disposition and conduct for the rest of his days; so that, if he had
+begun as he ended his administration, he would have proved the best
+governor that ever commanded in the New World. On seeing this change of
+conduct, the heirs of those citizens who had been executed for having
+engaged in the rebellion of Giron, laid the pardons obtained by their
+fathers before the judges of the royal audience, and made reclamation of
+the estates which had been confiscated, and even succeeded in having
+their lands and Indians restored, together with all other confiscations
+which had been ordered at the first coming over of the viceroy.
+
+At this time likewise, the viceroy gave a commission to Pedro de Orsua,
+to make a conquest of the country of the Amazons on the river Marannon,
+being the same country in which Orellana deserted Gonzalo Pizarro, as
+formerly related. Orsua went to Quito to raise soldiers, and to provide
+arms and provisions, in which he was greatly assisted by contributions
+from the citizens of Cuzco, Quito and other cities of Peru. Orsua set
+out accordingly on his expedition, with a well appointed force of five
+hundred men, a considerable proportion of which was cavalry. But he was
+slain by his own men, at the instigation of Don Fernando de Guzman and
+some others, who set up Don Fernando as their king, yet put him to death
+shortly afterwards. Lope de Aguira then assumed the command, but the
+whole plan of conquest fell to the ground, and Aguira and far the
+greater part of the men engaged in this expedition were slain.
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Incidents in the History of Peru, during the successive Governments of
+the Conde de Nieva, Lope Garcia de Castro, and Don Francisco de Toledo._
+
+
+On the death of Don Diego de Azevedo, Don Diego de Zuniga by Velasco,
+Conde de Nieva, was appointed to supersede the Marquis of Cannete as
+viceroy of Peru, and departing from Spain to assume his new office in
+January 1560, he arrived at Payta in Peru in the month of April
+following. He immediately dispatched a letter to the marquis informing
+him of his arrival in the kingdom as viceroy, and requiring the marquis
+to desist from any farther exercise of authority. On the arrival of the
+messenger at Lima, the marquis ordered him to be honourably entertained,
+and to receive a handsome gratification, to the value of 7000 dollars;
+but he forfeited all these advantages, by refusing to address the
+ex-viceroy by the title of excellency. This slight, which had been
+directed by the new viceroy, so pressed on the spirits of the marquis,
+already much reduced by the infirmities of age and the ravages of a
+mortal distemper, that he fell into a deep melancholy, and ended his
+days before the arrival of his successor at Lima.
+
+The Conde de Nieva did not long enjoy the happiness he expected in his
+government, and he came by his death not many months afterwards by means
+of a strange accident, of which he was himself the cause; but as it was
+of a scandalous nature I do not chuse to relate the particulars. On
+receiving notice of his death, King Philip II. was pleased to appoint
+the lawyer Lope Garcia de Castro, who was then president of the royal
+council of the Indies, to succeed to the government of Peru, with the
+title only of president of the court of royal audience and
+governor-general of the kingdom. He governed the kingdom with much
+wisdom and moderation, and lived to return into Spain, where he was
+replaced in his former situation of president of the council of the
+Indies.
+
+Don Francisco de Toledo, second son of the Conde de Oropeta, succeeded
+Lope Garcia de Castro in the government of Peru, with the tide of
+viceroy. He had scarcely been two years established in the government,
+when he resolved to entice from the mountains of Villcapampa[49] where
+he resided, the Inca Tupac Amaru, the legitimate heir of the Peruvian
+empire, being the son of Manco Inca, and next brother to the late Don
+Diego Sayri Tupac, who left no son. The viceroy was induced to attempt
+this measure, on purpose to put a stop to the frequent robberies which
+were committed by the Indians dependent on the Inca, in the roads
+between Cuzco and Guamanga, and in hope of procuring information
+respecting the treasures which had belonged to former Incas and the
+great chain of gold belonging to Huayna Capac, formerly mentioned, all
+of which it was alleged was concealed by the Indians. Being unable to
+prevail upon the Inca to put himself in the power of the Spaniards, a
+force of two hundred and fifty men was detached into the Villcapampa,
+under the command of Martin Garcia Loyola, to whom the Inca surrendered
+himself, with his wife, two sons, and a daughter, who were all carried
+prisoners to Cuzco.
+
+[Footnote 49: The river Quiliabamba, otherwise called Urabamba and
+Vilcamayo is to the north of Cuzco, and to the north of that river one
+of the chains of the Andes is named the chain of Cuzco or of the rebel
+Indians. This is probably the mountainous region mentioned in the
+text.--E.]
+
+The unfortunate Inca was arraigned by the attorney-general, of having
+encouraged his servants and vassals to infest the roads and to rob the
+Spanish merchants, of having declared enmity against all who lived or
+inhabited among the Spaniards, and of having entered into a plot with
+the Caracas or Caciques, who were lords of districts and Indians by
+ancient grants of the former Incas, to rise in arms on a certain day and
+to kill all the Spaniards they could find. At the same time a general
+accusation was made against all the males of mixed race, born of Indian
+mothers to the Spanish conquerors, who were alleged to have secretly
+agreed with Tupac Amaru and other Incas to make an insurrection for
+extirpating the Spaniards and restoring the native, Inca to the throne
+of Peru. In consequence of this accusation, all the sons of Spaniards by
+Indian women who were of age sufficient to carry arms were committed to
+prison, and many of them were put to the torture to extort confession of
+these alleged crimes, for which they had no proof or evidence
+whatsoever. Many of them were accordingly banished to various remote
+parts of the New World, as to Chili, the new kingdom of Granada, the
+West India islands, Panama, and Nicaragua, and others were sent into
+Spain.
+
+All the males of the royal line of the Incas, who were in the capacity
+of being able to succeed to the throne, to the number of thirty-six
+persons, together with the two sons and the daughter of the Inca Tupac
+Amaru, were commanded to reside for the future in Lima, where in little
+more than two years they all died except three, who were permitted to
+return to their own houses for purer air: But even these three were
+beyond recovery, and died soon afterwards. One of these, Don Carlos
+Paula, left a son who died in Spain in 1610, leaving one son a few
+months old who died next year; and in him ended the entire male line of
+the Incas of Peru.
+
+Tupac Amaru was brought to trial, under pretence that he intended to
+rebel, and had engaged in a conspiracy with several Indians, and with
+the sons of Spaniards born of Indian mothers, intending to have
+dispossessed his majesty Philip II of the kingdom of Peru. On this
+unfounded accusation, and on the most inconclusive evidence, he was
+condemned to lose his head. Upon notice of this sentence, the friars of
+Cuzco flocked to prison, and persuaded the unfortunate prince to receive
+baptism, on which he assumed the name of Don Philip. Though the Inca
+earnestly entreated to be sent to Spain, and urged the absurdity and
+impossibility that he could ever intend to rebel against the numerous
+Spanish colonists who now occupied the whole country of Peru, seeing
+that his father with 200,000 men was utterly unable to overcome only 200
+Spaniards whom he besieged in the city of Cuzco; yet the viceroy thought
+fit to order the sentence to be carried into execution. The Inca was
+accordingly brought out of prison, mounted on a mule, having his bands
+tied and a halter about his neck, and being conducted to the ordinary
+place of execution in the city of Cuzco, his head was cut off by the
+public executioner.
+
+After continuing sixteen years in the viceroyalty of Peru, Don Francisco
+de Toledo returned into Spain, with a fortune of above half a million of
+pesos. Falling under the displeasure of the king, he was ordered to
+confine himself to his own house, and all his fortune was laid under
+sequestration, which so affected his mind that he soon died of a broken
+heart. Martin Garcia Loyola, who made the Inca prisoner, was married to
+a coya, the daughter of the former Inca Sayri Tupac, by whom he acquired
+a considerable estate; and being afterwards made governor of Chili, was
+slain in that country by the natives.
+
+END OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST OF CHILI
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+Not having the advantage of any original and contemporary author to lay
+before our readers on this occasion, it was at first our intention to
+have omitted any notice of Chili in the present division of this work:
+But under the existing and important circumstances of the Spanish
+American colonies, to which some allusion has been already made in the
+introduction to the preceding chapter, it has been deemed proper to
+deviate on this occasion from our general principle, and to endeavour to
+draw up a short satisfactory account of the Discovery and Conquest of
+Chili, and of the early History of that interesting region, the most
+distant of all the early European colonies in the New World, and which
+presents the singular and solitary phenomenon, of a native nation
+inhabiting a fertile and champaign country, successfully resisting the
+arts, discipline, and arms of Europeans, and remaining unconquered and
+independent to the present day, after the almost perpetual efforts of
+the Spaniards during a period of 277 years.
+
+In the composition of this chapter, we have been chiefly guided by the
+geographical natural and civil history of Chili, by the Abbe Don Juan
+Ignatio Molina, a native of the country, and a member of the late
+celebrated order of the Jesuits. On the dissolution of that order, being
+expelled along with all his brethren from the Spanish dominions, he went
+to reside at Bologna in Italy, where in 1787 he published the first part
+of his work, containing the natural history of Chili, and the second
+part, or civil history, some years afterwards. This work was translated
+and published some years ago in the United States of North America; and
+was republished in London in the year 1809, with the addition of several
+notes and appendixes from various sources by the English editor. In the
+present abridged version of the second part of that work, or civil
+history of Chili, we have collated the whole with An Historical Relation
+of the Kingdom of Chili, by Alonzo de Ovalle, or Ovaglia, likewise a
+native and a Jesuit, printed at Rome in 1649, of which an English
+translation is inserted in Churchill's collection of voyages and
+travels, Vol. III. p. 1-146. In other divisions of this work, more
+minute accounts will be furnished, respecting the country of Chili and
+its inhabitants and productions, by means of several voyages to that
+distant and interesting country.
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Geographical View of the Kingdom of Chili._
+
+
+The kingdom of Chili in South America, is situated on the coast of the
+Pacific Ocean or Great South Sea, between 24° and 45° of south latitude,
+and between 68° 40´ and 74° 20´ of west longitude from Greenwich; but as
+its direction is oblique from N.N.E. to S.S.W. between the Andes on the
+east and the Pacific Ocean on the west, the middle of its northern
+extremity is in 70°, and of its southern termination in about 73° of W.
+longitude. Its extreme length therefore is 1260 geographical, or 1450
+statute miles; but its breadth varies considerably, as the Andes
+approach or recede from the sea. In the more northern parts, between the
+latitudes of 24° and 32° S. the average breadth is about two degrees, or
+nearly 140 English miles. Its greatest breadth in lat. 37° S. is about
+220 miles; whence it grows again narrower, and the continental part of
+the country, opposite to the Archipelago of Chiloe, varies from about 50
+to 100 miles. These measures are all assumed as between the main ridge
+of the Andes and the sea; but in many places these mountains extend from
+60 to 100 miles farther towards the east, and, being inhabited by
+natives of the same race with the indigenous Chilese, or confederated
+with them, that transalpine region may be likewise considered as
+belonging to Chili.
+
+Chili is bounded on the north by Peru, whence its lower or plain
+country, between the Andes and the Pacific, is divided by the extensive
+and arid desert of Atacama. On the east it is separated by the lofty
+chain of the southern Andes, from the countries of Tucuman, Cujo, and
+Patagonia, on the waters which run towards the Southern Atlantic.
+Through these lofty and almost impracticable mountains, there are eight
+or nine roads which lead from Chili towards the east, into the vast
+plains which depend upon the viceroyalty of La Plata, all of which are
+exceedingly difficult and even dangerous. The most frequented of these
+roads is that which leads from the province of Aconcagua in Chili to
+Cujo, running along the deep ravines of the rivers Chillan and Mendoza,
+bordered on one side by deep precipices overhanging these rivers, and on
+the other by lofty and almost perpendicular mountains. Both of these
+rivers derive their origin from the Alpine vallies of the Andes, the
+former running westwards to the Pacific; while the latter takes a much
+longer course towards the Southern Atlantic. This road requires at least
+eight days journey to get across the mountain range, and is so narrow
+and incommodious, that travellers are obliged in many places to quit
+their mules and proceed on foot, and every year some loaded mules are
+precipitated from this road into the rivers below. In some places the
+road passes over agreeable plains among the mountains, and in these the
+travellers halt for rest and refreshment. In these vallies, when the
+Incas conquered the northern provinces of Chili, before the coming of
+the Spaniards, they caused some _tambos_ or stone houses to be
+constructed for the accommodation of their officers. Some of these are
+ruined but others remain entire, and the Spaniards have built some more
+for the convenience of travellers.
+
+On the west side Chili is bounded throughout its whole extent by the
+shores of the Pacific Ocean; and on the south it joins with the southern
+land usually called the Terra Magellanica, from the name of the
+navigator, Magellan or Magelhaens, who first circumnavigated the
+continent of South America, and opened the way by sea from the Atlantic
+to the Pacific Ocean, through the Straits which are still known by his
+name.
+
+Chili may be considered under three natural divisions. The country of
+Chili Proper, between the main ridge of the Andes and the sea: The Andes
+themselves, from the main ridge eastwards to the plain country of La
+Plata, and the Chilese islands. Chili Proper, or that which lies between
+the main ridge of the Andes and the Pacific, is usually distinguished
+into the Maritime and Midland countries. The Maritime country is
+intersected by three chains of hills, running parallel to the Andes,
+between which are many fine vallies which are watered by delightful
+rivers. The Midland country consists almost entirely of a uniform plain
+of considerable elevation, having a few isolated hills interspersed
+which add much to its beauty. The Andes, which are among the loftiest
+mountains in the world, are mostly about 120 miles from east to west, in
+that part of their course which belongs to Chili, consisting of a vast
+number of mountains of prodigious height, as if chained together, and
+displaying all the beauties and horrors of the most sublime and
+picturesque grandeur, abounding everywhere with frightful precipices,
+interspersed with many fine vallies and fertile pastures, watered by
+numerous streams and rivers which rise in the mountains. Between the
+latitudes of 24° and 33° south, the Andes are entirely desert and
+uninhabited; but the remainder as far as 45° S. is inhabited by various
+tribes or colonies of the Chilese, called Chiquillanes, Pehuenches,
+Puelches, and Huilliches, which are commonly known under the general
+appellation of Patagonians.
+
+
+S1. _Chili Proper._
+
+The political divisions of Chili consist of that part which has been
+conquered by the Spaniards, and that which still remains independent in
+the possession of the natives. The Spanish portion is situated between
+the latitudes of 24° and 37° south, and is divided into thirteen
+provinces; of which the following is an enumeration, with a short
+account of each, beginning on the north, at the desert of Atacama or
+frontiers of Peru. In each of these a _corregidor_, or deputy-governor
+resides, to whose command the civil and military officers of the
+province are subordinate, and on whom the respective cabildos or
+municipal magistracies are dependent.
+
+1. _Copaipo_, is bounded on the north by the great desert of Atacama, on
+the east by the Andes, on the south by Coquimbo, and on the west by the
+Pacific. It is about 300 English miles long by 120 in breath. It
+contains the rivers Salado, Juncal, Chineral, Copaipo, Castagno,
+Totoral, Quebradaponda, Guasco, and Chollai. This province abounds in
+gold, lapis lazuli, sulphur, and fossile salt, which last is found in
+almost all the mountains of the Andes on its eastern frontiers. Copaipo
+its capital is in lat. 27° 15´ S. and long. 70° 53´ W. The northern part
+of this province, beyond the river Juncal is hardly inhabited, except by
+hunters of the Vicugnas, which they catch by means of large palisaded
+inclosures. Besides lead mines to the north of the river Copaipo, there
+are several silver mines in this province, and some sugar is made in the
+valley of the Totoral. This province has five ports, at Juncal,
+Chineral, Caldera, Copaipo, and Huasca, or Guasco. The chief town,
+Copaipo, situated on the river of the same name, contains a parish
+church, a convent of the order of Mercy, and a college which formerly
+belonged to the Jesuits. The town of San Francisco della Salva, stands
+on the same river about sixty miles farther inland.
+
+2. _Coquimbo_, which is divided from Copaipo by the river Huasca or
+Guasco, is the next province towards the south. It is accordingly
+bounded on the north by Copaipo, on the east by the Andes, on the
+south-east by Aconcagua, on the south-west by Quillota, and on the west
+by the Pacific. It is about 135 miles from north to south, and 120 from
+east to west. Its principal rivers are the Coquimbo, Tongoi, Limari, and
+Chuapa. Its capital is called Coquimbo, or _La Serena_, founded in 1544
+by Valdivia at the mouth of the river Coquimbo in lat. 29° 53' S long.
+71° 12' W. This city is the residence of several ancient and honourable
+families, and is situated in a delightful country and charming climate;
+such being the mild temperature of the air, that though rain seldom
+falls, the surrounding country is continually verdant. This province is
+rich in gold, copper, and iron, and its fertile soil produces grapes,
+olives, and other fruits in great abundance, both those belonging to
+Europe, and such as are natural to the country.
+
+3. _Quillota_, is bounded on the north by Coquimbo, on the east by the
+province of Aconcagua, on the south by Melipilla, and on the west by the
+sea. Its chief rivers are the Longotoma, Ligua, Aconcagua, and Limache;
+and its territory is among the most populous and most abundant in gold
+of any in Chili. The capital, called Quillota or San Martin, stands in a
+pleasant valley, in lat. 32° 42' S. and long. 71° W. having three
+churches dedicated to the saints Dominic, Francis, and Augustine. The
+province likewise contains the cities of Plazza, Plazilla, Ingenio,
+Cassablanca, and Petorca; which last is very populous, owing to the
+resort of great numbers of miners who work in the celebrated gold mines
+in the neighbourhood. Valparaiso, or Valparadiso, the most celebrated
+and most commercial harbour in Chili is in this province, from whence
+all the trade is carried on with Peru and Spain. The harbour is very
+capacious, and so deep that large ships can lie close to the shore. Its
+convenience for trade, and the salubrity of its climate, have rendered
+this a place of considerable resort; so that besides the city, which is
+three miles from the port, there is a populous town along the shore of
+the harbour, called Almendral, in which those belonging to the shipping
+mostly reside. A deputy-governor or corregidor sent directly from Spain
+resides here, who has the command of the civil and military officers of
+the city, and is only amenable to the president of Chili.
+
+4. _Aconcagua_, is inclosed between the provinces of Coquimbo, Quillota,
+Santiago, and the Andes, being entirely inland and communicating with
+the sea through the former province, the same rivers belonging to both.
+The celebrated silver mines of Uspalata are in the Andes belonging to
+this province, which likewise are productive of excellent copper, and
+its lower grounds are fertile in grain and fruit. Aconcagua or San
+Filippe, the capital, is in lat. 32° 18' S. and long. 69° 55' W.
+
+5. _Melipilla_, is bounded on the north by Quillota, on the east by
+Santiago, on the south by the river Maypo dividing it from Rancagua, and
+on the west by the Pacific. Its rivers are the Mapocho and Poangue, and
+its territory abounds in wine and grain. Melipilla, or San Joseph de
+Logronno, on the river Maypo, in lat 33° 36' S long. 70° 42' W. is the
+chief town of the province, and is but thinly inhabited, though in a
+beautiful situation and fertile country, as most of the principal
+proprietors reside in the neighbouring city of St Jago, the capital of
+the kingdom.
+
+6. _St Jago_, or _San Jacopo_, is entirely inland, having the province
+of Aconcagua on the north, the Andes on the east, the river Maypo to the
+south, and Melipilla to the west. This is a small province, being only
+45 miles from east to west, and 36 from north to south. Besides the
+rivers Mapocho, Colina, and Zampa, with several other beautiful streams,
+it contains the lake of Pudaguel which is about nine miles long. This
+province is very fertile, producing abundance of grain and wine, with
+fine fruits, especially peaches of exquisite flavour and large size. The
+inferior mountains of Caren abound in gold, and in the Andes belonging
+to this province there are mines of silver. Tin is likewise said to be
+found in the province. The beautiful city of St Jago, the capital of the
+province and of the kingdom of Chili, which was founded in 1541 by Pedro
+de Valdivia, stands in an extensive and beautiful plain, on the left
+bank of the river Mapocho, in lat 33° 16' S. long. 69° 48' W. having the
+suburbs of Chimba, Cannadilla, and Renca on the opposite side of the
+river. Both sides of the river are guarded by stone quay walls of
+considerable height to prevent inundations, and a fine bridge connects
+the city with its suburbs. St Jago is about 90 miles from the sea, and
+about 20 from the foot of the main ridge of the Andes, whose lofty
+summits clad in perpetual snow form a fine contract with the continual
+verdure of a beautiful surrounding district. The streets are all in
+straight lines, thirty-six feet broad, and intersecting each other at
+right angles, and every house is amply supplied with excellent water by
+means of several aqueducts. The great square is 450 feet in extent on
+all its sides, having a bronze fountain in the centre. The north side of
+this square is occupied by the palace of the president and the public
+offices, beneath which is the prison. On the south side is the palace of
+the Conde dell Sierra-bella. The west side is occupied by the cathedral
+and the palace of the archbishop; and the east side contains the palaces
+of three noblemen. The other most remarkable buildings are the church of
+San Domingo, and that formerly belonging to the college of Jesuits.
+Though convenient and handsomely built, the private houses are generally
+of one story only, on account of frequent earthquakes. On the south side
+of the city, from which it is separated by a street called the Cannada,
+144 feet broad, is the large suburb of St Isidore. On a hill in the
+eastern part of the city, called Santa Lucia, there formerly stood a
+fortress to guard against attacks of the Indians. This city contained in
+1770 a population of 46,000 inhabitants, which was rapidly increasing.
+Besides the cathedral and three other parish churches, there are two
+convents of Dominican friars, four of Franciscans, two of Augustins, two
+of the order of Mercy, and one belonging to the brothers of Charity,
+with an hospital, seven nunneries, a female penitentiary, a foundling
+hospital, a college for the nobility formerly under the direction of the
+Jesuits, and a Tridentine seminary. It contains also an university, a
+mint for coining gold and silver, and barracks for the soldiers who are
+maintained as guards to the president and royal audience.
+
+7. _Rancagua_, is bounded on the north by the river Maypo and by the
+Chachapoal on the south, by the Andes on the east, and the Pacific on
+the west. Besides the former rivers, it is watered by the Codegua and
+Chocalan, and some others of less importance; and contains the lakes of
+Aculen and Buccalemu, of no great importance. This province is fertile
+in grain, and its chief town, Santa Croce di Trianna, otherwise called
+Rancagua, is in lat. 34° 18' S. long. 70° 16' W. Near Alque, a town
+recently founded about 24 miles nearer the sea, there is a very rich
+gold mine.
+
+8. _Calchagua_, between the rivers Chachapoal and Teno, extends from the
+Andes to the sea, its breadth from north to south near the Andes being
+about 75 miles, while on the coast of the Pacific it does not exceed 40.
+Besides the rivers which form its boundaries, its territory is watered
+by the Rio Clarillo, Tinguiririca, and Chimbarongo; and in this province
+there are two considerable lakes, named Taguatagua and Caguil, the
+former being interspersed with beautiful islands, and the latter
+abounding with large clamps[50], which, are much esteemed. This
+province, which is fertile in grain, wine, and fruits, and abounds in
+gold, is part of the territories of the native tribe of the Promaucians,
+whose name is said to signify _the people of delight_, so called from
+the beauty and fertility of their country. The chief town San Fernando,
+built only in 1742, is in lat. 34° 36' S. long. 70° 34' W.
+
+[Footnote 50: Thus expressed by the translator of Molina, and probably
+some fresh water shell-fish.--E.]
+
+9. _Maule_, the next province to the south, is bounded on the east by
+the Andes, on the south-east by Chillan, on the south-west by Itata, and
+on the west by the Pacific. It is about 176 miles from east to west, and
+about 120 from north to south where broadest; and is watered by the
+Lantue, Rio Claro, Pangue, Lircai, Huenchullami, Maule, Putagan,
+Achiguema, Longavi, Loncamilla, Purapel, and other inferior rivers. It
+abounds in grain, wine, fruits, gold, salt, cattle, and fish; which last
+are found in great quantities both in the sea and rivers. Its native
+inhabitants are brave, robust, and warlike, and are principally
+descended from the ancient Promaucians. Talca, or St Augustin, built in
+1742 among hills near the Rio-claro, at a considerable distance from the
+sea, is in lat. 35° 18' S. long. 70° 48' W. Its population is
+considerable, owing to the proximity of rich gold mines, and the
+abundance and cheapness of provisions supplied by its territory. From
+this last circumstance, several noble families from the cities of St
+Jago and Conception, whose finances had become diminished, have retired
+to this place, which has in consequence been called the bankrupt colony.
+There are several other towns in this province, and many villages of the
+native Chilese; among these Laro, near the mouth of the river Mataquito,
+contains a numerous population of the Promaucian nation, and is governed
+by an _Ulmen_ or native chief.
+
+10. _Itata_, situated on the sea-coast, has Maule on the north, Chillan
+on the east, Puchacay on the south, and the Pacific on the west. It
+measures 60 miles from east to west, and about 33 from north to south,
+and is intersected by the river Itata, from which it derives its name.
+The best wine of Chili is made in this province, and being produced on
+lands belonging to citizens of the city of Conception, is usually known
+by the name of Conception wine. Its chief town named Coulemu, or Nombre
+de Jesus, stands on the Rio Jesus, in lat. 35° 58' S. long. 72° 38' W.
+and was founded in 1743..
+
+11. _Chillan_, bounded on the north, by Maule, by the Andes on the east,
+on the south by Huilquilemu, and by Itata on the west, is entirety an
+inland province, about the same size with Itata. Its rivers are the
+Nuble, Cato, Chillan, Diguillin, and Dannicalquin. Its territory
+consists mostly of an elevated plain, particularly favourable for
+rearing sheep, which produce wool of a very fine quality. Its capital,
+Chillan or San Bartholomeo, in lat. 35° 54' S. long. 71° 30´ W. was
+founded in 1580. It has been several times destroyed by the Araucanians,
+and was overthrown by an earthquake and inundation in 1751; since which
+it has been rebuilt in a more convenient situation, out of danger from
+the river.
+
+12. _Puchacay_, is bounded on the north by Itata, on the east by
+Huilquilemu, on the south by the river Biobio, and on the west by the
+Pacific. It measures 24 miles from north to south, and 60 from east to
+west. This province affords a great quantity of gold, and its
+strawberries, both wild and cultivated, are the largest in all Chili.
+Gualqui, or San Juan, founded in 1754 on the northern shore of the
+Biobio, is the residence of the corregidor; but Conception, named Ponco
+in the native language, is the principal city of the province, and the
+second in the kingdom of Chili. It was founded by Pedro de Valdivia in a
+pleasant vale, formed by some beautiful hills, near the coast, in lat.
+36° 42' S. long. 73° 4´ W. After suffering severely in the long wars
+with the Araucanians, this city was destroyed in 1730 by an earthquake
+and inundation of the sea, and again by a similar calamity in 1751; and
+was rebuilt in 1764 in a beautiful situation a league from the sea.
+Owing to so many calamities, its inhabitants scarcely exceed 13,000, who
+are attracted to this place on the frontiers of the warlike Araucanians,
+by the great abundance of gold that is procured in its neighbourhood.
+The climate is always temperate, the soil is fertile, and the sea
+abounds in fish of all kinds. The Bay of Conception is spacious and
+safe, extending above ten miles from north to south, and nearly as much
+from east to west. Its mouth is protected by a beautiful and fertile
+island, called Quiriquina, forming two mouths or entrances to the bay;
+that on the north-east called the _bocca grande_ being two miles wide,
+and that on the south-west, or _bocca chica_, little more than a mile.
+The whole bay affords safe anchorage, and a port at its south-east
+extremity called Talcaguano is chiefly frequented by shipping, as being
+not far from the new city of Conception.
+
+13. _Huilquilemu_, commonly called Estanzia del Rei, or the royal
+possession, has Chillan on the north, the Andes on the east, the river
+Biobio on the south, and Puchacay on the west. This district is rich in
+gold, and produces an excellent wine resembling muscadel. To protect
+this province against the warlike and independent Araucanians, there are
+four forts on the north side of the Biobio, named Jumbel, Tucapel, Santa
+Barbara, and Puren; and as the boundary line is to the south of that
+river, the Spaniards have likewise the forts of Aranco, Colcura, San
+Pedro, Santa Joanna, Nascimento, and Angeles beyond that river.
+
+14. _Valdivia._ This province, or military station rather, is entirely
+separated from the other possessions of the Spaniards in Chili, being
+entirely surrounded by the territories of the Araucanians. It lies on
+the sea-coast, on both sides of the river Valdivia or Callacallas, being
+reckoned 36 miles from east to west, and 18 miles from north to south.
+It abounds in valuable timber, and affords the purest gold of any that
+is found in Chili, and produced great quantities of that precious metal
+to Valdivia the original conqueror. But owing to many calamities in the
+wars with the Araucanians, it is now of little importance except as a
+military station. Valdivia, the capital, in lat. 39° 48´ S. long. 73°
+24´ W. is situated at the bottom of a beautiful and safe bay, the
+entrance to which is protected by the island of Manzera. As this is a
+naval station of much importance for protecting the western coast of
+South America, it is strongly fortified, and is always commanded by a
+military officer of reputation sent directly from Spain, though under
+the direction of the president of Chili. He has always a considerable
+body of troops, which are officered by the five commanders of the five
+castles which protect the city, with a sergeant-major, commissary,
+inspector, and several captains.
+
+From the foregoing short abstract of the geographical circumstances of
+Chili Proper, or that part of the kingdom which is possessed by the
+Spaniards, it appears to extend from the lat. 24° to 37° both south, or
+about 900 English miles in length by about 180 miles in medium breadth,
+containing about 162,000 square miles of territory or nearly 104
+millions of statute acres, mostly of fertile soil, in a temperate and
+salubrious climate, abounding in all the necessaries of life, and richly
+productive in gold and other metals. Hence this country is calculated to
+support a most extensive population, in all the comforts and enjoyments
+of civilized society, and if once settled under a regular government,
+will probably become at no great distance of time an exceedingly
+populous and commercial nation. The islands belonging to Chili consist
+principally of the Archipelago of Chiloé, with that of the Chones, which
+is dependent upon the former. The largest of these islands, named
+likewise Chiloé, is about 120 miles in extent from north to south, and
+about 60 miles from east to west. Between it and the main-land is a vast
+gulf or bay, which extends from lat. 41° 32´ to 44° 50´ both S. and lies
+between the longitudes of 72° 44´ and 74° 20´ both W. This is called the
+gulf of Chiloé, Guaiteca, or Elancud; and besides the great island of
+Chiloé, contains eighty-two smaller islands, thinly inhabited by Indians
+and a few Spaniards. The land in Chiloé, as in all the smaller islands,
+is mountainous, and covered by almost impenetrable thickets. The rains
+are here excessive and almost continual, so that the inhabitants seldom
+have more than fifteen or twenty days of fair weather in autumn, and
+hardly do eight days pass at any other season without rain. The
+atmosphere is consequently extremely moist, yet salubrious, and the
+climate is exceedingly mild and temperate. Owing to the great humidity,
+grain and fruits are by no means productive, yet the inhabitants raise
+sufficient grain, mostly barley and beans, for their support, and grow
+abundance of excellent flax. The town of Castro, on the eastern shore,
+in lat. 42° 44´ S. is the capital of the island, and was founded in
+1565, by Don Martino Ruiz de Gamboa, and is built entirely of wood,
+containing only about a hundred and fifty inhabitants, yet has a parish
+church, a church formerly belonging to the Jesuits, and two convents.
+The port of Chaco, near the middle of the northern extremity of the
+island, in lat. 41° 53´ S. and about the same, longitude with Castro,
+has good anchorage, and enjoys the whole trade with Peru and Chili,
+which is not subjected to the duties which are paid in other ports of
+Spanish America.
+
+Besides the southern Archipelago of Chiloé, there are a few islands of
+no great importance on the coast of Chili, not worth notice. The two
+islands likewise of Juan Fernandez are considered as dependencies on
+Chili. The larger of these, called Isola de Tierra, is at present
+inhabited by a few Spaniards, who have a small fort at La Baya or
+Cumberland harbour. The smaller island, or Masafuera, otherwise called
+De Cabras or Conejos, is uninhabited.
+
+
+S2. _The Province of Cujo._
+
+Although the province of _Cujo,_ on the east side of the Andes, be not
+strictly within the limits of Chili, yet as dependent on the presidency
+of that kingdom, it is proper to take notice of it in this place. Cujo
+is bounded on the north by the province of Tucuman, on the east by the
+Pampas or desert plains of Buenos Ayres, on the south by Patagonia, and
+on the west by the southern chain of the Andes. Being comprehended
+between the latitudes of 29° and 35° south, it is about 400 miles in
+extent from north to south, but its limits towards the east are
+uncertain. In temperature and productions, this province differs
+materially from Chili. The winter, which is the dry season, is extremely
+cold; and the summer is excessively hot both day and night, with
+frequent storms of thunder and hail, more especially in its western
+parts near the Andes. These storms commonly rise and disperse in the
+course of half an hour; after which the sun dries up the moisture in a
+few minutes. Owing to this excessive exsiccation, the soil is extremely
+arid, and will neither bear trees nor plants of any kind; unless when
+irrigated by means of canals, when it produces almost every vegetable in
+astonishing abundance. By these artificial means of cultivation, the
+fruits and grains of Europe thrive with extraordinary perfection, and
+come a month earlier to maturity than in Chili; and the wines produced
+in Cujo are very rich and full-bodied.
+
+This province is intersected by three rivers which have their sources in
+the Andes, the San Juan, the Mendoza, and the Tunujan. The two former
+are named from the cities which are built on their banks. After a course
+of from 75 to 90 miles, these rivers form the great lakes of Guanasache,
+which extend above 300 miles from north to south, and their waters are
+afterwards discharged by the river Tunujan into the south-eastern desert
+Pampas. These lakes abound with excellent fish of several kinds, and
+they produce a sufficient quantity of salt to supply the whole province
+of Cujo. The eastern part of this province, called La Punta, is watered
+by the rivers Contaro and Quinto, and several smaller streams, and is
+quite different in its climate and temperature from the western part
+near the Andes. The plains of La Punta are covered with beautiful trees
+of large size, and the natural herbage grows to such a height in many
+places as to conceal the horses and other cattle which roam at large in
+these extensive plains. Thunder storms are exceedingly violent and
+frequent, continuing often for many hours, accompanied by incessant and
+immoderate rain.
+
+Among the vegetable productions of Cujo, one of the most remarkable is a
+species of palm, which never exceeds eighteen feet high, putting forth
+all its branches so near the ground as to conceal the trunk. The leaves
+are extraordinarily hard, and terminate in a point as sharp as a sword.
+The fruit resembles the cocoa-nut, yet only contains a few hard round
+seeds, with no edible kernel. The trunk of this tree is very large, and
+is covered by a coarse outer bark of a blackish colour which is easily
+detached. Below this, there are five or six successive layers of a
+fibrous bark resembling linen cloth. The first is of a yellowish colour,
+and of the consistence and appearance of sail-cloth. The others
+gradually decrease in thickness, and become whiter and finer; so that
+the innermost is white and fine like cambric, but of a looser texture.
+The fibres of this natural cloth are strong and flexible, but harsher to
+the feel than those made from flax. This province produces great
+abundance of the _opuntia_, a species of the _cactus_, which nourishes
+the cochineal insect; but the natives are in use to string these insects
+on a thread by means of a needle, by which they acquire a blackish tint.
+The fruit of this plant is woolly, about the size of a peach, its
+internal substance being glutinous and full of small seeds. It is sweet
+and well-flavoured, and is easily preserved by cutting into slices which
+are dried in the sun. There are four different trees producing a species
+of beans; two of which are good eating, the third is employed as
+provender for horses, and ink is made from the fourth. The most singular
+vegetable production in this country is called _the flower of the air_,
+from having no root, and never growing on the ground. Its native
+situation is on the surface of an arid rock, or twining round the dry
+stem of a tree. This plant consists of a single shoot, like the stem of
+a gilly-flower, but its leaves are larger and thicker, and are as hard
+as wood. Each stalk produces two or three white transparent flowers, in
+size and shape resembling a lily, and equally odoriferous with that
+flower. They may be preserved fresh on their stalks for more than two
+months, and for several days when plucked off. This plant may be
+transported to almost any distance; and will produce flowers annually,
+if merely hung up on a nail.
+
+In the northern parts of Cujo there are mines of gold and copper, but
+they are not worked owing to the indolence of the inhabitants. It has
+also rich mines of lead, sulphur, vitriol, salt, gypsum, and talc or
+asbestos. The mountains near the city of Juan are entirely composed of
+white marble, in stratified slabs of five or six feet long by six or
+seven inches thick, all regularly cut and polished by nature. From this
+the inhabitants prepare an excellent lime, which they use in building
+bridges over the streams and canals of irrigation. Between the city of
+Mendoza and La Punta, on a low range of hills, there is a large stone
+pillar, 150 feet high and 12 feet diameter, called the giant, on which
+there are certain marks or inscriptions resembling Chinese characters.
+Near the Diamond river there is another stone, having marks which appear
+to be characters, and the impression of human feet, with the figures of
+several animals. The Spaniards call it the stone of St Thomas; from a
+tradition handed down from the first settlers, said to have been
+received from the native Indians, that a white man with a long beard,
+formerly preached a new religion from that stone to their ancestors, and
+left the impression of his feet, and the figures of the animals that
+came to hear him, as a memorial of his sanctity.
+
+The aboriginal natives of the province of Cujo are called Guarpes, of
+whom there are now very few remaining. They are of a lofty stature, very
+thin, and of a brown colour, and speak a quite different language from
+that of the Chilese. This people was anciently conquered by the
+Peruvians, after having taken possession of the northern part of Chili;
+and on the road across the Andes from Cujo to Chili, there still are
+some small stone buildings, or tambos, which had been erected for the
+accommodation of the Peruvian officers and messengers. The first
+Spaniards who attempted to reduce this country were sent by Valdivia,
+under the command of Francisco de Aguirre, who returned to Chili after
+the death of Valdivia. In 1560, Don Garcia de Mendoza sent a force under
+Pedro del Castillo, who subdued the Guarpes, and founded the cities of
+San Juan and Mendoza. The latter, which is the capital, is situated on a
+plain at the foot of the Andes, in lat 33° 54' S. long. 68° 34' W. This
+is supposed to contain about 6000 inhabitants, and is continually
+increasing in population, owing to its vicinity to the celebrated silver
+mine of Uspallatta, which is worked by the inhabitants to great profit.
+This city carries on a considerable commerce in wine and fruits with
+Buenos Ayres. The city of San Juan near the Andes, in lat. 31° 40' S.
+and long. 68° 34' W. is equally populous with Mendoza, from which it is
+about 160 miles due north, and trades with Buenos Ayres in brandy,
+fruits, and Vicunna skins. Its pomegranates are greatly esteemed in
+Chili, to which they are sent across the Andes. This city is governed by
+a deputy from the corregidor of Mendoza, assisted by a cabildo. In 1596,
+the small city of La Punta, or San Luis de Loyola, was founded in the
+eastern part of Cujo, in lat. 33° 47' S. long. 65° 33' W. Although the
+thoroughfare for all the trade from Chili and Cujo to Buenos Ayres, it
+is a miserable place with scarcely two hundred inhabitants; but its
+jurisdiction is extensive and populous, and is administered both in
+civil and military affairs by a deputy of the corregidor of Mendoza.
+Besides these three cities, the province of Cujo contains the towns of
+Jachal, Vallofertil, Mogna, Corocorto, Leonsito, Caliogarta, and
+Pismanta[51], which do not merit particular attention.
+
+[Footnote 51: Besides these, modern maps insert the following, beginning
+in the north. Betlen, Rioja la Nueva, Mutinan, San Juan de Jaeban,
+Guanachoca, all to the north of Mendoza.--E.]
+
+The Patagonians who border upon Cujo towards the south, and of whose
+gigantic stature so much has been said, do not differ materially in this
+respect from other men. The Pojas, one of their tribes, are governed by
+several petty independent princes. A singular species of polygamy
+prevails among this people, as the women are permitted to have several
+husbands. As to the Cesari, of whom such wonderful stories have been
+reported, and who are supposed to be neighbours of the Chilese, they
+have no existence except in the fancies of those who take pleasure in
+marvellous stories.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+S3. _The Indian Country, or Araucania._
+
+That part of Chili which remains unconquered reaches from the river
+Biobio in the north to the Archipelago of Chiloe in the south, or
+between the latitudes of 37° and 42' S. This country is inhabited by
+three independent nations, the Araucanians, the Cunches, and the
+Huìllìches. The territory of the Araucanians, contains the finest plains
+in Chili, and is situated between the rivers Biobio and Callacallas,
+stretching along the sea-coast for about 186 miles, and is generally
+allowed to be the most pleasant and fertile district in the kingdom of
+Chili. Its extent from the sea to the foot of the Andes, was formerly
+reckoned at 300 miles; but as the Puelches, a nation inhabiting the
+western side of the mountains, joined the confederacy of the Araucanians
+in the seventeenth century, its present breadth cannot be less than 420
+miles, and the whole territory is estimated at 78,120 square miles or
+nearly 50 millions of acres.
+
+The Araucanians derive their name from the province of Arauco, the
+smallest in their territory, but which has given name to the whole
+nation, as having been the first to propose the union which has so long
+subsisted among the tribes, or from having at some remote period reduced
+them under its dominion. Enthusiastically attached to their
+independence, they pride themselves on the name of _auca_, signifying
+_freemen_[52]; and by the Spaniards who were sent from the army in
+Flanders to serve in Chili, this country has been called Araucanian
+Flanders, or the invincible state. Though the Araucanians do not exceed
+the ordinary height of mankind, they are in general muscular, robust,
+well proportioned, and of a martial appearance. Their complexion is of a
+reddish brown, but clearer than the other natives of America, except
+the tribe named Boroanes, who are fair and ruddy. They have round
+faces, small eyes full of animated expression, a rather flat nose, a
+handsome mouth, even white teeth, muscular and well shaped legs, and
+small flat feet. Like the Tartars, they have hardly any beard, and they
+carefully pluck out any little that appears, calling the Europeans
+_longbeards,_ by way of reproach. The hair on their heads is thick,
+black, and coarse, is allowed to grow very long, and is worn in tresses
+wound around their heads. The women are delicately formed, and many of
+them are very handsome, especially the Boroanes. They are generally long
+lived, and are not subject to the infirmities of age till a late period
+of life, seldom even beginning to grow grey till sixty or severity, or
+to be wrinkled till fourscore. They are intrepid, animated, ardent,
+patient of fatigue, enthusiastically attached to liberty, and ever ready
+to sacrifice their lives for their country, jealous of their honour,
+courteous, hospitable, faithful to their engagements, grateful for
+services, and generous and humane to their vanquished enemies. Yet these
+noble qualities are obscured by the vices which are inseparable from
+their half savage state, unrefined by literature or cultivation: Being
+presumptuous, entertaining a haughty contempt for other nations, and
+much addicted to drunkenness and debauchery.
+
+[Footnote 52: According to Falkner the missionary, _auca_ is a name of
+reproach given them by the Spaniards, signifying rebels or wild men;
+_aucani_ is to rebel or make a riot, and _auca-cahual_ signifies a wild
+horse.--This may be the case in the language of the subjected Peruvians
+and northern Chilese, while in that of the independent Araucanians it
+may signify _free_; just as republican is an honourable term in the
+United States, while it is a name of reproach under a monarchical
+government.--E.]
+
+Their dress is manufactured from the wool of the vicunna, and consists
+of a shirt, vest, short close breeches, and a cloak or poncho, having an
+opening in the middle to admit the head, which descends all round as low
+as the knees. This cloak, which leaves the arms at liberty, and can be
+thrown back at pleasure, is so convenient for riding, and so excellent a
+protection from wind and rain, that it is now commonly adopted by the
+Spanish inhabitants of Chili, Peru, and Paraguay. The shirt, vest, and
+breeches, are always of a greenish blue, or turquois colour, which is
+the uniform of the nation. Among persons of ordinary rank, the _poncho_,
+or native cloak, is also of the same national colour; but those of the
+higher classes have it of different colours, as white, red, or blue,
+with stripes a span broad, on which figures of flowers and animals are
+wrought in different colours with much ingenuity, and the borders are
+ornamented with handsome fringes. Some of these _ponchos_ are of so fine
+a texture and richly ornamented as to sell for 100 or even 150 dollars.
+Their only head-dress is a fillet or bandage of embroidered wool, which
+they ornament in time of war with a number of beautiful feathers. Round
+the waist they wear a long sash or girdle of woollen, handsomely
+wrought; and persons of rank have leather sandals, and woollen boots,
+but the common people are always bare-footed.
+
+The dress of the women is entirely of wool, and the national greenish
+blue colour, consisting of a tunic or gown without sleeves reaching to
+the feet, fastened at the shoulder by silver buckles, and girt round the
+waist by a girdle; over which gown they wear a short cloak, which is
+fastened before by a silver buckle. They wear their hair in several long
+braided tresses, flowing negligently over their shoulders, and decorate
+their heads with false emeralds and a variety of trinkets. They wear
+square ear-rings of silver, and have necklaces and bracelets of
+glass-beads, and silver rings on all their fingers.
+
+Like all the other tribes in Chili, before the arrival of the Spaniards,
+the Araucanians still continue to construct their houses or huts rather
+of a square form, of wood plaistered with clay, and covered with rushes,
+though some use a species of bricks; and as they are all polygamists,
+the size of their houses is proportioned to the number of women they are
+able to maintain. The interior of their houses is very simple, and the
+furniture calculated only to serve the most necessary purposes, without
+any view to luxury or splendour. They never form towns, but live in
+scattered villages along the banks of rivers, or in plains that can be
+easily irrigated.
+
+The whole country of the Araucanian confederacy is divided into four
+principalities, called _Uthal-mapu_ in their language, which run
+parallel to each other from north to south. These are respectively named
+_Lauquen-mapu_, or the maritime country; _Lelbun-mapu_, or the plain
+country; _Inapire-mapu_, or country at the foot of the Andes; and
+_Pire-mapu_, or the country on the Andes. Each principality or
+Uthal-mapu is divided into five provinces, called _Ailla-regue_; and
+each province into nine districts, termed _regue._ Hence the whole
+country contains 4 _Uthal-mapus_, 20 _Ailla-regues_, and 180 _Regues_.
+Besides these, the country of the _Cunches_, who are in alliance with
+the Araucanians, extends along the coast between Valdivia and the
+archipelago of Chiloe; and the _Huilliches_, likewise allies of the
+Araucanians, occupy all the plains to the eastward, between the Cunches
+and the main ridge of the Andes.
+
+The civil government is a kind of aristocratic republic, under three
+orders of hereditary nobility, each subordinate to the other. Each of
+the four _Uthal-mapus_ is governed by a _Toqui_. The _Ailla-regues_, are
+each under the command of an _Apo-ulmen_; and every one of the _Regues_
+is ruled by an _Ulmen_. The four _toquis_ are independent of each other,
+but are confederated for the public welfare. The _Apo-ulmens_ govern the
+provinces under the controul or superintendence of the respective
+_toquis_; and the _ulmens_ of the _regues_ are dependent on the
+Apo-ulmens, or arch-ulmens. This dependence is however almost entirely
+confined to military affairs. The distinguishing badge of the toqui is a
+kind of battle-axe, made of marble or porpyhry. The Apo-ulmens and
+Ulmens carry staves with silver heads; the former being distinguished by
+the addition of a silver ring round the middle of their staves. The
+toqui has only the shadow of sovereign authority, as every question of
+importance is decided by an assembly of the great body of nobles, which
+is called _Buta-coyog_ or _Auca-coyog_ the great council, or the
+Araucanian council. This assembly is usually held in some large plain,
+on the summons of the toquis; and on such occasions, like the ancient
+Germans as described by Tacitus, they unite the pleasures of revelling
+and even drunkenness with their deliberations. By their traditionary
+laws, called _Ad-mapu_ or customs of the country, two or more
+principalities, provinces, or districts cannot be held by the same
+chief. Whenever the male line of the ruling family becomes extinct, the
+vassals have the right to elect their own chief; and all the districts
+are directed entirely in civil matters by their respective Ulmens. The
+people are subject to no contributions or personal services whatever,
+except in time of war; so that all the chiefs of every rank or degree
+have to subsist on the produce of their own possessions.
+
+The military government is established upon a system of wonderful
+regularity. When the great council determines on going to war, they
+proceed immediately to elect a commander-in-chief, who is in some
+measure the dictator of the country during his continuance in office.
+The toquis have in course the first claim to this high dignity, as being
+the hereditary generals and stadtholders of the republic; yet,
+disregarding all respect for superior rank, the council often entrusts
+this supreme power to the most deserving of the Ulmens, or even to an
+officer of an inferior class, considering only on this occasion the
+talents that are deemed necessary for command. Thus in the war of 1722,
+the supreme command was confided to Vilumilla, a man of low origin, and
+in that which terminated in 1773, to Curignanca, the younger son of an
+Ulmen in the province of Encol. On his elevation to office, the
+generalissimo of the republic assumes the title of _toqui_, and the
+stone hatchet in token of supreme command; on which the four hereditary
+toquis lay aside theirs, as it is not permitted them to carry this
+ensign of authority during the continuance of the dictator in office, to
+whom all the toquis apo-ulmens and ulmens take the oath of obedience.
+Even the people, who during peace are exceedingly repugnant to
+subordination, are now entirely submissive to the commands of the
+military dictator. Yet he has not the power of putting any one to death,
+without the consent of his principal officers; but as all these are of
+his appointment, his orders are next to absolute.
+
+It has always happened since the arrival of the Spaniards in Chili, that
+the supreme toquis have been elected from among the natives of the
+provinces of Arauco, Tucapel, Encol, or Puren; but I know not whether
+this may be owing to some ancient law or agreement, or to some
+superstitious notion. The supreme toqui appoints his vice-toqui or
+lieutenant-general, and the other officers of his staff; who in their
+turn nominate the inferior officers. The vice-toqui is almost always
+elected from among the Puelches, to gratify the ambition of that valiant
+tribe, which forms about a fourth part of the population of the
+confederacy. At present the army of the Araucanians is composed both of
+cavalry and infantry. Originally it consisted entirely of foot; but in
+their first battles with the Spaniards, perceiving the vast advantage
+derived by their enemies from the employment of cavalry, they soon
+applied themselves to procure a good breed of horses; insomuch that in
+1568, only seventeen years after their first encountering the Spaniards,
+they had several squadrons of cavalry; and by the year 1585, the
+Araucanian cavalry was regularly organized by the toqui Cadeguala. The
+infantry is divided into regiments of a thousand men, and these into ten
+companies of an hundred men each. The cavalry is divided in a similar
+manner; but the numbers in the regiments and troops are not always the
+same. Each body of horse and foot has its particular standard; but all
+bear a star, which is the national device. The soldiers are not clothed
+in uniforms, but all have cuirasses of hardened leather below their
+ordinary dresses, with shields and helmets of the same material. The
+cavalry are armed with swords and lances; and the infantry with pikes or
+clubs pointed with iron. In battle, the cavalry is distributed on the
+two wings of the army, while the infantry forms the centre or main body,
+divided into its several battalions or regiments, the ranks being
+composed alternately of pikemen and soldiers armed with clubs or maces.
+The right wing is confided to the vice-toqui, and the left to an
+experienced officer next in rank; while the toqui is present wherever
+occasion requires, and exhorts his soldiers to fight valiantly for the
+liberties of the nation. They formerly employed bows and slings in war;
+but taught by experience to avoid the destructive effects of musquetry
+in distant fight, they are now eager to close with their enemies.
+Impressed with the opinion that to die in battle for their country is
+the greatest honour that can be acquired, whenever the signal for battle
+is given, they advance with the utmost rapidity, despising the slaughter
+produced by the cannon and musquetry, yet preserving the strictest order
+and discipline, and often succeed in bearing down the firmest array of
+the Spaniards.
+
+One of the first measures of the national council, when war is resolved
+upon, is to dispatch messengers to the confederate tribes, and even to
+the Indians who live under the Spanish government, to summon them to
+make common cause with their countrymen. The credentials of these
+messengers are some small arrows tied together by a red string, the
+symbol of blood. But if hostilities have been already commenced, the
+finger of a slain enemy accompanies the arrows. This embassy is called
+_pulchitum_, which signifies to run the arrow, and the messengers are
+called _guerquenis_. The toqui or military dictator directs what number
+of soldiers is to be furnished by each Uthal-mapu or principality. The
+particular toquis regulate the contingencies of the Apo-ulmens; and
+these last apportion these among the several Ulmens of their provinces.
+The army of the state usually consists of five or six thousand men;
+besides which, a body of reserve is always in readiness for particular
+occasions, or to replace those who may be killed in battle. Before
+taking the field, the general assigns three days for consultation with
+his principal officers, during which the plan of the campaign is
+maturely deliberated upon, and every one has liberty to offer his
+opinion: But the general finally settles the plan of warfare in secret
+consultation, with his principal officers. After all is agreed upon, the
+army commences its march to the sound of drums, and is always preceded
+by several advanced parties, to guard against surprise. During the
+march, the infantry as well as the cavalry are on horseback; but on
+coming to action, the infantry dismounts and is regularly marshalled in
+companies and battalions. All the soldiers have to provide their own
+horses arms and provisions; and as all are liable to military service,
+no one has to contribute towards the supply of the army. Their
+provisions consist chiefly in a small sack of parched meal, which each
+soldier carries on his horse; and which, diluted with water, serves them
+as food till they can live at free quarters in the enemys country. Being
+thus unencumbered with baggage, they are able to move with astonishing
+celerity, either to attack or to retreat as may be necessary. They are
+extremely vigilant when in presence of the enemy, encamping always in
+secure and advantageous situations, strengthening their posts with
+entrenchments, and placing sentinels on all sides, every soldier being
+obliged during the night to keep a fire burning in front of his tent.
+When necessary they protect their posts and encampments with deep
+trenches, guarded by abatis or hedges of spinous or thorny trees, and
+strew calthrops at all the avenues to repress attacks from the cavalry
+of the enemy. In short there are few military stratagems with which they
+are unacquainted, and are wonderfully expert in tactics [53].
+
+[Footnote 53: From the singular excellence of the military institutions
+of the Araucanians, by which they have been enabled to preserve their
+liberties against the superior arms of the Spaniards, down even to the
+present day, we have been induced to extend these observations much
+beyond our usual limits on such occasions. Such as are inclined to
+inquire more minutely into the civil institutions of this wonderful
+people, will find them detailed in the work of the Abbé Molina, together
+with a minute account of the natural productions of Chili.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Of the Origin, Manners, and Language of the Chilese_.
+
+
+The origin of the primitive inhabitants of Chili, like that of all the
+nations and tribes of the aboriginal Americans, is involved in
+impenetrable obscurity. Many of the natives consider themselves as
+indigenous, while others derive their origin from a foreign stock,
+supposing their ancestors to have come from the north or from the west;
+but as they were utterly unacquainted with the art of writing, they have
+no records or monuments from which to elucidate this inquiry, and their
+traditionary accounts are too crude and imperfect to afford any degree
+of rational information on the subject. The Chilese call their first
+progenitors _Pegni Epatum_, signifying the brothers named Epatum. They
+call them likewise _glyce_, or primitive men; and in their assemblies
+invoke their ancestors and deities in a loud voice, crying _Pom, pam,
+pum, mari, mari, Epunamen, Amimalguen, Pegni Epatum_. The meaning of
+these words is uncertain, unless we may suppose it to have some
+connexion with the word _pum_, used by the Chinese to signify the first
+created man, or the one who was saved from the deluge. The lamas or
+priests of Thibet are likewise said to repeat to their rosaries, the
+syllables _om, am, um_, or _hom, ham, hum_; which corresponds in some
+measure with the customary exclamation of the Chilese.
+
+It appears probable that the whole of Chili had been originally peopled
+by one nation, as all the native tribes, however independent of each
+other, speak the same language, and have a similar appearance. The
+inhabitants of the plains are of good stature, but those who dwell in
+the valleys of the Andes, usually surpass the ordinary height of man.
+The features of both are regular, and none of them have ever attempted
+to improve nature by disfiguring their faces, to render themselves more
+beautiful or more formidable. Their complexion, like the other American
+natives, is reddish brown or copper-coloured, but of a clearer hue than
+the other Americans; and readily changes to white. A tribe which dwells
+in the district of Baroa, is of a clear white and red like Europeans,
+without any tinge of copper colour. As this tribe differs in no other
+respect from the rest of the Chilese, this difference in complexion may
+be owing to some peculiar influence of the climate which they inhabit,
+or to their greater civilization. Some persons have been disposed to
+attribute this difference in colour to an intermixture with a number of
+Spanish prisoners taken during the unfortunate war of the sixteenth
+century: But the Spanish prisoners were equally distributed among the
+other tribes, none of whom are white; and besides, the first Spaniards
+who came to Chili were all from the southern provinces of Spain, where
+ruddy complexions are extremely rare.
+
+From the harmony, richness, and regularity of the Chilese language, we
+are led to conclude that the natives must in former times have possessed
+a much greater degree of civilization than now, or that they are the
+remains of a great and illustrious nation, which has been ruined by some
+of these physical or moral revolutions which have occasioned such
+astonishing changes in the world. The Chilese language is so exceedingly
+copious, both in radical words, and in the use of compounds, that a
+complete dictionary of it would fill a large volume. Every verb, either
+derivatively or conjunctively, becomes the root of numerous other verbs
+and nouns, both adjectives and substantives, which in their turn produce
+others of a secondary, nature which may be modified in a hundred
+different manners. From every word in the language, a verb may be formed
+by adding a final _n_. Even from the most simple particles, verbs may be
+thus formed, by which at the same time great precision and great
+strength are given to conversation. Yet the language contains no
+irregular verb or noun, every thing being regulated by the most
+wonderful precision and simplicity, so that the theory of the language
+is remarkably easy, and may be learnt in a very short time. It abounds
+also in harmonious and sonorous syllables, which give it much sweetness
+and variety; yet is injured by the frequent recurrence of the sound of
+_u_. The Chilese language differs essentially from every other American
+language, both in words and construction, with the exception of eighteen
+or twenty words of Peruvian origin, which is not to be wondered at,
+considering the contiguity of the two countries. The most singular
+circumstance in this language is, that it contains a considerable number
+of words apparently of Greek and Latin derivation, and having similar
+significations in both languages; yet I am inclined to believe that this
+circumstance is merely accidental[54].
+
+[Footnote 54: Perhaps these words may have been adopted into the Chilese
+language from the Spaniards, who speak a kind of dialect of Latin. The
+remainder of this section is an abridgement of an Essay on the Chilese
+language, appended to the second volume of Molina.--E.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The original language of Chili, generally called the Araucanian, is
+denominated by the natives _Chili-dugu_, or the Chili speech or
+language. The alphabet is the same as the Latin, except the want of _x_,
+which indeed is only a compound letter. The _s_ likewise only occurs in
+about twenty of their words, and never at the termination; and the _z_
+is still more rare. Besides the ordinary letters, the Chilese has the
+mute _e_, and a peculiar _u_ like the Greek and French; the former being
+designated by the _acute_, and the latter by the _grave_ accent, to
+distinguish them from the ordinary _e_ and _u_. This latter _u_ is often
+changed to _i_. It has likewise a nasal _g_ and a _th_; which latter is
+often changed to _ch_, as _chegua_ for _thegua_, a dog. There are no
+gutturals or aspirates. All the words end either in one of the six
+vowels, or in _b,d,f,g,l,m,n,r, or v_; so that there are fifteen
+distinct terminations. The accent is usually on the penult vowel,
+sometimes on the last, but never on the antipenult. The radical words,
+mostly monosyllables or dissyllables, are estimated at 1973. As far as
+we have been able to discover, these radicals have no analogy with any
+other known idiom, though the language contains a number of Greek and
+Latin words very little varied, as in the following table. It is proper
+to mention, that the orthography of the Chilese words is given according
+to the Italian pronunciation.
+
+CHILESE. GREEK. SIGNIFICATION Aldun Aldein to increase. Ale Ele
+splendour. Amun Mouen to go. Cai Kai and. Ga Ga in truth. Lampaicon
+Lampein to shine. Mulan Mullen to pulverise. Pele Pelos mud. Reuma Reuma
+a stream. Tupan Tupein to whip.
+
+CHILESE. LATIN. Aren Ardere to burn. Cupa. Cupere to desire. Dapein
+Dapinare to feast. Ejun Ejulare to weep. Lev Levis active, swift.
+Lumalmen Lumen light. Lui Lux brightness. Man Manus the right. Putun
+Potare to drink. Valin Valere to be worth. Valen Valere to be able. Une
+Unus one.
+
+The nouns have only one declension, or rather are indeclinable, the
+numbers and cases being marked by various particles; but each, in this
+way, has the singular, dual, and plural, like the Greek. Thus _Cara_ the
+city, has _Cara-egu_ the two cities, and _Pu-cara_ the cities, as in the
+following example.
+
+       _Singular.       Dual.               Plural._
+   Nom.   Cara            Cara-egu            pu-Cara
+   Gen.   Cara-ni         Cara-egu-ni         pu-Cara-ni
+   Dat.   Cara-meu        Cara-egu-meu        pu-Cara-meu
+   Accus. Cara            Cara-egu            pu-Cara
+   Voc.   a Cara          a Cara-egu          a pu-Cara
+   Abl.   Caramo          Cara-egu-mo         pu-Cara-mo
+
+Instead of _pu_, the mark of the plural, _ica_ or _egen_ may be affixed
+to the noun, or _que_ placed between the adjective and substantive. Thus
+the plural of _cara_ may be _pu-cara, caraica_, or _caraegen_,
+signifying the cities; or _cum-que cara_, the good cities.
+
+The Chilese language abounds with adjectives, both primative and
+derivative. The latter are formed from every part of speech by
+invariable rules: As, from _tue_ the earth, comes _tuetu_ terrestrial;
+from _quimen_ to know, _quimchi_ wise; and these, by the interposition
+of _no_, become negative, as _tuenotu_ not terrestrial, _quimnochi_
+ignorant. The adjectives, participles, and derivative pronouns are
+unsusceptible of number or gender, in which they resemble the English;
+yet when it is necessary to distinguish the sexes, _alca_ is used for
+the masculine, and _domo_ for the feminine. The comparative is formed by
+prefixing _jod_ or _doi_ to the positive, and the superlative by _cad_
+or _mu_. Thus from _chu_ limpid, are formed _doichu_ more limpid, and
+_muliu_ most limpid. There are no diminutives or augmentatives, which
+are supplied by means of the adjectives _picki_ little, and _buta_
+great. Diminutives are also formed by changing a harsh sound into one
+more liquid; as _votun_ son, to _vochiun_ little son. The primitive
+pronouns are _inche_ I, _eimi_ you, _teye_ which, &c. The relatives are
+_iney_ who, _chem_ what, _ta_ or _ga_ that, &c. The verbs all terminate
+in the syllables _an, en, in, an, un, ùn_; and are all regulated by a
+single conjugation, having all the voices, moods, and tenses of the
+Latin, with three or four others, and the singular dual and plural like
+the Greek. The terminations of the present tense of each mood form the
+roots of all the other tenses of the same mood, which are distinguished
+by certain particles, as _che_ in the second present, _bu_ in the
+imperfect, _uje_ in the perfect, &c. as in the following example, which
+are placed between the radical and the final _n_. Passive verbs are
+formed by the auxiliary _gen_, between the radical and final _n_.
+Impersonal verbs by the particle _am_ added to the radical. The
+following example of the verb _elun_ to give, will serve as a model for
+all the other verbs in the language without exception, as there is but
+one conjugation and no irregular verbs. It is to be noticed, that the
+first present of all the verbs is used, as our compound preterite: Thus
+_elun_ signifies I give or I have given; while the second present is
+strictly confined to the present time.
+
+   ACTIVE VOICE.
+
+   INDICATIVE MOOD.
+
+   _Present Tense_.
+
+   Singular.
+   Dual.
+   Plural.
+
+   1.
+   _Elun_, I give.
+   _Eluvu_, We two give.
+   _Eluign_, We give
+
+   2.
+   _Eluimi_, Thou givest.
+   _Eluimu_, You two give.
+   _Eluimen_, Ye give
+
+   3.
+   _Elui_ He gives.
+   _Eluigu, They two give.
+   _Eluigen_, They give_
+
+   Second Present,
+   1. _Eluchen_, I give.
+   2. _Eluchemi_, Thou givest, &c.
+
+   Imperfect,
+   1. _Elubun_, I did give.
+   2. _Elubuimi_, Thou, &c.
+
+   Perfect,
+   1. _Eluuyen_, I gave.
+   2. _Eluuyeimi_, Thou, &c.
+
+   Pluperfect,
+   1. _Elunyebun_, I had given, &c.
+
+   1st Future,
+   1. _Eluan_, I will give, &c.
+
+   2d Future,
+   1. _Eluayean_, I shall have given, &c.
+
+   1st Mixed,
+   1. _Eluabun_, I had to give, &c.
+
+   2d Mixed,
+   1. _Eluugabun_, I ought to have had to give; &c.
+
+   IMPERATIVE MOOD.
+
+   Singular,
+   Dual.
+   Plural.
+
+   1
+   _Eluche_, let me give
+   _Eluyu_, let us two give
+   _Eluign_, let us give
+
+   2
+   _Eluge_, give thou
+   _Elamu_, let you two give
+   _Elumen_, give ye
+
+   3
+   _Elupe_, let him give
+   _Elugu_ let these two give
+   _Elugen_, let them give
+
+   SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
+
+   Present tense, _Eluli_, if I may give
+   Imperfect,     _Elubili_, if I might give
+   Perfect,       _Eluuyeli_, if I may have given
+   Pluperfect,    _Eluuyebuli_, if I might have given
+   1st. Future,   _Eluaii_, if I shall give
+   2d. Future,    _Eluuyela_, if I shall have given
+   1st. Mixed,    _Eluabuli_, if I had to give
+   2d. Mixed,     _Eluyeabuli_, if I should have to give
+
+The _optative_ is formed of the subjunctive, or of the two mixed-tenses
+of the indicative, by adding the desiderative particles _velem_, _uel_,
+or _chi_; as _eluli velem_! Would to God that I might give; _eluabun
+chi_! Would to God that I had to give; &c. The affirmative _infinitive_
+is the same with the radical of the verb; or 1st person singular of the
+indicative tense; so that there are nine peculiar infinitives, which are
+distinguished from these tenses by some determinative particle.
+
+                         ACTIVE PARTICIPLES.
+   1st Present, _Elulu_, he who gives
+   2d Present,  _Eluquelu_, he who gives
+   Imperfect,   _Elubulei_, he who did give
+   Perfect,     _Eluuyelu_, he who gave
+   Pluperfect,  _Eluuyebula_, he who had given
+   1st Future,  _Elualu_, he who shall give
+   2d Future,   _Eluuyealu_, he who shall have given
+   1st Mixed,   _Eluabulu_, he who shall have to give
+   2d Mixed,    _Eluuyeabulu_, he who should have given
+
+   GERUNDS
+
+   1st Present, _Eluyum_, giving
+   2d Present,  _Elualu_, for to give
+   Imperfect,   _Eluyubum_, when giving
+
+
+   PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+   INDICATIVE MOOD.
+
+   _Present.     Elugen_, I am given
+   _Imperfect.   Elugebum_, I was given
+   _Participles Passive._
+
+   1st Present, _Elugelu_, given
+   2d Present,  _Eluel_, given
+   Perfect,     _Elubuel_, that was given
+   Imperfect,   _Elugebulu_, that was given
+
+
+   IMPERSONAL VERB.
+
+   _Indicative Mood._
+
+   1st Present, _Eluan_, that is giving
+   2d Present,  _Eluchean_, that is giving
+   Imperfect,   _Elubuam_, that was giving
+   Perfect,     _Eluuyeam_, that was given
+   Pluperfect,  _Eluuyebuam_, that had given
+   1st Future,  _Eluayam_, that shall be given
+   2d Future,   _Eluuyeayam_, that should be given
+   1st Mixed,   _Eluabuam_, that had to give
+   2d Mixed,    _Eluuyeabuam_, that should have to give
+
+   Imperative.  _Elupeam_, let us give, &c.
+
+Instead of the impersonal verb, the third person singular of the passive
+may be used impersonally, as in Latin. The verb may be made negative
+through its whole conjugation, by means of inserting the particle _la_
+in the indicative, _qui_ in the imperative which then takes the
+termination of the subjunctive mood, and by means of _no_ in the
+subjunctive and infinitive moods, as in the following examples.
+
+
+
+
+Part II. Book II.
+
+   Indicative,   _Elulan_,   I do not give
+                 _Elulaimi_, thou doest not give
+   Imperative,   _Eluquili_, let me not give, &c.
+   Subjunctive,  _Elunoli_,  if I do not give, &c.
+   Infinitive,   _Elunou_,   not to give, &c.
+
+NUMERALS OF THE CHILESE LANGUAGE.
+
+   _Cardinals._
+
+   1.    _Quigne_  11. _Mari-guigne_   21. _Epumari quigne_
+   2.    _Epu_     12. _Mari-epu_. &c.
+   3.    _Cula_
+   4.    _Meli_
+   5.    _Quechu_
+   6.    _Cayu_
+   7.    _Relghe_
+   8.    _Para_
+   9.    _Aylla_
+   10.   _Masi_
+   20.   _Epumari_
+   30.   _Culamari_
+   40.   _Melimari_, &c.
+   100.  _Pataca_            102. _Pataca epu_
+   200.  _Epupataca_, &c.
+   1000. _Huaranca_
+   2000. _Epuhuaranca_      2003. _Epuhuaranca cula_, &c.
+
+   _Ordinals._
+
+   _Unen, Unelelu, Quignelelu, Quignegetu, Quignegentu, Quigmentu, once
+   Epulelu, epugelu, epugentun, epuntu,_ twice, &c.[55]
+
+[Footnote 55: The translator seems here to have misunderstood the author,
+as these ordinal numbers ought surely to signify _first_ and _second_.--E.]
+
+   _Numeral Adverbs._
+
+   _Quignechi, guignemel, quignemita,_ once
+   _Epuchi, epumal, epumeta,_ twice, &c.
+
+
+   _Distributives._
+
+   _Calique, mallquigne,_ one by one
+   _Epuque, mollepu,_ two by two, &c.
+
+
+   _Numeral Verbs._
+
+   _Quignen_, to be one.
+   _Quignelian_, to join.
+   _Epun_, to be two; &c.
+
+
+   _Abstracts._
+
+   _Quignegen_, unity.
+   _Epugen_, duality.
+   _Culagen_, trinity, &c.
+
+
+   _Indefinites._
+
+   _Quignelque_, several.
+   _Epulgen_, about two.
+   _Culalque_, about three.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It has not been deemed necessary to repeat a great number of minute
+observations given by Molina on this singular language, nor to report
+the shades of difference in its dialects. But it has been thought proper
+to give a short list of words from the Moluches, a tribe inhabiting
+Patagonia, but speaking a nearly related dialect of the Chilese language
+with that of the Araucanians.
+
+   Vocabulary.
+
+   _P'llu_, the soul or a spirit      _Autuigh_, the sun, a day
+   _Lonco_, the head or the hair      _Voso_, the teeth or bones
+   _Az_, the face                     _Anca_, the body
+   _N'ge_, the eyes                   _Pue_, the belly
+   _Wun_, or _huun_, the mouth   _Cuugh_, the hand
+   _Gehuun_, the tongue               _Namon_, the foot
+   _Yu_, the nose                     _Pinque_, the heart
+   _Nahue_, a daughter                _P'nen_, a child
+   _Peni_, a brother                  _Con'n_, to enter
+   _Penihuen_, own brothers           _Tipan_, to go out
+   _Huinca_, a Spaniard               _Cupaln_, to bring
+   _Seche_, an Indian                 _Entun_, to take away
+   _Huenuy_, a friend                 _Aseln_, to be adverse
+   _Cainie_, an enemy                 _Aselgen_, to hate
+   _Huincha_, a head fillet           _M'len_, to be, to possess
+   _Makun_, a mantle                  _Mongen_, life to live
+   _Lancattu_, glass beads            _Mongetun_, to revive
+   _Cosque_, bread                    _Swam_, the will
+   _Ipe_, food                        _Swamtun_, to will
+   _In_, or _ipen_ to eat        _Pepi_, power
+   _Ilo_, flesh                       _Pepilan_, to be able
+   _Ilon_, to eat flesh               _Quimn_, knowledge, to know
+   _Putun_, to drink                  _Quimeln_, to learn
+   _Putumum_, a cup                   _Quimelcan_, to teach
+   _Chilca_, writing                  _Pangi_, a lion
+   _Chilcan_, to write                _Choique_, an ostrich
+   _Sengu_, a word, language, or      _Achahual_, a cock or hen
+                                       a thing
+   _Huayqui_, a lance                 _Malu_, a large lizard
+   _Huay-quitun_, to lance            _Cusa_, a stone an egg
+   _Chinu_, a knife or sword          _Saiguen_, a flower
+   _Chinogoscun_, to wound            _Milya_, gold
+   _Chinogosquen_, to be wounded      _Lien_, silver
+   _Conan_, a soldier                 _Cullyin_, money payment
+   _Conangean_, one who is to be      _Cullingen_, to be rich.
+                      a soldier
+   _Amon_, to walk                    _Cunnubal_, poor, miserable,
+                                       an orphan
+   _Anun_, to sit                     _Cum panilhue_, red metal, copper
+   _Anupeum_, a stool or seat         _Chos panilhue_, yellow metal, brass
+   _Anunmahuun_, to feel inwardly     _Gepun_, colour, painting
+   _Poyquelhuun_, to feel or perceive _Cuyem, Kiyem_ a mouth, the moon
+   _Saman_, a trade an artificer      _Tissantu_, a year
+   _Mamel_, a tree                    _K'tal_, fire
+   _Mamel-Saman_, a carpenter         _Asee_, hot
+   _Suca_, a house                    _Chosee_, cold
+   _Sucu-Saman_, a house builder      _Atutuy_, it is shivering cold.
+
+   _The beginning of the Lord's Prayer_.
+
+   _Inchin in Chao,   huenumenta m' leymi,   ufchingepe mi wi;_
+   Our Father,    in heaven thou that art, hallowed be thy name;
+   _eymi mi toguin inchinmo  cupape; eymi mi piel, chumgechi_
+   thy kingdom to us may it come;     thy will,     as it is
+   _vemgey huenu-mapumo, vemgechi cay vemengepe_
+   done in heaven,     so likewise may it be done
+   _tue-mapumo, &c._
+   on earth,  &c.
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_State of Chili, and Conquests made in that Country by the Peruvians,
+before the arrival of the Spaniards._
+
+
+The History of Chili and its inhabitants does not precede the middle of
+the fifteenth century, and what little is known respecting it is
+contained in the traditionary accounts of the Peruvians, who first
+invaded the northern province of Chili about the middle of that century,
+not an hundred years before the overthrow of the Peruvian empire by
+Pizarro, and the first Spanish invasion of Chili under Almagro.
+
+About the year 1450, while the Inca Yupanqui reigned over the Peruvian
+empire which had then extended its limits from Cuzco northwards to the
+equator and southwards to the tropic of Capricorn, the ambition of the
+Peruvian government was attracted to the acquisition of the important
+country of Chili, a rich and delightful region of great extent,
+immediately adjacent to the southern extremity of Peru. Favoured by the
+fertility of the country and the salubrity of the climate, the
+population of Chili may be readily supposed to have then been
+considerable, as we know that the whole extent of its territory was
+occupied by fifteen independent tribes or communities, each of which was
+governed by its respective chiefs, or _Ulmens_. These, tribes, beginning
+at the north on the confines of the desert of Atacama, were called
+Copaipins, Coquimbans, Quillotans, Mapochians, Promaucians, Cures,
+Cauques, Pencones, Araucanians, Cunches, Chilotes, Chiquilanian,
+Pehuenches, Puelches, and Huilliches; which last tribe inhabited the
+south of Chili, adjoining the archipelago of Chiloé.
+
+Informed of the natural advantages possessed by the inhabitants of this
+delightful region, the Inca Yupanqui resolved to attempt the annexation
+of Chili to his extensive empire. He accordingly marched with a powerful
+army to the frontiers of the country: But, either from apprehensions of
+his personal safety, or to be in a favourable situation for reinforcing
+the invading army and directing its operations, he established himself
+with a splendid court in the province of Atacama, the most southerly
+district of Peru, and confided the command of the invading army to
+Sinchiruca, a prince of the blood royal of Peru. Preceded, according to
+the specious custom of the Peruvians, by several ambassadors, and
+attended by a considerable military force, this general reduced under
+the Peruvian government, more by persuasion than force, the four most
+northerly tribes of the Chilese, named Copaipins, Coquimbans,
+Quillotans, and Mapochians. After this, not being able by his
+ambassadors to persuade the Promaucians into submission, who inhabit the
+delightful country between the river Rapel on the north and Maule on the
+south, he passed the river Rapel with his army to reduce them by force
+of arms. The name of the Promaucians, which signifies _free-dancers_[56],
+had been given them on account of their fondness for every kind of
+amusement, and their peculiar attachment to dancing; yet the love of
+pleasure had not rendered them effeminate. With the assistance of their
+allies, they drew together a formidable army and fought the Peruvians
+with such heroic valour as to defeat them in a battle, which, according
+to Garcilasso, was continued during three successive days.
+
+[Footnote 56: On a former occasion their name is explained as signifying
+_the people of delight_, owing to the beauty, fertility, and charming
+climate of their country.--E.]
+
+On learning the defeat of his army and the invincible valour of the
+Promaucians, the Inca gave orders that the river Rapel should remain the
+southern boundary of his dominions, and all attempts to reduce the rest
+of Chili were laid aside. According to Garcilasso, the river Maule was
+established as the frontier of the Peruvian conquests: But this is by no
+means probable; as in this case the country of the conquerors would have
+been included within the territories of the vanquished. In fact, not far
+from the river Cachapoal, which with the Tinguiririca forms the Rapel,
+the remains of a Peruvian fortress are still to be seen on the top of a
+steep hill, which was undoubtedly built to protect that part of the
+frontier against the unconquered Promaucians. By this conquest of its
+four northern provinces, Chili became divided into two distinct
+portions; all to the south of the Rapel remaining free, while the
+districts to the north of that river were subjected to the dominion of
+the Incas. These four tribes, who had so readily submitted to the Inca
+Yupanqui, were subjected to an annual tribute in gold; but the
+conquerors never introduced their peculiar form of government into these
+provinces, the inhabitants of which remained subject to their own native
+_ulmens_, and preserved their original manners until the arrival of the
+Spaniards.
+
+When first known to the Spaniards, the Chilese were an agricultural
+people, dependent for their subsistence on the cultivation of such
+nutritious plants as accident or necessity had made them acquainted
+with. The plants chiefly cultivated by them for subsistence were maize,
+_magu, guegen, tuca, quinoa, pulse_ of various kinds, the potatoe,
+_oxalis tuberosa_, common and yellow pumpkin or gourd, guinea pepper,
+_madi_, and the great strawberry; of each of which it may be proper to
+give a short account[57].
+
+[Footnote 57: The following account of the plants cultivated by the
+Chilese for food, is extracted from the natural history of Chili by
+Molina; but the enumeration from the text of his civil history will be
+found to differ materially from that given from the natural history of
+the same author.--E.]
+
+Maize or Turkey wheat, the _Zea mais_ of botanists, is called _gua_ by
+the Chilese. It grows extremely well in Chili, where the inhabitants
+cultivate eight or nine distinct varieties. The kind in highest repute
+is called _uminta_, from which the natives prepare a dish by bruising
+the corn, while in a green unripe state, between two stones into a kind
+of paste, which they season with salt, sugar, and butter. This paste is
+then divided into small portions, which are separately inclosed in the
+skin or husk of the corn, and boiled for use. When ripe, the maize is
+prepared for winter use, either by slightly roasting, or by drying in
+the sun. From the former, named _chuchoca_, a kind of soup is prepared
+by boiling with water: From the latter they make a very pleasant beer or
+fermented liquor. The maize is sometimes reduced to meal by grinding
+between two stones, being previously parched or roasted by means of
+heated sand. For this purpose they prefer a variety of maize named
+_curagua_, which is smaller than the other, and produces a lighter and
+whiter meal, and in larger quantity. With this meal, mixed with sugar
+and water, they make two different beverages, named _ulpo_ and
+_cherchan_.
+
+_Magu_ a species of rye, and _tuca_, a species of barley, were
+cultivated by the Chilese before the coming of the Spaniards to that
+country; but have been entirely neglected since the introduction of
+European wheat. They are still used however by the Araucanians, who make
+from them a kind of bread called _couvue_, which name they likewise give
+to bread made from maize or wheat.
+
+_Quinua_ is a species of _Chenopodium/_, having a black twisted grain of
+a lenticular form, from which they prepare a stomachic beverage of a
+pleasant taste. A variety of this plant, named _dahue_, produces white
+seeds, which lengthen out when boiled like worms, and are excellent in
+soup. The leaves of the _quinoa_ have an agreeable taste, and are eaten
+by the natives.
+
+_Degul_ is a species of bean, of which the Chilese cultivated thirteen
+or fourteen kinds before the arrival of the Spaniards, differing but
+little from the common European bean or _Phaseolus vulgaris_, one of
+them having a straight stalk, and all the rest climbers[58].
+
+[Footnote 58: These beans are obviously what are called kidney-beans in
+this country.--E.]
+
+Chili is considered by naturalists as the native country of that
+valuable esculent the potato, or _Solanun tuberosum_, which is known
+there by the names of _papa_ and _pogny_. It is found indeed wild all
+over the country; but those wild plants, named _maglia_, produce only
+small roots of a bitterish taste. It is distinguished into two species,
+and more than thirty varieties are cultivated with much care. Besides
+the common species, the second is the _cari, Solanum cari_, which bears
+white flowers having a large central nectary like the narcissus. The
+roots of this species are cylindrical and very sweet, and are usually
+roasted under the ashes.
+
+The _Oca_, or _Oxalis tuberosa_, produces five or six tuberosities on
+each root, three or four inches in length covered by a thin smooth skin.
+It is eaten boiled or roasted, and has a pleasant subacid taste. Like
+the potato, it is multiplied by means of its bulbs cut in pieces. There
+are several species of this plant; one of which called _red culle_, is
+much used in dyeing, and Is considered as a specific remedy for
+inflammatory fevers.
+
+Two species of gourds are known in Chili. The first species, with a
+white flower, called _quada_, has twenty-six varieties, several of which
+produce sweet and edible fruit, while that of the others is bitter. With
+one of these last, after extracting the seeds, the Chilese give a
+pleasant perfume or flavour to their cyder. The yellow-flowering gourd,
+called _penca_, has two kinds or varieties, the common and mamillary,
+owing to the fruit of the latter having a large nipple-shaped process at
+the end. Its pulp is sweet, and resembles in taste a kind of potato
+named _camote._
+
+The _quelghen,_ or Chili strawberry has rough and succulent leaves, and
+its fruit is sometimes as large as a hens egg. This fruit is generally
+red and white; but in the provinces of Puchacay and Huilquilemeu, where
+they attain the greatest perfection, the fruit is yellow. "The Chili
+strawberry is _dioecial_, and has degenerated much in Europe by the want
+of male plants, and the females producing hybrid fruit by impregnation
+from the ordinary strawberries growing in the neighbourhood; in
+consequence of which circumstance the cultivation of this kind has been
+abandoned in Europe."
+
+The _madi,_ a new genus of plants peculiar to Chili, has two species,
+one wild and the other cultivated. From the seeds of the latter an
+excellent oil is procured, either by expression, or by boiling in water,
+of an agreeable mild taste, and as clear as the best olive oil. This
+plant, hitherto unknown in Europe, would be a most valuable acquisition
+to those countries in which the olive cannot be raised.
+
+Many species of the capsicum, or guinea pepper, are cultivated in Chili,
+under the name of _thapi_, and are used as seasonings in the food of the
+natives.
+
+The _illmu,_ or Bermudiana bulbosa, produces bulbous roots, which are
+excellent food either boiled or roasted, and are very pleasant in soups.
+The _liuto_ produces a bulbous root, which yields a very white, light,
+and nutritious flour, which is much used as food for the sick.
+
+To these enumerated provisions from the vegetable kingdom, may be added
+the _cuy_ or little rabbit, _Lepus minimus,_ and the Chilihueque, or
+Araucanian camel; the flesh of which last affords an excellent food, and
+its wool furnishes clothing for the natives. If tradition may be
+credited, they had also the hog and the domestic fowl before the Spanish
+invasion. Besides these, the country produced the _guanaco,_ and the
+_pudu,_ a species of wild goat, and a great variety of birds. With these
+productions, which required only a moderate degree of industry, they
+subsisted with a sufficient abundance considering their situation and
+numbers; insomuch that, when Almagro invaded Chili, his army found
+abundance of provisions to recruit after the famine they had endured in
+their imprudent march through the deserts intervening between Peru and
+that country. With these advantages of abundant provisions in a fertile
+soil and mild climate, it appears that the first writers who treated of
+Chili cannot have greatly exaggerated in saying that it was filled with
+inhabitants at the first arrival of the Spaniards. Even the circumstance
+of one language being spoken through the whole country, is a proof that
+all the tribes were in the habit of continual intercourse, and that they
+were not isolated by vast unpeopled deserts, as is the case in many
+other parts of America.
+
+Agriculture appears to have made no inconsiderable progress among the
+Chilese, who cultivated a great variety of alimentary plants, all
+distinguished by peculiar and appropriate names, which could not have
+been the case except in consequence of an extensive and varied
+cultivation. They even had aqueducts in many parts of the country for
+watering or irrigating their fields; and, among these, the canal which
+runs for many miles along the rough skirts of the mountains near the
+capital, and waters the lands to the north of that city, remains a
+remarkably solid and extensive monument of their ingenious industry.
+They were likewise acquainted with the use of manure, called _vunalti_
+in their language; but, from the great fertility of the soil, little
+attention was paid to that subject. They used a kind of spade or
+breast-plough of hard wood for turning the soil, which was pushed
+forwards by their breasts. At present the native Chilese use a very
+simple plough, called _chetague_, made of the branch of a tree crooked
+at one end, having a wooden share and a single handle by which it is
+guided. Whether this simple implement has been taught them by the
+Spaniards, or is of their own invention I know not; but should believe
+it original, as Admiral Spilsberg observed a plough of this kind, drawn
+by two Chilihueques, used by the natives of the Isle of Mocha in the
+Araucanian Sea, where the Spaniards never had a settlement. The Fathers
+Bry add, that the Chilese tilled their lands by means of these animals
+before the arrival of any European cattle. However this may have been,
+it is certain that this Araucanian camel was employed by the natives as
+a beast of burden before the arrival of the Spaniards, and the
+transition from burden to draught is not difficult.
+
+The Chilese cooked their grain for food in various ways, by boiling in
+earthen pots, or roasting it in hot sand, and by grinding it into meal,
+which they prepared in the form of gruel, of cakes, and of bread. Meal
+made of parched grain was called _murque_, and when made from grain
+merely dried in the sun _rugo_. Of the first they made gruels, and a
+kind of beverage still used for breakfast. Of the second they made
+cakes, and a kind of bread called _covque_, which was baked in holes dug
+in the sides of hills or the banks of rivers, in the form of ovens, many
+of which are still to be seen. They had even invented a kind of sieve,
+called _chignigue_, to separate the bran from the flour, and employed
+leaven in baking their bread. From the grains already mentioned, and the
+fruits or berries of different trees, they made nine or ten different
+kinds of fermented liquors, which they made and kept in jars of
+earthen-ware.
+
+Having adopted the settled mode of life indispensable to an agricultural
+people, the Chilese were collected into families or septs more or less
+numerous, in those situations which were best suited for procuring
+subsistence, where they established themselves in large villages, called
+_cara_, or in small ones called _lov_. These villages consisted only of
+a number of huts irregularly dispersed within sight of each other, and
+some of them still subsist in several parts of Spanish Chili. The most
+considerable of these are _Lampa_ in the province of St Jago, and _Lora_
+in the province of Maule. In each village or hamlet they had a chief
+named _Ulmen_, who was subject in certain points, to the supreme ruler
+of the tribe, or _apo-ulmen_. The succession of these chiefs was by
+hereditary descent; and from their title of office, which signifies a
+rich man, it would appear that wealth had been the original means of
+raising these families to the rank they now occupy, contrary to the
+usages of other savage nations in which strength, skill in hunting, or
+martial prowess appear to have been the steps by which individuals have
+risen to rank and power. The authority of these chiefs or _ulmens_
+appears to have been extremely limited, being merely of a directive
+nature and not absolute. The right of private property was fully
+established among the Chilese, as every individual was the absolute
+master of the land he cultivated, and of the produce of his industry,
+both of which descended to his posterity by hereditary succession.
+
+The houses or huts of the Chilese were built in a quadrangular form, of
+wood covered with clay, and the roof covered with rushes; though in some
+instances the walls were of brick, the use of which they seem to have
+learned from the Peruvians, as they used the Peruvian term _tica_ for
+that material. From the wool of the Chilihueques they manufactured cloth
+for their apparel, using the spindle and distaff for spinning this wool
+into yarn, and two different kinds of looms for weaving the yarn into
+cloth. One of these, called _guregue_, is not very unlike the ordinary
+loom of Europe; but the other is vertical or upright, and called
+_uthalgue_, from the verb _uthalen_, signifying to stand upright. From
+a verb in their language, _nudaven_, which signifies to sew, they must
+have used some kind of needle to sew their garments; but I know not of
+what substance it was composed. They seem even to have been acquainted
+with the art of embroidery, called _dumican_ in their language. From
+excellent clay which is found abundantly in Chili, they made pots,
+plates, cups, and large jars to hold their fermented liquors, baking
+these vessels in holes or ovens made in the declivities of hills; and
+they even used a kind of mineral earth called _colo_, for varnishing
+these vessels. Besides these vessels of clay, they made others of hard
+wood, and even of marble; some vases of which excellently polished have
+been dug out from under a large heap of stones in the mountains of
+Arauco. From the earth they extracted gold, silver, copper, tin, and
+lead, and employed these metals in a variety of useful and curious
+works. Particularly from their native copper, which is a kind of
+bell-metal and very hard, they made axes, hatchets, and other edged
+tools, but in small quantities, as these are very rarely met with in
+their ancient sepulchres; where, on the contrary, hatchets made of a
+species of basalt or very hard stone are very often found. They seem
+even to have known the use of iron, as it is called _panilgue_ in their
+language, and weapons made of it are termed _chiuquel_, while those made
+of other materials are called _nulin_. A smith likewise is called
+_ruthavé_, from _ruthan_, signifying to work in iron.
+
+The ancient Chilese had discovered the art of making salt, both from sea
+water and from inland salt springs; calling the former _chiadi_, and the
+latter _lilco-chiadi_, or salt from the water of rocks. They procured
+dyes of various colours for their clothes, both from the juice of plants
+and from mineral earths, and had discovered the art of fixing them by
+means of the _polcura_, an aluminous or astringent mineral. Instead of
+soap, they used the back of the _quillai_, which is an excellent
+substitute. In their language there are many words discriminative of
+various kinds of baskets and mats, which they manufactured from various
+vegetables. From a plant called _gnocchia_, they procured a strong
+fibrous substance resembling hemp, of which they made ropes and fishing
+nets of different kinds; and the inhabitants on the coast used canoes of
+different kinds and sizes, and floats or rafts of wood, or of inflated
+seal skins. Though not peculiarly addicted to hunting, they were
+accustomed to kill the wild animals and birds of the country, both for
+amusement and subsistence; for which purpose they used bows and arrows,
+and the _laque_ or running noose which is employed with so much
+ingenuity by many of the South American natives. It is a singular fact
+that they had the same device as the Chinese, for catching wild ducks in
+their lakes and rivers, covering their heads with perforated gourds, and
+wading among the flocks.
+
+They had advanced so far in the knowledge of numbers, as to have
+distinctive names for the ten units, and for an hundred and a thousand,
+with all the intermediate numbers compounded of decimal terms. To
+preserve the memory of their transactions, they used a bunch of threads
+of several colours called _pron_, similar to the _quippo_ of the
+Peruvians, oh which they cast a number of knots according to
+circumstances. The subject was indicated by the colour of the threads,
+and the knots designated the number or quantity, but I have not been
+able to discover any other purpose to which this species of register
+could be applied. The _quippo_ is still used by the shepherds in Peru,
+to keep an account of the number in their flocks, to mark the day and
+hour when the different ewes yeaned, or when any of their lambs are
+lost.
+
+The religious system of the Araucanians, formerly that of all the native
+tribes of Chili, resembles in a great measure the freedom of their modes
+of life and government. They acknowledge a Supreme Being, the creator of
+all things, whom they name _Pillan_, a word derived from _pulli_ or
+_pilli_, the soul. He is likewise named _Guenu-pillan_, the soul or
+spirit of heaven; _Buta-gen_, the great being; _Thalcove_[59], the
+thunderer; _Vilvemvoe_, the creator of all things; _Vilpepilvoe_, the
+omnipotent; _Mollgelu_, the eternal; _Avnolu_, the omnipotent; and is
+designed by many other similar epithets. Their ideas of the government
+of heaven form in a great measure a prototype of the Araucanian system
+of civil polity; Pillan is considered as the great _Toqui_ of the
+invisible world of Spirits[60], and is supposed to have his _Apo-ulmens_
+and _Ulmens_, or subordinate deities of two different ranks, to whom he
+entrusts the administration of lesser affairs. In the first class of
+these inferior deities, are _Epunamun_, or the god of war; _Meulen_, a
+benevolent being, the friend of the human race; and _Guecubu_, a
+malignant being, the author of all evil, who is likewise called _Algue_.
+Hence they appear to entertain the doctrine of two adverse principles,
+improperly called Manicheism. _Guecubu_, or _Huecuvu_, is named
+_Mavari_ by the natives on the Orinoco, and is the same with the
+_Aherman_ of the ancient Persians. To him every evil is attributed. If a
+horse tire, he has been ridden by _Guecubu_. In an earthquake, _Guecubu_
+has given the world a shock; and the like in all things. The _Ulmens_,
+or subaltern deities of their celestial hierarchy, resemble the genii,
+and are supposed to have the charge of earthly things, and to form, in
+concert with the benevolent Meulen, a counterpoise to the prodigious
+power of the malignant Guecuba. These _ulmens_ of the spiritual world
+are conceived to be of both sexes, who always continue pure and chaste
+without propagation. The males are called _Gen_, or lords; the females
+_Amei-malghen_, or spiritual nymphs, and are supposed to perform the
+same friendly offices to men which were anciently attributed to the
+_lares_, and every Araucanian imagines he has one of these attendant
+spirits in his service. _Nien cai gni Amchi-malghen_, I keep my nymph
+still, is a common expression when any one succeeds in an undertaking.
+Pursuant to the analogy of their own earthly government, as their
+_Ulmens_ have no right to impose any service or contribution on the
+people whom they govern, so they conceive the celestial race require no
+services from man, having occasion for none. Hence they have neither
+idols nor temples, and offer no sacrifices, except in case of some
+severe calamity, or on the conclusion of a peace, when they sacrifice
+animals, and burn tobacco as a grateful incense to their deities. Yet
+they invoke them and implore their aid on urgent occasions, chiefly
+addressing _Pillan_ and _Meulen_.
+
+[Footnote 59: _Pillan_, according to Dobrizhoffer, is likewise the word
+for thunder. In a similar manner, _Tupa_ or _Tupi_, among all the Tupi
+tribes of Brazil, and the Guaranies of Paraguay, signifies both God and
+thunder.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 60: Among the Moluches, the general name of the Supreme Being,
+according to Falkner, is _Toqui-chen_, or the supreme ruler of the
+people.--E.]
+
+[Illustration: Map of CHILI]
+
+Notwithstanding the small regard which they pay to their deities, they
+are extremely superstitious in matters of less importance, and are firm
+believers in divination, paying the utmost attention to favourable and
+unfavourable omens, to dreams, the singing and flight of birds, and the
+like, which they believe to denote the pleasure of the gods. They have
+accordingly jugglers or diviners, who pretend to a knowledge of
+futurity, who are called _Gligua_ and _Dugol_, some of them call
+themselves _Guenguenu_ or masters of heaven, _Guenpugnu_ or masters of
+disease, _Guen-piru_, or masters of worms, and the like. These diviners
+pretend to the power of producing rain, of curing diseases, of
+preventing the ravages of the worms which destroy the grain, and so on.
+They are in perpetual dread of imaginary beings, called _Calcus_ or
+sorcerers, who in their opinion remain concealed in caverns by day,
+along with their disciples or servants, called _lvunches_ or
+man-animals, who transform themselves at night into owls and shoot
+invisible arrows at their enemies.
+
+They all believe in the immortality of the soul, which they call _am_ or
+_pulli_, and which they say is _aneanolu_ or incorporeal, and _mugealu_,
+or existing for ever; but they are not agreed as to the state of the
+soul after this life. All say that it goes after death to the west
+beyond the sea, to a place called _Gulcheman_, or the dwelling of the
+men beyond the mountains. Some believe this country is divided into two
+provinces; one that is pleasant and filled with every thing delightful,
+the abode of the good; the other desolate and devoid of every comfort,
+the dwelling of the wicked. Others again conceive that all enjoy eternal
+pleasure after this life, and that the deeds done in the body have no
+influence on the future lot. They believe the soul retains its original
+attachments and dislikes, and that the spirits of their departed
+countrymen frequently return and fight furiously with those of their
+former enemies, when they meet in the air; and to these combats they
+attribute the origin of tempests and of thunder and lightning. When a
+storm happens on the Andes or the ocean, they ascribe it to a battle
+between the spirits of their departed countrymen and those of the
+Spaniards. If the storm take its course towards the Spanish territory,
+they exclaim triumphantly, _Inavimen, inavimen, puen, laguvimen!_ Pursue
+them friends, pursue them, kill them! If the storm tends towards their
+own country, they cry out in consternation, _Yavulumen, puen,
+namuntumen_! Courage friends, be firm!
+
+They have a tradition of a great deluge, in which only a few persons
+were saved by taking refuge on a high mountain, named _Thegtheg_, the
+thundering or sparkling, which had three points, and had the property of
+floating on the waters. On the occurrence of violent earthquakes, they
+fly for refuge to the mountains, fearful that the sea may again deluge
+the world; and on these occasions, every one takes a good supply of
+provisions, and a large wooden platter to protect the head, in case the
+_Thegtheg_ when raised by the waters should approach the sun.
+
+The year of the Araucanians is solar, and begins on the 22d of December,
+or immediately after the southern solstice, which they call
+_Thaumathipantu_, or the head and tail of the year, and are able to
+ascertain this period with tolerable precision by means of watching the
+shadows. The 22d of June is called _Udanthipantu_, the divider of the
+year, as dividing it into two equal parts. The whole year is called
+_Tipantu_, or the course of the sun, and is divided into twelve months
+of thirty days each, to which they add five intercallary days to
+complete the tropical year, but in what way I have not been able to
+determine. The months are called _cujen_, or moons, and have the
+following names:
+
+   Avun-cujen,       the month of fruit,        -------------January
+   Coji-cujen        the month of harvest,      ------------February
+   Glor-cujen,       the month of maize,        ---------------March
+   Rimu-cujen,       the 1st month of rimu,     ---------------April
+   Inarimu-cujen,    the 2d month of rimu,      -----------------May
+   Thor-cujen,       the 1st month of foam,     ----------------June
+   Inanthor-cujen,   the 2d month of foam,      ----------------July
+   Huin-cujen,       the unpleasant month,      --------------August
+   Pillal-cujen,     the treacherous month,     ---------- September
+   Hueul-cujen,      1st month of new winds,    -------------October
+   Inan-hueul-cujen,  2d month of new winds,    ------------November
+   Hueviru-cujen,     the month of new fruits,  ----------- December
+
+The year is divided into four seasons; the spring being called
+_Peughen_, the summer _Ucan_, the autumn _Gualug_, and the winter
+_Pucham_. The natural day is divided into twelve parts or hours, called
+_gliaganiu_, six of which belong to the day and six to the night, all of
+which have particular names. Commencing at midnight, there are Puliuen,
+Ueun, Thipanantu, Maleu, Vutamaleu, Ragiantu, Culunantu, Gullantu,
+Conantu, Guvquenantu, Puni, Ragipun. The stars in general are named
+_huaglen_, which they distribute into constellations called _pal_ or
+_ritha_. The pleiades are named _Cajupal_, or the constellation of six;
+the antarctic cross _Meleritho_, the Constellation of four, and so on.
+The milky-way is named _Rupuepen_, the fabulous road. The planets are
+called _gau_, a word derived from _gaun_ to wash, as they suppose them
+to dip into the sea when they set; and some conceive them to be other
+earths inhabited like our own. The sky is called _Guenu-mapu_, or the
+heavenly country; the moon _Cuyenmapu_, or the country of the moon.
+Comets are called _Cheruvoc_, as believed to be terrestrial exhalations
+inflamed in the upper region of the air. The eclipses of the sun and
+moon are called _Lay-antu_ and _Lay-cujen_, or the deaths of the sun and
+moon.
+
+Their measures of length are the _nela_ or palm, the _duche_ or foot,
+_namun_ the pace, _the can_ the ell, and _tupu_ the league, which
+answers to the marine league or the pharasang of the Persians: But they
+estimate long distances by mornings, corresponding to our days journeys.
+The liquid measures are the _guampar_, about a quart; _can_ about a
+pint; and the _mencu_, which is still smaller. The dry measures are the
+_chiaique, about six pints; and the _gliepu_, which is double that
+quantity.
+
+Oratory is held in high estimation, and is the road to honour and the
+management of public affairs; insomuch that the eldest son of an
+_Ulmen_, if deficient in that talent, is excluded from the right of
+succession, which devolves upon a younger son, or the nearest male
+relative who happens to be an able speaker. On this account, parents
+accustom their sons to speak in public from their early youth, and carry
+them to the national assemblies, where the best orators of the nation
+display their eloquence. Hence the universal attention to speak the
+language correctly and to preserve its purity. They are so careful to
+avoid the introduction of any foreign words into their language, that
+when any stranger settles among them he is obliged to adopt a new name
+in the _Chili-dugu_ or language of the country, and even the
+missionaries must conform to this singular regulation, if they would
+obtain favour; and so fastidious are they in attention to the purity of
+their language, that the audience will interrupt a missionary while
+preaching, to correct the mistakes in language or pronunciation. Many of
+them are well acquainted with the Spanish language; and, from being
+accustomed to a soft regular and varied language, they are able easily
+to learn the pronunciation of the different European dialects, as was
+observed by Captain Wallis of the Patagonians, who are real Chilese.
+They are so unwilling however to use the Spanish, that they never use it
+in any of the assemblies or congresses between the two nations, and
+rather choose to listen to a tiresome interpretation than to degrade the
+dignity of their native tongue by using another on such occasions.
+Their style of oratory is highly figurative, elevated, allegorical, and
+replete with peculiar phrases and expressions that are only used on such
+occasions; whence it is called _coyag-tucan_ or the style of public
+harangues. They commonly divide their subject into regular heads, called
+_thoy_, and usually specify the number they mean to enlarge upon; saying
+_Epu thoygei tamen piavin_, "what I am going to say is divided into two
+heads." Their speeches are not deficient in a suitable exordium, a clear
+narrative, a well-founded argument, and a pathetic peroration; and
+usually abound in parables and apologues; which sometimes furnish the
+main substance of the discourse.
+
+Their poets are called _gempin_, or lords of speech; and their poetry
+generally contains strong and lively images, bold figures, frequent
+allusions and similitudes, new and forcible expressions, and possesses
+the power of exciting sensibility. It is every where animated and
+metaphorical, and allegory is its very soul and essence. Their verses
+are mostly composed in stanzas of eight or eleven syllables, and are for
+the most part blank, yet rhyme is occasionally introduced, according to
+the taste or caprice of the poet.
+
+They have three kinds of physicians. Of these the _ampives_, who are
+skilful herbalists, are the best, and have even some skill in the pulse
+and other diagnostics of disease. The _vileus_ pretend that all
+contagious diseases are produced by insects or worms, and are therefore
+often called _cutampiru_, which signifies vermiculous diseases, or
+diseases proceeding from worms. The _machis_ are a superstitious class,
+or pretenders to sorcery, and allege that all diseases proceed from
+witchcraft, and pretend therefore to cure them by supernatural means,
+for which reason they are employed in desperate cases, when the
+exertions of the _ampives_ and _vileus_ have proved ineffectual; They
+have likewise a kind of surgeons, called _gutarve_; who are skilful in
+replacing luxations, setting fractured bones, and curing wounds and
+ulcers. Before the arrival of the Spaniards, the Chilese doctors used
+bleeding, blistering, emetics, cathartics, sudorifics, and even
+glysters. They let blood by means of a sharp flint fixed in a small
+stick; and for giving glysters they employ a bladder and pipe. Their
+emetics, cathartics, and sudorifics are all obtained from the vegetable
+kingdom.
+
+Their commerce, both internal and external, is all carried on by barter,
+as they have not adopted the use of money; and this is regulated by a
+conventional tariff according to which the values of all articles in
+commerce are appraised under the name of _cullen_, or payment. Their
+external trade is with the Spaniards, with whom they exchange _ponchos_,
+or Chilese cloaks, and animals, for wine or European articles. The
+Spaniards of the province of Maulé supply the Araucanians with iron
+ware, bits for bridles, cutlery, grain, and wine; and are paid in
+_ponchos_ of which they receive above 40,000 yearly, in horned cattle,
+horses, ostrich feathers, curious baskets, and other trifles; for it has
+never been possible to induce them to open their gold mines. The Spanish
+merchant has in the first place to obtain permission from the ulmens or
+heads of families of a district, after which he proceeds to all the
+houses, distributing his merchandize indiscriminately to all, who
+present themselves. When he has completed his sale, he gives notice of
+his departure, and all the purchasers hasten to an appointed village,
+where they deliver the articles agreed for with the utmost punctuality.
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_First Expedition of the Spaniards into Chili under Almagro_.
+
+
+After the death of Atahualpa and the subjection of the Peruvian empire
+by Pizarro and Almagro, Pizarro persuaded his companion Almagro to
+undertake the conquest of Chili then celebrated for its niches, being
+desirous to enjoy the sole command in Peru. Filled with sanguine
+expectations of a rich booty, Almagro began his march for Chili in the
+end[61] of the year 1535, with an army of 570 Spaniards, and accompanied
+by 15,000 Peruvians, under the command of Paullu[62], the brother of the
+Inca _Manco_, the nominal emperor of Peru, who had succeeded to
+Atahualpa and Huasear. Two roads lead from Peru to Chili; one of which
+by the maritime plain, is the arid desert of Atacama, destitute of water
+and provisions; while the other passes for about 120 miles over the
+immense ridge of the Andes, and is attended by excessive inconveniences
+and almost insurmountable difficulties Almagro chose this road because
+it was the shortest from Cuzco; and in this march his army had to endure
+infinite fatigue, and almost incessant conflicts with the barbarous
+tribes in the several districts through which he had to pass. He at
+length reached the eastern side of the vast chain of the Andes at the
+commencement of winter, almost destitute of provisions, and ill supplied
+with clothing to protect his people under the inclemencies of the region
+he had still to penetrate. At the season of the year which he
+unfortunately chose, snow falls almost continually among the Andes, and
+completely fills and obliterates the narrow paths that are even
+difficultly passable in summer. The soldiers, however, animated by their
+general, and ignorant of the dangers they had to encounter, advanced
+with inconceivable toil to the summit of the rugged ascent. But by the
+severity of the weather, and the want of provisions, 150 of the
+Spaniards perished by the way; and 10,000 of the Peruvians, less able to
+endure the rigours of that frozen region, were destroyed. Not one of all
+the army would have escaped, had not Almagro pushed resolutely forward
+with a small party of horse to Copaipo, whence he sent back succours and
+provisions to his army still engaged in the defiles of the mountains. By
+these means, those of the most robust constitutions, who had been able
+to resist the inclemency of the weather, were enabled to extricate
+themselves from the snow, and at length reached the plains of Copaipo,
+the most northerly province in Chili, where they were kindly received
+and entertained by the inhabitants, through respect for the Peruvians.
+
+[Footnote 61: The beginning of that year according to Ovale.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 62: By Orale this Peruvian prince is called Paullo Topo, and
+the high priest of the Peruvians, Villacumu, is said to have been
+likewise sent in company with Almagro.--E.]
+
+As the Inca Paullu was well acquainted with the object of this
+expedition, he obliged the inhabitants of Copaipo to deliver up to him
+all the gold in their possession, which he immediately presented to
+Almagro, to the value of 500,000 ducats. Almagro was highly pleased with
+this first fruit of his labours, and immediately distributed the whole
+among his soldiers, to whom also he remitted immense debts which they
+owed him, as he had advanced them all the funds which were necessary to
+fit them out for the expedition. Almagro soon learnt that the reigning
+Ulmen of Copaipo had usurped the government of that province in
+prejudice of his nephew and ward, who had fled to the woods. Calling the
+lawful heir into his presence, he arrested the guilty chief, and
+reinstated the lawful heir in the government, with the universal
+applause of the natives, who attributed this conduct entirely to motives
+of justice and a wish to redress the injured.
+
+When the Spaniards were recovered from their fatigues, through the
+hospitable assistance of the Copaipins, and were reinforced by an
+additional number of soldiers brought by Rodrigo Orgonez from Peru,
+Almagro and his troops commenced their march towards the more southerly
+provinces of Chili, full of the most flattering hopes of acquiring vast
+riches and splendid establishments in a fine country, which was
+interspersed on all sides with numerous villages, evincing an extensive
+population and fertile soil. The natives every where crowded round them
+on the march, to examine the wonderful strangers, and to present them
+with such things as they thought might prove agreeable to beings whom
+they conceived of a superior order to other men. In the mean time, two
+soldiers who had separated from the army, proceeded to the river Huasco
+which forms the boundary between the provinces of Copaipo and Coquimbo,
+where they were well received at first by the inhabitants; but, in
+consequence of some acts of violence, they were afterwards put to death,
+being the first European blood spilt in Chili, which has since been so
+copiously watered with the blood of the Spaniards. On being informed of
+this unfortunate accident, calculated to weaken the exalted notion which
+he wished to inspire into the natives of the character of his soldiers,
+Almagro hastened his march for Coquimbo, where he immediately ordered
+_Marcando_ the head _ulmen_ of the province, his brother, and twenty
+others of the principal inhabitants to be brought before him; all of
+whom he committed to the flames; This act of cruelty appeared
+extraordinary and unjust to every one; for even among these adventurers,
+inured to rapine and bloodshed, there still were some men of humanity
+and justice. The majority of the army openly disapproved the severity of
+the general on this occasion, and from this time his affairs ceased to
+be prosperous.
+
+Some time in the year 1537, Almagro received a considerable
+reinforcement from Peru under the command of Juan de Rada; who likewise
+brought him letters patent from the king of Spain, by which he was
+appointed governor of 200 leagues of territory to the southward of the
+government which had been granted to Francisco Pizarro. By the same
+conveyance Almagro received letters from his friends in Peru, urging him
+to return to that country and to take possession of Cuzco, which they
+asserted was within the limits of the jurisdiction confided to him by
+his patent. But, as he entertained very sanguine ideas of the value of
+the conquest in which he was now engaged, he pursued his march towards
+the south, and passed the fatal _Cachapoal_ or _Rapel_, regardless of
+the remonstrances of his Peruvian allies, who urged him to refrain from
+attempting to invade the country of the valiant Promaucians[63]. At the
+first appearance of the Spaniards, these brave Indians were astonished
+and terrified by the horses and thundering arms of the strangers; but
+soon recovering from the effects of their first surprise, they
+intrepidly opposed their new enemies on the banks of the Rio-claro.
+Despising their force, and ignorant of their bravery, Almagro placed his
+Peruvian allies in the first line, now considerably increased by an
+additional number whom Paullu had drawn from the Peruvian garrisons in
+Chili. But these troops were soon defeated by the Promaucians, and fell
+back in confusion on the line of Spaniards in the rear. The Spaniards,
+instead of remaining spectators of the battle, were now compelled to
+sustain the vigorous attack of the enemy; and, advancing with their
+horse, a furious battle was fought with considerable loss on both sides,
+and continued till night separated the combatants without either party
+having gained the victory.
+
+[Footnote 63: Called _Puramaucans_ by Garcilasso and _Promocaes_ by
+Ovale, who names the _Cauquenes_ and _Peneos_ as their allies.--E.]
+
+Although the Promaucians had sustained a heavy loss in this battle, they
+courageously encamped within sight of the Spaniards, determined to renew
+the fight next morning. Though the Spaniards had kept possession of the
+field, and considered themselves victorious according to the customs of
+Europe, they were very differently inclined from their valiant enemies.
+Hitherto they had been accustomed to subdue extensive provinces with
+little or no resistance, and became disgusted with an enterprise which
+could not be accomplished without much fatigue and danger, and the loss
+of much blood, having to contend against a bold and independent nation,
+by whom they were not considered as immortal or as a superior order of
+beings. It was therefore resolved by common consent to abandon the
+present expedition, yet they differed materially as to the conduct of
+their retreat; some being desirous to return into Peru entirely, while
+others wished to form a settlement in the northern provinces of Chili,
+where they had already received so much hospitality, and had acquired
+considerable riches. The first opinion was supported by Almagro, now
+strongly impressed by the suggestions of his friends in Peru to take
+possession of Cuzco. He represented to his soldiers the dangers to which
+a settlement would be exposed in so warlike a country, and persuaded
+them to follow him to Cuzco, where he expected to be able to establish
+his authority either by persuasion or force, pursuant to his royal
+patent.
+
+Having determined to return into Peru, and having fatally experienced
+the dangers of the mountain road, Almagro resolved to march by the
+desert of Atacama in the maritime plain, by which he conducted his
+troops into Peru with very little loss in 1538. He took possession of
+Cuzco by surprise; and, after ineffectual negociations, he fought a
+battle with the brother of Pizarro, by whom he was taken prisoner, and
+beheaded as a disturber of the public peace. Such was the fate of the
+first expedition of the Spaniards against Chili, undertaken by the best
+body of European troops that had hitherto been collected in those
+distant regions. The thirst of riches was the moving spring of this
+expedition, and the disappointment of their hopes the cause of its
+abandonment.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Second Expedition into Chili, under Pedro de Valdivia, to the
+commencement of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians_.
+
+
+Having obtained absolute command of the Spanish possessions on the
+southern side of South America, by the defeat and death of his rival
+Almagro. Pizarro resolved to resume the conquest of Chili, which he
+conceived might become an important acquisition. Among the adventurers
+who had come from Spain to Chili, were two officers who held royal
+commissions to attempt this conquest, named Pedro Sanchez de Hoz, and
+Camargo. To Hoz had been confided the conquest of the country from the
+confines of Peru to the river Maulé; and to Camargo the remainder of the
+country beyond that river to the archipelago of Chiloé. Jealous of the
+interference of these officers in the country which he considered as his
+by right of discovery, Pizarro refused under frivolous pretences to
+confirm the royal nomination, and chose for the conduct of the
+expedition Pedro de Valdivia, his quarter-master, a prudent active and
+brave officer, who had acquired military experience in the wars of
+Italy, and who had already evinced a strong attachment to his party. On
+this occasion, Valdivia was directed to take Hoz along with him to
+Chili, and to allow him every advantage he could possibly desire in the
+allotment or repartition of lands and Indians in the expected conquest.
+
+Valdivia accordingly set out from Cuzco in 1540, with a force of 200
+Spaniards, and accompanied by a numerous body of Peruvian auxiliaries,
+taking likewise along with him some monks, several Spanish women, and a
+great number of European quadrupeds, with every requisite for settling a
+new colony in the country. On his march for Chili he pursued the same
+route with Almagro; but instructed by the misfortunes of his
+predecessor, he did not attempt to pass the Andes till the middle of
+summer, by which precaution he was enabled to enter Chili without
+incurring any loss. His reception there however, even in the northern
+provinces, was very different from that which had been experienced by
+Almagro. Informed of the conquest of Peru by the Spaniards, owing to
+which they were freed from the submission they had come under to the
+Incas, they did not consider themselves bound to transfer their
+obedience to the present invaders. The Copaipans accordingly began to
+attack Valdivia immediately on entering their country, assailing him at
+every step with much valour, but with very little conduct. Like
+barbarians in general, they were incapable of making a common cause with
+each other; and having been long accustomed to servitude under the
+Peruvians, during which all union among the northern tribes had been
+dissolved, they attacked their invaders in separate hordes as they
+advanced into the country, and without that steady and firm courage
+which stamps the valour of a free people in the defence of their
+liberties. In spite of this desultory and uncombined opposition from the
+natives, Valdivia traversed the provinces of Copaipo, Coquimbo,
+Quillota, and Melipilla, with Very little loss though much harassed, and
+arrived in the province of Mapocho, now called St Jago.
+
+This province, which is more than 600 miles from the confines of Peru,
+is one of the pleasantest and most fertile in the kingdom. Its name of
+Mapocho signifies in the Chilese language, _the land of many people_;
+and according to the earliest writers respecting Chili, its population
+was then extremely numerous. This province, which borders on the Andes,
+is 140 miles in circumference, and is watered by the rivers Maypo,
+Colina, Lampa, and Mapocho, which last divides it into two nearly equal
+parts. In one place this river sinks into the earth, and after a
+subterraneous course of five miles, emerges again with an increase of
+its waters, and finally joins the river Maypo. The mountains of Caren,
+which terminate this province on the north, abound in gold, and in that
+part of the Andes which forms the eastern boundary, there are several
+rich mines of silver. Valdivia had penetrated thus far into the country
+on purpose to render it difficult for his soldiers to return into Peru,
+and he now determined to form a settlement in this province, which from
+its remote situation and natural advantages, seemed excellently
+calculated to become the centre of his intended conquests. Having
+selected with this view a convenient situation on the left shore of the
+Mapocho, he laid the foundation of the intended capital of the kingdom
+of Chili, on the 24th of February 1541, naming this new city St Jago, in
+honour of the tutelary saint of Spain. In laying out the ground plan of
+the intended city, he divided the whole into plots or squares of 4095
+toises each[64], and allotted a quarter of each square as the scite of a
+house for each citizen, which plan has been followed in laying out all
+the other cities in Chili. One of these areas situated on one side of
+the great square was destined for the cathedral and bishops palace, and
+another for the house of the governor and the public offices. He then
+appointed a cabildo or magistracy, according to the usual forms in
+Spanish cities, from those persons in his small army that were best
+qualified for the purpose; and, for the protection of the new
+settlement, in case of attack from the Chilese, he built a fort on a
+hill in the centre of the city, which has since received the name of St
+Lucia.
+
+[Footnote 64: Though not distinctly so expressed, this must be
+considered as square toises, making each side of the square 64 toises,
+or 384 feet. In a former account of the city of St Jago, the public
+square is described as being 450 feet on each side.--E.]
+
+Though many have applauded the sagacity of Valdivia in the choice of a
+situation for the capital of the new colony, it would in my opinion have
+been much better placed on the banks of the river Maypo, about fifteen
+miles farther south; as that river is much larger than the Mapocho, has
+a direct communication with the sea, and might easily be made navigable
+for ships of considerable burden. In the year 1787, this city contained
+more than 40,000 inhabitants, and was rapidly increasing in population,
+owing to its being the seat of government, and the residence of many
+wealthy and luxurious families, by which it attracts considerable
+commerce.
+
+The natives observed the progress of this new settlement with much
+jealousy, and concerted measures for freeing themselves from such
+unwelcome intruders; but, as Valdivia discovered their intentions, he
+confined the chiefs of the conspiracy in his new fortress; and having
+intimation of a secret intelligence being carried on between the
+Mapochians and their neighbours, the Promancians, he repaired with a
+body of sixty horse to the river Cachapoal or Rapel to watch the motions
+of that brave and enterprising nation. This precaution was however
+altogether unnecessary, as that fearless people had not sufficient
+policy or foresight to think of uniting with their neighbours in order
+to secure themselves from the impending danger. Taking advantage of the
+absence of Valdivia, the Mapochians fell upon the new settlement with
+desperate fury, burnt all the half-built houses, and assailed the
+citadel on all sides, in which the inhabitants had taken refuge. While
+the Spaniards were valiantly defending their imperfect fortifications, a
+woman named Inez Suarez, beat out the brains of all the captive chiefs
+with an axe, under the apprehension that they were endeavouring to
+regain their liberty, and might assist the assailants in gaining
+possession of the fort. The attack began at day-break, and was continued
+without intermission till night, fresh assailants continually occupying
+the places of those who were, slain or disabled.
+
+The commandant of the Spaniards, Alonzo de Monroy, found means to send a
+messenger to inform Valdivia of his situation; and the governor
+accordingly hastened to the aid of the besieged with all possible
+expedition, and found the ditch almost filled with dead bodies, while
+the enemy, notwithstanding the heavy loss they had sustained, were
+preparing to renew the assault. Drawing out its infantry from the fort
+to join the cavalry he had along with him, Valdivia advanced in order of
+battle against the forces of the enemy, who were posted on the bank of
+the Mapocho. The battle was again renewed in this place, and obstinately
+contested with equal valour on both sides; but with great disadvantage
+on the part of the natives, who were far inferior in arms and discipline
+to the Spaniards. The musquetry and the horse made a dreadful slaughter
+among Mapochians, who were only armed with bows and slings; yet
+obstinately bent upon preserving their independence, and regardless of
+their own importance, they rushed on to inevitable destruction; till
+having lost the flower of their valiant warriors, and reduced to a small
+number, they at length fled and dispersed over the plain.
+Notwithstanding this memorable defeat, and others of not less importance
+which they sustained afterwards, the Mapochians did not cease for the
+space of six years to keep the Spaniards closely blockaded in St Jago,
+continually attacking them on every opportunity, and cutting off their
+provisions so effectually, that they were often reduced to great
+straits, having to subsist upon unwholesome and loathsome viands, and
+what little grain they were able to raise under protection of the cannon
+from the ramparts. At length, worn out and brought to utter ruin by this
+incessant warfare, the remnant of the Mapochians destroyed their own
+crops and retired to the mountains, leaving the fertile plains around
+the new city utterly deserted and uncultivated.
+
+The soldiers under Valdivia became wearied and disgusted by this
+continual war, so different from what they had expected; and as they
+believed him obstinately bent upon adherence to his own plan, and
+resolved to continue the settlement in spite of every opposition from
+the natives, they entered into a conspiracy to kill their general and to
+return into Peru, where they expected to enjoy more ease and
+tranquillity. Having fortunately got notice of this conspiracy,
+Valdivia, who possessed great prudence and an insinuating address, soon
+conciliated those who were least implicated. After this, as he only had
+the title of general which did not confer any civil and judicial power,
+he assembled the Cabildo of the city, and persuaded them to invest him
+in the office of governor of the city and kingdom. In this imposing
+capacity, he tried and capitally punished some of the ringleaders of the
+conspiracy, and then prudently exerted himself to soothe the turbulent
+and seditious spirits of the remainder, by buoying up their hopes with
+the most flattering promises of future wealth. He had often heard in
+Peru, that the valley of Quillota abounded in mines of gold, and was
+hopeful therefore of being able to obtain a sufficient quantity from
+thence to satisfy the avidity of his soldiers. Notwithstanding the
+difficulties with which he was surrounded, he sent a party of soldiers
+into the valley of Quillota, with orders to superintend and protect a
+number of labourers in digging for the precious metal said to be abound
+in that place. The mine which was opened upon this occasion proved
+remarkably rich and productive, surpassing their most sanguine hopes; so
+that all their past sufferings and present difficulties were soon buried
+in oblivion, and henceforwards no one had the remotest wish to leave the
+country. Valdivia, encouraged by this success to new enterprises,
+ordered a carrack or ship of some considerable size to be built at the
+mouth of the river Chillan, which traverses the valley of Quillota, for
+the purpose of more readily obtaining succours from Peru, without which
+he was fully sensible he could not possibly succeed in the vast
+enterprise he had in view, which was no less than to accomplish the
+entire reduction of Chili.
+
+In the mean time, considering the urgent state of his affairs, Valdivia
+resolved to dispatch two of his principal officers, Alonzo Monroy, and
+Pedro Miranda by land to Peru, with an escort of six horsemen, whose
+spurs, bits, and stirrups he directed to be made of solid gold, hoping
+thereby to entice a sufficient number of recruits to come to his
+assistance, by this obvious proof of the riches of the country. Although
+these messengers were escorted to the confines of Chili by thirty
+additional horsemen, they were attacked and defeated in the province of
+Copaipo by a hundred archers, commanded by Coteo, an officer of the
+_Ulmen_ of that province. Of the whole party none escaped with life but
+the two officers, Monroy and Miranda, who were made prisoners and
+carried before the _ulmen_ covered with wounds. The prince had resolved
+on putting them both to death; but, while deliberating on the mode of
+execution, his wife, the _ulmena_ or princess of Copaipo, moved by
+compassion for their unhappy situation, successfully interceded with her
+husband to spare their lives, unbound them with her own hands, tenderly
+dressed their wounds, and treated them as if they had been her brothers.
+When they were entirely recovered, she desired them to teach her son
+the art of riding, as several of the Spanish horses had been taken in
+the late defeat. The two Spaniards readily consented to her request,
+hoping to avail themselves of this circumstance to give them an
+opportunity of recovering their liberty, which they did in effect; but
+the means they employed was marked by a cruel act of ingratitude to
+their compassionate benefactress, of so much deeper turpitude that it
+was unnecessary for their purpose. As the young prince was one day
+riding between them, escorted by a party of archers and preceded by an
+officer carrying a lance, Monroy suddenly dispatched him with two or
+three mortal wounds of a poniard. At the same time Miranda wrested the
+lance from the officer of the guard, who were thrown into confusion by
+this unexpected event, and the two Spaniards readily accomplished their
+escape. Being well mounted, they easily eluded pursuit, and made their
+way through the desert into Peru, whence they continued their way to
+Cuzco, where Vaca de Castro then resided, who had succeeded to the
+government after the cruel assassination of Francisco Pizarro by the
+Almagrian faction.
+
+When De Castro was informed of the critical situation of affairs in
+Chili, he immediately sent off a considerable reinforcement by land
+under the command of Monroy, who had the good fortune to conceal his
+march from the Copaipans, and to join Valdivia in safety. At the same
+time the president of Peru dispatched by sea Juan Batista Pastene, a
+noble Genoese, with a more considerable reinforcement for Valdivia. On
+receiving these two reinforcements, which arrived about the same time,
+Valdivia began to carry his great designs into execution. Being
+solicitous to have a complete knowledge of the sea-coast, he ordered
+Pastene to explore the whole as far to the southwards as possible,
+noting the most important places all along the coast; and, on his return
+from this maritime survey, he sent him back to Peru for additional
+reinforcements, as the natives had become every day bolder and more
+enterprising, ever since their victory in Copaipo over Monroy and
+Miranda. Only a little before this, the Quillotans had contrived to
+massacre all the soldiers employed at the gold mines in their country,
+by the following stratagem. One day a neighbouring Indian brought a pot
+full of gold to Gonzalo Rios, the commandant at the mines, and told him
+that he had found a great quantity in a certain district of the country
+which he offered to point out. On this information, all were eager to
+proceed immediately to the place, that they might participate in the
+imaginary treasure. As they arrived at the place described in a
+tumultuary manner and entirely off their guard, they fell into an
+ambush, by which the whole party was slain, except their imprudent
+commander and one negro, both of whom saved their lives by the speed of
+their horses. About the same time the vessel which Valdivia had ordered
+to be built at the mouth of the river Chillan was burnt by the natives,
+together with the store-houses or arsenal which he had established in
+that place.
+
+On receiving notice of the disaster which had taken place at the mines,
+Valdivia hastened to Quillota with a strong body of troops, and took
+revenge as far as he could on the Quillotans for the death of his
+soldiers; after which, he constructed a fort in their country in which
+he left a garrison for the protection of the people employed in the gold
+mines. Being soon afterwards reinforced by three hundred men from Peru,
+under the command of Francisco Villagran and Christoval Escobar, he
+made choice of a beautiful plain near the mouth of the river Coquimbo,
+at which place there is a very convenient natural harbour, near which he
+erected in 1544: a city which he named _Serena_, to serve as a place of
+arms to protect the northern part of Chili, and to secure the convoys
+and reinforcements which might come from Peru in that direction. This
+place is still known in geography by the name of Serena; but in Chili
+the native name of Coquimbo prevails, as is the case with most of the
+Spanish cities and towns in Chili.
+
+In the ensuing year, 1545, Valdivia marched into the country of the
+Promaucians, with the view of extending his conquests to the southwards.
+Contemporary historians have not left an account of the events of this
+year, nor of any battles having been fought on this occasion; yet it is
+hardly to be supposed that this valiant tribe, who had so gloriously
+repulsed the armies of the Inca and of Almagro, would allow Valdivia to
+reduce their territory to subjection without a struggle. However this
+may have been, it is certain that he had the art to persuade the
+Promaucians to enter into an alliance with him against the other tribes
+of Chili; as ever since the Spanish armies in Chili have been assisted
+by Promaucian auxiliaries, owing to which the most rooted antipathy has
+been constantly entertained by the Araucanians against the remnant of
+the Promaucians. In the year 1546, Valdivia passed the river Maulé, and
+reduced the natives to obedience from that river to the Itata. While
+encamped at a place named Quilacura, near the latter river, he was
+attacked one night by the natives, who destroyed many of his horses, and
+put him into imminent danger of a total defeat. His loss on this
+occasion must have been considerable; as he found it necessary to
+relinquish his plan of farther conquest, and to return to St Jago to
+wait reinforcements from Peru. As the expected reinforcements did not
+arrive, and Pastene, who had been sent into Peru to endeavour to procure
+recruits, brought news in 1547 of the civil war which then raged in
+Peru, Valdivia determined to go thither in person, expecting to reap
+some advantages from these revolutionary movements.
+
+Valdivia sailed therefore with Pastene for Peru, taking with him a great
+quantity of gold, and left Francisco Villagran in charge of the
+government of Chili during his absence. Valdivia accordingly arrived in
+Peru, where he offered his services to the president De la Gasca, and
+acted with great reputation as quarter-master-general of his army in the
+war against Gonzalo Pizarro. The president was so much satisfied with
+the services which were rendered by Valdivia on this occasion, that,
+after the insurrection of Gonzalo was entirely subdued, he confirmed him
+in the office of governor of Chili, and sent him back to that kingdom
+with abundance of military stores, and with two ships filled with the
+soldiers who had served under Gonzalo in the late insurrection, glad of
+an opportunity of getting rid of so many seditious people for whom there
+was then no fit employment in Peru.
+
+During the absence of Valdivia from Chili, Pedro de Hoz, who had been
+deprived of that share in the conquest and government which had been
+granted him by the court of Spain, and who had imprudently put himself
+under the power of his more successful rival, was accused of entering
+into secret practices for usurping the government. It is now unknown
+whether this accusation was well-founded, or if it were merely a
+pretence for getting rid of him; but, however this may have been,
+Villagran condemned him to be beheaded in 1548, either to please
+Valdivia by ridding him of a dangerous competitor, or perhaps in
+consequence of secret instructions for that purpose. About this time,
+the Copaipans killed forty Spaniards, who were proceeding in several
+separate detachments from Peru to Chili; and the Coquimbans, at the
+instigation of these northern neighbours, massacred all the inhabitants
+of the new city of Serena, and razed that place to the foundations. On
+this occasion Francisco Aguirre was sent into this part of Chili with a
+military force, to chastise the natives, and had several encounters with
+them with various success. In 1549, he rebuilt the city of Serena in a
+more commodious situation, and the inhabitants have ever since
+considered him as the founder of their city, many of the most
+distinguished inhabitants of which still boast of being his descendants.
+
+After an incessant contest of nine years, attended by incredible
+fatigues, numerous dangers, and many reverses, Valdivia considered
+himself as solidly established in the dominion of that portion of Chili
+which had formerly been under the authority of the Incas. He accordingly
+distributed the territory among his followers in repartimientos,
+assigning a considerable portion of land with all its native inhabitants
+to each of his followers in proportion to their rank and services, under
+the denomination of commanderies, according to the baneful system of
+feudalism then prevalent in Europe. Having thus quieted the restless
+ambition and mutinous spirit of his soldiers, he advanced towards the
+south to extend his conquests, accompanied by a respectable force both
+of Spanish and Promaucians. After a march of 250 miles, during which he
+encountered few obstacles of any moment, he arrived at the Bay of Penco,
+now generally called the Bay of Conception, which had been already
+explored by Pastene during his voyage of discovery formerly mentioned;
+and near that excellent bay he laid the foundation of the third city in
+Chili, on the 5th of October 1550, to which he gave the name of
+Conception.
+
+The situation of this place was admirably adapted for commerce, from the
+excellence of its harbour; as the bay extends six miles from east to
+west and nine miles from north to south, defended at its entrance from
+the sea by the pleasant island of Quiriquina. The passage into the bay
+on the north side of this island, called the _bocca grande_, is about
+half a league broad, and has sufficient water for the largest ships.
+That on the other side of the island, or _bocca chica_, is very narrow,
+and is only navigable by small vessels. The soil around this place,
+under the influence of an admirable climate, produces abundance of
+timber, excellent wine, and all the necessaries of life, and is not
+deficient in the valuable minerals; and both the sea and the adjoining
+rivers afford great quantities of fine fish. But owing to the lowness of
+the situation which was chosen for this city, it was much exposed to
+inundations of the sea during earthquakes, which are frequent in Chili.
+On the 8th of July 1730, this city was nearly destroyed by an earthquake
+and inundation; and experienced a similar calamity on the 24th of May
+1751. In consequence of these repeated calamities, the inhabitants
+established themselves on the 24th of November 1764 in the valley of
+Mocha, nine miles south from Penco, between the rivers Andalian and
+Biobio, where they founded a city to which they gave the name of New
+Conception. The harbour named Talgacuano, situated at the south-east
+extremity of the bottom of the bay, is between six and seven miles from
+the new city; and a fort is all that now remains of the old city, now
+called Penco.
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Narrative of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians, from the
+year 1550, to the Defeat and Death of Pedro de Valdivia on the 3d of
+December 1553._
+
+
+Perceiving the intentions of Valdivia to occupy the important post of
+Penco by a permanent settlement, the adjacent tribes of the Pencones
+gave notice of this invasion to the great nation of the Araucanians,
+their neighbours and friends, whose territories began on the southern
+shore of the Biobio; who, foreseeing that the strangers would soon
+endeavour to reduce their own country to subjection, determined to
+succour their distressed allies for their own security. Accordingly, in
+a _butacoyog_, or general assembly of the Araucanian confederacy,
+_Aillavalu_ was nominated supreme _toqui_, and was instructed to march
+immediately with an army to the assistance of the Pencones. In the year
+1550, pursuant to the resolutions of the Araucanian confederacy,
+Aillavalu passed the great river Biobio, at the head of 4000 men, and
+boldly offered battle to Valdivia, who had advanced to meet him on the
+banks of the Andalian. The brave Araucanians sustained the first
+discharges of musquetry from the Spaniards with wonderful resolution,
+and even made a rapid evolution under its direful effects, by which they
+assailed at once the front and flank of the Spanish army. By this
+unexpected courageous assault, and even judicious tactical manoeuvre,
+the Spaniards were thrown into some disorder, and Valdivia was exposed
+to imminent danger, having his horse killed under him; but the Spaniards
+replaced their firm array, forming themselves into a hollow square
+supported by their cavalry, and successfully resisted every effort of
+their valiant enemies, of whom they slew great numbers by the
+superiority of their arms, yet lost at the same time a considerable
+number of their own men. The battle remained undecided for several
+hours; when at length, rashly pressing forwards with impetuous bravery,
+Aillavalu received a mortal wound[65], and many of the most valiant
+officers and soldiers of the Araucanians being slain, they retired in
+good order, leaving the field of battle to the Spaniards, who felt no
+inclination to pursue them after a so dear-bought victory.
+
+[Footnote 65: In Ovalle, this general is named Anabillo, and is said to
+have been made prisoner in the battle.--E.]
+
+Valdivia, though he had been present in many battles, both in Europe
+and America, was astonished at the valour and military skill of this new
+enemy, and declared he had never been exposed to such imminent danger in
+the whole course of his military service. As he expected to be soon
+attacked again, he immediately proceeded to construct a strong
+fortification for the protection of his new city; and in fact, the
+Araucanian confederacy was no sooner informed of the defeat and death of
+their general Aillavalu, than a new and more numerous army was ordered
+against the Spaniards, under the command of _Lincoyan_, who was elected
+to the vacant office of supreme toqui. From his gigantic stature, and
+frequent displays of courage, this officer had acquired great reputation
+among his countrymen; but, though well suited for a subaltern officer,
+he was timid and irresolute in the supreme military command, and greatly
+disappointed the expectations which had been formed from his former
+behaviour.
+
+Having marshalled his army in three divisions, Lincoyan marched in 1551
+to attack the Spaniards under Valdivia, who still remained at
+Conception, occupied in building and fortifying the new city. The
+Spaniards were so much alarmed by the approach of the Araucanian army,
+that after confessing themselves, they took shelter under the cannon of
+their fortifications, where the Araucanians boldly assailed them. But,
+finding the first assault unsuccessful, Lincoyan became apprehensive of
+losing the army which had been committed to his charge, and ordered a
+precipitate retreat, to the great surprise of Valdivia, who was
+apprehensive of some stratagem, and did not venture upon attempting a
+pursuit. When it was discovered that the enemy had actually retreated,
+the Spaniards considered their flight as a special favour from heaven,
+and some even alleged that they had seen the apostle St James, mounted
+on a white horse, waving a flaming sword and striking terror into their
+enemies. But the only miracle on this occasion proceeded from the timid
+circumspection of Lincoyan.
+
+Being now in some measure freed from the restraint imposed upon him by
+the Araucanians, Valdivia applied himself diligently to the building of
+the city of Conception, for which place he entertained a strong
+predilection, as he considered that it would become the centre of
+maritime communication between Chili and the ports of Peru and Spain.
+Although he had fixed upon St Jago for the capital of the kingdom of
+Chili, he determined upon establishing his own family at Conception;
+for which purpose he selected a pleasant situation for his own dwelling,
+reserving for himself the fertile peninsula between the rivers Andalian
+and Biobio, and resolved to ask as a reward for his services the two
+adjoining districts of Arauco and Tucapel, with the title of marquis:
+For, although these districts still remained in the possession of the
+Araucanians, he fully expected to be able to subjugate that valiant
+people in a short time.
+
+Having speedily reared the new city, in which he established a colony of
+his followers, he employed the remainder of the year 1551 in regulating
+its internal policy; for which purpose, after having established a
+Cabildo or body of magistrates, in imitation of those in Spain, as usual
+in all the cities of Spanish America, he promulgated a body of
+fundamental regulations, comprised in forty-two articles or statutes,
+some of which respecting the treatment of the natives within its
+territory and jurisdiction evinced much prudent humanity; yet, as in all
+the other subjected countries of America, he left them in a great
+measure subject to the control and caprice of the citizens to whom they
+were allotted.
+
+After the settlement of his new city, and having received a
+reinforcement of soldiers from Peru, he resolved to attack the
+Araucanians in their own territories, believing that their courage was
+now entirely subdued, as they had made no attempt to molest him since
+their late repulse under Lincoyan. With these views, he passed the
+Biobio in 1552, and proceeding rapidly through the provinces of Encol
+and Puren, unopposed by the tardy and timid operations of Lincoyan, he
+arrived at the river Cauten, which divides the country of the
+Araucanians nearly into two equal parts. Near the confluence of this
+river with the Damas, he founded a new city which he named
+_Imperial_[66], in honour of the Emperor Don Carlos; though some say
+that it received this name in consequence of finding some wooden figures
+of eagles with two heads, fixed on some of the native huts. This city
+was placed in a beautiful situation, abounding in all the conveniences
+of life; and, during the short period of its existence became one of the
+most flourishing in Chili. Being placed on the shore of a large and deep
+river, capable of allowing large ships to lie close to the walls, it was
+excellently situated for commerce, and had free access to receive
+succours of all kinds by sea in case of being besieged. By modern
+geographers, this place is still spoken of as an existing city, strongly
+fortified, and the seat of a bishopric; but it has been in ruins for
+considerably more than two hundred years.
+
+[Footnote 66: The place where Imperial once stood is marked on our maps
+on the right or north shore of the conjoined streams of the Ouisa and
+Cauten, immediately above the junction of a small river which is
+probably the Damas of the text.--E.]
+
+Intoxicated with his present prosperity, and the apparent submission of
+the Araucanians, he assigned extensive districts in the surrounding
+country among his officers. To Francisco Villagran, his
+lieutenant-general, he gave the warlike province of _Maquegua_,
+considered by the Araucanians as the key of their country, with about
+thirty thousand inhabitants. The other officers obtained grants of lands
+and Indians proportionate to their rank, and the degree in which they
+possessed his favour, some getting as far as eight or even ten thousand
+Indians. He likewise dispatched Alderte, with a detachment of sixty men,
+with orders to establish a settlement on the shore of a lake called
+_Lauquen_, to which he gave the name of _Villarica_, or the rich city,
+owing to the great quantity of gold that was procured in the environs.
+
+It may be here mentioned that the province of _Maquegua_ was partitioned
+anew among the conquerors after the death of Villagran; the principal
+part of it being assigned to Juan de Ocampo, and another large share to
+Andreas Matencio. But, in consequence of its recapture by the
+Araucanians, they reaped very little advantage from their commanderies.
+Ocampo was afterwards rewarded for his distinguished services by being
+appointed to the office of corregidore of the cities of Serena Mendoza
+and St Juan, the two last in the province of Cujo; in which province he
+had likewise the grant of a considerable commandery of Indians, which he
+afterwards ceded to the crown.
+
+Receiving additional reinforcements from Peru, Valdivia resumed his
+march for the south of Chili, still followed but at a considerable
+distance by Lincoyan, who pretended continually to seek a favourable
+opportunity to attack the Spaniards, but whose timid and cautious
+procedure could never find one of which he dared to avail himself. In
+this manner Valdivia traversed the whole territory of the Araucunians
+from north to south, with exceedingly little opposition and hardly any
+loss. But on his arrival at the river Callacalla, which separates the
+Araucanians from the _Cunches_, he found that nation in arms on the
+opposite bank of the river, ready to dispute the passage. The Cunches
+are one of the most valiant of the tribes inhabiting Chili, and possess
+the maritime country from the river Callacalla, called Valdivia by the
+Spaniards, to the gulf of Chiloé. They are divided into several
+subordinate tribes or clans, each of which, as in the other parts of
+Chili, are governed by their respective _ulmens_. They are in strict
+alliance with the Araucanians, and have ever continued bitter enemies to
+the Spaniards.
+
+While Valdivia was deliberating upon the adoption of proper measures for
+crossing this river, a woman of the country, named _Recloma_, addressed
+the general of the Cunches with so much eloquence in behalf of the
+strangers, that he withdrew his army and allowed them to pass the river
+unmolested. Immediately after this unexpected event, the Spanish general
+founded a sixth city on the southern shore of the Callacalla, near its
+junction with the sea, giving it his own name of Valdivia; being the
+first of the conquerors in America who sought in this manner to
+perpetuate his name. This settlement, of which the fortress only now
+remains, attained in a few years a considerable degree of prosperity;
+owing to the superior fineness of the gold procured from its
+neighbouring mines, which obtained it the privilege of a mint, and
+because its harbour is one of the most convenient and secure of any on
+the shore of the Pacific Ocean. The river is here very broad, and so
+deep that ships of the line may be moored in safety within a few feet of
+the shore; and it has several other safe harbours and creeks in the
+vicinity.
+
+Satisfied with the extent of the conquests he had made, or rather with
+the incursions he had been able to make in the Araucanian territory,
+Valdivia now retraced his steps towards the north; and in his progress
+during the year 1553, he built fortresses in each of the three
+Araucanian provinces of Paren Tucapel and Arauco. From the warlike
+inhabitants of these provinces especially, he apprehended any attempt
+that might prove fatal to his more southerly settlements of Imperial
+Villarica and Valdivia, and he left garrisons in these more northern
+fortresses to preserve the communication, and to be in readiness to
+afford succours to the others in the south. According to the poet
+Breilla, the Spaniards had to sustain many battles and encounters with
+the natives in the course of this expedition in Araucania, but the
+particulars of none of these are recorded. This is however very
+probable; as it is not easy to account for the continuance of Lincoyan
+in the command on any other principles. It may be concluded, however,
+that, owing to the caution, or cowardice rather of the Araucanian toqui,
+these actions were so ill conducted and so inconclusive, as to give very
+little interruption to Valdivia in his triumphant progress through these
+provinces, between the Biobio and Callacalla, or from Conception to
+Valdivia.
+
+On his return to St Jago, the seat of government, Valdivia received a
+considerable body of recruits to his army from Peru, together with 350
+horses; on which he dispatched Francisco de Aguirre with two hundred
+men, to reduce the provinces of Tucuman and Cajo on the eastern side of
+the Andes; not considering how inadequate was even his whole
+undiminished military force to retain so large an extent of country as
+that he had now occupied, and a so numerous and warlike people under
+subjection. Indefatigable in the execution of his extensive plans of
+conquest, Valdivia returned into Araucania, where he founded in the
+province of Encol, a city to which he gave the name of La Frontera,
+being the seventh and last of his foundation. This name, from events
+which could not then have been in the consideration of Valdivia, has
+become strictly applicable to its present situation, as its ruins are
+actually situated on the southern confines of the Spanish settlements in
+Chili. Though long ago destroyed, it is still mentioned by geographers
+as an existing city under the name of Angol, by which native
+denomination it was long known to the Spaniards. It was situated in a
+fertile district, excellently adapted for the cultivation of vines, and
+for some time was in a rich and flourishing condition, principally owing
+to its wines, which were in great repute at Buenos Ayres, to which place
+they were transported by a road across the Andes and through the plains
+of La Plata.
+
+After making suitable regulations for the security of this new colony,
+Valdivia returned to his favourite city of Conception, where he
+instituted three principal military officers for commanding the royal
+army of Chili, consisting of a quartermaster-general, a serjeant-major,
+and a commissary. In the present times only two of these subsist, the
+quarter-master-general and the serjeant-major; which latter office is
+now divided into two, one for the cavalry, and the other for the
+infantry; while the office of commissary is only now known in the
+militia. At this time he sent Alderte into Spain, with a large sum of
+money, and a particular relation of his transactions and conquests; and
+commissioned him to employ his utmost exertions to obtain for him the
+perpetual government of the country which he had conquered, together
+with the title of Marquis of Aranco. He dispatched likewise Francisco de
+Ulloa by sea, with directions to explore the Straits of Magellan, by
+means of which he hoped to open a direct communication with Spain,
+without being obliged to depend upon Peru for supplies.
+
+While occupied in the contemplation of these extensive plans for the
+amelioration of the extensive kingdom which he had subdued, and the
+advancement of his own rank and fortune, Valdivia had no suspicion of an
+extensive and determined system of warfare which was planning among the
+Araucanians, and which soon burst forth with irresistible violence, to
+the ultimate destruction of all the Spanish conquests beyond the Biobio,
+and to which Valdivia himself fell an early victim. _Colocolo_, an aged
+_Ulmen_ of the province of Arauco, animated by love for his country,
+quitted the retirement in which he had long indulged, and traversed the
+provinces of the Araucanian confederacy, exciting with indefatigable
+zeal the dormant spirit of his countrymen, which had sunk after their
+late disasters, and eagerly solicited them to make choice of a new
+supreme _toqui_ capable of directing their arms for the recovery of
+those parts of their country which had been subjugated by the Spaniards,
+through the timid conduct of Lincoyan. Colocolo was well versed in the
+principles of government which subsisted among the Araucanians, and had
+long enjoyed the reputation of wisdom throughout the whole country, in
+which he was so universally esteemed and respected, that his councils
+and opinion were always solicited and listened to on every subject of
+importance. Roused from their torpidity by his animating exhortations,
+the whole body of Araucanian ulmens assembled according to their custom
+in a _Butacayog_, or national council, in an open plain; and, after the
+usual feast, they proceeded to consult upon the situation of their
+national affairs, and the election of a new toqui to wipe off the
+disgraces which they had suffered under the direction of Lincoyan.
+
+Many chiefs aspired to the glorious situation of avenger of their
+oppressed country, the most distinguished among whom were Andalican,
+Elicura, Ongolmo, Renco, and Tucapel. The last of these was so highly
+celebrated by his martial prowess that the province of which he was
+_Apo-ulmen_ has ever since retained his name. He was besides supported
+in his pretensions by a powerful party; but his elevation to the
+supreme command was opposed by the more prudent members of the
+assembly, who dreaded lest the impetuosity of his character might hasten
+the entire ruin of the nation, instead of retrieving their honour and
+independence. Dissensions arose so high that the opposite parties were
+on the point of turning their arms against each other, when the
+venerable Colocolo rose to speak, and obtained a patient and attentive
+hearing. By a judicious and energetic address, he pacified their
+factious irritation so completely, that the assembly unanimously
+submitted the nomination of a supreme _toqui_ to his choice. The wise
+old man, on whom every eye was now fixed in anxious expectation,
+immediately named Caupolican, the ulmen of Pilmaquen a subordinate
+district of the province of Tucapel, and the whole assembly applauded
+and confirmed the choice. Caupolican was of a lofty stature and uncommon
+bodily strength; and though he had lost an eye, the majesty of his
+countenance evinced great endowments of mind. He was of a serious,
+patient, and sagacious disposition; and besides great personal bravery,
+had every requisite to constitute him an able general of the peculiar
+troops over whom he was now appointed to command. On being invested with
+the battle-axe, as the badge of his supreme authority, he immediately
+selected the officers who were to bear command under him in the army of
+the state, among whom were all the late competitors, and even Lincoyan
+the former _toqui_. The office of vice-toqui, or lieutenant-general, he
+conferred on Marientu, a person in whom he reposed entire confidence.
+Even the violent Tucapel, who had nearly involved his country in civil
+war for the attainment of the supreme command, did not disdain to serve
+under the orders of his own vassal, manifesting by this submission his
+eager wish to sacrifice his personal ambition to the service of his
+country.
+
+As the Araucanians believed themselves invincible under the command of
+their new toqui, they were desirous of going immediately from the place
+of assembly to attack the Spaniards. But Caupolican, no less prudent in
+council than valiant in the field, repressed this rash ardour, and
+persuaded them to disperse to their several places of abode, to provide
+themselves with good arms in order to be in readiness at the first
+summons to the field, and to leave the direction of the war to his
+management. Shortly afterwards, he collected and reviewed his army[67],
+and resolved to commence his operations by a stratagem suggested by an
+accident. He had that morning taken eighty Indian prisoners, who were
+conducting forage to the Spanish garrison in the neighbouring fort of
+Arauco. In place of these men, he substituted an equal number of his own
+bravest soldiers, under the command of Cajuguenu and Alcatipay, whom he
+directed to conceal their arms among the bundles of grass, and to
+maintain possession of the gate of the fortress until he could come to
+their assistance with the rest of his army. The pretended foragers
+conducted themselves with so much judgment that they were admitted into
+the fortress without any suspicion on the part of the garrison, and
+immediately seizing their arms, they attacked the guard at the gate,
+killing all that came in their way. The alarm however soon spread, and
+the rest of the garrison hastened in arms to the spot, under Francisco
+Reynoso the commandant, and drove the Araucanians from the gate after an
+obstinate contest, at the very moment when Caupolican came up with his
+army, so that the Spaniards had just sufficient time to raise the
+draw-bridge and hasten to defend their ramparts. Though disappointed in
+his expectation of gaining admittance by the gate, Caupolican was still
+in hope of profiting from the confusion of the garrison, and encouraged
+his soldiers to assail the fortress on all sides, notwithstanding the
+continual fire kept up by the Spaniards from two cannon and six small
+field-pieces. After losing a great number of men in this unequal
+contest, Caupolican drew off from the assault, and determined to attempt
+the reduction of Arauco by a strict blockade, in hopes that the
+Spaniards would be soon constrained by famine into a surrender.
+
+[Footnote 67: Ovalle carries the number of the Araucanian array on this
+occasion to the inconceivable amount of 67,000 combatants in the field,
+besides a large body of reserve.--E.]
+
+After the blockade had continued for some time, during which the
+Spaniards made several unsuccesful sallies with considerable loss,
+Reynoso determined to abandon the fort and to retire with his remaining
+garrison to Puren, as provisions began to fail, and there was no
+prospect of being relieved. Accordingly the whole garrison mounted their
+horses at midnight, and rushing suddenly from the gate, made their
+escape through the middle of their enemies. As the Araucanians supposed
+this to have been one of the ordinary sallies, they took no measures to
+obstruct their flight, and Reynoso got off with his men. Having
+destroyed the fort of Arauco, Caupolican led his army to attack that of
+Tucapel, which was commanded by Martin Erizar with a garrison of forty
+men. Erizar defended himself gallantly for several days; but as
+provisions began to fail, and his small force was continually
+diminishing by the perpetually renewed assaults of the enemy, he
+likewise determined upon withdrawing to Puren, which he successfully
+executed, either by similar means as those pursued by Reynoso, or in
+consequence of a capitulation with Caupolican. Having destroyed this
+fortress, Caupolican encamped with his army in the neighbourhood, to
+wait the approach of the Spaniards, who he supposed would not be long of
+coming against him with an army.
+
+Valdivia, who then resided in the city of Conception, no sooner learnt
+that the Araucanians had besieged Arauco, than he began his march for
+that place with such forces as he was able to collect at a short notice;
+though contrary to the advice of his most experienced officers, who
+urged him to wait till he could collect a more formidable army, and
+seemed to have a presentiment of the fatal consequences which were to
+result from the present expedition. The historians of the times differ
+materially in their accounts of the force under Valdivia on this
+occasion. According to some of these his army consisted of two hundred
+Spaniards and five thousand Promaucian auxiliaries, while others reduce
+the number to a half. The same uncertainty is to be found respecting the
+number of the enemy, some estimating them at nine and others at ten
+thousand men[68]. On approaching the encampment of Caupolican, Valdivia
+sent forwards a detachment of ten horsemen under Diego del Oro to
+reconnoitre, all of whom were slain by the enemy, and their heads cut
+off and hung upon trees by the way in which the Spanish army had to
+advance. On arriving at this place, the Spaniards were filled with
+horror at this miserable spectacle, and many of them, in spite of their
+usual intrepidity, were eager to retreat till a greater force could be
+collected. Even Valdivia regretted that he had not conformed to the
+advice of his older officers; but encouraged by the boasting confidence
+of others, who proudly declared that ten Spaniards were sufficient to
+put the whole Araucanian army to flight, he continued his march and came
+in sight of the enemy on the 3d of December 1553. The prospect of the
+ruins of Tucapel and the well regulated array of the adverse army, with
+the insulting taunts of the enemy, who upbraided them as robbers and
+impostors, filled the minds of the Spaniards, hitherto accustomed to
+respect and submission from the Indians, with mingled sentiments of
+dread and indignation.
+
+[Footnote 68: Ovalle does not mention the amount of the army under
+Valdivia on this occasion, but extends the force of the Araucanians to
+twenty thousand men.--E.]
+
+The two armies continued for some time to observe each other from a
+small distance. At length the vice-toqui Marientu, who commanded the
+right wing of the Araucanians, began the engagement by an attack against
+the left wing of the Spaniards. Bovadilla who commanded in that wing,
+moved forwards with a detachment to encounter Marientu; but was
+immediately surrounded, and he and all his men cut to pieces. The
+serjeant-major, who was dispatched by Valdivia to his succour with
+another detachment, experienced the same fate. In the mean time,
+Tucapel, the Apo-ulmen of Arauco, who commanded the left wing of the
+Araucanians, made a violent attack on the Spanish right wing with his
+accustomed impetuosity. The battle now became general, and the hostile
+armies joined in close fight from wing to wing. Animated by the commands
+and example of Valdivia, who performed at the same time the duty of a
+valiant soldier and experienced general, the Spaniards by the
+superiority of their arms overthrew and destroyed whole ranks of the
+enemy. But, notwithstanding the horrible slaughter produced by the
+cannon and musquetry of the enemy, the Araucanians continually supplied
+the places of those who were slain by fresh troops. Three times they
+retired in good order beyond the reach of the musquetry; and as often,
+resuming new courage, they returned vigorously to the charge, which they
+urged with the most determined and persevering valour. At length, after
+losing a vast number of their men, the Araucanians were thrown into
+disorder and began to give way; and in spite of every effort of
+Caupolican, Tucapel, and even of the aged and intrepid Colocolo, to
+reanimate their courage and rally their disordered ranks, they took to
+flight. The Spaniards shouted victory! and pressed ardently upon the
+fugitives, and the battle seemed decidedly won.
+
+In this critical moment, a young Araucanian only sixteen years of age,
+named Lautaro, who had been made prisoner by Valdivia, and baptized and
+employed as his page, went over from the ranks of the victorious
+Spaniards, loudly reproached his countrymen for their opprobious
+cowardice, and eagerly exhorted them to return to the contest, assuring
+them, that the Spaniards, being all wounded and spent with fatigue,
+were no longer able to bear up against a fresh attack. Having succeeded
+in stopping the flight of a considerable number of the Araucanians,
+Lautaro grasped a lance which he tunned against his late master, crying
+out, "Follow me my countrymen to certain victory." Ashamed at being
+surpassed in courage by a boy, the Araucanians turned with fury against
+their enemies, whose ranks were somewhat disordered by the pursuit, and
+put them completly to rout at the first shock, cutting the Spaniards and
+their allies to pieces, insomuch that only two Promaucians of the whole
+army had the good fortune to escape, by fleeing to a neighbouring wood,
+whence they withdrew during the night to Conception. When all hope was
+lost by the entire rout of his army. Valdivia withdrew from the massacre
+attended by his chaplain, to prepare himself for inevitable death by
+confession and absolution. He was pursued and made prisoner by the
+victors; and on being brought before Caupolican, is said to have humbly
+implored mercy from the victorious toqui, and to have solicited the
+intercession of his former page, solemnly engaging to withdraw from
+Chili with all the Spaniards if his life were spared. Naturally of a
+compassionate disposition, and desirous of obliging Lautaro to whom he
+owed this important victory, and who now interceded for Valdivia,
+Caupolican was disposed to have shewn mercy to his vanquished foe; but
+while deliberating on the subject, an old ulmen of great authority among
+the Araucanians, indignant at the idea of sparing the life of their most
+dangerous enemy, dispatched the prisoner with a blow of his war club,
+saying that it would be madness to trust the promises of an ambitious
+enemy, who would laugh at his oaths when once he escaped the present
+danger. Caupolican was much exasperated at this interference with his
+supreme authority, and was disposed to have punished it severely; but
+most of his officers opposed themselves to his just resentment[69].
+
+[Footnote 69: According to Ovalle, Caupolican was forced by his officers
+to pronounce condemnation against Valdivia, which was executed
+immediately, but different accounts were given of the manner in which
+this was performed: some saying that it was done in the way related in
+the text, while others allege that they poured melted gold down his
+throat; that they preserved his head as a monument of victory, to
+animate their youth to a valorous defence of their country, and that
+they converted the bones of his legs and arms into flutes and
+trumpets.--E.]
+
+Thus fell Pedro de Valdivia, the conqueror of Chili; a man of superior
+genius and of great political and military talents, but who, seduced by
+the romantic spirit of his age and country, had not sufficient prudence
+to employ them to the best advantage. His undertakings had been more
+fortunate, if he had properly estimated his own strength, and had less
+despised the courage and skill of the Araucanians, presuming on the
+dastardly example of the Peruvians, and the want of concert in the more
+northern tribes of Chili, against whom he had hitherto been accustomed
+to contend. Historians do not impute to him any of those cruelties with
+which the contemporary conquerors of America have been accused. It is
+true that, in the records of the Franciscans, two monks of that order
+are mentioned with applause, as having dissuaded him from exercising
+those cruelties which had been usual with other conquerors upon the
+natives of America. By some he has been accused of avarice, and they
+pretend that the Araucanians put him to death by pouring melted gold
+down his throat, in punishment of his inordinate search for that metal:
+But this is a mere fiction, copied from a similar story in ancient
+authors.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Garcilasso de la Vega, Part I. Book vii. Chap. xxi. gives the following
+account of the battle in which Valdivia was defeated by the Araucanians.
+
+"In many skirmishes Valdivia always defeated the Araucanians and put
+them to flight, as they were in such dread of the Spanish horse that
+they never dared to adventure into the open plains, where ten Spaniards
+were able to beat a thousand Indians, for which reason they always kept
+lurking in the woods and mountains, where the Spanish cavalry could not
+get at them; whence they often sallied out, doing all the injury they
+were able against the Spaniards. The war continued in this manner for a
+long time; till at length an old captain of the Araucanians, who had
+been long famous in their wars, began to consider the reason why so
+small a number as only 150 Spaniards should be able to subdue and
+enslave twelve or thirteen thousand Araucanian warriors. After mature
+deliberation, he divided the Araucanian force into thirteen battalions
+each of a thousand men, which he drew up in successive lines at some
+distance, so as to act as a series of reserves one after the other, and
+marched in this new order of battle against the Spaniards one morning at
+day-break, ordering them to give louder shouts than usual, and to make
+a great noise with their drums and trumpets. Alarmed by the noise and
+shouts of the Indians, the Spaniards sallied forth to battle, and seeing
+the many divisions of the enemy, they imagined it would be much easier
+to break through and defeat these smaller battalions than if united in
+one body."
+
+"So soon as the Araucanian captain saw the Spaniards advancing, he
+exhorted the foremost battalion of his army to do their best; 'not, said
+he, that I expect you to overcome them; but you must do your utmost in
+defence of your country, and when you are worsted, then betake
+yourselves to flight, taking care not to break into and disorder the
+other battalions; and when you get into the rear of all, you must there
+rally and renew your ranks.' He gave similar orders to all the successive
+battalions, and appointed another officer to remain in the rear to
+restore the order of those who should retreat, and to make them eat and
+refresh themselves while the others continued the fight successively.
+Accordingly the foremost battalion fought for some time against the
+Spaniards, and when no longer able to withstand the impetuosity of their
+charge, they retired as ordered into the rear. The second, third,
+fourth, and fifth battalions did the same in succession, and were all
+successively defeated by the Spaniards, all retiring according to orders
+when their array was broken; yet in these reiterated combats the
+Spaniards sustained some loss both in men and horses. The Spaniards,
+having already defeated and put to flight five successive bodies of the
+enemy, and having fought three long hours, were astonished still to
+observe ten or twelve similar successive battalions before them in firm
+array, yet they gallantly attacked the sixth body which they likewise
+overthrew, and in like manner the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth.
+Having now fought seven hours without intermission, both the Spanish men
+and horses began to fail from long fatigue, and were unable to charge
+with the same vigour as in the beginning of the action, yet they exerted
+their utmost efforts not to shew any appearance of failure to the
+Indians. Yet the Indians could clearly perceive a material relaxation in
+the exertions of their enemies, to whom they did not allow a moment of
+repose, but plied them as at first with new and fresh battalions."
+
+"At length, seeing there was likely to be no end of this new way of
+fighting, as there were still eight or nine battalions of the enemy in
+view, and it being now drawing towards evening, Valdivia determined
+upon making a retreat before his men and horses should be entirely worn
+out and disabled by incessant action. He accordingly gave orders to his
+men to retreat, that they might reach a narrow pass about a league and a
+half from the field of battle, where they would be secure against
+attack, as in that place two Spaniards on foot were able to keep off the
+whole army of the Araucanians. He accordingly issued orders to his
+soldiers to retreat to that narrow defile, passing the word from rank to
+rank, with directions to turn and make head occasionally against the
+enemy. At this time Valdivia was attended by an Araucanian, youth named
+_Lautaro_, the son of an ulmen, who had been bred up in his family from
+a boy, and baptized by the name of Philip. Knowing both languages, and
+being more biassed by affection to his country than love to God or
+fidelity to his master, on hearing the orders given to retreat, he
+called out to the Araucanians not to be satisfied with the retreat of
+the Spaniards, but immediately to take possession of the narrow pass, by
+which they would ensure the entire destruction of their enemies. To
+encourage his countrymen by his example as well as his words, Lautaro
+took up a lance from the ground, with which he joined the foremost rank
+of the Araucanians, and assisted them to fight against his former
+master."
+
+"When the Araucanian captain observed the Spaniards preparing to retire,
+he immediately followed the advice of Lautaro, and ordered two fresh
+battalions of his troops to hasten in good order to occupy the narrow
+pass, and to use their utmost efforts to defend it till the rest of the
+army could get up to their assistance. With the remainder of his troops
+he pressed on against the retreating Spaniards, still plying them as
+from the first with fresh bodies of his men, and not allowing a moments
+respite to the enemy. On coming to the entrance of the narrow pass,
+where they expected to have been in safety, the Spaniards found it
+already occupied by the enemy, and began to despair of being able to
+escape. At this time, perceiving that both the Spanish men and horses
+were completely tired, the Araucanians broke in among them, fifteen or
+twenty of them seizing upon one horse, some catching him by the legs,
+others by the tail, and others by the mane; while others knocked down
+both men and horses with their great war-clubs, killing them with the
+greatest rage and fury."
+
+"Pedro de Valdivia, and a priest who accompanied him, were taken alive
+and tied to trees, until the Indians had dispatched all the rest, only
+three Indian auxiliaries of the Spaniards making their escape by favour
+of the night into a thicket, whence, being well acquainted with the ways
+and more faithful to their masters than Lautaro, they carried the fatal
+news to the Spaniards in Chili. The manner in which Valdivia was
+afterwards put to death has been differently related. Some say that
+Lautaro, finding him tied to a tree, killed him after reviling and
+reproaching him as a robber and a tyrant. The most certain intelligence
+is, that an old captain beat out his brains with a club. Others again
+say that the Araucanians passed the night after their victory in dances
+and mirth; and that at the end of every dance, they cut off a piece of
+flesh from Valdivia and another from the priest, both yet alive, which
+they broiled and eat before their faces. During which horrid repast,
+Valdivia confessed to the priest and they both expired."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Continuation of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians, from the
+death of Valdivia, to that of Caupolican._
+
+
+This important victory, which was gained in the evening of the 3d
+December 1553, was celebrated next day by the Araucanians with all kinds
+of games and diversions, which were exhibited in a meadow surrounded by
+high trees, on which the heads of the slaughtered enemies were suspended
+as trophies of the victory. An immense concourse of inhabitants from all
+the surrounding country flocked to Tucapel to enjoy the triumph obtained
+over an enemy hitherto considered as invincible, and to join in the
+festivities on this joyful occasion. In token of triumph, the Araucanian
+officers dressed themselves in the clothes and armour of their slain
+enemies, and Caupolican decorated himself with the armour and surcoat of
+Valdivia, which was magnificently embroidered with gold. After the
+conclusion of the rejoicings, Caupolican presented Lautaro to the
+national assembly or Butacayog, which had met to deliberate upon the
+proper measures to be pursued in farther prosecution of the war; and,
+after a speech in which he attributed the whole success of the late
+glorious battle to the young warrior, he appointed him extraordinary
+vice-toqui, and to enjoy the command of a second army which was to be
+raised for protecting the frontiers against invasion from the Spaniards.
+In consideration of the inappreciable service he had rendered to his
+country, the advancement of Lautaro to this new dignity was approved and
+applauded by all the chiefs of the confederacy. Besides the nobility of
+his origin, as he belonged to the order of ulmens, Lautaro was
+singularly beautiful in his appearance, and conciliating in his manners,
+and possessed talents far surpassing his years, so that in the sequel he
+fully confirmed the sentiments now entertained of him by Caupolican and
+the rest of his countrymen.
+
+The sentiments of the assembled chiefs in respect to the farther
+prosecution of the war, were various and discordant. Colocolo and most
+of the Ulmens were of opinion, that they ought in the first place to
+endeavour to free their country from the remaining Spanish
+establishments within its bounds, before attempting to carry their
+incursions to the north of the Biobio. Tucapel and some others of the
+most daring officers, insisted that they ought to take advantage of the
+present circumstances to attack the Spaniards even in the city of St
+Jago, the centre of their colonies, while in a state of consternation
+and dismay, and to drive them entirely from the whole kingdom of Chili.
+Caupolican applauded the heroic sentiments of Tucapel, yet adopted the
+council of the elder chiefs, as the most prudent and beneficial for the
+interests of the nation.
+
+About this time Lincoyan, the former toqui, who was at the head of a
+detached body of troops engaged in harassing the dispersed settlements
+of the Spaniards in Araucania, fell in with a party of fifteen
+Spaniards, on their march from Imperial to join Valdivia, of whose total
+defeat they had not yet received intelligence. Before engaging with the
+enemy, whom they confidently expected to defeat with the utmost
+facility, these Spaniards vainly regretted that their number exceeded
+twelve, in hope that the event of the day would stamp upon their names
+the chivalrous title of _the twelve of fame_. Their wishes were soon
+more than gratified, as seven of them fell at the first encounter with
+the enemy, and the remaining seven, taking advantage of the swiftness of
+their horses, escaped severely wounded to the fortress of Puren,
+carrying with them the melancholy intelligence of the total destruction
+of Valdivia and his army. On this distressing news the Spanish
+inhabitants of Puren, and Frontera or Angol, retired to Imperial, where
+they considered themselves in greater security than in these other more
+inland fortresses, which were entirely surrounded by the country of the
+victorious enemy. About the same time the inhabitants of Villarica
+abandoned that settlement and took refuge in Valdivia; so that two
+Spanish establishments only now remained in the Araucanian country, and
+both of them at a great distance from reinforcements or assistance. As
+Caupolican determined upon besieging these two cities, he committed to
+Lautaro the charge of defending the northern frontier against invasion,
+and set out for the south to reduce the cities of Imperial and Valdivia.
+
+The young and gallant vice-toqui, Lautaro, accordingly took post on the
+lofty mountain of Mariguenu, which intervenes between Conception and
+Arauco, and which he fortified with extraordinary care, rightly judging
+that the Spaniards would take that road in search of Caupolican on
+purpose to revenge the defeat and death of their general Valdivia. This
+mountain, which has proved fatal to the Spaniards on several occasions
+in their wars with the Araucanians, has a large plain on its summit
+interspersed with shady trees. Its steep sides are full of rude
+precipices and deep clefts or ravines, its western end being rendered
+inaccessible by the sea, while on the east it is secured by an
+impenetrable forest. The north side only was accessible to the
+Spaniards, and even in that way it was only possible to reach the top by
+a narrow and winding path.
+
+The two Promaucians who alone had escaped from the fatal battle of
+Tucapel, by favour of the darkness and under covert of a thick wood,
+reached Conception, which they filled with grief and consternation, by
+relating the total overthrow and massacre of the army of Valdivia. When
+the general terror and dismay had a little subsided, the magistrates
+proceeded to open the sealed instructions which had been left with them
+by Valdivia, when he departed on his late fatal expedition. In these he
+named Alderte, Aguirre, and Villagran successively to the vacant
+government in case of his own decease. Alderte being gone to Europe, and
+Aguirre absent on his expedition into the distant province of Cujo, the
+command devolved on Villagran. After such preparations as appeared
+necessary under the present emergency, Villagran crossed the Biobio with
+a considerable army of Spaniards and Promaucian auxiliaries, intending
+to march for Arauco in the first place. In a narrow pass at no great
+distance to the south of the Biobio, he was vigorously opposed by a body
+of Araucanian warriors, who withstood the utmost efforts of his army for
+three hours, and then withdrew continually fighting, towards the top of
+the mountain where Lautaro awaited the approach of the Spaniards with
+the main body of his army, in a well chosen post defended by a strong
+palisade. Villagran ordered the squadrons of cavalry to force their way
+up the difficult passage of the mountain, which they effected with
+infinite difficulty and severe fatigue, and were received at a short
+distance from the summit by showers of stones, arrows, and other
+missiles, which were incessantly discharged against them by the vigilant
+and brave Araucanians. Villagran, who followed his cavalry at the head
+of all the infantry of his army, with six pieces of artillery, seeing
+the determined opposition of the enemy, several detachments of whom were
+endeavouring to gain his flanks and rear, ordered his musquetry to
+advance, and the artillery to take a favourable position for annoying
+the enemy.
+
+The mountain was enveloped in smoke, and resounded on all sides with the
+thunder of the Spanish cannon and musquets, while the balls were heard
+whistling in every direction, and dealing destruction among the ranks of
+the valiant Araucanians, who continued vigorously to defend their post,
+undismayed at the numbers who fell amid their thick array. Perceiving
+that his principal loss was occasioned by the cannon, Lautaro gave
+orders to one of his bravest officers, named Leucoton, to sally from the
+camp with a select detachment of troops, and to gain possession of the
+cannon at all events, or never more to appear in his presence. Leucoton
+executed his orders with the utmost bravery, and after a furious and
+bloody contest with the guard of the guns, carried them off in triumph;
+while Lautaro, to prevent the Spaniards from sending succours to their
+artillery, made a furious general attack on the whole line with all his
+troops. Astonished by this bold and general attack, and dismayed by the
+loss of their cannon, the Spanish horse and foot fell into confusion and
+disorder, and were so furiously pressed upon by the valiant Lautaro and
+his troops, that they dispersed and fled with the utmost precipitation.
+Three thousand of the Spaniards and their Promaucian allies were slain
+in this decisive battle, Villagran himself, having fallen in the
+retreat, was on the point of being taken prisoner, when he was rescued
+by the almost incredible efforts of three of his soldiers, and remounted
+on his horse. The remaining Spaniards urged on their almost exhausted
+horses to regain the narrow defile where the engagement had commenced,
+and were closely pursued by the Araucanians; but on arriving at the
+pass, they found it blocked up with trees, which had been felled across
+by orders of Lautaro. The engagement was renewed at this place with the
+utmost fury, and not a man of the broken army would have escaped, had
+not Villagran opened the pass at the utmost hazard of his life. Though
+the Araucanians had lost above seven hundred men in the course of this
+eventful battle, they continued the pursuit a long way; but at length,
+unable to keep up with the horses, and exhausted with excessive fatigue,
+they gave up the pursuit, and Lautaro encamped for the night to refresh
+his men, determined upon passing the Biobio next day to follow up the
+consequences of his glorious and decisive victory.
+
+On the arrival of the few Spaniards at Conception who had been able to
+escape from the slaughter at Mariguenu, the city of Conception was
+filled with indescribable grief and dismay, not a family but had to
+deplore the loss of some near relation; and the alarm was greatly
+increased by learning that Lautaro was fast approaching with his
+victorious army. As Villagran considered it to be impossible to defend
+the city under the present dismay of his small remaining force, he
+hastily embarked all the old men, women, and children on board two ships
+that happened to be then in the harbour, one of which he ordered to
+proceed to Imperial, and the other to Valparaiso, while he proceeded by
+land for St Jago with all the rest of the inhabitants who were able to
+carry arms. Lautaro entered the city next day without opposition, which
+he found entirely deserted of its inhabitants, but filled with much
+valuable booty, as by its mines and commerce it had already attained
+considerable opulence, and the inhabitants were in such haste to escape
+with their lives, that they only took what provisions they could procure
+along with them, and abandoned their riches. After removing every thing
+that was valuable, Lautaro burnt all the houses, and razed the citadel
+and other fortifications; after which he returned with his army to
+Arauco, to celebrate his triumph after the manner usual in his country.
+
+While Lautaro thus bravely asserted the independence of his country on
+the frontiers, Caupolican marched into the south, as has been already
+mentioned, to invest the cities of Imperial and Valdivia, both of which
+he held closely blockaded. In this emergency, the governors of these two
+cities demanded succours from Villagran; who, notwithstanding his late
+terrible defeat, sent a sufficient number of troops for their defence
+with all possible speed; and both places being accessible by sea, these
+succours were able to arrive in time to prevent Caupolican from gaining
+possession of either.
+
+"When the army of Caupolican drew near to the city of Imperial, the air
+was suddenly enveloped in black clouds, whence arose a mighty storm of
+hail and rain. In the midst of the tempest the _epumanon_ or war god of
+the Araucanians, made his appearance in form of a terrible dragon,
+casting out fire at his mouth and nostrils, and desired them to hasten
+their march as he would deliver the city into their hands, on which
+occasion he enjoined them to put all the Christians to the sword. The
+_epumanon_ then disappeared, and they pursued their way joyfully, being
+animated by this oracle. On a sudden the heavens cleared up, and a most
+beautiful woman was seen, seated on a bright cloud, and having a
+charming yet severe and majestic countenance, which much abated the
+pride and haughtiness inspired by the former vision. This was the _queen
+of heaven_, who commanded them to return to their own homes, for God was
+resolved to favour the Christians; and they immediately obeyed[70]."
+
+[Footnote 70: This paragraph, within inverted commas, is literally
+copied from Ovalle, as an instance of the puerile conceits indulged in
+by the true Catholic writers of the seventeenth century. The brave and
+faithful Bernal Diaz at the beginning of the sixteenth century saw no
+miracles during the conquest of Mexico, and the judicious Molina at the
+close of the eighteenth, modestly refrains from copying any such
+incredible absurdities into his history of Chili.--E.]
+
+On abandoning the sieges of Imperial and Valdivia, Caupolican went to
+join Lautaro at Conception, in order to attempt some enterprise against
+the Spaniards more practicable than the attack of fortifications, for
+the assault of which the Araucanians possessed no sufficient arts or
+arms. Availing himself of the absence of his redoubted enemy; Villagran,
+who appears to have gone along with the succours to Imperial, ravaged
+the whole Araucanian territory around that city, burning and destroying
+the houses and crops, and carrying off all the provisions that were not
+destroyed to the town. Though of a humane and generous disposition,
+averse from the exercise of violence, Villagran endeavoured to
+vindicate the employment of these rigorous measures by the necessity of
+circumstances, and the pretended rights of war: But on this occasion
+they were of no real service to the Spanish cause, which they
+contributed to render more odious to the Araucanians; and in general the
+only effect which such barbarous conduct produces, is to heap distress
+on the weak and helpless. To the other terrible calamities inseparable
+from war, especially when carried on in this barbarous manner, a
+pestilential disease was superadded which committed dreadful ravages in
+Chili, especially among the natives. During the incursions of Villagran
+into the Araucanian territory, some Spanish soldiers, who were either
+infected at the time or had recently recovered from the small pox,
+communicated that fatal disease for the first time to the Araucanians,
+among whom it spread with the more direful and rapid destruction, as
+they were utterly unacquainted with its nature. So universal and
+dreadful was the mortality on this occasion in several provinces, that,
+in one district containing a population of twelve thousand persons, not
+more than a hundred escaped with life. This pestilential disorder, which
+has been more destructive than any other to the human race, had been
+introduced a few years before into the northern parts of Chili, where it
+then occasioned great mortality among the natives, and where it has
+since frequently reappeared at uncertain intervals, and has greatly
+diminished the aboriginal population. For more than a century, counting
+from the present times, 1787, the southern provinces of Chili forming
+the Araucanian confederacy, have been exempted from the ravages of this
+cruel disease, in consequence of the most rigorous precautions being
+employed by the inhabitants to prevent all communication with the
+infected countries, similar to those used in Europe to prevent the
+introduction of the plague.
+
+"The following anecdote will shew what horror the small-pox has inspired
+into the natives of Araucania. Some considerable time ago[71], the
+viceroy of Peru sent as a present to the governor of Chili, several jars
+of honey, wine, olives, and different seeds. One of these jars happened
+to break while landing, and some Indians who were employed as labourers
+on this occasion, imagined that the contents of the jar were the
+purulent matter of the small-pox, imported by the governor for the
+purpose of being disseminated among the Araucanian provinces, to
+exterminate their inhabitants. They immediately gave notice to their
+countrymen, who stopped all intercourse with the Spanish provinces and
+flew to arms, killing above forty Spaniards who were then among them in
+the full security of peace. To revenge this outrage, the governor
+marched with an army into the Araucanian territory, and a new war was
+excited which continued for some time to the great injury of both
+nations."
+
+[Footnote 71: The passage within commas is a note in the original
+English publication of Molina; and from subsequent parts of the history,
+the event here related appears to have occurred about the commencement
+of the seventeenth century, or more than two hundred years ago.--E.]
+
+While Villagran was using every possible exertion to maintain the
+Spanish power in the south of Chili, by combating the brave and
+victorious Araucanians, he found himself on the point of being compelled
+to turn his arms against his own countrymen. It has been already
+mentioned that Valdivia, in the instructions he left with the
+magistrates of Conception before his fatal expedition into Araucania,
+had nominated Francisco Aguirre in the second place as his own successor
+in the government, and that Villagran, only third in nomination, had
+succeeded to the command in consequence of the absence of the other two
+who were prior to himself. When Aguirre, who was then in Cujo, where he
+does not appear to have effected any thing of importance, was informed
+of the death of Valdivia, and his own destination to the government of
+Chili, he considered the assumption of the vacant command by Villagran
+as prejudicial to his own just rights, and immediately returned into
+Chili with sixty men who remained of his detachment, determined to
+acquire possession of the government by force or favour. His pretensions
+and those of Villagran must infallibly have kindled a civil war among
+the Spaniards in Chili, to the ruin or vast detriment of the Spanish
+interest, had not the competitors agreed to submit the decision of their
+respective claims to the royal audience at Lima, which at that time,
+1555, held the supreme legal jurisdiction over all the Spanish dominions
+in South America. On this appeal, the court of audience thought proper
+to set aside the pretensions of both competitors, and issued an edict
+authorizing the corregidors of the different cities to command each in
+their respective districts, till farther orders. Perceiving the extreme
+inconvenience that must have necessarily resulted to the interests of
+the colony, from this divided government, especially during so important
+a war, the principal inhabitants remonstrated against the impolicy of
+this decree. The royal audience listened to the representations of the
+colonists, and appointed Villagran to resume the command, but only
+granted him the title of corregidor, and gave him orders to rebuild the
+city of Conception. Although convinced of the inutility of this measure
+in the present conjuncture, Villagran, in obedience to the orders,
+proceeded immediately to that place with eighty-five families, whom he
+established there, and erected a strong fortification for their defence.
+
+The native inhabitants of that part of the country which formed the
+territory of Conception, were indignant at being again subjected to the
+intolerable yoke of the Spaniards, and had recourse to the Araucanians
+for protection. Caupolican, who seems at this time to have remained in
+almost entire inaction, either ignorant of the proceedings of the
+Spaniards, or from some other cause of which we are not informed,
+immediately sent Lautaro at the head of two thousand warriors to the
+assistance of the distressed natives on the north side of the Biobio.
+The young vice-toqui, exasperated at what he called the obstinacy of the
+Spaniards in rebuilding the city which he had destroyed, immediately
+passed the Biobio, and the Spaniards imprudently awaited him in the open
+plain, confiding in their own valour and arms, despising the superior
+numbers of the barbarians. The Spaniards, however, were panic struck at
+the furious energy of the first encounter, and fled with precipitation
+to take shelter behind their ramparts; but were so closely pursued by
+Lautaro and his valiant followers, that they were unable to close the
+gate. The Araucanians entered the city along with the fugitives, many of
+whom were slain; and the small remnant made a precipitate retreat, part
+of them by embarking in a ship then in the port, and others by taking
+refuge in the woods, whence they returned through bye-paths to St Jago.
+
+Lautaro immediately plundered and burnt the city, and returned loaded
+with spoils to his usual station on the mountain of Mariguenu. The
+successful issue of this enterprise excited Caupolican to resume the
+sieges or blockades of Imperial and Valdivia, during which Lautaro
+undertook to make a diversion of the Spanish forces, by marching against
+St Jago, by which he expected to prevent them from sending
+reinforcements into the south, and he even conceived that it might be
+possible to gain possession of that capital of the Spanish dominions in
+Chili, notwithstanding its great distance; as the successes he had
+already obtained so filled his mind with confidence that no difficulty
+appeared too great to be overcome. In order to execute this hazardous
+enterprise, which appears to have been concerted with Caupolican, he
+only required five hundred men to be selected by himself from the
+Araucanian army; but so many pressed to serve under his victorious
+standard, that he was obliged to admit an additional hundred. With this
+determined band of six hundred warriors, he traversed all the provinces
+between the rivers Biobio and Maulé, without doing any injury to the
+natives, who hailed him as their deliverer from the Spanish tyranny. But
+on crossing the latter river, he immediately proceeded to lay waste the
+lands of the Promaucians, who were detested by the Araucanians for
+acting as auxiliaries to the Spaniards. Had he treated them with
+kindness, he might in all probability have detached them from the
+Spanish interest and united them in alliance with his own nation. But
+impelled by eagerness for revenge, he did not appreciate the good
+effects which might have flowed from a reconciliation with that numerous
+and warlike nation, whom he considered as traitors to the common cause.
+Having satiated his revenge, he fortified himself in an advantageous
+post in their territory on the banks of the Rio-claro, probably on
+purpose to gain more correct information respecting the state of the
+city he intended to attack.
+
+This ill-judged delay was of great importance to the inhabitants of St
+Jago, by giving them time to prepare for their defence. They could not
+at first believe it possible that Lautaro would have the audacity to
+undertake a march of three hundred miles beyond the Araucanian frontiers
+to attack their city; but undeceived by the refugees from Conception,
+and the daily reports of the ravages of the enemy in the territories of
+the Promaucians, they dispatched Juan Godinez with an escort of
+twenty-five horse into the Promaucian country to watch the motions of
+the enemy, and to send intelligence of his proceedings and designs.
+Godinez was unexpectedly attacked by a detachment of the Araucanians,
+and obliged to make a precipitate retreat to St Jago, with his numbers
+considerably diminished, and filled the capital with consternation and
+dismay at the intelligence of the near approach of their redoubted
+enemy. On this occasion the Araucanians took ten horses and some arms
+from the Spaniards, both of which were used by them in the succeeding
+actions.
+
+Villagran, who was at this time unable to take the field in consequence
+of illness, sent his son Pedro against Lautaro with such troops as could
+be procured, and immediately proceeded to fortify all the approaches to
+the city of St Jago with strong entrenchments. In the mean time, young
+Villagran attacked the Araucanians in their fortified post. Instructed
+by their intrepid yet wary commander, the Araucanians pretended to take
+flight after a short resistance; but the Spaniards were no sooner
+entered into the abandoned inclosure, than they returned upon them with
+such impetuosity, that Pedro and his men were completely routed, and
+only the cavalry was able to escape by flight, all the infantry who had
+penetrated the Araucanian camp being put to death. After procuring
+reinforcements, young Villagran returned three several times to attack
+the camp of Lautaro, in all of which attempts he was repulsed with
+considerable loss. He now encamped his force in a low meadow on the
+banks of the river Mataquito, at no great distance from the entrenched
+post of Lautaro. The Araucanian general formed a plan for inundating the
+camp of the Spaniards during night, by turning upon them a branch of the
+river; but the Spaniards being informed of this design by a spy,
+withdrew to St Jago.
+
+Having recovered from his illness, Villagran was solicited by the
+citizens of St Jago to exert himself to dislodge the Araucanians from
+their neighbourhood, as they every moment expected to see them at their
+gates. He accordingly, some time in the year 1556, set out from the city
+at the head of 196 Spaniards and 1000 Indian auxiliaries, in search of
+Lautaro. Instructed by his severe defeat at Mariguenu, Villagran
+resolved to attack the enemy by surprise; and quitting the direct road,
+he secretly directed his march towards the Araucanian encampment in the
+night by a private path under the guidance of a spy, and reached their
+entrenchments undiscovered at day-break. Lautaro, who had been on guard
+all night according to his usual custom, had just retired to rest when
+the alarm was given of the attack from the Spaniards. He hastened
+immediately to the spot, to observe the enemy and to issue his orders
+for defence; but at the moment of his arrival, a dart from the hand of
+one of the Indian auxiliaries pierced him to the heart. Encouraged by
+this fortunate event, which was soon known to the Spaniards, Villagran
+urged the assault of the entrenchments, and soon forced an entrance in
+spite of the Araucanians, who made an obstinate defence. Finding their
+post carried, the Araucanians retired to an angle of their works,
+determined rather to allow themselves to be cut in pieces than to
+surrender. In vain the Spanish commander repeatedly offered quarter;
+they continued fighting with the utmost obstinacy till every man of them
+was cut off, many of them even throwing themselves on the lances of the
+Spaniards, as if courting death in preference to submission. This
+victory, which was not obtained without considerable loss on the part of
+the Spaniards and their allies, was celebrated in St Jago and the other
+Spanish settlements with every demonstration of joy. The Spaniards
+felicitated themselves on being freed from a redoubted enemy, who at the
+early age of nineteen had already obtained so many victories over them,
+and who threatened to destroy their settlements in Chili, and even to
+harass them in Peru.
+
+When the terror which this young hero had inspired was removed by his
+death, even his enemies extolled his valour and military talents, and
+compared him to the greatest generals who had figured in ancient times,
+calling him the Chilese Hannibal. To use the words of the abbe
+Olivarez:--"It is not just to depreciate the merit of one, who, had he
+been of our nation, we should have vaunted as a hero. If we celebrate
+the martial prowess of the Spanish Viriatus, we ought not to obscure the
+fame of the American Lautaro, as both valorously contended in arms for
+the liberties of their country."
+
+For a long time the Araucanians lamented the untimely fate of the
+valiant Lautaro, to whom they owed all the success which their arms had
+hitherto atchieved, and on whose conduct and bravery they entirely
+relied for the preservation of their independence. His name is still
+celebrated in their heroic songs, and his actions are still proposed as
+the most glorious model for the imitation of their youth. Above all
+others, Caupolican felt and lamented the loss of his valiant associate.
+Far from thinking he had got free from a rival of his fame, he
+considered that he had lost his chief coadjutor in the glorious cause of
+restoring their nation to independence. Immediately on receiving the
+mournful intelligence, he quitted the siege of Imperial, though reduced
+to the last extremity, and returned with his army to defend the northern
+frontiers of Araucania, and to protect his country from the incursions
+of the Spaniards, as he learnt by his spies that they soon expected a
+large reinforcement of men and warlike stores from Peru under a new
+commander.
+
+On learning the death of Valdivia, as formerly related, Philip II. gave
+charge of the government and conquest of Chili to Alderete, the agent
+who had been sent by Valdivia into Spain, and furnished him for this
+purpose with six hundred regular troops. During the voyage to the Tierra
+Firma, the ship was set on fire by accident, by his sister who was
+accustomed to read in bed; and of the whole number on board, Alderete
+and three soldiers alone escaped to Porto Bello. Overcome with grief and
+disappointment at this melancholy catastrophe, Alderete died soon after
+in the small island of Taboga in the gulf of Panama. When informed of
+this disaster, and of the threatening aspect of affairs in Chili in
+consequence of the untoward events in the Araucanian war, the marquis of
+Canete, then viceroy of Peru, appointed his son Don Garcia Hurtado de
+Mendoza, to the vacant government. As this charge had become both
+important and dangerous, the marquis resolved that his son should be
+accompanied by such a body of forces as might be able to support his
+authority, and might enable him successfully to terminate the war
+against the Araucanians. As the civil dissensions in Peru were now at an
+end, and that country abounded in military adventurers eager for
+employment, he was soon able to levy a respectable force of horse and
+foot for this expedition. The infantry, all well equipped and appointed,
+with a great quantity of military stores; embarked in ten ships under
+the command of Don Garcia in person; and the cavalry marched by land
+under the orders of Garcia Ramon, who was appointed quarter-master-general
+of Chili.
+
+Don Garcia arrived with his fleet in safety in the Bay of Conception, in
+the month of April 1557, and came to anchor near the island of
+Quiriquina, which was chosen as the headquarters as a place of great
+security. The scanty population of the island attempted to oppose the
+disembarkation of the troops, but being soon dispersed by the artillery,
+they retired in their piraguas to the continent. A small number being
+made prisoners, the governor sent two or three of them with a message to
+the Araucanians, to inform them of his arrival, and that he was desirous
+to settle a lasting peace with them on fair terms. In an assembly of the
+Ulmens to deliberate upon this message, the general opinion was that no
+propositions ought to be listened to from an enemy who had returned in
+greater force than ever, under the idea that any terms they might
+propose would necessarily be treacherous and unfair. Old Colocolo
+observed, however, that no injury could arise from listening to the
+proposals of the Spanish governor; and that they even had now a
+favourable opportunity for obtaining a knowledge of the amount of his
+force, and for discovering his designs. For this purpose, therefore, he
+thought it advisable that they should send an intelligent person, under
+pretence of congratulating the new governor on his arrival, and thanking
+him for his offer of amicable terms of peace, who might at the same time
+gain information of whatever he should consider important to regulate
+their future conduct. Caupolican and most of the older officers adopted
+this judicious proposal, and the important commission was confided to
+Millalauco, a person who possessed every requisite for the business
+confided to his charge.
+
+Millalauco accordingly crossed the narrow strait which separates the
+island of Quiriquina from the continent, and presented himself to the
+Spaniards with all the pride which characterises the Araucanian nation.
+In their turn, the Spaniards were willing to give him a high idea of
+their military power, and drew out their troops in order of battle for
+his reception, conducting him to the tent of the governor amidst
+repeated discharges of their artillery. Not in the least disconcerted by
+this military parade, Millalauco complimented the governor in the name
+of Caupolican and the Araucanian chiefs, declaring that they would all
+be happy in the establishment of an honourable peace, advantageous to
+both nations, in their desire for which they were solely actuated by
+motives of humanity, and not by any dread of the Spanish power. Don
+Garcia, though much disappointed by these vague offers, replied in the
+same general terms respecting peace; and, after regaling the ambassador
+in a magnificent manner, he ordered some of his officers to conduct him
+over the whole encampment, in expectation of intimidating him by
+displaying the immense military preparations which accompanied him to
+Chili. This was exactly suited to the wishes of Millalauco, who observed
+every thing with the utmost attention, though with apparent
+indifference; and, having taken leave of the Spaniards, he returned to
+make his report to the assembled chiefs. On receiving an exact report of
+all that had been seen by their envoy, the Araucanian chiefs gave orders
+for the establishment of centinels along the coast of their country, to
+observe and communicate notice of the movements of the Spaniards, and
+commanded the warriors to prepare for taking the field at the first
+summons, as they believed a renewal of the war was near and inevitable.
+
+Don Garcia continued inactive almost the whole of the winter in the
+island of Quiriquina, waiting the arrival of his cavalry from Peru, and
+for reinforcements which he had required from the cities of Chili. At
+length, on the night of the 6th August 1557 he privately landed 130 men
+and several engineers on the plain of Conception, and immediately took
+possession of Mount Pinto which commands the harbour, where he
+constructed a fort well garnished with cannon, and surrounded by a deep
+ditch. This event was immediately communicated to Caupolican, who
+hastily collected his forces, and passed the Biobio on the 9th of
+August, and next morning at day-break, a day remarkable in Europe by the
+defeat of the French at St Quintin, he assailed the new fortress on
+three sides at once, having sent on in front a body of pioneers to fill
+up the ditch with fascines and trunks of trees. The assault was long
+urged with all the furious and obstinate bravery which distinguishes the
+Araucanians. Numbers mounted the parapet, and some even leapt within the
+walls, destroying many of the defendants. But the cannon and musquetry
+of the Spaniards were so skilfully directed, and the slaughter of the
+assailants so prodigious, that the ditch was filled with dead bodies,
+serving as bridges for the new combatants who pressed on to replace
+their slain comrades. Tucapel, impelled by his rash and unparalleled
+valour, threw himself into the fort, where he slew four of the enemy
+with his formidable mace, and then made his escape by leaping from a
+precipice amidst a shower of balls.
+
+While the assault of the fortress was pushed with the utmost fury and
+was seen from the island of Quiriquina, the remainder of the Spanish
+army came over to the aid of the garrison, and formed in order of
+battle. The debarkation was observed by Caupolican who immediately sent
+a part of his troops to meet this new enemy. After a severe conflict of
+several hours, this detachment was driven back to the mountain with
+heavy loss, so that the Araucanians were now placed between two fires;
+yet they did not lose courage, and continued fighting till mid-day. At
+length, worn out with the length of the combat, the Araucanian general
+drew off to the Biobio, determined to collect a new army and to return
+to the attack. Having in a short time reinforced his army, Caupolican
+began his march towards Conception; but, learning on his way that the
+governor had received a numerous reinforcement, he halted on the banks
+of the Biobio, deeply chagrined at not being able to effect the
+destruction of the new fortress of Conception, which had been twice
+performed by Lautaro with the universal applause of the nation.
+
+In fact, on the preceding day the Spanish cavalry from Peru, consisting
+of 1000 well armed men, had arrived at Conception, together with another
+squadron of Spanish horse from Imperial, and 2000 Promaucian
+auxiliaries. Being now at the head of a numerous and well-appointed
+army, Don Garcia determined to invade the Araucanian territory. For this
+purpose he crossed the Biobio in boats, six miles above its mouth, where
+the river is about 1500 paces broad. As the Spanish cannon in the boats
+commanded the opposite bank of the river, Caupolican made no attempt to
+obstruct the passage, but drew up his army at no great distance in a
+position flanked by thick woods, by which his retreat would be secured
+in case of being defeated. The battle began by several skirmishes, which
+ended in favour of the Araucanians; several advanced parties of the
+Spaniards being repulsed by the enemy with loss, though reinforced by
+order of Ramon the quarter-master-general. Alonzo Reynoso likewise, who
+was dispatched to their aid with fifty horse, was defeated in his turn,
+and obliged to retreat leaving several of his men dead on the field. At
+length the two armies met and joined battle. Encouraged by the
+advantages they had already gained, the Araucanians used every effort to
+come to close quarters with the Spaniards, notwithstanding the heavy
+fire of eight pieces of artillery which played incessantly from the
+front of the enemy. But when they came within reach of the musquetry,
+they were quite unable to resist the close and well directed fire
+continually kept up by the veteran troops of Peru. After many
+ineffectual attempts to close in with the Spaniards, and losing a vast
+number of their bravest warriors, they fell into confusion from the
+vacancies in their ranks, and began to give ground. By a well timed
+charge, the cavalry put them completely to the rout, and made a
+prodigious slaughter among them in their flight to the woods.
+
+Either from innate cruelty of disposition, or on mistaken principles of
+policy, Don Garcia pursued the most rigorous measures against the enemy.
+Contrary to the opinion and advice of most of his officers, he was the
+first who introduced the barbarous practice of mutilating and putting to
+death the prisoners; a system which may intimidate and restrain a base
+people accustomed to servitude, but cruelty is detestable in the
+estimation of a generous nation, and serves only to exasperate and
+render them irreconcileable[72]. Among the prisoners taken on this
+occasion was one named Galvarino, whose hands were cut off by order of
+Don Garcia, and was then set free. He returned to his countrymen, to
+whom he displayed his bloody and mutilated stumps, which so inflamed
+them with rage against the Spaniards, that they all swore never to make
+peace with them, and even denounced the punishment of death against any
+one who should have the baseness to propose such a measure. Even the
+women, excited by desire of revenge, offered to take up arms and fight
+along with their husbands, which was actually done by many of them in
+the subsequent battles. From thence originated the fable of Amazons in
+Chili, placed by some authors in the southern districts of that country.
+
+[Footnote 72: In a note of the original translation, it is said that
+"the Indian allies of the Spaniards cut off the calves from the
+Araucanian prisoners, which they roasted and eat. And, by means of
+certain leaves applied to the wounds, prevented the effusion of a single
+drop of blood."--E.]
+
+After the victory, Don Garcia proceeded with his army into the province
+of Arauco, constantly harassed by flying detachments of the enemy, who
+never ceased doing them every possible injury. On his arrival at
+Melipuru[73], Don Garcia caused several native prisoners to be tortured,
+in order to obtain information of the situation of Caupolican, but none
+of them would discover the place of his retreat. On being informed of
+this barbarous procedure, Caupolican sent notice by a messenger that he
+was not far off, and meant to meet the Spaniards the next day. Don
+Garcia and his army, being alarmed by this intelligence, passed the
+whole night under arms, and accordingly the Araucanian army made its
+appearance next morning at day-break, advancing in regular array in
+three several lines. The Spanish cavalry made a furious charge upon the
+front line, commanded by Caupolican in person, who made his pikemen
+receive the charge with levelled spears, while the alternate
+mace-bearers were directed to strike at the horses heads. By this
+unexpected reception, the Spanish cavalry were obliged to retreat in
+confusion; upon which the Araucanian general and his division broke into
+the centre of the Spanish infantry with great slaughter, Caupolican
+killing five of them with his own hand. Tucapel advanced with his
+division in another quarter with equal success, and at the first attack
+broke his lance in the body of a Spaniard, and then drawing his sword
+slew seven others. He received several wounds at this time, yet seeing
+the valiant Rencu, formerly his rival for the office of toqui,
+surrounded by a crowd of enemies, he fell upon them with such fury that
+he killed a considerable number of them, and rescued Rencu from imminent
+danger. Victory, for a long time undecided, was on the point of
+declaring for the Araucanians, as the Spaniards were ready to give way;
+when Don Garcia gave orders to a body of reserve, hitherto unengaged, to
+attack that division of the enemy which was commanded by Lincoyan and
+Ongolmo. This order, which was executed with promptitude and success,
+preserved the Spanish army from total destruction. This line or division
+of the Araucanians being broken and routed, fell back tumultuously upon
+the other two divisions, then nearly victorious, and threw them into
+such inextricable confusion, that being utterly unable to restore his
+troops to order, after repeated ineffectual efforts, Caupolican was
+reluctantly constrained to sound a retreat, and yielded the victory to
+his enemies which he had fondly imagined was already secured to himself.
+In their retreat, the Araucanian army would have been utterly cut to
+pieces, had not Rencu, by posting himself in a neighbouring wood with a
+party of warriors whom he rallied, called off the attention of the
+victors from the pursuit, which they urged with the most deadly rancour.
+After sustaining the violence of the Spanish assault till such time as
+he judged his dispersed countrymen had ensured their safety, Rencu and
+his companions retired through the wood by a secret path and rejoined
+his countrymen.
+
+[Footnote 73: Called Millapoa, perhaps by mistake in Pinkerton's map of
+Chili, a place very near the southern shore of the Biobio, and marked
+_arruinada_ probably meaning in ruins.--E.]
+
+Before leaving Melipuru, Don Garcia caused twelve ulmens who were found
+among the prisoners, to be hanged on the trees that surrounded the field
+of battle, and Galvarino, now again a prisoner, was condemned to the
+same fate. That unfortunate youth, notwithstanding the loss of his
+hands, had accompanied the Araucanian army, and had never ceased during
+the late battle to excite his countrymen to fight valiantly, exhibiting
+his mutilated stumps to inspire them with fury and revenge, and even
+using his teeth to do all the injury he was able to the enemy. One of
+the captive ulmens, overcome with terror, abjectly petitioned for his
+life; but Galvarino reproached him in such severe terms for his
+cowardice, and inspired him with so great contempt for death, that he at
+length rejected a proffered pardon, and even entreated to die the first,
+as an expiation of his weakness, and the scandal he had brought upon the
+character of his nation. After this barbarous execution, by which he
+sullied the glory of his victory, Don Garcia proceeded into the province
+of Tucapel to the place where Valdivia had been defeated and slain,
+where he built, as if in contempt of the Araucanians, a city which he
+named _Canete_[74] from the titular appellation of his family. Being in
+the centre of the enemies country, he strengthened this new city or
+fortress with a good palisade, a deep ditch, and strong rampart, mounted
+with a number of cannon, and left a select garrison for its defence
+under the command of Alonzo Reynoso.
+
+[Footnote 74: Probably the place distinguished in modern maps by the
+name of Tucapel-viejo, about 40 miles south from the Biobio.--E.]
+
+Believing that the Araucanians, whom he had now defeated in three
+successive battles, were no longer in condition to oppose his victorious
+arms, he went with his army to Imperial, where he was received in
+triumph. Soon after his arrival at that place, he sent off a plentiful
+supply of provisions for the garrison of his new city under a strong
+escort, which was attacked and routed in a narrow pass called Cayucupil
+by a body of Araucanians, and had certainly been entirely destroyed if
+the enemy had not given them an opportunity of escaping to Canete with
+little loss, by eagerness to seize the baggage. The fugitives were
+received in Canete with much joy, as Reynoso had learnt that Caupolican
+intended to attack him. In fact, only a few days afterwards, that
+indefatigable general, whom misfortune seemed to inspire with fresh
+courage, made a furious assault upon the place, in which his valiant
+troops, with arms so extremely inferior to their enemies, endured a
+continual fire of cannon and musquetry for five hours with the most
+heroic firmness, pulling up and burning the palisades, filling the
+ditch, and endeavouring to scale the ramparts. But valour alone was
+unable to prevail in this difficult enterprise, and Caupolican was
+constrained to desist from the attempt by open force, and to try some
+more secure expedient for attaining his end. With this view he persuaded
+one of his officers, named _Pran_, who was of an artful character, to
+introduce himself into the garrison as a deserter, in order to fall upon
+some device for delivering it up. Pran accordingly obtained admission in
+that character, and conducted himself with the most profound
+dissimulation. He soon formed a strict friendship with a Promaucian
+named Andrew, in the service of the Spaniards, who seemed a fit
+instrument for his purpose. One day, either artfully to sound or flatter
+him, Andrew pretended to sympathize with his new friend on the
+misfortunes of his country; and Pran eagerly took advantage of this
+favourable opportunity, as he thought, to carry his designs into
+execution, and revealed to Andrew the motive of his pretended desertion,
+earnestly entreating him to assist in the execution of his plan, which
+was to introduce some Araucanian soldiers into the place, during the
+time when the Spaniards were accustomed to indulge in their _siesta_ or
+afternoon sleep. Andrew readily engaged to give every assistance in his
+power, and even offered to keep one of the gates open on the day
+assigned for executing the enterprise. Pran, elated with joy at the
+supposed acquisition of a so useful associate, hastened to Caupolican,
+who was only at a short distance from Canete, to whom he related the
+success of his endeavours. On his side, Andrew gave immediate notice of
+the intended plot to Reynoso, the commander of the fort, who desired him
+to keep up the deception by appearing to concur in its execution, in
+order to entrap the enemy in their own snare.
+
+Entirely occupied with an ardent desire of accomplishing this enterprise
+against Canete, Caupolican lost sight of his wonted prudence, and too
+easily reposed confidence in this ill concerted scheme. The better to
+arrange his measures on this occasion, he procured an interview with
+Andrew by means of Pran, and the artful Promaucian appeared before
+Caupolican with that flattering show of respect and attachment which
+villains know so well to assume. He broke out into virulent invectives
+against the Spaniards, whom he pretended to have always detested, and
+declared his readiness to perform the promise he had made to Pran,
+asserting that the execution of the plot would be perfectly easy.
+Caupolican applauded his partriotism, and engaged, if the plot
+succeeded, to raise him to the office of ulmen, and to appoint him first
+captain in the Araucanian army in reward of his services. He then shewed
+him the troops which he had along with him, appointing next day for
+executing the plot, and dismissed him with the strongest assurances of
+favour and esteem. Andrew immediately communicated the intelligence to
+Reynoso, and the Spaniards employed the whole of that night in making
+every preparation to obtain the greatest possible advantage from this
+double act of perfidy. When the particulars of this plot were
+communicated to the principal officers of the Araucanian army, they
+openly disapproved of it, as disgraceful to the national honour, and
+refused to accompany Caupolican in the expedition. But he obstinately
+adhered to his design, and began his march at day-break for Canete with
+three thousand men, with whom he posted himself in concealment near the
+place, till Pran came to inform him from Andrew that every thing was in
+readiness to deliver the place into his hands. The Araucanians
+immediately proceeded in silence towards the city, and finding the gate
+open according to promise began to enter it. When a sufficient number
+were got in, the Spaniards suddenly closed the gate upon them, and
+immediately opened a fire of grape-shot on those without who were
+crowding to the gate, making a dreadful slaughter. The cavalry belonging
+to the garrison, being all in readiness, issued from another gate, and
+completed the destruction of all who had escaped from the fire of the
+cannon, so that hardly one of all the Araucanians escaped. Caupolican
+escaped the general slaughter of his men with a small number of
+attendants, and retired to the mountains, whence he hoped to be soon
+able to return with a new army sufficiently numerous to keep the field.
+While the cavalry gave a loose to their fury on the Araucanians without
+the walls, the infantry were employed within the fort in putting to
+death all that had got through the gate; who, finding all chance of
+escape utterly hopeless, chose rather to be cut in pieces than
+surrender. Pran, discovering his error when too late, rushed among the
+thickest of the foe, and escaped by an honourable death from the well
+merited reproaches of his imprudent and fatal credulity. Among a few
+prisoners taken on this occasion were three ulmens, who were all blown
+from the mouths of cannon.
+
+As Don Garcia believed the Araucanian war was terminated by this
+destructive enterprise, he gave orders to rebuild the city of
+Conception, and desirous of adding fresh laurels to the victories he had
+already obtained, he marched in 1558 with a numerous army against the
+Cunches in the south of Chili, a nation which had not yet been assailed
+by the Spanish arms. On first hearing of the approach of the Spaniards,
+the chiefs of the Cunches met in council to deliberate whether they
+should submit or resist the invasion of these formidable strangers. On
+this occasion, one Tunconobal, an Araucanian exile, who was present in
+the assembly, was desired to give his opinion, which he did in the
+following terms. "Be cautious how you adopt either of these measures. If
+you submit, you will be despised as vassals and compelled to labour; if
+you resist in arms, you will be exterminated. If you desire to get free
+of these dangerous visitors, make them believe that you are miserably
+poor. Hide your property, particularly your gold; and be assured the
+Spaniards will not remain in your country if they have no expectation of
+procuring that sole object of all their wishes. Send them such a present
+as may impress them with an opinion of your extreme poverty, and in the
+mean time retire into the woods."
+
+The Cunches approved the wise council of the Araucanian, and deputed him
+with nine natives of the country to carry a present to the Spanish
+general, such as he had recommended. He clothed himself and his
+companions accordingly in wretched rags, and made his appearance with
+every mark of fear before Don Garcia. After complimenting him in rude
+terms, he presented him with a basket containing some roasted lizards
+and wild fruits, as all that the poverty of the country could supply.
+The Spaniards could not refrain from laughter at the wretched appearance
+of the ambassadors and their miserable present, and endeavoured to
+dissuade the governor from pursuing the expedition into so unpromising a
+region. Unwilling to relinquish his plan with too much facility, he
+exhorted his troops to persevere; assuring them that, according to
+information he had received, they would find a country abounding in the
+precious metals. This was indeed by no means improbable, as it was usual
+in America to meet with the richest countries after passing through
+frightful deserts. He then inquired of the Cunches which was the best
+road into the south. Tunconobal directed him towards the west, which was
+the roughest and most mountainous; and on being asked for a guide, left
+one of his companions, whom he directed to lead the Spanish army by the
+most difficult and desolate roads near the coast. The guide followed the
+instructions of Tunconobal with so much judgment, that although the
+Spaniards had been accustomed to surmount the severest fatigues in their
+pursuit of conquests, they declared they had never encountered such
+difficulties in any of their former marches. On the fourth day of this
+terrible march, their guide quitted them, and they found themselves in
+the middle of a frightful desert surrounded by rugged precipices, whence
+they could perceive no way by which to extricate themselves. But Don
+Garcia encouraged them to persevere, by the flattering assurance of soon
+reaching a happy country which would amply repay all their present
+fatigues and privations.
+
+Having at length overcome all the obstacles in their way, the Spaniards
+arrived at the top of a high mountain, whence they discovered the great
+archipelago of _Ancud_, more commonly named of Chiloé, the channels
+among the islands being covered by innumerable boats or canoes navigated
+by sails and oars. They were filled with joy at this unexpected
+prospect; and as they had suffered many days from hunger, they hastened
+to the shore, and were delighted by seeing a boat making towards them,
+in which were fifteen persons handsomely clothed. These natives
+immediately leaped on shore without evincing the smallest apprehension
+of the Spaniards, whom they cordially saluted, inquiring who they were,
+whence they came, whether they were going, and it they were in want of
+any thing. The Spaniards asked for provisions, and the chief of these
+strangers immediately gave them all the provisions in his boat, refusing
+to accept any thing in return, and promised to send them a large
+immediate supply from the neighbouring islands. Indeed the famished
+Spaniards had scarcely completed their encampment, when numerous
+piraguas arrived from the different islands, loaded with maize, fruit,
+and fish, all of which the natives distributed gratuitously among them.
+Constantly and liberally supplied by these friendly islanders, the
+Spaniards marched along the shore of the continent opposite the
+archipelago, all the way to the Bay of Reloncavi. Some of them went over
+to the neighbouring islands, where they found the land well cultivated,
+and the women employed in spinning wool, mixed with the feathers of
+sea-birds, which they manufactured into cloth for garments. The
+celebrated poet Ercilla was one of the party; and as he was solicitous
+of the reputation of having proceeded farther south than any other
+European, he crossed the gulf to the opposite shore, where he inscribed
+some verses on the bark of a tree, containing his own name and the date
+of the discovery, being the 31st January 1559.
+
+Satisfied with this discovery of the archipelago of Chiloe, Don Garcia
+returned towards the north, having one of the islanders as a guide, who
+conducted him safely to Imperial through the inland country of the
+Huilliches, which is for the most part level and abounds in provisions.
+The inhabitants, who are similar in all respects to their western
+neighbours the Cunches, made no opposition to his march through their
+country; and Don Garcia on this occasion founded the city of Osorno in
+their country at the western extremity of a great lake, though
+according to some authors he only rebuilt that town. For some time this
+place increased rapidly in population and wealth, in consequence of
+great abundance of fine gold being found in its neighbourhood, and of
+extensive manufactures of woollen and linen carried on by its
+inhabitants; but it was afterwards destroyed by the toqui
+Paillamacu[75].
+
+[Footnote 75: The ruins of Osorno are in lat. 40° 30' S. and long. 73°
+20' W. The lake, or _Desaguodero de Osorno_, extends 50 or 60 miles from
+east to west, by a breadth of 6 or 7 miles.--E.]
+
+While Don Garcia was engaged in this expedition into the south of Chili,
+Alonzo Reynoso the commandant of Canete used every effort to discover
+the place in which Caupolican lay concealed, both offering rewards for
+information and even employing torture to extort intelligence from the
+natives. He at length found a person who engaged to point out the place
+in which the Araucanian general had concealed himself ever since his
+last defeat. A detachment of cavalry was accordingly sent under the
+guidance of this traitor, and coming upon him by surprise one morning at
+day-break, succeeded in taking that great and heroic champion a
+prisoner, after a gallant resistance from ten faithful followers who
+continued to adhere to him under his misfortunes. During this combat,
+his wife incessantly exhorted him to die rather than surrender; and on
+seeing him made prisoner, she indignantly threw towards him her infant
+son, saying she would retain nothing that belonged to a coward. The
+detachment returned to Canete with their prisoner, amidst the rejoicings
+of the inhabitants, and Reynoso immediately ordered the redoubted toqui
+to be impaled and shot to death with arrows. On hearing his sentence,
+Caupolican addressed Reynoso as follows, without the smallest change of
+countenance, and preserving all his wonted dignity. "My death, can
+answer no possible end, except that of inflaming the inveterate hatred
+already entertained by my countrymen against the Spaniards. Far from
+being discouraged by the loss of an unfortunate leader, other
+Caupolicans will arise from my ashes, who will prosecute the war against
+you with better fortune. If however you spare my life, from the great
+influence I possess in Araucania, I may be of great service to the
+interests of your sovereign, and in aiding the propagation of your
+religion, which you say is the chief object of the destructive war you
+wage against us. But, if you are determined that I must die, send me
+into Spain; where, if your king thinks proper to condemn me, I may end
+my days without occasioning new disturbances to my unhappy country."
+
+This attempt of the unfortunate toqui to prevail on Reynoso to spare his
+life was in vain, as the sentence was ordered to be carried into
+immediate execution. A priest, who had been employed to converse with
+Caupolican, pretending to have converted him to the Christian faith,
+hastily administered the sacrament of baptism; after which the prisoner
+was conducted to the scaffold erected for his public execution. When he
+saw the instrument of punishment, which till then he did not clearly
+comprehend, and noticed a negro who was ready to execute the cruel
+sentence, he became exasperated, and hurled the executioner from the
+scaffold with a furious kick, indignantly exclaiming, "Is there no sword
+and some less unworthy hand to put a man like me to death? In this
+punishment there is no semblance of justice: It is base revenge!" He was
+however overpowered by numbers, and compelled to undergo the cruel and
+ignominious punishment to which he had been condemned. The name of
+Reynoso is still held in detestation, not only by the Araucanians, but
+even by the Spaniards themselves, who have ever reprobated his conduct,
+as cruel, unnecessary, and impolitic, and contrary to those principles
+of generosity on which they pride themselves as a nation.
+
+
+SECTION VIII.
+
+_Continuation of the Araucanian War, after the Death of Caupolican, to
+the Reduction of the Archipelago of Chiloé by the Spaniards._
+
+
+The prediction of the great and unfortunate Caupolican was soon
+fulfilled, by the succession of new heroes to defend the liberties of
+the Araucanians against the Spaniards. Instigated by the most unbounded
+rage, that nation immediately proceeded to elect a new toqui, capable of
+taking ample revenge for the ignominious death of their late unfortunate
+general. On this occasion, a majority of the electors were disposed to
+have conferred the vacant office on the brave and impetuous Tucapel; but
+the old and sagacious Colocolo prevailed on the assembled Butacayog to
+elect the younger Caupolican, eldest son of the late toqui, who
+possessed the talents of his celebrated and lamented father. Tucapel a
+second time magnanimously submitted to the choice of the ulmens, and
+only required to be nominated vice-toqui, which was accordingly granted.
+The new toqui immediately assembled an army, with which he crossed the
+Biobio, intending to attack the city of Conception, which according to
+his information was only defended by a small number of soldiers. Having
+learned the intention of the Araucanian general, Reynoso followed him
+with five hundred men, and coming up with him at Talcaguano[76], a place
+not far from Conception, offered him battle. The young toqui
+unhesitatingly accepted the challenge, and, animating his soldiers both
+by his exhortations and example, fell with such fury upon the Spaniards,
+that he entirely defeated them. Pursued and wounded by the fierce
+Tucapel, Reynoso made his escape across the Biobio with a small party of
+cavalry; and, having collected fresh troops, returned to attack the
+Araucanians in their camp with no better success than before, and was
+again compelled to retire with loss and disgrace.
+
+[Footnote 76: In modern maps, a town called Tolcamando is situated on
+the north of the Biobio, not far from Conception, and is probably the
+place indicated in the text.--E.]
+
+After this second action, Millalauco was sent with a message from the
+toqui to the Spaniards in the island of Quiriquina, whence he brought
+back intelligence that Don Garcia, with a large body of troops from
+Imperial, was laying waste the neighbouring provinces belonging to the
+Araucanian confederacy. On this information, and influenced by the
+advice of the aged Colocolo, young Caupolican deferred his proposed
+enterprise against Conception, and hastened into the south to oppose Don
+Garcia, leaving a respectable force under Millalauco to make head
+against Reynoso. Don Garcia however, on being informed of the march of
+the Araucanian array against him, withdrew to Imperial, leaving a body
+of two hundred of his cavalry in ambush on the road by which Caupolican
+had to pass. Though unexpectedly attacked by the Spaniards, Caupolican
+defended himself with admirable courage and presence of mind, and not
+only repelled the Spaniards with very little loss on his own side, but
+cut in pieces a great number of his assailants, and pursued the rest to
+the gates of Imperial, to which he immediately laid close siege. In the
+mean time, Reynoso and Millalauco, after several severe yet inconclusive
+encounters, agreed to fight a single combat, a practice not unfrequent
+during the Araucanian war. They fought accordingly a long while without
+either being able to obtain the advantage; and at length, fatigued by
+their combat, they separated by mutual consent, and resumed their former
+mode of warfare.
+
+Caupolican prosecuted the siege of Imperial with much vigour, but
+possessed no means of making any impression on its fortifications. After
+several violent but unsuccessful assaults, he made an attempt to gain
+over the Promaucian auxiliaries of the Spaniards by means similar to
+what had been unsuccessfully employed by his father on a former
+occasion. Two of his officers, named Tulcamaru and Torquin, were
+employed on this hazardous service and detected by the Spaniards, by
+whom they were both impaled in sight of the Araucanian army, whom they
+exhorted in their last moments to die valiantly in defending the
+liberties of their country. At the same time, an hundred and twenty of
+the Promaucians, who had been seduced to favour the Araucanians, were
+hung on the ramparts, all of whom exhorted their countrymen to aid the
+Araucanians. Caupolican was anxious to siglize himself by the capture of
+a place which his heroic father had twice attempted in vain, and made a
+violent effort to carry the place by assault. He several times scaled
+the walls of the town in person, exposing his life to the most imminent
+danger, and even one night effected an entrance into the city, followed
+by Tucapel and a number of brave companions, but was repulsed by Don
+Garcia, whose vigilance was incessant. On this occasion, Caupolican
+withdrew, constantly fighting and covered by the blood of his enemies,
+to a bastion of the fortress, whence he escaped by an adventurous leap
+and rejoined his troops, who were in much apprehension for the safety of
+their brave and beloved commander. Wearied out by the length of the
+siege, which he saw no reasonable prospect of bringing to a favourable
+conclusion, and impatient of the inactivity of a blockade, Caupolican
+abandoned this ineffectual attempt upon Imperial, and turned his arms
+against Reynoso in hope of being able to take revenge upon him for the
+death of his father. But Don Garcia, by going to the assistance of that
+officer, rendered all his efforts ineffectual.
+
+In the campaign of the following year, 1559, numerous battles were
+fought between the two armies, with various successes; but as these
+produced no material change in the state of affairs, it is unnecessary
+to give any particular account of them. Though several of these
+encounters ended in favour of the Araucanians, yet Caupolican resolved
+to protract the war, as his troops were daily diminishing in numbers
+from being continually exposed to the fire arms of their enemies, while
+the Spaniards were constantly receiving recruits from Peru and Europe.
+With this intention, therefore, he took possession of a strong situation
+between Canete and Conception, in a place called Quipeo or Cuyapu, which
+he fortified so strongly as to be defensible by a few men against any
+number of enemies unprovided with artillery. On being informed of this
+measure, Don Garcia marched thither immediately with his army in order
+to dislodge the Araucanian general, but observing the strength of the
+position, he delayed for some time making an attack, in hope of drawing
+the enemy from their strong ground, so that his cavalry might have an
+opportunity of acting to advantage. In the mean time, frequent
+skirmishes took place between the two armies, in one of which the
+celebrated Millalauco was taken prisoner, and who reproached Don Garcia
+so severely for his cruel manner of making war, that he ordered him
+instantly to be impaled. While the Araucanians were thus blockaded in
+their intrenched camp, the traitor Andrew had the temerity to go one day
+with a message from Don Garcia to Caupolican, threatening him with the
+most cruel punishment if he did not immediately submit to the authority
+of the Spaniards. Caupolican, though much enraged at seeing before him
+the man who had betrayed his father, ordered him immediately to retire,
+saying that he would assuredly have put him to death by the most cruel
+tortures, if he had not been invested with the character of an
+ambassador. Yet Andrew ventured next day to come into the Araucanian
+camp as a spy, when he was taken prisoner, suspended by his feet from a
+tree, and suffocated with smoke.
+
+At length Don Garcia commenced his attack upon the camp of the
+Araucanians, by a violent cannonade from all his artillery. Caupolican
+and his valiant followers made a vigorous sally, and attacked the
+Spaniards with so much fury as to kill about forty of them at the first
+charge, and continued the battle for some time with much success. After
+a short time, Don Garcia, by a skilful evolution, cut off the retreat of
+the Araucanians and surrounded them on every side. Yet Caupolican and
+his intrepid soldiers fought with such desperate valour that the issue
+of the engagement remained doubtful for six hours; till, seeing
+Tucapel, Colocolo, Rencu, Lincoyan, Mariantu, Ongolmo, and several
+others of his most valiant officers slain, Caupolican attempted to
+retreat with the small remnant of his army: But, being overtaken by a
+party of horse from which he could not possibly escape, he slew himself
+to avoid a similar, cruel fate as that which his father had endured.
+
+Though Don Garcia had already been mistaken in supposing that the spirit
+of the Araucanians was entirely broken after their terrible overthrow at
+Canete, he now again thought he had good reason to believe the war
+wholly at an end. This victory of Quipeo seemed to him completely
+decisive, as the nation was now left without chiefs or troops, all their
+principal officers, and those who chiefly supported the courage of the
+Araucanians, having perished, with the flower of their soldiers, so that
+he believed the nation would henceforwards be entirely submissive to the
+will of the conquerors. Impressed with these hopes, he now devoted his
+whole attention to repair the losses occasioned by the war, rebuilding
+the fortifications which had been destroyed, particularly Arauco, Angol,
+and Villarica, all of which he repeopled and provided with competent
+garrisons. He caused all the mines which had been abandoned to be
+reopened, and others to be explored: And obtained the establishment of a
+bishopric in the capital of Chili, to which place he went in person to
+receive the first bishop, Fernando Barrionuevo, a Franciscan monk.
+Having a considerable number of veteran troops under his command, for
+most of whom he believed there was no longer occasion in Chili, he sent
+off a part of them under Pedro Castillo to complete the conquest of
+Cujo, formerly commenced by Francisco de Aguirre. Castillo subjected the
+Guarpes, the ancient inhabitants of that province, to the Spanish
+dominion, and founded two cities on the eastern skirts of the Andes,
+which he named San Juan and Mendoza, the latter in compliment to the
+family name of the governor Don Garcia. The extensive and fertile
+province of Cujo remained for a considerable time dependent on the
+government of Chili, but has been since transferred to the vice-royalty
+of Buenos Ayres, to which it seems more properly to appertain from its
+situation and natural boundaries.
+
+While Don Garcia thus took advantage of the apparent calm which
+prevailed in Chili, he received information that Francisco Villagran had
+arrived from Spain at Buenos Ayres, appointed to succeed him in the
+government of Chili, and that the king had promoted himself to the
+viceroyalty of Peru in reward for his services in his present
+government. In consequence of this information, he confided the interim
+government of Chili to the care of Rodrigo de Quiroga, and withdrew into
+Peru, to take possession of the exalted situation of viceroy which his
+father had formerly occupied.
+
+Villagran, who had been governor of Chid previous to Don Garcia, had
+gone to Europe when deprived of that government, and had procured his
+reinstatement from the court of Spain. Believing, from the information
+of Don Garcia and Quiroga, that the Araucanians were in no condition to
+give any future trouble, Villagran turned his whole attention after his
+arrival in Chili, to the reaquisition of the province of Tucuman, which
+had been annexed by himself to the government of Chili in 1549, and had
+been since attached to the viceroyalty of Peru. Gregorio Castaneda, whom
+he employed on this occasion, defeated the Peruvian commander, Juan
+Zurita, the author of the dismemberment, and restored that country to
+the authority of the governor of Chili. It continued however only a
+short time under their government, as, before the close of that century,
+they were again obliged by order from Spain to surrender it to the
+viceroy of Peru.
+
+Though Don Garcia and Quiroga had been long experienced in the character
+of the Araucanians, they had formed a very erroneous opinion of their
+temper and public spirit, when they deemed them finally subdued in
+consequence of the victories gained in the late war. Such is the
+invincible spirit of that brave nation, that even the severest reverses
+of fortunes are insufficient to induce them to submit. Even the heaviest
+losses, so far from filling them with dejection and dismay, served to
+inspire them with increased valour. Their heroic constancy under
+repeated defeats is perfectly wonderful, and the successful and
+determined perseverance with which they have ever defended their
+liberties and independence against the superior arms and power of the
+Spaniards, is without parallel in the history of the world. The scanty
+remains of the ulmens or Araucanian chiefs who had escaped from the late
+sanguinary conflicts against Don Garcia, were more resolved than ever to
+continue the war. Immediately after their late entire defeat at Quipeo,
+the ulmens assembled in a wood, where they unanimously elected an
+inferior officer named Antiguenu, who had signalized himself in the last
+unfortunate battle, to the vacant office of supreme toqui. Antiguenu
+readily accepted the honourable but hazardous command; but represented
+to the assembled chiefs, that as almost all the valiant youth of the
+nation had perished, he deemed it expedient for them to retire to some
+secure situation, until a new army could be collected of sufficient
+strength to keep the field. This prudent advice was approved by all, and
+accordingly Antiguenu retired with the small remains, of the Araucanian
+army to the inaccessible marshes of Lumaco, called Rochela by the
+Spaniards, where he caused high scaffolds to be erected to secure his
+men from the extreme and noxious moisture of that gloomy retreat. The
+young men who enlisted from time to time into the national army, went to
+that place to be instructed in the use of their arms, and the
+Araucanians still considered themselves free since they had a toqui who
+did not despair of vindicating the independence of their country.
+
+As soon as Antiguenu saw himself at the head of a respectable force, he
+issued from his retreat, and began to make incursions into the territory
+which was occupied by the Spaniards, both to inure his troops to
+discipline, and to subsist them at the expence of the enemy. When this
+unexpected intelligence was brought to St Jago, it gave great uneasiness
+to Villagran, who foresaw all the fatal consequences which might result
+from this new war, having already had long experience of the daring and
+invincible spirit of the Araucanians. In order if possible to stifle the
+threatening flame at its commencement, he immediately dispatched his son
+Pedro into the south, with as many troops as could be collected in
+haste, and soon after took the same direction himself with a more
+considerable force. The first skirmishes between the hostile armies were
+unfavourable to Antiguenu, and an attempt which he made to besiege
+Canete was equally unsuccessful. Antiguenu attributed his failure on
+these occasions to the inexperience of his troops, and sought on every
+occasion for opportunities of accustoming them to the use of arms. At
+length he had the satisfaction of convincing them that the Spaniards
+were not invincible, by defeating a body of Spaniards on the hills of
+Millapoa, commanded by Arias Pardo. To keep up the ardour and confidence
+which this success had excited in his soldiers, he now took possession
+of the strong post on the top of Mount Mariguenu, a place of fortunate
+omen for his country. Being either so much afflicted with the gout, or
+averse from exposing himself to the hazard of attacking that strong
+post, which had formerly proved so unfortunate to him, Villagran gave
+it in charge to one of his sons to dislodge the enemy from that
+formidable position. The rash yet enterprising young man attacked the
+Araucanian entrenchments with so little precaution that almost all his
+army was cut in pieces, and himself killed at the entrance of the
+encampment, and on this occasion the flower of the Spanish troops and a
+great number of their auxiliaries were cut off.
+
+Immediately after this signal victory, Antiguenu marched against the
+fortress of Canete, rightly judging that it would not be in a condition
+to resist him in the present circumstances. Villagran was likewise
+convinced of the impossibility of defending that place, and anticipating
+the design of the Araucanian general, ordered all the inhabitants to
+withdraw, part of whom retired to Imperial and the rest to Conception.
+Antiguenu, therefore, on his arrival at that place, so fatal to his
+nation, had only the trouble of destroying the fortifications and
+setting fire to the houses, all of which he completely destroyed.
+
+Overcome with grief and anxiety, Villagran died soon after the
+disastrous battle of Mariguenu, universally regretted by the Spanish
+inhabitants of Chili, who lost in him a wise humane and valiant
+governor, to whose prudent conduct on several trying occasions they had
+been much beholden for the preservation of their conquests. Before his
+death, in virtue of special powers vested in him by his commission from
+the court of Spain, he appointed his eldest son Pedro to succeed him in
+the government, whose endowments of mind were in no respect inferior to
+those of his father. By the death of the governor, Antiguenu conceived
+that he had a favourable opportunity for undertaking some important
+enterprise. He divided his army, which now consisted of 4000 men, into
+two bodies, one of which he ordered to lay siege to Conception under the
+command of his vice-toqui Antunecul, to attract the attention of the
+Spaniards in that quarter, while he marched with the other division to
+invest the fort of Arauco, which was defended by a strong garrison under
+the command of Lorenzo Bernal.
+
+Antunecul accordingly crossed the Biobio and encamped in a place called
+Leokethal, where he was twice attacked by the governor of Conception,
+against whom he defended himself so vigorously that he repulsed him with
+considerable loss, and followed him after the second attack to the city
+which he closely invested, by disposing his troops in six divisions
+around its walls. He continued the siege for two months, almost every
+day of which period was distinguished by some gallant assault or
+successful skirmish; but finding all his attempts to gain possession of
+the place unavailing, and being unable to prevent the introduction of
+frequent succours by sea to the besieged, he at length withdrew with the
+intention of making a new attempt at a more favourable opportunity.
+
+In the mean time Antignenu pressed the siege of Arauco with the greatest
+vigour, but was resisted by the Spanish garrison with determined
+bravery. Observing that in all his attacks his bravest officers were
+pointed out to the Spaniards by their Indian auxiliaries, and made a
+mark for their artillery, he contrived by menus of emissaries to
+persuade the Spanish commander that the auxiliaries had plotted to
+deliver up the fort to the Arancanians. Bernal gave such credit to this
+false report, that he immediately ordered these unfortunate men to quit
+the place, and turned them out in spite of their remonstrances and
+entreaties. This was the very object aimed at by the politic toqui, who
+immediately caused them all to be seized and put to a cruel death in
+sight of the Spaniards, who were exceedingly exasperated at seeing
+themselves so grossly imposed upon by one whom they counted an ignorant
+barbarian. As the siege was protracted to a considerable length and
+Antiguenu was impatient for its conclusion, he challenged the governor
+to single combat, in hope of becoming master of the place by the death
+of Bernal; who, deeming himself secure of the victory, accepted the
+challenge in spite of the remonstrances of his soldiers. The battle
+between these champions continued for two hours, without either being
+able to obtain any advantage, or even to give his antagonist a single
+wound; when at length they were separated by their men. What Antiguenu
+had been unable to attain by force, was performed for him by famine.
+Several boats loaded with provisions had repeatedly attempted in vain to
+relieve the besieged, as the vigilance of the besiegers opposed an
+invincible obstacle to their introduction. At length Bernal found
+himself compelled to abandon the place for want of provisions, and the
+Araucanians permitted him and the garrison to retire without
+molestation, contenting themselves with burning the houses and
+demolishing the fortifications. The capture of Angol, after that of
+Caneto and Arauco, appeared so easy to Antiguenu, that he gave it in
+charge to one of his subalterns; who defeated a body of Spaniards
+commanded by Zurita, while on his march to invest Angol: But the
+Araucanian officer was defeated in his turn near Mulchen[77] by Diego
+Carranza, who had been sent against him by the inhabitants of that city.
+
+[Footnote 77: No such name occurs in the modern maps of Chili, but a
+town called Millaqui is situated about 20 miles to the north of
+Angol.--E.]
+
+Solicitous to maintain the reputation of his arms, Antiguenu marched in
+person at the head of two thousand men to resume the attack upon Angol.
+Before proceeding to attack that place, he encamped at the confluence of
+the river Vergosa with the Biobio, where he was attacked by a Spanish
+army under the command of Bernal. In this engagement the Araucanians
+made use of some Spanish musquets which they had taken at their late
+victory of Mariguenu, which they employed with much skill, and bravely
+sustained the assault for three hours. At length, when four hundred of
+the auxiliaries and a considerable number of Spaniards had fallen, the
+infantry began to give way, upon which Bernal gave orders to his cavalry
+to put to death every one who attempted flight. This severe order
+brought back the Spanish infantry to their duty, and they attacked the
+entrenchments of the enemy with so much vigour that at length they
+forced their way into the camp of the Araucanians. Antiguenu exerted his
+utmost efforts to oppose the assailants; but he was at length forced
+along by the crowd of his soldiers, who were thrown into irretrievable
+confusion and fled. During the flight, he fell from a high bank into the
+river and was drowned. The Araucanians were defeated with prodigious
+slaughter, many of them perishing in the river in their attempt to
+escape by swimming. In this battle, which was fought in the year 1564,
+almost the whole of the victorious army was wounded, and a considerable
+number slain; but they recovered forty-one musquets, twenty-one
+cuirasses, fifteen helmets, and a great number of lances and other
+weapons which the Araucanians had obtained in their late victories, and
+had used against their former proprietors.
+
+While these events were passing on the banks of the Biobio, an
+Araucanian officer named Lillemu, who had been detached by Antiguenu to
+lay waste the provinces of Chillan and Itata, defeated a Spanish
+detachment of eighty men commanded by Pedro Balsa. To repress these
+ravages, the governor of Conception marched against Lillemu with an
+hundred and fifty men, and cut off a party of Araucanians who were
+desolating the province of Chillan. Lillemu hastened to their succour,
+but finding them defeated and dispersed, he was only able to save the
+remainder of his troops by making a gallant stand in a narrow pass with
+a small select band, by which he checked the advance of the enemy, and
+gave time to his army to effect their escape; but he and his brave
+companions sacrificed their lives in this gallant effort of patriotism.
+
+On the death of the valiant Antiguenu, the Araucanians elected as his
+successor in the toquiate a person named Paillataru, who was brother or
+cousin to the celebrated Lautaro, but of a very different character and
+disposition. Slow and circumspect in all his operations, the new toqui
+contented himself during the first years of his command in endeavouring
+to keep up the love of liberty among his countrymen, whom he led from
+time to time to ravage and plunder the possessions of the Spaniards,
+always avoiding any decisive conflict. About this time likewise the
+royal audience of Lima appointed Rodrigo de Quiroga to succeed the
+younger Villagran in the government of Chili; and Quiroga began his
+administration by arresting his predecessor in office, whom he sent
+prisoner into Peru.
+
+Having received a reinforcement of three hundred soldiers in 1565,
+Quiroga invaded the Araucanian territory, where he rebuilt the fort of
+Arauco and the city of Canete, constructed a new fortress at the
+celebrated post of Quipeo, and ravaged all the neighbouring provinces.
+Towards the end of the year 1566, he sent Ruiz Gamboa with a detachment
+of sixty men to reduce the archipelago of Chiloé to subjection. Gamboa
+met with no resistance in this enterprise, and founded in the large
+island of Ancud or Chiloé, the small city of Castro, and the sea-port of
+Chacao. The islands of this archipelago are about eighty in number,
+having been produced by earthquakes, owing to the great number of
+volcanoes with which that country formerly abounded, and indeed every
+part of them exhibits the most unequivocal marks of fire. Several
+mountains in the great island of Chiloé, which has given name to the
+archipelago, are composed of basaltic columns, which could have only
+been produced by the operation of subterranean fire[78]. Though
+descended from the Chilese of the continent, as is evident from their
+appearance, manners, and language, the natives of these islands are
+quite of a different character, being of a pacific and rather timid
+disposition; insomuch that, although their population is said to have
+exceeded seventy thousand, they made no opposition to the handful of
+Spaniards sent on this occasion to reduce them, nor have they ever
+attempted to shake off the yoke until the beginning of the eighteenth
+century, when an insurrection of no great importance was excited, and
+very soon quelled[79].
+
+[Footnote 78: These are the opinions of Molina, not of the editor, who
+takes no part in the discussion between the Huttonians and Wemerians;
+neither indeed are there any data in the text on which to ground any
+opinion, were he even disposed by inclination or geognostic knowledge to
+become a party on either side.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 79: In the text, Molina gives here some account of the natives
+of Chiloé, which is postponed to the close of this chapter.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION IX.
+
+_Continuation of the Araucanian war to the Destruction of all the
+Spanish settlements in the territories of that Nation_.
+
+
+The long continuance of the Araucanian war, and the great importance of
+the kingdom of Chili, at length determined Philip II. to erect a court
+of Royal Audience in Chili, independent upon that which had long
+subsisted in Peru. To this court, which was composed of four oydors or
+judges and a fiscal, the civil and military administration of the
+kingdom was confided; and its members made a solemn entry into the city
+of Conception, where they fixed their residence, on the 13th of August
+1567. Immediately on assuming their functions, the judges removed
+Quiroga from the government, and appointed Ruiz Gamboa to the command of
+the army with the title of general. Learning that Paillataru, the toqui
+of the Araucanians, was preparing to besiege the city of Canete, Gamboa
+hastened to that place with a respectable force, and finding the toqui
+encamped not far from the threatened city, he attacked his fortified
+post, and defeated him after a long and obstinate contest. After this
+victory, Gamboa overran and laid waste the Araucanian territories for a
+whole year without opposition, and carried off great numbers of women
+and children into slavery. He employed every effort however, repeatedly
+to induce the Araucanians to enter into negotiations for peace, but to
+no purpose, as they preferred the endurance of every possible evil
+before the loss of their national liberty, and continually refused to
+listen to his proposals.
+
+As peace, so necessary to the well being of the Spanish settlements in
+Chili, seemed every day more remote, in spite of every effort for its
+attainment, it at length, appeared to the court of Spain that the
+government of a country in a continual state of war was improperly
+placed in the hands of a court of justice: Accordingly it was again
+confided to the management of a single chief, under the new titles of
+President, Governor, and Captain-general. Don Melchior Bravo de Saravia
+was invested with this triple character in 1568; a man well qualified to
+act as president of the court of audience and civil governor of the
+kingdom, but utterly incompetent to sustain the charge of
+captain-general; yet he was anxious to signalize the commencement of his
+government by the attainment of a splendid victory over the redoubtable
+Araucanians, for which an opportunity soon offered, but which redounded
+to his own disgrace.
+
+Paillataru had collected a new army, with which he occupied the strong
+position of Mariguenu, so fatal to the Spaniards, and which for some
+unaccountable reason they had neglected to fortify. Immediately on
+learning this circumstance, the governor marched against the toqui at
+the head of three hundred Spanish soldiers and a large auxiliary force.
+Like several of his predecessors, Paillataru had the glory of rendering
+this mountain famous by the total defeat of the Spanish army. The
+governor had the good fortune to make his escape from this battle, and
+precipitately withdrew with a small remnant of his troops to Angol,
+where he resigned the command of the army, appointing Gamboa
+major-general and Velasco[80] quarter-master. He was at this time so
+intimidated by his defeat, that he ordered these officers to evacuate
+the fortress of Arauco, so often already destroyed and rebuilt. While
+escorting the inhabitants of that place to Canete, these officers fell
+in with a division of the Araucanians, which they attacked and defeated.
+Yet Paillataru, who had removed from Mariguenu to the post of Quipeo,
+marched two days afterwards against Canete, which he proposed to
+besiege; but Gamboa advanced to meet him with all the troops he could
+collect, and gave him battle. The engagement continued more than two
+hours, and was one of the bloodiest and hardest contested ever fought in
+Chili. Though severely handled, the Spaniards remained masters of the
+field, and the Araucanians were compelled to retreat. Gamboa now invaded
+the Araucanian territory, intending to ravage it as formerly; but
+Paillataru, having repaired his losses in a short time by fresh levies,
+returning to defend his country, and compelled Gamboa to retreat with
+loss.
+
+[Footnote 80: In a subsequent passage Molina names this officer Benal.
+--E.]
+
+From this time, till the death of Paillataru, about four years
+afterwards, a suspension of arms or tacit truce was observed between the
+Spaniards and Araucanians. This was probably owing in a great measure to
+the general consternation occasioned by a dreadful earthquake which was
+felt throughout the whole country, and did great injury to the Spanish
+settlements, particularly to the city of Conception, which was entirely
+destroyed. Ever anxious to consolidate and give importance to their
+conquests, the court of Spain erected in 1570, a new bishopric in the
+city of Imperial, to which the vast extent of country between the river
+Maulé and the southern confines of Chili was assigned as a diocese[81].
+
+[Footnote 81: Since the loss of Imperial, Conception has been the
+residence of this bishop--E.]
+
+About this time the _Mestees_, or descendents of Spaniards by Indian
+women had multiplied greatly in Chili, and perceiving the great
+advantage that might be derived from their assistance against the
+Spaniards, and to attach them to their cause by a strong acknowledgement
+that they were their countrymen, the Araucanians conferred the office of
+toqui upon one of these men named Alonzo Diaz, who had assumed the
+Chilese name of Paynenancu, and had distinguished himself for ten years
+by his valour and abilities, continually fighting in their armies. If
+his predecessor Paillataru had the fault of being too cautious in
+conducting the operations of the war, the new toqui was on the contrary
+so rash and daring, to avoid that imputation, that he constantly
+attacked the Spaniards with far inferior numbers, whence all his
+enterprises were unfortunate as might naturally have been expected.
+
+Immediately on receiving the investiture of the toquiate, he crossed
+the river Biobio, probably intending to have attacked Conception; but,
+before reaching that place, he was attacked and defeated by the
+quarter-master, notwithstanding the great valour with which he defended
+himself for a long time. Among the prisoners taken by the Spaniards on
+this occasion were several Araucanian women, all of whom killed
+themselves the same night. Paynenancu, having escaped from the carnage,
+raised a new army and marched against Villarica, but was again defeated
+by Rodrigo Bastidas, the military commandant of that city.
+
+While the war continued to rage in 1575, the licentiate Calderon arrived
+in Chili from Spain, with a commission to examine and regulate the
+government of that kingdom. His first step was to suppress the court of
+audience, on the sole principle of economy, and instead of the president
+Melchior Bravo, Rodrigo Quiroga, who had been formerly appointed
+governor by the audience of Lima, was reinstated in that office. Having
+assembled all the troops he could raise, the new governor proceeded in
+1576 to the frontiers, to oppose the ravages of Paynenancu, who, though
+twice defeated, continued to harass the Spanish settlements by frequent
+inroads. But, as the toqui carefully avoided any rencounter, the
+governor contented himself with ravaging the Araucanian territories in
+revenge. Having afterwards received a reinforcement of two thousand men
+from Spain, he gave directions to his father-in-law[82] Gamboa to found
+a new city at the foot of the Cordellieras[83], between the cities of St
+Jago and Conception, which has since received the appellation of Chillan
+from the river on which it stands, and has become the capital of the
+fertile province of the same name. Shortly after the foundation of this
+new city, the governor died in 1580 at a very advanced age, having
+previously nominated Gamboa to succeed him in the government of the
+kingdom. Gamboa continued three years in the command, continually
+occupied in opposing the Araucanians in the south under their toqui
+Paynenancu, and in defending the kingdom on the east against the
+Pehuenches and Chiquillanians, who now began to molest the Spaniards at
+the instigation of the Araucanians.
+
+[Footnote 82: Thus in the original, though probably his son-in-law, as
+Quiroga died soon after at an advanced age.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 83: The city of Chillan, instead of being at the foot of the
+Andes, is in the plain country more than half way between that great
+chain and the sea.--E.]
+
+The Pehuenches are a numerous tribe who inhabit that portion of the
+Andes of Chili which lies between the latitudes of 34° and 37° S. to the
+eastwards of the Spanish provinces of Calchagua, Maule, Chillan, and
+Huilquilemu. Their dress resembles that of the Araucanians, except that
+they wear a piece of cloth like the Japenese round the waist which hangs
+down to the knees[84], instead of drawers or breeches. Their boots or
+shoes are all of one piece of skin, being that of the hind leg of an ox
+taken off at the knee, which is fitted to the foot of the wearer while
+green, turning the hair side inmost, and sewing up one of the ends, the
+skin of the knee serving for the heel. By being constantly worn and
+frequently rubbed with tallow, these shoes become as soft and pliant as
+the best dressed leather[85]. Though these mountaineers are valiant and
+hardy soldiers, yet are they fond of adorning themselves like women,
+decorating themselves with ear-rings and bracelets of glass-beads, with
+which also they ornament their hair, and hang small bells around their
+heads. Although possessed of numerous herds of cattle and sheep, their
+usual food is horse flesh, which like the Tartars they prefer to all
+other kinds, and always eat cooked, either by boiling or roasting. Like
+the Bedowin Arabs, the Pehuenches dwell in tents made of skins, disposed
+in a circular form around a spacious area, in which their cattle feed
+while the herbage lasts; and when that begins to fail they remove their
+camp to a fresh pasture, continually traversing in this manner the
+valleys among the Andes. Each village or encampment is governed by a
+hereditary ulmen. Their language and religion resemble those of the
+Araucanians. They are extremely fond of hunting, and often traverse the
+immense plains which stretch from the great Rio Plata to the Straits of
+Magellan in pursuit of game, sometimes extending their excursions as far
+as Buenos Ayres, and even occasionally indulge in plundering the
+vicinity of that city. They frequently attack the caravans which pass
+between Buenos Ayres and Chili, and have been so successful in these
+predatory enterprises as almost to have stopped that commerce entirely.
+
+[Footnote 84: A comparison more familiar to the British reader might be
+made to the _philabeg_ or short petticoat worn by the Scots
+Highlanders--E.]
+
+[Footnote 85: In this part of dress they likewise resemble the Scots
+Highlanders of old, who wore a kind of shoes made of raw hides with the
+hair on, called _rough rullions_. In both of course using the most
+obvious and easiest means of decency and protection. Before the
+introduction of European cattle into Chili, the natives must have
+employed the skins of the original animals of the country, probably of
+the _guemul_ or _huemul_, the equus bisulcus of Molina and other
+naturalists, an animal having some resemblance to a horse but with
+cloven hoofs--E.]
+
+It may be proper to relate what I noticed on a journey in that country,
+having set out from Mendoza in the province of Cujo, on the 27th of
+April 1783, with post horses for Buenos Ayres. We soon learnt, from some
+people whom we met, that the Pehuenches were out upon predatory
+excursions, and soon afterwards received the melancholy intelligence
+that they had committed horrible massacres in the _Portion of
+Magdalena_. In consequence of this, all the post-houses where we stopped
+were in a state of alarm, and some of them were entirely deserted.
+During the year before, three hundred of these Indians appeared suddenly
+before the post of Gutierrez, all lying back upon their horses and
+trailing their lances, in order to make it appear that it was only a
+drove of mares which is a very common sight in those _Pampas_ or almost
+unlimited plains. Although they saw but one man who patroled the wall
+with his musquet, and was indeed the only person in the post, they were
+deterred from making any attack, supposing it to be strongly guarded.
+This man knew well that the horses were guided, by the exact order they
+pursued, though he could see nothing of the riders till they were very
+near. He had the prudence likewise to refrain from firing his musquet,
+which probably led them to believe there was a greater force within the
+place, and induced them to abandon the enterprise, venting their rage on
+the other unprotected inhabitants of the plains. The commander of the
+post of Amatrain was not so fortunate, as he was killed that same year
+along with a negro who accompanied him. These posts are fortified with
+palisades, or with a mud wall, and have a ditch and draw-bridge.
+
+Although the Pehuenches frequently commit depredations in these eastern
+plains, they have many years refrained from any hostilities within the
+boundaries of Chili, unless in times of actual war between the nations;
+induced to this either from fear of the military population of Chili, or
+by the advantages which they derive from trading with the inhabitants of
+that kingdom. Their favourite weapon is the _laque_ or leathern thong
+with a stone at each end, which they always carry fastened to their
+girdles. It is highly probable that the ten Americans in the ship
+commanded by Orellana, of whose amazing and desperate courage, mention
+is made in Ansons voyage, were of this tribe. Notwithstanding their
+wandering and restless mode of life, they are more addicted to
+industrious and even commercial habits than any of the savage natives of
+South America. When in their tents, they are never idle. The women weave
+cloths of various colours, and the men occupy themselves in making
+baskets, and a variety of beautiful articles of wood, leather, skins, or
+feathers, which are much prized by the Spaniards. Every year they
+assemble in large numbers on the Spanish frontiers, where they hold a
+kind of fair which generally lasts fifteen or twenty days. On these
+occasions they bring for sale, besides horses and cattle, fossil salt,
+gypsum, pitch, bed-coverings, ponchos, skins, wool, bridle-reins
+beautifully wrought of plaited leather, baskets, wooden vessels,
+feathers, ostrich-eggs, and a variety of other articles; and receive in
+return wheat, wine, and European manufactures. In the conduct of this
+barter they are very skilful, and can with difficulty be overreached.
+Lest they should be cheated or plundered by the Christian merchants, who
+think every thing lawful against unbelievers, they never drink all at
+one time; but separate themselves into several companies, some of whom
+keep guard while the rest indulge in wine. They are generally humane,
+courteous, just in their dealings, and possessed of many estimable
+qualities.
+
+The Chiquillanians, whom some persons have supposed a tribe of the
+Pehueaches, live to the north-east of that nation, on the eastern
+borders, of the Andes[86]. These are the most savage, and consequently
+the least numerous of any of the tribes of the Chilese; for it is an
+established fact, that the ruder the state of savage life the less
+favourable it is to population. They go almost naked, merely wrapping
+the skins of the _Guanaco_ round their bodies, and they speak a
+corrupted and guttural dialect of the Chili-dugu or Chilese language. It
+is observable that all the Chilese tribes which inhabit the elevated
+valleys of the Andes, both Pehuenches, Puelches, Huilliches, and
+Chiquillanians, are much redder than those of their countrymen who dwell
+in the lower country to the west of these mountains. All these
+mountaineers dress themselves in skins, paint their laces, subsist in a
+great measure by hunting, and lead a wandering and unsettled life. They
+are in fact the so much celebrated Patagonians, who have been
+occasionally seen near the Straits of Magellan, and who have sometimes
+been described as giants, and at other times as not much beyond the
+ordinary stature of mankind. Generally speaking however, they are of
+lofty stature and have great muscular strength.
+
+[Footnote 86: In the map accompanying the English translation of Molina,
+the Penuenches and Chiquillanians are placed under the same parallel
+between lat. 33° SO' and 36° S. The former on the western and the latter
+on the eastern side of the Andes.--E.]
+
+On information being sent to Spain of the death of Quiroga, as formerly
+mentioned, Don Alonzo Sotomayor Marquis of Villa-hermoso was sent out
+as governor with six hundred regular troops. He landed at Buenos Ayres
+in 1583, from whence he proceeded to St Jago. On taking possession of
+his government, he appointed his brother Don Luis to the new office of
+Colonel of the Kingdom, and sent him with a military force to relieve
+the cities of Villarica and Valdivia, which were both besieged by the
+Araucanians. After twice defeating the toqui, Paynenancu, who opposed
+his march, he raised the sieges and supplied both places with
+reinforcements. The indefatigable but unfortunate toqui, after two
+defeats from Don Luis, turned his arms against Tiburcio Heredia and
+Antonio Galleguilios, who were ravaging the country with separate strong
+detachments of cavalry, and was successively defeated by both of these
+officers, yet the victors paid dear for their successes.
+
+While these events were going on in the south, the governor had to
+oppose the Pehuenches who had invaded the new settlement of Chilian, and
+whom he defeated and constrained to retire into their mountains. He then
+marched into Araucania at the head of seven hundred Spaniards and a
+great number of auxiliaries, resolved to pursue the cruel and rigorous
+system of warfare which had formerly been adopted by Don Garcia, in
+preference to the humane procedure of his immediate predecessors. The
+province of Encol was the first to experience the effects of this
+severity, as he laid it entirely waste with fire and sword, and either
+hanged his prisoners, or sent them away with their hands cut off to
+intimidate their countrymen. The adjoining provinces of Puren, Ilicura,
+and Tucapel would have experienced a similar fate, if the inhabitants
+had not ensured their personal safety by flight, after setting their
+houses and crops on fire, and destroying every thing they could not
+carry off. Only three prisoners were taken in these provinces, who were
+impaled. Notwithstanding these severities, many mestees and mulatoes
+joined the Araucanians, and even some Spaniards, among who was Juan
+Sanchez, who acquired great reputation among them.
+
+Impelled either by his natural rash valour, or by despair on finding
+that he had fallen in the estimation of the Araucanians by his want of
+success, Paynenancu gave battle to the whole Spanish army on the
+confines of the province of Arauco with only eight hundred men; yet such
+was the resolute valour with which they fought that the Spaniards were
+unable to break their firm array, till after a hard contested battle of
+several hours, in which they lost a considerable number of men. Almost
+the whole of the Araucanian troops engaged in this unequal contest were
+slain; but Paynenancu was made prisoner and immediately executed. The
+victorious governor encamped with his army on the banks of the
+Carampangui river, and caused the fortress of Arauco to be rebuilt, of
+which he gave the command to Garcia Ramon the quarter-master.
+
+The Araucanian valour, which had been repressed by the imprudent conduct
+of Paynenancu, was revived in 1585, by the elevation of Cayancura to the
+dignity of toqui, an ulmen of the province or district of Mariguenu.
+Immediately on his election, he dispatched an hundred and fifty
+messengers to every corner of the country, with the symbolical arrows to
+summon the martial youth of Araucania to the national army. Having by
+these means assembled a respectable force, the new toqui determined upon
+making an attack at midnight on the Spanish camp, which was still on the
+banks of the Carampangui, and of the exact situation of which he had
+procured information by means of a spy. For this purpose, he formed his
+army in three divisions, of which he gave the command to three valiant
+officers, Lonconobal, Antulevu, and Tarochina. The divisions proceeded
+by three several roads which led to the camp, and coming upon it by
+surprise, cut the auxiliaries to pieces who were the first to oppose
+their progress. Fortunately for the Spaniards, the moon rose about the
+middle of the assualt, and enabled them, after a short period of
+confusion, and the loss of several men, to form themselves in good
+order, and to make head against the assailants, who at length began to
+give way after suffering severely from the fire of the Spanish
+musquetry. Just at this critical time, the governor charged the
+Araucanians and forced them to give way, after both sides had suffered
+considerable loss. Cayancura, who had halted with a body of reserve at
+the entrance of the Spanish camp for the purpose of supporting the
+attack, on finding his troops retiring exhausted and dispirited, drew
+off the whole to some distance where he permitted them to take rest and
+refreshment during the remainder of the night, and returned at day-break
+next morning to the attack. The Spanish army marched out to meet them in
+the open field, and a most obstinate and bloody battle ensued. After a
+brave contest, the Araucanians were overpowered by the artillery and
+cavalry of the Spaniards, and constrained to quit the field with great
+loss, though the Spaniards paid dear for their victory; insomuch that,
+immediately after the action, the governor raised his camp and retired
+to the frontiers, where he built two forts named Trinidad and Spiritu
+Santo on the northern shore of the Biobio. He also sent orders to the
+major-general to raise as many recruits as possible throughout the
+kingdom of Chili, which officer brought him accordingly a reinforcement
+of two thousand[87] horse and a considerable number of infantry.
+
+[Footnote 87: From the original army of the governor having only seven
+hundred men, I am apt to believe the number of horse in the text ought
+only to have been two _hundred_.--E.]
+
+Undismayed by his recent losses, the Araucanian general determined to
+take advantage of the governors retreat to lay siege to the fort of
+Arauco; and in order to secure the success of this enterprise, he
+endeavoured to occupy the Spanish arms in other quarters. For this
+purpose, he ordered one of his officers named Guepotan to make
+incursions on the territory of Villarica from the fortified post of
+Liben, where he had supported himself for several years. To Cadiguala,
+another officer who afterwards became toqui, he gave it in charge to
+harass the district of Angol; appointed Tarochina to guard the passage
+of the Biobio, and sent Melilauca and Catipillan to keep the garrison of
+Imperial in check. These officers had several encounters with the
+Spaniards attended with various success. Guepotan lost the fortified
+post of Liben, which was taken by the governors brother. Tarochina made
+himself master of a great number of boats on the Biobio, which were
+conveying supplies of men and warlike stores to the recently erected
+forts on that river.
+
+In the year 1586, the toqui Cayancura began the siege of Arauco, which
+he surrounded with strong lines, so as not only to intercept all
+succours, but to prevent the retreat of the garrison[88]. Perceiving
+from these preparations, that they must finally be compelled to
+surrender or perish by famine, the garrison thought it better to die at
+once with arms in their hands than to be reduced to such extremity. They
+attacked therefore the works of the enemy with such vigour, that after
+an obstinate and sanguinary combat of four hours, they succeeded in
+forcing them, and put the Araucanians to flight. Cayancura was so
+exceedingly mortified by this defeat, that he retired to his ulmenate,
+leaving the command of the army to his son, Nangoniel, a young man of
+great hopes and much beloved by the nation. This young commander
+immediately collected a new army, in which were an hundred and fifty
+horse, which from this time forwards became a regular part of the
+Araucanian military force. With these troops he returned to invest the
+fortress of Arauco, and guarded all its environs so closely that the
+garrison were unable to procure a supply of provisions, and were at
+length compelled to evacuate it, probably on capitulation. Encouraged by
+this good fortune, Nangoniel proceeded towards the Biobio, intending to
+attack the fort of Trinidad, which protected the passage of supplies in
+that direction from Spanish Chili to the forts on the south of that
+river. But while on his march, he was encountered by a detachment of
+Spanish troops commanded by Francisco Hernandez, by whom he was
+defeated. In this action he lost an arm and received several other
+dangerous wounds. Being obliged by this misfortune to take refuge on a
+neighbouring mountain, where he was drawn into an ambush by the
+sergeant-major[89] of the Spanish army, he and fifty of his soldiers
+were slain, after defending themselves valiantly for a long time. On the
+same day, an officer named Cadeguala, who had obtained great reputation
+in the Arancanian army for his courage and military skill, was
+proclaimed toqui by the officers.
+
+[Footnote 88: Lines, it would appear of circumvallation and
+contravallation, probably suggested by some of the Spaniards who had
+joined the Araucanians.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 89: This officer in the Spanish service seems somewhat
+equivalent to our adjutant; and the sergeant-major of the array in
+Chili, may be considered as a kind of adjutant-general.--E.]
+
+About this time, while the Araucanians were valiantly endeavouring to
+oppose the Spanish arms, the English also planned an expedition against
+them in that remote quarter of the world. Sir Thomas Cavendish sailed
+with this view from Plymouth on the 21st of July 1586 with three ships,
+and arrived on the coast of Chili in the following year. He landed at
+the desert port of Quintero[90], and endeavoured to enter into a
+negociation with the natives of the country; but he was attacked by
+Alonzo Molina, the corregidor of St Jago, and compelled to reimbark with
+the loss of several soldiers and seamen, and quitted the coast after a
+very short stay.
+
+[Footnote 90: The port of Quintero, in about lat. 32° 45' S. is about 8
+or 10 miles to the north of the river Quillota in Spanish Chili. The
+voyage of Sir Thomas Cavendish will appear in an after division of this
+work.--E.]
+
+Cadeguala, the new toqui, signalized the commencement of his
+administration by several successful inroads into the Spanish
+possessions, the particulars of which are not recorded. Having notice of
+the alarm in Spanish Chili occasioned by the English squadron, he
+resolved to avail himself of that diversion of the Spanish forces to
+make an effort against the city of Angol by surprise. He maintained a
+secret intelligence with some of the inhabitants of that place, by whose
+means he prevailed upon a number of native Chilese, who were in the
+service of the Spanish citizens, to set fire to their masters houses at
+a certain hour of an appointed night, when he was to be ready with his
+army at the gates to assault the place. His plan was accordingly
+executed; and entering the city during the confusion occasioned by the
+fires, he divided his force, consisting of a thousand foot and an
+hundred horse, into several detachments, which made a horrible carnage
+of the citizens, who flying from the flames fell into the hands of the
+Araucanians. The garrison attempted in vain to dislodge the enemy, and
+the whole population of the place had been assuredly put to the sword,
+but for the courage and conduct of the governor, who had fortunately
+arrived at the city only two hours before the attack. He immediately
+hastened with his guards to the different quarters which were occupied
+by the enemy, where with wonderful presence of mind he collected the
+dispersed inhabitants who had escaped the sword of the enemy, and
+conducted them to the citadel. Having armed and marshalled all the most
+resolute of the inhabitants, he sallied out from the citadel at their
+head against the enemy, whom he compelled to evacuate the city at break
+of day. It would appear that the Araucanians had now become less
+scrupulous than formerly in their mode of making war; for Cadeguala was
+not abandoned by any of his officers on this occasion, as Caupolican had
+formerly been in his attempt to surprise Canete by similar means.
+
+Although the Arancanian general had not succeeded in this daring
+enterprise according to his expectations, he was so little discouraged
+by its failure that he immediately undertook the siege of Puren, which
+appeared more easy to be taken as it was situated at some distance from
+the Spanish frontiers. He accordingly invested it regularly with four
+thousand men in four separate divisions, under the respective commands
+of Guanoalca, Caniotaru, Relmuantu, and Curilemu, the most valiant
+officers of his army. On receiving notice of the investiture of Puren,
+the governor hastened to its relief with a strong reinforcement, but
+was opposed on his march by Cadeguala at the head of an hundred and
+fifty Araucanian horse armed with lances, and compelled to retreat after
+a long and obstinate combat, in which several fell on both sides. Elated
+by this success, the toqui made proposals to the besieged, either to
+enter into his service or to allow them to retire unmolested. These
+terms, which he pretended were very advantageous for men in their
+situation, were disdainfully rejected; yet one man of the garrison,
+named Juan Tapia, went over to the Araucanians by whom he was well
+received, and even got advancement in their army. As these terms were
+rejected, Cadeguala determined to endeavour to shorten the siege in a
+different manner. He presented himself one day before the walls mounted
+on a fine horse which he had taken from the governor, and boldly defied
+Garcia Ramon the commander of the garrison to single combat at the end
+of three days. The challenge was accepted, and the intrepid toqui
+appeared in the field at the time appointed, with a small number of
+attendants, whom he placed apart. Ramon likewise came out from the fort
+to meet him, attended by an escort of forty men, whom he ordered to
+remain at some distance. The two champions, having taken their distance
+set spurs to their horses and ran their course with such fury that
+Cadeguala fell at the first rencounter, pierced through the body by the
+lance of his adversary. He refused however to acknowledge himself
+vanquished, and even endeavoured to remount his horse to renew the
+combat, but died in the attempt. His attendants hastened to raise him,
+and even carried off his body after a sharp contest with the Spaniards.
+
+After the death of their commander, the Araucanians retired from the
+blockade for a short time; but soon returned to the siege, after having
+elected Guanoalca to the vacant toquiate, having been informed by the
+Spanish deserter Tapia, that the garrison was ill supplied with
+provisions, and divided into parties. Cut off from all hopes of relief,
+and dissatisfied with the conduct of their officers, the besieged soon
+determined upon evacuating the place; and the Araucanians allowed them
+to march off unmolested, according to their usual policy. Guanoalca
+immediately marched against another fort which the Spaniards had
+recently erected in the neighbourhood of Mount Mariguenu; but finding
+that it had been recently and considerably reinforced, he proceeded
+against the forts of Trinidad and Spiritu Santo on the banks of the
+Biobio. As the governor of Chili was apprehensive that he might not be
+able to defend these forts, or perhaps considered them of too little
+importance to hazard the safety of their garrisons, he evacuated them
+in 1589, and transferred their garrisons to another fortress which he
+directed to be constructed on the river Puchanqui as a protection for
+the city of Angol, so that the operations of the war consisted mostly in
+the construction and demolition of fortifications.
+
+The toquiate of Guanoalca was more remarkable for the exploits of a
+heroine named Janequeo than by his own. This famous woman was wife of
+Guepotan, a valiant officer who had long defended the fortified post of
+Liben near Villarica. After the loss of that important place he retired
+to the Andes, where he used every effort to stimulate the Puelches
+inhabiting that mountainous region to rise in defence of the country
+against the Spanish invaders. Being desirous of having his wife along
+with him, he descended into the plains in search of her, but was
+surprised by a party of Spaniards, and preferring to be cut in pieces
+rather than yield himself a prisoner, he was slain in the unequal
+combat. Janequeo, inflamed by an ardent desire to revenge the death of
+her husband, put herself at the head of an army of Puelches in 1590,
+assisted by Guechiuntereo her brother, with which she made inroads into
+the Spanish settlements, killing all of that nation who fell into her
+hands. Reinforced by a regiment of veteran soldiers which had been sent
+him from Peru, the governor Don Alonza Sotomayor, marched against the
+heroine; but, by constantly occupying the high grounds, attacking
+sometimes the van, sometimes the rear of the Spaniards, and harassing
+them in every possible way, she at last obliged the governor to retire,
+after having lost much time and a considerable number of men to no
+purpose. As the governor was of opinion that rigorous measures were best
+calculated to quell the pride of the Araucanians, he ordered all the
+prisoners taken in this incursion to be hung before his retreat. On this
+occasion, one of these men requested to be hanged on a higher tree than
+the rest, that the sacrifice he had made of himself for his country
+might be the more conspicuous, and inspire his surviving countrymen with
+the more ardent determination to defend their liberties.
+
+Having thus foiled all the endeavours of a general who had gained high
+reputation in the wars of Italy, Germany, and Flanders, Janequeo
+proceeded to attack the recently constructed fortress of Puchanqui, not
+far from which she defeated and slew the commandant, Aranda, who had
+advanced to meet her with a part of the garrison. Not being able to gain
+possession of this fort, she retired at the commencement of the rainy
+season to the mountains near Villarica, where she fortified herself in
+a place surrounded by precipices, from whence she continually infested
+the environs of that city in such a manner that no one dared to venture
+beyond the walls. Moved by the distresses of the citizens, the governor
+sent his brother Don Luis to their aid, with the greater part of two
+reinforcements which he had recently received from Peru, under the
+command of Castillejo and Penalosa. The intrepid Janequeo awaited him in
+her fortified post, which she deemed secure, and repelled for a long
+time the various assaults of the Spaniards with great presence of mind.
+At length, her soldiers being dispersed by the fire of the artillery,
+she had to seek for safety in flight. Her brother was made prisoner, and
+obtained his life on condition of promising to keep his sister quiet,
+and to secure the friendship of his vassals and adherents to the
+Spaniards. But, while proposing this measure in a national council, he
+was killed by the ulmen Catipiuque, who abhorred every species of
+reconciliation with the enemy.
+
+The old toqui, Guanoalca, died about the close of 1590, and a young and
+enterprising warrior, named Quintuguenu, was elected in his stead in the
+year following. Being ambitious of acquiring military glory, the new
+toqui assaulted and took the fort of Mariguenu by assault, and
+established himself on the top of that famous mountain with two thousand
+men, hoping to render himself as celebrated there as Lautaro had been
+formerly, by gaining an important victory over the Spaniards. Not
+dismayed by the misfortunes which had befallen his countrymen in that
+ill-omened place, the governor put himself at the head of a thousand
+Spaniards and a large auxiliary force of Indians, and marched without
+delay for Mariguenu, determined upon dislodging the Araucanians or of
+besieging them in their post. Having disposed his troops in order, and
+given the necessary directions, he began at daybreak to ascend the
+difficult and steep defile, leading the advanced guard in person,
+directly before which was a forlorn hope of twenty half-pay officers
+much experienced in similar warfare. He had scarcely got half way up the
+mountain when he was attacked with the utmost fury by Quintuguenu; but
+animating his troops by his voice and example, he sustained for more
+than an hour the utmost efforts of the enemy, and gained the top of the
+defile by persevering bravery. On reaching the level summit of the
+mountain, the Araucanians were forced to take refuge within their
+entrenchments, which they did however in excellent order. The
+Araucanians, exhorting each other to conquer or die for their country,
+defended their camp with incredible valour against the utmost efforts
+of the Spaniards till mid-day; when, after a most obstinate resistance,
+Don Carlos Irrazabel forced the lines on the left with his company,
+while at the same time the quarter-master and Rodolphus Lisperger, a
+valiant German officer, penetrated with their companies on the front and
+the right of the encampment. Though surrounded on every side,
+Quintuguenu maintained his troops in good order, earnestly exhorting
+them not to dishonour themselves by suffering an ignominious defeat in a
+place which had so often been the theatre of victory to their nation,
+and by his efforts and bravery long kept the fate of the battle in
+suspense. While he flew from rank to rank, animating his men and
+constantly making head against the enemy, he fell pierced with three
+mortal wounds given by the governor, who had taken aim at him. His last
+words were an enthusiastic exclamation in favour of liberty. On the
+death of the toqui, part of the Araucanian troops allowed themselves to
+be cut in pieces, and the rest sought their safety in flight. Almost all
+the auxiliaries on the side of the Spaniards fell in this successful
+battle, but only twenty of the Spaniards were slain, among whom was a
+Portuguese knight of the order of Christ, who was killed at the
+commencement of the action.
+
+Highly gratified with being the first who had defeated the Araucanians
+on the formidable heights of Mariguenu, the governor conducted his
+victorious army to the sea-shore, where he was saluted by repeated
+discharges of cannon from the fleet of Peru, then scouring the coast in
+search of the English squadron, and which had witnessed the victory.
+These were answered by the army with repeated vollies of musquetry, and
+the customary demonstrations of joy on so glorious an occasion. Availing
+himself of the opportunity afforded by the presence of the fleet, the
+governor sent the quarter-master-general into Peru to solicit the
+greatest possible reinforcement of troops without delay, to enable him
+to prosecute the war to advantage in the ensuing campaign. In the mean
+time, he abandoned the ancient scite of the fort of Arauco, and rebuilt
+it in a more convenient situation on the sea-shore. Colocolo, son of the
+celebrated ulmen of that name, but of a very different disposition from
+that of his father, was lord of that district, and being indignant at
+seeing his country occupied by the Spaniards endeavoured to drive them
+off; but being defeated and made prisoner, he solicited for his life,
+which he obtained on condition of persuading his subjects to return
+from the mountains and to submit to the authority of the Spaniards. On
+being urged by his wife Millayene, to fulfil the promise made by their
+chief, they replied that he ought to endure his misfortunes with the
+firmness that became his rank and lineage; that they were willing to
+encounter every danger under his command, and according to his example,
+or to revenge the outrages he might be subjected to, but could never
+consent to betray their country by submitting to obey its bitterest
+enemies. Irritated by this patriotic resolution of his subjects,
+Colocolo devoted himself in future to the service of the Spaniards, and
+even served them as a guide in the pursuit of his own people among the
+fastnesses in which they had taken refuge.
+
+In the year 1592 there happened to be a Spanish prisoner among the
+Araucanians, who by his ingratiating manners had acquired the confidence
+and esteem of the principal people of that high-spirited nation. Either
+by secret instructions from the governor, or from gratitude for the kind
+treatment he had received while prisoner, this man exerted himself to
+effectuate a treaty of peace between the nations, and had at one time a
+fair prospect of bringing it about. But the preliminaries which he
+proposed as the ground work of a reconciliation did not prove
+satisfactory to either party, and all his endeavours were abortive. The
+governor, being irritated at the rejection of his proposals, marched
+into the province of Tucapel which he laid waste on every side with fire
+and sword. As Paillaeco, who had been elected toqui in place of
+Quintuguenu, did not think his force sufficient to oppose the enemy in
+the open field, he endeavoured to draw them into an ambush. With this
+view, he placed an hundred horsemen at the entrance of a wood, within
+which he had concealed the remainder of his troops, giving orders to the
+horse to counterfeit flight on the coming up of the enemy to draw them
+within reach of the ambushment. This scheme seemed at first to promise
+success, but in the end turned against its contriver. The Araucanians
+took to flight and were pursued by the Spaniards, who soon discovered
+that it was only a stratagem, and turned back accordingly as if struck
+with a panic, in hopes of decoying the enemy to quit the wood and attack
+them in the open field. Not aware of this repetition of their own trick,
+the Araucanians fell into the snare they had laid for their enemies; and
+being surrounded on every side, were mostly cut in pieces together with
+their commander, after selling their lives at a dear rate, a small
+remnant taking refuge in the marshes from the pursuit of the victors.
+
+These repeated victories certainly cost much blood to the Spaniards, as
+the governor after this last action withdrew to St Jago to await the
+reinforcements he expected from Peru, and to raise as many recruits as
+possible in the northern provinces of Chili. As the reinforcements did
+not appear to him sufficient for continuing the war with a reasonable
+prospect of ultimate success, he even went into Peru in person to
+solicit more effectual succours, leaving the charge of the civil
+government daring his absence to the licentiate Pedro Viscarra, and the
+command of the army to the quarter-master. On his arrival at Lima,
+Sotomayor met with a successor who had been appointed to the government
+of Chili, by the court of Spain. This was Don Martin Loyola, nephew of
+St Ignatius, the celebrated founder of the order of the Jesuits, who had
+acquired the favour of the viceroy of Peru by taking prisoner Tupac
+Amuru the last Inca of Peru. In requital for this service, he was not
+only gratified by being appointed to the government of Chili, but was
+rewarded by obtaining in marriage the princess or _coya_ Donna Clara
+Beatrix, the only daughter and sole heiress of the former Inca Sayri
+Tupac. Loyola arrived at Valparaiso, in 1593, with a respectable body of
+troops, and immediately proceeded to St Jago, where he was received with
+every demonstration of joy by the citizens; but during his
+administration the Spaniards experienced the severest disaster that had
+ever happened to them in Chili.
+
+After the defeat and death of Paillaeco, the Araucanians elected
+Paillamachu to the supreme command, who was hereditary toqui or prince
+of the second Uthulmapu. This military dictator was already much
+advanced in years, yet a man of wonderful activity and resources, and
+was so fortunate in his enterprises that he far surpassed all his
+predecessors in military glory, and had the singular felicity of
+restoring his country to its ancient independence by the entire
+expulsion of the Spaniards from its territories. Immediately on his
+elevation to the supreme dignity of toqui, he appointed two officers of
+great valour and merit, Pelantaru and Millacalquin to the important
+employments of vice-toqui, deviating from the usual custom of the
+nation, which allowed only of one lieutenant-general. And, as the
+military force of the confederacy had been greatly diminished by the
+late unfortunate incidents in the war, he followed the example of
+Antiguenu, a former toqui, by withdrawing into the almost inaccessible
+marshes of Lumaco, where he used his utmost efforts to collect and
+discipline an army for the execution of the extensive plans he had
+formed for the entire liberation of his country.
+
+After having regulated the police of the capital and the civil
+government of the kingdom of Chili, Loyola proceeded to the city of
+Conception, where he established his headquarters in order to be at hand
+for conducting the operations of the war. The toqui of the Araucanians,
+on hearing of his arrival, sent an intelligent and sagacious officer
+named Antipillan to compliment him, but charged at the same time to
+obtain information of his character and designs. In frequent conferences
+with this person, the new governor endeavoured to impress him with an
+idea of the vast power and immense resources of the Spanish monarchy,
+against which it was impossible as he said for the Araucanians to
+contend successfully, and insinuated therefore the necessity of their
+submitting to an accommodation. Pretending to be convinced by the
+reasoning of Loyola, the ambassador acknowledged the prodigious power of
+the Spanish monarchy in comparison with the Araucanian state; which,
+notwithstanding the vast disproportion, had hitherto been able to resist
+every effort of the Spaniards. He acknowledged even the propriety of his
+nation entering into negotiations for peace, but alleged that the
+Spaniards affixed wrong ideas to that word; as, under the semblance of
+peace, they sought to subject the Araucanians to their authority, which
+they would never agree to while one of them remained alive. And finally,
+that the only peace to which they would consent, must consist of an
+entire cessation of hostilities, a complete restoration of all the lands
+which were occupied by the Spaniards within the Araucanian territory,
+and an explicit renunciation of every pretence to controul or interfere
+with their independent rights.
+
+As Loyola was of a generous disposition, he could not avoid admiring the
+noble and enlightened sentiments of the barbarian ambassador, and
+dismissed him with the strongest demonstrations of esteem. Yet so far
+was he from any idea of abandoning the posts already established in the
+Araucanian territory, that he crossed the Biobio in 1594, and founded a
+new city at a short distance from that river, giving it the name of Coya
+in honour of his wife a Peruvian princess. This place was intended to
+protect the rich gold mines of Kilacoyan, and to serve as a place of
+retreat for the inhabitants of Angol in case of need; and in order to
+render it more secure, he constructed two castles in its immediate
+neighbourhood, named Jesus and Chivecura, on either shore of the Biobio.
+Solicitous to destroy this new settlement, which he considered as a
+disgrace to his administration, Paillamachu sent in 1595, one of his
+officers named Loncothequa, with orders to destroy the fort of Jesus.
+After twice penetrating within the works, and even burning a part of the
+interior buildings of this place, Loncothequa lost his life without
+being able to accomplish the enterprise.
+
+In 1596, the toqui made frequent incursions into all the Spanish
+districts, both within and adjoining the Araucanian territory, on
+purpose to subsist his troops and to inure them to a military life. The
+Spanish army attempted in vain to prevent or pursue these predatory
+detachments, as the wary Paillamachu took the utmost care to avoid any
+encounter, determined to reserve his force for some favourable occasion.
+On purpose to restrain these incursions Loyola erected two additional
+forts in the neighbourhood of the encampment or head-quarters of the
+toqui, one on the scite of the old fort of Puren, and the other on the
+borders of the marshes of Lumaco, which he garrisoned with the greater
+part of a reinforcement of troops which he had just received from Peru.
+He sent the remainder of these in 1597 to the province of Cujo, where
+they founded a new city, called San Luis de Loyola, which still subsists
+in a miserable condition, though placed in a very advantageous
+situation.
+
+The fort of Lumaco was soon afterwards taken by storm, by the toqui in
+person, who gave orders to two of his officers to reduce that of Puren.
+In ten days they reduced the garrison to the last extremity, but had to
+desist from the enterprise by the approach of a reinforcement under the
+command of Pedro Cortes, a Spanish officer who acquired great reputation
+in the Araucanian war. The governor Loyola arrived there soon afterwards
+with his army, and gave orders to demolish the fortifications and to
+remove the garrison to Angol, lest it might experience a similar fate
+with what had so recently happened to the fort of Lumaco. He then
+proceeded to Imperial, Villarica and Valdivia, the fortifications of
+which places he carefully repaired, to secure them against the
+increasing strength of the enemy, and then returned towards the Biobio
+under the security of an escort of three hundred men. As soon as he
+thought himself in a place of security, he ordered back the escort,
+retaining only along with himself and family sixty-two half-pay officers
+and three Franciscan friars. Paillamachu had secretly followed and
+watched all the motions of the governor, and concluded that he had now
+found a favourable opportunity to attack him. Finding him accordingly
+encamped in the pleasant valley of Caralava, he attacked him with a
+select band of two hundred Araucanians, on the night of the 22d November
+1598, and slew Loyola and all his retinue.
+
+It would appear that Paillamachu had formed confident hopes in the
+successful issue of this bold enterprise, and that it had been long
+concerted: as, in consequence of his instructions, the whole provinces
+of the Araucanian confederacy, and their allies the Cunches and
+Huilliches, were in arms in less than forty-eight hours after the
+slaughter of Loyola. In the whole of that country, from the Biobio to
+the archipelago of Chiloé, every Spaniard who had the misfortune to be
+found without the garrisons was put to death; and the cities and
+fortresses of Osorno, Valdivia, Villarica, Imperial, Canete, Angol, and
+Arauco, were all invested at the same time by close blockades.
+Paillamachu had even the boldness to cross the Biobio, burned the cities
+of Conception and Chillan, laid waste the provinces under their
+dependence, and returned into Araucania loaded with spoil.
+
+On the first intelligence of these melancholy events, the inhabitants of
+St Jago were filled with consternation and despair, and were almost
+unanimously of opinion to abandon Chili and take refuge in Peru. Yet,
+having some confidence in Pedro de Viscara, an officer of reputation
+then beyond seventy years of age, they assembled in council and
+prevailed on him to assume the government of the kingdom till the court
+might appoint a successor to Loyola. Viscara, having collected all the
+troops that could be procured, began his march for the frontiers in
+1599, and had even the courage to cross the Biobio in the face of the
+enemy, and withdrew the inhabitants from Angol and Coya, with whom he
+repeopled the cities of Conception and Chilian. The government of
+Viscara only continued for six months; as on learning the perilous
+situation of Chili, the viceroy of Peru sent Don Francisco Quinones
+thither as governor, with a numerous reinforcement of soldiers and a
+large supply of military stores. The new governor had several indecisive
+actions with the toqui to the north of the river Biobio, to which the
+Araucanians had gone on purpose to ravage the southern provinces of
+Spanish Chili. The most important of these was in the plain of Yumbal.
+The toqui was on his return into the south from a successful inroad at
+the head of two thousand men, and with a great number of cattle of all
+kinds which he had taken in the province of Chillan, and Quinones
+attempted to intercept his retreat with an equal force, the greater part
+of which consisted of Spanish troops. The two armies advanced with equal
+resolution, and the Spaniards attempted in vain to keep the Araucanians
+at a distance by a constant fire from eight field pieces and all their
+musquetry. They soon came to close quarters, and the battle continued
+with incredible fury for more than two hours, till night parted them;
+when Paillamachu took advantage of the darkness and repassed the Biobio.
+On this occasion, the governor made an improper display of severity, by
+ordering all his prisoners to be quartered and hung upon trees, which
+was much disapproved of by his officers, who, either from humanity or a
+motive of self-interest, urged him not to give the enemy a pretence for
+retaliating by similar cruelties. But Quinones obstinately adhered to an
+old maxim of endeavouring to conquer by means of terror, and was deaf to
+all their remonstrances. We are ignorant of the loss sustained by the
+Spaniards in this battle, but it must have been considerable, as Arauco
+and Canete were both immediately abandoned, and their inhabitants
+withdrawn to the city of Conception.
+
+Paillmachu does not seem to have been at all disconcerted by the issue
+of the late battle, as he continued the sieges of the Spanish cities,
+and was himself in constant motion; sometimes encouraging by his
+presence the forces that were employed in blockading the cities, and at
+other times ravaging the Spanish provinces to the north of the Biobio,
+where he did infinite mischief. Having learnt that the siege of Valdivia
+had been raised by the officer whom he had entrusted with that
+enterprise, he hastened to that place with four thousand men, part
+cavalry, seventy of his infantry being armed with musquets which he had
+taken from the Spaniards in the late engagements. On the night of the
+14th of November[91] he crossed the broad river of Calacala by swimming,
+unsuspected by the garrison, stormed the city at day-break, killed a
+great number of the inhabitants, and burnt the houses. He even attempted
+to gain possession of some vessels in the harbour, on board of which
+many of the inhabitants had taken refuge, but these escaped his fury by
+immediately setting sail. After this notable exploit, he returned in
+triumph into the north of Araucania with a booty of two millions of
+dollars, upwards of four hundred prisoners, and a considerable number of
+cannon; and rejoined Millacalquin, an officer to whom he had entrusted
+the defence of the Biobio during his absence.
+
+[Footnote 91: According to Garcilasso, Valdivia was taken on the 24th of
+November 1599. In a letter from St Jago in Chili, dated in March 1600,
+and inserted in the Royal Commentaries of Peru, P.I.B. vii. Ch. xxv. the
+Araucanian army on this occasion is said to have amounted to 5000 men,
+3000 of whom were horse. Of the foot, 200 were armed with coats of mail,
+and 70 with fire-arms, _as was said_. They surprised the city at
+daybreak without the smallest alarm, there being only four men on guard,
+two of whom went the rounds, the Spaniards being lulled into security by
+some recent successes in two different incursions they had lately made
+into the country, which they had laid waste for eight leagues all around
+during twenty days.--E.]
+
+Ten days after the destruction of Valdivia, Francisco del Campo arrived
+there by sea from Peru with a reinforcement of three hundred men; and
+finding it in ashes, he ineffectually endeavoured to introduce these
+succours into Osorno, Villarica, and Imperial[92]. Amid so many
+misfortunes, an expedition of five ships from Holland arrived on the
+coast of Chili in 1660, which plundered the island of Chiloé and put the
+Spanish garrison to the sword. But on a part of their people landing in
+the island of Talca or Santa Maria[93], inhabited by the Araucanians,
+they were repulsed with the loss of twenty-three men, being probably
+mistaken for Spaniards.
+
+[Footnote 92: In the letter quoted from Garcilasso in the preceding
+note, Del Campo is said to have raised the siege of Osorno and to have
+performed other actions of happy consequence.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 93: St Mary's island is on the coast of Araucania, in lat. 37°
+S.--E.]
+
+Disgusted with a war which threatened such unfortunate consequences,
+Quinones solicited and obtained leave to resign the government of Chili,
+and was succeeded by Garcia Ramon who had long been quarter-master of
+the army in that kingdom. Great expectations were formed of success in
+the war against the Araucanians under his direction, from his long
+experience and thorough acquaintance with the manner in which the enemy
+carried on their warlike operations. But that experience induced him to
+conduct the war on prudent principles of defence, rather than to hazard
+the loss of that part of Chili which was subject to Spain. Although he
+received a reinforcement consisting of an entire regiment of veterans,
+under the command of Don Francisco de Ovalle, father to the historian of
+that name, he confined himself almost entirely to the defence of the
+frontier line upon the Biobio. Garcia Ramon was however soon superseded
+in the government by the appointment of Alonzo Rivera, an officer who
+had acquired considerable reputation in the wars in the low countries,
+and who now brought out a farther reinforcement of a regiment of veteran
+troops. On assuming the government, he established a number of
+additional forts on the river Biobio, to defend the frontiers, by which
+he greatly encouraged the Spanish colonists, who still entertained an
+idea of abandoning Chili to the enemy.
+
+The populous and opulent city of Villarica, fell into the hands of the
+Araucanians in 1692, after a siege or blockade of two years and eleven
+months; and soon afterwards Imperial, the capital of the Spanish
+settlements beyond the Biobio, experienced a similar fate. The defence
+of this city was protracted for some months by the courage of a Spanish
+lady, named Donna Innes de Aguilera. Seeing the garrison quite
+dispirited by the long continuance of the siege, and ready to
+capitulate, she encouraged them to persist in its defence, and even
+directed all the operations in person; until at last, on a favourable
+opportunity offering, she escaped by sea with the bishop and most of the
+inhabitants. During this siege, she lost her husband and brothers, and
+her heroism was rewarded by the king with a pension of two thousand
+dollars.
+
+Osorno, likewise a rich and populous city, soon followed; as the enemy,
+now freed from the attention they had hitherto given to Valdivia,
+Villarica and Imperial, were able to bring their whole force against
+that last possession of the Spaniards within the territories of the
+Araucanian confederacy. The sufferings endured by the garrison and
+inhabitants of Osorno are scarcely to be exceeded by those endured in
+the most celebrated sieges recorded in history. They were long obliged
+to subsist on the most loathsome food, having no other sustenance than
+the carcasses of dead horses; and when these failed on cats and dogs and
+the skins of beasts. Thus in little more than three years, all the
+settlements which had been established by Valdivia and his successors,
+between the river Biobio and the archipelago of Chiloé, and preserved at
+the expence of so much blood, were destroyed, and so effectually that
+hardly any vestiges of them now remain. None of them have been since
+rebuilt, as what is at present called Valdivia is nothing more than a
+garrison or fortified post. Though great numbers of the inhabitants of
+these cities perished in the defence of their walls, by famine or by the
+sword of the enemy, yet Spanish prisoners of all ranks were so numerous
+among the Araucanians, that almost every family had at least one to its
+share. The married Spaniards were mostly allowed to retain their wives,
+and the unmarried men were supplied with wives from among the women of
+the country; but the unmarried Spanish women were distributed among the
+chiefs of the Araucanians, who by their customs were permitted a
+plurality of wives. It is not a little remarkable that the mestees, or
+offspring of these marriages, became in the subsequent wars the most
+inveterate enemies of the Spaniards.
+
+On this occasion likewise, the ransom and exchange of prisoners were
+permitted, by which means many of the Spaniards escaped from captivity.
+Yet some were induced, by love for the children they had by the native
+women, to remain captives during their lives. Some even of the Spaniards
+acquired the confidence and affection of the natives, by their pleasing
+manners, or by their skill in useful arts, and acquired advantageous
+establishments in the country. Among these, Don Basilio Roxas and Don
+Antonio Bascugnano, both of noble birth, acquired high reputation with
+the Araucanians, and both of them left interesting memoirs of the
+transactions of their times. Such of the Spaniards as happened to fall
+to the share of brutal masters, had much to suffer.
+
+Paillamachu did not long continue to enjoy the applause of his
+countrymen, for having so successfully expelled the Spaniards from
+Araucania: He died about the end of the year 1603, and was succeeded by
+Huenecura, who had been bred to arms under his direction and example in
+the celebrated military school of Lumaco.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"Modern as is the History of America, it has had its full share of
+fable, and the city of Osorno has furnished the subject of one not less
+extraordinary than any of the rest, which is thus related in the
+twentieth volume of the _Seminario Erudito_[94]."
+
+[Footnote 94: This fabulous story of the new Osorno is contained in a
+note to Molina by the English Editor.--E.]
+
+
+"During the great effort of the Araucanians to recover their country
+from the Spaniards, Osorno resisted their arms with extraordinary vigour
+for six months. At the end of this period, the Spaniards repelled a
+general assault of the besiegers, and compelled them to abandon the
+blockade. Being afraid of another attack, the Spaniards retired about
+three or four leagues, to a peninsula at the foot of the Andes, formed
+by the lake from which the river Bueno issues. They there built a new
+city on the isthmus, which they secured with walls, bulwarks, moats and
+draw-bridges; and multiplied in process of time so as to be obliged to
+build another city on the opposite side of the lake, and their
+descendents still continue to occupy the same place. This people, called
+_Alcahuncas_ by the Indians, are armed with lances, swords and daggers,
+but whether these are of iron or not, the person who discovered the
+existence of these cities had not been able to learn. They also use the
+_laque_ or thong and ball with great dexterity, on which account they
+are much dreaded by their neighbours. They have also cannon, but no
+musquets. They retain the dress, complexion and beard of their Spanish
+ancestors. They used formerly to purchase salt from the Pehuenches, and
+even from the Indians who live under the Spanish government, which they
+paid for in silver, which occasioned so great a demand for that article
+in the Spanish settlements, that a loaf of salt used to sell at the
+price of an ox. Of late this demand has ceased, as they have found salt
+in abundance in their own country."
+
+"A year only before this account was written, or in 1773, a man from
+Chiloé got to the city gates one morning before the drawbridge was
+lifted, and knocked for admittance. The soldier who was on guard told
+him to hasten back as fast as possible, as their king was a cruel
+tyrant, and would certainly put him to death if taken; and even seemed
+astonished that the Indians had permitted him to arrive at the gate.
+This man was killed on his way back; but the news of his adventure
+reached Valdivia, where it was fully believed. It is said that the
+people of these two cities live under a grievous tyranny, and are
+therefore desirous of making their situation known to the Spaniards; but
+that their chiefs use every possible precaution to prevent this, and the
+Indians of the intervening country are equally solicitous to prevent any
+intelligence respecting this state being conveyed to the Spaniards, lest
+it might induce them to make new attempts to penetrate into the
+interior."
+
+"This account is said to have been written in 1774, by Don Ignacio
+Pinuer, captain of infantry and interpreter general at Valdivia, in a
+letter addressed to the president of Chili. The writer states that his
+thorough knowledge of the language of the natives, and his great
+intimacy with them, had enabled him to collect this information, by
+means of the artful and persevering inquiries of twenty-eight
+years[95]."
+
+[Footnote 95: This absurd story evidently belongs to the same class with
+the _Seven cities_ formerly mentioned, and the _El Dorado_ and _Welsh_
+colony, which will both occur in the sequel of this work. Though not
+exactly connected in point of time with this fabled city of Osorno, a
+similar fable respecting a supposed white nation in the interior of
+Chili, may be noticed in this place, the reflections on which, in the
+paragraphs subjoined, give a clear explanation of the origin of several
+of these tales.--E.]
+
+"In the reign of the Emperor Charles V. the bishop of Placentia is said
+to have sent four ships to the Moluccas. When they had advanced about
+twenty leagues within the Straits of Magellan, three of them were
+wrecked, and the fourth was driven back into the southern Atlantic. When
+the storm abated, this fourth ship again attempted the passage, and
+reached the place where the others were lost where they found the men
+still on shore, who entreated to be taken on board; but as there was
+neither room nor provision for so great a number, they were necessarily
+left. An opinion long prevailed that they had penetrated into the
+interior of Chili, where they settled and became a nation called the
+_Cesares_, whose very ploughshares were said to be of gold. Adventurers
+reported that they had been near enough to hear the sound of their
+bells; and it was even said that men of a fair complexion had been made
+prisoners, who were supposed to belong to this nation. The existence of
+this city of the Cesares was long believed, and even about the year
+1620, Don Geronimo Luis de Cabrera, then governor of Peru, made an
+expedition in search of this _El Dorado_ of Chili. Even after Feyjo had
+attempted to disprove its existence, the jesuit Mascardi went in search
+of it with a large party of Puelches, but was killed by the Poy-yas on
+his return from the fruitless quest[96]."
+
+[Footnote 96: Dobrizhoffer, III. 407.]
+
+"The groundwork of this and other similar fables is thus satisfactorily
+explained by Falkner[97].--'I am satisfied that the reports concerning a
+nation in the interior of South America descended from Europeans, or the
+remains of shipwrecks, are entirely false and groundless, and occasioned
+by misunderstanding the accounts given by the Indians. When asked in
+Chili respecting any settlement of the Spaniards in the inland country,
+they certainly give accounts of towns and white people, meaning Buenos
+Ayres, and other places to the eastwards of the Andes. And _vice versa_,
+on being asked in the east the same question, their answers refer to
+Chili or Peru; not having the least idea that the inhabitants of these
+distant countries are known to each other. Upon questioning some Indians
+on this subject, I found my conjecture perfectly right; and they
+acknowledged, when I named Chiloe, Valdivia, and other places in Chili,
+that these were the places they alluded to under the description of
+European settlements, and seemed amazed that I should know that such
+places existed.'"
+
+[Footnote 97: Falkner, Ch. iv. p. 112.]
+
+
+SECTION X.
+
+_Farther Narrative of the War, to the Conclusion of Peace with the
+Araucanians_.
+
+
+While Alonzo Rivera applied himself with every possible energy to check
+the progress of the Araucanians and to guard the frontier of the Biobio,
+he was removed, from the government of Chili to that of Tucuman, as a
+punishment for having presumed to marry the daughter of the celebrated
+heroine Innes Águilera, without having obtained the royal permission. On
+this occasion Garcia Ramon was reinstated in the government, and
+received at the same time with his commission a reinforcement of a
+thousand men from Europe and two hundred and fifty from Mexico. Being
+now at the head of three thousand regular troops, besides a
+considerable auxiliary force, he invaded Araucania and penetrated
+without opposition into the province of Boroa[98] where he erected a
+fort, which he furnished with a considerable number of cannon, and in
+which he left a garrison of three hundred men under the command of
+Lisperger, a German officer formerly mentioned.
+
+[Footnote 98: The province of Boroa, formerly mentioned as the residence
+of a tribe much whiter in their colour than the other natives of South
+America, lies at the foot of the Andes between the heads of the rivers
+Hueco and Tolten, to the eastward of the ruins of Villarica.--E.]
+
+Immediately after the return of the invading army into Spanish Chili,
+the new toqui Huenecura proceeded to attack this new establishment.
+While on his march he fell in with Lisperger, who had gone out from the
+fort at the head of an hundred and sixty of his men to protect a convoy;
+and immediately attacked the Spaniards with such fury that he cut the
+whole detachment in pieces, and the commander among the rest. After this
+first successful essay of his arms, he proceeded without delay against
+the fort, which he made three several attempts to take by storm; but was
+repelled with so much skill and valour by Gil Negrete who had succeeded
+Lisperger in the command, that after an obstinate combat of two hours he
+was obliged to desist from the attempt to storm, and established a close
+blockade. This was continued till the governor Ramon sent orders for the
+garrison to evacuate the place. The Spanish army was now divided into
+two separate bodies, one under the command of Alvaro Pineda the
+quarter-master of Chili, and the other under the orders of Don Diego
+Saravia, who proceeded to lay waste the Araucanian territory without
+mercy. Watching his opportunity however, Huenecura attacked and defeated
+them in succession, and with such complete success that not even a
+single person of either detachment escaped death or captivity. By these
+unexpected misfortunes, that fine army on which such flattering hopes of
+security at least, if not conquest, had been founded, was entirely
+annihilated. In consequence of these repeated and heavy disasters,
+orders were given by the court of Spain, that a body of two thousand
+regular troops should be continually maintained on the Araucanian
+frontier; for the support of which force, an annual appropriation of
+292,279 dollars was made from the royal treasury of Peru. At the same
+time the court of royal audience was re-established in the city of St
+Jago on the 8th of September 1609, after having been thirty-four years
+suppressed. This measure gave universal satisfaction to the inhabitants,
+and the court has continued there ever since with high reputation for
+justice and integrity.
+
+By this new regulation, Ramon added the title of president to those of
+governor and captain-general of Chili. Having received considerable
+reinforcements, to replace the army so lately destroyed, Ramon ventured
+to recross the Biobio at the head of about two thousand men. Huenecura
+advanced to meet him, and a sanguinary and obstinate battle took place
+in the defiles of the marshes of Lumaco. The Spaniards were for some
+time in imminent danger of being completely defeated; but the valiant
+governor, taking his station in the front line, so animated his soldiers
+by his presence and example that they at length succeeded in breaking
+and defeating the enemy. Shortly after this victory, Ramon died in the
+city of Conception, on the 10th of August 1610, universally regretted by
+the Spanish inhabitants of Chili, to whom he was much endeared by his
+excellent qualities and his long residence among them. He was even
+highly esteemed by the Araucanians, whom he had always treated, when
+prisoners, with a humane attention which did him much honour. According
+to the royal decree for establishing the court of audience, the
+government of Chili now devolved upon Don Luis Merlo de la Fuente, the
+eldest oydor or judge.
+
+Much about the same time with Ramon, the toqui Huenecura likewise died,
+either from disease or in consequence of wounds received in the late
+battle. He was succeeded in the toquiate by Aillavilu the second, who is
+represented by Don Basilio Rosas, a contemporary writer, as one of the
+greatest of the Araucanian generals, and as having fought many battles
+against Merlo and his successor Don Juan Xaraquemada; but he does not
+particularize either their dates, the places where they were fought, or
+any circumstances concerning them.
+
+Among the missionaries who were at that time employed for the conversion
+of the natives in Chili, was a Jesuit named Luis Valdivia, who, finding
+it impossible to preach to the Araucanians during the continuance of
+war, went to Spain and represented in strong terms to Philip III. the
+great injury suffered by the cause of religion in consequence of this
+long and cruel war. That weak prince was more devoted to the advancement
+of religion than to the augmentation of his territories, and sent
+immediate orders to the government of Chili to discontinue the war, and
+to settle a permanent peace with the Araucanians, by establishing the
+river Biobio as the frontier between the two nations. On purpose to
+secure the punctual execution of these orders, the king offered to exalt
+Valdivia to the episcopal dignity, and to appoint him governor of Chili.
+He refused both of these high offers, and only stipulated for the
+restoration of Alonzo Rivera to the government, whose views were
+conformable with his own, and who had been exiled to Tucuman as
+formerly mentioned.
+
+Much gratified with the prosperous issue of his voyage, the zealous
+missionary returned to Chili in 1612, carrying a letter written by the
+king of Spain to the national assembly of the Araucanian chiefs,
+recommending the establishment of peace between the nations, and that
+they should promote the propagation of Christianity among their
+dependents. Immediately on his arrival in Chili, Valdivia hastened to
+the frontiers, and communicated the nature of the commission with which
+he was entrusted to the Araucanians, by means of some prisoners of that
+nation whom he had purposely brought with him from Peru. Aillavilu the
+toqui gave little attention to the proposed negociation, which he deemed
+a feint for deceiving and surprising him. But, as he died or resigned
+the command soon after, his successor Ancanamon thought proper to
+inquire into the reality of the pacific proposals, and directed the
+ulmen Carampangui to converse with Valdivia, that his offers might be
+laid before a general assembly of the ulmens. Accordingly, on the
+invitation of Carampangui, Valdivia repaired to Nancu in the province of
+Catiray, where, in an assembly of fifty Araucanian chiefs, he made known
+the substance of the proposed pacific negociations, read and expounded
+the royal letter to the Araucanian confederacy, and made a long oration
+on the motives of his interference and on the important concerns of
+their immortal souls. The assembly thanked him for his exertions, and
+promised to make a favourable report to the toqui. On his return to
+Conception, Valdivia was accompanied by Carampangui, where he was
+honourably received by the governor; who dispatched Pedro Melendez one
+of his ensigns, under the safeguard of the ulmen, on a message to the
+toqui, carrying with him the letter of the king of Spain, and a request
+that Ancanamon would meet him at Paicavi, a place near the frontiers,
+that they might confer together upon the preliminaries of peace.
+
+The toqui soon afterwards came to the place appointed, with a small
+guard of forty soldiers, and accompanied by several ulmens, bringing
+likewise along with him a number of Spanish prisoners of the first
+families, whom he set at liberty. The governor, with Valdivia and the
+principal officers of the government, received Ancanamon with every
+demonstration of respect, and conducted him to the lodgings appointed
+for his reception amid the repeated discharges of artillery. The
+governor then proposed, as preliminary articles of peace, that the river
+Biobio should serve hereafter as the common boundary between the
+Spanish and Araucanian nations, beyond which neither should be permitted
+to pass with an army: That all deserters should in future be mutually
+returned: And that missionaries should be allowed to preach the
+doctrines of Christianity in the Araucanian territories. Ancanamon
+required as a preliminary, that the forts of Paicavi and Arauco, which
+had been lately erected upon the sea coast to the south of the Biobio,
+should be evacuated. The governor immediately abandoned Paicavi, and
+agreed to give up the other immediately after the conclusion of peace.
+Being so far agreed, and as the consent of the four toquis of the
+uthalmapus was requisite to ratify the treaty, Ancanamon proposed to
+seek for them in person, and to bring them to the Spanish camp.
+
+While the negociation was in this state of forwardness, an unlooked for
+event rendered all these pacific measures abortive. Ancanamon had a
+Spanish lady among his wives, who, taking advantage of his absence, fled
+for refuge to the governor, accompanied by four other women who were
+wives to the toqui, and two young girls his daughters. The toqui was
+extremely indignant on this occasion, though less exasperated by the
+flight of his wives, than by the kind reception they had experienced
+among the Spaniards. Relinquishing every thought of peace, he
+immediately returned to the governor, from whom he demanded the
+restitution of the fugitives. His demand was taken into consideration by
+a council of the officers; but the majority of these, many of whom were
+averse to peace, refused to surrender the women to the toqui, alleging
+that they were unwilling to expose them to the danger of relapsing from
+the Christian faith which they had embraced. After many ineffectual
+propositions, Ancanamon consented to limit his demands to the
+restitution of his daughters, whom he tenderly loved. To this it was
+answered, that as the eldest had not yet embraced the Christian faith,
+his request respecting her would be complied with, but as the younger
+had been already baptised, they could not think of delivering her into
+his hands.
+
+At this time the almost extinguished hopes of peace were revived for a
+time by an unexpected incident. _Utiflame_, the apo-ulmen of Ilicura
+near Imperial, had always been among the most inveterate enemies of the
+Spaniards, and to avoid all intercourse with them, had constantly
+refused to ransom his sons or relations who happened to be made
+prisoners. He prided himself on having so successfully opposed all the
+Spanish governors of Chili, from the elder Villagran to Rivera, that
+the enemy had never been able to acquire a footing in his province,
+though near the city of Imperial. One of his sons who had been taken in
+the late war, was about this time sent back to him by Valdivia, in
+consequence of which he was so highly gratified, that he went
+immediately to visit the missionary at the fort of Arauco, where in
+return for the civilities he experienced from the governor and Valdivia,
+he engaged to receive the missionaries into his province, and to use his
+influence with Ancanamon to conclude a peace with the Spaniards. He
+observed, however, that it was necessary in the first place to restore
+his women, which could be done with safety by obtaining in the first
+place a safe conduct from the toqui, and undertook to manage the
+business. He accordingly departed from Arauco for Ilicura, accompanied
+by three missionaries, one of whom was Horatio Vecchio, the cousin of
+Pope Alexander VII. The exasperated toqui no sooner learnt the arrival
+of the missionaries at Ilicura, than he hastened to that place with two
+hundred horse, and slew them all with their defender Utiflame. Thus were
+all the plans of pacification rendered abortive, though Valdivia used
+repeated attempts to revive the negociation. All his schemes were
+disconcerted by the contrivances of the officers and soldiers, who were
+interested in the continuance of the war, and loudly demanded that
+vengeance should be taken for the blood of the slaughtered priests.
+Notwithstanding his anxious desire for peace and the pious intentions of
+the king, the governor found himself compelled to prosecute the war,
+which was renewed with more fury than ever. Ancanamon the toqui, being
+eager to revenge the affront he had received in regard to his women,
+incessantly harassed the southern provinces of Spanish Chili, and his
+successor Loncothegua continued hostilities with equal obstinacy; but
+only very imperfect accounts of this period of the war have been given
+by the contemporary historians. The governor Rivera died at Conception
+in 1617, having appointed as his successor Fernando Talaverano the
+senior oydor of the royal court; who was succeeded ten months afterwards
+by Lope de Ulloa.
+
+The toqui Loncothegua resigned in 1618, and was succeeded in the supreme
+command of the Araucanian armies by an officer named Lientur, whose
+military expeditions were always so rapid and unexpected, that the
+Spaniards used to call him the wizard. All his designs were perfectly
+seconded by Levipillan, his vice toqui. Though the line of the Biobio
+was amply secured by fortresses and centinels, these indefatigable
+enemies always contrived to pass and repass without experiencing any
+material loss. The first enterprise of Lientur was the capture of a
+convoy of four hundred horses, which were intended to remount the
+Spanish cavalry. He next ravaged the province of Chilian, and slew the
+corregidor with two of his sons and several of the magistrates, who had
+attempted to resist him in the field. Five days afterwards, he proceeded
+towards St. Philip of Austria, otherwise called Yumbel, a place about
+sixty miles to the east of Conception, with six hundred infantry and
+four hundred horse, all of whom he sent out in various detachments to
+ravage the surrounding country, leaving only two hundred men to guard
+the narrow defile of Congrejeras. Provoked at this daring enterprise,
+Robolledo, the commandant of Yumbel, sent seventy horse to take
+possession of the pass and cut off the retreat of the toqui; but they
+were received with such bravery by the Araucanian detachment, that they
+were compelled to retire for security to a neighbouring hill, after
+losing their captain and eighteen of their number. Robolledo sent three
+companies of infantry and all the rest of his cavalry to their aid; but
+Lientur who had by this time collected all his troops together, fell
+upon the Spaniards, notwithstanding the continual fire of their
+musquetry, and put their cavalry to flight at the first charge. The
+infantry, thus left exposed, were almost all cut to pieces, thirty-six
+of them only being made prisoners, who were distributed among the
+several provinces of the Arancanian confederacy. If Lientur had then
+invested Yumbel it must have fallen into his hands; but he deferred the
+siege till the following year, when his attempt was rendered
+unsuccessful by the valiant defence of Ximenes who then had the command.
+On his repulse however, he assaulted and took a fort named Neculgueno,
+the garrison of which was put to the sword, and all the auxiliaries who
+dwelt in that neighbourhood were made prisoners. Lientur followed up
+these successful exploits with others equally fortunate, which are not
+particularized by contemporary writers, who have given him the title of
+the _darling of fortune_.
+
+Ulloa the-governor, more a prey to anxiety and mortification than
+disease, died on the 20th of November 1620, and was succeeded in the
+government of Chili by Christoval de la Cerda, a native of Mexico, the
+eldest oydor, according to the established rule on such occasions. For
+the more effectual defence of the frontiers on the Biobio, he caused an
+additional fortress to be constructed, named San Christoval, which still
+remains. This oydor continued only a year in the government, during
+which he was continually occupied in defending the Spanish settlements
+against the enterprises of Lientur, with whom he had many encounters.
+His successor, Pedro Suarez de Ulloa, continued the war in a similar
+manner, contenting himself with acting principally on the defensive,
+till his death on the 11th of December 1624; when he was succeeded by
+Francisco Alava, his brother-in-law, who retained the office only for
+six months, being succeeded by Don Luis de Cordova, in March 1625.
+
+Lientar being advanced in years and worn out by continual exertions,
+resigned his office in 1625, and was succeeded as toqui by Putapichion,
+a young man whose courage and conduct much resembled his predecessor in
+office. The new governor of Chili was a commander of extraordinary skill
+and courage, and being nephew to the viceroy of Peru, was abundantly
+supplied with troops and warlike stores, being likewise directed by his
+instructions not to confine himself to defensive operations, but to
+carry the war into the Araucanian territory. His first care on his
+arrival at Conception, was to restore the military discipline, and to
+discharge all arrears that were due to the troops. He at the same time
+preferred a number of Creoles to the vacant offices, by which he
+acquired the esteem of all the inhabitants, and gratified many of the
+descendants of the original conquerors who had been hitherto much
+neglected. Having established good order in the government, he directed
+Alonzo de Cordova, whom he had appointed quarter-master, to make an
+incursion with six hundred men into the provinces of Arauco and Tucapel.
+In this expedition only an hundred and fifteen prisoners were taken and
+a small number of cattle, as most of the inhabitants took refuge in the
+mountains with their families and effects.
+
+In the mean time the new toqui, Putapichion, endeavoured to signalize
+the commencement of his administration by the capture of the fort of
+Nativity, one of the strongest places on the Biobio, which was
+constructed on the top of a high and steep mountain, well furnished with
+troops and artillery, and both from its natural and artificial strength
+was deemed impregnable. Putapichion came unexpectedly against this
+place, and soon scaling the difficult ascent, got possession of the
+ditch, set fire to the palisades and houses of the place with fire
+arrows, and very nearly succeeded in its capture. But the garrison
+collected in the only bastion which had escaped the flames, whence they
+kept up so severe a fire against the assailants, that Putapichion was
+constrained to abandon the enterprise, carrying away with him twelve
+prisoners and several horses. The toqui then crossed the Biobio and made
+an attempt upon the fort of Quinel, which was occupied by six hundred
+men; but failing also in this enterprise, he made an inroad into the
+province of Chillan, whence he brought off a great number of peasants
+and cattle, in spite of the exertions of the serjeant-major to stop his
+rapid march. Eager for retaliation, the governor resolved in 1628, to
+invade. Araucania in three directions, assigning the maritime country to
+the quarter-master, the Andes to the serjeant-major, and reserving the
+intermediate country to himself. Accordingly, at the head of twelve
+hundred regulars and a strong body of auxiliaries, he traversed the
+provinces of Encol and Puren, where he captured a great number of men
+and cattle; and, having crossed the river Cauten, he ravaged in a
+similar manner to the rich province of Maguegua. On his return from this
+successful expedition, Putapichion opposed him at the head of three
+thousand men in order of battle. In the first encounter, the Spanish
+army was thrown into confusion and suffered a severe loss; but, being
+rallied by the exertions of their officers, they renewed the battle,
+which was severely contested for some time, with considerable loss on
+both sides. As the Araucanians had recovered most of the spoil, and
+taken some prisoners while the Spanish army was in disorder, the toqui
+did not think proper to risk too much on the event of battle, and
+sounded a retreat. On his return to Conception, the governor was
+rejoined by the serjeant-major and quarter-master. The former had not
+been able to effect any thing of importance, as the enemy had taken
+refuge in the mountains. The latter reported that he had made two
+hundred prisoners, and had acquired a booty of seven thousand horses and
+a thousand head of cattle, but had the misfortune to lose most of them
+during, a violent tempest while on his return.
+
+Don Francisco Lasso, an officer who had gained high reputation in the
+wars of the low countries, arrived soon afterwards with a commission to
+supersede Cordova in the government of Chili. At the commencement of his
+administration, he endeavoured to come to an accommodation with the
+Araucanians, with which view he set at liberty all the prisoners of
+that nation who were confined in the different garrisons. But the minds
+of that high-spirited people were not yet disposed towards peace, and
+the glory of bringing about that desirable event was reserved for his
+successor; yet Lasso certainly contributed to prepare the way for peace,
+by the ten years of uninterrupted war which he waged against the
+Araucanians, in consequence of their rejecting his pacific overtures,
+during which he gained many victories over that valiant people. At the
+commencement however of his military operations, Lasso was by no means
+fortunate. The quarter-master, Cordova, while advancing by his orders to
+invade the maritime provinces of Araucania, was completely routed by
+Putapichion in the small district of Piculgue near Arauco. The toqui
+placed a part of his army in ambush, and contrived with much skill to
+induce Cordova to give battle in an unfavourable situation. In this
+action, the Spanish horse, forming the van of the army, was unable to
+withstand the charge of the Araucanian cavalry, now become exceedingly
+expert, and was put to flight; and the infantry being thus left exposed
+and surrounded on all sides, was entirely destroyed after a combat of
+five hours, during which they performed prodigies of valour, and
+gallantly resisted many furious assaults of the enemy. In this action
+Cordova was slain, with five captains, and several other officers of
+merit.
+
+On receiving intelligence of this disastrous action, the governor
+marched in person against Putapichion with a considerable body of
+troops, leaving Robolledo the serjeant-major to defend the passage of
+the Biobio against the enterprises of the toqui; who yet eluded the
+vigilance of the serjeant-major, passed the Biobio with a detachment of
+two hundred men, and laid waste the neighbouring provinces of Chili in
+the absence of the Spanish army. Lasso immediately returned with all his
+troops to the Biobio, occupied all the known fords of that river, in
+hope of cutting off the retreat of the invaders, and then went in search
+of Putapichion with a select detachment equal in number to the enemy. In
+this expedition, he was attacked at a place called Robleria on the banks
+of the Itata by the toqui with such determined resolution, that the
+Spaniards gave way at the first encounter, forty of them with several
+officers being slain. The remainder owed their safety to the skill and
+valour of the governor, who restored their order with wonderful coolness
+and intrepidity, and even repulsed the enemy with considerable loss.
+Satisfied with the success he had already obtained, and proud of having
+taken the scarlet cloak of the governor, Putapichion now conducted his
+retreat to the Biobio with great skill, and got over that river
+unopposed.
+
+On his return from this expedition, the toqui was received by his army
+with lively demonstrations of joy, and resolved to gratify his troops by
+reviving the almost forgotten festival called _pruloncon_, or the dance
+of death. A Spanish soldier, who had been made prisoner in one of the
+preceding battles, was selected for the victim of this barbarous
+spectacle [99]. "The officers surrounded by the soldiers form a circle,
+in the centre of which is placed the official axe of the toqui, with
+four poniards representing the four Uthalmapus of the confederacy. The
+unfortunate prisoner is then led in on a sorry horse deprived of his
+ears and tail, and is placed near the axe, having his face turned
+towards his own country. He is then ordered to dig a hole in the ground
+with a sharp stake, and is given a handful of small sticks, which he is
+ordered to throw one by one into the hole, naming one of the principal
+warriors of his nation at each stick, while the surrounding soldiers
+load these detested names with bitter execrations. He is then, ordered
+to cover up the hole, as if to bury the valour and reputation of the
+persons whom he has named. After this, the toqui, or one of his bravest
+companions to whom he relinquishes the honour of being executioner,
+dashes out the brains of the prisoner with a war-club. The heart is
+immediately taken out by two attendants and presented still palpitating
+to the toqui, who sucks a little of the blood and passes it to his
+officers, who successively repeat the same ceremony. The toqui then
+fumigates the four cardinal points of the circle with tobacco smoke from
+his pipe. The soldiers strip the flesh from the bones of the victim, and
+convert the bones into flutes. The head is cut off and carried round on
+the point of a pike, amid the acclamations of the multitude, while
+stamping in measured pace, they thunder out their dreadful war-song
+accompanied by the mournful sound of their horrible instruments of
+music. The mangled body is fitted with the head of a sheep, and the
+barbarous festival is terminated by riot and intoxication. If the skull
+of the victim has not been broken by the stroke of death, it is made
+into a drinking cup, called _ralilonco_, which is used in their banquets
+in the manner of the ancient Scythians and Goths."
+
+[Footnote 99: The particulars of this ceremony are here inserted from a
+different part of the work of Molina, B.I. Ch. iv. containing an
+account of the manners and customs of the Araucanians.--E.]
+
+On the present occasion, the honour of dispatching the victim was
+conferred upon the ulmen Maulican. This cruel spectacle, which some have
+attempted to excuse on the principle of retaliation, has dishonoured the
+fame of Putapichion, and was not even pleasing to all the
+Araucanians[100]. According to Don Francisco Bascagnan, who was an eye
+witness, many of the spectators compassionated the fate of the
+unfortunate soldier; and Maulican, to whom the office of dispatching him
+was assigned as a mark of honour, is said to have declared that he
+accepted of it with extreme reluctance, and merely to avoid offending
+his commander the toqui. The torture of an innocent prisoner, upon
+whatever motive or pretence, is certainly a crime against humanity of
+the deepest dye, and can never be justified on any principle whatever.
+
+[Footnote 100: It certainly was not more cruel or more dishonourable
+than the empalements and mutilations ordered by the Christian enemies of
+the Araucanians: But the latter were unbelievers, and were rebels
+against the authority of the Catholic king and the grant of the holy
+father of the Christian world.--E.]
+
+Having received a reinforcement of five hundred veteran soldiers from
+Peru, and raised two companies of infantry and a troop of cavalry at St
+Jago, the governor with these new troops, added to thirteen hundred
+Spaniards and six hundred auxiliaries composing the army on the
+frontiers, marched to relieve the fort of Arauco which was menaced by
+the toqui. Putapichion had in reality commenced his march for that place
+at the head of seven thousand chosen men, whose valour he thought
+nothing was able to resist. But in consequence of some superstitious
+auguries of the ex-toqui Lientur, who had resolved to share the glory of
+this enterprise, the greater part of the Araucanian troops were
+intimidated, and deserted to their homes during the march. Putapichion
+was not discouraged by this defection, and observing that there could be
+no better omen in war than an eager desire to conquer, he continued his
+march with three thousand two hundred of his most determined followers,
+and encamped at a short distance from the fort of Arauco. Some of his
+officers advised him to assault the fort that same night; but he
+declined this to give his troops time for rest and refreshment, and
+that the Spaniards might not reproach him with always taking advantage
+of the darkness, like a robber, to favour his enterprises.
+
+The governor, who was close at hand with his army, having resolved to
+offer battle to the enemy next day, ordered his men to prepare
+themselves for battle, and had a skirmish that night with an advanced
+party of the Araucanians, who had advanced so near the fort of Arauco as
+to burn the huts of the auxiliaries on the outside of the
+fortifications. At daybreak, Lasso took possession with his army of a
+strong position called Alvarrada, which was defended on either flank by
+a deep torrent, so that it could not be turned. He placed all his
+cavalry on the right, under the command of the quartermaster _Sea_,
+while the infantry on the left were under the orders of Rebolledo the
+serjeant-major. Putapichion advanced with his army in such excellent
+order, that the governor who had been all his life inured to arms, could
+not avoid openly expressing his admiration of the excellent disposition
+of the enemy. The Araucanian soldiers, whose heads were adorned with
+beautiful plumes of feathers, seemed as if going to a banquet, instead
+of the doubtful chance of battle. For some time the two armies remained
+motionless, as if observing each other; when at length the signal of
+attack was sounded by Quepuantu, the vice-toqui, by order of
+Putapichion. The governor then gave orders to the Spanish horse to
+charge that belonging to the enemy; but it met with so warm a reception,
+that it was broken and put to flight, and obliged to take shelter in the
+rear of the infantry. Upon this event, the Araucanian infantry made so
+violent a charge upon the Spanish foot as to throw them into confusion,
+insomuch that the governor gave up all for lost. At this critical moment
+Putapichion was slain; and the governor availed himself so effectually
+of the confusion which this circumstance produced among the Araucanians,
+that he was able to rally his troops, and led them up anew to the
+charge, while the Araucanians were solely intent upon carrying off the
+dead body of their toqui. They even effected this, but were completely
+defeated and driven in disorder from the field. Quepuantu, the
+vice-toqui, exerted himself in vain to restore order and to bring back
+his troops to the charge, even killing several of the fugitives with his
+own hand; but all his efforts were fruitless, and the Araucanians
+suffered prodigiously in their flight, being pursued for more than six
+miles in all directions. Many of the Spaniards fell in this battle, the
+most decisive that had been fought for a long time against the
+Araucanians.
+
+From the death of Putapichion to the termination of the government of
+Lasso, the successive toquis of the Araucanians continued the war with
+more rashness than skill; none of them, like Antiguenu and Paillamachu,
+having sufficient judgment to repair the losses sustained by the nation,
+and to counterbalance the power and arms of the Spaniards by skill and
+conduct. Quepuantu, who was advanced to the rank of toqui after the
+defeat at Alvarrada, retired to a sequestered vale under the covert of
+thick woods, where he built a house with four opposite doors, to
+facilitate his escape in case of being attacked. The place of his
+retirement having been discovered to the governor, he sent the
+quarter-master to surprise him with four hundred light armed troops. As
+these came upon him by surprise, Quepuantu took refuge in the wood; but
+soon returned at the head of fifty men who had come to his assistance,
+and attacked the Spaniards with great courage. After a desperate
+engagement of half an hour, in which the toqui lost almost all his men,
+he accepted a challenge from Loncomallu, chief of the auxiliaries
+attached to the Spaniards, and was slain after a long combat. In 1634, a
+similar fate befel his successor Loncamilla, in an engagement with a
+small number of Araucanian troops against a strong detachment of
+Spaniards. Guenucalquin, his successor, after making some successful
+inroads into the Spanish provinces, lost his life in an engagement with
+six hundred Spaniards in the province of Ilicura. Curanteo, who was
+created toqui in the heat of this action, had the glory of terminating
+it by the rout of the enemy; but was killed soon afterwards in another
+conflict. Curimilla, the next toqui, more daring than several of his
+predecessors, repeatedly ravaged the provinces to the north of the
+Biobio, and undertook the siege of Arauco and the other forts on the
+frontiers; but was slain at length by Sea in Calcoimo.
+
+During the government of this toqui, the Dutch made another attempt to
+form an alliance with the Araucanians, in order to obtain possession of
+Chili, but with no better fortune than on the former occasion. Their
+squadron, consisting of four ships, was dispersed in a storm on its
+arrival on the coast in 1638. A boat well manned and armed, being
+afterwards dispatched to the island of Mocha, to enter into a parley
+with the Araucanians, was attacked by the inhabitants, who put all the
+crew to death and took possession of the boat. Another boat experienced
+a similar misfortune in the small island of Talca or Santa Maria, and
+the Dutch were obliged to retire without being able to establish any
+intercourse with the Araucanians, who were equally jealous of all the
+European nations, and not without reason. Some years afterwards,
+notwithstanding the ill success of the Dutch, a similar enterprise was
+undertaken by Sir John Narborough, an English naval commander, by order
+of Charles II. In passing through the Straits of Magellan, this whole
+fleet was lost.
+
+In the mean time, taking advantage of the imprudence and unskilfulness
+of the Araucanian commanders, the governor continued constantly to lay
+waste their territories. He had at first given orders that every
+prisoner capable of bearing arms should be put to death; but afterwards,
+recurring to more humane measures, he ordered them to be transported to
+Peru, a sentence to them more intolerable even than death. Whenever
+these unhappy exiles came in sight of land, which often happened in that
+navigation, they used to throw themselves overboard in hopes to escape
+by swimming, that they might return to their country. Many had the good
+fortune to save themselves in that manner; but such as were unable to
+elude the vigilance of the sailors, as soon as they were landed on the
+island or at the port of Callao, exposed themselves to every toil and
+danger to regain their beloved country, travelling with incredible
+perseverance and fatigue the immense extent of coast between that port
+and the Biobio. When the relations of the prisoners, more anxious to
+deliver them from the miseries of exile than even from death, frequently
+sent messages to the governor to negociate the ransom of such as were
+condemned to be sent to Peru, he always refused his consent, unless the
+nation would lay down their arms and submit to his authority. Laso was
+exceedingly anxious to perform a promise which he had made like several
+of his predecessors, of putting an end to the war, and used every
+possible effort for that purpose, for which no one was better fitted to
+succeed; but he had to contend against an invincible people,
+enthusiastically bent upon the preservation of their liberties. He
+employed every means that could be suggested by wise policy and profound
+military skill to effect their subjugation; now endeavouring to humble
+their, pride by his victories, at other times ravaging their country
+with fire and sword, and endeavouring to restrain them by the
+establishment of fortresses in different parts of their territory. Among
+these, he founded a city not far from the ruins of Angol, to which he
+gave the name of San Francisco de la Vega, and left in it a garrison of
+four troops of horse and two companies of foot. But it was taken and
+destroyed in the same year in which it was built by the toqui Curimilla.
+A great number of men were necessarily expended in the prosecution of
+this obstinate war, so that the Spanish army, though annually reinforced
+with numerous recruits from Peru, was diminished to less than a half of
+its force at the commencement of the government of Laso. On this account
+he sent over Don Francisco Ayendano to Spain to solicit new
+reinforcements, and with a promise of bringing the war to a conclusion
+in the course of two years. But, judging from the past that so
+successful an issue was little to be expected, the court sent out Don
+Francisco de Zuniga, Marquis of Baydes, as his successor, who had given
+unquestionable proofs of his political and military talents, both in
+Italy and Flanders, where he had executed the charge of
+quarter-master-general. On his arrival in Chili in 1640, either in
+consequence of private instructions from the prime minister, or of his
+own accord, Zuniga procured a personal conference with Lincopichion, who
+had been elected toqui on the death of Curimilla. Fortunately for the
+interests of humanity, both commanders were of the same disposition in
+wishing for peace, and equally averse from the continuance of the
+destructive war which had so long raged between their hostile nations.
+They readily agreed upon the most difficult articles in settling the
+preliminaries, and a day was appointed at the commencement of the
+following year for ratifying the conditions of a definitive peace
+between the nations.
+
+Accordingly, on the 6th of January 1641, the marquis came to Quillin,
+the place of meeting, a village in the province of Puren, attended by a
+retinue of about ten thousand persons collected from all parts of Chili,
+who insisted to accompany him on this joyful occasion. Lincopichion came
+there likewise at the time appointed, accompanied by the four hereditary
+toquis of the Araucanians, and a great number of ulmens and other
+natives. Lincopichion opened the conference with an eloquent speech; and
+then, according to the customs of his nation, he killed a _chilihueque_
+or Araucanian camel, and sprinkling a branch of the _boighe_ or Chilese
+cinnamon tree with its blood, he presented it to the governor in token
+of peace. The articles of the treaty of peace were next proposed, agreed
+to, and ratified, being similar to those formerly mentioned which had
+been accepted by Ancanamon, with the addition of one insisted upon by
+the marquis, that the Araucanians should not permit the landing of any
+strangers on their coast, nor furnish supplies to any foreign nation
+whatever. As this was entirely conformable to the political maxims of
+the Araucanian nation, it was readily agreed to, and the peace finally
+ratified and confirmed. Thus was an end put to a destructive and
+sanguinary war, which had desolated the possessions of the two nations
+for ninety years. This, important negociation was closed by the
+sacrifice of twenty-eight chilihueques, and by an eloquent harangue from
+Antiguenu, the ulmen of the district where it was concluded, in which he
+enlarged on the advantages which both nations would reap from the
+establishment of peace. After this, the two chiefs cordially embraced,
+and congratulated each other on the happy termination of their joint
+endeavours. They then dined together, and made mutual presents to each
+other, and the three succeeding days were spent by both nations in
+festivities and rejoicing.
+
+In consequence of this pacification, all prisoners were released on both
+sides, and the Spaniards had the satisfaction of receiving, among many
+others, forty-two of their countrymen who had been in captivity ever
+since the time of the toqui Paillamachu. Commerce, the inseparable
+concomitant of a good understanding among neighbouring nations, was
+established between the Spaniards and Araucanians. The lands near the
+frontiers on both sides, which had been deserted and laid waste by the
+mutual hostile incursions, were repeopled, and a new activity was
+excerted in their cultivation by the proprietors, who could now enjoy
+the produce in tranquillity and safety. The hopes of disseminating the
+truths of Christianity among the infidels were again revived, and the
+missionaries began freely to exercise their beneficent functions among
+the inhabitants of Araucania. Notwithstanding the manifold advantages of
+peace to both nations, there were some unquiet spirits, both among the
+Araucanians and Spaniards who used their endeavours on specious
+pretences to prevent its ratification. The Araucanian malecontents
+alleged that it was merely a trick to deceive their nation, in order to
+conquer them at a future opportunity with the more facility, when they
+had become unaccustomed to the use of arms. Those of the Spaniards, on
+the contrary, who were adverse to peace, pretended that by the
+establishment of peace, the population of the Araucanians would increase
+so fast that they would soon be able to destroy all the Spanish
+establishments in Chili. Some of these had even the audacity to cry _to
+arms_, and endeavoured to instigate the auxiliaries to commence
+hostilities, while the conferences were going on. But the marquis had
+the wisdom and good fortune to prevent the renewal of the war, by
+justifying the purity and good faith of his intentions to the evil
+disposed among the Araucanians, and by reprimanding and keeping in awe
+the malecontent Spaniards, and finally accomplished this glorious
+measure, which was approved and ratified by the court of Spain.
+
+Two years after the peace, in 1643, the importance of the article which
+the marquis procured to be inserted into this treaty was rendered very
+apparent to the Spaniards, by its contributing materially to the failure
+of a third and last attempt by the Dutch to acquire possession of Chili.
+On this occasion their measures were so well taken, that if they had
+been seconded by the Araucanians they must have infallibly succeeded.
+They fitted out a numerous fleet, well provided with men, artillery, and
+military stores from Brasil, and took possession of Valdivia which had
+been deserted by the Spaniards for more than forty years, and at which
+place they intended to form an establishment from whence to conquer the
+rest of the kingdom. With this view, they immediately began to build
+strong forts at the entrance of the river, in order to secure possession
+of that important port, and invited the Araucanians to join them by the
+most flattering promises. But that gallant nation steadily refused to
+listen to the proposals, and adhering honourably to the stipulations in
+the treaty of Quillin, absolutely refused to supply them with
+provisions, of which they were much in want. The Cunchese, in whose
+territories Valdivia was situated, in consequence of the counsels of
+their Araucanian allies, likewise refused to enter into any connection
+or correspondence with the Dutch, or to supply them with provisions. In
+consequence of this refusal, being pressed by famine, and hearing that a
+combined army of Spaniards and Araucanians was in full march against
+them, the Dutch were compelled to abandon Valdivia in three months after
+taking possession. Soon after their retreat, the Marquis de Mancura, son
+to the viceroy of Peru, arrived at Valdivia in search of the Dutch with
+ten ships of war. To prevent the recurrence of a similar attempt, he
+fortified the harbour, and particularly the island at its entrance,
+which has ever since borne the name of his family title.
+
+On the termination of the sixth year of his pacific government, the
+Marquis de Baydes was recalled from Chili, and Don Martin Muxica
+appointed governor in his place. He likewise succeeded in preserving the
+kingdom in a state of tranquillity; and the only unfortunate
+circumstance that occurred during his government was a violent
+earthquake, by which part of the city of St Jago was destroyed on the
+8th of May 1647. His successor, Don Antonio de Acugna, had a very
+different fortune, as during his government the war was excited anew
+between the Spaniards and Araucanians; as will fall to be mentioned in
+the following section.
+
+
+SECTION XI.
+
+_Renewal of the War with the Araucanians, and succinct Narrative of the
+History of Chili, from 1655 to 1787_.
+
+
+I regret much the want of materials for this part of my work, as all the
+memoirs of which I have hitherto availed myself terminate at this
+period. In the year 1655, the war recommenced after a peace of between
+fourteen and fifteen years endurance, but contemporary writers have left
+us no account of the causes which interrupted the good understanding
+which had been so happily established by the Marquis de Baydes. All we
+know is that Clentaru, the hereditary toqui of the Lauquenmapu, was
+unanimously elevated to the supreme command in 1655, and signalized the
+commencement of his administration by totally defeating the Spanish army
+commanded by the serjeant-major of the kingdom, who fell in the action.
+This victory was followed by the capture of the fortresses of Arauco,
+Colcura, San Pedro, Talcamavida, and San Rosendo. In 1656, the toqui
+crossed the Biobio, completely defeated the governor Acugna in the
+plains of Yumbel, destroyed the forts of San Christoval and Estancia del
+Rey, and burned the city of Chillan. We can only add, that this war
+continued with great violence for ten years, during the governments of
+Don Pedro Portel de Cassanate, and Don Francisco de Meneses, as the
+successes of Clentaru are only incidentally mentioned in any of the
+writers belonging to this period.
+
+Don Francisco de Meneses, a Portuguese by birth, had the glory to
+terminate this new war in 1665 by a peace, which proved more permanent
+than that concluded by Baydes. After freeing himself from the
+Araucanians, he had the misfortune of being involved in a contest with
+the members of the royal audience, who opposed his marriage with the
+daughter of the Marquis de la Pica, as contrary to the royal
+regulations. This difference proceeded to such a length, that the
+Marquis de Navamorquende was sent out from Spain to Chili with full
+powers to arrange matters; who, after due inquiry, sent Meneses to Peru
+and assumed the government himself. After Navamorquende, the government
+of Chili was administered successively to the end of the seventeenth
+century, by Don Miguel de Silva, Don Jose de Carrera, and Don Thomas
+Marin de Proveda, by all of whom a good understanding appears to have
+been kept up with the Araucanians: But in 1686, war had nearly been
+again occasioned with that nation, in consequence of removing the
+inhabitants of the island of Mocho to the north shore of the Biobio, in
+order to prevent any intercourse with foreign ships.
+
+The commencement of the eighteenth century was remarkable in Chili by
+three events: The deposition of the governor Don Francisco Ibanez, the
+rebellion of the inhabitants of Chiloé, and the establishment of trade
+with the French. Ibanez was accused of having espoused the Austrian
+party in the succession war, and was banished to Peru; and after him,
+the government was successively administered until the year 1720, by Don
+Juan Henriquez, Don Andres Uztariz, and Don Martin Concha. The rebellion
+of the islanders of Chiloé was soon suppressed, and the inhabitants
+reduced to obedience, by the prudent management of Don Pedro Molina, the
+quarter-master-general of Chili, who was sent against them with a
+considerable body of troops, but who succeeded in restoring them to good
+order more by mild and conciliatory measures than by useless victories.
+In consequence of the succession war, by which a prince of the house of
+Bourbon was placed on the throne of Spain, the French acquired for a
+time the whole external commerce of Chili. From 1707 to 1717, the ports
+of that kingdom were filled with French ships, which carried from thence
+incredible sums in gold and silver; and many Frenchmen settled at this
+time in the country, who have left numerous descendants. During this
+period the learned Feuillé resided three years in Chili, and made his
+well known botanical researches and many profound metereological
+observations.
+
+For some time the Araucanians had been much dissatisfied with several
+articles in the peace, under colour of which the Spaniards availed
+themselves of forming establishments in their country. They also were
+exceedingly impatient of the insolent behaviour of certain persons,
+called _captains of the friends_, who had been introduced under the
+pretence of protecting the missionaries, and now arrogated a
+considerable degree of authority over the natives which they submitted
+to with extreme reluctance. Stimulated by resentment for these
+grievances, the Araucanians resolved in 1722 to have recourse to arms,
+and in this view they proceeded to the election of a toqui or military
+dictator. On this occasion they chose a person named Vilumilla, a man of
+low rank, but who had acquired a high character with his countrymen for
+judgment, courage, and extensive views, entertaining no less an object
+than the entire expulsion of the Spaniards from Chili. To succeed in
+this arduous undertaking, he deemed it necessary to obtain the support
+and assistance of all the native Chilese, from the confines of Peru to
+the Biobio, and vast as was the extent of his plan, he conceived it
+might be easily executed. Having slain three or four Spaniards in a
+skirmish, among whom was one of the captains of friends, as they were
+called, he dispatched messengers with the symbolical arrows, each of
+whom carried a finger of the slain Spaniards, to the various Chilese
+tribes in the Spanish provinces, inviting them to take up arms on the
+exhibition of a signal, to be given by kindling fires on the tops of the
+highest mountains all over the country. Accordingly, on the 9th of March
+1723, the day previously fixed upon for the commencement of hostilities,
+fires were lighted up on the mountains of Copaipo, Coquimbo, Quillota,
+Rancagua, Maule, and Itata. But either owing to the smallness of their
+number, their apprehension of the issue of the war, or their long
+habitude of submission, the native Chilese in the Spanish provinces
+remained quiet, and this vast project of the toqui was entirely
+disconcerted.
+
+Having declared war against the Spaniards, Vilumilla set out immediately
+at the head of an army to attack the Spanish settlements: Yet before
+commencing hostilities, he requested the missionaries to quit the
+country, that they might not be injured by his detached parties.
+Vilumilla signalized the commencement of this new war by taking the fort
+of Tucapel by storm. Being apprehensive of a similar fate, the garrison
+of Arauco abandoned that place. After destroying these two forts,
+Villumilla directed his march for Puren, of which he expected to gain
+possession without resistance. But the commander made so vigorous a
+defence that he was under the necessity of besieging it in form. In a
+short time the garrison was reduced to extreme distress, both from
+scarcity of provisions and want of water, the aqueduct which brought
+water to the fort being destroyed by the enemy. During a sally made by
+the commander to obtain supplies, he and all his followers were slain.
+In this critical situation, Don Gabriel Cano, who had succeeded Concha
+in the government, arrived with an army of five thousand men. As
+Vilumilla expected an immediate attack, he chose a strong position for
+his army which he drew up in order of battle behind the deep bed of a
+torrent: But, though repeatedly challenged to battle by the enemy, Cano
+thought it more prudent to abandon the place, and accordingly withdrew
+the remainder of the garrison. The war was afterwards reduced to
+skirmishes of small importance, and was soon terminated by a peace
+concluded at Negrete, a place situated at the confluence of the Biobio
+and the Laxa, by which the provisions of the treaty of Quillan were
+renewed, and the odious title of captains of the friends abolished.
+
+After a mild and harmonious government of fifteen years, Don Gabriel
+Cano died at St Jago, and was succeeded by his nephew Don Manuel de
+Salamanca, who was appointed by the viceroy of Peru, and who conducted
+the government in conformity with the excellent maxims of his uncle. Don
+Joseph Manso, who was sent from Spain as his successor, brought orders
+to collect the Spanish inhabitants who were dispersed over the country
+into cities. For this purpose, in 1742, the new governor founded the
+cities of Copaipo, Aconcagua, Melipilla, Rancagua, San Fernando, Curico,
+Talca, Tutaben, and Angeles. In reward for this service, he was promoted
+to the high dignity of viceroy of Peru. His successors continued to form
+new establishments, and in 1753, Santa Rosa, Guasco-alto, Casablanca,
+Bellaisla, Florida, Coulemu, and Quirigua were founded by Don Domingo
+Rosas; but these have never flourished like the former. This governor
+likewise sent a colony to occupy the larger island of Juan Fernandez, or
+Isola de Tierra, which had remained uninhabited till that time, to the
+great injury of commerce, as the pirates found there a secure retreat
+whence they could easily annoy the trade of Peru and Chili. In 1759, Don
+Manuel Amat, who was afterwards Viceroy of Peru, founded the cities of
+Santa Barbara, Talcamavida, and Gualqui on the Araucanian frontier.
+
+Tranquillity was again disturbed about the year 1770, under the
+government of Don Antonio Gil Gonzago, who absurdly endeavoured to
+compel the Araucanians to live in cities. Many councils were held to
+devise the most suitable means for carrying this chimerical scheme into
+execution, which was much ridiculed by those who were best acquainted
+with the dispositions of the Araucanians, while others sided with the
+governor in supposing it practicable. The Araucanians were informed of
+these intentions of the governor by their spies; and being apprehensive
+of danger to their liberties from the proposed innovation, their chiefs
+met secretly to deliberate upon the best measures for eluding the
+designs of the governor without having recourse to arms. On this
+occasion the following resolutions were entered into by the Butacoyog,
+or national assembly of the ulmens. 1st, To delay the business as long
+as possible, by equivocal replies and delusive promises. 2d, When
+pressed to commence building, to require tools and other necessary aids
+from the Spaniards. 3d, To have recourse to war, when they found
+themselves no longer able to elude the demands of the governor; but that
+only the provinces that were compelled to build should declare war,
+while the others remained neutral on purpose to mediate a peace. 4th,
+When the mediation of these should be refused, the whole confederacy to
+join in the war. 5th, To allow the missionaries to depart in safety, as
+they had nothing to accuse them of but being Spaniards. 6th, To elect a
+supreme toqui, who should have the charge of executing these
+resolutions, and was to have every thing in readiness for taking the
+field when necessary.--Accordingly Antivilu, apo-ulmen of Maquegua, was
+unanimously elected toqui; but as his province was one of those which
+were to remain neutral, he declined to accept the office, and
+Curignancu, brother to the ulmen of Encol was elected in his stead.
+
+At the first conference, the governor proposed his plan to the
+Araucanians under every aspect that he thought might render it
+acceptable and agreeable. In pursuance of their previous agreement, the
+Araucanians objected, equivocated, and at length appeared to consent,
+but ended by requesting the necessary assistance for beginning the work.
+Accordingly, having pointed out the situations which he thought most
+eligible for the new cities, the governor sent them a great quantity of
+wrought iron, together with provisions for the labourers, and cattle for
+transporting the timber. As the work made no progress, the
+quarter-master Cabrito repaired to the frontiers with several companies
+of soldiers, to stimulate the tardy operations, and placed for this
+purpose superintendents in different quarters. The serjeant-major
+Rivera, was entrusted with the building of Nininco, and Captain Bargoa
+with that of another city on the banks of the Biobio, while Cabrito
+directed all the operations from his head-quarters at Angol.
+
+Finding all their acts of equivocation and delay ineffectual, the
+Araucanians flew to arms, and having united to the number of five
+hundred men under the toqui Curignancu, they proceeded to besiege
+Cabrito in his camp. Burgoa, who had been made prisoner and very roughly
+treated, was set at liberty in consequence of being represented as
+inimical to the quarter-master. Rivera crossed the Biobio in sight of
+the enemy who were seeking to slay him, but he got away in safety under
+the protection of a missionary, and afterwards returned with four
+hundred men to relieve Cabrito. Another missionary requested the
+Araucanian officer who escorted him, to forgive a Spaniard by whom he
+had been grievously offended: The Araucanian answered that he had
+nothing to fear while in company with the missionary; and that it was
+now no time to think of revenging private injuries. Such was the
+attention paid to the sanctity of the missionaries, that not a single
+Spaniard was slain who had the good fortune of getting under their
+protection.
+
+In order to attack the Araucanians in several places at once, the
+governor formed an alliance with the Pehuenches, who inhabit the western
+slopes of the Andes between the latitudes of 33° 30' and 36° S. and
+between the heads of the rivers Maypo and Chillan. They accordingly sent
+an army through the defiles of the mountains to invade Araucania: But
+Curignancu, being informed of their approach, fell upon them by surprise
+while descending from the Andes and completely routed them, taking their
+general Coligura and his son, both of whom he put to death. Though this
+event might have been supposed calculated to occasion eternal enmity
+between the Pehuenches and Araucanians, it yet so effectually reconciled
+them, that the Pehuenches have been ever since faithful allies to the
+Araucanians, and implacable enemies to the Spaniards. Even in this war,
+Curignancu availed himself of the assistance of these mountaineers to
+harass the Spanish possessions in the neighbourhood of St Jago. Since
+that time, the Pehuenches frequently attack the Spanish caravans between
+Buenos Ayres and Chili, and almost every year furnishes some melancholy
+events of that kind.
+
+The mortification of seeing his grand project completely overthrown
+preyed on the mind of Gonzago, already afflicted by a severe chronic
+illness, which was so much aggravated by this disappointment as to cut
+him off in the second year of the war; and Don Francisco Xavier de
+Morales was appointed his successor by the viceroy of Peru. As formerly
+concerted, the neutral provinces of Araucania now declared in favour of
+those who had first begun hostilities, and the war was prosecuted with
+vigour by the whole confederacy. Curignancu and his brave vice-toqui
+Leviantu, kept the Spanish troops in constant motion and alarm, though
+reinforced by several divisions from Spain. Having no materials for
+giving an account of the events of this war, it can only be mentioned
+that a bloody battle was fought in the beginning of the, year 1773, by
+which period the expences of the war had exceeded 1,700,000 dollars. In
+the same year an accommodation was agreed upon, and Curignancu was
+invested by the Butacayog with full powers to settle the articles of
+peace. He required as a preliminary, that the conferences should be held
+in the city of St Jago, which was conceded by the Spanish governor
+though contrary to the usual custom. During the negociations in that
+city, he made another demand still more extraordinary, "That his nation
+should be allowed to keep a resident agent in the capital of Chili."
+This was warmly opposed by the Spanish officers; but the governor
+thought proper to grant this likewise, as an excellent expedient for
+readily adjusting any differences that might arise between the two
+nations. The other articles of the peace were adjusted with all manner
+of facility, as the treaties of Quillan and Negrete were revived by
+mutual consent.
+
+On the death of Gonzago being known in Spain, Don Augustino Jauregui was
+sent out to assume the government of Chili, who has since filled the
+important office of viceroy of Peru with universal approbation. He was
+succeeded by Don Ambrosio Benarides, who rendered the country happy by
+his wise and beneficent administration. "On the 21st of November 1787,
+Don Ambrosio Higgins a native of Ireland, formerly brigadier-general of
+the cavalry in Chili, was appointed president, governor, and
+captain-general of the kingdom, a gentleman of an enlightened mind and
+excellent disposition, who has gained the love and esteem of all the
+inhabitants. In 1792 he continued to discharge the duties of his high
+station with all the vigilance and fidelity which belong to his
+estimable character, and which are required in so important, a
+situation. On his first accession to the government, he visited all the
+northern provinces, for the purpose of dispensing justice, encouraging
+agriculture, opening the mines, and improving the commerce and fisheries
+of the kingdom. He has also established schools, repaired the roads
+throughout the country, and has built several new cities[101]."
+
+[Footnote 101: This last passage within inverted commas, is an addition
+to the text of Molina by the original translator.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION XII.
+
+_State of Chili towards the end of the Eighteenth Century_[102].
+
+
+[Footnote 102: The information of Molina appears to have closed about
+1787; but in some notes by the translator, interwoven here into the
+text, a few short notices to the year 1792 occur.--E.]
+
+From the short deduction of the occurrences in Chili since its
+discovery, which has been attempted in the foregoing pages, it will be
+seen that the acquisition and maintenance of that interesting and
+important colony has cost more expenditure of blood and treasure to
+Spain than all the rest of her American possessions. The Araucanians,
+though only occupying a small extent of territory, and with far inferior
+arms, have not only been able to resist the military power of Spain,
+till then reckoned invincible, but have endangered the loss of her best
+established possessions. Though most of the Spanish officers employed in
+the early period of the Araucanian war had been bred in the low
+countries, that excellent school of military knowledge, and her soldiers
+were armed with those destructive weapons before which the most
+extensive empires of America had so early fallen, and were considered as
+the best disciplined and bravest troops in the world; yet has this brave
+people been able to resist their utmost efforts, and still maintain
+their independence unimpaired. This will appear wonderful, especially
+when we consider the decided superiority which European military
+discipline and skill have given to its troops in all parts of the world.
+The rapidity of the Spanish conquests in America excited universal
+astonishment; and a small number of Portuguese gained with almost
+incredible facility an extensive territory in the east, even although
+the natives were extremely numerous and accustomed to the use of
+fire-arms. Yet, in spite of every effort of force and skill, the
+Araucanians have valiantly defended their country, evincing that a free
+people, however inconsiderable in point of numbers, can perform wonders.
+
+Since losing their possessions in Arancania, the Spaniards have
+prudently confined their views to the preservation and improvement of
+that part of Chili which lies between the southern confines of Peru and
+the river Biobio, extending between the latitudes of 24° and 36° 30' S.
+As formerly mentioned this kingdom is divided into _thirteen_ provinces.
+Of late years two other provinces have been formed by the disjunction of
+Maule, and the provinces of Cauquenes and Cunco are nominally added to
+the former number, but without any addition of territory. Besides these,
+they possess the fortress and port of Valdivia in the country of the
+Cunches, the archipelago of Chiloe, and the island of Juan Fernandez.
+This colony or kingdom of Chili is governed by an officer, who combines
+the titles and functions of civil governor, president of the court of
+audience, and captain-general, and usually holds the rank of
+lieutenant-general in the Spanish army. He resides in the city of St
+Jago, and is solely dependent upon the king, except that in time of war
+he is subject in some points to receive orders from the viceroy of Peru.
+In quality of captain-general, he is commander-in-chief of the army,
+having under his immediate orders the three principal military officers
+of the kingdom, the quarter-master-general, the serjeant-major, and the
+commissary-general, besides the four commandants of Chiloe, Valdivia,
+Valparaiso, and Juan Fernandez. As president and governor, he has the
+supreme administration of justice, and presides in the superior
+tribunals established in the capital, whose jurisdiction extends over
+all the provinces and dependencies of Chili. The chief of these is the
+royal audience, whose decisions are final in all causes both civil and
+criminal, and which is divided into two chambers, one for civil and the
+other for criminal causes. Both are composed of several respectable
+oydors or judges, a regent, fiscal, royal procurator, and protector of
+the Indians, all of which officers have high salaries from the crown.
+In civil causes where the sum at issue exceeds the value of 10,000
+dollars, an appeal lies from their sentence to the supreme council of
+the Indies. The other supreme courts are those of Finance, of the
+_Cruzada_, of Vacant lands, and the Consulate or tribunal of
+commerce.
+
+The provinces of Chili are governed by officers who were formerly called
+corregidors, but are now known by the title of sub-delegates, which
+ought to be nominated by the crown, but are generally appointed by the
+governor, owing to the distance from Spain. These, as lieutenants of the
+governor, have jurisdiction both in civil and military affairs, and as
+their emoluments are entirely derived from fees, their amount is by no
+means regular. In each capital of a province, there is or ought to be a
+municipal magistracy denominated the Cabildo, composed of several
+regidors appointed for life, of a standard-bearer, a procurator, a
+forensic judge called the provincial alcalde, a high sheriff called,
+alguazil-mayor, and two alcaldes. These latter officers are nominated
+annually by the cabildo from the most respectable inhabitants, and have
+jurisdiction both in civil and criminal causes in the first instance.
+
+All the inhabitants able to carry arms are divided into regiments, which
+are bound to march to the sea-coast or the frontiers in case of war. In
+1792, the militia amounted to 15,856 men, in the two bishoprics of St
+Jago and Conception; 10,218 in the former, and 5,638 in the latter. This
+force which was established in 1777, during the government of Don
+Augustino Jaregui, is only called out on great occasions, and is seldom
+obliged to perform the duty of centinels and patroles; but is obliged to
+hold itself always in readiness for war, and frequently to exercise in
+the use of arms. Besides this regular militia, there are a great number
+of city corps, who are commanded by officers named commissaries instead
+of Colonels. These are divided into several companies, according to the
+extent and population of their respective districts; and the companies
+have no fixed numbers, sometimes exceeding a hundred men, and at other
+times falling short of that number. This city militia supplies guards
+for the prisons and for the escort of prisoners, and performs the duties
+required by the police, without being exempted from military service
+when occasion requires; and from these companies recruits are drawn to
+supply vacancies in the regular militia. Every one capable of bearing
+arms is thus enrolled either in these companies or in the regular
+militia, except such as are indispensably necessary for cultivating the
+land and taking care of the cattle. Besides this militia, the crown
+maintains a regular force of veteran troops part at St Jago and part at
+Conception for the protection of the Araucanian frontier. In 1792, all
+the veteran troops in Chili amounted to 1976 men, divided into two
+companies of artillery, nine troops of horse, including a regiment of
+dragoons at St Jago, and the rest infantry. The cavalry is commanded by
+a brigadier-general, who is quarter-master-general of the kingdom, and
+intendant of Conception. The infantry and artillery are under the
+command of two lieutenant-colonels. Besides these royal troops, the city
+of St Jago keeps several troops of dragoons in constant pay for its
+particular protection.
+
+In regard to ecclesiastical polity, Chili is divided into two extensive
+bishoprics, those of St Jago and of Conception, the bishops of these
+dioceses being suffragans to the archbishop of Lima. The bishopric of St
+Jago extends from the confines of Peru to the river Maule, and includes
+the province of Cujo on the east side of the Andes. The bishopric of
+Conception comprises all the rest of Chili and the islands; but the
+greater part of this extent is inhabited by pagans, being the
+confederacy of Araucania and its auxiliaries. The two cathedrals have a
+competent number of canons or prebendaries, whose revenues as well as
+those of the bishops depend upon the tythes. The _holy_ tribunal of the
+inquisition at Lima, has a commissary and several subaltern officers or
+familiars resident at St Jago. Upon his first coming into Chili,
+Valdivia brought with him several monks of the order of Mercy. About the
+year 1553, the Dominicans and Franciscans were established in the
+country, the Augustins in 1593, and the Hospitallers of St John of God
+in 1615. These orders all have a number of convents, and the three first
+form distinct jurisdictions under their respective provincials. The
+brothers of St John have the charge of the hospitals, under the
+direction of a commissary, dependent on the provincial of their order in
+Peru. The Jesuits came likewise into Chili in 1593, along with Don
+Martin Loyola, nephew to their founder, and formed a separate province,
+but were afterwards suppressed along with the rest of their order in all
+parts of christendom. Other orders have several times attempted to form
+establishments in Chili, but have always been resisted by the
+inhabitants. There are several convents of nuns in the cities of St Jago
+and Conception, but none are contained in the other cities of the
+kingdom.
+
+Though the cities are in general built in the most fertile districts of
+the kingdom, many of them might have been more conveniently situated for
+trade upon the banks of the navigable rivers; as is more particularly
+the case with those of recent erection. The streets in all the cities
+are laid out in straight lines, intersecting each other at right angles,
+and are generally about forty feet wide. The houses are mostly of one
+storey, yet are very commodious, are all whitewashed on the outside, and
+handsomely painted within, each being accommodated with a pleasant
+garden, irrigated by means of an aqueduct or canal, which likewise
+furnishes water for the use of the family. Those houses which belong to
+the wealthier classes, particularly the nobility, are splendidly and
+tastefully furnished. Noticing that old buildings of two stories had
+resisted the most violent earthquakes, many of the inhabitants have of
+late years ventured to construct their houses in the European manner,
+and to reside in upper rooms; employing bricks and stone in the
+construction of their new buildings, instead of clay hardened in the sun
+which was formerly supposed less liable to injury. By this change the
+cities have a much handsomer appearance than formerly. Cellars, sewers,
+and wells, were of old much more common than now; and the want of these
+may have contributed to render the buildings more secure from the
+effects of earthquakes.
+
+The churches in Chili are in general more remarkable for their wealth
+than their architecture; but the cathedral and the church of the
+Dominicans in St Jago are both built of stone and in a handsome style.
+The cathedral was recently constructed at the royal expence, under the
+direction of the bishop Don Manuel Alday. The plan was drawn by two
+_English_ architects, who superintended the work. It is built in a
+masterly style, and extends 384 French feet in length. When about half
+finished, the architects refused to proceed unless their wages were
+augmented; but two Indians who had worked under the _Englishmen_ had
+privately made themselves acquainted with every branch of the art, and
+offered to complete the fabric, which they did with as much skill as
+their masters. The following edifices in the capital are also deserving
+of notice. The barracks for the dragoons; the mint, lately built by a
+Roman architect; and the hospital for orphans, founded by the Marquis of
+Monte-pio, and endowed by the crown.
+
+In consequence of the free trade lately granted to Chili, it is
+increasing in population with a rapidity proportional to the salubrity
+of its climate and the fertility of its soil. The Europeans mostly
+consist of emigrants from the southern provinces of Spain, with a few
+French, English, and Italians. The Creoles, or descendents of European
+settlers are still more numerous. The character of that race, with some
+slight differences owing to climate and government, is similar to that
+of other American Creoles descended from Europeans. "The Creoles are
+generally well made, and are rarely found with those deformities which
+are so common in other countries. Their courage has frequently
+signalized itself in war, by a series of brilliant exploits, nor would
+there be better soldiers in the world if less averse from submission to
+discipline. Their history furnishes no examples of that cowardice,
+treachery, and baseness which dishonour the annals of all nations, and
+scarcely can an instance be adduced of a Creole having committed a
+disgraceful action. Untainted by the mean vices of dissimulation,
+artifice, and suspicion, they possess great frankness and vivacity of
+character, joined to a high opinion of themselves, and their intercourse
+with the world is not stained by that mysterious reserve so common in
+Europe, which obscures the most amiable characters, depresses the social
+spirit, and chills sensibility of disposition. Possessed of an ardent
+imagination and impatient of restraint, they are prone to independence
+yet inconstant in their inclinations and pursuits. By the warmth of
+their temperature, they are impelled to the pursuit of pleasure with an
+eagerness to which they sacrifice their fortunes and often their lives.
+They possess keen penetration, and a remarkable facility of conceiving
+and expressing their ideas with force and clearness, together with a
+happy talent of observation, combined with all those qualities of mind
+and character, which render men capable of conceiving and executing the
+greatest enterprises, especially when stimulated by oppression[103]."
+
+[Footnote 103: This character of the Creoles is inserted by the original
+translator, in a note, from the Abbe Raynal.--E.]
+
+Whatever intelligent and unprejudiced travellers have observed
+respecting the characters of the French and English Creoles, will
+perfectly apply to those of Chili. The same modes of thinking and the
+same moral qualities are discernible in them all. They generally have
+respectable talents, and succeed in all the arts to which they apply.
+Had they the same motives to stimulate them as are found in Europe, they
+would make as great progress in the useful sciences as they have
+already made in metaphysics. They do not readily imbibe prejudices, and
+are not tenacious in retaining them. As however, scientific books and
+philosophical instruments are very scarce and difficultly attainable in
+Chili, their talents have no opportunity of being developed, and are
+mostly employed in trifling pursuits; and as the expence of printing is
+enormous, they are discouraged from literary exertion, so that few among
+them aspire to the reputation of becoming authors. The knowledge of the
+civil and canon law is held in high estimation, so that many of the
+youth of Chili, after completing their academical education in their own
+country, proceed to Lima to study law. The fine arts are in a low state
+in Chili, and even the mechanical arts are far from perfection. The arts
+of carpentry, of working in iron, and in the precious metals, are
+however to be excepted, in which they have made considerable progress,
+in consequence of the information and example of some German artists,
+who were introduced into Chili by that worthy ecclesiastic Father
+Carlos, a native of Hainhausen in Bavaria. The important changes which
+the beneficence of an enlightened administration in Spain have lately
+introduced into the American colonies, by directing the attention of the
+subjects to useful improvements, have extended their influence even to
+Chili. Arts and sciences, formerly unknown or but very imperfectly, now
+engage the attention of the inhabitants, and there is reason to hope
+that the country will soon assume a better aspect.
+
+The peasantry of Spanish Chili, though for much the greater part of
+Spanish descent, dress after the manner of the Araucanians. Thinly
+dispersed over an extensive country, and unincumbered by restraint, they
+enjoy complete liberty, and lead a tranquil and happy life, amidst the
+enjoyment of abundance, in a delightful climate and fertile soil. The
+principal part of these healthy and vigorous men live dispersedly upon
+their respective possessions, and cultivate with their own hands a
+greater or less extent of ground. They are naturally gay, and fond of
+all kinds of diversion. They have likewise a strong taste for music, and
+even compose verses, which, though rude and inelegant, possess much
+pleasing native simplicity, often more interesting than the laboured
+compositions of cultivated poets. Extemporary rhymers are common among
+them, like the _improvisatori_ of Italy, and are called _Palladores_,
+who are held in great estimation, and devote themselves entirely to
+that occupation. In the Spanish provinces of Chili, no other language
+than Spanish is spoken, except upon the frontiers, where the peasants
+speak both Araucanian and Spanish. The men dress in the fashion of
+Spain, and the women in that of Peru; only that the women in Chili wear
+their garments longer than is usual in Peru. Lima prescribes the
+fashions for Chili, as is done by Paris for the rest of Europe; and the
+inhabitants of Chili and Peru are equally luxurious, as in both
+countries the wealthy make a splendid display in their dress, titles,
+coaches, and servants. Chili enjoys alone of all the American colonies,
+the high honour of having two of its citizens exalted to the dignity of
+grandees of Spain: Don Fernando Irrazabel, Marquis of Valparaiso, born
+in St Jago, who was viceroy of Navarre, and generalissimo of the Spanish
+army in the reign of Philip IV. and Don Fermin Caravajal, Duke of San
+Carlos, a native of Conception, who resides at present[104] at the court
+of Madrid. Don Juan de Covarrubias, a native of St Jago, who went into
+the service of France in the beginning of the eighteenth century, was
+rewarded with the title of marquis, the order of the Holy Ghost, and the
+rank of Marshal in the French army.
+
+[Footnote 104: This refers to 1787, when Molina published his work.--E.]
+
+The salubrity of the climate, and the constant exercise on horseback to
+which the natives of Chili are accustomed from their infancy, render
+them strong and active, and preserve them from many diseases. The
+small-pox is not so common as in Europe, but makes terrible ravages when
+it appears[105]. In the year 1766, it was first introduced into the
+province of Maule, where it proved exceedingly fatal. At this time, a
+countryman who had recovered from this loathsome disease, conceived the
+idea of curing those unhappy persons who were deemed in a desperate
+situation, by means of cows milk, which he gave to his patients to
+drink, or administered in clysters. By this simple remedy, he cured all
+whom he attended; while the physicians saved very few by their
+complicated prescriptions. I mention this circumstance, as it strongly
+confirms the practice of M. Lassone, physician to the queen of France,
+published in the Medical Transactions of Paris for 1779, who was
+successful in curing the small-pox with cows milk, mixed with a
+decoction of parsley roots. From these instances it would appear, that,
+milk has the power of lessening the virulence of this terrible disease.
+
+
+[Footnote 105: Several years ago, before that terrible French eruption
+which now desolates Spain, the Spanish government communicated to all
+her colonies, however distant, the inestimable benefit of vaccination.
+It may be here mentioned that it has been long known among the
+illiterate cow-herds in the mountains of Peru, all either native
+Peruvians or Negroes, that a disease of the hands which they are liable
+to be infected with on handling diseased cow udders, the _cow-pox_,
+effectually arms all who have been subjected to it against the infection
+of the _small-pox_.--E.]
+
+The Creole inhabitants of Chili are in general generous and benevolent.
+Contented with a comfortable subsistence, so easily acquired in that
+country, they are rarely infected with the vice of avarice, and even
+scarcely know what parsimony is. Their houses are universally open to
+all travellers, whom they entertain with much hospitality, without any
+idea of being paid; and this virtue is even exercised in the cities.
+Hence, they have not hitherto attended to the erection of inns and
+public lodging-houses, or hotels, which will become necessary when the
+commerce of the interior becomes more active. The inhabitants of Chili
+are very dexterous in using the _laqui_, which they constantly carry
+with them on their excursions. It consists of a strap of leather several
+fathoms in length, twisted like a cord, one end of which is fastened to
+the girth under the horses belly, and the other end terminates in a
+strong noose, which they throw over any animal they wish to catch with
+so much dexterity as hardly ever to miss their aim[106]. It is used
+likewise on foot, in which case one end is fixed to the girdle. The
+peasants of Chili employed this singular weapon with success against
+certain English pirates who landed on their coast. Herodotus makes
+mention of the employment of a similar noose in battle by the Sagartii,
+a nation of Persian descent, who used no offensive weapons except
+daggers, depending principally upon cords of twisted leather, with a
+noose at one extremity, with which they used in battle to entangle their
+enemies, and then easily put them to death with their daggers. The
+inhabitants of Chili are likewise very expert in the management of
+horses; and, in the opinion of travellers who have seen and admired
+their dexterity and courage on horseback, they might soon be formed into
+the best body of cavalry in the world. From their attachment to horses,
+they are particularly fond of horse-races, which they conduct in the
+English manner.
+
+[Footnote 106: The _laqui_ in use to the east of the Andes, at least so
+far as employed in war, has either a ball or stone at one or both
+ends.--E.]
+
+The negroes, who have been introduced into Chili by contraband means,
+are subjected to a much more tolerable servitude than in other parts of
+America, where the interested motives of the planters have stifled every
+sentiment of humanity. As the cultivation of sugar and other West Indian
+produce has not been introduced into Chili, the negro slaves are
+employed only in domestic services, where by attention and diligence
+they acquire the favour of their masters. Those most esteemed are either
+born in the country, or mulattoes, as they become attached to the
+families to which they belong. By the humanity of government, excellent
+regulations have been introduced in favour of this unfortunate race.
+Such as have been able by their industry to save a sum of money
+sufficient to purchase a slave, are entitled to ransom themselves by
+paying it to their masters, who are obliged to receive it and grant them
+their liberty; by which means many of them have obtained their freedom.
+Those who are ill treated by their masters, can demand _a letter of
+sale_, which entitles them to seek for a purchaser; and if the master
+refuses, they apply to the judge of the town or district, who examines
+into their complaint, and grants the required permission, if well
+founded. Such instances are however rare, as the masters are careful not
+to reduce their slaves to this necessity on account of their own
+reputation, and because the slaves are generally so much attached to
+their masters, that the greatest punishment which could be inflicted on
+them were to sell them to others. It even frequently happens that those
+who have received their freedom in reward of good conduct, do not avail
+themselves of it, that they may not lose the protection of the family
+they belong to, from which they are always sure of subsistence. Masters
+however have the right to correct their slaves, and the kind and degree
+of punishment is left with them, except in capital crimes.
+
+The internal commerce of Chili has hitherto been of small importance,
+notwithstanding the many advantages possessed by this fertile country.
+Its principal source, industry, or necessity rather, is still wanting.
+An extensive commerce requires a large population, and in proportion as
+the one increases, the other will necessarily advance. A communication
+by water, which greatly facilitates the progress of commerce, has
+already been opened. In several of the Chilese ports, barks are now
+employed in the transportation of merchandise, which had formerly to be
+carried by land on the backs of mules, with great trouble and expence;
+and this beneficial alteration will probably be followed with others of
+greater importance. Several large ships have been already built in the
+harbour of Conception, and at the mouth of the river Maule, in the port
+of Huachapure; by which the external commerce of the kingdom is carried
+on with Peru and Spain. In the trade with Peru, twenty-three or
+twenty-four ships are employed, of five or six hundred tons each, part
+of which belong to Chili and part to Peru. These usually make three
+voyages yearly, and carry from Chili wheat, wine, pulse, almonds, nuts,
+cocoa-nuts, conserves, dried meat, tallow, lard, cheese, bend-leather,
+timber for building, copper, and a variety of other articles; and bring
+back return cargoes of silver, sugar, rice, and cotton. The ships which
+trade directly from Spain to Chili, receive gold, silver, copper,
+Vicugna wool, and hides, in exchange for European commodities. A
+permission to trade to the East Indies would be very profitable to the
+Chilese, as their most valuable articles are either scarce or not
+produced in these wealthy regions of Asia, and the passage across the
+Pacific Ocean would be easy and expeditious, in consequence of the
+prevalence of southerly winds. The only money current in Chili is of
+gold and silver, which is considerably embarrassing to internal
+commerce, as the smallest silver coin is the sixteenth of a dollar, or
+4-1/4d. The weights and measures are the same with those of Madrid.
+
+"Of the two great sources of commerce, agriculture and manufacturing
+industry, the former alone hitherto animates the internal trade of
+Chili, or even the commercial intercourse between that country and
+Peru[107]. The working of mines also occupies the attention of many of
+the colonists, especially in the provinces of Copaipo, Coquimbo, and
+Quillota. Manufacturing industry is hitherto so trifling as not to
+deserve notice. Notwithstanding the abundance of raw materials for this
+purpose, such as flax, wool, hemp, skins, and metals, which might give
+employment to a flourishing manufacturing industry, it is still in a
+languid condition. The inhabitants however manufacture _ponchos_,
+stockings, carpets, blankets, skin-coats, saddles, hats, and other small
+articles, chiefly for the use of the poorer people, as those used by the
+middle and higher ranks are from the manufactures of Europe. These
+enumerated articles, with the sale of hides and leather, grain and
+wine, form the whole internal commerce of Chili. The external commerce
+is principally with the ports of Peru, and particulary with that of
+Callao, the port of Lima. To the amount of about 700,000 dollars is
+yearly sent to Peru in the productions of Chili, serving not only to
+counterbalance the importations from that country, but leaving an annual
+balance of 200,000 dollars in favour of Chili. The trade between Chili
+and Buenos Ayres is on the contrary in favour of the latter, as Chili
+has to pay about 300,000 dollars yearly in cash for the herb _Paraguay_
+alone. The other articles received from Buenos Ayres are probably paid
+for by those which are sent to that place. In the trade with Spain, the
+productions of Chili go but a short way in payment of the European goods
+which are annually imported to the value of more than a million of
+dollars. Gold, silver, and copper, form the whole of the articles sent
+from Chili to Spain, as the hides and Vicugna wool are of too little
+importance to be considered."
+
+[Footnote 107: These observations on the trade of Chili, distinguished
+by inverted commas, are inserted into the text from a long note in this
+part of the work of Molina--E.]
+
+"Gold to the extent of 5200 marks[108], and as the amounts which are
+coined and shipped are nearly equal, there does not appear to be any
+clandestine extraction. But a considerable quantity is expended in
+bullion, in works of use or ornament. The silver extracted from the
+mines of Chili is estimated at 30,000 marks yearly[109]. Of this about
+25,000 marks are coined annually, and the residue is employed in the
+fabrication of plate. Yet a considerably larger amount is shipped every
+year, arising from the coined silver, which is transmitted from Lima.
+The remittances of gold and silver from Chili to Spain passes usually
+through Buenos Ayres. The gold, being less bulky, is carried by land, by
+the monthly packets, in sums of two or three thousand ounces. The silver
+is sent by two ships every summer, which likewise carry a part of the
+gold. The remittances of gold amount annually to 656,000 dollars[110],
+the silver to 244,000[111]; and the copper annually extracted from the
+mines of Chili is estimated at from eight to ten thousand quintals[112].
+From these data it will not be difficult to form a general estimate of
+the value of yearly produce from Chili[113]."
+
+[Footnote 108: The mark being eight ounces may be valued at L.4; hence
+the yearly production of gold in Chili is equal to about L.166,400
+sterling.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 109: At eight ounces the mark, and 6s. _per_ ounce, this
+amounts only to the yearly value of L.72,000 sterling.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 110: At 4s. 6d. the dollar, equal to L.147,600 sterling.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 111: Or L.54,900 sterling.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 112: The quintal of 100 pounds, at 1s. 6d. a pound, gives an
+average value of L.67,500 sterling for the yearly produce of
+copper.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 113: The entire value of the three enumerated articles amounts
+to L.270,000 sterling; but the other articles of export from Chili,
+formerly enumerated, are not here included.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION XIII.
+
+Account of the Archipelago of Chiloé [114].
+
+
+[Footnote 114: This is appended to the English translation of Molina,
+and is said to be chiefly extracted from a work on that subject by Pedro
+Gonzalis de Agueros, published at Madrid in 1791.--E.]
+
+The Archipelago of Chiloé, extends from Cape Capitanes to Quillan, from
+lat. 41° 50' to 44° S. long. 302° to 303° 25' E, from the meridian of
+Teneriffe[115]. On the north it is bounded by the continent, where the
+Juncos and Rancos [116], two independent and unconverted nations,
+possess the country from thence to Valdivia: on the east by the Andes,
+which separate it from Patagonia; on the south by the archipelago of
+Guaitecas; and on the west by the Pacific Ocean. The islands of this
+archipelago amount to about eighty, and appear to have been produced by
+earthquakes, owing to the great number of volcanoes, with which that
+country formerly abounded. Every part of them exhibits the most
+unquestionable marks of the operation of volcanic fire. Several
+mountains in the great island of Chiloé, which gives name to the
+archipelago, are composed of basaltic columns, which have been certainly
+produced by volcanic fire, whatever may be alleged to the contrary. The
+inhabited part of this province, extends from Maullin to Huilad,
+comprising forty leagues from north to south, and eighteen or twenty
+from east to west, and comprises twenty-five islands. There are Isla
+Grande, Ancud, or Chiloe Proper; Achao, Lemui, Quegui, Chelin, Tanqui,
+Linlin, Llignua, Quenai, Meulin, Caguach, Alau, Apeau, Chaulinec,
+Vuta-Chauquis, Anigue, Chegniau, Caucague, Calbuco, Llaicha, Quenu,
+Tabon, Abtau, Chiduapi, and Kaur.--Chiloe Ancud, or _Isla Grande_, being
+the largest island as its name imports, is the most populous, and the
+seat of government. Its capital, Castro, which is the only city in the
+province, was founded in 1566 by Don Martin Ruiz de Gamboa, during the
+viceroyalty of Lope Garcia de Castro in Peru, and was honoured with the
+name of his family.
+
+[Footnote 115: Or from long. 75° to 74° 20'W. from Greenwich.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 116: Called Cunches and Huilliches by Molina. Several
+circumstances in this account are interwoven from the text of Molina,
+Vol. II. Book iv. ch. ii. This circumstance will account for occasional
+repetitions, and perhaps some apparent contradictions, which may
+appear.--E.]
+
+The inhabitants of these islands are descended from the continental
+aborigines of Chili, as is evident from their manners, appearance, and
+language; yet are they very different in character, being of a pacific
+and rather timid disposition. They accordingly made no opposition
+against the handful of Spaniards who were sent to subjugate them under
+Gamboa, though their population is said to have then exceeded seventy
+thousand. Neither have they ever attempted to shake off the yoke, except
+once at the beginning of last century, when a very unimportant
+insurrection was speedily quelled. The number of inhabitants at present
+amounts to upwards of eleven thousand, which are distributed into
+seventy-six districts, each of which is governed by a native _ulmen_.
+The greatest part of this population is subject to the Spanish
+commanders, and are obliged to give personal service fifty days in every
+year, pursuant to the feudal laws, which are rigorously enforced in this
+province, though they have been long abolished in the rest of the
+kingdom of Chili.
+
+These islanders in general possess great quickness of capacity, and
+readily learn any thing that is taught them. They have an apt genius for
+all mechanical arts, and excel in carpentry, cabinet-making, turnery,
+and the like, and are very expert in the construction of wooden-houses,
+as indeed all the habitations and even the churches are of timber. They
+are likewise good manufacturers in linen and woollen, of which last
+mixed with the feathers of sea-birds they make very beautiful
+bed-coverings. They also manufacture _ponchos_ or cloaks of various
+kinds, many of which are striped, or embroidered with coloured silk or
+worsted.
+
+These islands abound in wood, of which they supply large quantities
+yearly. As it rains almost incessantly, the cultivated lands are
+commonly wet the whole year. Though they have abundance of cattle, these
+are not employed for ploughing the ground, which is tilled, or
+cultivated in the following singular manner. About three months before
+seed-time, their sheep are turned upon the lands intended for a crop,
+changing their situation every three or four nights, in the manner
+called folding in Europe, by which the land is sufficiently manured. The
+field is then strewed over with the seed corn, and a strong man
+scratches or slightly turns over the soil to cover the seed, by means of
+a rude implement composed of two crooked sticks of hard wood fastened
+together and made sharp, which he forces into the ground with his
+breast. Notwithstanding this very imperfect tillage, the subsequent crop
+of wheat generally yields ten or twelve for one. They likewise grow
+large quantities of barley, beans, peas, _guinoa_, which is a species of
+chenopodium used in making a pleasant species of drink, and the largest
+and best potatoes that are to be found in all Chili. Owing to the
+moisture of the climate, the grape never comes to sufficient maturity
+for making wine; but its want is supplied by various kinds of cyder,
+made from apples and other wild fruits which abound in the country.
+
+Owing to their habitude of frequently going from one island to another,
+where the sea is far from being pacific, the Chilotans are all excellent
+sailors, and being active, docile, and industrious, they are very much
+employed in navigating the shipping of the South Sea. Their native barks
+or piraguas are formed of from three to five planks, sewed together, and
+caulked with a species of moss which grows on a particular shrub. There
+are vast numbers of these barks all through the archipelago, which they
+manage very dexterously both with sails and oars, and the natives often
+venture as far as Conception in these frail vessels. They are much
+addicted to fishing, and procure vast quantities and many kinds of
+excellent fish on the sea around their shores. Of these they dry large
+quantities, which they export to Chili and Peru, and the other countries
+on the Pacific Ocean. They likewise cure considerable quantities of
+testaceous fishes, such as conchs, clams, and _piures_, in the following
+manner. These shell fish are laid in a long trench, covered over with
+the large leaves of the _panke tinctoria_, over which a layer of stones
+is laid, on which a hot fire is kindled and kept up for several hours.
+The roasted fish are then taken out of the shells, strung upon lines,
+and hung up for some time in the smoke of wood fires. Cured in this
+manner they keep well for a considerable time, and are carried for sale
+to Cujo and other inland districts.
+
+The Christian religion was very readily embraced by the Chilotans after
+their subjugation, and they have ever since continued stedfast in its
+observance. Their spiritual concerns are under the direction of the
+bishop of Conception. Formerly the government was administered by a
+lieutenant-governor appointed by the governor of Chili, but that officer
+is now nominated by the viceroy of Peru. The whole external trade of
+these islands is carried on by three or four ships which come there
+annually from Peru and Chili, by which they receive wine, brandy,
+tobacco, sugar, herb of Paraguay, salt, and European goods, for which
+they give in exchange red cedar boards, timber of different kinds,
+ponchos of various qualities, hams, pilchards, dried shell-fish,
+white-cedar boxes, embroidered girdles, and a small quantity of
+ambergris which is found on their shores.
+
+The navigation in this archipelago is difficult and even dangerous owing
+to the strength and number of the currents, and nothing can appear worse
+adapted for so perilous a sea than the piraguas or boats which are used
+by the islanders. They are without keel or deck, and the planks of which
+they are composed are sewed or laced together by means of strong
+withies, the seams being caulked or stuffed with a kind of moss, or with
+pounded cane leaves, over which the withies are passed. The cross
+timbers or thwarts are fixed by means of pegs or tree-nails. In these
+frail barks, which are very easily overset, the Chilotans venture with a
+fearlessness proceeding entirely from being accustomed to danger, not
+from skill in avoiding it. Their main source of food is from the sea,
+which is general most bountiful in those parts of the world where the
+earth is least so. Their mode of fishing is singular and ingenious. At
+low water, they inclose a large extent of the flat shore with stakes
+interwoven with boughs of trees, forming a kind of basket-work; which
+pens or _corrales_ are covered by every flood and left dry by the ebb
+tide, at which time they generally find abundance of fish. They likewise
+employ as food a species of sea-weed, called _luche_, which they form
+into a kind of loaves or cakes which are greatly esteemed even by the
+wealthy inhabitants of Lima. Seals are more numerous in the archipelagos
+of Guaitecas and Guayneco, still farther to the south, where they are
+eaten by the natives, who are said to acquire so rank an odour from the
+use of this food that it is necessary to keep them to leeward. Whales
+sometimes run aground among these islands but are greatly more numerous
+farther to the south. They have probably retired from this part of the
+coast in consequence of being persecuted, as ambergris was formerly
+found in great abundance on these shores, but is now very rare.
+
+All the islands are very mountainous and craggy, so that only a few
+vallies among the hills and the flat grounds near the shore are
+susceptible of cultivation. On this scanty cultivable ground, there are
+forty-one settlements, called _pueblas_ or townships, in the _isla
+grande_, or large island of Chiloé. There is one road indeed across the
+mountains, but the whole interior of the island is uninhabited. The isle
+of Quinchau has six pueblas; Lemui and Llaicha each four, Calbuco three,
+all the other inhabited islands only one each, and there are three on
+the continent, in all eighty-one. In these pueblas or townships, the
+houses are much scattered, each being placed upon its attached property.
+The church stands near the beach, having a few huts erected in the
+neighbourhood, which serve to accommodate the parishioners when they
+come to church on Sundays or any festival to attend mass. In the whole
+archipelago there are but four places where the houses are placed so
+near together as to assume the appearance of a town or village. These
+are the city of Castro as it is called, Chacao, Calbuco, and the port of
+San Carlos. This last is the largest and most flourishing. In 1774 it
+contained sixty houses, with 462 inhabitants. In 1791, it had increased
+to two hundred houses and eleven hundred inhabitants; but its prosperity
+arose on the ruin of Chacao, which was the only port in the whole
+archipelago till 1768. The harbour of Chacao is rendered very dangerous
+by reason of many rocks and shoals, and is much exposed to winds from
+the north and north-east; on which account Don Carlos de Berenger, when
+governor, recommended that a town should be built at _Gacui del Ingles_,
+or English harbour, which was accordingly ordered by the court of Spain
+in 1767. The bay was then named Bahia del Rey; or Kings Bay, and the
+town and harbour San Carlos. It is in lat. 41° 57' S. and long. 73° 58'
+W. The port is good, but ships are often wrecked at the entrance, in
+consequence of tremendous hurricanes which come on suddenly, at which
+time the land cannot be seen. Since the erection of this town, the seat
+of government has been removed to it from Castro.
+
+It is difficult to understand what motives could have induced the
+Spaniards to settle in this miserable country, when the whole extent of
+this western side of South America was open to them. Where gold and
+silver are to be found, or where wealth is to be acquired by commerce,
+men will readily settle, however barren and unfavourable the country, or
+however pestilential the climate. But Chiloé offers no incitements to
+avarice, and only a bare and comfortless subsistence to perpetual
+industry. Perhaps the principal part of the original settlers were
+people who escaped from the fury of the Araucanians, unable to remove to
+Peru, or to subsist if they got there, and who were therefore glad of
+getting any place of rest and security. There is perhaps no other colony
+in the world to which Europeans have carried so few of their arts and
+comforts, or where they have attempted to colonize under so many natural
+disadvantages. Two instances indeed may be excepted; the project of
+Philip II. to fortify the Straits of Magellan, and the unaccountable
+settlements of the Norwegians in Greenland. In Chiloé it often rains for
+a whole month without intermission, and these rains are frequently
+accompanied by such tremendous hurricanes that the largest trees are
+torn up by the roots, and the inhabitants do not feel safe in their
+houses. Even in January, their mid-summer, they have often
+long-continued heavy rain. If during the height of a storm the smallest
+opening be perceived in the clouds towards the south, fine weather soon
+succeeds; but first the wind changes suddenly to the south, with even
+greater violence than it blew before from the opposite quarter, and
+comes on with a crash as loud and sudden as the discharge of a cannon.
+The storm then passes away with a rapidity proportional to its violence,
+and the weather clears up. But at this critical change of the wind,
+vessels are exposed to the utmost danger. Thunder and lightning are
+rare, but earthquakes are frequent. In 1737 these islands suffered
+severely by an earthquake; a few days after which a cloud or exhalation
+of fire, coming from the north, passed over the whole archipelago, and,
+as is said, set fire to the woods in many of the islands in the group of
+the Guaitecas. It is said also that these islands were then covered over
+with ashes, and that vegetation did not again appear upon them till
+1750, thirteen years afterwards.
+
+Though excessively rainy, the climate is not unhealthy; but no people on
+earth ever had more cause to believe that the ground was cursed to bring
+forth thorns and thistles, and that man is condemned to eat bread with
+the sweat of his brow, as there are none who labour so hard and procure
+so little. They are so poor as to have no iron, or so very little that a
+family which has an axe guards it like a treasure. Their substitute for
+a plough has been already described as made of two crooked branches of a
+tree, with a sharp point at one end and a round ball at the other, which
+they force into the ground by means of their breast, protected by a
+sheeps skin during this rude operation of tillage. Laborious as this
+mode must be even in a free soil, it is rendered still more so in Chiloe
+by the myrtle roots which everywhere infest their cultivated land. The
+little corn they raise can never be left to ripen in the field, on
+account of the heavy and frequent rains. It must be cut before it
+ripens, and its sheaves hung up to dry in the sun-shine, if the sun
+happens then to shine; and otherwise it has to be dried within
+doors[117]. Bread is consequently a luxury which is reserved for great
+occasions; and the want of which is supplied by means of excellent
+potatoes, far better than any that are produced in Peru or Chili.
+
+[Footnote 117: In many parts of Norway, the peasants have to win, or
+dry, their corn sheaves spitted on wooden spars set upon stakes in the
+open air; and a nobleman in the western Scots Highlands, has shades in
+which to dry his corn and hay, where the sheaves are hung upon pegs like
+herrings in a curing house. Yet bad as is the climate of Chiloe, Iceland
+and Kamtshatka can grow no corn at all.--E.]
+
+Apples and strawberries are their only fruit, both of which are good and
+plentiful. The woods produce a plant called _quilineja_, much resembling
+the _esparto_ or broom of Spain, from which they manufacture their
+cables; and they make smaller ropes from several leafless parasitical
+plants which twine round the larger trees like vines or bindwood. A
+species of wild cane or reed serves to roof their houses, and its leaves
+serve as hay or fodder for the few horses which are kept in this
+inhospitable country. In that part of the continent which belongs to
+this province, there is a tree, called _alerse_ by the Spaniards and
+_lahual_ by the Indians, which supplies the principal part of their
+exports, as from 50,000 to 60,000 planks of its wood are sent yearly to
+Lima. It grows to a large size, and has so even and regular a grain as
+to admit of being cleft by wedges into boards or planks of any desired
+thickness, even smoother than could be done by a saw. Neither Agueros
+nor Falkner had ever seen the tree; but the latter supposed it of the
+fir tribe from description, and supposes it might thrive in England if
+its seeds could be brought over, as the country in which it grows is as
+cold as Britain, and it is reckoned the most valuable timber of that
+country both for beauty and duration. The bark of this tree makes
+excellent oakum for that part of ships which is under water, but does
+not answer when exposed to the sun and air. They export also the wood of
+a tree named _luma_, for axle-trees and the poles of carriages; of a
+particular kind of hazle for ship-building, which answers excellently
+for oars; they likewise make chests and boxes of a species of cypress,
+and of a tree named _ciruelillo_.
+
+Hams are a principle article among their exports, as hogs are the most
+numerous animals in Chiloé, where they find their own food in the woods.
+Few sheep are kept, yet there are sufficient to furnish wool to give
+employment to the women. From this they manufacture _ponchos_, two of
+which, give sufficient work to a woman for a whole year, as they work
+without a loom. The warp is stretched between a set of pegs, and they
+weave in the woof with their fingers, yet make the work remarkably fine,
+strong, and beautiful. They make also a smaller kind, called
+_bordillos_, which are the ordinary dress of the negroes at Lima.
+Besides these, they manufacture blankets and rugs, or coverlets for
+beds, and linen cloth; which last is woven in looms.
+
+In summer, when the vessels arrive from Callao, San Carlos is like a
+fair, as this is the only opportunity enjoyed by the Chilotans to get
+supplied with any thing which is not the produce of their own country,
+or to dispose of any portion of their surplus produce. As they have no
+money or circulating medium of commerce, the whole trade is carried on
+by means of barter, which would leave the islanders at the mercy of the
+merchants from Lima, but for the interference of the government. On the
+arrival of the first ship of the season, the cabildo or municipal
+magistracy of San Carlos, fixes a money price at which every thing is to
+be rated on both sides; which means of regulating the market seems
+absolutely necessary, as otherwise the Chilotans in buying would be
+obliged to give any price demanded by the seller, and in selling would
+have to take any price offered. Still it would be much for their
+advantage to export their own commodities; but the whole archipelago
+does not contain a single vessel large enough to make a voyage to Peru
+or even to Chili. Formerly the soldiers who were in garrison in this
+province used to receive their pay in clothes and other articles of
+which they might be in want; but they were ordered by a late regulation
+to be paid in specie; and if this be continued it must occasion an
+important change in the commercial situation of Chiloé, by introducing a
+circulating medium. In San Carlos there is a garrison of regular troops,
+consisting of 33 artillerymen, 58 dragoons, and 53 infantry. The militia
+of the archipelago consists of 1569 men, including officers; which have
+to do garrison duty, but receive no pay or rations, having to serve
+entirely at their own expence.
+
+The inhabitants of Chiloé consists only of two classes of people,
+Spaniards and Indians, there being no negroes and no mixed breed or
+mestees. The want of negroes is easily explained by the poverty of the
+islanders; but we are not told how it happens that the other two races
+have not intermixed[118]. This is the more remarkable, as a most
+extraordinary change has taken place in the language of these islands
+during the latter half of the eighteenth century; insomuch that the
+language of the Indian inhabitants consists entirely of Spanish words,
+but all the inflexions, the syntax, and the idiomatic manner of
+expression are Chilese, that is to say exactly corresponding to the
+Moluchese dialect of the Chilidugu.
+
+[Footnote 118: Probably the gradations have not been attended to,
+because the nice discrimination of ranks has not been deemed worth while
+in so poor a country. Perhaps the mestees and their gradations are all
+elevated to the rank of Spaniards, or all depressed to that of vassal
+Chilotans.--E.]
+
+Both men and women of the Spanish population in Chiloé go barefooted,
+except a few of the principal families who sacrifice convenience to
+pride; as in a country so continually wet it is safer to go about with
+naked feet than to have them in wet coverings. The men universally wear
+the _poncho_. The houses, or hovels rather, are all built of wood, and
+the crevices are stopped with sheep-skin or rags. The roofs are all
+thatched; and the climate is so rainy that this soon rots and must be
+frequently renewed. These dwellings consist of a single room, in which
+the family, the cattle, and the poultry, are all accommodated. A few of
+the inhabitants who can afford superior accommodation, have houses
+divided into several apartments, wainscoted within, and roofed with
+deal. Being all of wood, fires are frequent occurrences; but as the
+houses are scattered, the mischief does not extend. Owing to the
+inclemency of the weather, and the miserable state of the roads, a
+family in the scattered and solitary situation in which the houses are
+placed, is often weeks, and sometimes months without any communication
+with their neighbours. There is neither hospital, physician, nor surgeon
+in the whole province. A sick person is laid in a bed or a heap of skins
+near a large fire, and remains there till recovery or death supervene.
+The missionaries who visited these islands could find no books from
+which to teach the children to read, and when they wished them to write
+there was no paper. Necessity produced a substitute, and they used
+wooden boards or tablets, on which they wrote with a substance which
+could be washed out. Such is the miserable situation of the Spanish
+inhabitants of the archipelago of Chiloe: yet they dare not leave their
+wretched birth-place in the hope of bettering their fortunes. The
+small-pox is hitherto unknown among them, and those, who have attempted
+to go elsewhere have been cut off by that loathsome disease. In 1783,
+the entire population of this dreary province amounted to 23,477, of
+whom 11,985 were of Spanish descent, and 11,492 Indians.
+
+
+SECTION XIV.
+
+_Account of the Native Tribes inhabiting the southern extremity of South
+America [119]._
+
+
+[Footnote 119: This supplementary section or appendix is added to the
+second volume of Molina, apparently by the English translator, and is
+said to be chiefly extracted from the description of Patagonia by
+Falkner. As the subject is new and interesting, we have been induced to
+extend somewhat beyond the rigid letter of a collection of voyages and
+travels. The picture of man in varied circumstances of savage life, is
+one of the most important pieces of information to be derived from a
+collection such as that we have undertaken and where direct means of
+communicating that intelligence are unattainable, it is surely better to
+employ such as on be procured than none.--E.]
+
+The poet Ercilla has made the name of the _Araucanians_ so famous that
+it were improper now to change the appellation. But that denomination
+properly belongs only to these tribes of the _Picunches_ who inhabit the
+country of Aranco[120]. The nations or tribes who inhabit the southern
+extremity of South America are known among themselves by the general
+names of _Moluches_ and _Puelches_; the former signifying the warlike
+people, and the latter the eastern people.
+
+[Footnote 120: It will easily be seen in the immediate sequel, that
+Falkner very improperly uses Picunches as a generic term, as it
+signifies in a limited manner the northern people. Molina most properly
+denominates the whole aborigines of Chili on both sides of the Andes,
+Chilese, as speaking one language, the Chili-dugu; names the tribes of
+Arauco and those in the same republican confederacy Araucanians; and
+gives distinct names like Falkner to the allied tribes: the Puelches,
+Cunchese, Huilliches, Pehuenches, and others. Falkner appears to have
+chosen to denominate the whole from the tribe whose dialect he first
+became acquainted with; and some others seem to select the Moluches as
+the parent tribe.--E.]
+
+The _Moluches_ or warlike people, are divided into the _Picunches_, or
+people of the north, the _Pehuenches_ or people of the fine country, and
+_Huilliches_ or people of the south. The Picunches inhabit the mountains
+from Coquimbo to somewhat below St Jago in Spanish Chili. The Pehuenches
+border on these to the north, and extend to the parallel of Valdivia.
+Both of these are included in history under the name of
+Araucanians[121]. Their long and obstinate wars with the Spaniards, with
+the Puelches and with each other, have greatly diminished their numbers;
+but they have been still more diminished by the havoc which has been
+made among them by brandy, that curse of the American Indians, for which
+they have often been known to sell their wives and children, and to
+engage in savage scenes of civil bloodshed, entailing wide and endless
+deadly feuds. The small-pox has nearly completed the work of war and
+drunkenness, and when Falkner left the country they could hardly muster
+four thousand men among them all.
+
+[Footnote 121: This account differs essentially from the history we have
+just given from the writings of Molina, an intelligent native of Chili,
+which cannot be repeated in the short compass of a note.--E.]
+
+The Huilliches possess the country from Valdivia to the Straits of
+Magellan. They are divided into four tribes, who are improperly classed
+together as one nation, since three of them are evidently of a different
+race from the fourth. That branch which reaches to the sea of Chiloé and
+beyond the lake of Nahuelhuaupi speaks the general language of Chili,
+differing only from the Pehuenches and Picunches in pronunciation. The
+others speak a mixed language, composed of the Moluche and Tehuel
+tongue, which latter is the Patagon; and these tribes, from their great
+stature, are evidently of Patagonian origin. Collectively these three
+tribes are called the Vuta-Huilliches, or great southern-people;
+separately they are named Chonos, Poy-yes, and Key-yes. The Chonos
+inhabit the archipelago of Chili, and the adjoining shores of the
+continent. The Poy-yes or Peyes possess the coast from lat. 48° to
+something more than 51° S. The Key-yes or Keyes extend from thence to
+the Straits of Magellan. The Moluches maintain some flocks of sheep,
+principally for the sake of their wool, and cultivate a small quantity
+of corn.
+
+The Puelches or eastern people, which name they receive from the natives
+of Chili, are bounded on the west by the Moluches, on the south by the
+Straits of Magellan, on the east by the sea, and on the north by the
+Spaniards. They are subdivided into four tribes, the Taluhets, Diuihets,
+Chechehets, and Tehuelhets. The _first_ of these or _Taluhets,_ are a
+wandering race who prowl over the country, from the eastern side of the
+first _desaguadero_ as far as the lakes of Guanacache in the
+jurisdiction of San Juan and San Luiz de la Punta. Some of them are also
+to be found in the jurisdiction of Cordova, on the rivers Segundo Terzo
+and Quarto. When the Jesuits were expelled from the missions, this tribe
+could scarcely raise two hundred fighting men, and even in conjunction
+with all their allies not above five hundred. The _second_ of these
+tribes, called the _Diuihets,_ is, also a wandering race, which borders
+westwardly on the Pehuenches, between the latitudes of 35° and 38° S.
+They extend along the rivers Sanguel Colorado and Hueyque, and nearly to
+the Casuhati on the east. This nation and that of the Taluhets are
+collectively called Pampas by the Spaniards, whose settlements in
+Tacuman and on the southern shore of the La Plata they have always
+infested, and sometimes even endangered. The _third_ tribe of the
+Puelches is named the Chechehets, or eastern-people. The country which
+they chiefly frequent is situated between the rivers Hueyque and the
+first desaguadero or Rio Colorado, and from thence to the second
+desaguadero or Rio Negro. They are a tall and stout wandering race
+resembling the Patagonians, but speak a quite different language. Their
+dispositions are friendly and inoffensive, but they are a bold and
+active enemy when provoked. They are now reduced to a small number by
+the ravages of the small-pox. The fourth race, called the _Tehuelhets,_
+or in their own language the Tehuel-kunnees or southern-men, are the
+real Patagonians. These are again subdivided into many tribes, all of
+which and the Chechehets also are called _Serranos_ or mountaineers by
+the Spaniards. The _Leuvuches,_ who seem to be the head tribe of all the
+Serranos, live on the Rio Negro. They speak the same language with the
+Chechehets, but with a small mixture of the Tehuel. This tribe used to
+keep on good terms with the Spaniards, that they might hunt in security
+in the pampas or immense plains of Buenos Ayres. About the year 1740,
+however, they were provoked to war by a most wanton and treacherous
+attack, and Buenos Ayres would in all probability have been destroyed,
+had not these injured people been appeased by the Jesuit missionaries.
+The Tehuelhets are more numerous than all the other tribes of these
+parts together, and are the perpetual enemies of the Moluches who are so
+terrible to the Spaniards, whom they would have long since destroyed if
+they had been equally well supplied with horses.
+
+To the south of these are the Chulilau-Kunnees, and the Sehuan-Kunnees,
+who are the most southerly of the equestrian tribes. The country beyond
+them, all the way to the Straits of Magellan, is possessed by the last
+of the Tehuel tribes, called Yacana-Kunnees or foot-people, as they have
+no horses. These are an inoffensive race, who are very swift runners,
+and subsist mostly on fish. The other Tehuelhets and the Huilliches
+sometimes attack this tribe for the purpose of making slaves of the
+prisoners. The ordinary stature of all the Tehuel tribes is from six to
+seven feet. None of the Puelches either keep sheep or cultivate the
+ground, but depend altogether on hunting, for which purpose they keep a
+great number of dogs.
+
+The belief in an infinite number of spirits, good and evil, is common to
+all the native tribes south of the Rio Plata. From the north of that
+river to the Orinoco a different language prevails, accompanied by a
+different form of superstition The Puelches do not appear to acknowledge
+any of those numerous spirits as supreme over the rest. The Taluhets and
+Diuihets call a good spirit _Soychu,_ or he who presides in the land of
+strong drink. The Tehuelhets call an evil spirit Atskanna Kanatz, the
+other Puelches denominate the same being Valichu. Huecuvu must be
+another name for the evil spirit; as the Chechehets give the name of
+Huecuvu-mapu or the devils-country to a great sandy desert, into which
+they never venture lest they should be overwhelmed.
+
+Among the northern Indians, each cast or small tribe is distinguished by
+the name of some animal; as the tribe of the tyger, the lion, the
+guanaco, the ostrich, and the like. They believe that each tribe had its
+own particular creator, who resided in some huge cavern under a lake or
+bill, to which all of that tribe will go after death, to enjoy the
+felicity of eternal inebriation. These good creative spirits, according
+to their opinion, having first created the world, made the different
+races of men and animals, each in their respective cave. To the Indians,
+they gave the spear, the bow and arrow, and the _lague_ or ball and
+thong: to the Spaniards fire arms. Animals they allege were likewise
+created in these subterranean abodes of the spirits, such as were
+nimblest coming first out. When bulls and cows were coming out last of
+all, the Indians were frightened at the sight of their horns, and
+stopped up the mouth of their cavern; but the Spaniards were wiser and
+let them out. Thus they explain the reason why they had no cattle till
+after the coming of the Spaniards. In. their opinion, all the animals
+who have been created in these hidden caverns have not yet emerged. They
+attribute all the misfortunes or diseases which happen to men or animals
+to the agency of the evil spirits, who are continually wandering about
+the world in search of mischief. Their priests or jugglers rather, are
+each supposed to be attended by two familiar evil spirits, to whom the
+souls of these jugglers are associated after death, and with whom they
+go about to do mischief. The jugglers are of both sexes; but it seems as
+if it were thought an occupation beneath the dignity of a man, as the
+male wizards are compelled to dress like women and are not permitted to
+marry. The female jugglers are under no such restriction. They are
+generally chosen while children to be initiated in the mysteries of this
+profession, from among those who are most effeminate, and such as happen
+to be subject to epilepsy or St Vitus' dance are considered as
+especially marked out for the service of the jugglers. It is a very
+dangerous profession, as these jugglers are frequently put to death when
+any calamity happens to befal either the chiefs or the people.
+
+No ceremonies are performed in honour of the good spirits. That which is
+addressed to the evil ones is performed in the following manner. The
+assistants assemble in the hut or tent of the wizard, who is concealed
+in a corner of the tent, where he has a drum, one or two round
+calabashes with a few small sea shells in them to make a noise, like the
+_maraca_ or rattle of the Brazilian sorcerers, and some square bags of
+painted hide in which he keeps his spells. He begins the ceremony by
+making a strange noise with his drum and rattle, after which he feigns
+to fall into a fit, which is supposed to be occasioned by a struggle
+with the evil spirit who then enters into him. During this fit, he keeps
+his eye-lids lifted up, distorts his features, foams at the mouth, seems
+to dislocate his joints, and after many violent and unnatural motions
+remains stiff and motionless, like a person in a fit of epilepsy. After
+some time he comes to himself, as if having gained the victory over the
+evil spirit. He next causes a faint shrill mournful voice to be heard
+within his tabernacle, as of the evil spirit, who is supposed to
+acknowledge himself vanquished; after which the wizard, from a kind of
+tripod, answers all questions that are put to him. It is of little
+consequence whether these answers turn out true or false, as on all
+sinister events the fault is laid on the spirit. On these conjuring
+occasions, the juggler is well paid by those who consult the destinies.
+
+
+These southern nations make skeletons of their dead, as is done likewise
+by the native tribes on the Orinoco; but it is singular that this
+practice does not prevail among the intermediate tribes, that inhabit
+between the Maranon and Rio Plata. On such occasions, one of the most
+distinguished women of the tribe performs the ceremony of dissection.
+The entrails are burnt, and the bones, after the flesh has been cut off
+as clean as possible, are buried till the remaining fibres decay. This
+is the custom of the Molnuches and Pampas, but the Serranos place the
+bones on a high frame-work of canes or twigs to bleach in the sun and
+rain. While the dissector is at work on the skeleton, the Indians walk
+incessantly round the tent, having their faces blackened with soot,
+dressed in long skin mantles, singing in a mournful voice, and striking
+the ground with their long spears, to drive away the evil spirits. Some
+go to condole with the widow and relations of the dead, if these are
+wealthy enough to reward them for their mourning with bells, beads, and
+other trinkets; as their customary condolence is not of a nature to be
+offered gratuitously, for they prick their arms and legs with thorns,
+and feel pain at least if not sorrow. The horses belonging to the
+deceased are slain, that he may ride upon them in the _alhue-mapu,_ or
+country of the dead; but a few of these are reserved to carry his bones
+to the place of sepulchre, which is done in grand ceremony within a year
+after his death. They are then packed up in a hide, and laid on the
+favourite horse of the deceased, which is adorned with mantles,
+feathers, and other ornaments and trinkets. In this manner the cavalcade
+moves to the family burial-place, often three hundred leagues from the
+place of death, so wide and distant are their wanderings in the
+boundless plains to the south of the Rio Plata.
+
+The Moluches and Pampas bury in large square pits about six feet deep,
+the bones being first accurately put into their proper places and tied
+together, clothed in the best robes of the deceased, and ornamented with
+beads and feathers, all of which are cleaned or changed once a-year.
+These skeletons are placed in a sitting posture in a row, with all the
+weapons and other valuables belong to each laid beside him. The pit is
+then covered over with beams or twigs, on which the earth is spread. An
+old matron of each tribe is appointed to the care of these sepulchres,
+who has to open them once a-year, to clean and new clothe the skeletons,
+for which service she is held in great estimation. The bodies of the
+slain horses are placed round the sepulchre, raised on their feet and
+supported by stakes. These sepulchres are generally at a small distance
+from the ordinary habitations of the tribe. Every year they pour upon
+them some bowls of their first made _chica,_ or fermented liquor, and
+drink to the happiness of the dead. The Tehuelhets and other southern
+tribes carry their dead to a great distance from their ordinary
+dwellings, into the desert near the sea-coast, where they arrange them
+above ground surrounded by their horses. It is probable that only those
+Indians who carry their dead to considerable distances reduce them to
+skeletons, from the following circumstance. In the voyage of discovery
+made in 1746 in the St Antonio from Buenos Ayres to the Straits of
+Magellan, the Jesuits who accompanied the expedition found one of these
+tents or houses of the dead. On one side six banners of cloth of various
+colours, each about half a yard square, were set up on high poles fixed
+in the ground; and on the other side five dead horses stuffed with straw
+and supported, on stakes. Within the house, there were two _ponchos_
+extended, on which lay the bodies of two men and a woman, having the
+flesh and hair still remaining. On the top of the house was another
+_poncho,_ rolled up and tied with a coloured woolen band, in which a
+pole was fixed, from which eight tassels of wool were suspended.
+
+Widows are obliged to observe a long and rigorous mourning. During a
+whole year after the death of their husbands, they must keep themselves
+secluded in the tents, never going out except on the most necessary
+avocations, and having no communication with any one. In all this time,
+they must abstain from eating the flesh of horses, cows, ostriches, or
+guanacos, must never wash their faces which are constantly smeared with
+soot, and any breach of chastity during this year of mourning is
+punished with the death of both parties by the relations of the husband.
+
+The office of _ya,_ or chief, is hereditary, and all the sons of a ya
+may be chiefs likewise if they can procure followers; but the dignity is
+of so little consequence that nobody almost covets the office. To him
+belongs the office of protecting his followers, of composing
+differences, and of delivering up any offender who is to be capitally
+punished; in all which, cases his will is the sole law. These petty
+despots are prone to bribery, and will readily sacrifice their vassals
+and even their kindred for a good bribe. They are esteemed in proportion
+to their eloquence, and any chief who is not himself eloquent employs an
+orator to harangue the tribe in his place. When two or more tribes form
+an alliance against a common enemy, they elect an _apo,_ or
+commander-in-chief, from the ablest or most celebrated of the _yas,_ or
+hereditary chiefs. But this office, though nominally elective, has been
+long hereditary among the southern tribes in the family of Cangapol. The
+hereditary chiefs, named _yas, elmens_, or _ulmens,_ have no power to
+take any thing from their vassals, neither can they oblige them to
+perform any work without payment. On the contrary they must treat them
+kindly and relieve their wants, or their vassals will put themselves
+under the protection of a more generous chief. Many of them therefore
+wave the privilege of their birth, and decline having any vassals,
+because they are expensive appendages, which yield little profit. But
+every-one must attach themselves to some chief, or they would
+undoubtedly be put to death or reduced to slavery.
+
+Every man buys his wife from her relations, with or without her consent,
+and then takes possession of her as his property. But if the woman
+happens to have fixed her affections on another, she contrives to wear
+out the patience of her purchaser, who either turns her away or sells
+her to the man of her choice, but seldom uses her ill. Widows, and
+orphan girls are at their own disposal. The yas or ulmens have generally
+two or three wives; and even the common people may have as many as they
+please, but wives are dear and they are generally contented with one.
+The lives of the women are one continued series of labour. They fetch
+wood and water; dress the victuals; make, mend, and clean the tents;
+cure the skins; make them into mantles; spin and manufacture ponchos;
+pack up every thing for a journey, even the tent poles; load, unload,
+and arrange the baggage; straiten the girths of the horses; carry the
+lance before their husbands; and at the end of the journey set up the
+tents. Sickness or even the most advanced pregnancy give no relief from
+these labours, and it would be reckoned ignominious in the husbands to
+give them any assistance. The women of noble families may have slaves to
+relieve them of these labours; but when in want of these, must undergo
+the same fatigues as the rest. Yet the tribes of the southern extremity
+of America are not brutal to their women like those in the north, and
+the marriages only endure during pleasure, though those who have
+children seldom separate. The husband invariably protects his wife, even
+when in the wrong; and if detected in any criminal intercourse, all his
+anger falls upon the paramour, who is cruelly beaten, unless he can
+atone for the injury by payment. Their jugglers sometimes persuade them
+to send their wives into the woods, to prostitute themselves to the
+first person they meet, which is obviously a device for consoling
+themselves from the celibacy to which they are condemned. The husbands
+readily obey these directions; but there are women in whom native
+modesty overpowers superstition, who refuse obedience to their husbands
+on such occasions, and bid defiance to the wizard.
+
+The dresses of all these tribes are formed of skins; but all except the
+_serranos_ or mountaineers, weave mantles or ponchos of woollen yarn,
+beautifully died of various colours, which when wrapped round the body
+reach from the neck to the calf of the legs. A similar mantle is tied
+round the waist and reaches to the ankles. Besides these they have a
+three-cornered piece of dressed hide, of which two of the corners are
+tied round the waist, and the third, being passed between the legs is
+fastened behind. The hair is tied up from behind with the points
+upwards, by means of a woollen band bound many times round the head; but
+they are fond of wearing hats when they can get them from the Spaniards.
+They paint their faces red or black, and wear necklaces and bracelets of
+sky-blue beads. When on horseback they wear a particular kind of cloaks,
+having a slit in the middle through which they put their heads, and the
+skirts hang down to the knees or even sometimes to the feet. Their
+stockings or boots consist of the skin of a horses thigh and leg, flayed
+off whole, dried and softened with grease, and rendered supple by
+wringing. The women wear straw hats in shape like those used by the
+Chinese. Their defensive armour consists of a helmet of double bulls
+hide shaped like a broad-brimmed hat; a tunic or bodice of hardened skin
+three or four fold, which is very heavy, but effectually resists the
+arrow and spear, and is even said to be musquet proof. When on foot,
+they have likewise a large unwieldy shield of bulls hide. The Tehuelhets
+and Huilliches sometimes poison their arrows. Their spears are of cane,
+four or five yards long, and are pointed with iron; and they use swords
+when they can procure them from the Spaniards. They use the _laqui_ both
+in war and hunting; but that used in war has a ball, or weight fastened
+to one or both ends of the leathern thong instead of a noose. The ball
+weighs about a pound. When used single, or with only one ball, it is
+aimed at the head of the enemy, to knock out his brains. With the double
+_laqui_, having a ball at each end, they can fasten a man to his horse,
+and effectually entangle both man and beast.
+
+END OF THE HISTORY OF CHILI.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+DISCOVERY OF FLORIDA, AND ACCOUNT OF SEVERAL INEFFECTUAL ATTEMPTS TO
+CONQUER AND SETTLE THAT COUNTRY BY THE SPANIARDS.
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+In the preceding Chapters of this _Second Book_, we have given an
+extended account of the _Discovery_ of AMERICA by COLUMBUS, and of the
+establishment of the principal Spanish Colonies in the New World, from
+authentic Original authors, a large portion of which never appeared
+before in any Collection of Voyages and Travels, and some important
+parts are now given for the first time in the English language. It is
+not the object of this work to attempt giving a regular series of the
+History of America, by inserting the establishments of all the European
+colonies which have been settled in that quarter of the world, which
+would occupy more room than can be conveniently allowed in our
+Collection, and for which we do not possess original documents of
+sufficient interest. In the present chapter it is only meant to give a
+relation of the Discovery of Florida by Juan Ponce de Leon in 1512; of
+the disastrous attempt of Panfilo de Narvaez to conquer that country in
+1528; and of the romantic exploratory expedition of Ferdinand de Soto in
+the years 1539-1543: All of which is taken from the General History of
+America by Herrera, which may be considered as an original and almost
+contemporary authority.
+
+Antonio de Herrera, who was historiographer to the king of Spain,
+appears to have composed his work only a short time after the middle of
+the sixteenth century, as he continues the series of events no farther
+than 1554; though he incidentally alludes to one transaction which
+happened in 1572. The authenticity of his work is unquestionable, as the
+author assures us that it was composed by royal command, from all the
+best and most authentic sources of information which the crown could
+furnish, both in print and manuscript; and that he had carefully
+consulted and followed the original papers preserved in the royal
+archives, and the books, registers, relations, and other papers of the
+supreme council of the Indies, together with all the best authors on the
+subject then extant. As a literary curiosity of its kind, we subjoin his
+list of what were then considered the best writers on the affairs of the
+New World--Those in Italics have been already inserted into this work.
+
+Peter Martyr of Angleria.--Diego de la Tobilla.--Motolinea.--_Don
+Hernando Colon_.--Olonsa de Ojeda.--Alonso de Mata.--Enciso.--Gonzalo
+Hernandez de Oviedo.--Francisco Lopez de Gomara.--Andres de San
+Martino.--Pedro de Zieza.--Alvar Nunnez Cabeza de Vaca.--_Bernal Diaz
+del Castillo_.--The Bishop of Chiapa, Las Casas.--The Dean
+Cervantes.--Francisco de Xeres.--Gonzalo Ximenes de Quesada.--Garibay.
+--Pedro Pizarro.--The relations of Cortes.--Nunno de Guzman.--Diego
+Fernandez de Palentia.--_Augustino de Zarate_.--The Pontifical History.
+--Don Alonzo de Ercilla.--Geronimo Benzon.--Theodore de Brye.--Jusepe
+de Acosta.--Father Augustino Davila.--Garcilasso Inga.--Gabriel Lasso
+de la Vega.--Don Antonio de Saavedra.
+
+In the Catalogue of Spanish Books and Manuscripts consulted by our
+illustrious Historian of America, WILLIAM ROBERTSON, an edition of
+Herrera is quoted as printed at Madrid in 1601, in 4 vols. folio. We
+have used on the present occasion the Translation of Herrera into
+English by Captain John Stevens, in 6 vols. 8vo. printed at London in
+1725. Though assuredly authentic and to be depended upon so far as it
+goes, the plan of this _General History of the vast Continent and
+Islands of America_, is exceedingly ill devised, and very troublesome
+for being consulted; as the author endeavours continually to preserve
+the chronological series of events throughout the numerous discoveries,
+colonizations and conquests of the Spaniards, in all the islands and
+continental provinces of Spanish America, by which he is forced into
+perpetual and abrupt transitions from subject to subject; instead of
+using a double arrangement, geographical as well as chronological, in
+which the narrative belonging to each territorial division might have
+been distinctly and separately arranged in chronological order. Thus in
+regard to _Florida_, which constitutes the subject of our present
+chapter, we have had to travel through every one of the _six_ volumes of
+Herrera, on purpose to reduce all the scattered notices respecting the
+early discovery of that country under one unbroken narrative.
+
+Owing to the utter impossibility of ascertaining the various parts which
+were visited by the Spaniards, in these early peregrinations in Florida
+as related in this chapter, we have not given any map of the country on
+this occasion, which will be supplied in a future division of this work,
+when we come to particular and more recent travels in that province of
+North America. Indeed the country originally named Florida by the
+Spaniards was vastly more extensive than the modern application of that
+name, and appears to have included all Louisiana, with Georgia the
+Carolinas and Virginia, and the entire countries on the Mississippi and
+Ohio rivers. In fact it was meant as a generic term, including all of
+the eastern parts of north America, not previously comprised under New
+Spain and its dependencies; just as Virginia was applied in the reign of
+Queen Elizabeth to all that part of North America claimed by the
+English, which was afterwards partitioned into many provinces, from Nova
+Scotia to Georgia both inclusive. Besides, a map to serve the purposes
+of the present chapter is of almost impossible construction, as all the
+appellations of towns and territories, especially in the extensive
+peregrinations of Ferdinand de Soto, are merely the fugacious names of
+the caciques or sachems who happened at the time to rule over the
+various tribes of savages which were visited by Soto in his singularly
+erratic expedition. One point only in the whole course of his wanderings
+can be ascertained with certainty, the Bay of _Espirita Santo_ on the
+western coast of Florida, in about lat. 28° N. and long. 83° W.
+_Mavila_. may possibly be what has since been called _Mobile_, and the
+_Rio Grande_ or great river was most probably the Mississippi. All the
+other points are involved in impenetrable obscurity, or would require an
+extended discussion inadmissible on the present occasion. In the course
+of the chapter some conjectures will be attempted respecting the
+geography of the wanderings of Soto, and his adventurous followers,
+whose sole object appears to have been to search for mines of the
+precious metals, in which they were altogether unsuccessful.
+
+One circumstance, to be gathered from the peregrinations of Soto seems
+worthy of remark; that the scattered tribes then occupying the southern
+portion of North America which he visited, were more agricultural than
+when the country came afterwards to be colonized by the English, and not
+addicted to the horrible practices of the North American savages of
+torturing their prisoners taken in war. Perhaps they were afterwards
+extirpated by a more savage race from the northwest, who have no
+hereditary chiefs, as were found by Soto. From these differences, and
+their worship of the sun and moon, the tribes met with by Soto were
+probably branches of the Natches, a nation which will be described in
+the sequel of this work, and which does not now exist.
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Discovery of Florida, by Juan Ponce de Leon_.
+
+
+After the settlement of Hispaniola in peace by Obando, Juan Ponce de
+Leon was appointed lieutenant of the town and territory of Salveleon in
+that island. Learning from the Indians of that district that there was
+much gold in the island of Borriquen, now called San Juan de Puerto
+Rico, or Porto Rico, he procured authority from Obando to go over to
+that island, which he reduced[122]. He was afterwards appointed by the
+king of Spain to the government of that island, independent of the
+admiral Don James Columbus. In a war between De Leon and the natives,
+wonderful havoc was made among these poor people by a dog belonging to
+the governor, called Bezerillo, insomuch that the Indians were more
+afraid of ten Spaniards with this dog than of a hundred without him, on
+which account the dog was allowed a share and a half of all the plunder,
+as if he had been a cross-bow-man, both in gold, slaves, and other
+things, all of which was received by his master[123].
+
+[Footnote 122: Herrera, I. 327.]
+
+[Footnote 123: Herrera, I. 339.]
+
+Having acquired much wealth, and being deprived of the government of
+Porto Rico, Juan Ponce de Leon determined upon making discoveries to the
+northwards, that he might gain honour and advance his estate[124]. For
+this purpose, he fitted out three ships well manned and stored with
+plenty of provisions, with which he sailed from the port of St German
+on Thursday the 3d of March 1512, steering for _Aguada_. Next night he
+stood to the N.W. and by N. and on the 8th of the same month came to
+anchor at the shoals of _Babecua_, near the _Isola del Viejo_, in lat.
+22°-1/2 N. Next day he anchored at one of the Bahama or Lucayos islands
+called _Caycos_, and then at another called _Yaguna_, in lat. 24° N. On
+the 11th he came to the island of _Amaguayo_, and then passed _Manegua_,
+in lat 24°-1/2 N. He came to _Guanahani_, in lat. 25-1/2 N. on the 14th,
+where he refitted the ships before crossing the bay to windward of the
+Lucayos. This island of Guanahani was the first land discovered by the
+admiral Don Christopher Columbus in the New World, and by him called
+_San Salvador_. From thence De Leon steered to the north-west, and on
+Sunday the 27th of March, being Easter-day, called _Pasqua de Flores_ by
+the Spaniards, he saw and passed by an island. Continuing the same
+course till Wednesday 30th of March, when the wind became foul, he
+altered his course to W.N.W. and on the 2d of April came to nine fathoms
+water a league from the land, in lat. 30° 8' N. Running along the land
+in search of a harbour, he anchored at night in eight fathoms near the
+shore. Believing the land to be an island, he gave it the name of
+_Florida_, because it appeared very delightful with many pleasant
+groves, and all level, as also because first seen during Easter, which
+the Spaniards call _Pasqua de Flores_, or _Florida_. At this place Ponce
+went on shore to take formal possession.
+
+[Footnote 124: Id. II. 33. We now enter upon the discovery of Florida,
+which will be found regularly referred to the fragments of its History,
+as scattered through the work of Herrera, at each respective
+transition.--E.]
+
+On Friday the 8th of April he continued his course along the coast as
+before; and next day changed to the S. and by E. till the 20th, when he
+perceived some _bohios_, or Indian huts on the coast, off which he came
+to anchor. Next day the ships continued their course along shore, but
+met with so strong a current as drove them back though with a fair wind.
+The two ships nearest the shore dropt their anchors, but the force of
+the current was so great as to strain their cables. The third was a
+brigantine, and farther out at sea; which either found no bottom for
+anchoring, or did not perceive the current, so that it was carried to
+sea and lost sight of by the rest, though the weather was fair. Being
+invited on shore by the natives, Ponce landed, and the natives
+immediately endeavoured to seize the boat, oars, and arms of the
+Spaniards, who were forced to fight in their own defence, during which
+two of them were wounded with darts and arrows pointed with sharp bones.
+Night parted the combatants, and Ponce collected his people with some
+difficulty, having done very little damage to the Indians, and returned
+to the ships. He sailed next day along the coast to a river, which he
+named _Rio de la Cruz_, where he proposed to wood and water and to wait
+the return of the brigantine. He was opposed at this place by sixty
+Indians, one of whom was made prisoner, that he might learn Spanish, and
+be able to give information respecting the country. Leaving at this
+place a stone with an inscription, he doubled the Cape of Florida on
+Sunday the 8th of May, giving it the name of _Cabo de las Corrientes_,
+or Cape Currents, because they are there stronger than the wind; after
+which he came to anchor near an Indian town called _Aboaia_. All this
+coast, from Cape _Arracifes_ to Cape _Corrientes_ lies north and south
+one point east, being clear and free from rocks and shoals, with six
+fathoms water near the shore.
+
+After passing Cape Corrientes, he sailed on till he fell in with two
+islands to the southwards, in lat. 27° N. At one of these, which he
+named _Santa Martha_, about a league in circumference, he watered. On
+Friday the 13th of May, he sailed along a shoal with a chain of islands,
+to one called _Pola_, in 26° 30' N. Between these islands and the
+continent is a spacious sea like a bay. On the 15th of May he proceeded
+ten leagues along the chain of small islands, to two white ones which he
+called _Los Martires_ in 26° 15' N. He continued along the coast,
+sometimes N. sometimes N.E. till the 23d of May, and on the 24th ran
+along the coast to the southwards as far as some small islands that lay
+out at sea, still believing that he was coasting along the shore of a
+large island. As the anchorage between these small islands and the coast
+appeared convenient for the purpose, he continued there till the 3d of
+June taking in wood and water, and at the same time careened one of the
+ships named the St Christopher. At this place the Indians for the first
+time came off in canoes to view the Spaniards, who refused to venture on
+shore though repeatedly invited. Seeing the Spaniards about to heave one
+of the anchors, on purpose to shift its situation, the Indians laid hold
+of the cable as if to draw the ship away; on which the long-boat was
+sent after them, and the crew going on shore took four women and broke
+two old canoes. No hostilities of any moment occurred, and the Indians
+even bartered some skins and low gold with the Spaniards for trinkets.
+
+On Friday the 4th of June, while waiting for a wind to go in quest of a
+cacique named _Carlos_, who was reported by the Indians to have gold, an
+Indian came on board who was able to converse with the Spaniards, and
+who was consequently supposed to be a native of Hispaniola or of some of
+the other islands possessed by the Christians. This man desired them to
+remain at their present anchorage, as the cacique intended to send gold
+to barter. Accordingly, they soon after saw twenty canoes approaching,
+some of which were lashed two and two together. Some of these canoes
+went to the anchors, which they endeavoured to weigh, but being unable
+attempted to cut the cables, while others of them drew near the ships
+and began to fight. The long-boat well manned and armed was sent against
+them, and put them to flight, taking four prisoners and killing several
+of the Indians. Ponce sent two of the prisoners to tell the cacique that
+he was willing to make peace with him, although he had slain one of the
+Spaniards. Next day the boats were sent to sound the harbour, and some
+of the men landed, when they were assured by the Indians that the
+cacique would come next day to trade; but this was a mere feint to gain
+time, as at eleven o'clock eighty canoes well equipped and full of men
+attacked the ship nearest the shore, and fought till night without doing
+any harm, as all their arrows fell short, and they durst not come near
+for fear of the cross-bows and great guns. At length they retired, and
+the Spaniards having staid nine days resolved to return to St Domingo
+and Porto Rico, endeavouring to discover some islands by the way of
+which they had received accounts from the Indians. Ponce accordingly set
+sail on his return on the 14th of June, and sailed among islands till
+the 21st, when he arrived at the small islands called _Las Tortugas_, or
+the tortoises, because the crews took 170 of these creatures in a short
+time of one night in one of these islands, and might have had more if
+they pleased. They also took fourteen dog-fishes[125], and killed at
+least 5000 seagulls and other birds.
+
+[Footnote 125: Probably Sharks.--E.]
+
+On the 24th, leaving Tortugas, they steered S.W. and by W. On the 26th
+they saw land, which they sailed along till the 29th, when they came to
+anchor to trim their yards and sails, but could not tell what country it
+was. Most of the Spaniards believed they were on the coast of Cuba,
+because they found canoes, dogs, knives, and others tools of iron. On
+the 25th of July they were among a cluster of low islands, still
+ignorant of where they were, till Ponce sent to view an island which
+appeared to be Bahama, as indeed it was said to be by an old woman whom
+they found in another island, and in which they were confirmed by a
+pilot named Diego Miruelo, who happened to be there in a boat from
+Hispaniola. Having ranged backwards and forwards till the 23d of
+September, and refitted the ships, Juan Ponce resolved to send one of
+them to take a view of the island of Bimini, which the Indians reported
+to contain much wealth, and to have a spring which made old people young
+again. Juan Perez de Ortubia was appointed captain of that ship, and
+Antonio de Alaminos pilot. They took two Indians along with them to
+point out the shoals, which were so numerous that it was both difficult
+and dangerous to get through among them. Twenty days afterwards, Juan
+Ponce returned to Porto Rico, and was followed some time after by
+Ortubia, who had found the island of Bimini, which was large, pleasant,
+and abounding in good water and delightful groves; but the wonderful
+spring was not be discovered. It is certain that Juan Ponce de Leon,
+besides the main design of discovering new islands which all the
+Spaniards then aspired to, was desirous of finding out the spring of
+Bimini and a certain river in Florida, in both of which it was asserted
+by the natives of Cuba and Hispaniola that old people became young again
+by bathing in their waters. It is likewise well known that many of the
+natives of Cuba, firmly believing the existence of such a river, had
+gone over into Florida in search of it, and had built a town there
+before the coming of the Spaniards to the West Indies, and that their
+descendents continue there to this day. This report prevailed among all
+the princes or caciques in these parts, who were all so anxious to find
+out this wonderful river, that there was not a river, brook, or lake in
+all Florida in which some of them had not bathed, and many still persist
+in the belief that it is the river now called Jordan at Cape _Santa
+Elena_, without reflecting that the Spaniards first gave it that name in
+1520, when the country of Chicora was discovered.
+
+Although this voyage turned out to little or no account to Juan Ponce,
+it yet encouraged him to go to court to sue for some reward for having
+discovered this new country, which he still continued to believe an
+island or cluster of islands, and which opinion was retained by the
+Spaniards for some years. Yet this voyage was actually beneficial on
+another account, by the discovery of a passage to Spain from the West
+Indies through the channel of Bahama, which was first performed by the
+pilot Alaminos. For the better understanding the voyage of Ponce, it
+must be observed that the Lucayo or Bahama Islands consist of three
+groups, the _first_, or Bahama cluster gives name to the passage, and in
+which the currents are most impetuous: The _second_ is called _De los
+Organos_; and the _third_ the _Martyrs_, which are next to the _Cayos de
+las Tortugas_, or Turtle Keys to the westwards; which last are not to be
+seen from any distance, being all low sands, and in consequence many
+ships have perished on them, and all along the Bahama channel, and on
+the islands of Tortugas. Havannah in the island of Cuba and Florida, are
+south and north of each other; and between them are these
+before-mentioned islands of Organos, Bahama, Martyrs, and Tortugas,
+having a channel with a violent current, twenty leagues across in the
+narrowest part between Havannah and the Martyrs, and fourteen leagues
+from the Martyrs to Florida. The widest part of this channel is forty
+leagues, with many shoals and deep channels between these, but has no
+safe passage for ships, and is only practicable for canoes. But this
+passage from the Havannah for Spain, is along the channel of Bahama,
+between the Havannah, the Martyrs, the Lucayos, and Cape Canaveral.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+No farther attempt appears to have been made towards the conquest and
+settlement of Florida by the Spaniards, till the year 1528, when Panfilo
+de Narvaez made a most disastrous expedition to that country, which will
+form the subject of the ensuing section of this chapter; except that
+about the year 1525, the licentiate Luke Vasquez de Ayllon sailed with
+three ships for that country from Santiago in the island of
+Hispaniola[126]. Vasquez arrived with his small armament at Cape Santa
+Elena in Florida, where he found an Indian town called _Oritza_; since
+named _Chicora_ by the Spaniards, and another town in the neighbourhood
+called _Guale_, to which the Spaniards have given the name of
+_Gualdape_. At this place is the river _Jordan_, so named from the pilot
+by whom it was discovered, and where Vasquez lost one of his ships. He
+proceeded however in his enterprise with the other two ships, and landed
+two hundred men upon the coast of Florida; but being himself
+unacquainted with military discipline, and little regarded by his men,
+his troops were defeated by the natives and mostly slain. The few who
+escaped returned to Hispaniola; some alleging that Vasquez was of the
+number, while others assert that he was slain in Florida. In this
+unfortunate expedition, from which great consequences had been expected,
+no other towns but the two above mentioned were seen in Florida; and by
+this disaster all attempts for the conquest and settlement of that
+country were laid aside for some time, more especially as all the
+natives who had been there met with appeared poor and miserable, and
+having very small quantities of gold and silver, and even what little
+they had appeared to have been brought to them from remote parts of the
+country.
+
+[Footnote 126: Herrera, III. 367.]
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Narrative of a Disastrous attempt by Panfilo de Narvaez to conquer
+Florida; together with some account of that Country_[127]
+
+
+[Footnote 127: Id. IV. 27.]
+
+The abortive attempt of Panfilo de Narvaez to supersede Cortes in the
+command of the expedition against Mexico has been already related. He
+afterwards endeavoured to settle a colony at the _Rio de las Palmas_ in
+the bay of Mexico, whence he was expelled by the arrogance of Nunno de
+Guzman, who had been appointed governor of the adjoining province of
+Panuco, and endeavoured to appropriate the territories belonging to
+others in his neighbourhood to his own advantage and emolument in the
+most unjustifiable manner. In March 1528, Narvaez sailed from Cuba with
+four ships and a brigantine for the conquest of Florida, having a force
+of about four hundred men with eighty horses. During the voyage, the
+squadron was carried among the shoals of Canarreo by the unskilfulness
+of the pilot Meruelo, where the ships got aground and remained for
+fifteen days constantly touching with their keels and unable to get into
+deep water. At the end of this period a storm at south brought so large
+an accession of water from the bay upon these flats that the ships got
+off. At _Guaniguanigo_ they encountered another storm in which they were
+near perishing, and met with a third at Cape Corrientes. Three days
+after getting to windward of Cape St Antonio, they were driven by
+contrary winds to within twelve leagues of the Havannah; and when about
+to put in there for shelter were carried back by a south wind to the
+coast of Florida, where they arrived on the 12th of April, and came to
+anchor in the mouth of a bay where they could perceive some Indian huts
+on the shore[128]. Alonzo Enriquez, the comptroller of the armament,
+hailed the natives from a small island in the bay, and procured from
+them some fish and venison by means of barter.
+
+[Footnote 128: Having no indications whatever of the place of landing,
+it is quite impossible to attempt tracing the steps of Narvaez in his
+short and disastrous expedition to Florida.--E.]
+
+Next day, Narvaez went on shore with as many men as the boats could
+carry, and found the dwellings of the natives abandoned, one of them
+being large enough to contain three hundred men. In the houses were
+found a number of fishing nets, and along with these a sort of tabor or
+drum, ornamented with gold bells. On the day following, Narvaez landed
+all the rest of his men, and forty-two horses, the others having died
+during the voyage. Narvaez took formal possession of the country in the
+name of the king of Spain. Some of the Indians drew near that day, but
+having no interpreter they could not be conversed with, though it
+appeared by their threatening signs that they warned the Spaniards to
+leave their country. On the same day Narvaez marched northwards into the
+country, with forty men and six horses, and came to a large bay which
+seemed to penetrate far into the interior. Having halted at that place
+for the night, he returned next day to the ships. The pilot Meruelo was
+sent in the brigantine to find out a harbour for the squadron, and to
+endeavour to procure provisions. Having taken four prisoners, some maize
+was shewn them, to endeavour to discover if the natives were acquainted
+with that grain, as none had been seen hitherto in the country. They
+accordingly offered by signs to lead the Spaniards to where some of it
+could be procured, and guided them to the town or village where they
+dwelt, where some maize was growing in a field in the environs. In the
+same place, they found some Spanish chests, in each of which was a dead
+body wrapped up in painted deers skins; and as the commissary Juan
+Xuarez considered this to be some idolatrous institution, he ordered the
+chests and bodies to be burned. They likewise found some pieces of linen
+and woollen cloth, with several plumes of feathers which seemed to have
+come from Mexico, and a small quantity of gold. Being interrogated by
+signs whence these things were procured, the Indians made them
+understand by similar means that there was great abundance of gold in a
+province at a very great distance called _Apalache_[129].
+
+[Footnote 129: The name of Apalache is now given to a large bay on the
+western coast of East Florida, and towards its northern extremity, the
+bottom or northern extremity of which is in lat. 30° N. and long. 67°
+13' W. where a small river named St Marks enters the sea. The river
+Apalachicola, likewise named R. des Cahuilas, or Catahoche, runs into
+the western part of the same bay by two mouths, the easternmost of which
+is about fifteen miles S.W. of St. Marts River, and western mouth about
+twenty miles farther to the W.S.W. The same name is applied to the south
+western extremity of the great range of mountains in the middle states
+of North America; dividing the Atlantic country from the western waters
+which run into the Ohio, called Blue Mountains, Alleghany Mountains, and
+Apalachean Mountains. These last divide North Carolina from the sources
+of the Tenassee and Cumberland rivers. A part likewise of Georgia, east
+from the Apalachicola river, along the northern boundary of East
+Florida, is still named the Apalachi country.--E.]
+
+Twelve leagues from thence they came to an Indian town consisting of
+fifteen houses, near which there was great plenty of maize just ripe.
+Narvaez and others were of opinion that they should march immediately
+into the interior, sending the ships in search of a safe harbour on the
+coast; but the treasurer of the expedition, Alvar Nunnez Gabeza de Vaca,
+advised that they should all embark till such time as a safe harbour
+could be discovered. The other opinion prevailed, and the whole land
+forces set out upon their march on the 1st of May, being about three
+hundred foot and forty horse, every man carrying two pounds of biscuit,
+and half a pound of bacon. With only that scanty provision, they
+proceeded for fifteen days, finding nothing to eat in the country,
+except some _palmetoes_ like those of Andalusia, and without seeing any
+towns, house, or Indians in the whole way. At this time they came to a
+river which they crossed, some by swimming and others on rafts or
+floats, which employed them a whole day in consequence of the strength
+of the current. They were opposed by about two hundred Indians on the
+opposite bank, who only threatened them without coming to blows. Of
+these they took six prisoners who conducted the Spaniards to their
+dwellings, where they found a considerable quantity of Indian corn,
+which proved a great relief to their urgent necessities. From this place
+two officers were sent with a detachment in search of the sea-coast, in
+hopes of establishing a communication with the ships; but all they found
+was a creek only fit for receiving canoes.
+
+After a short stay, they marched onwards in quest of the province of
+_Apalache_, which the Indians had reported to be rich in gold, guided in
+the way by some of their prisoners. After marching fifteen days without
+meeting with any inhabitants, they fell in with an Indian chief, who was
+dressed in a painted deers skin, carried on the back of one of his
+subjects, and attended by a great number of Indians, some of whom went
+before him playing upon a kind of pipes made of reeds. On being informed
+by signs that the Spaniards were in search of the province of Apalache,
+he seemed to intimate that he was an enemy to the people of that
+country. The Spaniards gave this cacique beads, hawk-bells, and other
+such trinkets, and continued their march. They came that night to a
+river which was so rapid that they durst not venture to cross it on
+floats, and were therefore obliged to construct a canoe for that
+purpose. Juan Velasquez ventured to attempt crossing it by swimming his
+horse, but both were drowned, and the Indian attendants on the cacique
+drew the drowned horse from the river and eat him for their supper. On
+their arrival at the town belonging to the cacique, they were supplied
+with Indian corn, and next day were guided on their way through thick
+woods, in which the road was obstructed by many fallen trees, and the
+fragments of others which had been shivered by lightning, as the country
+was subject to severe thunderstorms. On the 25th of June, Narvaez and
+his people came in sight of Apalache, without having been perceived by
+any of the inhabitants; and, though weary and hungry they were all in
+high spirits, thinking themselves at the end of their labours, and that
+they should find some great treasure in recompence of their fatigues.
+Some horsemen immediately entered the place, in which they found only
+women and children; but the men soon returned and attacked them with
+their bows and arrows, and were soon repulsed, yet killed the
+comptrollers horse. This town of Apalache contained forty low huts or
+cabins, enclosed among thick woods and morasses in which they found
+abundance of maize, deer-skins, mantles, head-dresses for women, and
+stones for grinding corn, but no gold. All the country, from the place
+where the Spaniards landed to Apalache was one continued sandy flat, yet
+thickly overgrown with woods of walnut, laurel, liquid-amber, cedar,
+savine, oak, pine, and palmetoes; interpersed with many swamps or
+morasses which were very troublesome to pass, and many fallen trees
+which lay athwart the way. In their march they saw three different kinds
+of deer, hares, rabbits, bears, and _lions_[130], with other wild
+beasts; and among these an animal called the opossum, which carries its
+young in a pouch under the belly till they are able to shift for
+themselves. The country is cold[131], and has good pasture for cattle.
+In the woods and marshes through which they passed they saw many
+different kinds of birds, as geese, ducks, herons, partridges, falcons,
+hawks, and many others. Two hours after the arrival of the Spaniards,
+the inhabitants of Apalache came to demand their wives and children, all
+of whom were set free; but as the cacique was detained they were much
+displeased, and came next day to assault the place, endeavouring to set
+fire to their own houses, but on the appearance of the Spaniards they
+fled to the morasses; and next day a similar attempt was made but with
+the same consequences.
+
+[Footnote 130: It is hardly necessary to say that there are no lions in
+America. The Spaniards must accordingly have given this name to the
+cougar, now called the panther by the North Americans, a very inferior
+species of the feline race.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 131: This must be considered as in comparison with the climate
+of Cuba and Hispaniola, to which the Spaniards had been long accustomed,
+as the climate of Florida is certainly hot in reference to any part of
+Europe.--E.]
+
+The Spaniards remained twenty-five days at this place, during which time
+they made three incursions into the country to some distance, finding it
+every where ill-inhabited and difficultly penetrable, owing to similar
+obstacles with those they had already encountered. From, the cacique
+whom they had in custody, they were informed that Apalache was one of
+the best towns in these parts, and that on going farther inland the land
+was worse and more thinly peopled. He added, that at nine days journey
+southwards there was a town called _Aute_ near the sea, inhabited by a
+tribe in amity with him, who had plenty of provisions. Taking this
+information into consideration, and especially as the Indians of
+Apalache did them considerable injury by frequent assaults, and always
+retreated to their fortresses in the marshes, the Spaniards determined
+upon returning towards the sea. On the second day of their retrograde
+march, they were attacked by the Indians while passing across a morass,
+and several both men and horses were wounded, without being able to take
+vengeance on their enemies, as they always fled into the water. These
+Indians were of large stature and well made, very nimble, and went
+entirely naked, being armed with bows as thick as a mans arm and twelve
+spans long. They marched in this manner, under continual assaults, for
+eight days, at the end of which period they came to the town of Aute,
+where they got Indian corn, pompions, kidney-beans, and other
+provisions. From this place the treasurer, Cabeza de Vaca, was sent with
+a party to endeavour to find the sea; but came back in three days,
+reporting that the sea was far off, and he had only been able to reach
+some creeks which penetrated deep into the land. They had already
+travelled two hundred and eighty leagues from the place at which they
+first landed, in all which way they had seen neither mountain nor even
+any thing which could be called a hill[132]. The men were become much
+dejected and very sickly, and no longer able to travel so as to
+endeavour to make their way back to where they left the ships; in which
+miserable condition it was resolved to build some barks for the purpose
+of making their way along shore in search of the ships. They accordingly
+constructed five barks, each of them twenty cubits long, which they
+caulked with the husks of palmetoes, making ropes of the manes and tails
+of their horses, and sails of their shirts; but were hardly able to find
+enough of stones to serve for ballast and anchors.
+
+[Footnote 132: Their wandering had probably been in the country of the
+Creeks, in the western parts of Georgia, and the two rivers they crossed
+may have been the Catahehe and Mobile; but we have no indications from
+which to form any conjecture as to the part of the coast on which they
+built their ill-fated barks.--E.]
+
+They embarked on the 22d of September, after having eaten all their
+horses, and having lost above forty of their men from sickness, besides
+several who were slain by the Indians. Their barks were hardly able to
+carry them, and they had no sailors among them to direct their perilous
+navigation. After five days painful progress among intricate
+creeks[133], they came at last to an island, where they found five
+canoes abandoned by the Indians, and on going into a house they found
+some dried skates which were a very acceptable though scanty relief to
+their necessities. Proceeding onwards with the help of these canoes,
+they suffered extremely for want of water, during which five of them
+died in consequence of drinking sea-water too freely. Owing to this
+necessity they were again obliged to land on the continent, where they
+found water and fish ready dressed in some Indian houses. At night these
+people attacked them, and the cacique of Apalache whom they had hitherto
+kept along with them made his escape, leaving a mantle of sables behind
+him so strongly scented with ambergris that it could be smelt from a
+considerable distance. Obliged to reimbark, and the weather proving
+stormy, the barks were all dispersed, and none of them ever more heard
+of except that in which Cabeza de Vaca was, which was thrown ashore.
+Panfilo de Narvaez and most of his men were assuredly lost in the storm,
+or destroyed by the Indians on shore; though there was a foolish report
+long current that he had penetrated to the South Sea.
+
+[Footnote 133: These intricacies may possibly have been between Mobile
+Bay, and the western bay of Spiritu Santo at the mouths of the
+Mississippi.--E.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Adventures and wonderful escape of Cabeza de Vaca, after the loss of
+Narvaez._
+
+
+When cast on shore, as mentioned at the close of the former section,
+Cabeza de Vaca and the people along with him were relieved by the
+Indians; and on endeavouring again to put to sea, the bark was overset,
+three of the Spaniards were drowned, and Cabeza and a few more got again
+on shore, naked and without arms. On seeing the miserable plight of
+these unhappy Spaniards, the Indians came to them with provisions, sat
+down by them and lamented their misfortunes, carried them to their
+houses, and made fires by the way to warm them, otherwise they must have
+perished with the cold, as they were naked and it was now the month of
+November. They were put into a house with a good fire, the natives
+dancing all night close by them, which the Spaniards were sadly afraid
+was a prelude to their being sacrificed next day. But as they were
+plentifully supplied with provisions they began to recover their spirits
+and confidence next day. Cabeza de Vaca and his companions were soon
+afterwards joined by the Spaniards who had escaped from the wreck of
+another bark. At first they were in all eighty men; but in a short time
+their number was reduced to fifteen, as they were forced to winter on
+the island, exposed to excessive cold and great scarcity of provisions.
+Owing to their misfortunes, they called this _Isola de Mal-hado_, or the
+isle of Bad-Luck[134].
+
+[Footnote 134: As we have no information in the text which could lead to
+suppose that Cabeza ever crossed the great river Missisippi, either
+before landing on the island of Mal-hado, or in his subsequent journey
+to New Spain, the isle of Bad-Luck may have been to the west of the
+Missisippi.--E.]
+
+The inhabitants of this island were of large stature, their only weapons
+being bows and arrows. The men had one of their nipples bored, wearing a
+piece of reed in the hole, and a similar ornament in their under lip.
+They dwelt in this island from October to February, feeding much on
+certain roots. In the months of November and December they caught fish
+in a kind of wears inclosed with reeds; but these were not to be got at
+any other time. At the latter end of February, when all the roots were
+eaten, they were forced to remove from the island in search of food
+elsewhere. These natives were extraordinarily fond of their children,
+the parents and kindred lamenting for such as died during a whole year,
+after which they completed the funeral ceremonies, and washed off the
+black paint they had worn in token of mourning. They did not lament for
+the death of the old, alleging that they had lived their time, and that
+they took away the food which ought to go to the children. All the dead
+were buried, except the _physicians_[135], whose bodies were burnt, and
+their ashes kept for a year, after which these ashes were mixed with
+water and drank by the relations of the deceased. Every man was
+contented with one wife; but these physicians had usually two or three
+each, who lived together very amicably. When a man engages to marry the
+daughter of another, he gives her all he possesses, and sends to the
+father of his bride every thing he kills, and in return his diet is sent
+him from the house of his father-in-law, as he is not permitted to enter
+the house during the first year of the marriage. Should his
+father-in-law or any of the brothers of his wife meet him during that
+time, they always look down and pass on without speaking; yet in that
+period the woman converses freely with the father or other relations of
+her husband. These customs are observed both in the island of _Mal-hado_
+and through all the country of Florida for fifty leagues inland. When a
+son or brother dies, the people of the house will rather starve than go
+in quest of any thing to eat during three months, in all which time the
+relations of the family send in all that is necessary for their
+sustenance. Owing to this, several families in Mal-hado were in great
+straits while the Spaniards resided among them, as many had died and the
+survivors strictly observed the custom. The houses in the island were of
+mats, and strewed with oyster shells, on which they lay at night stark
+naked round the fire. The inhabitants of the province of
+_Tegesta_[136], reaching from the Martyrs to Cape Cannaveral, feed
+better than those Indians among whom Cabeza resided, being
+extraordinarily expert fishers. Two of them will venture out in a small
+canoe to attack, whales when any are seen upon the coast. One of them
+steers or paddles the canoe; while the other, being provided with two or
+three stakes and a mallet, leaps into the sea as soon as he sees a whale
+rise to the surface, gets upon its head, and immediately drives one of
+the stakes into one of the spiracles or blowing holes by which the whale
+breathes. The whale immediately dives to the bottom; and when forced to
+come up again to breathe, he repeats the operation and plugs up the
+other spiracle, so that it cannot get breath and is soon suffocated.
+When the whale dies, they fasten a line of withes or twisted branches to
+its neck, and tow it to the shore, where it serves a long while for them
+to feed upon.
+
+[Footnote 135: So called by the translator of Herrera, but perhaps these
+were a kind of priests or conjurers.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 136: In some modern maps _Tegesta_ is considered as the
+southern extremity of the province of East Florida.--E.]
+
+Cabeza de Vaca and the remnant of his unfortunate companions remained in
+the isle of Mal-hado till the end of April 1529, by which time all the
+food in the island being devoured, the whole population was forced by
+hunger to go over to the continent of Florida, where they fed upon wild
+berries. The Spaniards were obliged to act as physicians to the natives,
+as otherwise they were refused food. In the exercise of this profession,
+they made the sign of the cross on the parts affected, reciting the
+_Pater noster_, and prayed to God to heal their patients, who all
+affirmed that they derived great benefit from these ceremonies, and
+supplied the Spaniards with food in return. There were two languages
+used among these natives within a very little distance, those who spoke
+the one being called _Capoques_, and the others _Han_. When the natives
+happened to meet together after a long separation, they would often sit
+down and weep for half an hour before they began to converse.
+
+All the remaining Spaniards, to the number of fourteen, went away along
+the coast, leaving Cabeza de Vaca behind, who happened to be sick and
+unable to travel. On his recovery, he had to search among the water for
+roots[137] on which to support himself. Wearied of this uncomfortable
+manner of life, and being entirely naked, he went away among a tribe
+called the _Charrucos_, who dwelt among mountains, where he fared much
+better, as he turned merchant, going about from place to place bartering
+such things as they wanted, and in this way he travelled over forty or
+fifty leagues of the coast. He dealt in sea-shells like those of snails
+which were used as beads, and in a different kind of shells which were
+used instead of knives; and in return for these he procured deer-skins,
+vermillion, and ochre, with which the natives paint themselves, flints
+for pointing arrows, a kind of bitumen with which these arrow heads are
+fastened, and reeds with which the arrow shafts are made, as also tufts
+of deers hair dyed red, which are used as ornaments. By means of this
+trade Cabeza de Vaca had liberty to go wherever he pleased, and was well
+received wherever he went, receiving provisions in return for his
+merchandize.
+
+[Footnote 137: Probably the translator has mistaken the original of this
+passage, and Cabeza may have searched for shell fish adhering to the
+roots of trees under water.--E.]
+
+Cabeza de Vaca continued in this mode of life to the year 1535, always
+well entertained, and always travelling towards the south west to gain
+ground in hopes of regaining his liberty by getting out of the country
+into Mexico[138]. Though naked and alone, and enduring much hunger and
+cold, he enjoyed his liberty, and remained six years in that part of the
+country, always in hopes of being able to bring away his two remaining
+countrymen, Oviedo and Alanis, who had tarried in the island of
+Mal-hado. At length Alanis died, and he set off along with Oviedo.
+Coming to a creek near a mile in breadth, supposed by them to be that
+called _Del Espiritu Santo_[139], they were informed by some Indians
+that they would find three men like themselves farther on, whose names
+they told. They also said that the Indians had slain Orantes,
+Valdivieso, Huelva, Esquibel, and Mendez[140]; but that the three who
+still lived were very ill used, especially by the boys, who kicked,
+beat, and abused them for their amusement. At this time the Indians
+treated Cabeza and Oviedo very ill, so that Oviedo went back along with
+some of the natives, but Cabeza stayed and they two never met more.
+
+[Footnote 138: Herrera, V. 92.]
+
+[Footnote 139: It is quite impossible to form any reasonable conjecture
+as to the situation of this creek, which could not be the bay of
+Espiritu Santo in East Florida; nor that of the same name nearly
+opposite in West Florida at the mouth of the Missisippi.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 140: There is considerable difficulty to understand the
+translation here, as Mr Stevens does not seem to have understood his
+original. Orantes appears in the sequel to have been still alive; but we
+must take the translation as it is, not having the original to
+consult.--E.]
+
+Two days after the departure of Oviedo, the Indians with whom Orantes
+resided came to the banks of this creek to eat nuts, on which they fed
+two months of the year. Orantes went to visit Cabeza who had been hidden
+by some Indians who favoured him, and it was a great satisfaction to
+these friends to meet, though in great trouble as being naked and
+miserable in a land of savages. They agreed to endeavour to proceed to
+the south-west, but to remain with the Indians till the nuts were
+consumed, and then to remove along with them to another place where they
+fed upon _tunas;_ because if they should attempt to escape the Indians
+would kill them.
+
+All the rest belonging to the expedition had perished, some having been
+stoned to death by the natives, and others drowned, among whom was
+Panfilo de Narvaez, as Figueroa, who was present, related to Cabeza.
+Among these Indians who fed upon _tunas_ they endured much hunger, as
+there was not enough for them all. In that country there were grey and
+black wild cattle of low stature, like those of Barbary, having very
+long hair, but their flesh was coarser than the beef of Spain. Having
+concerted to make their escape, the Indians among whom they lived had a
+quarrel on account of a woman, and parted company, so that the Spaniards
+were obliged to separate likewise, but agreed to meet again at the same
+place next year, which they did accordingly, but were again separated on
+the very day when they meant to have fled. Yet they appointed to meet
+again on the 1st of September, when the moon was full. Two of them came
+on the 13th and Orantes on the 14th, when they actually fled. Coming to
+a tribe of Indians called _Avares_, they were well received and procured
+plenty of provisions, as these people had learnt that the Christians
+performed cures. That same night three Indians came to wait upon them
+who were troubled with pains in their heads, desiring Castillo to cure
+them, and as soon as he had blessed them with the sign of the cross they
+became well; in reward for which they brought _tunas_ and venison, and
+blazed abroad the wonderful cures which had been performed upon them by
+the strangers. In consequence of this so many persons came to be cured,
+and brought with them such abundance of provisions that the Spaniards
+knew not how to dispose of it, and the Indians made a solemn dance for
+joy of the cures. The Spaniards intended to have proceeded farther, but
+on being informed that the country through which they meant to travel
+was desert, the tunas all eaten, and the climate excessively cold, they
+agreed to remain with the Avares all winter, who went five days journey
+into the country to feed on a sort of fruit called _yeros_. When they
+had settled their habitation near a river, many Indians came with their
+sick to be cured by Castillo, who blessed them and prayed to God to cure
+them, as this was the only means they had for subsistence. Next morning
+they were all well to the great satisfaction and astonishment of the
+Indians; and for which the Spaniards returned thanks to God, confiding
+that he would deliver them out of their miserable bondage.
+
+Departing from the _Avares_, the Spaniards came to certain tribes of
+Indians called _Maliconas_, _Susolas_, and _Atayos_, among whom their
+wonderful cures were already known, so that many sick persons were
+brought to them. But as Castillo was a man who feared God, and despaired
+of being able to do them good on account of his unworthiness, Cabeza de
+Vaca was obliged to officiate in his stead. Taking along with him
+Orantes and the mulatto Estevanillo, he went to visit a sick person in a
+very dangerous condition, being almost dead, with his eyes turned in his
+head, and no pulse; and so confident were the Indians of his approaching
+death that his house was already pulled down according to their custom
+on such occasions. Cabeza took off the mat from the dying man, prayed to
+God to restore him to health, and when he had several times blessed the
+man and breathed on him, the attendants presented him with a bow and
+arrows and a basket of _tunas_, conducting him to cure others in the
+same manner. After this the Spaniards returned to their quarters, and
+were informed by the Indians that the dying man had got up, spoken to
+his friends, and eaten with them, and that all the rest of their
+patients were in perfect health. The fame of these cures spread over all
+the country, so that many other sick persons were brought to them to be
+healed, bringing presents of provisions. According to their account, the
+Spaniards remained eight moons among the _Avares_, neither Orantes nor
+Estevanillo having yet performed any cures, though so much importuned
+that they were at length forced to comply, being called the _children of
+the sun_. Being intent on prosecuting their journey, they fled one days
+journey into the country of the _Maliconas_, where they fed for twelve
+days on a small kind of fruit till the _tunas_ were ripe. Having endured
+much hunger there for some time, they were directed to the habitations
+of another tribe which spoke the same language. To add to their
+sufferings, they lost their way, and it rained very much which
+distressed them greatly, as they were entirely naked. They rested that
+night in a wood, where they roasted tunas as food. Next morning, when
+endeavouring to find out their way, they met a number of women and
+children who all ran away to call the men, who conducted the Spaniards
+to their village, consisting of fifty houses. The natives gazed on the
+strangers with much fear and admiration, touching their faces and
+bodies; and when recovered from their fright they brought their sick to
+be cured by them, and even forbore from eating themselves that they
+might supply the Spaniards with food.
+
+So great is the want of food in all the country from the isle of
+Mal-hado to this district of the Maliconas, that the natives are often
+three days without eating; on which account it is the custom of mothers
+to suckle their children till twelve years of age, and they never have
+any intercourse with their husbands till two years after delivery. When
+a married pair do not agree, it is customary for them to part and form
+new connections, but this is never done when they have children. When
+the men fall out among themselves they only use their fists or cudgels,
+never employing their bows and arrows in private broils; and on these
+occasions the women only venture to interpose to part them. These
+Indians are very brave, and are as vigilant against their enemies as the
+best soldiers in Europe. They dig ditches, throw up entrenchments, make
+loop-holes, lay ambushes, and use various stratagems with great art and
+patience, usually killing each other by surprise in the night. They are
+very cruel, are always ready on any alarm, and are watchful of
+opportunities to take revenge and to gain advantage over any want of
+foresight in their enemies. When actually engaged in battle, they have a
+strange manner of skipping about from side to side, to prevent their
+enemies from taking aim, and they shoot their arrows in a stooping
+posture, to prevent being observed. Their languages are exceedingly
+various, changing almost at each town.
+
+Coming to another town, the Indians brought their children to touch the
+hands of the Spaniards, giving them meal made of a fruit like carobs,
+which was eaten along with a certain kind of earth, and was very sweet
+and agreeable. Departing from thence, after passing a great river the
+water of which reached to their breasts, they came to a town of an
+hundred houses, whence the people came out to meet them with great
+shouts, clapping their hands on their thighs, and making a kind of music
+by means of hollow gourds with stones in them. These Indians received
+them with great kindness, carrying them to their houses without
+suffering their feet to touch the ground, and great numbers flocked to
+them to be blessed. Next day they continued their journey, and were well
+received by the next Indians, who supplied them with plenty of venison,
+and brought their sick to be cured. They were equally well treated by
+the next succeeding tribe, by whom so great rejoicing was made for their
+arrival, that they could not sleep for the noise. They observed a
+strange custom among all these Indians, who, when they escorted the
+Spaniards to another tribe, always plundered the houses they came to.
+Cabeza and his companions were much concerned at this; but those who had
+lost their goods in this manner made quite light of the matter, desiring
+them not to be troubled at it, as they would repay themselves farther on
+among tribes who were very rich. At this place the Spaniards began to
+perceive a chain of mountains which they thought extended towards New
+Spain, and to which they now directed their journey accompanied by the
+Indians, who pillaged as usual wherever they went. When their guides
+retired, their new hosts presented the Spaniards with such things as
+they had hidden, being beads, vermillion, and some small bags of silver.
+
+At this place the Spaniards agreed not to make for the mountainous
+country, where the inhabitants were reported to be ferocious, but to
+continue in the low country in which the people were extremely
+courteous. Many men and women loaded with water bore them company, and
+their authority was so great that no one would presume to drink without
+their leave. In this part of their journey they proceeded along a river,
+having been abandoned by their Indian guides, and were supplied with
+some meal made of Indian corn by two women. About sun-set they came to a
+village of about twenty houses, where the inhabitants were in great fear
+of being plundered by their guides; but were quite rejoiced on seeing
+them come alone. Next morning, when the Spaniards were about to depart,
+the inhabitants of the former town came in a body and plundered that in
+which they had spent the night; telling the inhabitants that these
+strangers were children of the sun and cured the sick, though able to
+destroy them all, and therefore that they must be respected; they told
+them likewise to go and plunder the next town according to custom, and
+to carry the strangers on their way. The Spaniards were accordingly well
+treated by this tribe, who carried them on for three days to a place
+having many houses, sending some before to give an account of what the
+others had said of the Spaniards, to which they added much of their own
+invention, being fond of novelty and much addicted to lying, especially
+where any advantage was expected. The Spaniards were well received, and
+their guides plundered as much as they could find and then returned to
+their own habitations. From this place the Spaniards travelled above
+fifty leagues along the face of a mountain, and came to a town of forty
+houses, in one of which they were shewn a large copper hawks-bell
+ornamented with a face, which these people valued highly, saying that
+they got it from a neighbouring tribe. Travelling from thence seven
+leagues over a mountain, the stones of which were iron ore, they came to
+some houses on the banks of a river, where the principal men came out to
+meet them, having their children on their backs, and presented the
+Spaniards, with small bags of fine sand and powdered antimony, with
+which they daub their faces, and gave them also beads and cloaks made of
+dressed skins. The food at this place was tunas and the kernels of pine
+apples, better than those of Spain, but smaller, as were the trees[141].
+
+[Footnote 141: This surely is a mistake of the translator, as pine
+apples do not grow on trees, nor are their kernels the edible part. It
+may possibly have been pine nuts, or something of a similar kind.--E.]
+
+At this place a man was brought to Cabeza who had been wounded by an
+arrow, the point of which as he said had reached his heart and gave him
+much pain, being still there, and he was to all appearance in extreme
+danger. Cabeza opened his breast with a knife and extracted the arrow
+head with much difficulty, after which he stitched up the wound and
+staunched the bleeding with the scrapings of a cows hide. The point of
+the arrow was exhibited all over the country, and caused much rejoicing.
+After some days, Cabeza removed the stitches, and the man was quite
+sound, declaring himself free of pain. This cure acquired the Spaniards
+so great reputation that they could do any thing they pleased. From this
+place they proceeded through so many different tribes that it were
+tedious and indeed impossible to mention them all; and all the way each
+tribe as they conducted the Spaniards to the next, plundered their
+neighbours in succession. Through the whole journey the Spaniards had so
+much company that they knew not how to turn themselves. During their
+journey the Indians killed many deer, hares, pigeons, and other birds by
+means of their arrows and spears, all of which they presented to the
+Spaniards, and would not use them for their own necessities without
+leave. Sometimes they were attended by above four thousand persons at
+once, which was extremely troublesome, as none of them would either eat
+or drink till the Spaniards had blessed the food and drink and breathed
+on them.
+
+They travelled in this manner for upwards of thirty leagues, at the end
+of which the mode of their reception was considerably changed as the
+Indians who accompanied them ceased plundering; yet the tribe at which
+they arrived offered every thing they had, which was divided among the
+escort, who then returned to their own dwellings, and this tribe
+recovered what they had given away in a similar manner on accompanying
+the Spaniards to the next tribe. In the course of their journey however
+the Spaniards had to travel for more than fifty leagues through a craggy
+mountainous country, where they suffered extremely for want of food,
+till at length they arrived at a plain country where they met with a
+kind reception, and where their escort received abundance of goods and
+provisions and then returned to their own habitations. As the people
+farther on were at war with the tribe where the Spaniards then were, two
+women were sent on to inform the hostile tribe of the approach of the
+Christians, as it was usual among these people, even when at war, to
+continue an intercourse of trade by means of their women. Continuing
+their journey, the Spaniards were inclined to change the route more to
+the northwards, as no person came to meet them from the tribe to which
+the women were sent; but the Indians who accompanied them objected to
+this measure, as they alleged that the natives in that direction were
+wicked and cruel, and that besides they would be unable to procure food
+or water. As the Spaniards were displeased at this interruption, the
+Indians declared themselves ready to go with them wherever they were
+pleased to command, even though sure to perish, and they accordingly
+went on; but as many of the Indians fell sick, and eight of them died in
+this part of the journey, the other tribes were thrown into great
+consternation, believing that they should all die upon being visited by
+the Spaniards. So great was the dread and reverence in which the
+Spaniards were held by the Indians, who imagined they were the cause of
+the sickness and death of their countrymen, that they earnestly
+entreated the Spaniards not to be angry with them. Cabeza de Vaca and
+his companions became apprehensive that this mortality might estrange
+the Indians from them, and therefore prayed earnestly to God to put a
+stop to the sickness, and accordingly all who were sick began
+immediately to recover.
+
+Three days journey from thence, Orantes and Estevanillo went under the
+guidance of a female slave to a village in which her father lived, and
+where they saw the first houses that were built in any thing like
+regular order, the inhabitants of which cultivated kidney-beans,
+pompions, and maize. Cabeza de Vaca and his companions went to this
+place, dismissing their former conductors. At this town a new custom
+began among the natives. Instead of coming out to meet the Spaniards as
+had been the case hitherto, the inhabitants were all seated in their
+houses, hanging down their heads with their hair before their eyes, and
+all their goods in a heap in the middle of the floor, presenting all
+they possessed to the strangers. These natives were well shaped and
+industrious, and their language easily comprehended. The women and such
+men as were unfit for war were dressed in mantles made of deer skins.
+After remaining two days among these Indians, who directed them to go in
+the first place up a river to the northwards, where they would find
+abundance of wild cattle, and then to turn westwards, in which direction
+the natives cultivated maize. Following this direction, they proceeded
+for thirty-four days across the country, till they came at length to the
+South Sea. In this journey the Spaniards suffered prodigious hardships
+and were reduced to extremity by famine, having to pass through the
+territories of a tribe which feeds on pounded straw for a considerable
+portion of the year, and they had the misfortune to come among them at
+that period. At length they came to a better country, in which the
+natives had tolerable houses, with plenty of corn, pompions, and
+kidney-beans, the people being decently dressed in cotton mantles. From
+this place their former conductors returned well pleased with the things
+they procured according to the usual customs among the natives. Cabeza
+and his companions travelled above an hundred leagues with much
+satisfaction in this country, blessing God for having brought them at
+length into a land of plenty, as besides vegetable food in abundance,
+the natives killed venison and other game, and presented the Spaniards
+with cotton mantles, coral beads procured from the South Sea, turquoise
+stones, and several arrow heads made of emeralds, which they procured
+from a neighbouring nation in exchange for various coloured plumes of
+feathers.
+
+In this country the women were more modestly clothed than any they had
+hitherto seen. Every person, whether sick or well, came to the Spaniards
+to be blessed, believing them to be men come down from heaven, so that
+their authority was unbounded among the natives. It fortunately happened
+that the Spaniards could make themselves understood wherever they went,
+although they only knew six of the Indian languages, which would have
+been of little use if Providence had not preserved them, considering the
+vast multiplicity of languages spoken among the detached tribes of
+America. Wherever they travelled, the tribes who happened to be at war
+immediately made peace at their approach, that they might have the
+opportunity of seeing the Christians; who thus left them all in amity,
+and exhorted them wherever they went to worship the one only true God
+who had created the heaven and earth, the sun, moon, and stars, and all
+other things, and from whom proceeded all blessing. The Spaniards
+likewise earnestly urged them to refrain from injuring one another by
+going to war or taking away the goods of others, with many similar
+instructions, all of which were well received. The whole country along
+this coast seemed well peopled, and abounded in provisions, as the
+natives sowed maize and kidney beans thrice a-year. In one town the
+natives used poisoned arrows, their points being dipped in the juice of
+some kind of fruit or plant. At this place they staid three days; and
+after a days journey, coming to another town, they were obliged to stop
+for fifteen days, owing to the river being in flood. At this place
+Castillo observed an Indian who had a sword buckle and a horse shoe
+hanging from his neck, who alleged that he got them from heaven; but on
+being farther interrogated, he said that some bearded men had come from
+heaven to that river, having horses, spears, and swords, who had gone
+again to sea, where they and their spears plunged under water, but
+appeared afterwards above it again. Cabeza and his companions joyfully
+gave thanks to God for hearing some news of Christians after their long
+and distressing sojourn among the barbarians, and hastened on their
+journey to find them the sooner, telling all the Indians that they were
+going to order these bearded men not to kill or make slaves of the
+natives nor to do them any harm.
+
+In continuing their journey they passed through a considerable extent of
+fruitful and agreeable country, which was totally destitute of
+inhabitants, all the Indians having fled to the mountains for fear of
+the Spaniards. They came at length to the top of a hill where a great
+number of Indians had withdrawn, who presented them with a vast quantity
+of corn, which they gave to the poor famished natives who had escorted
+them thither. Continuing their journey, they observed many indications
+of Spaniards having been in the country, and they pressed onwards giving
+praise to God that their long and miserable captivity seemed near a
+close. One day, while Cabeza and Estevanillo were in advance,
+accompanied by eleven Indians, they overtook four Spanish horsemen, who
+were much astonished at being accosted in their own language by persons
+in their strange garb and appearance. Cabeza requested to be conducted
+to their commander, Diego de Alcaraz, who informed him they were now in
+_New Galicia_, and about thirty leagues from the town of San Miguel.
+Castillo and Orantes then came up, attended by above six hundred of the
+Indians who had deserted their habitations from fear of the Spaniards.
+By their means all the others were induced to return to their houses in
+peace and to sow the land. Cabeza and his three companions having taken
+leave of the Indians who accompanied them with many thanks for their
+protection, travelled twenty-five leagues farther to a place called
+_Culiacan_[142], where they arrived much spent with long fatigue and
+after having endured much hunger and thirst during their arduous and
+anxious peregrinations through the vast wilderness from Florida to New
+Galicia.
+
+[Footnote 142: Culiacan, or Hueicolhuacan, on a river of the same name
+which discharges itself into the Vermilion Sea or Gulf of California, is
+in lat. 24° 50' N. long. 106° 40' W. in the province of Cinaloa. Cabeza
+de Vaca and his companions had therefore followed an oblique course from
+the north-east in the south of Louisiana entirely across the continent,
+to the south-west, from about the latitude of 31° to 25° both north; a
+journey in all probability exceeding 1200 English miles in a straight
+line. The beginning of their journey seems to have been to the west of
+the Missisippi, as that great river is not mentioned; neither indeed do
+we find any indications of the Rio Bravo del Norte, which they must
+necessarily have crossed.--E.]
+
+Melchior Diaz, who was captain and alcalde of the province, received
+them with singular humanity, giving praise to God for having delivered
+them out of their tedious and miserable captivity, and requested them to
+use their endeavours to appease the Indians of that part of the country,
+who were in arms against the Spaniards. This they most readily
+undertook, and sent messages by some of the Indians to the neighbouring
+caciques, three of whom came to Culiacan attended by thirty Indians,
+bringing presents of feathers and emeralds. In conversation with these
+Indians about their religious belief, they said they believed in a being
+named _Aguar_, the lord of all things, who resided in heaven and sent
+them rain when they prayed to him for it; such being the tradition they
+had learnt from their fathers. Cabeza told them that _Aguar_ was GOD the
+Creator of heaven and earth, who disposed all things according to his
+holy will, and who, after this life, rewarded the good and punished the
+wicked. He exhorted them therefore to believe henceforwards in this only
+true God, to return to their houses and live in peace, to build a house
+for the worship of God after the manner of the Christians, and when any
+Spaniards came to visit them, that they should meet them with crosses in
+their hands, and not with bows and arrows; promising, if they did this,
+that the Spaniards would be their good friends and would teach them
+every thing they ought to know, that God might make them happy in the
+next life. All this the Indians engaged to perform. Cabeza de Vaca and
+his companions went on from Culiacan for San Miguel[143], attended by a
+few Indians, the natives by the way coming out to meet them in great
+numbers with presents, whom they exhorted to become Christians as they
+were now subjects to the king of Spain. They all received these advices
+in the most friendly manner, requesting to have their children baptized.
+While on the road they were overtaken by Alcaraz, by whom they were
+informed that all the deserted country through which they had lately
+travelled was again well peopled and in peace, and that the Indians were
+all occupied in sowing their lands.
+
+[Footnote 143: San Miguel is not to be found in the most recent map of
+New Spain by M. de Humboldt; that name may possibly have been given to
+the city of Mazatlan, in lat. 23° 15' N. on the coast of Cinaloa.--E.]
+
+Cabeza de Vaca and his companions judged that the extent of country
+through which they had travelled, from Florida on the Atlantic to San
+Miguel on the South Sea, could not be less than two hundred
+leagues[144], as they declared upon oath before a notary at San Miguel
+on the 15th of May 1536, before whom likewise they subscribed a
+narrative of all the incidents of their weary pilgrimage. After resting
+fifteen days in San Miguel, they proceeded to the city of
+Compostella[145], a distance of an hundred leagues, where Nunno de
+Guzman then was, by whom they were kindly received and furnished with
+clothes and all other necessaries. From thence they went to Mexico,
+where they arrived on the 22d of July, and met with a courteous
+reception from the viceroy, Don Antonio de Mendoza. Leaving Castillo and
+Estevanillo at Mexico, Cabeza de Vaca and Orantes proceeded to Vera
+Cruz, whence they passed over into Spain in 1537.
+
+[Footnote 144: Two hundred Spanish leagues of 17-1/2 to the degree, or
+about 800 English miles. It has been already stated in a former note
+that the direct distance they had travelled could not be less than 1200
+miles, probably 1600 allowing for deflections.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 145: San Miguel and Compostella are both omitted in the most
+recent map of New Spain by Humboldt, though both are inserted in
+Governor Pownalls map of North America; in which San Miguel is placed
+about 27 miles S.E. from Culiacan, and Compostella 230 miles S.S.E. from
+San Miguel; all three near the western coast of New Spain, the former in
+the province of Culiacan, the latter in that of Guadalaxara--E.]
+
+We learn from Herrera[146], that Alvar Nunnez Cabeza de Vaca was sent
+out in 1540 as governor of the incipient Spanish settlements on the Rio
+Plata, in which expedition he was accompanied by his former companion in
+distress Orantes. In the year 1545, he was made prisoner by some
+mutinous officers of the colony and sent into Spain, where his conduct
+was cleared by the council of the Indies, yet he was not restored to his
+government.
+
+
+[Footnote 146: Herrera, V. 342, 390, 402.]
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_Narrative of a new attempt to Conquer Florida, by Ferdinand de
+Soto_[147].
+
+
+[Footnote 147: Herrera, V. 223--239.--This narrative, as will be seen by
+the series of quotations from Herrera, is broken down by that writer
+into detached fragments, in consequence of rigid attention to
+chronological order. In the present instance these are arranged into one
+unbroken journal, but with no other alteration in the text. It is one of
+the most curious of our early expeditions of discovery, bearing strong
+internal evidence of having been taken by Herrera from an original
+journal, and so far as we know has never been adopted into any former
+Collection.--E.]
+
+Ferdinand De Soto, had served with much reputation in Castilla del Oro
+and Nicaragua, and went with Pizarro upon the conquest of Peru, being
+even promoted for his worth and valour to the distinguished office of
+lieutenant-general under Pizarro. On the breaking out of the
+disturbances between the factions of Pizarro and Almagro, he was so much
+disgusted that he returned into Spain, without having acquired the
+riches that his services and good qualities deserved, considering the
+immense wealth which was found in Peru. Aspiring to undertake some
+brilliant enterprise suited to his lofty genius, he petitioned the king
+to be allowed to undertake the conquest of Florida, which was readily
+granted to him, as he was a person of experience, of a fine presence and
+graceful carriage, and well fitted by the strength of his constitution
+to encounter the hardships incident to such hazardous enterprises. Since
+the entire failure and destruction of Panfilo de Narvaez and his
+armament, as already related, no one had hitherto offered to attempt the
+reduction of that country till now. Among the terms granted to Soto on
+this occasion, he was appointed governor of the island of Cuba, which
+was to serve as a place of arms from whence to conduct the intended
+conquest of Florida. On the design of this enterprise being made public,
+near a thousand men were soon raised for the expedition, among whom were
+many gentlemen of good birth, encouraged by the reputation of the
+commander, and the hopes of acquiring wealth.
+
+Ten ships were fitted out at San Lucar for carrying out the troops and
+all the necessary stores, which set sail on the 6th of April 1538,
+accompanying the fleet for New Spain, the whole being under the supreme
+command of the adelantado Ferdinand de Soto so far as the island of
+Cuba, after which the _flota_ was to be commanded by Gonzalo de Salazar,
+the factor of New Spain. To shew his proud and turbulent disposition, on
+the first night after going to sea, Salazar pushed a cannon shot a-head
+of all the fleet to affront the admiral, who immediately ordered a shot
+to be fired at him. The ball went through all the sails of Salazars ship
+from the poop to the head; and by a second shot, all the side of his
+ship was torn immediately above the deck. Salazars ship became
+unmanageable from the injury done to her sails, and on the admiral
+pushing forwards the two ships ran foul of each other and were both in
+imminent danger of perishing in the dark, but by cutting all the rigging
+of the other ship the admiral got clear. Soto was so highly incensed by
+this haughty conduct of Salazar that he had well nigh ordered him to be
+beheaded; but forgave him on submission and promise of better behaviour
+in future.
+
+The fleet arrived safe at Santiago in Cuba. Not long before this a
+Spanish ship commanded by Diego Perez had an engagement of four days
+continuance with a French privateer, separating courteously by mutual
+consent every night, and recommencing furiously every morning; but the
+Frenchmen slipped off during the fourth night. Immediately on his
+arrival in Cuba, Soto sent orders to repair the Havannah, which had been
+burnt by some French privateers, and he ordered a fort to be built for
+the protection of that place. Having sent some persons of skill to
+discover and examine the harbours along the coast of Florida, and
+appointed his lady to administer the government of Cuba in his absence,
+he prepared to enter upon the great object of his expedition.
+
+Accordingly, having embarked nine hundred men and three hundred and
+thirty horses, he sailed from the Havannah on the 12th of May 1539, and
+came to anchor on the last day of that month in the Bay of _Espiritu
+Santo_ on the coast of Florida[148]. He immediately landed three hundred
+men, who lay on shore all night without seeing a single native. About
+day-break next day the Spanish detachment was attacked by a prodigious
+multitude of Indians, and compelled to retreat precipitously to the
+shore. Basco Porcallo de Figuero was sent with a party to their relief,
+as the Indians pressed hard upon them with incessant flights of arrows,
+and the Spaniards being raw soldiers unaccustomed to arms or discipline
+knew not how to resist. On the approach of Porcallo the Indians were
+obliged to retire in their turn; yet killed that commanders horse with
+an arrow, which pierced through the saddle lap and penetrated a span
+deep into the horses body. All the forces were now landed, and marched
+about two leagues inland to a town belonging to the cacique
+_Harrihiagua_[149], who had fled to the mountains lest he should be
+called to account for his cruelty to the Spaniards who had been here
+formerly along with Panfilo de Narvaez. None of these were now alive in
+the country except one man named Juan Ortiz, who had been saved by the
+wife of the cacique, who abhorred the cruel disposition of her husband.
+By her assistance, Ortiz had been enabled to make his escape to another
+cacique named _Mucozo_, who protected him and used him well. Having
+learned where this man was, Soto sent Baltasar de Gallegos with sixty
+horsemen to bring him to the camp, wishing him to act as interpreter
+with the natives. At the same time Mucozo was sending Ortiz with an
+escort of fifty Indians to offer peace to the Spaniards. These Indians
+were all stark naked, except that each wore a small clout, but their
+heads were ornamented with great plumes of feathers. They all carried
+bows in their hands, and all had quivers well filled with arrows.
+
+[Footnote 148: It has been already mentioned that there are two bays of
+this name, one in _East_, and the other _West_ Florida. There can be no
+doubt that the one here mentioned in the text is the former of these, in
+lat. 27° 48' N. long. 83° 20' W. It lies on the western coast of East
+Florida, and runs about 35 miles into the land, dividing at its head
+into two coves or bays named Hillsborough and Tampa.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 149: This name considerably resembles the names of men and
+places in Hispaniola and Cuba, hence we may conjecture Harrihiagua to
+have been cacique over some of the emigrants said to have gone from Cuba
+to Florida, as mentioned in the first section of this chapter.--E.]
+
+Immediately on seeing the horsemen, the Indians ran for shelter into the
+wood, being afraid of an attack, and the raw Spaniards went full speed
+after them in spite of their commander. Ortiz alone remained in the open
+plain, and was assaulted by Alvaro Nieto with his lance. Ortiz leaped to
+one side to avoid the lance, and called out in the Indian language
+having forgot his own by long disuse, but fortunately made the sign of
+the cross, on which Nieto asked if he were Juan Ortiz. Answering in the
+affirmative, Nieto took him up behind him on his horse and carried him
+to his captain Gallegos, who was gathering his men that had dispersed in
+pursuit of the Indians. Some of the natives never stopped till they
+reached the town of their cacique, but others were appeased, and seeing
+one of their companions wounded they exclaimed bitterly against Ortiz,
+as it had happened through his inadvertence. Soto was much pleased that
+he had got Ortiz, whom he greatly caressed. He was likewise very kind to
+the Indians who had accompanied him, and ordered the one who had been
+wounded to be carefully dressed; and sent by them a message to the
+cacique Mucozo, thanking him for his kind usage of Ortiz, and offering
+his friendship.
+
+Ortiz could give very little account of the country, as his whole
+employment under his first master had been to carry wood and water, and
+he had never ventured to go out of sight of the other who used him well,
+lest he might be suspected of endeavouring to escape; but he had been
+told that the interior of the country was pleasant and fertile. Mucozo
+came to visit Soto, who entertained him and gave him some Spanish
+trinkets to secure his friendship. Soon afterwards the mother of the
+cacique came weeping to the Spaniards, demanding to have her son
+restored, and begging that he might not be slain. Soto endeavoured to
+sooth and reassure her, yet she ate of such victuals as were offered
+with much hesitation, asking Ortiz whether she might eat in safety, as
+she was fearful of being poisoned, and insisting that Ortiz should taste
+every thing in the first place. Mucozo remained a week among the
+Spaniards, amusing himself with the novelty of every thing he saw, and
+making many inquiries respecting the customs of Spain. During this time
+Soto endeavoured to learn some particulars respecting the country,
+remaining always with his troops at the town belonging to Harrihiagua,
+because near the Bay of the Holy Ghost. At this time he dismissed the
+ships, that his men might have no hopes of getting away from the
+country, following in this measure the example of many ancient and
+modern commanders, and among these Cortes on his invasion of Mexico. He
+reserved however four of his ships to serve upon particular occasions.
+
+Soto used every means to acquire the friendship of Harrihiagua, giving
+strict charges that no damage should be done in his country, being
+extremely unwilling to give the first cause of offence, but nothing
+could prevail on that cacique to enter into any friendly connection. As
+some of the men were sent out daily, under a strong escort, to bring in
+forage for the horses, they were one day suddenly assailed by a
+multitude of Indians, making such hideous yells as scared them for some
+time. Before the Spaniards could recover from their panic, the Indians
+laid hold of a soldier named Grajal, whom they carried off without doing
+any other harm. More Spaniards coming out on this alarm, the Indians
+were pursued on the track for two leagues by twenty horsemen, when they
+were found among some tall reeds eating, drinking, and making merry with
+their women, and bidding Grajal eat, as they told him they would use him
+better than Ortiz. On hearing the trampling of the horses all the men
+fled, leaving the women and children with Grajal, whom they had
+stripped naked. The Spaniards returned well pleased with Grajal and the
+women and children, all of whom Soto set free along with some men who
+had been made prisoners formerly, on purpose if possible to conciliate
+the cacique and his subjects.
+
+After remaining three weeks in that place, Soto sent a detachment of
+sixty horse and an equal number of foot under Gallegos to explore the
+country beyond the districts belonging to Harrihiagua and Mucozo, which
+belonged to a cacique named _Urribarracuxi_. On asking guides from
+Mucozo for this expedition, he refused it saying that it would be
+treacherous to furnish guides for doing injury to his friend and
+brother-in-law. The Spaniards answered that they meant no injury, and he
+might send his friend notice of their intended visit, as they were
+resolved at all events to go. In that part of the country they found
+many wild vines, walnut-trees, mulberry, plum, oak, pine, and other
+trees resembling those which grow in Spain, and the open fields appeared
+pleasant and fertile. But they found Urribarracuxi's town, which was at
+the distance of seventeen leagues, entirely abandoned, and could by no
+means prevail upon him to come out of the woods or to contract any
+friendship with them, though he likewise entirely refrained from doing
+them any harm. Gallegos sent back word to inform Soto of the nature of
+the country he had explored, and that there were plenty of provisions in
+the town to which he had penetrated. Being anxious to take Harrihiagua
+prisoner, his lieutenant Vasco Porcallo went out with a party on that
+service, though Soto advised him to send some other person. When
+Harrihiagua learnt the object of this expedition, he sent word to
+Porcallo that his labour would be all in vain, as the roads were so bad
+he would never be able to reach the place in which he dwelt. Porcallo
+however persisted, and coming to a deep morass which his men refused to
+enter, he spurred on his horse to set a good example; but his horse soon
+floundered in the morass and Porcallo fell off and was nearly stifled.
+Considering that he was well up in years and had a good estate, Porcallo
+considered this as a warning to him to desist from such dangerous and
+fatiguing enterprises, for which reason he asked leave to return to
+Cuba, and distributed his horses, arms, and provisions among the troops,
+leaving his son Gomez Xuarez de Figuero well equipped behind him to
+continue the enterprise, which was better fitted for younger men, and in
+which Gomez acquitted himself like a man of honour.
+
+On receiving intelligence from Gallegos of the pleasantness of the
+interior country, Soto determined to advance with the bulk of his men,
+leaving Calderon to command at the town belonging to Harrihiagua with
+forty horsemen, to secure the ships, provisions, and stores. On this
+occasion he gave strict orders to Calderon, to give no offence to the
+Indians, but rather to wink at any injuries they might offer. Soto did
+not think proper to halt in the town of Mucozo, lest he might be
+burdensome to him and his people with so great a force, though that
+friendly cacique offered to entertain him. But he recommended to Mucozo
+to be kind to the Spaniards who had been left at the Bay of the Holy
+Ghost. Soto marched N.N.E. to the town of Urribarracuxi, but neglected
+to make proper marks in the country through which he travelled, which
+was a great fault, and occasioned much trouble in the sequel. On coming
+to the town of Urribarracuxi, he used every possible endeavour to
+prevail upon that cacique to enter into friendship, but quite
+ineffectually. Endeavouring to penetrate farther into the country in
+search of that cacique, they came to a morass which was three leagues
+over, and the road through which was so difficult as to take two days of
+hard labour; and next day the advanced party or scouts returned saying
+that it was quite impossible to proceed farther in that direction, on
+account of a number of rivers which took their rise in the great morass
+and intersected the country in every direction. Three days were
+ineffectually spent in searching for some way to pass onwards, Soto
+being always among the foremost to go out upon discovery. During this
+period the Indians made several excursions from the woods and morasses
+to assail the Spaniards with their arrows, but were generally repelled
+without doing any harm, and some of them made prisoners, who, to regain
+their liberty, pretended to shew the passes to the Spaniards, and led
+them to such places as were not fit for the purpose. On their knavery
+being discovered, some of them were torn in pieces by the dogs, which so
+intimidated the rest, that at length one of them undertook to guide
+them, and very easily brought them into the open country.
+
+Soto and his men came soon afterwards to another morass, which had two
+large trees and some branches laid across its narrowest part to serve as
+a bridge. Soto sent two of his soldiers who were good swimmers to repair
+the bridge, but they were set upon by many Indians in canoes from whom
+they difficultly escaped after being severely wounded. But as the
+Indians no more appeared at this pass, the bridge was soon repaired, and
+the army passed over into the province or district of another cacique
+named _Acuera_; who, upon receiving an offer of peace, sent back for
+answer that he would rather have war than peace with vagabonds. Soto
+continued twenty days in this country, during which time the Indians
+killed fourteen Spaniards who had straggled from the main body, whose
+heads they carried to their cacique. The Spaniards buried the bodies of
+their companions wherever they found them; but the Indians dug them up
+again and hung their quarters upon trees. In the same time the Spaniards
+only killed fifty Indians, as they were always on their guard and kept
+among the woods and swamps. Leaving the town of Acuera, to which they
+did no harm, Soto continued his march inland for _Ocali_, keeping a
+direction a little to the east of north, through a fertile country free
+from morasses. At the end of about twenty leagues they came to Ocali, a
+town of about six hundred houses, abounding in Indian corn, pulse,
+acorns, dried plums, and nuts. The cacique and all his people had
+withdrawn into the woods, and at the first message desiring them to come
+out sent a civil evasive answer, but complied at the second summons with
+some apprehension.
+
+Going some days afterwards accompanied by this cacique to examine a
+river over which it was intended to lay a bridge, there appeared about
+five hundred Indians on the other side, who shot their arrows towards
+the Spaniards, continually crying out "go away with you, vagabond
+robbers!" Soto asked the cacique why he permitted his subjects to behave
+in this manner; to which he made answer that many of them had thrown off
+their obedience because he had entered into friendship with the
+Spaniards. Soto therefore gave him permission to rejoin his subjects, on
+promising to return, but which he never did. The proposed bridge over
+this river was constructed of two cables stretched across, having planks
+laid between them, of which they procured abundance fit for the purpose
+in the woods. By this means the whole force inarched across with the
+utmost ease and satisfaction, the Spaniards on this occasion becoming
+engineers and pioneers to build bridges and construct roads, after the
+manner of the ancient Romans. As the guides had fled, the Spaniards made
+prisoners of thirty other Indians to shew them the roads, whom they
+treated well and presented with baubles so much to their satisfaction,
+that they conducted the army for sixteen leagues through a fine open
+country to the district of _Vitacucho_ which was about fifty leagues in
+circumference and was then divided among three brothers.
+
+On coming to a town called _Ochilé_ about break of day, the Spaniards
+surrounded it before the natives were aware; but on hearing the drums
+and trumpets they ran out, and finding all the avenues blockaded they
+stood on their defence though the cacique was invited to enter into
+friendship. He continued for some time to resist; but as his people
+perceived that the Spaniards released the prisoners without doing them
+any harm, they represented this to their chief, on which, making a
+virtue of necessity, he submitted to Soto and was well treated. After
+this, he accompanied Soto, with many of his people, and conducted the
+Spaniards into a spacious and delightful vale in which there were many
+scattered habitations. The cacique sent likewise to acquaint his
+brothers that the Spaniards were marching through to other countries,
+only requiring to be supplied with provisions on their way, and did no
+harm to those who accepted their friendship. One of the brothers
+returned a favourable answer, and treated the Spaniards with great
+respect; but the eldest and most powerful of the three, would not allow
+the messengers to return, and sent afterwards a reproof to his brothers,
+who he said had acted like foolish boys, and might tell the strangers
+that, if they ventured into his country, he would roast one half of them
+and boil the other. But as Soto sent another kind message to him, he
+consented to visit Soto accompanied by five hundred warriors gaily
+adorned after their fashion, and was received with much civility and
+presented with such ornamental trinkets as pleased him much. He was
+greatly astonished at the appearance of the Spanish troops, and asked
+pardon for his rude and threatening expressions, promising to make
+amends by his future good conduct. This cacique, named _Vitacucho_, was
+about thirty-five years of age, strong limbed, and of a fierce aspect.
+Next day the Spanish army entered Vitacucho's town in martial order. It
+consisted of about two hundred houses or cabins, besides a great many
+others scattered all over the country. All the towns in this country
+have no other names except those of the caciques to which they
+respectively belong. After remaining two days in this town making merry,
+the two younger caciques asked permission of Soto to return to their own
+districts, which was granted, and having received some presents from
+Soto, they went away well pleased.
+
+Vitacucho continued slily for some time to behave respectfully to Soto
+and the Spaniards, yet contriving how best to destroy them. For this
+purpose he concerted with all his neighbours, whom he persuaded that it
+was proper and necessary to destroy these wicked vagabonds who had come
+into their country to reduce them to servitude. He imparted his design
+to four Indians who attended Soto in quality of interpreters, whom he
+informed that he had ten thousand well armed Indians in readiness to aid
+him in the execution of this enterprise, and that he proposed to roast
+some of the Spaniards, to boil others, to hang up another part on the
+loftiest tress, and to poison all the rest in such a manner as to pine
+and rot away for a long time before they died. Being desired to keep the
+secret and to give their opinion of this design, they answered that they
+approved it highly, as an exploit worthy of his wisdom and valour, and
+that nothing could be better contrived. Vitacucho thus encouraged,
+determined to persevere, and sent notice to his confederates to hold
+themselves in readiness; but the four Indians, satisfied of the
+impracticability of the design, owing to the excellent discipline and
+vigilance of the Spaniards, made a discovery of the whole plot to Juan
+Ortiz, who communicated it without delay to Soto. In a council of the
+officers held to consult how to act in this emergency, it was thought
+best to take no immediate notice of the matter, except standing
+vigilantly on their guard as if ignorant of the treacherous intention of
+the cacique, but to contrive to make him fall into his own snare.
+
+When the day concerted between Vitacucho and his confederates for
+putting their enterprise into execution was come, the crafty cacique
+requested Soto to go with him out of the town to see his subjects whom
+he had drawn up in martial array for his inspection, that he might be
+acquainted with his power, and with the manner of fighting practised
+among the Indians. Soto was a prudent man well versed in the art of war,
+in which he had gradually risen by his merit. On this occasion he
+courteously accepted the proposal of the cacique, saying that it was
+likewise customary among the Spaniards, to shew honour to their friends
+by displaying their troops in order of battle. The Spanish forces
+accordingly marched out in good order, prepared for whatever might
+occur; and the better to conceal his suspicions, and the purpose he had
+now in view, he walked out of the town on foot along with the cacique.
+The Indian warriors, to the number of about ten thousand men, were found
+drawn up in good order at some distance from the town, having their left
+wing protected by a wood and their right by two lakes. They were well
+equipped after their manner, their heads adorned with high plumes of
+feathers of herons, swans, and cranes. Their bows lay beside them on the
+ground, and their arrows were covered over with grass, to make it appear
+that they were unarmed. Besides the main body in the position before
+mentioned, they had a wing on each flank advanced into the plain.
+
+Soto and the cacique advanced into the plain towards the Indian army,
+each attended by twelve chosen men. The Spanish troops moved forwards in
+order of battle on the right of Soto, the cavalry being in the middle of
+the plain, while the infantry moved close to the wood on the left of the
+Indians. When Soto and Vitacucho were arrived at the place where it was
+previously known that the cacique intended to have given a signal for
+attacking the Spaniards, who were now all in readiness and fully
+instructed how to act, Soto gave notice to his army to commence the
+attack by ordering a musket to be fired off. The twelve Spaniards who
+attended Soto immediately seized the cacique according to the
+instructions they had received for that purpose; and Soto mounting his
+horse led on the Spanish cavalry to the charge, being always foremost on
+every occasion, whether for fighting or hard labour. The Indians took up
+their arms and resisted the Spaniards as well as they could by repeated
+flights of arrows, even killing the horse on which Soto rode, as they
+chiefly aimed at the horses of which they stood in much fear. Soto soon
+got another horse from his page, and as the cavalry now penetrated the
+main body of the Indians their whole army took to flight, some seeking
+for safety in the wood and others by throwing themselves into the lakes.
+All who fled along the open plain were either killed or made prisoners.
+About nine hundred of the Indians took shelter in the smaller lake,
+which was immediately surrounded to prevent their escape, and the
+Spaniards likewise kept up an incessant attack upon them with their
+fire-arms and cross-bows, to induce them to surrender. Although in the
+water, the Indians continued to shoot as long as their arrows lasted,
+many of them standing on the backs of their comrades, who were swimming,
+till their arrows were spent, and then giving similar aid to others.
+They continued in this manner from about ten in the morning till
+midnight, always surrounded by the Spaniards, refusing to surrender
+though assured of their lives. At length many of the feeblest
+surrendered, after being fourteen hours in the water. As the rest
+observed that no injury was offered to the prisoners, they mostly
+surrendered next day at noon, when they had been above twenty-four hours
+in the water; and it was observed that they came out excessively tired,
+hungry, sleepy, and swollen. Seven still obstinately remained in the
+water till about seven in the evening; when Soto, thinking it a pity
+such resolute men should perish, ordered twelve Spaniards to swim to
+them, with their swords in their mouths, who dragged them all out
+half-drowned. Care was taken to recover them; and when asked the reason
+of their obstinacy, they alleged that as commanders, they were willing
+to convince their lord that they were worthy of their rank, by dying in
+his service and leaving a good name behind them, even expressing a
+desire that they had been permitted to perish. Four of these men were
+about thirty-five years of age. The other three were lads about
+eighteen, the sons of chiefs, who had obeyed the summons of Vitacucho,
+in hopes of acquiring honour, and were unwilling to return home
+vanquished. Soto presented some small mirrors and other baubles to these
+youths and dismissed them; but he told the four commanders, in presence
+of Vitacucho, that they all deserved to be put to death for having
+broken their plighted faith, yet he forgave them in hopes that they
+would take warning by what had now befallen them, and behave better for
+the future. He then invited Vitacucho to dine at his own table every
+day, being of opinion that more was to be gained among these barbarians
+by kind usage than severity, unless when indispensably necessary.
+
+The prisoners taken on this occasion amounted to above a thousand men,
+who were distributed as servants among the Spanish troops. Vitacucho
+gave these men secret orders to fall upon and destroy the Spaniards
+while at dinner, and appointed the seventh day after the engagement for
+the execution of this new plot. On that day, while Vitacucho as usual
+was at dinner along with Soto and the principal Spanish officers, he
+started up on a sudden and gave a loud _whoop_ or war cry, which was the
+appointed signal of attack, and laying hold of Soto gave him so violent
+a blow with his fist as knocked him to the ground, and immediately fell
+upon him endeavouring to kill him; but the other officers who were at
+dinner killed Vitacucho immediately. On hearing the signal from the
+cacique, all the other Indians attacked their masters, some with
+fire-brands, others with the cooking kettles, pitchers, or whatever they
+could get hold of, of which the fire-brands did most harm; but as the
+Spaniards immediately seized their arms in their defence, all the
+Indians were slain.
+
+Four days after this fray, the troops marched to another town called
+_Osachile_ after the name of its cacique. Coming to a river which could
+not be forded, it was proposed to construct a bridge similar to that
+employed on a former occasion; but on account of opposition from a body
+of Indians on the farther bank it was necessary in the first place to
+drive these away. For this purpose an hundred men armed with muskets and
+cross-bows were ferried over on six rafts, and thirty horsemen got over
+by swimming their horses. The Indians then fled, and the bridge was
+constructed in the same manner as formerly described, over which all the
+rest of the army passed. About two leagues after crossing the river, the
+army came to some corn-fields with scattered houses, and were galled for
+some time by the Indians, who lurked among the standing maize, whence
+they discharged their arrows at the Spaniards: But they were soon put to
+flight and several of them speared by the cavalry. On arriving at
+Osachile they found the town abandoned, and the cacique of that place
+could never be persuaded to make his appearance. Some Indians were made
+prisoners on this march, who were more tractable than any they had
+hitherto met with, and undertook to act as guides. It was now necessary
+for the Spaniards to consider of a proper place in which to pass the
+winter, and as there had been much talk about the province or district
+of Apalache, as producing gold, the army only halted two days at
+Osachile, and recommenced their march in the direction of Apalache.
+After marching twelve leagues through a desert wilderness, they came to
+a swamp half a league over, where the pass was defended by a
+considerable number of Indians. An engagement ensued in which several
+were killed on both sides, and the Spaniards were foiled for that day.
+But on the next, after a bloody encounter, the Spaniards drove the
+Indians from the swamp and got possession of the pass, all of which was
+fordable except about forty paces in the middle, over which there was a
+bridge of trees made fast together.
+
+Having crossed the swamp, a very thick wood was found on the other side,
+above a league and half through, which the army had great difficulty to
+penetrate, neither indeed was it able to pass through the wood in one
+day. During this difficult march, an hundred horsemen armed with targets
+led the van, and were followed by an hundred musqueteers and
+cross-bow-men, all of whom carried axes to hew down trees and make a
+clear space for the army to encamp, which it did in the middle of the
+forest, and was all night long disturbed by the incessant war-hoops of
+surrounding Indians. Next day they continued their march through the
+wood, which now became more open, but they were constantly harassed by
+the Indians, more especially as the cavalry could be of very little
+service among the trees, and wherever there were any open spaces, the
+Indians had cut down trees to obstruct the passage. After getting out of
+this forest into the open country, they marched two leagues farther,
+killing or making prisoners of all the Indians who attempted to make any
+opposition; so that the natives became at length convinced that they
+were unable to destroy the Spaniards or to expel them from the country.
+The army now encamped at the commencement of the cultivated lands
+belonging to the _Apalaches_, but the Indians still continued to annoy
+them, by continually pouring flights of arrows into the camp.
+
+Next day the army marched two leagues through a perpetual succession of
+fields of Indian corn, interspersed with straggling houses, and were
+frequently vexed by lurking Indians who shot off their arrows and then
+ran away. At the farther side of this cultivated plain, they came to a
+deep brook running through a wood, the ford of which was fortified by
+palisades or fallen trees, to prevent the passage of the cavalry: But a
+hundred of them alighted from their horses, and cleared the way with
+their swords and targets in spite of the Indians, who fought with much
+obstinacy, and did not give way till many of them were slain, but some
+of the Spaniards were killed in this engagement. They marched four
+leagues next day with little opposition: and the day following were
+informed _Capasi_, cacique of Apalache, had taken post at the distance
+of two leagues with a large body of brave Indians intending to give them
+battle. The horse immediately advanced to attack him, and took some of
+his men, but Capasi made his escape. The town of Apalache, of which they
+now took possession, consisted of two hundred and fifty houses, having
+several other small dependent towns or villages, and many detached
+cabins or farm-houses scattered over the cultivated fields. The country
+was fertile and agreeable, the climate excellent, and the natives
+numerous and warlike. After some days rest, parties were sent out in
+different directions to explore the country. Those who penetrated
+northwards into the interior, reported that the country was excellent,
+fertile, populous, and free from woods and swamps; while those who went
+south towards the coast, found a rugged, barren, and impracticable
+country, being the same through which Cabeza de Vaca had travelled.
+
+It being now the month of October, Soto determined to winter in this
+place; for which purpose he ordered sufficient fortifications to be
+constructed for defence, and provisions to be stored up for the supply
+of his army. He likewise sent back a party by the same way which the
+army had marched, being an hundred and fifty leagues to the bay of the
+Holy Ghost[150], to bring away the cavalry that had been left there to
+rejoin the rest of the army. He also sent a message to Capasi, the only
+cacique who had been hitherto met with having a proper name different
+from that of his town, requesting him to come in and make peace with the
+Spaniards, to which he would by no means consent. Being informed that
+Capasi had intrenched himself in the middle of a wood about eight
+leagues from Apalache, Soto marched against him and assailed his
+fortified post. The Indians defended themselves for some time with great
+bravery; but at length begged quarter which was granted, and Capasi was
+brought out on mens shoulders; as he was either so fat and unwieldy, or
+so much disabled by some distemper, that he was unable to walk, and was
+therefore carried on a kind of litter or bier, or crawled on his hands
+and knees. Soto returned well pleased at this good fortune to his
+quarters at Apalache, expecting that the Indians would give him no more
+disturbance, now that their chief was in his hands. But matters turned
+out quite otherwise; for having no ruler the Indians became even more
+disorderly and troublesome than before, and refused to obey the command
+of Capasi to remain in peace with the Spaniards.
+
+[Footnote 150: Although in the text the general direction of the march
+of Soto is mentioned as to the N.E. there is every reason to believe it
+must have been to the west of north, into the country of what are now
+called the _Creek_ Indians. The town of Apalache in which Soto spent the
+winter 1539-40 may have been on the river Catahoche otherwise called of
+Apalachicola, or on the Alibama, which runs into the Mobille. There
+still is a place known by the name of Apalache near the mouth of the
+Mobille river.--E.]
+
+Under these circumstances, when Soto complained to the cacique of the
+perpetual hostilities of his people, Capasi pretended, if he were
+permitted to go to a place about six leagues from Apalache, to which the
+head men of the tribe had retired, that they would obey his orders on
+seeing him among them and agree to peace. Soto accordingly gave his
+permission, and Capasi went to the place indicated, carried as usual on
+a bier, and accompanied by a strong guard of Spaniards. The cacique then
+issued orders for all his people to appear before him next day, having
+some important matters to communicate. The Spaniards posted their
+guards for the night and went to rest, believing every thing secure; but
+when day appeared next morning neither the cacique nor any of his
+attendants were to be found. Taking advantage of the centinels falling
+asleep, Capasi had crept out from among them on all fours, after which
+his Indians carried him off to some more secure place than the former,
+as he was never more seen. The Spanish escort returned much ashamed of
+themselves to Soto, pretending that Capasi and his attendants must have
+been carried off through the air, as it was impossible for him to have
+got away from among them in any other manner. Soto prudently accepted of
+this excuse, saying with a smile that the story was very probable as the
+Indians were notable sorcerers. He was unwilling to punish his men for
+their negligence, being always more desirous to gain the affection of
+his soldiers by kind usage, as far as consistent with military
+discipline, that they might be ready to endure the fatigue and danger he
+expected to encounter in the prosecution of his enterprise.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Continuation of the Transactions of Ferdinand de Soto in Florida_[151].
+
+
+[Footnote 151: Herrera, V. 507.--541.]
+
+We have already mentioned that Soto, having determined to spend the
+winter 1539 at Apalache, sent a detachment back to Harrihiagua on the
+bay of the Holy Ghost, to bring away Captain Calderon and the men who
+had been left there. This detachment consisted of thirty horse under the
+command of Juan de Anasco. On coming to the ford of the river Ocali,
+Anasco was obliged to pass it by means of rafts, as the river was
+flooded; and though they used the utmost diligence, the Indians were up
+in arms on both sides of the river to oppose him, so that the Spaniards
+had to fight both to the front and rear while their baggage, horses, and
+selves were wafted over. Having got safely over, they found it necessary
+to go to the town, as one of their comrades was quite benumbed in
+passing the river. Believing the Spaniards more numerous than they
+really were, the Indians only defended their town till their wives and
+children were got away to a place of safety, and then abandoned the
+place, of which Anasco took possession. The Spaniards made four large
+fires in the marketplace, on purpose to restore their benumbed comrade,
+to whom likewise they gave the only clean shirt they had among them.
+They likewise dried their clothes and saddles, which had been all wetted
+in passing the river, and furnished their wallets with provisions from
+the stores of the Indians. In the mean time, ten horses at once were
+allowed to feed, while all the rest stood ready bridled in case of
+attack. About midnight an alarm was given by the centinels of the
+approach of a numerous body of Indians; on which the whole party
+mounted, tying the benumbed man who was now somewhat recovered, fast
+upon his horse which was led by another soldier, and set off on their
+march with so much expedition that they were five leagues from the town
+by day-break next morning. In this manner they continued their journey
+with as little delay as possible, going on at a round trot wherever they
+found the country inhabited, and walking their horses in passing through
+the wilderness.
+
+On the seventh day after leaving Apalache, Pedro de Atienza was taken
+very ill, and died a few hours afterwards. Having travelled that day
+near twenty leagues they arrived at the great swamp[152] in the evening,
+and remained all night on its border, making great fires to keep them
+warm as the weather was extremely cold. Next morning, on attempting to
+pass, the horses refused on account of the excessive cold; but about
+noon the sun yielding some heat, they got across; On the third day
+after, while continuing their march with the usual diligence, they
+observed the track of horses, and some appearance of their having used a
+pool of water by the way side. Their horses even took heart at these
+appearances, smelling the track of others, and Anasco and his men were
+much rejoiced, having been previously afraid that Calderon and his
+troops had either gone away to Cuba, or had been slain by the Indians.
+About sunset of this day, being the tenth after leaving Apalache, they
+came in sight of Harrihiagua, just as the horse patrole was leaving the
+town. The new comers set up a loud shout for joy at seeing their
+friends, and Calderon came immediately out to welcome them with equal
+satisfaction.
+
+[Footnote 152: A great swamp is laid down in lat. 81° N. on the
+frontiers between Georgia and East Florida, at the head of the rivers of
+St Mary and St Mark, the former of which flows east to the Atlantic, and
+the latter south-west into the Bay of Apalache.--E.]
+
+When the cacique Mucozo learnt the arrival of Anasco, he went to visit
+him, and brought the horse belonging to the man who had died by the way,
+which had been left in a meadow with the saddle hanging to a tree, which
+likewise was brought in by an Indian on his back, not knowing how to
+fasten the girths. Mucozo inquired after the health of Soto in a
+friendly manner, and expressed his sorrow that the other caciques were
+not of the same friendly disposition with himself. Calderon and Anasco
+consulted together as to the best way of going back to Apalache. As the
+stores of provisions shoes and clothes which had been provided liberally
+by Soto for the expedition were very large and could not be removed to
+Apalache, it was agreed to leave all these under the charge of Mucozo.
+It was likewise resolved that Anasco should proceed by sea with two of
+the brigantines to the Bay of Aute, which he had discovered when
+detached by Soto to explore the country to the south of Apalache, while
+Calderon was to go by land. Accordingly, every thing being in readiness,
+seven days after the arrival of Anasco, Calderon set out by land for
+Apalache with seventy horse and fifty foot soldiers, all the rest going
+by sea along with Anasco.
+
+On the second day of his march, Calderon came to the town of Mucozo, and
+was hospitably entertained by that friendly chief. Nothing remarkable
+happened during this march till they came to the great swamp, except
+that one horse was killed by an arrow which penetrated through his
+breast to his bowels. These Indians are such powerful archers that they
+have been known to shoot through four folds of mail; for which reason
+the Spaniards laid aside their European armour, and used a kind which is
+stuffed with cotton, called _escaupiles_, to defend both themselves and
+their horses. Calderon travelled with very little opposition or
+difficulty all the way to the swamp of Apalache, where the Indians
+attacked him desperately and killed one of his horses. Next day he was
+again attacked, and disturbed all the ensuing night, the Indians
+constantly upbraiding the Spaniards as vagabonds and robbers, and
+threatening to quarter them. On the following day Calderon and his men
+reached Apalache, where ten or twelve of his people died of their
+wounds. Anasco arrived safe with the remainder of the Spaniards at the
+Bay of Aute[153], whence he marched by land to Apalache. Having now
+collected his whole force at Apalache, Ferdinand de Soto sent Diego
+Maldonado with the brigantines to explore the coast to the westwards,
+ordering him to return in two months with a particular description of
+all the ports, creeks, and headlands he might fall in with. Maldonado
+executed these orders; and on his return reported that he had discovered
+a very excellent harbour, called _Achusi_, sixty leagues to the
+westwards of Aute[154], whence he brought two Indian prisoners. Soto
+then sent Maldonado with the brigantines to the Havannah, carrying
+letters to his lady, and directed him to inform the colonists of Cuba
+that he had found an excellent harbour in Florida, and that the country
+was pleasant and fertile, by way of encouraging settlers to come over.
+
+[Footnote 153: No bay is now known of this name, but it may possibly
+have been that now known by the name of Mobille.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 154: This distance from Mobille Bay would lead us considerably
+to the west of the Missisippi, perhaps to Ascension Bay, or perhaps to
+the entrance of Ouachas Lake.--E.]
+
+It happened one day that seven Spanish horsemen riding out from the town
+of Apalache saw an Indian man and woman gathering old kidney-beans in
+the fields. Immediately on seeing the horsemen the man took up the woman
+in his arms and carried her into the wood, whence he returned with his
+bow and arrows to attack the horsemen, who would have saved his life on
+account of his bravery, calling out to him to yield; but he was so
+desperate that he wounded them all, and when his arrows were expended he
+gave one of them so violent a blow with his bow on the head-piece that
+it stunned him, on which provocation he killed the Indian with his
+lance. While Soto wintered in Apalache, he used every exertion to obtain
+intelligence respecting the country towards the west, in order to
+prepare for extending his discoveries in the spring; and among the
+Indians who were brought to him on this occasion, was one about
+seventeen years of age who had been a servant to some Indian travelling
+merchants.
+
+From this youth he was informed that, about thirteen of fourteen days
+journey farther on, there was a province called _Cofachiqui_[155], which
+produced gold, silver and pearls. This intelligence was very pleasing to
+the Spaniards, and made them wish anxiously for the season in which to
+march forwards. During all the winter, which the Spaniards spent in
+Apalache, when any parties of them went out into the country, the
+Indians seldom failed to kill some of the men or horses with their
+arrows, yet always kept at a distance or among the woods, carefully
+avoiding to encounter them in the open fields.
+
+[Footnote 155: Perhaps the country of the Chicasaws.--E.]
+
+The season being at length come, in the spring of 1540, for taking the
+field, Soto set out on his march from Apalache towards the north, and on
+the third day encamped in a peninsula formed by a swamp, having wooden
+bridges of communication with the dry land. This being an elevated
+situation, several towns could be seen from the encampment, which was
+still in the district belonging to Apalache. The Spaniards rested here
+two days, during one of which seven men strolled out from the camp
+without orders, six of whom were slain by the Indians before they had
+got two hundred paces from the camp, and the seventh difficultly escaped
+with two wounds. Leaving the province of Apalache, the Spaniards now
+entered that called _Atalpaha_, the first town they came to being
+abandoned by the natives. Six of the principal people remained behind,
+who were brought before Soto, whom they boldly asked whether he was for
+peace or war with their nation. Soto answered by means of his
+interpreter that he had no inclination for war, as his only intention
+was to pass through their country, yet desired that his people might be
+supplied with provisions. To this they answered, if such were his
+intentions there was no occasion to have made them prisoners, and if he
+conducted himself in a friendly manner he might depend on better
+treatment than he had received at Apalache. They accordingly dispatched
+some of the common people to desire the natives to return to their
+houses to serve the Spaniards, whom they conducted to a better town,
+where the cacique came to ratify a peace, which was punctually observed
+during three days that Soto remained there.
+
+From that place they advanced for ten days to the northwards along the
+banks of a river, through a fertile country, in which all the
+inhabitants behaved in a friendly manner. After this they entered the
+province of _Achalaqui_, which was poor, barren, and thinly inhabited,
+having very few young men, and the old people being mostly
+short-sighted and many of them quite blind. Quickening the march through
+this bad country they came to the province of _Cofachi_, where, besides
+other presents, Soto gave the cacique some boars and sows for a breed,
+having brought above three hundred of these animals with him to Florida,
+where they increased very fast, as the Spaniards had no occasion to kill
+them, getting abundance of other provisions. During this expedition,
+Soto made it an invariable practice, before entering any province, to
+send a message to the cacique offering peace and demanding leave to pass
+through his dominions, that the natives might not be alarmed at the
+appearance of so many armed strangers; and besides it was always his
+wish to employ fair means in his intercourse with the Indians, rather
+than force. He accordingly sent a message to the cacique of _Cofa_ with
+the usual requests of peace, provisions and a free passage, with which
+the cacique complied, coming himself to meet the Spaniards, for whom he
+appointed quarters and plenty of provisions. The land being plentiful,
+Soto and his army rested here five days. The next province belonged to a
+brother of Cofa, named Cofaqui, who came out to meet the Spaniards
+attended by a great number of his people, all finely adorned with plumes
+of feathers, and wearing mantles of rich sables and other valuable furs.
+After this friendly reception, the cacique went away to another town,
+leaving his own entirely for the accommodation of the Spaniards. This
+country abounded in maize or Indian corn, which is used by the Indians
+as wheat is in Europe. They had also abundance of dried fruits; but
+flesh was rare, being only what they procured by hunting, as they had no
+domesticated animals.
+
+Next day, Cofaqui returned to Soto, offering a supply of provisions and
+a strong escort of armed Indians, to enable the Spaniards to cross a
+desert or wilderness of seven days journey leading to the next province
+of Cofachiqui[156]. Immediately there appeared four thousand Indians to
+carry burdens, and the like number armed, to accompany the Spaniards.
+
+[Footnote 156: The word _Cofa_ seems to have signified lord or chief
+among these Indians; as we have four successive chiefs in the text,
+named Cofa, Co-fachi, Cofa-qui, and Cofa-chiqui.--E.]
+
+On seeing so great a number of men, Soto was on his guard like a good
+soldier and prudent commander, that he might not be taken by surprise.
+On this occasion the cacique made a speech to the commander of his
+forces, enjoining him, as he knew the ancient enmity subsisting between
+him and the people of Cofachiqui, that he should not let slip the
+present favourable opportunity of taking severe revenge upon their
+enemies, considering that he was now supported by these valiant
+strangers. The Indian commander, throwing off his mantle of furs,
+flourished a two-handed sword or war-club, the ensign of his command,
+and told his lord in pompous terms what he would do for his service. On
+this, the cacique took from his own shoulders a rich mantle of sables,
+thought by the Spaniards to be worth a thousand ducats, which he put
+upon the shoulders of his general, and placed a splendid plume of
+feathers on his head. The presentation of a mantle and plume of feathers
+is considered among the Indians as the highest honour which can be
+bestowed.
+
+There were two Indians among the Spaniards who were extremely familiar,
+named ordinarily Mark and Peter though not baptized. On the night before
+commencing the new march for Cofachiqui, Peter made a violent outcry as
+if in danger of being slain. All the forces turned out under arms on
+this alarm, and found Peter in great trepidation and distress. He
+alleged that the devil and a number of his imps had threatened to kill
+him if he acted as a guide to the Spaniards, and had dragged him about
+and beaten him so unmercifully that he had assuredly been killed if they
+had not come to his assistance; and, since the great devil fled from two
+Christians, he begged to be baptized that he might be a Christian like
+them and able to drive away the devil. This appeared to be no fiction,
+by the bruises and swelling which Peter exhibited; and accordingly Soto
+gave him in charge to the priests, who remained with him all night and
+baptized him; and next day he was mounted on horseback, being unable to
+walk on account of the drubbing he had got from the Devil!
+
+The two armies marched apart, pursuant to the wise precautions adopted
+by Soto. The Indians kept excellent order, having a regular van and rear
+guard, and making those who carried the provisions and baggage keep in
+the centre. Every night the two armies lay at some distance, each
+appointing their own guards. On the third day of the march from Cofaqui
+they entered upon the wilderness, through which they marched for six
+days, finding the country very agreeable. They had two rapid rivers to
+cross, at both of which the cavalry was made to form a kind of wall
+above the ford to break the force of the stream, by which means they all
+got safe over. On the seventh day both Spaniards and Indians were much
+at a loss, as the road they had hitherto followed was now at an end, so
+that they knew not which way to take through the rest of the wilderness.
+Soto asked the Indian general how it could possibly happen that among
+eight thousand men of his nation, more especially as they had always
+been at war with the people to whose country they were going, no one
+should know the road. The Indian chief answered that none of them had
+ever been there; for the war was never carried on by means of complete
+armies, as they merely killed or made prisoners of each other, when they
+chanced to meet at the fisheries on the rivers, or while hunting; and as
+the people of Cofachiqui were most powerful, his countrymen did not
+venture so far into the wilderness, by which reason they were
+unacquainted with the country. He farther assured Soto that he might
+rely on the probity and good faith both of the cacique and himself, who
+had no intention of fraud or perfidy; yet he might if he pleased take
+what hostages he thought proper for his security, and if that were not
+sufficient, he would submit to lose his own head, and that all his men
+should be put to death, wherever they were found to harbour any evil
+intentions.
+
+Satisfied with these assurances, Soto sent for Peter the Indian, who was
+likewise at a loss, as he had not been in these parts for five years.
+They marched on however the rest of that day, without knowing any thing
+of the road, yet found the woods easily passable. Towards evening they
+arrived at a great river which could not be forded[157]. This
+circumstance added greatly to their perplexity, as they now had only
+seven days provisions, which would not hold out till they could make
+rafts to pass this river. Next day Soto sent off four several
+detachments in different directions to explore the country, with orders
+to return in five days; and with each of these went a thousand Indians,
+to assist in finding the way of which they were in search. The Indians
+who carried the baggage, and who remained at the encampment, went out
+every morning armed, and returned at night with herbs, roots, birds,
+some small land animals, and a little fish, part of which they gave to
+the Spaniards; but this scanty supply was quite insufficient for their
+necessities. Soto now ordered some of the swine which accompanied the
+army to be slaughtered, and distributed eight ounces of their flesh
+daily to every one of his men. Even this was only protracting their
+misery, yet all shewed wonderful patience, as their commander gave them
+a good example.
+
+[Footnote 157: In the utter impossibility to trace the route of Soto, it
+may even appear absurd to suppose that this may have been the Tenasse or
+Hogohegee River, formerly called the Cherokee River; yet he assuredly
+marched in various directions through the interior country of North
+America, westwards of the present states of Virginia, the Carolinas, and
+Georgia, to the north of modern West Florida, now occupied by the
+Creeks, Cherokees, Catawbas, Chactaws, and Chickasaws.--E.]
+
+Three of the detachments that had been sent out on discovery returned on
+the sixth day unsuccessful. But the commander of the fourth, Juan de
+Anasco, who had gone up the banks of the river, sent back four horsemen
+to inform Soto that he had found a small town on the same side of the
+river, which had a good store of provisions, and had seen several towns
+still higher up, where there was a good deal of cultivated land. The
+messengers brought with them many ears of _zara_[158], and some cows
+horns, without knowing whence these were procured, not having hitherto
+seen any cows in the country. The Indian general _Patofa_ and his men,
+who accompanied Anasco, killed all the inhabitants of that town whom
+they could lay hands on, taking off their _skulls_[159], and plundering
+the temple or place of burial, where the best of the effects were
+secured. This town was in the province of _Cofachiqui_; and as the
+Indians accompanying the Spaniards did much injury to the country, Soto
+now sent them home again to prevent any farther harm being done under
+his auspices; and by making presents to the Indian general and the other
+chiefs, and supplying them with provisions for their journey, they went
+away well satisfied. Soto now advanced with the Spaniards through a
+pleasant and plentiful country, but which was abandoned by the natives
+on account of the ravages and slaughters that had been committed by
+Patofa and his people.
+
+[Footnote 158: This word, left unexplained by the translator of Herrera,
+perhaps means some species of millet cultivated by the Indians.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 159: This ought in all probability to have been translated
+_scalps_.--E.]
+
+Three days afterwards, to avoid going on at random, Soto sent on Juan
+Anasco with thirty horse to explore the country. Anasco set out a little
+before night, and after proceeding about two leagues, he heard the
+barking of dogs and the noise of some children, and saw some lights; but
+on going towards the place for the purpose of trying to seize one or two
+Indians from whom to gain intelligence, he found that the town was on
+the other side of the river. He halted therefore at a place which seemed
+to be used as a landing for canoes; and having fed and rested the
+horses, he returned to give Soto an account of what he had observed.
+Soto went accordingly next day with an hundred horse and an equal number
+of foot to view the town; and as the Indians fled on seeing the
+Spaniards, the two Christian Indians, Peter and Mark called to them
+across the river that no harm was intended. Upon this six Indians
+ventured across the river in a canoe, and came to wait on Soto, who was
+seated in a chair, which was always carried with him to receive the
+natives in state, as the customs of these people required. On
+approaching Soto, the six Indians made their obeisances; first to the
+sun, then to the moon, and lastly to the Spanish commander, whom they
+asked whether he was for peace or war with their nation. He answered by
+means of his interpreter, that he was desirous of peace, and required
+nothing from them but provisions for his people. They replied that they
+willingly accepted of peace, but were sorry to say that they were very
+scarce of provisions in consequence of a pestilence which had lately
+raged among them; but they would inform their sovereign of his demands,
+who happened to be a young unmarried woman. When they had delivered
+their message to the princess, two large canoes covered with awnings
+were seen to set out from the town on the other side of the river, into
+one of which seven or eight women embarked, and six men in the other.
+Among the women was the princess who ruled over the tribe; and
+immediately on coming to Soto, she sat down on a stool before him, which
+her people brought for her use, and after some complimentary discourse,
+she expressed her sorrow for the scarcity which then existed in her
+country, but that having two storehouses filled with provisions for
+relieving the necessities of her subjects, she would give him one of
+these, and hoped he would leave her in possession of the other. She said
+likewise that she had two thousand measures of maize at another town,
+which she would give him, and would quit her own house and half the town
+to accommodate him and his people, and if that did not suffice, that the
+whole of the town should be cleared for his use. Soto thanked her in a
+courteous manner for her friendly offers, declaring that he would be
+perfectly satisfied with whatever she was pleased to give. While he was
+speaking, she took off a string of pearls which she wore round her neck,
+and gave it to Juan Ortiz the interpreter to present it in her name to
+Soto, as she could not deliver it with her own hands without
+transgressing the rules of decorum[160]. Soto stood up and received it
+with much respect, and presented her in return with a ruby which he wore
+on his finger. Thus peace was ratified with this princess, who now
+returned to the other side of the river, all the Spaniards admiring her
+beautiful appearance and good behaviour.
+
+[Footnote 160: The circumstance of great quantities of pearls being
+found in this part of the country tends in some measure to confirm the
+idea of Soto being now on the Tenasse River. In the most recent maps of
+this part of America, a part of this river near its great bend, where it
+sweeps round from a S.W. to a N.N.W. direction, is distinguished by the
+appellation of the _Muscle Shoals_, and it is well known that the
+fresh-water muscles are often very productive in pearls.--E.]
+
+After this all the Spanish force was transported across the river, on
+rafts and in canoes, four horses being drowned in the passage. The
+Spaniards were all commodiously quartered in the middle of the town, and
+the country round was found to be extraordinarily fertile. The mother of
+the princess of this tribe was a widow, and resided about twelve leagues
+from this town in great retirement; and on being sent for by her
+daughter to see the strangers, she not only refused, but sent a severe
+reproof to her daughter for admitting those persons of whom she knew
+nothing. Soto sent Juan Anasco with thirty horse, with a respectful
+message to the old lady inviting her to come to visit him. Anasco was
+accompanied on this occasion by an Indian of considerable rank, who
+seemed pensive and melancholy. After travelling some leagues, they
+stopped for rest and refreshment, and sat down under the shade of a tree
+to partake of a repast. Throwing off his mantle of sables, the Indian
+took the arrows one by one from his quiver, which were very curiously
+made of reeds, having heads of bones with _three points_[161] all of
+them feathered on three sides, and both them and his bow beautifully
+painted with some kind of bituminous substance, as smooth and glossy as
+the finest varnish. The last arrow which he drew out was headed with
+flint, sharp-pointed, and double-edged like a dagger. Seeing that the
+Spaniards were all intent upon observing the curious arrows, he cut his
+own throat with the flint-headed arrow, and immediately fell down dead.
+The other Indians who accompanied Anasco said that in their opinion he
+had killed himself because he was carrying a message which he believed
+was disagreeable to the old lady. A short time after this, as Anasco was
+still proceeding, one of the Spaniards observed that they were going
+blindly in search of a woman who was said to have gone to hide herself
+from them in another place; and as Soto already had the daughter in his
+power, he had no occasion for the mother also, and as their number was
+small they were exposed to much danger, and had much better return to
+head-quarters. As this advice was universally approved of, they turned
+back.
+
+[Footnote 161: Perhaps this ought to have been _triangular_ pointed
+heads.--E.]
+
+Three days afterwards Soto sent twenty Spaniards up the river in two
+canoes at the request of the daughter to seek her mother, under the
+conduct of an Indian who offered to conduct them to her place of
+concealment. While on this expedition, the Spaniards recollected that
+Peter and Mark had reported there was both gold and silver in that
+province; but upon search they found much copper of a golden colour, and
+great plates of _ore_[162] which was very light and mouldered away like
+earth, which probably had deceived the young Indians. A wonderful
+quantity of pearls were found, and the old lady gave them leave to go
+into a sacred house where the chiefs or nobles of the tribe were buried,
+to take what pearls were there, and to another temple, or sepulchre
+rather, near the town, in which the bodies of her own ancestors were
+reposited, where they found pearls in still greater abundance. In these
+repositories of the dead they found a number of wooden chests in which
+the bodies were laid; and beside them in baskets made of reeds there
+were great quantities of large and seed pearls, as also garments both
+for men and women, made of skins and fine furs. So great was the
+abundance of pearls found on this occasion, that the kings officers
+weighed five hundred pounds weight. As Soto was unwilling to encumber
+his troops with so much additional weight, he proposed that no more than
+fifty pounds should be then taken, to send to the Havannah to learn
+their value; but as they were already weighed, the officers begged that
+they might be all carried away, to which he consented, and gave his
+captains two handfuls of pearls as large as pease to make strings of
+beads or rosaries.
+
+[Footnote 162: These large plates of _ore_, were probably
+silver-coloured mica; and the golden-coloured copper in the text may
+have been bright yellow pyrites.--E.]
+
+Leaving Cofachiqui, the army came to another town called _Tolomeco_, in
+a temple or charnel-house more properly of which place, opposite the
+residence of the chief, they found strings of large pearls hanging on
+the walls, and others in chests, with many fine garments like those
+formerly mentioned; and in rooms over this charnel-house were great
+numbers of pikes with copper heads resembling gold, and clubs, staves,
+and axes of the same metal, and bows, arrows, targets, and
+breast-plates. Soto would not take away any of these, being resolved to
+continue his march. Accordingly, taking leave of the princess of
+Cofachiqui, he divided the army into two parts for the better
+convenience of provisions, retaining the immediate command of one, and
+confiding the other to the charge of Baltasar de Gallegos. In this order
+they moved on to the province of Chalaqui; and next day were exposed to
+such a storm of wind, lightning, and hail, that many of them must have
+perished, but for the shelter afforded by the trees, as the hail-stones
+were as large as pigeons eggs. On the sixth day of this new march, they
+came to the valley of Xaula, a pleasant country to the N.N.E. The
+sailors who accompanied the army believed the river which flowed past
+Cofachiqui to be the same which is known on the coast under the name of
+_Santa Ellena_; and computing their marches at four leagues a-day, it
+appeared that the forces had come two hundred leagues from Apalache to
+Xaula[163]; which, with an hundred and fifty leagues from the Bay of the
+Holy Ghost to Apalache, made four hundred and ten leagues in all[164].
+
+[Footnote 163: Two hundred Spanish leagues would amount to near 800
+English miles. But as the march, was entirely in an uncertain and
+probably changing direction, this estimate does not assist in
+determining any thing of its extent Eight hundred miles would reach,
+even from Espiritu Santo Bay, to beyond the Ohio.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 164: The numbers in the text are obviously corrupt, as the
+particulars do not agree with the sum; but it is impossible to correct
+or reconcile them, neither indeed is it of much consequence, as no
+establishment was made in Florida by Soto, and the names of the places
+he visited are now unknown and uninteresting. Four hundred and ten
+Spanish leagues, or 1640 English miles, would carry us into Upper
+Canada.--E.]
+
+The Spanish forces rested a fortnight in the vale of Xaula, which was
+subject to the princess of Cofachiqui, though a separate province, being
+induced to this delay by finding abundance of all things, and on purpose
+to recruit their horses. Leaving this place, they marched one day
+through an agreeable country, and then five days over an unpeopled
+mountain[165], though not disagreeable, as it had many fine groves,
+waters, and pasture-grounds, the way over being about twenty leagues.
+Four Indian chiefs who accompanied them by order of the princess of
+Cofachiqui, sent to require the cacique of _Guanale_ to receive the
+Spaniards with kindness, or otherwise to declare war against him. While
+on the march, a foot-soldier named Juan Terron pulled a little bag from
+his wallet full of large well-coloured pearls not pierced, which he
+offered to a horseman, who advised him to keep them as the general meant
+soon to send to the Havannah, where he might purchase a horse for them
+to ease him from marching on foot. On this refusal, Terron threw his
+pearls on the ground, alleging they were troublesome to carry, and they
+were picked up by his comrades. He sorely repented of this afterwards,
+as he was informed they would have been worth 6000 ducats in Spain. The
+Spaniards stopped four days at Guanale, and in five days march from
+thence they reached _Ychiaha_, a town situated on an island in the river
+about five leagues in length. As the general always made inquiry every
+where concerning the country farther on, the cacique of Ychiaha told him
+there were mines of yellow metal about thirty leagues from thence, and
+presented him with a long string of large pearls, which would have been
+of extraordinary value if they had not been bored. As Soto seemed to
+prize them, the cacique said there were many such in the burial place of
+his ancestors which he was welcome to take if he pleased. In return Soto
+presented the cacique with some pieces of velvet and satin, with which
+he was much gratified. Two soldiers were sent on, accompanied by a party
+of Indians, to view the reported mines of yellow metal, who reported
+that they were only copper, that the country was fruitful, and that they
+had been well treated by the inhabitants. Some of the men likewise were
+ordered to drag the river for the pearl oysters, where they soon brought
+up large quantities, which were laid on a fire to make them open their
+shells, and the pearls were taken out somewhat damaged by the heat. A
+soldier who boiled some of these oysters, while eating one of them,
+almost broke his teeth on a pearl as big as a hazle-nut, which he
+presented to Soto for his lady, as it was bright and well shaped; but
+the general refused it, desiring him to keep it to purchase horses, and
+in return for his good will paid the kings fifth out of his own money,
+its value being estimated at 400 ducats. Soto was exceedingly generous
+and obliging to his soldiers, making no distinction between himself and
+them, in clothes, eating, lodging, or enduring hardships, and enjoyed
+their entire confidence and affection.
+
+[Footnote 165: If correct in the idea of Soto having crossed the
+Tenassee, the mountainous district here indicated may have been the
+Cumberland mountains, between the Tenassee and Cumberland Rivers.--E.]
+
+From Ychiaha, the Spaniards proceeded onwards to Acoste, where the
+cacique received them with ill-will, and an open breach had like to have
+taken place; but Soto prevented this by conciliatory management, and
+still preserved the peace, which had not been infringed since leaving
+Apalache. Next day the Indians of Acoste became better humoured, and
+having contented them, Soto crossed the river into the large province of
+_Coza_, through which he marched for an hundred leagues, finding it
+every where populous and fertile, and the Spaniards were every where
+received in a friendly manner, well treated, and commodiously lodged. At
+the town of Coza, the cacique came out to meet Soto attended by a
+thousand Indians wearing plumes of feathers and rich mantles of furs.
+The town consisted of about five hundred houses along the side of the
+river, and here the Spaniards were most hospitably entertained. While
+dining one day with Soto, the cacique requested he would spend the
+winter in his country and establish a colony there; and indeed it was
+better land than any that the Spaniards had hitherto passed through.
+Soto thanked him for his friendly offer; but said that it was necessary
+for him in the first place to explore the country farther on, that he
+might be able to judge what articles were necessary for trade, and that
+he might give orders for seeds and all other requisites, after which he
+would return and accept his offer. He staid twelve days at this place,
+more to oblige the cacique than on any other account; and then set out
+towards the sea, which he had long designed, making a semicircular turn
+that he might march back by a different route to explore the country,
+meaning to make his way to the port of _Anchusi._
+
+In five days march he reached _Talisse_, a town fortified with
+entrenchments of timber and earth, on the frontiers of the territories
+of the cacique of _Tascaluza_, who was in enmity with the cacique of
+_Coza_, who went so far with the Spaniards on purpose to intimidate
+Tascaluza. At this place Soto was received by a son of Tascaluza, only
+eighteen years of age, and so tall that none of the Spaniards reached
+higher than his breast. This young man offered his fathers compliments
+of friendship to the Spaniards, and conducted Soto to Tascaluza, who
+received him sitting after their manner on a kind of chair, with a great
+number of men standing round him; and though the different commanders
+came up successively to salute him, no one stirred till Soto came
+forwards, when the cacique stood up and advanced twenty paces to meet
+him. Tascaluza was like a giant, much taller than his son, well-shaped,
+and of a good aspect. The Spaniards were well received, abundantly
+supplied, and commodiously quartered. They set out again on their march
+on the third day; and as the cacique Tascaluza chose to accompany them,
+one of the baggage horses belonging to Soto was selected for him to ride
+upon. When mounted, his feet reached within, a span of the ground. He
+was not fat, as his waist was hardly a yard in compass, and he did not
+seem to exceed forty years of age. In the course of this days march,
+after coming to a fortified town, the Spaniards had to cross the river,
+which they did with considerable difficulty, being badly supplied with
+rafts or floats. On taking up their quarters for the night, two
+Spaniards were amissing; and when the Indians were asked about them,
+they answered in a haughty manner, _they were not given to our keeping_,
+so that it was strongly suspected they were murdered. Upon this cause of
+jealousy, and being likewise privately informed that the cacique had
+assembled a great number of men at a place called Mavila, under pretence
+of serving the Spaniards, Soto sent three confidential officers to view
+that place, which was about a league and a half from quarters. They
+reported that they had seen no person by the way, but that Mavila was a
+much better fortified place than, any they had hitherto seen in Florida.
+
+As the Spaniards were bound for Mavila, and under circumstances very
+considerable suspicion as to the good intentions of Tascaluza and his
+subjects, they marched with the utmost circumspection. Soto led the van
+in person, consisting of an hundred horse and an hundred and fifty foot.
+He was accompanied by Tascaluza, and as he marched with diligence, he
+arrived at Mavila at eight in the morning, the main body not coming up
+for a considerable time after. The town of Mavila was seated in a plain,
+enclosed by a double row of piles with timbers laid athwart, and the
+interstices rammed full of straw and earth, so that it looked like a
+wall smoothed by a masons trowel. At every eighty paces distance, there
+was a tower or platform where eight men could stand to fight, having
+many loop holes. It likewise had two gates. Though it only consisted of
+eighty houses, these were so large that each could have contained a
+thousand men. In the middle of the town was a large square or
+market-place, into which when Soto and the cacique were come and had
+dismounted, Tascaluza, pointed out to the interpreter a house in which
+the general might take up his quarters and another for his kitchen,
+saying that huts and barracks were provided for the rest of the
+Spaniards on the outside of the town. To this Soto made answer, that,
+when the major-general came up, he would distribute the troops to proper
+quarters.
+
+Tascaluza now retired into a house where all his chiefs were assembled,
+on purpose to consult how best to kill all the Spaniards, which he had
+been long plotting to accomplish. It was proposed in this council to
+attack them in their present divided state, before the rest of the
+Spaniards could get forwards to the town; but another opinion prevailed,
+which was to allow them all to assemble, as the Indian chiefs had a
+large force concealed in the houses of the town, and thought themselves
+perfectly able to encounter with the Spaniards. When the meat was
+dressed at the quarters of Soto, Juan Ortiz the interpreter was sent
+with a message to Tascaluza desiring his presence; but he was refused
+admission to deliver his message, and on pressing to get in, an Indian
+came to the door exclaiming angrily, "What would these unmannerly
+vagabonds have with my lord? Down with the villains, there is no
+enduring their insolence!" He immediately bent his bow, and levelled at
+some Spaniards who were in the street; but Baltasar de Gallegos, who
+happened to be close by, gave him a cut on the shoulder which cleft him
+to the middle. An Indian youth now let fly six or seven arrows at
+Gallegos, which did him no harm as he was in armour, after which the
+Indian gave him three or four strokes on the helmet with his bow, but
+Gallegos killed him with two thrusts of his sword. The moment these
+Indians were slain an alarm was given, and above seven thousand
+warriors, who had been concealed in the large houses of the town, rushed
+out into the streets and drove all the Spaniards out of the town.
+
+The Spaniards who managed best on this alarm, ran immediately to mount
+their horses, which had been left tied on the outside of the town; while
+others cut the halters or reins that the Indians might not shoot them.
+Others remained tied, and were slain by the Indians. Such of the
+Spaniards as had been able to mount their horses, with others who now
+arrived, charged the Indians who were engaged with the infantry, making
+room for them to draw up in regular order. Having re-established their
+ranks, a troop of horse and a company of foot made so furious a charge
+on the Indians that they drove them into the town, and attempted to get
+in at the gate after them; but they were received by such a volley of
+arrows and stones as compelled them to retire two hundred paces, yet
+without turning their backs, in which consisted their safety. As the
+Indians followed them, they made a fresh charge, and drove the Indians
+back to the town, yet dared not to venture too near the wall; and the
+fight continued in this manner for some time, alternately gaining and
+losing ground, several of the Spaniards being killed and wounded.
+Finding they had the worst of it in the open field, the Indians kept
+close behind the walls of the town. On this Soto alighted from his
+horse, causing others to do the same, and advanced up to the gate at the
+head of a party armed with targets, under cover of which two hundred men
+with axes hewed down the gate and rushed in, not without much hazard and
+some loss. Others of the Spaniards contrived to mount the wall, helping
+each other, and hastened to succour those who had gained the gate.
+Seeing the Spaniards had forced their way into the town, which they
+deemed impregnable, the Indians fought desperately in the streets, and
+from the roofs of the houses, for which reason these were set on fire by
+the Spaniards. After entering the town, Soto remounted his horse, and
+charged a body of Indians in the market-place, killing many with his
+spear; but, raising himself in the stirrup to make a home thrust, an
+arrow penetrated through his armour and wounded him in the hip, so that
+he could not regain his seat: yet, not to discourage his men, he
+continued to fight during the remainder of the action, though obliged to
+stand the whole time in the stirrups. Another arrow pierced quite
+through the spear of Nunno de Tovar, near his hand, but did not break
+the shaft of the lance, which continued to serve after the arrow was cut
+off.
+
+The fire which had been put to the houses burned fiercely, as the houses
+were all of wood and covered with thatch, by which great numbers of the
+Indians perished. About four in the afternoon, being sensible of their
+own weakness and that they were likely to be worsted, the Indian women
+began to join in the battle, armed with the spears, swords, and
+partizans which the Spaniards had lost, some even with bows and arrows,
+which they managed as dexterously as their husbands, and some armed only
+with stones exposed themselves courageously in the heat of the action.
+The foremost of the Spanish main body, which had fallen greatly behind
+the van little thinking of what was to happen, on hearing the noise of
+trumpets, drums, and shouts, gave the alarm to the rest, and hastening
+forwards came up about the close of the engagement. At this time many of
+the Indians got over the wall into the fields, and endeavoured to make
+head against the newly arrived Spaniards, but were soon slain. On the
+arrival of the Spanish main body, about twelve fresh horsemen made a
+furious charge on a large body of Indian men and women who still
+continued the battle in the market-place, and soon routed them with
+great slaughter. This ended the fight about sunset, after it had lasted
+nine hours, being on St Lukes day in the year 1541[166].
+
+[Footnote 166: The date of 1541 seems here erroneous, Soto having
+landed in 1539, and spent only one winter in the country, the
+transactions in this part of the text ought only to refer to the year
+1540.--E.]
+
+During the night and next day, Soto ordered the best possible care to be
+taken of the wounded, some of whom died for want of proper necessaries,
+no bandages, lint, oil, or medicines being to be had, as all these
+things had been plundered along with the other baggage at the
+commencement of the battle by the Indians, and having been carried into
+the town were all there burnt along with the houses. Forty-eight
+Spaniards were slain in this battle; thirteen others died shortly of
+their wounds, and twenty-two some time afterwards, so that the entire
+loss was eighty-three men, besides forty-five horses, which were much
+missed, as the cavalry constituted the main strength of the army. It was
+reckoned that eleven thousand Indians perished, four thousand of whom
+were found dead without the town, and young Tascaluza among them. The
+dead bodies within the town were computed at three thousand, as the
+streets were all full of them; and it was believed that upwards of four
+thousand were consumed by fire in the houses, for above a thousand
+perished in one house, as the fire began at the door and they were all
+stifled. When the Spaniards afterwards scoured the country round, many
+were found to have died of their wounds in various parts, and some of
+them four leagues from the town. The body of the cacique Tascaluza could
+not be found, whence it was concluded that he had perished in the
+flames, a victim to his eager desire to destroy the Spaniards, which he
+had anxiously premeditated from the first notice he had received of
+their arrival in the neighbourhood of his territories. It was reported
+by some women who were made prisoners, that on the Indians of Talisse
+complaining of having been ordered by their cacique to carry the baggage
+of the Spaniards, Tascaluza had exhorted them to have a little patience,
+as he would soon deliver up these strangers to them as slaves. These
+women said that they were strangers who had accompanied their husbands
+at the invitation of Tascaluza, who had promised to give them scarlet
+and silk dresses, and fine jewels to wear at their dances, and to divide
+the Spaniards and their horses among them. They said likewise that all
+the women of the surrounding country, married and single, had collected
+on this occasion; as it had been given out that an extraordinary
+festival was to be held in honour of the Sun, after the destruction of
+the Spaniards. Besides the destruction of their baggage on this
+occasion, the Spaniards lost all the wine, chalices, and holy vestments
+for celebrating the mass, so that in future they could only have
+ordinary prayers and sermons, without any consecration or communion,
+till after their return among Christians.
+
+The Spaniards remained a fortnight at Mavila, making frequent excursions
+into the country, where they found plenty of provisions. From twenty
+Indians whom they took prisoners, they were informed that there were no
+warriors left to oppose them in all the surrounding country, as all the
+bravest men of the nation and its allies had been slain in the battle.
+At this time they received the intelligence that Maldonado and Gomez
+Arias were making discoveries along the coast; and Soto was much
+inclined to have established a colony at the port of _Achiusi_ or
+_Anchusi_[167], to carry on trade with another establishment twenty
+leagues up the country, but this was opposed by some of his officers,
+who thought the Spanish force too small for subduing so warlike a
+people, considering the experience they had of their fierceness in the
+battle of Mavila. They objected likewise that they saw no reason for
+exposing themselves to such hazards, without hope of reward, as they had
+found no mines in all the vast extent of country they had travelled
+over. This opposition was exceedingly perplexing to Soto, as he had
+expended the whole of his substance on the expedition, and was afraid
+his men would desert him if he came near the coast, when he was not in a
+condition to raise new forces. For these reasons he resolved to
+penetrate into the interior of the country; and, being disgusted at
+seeing all his projects disappointed, he never succeeded afterwards in
+any of his undertakings.
+
+[Footnote 167: It is quite impossible to conjecture even where this
+place may have been situated; perhaps it is the same bay or creek
+formerly called Auche, and may have been that now called Mobille Bay.
+The Mavila of the text may likewise have been on the river now called
+Mobille. We know that the _b_ and _v_ are often interchanged in the
+Spanish names of places and persons; as for example Baldivia and
+Valdivia are both applied to the original Spanish conqueror of Chili. In
+the present instance, Mavila may afterwards have been changed to Mabila,
+and then by the French to Mobille. All this however is mere
+conjecture.--E.]
+
+When the sick and wounded were so far recovered as to be able to travel,
+Soto set out from Mavila, and marched through a fine country for three
+days, after which they entered the province of _Chioza_, where the
+natives refused to receive him in a peaceable manner. They abandoned
+their town, and took post to defend the passage of a very deep river in
+which were many craggy places. At this pass above eight thousand Indians
+collected, some of whom crossed in canoes to attack and harass the
+Spaniards: But Soto caused some trenches to be made, in which he
+concealed several bodies of musqueteers, targeteers, and crossbow-men,
+who fell upon the rear of the Indians, who forbore to repeat these
+attempts after having been twice discomfited in this manner. As it was
+found impossible to cross over in the face of so large a force of
+Indians in the ordinary manner, two very large piraguas were privately
+built in the woods, which were got ready in twelve days, and were then
+drawn out of the wood on rollers by the Spaniards with the assistance of
+their horses and mules. These were launched into the river without being
+perceived by the Indians; and forty musqueteers and crossbow-men were
+embarked in each with a few horses, and these pushed across the river
+with the utmost diligence. They were descried however, by five hundred
+Indians who were scouring the country, who with loud cries gave the
+alarm to the rest, and all hastened to defend the pass. Most of the
+Spaniards were wounded while on the water, as the Indians continually
+shot their arrows against them unopposed. One of the piraguas got
+straight across to the landing, but the other was forced some way down
+by the current, and had to be towed up. Two horsemen landed from the
+first piragua, who drove the Indians above two hundred paces back, and
+made four several charges before any reinforcement could land; but at
+length were joined by other four horsemen, and made several desperate
+charges on the Indians, so as to allow of the infantry getting on shore;
+but as these were almost all wounded, they were obliged to take shelter
+in an Indian town hard by. Soto came over in the second trip of the
+piraguas, accompanied by sixty men; and the Indians, on seeing the
+Spanish force increase, retired to a fortified town in the
+neighbourhood, whence they frequently sallied out to skirmish with the
+Spaniards; but as the cavalry killed many of them with their spears,
+they evacuated that place during the night.
+
+The Spaniards now broke up their piraguas, keeping the iron work for
+future service, and advanced farther into the country. In four days they
+reached a town called _Chicoza_[168], well situated in a fertile
+country among brooks and surrounded by abundance of fruit trees.
+Resolving to spend the winter in this place, Soto caused it to be
+fortified, huts to be built for the accommodation of his troops, and all
+the provisions that could be procured to be collected. At this place
+they remained in peace for about two months, the horsemen making
+frequent excursions into the surrounding country in quest of provisions.
+Such Indians as happened to be made prisoners on these occasions were
+immediately set at liberty, receiving various trinkets for themselves
+and presents for their chiefs, with messages desiring them to repair to
+the Spanish quarters to enter into terms of peace and amity. The chiefs
+sent presents of fruit in return, and promised soon to visit the Spanish
+general. Soon afterwards they began every night to alarm the Spaniards;
+and one night three considerable bodies of them drew near the town about
+midnight, and when about an hundred paces from the entrenchments they
+set up loud shouts and made a prodigious noise with their warlike
+instruments; after which, with burning wreaths of a certain plant tied
+round their arrows, they set the town on fire, all the houses being
+thatched. Undismayed at this calamity, the Spaniards repaired to their
+alarm posts, and Soto issuing out in his _escaupil_ or cotton armour,
+mounted his horse and went to attack the Indians, being the first to
+kill one of the assailants with his spear; as upon all occasions of
+danger he gave a wonderful example of cool and intrepid courage. Some
+sick Spaniards and several horses were burnt on this occasion; but
+Captain Andres de Vasconcelos with four horsemen fell with such fury on
+the enemy that he forced them to retire. Soto, being eager to slay an
+Indian who particularly distinguished himself in this action, leaned
+forwards so much that he and the saddle fell off; but being bravely
+rescued by his men, he mounted again and returned to the fight. At
+length after two hours hard fighting, the Indians were constrained to
+fly, and were pursued as far as they could be seen by the light from the
+burning houses, after which Soto sounded a retreat. In this fatal night,
+the Spaniards lost forty men and fifty horses, twenty of them being
+burnt. All the swine likewise perished in the fire, except a few that
+broke out of an enclosed yard. During this engagement prodigious shots
+of arrows were made by the Indians, one of which pierced through both
+shoulder-blades of a horse, and came out four fingers breadth on the
+opposite side.
+
+[Footnote 168: This word seems to have almost the same sound with
+Chicasaw, and Soto may on his present return into the interior have
+crossed the river Yazous, which flows into the Missisippi in lat. 32°
+30' N. a short way above the Natches.--E.]
+
+Soto now thought proper to remove the army to a town named _Chicacolla_,
+about a league from that which had been burnt; and, having fortified
+these new quarters, the Spaniards were obliged to make new saddles,
+spears, targets and clothes, to supply the places of those which had
+been burnt. The clothes were made of goats skins[169]. At this place the
+Spaniards spent the rest of the winter, during which they suffered
+extreme hardships for want of clothes, as the weather was excessively
+cold. Being sensible that they had done much harm to the Spaniards in
+the late night attack, the Indians returned again to make a similar
+attempt; but their bow-strings being wetted by violent rain, they
+withdrew, as was learnt from an Indian prisoner. They returned however
+every night to alarm the Spaniards, of whom they always wounded some;
+and though the cavalry scoured the country every day four leagues round,
+they could meet none of the natives, so that it was wonderful how they
+should come nightly from so great a distance.
+
+[Footnote 169: More probably of deer skins found in the Indian towns, as
+goats certainly were not among the indigenous animals of North
+America.--E.]
+
+The Spaniards contrived to shift in a very miserable manner at
+Chicacolla till about the latter end of March 1542[170], when they
+resumed their march. At the end of about four leagues, the advanced
+guard returned with a report that they had seen an Indian fort which
+appeared to be defended by about four thousand warriors. After viewing
+it, Soto told his soldiers that it was indispensably requisite to
+dislodge these people, who would otherwise annoy them with night
+attacks, and that it was likewise necessary to do this that they might
+preserve the reputation they had already gained in so many provinces of
+the country. This fort, called _Alibamo_[171], was of a square form,
+each side being four hundred paces in length, and the gates were so low
+that the horsemen could not ride in, similar in all respects to what has
+been already said respecting Mavila.[172] The general therefore gave
+orders to three companies of infantry to assail the gates, those who
+were best armed being placed in front. When they were all ready to
+begin the assault, a thousand Indians sallied out from the town, all
+adorned with plumes of feathers, and having their bodies and faces
+painted of several colours. At the first flight of arrows, five of the
+Spaniards were shot, three of whom died of their wounds. To prevent the
+discharge of more arrows, the Spaniards immediately closed and drove the
+Indians in at the gates, which they entered along with them, making
+dreadful havock with their swords, as may easily be imagined, the
+Indians being all naked. To escape from the infantry, the Indians threw
+themselves from the walls, by which means they fell into the hands of
+the horsemen, who slew many of them with their spears. Others of the
+Indians endeavoured to escape by swimming a river behind the fort; but a
+squadron of horse passed the river, and killed many of them, so that on
+the whole two thousand Indians were supposed to have been slain in this
+battle. During this engagement, an Indian challenged Juan de Salinas to
+single combat, which he accepted, and when his comrade made offer to
+cover him with his target, he refused, saying that it was a shame for
+two Spaniards to engage one Indian. Salinas shot his bolt through the
+breast of the Indian, and in return the Indians arrow went through the
+neck of the Spaniard.
+
+[Footnote 170: Herrera persists in the error already noticed of
+advancing his chronology a year, as hitherto between May 1539 he has
+only accounted for two winters, and ought consequently to have been now
+only in the spring of 1541.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 171: At present Toulouse, built on the scite of an Indian
+village called Alibama, stands on a river of the same name, which flows
+into the left or east side of the Mobille River in the back part of
+Georgia, and seems to have been surrounded by a tribe called the
+Alibamons. If this be the place indicated in the text, it is quite
+adverse to the idea of Chicoza being to the north-west of the
+Yazous.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 172: These square forts of logs rammed full of earth may have
+given rise to the entrenchments which have lately occasioned some
+speculation in America, as having belonged to a people more advanced in
+civilization than the present race of savage hunters.--E.]
+
+At this time the Spaniards were reduced to great distress from want of
+salt, owing to which they were afflicted with lingering fevers, of which
+several died, and their bodies stunk so violently, that there was no
+coming near them. As a remedy for this evil, the Indians taught them to
+make a lye of the ashes of a certain herb, into which they dipped their
+food by way of sauce. At this time likewise the Spaniards were put to
+much trouble for interpreters, on account of the great diversity of
+languages, so that they were obliged to employ thirteen or fourteen
+others besides Juan Ortiz, among the various tribes they met with in
+traversing the country; but so acute were the natives, that such of
+their women as happened to live with the Spaniards were able to
+understand them in two months. After three days march from Alibamo, the
+Spaniards came to another town named _Chisca_, on a river to which they
+gave the name of _El Grande_[173] or the Great River, as it was the
+largest they had yet seen. Coming upon this place by surprise, most of
+the inhabitants were made prisoners; but some of them made their escape
+to the residence of the cacique, which stood on a high and difficult
+ascent, to which the only access was by means of stairs. Though old and
+sick, the cacique was coming down to attack the Spaniards, whom he
+threatened to put all to death, but he was stopped by his women and
+servants. As there was no proper access for the horsemen to assail the
+residence of the cacique, and besides as Soto was always more inclined
+to carry his purposes by gentle means than by the exertion of force, he
+very courteously offered to enter into peace and amity with this cacique
+and his people. In less than three hours, more than four thousand
+Indians assembled at the residence of the cacique, among whom there was
+great difference of opinion as to the choice of peace or war with the
+Spaniards, many of them inclining to war as accordant with the natural
+ferocity of their dispositions. The opinion however of the wiser
+prevailed, who deemed it better to make peace, by which they might
+recover their wives and children, and retrieve their property without
+bloodshed, and might save their corn, which was then ripe, from being
+destroyed. Peace was accordingly concluded, on condition that the
+Spaniards should not insist upon going up to the residence of the
+cacique; the prisoners were set at liberty, all the plunder of the town
+restored, and the Spaniards were supplied with provisions.
+
+[Footnote 173: From what will appear in the sequel, there can scarcely
+be a doubt that this great river must have been the Missisippi.
+According to the Governor Pownall's map of North America, Soto fell in
+with this river in 1541, about the lat. of 34° 30' N. in the country of
+the Chicasaws and to the west of the Yazous, near where we have already
+supposed Chicoza to have been situated.--E.]
+
+Having rested sixteen days in Chisca, on purpose to give time for the
+sick and wounded to recover, during which time they gained the
+friendship of the cacique, the Spaniards resumed their journey, and went
+four days along the river in search of some place in which it could be
+crossed, as the banks were everywhere high and almost perpendicular, and
+closely wooded. Although above six thousand Indians, with great numbers
+of canoes, were seen posted on the opposite side of the river, it was
+deemed necessary to get across in search of provisions, for which
+purpose two large piraguas were ordered to be built. In the mean time
+four Indians came to the camp, and having made their adorations to the
+sun and moon, they addressed Soto in the name of their cacique, bidding
+him welcome to his territories, and offering his friendship. The general
+returned a courteous answer, and was well supplied with provisions for
+his forces during his stay, but could never prevail on the cacique to
+visit him, who always excused himself under pretence of sickness; but it
+was afterwards found that this peace was concluded by the Indians on
+purpose to save their harvest, which was then ready to be carried home.
+In fifteen days the two piraguas were finished for crossing the river,
+although some damage was done by the Indians from the opposite side by
+means of their canoes; but the Spaniards drove them always away, as they
+kept a constant guard concealed behind trenches. These piraguas were so
+large as to contain an hundred and fifty foot and thirty cavalry, all of
+whom embarked in sight of the Indians, and plied up and down the river
+with sails and oars; and the Indians were so astonished and intimidated
+by the sight of such huge floating machines, that they abandoned the
+opposite bank of the river and dispersed.
+
+After passing the river, the Spaniards came to a town of about four
+hundred houses, constructed upon some high bluffs or ridges near another
+river[174], and surrounded by spacious fields of Indian corn, and
+abundance of fruit-trees of several kinds. The Spaniards were
+courteously received at this place by order of the cacique, named
+_Casquin_[175], who resided at a different town higher up the river, and
+sent to compliment the Spanish commander. After resting six days, they
+proceeded up the banks of the river, through a plentiful and populous
+country, till they came to the town where Casquin resided, who received
+and entertained them with great attention and kindness.
+
+[Footnote 174: This other river may have been the St Francis, which
+flows into the west side of the Missisippi a little above where Soto is
+supposed to have crossed.--E]
+
+[Footnote 175: The memory of this name perhaps is still preserved in a
+small river or creek, called Kaskin-opa, which runs into the east side
+of the Missisippi about 20 miles below the mouth of the Ohio. The
+situation indeed is materially different from that in which Soto is
+supposed to have found the cacique named Casquin in the text; but the
+roaming tribes of Indians frequently change their places of residence,
+as influenced by success or misfortune in war and hunting.--E.]
+
+Three days after their arrival, the cacique waited upon Soto, and, after
+making his obeisance to the sun and moon, he said "he was persuaded the
+Spaniards worshipped a better God than the Indians, since he had given
+them victory with so small a number over such multitudes of Indians:
+Wherefore he requested that Soto would pray to his God to send rain, of
+which they were in great want." The general answered, that though he and
+all his men were sinners, they would humbly pray to God to shew mercy.
+Having accordingly ordered a cross to be erected on a hill, he and all
+the forces, except a guard left to protect the quarters, went in solemn
+procession to adore the cross, accompanied by the cacique and some
+Indians, the Christian priests singing the litanies, and all the
+soldiers joining in the responses. Being come to the cross, many prayers
+were recited on their knees, after which they returned to their quarters
+chanting appropriate psalms. Above twenty thousand natives stood gazing
+at this religious procession, some on the same side of the river, and
+others on the opposite bank, all of whom occasionally set up loud
+shouts, as if begging of God to hear them. It pleased God to answer
+their humble prayers, as towards midnight there fell sufficient rain to
+satisfy the wants of the Indians, and the Christians returned solemn
+thanks for the mercy which God had been pleased to grant at their
+intercessions.
+
+Nine days afterwards, the Spaniards again set out on their march,
+accompanied by Casquin and a great number of Indians carrying water and
+other necessaries. The cacique was also accompanied by five thousand of
+his warriors, as he was at war with the cacique of the next adjoining
+tribe, and took the opportunity of the Spaniards to assist in the war.
+During this march they spent three days in getting across a great swamp,
+when they came in sight of Capaha[176], being the frontier town of the
+next tribe. This place was fortified on three sides by a wet ditch forty
+fathoms wide and ten fathoms deep, into which water was conveyed from
+the great river by a canal three leagues in length. The fourth side,
+which had no ditch, was secured by high and thick palisades. As the
+cacique of Capaha was unprovided for resistance, he went away on seeing
+the approach of his enemies along the canal in a canoe, and sheltered
+himself in a fortified island in the great river. Many of his subjects
+accompanied him, and those who remained were butchered by the followers
+of Casquin, who took the whole scalps[177] of all they killed to carry
+home as trophies. They plundered the town, and took many prisoners,
+among whom were two beautiful women, wives of the cacique. They likewise
+demolished the burial-place belonging to Capaha, throwing about the
+bones of his ancestors, and recovered the scalps of their own countrymen
+which were hung up there as memorials of victory. All this evil was done
+before the arrival of Soto and the Spaniards, who had not been informed
+by Casquin of the enmity between him and Capaha. He would even have
+destroyed the town, if he had not feared giving offence to Soto.
+
+[Footnote 176: On the western bank of the Missisippi, and in the country
+of the Akansas, there are two Indian towns named Kappas or Quapa, which
+may possibly have some connection with the Capaha of the text.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 177: On all occasions the text of Herrera, as translated by
+Stephens, names these savage trophies of massacre sculls, which we have
+ventured to call scalps, consistent with the now universal practice of
+the North American savages. Possibly the entire scull might be the
+original trophy, for which the scalp was afterwards substituted as more
+portable.--E.]
+
+On the coming up of the Spaniards, Soto sent a message to the fugitive
+cacique by means of some prisoners, offering peace; but Capaha would not
+hear of any friendly intercourse, and loudly declared his resolution to
+take ample vengeance of his enemies. Learning that the Spanish commander
+was making preparations for an attack on Capaha, Casquin requested him
+to wait for sixty canoes which he had ordered up the river, by means of
+which the army could be transported to attack the fortified island. In
+the mean time the troops of Casquin marched through the country of their
+enemies, which they laid waste on all sides, and in their course set
+free some of their own countrymen who were there in captivity, and had
+been lamed by cutting the sinews of one of their legs to prevent them
+from running away. On going in the canoes to attack the island, a great
+part of its coast was inaccessible, being overgrown with thick briars
+and brambles, which formed an impenetrable barrier, and the only
+accessible part was fortified by several rows of strong palisades. Soto
+ordered two hundred of his Spanish soldiers to endeavour to land along
+with the Indians belonging to Casquin. On this occasion one Spaniard was
+drowned by too great eagerness to get first to land; but the rest
+managed so well that they soon gamed the first palisade, on which the
+women and children belonging to the defenders set up a terrible cry of
+consternation. A desperate opposition was made at the second palisade,
+in which consisted the last refuge of the defenders. The subjects of
+Capaha reviled those of Casquin, calling them cowardly dogs, who had
+never ventured before to attack that place, and threatened them with
+ample vengeance when the valiant strangers had left the country. The
+subjects of Casquin were so intimidated by these threats and the brave
+opposition they experienced, that in spite of every thing their cacique
+could say they took to flight, carrying off forty of the canoes, and
+would have done the same with the other twenty, had not two Spaniards
+that were left in charge of each defended them with their swords. Being
+thus deserted by their allies, and having no horses to act against the
+Indians, the Spaniards began to retire; and when the Indians proposed to
+pursue them, Capaha restrained them, thinking this a favourable
+opportunity to embrace the peace he had before rejected, and the
+Spaniards accordingly retired unmolested.
+
+Next day, without taking any notice whatever of Casquin, Capaha sent
+four messengers to Soto, apologizing for having before refused peace,
+which he now sued for, and requested leave to wait upon him. Soto was
+well pleased with this, and returned a suitable answer. Accordingly,
+Capaha came next day to the town, attended by an hundred Indians finely
+adorned with plumes of feathers; and before waiting on the general went
+to the sepulchre of his forefathers, where he gathered together the
+bones with anxious care, kissed them with much reverence, and replaced
+them in their chests or coffins. On coming into the presence of Soto, he
+paid his compliments with a good grace, and though only about twenty-six
+years of age gave an intelligent account or the affairs of his country.
+Turning to his enemy Casquin, he addressed him as follows: "I suppose
+you are now well pleased at having seen what you never expected, for
+which you may thank the power of these valiant strangers: But when they
+are gone, you and I shall understand each other. In the mean time I pray
+the sun and moon to send us good seasons." Being informed of what Capaha
+had said, the general without giving time to Casquiu to reply, assured
+Capaha that he and his Spaniards had not come into the country to
+inflame the enmity of the tribes, but to reconcile them. After more
+friendly discourse of this nature, Capaha consented to be friends with
+Casquin, and the two chiefs sat down to dinner with Soto. After the
+repast, the two women who belonged to Capaha and had been taken
+prisoners were brought in and restored to him, at which he seemed well
+pleased, yet presented them to Soto, who declined accepting them; but
+Capaha desired him to give them to any one he pleased, as they should
+not stay with him, and they were accordingly admitted among the
+followers of the Spanish army.
+
+At this time the Spaniards suffered excessively for want of salt, when
+they were informed by some Indians that there was plenty to be had, and
+likewise of the metal they called gold only about four leagues from
+thence. Soto accordingly sent Ferdinand de Silvera and Pedro Moreno
+under the guidance of these Indians to the place, ordering them likewise
+to examine diligently into all the circumstances of the country they
+passed through. They returned after eleven days with six loads of rock
+salt, as clear as crystal, and one load of fine copper; and reported
+that the country they had passed through was rather barren and thinly
+inhabited. On receiving this report, the general resolved to return in
+the first place to Casquin, and thence to proceed towards the west,
+having marched northward all the way from Mavila, in order to remove to
+a distance from the sea. After resting five days at Casquin, they
+marched other five days down the river, where at a town in the province
+of _Quiguate_ the inhabitants fled without any hostilities, but they
+returned in two days and the cacique made an apology for his absence. In
+the interval, the inhabitants of that place wounded two of the
+Spaniards, which the general thought proper to overlook under the
+present circumstances. Departing from Quiguate after a sojourn of seven
+days, they arrived in five days more at the province of _Colima_,
+marching still down the river, and were received in a friendly manner.
+At this place they found another river having blue sand, which was salt
+to the taste. The Spaniards being much in want of salt, steeped some of
+this sand in water, which they strained and boiled, and procured
+excellent salt to their great joy; yet some ate of it so voraciously
+that ten of them died.
+
+Departing from this province of Colima, which the Spaniards named _De
+Sal_, or the Salt Country, they marched four days through an uninhabited
+wilderness, after which they came to a province called _Tula_[178]. On
+approaching the first town, the whole population both male and female
+came out to oppose them, and a battle ensued in which the Indians were
+defeated, and the Spaniards rushed into the town along with the
+fugitives; and as the inhabitants obstinately refused to submit or
+surrender they were all massacred. After this, on Reynoso Cabeza de
+Vaca[179] going into one of the houses, he was suddenly beset by five
+women who had hidden themselves in a corner, who would have stifled him
+if he had not been rescued by two soldiers who came in upon hearing his
+cries for assistance, and who were forced to kill the women before they
+could extricate him from their hands. From this place Soto sent out
+parties of his cavalry to view the country. When any Indians were made
+prisoners in these excursions, they used to throw themselves on the
+ground, exclaiming "_either kill me or leave me_," refusing obstinately
+to accompany the Spaniards, or to give any account of the country. At
+this place the Spaniards found several well dressed cows hides, though
+they could never learn from whence they came[180], and likewise other
+good skins of various kinds. Four days after the arrival of the
+Spaniards at this place, they were attacked one morning early by
+surprise by a large party of Indians, in three several places at once,
+all calling out _Tula! Tula!_ continually, which was considered as a
+watch-word to know each other in the obscurity and confusion of the
+attack. The Spaniards seized their arms in all haste, invoking the
+blessed virgin and their patron apostle St Jago for aid, as they were in
+the utmost peril. In this battle the Indians fought with great clubs, a
+weapon which had not been seen before in Florida. The Indians continued
+the assault with such obstinacy till after sunrise, and the Spaniards
+had been so completely surprised, that they were forced to lay aside all
+punctilios of military discipline, each using his utmost individual
+efforts for safety, and the officers even submitting to fight
+occasionally under the command of their inferiors. At length the Indians
+were repulsed, and retired unpursued by the Spaniards, of whom four were
+killed and a good many wounded.
+
+[Footnote 178: It is proper to observe that this place is named Fula on
+another occasion by Herrera.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 179: This may have been a relative of Alvar Nunnez Cabeza de
+Vaca, whose adventures in escaping from the disastrous expedition of
+Panfilo de Narvaez to Florida have been related in the third section of
+this chapter.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 180: It is however well known that buffaloes are found in
+various parts of North America.--E.]
+
+While the Spaniards after the battle were surveying the dead, and
+looking at the dreadful wounds made by their swords and spears, an
+Indian started up from among the dead, on which Juan de Caranza ran to
+attack him. But the Indian gave him such a stroke with a Spanish
+battle-axe he had laid hold of, as to cleave his target and wound him in
+the arm. On this Diego de Godoy came up to assail him, but was soon
+disabled. Francisco de Salazar came on next, and made several thrusts at
+the Indian who skulked behind a tree, but at length gave Salazar so
+violent a blow on the neck that he dropped from his horse. The fourth
+Spaniard who came against this single Indian was Gonzalo Silvestre, who
+conducted himself with more caution. Having avoided a blow aimed at him
+by the Indian, he gave him in return a back stroke with his sword on the
+forehead, which glanced down his breast, and cut off his left hand at
+the wrist. The Indian rushed on aiming a blow at the face of Silvestre,
+who warded it off with his target, underneath which he with another back
+stroke cut him almost in two at the waist. The general and many others
+went up to see this Indian who had made himself so remarkable by his
+valour, and to admire the wonderful cut he had received from Gonzalo
+Silvestre; who was well known at the court of Madrid in 1570, by his
+valour and dexterity.
+
+After remaining twenty days in Tula, the Spaniards departed from thence,
+accompanied only by one Indian woman and a boy belonging to that place,
+the former having attached herself to Juan Serrano de Leon, and the
+other to Christopher de Mosquera. In two days march, they came to the
+territory of Vitangue, through which they marched for four days, and
+then took up their quarters in a well built town, which they found
+abandoned. The situation of this place was advantageous, as it was
+inclosed with good palisades and there was plenty of provisions both for
+the men and horses; and as the winter advanced with hasty strides, Soto
+resolved to remain here till the ensuing spring, although the Indians
+were continually troublesome, and rejected every proposal for peace.
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Conclusion of the Expedition to Florida by Ferdinand de Soto_[181].
+
+
+[Footnote 181: Herrera, VI. 1--30.]
+
+Soto and his men accordingly took up their quarters in the town of
+Vitangue at the latter end of the year 1541[182]. As during their abode
+at this place, the Spaniards often went out to kill deer, rabbits, and
+roe-bucks, all of which were plentiful and good in the surrounding
+country, they were frequently on these occasions way-laid by the
+Indians, who discharged their arrows at them from ambushments and then
+made their escape. A great deal of snow fell during the winter, but as
+the Spaniards had abundance of fire-wood and provisions, among which was
+excellent fruit, they lived in tolerable comfort and in plenty. The
+cacique of the province, desirous of becoming acquainted with the
+strength and numbers of the Spaniards, that he might know how best to
+attack them, sent several messages to the general under pretence of
+offering to visit him. At first the Spaniards admitted these people into
+their quarters even under night; but at length Soto began to suspect
+some sinister purpose, by the frequency of these messages, and gave
+orders that no more of them should be admitted at night, reproving those
+who did not chastise and turn back these unseasonable visitors. In
+consequence of these orders, one of the centinels killed an Indian who
+impudently endeavoured to force his way into the town next night, for
+which he was much commended by the general.
+
+[Footnote 182: At this place the text returns to the true date of 1541,
+quite conformable with the whole tenor of the narrative, and fully
+confirming our observations respecting erroneous dates in the text on
+former occasions.--E.]
+
+Towards the end of winter, several parties were sent out in different
+directions to endeavour to procure Indians for carrying the baggage, who
+brought in very few. Upon this Soto set out himself on a similar
+expedition, with 100 horse and 150 foot. After a march of twenty leagues
+into the province of _Naguaten_, which was very populous, he attacked a
+town by surprise one morning at day-break, and returned with many
+prisoners. In April 1542, the Spaniards broke up from their winter
+quarters at Vitangue, and in seven days through a fruitful country
+arrived without opposition at the chief town of Naguaten, where they
+found abundance of provisions, and remained seventeen days. On the sixth
+day after their arrival, a message was brought from the cacique, to
+excuse himself for not having visited the general and offering his
+services. Soto received this messenger with much civility, and sent back
+a courteous answer. Next day four chiefs came attended by 500 servants
+with a large quantity of provisions, saying they had been sent by their
+lord to attend upon the general, but the cacique never made his
+appearance.
+
+On departing from Naguaten, and after the Spaniards had marched two
+leagues, they missed a gentleman of Seville, named Diego de Guzman, who
+had always hitherto behaved himself well, but was much addicted to
+gaming. On inquiry it was found that Guzman had lost every thing he had
+at play the day before, among which was a good black horse and a
+beautiful young Indian woman to whom he was much attached. He had
+punctually delivered up every thing he had lost, except the woman, whom
+he promised to yield up in five days. It was concluded therefore that
+the reason of his disappearance was from shame of having abandoned
+himself to gaming, and owing to his love for the woman. On this
+occasion, the general required of the four chiefs belonging to Naguaten
+to restore Guzman, or that he would detain them as prisoners. They
+accordingly sent to inquire after him, and it was found that he had gone
+along with the woman to the cacique, whose daughter she was, that the
+Indians used him well, and that he refused to return. Upon this, one of
+the four chiefs asked permission of the general to go and inquire the
+reason of Guzman refusing to come back, and requested a letter to the
+deserter to that effect, saying that it was not reasonable he and his
+comrades should be reduced to slavery for the fault of another person
+who renounced his country and deserted from his commander. Soto
+accordingly ordered Baltasar de Gallegos, who was the friend and
+townsman of Guzman, to write him a letter reproving his behaviour and
+advising him to return; promising in the name of the general that his
+horse and arms should be returned, or others given in their room. The
+Indian who carried this letter was ordered to threaten the cacique with
+having his country laid waste if he did not restore Guzman. The
+messenger returned in three days, bringing back the letter, having
+Guzmans name wrote upon it with a piece of burnt stick, and an answer
+peremptorily refusing to return. Along with this letter, the cacique
+sent a message, declaring that he had done nothing to oblige Guzman to
+stay, and did not think himself obliged to force him back, but would on
+the contrary be well pleased if many others of the Spaniards would stay
+with him, all of whom should be well used: And if the general thought
+proper on this account to kill the four chiefs who were in his power and
+to ruin the country, he certainly might do so, but it would in his
+opinion be extremely unjust. Perceiving that it was impossible to induce
+Guzman to return, and that the cacique was in the right, Soto dismissed
+the four chiefs with some presents, and continued his progress.
+
+After five days march through the province of Naguaten, the Spaniards
+entered upon a new territory called _Guacane_, inhabited by a fierce and
+warlike tribe, who obstinately refused to be at peace with them. In all
+the houses of this tribe, _wooden-crosses_ were found; supposed to have
+been occasioned by what Cabeza de Vaca and his companions had taught in
+their progress through some other provinces of Florida, from whence
+these crosses had been conveyed to this province and several
+others[183]. Soto, having now lost half of his men and horses, was very
+desirous to establish some colony, that the fatigues and dangers which
+had been endured by him and his men might turn out to some useful
+purpose. With this view he was now anxious to return to the great river,
+repenting that he had not built a town at _Achusi_, as he once designed.
+He had now a strong inclination to found a colony in some convenient
+situation near the great river; where he could build two brigantines to
+send down to the sea, to give notice of the large and fertile provinces
+he had discovered, considering that if he should happen to die, all the
+fruits of his labours would be lost. Having marched eight days through
+the hostile province of _Guacane_, he proceeded by long marches in
+search of the great river through seven extensive provinces, some of
+which were fertile. In some of these the Spaniards were received in a
+friendly manner, as they used every possible means to avoid war, because
+their numbers were so much diminished, and they feared the summer might
+pass away before they could reach the great river. Having entered the
+province of _Anilco_, they marched thirty leagues through it to a town
+of four hundred houses, having a large square in which the residence of
+the cacique stood on an artificial mount on the bank of the river, which
+was as large as the Guadalquiver at Seville. On their approach to this
+place, the cacique drew out 1500 warriors to combat the Spaniards; yet
+as soon as they drew near, all the Indians fled without shooting a
+single arrow, and crossed the river in canoes and on floats, carrying
+off their women and children, only a small number being taken by the
+Spaniards. Soto sent several messages to the cacique requesting peace,
+but he constantly refused to be seen or to send any answer.
+
+[Footnote 183: In Governor Pownalls map of North America, Soto is said
+to have reached a place called Caligoa in Louisiana on a branch of a Red
+river, in lat. 36° N. and about 230 miles west from the Missisippi.--E.]
+
+Leaving Anilco, and crossing the river on which it stood without
+opposition, the Spaniards marched through an extensive unpeopled
+wilderness overgrown with wood, and came into the province of
+Guachacoya. The first town they came to was the capital of the province,
+and was situated on several hillocks at the side of the great river, on
+one of which hillocks stood the residence of the cacique. Being taken by
+surprise, as he had received no intelligence of the approach of the
+Spaniards in consequence of being at war with Anilco, the cacique of
+Guachacoya saw no likelihood of being able to defend his town, and made
+therefore a precipitate retreat across the river with his people in
+canoes and floats, carrying off as many of their effects as they could.
+
+The wars which were carried on among the tribes inhabiting the various
+districts or provinces of Florida, were not intended to deprive each
+other of their dominions, neither did they ordinarily engage in pitched
+battles with their whole forces; but consisted chiefly in skirmishes and
+mutual surprises, carried on by small parties at the fishing-places, in
+the hunting grounds, among the corn-fields, and on the paths through the
+wilderness. Sometimes they burnt the towns of their enemies, but always
+retired into their own country after any exploit; so that their warlike
+enterprises seemed rather for exercise in the use of arms, and to shew
+their valour, than for any solid or public purpose. In some places they
+ransomed or exchanged prisoners. In others they made them lame of a leg
+in order to retain them in their service, more from pride and vain glory
+than for any substantial use or benefit[184].
+
+[Footnote 184: It is perhaps singular that no mention is made of the
+cruel manner in which the North American Indians were in use to put
+their prisoners to death. Probably that practice was then confined to
+the tribes farther to the north and west.--E.]
+
+Three days after the arrival of the Spaniards at Guachacoya, the cacique
+became acquainted with the unfriendly reception they had received at
+Anilco. Though a barbarian, he could perceive the advantage which might
+be derived from that circumstance to obtain revenge upon his enemies, by
+an alliance with the warlike strangers. He sent therefore four of his
+inferior chiefs to wait upon the Spanish general attended by a
+considerable number of Indians loaded with fish and fruit, and desiring
+permission to wait upon him at the end of four days. Soto accordingly
+received the messengers with great courtesy, and sent back a friendly
+answer; yet the wary cacique sent fresh messengers every day to see in
+what disposition the Spanish general was. At length, being satisfied
+that Soto was disposed to receive him well, he made his appearance
+attended by ten chiefs splendidly dressed after their manner, in fine
+plumes of feathers, and rich furs, but all armed. Soto received them in
+a friendly manner, and had a long discourse, with the cacique in one of
+the spacious rooms belonging to his residence, by the intervention of
+interpreters. At one time the cacique happened to sneeze, on which all
+the Indians who were present bowed their heads and extended their arms,
+in token of salute; some saying, _the sun preserve you_, others _the sun
+be with you_, and others _may the sun make you great_, with other
+complimentary expressions of similar import. Among other discourse at
+this interview, the cacique proposed to Soto to return into the province
+of Anilco to take revenge on the cacique for his enmity, and offered to
+supply 80 canoes to carry the Spaniards down the great river and up that
+of Anilco, the distance being only twenty leagues, when the rest of the
+army marching by land might form a junction in the centre of the enemies
+country. As Soto was inclined to take a full view of the country,
+meaning to form a settlement between these two provinces, where he might
+build his brigantines, he agreed to this proposal, and accordingly
+orders were given out to prepare for the march. Juan de Guzman was
+ordered to embark with his company on board the canoes, which were
+likewise to carry 4000 Indians, and who were expected to join the forces
+which marched by land at the end of three days. Soto and the rest of the
+Spanish forces marched by land, being accompanied by Guachacoya with
+2000 warriors, besides a large number carrying the provisions.
+
+They all met at the time appointed, and as the Anilcans were unable to
+oppose the groat force which came against them, the Guachacoyans entered
+the town killing all they met, without regard to age or sex; committed
+all imaginable barbarities, broke open the sepulchres scattering and
+trampling on the bones, and took away the scalps of their countrymen and
+other trophies which the Anilcans had hung up in commemoration of their
+victories. On seeing the barbarity of his allies, Soto sounded a
+retreat and ordered the Spaniards to turn the Indians out of the town,
+wishing anxiously to put a stop to any farther mischief, and to prevent
+it from being set on fire. But all his efforts were ineffectual, as the
+Guachacoyans thrust burning brands into the thatch of the houses, which
+soon took fire, and the town was utterly destroyed. The Spaniards and
+their allies now returned to Guachacoya, where Soto gave orders for
+cutting down and hewing timber with which to build the brigantines, and
+to prepare iron work for their construction; designing when the vessels
+were finished to cross the river into a province named _Quiqualtangui_,
+which was very fertile and populous, the cacique of which had a town of
+five hundred houses, but who could never be induced to listen to
+proposals of peace from the Spaniards: On the contrary, he had sworn by
+the sun and moon, that he would give battle to these vagabond robbers,
+and would hang up their quarters on trees. The general endeavoured to
+appease him with presents and fair words, being always generous towards
+the leaders of the barbarians, endeavouring to bear with and soften
+their savage manners, and to conciliate their friendship. By this wise
+conduct he had hitherto been able to subsist his troops for so long a
+time among so many fierce and savage nations.
+
+While engaged in these things, Soto was seized with a violent fever,
+which increased upon him so that he soon perceived it would prove
+mortal. He made therefore his will, and endeavoured to prepare for death
+like a good Christian. That nothing might be left unprovided for, he
+appointed in presence of all his officers and principal followers Luis
+Moscoso de Alvarado to succeed him in the command till the king might
+order otherwise; and after commending the virtue and bravery of
+Alvarado, he entreated and commanded all to yield him implicit
+obedience, even taking their oaths to that purpose, and represented to
+them how necessary it was for them all to be united and obedient, for
+their own preservation among these barbarous nations. He then took an
+affectionate leave of all his officers and soldiers, and departed this
+life on the seventh day of his illness, after performing all the duties
+of a zealous Christian. Ferdinand de Soto was of a comely appearance and
+pleasant countenance, and of affable and generous dispositions. He was
+an excellent soldier, and managed his weapons with much dexterity both
+on foot and on horseback; skilful and experienced in all military
+affairs; always brave and cool in action, and the foremost in every
+enterprise of danger: severe in punishing when necessary, yet easy to
+forgive, and always inclined to please his soldiers when that might be
+done without lessening his authority. At his death he was only forty-two
+years of age, and had expended his whole fortune, exceeding 100,000
+ducats on this romantic and fruitless expedition. His death was
+universally lamented among his followers, as he had acquired their
+universal love and esteem by his excellent qualities and conduct. It was
+thought necessary to bury him under night, that his death might not be
+known to the Indians, nor the place of his interment, lest they should
+insult his remains; but in spite of all their precautions the secret was
+revealed; for which reason they hollowed out a log of oak into which
+they put his body, and sunk it in the middle of the great river, at a
+place where it was a quarter of a league across and nineteen feet deep.
+
+When the funeral of the general was over, Luis de Alvarado assembled his
+officers to hold a council upon the present state of their affairs.
+After thanking them for admitting him as their commander, and making a
+statement of their numbers, arms, and ammunition, he desired they would
+determine upon what was best to be done, considering the fierceness and
+inveterate enmity of the barbarous nations by whom they were surrounded:
+Whether to prosecute what had been previously resolved upon by their
+late lamented general, or to devise some other measure for extricating
+themselves from the country, declaring that he was ready to proceed
+according to their opinion and advice. In their answer, the officers
+thanked him for the compliment he paid them, but referred the
+determination respecting their future proceedings to himself, and again
+submitted to obey him as their commander. The death of Soto had made a
+great change in the minds of the Spanish forces, who now determined to
+abandon the country they had taken so much pains to discover.
+Accordingly, they set out on the 5th of July 1542, and marched above 100
+leagues to the westwards, through a barren and desert country[185]. On
+leaving Guachacoya they were joined by an Indian youth of about sixteen
+years of age, whom they did not observe till the fourth day of their
+march. Suspecting him of being a spy, Alvarado asked him who he was and
+what was his object in following them. He said that he had fled from
+Guachacoya, because the chief whom he served was at the point of death,
+and he had been appointed to be buried alive along with his master, as
+it was the custom of the country to inter women and servants along with
+great personages, to minister to them in the next world.
+
+[Footnote 185: Though not directly so expressed in the text; it may be
+inferred from circumstances in the after part of the narratives that the
+present object of Alvarado and the Spaniards, was to endeavour to find
+their way by land to the northern part of New Spain.--E.]
+
+At the end of the 100 leagues of wilderness, the Spaniards came to a
+province called _Auche_, where they were well received, and where they
+rested for two days. Still determined upon proceeding to the westwards,
+they were informed that they had a desert wilderness of four days
+journey to cross, and received a supply of provisions sufficient for the
+journey, with a guide to conduct them through the wilderness. But after
+having marched for eight days in that direction, still in the
+unhospitable and unpeopled wilds, and having been three days without
+Indian corn, they discovered that they had been imposed upon and were
+likely to perish of famine. Alvarado now ordered a dog to be let loose
+upon the faithless guide; who acknowledged that he had received orders
+from the cacique of Auche to lead them into the heart of the desert that
+they might there perish, because he did not think himself able to
+contend with them in arms. He craved pardon therefore of the general for
+having obeyed the orders of his chief, and engaged to lead the army in
+three days more, still proceeding to the westwards, to an inhabited
+country where they would find provisions. But the Spaniards were so
+incensed against him for leading them into the present alarming
+situation, that they would not listen to his apology or promises, and
+permitted the dogs to devour him. Thus left in the utmost want of
+provisions, and utterly ignorant of the country, the Spaniards held on
+their way towards the west for other three days, during which they had
+to subsist upon any wild plants they could find; and at length came to
+an inhabited though barren country. They here procured the means of
+subsistence, particularly beef, and saw many fresh cows hides, though
+the Indians never shewed them any cows[186]. While the Spaniards were
+proceeding on their march through this province, which they denominated
+_De los Vaqueros_[187], or the tribe of cow-herds, they observed an
+Indian approach from the skirts of a wood, and believing he might have
+brought some message from the cacique, they permitted him to draw near.
+But as soon as he was within reach, he levelled an arrow at five or six
+soldiers who stood together, who fortunately escaped the danger by
+stepping to a side; but the arrow flew among some Indian women who were
+dressing provisions for their masters, pierced one of them quite
+through, and wounded another in the breast, so that both died. On the
+alarm being given, Baltasar Gallegos, who happened to be at hand,
+overtook the Indian before he could get back to the wood, and slew him.
+
+[Footnote 186: Unquestionably because they had none to produce. The beef
+and the hides were assuredly acquired by hunting the wild American
+buffaloe or bison.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 187: In this rare instance our maps throw some light on the
+text. Nearly in the latitude of the mouth of the Ohio, but 700 or 800
+miles west from the Missisippi, there is a nation named the Apaches
+Vaqueros, probably the same indicated in the text. The route thither
+from the Missisippi leads through several tribes of savage Indians,
+named Ozages, Paducas, and Kanzez.--E.]
+
+Having travelled above thirty leagues westwards through this province of
+the cow-herds, they discovered a ridge of vast mountains still farther
+to the west, which from their own scouts and the information of the
+Indians, they learnt were barren, desert, and unpeopled. They were also
+informed, that if they bent their course to the right hand, they would
+come into a desert country; but that to the left, though a longer way,
+they would travel through inhabited and plentiful countries[188].
+Considering what they had endured in their late march through the desert
+intervening between Auche and the country of _Los Vaqueros_, they had
+determined upon giving up their first plan of proceeding by land to
+Mexico, thinking it better to return to the great river, and so proceed
+to the sea pursuant to the plan originally proposed by their late
+general. They accordingly took long marches to the _southwards_, taking
+care not to offend the barbarians, yet they were teased by frequent
+attacks while leaving the country of the cow-herds. On one of these
+occasions a soldier was wounded by an arrow, which penetrated through
+his greaves and thigh, and passing through the saddle lap, ran two
+fingers breadth into the horses side, the arrow being made of reed with
+no other head than the reed itself hardened in the fire and sloped to a
+point. The wounded soldier was lifted from his horse, the arrow being
+previously cut off between his thigh and the saddle, and he was left to
+cure himself, as he had formerly performed many wonderful cures on his
+comrades with only oil and wool, assisted by prayers. But since the
+battle of Mavila, in which all the oil was lost, he had never attempted
+to cure either others or himself, though twice wounded before, believing
+that the cure could not be performed without oil and dirty wool. In this
+distress, he swore that he would not submit to the surgeons, and would
+rather die than allow them to dress his wound. Having no oil, he
+substituted hogs lard, and procured some wool from an Indian mantle, as
+the Spaniards had now no shirts or any other linen among them, and to
+the astonishment of every one he was so sound in four days that he was
+able to mount his horse on the fifth day. He now begged pardon of the
+soldiers for having allowed so many of his comrades to perish, by
+refusing to cure them, as he had believed the efficacy of his mode of
+cure depended on the oil, but as he now found that it consisted in the
+holy words he had pronounced over the dressings, he desired they might
+again recur to him when wounded, and he would exert himself as formerly.
+This soldier, named Sanjurgo Gallego, was very chaste, a good Christian,
+ever ready to serve all men, and had many other virtues[189].
+
+[Footnote 188: There is some ambiguity in the text, from which it is
+difficult to ascertain whether the left and right hand of their general
+line of march is now to be respectively considered as south and north,
+or the contrary. But as coupled with their intended return towards the
+great river, now to the east, the _left_ means probably the _north_, and
+the _right_ the _south_.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 189: Though not mentioned in the text, it is not improbable
+that Gallego had formerly placed considerable dependence on the use of
+_holy_ oil, or chrysm. The whole secret of his surgery seems to have
+consisted in the application of bland oils, and leaving nature to
+operate, without the employment of the ancient barbarous methods of
+cure, by tents, escharotics, cautery, and heating inflammatory
+applications; which in modern times, abandoned by surgeons, have been
+adopted by farriers.--E.]
+
+After leaving the territories of the cow-herds, the Spaniards marched
+for twenty days through the lands of other tribes. Being of opinion that
+they had declined too much from, the direction of Guachacoya, to which
+place they now proposed returning, the Spaniards now directed their
+course eastwards, still inclining somewhat towards the _north_, so that
+in this way they crossed the direction they had formerly gone in their
+march from Auche to the country of the cow-herds, yet without perceiving
+it. When at length they reached the great river, it was the middle of
+September, having travelled three months from leaving Guachacoya; and
+though they had fought no pitched battle during all that time, they
+were never free from alarm night or day, so that they had lost forty
+soldiers during this last useless and circuitous march. The Indians on
+every opportunity shot all who happened to stray from the main body, and
+would often crawl on all fours at night into their quarters, shoot their
+arrows, and make their escape, unseen by the centinels. To add to their
+distresses, the winter now began to set in, with much rain, snow and
+excessive cold weather. On coming to where they proposed quartering for
+the night, though wet, cold, weary and hungry, they were obliged to send
+parties in advance to secure them, generally, by force, and after all
+were mostly under the necessity of procuring provisions by means of
+their swords. Besides all this, they were often forced to construct
+rafts or floats on which to pass rivers, which sometimes occupied them
+five or six days. The horsemen were frequently obliged to pass the night
+on horseback, and the infantry to stand up to their knees in mire and
+water, with hardly any clothes to cover them, and such as they had
+always wet. Owing to these accumulated hardships, many of the Spaniards
+and their Indian attendants fell sick, and the distemper proceeded to
+the horses, so that sometimes four or five men and horses died in a day,
+and sometimes seven, whom they scarcely had leisure to bury for haste in
+pursuing their march.
+
+In this miserable condition they came to the great river about the
+latter end of November[190]. In their march on the west side of the
+great river, from leaving the territory of Guachacoya to their arrival
+at their new winter quarters, they had marched by estimation 350
+leagues, and lost 100 men and 80 horses by the way, without counting
+their Indian servants, who were of vast use. This was the only fruit of
+their long and painful march westwards in quest of New Spain, and of
+refusing to follow the plan which had been devised by their late general
+for descending the great river to the sea. At this period they were much
+gratified by finding two contiguous towns on the great river of 200
+houses each, which were enclosed by a wet ditch drawn from the river.
+They were now reduced to 320 foot and 70 horse, or 390 in all, who now
+remained of 900 men and 330 horses which had landed in the bay of
+Espiritu Santo at the end of May 1539, four years and a half before. Yet
+inured to hardships and accustomed to conquer, they immediately attacked
+and gained possession of these towns, from which the inhabitants fled,
+having heard of the irresistible valour of the Spaniards from other
+tribes. They had the good fortune to find plenty of provisions in these
+towns, and to remain undisturbed by the Indians, so that they soon
+recovered from their fatigues; yet several died in consequence of their
+past sufferings, and among the rest Juan Ortiz, their chief interpreter
+and an excellent soldier.
+
+[Footnote 190: They were already said to have reached it in the middle
+of September. The discrepancy may either be an oversight of Herrera; or
+they took from the middle of September to the end of November, in
+descending the right bank of the great river to where they passed the
+winter, having come to it much higher up than they intended.--E.]
+
+Having determined to take up their quarters at this place, they
+fortified one of the towns to serve as quarters for the winter. This
+province, called _Aminoya_, lay seventeen leagues farther up the river
+than Guachacoya, to which they had endeavoured to direct their course on
+returning from the province of _Los Vaqueros_. Being somewhat recovered
+towards the end of January 1543, they set to work to cut down and
+prepare timber for building their brigantines. At this place, an old
+Indian, who had been unable to make his escape along with the rest,
+objected to their staying in their present quarters for the winter,
+saying that the river was in use to overflow every fourteen years, and
+that this was the expected season of its doing so. They refused however
+to profit by this information, of which they had sufficient reason to
+repent in the sequel. The return of the Spaniards to the great river was
+soon known in all the neighbouring districts. Upon which the cacique of
+Anilco, to prevent them from favouring the Guachacoyans as formerly,
+sent an embassy to Alvarado, offering his friendship and making mighty
+promises. The ambassador sent upon this occasion by Anilco was his _Apu_
+or lieutenant-general, who brought great abundance of fruit and other
+things to the Spaniards, and 200 Indian, servants to attend upon them
+and supply their wants. Having delivered his message, the Apu sent back
+the answer to the cacique, and remained with the Spaniards. The cacique
+of Guachacoya came likewise to wait upon the Spanish general, with a
+great present, to confirm the former friendship, and though he saw the
+lieutenant of his enemy among the Spaniards, he took no notice of the
+circumstance. On consultation about the brigantines, it was found that
+it would require seven of them to accommodate all the people; and the
+timber being all hewed and ready, the work was begun in earnest, and
+occupied their utmost diligence all the months of February, March and
+April 1543, during all which time they were amply supplied with all
+necessaries by Anilco, who even furnished them with blankets and mantles
+to defend themselves from the cold. These articles of clothing were
+manufactured by the Indians from an herb resembling mallows, which has
+fibres like those of flax; and the dresses which are made of this
+substance are afterwards dyed according to their fancies. On the present
+occasion, the Spaniards reserved the new blankets and mantles furnished
+by Anilco for sails to their brigantines, and broke up those which were
+old and useless to serve as oakum for caulking their vessels. Of the
+same materials the Spaniards made all kinds of cordage for their
+brigantines, from the smallest ropes up to cables; and in every thing
+the cacique Anilco, to whom they had formerly done so much injury,
+assisted the Spaniards to the utmost of his power, while Guachacoya was
+exceedingly dissatisfied at seeing the intimacy between them.
+
+On the other side of the river there lay a large and fertile province
+called _Quiqualtanqui_, the cacique of which was a haughty warlike
+youth, who believed that although the Spaniards were now building
+vessels to convey them out of the country, they might yet return in
+greater numbers to enslave the natives. For this reason he determined to
+destroy them, and assembled forces from all parts of the country, both
+those of his, own tribe and from all the tribes around. Having concluded
+an extensive confederacy and begun his preparations for war, he sent a
+friendly message to Alvarado to lull him into security, advising all his
+confederates to do the same. The general gave them all favourable
+answers, yet kept himself carefully on his guard. _Quiqualtanqui_
+invited Anilco to join in the confederacy, instead of which he gave
+notice of it to the Spaniards. It was not known how Guachacoya stood
+affected on this occasion, but he was suspected of having hostile
+intentions, as he made no communication of the conspiracy. The
+confederates continued to send frequent messages and presents to the
+Spaniards to discover what they were doing; and though repeatedly warned
+not to come to their quarters under night they took no notice of it. One
+night that Gonzalo Silvestre happened to stand centinel in the second
+watch, the moon shining very bright, he observed two armed Indians in
+their plumes of feathers, passing over the ditch on a tree that lay
+across instead of a bridge. These men came to a postern which they
+entered without asking leave, on which Silvestre gave one of them a cut
+on the forehead, on which he immediately fled. The other Indian, without
+waiting for his wounded companion, got into the canoe on the river and
+gave the alarm to his party. The wounded man, missing the tree across
+the ditch, swam over and cried out for assistance when he came to the
+river, on which some of his friends came and carried him off. At
+sunrise, Quiqualtanqui sent four messengers demanding that Alvarado
+should punish the centinel for having been guilty of a breach of the
+peace, more especially, as the wounded man was a chief. Four other
+messengers arrived at mid-day on a similar errand, saying that the
+wounded chief was at the point of death; and four more came in the
+afternoon affirming that he was dead, and insisted that the centinel
+should be publicly punished, since the action he had committed was an
+affront to all the Indians of the confederacy. Alvarado boldly answered,
+that they had been previously and repeatedly warned never to come to the
+Spanish quarters under night, being always welcome and honourably
+treated through the day. He added that though sincerely sorry for what
+had happened, he could not possibly punish the centinel who had only
+done his duty according to military discipline, neither would his
+soldiers allow of any such thing being done. The confederates thought
+fit to connive at this transaction, satisfied that Alvarado was a man of
+invincible courage and wise conduct; yet resolved upon executing their
+design against the Spaniards as soon as possible.
+
+Being eager to get away from the country, the Spaniards laboured
+indefatigably in fitting out the vessels, even the best gentlemen among
+them using the utmost diligence; while those who were not handy in the
+several occupations about the brigantines employed themselves in hunting
+and fishing to procure provisions for the rest. Among other fish taken
+on the present occasion, one was taken by means of a hook of such
+enormous dimensions, that the head alone weighed forty pounds. The
+confederate Indians under Quiqualtanqui continued their warlike
+preparations, being much encouraged by knowing that Ferdinand de Soto
+was dead, that the number of the Spaniards was very much diminished, and
+that very few horses were left. So confident were they of success, that
+two of their spies desired some of the Indian women who served the
+Spaniards to be patient, for they would soon be freed from their
+bondage to these vagabond robbers, as they were all to be slain. But the
+women disclosed this to their masters. When the night happened to be
+very still, the noise of many people could be heard from the opposite
+side of the river; and the Spaniards could distinctly see numerous fires
+at regular distances, as of the quarters of a large army. But it pleased
+God to confound the evil designs of these Indians, by an inundation of
+the river, which began on the 10th of March 1543, and increased with
+prodigious rapidity, so that on the 18th which was Palm Sunday, when the
+Spaniards were in procession, for they observed all the religious
+solemnities, the water broke in at the gates of the town, and there was
+no going along the streets for long after but in canoes. This inundation
+was forty days of rising to its greatest height, which was on the 20th
+of April, at which time it extended above twenty leagues on each side of
+the river, so that nothing could be seen in all the country around but
+the tops of the trees, and the people had to go every where in canoes.
+
+During the time of this terrible inundation, Alvarado sent twenty
+Spaniards to Anilco to request a supply of rosin, blankets, and cordage
+for completing the equipment of the vessels, and these men were sent in
+four canoes lashed two and two together, to prevent them from being
+overset by the trees which were under water. On coming to the town of
+Anilco, they found it destroyed, though twenty leagues from the Spanish
+quarters, and the inundation had extended five leagues farther. Gonzado
+Silvestre who commanded these Spaniards was greatly in favour of the
+cacique Anilco, because he had restored to him a youth who had
+accompanied the Spaniards on their march to the westwards, who perfectly
+understood the Spanish language, and was so much attached to the
+Spaniards as to be very averse from returning to his father. On this
+occasion Anilco supplied Silvestre with every thing of which he was in
+want.
+
+It pleased God that the water began to subside towards the latter end of
+April; yet so slowly that on the 10th of May there was no going about
+the streets of the town on account of the deep mire with which they were
+filled. This was the more distressing to the Spaniards as they were
+barefooted, all their shoes having been burnt at Mavila, and the shoes
+they had since been able to make, being of untanned leather, were like
+so much tripe as soon as wet. At the latter end of May, the great river
+returned to its usual channel, and the confederated Indians again drew
+their forces together to execute their original design against the
+Spaniards, of which they received intelligence from Anilco; who likewise
+informed Alvarado of the signals which had been concerted by the
+confederates for the better prosecution of their enterprise, and even
+offered to assist the Spaniards with 8000 well armed warriors, and that
+if they chose to retire into his country the confederates would not dare
+to attack them. Alvarado returned thanks for these friendly offers, but
+declined accepting them; because as he intended to go down the river and
+to quit the country, he did not deem it proper either to take refuge in
+the territory of Anilco or to accept the assistance of his warriors, as
+either of those might draw upon him the confederated hostility of his
+neighbours: But he promised, if it should please God ever to put it in
+his power, Anilco should not have cause to repent the service he had
+been of to the king of Spain, or the kindness he had shewn to the
+Spaniards. In conclusion, he recommended to Anilco to discontinue any
+farther intercourse with him, lest he might give umbrage to the
+confederated caciques. Many of the Spaniards were so puffed up by the
+friendly offers of Anilco, that they endeavoured to persuade Alvarado to
+accept the proferred aid, and prosecute an offensive war, thinking it
+easy to subdue these people. But Alvarado was quite sensible of his
+present weakness, and determined to leave the country as soon as
+possible; besides which he did not deem it prudent to confide too much
+on the fidelity of Anilco.
+
+Four days afterwards, exactly conformable to the information received
+from Anilco, a numerous embassy arrived from the confederated caciques,
+intended to spy out the posture of the Spaniards, to enable them to
+concert measures for the intended attack. Having rigidly examined these
+pretended messengers, it was debated among the leaders of the Spaniards
+what ought to be done with these fraudulent envoys. Some were for giving
+them fair words, as had been the practice hitherto; but it was finally
+resolved to punish them in an exemplary manner, that the caciques might
+know their treachery was discovered, which might perhaps prevent the
+execution of their designs. Accordingly though the messengers on this
+occasion were very numerous, thirty only were selected who had their
+hands cut off, and were sent back in this guise to their employers, with
+a message signifying that the Spaniards had all along been aware of
+their villainy. This severe example proved successful, insomuch that the
+confederacy was immediately dissolved, and the forces retired to their
+respective countries. Yet as the Spaniards had only built seven great
+boats, they thought they might possibly be more successful by water, and
+they agreed to collect a great number of canoes to attack them while
+going down the river.
+
+As the Spaniards believed that their only safety depended upon going
+down the river as soon as possible, they hastened the completion of
+their vessels; and as they had not enough of iron for the construction
+of whole decks, they satisfied themselves with quarter-decks and
+fore-castles to secure the provisions, laying planks only a midships.
+Every thing relative to the brigantines being completed, they gathered
+all the Indian corn, pulse, and dried fruit they could procure; made
+bacon of all the swine that were left alive, except eighteen they
+carried with them alive, and two boars and two sows which they gave to
+each of the two caciques who were their friends. With the lard of the
+slaughtered swine, they tempered rosin instead of pitch and tar for
+paying their vessels. They likewise provided a number of canoes; part of
+which were lashed two and two together to carry thirty horses which
+still remained alive, and answered well for the purpose; the rest were
+distributed among the brigantines, each having one at her stern to serve
+as a boat. On midsummer day 1543 the brigantines were launched into the
+great river, and on St Peters day, the 29th of that month, every thing
+being in readiness, the brigantines and canoes having defences made of
+boards and skins to fend off the arrows, they took leave of the friendly
+caciques, Anilco and Guachacoya, and set sail down the great river.
+
+Two captains were appointed to each brigantine, that when one had
+occasion to land the other might remain on board in charge of the
+vessel. About 350 Spaniards embarked, all that remained of 900 who had
+originally landed in Florida. Near thirty Indian men and women were on
+board each vessel, all of their own free will, as they declared they
+would rather die with their masters than remain behind. Accordingly on
+St Peters day before mentioned, about sunset, after Alvarado had given
+regular instructions to all his officers and encouraged his men, they
+began their voyage, holding on their course down the river both with
+sails and oars, all that night and the next day and night. But on the
+following day they were opposed by a fleet of near 1000 canoes belonging
+to the confederated caciques, some of which were so large as to have
+twenty-five paddies on each side, and carrying many armed men besides
+the rowers. These large canoes were called the _admirals_, as being
+supposed to have the principal commanders on board. One was painted red,
+another blue, and others of several colours; the men on board having
+their bodies painted of the same colours as the canoes, as were their
+bows. All this splendid shew, with the variegated plumes of feathers on
+the heads of the warriors, made a grand display. While they rowed after
+the Spaniards, they kept time to their songs, which were said by the
+interpreters to signify, "That the vagabond strangers should all be
+slain on the water, and become food for the fishes."
+
+After taking a close view of the Spanish brigantines, the Indians
+divided their fleet of canoes into three equal squadrons, plying up
+close to the bank on the starboard side; and when up with the
+brigantines, the van forming a long and narrow line a-head, crossed the
+river obliquely passing close by the brigantines, into which they all
+successively threw in a shower of arrows, by which several Spaniards
+were wounded notwithstanding their targets and baricades. The other
+squadrons did the same in regular order, and as the brigantines
+continued on their course, the squadrons of canoes continued
+successively to repeat similar charges, both day and night, expecting in
+this manner to destroy all the Spaniards by degrees. The Spaniards held
+on their way for ten successive days and nights, continually assailed in
+this manner by the Indians, and doing some execution in their turn by
+means of their crossbows, all their musquets having been turned into
+iron work for the brigantines, having become useless as all their powder
+was expended. At the end of these ten days, the Indian fleet drew back
+from the Spaniards to the distance of about half a league. The
+Spaniards, still advancing came in sight of a small town, and supposed
+from the Indians leaving them that they were now near the sea, having
+run by estimation 200 leagues, as they used both sails and oars, and
+went straight down the river without stopping in any place. Being
+desirous of procuring provisions, Alvarado ordered 100 men to land, with
+eight horses; and as the Indians immediately abandoned their town, they
+procured plenty of provisions of all sorts. In this town likewise they
+found leather made of goats skins, some white, and some of various
+colours, and other skins of different kinds well dressed, and many
+mantles. They found here a long slip of the finest sables, eight ells in
+length and an ell broad, adorned at regular distances with strings of
+pearls and small tufts of seed pearl, regularly placed. Gonzalo
+Silvestre who commanded on this enterprise, got this rarity to his
+share, which was supposed to be some ensign of war, or some ornament for
+their dances.
+
+As many Indians appeared collecting in the fields, and the canoes were
+returning to attack the brigantines, Alvarado ordered the trumpets to
+sound a retreat to recall Silvestre and his men on board. On this
+occasion the Spaniards were obliged to abandon their horses, which the
+Indians immediately shot to death with their arrows. When the party was
+all returned to the brigantines, the Spaniards resumed their voyage down
+the river, followed by the canoes, which did not now retain their former
+order, but followed in several separate squadrons. On the thirteenth day
+of their voyage down the great river, one of the brigantines happening
+to fall about an hundred paces behind the rest, the Indians immediately
+attacked and even boarded it, and would in all probability have made
+themselves master of it, had not the other brigantines come up to its
+rescue. However the Indians carried off the canoe from the stern, in
+which were five sows that had been reserved for a breed.
+
+On the sixteenth day of the voyage, one Estevanez, a desperate yet
+clownish fellow, who was vain of the reputation he had acquired by his
+intrepidity, took away the canoe from the stern of the brigantine in
+which he was embarked, and persuaded five other soldiers to accompany
+him, saying that he was going to perform an exploit to gain fame, and to
+obtain leave of the captain of the vessel, he pretended that he was
+going to speak with the general. When he had got clear of the
+brigantine, he immediately made towards the enemy, crying out _fall on
+them! they run!_ When Alvarado saw this mad action he endeavoured to
+recall Estevanez by sound of trumpet, and sent about forty men after him
+in several canoes under the command of Juan de Guzman, to bring back
+Estevanez whom Alvarado intended to hang for his breach of discipline.
+At the same time the brigantines furled their sails and rowed up against
+the stream to support the canoes. The Indian canoes, which covered the
+water for an extent of a quarter of a league, retreated a little way on
+purpose to separate the Spanish canoes from the brigantines; on which,
+quite frantic at seeing them give way, Estevanez pushed on, followed by
+the other canoes which were sent to bring him back. The Indian canoes
+then drew up in form of a crescent, and when the Spanish canoes were
+well advanced among them, those Indian canoes which formed the horn or
+point on the right, attacked them so furiously athwart ships that they
+sunk them all, by which means all the Spaniards were drowned, and if any
+happened to appear above water, they were either shot with arrows, or
+had their brains dashed out by the paddles. Thus forty-eight Spaniards
+perished, only four escaping of all that were in the canoes. The Indians
+held on their pursuit of the brigantines all that day making continual
+rejoicings for their victory. On the _seventeenth_ day at sun-rise, when
+the Indians had paid their adorations to the sun with hideous cries, and
+a prodigious noise of drums, horns, and trumpets, they ceased the
+pursuit of the Spaniards and retired, having continued the chase about
+four hundred leagues.
+
+The river was now estimated by the Spaniards to be _fifteen_ leagues
+across, from which they concluded they were near the sea, yet did not
+venture to quit the main stream for fear of hidden danger. Thus holding
+on their course, on the nineteenth day of their voyage they came to the
+sea, computing that they had run little short of 500 leagues[191], from
+the place where they built their brigantines. Being ignorant whereabout
+they were, they cast anchor at an island, where they rested three days
+to recover from their long fatigues and continual watching, and to refit
+their brigantines. They here computed how far they had been up the
+country, and as already mentioned estimated the distance from where the
+brigantines were built to the sea at near 500 leagues: And as the river
+was there nineteen feet deep and a quarter of a league over, they
+conjectured that the source of the river might be still 300 leagues
+farther up the country, or 800 leagues in its whole course. When the
+Spaniards had been three days in this island, they observed seven canoes
+to issue from a place overgrown with tall reeds, and come towards them.
+When within hearing, a gigantic man, as black as a negro, stood up in
+the headmost canoe and addressed them in the following harangue:
+"Wherefore do you vagabond robbers stroll about this coast, disturbing
+its inhabitants? Get you gone speedily by one of the mouths of the great
+river, and let me not find you here after this night, or I will kill you
+all and burn your ships!" After this he withdrew among the reeds, and
+Alvarado sent Gonzalo Silvestre with 100 men in the remaining canoes to
+examine the inlet among the reeds. Of these men seventeen were armed
+with cross-bows and three had long bows taken from the Indians, as the
+want of musquets had induced the Spaniards to use the arms of their
+enemies, at which they were become skilful. On getting into the creek or
+inlet among the reeds, Silvestre found sixty small canoes drawn up in
+readiness to receive him, which he immediately attacked, and overset
+three of them at the first shock, wounding many of the Indians; and as
+all the rest of the canoes immediately fled, Silvestre and his party
+returned to the brigantines.
+
+[Footnote 191: Five hundred Spanish leagues at 17-1/2 to a degree, or
+about four English miles, would amount to about 2000 miles of voyage
+down the Missisippi; but we have no sufficient warrant in the text to
+ascertain the league used by Herrera, neither is it probable that the
+Spaniards on this occasion could make any computation nearly accurate.
+The only reasonable conjecture on this subject is from the number of
+days employed in descending the river, which the text informs us was
+_nineteen_, three of which we may suppose were occupied in different
+stoppages. We know likewise from Imlays Description of Kentucky, p. 126,
+that the ordinary rate of descending the Missisippi is about 80 miles a
+day. On these data, the Spaniards made a voyage down that river of about
+1280 English miles, from which we may conclude that they had wintered
+somewhere about the situation of New Madrid, in lat. 36° 30' N. or
+perhaps nearly opposite the junction of the Ohio with the great
+river.--E.]
+
+Leaving the island, and going out into the open sea, the Spaniards now
+bore away to the westwards to endeavour to find their way to New Spain,
+always keeping the coast of Florida[192] on their starboard-side or
+right hand. They knew not whereabout they were, and had neither chart
+nor compass to guide their course, neither had they any instrument to
+find the latitude; but they satisfied themselves in the hope of reaching
+New Spain by following the coast. During all the first day and night,
+they continued to sail among the fresh water of the great river. After
+this they held on their course for fifteen days without any thing
+remarkable taking place; only that they were under the necessity of
+landing every day to procure water, as they had no vessels in which to
+carry any store on board. At the end of that period they got among a
+parcel of small islands, which were frequented by such multitudes of sea
+fowl that the entire surface was covered by their nests, so that there
+was scarcely room to tread. These furnished an ample supply of
+provisions, though their flesh had somewhat of a fishy taste. Next day
+they landed on a pleasant shore covered with trees, to procure water;
+and while looking about in search of shell fish, some pieces of bitumen
+were found resembling pitch, and upon farther search they were fortunate
+enough to find the source whence it flowed. On finding this convenience,
+they thought proper to repair or careen their brigantines, which had
+become leaky, which they did by means of this bitumen melted along with
+a proper quantity of hogs lard. This work occupied them for eight days,
+during which time they only saw eight Indians, to whom they gave some
+trinkets they had yet remaining, without asking any questions respecting
+the country where they now were, as all their hopes and wishes centered
+in arriving in New Spain.
+
+[Footnote 192: It has been already noticed that the term Florida is used
+in the whole of this chapter in a very extended sense, being applied to
+all of North America to the north of the Gulf of Mexico. Immediately on
+leaving the great river or Missisippi, and sailing to the west, the
+coast is new known under the name of Louisiana.--E.]
+
+They proceeded on their voyage keeping as close as possible to the
+shore, for fear of being driven out to sea by the north wind, and
+likewise for the convenience of fishing, as they had nothing else now to
+eat, for which reason they always made some stay wherever they found
+good fishing-grounds. They continued always in this manner, coasting the
+land which lay to starboard, the wisest among them being quite ignorant
+whereabout they were, yet always satisfied that by holding this course
+they must at length get to New Spain if not swallowed up by the waves.
+At the end of fifty-three days after leaving the great river, the north
+wind of which they had been so long in dread began to blow with great
+fury[193]. On this occasion five of the vessels which kept close under
+the land sought shelter in a creek; but the other two, being somewhat
+farther out at sea, were in great danger of perishing. They were all
+stark naked, having only clouts hung before them, and were almost
+drowned with wet and benumbed with cold, as part of them had continually
+to bale out the water from their vessels while the rest handed the
+sails. At length the gale somewhat moderating, they were able to shape a
+course to the westwards, and having been twenty-six hours in great
+distress without food or sleep, they discovered land about sunset. One
+young man who had been twice before upon the coast said that he now
+knew the land, though he could not say in what country it was: But he
+said that part which seemed black was a high bluff impracticable shore,
+while that which had a white appearance was a clean soft sandy beach,
+and advised them to endeavour to make for that part before night, as if
+the wind should drive them on the black coast there would be no
+probability of saving their lives. The officers of the brigantine in
+which this young man was endeavoured by signs to make known what was
+intended to the other vessel, and then made direct for the white coast
+followed by the other, and before sunset ran both vessels aground on the
+sandy beach, after which they lightened both vessels by carrying every
+thing on shore, and propped them up to keep them from oversetting.
+Having thus landed, two men undertook to go in quest of the other
+brigantines.
+
+[Footnote 193: By this time their course must have long been almost due
+south along the coast of the new kingdom of Leon, and province of Nuevo
+Santander.--E.]
+
+Next day three parties were sent out in different directions to discover
+the country. The two parties which went along the coast to the right and
+left soon returned with some broken pieces of earthen ware, of the kinds
+which are made at Talavera and Malaga in Spain, which gave them much
+satisfaction to think that they must now be in the neighbourhood of
+their countrymen. Gonzalo Silvestre, who went up the country with the
+third party, at the end of a quarter of a league saw some Indians
+fishing on a lake[194], and two others gathering fruit from the trees.
+The Spaniards endeavoured to lay hold of these two Indians, but one of
+them escaped by swimming over the lake. Silvestre found likewise in a
+cottage two small baskets of fruit, a turkey, a cock and two Spanish
+hens, and some conserve of _maguey_. Still holding fast the Indian,
+Silvestre went back to his comrades at the sea-side, and to all the
+inquiries they made of the Indian as to where they were, his only answer
+was _Brezos! Brezos!_ which, as they afterwards learnt, was meant to
+signify that he belonged to a Spaniard named Christoval de Brezos. On
+rejoining his companions, Silvestre found them rejoicing at the sight of
+the broken earthen dishes; but they were still more gratified at seeing
+the Spanish poultry, and the Indian being now reassured on finding he
+was in the hands of Spaniards, told them they were in the province of
+Panuco, and that the other brigantines had gone up the river Tampico to
+that city, which was ten leagues off. He said likewise that he belonged
+to one Christoval de Brezos; and that a cacique resided only at the
+distance of a league and a half who could read and write. Accordingly
+they gave the Indian some toys and sent him to the cacique; and in four
+hours afterwards the cacique came to them attended by eight Indians,
+loaded with fowls, fish, fruit, and Indian corn, and brought them paper,
+pens, and ink, that they might write an account of their arrival and
+situation to the governor of Panuco.
+
+[Footnote 194: Probably the lake of _Tamiagua_, a few miles south from
+the river _Tampico_, into which, as will be found in the sequel, the
+other five brigantines had got at the beginning of the storm. In this
+case, the two brigantines had run upon a spit which separates that lake
+or lagoon from the sea.--E.]
+
+The two men who had gone in search of the five brigantines, found them
+in the river Tampico, so that the whole company met at the end of eight
+days, all barefooted and almost entirely naked, having only some scanty
+coverings of the skins of deer, bears, and other animals. The governor
+of Panuco treated them with much attention, and sent advice of their
+situation to the viceroy of Mexico, who ordered them to be sent without
+delay to that city, and sent them four horse-loads of shirts, shoes, and
+other necessaries, besides medicines and sweetmeats. After recovering
+from their fatigues, the men were ready to destroy their officers for
+not having settled in Florida, where there was such plenty of pearls and
+rich furs. On their march to Mexico, which was made in several
+detachments to avoid mischief, the people everywhere ran to see them
+pass as so many monsters. At Mexico they were clothed and kindly treated
+by the rich inhabitants; and as discord soon broke out again among them,
+for having abandoned so fine a country as Florida, the viceroy appeased
+them by promising to undertake the enterprise speedily in person along
+with them, when they should all have good pay, and that he would provide
+for them in the mean time. When clothed, some of the adventurers
+returned into Spain, others remained in Mexico, and others went into
+Peru, while some entered into monasteries; and thus all these brave
+soldiers were dispersed.
+
+Those persons who had been sent by the late general, Ferdinand de Soto,
+when he first advanced into the interior of Florida, to bring him
+supplies from the Havannah, faithfully obeyed his orders, as they sailed
+from thence four several years, and plied all along the coast to find
+him, but could never hear any tidings of him or any of his men, till, in
+the year 1543, arriving at Vera Cruz in October, they learnt that the
+remains of the expedition had been conducted to Mexico.--_This relation
+has been faithfully taken from that which was transmitted to the king,
+immediately after the close of that unfortunate enterprise_.
+
+END OF THE FIFTH VOLUME.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A General History and Collection of
+Voyages and Travels, Vol. 5, by Robert Kerr
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A GENERAL HISTORY, VOL. 5 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 14984-8.txt or 14984-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/4/9/8/14984/
+
+Produced by Robert Connal, Graeme Mackreth and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team. This file was produced from images generously
+made available by the Canadian Institute for Historical
+Microreproductions.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/14984-8.zip b/14984-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecc6b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14984-8.zip
diff --git a/14984-h.zip b/14984-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0a6841
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14984-h.zip
diff --git a/14984-h/14984-h.htm b/14984-h/14984-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df93e7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14984-h/14984-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,22611 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>Voyages and Travels</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content=
+"text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+body {background: #ffffcc; margin:10%; text-align:justify}
+h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {color:green; text-align:center}
+blockquote {font-size: .9em}
+p.poem {text-align:center}
+p.external {font-weight: bold}
+-->
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<pre>
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A General History and Collection of Voyages
+and Travels, Vol. 5, by Robert Kerr
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+Title: A General History and Collection of Voyages and Travels, Vol. 5
+       Arranged in Systematic Order: Forming a Complete History of the
+       Origin and Progress of Navigation, Discovery, and Commerce, by Sea
+       and Land, from the Earliest Ages to the Present Time
+       
+
+Author: Robert Kerr
+
+Release Date: February 8, 2005 [EBook #14984]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A GENERAL HISTORY, VOL. 5 ***
+
+
+Produced by Robert Connal, Graeme Mackreth and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team. This file was produced from images generously
+made available by the Canadian Institute for Historical
+Microreproductions.
+
+[Transcriber's Note: The spelling inconsistencies of the original have
+been retained in this etext.]
+
+</pre>
+
+<h2>A</h2>
+
+<h2>GENERAL</h2>
+
+<h2>HISTORY AND COLLECTION</h2>
+
+<h2>OF</h2>
+
+<h1>VOYAGES AND TRAVELS,</h1>
+
+<h2>ARRANGED IN SYSTEMATIC ORDER:</h2>
+
+<h2>FORMING A COMPLETE HISTORY OF THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS</h2>
+
+<h2>OF NAVIGATION, DISCOVERY, AND COMMERCE,</h2>
+
+<h2>BY SEA AND LAND,</h2>
+
+<h2>FROM THE EARLIEST AGES TO THE PRESENT TIME.</h2>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<h2>BY</h2>
+
+<h2>ROBERT KERR, F.R.S. &amp; F.A.S. EDIN.</h2>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<h2>ILLUSTRATED BY MAPS AND CHARTS.</h2>
+
+<h2>VOL. V.</h2>
+
+<h3>WILLIAM BLACKWOOD, EDINBURGH:</h3>
+
+<h3>AND T. CADELL, LONDON.</h3>
+
+<h3>MDCCCXXIV.</h3>
+
+<hr align="center" width="50%">
+<h2>CONTENTS OF VOLUME V.</h2>
+
+<p><a href="#part2"><b>PART II.--(Continued.)</b></a></p>
+
+<p><a href="#book2-2"><b>BOOK II.--(Continued.)</b></a></p>
+
+<p>HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA, AND OF SOME OF THE
+EARLY</p>
+
+<p><b>HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA, AND OF SOME OF THE
+EARLY CONQUESTS IN THE NEW WORLD.</b></p>
+
+<p><a href="#chapter2-7"><b><i>CHAPTER
+VII.--Continued.</i></b></a></p>
+
+<p>Continuation of the early history of Peru, after the death of
+Francisco Pizarro to the defeat of Gonzalo Pizarro, and the
+reestablishment of tranquillity in the country; written by
+Augustino Zarate,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION III. Continuation of the Viceroyalty of Blasco Nunnez
+Vela, to his deposition and expulsion from Peru,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION IV. History of the usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, from
+the expulsion of the Viceroy to his defeat and death,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION V. Continuation of the Usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro,
+to the arrival of Gasca in Peru with full powers to restore the
+Colony to order,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VI. History of the Expedition of Pedro de la Gasca,
+the death of Gonzalo Pizarro, and the Restoration of Peru to
+Tranquillity,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VII. Insurrection of Ferdinand and Pedro de Contreras
+in Nicaragua, and their unsuccessful attempt upon the Royal
+Treasure in the Tierra Firma,</p>
+
+<p><a href="#chapter2-8"><b><i>CHAPTER VIII.</i></b></a></p>
+
+<p>Continuation of the early history of Peru, from the
+restoration of tranquillity by Gasca in 1549, to the death of the
+Inca Tupac Amaru; extracted from Garcilasso de la Vega,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION I. Incidents in the History of Peru, from the
+departure of Gasca, to the appointment of Don Antonio de Mendoza
+as Viceroy,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION II. History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of Don
+Antonio de Mendoza,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION III. Narrative of the Troubles in Peru, consequent
+upon the Death of the Viceroy Mendoza,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION IV. Continuation of the Troubles in Peru, to the
+Viceroyalty of the Marquis de Cannete,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION V. History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of the
+Marquis del Cannete,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VI. Incidents in the History of Peru, during the
+successive Governments of the Conde de Nieva, Lope Garcia de
+Castro, and Don Francisco de Toledo,</p>
+
+<p><a href="#chapter2-9"><b><i>CHAPTER IX.</i></b></a></p>
+
+<p>History of the Discovery and Conquest of Chili,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION I. Geographical View of the Kingdom of Chili,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION II. Of the Origin, Manners, and Language of the
+Chilese,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION III. State of Chili, and Conquests made in that
+Country by the Peruvians, before the arrival of the
+Spaniards,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION IV. First Expedition of the Spaniards into Chili under
+Almagro,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION V. Second Expedition into Chili, under Pedro de
+Valdivia, to the commencement of the War between the Spaniards
+and Araucanians,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VI. Narrative of the War between the Spaniards and
+Araucanians, from the year 1550, to the Defeat and Death of Pedro
+de Valdivia on the 3d of December 1553,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VII. Continuation of the War between the Spaniards and
+Araucanians, from the death of Valdivia, to that of
+Caupolican,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VIII. Continuation of the Araucanian War, after the
+Death of Caupolican, to the Reduction of the Archipelago of
+Chiloe by the Spaniards,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION IX. Continuation of the Araucanian War to the
+Destruction of all the Spanish Settlements in the territories of
+that Nation,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION X. Farther Narrative of the War, to the Conclusion of
+Peace with the Araucanians,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION XI. Renewal of the War with the Araucanians, and
+succinct Narrative of the History of Chili, from 1655 to
+1787,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION XII. State of Chili towards the end of the Eighteenth
+Century,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION XIII. Account of the Archipelago of Chiloe,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION XIV. Account of the native tribes inhabiting the
+southern extremity of South America,</p>
+
+<p><a href="#chapter2-10"><b><i>CHAPTER X.</i></b></a></p>
+
+<p>Discovery of Florida, and Account of several ineffectual
+Attempts to Conquer and Settle that Country by the Spaniards,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION I. Discovery of Florida, by Juan Ponce de Leon,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION II. Narrative of a Disastrous attempt by Panfilo de
+Narvaez to conquer Florida; together with some account of that
+Country,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION III. Adventures and wonderful escape of Cabeza de
+Vaca, after the loss of Narvaez,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION IV. Narrative of a new attempt to Conquer Florida, by
+Ferdinand de Soto,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION V. Continuation of the Transactions of Ferdinand de
+Soto in Florida,</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VI. Conclusion of the Expedition to Florida by
+Ferdinand de Soto, [Illustration: VICEROYALTY OF NEW GRANADA]</p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="50%">
+<h2>A GENERAL HISTORY AND COLLECTION OF VOYAGES AND TRAVELS.</h2>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<h2><a name="part2" id="part2">PART II.--Continued</a></h2>
+
+<h2><a name="book2-2" id="book2-2">BOOK II.--Continued.</a></h2>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<p><b>HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA, AND OF SOME OF THE
+EARLY CONQUESTS IN THE NEW WORLD.</b></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter2-7" id="chapter2-7">CHAPTER
+VII.--Continued</a></h2>
+
+<p><b>CONTINUATION OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU, AFTER THE DEATH
+OF FRANCISCO PIZARRO, TO THE DEFEAT OF GONZALO PIZARRO, AND THE
+RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF TRANQUILITY IN THE COUNTRY; WRITTEN BY
+AUGUSTINO ZARATE.</b></p>
+
+<p>SECTION III.</p>
+
+<p><i>Continuation of the Viceroyalty of Blasco Nunnez Vela, to
+his deposition and expulsion front Peru</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The viceroy received immediate intelligence of the revolt of
+Puelles, as mentioned in the foregoing section, which; was
+brought to him by a Peruvian captain named Yllatopa; and, though
+he considered it as a very unfortunate incident, he took
+immediate measures to counteract their intentions of joining the
+enemy, by sending a detachment to occupy the passes of the valley
+of Jauja, through which they must necessarily march on their way
+from Guanuco to join Gonzalo. For this purpose, he immediately
+ordered his brother Vela Nunnez to march in all haste with a
+detachment of forty light armed cavalry, and thirty musqueteers
+under the command of Gonzalo Diaz, besides whom ten of the
+friends and relations of Nunnez went as volunteers on this
+expedition. On purpose to expedite the march of this detachment
+as much as possible, the viceroy caused thirty-six mules to be
+purchased, which cost 12,000 ducats, the money being taken from
+the royal treasury. Being thus excellently equipped, they set out
+from Lima, and marched to Guadachili[1], about twenty leagues
+from Lima on their way to the valley of Jauja. At this place a
+plot was formed by the soldiers for killing Vela Nunnez and
+deserting to the army of Gonzalo, which was revealed by the
+following incident. Certain scouts who preceded the detachment
+about four leagues beyond Guadachili in the district of
+Pariacaca, met the friar Thomas de San Martino, provincial of the
+Dominicans, who had been sent by the viceroy to Cuzco to try if
+it were possible to come to some agreement with Gonzalo; on this
+occasion one of the soldiers secretly informed the provincial of
+the particulars of the conspiracy, begging him to take immediate
+means of prevention, as it was to be executed on the following
+night. The provincial accordingly hastened his journey to
+Guadachili, taking all the scouts he could meet with along with
+him, as he told them their present expedition was entirely
+useless, as Puelles and his troops had passed through Jauja two
+days before, and it was now impossible to intercept them. On his
+arrival in Guadachili, the provincial immediately informed Vela
+Nunnez of the danger to which he was exposed, who accordingly
+consulted with some of his friends and relations on the means of
+escape. In the evening, they ordered out their horses, as if for
+the purpose of sending them to water, and mounting them
+immediately, they saved themselves by flight under the cloud of
+night, being guided on their way by the provincial.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 1: The place mentioned in the text is
+probably what is now named Guarochiri, which is in the direction
+of the march, and nearly at the distance
+indicated.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>When the flight of Vela Nunnez and his friends was known, Juan
+de la Torre, Pedro Hita, Jorge Griego, and the other soldiers who
+had formed the conspiracy, went immediately to the main guard,
+where they compelled all the other soldiers, under threats of
+instant death, to promise going off along with them to join
+Gonzalo. Almost the whole of the detachment promised compliance,
+and even the captain Gonzalo Diaz was of the number; but he was
+apparently more harshly treated by the conspirators than the
+others. They tied his hands as if fearing he might use measures
+against them; yet he was not only believed to have been a
+participator in the plot, but was even supposed to be its secret
+leader. Most of the inhabitants of Lima expected Diaz to act in
+the way he did, as he was son-in-law to Puelles against whom he
+was sent, and it was not to be supposed he would give his aid to
+arrest his father-in-law. The whole party therefore, immediately
+set out in search of Gonzalo, mounted on the mules which had cost
+so high a price, and joined him near the city of Guamanga, where
+Puelles had arrived, two days before them. At that time of their
+junction, the adherents of Gonzalo were so much discouraged by
+the lukewarmness of Gaspard Rodriguez and his friends, that in
+all probability the whole army under Gonzalo would have dispersed
+if they had been three days later in arriving. But the arrival of
+Puelles gave the insurgents great encouragement, both by the
+reinforcement which he brought of forty horse and twenty
+musketeers, and by his exhortations; as he declared himself ready
+to proceed against the viceroy even with his own troops, and had
+no doubt of being able to take him prisoner or to drive him out
+of the country, he was so universally hated. The encouragements
+derived by the insurgents from the junction of Puelles, was still
+farther strengthened by the arrival of Diaz and his
+companions.</p>
+
+<p>Vela Nunnez got safe to Lima, where he informed the viceroy of
+the unfortunate result of his expedition, who was very much cast
+down on the occasion, as his affairs seemed to assume a very
+unpromising aspect. Next day Rodrigo Ninno, and three or four
+others who refused to follow the example of Diaz, arrived at Lima
+in a wretched condition, having suffered a thousand insults from
+the conspirators, who deprived them of their horses and arms, and
+even stripped them of their clothes. Ninno was dressed in an old
+doublet and breeches, without stockings, having only a pair of
+miserable pack-thread sandals, and had walked all the way with a
+stick in his hand. The viceroy received him very graciously,
+praising his loyalty, and told him that he appeared more nobly in
+his rags than if clothed in the most costly attire.</p>
+
+<p>When Balthasar de Loyasa had procured the safe conduct from
+the viceroy for his employers, he set out without loss of time
+for the army of Gonzalo Pizarro. As his departure and the nature
+of his dispatches were soon known in Lima, it was universally
+believed there that the troops under Pizarro would soon disperse
+of their own accord, leaving the viceroy in peaceable and
+absolute command of the whole colony, upon which he would
+assuredly put the ordinances in force with the utmost rigour to
+the utter ruin of every one: For this reason, several of the
+inhabitants, and some even of the soldiers belonging to the
+viceroy, came to the resolution of following Loyasa and taking
+his dispatches from him. Loyasa left Lima in the evening of a
+Saturday, in the month of September 1545, accompanied by Captain
+Ferdinand de Zavallos. They were mounted on mules, without any
+attendants, and had no baggage to delay their journey. Next
+night, twenty-five persons set out from Lima on horseback in
+pursuit of them, determined to use every possible expedition to
+get up with Loyasa that they might take away his dispatches. The
+chiefs in this enterprize were, Don Balthasar de Castro, son of
+the Conde de la Gomera, Lorenzo Mexia, Rodrigo de Salazar, Diego
+de Carvajal usually called the gallant, Francisco de Escovedo,
+Jerom de Carvajal, and Pedro Martin de Cecilia, with eighteen
+others in their company. Using every effort to expedite their
+journey, they got up with Loyasa and Zavallos about forty leagues
+from Lima, and found them asleep in a <i>tambo</i> of palace of
+the Incas. Taking from them the letters and dispatches with which
+they were entrusted, they forwarded these immediately to Gonzalo
+Pizarro by means of a soldier, who used the utmost diligence in
+travelling through bye ways and short cuts through the mountains,
+with all of which he was well acquainted. After this, de Castro
+and the rest of the malecontents continued their journey towards
+the camp of Gonzalo, taking Loyasa and Zavallos along with them
+under strict custody.</p>
+
+<p>Upon receiving the intercepted dispatches which were brought
+to him by the soldier, Gonzalo Pizarro secretly communicated them
+to Captain Carvajal, whom he had recently appointed his
+lieutenant-general, or maestre de campo, in consequence of the
+sickness of Alfonzo de Toro, who held that commission on
+commencing the march from Cuzco. After consulting with Carvajal,
+he communicated the whole matter to the captains and those other
+chiefs of the insurgent-army who had shewn no intentions of
+abandoning him, as they had not participated in applying for the
+safe conduct from the viceroy. Some of these, from motives of
+enmity against individuals, others from envy, and others again
+from the hope of profiting by the forfeiture of the lands and
+Indians belonging to the accused, advised Gonzalo to punish these
+persons with rigor, as a warning to others not to venture upon
+similar conduct. In this secret consultation, it was determined
+to select the following from among those who were clearly
+implicated in taking part with the viceroy, by their names being
+contained in the safe conduct taken from Loyasa: Captain Gaspard
+Rodriguez; Philip Gutierrez, the son of Alfonso Gutierrez of
+Madrid who was treasurer to his majesty; and Arias Maldonado, a
+gentleman of Galicia, who had remained along with Gutierrez at
+Guamanga, two or three days march in the rear of the army, under
+pretence of having some preparations to make for the journey.
+Accordingly, Gonzalo sent off Pedro de Puelles to Guamanga
+accompanied by an escort of cavalry, who arrested these two
+latter gentlemen and caused them to be beheaded.</p>
+
+<p>Gaspar Rodriguez was in the camp, where he commanded a body of
+near two hundred pikemen; and as Gonzalo and his advisers dared
+not to put him to death openly, as he was a very rich man of
+considerable influence and much beloved, they had to employ a
+stratagem for his arrestment. Gonzalo ordered a hundred and fifty
+musqueteers of the company commanded by Ceremeno to hold
+themselves in readiness around his tent, near which likewise he
+caused his train of artillery to be drawn up ready for service,
+and then convened all the captains belonging to his troops in his
+tent, under pretence of communicating some dispatches which he
+had received from Lima. When the whole were assembled, and
+Rodriguez among them, he became alarmed on seeing that the tent
+was surrounded by armed men and artillery, and wished to have
+retired under pretext of urgent business. At this time, and in
+presence of the whole assembled officers, the lieutenant-general
+Carvajal, came up to Rodriguez as if without any premeditated
+intention, caught hold of the guard of his sword, and drew it
+from the scabbard. Carvajal then desired him to make confession
+of his sins to a priest, who was in attendance for that express
+purpose, as he was to be immediately put to death. Rodriguez used
+every effort to avoid this sudden and unlooked for catastrophe,
+and offered to justify himself from every accusation which could
+be brought against him; but every thing he could allege was of no
+avail, as his death was resolved upon, and he was accordingly
+beheaded.</p>
+
+<p>The execution of these three leaders astonished every one,
+being the first which were ventured upon since the usurpation of
+Gonzalo; but they more especially terrified those other persons
+who were conscious of having participated in the same plot for
+which their chiefs were now put to death. A few days afterwards,
+De Castro and his companions arrived at the camp of the
+insurgents, with their prisoners Loyasa and Zavallos. It has been
+reported that, on the very day of their arrival, Gonzalo sent off
+his lieutenant-general Carvajal to meet them on the road by which
+they were expected, with orders to have Loyasa and Zavallos
+strangled: But, fortunately for them, their conductors had left
+the ordinary road, taking a circuitous and unfrequented path, so
+that Carvajal did not fall in with them; and, when they were
+brought before Gonzalo, so many of his friends and accomplices
+interceded for their pardon, that he agreed to spare their lives.
+Loyasa was commanded immediately to quit the camp, on foot and
+without any provisions. Zavallos was detained in the camp as a
+prisoner; and, rather more than a year afterwards, was appointed
+superintendent of those who were employed in digging for gold in
+the province of Quito. While in that employment, it was
+represented to Gonzalo that Zavallos had become so exceedingly
+rich, that he must have purloined a great proportion of the gold
+which was drawn from the mines. Being predisposed against him by
+his former conduct in the service of the viceroy, Gonzalo was
+easily persuaded to believe him guilty, and ordered him to be
+hanged.</p>
+
+<p>The departure of De Castro and his companions from Lima, as
+already mentioned, though conducted in great secrecy, was soon
+discovered. On the same night, as Diego de Urbina, the major
+general of the army belonging to the viceroy, was going the
+rounds of the city, he happened to visit the dwellings of several
+of those who had accompanied De Castro; and finding that they
+were absent, and that their horses, arms, servants, and Indians
+were all removed, he immediately suspected that they were gone
+off to join Gonzalo. Urbina went directly to the viceroy, who was
+already in bed, and assured him that most of the inhabitants had
+fled from the city, as he believed that the defection was more
+general than it turned out to be. The viceroy was very justly
+alarmed by this intelligence, and ordered the drums to beat to
+arms. When, in consequence of this measure, all the captains and
+other officers in his service were assembled, he gave them orders
+to visit the whole houses of the city, by which means it was soon
+known who had deserted. As Diego and Jerom de Carvajal, and
+Francisco Escovedo, nephews of the commissary Yllan Suarez de
+Carvajal were among the absentees, the viceroy immediately
+suspected Yllan Suarez of being a partisan of Gonzalo Pizarro,
+believing that his nephews had acted by his orders, more
+especially as they dwelt in his house, and could not therefore
+have gone away without his knowledge; though assuredly they might
+easily have escaped by a different door at a distance from the
+principal entrance. Actuated by these suspicions, the viceroy
+sent his brother, Vela Nunnez, with a detachment of musqueteers,
+to bring Suarez immediately to the palace for examination. On
+arriving at his house, Suarez was in bed, but was brought
+immediately before the viceroy, who was now dressed is his
+armour, and reposing on a couch. It is reported by some who were
+present, that the viceroy addressed Suarez on entering the
+following words. "Traitor! you have sent off your nephews to join
+Gonzalo Pizarro." "Call me not traitor, my lord," replied Suarez,
+"I am as faithful a subject to his majesty as you are." The
+viceroy was so much irritated by the insolent behaviour of
+Suarez, that he drew his sword and advanced towards him, and some
+even allege that he stabbed him in the breast. The viceroy,
+however, constantly asserted that he did not use his sword
+against Suarez; but that the servants and halberdiers who were in
+attendance, on noticing the insolent behaviour of the commissary
+to their master, had put him to death, without allowing him time
+for confession, or even for speaking a single word in his own
+defence. The body was immediately carried away for interment; and
+as the commissary was very universally beloved, it was thought
+dangerous to take his dead body through the great court of the
+viceregal palace, where there were always a hundred soldiers on
+guard during the night, lest it might occasion some disturbance.
+For this reason, it was let down from a gallery which overlooked
+the great square, whence some Indians and negroes carried it to a
+neighbouring church, and buried it without any ceremony in his
+ordinary scarlet cloak.</p>
+
+<p>Three days after this tragical event, when the judges of the
+royal audience made the viceroy a prisoner, as shall be presently
+related, among their first transactions, they made a judicial
+examination respecting the circumstances attendant upon the death
+of Suarez. It was ascertained in the first place, that he had
+disappeared since the time when he was carried before the viceroy
+at midnight; after which, the body was dug up, and the wounds
+examined[2]. When the intelligence of the death of Suarez spread
+through Lima, it gave occasion to much dissatisfaction, as every
+one knew that he had been always, favourable to the interest and
+authority of the viceroy, and had even exerted his whole
+influence in procuring him to be received at Lima, in opposition
+to the sentiments of the majority of the magistrates of that
+city. His death happened on the night of Sunday the 13th of
+September 1544. Early next morning, Don Alfonzo de Montemayor was
+sent by the viceroy with a party of thirty horse, in pursuit of
+De Castro and the others who had gone after Loyasa and Zavallos.
+When Montemayor had travelled two or three days in the pursuit,
+he learnt that De Castro and his companions were already so far
+advanced in their journey that it would be utterly impossible to
+get up with them. He accordingly turned back, and receiving
+information on his return towards Lima, that Jerom de Carvajal
+had lost his companions during the night, and, being unable to
+discover the road by which they were gone, had concealed himself
+in a marsh among some tall reeds, where Montemayor found him out,
+and carried him prisoner to Lima, on purpose to give him up to
+the viceroy. Fortunately for Carvajal, the viceroy was himself a
+prisoner when Montemayor returned to Lima.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 2: This judicial examination, so formally
+announced, is left quite inconclusive by
+Zarate.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>When the anger of the viceroy had somewhat subsided, he used
+great pains to justify himself, in regard to the death of Suarez,
+explaining the reasons of his conduct in that affair to all who
+visited him, and endeavouring to convince them that he had just
+reasons of suspicion, giving a detailed account of all the
+circumstances respecting the arrest and death of Suarez. He even
+procured some judicial informations to be drawn up by the
+licentiate Cepeda, respecting the crimes which he laid to the
+charge of the commissary, of which the following is an
+abstract.</p>
+
+<p>"It appeared reasonable to suppose that Suarez must have been
+privy to the desertion of his nephews, as they lived in his house
+and could not have gone off without his knowledge. He alleged
+that Suaraz had not exerted all the care and diligence that were
+necessary and proper, in several affairs connected with the
+present troubles which had been confided to him. It was objected
+to him, that he was particularly interested in opposing the
+execution of the obnoxious regulations; since he would have been
+obliged, along with the rest, to give up the lands and Indians he
+then held as an officer of the crown, which he had not done
+hitherto on account of the subsisting disturbances in the
+country. Lastly, the viceroy charged against him, that having
+entrusted Suarez at the very beginning of the troubles with
+certain dispatches for his brother, the licentiate Carvajal, who
+then dwelt at Cuzco, intended for procuring intelligence by his
+means of what was going on in that city, he had never given or
+procured any answer on that subject; although it must certainly
+have been easy for him to have procured intelligence from his
+brother, by means of the Indian vassals of both, and by those
+belonging to the king who were at his disposal officially, all of
+whom dwelt on the road between Lima and Cuzco." Besides that all
+these allegations carry very little weight in themselves, as
+evidences of the presumptive guilt of Suarez, none of them were
+ever satisfactorily established by legal proof.</p>
+
+<p>As the viceroy found that all his affairs had turned out
+unfortunate, and that every person seemed much discontented in
+consequence of the death of Suarez, he changed his intention of
+waiting for Gonzalo Pizarro at Lima, which he had caused fortify
+in that view with ramparts and bastions. He now resolved to
+retire to the city of Truxillo, about eighty leagues from Lima,
+and entirely to abandon and even to dispeople the city of Lima;
+in the execution of this project he meant to send the invalids,
+old persons, women, children, and all the valuable effects and
+baggage belonging to the inhabitants by sea to Truxillo, for
+which purpose he had sufficient shipping, and to march all who
+were able to carry arms by land, taking along with him all the
+European inhabitants of every settlement in the plain between
+Lima and Truxillo; and sending off all the Indian population of
+the plain to the mountainous region. By these decisive measures,
+he hoped to reduce the adherents of Gonzalo Pizarro to such
+straits, by depriving them of every possible succour and
+refreshment, after the fatigues of a long and painful march,
+encumbered with baggage and artillery, as might constrain them to
+disband their army, when they might find the whole way between
+Lima and Truxillo reduced to a desert entirely devoid of
+provisions. The viceroy considered himself under the necessity of
+employing these strong measures, as some of his people deserted
+from him almost daily to the enemy, in proportion as the
+insurgents approached towards Lima.</p>
+
+<p>In pursuance of this resolution, on Tuesday the 15th of
+September, two days after the slaughter of the commissary Suarez,
+the viceroy gave orders to Diego Alvarez de Cueto, with a party
+of horse, to convey the children of the late Marquis Pizarro on
+board ship, and to remain in charge of them and the licentiate
+Vaca de Castro. On this occasion, he gave the command of the
+fleet to Cueto, being afraid lest Don Antonio de Ribera and his
+wife, who then had the charge of young Don Gonzalo and his
+brothers, children of the late marquis, might conceal them and
+give them up to their uncle. This measure occasioned much emotion
+among the inhabitants of Lima, and gave great offence to the
+oydors or judges of the royal audience, particularly to the
+licentiate Ortiz de Zarate, who made strong remonstrances to the
+viceroy against sending Donna Francisco Pizarro among the sailors
+and soldiers, where she could not reside in decent comfort. This
+young lady, who was both beautiful and rich, was now almost grown
+a woman, and the conduct of the viceroy towards her on this
+occasion was considered as harsh, tyrannical, and unnecessary.
+Ortiz was unable to prevail on the viceroy to recall his orders
+respecting the children of the late marquis; and he even openly
+declared that he had come to the resolution of abandoning Lima in
+the way already mentioned. All the oydors considered these
+intended steps as highly improper and ruinous to the colony; and
+declared, that as they had been ordered by his majesty to take up
+their residence in Lima, they were determined not to quit that
+place without a new royal order for the express purpose. As the
+viceroy found that every thing he could say was quite ineffectual
+to bring over the oydors to his sentiments, he resolved to gain
+possession of the <i>royal seal</i>, and to carry it off with
+himself to Truxillo, by which measure the oydors would be reduced
+to the state of private persons in Lima, and unable to hold any
+sitting of the royal audience, unless they chose to accompany him
+to Truxillo. When this resolution of the viceroy was communicated
+to the oydors, they called the chancellor before them, from whom
+they took the seal, which they committed to the custody of the
+licentiate Cepeda, the senior oydor. This was done by three of
+the oydors, Cepeda, Texada, and Alvarez, Ortiz being absent at
+the time.</p>
+
+<p>On the same evening, all the four oydors assembled in the
+house of Cepeda, and agreed to present a formal requisition to
+the viceroy to bring back the family of the late marquis from the
+fleet in which he had embarked them. After this resolution had
+been engrossed in the register, the licentiate Ortiz retired to
+his own house, being indisposed. The other three oydors continued
+in consultation on the measures which were proper to be adopted,
+for defending themselves against the power of the viceroy, in
+case he should persist in his plans, and endeavour to make them
+embark by force, which they publickly asserted was his intention.
+On this occasion, they drew up an ordinance or public act, by
+which, in the name and authority of the king "they commanded all
+the inhabitants of the city of Lima, captains, soldiers, and
+others, civil and military, in case the viceroy should give
+orders to remove them, the oydors of the royal audience, by force
+and violence from Lima, that they should aid, assist, and defend
+them, in opposition to such a measure, as illegal and unjust, and
+contrary to the orders of his majesty, clearly expressed in the
+new regulations, and in the commission granted to them as oydors
+of the royal audience."</p>
+
+<p>Having formally extended and authenticated this <i>act</i>,
+they communicated it in secret to Captain Martin de Robles, whom
+they desired to hold himself and his soldiers in readiness to
+defend them in case of need. De Robles engaged to stand by them;
+for though one of the captains in the troops, he was not on good
+terms with the viceroy. Several other persons of importance in
+the city, to whom the oydors communicated the resolutions which
+they had formed, promised likewise to stand by them against the
+tyranny of the viceroy. That same evening, all who were in
+concert with the oydors held themselves in readiness, anxiously
+waiting the event of an open breach between the viceroy and the
+judges of the royal audience. However secret the steps taken by
+the oydors might have been, they became known to the viceroy, or
+at least he entertained violent suspicions of their nature and
+tendency. At night-fall, Martin de Robles went privately to the
+house of the oydor Cepeda, to whom he communicated his opinion
+that the viceroy was already informed of all their proceedings,
+and that, unless prompt measures were taken for their security,
+they would all be put to death. Cepeda sent immediately for
+Alvarez and Texada, two others of the oydors; and these three
+came immediately to the determination of openly defending
+themselves against the viceroy, if he should attempt their
+arrest. For this purpose, several of their friends, and some of
+the soldiers of the company, commanded by De Robles, assembled in
+arms at their residence. While this was going on, Urbina the
+maestre de campo or major-general, when going his rounds met
+several of these soldiers in the street, and immediately
+suspected the truth. He went, therefore, straight to the viceroy,
+to whom he communicated the suspicious circumstances he had
+observed, that some prompt measures might be concerted for
+counteracting the machinations of the oydors. The viceroy desired
+him to fear nothing, as they had only civilians to deal with, who
+had not sufficient courage to concert any enterprize against his
+authority. Urbina went away accordingly to continue his round;
+but as he still continued to meet several armed horsemen in the
+streets, all of whom were going towards the house of Cepeda, he
+returned again to the palace, and remonstrated with the viceroy
+on the absolute necessity of taking instant measures of defence.
+The viceroy immediately put on his armour and ordered to sound an
+alarm, after which he went out into the great square before the
+palace, accompanied by his nightly guard of a hundred soldiers
+and all his domestic establishment, meaning to have proceeded to
+the house of Cepeda, to arrest the oydors, to chastise the
+mutineers, and to re-establish order in the city. While in the
+great square near the gate of the palace, he noticed that it was
+impossible to prevent the soldiers from going to join the oydors,
+as the horsemen who filled all the streets constrained them to
+take that direction. If, however, the viceroy had persisted in
+his first design, he could hardly have found much difficulty or
+considerable resistance, as he then had a greatly superior force
+to what had assembled with Cepeda and the other judges. He was
+disuaded from executing these intentions by Alfonzo Palomino,
+alcalde or police-judge of Lima, who asserted that a great
+majority of the troops were assembled at the house of Cepeda, and
+were about to attack him; for which reason, the best measure was
+to fortify himself in the palace, which could easily be defended;
+whereas he had not a sufficient force to assail the oydors and
+their adherents. Influenced by this advice, the viceroy retired
+into the palace, accompanied by his brother Vela Nunnez, Paul de
+Meneses, Jerom de la Cerna, Alfonso de Caceres, Diego de Urbina,
+and others of his friends and followers, with all his relations
+and servants. The hundred soldiers of the nightly guard were
+posted at the great gate of the palace, with orders to prevent
+any one from going in.</p>
+
+<p>While these vacillatory measures were going on at the
+viceregal palace, information was brought to the oydors, that the
+viceroy had drawn out his troops in the great square, with the
+intention of attacking them. Having as yet collected only a small
+force for their protection, they resolved to go out into the
+street; believing, if the viceroy should come to blockade them,
+and should occupy the streets leading to the house of Cepeda,
+that all those who were disposed to aid them would be
+intercepted. They advanced therefore by the streets which led
+towards the great square, and were soon joined by others of their
+adherents, to the number of about two hundred men. To justify
+their conduct on this occasion, they caused the act which they
+had drawn up to be publickly read; but so great was the noise and
+confusion, that very few of those present were able to hear its
+tenor. On the arrival of the judges and their partizans in the
+great square, day began to dawn. At this time, the troops
+attached to the viceroy fired a few musket-shots, from the
+corridore of the palace, and began to extend themselves in front
+of the main gate. The soldiers who accompanied the oydors were
+much displeased at this procedure, and proposed to assault the
+palace, and to slay all that resisted them; but the oydors
+restrained and appeased them. The oydors then deputed Gaspard de
+Carvajal, the superior of the Dominicans, and Antonio de Robles,
+to inform the viceroy, that their only demand from him was an
+assurance that they should not be compelled to embark against
+their will and contrary to the express orders of his majesty,
+which fixed their residence at Lima. They farther required, that,
+without proceeding to hostilities, the viceroy should come to the
+great church, where they proposed, going to meet him, and where
+all their differences might be amicably settled; as otherwise he
+would put both himself and all who were with him in extreme
+danger. While these envoys were in the palace in the execution of
+their commission, the hundred soldiers who formed the guard of
+the viceroy went over in a body to the oydors; by which, as the
+entrance to the palace was left entirely unguarded, several of
+the malecontents got admission to the chambers belonging to the
+officers of the viceroy in the outer court, which they pillaged.
+At this time, the licentiate Ortiz de Zarate went from his house
+towards the palace, meaning to have joined the viceroy; but
+meeting the other oydors on his way, and seeing that it was
+impossible for him to prosecute his original design, he
+accompanied them to the church.</p>
+
+<p>When the viceroy received the message of the oydors from
+Carvajal and Antonio de Robles, considering at the same time that
+his palace was already in possession of the insurgents, and that
+his own troops had abandoned him, he determined to proceed to the
+church, and to give himself up to the oydors who there waited for
+him. They carried him directly, in his coat of mail and cuirass,
+to the house of Cepeda; where, seeing Ortiz along with the other
+judges, he exclaimed: "Is it possible that you, in whom I had so
+much confidence as one of my best friends, have joined with the
+rest in making me a prisoner." To this the licentiate replied,
+"Whoever has told you so spoke falsely, as it is known to every
+one who those are that have caused you to be arrested, and that I
+have no share in the matter." The three other judges gave
+immediate orders to convey the viceroy on board ship, that he
+might be sent to Spain; justly fearing, if Gonzalo Pizarro should
+find him in custody on his arrival at Limn, that he would put him
+to death, or that the relations and friends of the commissary
+Suarez might kill him in revenge for the murder of that officer;
+as in either of which cases the blame might be imputed to them,
+the judges were much embarrassed how best to act in this delicate
+emergency, considering that if they merely sent the viceroy on
+board the fleet which lay at anchor off the harbour of Calao, he
+might be soon in condition to return in force against them. In
+this dilemma, they appointed Cepeda, one of their number, to act
+as captain-general of the colony; who, with a strong guard,
+conducted the deposed viceroy to the sea side on purpose to put
+him on board one of the ships. They found some difficulty in
+executing this measure, as Diego Alvarez de Cueto, who commanded
+the fleet, on seeing the assemblage of people on the shore, and
+learning that they had the viceroy among them as a prisoner, sent
+Jerom de Zurbano, one of his captains in an armed boat to collect
+all the boats of the fleet, with which, accompaniment he
+approached the shore and demanded the liberation of the viceroy
+from the judges. This measure was altogether ineffectual, as the
+judges refused to listen to the demands of Cueto; who, after
+exchanging a few shots with those on shore, went back to his
+ships.</p>
+
+<p>After this, the judges sent off a message to Cueto, by means
+of Friar Gaspard de Carvajal, in which the deposed viceroy
+concurred, ordering him to surrender the command of the fleet,
+and to give up the children of the late marquis, in return for
+which they would place the viceroy under his charge, who would
+otherwise be in great peril of his life. On getting aboard ship,
+Friar Gaspard presented his commission to Cueto and gave him a
+full account of the state of affairs, in presence of the
+licentiate Vaca de Castro, who still remained a prisoner in that
+vessel. In consideration of the danger to which the viceroy was
+exposed, Cueto sent the children of the marquis on shore together
+with Don Antonio de Ribera and his wife who had the care of them.
+The judges still insisted that Cueto should surrender the fleet
+to their command, threatening to behead the viceroy if he
+refused; and though Vela Nunnez, brother to the viceroy, went
+several times with messages to induce compliance, the captains of
+the ships would not consent to that measure, so that the judges
+were constrained to return to Lima with the viceroy still in
+custody.</p>
+
+<p>Two days afterwards, the commanders of the ships were informed
+that the judges and their partizans had come to the resolution of
+sending a strong force of musqueteers in boats to make themselves
+masters of the ships by force. They might perhaps have easily
+persuaded Cueto to give up the fleet, of which in reality Jerom
+de Zurbano had more the command than he, as all the soldiers and
+sailors who were attached to the deposed viceroy were at his
+disposal; but Zurbano, to whom the judges made great offers, was
+quite inflexible. The captains of the fleet came even to the
+resolution of quitting the port of Lima, to cruise upon the coast
+of Peru, till such time as they might receive orders from his
+majesty how to conduct themselves in the present crisis. They
+believed that the viceroy had many friends and adherents in Lima
+and other parts of Peru; as many persons who had not taken any
+share in the deposition and imprisonment of the viceroy, and
+several of those who were best disposed to the royal service
+continued almost daily to make their escape on board the fleet.
+The ships were tolerably well armed and appointed, having ten or
+twelve iron cannon, and three or four of brass, besides forty
+quintals of powder. As to provisions, they had above four hundred
+quintals of biscuit, five hundred bags of maize, and a large
+store of salt meat; so that they were victualled sufficiently for
+a considerable time, and they could easily procure water on any
+part of the coast. Their force however was very small, as they
+had only twenty five soldiers, and by no means a sufficient
+number of mariners for the ten ships which composed their fleet.
+They resolved therefore to abandon four of the smallest vessels,
+which they were unable to man; and not thinking it right to leave
+these behind, lest they might have been employed against
+themselves by the partizans of the judges, they set these small
+vessels on fire the day after the imprisonment of the viceroy, as
+likewise two fishing barks which were in the harbour, and then
+set sail. The four small ships were entirely destroyed, but the
+two fishing vessels were saved after sustaining very little
+damage.</p>
+
+<p>The fleet went into the harbour of Guavra, which is eighteen
+leagues <i>below</i>[3] the port of Lima, where they took in a
+supply of wood and water. They carried the licentiate Vaca de
+Castro along with them, and resolved to wait at Guavra to see
+what consequences might follow from the imprisonment of the
+viceroy. When this came to the knowledge of the judges, who
+believed the ships might not go to any considerable distance from
+Guavra, on account of the attachment of their commanders to the
+viceroy whose life was in danger, they determined to send a force
+both by sea and land to attempt acquiring possession of the ships
+almost at any risk. For this purpose, they gave orders to Diego
+Garcias de Alfaro, an inhabitant of Lima who was versant in
+maritime affairs, to repair and fit out the two barks which had
+drifted on shore. When that was done, Alfaro embarked in them
+with thirty musqueteers, and set sail towards Guavra. At the same
+time, Don Juan de Mendoza and Ventura Beltran,[4] were sent off
+by land with a party of soldiers in the same direction. On coming
+to Guavra in the night, Garcias de Alfaro concealed his two barks
+behind a light house[5], in the harbour very near the ships,
+where he could not be seen. At the same time, the party which
+went by land began to fire off their muskets, and the people in
+the ships believed they were some friends of the viceroy who
+wished to embark. Vela Nunnez was sent accordingly in a boat to
+the shore, to learn what was meant by the firing, on which Diego
+Garcias pushed on his barks between Vela Nunnez and the ships,
+firing upon him and obliged him to surrender. Intelligence of
+this event was immediately sent to Cueto, with a message assuring
+him that both the viceroy and his brother would be immediately
+put to death unless he surrendered his ships to the judges.
+Cueto[6] accordingly submitted, being afraid lest the threat
+might be executed; but had certainly not been allowed to do so if
+Zurbano had been present, who had sailed from Guavra with his
+ships, two days before the arrival of Diego Garcias, with the
+intention of going all along the coast between Lima and Tierra
+Firma to take possession of every ship he might fall in with, to
+prevent them from being employed by the oydors.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 3: The expression in the text <i>below</i>,
+is probably an error in the French translator in rendering
+<i>barlovento</i> which signifies to leeward. Accordingly, to the
+north of Lima, and about the indicated distance, there is a
+sea-port or coast town named Huaura, certainly the place meant by
+Zarate. <i>Hua</i> and <i>Gua</i> are often inchanged by the
+Spaniards in the names of places in America, probably from the g
+having a guttural sound, or strong aspiration.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 4: Garcilasso names this person Ventura
+Veltran.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 5: In Garcilasso de la Vega, obviously
+copying this part of the story from Zarate, Garcias is said to
+have concealed his barks behind a rock.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 6: This person is always named Cuero, by
+Garcilasso; who likewise informs us that he was brother-in-law to
+the viceroy.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Immediately after the departure of the fleet under Cueto from
+the port of Lima, the judges became apprehensive lest the
+relations of the commissary might put the viceroy to death, which
+they actually threatened; on which account they came to a
+resolution, to transport him to an island about two leagues from
+the coast. For this purpose he was embarked along with a guard of
+twenty men in one of those barks or floats made of dried reeds
+which the Indians call <i>henea</i>. When the judges learnt the
+surrender of the fleet under Cueto, they determined upon sending
+him as a prisoner to Spain, with a formal memorial of all that
+had passed, and deputed the licenciate Alvarez, one of their
+number to take charge of him thither, and to support their
+memorial at the court of Spain, giving him 8000 crowns to defray
+the expences of the voyage. For this purpose all the necessary
+dispatches were prepared, which were signed by all the judges of
+the royal audience, excepting Ortiz de Zarate, who refused his
+concurrence. Alvarez went by land to Guavra, to which place the
+viceroy was transported in one of the barks fitted out by Diego
+Garcias, and given into the custody of Alvarez, who immediately
+set sail with three ships that had been placed at his disposal,
+without waiting even for the dispatches from his brother judges.
+At this time, Vaca de Castro was carried back to the port of
+Lima, still a prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION IV.</p>
+
+<p><i>History of the usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, from the
+expulsion of the Viceroy to his defeat and death</i>.</p>
+
+<p>While the viceroy remained in the small island, as formerly
+mentioned, Alfonso de Montemayor and those who had gone along
+with him to succour Loyasa and Zavallos, returned to Lima, upon
+which the judges caused them to be arrested and disarmed,
+ordering them, and several of the captains who were attached to
+the viceroy, to be detained as prisoners in the house of Martin
+de Robles, and in the houses of several of the citizens of Lima.
+These prisoners were persuaded, if the viceroy could regain his
+liberty, that he would still be able to prevent the arrival of
+Gonzalo Pizarro at Lima, and to avert the disorders and evils
+which must flow from his successful usurpation, prejudicial to
+the rights of the crown and the interest of the colony. With this
+view, therefore, they concerted to unite together under arms, to
+bring back the viceroy from the place of his confinement, and to
+reinstate him in his authority; resolving in the execution of
+this project, to make the judges prisoners, or even to kill them
+if necessary, and to take possession of the city in the name of
+his majesty. They had assuredly executed their project, had they
+not been betrayed by a soldier, who discovered the whole plot to
+Cepeda. Immediately on receiving notice of this conspiracy,
+Cepeda in concert with the other judges apprehended all the
+leaders, namely Alfonso de Montemayor, Paolo de Meneses, Alfonso
+de Caceres, Alfonso de Barrionuevo, and some others. Several of
+these when put to the torture, had sufficient resolution to
+refuse confession; but Barrionuevo confessed partly, in hopes of
+satisfying the judges, and that they might not continue his
+torments. Upon his confession, he was at first condemned to lose
+his head; but in the sequel the judges satisfied themselves with
+causing his right hand to be cut off; and all the other leaders
+of the conspiracy, who persisted in refusing to confess, were
+banished from Peru.</p>
+
+<p>After all these revolutionary events, information of every
+thing that had occurred in Lima, was transmitted to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, the judges and their friends being in hopes that, he
+would now be induced to dismiss his army. They were however quite
+mistaken in this expectation; for he believed that every thing,
+even the imprisonment of the viceroy, was a false rumour, or a
+mere concerted trick to force him to lay down his arms, and that
+they would put him to death when left without support.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time the licentiate Alvarez, as already mentioned,
+set sail from Guavra having charge of the viceroy and his
+brothers. Notwithstanding that this judge had been the chief
+promoter of every thing that had been done against the viceroy,
+having even especially contributed to make him a prisoner, and
+been most active in punishing those who had conspired to restore
+him to the government; yet, on the very first day of the voyage,
+he went into the cabin which had been appointed for the captive
+viceroy, declaring his repentance for all that he had done
+against him, and his earnest desire for a reconcilement. He
+assured him, that, in accepting the charge of his conveyance as a
+prisoner, he had been entirely actuated by the desire of serving
+him, that he might get him from under the power of Cepeda, and
+prevent him from falling into the hands of Gonzalo Pizarro, who
+was expected to arrive shortly at Lima. To satisfy the viceroy of
+his sincerity, Alvarez assured him that he was from that moment
+at full and perfect liberty, and that he now surrendered the
+command of the vessel into his hands; humbly beseeching him to
+forgive all that was passed, and declaring himself ready to obey
+his commands in all things. Alvarez then gave orders to the ten
+men who had been given him as guards over the viceroy, that they
+were now to obey the viceroy and not him. The viceroy expressed
+his entire satisfaction at this conduct in Alvarez, and took the
+command accordingly; yet in a very short time he treated Alvarez
+very ill, often calling him villain, traitor, mutineer, and other
+opprobrious names, and threatening that, though he spared his
+life for the present because he had occasion for his service, he
+would certainly have him hanged in the sequel. Yet they continued
+together till their arrival at Truxillo, as shall be related in
+the sequel.</p>
+
+<p>It was soon suspected at Lima that Alvarez had entered into
+terms with the viceroy, from certain circumstances which had
+transpired before he embarked, but more especially from his
+having set sail without waiting for the dispatches of the royal
+court of audience, which had been delayed a day in waiting for
+the consent of Ortiz. While they were still in some degree of
+uncertainty on this subject, and waiting anxiously to know the
+whole truth, they judged proper to send a representation on the
+state of affairs to Gonzalo Pizarro, of which the following was
+the tenor. "That, in consequence of their commissions, and of the
+express powers confided to them by his majesty of doing every
+thing which might be necessary for the due administration of
+justice, and to place the country in good order, they had
+suspended the execution of the obnoxious regulations, as demanded
+by the colonists, and had even sent off the viceroy to Spain,
+which was more than had been required or could have been
+reasonably asked. As, therefore, there now remained no call or
+pretence for the military preparations which he had set on foot,
+they commanded him immediately to dismiss his troops: But, if he
+were inclined to come to Lima, he must come there as a man of
+peace, without warlike array; yet, if he considered it necessary
+to his safety to have an escort, they granted him permission to
+bring fifteen or twenty horsemen along with him."</p>
+
+<p>When these orders were prepared, the judges were desirous of
+sending some of the inhabitants of Lima to carry them to Gonzalo
+Pizarro; but no one would undertake the commission, which they
+considered as extremely hazardous. They represented to the
+judges, that Gonzalo and his officers would reproach them for
+opposing the just measures in which they were engaged; as they
+had associated for the general interest of the colony. On this
+refusal of the inhabitants, the judges gave orders to Augustino,
+the royal treasurer of Peru[7], and Don Antonio de Ribeta, one of
+the citizens of Lima, to carry this order to Gonzalo. To these
+messengers they gave formal letters of credence, with which they
+set out upon their journey for the valley of Jauja, in which
+Gonzalo Pizarro was then encamped with his army. Gonzalo had
+already received notice of this intended embassy; and was afraid,
+if the envoys should give a public notification of the message
+with which they were entrusted, that his troops might mutiny; as
+he knew they were exceedingly desirous of marching to Lima in
+full force, that they might be in condition to pillage that city
+on the first pretext that offered. To prevent this, he sent Jerom
+de Villegas with thirty mounted musqueteers to intercept the two
+messengers now on their way to the army. According to his
+instructions, Villegas allowed Ribera to continue his journey to
+the camp; but made Augustino de Zarate a prisoner, and deprived
+him of his dispatches. Zarate was carried back by Villegas to the
+province of Pariacaca[8], where he was detained a prisoner for
+ten days, and every means were employed to intimidate him that he
+might not execute the commission with which he was entrusted.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 7: The author of the History of the
+Discovery and Conquest of Peru, which forms the subject of the
+present article; who accordingly, might justly say of these
+events, <i>quorum pars magna fui</i>. His associate on this
+occasion was the person who had charge of the family of the late
+marquis Don Francisco Pizarro, and had married the widow of
+Francisco Martin de Alcantara, as we learn from
+Garcilasso.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 8: No such province is now to be found in
+the best maps of Peru; but seventy or eighty miles to the north
+of Jauja, there is a district called the valley of Pari, with a
+town of the same name on the <i>Chinchay Cocha</i>, or lake of
+Chinchay, which may then have been called Pari-cocha, or Pari on
+the lake. From this circumstance, it appears the messengers had
+been obliged to make a great circuit towards the north, on
+purpose to get a passage across the main western ridge of the
+Andes.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>At the end of that period Gonzalo Pizarro arrived with his
+army at Pariacaca, and called Zarate into his presence to give an
+account of the subject of his mission: Zarate had been already
+made to understand that his life would be in danger if he
+attempted to execute the orders he had received literally: For
+which reason, after having explained the whole distinctly to
+Gonzalo in private, on being taken into the tent where all the
+insurgent captains were assembled, he proceeded, as instructed by
+Gonzalo, to discharge his commission with prudent reserve.
+Gonzalo desired him to repeat all that he had already
+communicated to him, but Zarate, understanding distinctly what
+was expected of him by Gonzalo, in addressing the assembled
+officers in the name of the judges of the royal audience, used
+considerable address, and availed himself of the full powers
+contained in his credentials. He was silent therefore regarding
+the dismissal of the troops, which was the point of delicacy, and
+confined himself to such other matters as seemed proper for the
+service of his majesty and the good of the colony. In this view,
+he represented to them, "that, since the viceroy was deported,
+and their demand for suspending the obnoxious ordinances was
+granted, it seemed just that they should repay the sums which
+Blasco Nunnez Vela had taken from the royal treasury, as they had
+promised. That they should forgive those inhabitants of Cuzco who
+had deserted from their camp to join the late viceroy, since it
+could not be denied that these men had substantial reasons for
+what they had done; and that they ought to send a humble
+deputation to his majesty, to excuse and exculpate themselves
+from the measures in which they had been engaged." Zarate added
+several things of a similar nature; to all of which the only
+answer given by the council of officers, which he was directed to
+carry back to the judges was, "that it was indispensably
+necessary for the well being of the colony, that they should
+appoint Gonzalo Pizarro governor of Peru. After which every thing
+that was required should be done: But if this were refused, the
+military council was determined to give up Lima to be plundered
+by the soldiers."</p>
+
+<p>Zarate would willingly have excused himself from bearing this
+answer; but as no other could be procured, he was obliged to
+return to Lima, where he reported it to the judges, to whom it
+gave much uneasiness and dissatisfaction. Gonzalo Pizarro had not
+hitherto carried his pretensions so high, having only insisted
+for the departure of the viceroy from Peru, and the suspension of
+the obnoxious regulations, and the judges were much at a loss how
+to conduct themselves under this new and unexpected demand. After
+mature deliberation, they sent to inform the insurgent officers,
+"that they were unable to grant their demand, or even to take it
+into consideration, unless some person should appear before them
+authorised to present the request according to the accustomed
+forms." Upon this message, all the procurators or deputies of the
+cities who were in the insurgent army repaired to Lima; where, in
+conjunction with such other deputies of the cities as were
+resident in that place, they presented a formal request in
+writing, demanding the same thing which had been formerly done by
+a verbal message. The auditors, considering this affair as
+exceedingly delicate, and that they neither had any right to
+grant what was now demanded, nor sufficient power to refuse it,
+as Gonzalo was now very near Lima which he held strictly
+blockaded; they resolved to submit the whole to the consideration
+of the principal persons of the city, that they might receive
+their sentiments and advice in the present crisis. For this
+purpose, they drew up a formal instrument of the whole matter,
+which was communicated to Don Jerom de Loyasa archbishop of Lima,
+Don Juan Solano archbishop of Cuzco, Don Garcia Diaz bishop of
+Quito, Fray Thomas de San Martino provincial of the Dominicans,
+Augustino de Zarate the treasurer, and to the royal accountant
+and controller general[9]. This extraordinary council was desired
+to consider maturely the demands of the deputies, and to give
+their opinion freely on what was proper to be done in
+consequence. In this instrument, the judges explained at full
+length the reasons which induced them to require advice on this
+important subject, openly avowing that this measure was not
+resorted to in the view of following what the council might judge
+best, since neither the judges nor the council had any power in
+the present situation of affairs to act otherwise than as
+prescribed by Gonzalo Pizarro and his officers; but that the
+judges had called in this manner on the members of this
+extraordinary council, as recorded witnesses of the constraint
+and oppression under which they all now acted.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 9: By Garcilasso, Zarate is represented as
+holding all the three offices, Treasurer, accountant, and
+controller.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>While these deliberations were going on in Lima, Gonzalo
+Pizarro drew nigh with his army and encamped about a quarter of a
+league from the city, drawing up his numerous train of artillery
+in readiness for service. As a whole day elapsed without the
+formal appointment as governor being transmitted to him, he
+became impatient; and dispatched thirty musqueteers into the city
+under the command of his lieutenant-general, who made prisoners
+of twenty-eight persons, among whom were those who had formerly
+deserted him at Cuzco, and others who were most obnoxious for
+having taken part with the viceroy. Among these were Gabriel de
+Roias, Garcilasso de la Vega, Melchior Verdugo, the licentiate
+Carvajal, Pedro de Barco, Martin de Florencia, Alfonso de
+Caceres, Pedro de Manjares, Luis de Leon, Antonio Ruys de
+Guevara, and some others of highest consideration in the colony.
+These were committed to the common prison, of which the
+lieutenant-general took possession, taking away the keys from the
+alcalde or keeper. The judges were utterly unable to make the
+smallest opposition to this strong measure, and dared not even to
+express their disapprobation, as there did not now remain fifty
+soldiers in the city; all those who had been formerly attached to
+them or to the viceroy having gone over to the camp of Gonzalo,
+who had now a force of twelve hundred men completely armed,
+including his original troops and those who deserted to him on
+this occasion.</p>
+
+<p>Next morning, several of the insurgent officers came into the
+city, and required the judges to make out the commission for
+Gonzalo, and to proclaim him governor-general of Peru without
+delay, otherways threatening to give up the city to plunder, and
+to massacre the inhabitants, in which case they would begin by
+putting the judges to death. The judges endeavoured to excuse
+themselves, alleging that they had neither right nor authority to
+do what was desired. Whereupon Carvajal, the lieutenant-general
+under Pizarro, caused four of his prisoners to be brought from
+the prison, and ordered three of them to be hanged on a tree near
+the city. These unfortunate men were Pedro de Barco, Martin de
+Florencia, and Juan de Saavedra. Carvajal only allowed them a
+short half hour to confess their sins and to prepare for death,
+adding insult and mockery to his cruelty. He particularly
+indulged in raillery against Pedro de Barco, who was last
+executed; saying, as he was a brave commander who had made
+several conquests, and was one of the most considerable and
+richest men in Peru, he was inclined to allow him some
+distinction in his death, and that he therefore granted him the
+high and honourable privilege of choosing which branch of the
+tree he preferred for being hanged upon. Luis de Leon escaped at
+the intercession of his brother who served under Gonzalo.</p>
+
+<p>On seeing these arbitrary proceedings, and being threatened by
+Carvajal with a similar treatment of all the other prisoners, and
+that the city should be given up to pillage if they did not
+execute the required commission without delay, the judges sent to
+the members of the extraordinary council formerly mentioned,
+desiring them to give their undisguised sentiments: upon what was
+proper to be done. They accordingly agreed unanimously that it
+was necessary to comply with the demands of Gonzalo; and the
+judges immediately made out a commission appointing Gonzalo
+Pizarro governor-general of Peru, until his majesty might give
+orders to the contrary, and without prejudice to the rights and
+authority of the royal audience, to which Gonzalo was required to
+make oath that he would renounce his authority whenever it might
+please his majesty or the audience to demand it from him, and
+likewise engaging to submit to their authority in the event of
+any complaints against him, either as an individual, or in the
+execution of his high office.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving his commission, Gonzalo Pizarro made his public
+entry into Lima, with all his troops in martial order. Captain
+Bachicao marched at the head of the vanguard with the artillery,
+consisting of twenty field pieces, which with all their
+ammunition, carriages, and other equipments, were carried on the
+shoulders of six thousand Indians, who completely filled all the
+streets through which they had to pass. The artillery was
+accompanied by a guard of thirty musqueteers and fifty canoneers.
+The company of two hundred pikemen commanded by Diego de Gumiel
+followed next. Then two companies of musqueteers, commanded by
+the Captains Guevara and Pedro Cermeno, the former consisting of
+150, and the latter of 200 men. After these followed three
+companies of infantry who preceded Gonzalo Pizarro as his body
+guards, who followed on horseback in his coat of mail, over which
+he wore a robe of cloth of gold. He was followed by three
+captains of cavalry: Don Pedro de Porto Carrero in the middle
+carrying the royal standard belonging to his troop, having
+Antonio de Altamirano on his right with the standard of Cuzco,
+and Pedro de Puelles on his left with a standard of the arms of
+Gonzalo Pizarro. The whole cavalry of the army brought up the
+rear in regular order. In this array, the whole column of march
+moved towards the house of the oydor Ortiz de Zarate, where the
+other judges were assembled. Ortiz had feigned sickness, on
+purpose to avoid attending the royal court of audience at the
+reception of Gonzalo, but his brethren adjourned the sitting to
+his house on the occasion.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving his cavalry drawn up in the great square, Gonzalo made
+his appearance before the assembled judges, who received him in
+form, and administered to him the oath as governor. From thence
+he proceeded to the town house, where all the magistrates of the
+city were assembled, and where he was received with all the usual
+solemnities. Having gone through all the ceremonies, he retired
+to his own house, and the lieutenant-general Carvajal dismissed
+the army to its quarters upon the citizens, who were ordered to
+entertain them at free quarters. Gonzalo Pizarro continued to
+reside in Lima, exercising his authority as governor in all
+things pertaining to military affairs, without interfering in the
+administration of justice, which he confided entirely to the
+oydors, who held their sittings for that purpose in the house of
+the treasurer Alfonso Riquelme. Immediately after assuming the
+office of governor, Gonzalo sent Alfonso de Toro as his
+lieutenant to Cuzco, Pedro de Fuentes to Arequipa, Francisco de
+Almendras to La Plata, and others in the same quality to the
+other cities of Peru[10].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 10: According to Garcilasso, the entry of
+Gonzalo Pizarro into Lima was in October 1544, forty days after
+the deposition and imprisonment of the viceroy. In the History of
+America, II. 373, this event is dated on the 28th
+October.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>As in the sequel of this history we shall have much to say
+respecting Gonzalo Pizarro and his lieutenant-general Francisco
+de Carvajal, it may be proper in this place to give a short
+account of the age, qualities, and characters of these two men.
+At this period, Gonzalo Pizarro was about forty years of age,
+large made and tall, well proportioned, of a dark brown
+complexion, with a long black beard. He was well versant in
+military affairs and took great delight in war, of which he
+endured the labours and privations with much patient fortitude.
+He was an excellent horseman; and though his genius was rather
+confined, and his language vulgar, he could express his
+sentiments with sufficient clearness. He was exceedingly remiss
+in keeping his secrets to himself, by which weakness he often
+suffered much prejudice in his affairs and military transactions.
+He was rather avaricious, and disliked much to give away money;
+owing to which want of liberality his affairs frequently suffered
+material injury. He was exceedingly amorous, not confining
+himself like his brother the marquis to the native women, but
+gave much offence by his intrigues among the Spanish ladies in
+Peru.</p>
+
+<p>Francisco de Carvajal was a man of low descent, the son of a
+person employed in collecting the tax on salt, and was born in
+the village of Ragama near Arevala. He had served long in the
+wars of Italy under Count Pedro de Navarre, having been in the
+battle of Pavia, where the king of France was taken prisoner. On
+his return to Spain he was accompanied by a lady of a good
+family, Donna Catalina de Leyton, to whom he was said to be
+married; though most people believed otherwise, and some even
+alleged she had been a nun. After his return to Spain, he lived
+for some time at the commandry of Heliche, in the capacity of a
+steward; and went afterwards into New Spain with the lady who
+passed for his wife. He was for some time employed in Mexico,
+where he held some office; whence he was sent by the viceroy of
+that kingdom to Peru, along with reinforcements to the marquis
+Pizarro, at the time when the Indians revolted, as formerly
+related. On this occasion, the marquis gave him some lands and
+Indians at Cuzco, where he resided till the arrival of the
+viceroy; when he was about to have returned into Spain with a
+considerable sum which he had amassed from the Indians of his
+repartimiento; but not being able to procure an opportunity, he
+had remained in the country. When Gonzalo Pizarro assumed the
+government of Peru, Carvajal was said to be eighty years of age.
+He was of the middle stature, but very gross, full-faced, and
+high-complexioned. He was skilled in warlike affairs, having had
+long experience, and was able to undergo fatigue infinitely
+better than could have been expected at his advanced age. He
+hardly ever quitted his armour, either by day or night; and
+scarcely ever slept, except on a chair, leaning his head on his
+hand. He was so much addicted to wine, that when he could not
+procure such as was brought from Spain, he used to content
+himself with the strong liquors made by the Indians, of which he
+drank more freely than any other Spaniard. His disposition was
+addicted to cruelty, insomuch that he frequently put people to
+death upon very slight grounds, sometimes even without any reason
+at all, except merely under pretence of keeping up proper
+military discipline. Even when ordering any unfortunate persons
+to condign punishment, he was wont to crack his jokes, and to pay
+them ironical compliments. He was a bad Christian, and much
+addicted to impiety, as was manifest in all his words and
+actions; and was prodigiously avaricious in the acquisition of
+money, for which purpose he pillaged many of their wealth, by
+threatening to put them to death, and then letting them free for
+a good round sum. He ended his days in a miserable manner, with
+small hope of salvation, as will appear in the sequel.</p>
+
+<p>To return to the incidents of our history: Our readers may
+recollect that Luis de Ribera, lieutenant governor in La Plata,
+and Antonio Alvares alcalde or judge ordinary of that city, with
+most of its inhabitants, had taken the field with the purpose of
+joining the viceroy. After journeying a long way in the deserts
+without receiving any intelligence of the events which were
+passing at Lima, they at length learnt that the viceroy was
+deposed and that Gonzalo Pizarro had usurped the government of
+Peru. As Ribera and Alvarez were the chief leaders and
+instigators of the citizens of La Plata, they did not dare to
+return to that city in the present situation of affairs, and took
+therefore the resolution of seeking refuge among the Indians in
+the inaccessible mountains. Some of their associates, however,
+ventured to return to their city, while others went to Lima,
+where they obtained pardon from Gonzalo; but he forfeited their
+lands and Indians, and sent Francisco de Almendras to take
+possession of their repartimientos in his name, as funds for
+reimbursing the expences of the war.</p>
+
+<p>We must now advert to the deposed viceroy. After he had been
+set at liberty by the oydor Alvarez, as has been already related,
+and the two other vessels which carried his brother, friends, and
+servants, had likewise submitted to his authority, he continued
+his voyage with all the three ships to the port of Tumbez, where
+he and Alvarez landed, leaving proper persons to take charge of
+the ships. Immediately on landing, the viceroy and oydor began to
+exercise their respective authorities, by constituting a royal
+audience, and proclamations were dispersed through every part of
+the country, giving an account of the illegal deposition and
+imprisonment of the viceroy and the usurpation of Gonzalo, and
+commanding all faithful subjects of his majesty to join the
+standard of the viceroy. He issued these orders to the cities of
+Quito, San Miguel, Puerto Viejo, and Truxillo; and commissioned
+captains to go to different places to raise troops; sending,
+among others, Jerom de Pereira on this errand into the province
+of Bracamoras. In consequence of these proceedings, many persons
+came to Tumbez to join his standard. He applied himself likewise
+to collect provisions and ammunition, strengthening his party as
+much as possible; and issued orders to transmit to him all the
+money which was contained in the royal coffers, which was obeyed
+in many places. Some of the inhabitants however, fled into the
+mountains, being unwilling to attach themselves to either of the
+parties which now divided the unhappy colony, while others went
+to join Gonzalo Pizarro. Intelligence was soon carried to Gonzalo
+of the arrival of the viceroy at Tumbez, and of his preparations
+for recovering his authority, and some even of the proclamations
+and orders of the viceroy were brought to him at Lima. Gonzalo
+was by no means negligent in endeavouring to counteract the
+proceedings of the viceroy; for which purpose he sent orders to
+Ferdinand de Alvarado, his lieutenant at Truxillo, and the
+captains. Gonzalo Diaz and Jerom Villegas, to collect as many
+soldiers as possible in that part of the country, lest they might
+have gone to Tumbez to join the party of the viceroy. He
+commanded these officers to give every possible interruption to
+the preparations of the viceroy, yet ordered them on no account
+to risk coming to a battle with the royalists, however powerful
+and numerous they might conceive their troops to be in comparison
+with those of the viceroy.</p>
+
+<p>It had been long proposed to send a deputation from Gonzalo
+and the communities of Peru into Spain, to lay an account before
+his majesty of all that had occurred in the colony; and many of
+the principal insurgents insisted on the necessity of this
+measure, to justify their conduct. Others again, among whom the
+principal persons were the lieutenant-general Carvajal and
+Captain Bachicao, were of an opposite opinion; insisting that it
+were better to wait till his majesty might think proper to send
+out persons to inquire into the cause of his revenues being
+detained. They alleged that the viceroy must have already fully
+informed his majesty upon all the late transactions, and would
+doubtless be listened to in preference to any thing which they
+could say in defence of their conduct. On this account, the
+leaders of the insurgents regretted that they had not at the
+first sent over the judges of the royal audience into Spain, to
+give an account of their reasons for having made the viceroy a
+prisoner. And, after many deliberations on this subject, it was
+at length determined to send home the Doctor Texada, one of the
+oydors, in the name of the royal audience, to lay an account of
+the whole before the king. It was at the same time resolved, that
+Francisco Maldonado, who was master of the household of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, should accompany Texada, carrying justificatory letters
+from his master; but without any title, credence, or powers
+whatever. By these measures, two purposes were served at the same
+time, both of which were deemed useful: In sending a deputation
+to the king to justify their proceeding, those of their party who
+pressed that measure were satisfied; and by employing Texada on
+this errand, the court of royal audience was virtually broken up,
+as Ortiz de Zarate could not then hold sittings by himself[11].
+When this proposal was communicated to Texada, he readily
+consented to undertake the office, on condition that he were
+furnished with 6000 crowns to defray the expences of his voyage.
+Accordingly, Cepeda and he composed all the memorials and
+dispatches which were deemed necessary, which were signed by
+these two judges only, as Ortiz refused his concurrence.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 11: Zarate seems to forget the existence of
+Cepeda, one of the judges; but he seems to have entirely devoted
+himself to the party of the usurper, while Ortiz affected at
+least to retain a sense of loyalty.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>When all was in readiness for the dispatch of Texada and
+Maldonado, a ship which lay in the harbour of Lima was ordered to
+be fitted out for their reception, of which Captain Bachicao was
+to have taken the command, with a sufficient number of cannon,
+and twenty soldiers; having orders to take possession of all the
+ships he might fall in with along the coast. At this time, Vaca
+de Castro, the ex-president, who still remained a prisoner in
+this ship, contrived to gain over a majority of the seamen
+belonging to the vessel, with the assistance of his friend Garcia
+de Montalva who occasionally visited him. By these means he
+acquired the command of the vessel, which was already provided
+with every thing needful for the voyage, and immediately set
+sail. This untoward incident gave much uneasiness to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, both because it delayed the departure of Texada, and
+because he judged that it could not have happened without the
+concurrence of several concealed enemies to the present state of
+affairs. On this the troops were ordered under arms, and all the
+principal persons who were suspected of disaffection to the party
+of Pizarro were taken into custody and committed to the common
+prison of the city, both those who had fled from Cuzco, and those
+belonging to other cities who had not joined his party. One of
+the persons committed to prison on this occasion was the
+licentiate Carvajal, to whom the lieutenant-general Carvajal sent
+a message, desiring him to confess and make his will, as he was
+immediately to be put to death. The licentiate did accordingly
+what he was desired, and prepared himself to die with much
+firmness and resolution; yet he was urged to be more expeditious,
+and the executioner was present, provided with cords for tying
+his hands and strangling him. Every one believed the last hour of
+the licentiate was come; more especially as, considering his rank
+and quality, it was not thought possible that he could be treated
+in this manner merely to frighten him. It was likewise
+universally believed, that the execution of the licentiate would
+be speedily followed by that of all the other prisoners; which it
+was conceived would prove of material detriment to the colony, as
+they consisted of the very principal people of the country, and
+of those who had always evinced the most zealous loyalty to the
+service of his majesty.</p>
+
+<p>While matters seemed fast tending to this extremity, several
+of the most judicious persons went to Gonzalo Pizarro, and
+requested of him to reflect that the licentiate Carvajal was one
+of the principal persons in the country, and that his brother had
+been already unjustly put to death by the viceroy, under pretence
+of the licentiate having joined the party of Pizarro. They urged
+that it was exceedingly imprudent at this time to put the
+licentiate to death, as that would necessarily renew the
+discontents which had formerly taken place on the death of his
+brother the commissary. They even added, that much good service
+might be expected from the licentiate, were it only in pursuit of
+revenge for the death of his brother. They insisted that neither
+the licentiate nor any of the other prisoners had any hand in the
+flight of Vaca de Castro; but that it might easily be seen that
+the slightest pretexts were resorted to on purpose to accuse
+them, who were already under suspicion as disaffected to the
+ruling party. Teased and fatigued by these solicitations, Gonzalo
+Pizarro refused to be spoken to on the subject; so that the
+licentiate and his friends were induced to try another expedient
+for his release. They conveyed to the lieutenant-general an ingot
+of gold weighing forty marks[12], with a promise of a much larger
+present if he would save the life of the licentiate. The
+lieutenant-general accepted their offers, delayed the execution
+of the licentiate, and prevailed on Gonzalo Pizarro to set him
+and all the other suspected persons at liberty.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 12: The weight of this is 820 ounces, which
+at L. 4 an ounce comes to L. 1280, and was then worth as much as
+L. 7680 is in efficient value.--E]</blockquote>
+
+<p>After the conclusion of this business, measures were taken for
+the dispatch of Texada and Maldonado; and at this time there
+happened to arrive a brigantine from Arequipa, which was fitted
+out along with some other vessels, and armed with a part of the
+artillery which had been brought down from Cuzco. In these
+vessels Bachicao embarked along with the deputies, accompanied by
+sixty musqueteers, who were all that could be prevailed upon to
+undertake the voyage. They proceeded on their voyage along the
+coast to the northwards, and arrived one morning early at Tumbez,
+where they understood the viceroy then resided. Immediately on
+their being perceived making for the coast, the adherents of the
+viceroy gave the alarm and stood on their defence: But as the
+viceroy believed that Gonzalo Pizarro was on board in person
+accompanied by a formidable body of troops, he retired in all
+haste from Tumbez accompanied by an hundred and fifty men, taking
+the road for Quito. Several of his people however did not think
+fit to accompany his flight, and preferred giving themselves up
+to Bachicao, who likewise took possession of two ships which
+happened to be in the port of Tumbez. From thence, Bachicao went
+to Puerto Viejo and other places, where he drew together about an
+hundred and fifty men, all of whom he took along with him in the
+ships of his squadron. Among these were Bartholomew Perez, and
+Juan Delmos, respectable inhabitants of Puerto Viejo.</p>
+
+<p>Continuing his voyage towards Panama, Bachicao put in at the
+Isle of Pearls, about twenty leagues from Panama to procure
+refreshments. While at that place, the inhabitants of Panama
+received notice of his arrival, and sent two deputies to learn
+his intentions, requesting at the same time that he would not
+come into their boundaries with his troops. Bachicao sent back
+word, that although he happened to be accompanied by armed men,
+it was merely on purpose to defend himself against the viceroy,
+and that he had not the most distant intention of injuring or
+even displeasing the inhabitants of Panama. He informed them,
+that he was entrusted with the transport of the Doctor Texada,
+one of the royal judges, who was charged with a commission from
+the court of audience to give an account to his majesty of the
+events which had occurred in Peru. He farther declared that he
+should only land in Panama to provide necessaries for his voyage
+back to Peru, and would reimbark without delay. Lulled into
+security by these assurances, the inhabitants of Panama took no
+measures for defence. On coming into the port, two ships which
+happened to be there, made sail to go away; one of which was
+taken possession of by one of the brigantines belonging to
+Bachicao, and brought back to the harbour, with the master and
+chief mate hanging from the yard arms. This sad spectacle gave
+great uneasiness to the inhabitants, who judged from this
+tragical event, that the purposes of Bachicao were very different
+from his words and promises. But it was not now time to think of
+defence, and they were constrained to submit, though filled with
+terror and dismay, leaving their lives and properties entirely at
+the discretion of Bachicao, who was no less cruel than the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal, or even more so if possible; being
+at the same time exceedingly addicted to cursing and blasphemy,
+and among all his vices not a single spark of virtue could be
+found to relieve the picture.</p>
+
+<p>At this time Captain Juan de Gusman was in Panama raising
+soldiers for the service of the viceroy; but he found it
+advisable to retire on the arrival of Bachicao, with whom all
+these soldiers now inlisted. Bachicao likewise got possession of
+the artillery which had belonged to the vessel in which Vaca de
+Castro escaped from Lima. Seeing himself master of Panama,
+Bachicao who was a brutal passionate fellow, exercised the
+command there in a cruel and tyrannical manner, disposing at his
+will of the goods and properties of every one, violating every
+rule of law and justice, oppressing the liberties of the
+community, and holding every individual under such slavish
+constraint, that no one dared to act otherwise than as he pleased
+to dictate. Learning or suspecting that two of his captains had
+formed the design of putting him to death, he ordered them both
+to be beheaded without any form of trial; and in similar acts of
+injustice, and in every transaction, he used no other formality
+than ordering it to be intimated by the public crier, "That
+Captain Ferdinand Bachicao had ordained such and such to be
+done." He thus usurped supreme and absolute authority, paying not
+the smallest regard to the laws, or even to the external forms of
+justice.</p>
+
+<p>The licentiate Vaca de Castro, who was at Panama when Bachicao
+arrived, fled immediately across the isthmus to Nombre de Dios on
+the Atlantic, where he embarked accompanied by Diego Alvarez de
+Cueto and Jerom Zurbano. Doctor Texada and Francisco Maldonado
+escaped likewise to the same port, where they all embarked
+together for Spain. Texada died on the voyage while passing the
+Bahamas. On their arrival in Spain, Moldonado and Cueto went
+directly to Germany, where the emperor Don Carlos then was, where
+each gave an account of the business with which they were
+entrusted. Vaca de Castro remained for some time at Tercera in
+the Azores; whence he went to Lisbon, and afterwards to the court
+of Spain; alleging that he did not dare to go by way of Seville,
+on account of the influence in that place of the brothers
+relations and friends of Juan Tello, whom he had put to death
+after the defeat of the younger Almagro. On his arrival at court,
+De Castro was put under arrest in his own house by order of the
+council of the Indies. He was afterwards brought to trial on a
+variety of accusations, in the course of which he was kept
+prisoner for five years in the citadel of Arevalo. He was
+afterwards removed to a private house in Simanca, from which he
+was not permitted to go out: And in consequence of a subsequent
+revolution in the court of Spain, he was allowed to remain a
+prisoner at large in the city and territory of Valladolid, till
+his cause was finally adjuged[13].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 13: We learn from Garcilasso, that Vara de
+Castro was in the end honourably acquitted, and that in the year
+1461, when Garcilasso was at Madrid, De Castro was senior member
+of the council of the Indies. His son, Don Antonio, was made
+knight of St. Jago, and had a grant of lands and Indians in Peru
+to the extent of 20,000 pieces of eight yearly.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On the flight of the viceroy from Tumbez with an hundred and
+fifty men, as before related, in consequence of the arrival of
+Bachicao, he retired to Quito, where he was honourably received.
+In this place he increased his force to two hundred men, and
+finding the country fertile and abounding in provisions, he
+determined to remain there till he might receive ulterior orders
+from his majesty, in reply to the informations he had transmitted
+by Diego Alvarez de Cueto. In the mean time he appointed strong
+guards to defend the passes in the mountains, and stationed spies
+on the different roads, that he might have early intimation of
+the procedure of Gonzalo Pizarro at Lima, which is three hundred
+leagues from Quito. About this time four soldiers belonging to
+Gonzalo deserted on account of some injurious treatment, and
+seized a small bark in the port of Lima, in which they sailed
+northwards to a place where they landed, and whence they
+travelled by land to Quito. On their arrival, they represented to
+the viceroy, that the inhabitants of Lima and other places were
+exceedingly discontented by the conduct of Gonzalo, who subjected
+them to the most harassing and vexatious tyranny, driving them
+from their houses, and despoiling them of their goods, so that
+many of the colonists were reduced to depend on other persons for
+their subsistence. That Gonzalo imposed such burthensome
+contributions on the whole inhabitants, that they were unable to
+endure them; and that all were so weary of his tyranny, that they
+would gladly join any person who might come among them in the
+name of the king, to relieve them from the cruel oppression and
+tyrannous violence of the usurper. In consequence of this
+statement, the viceroy was induced to march from Quito towards
+San Miguel, appointing to the command of his troops one Diego de
+Occampo, an inhabitant of Quito, who had joined him on his
+arrival at Tumbez, and had expended large sums in his service
+from his own private fortune.</p>
+
+<p>The licentiate Alvarez always accompanied the viceroy, and
+these two established themselves as the court of royal audience,
+in virtue of a commission from his majesty which the viceroy
+still held. By this royal order, the viceroy was authorised after
+his arrival at Lima, to hold audience in conjunction with two or
+one of the oydors who might first arrive, or even in case that
+any two or three of them should chance to die. In pursuance of
+this authority, the viceroy ordered a new seal to be made, which
+he committed to the custody of Juan de Leon, alcalde or police
+judge of Lima, who had been nominated by the Marquis of Camarosa,
+grand-chancellor of the Indies, as his deputy or chancellor of
+the audience of Lima. De Leon had fled from Gonzalo Pizarro, and
+had joined the viceroy at Quito. In consequence of this
+arrangement, the viceroy issued such orders and proclamations as
+seemed needful or expedient, in the name of the emperor Don
+Carlos; authenticating them with the royal seal, and by the
+signatures of himself and the licentiate Alvarez. By these means
+there were two royal audiences in Peru, one at the city of Lima,
+and the other wherever the viceroy happened to reside; so that it
+frequently happened that two opposite and contradictory decrees
+were pronounced and promulgated, in one and the same cause.</p>
+
+<p>On taking the resolution of marching from Quito, the viceroy
+sent his brother-in-law, Diego Alvarez de Cueto, to inform his
+majesty of the state of affairs, and to solicit such
+reinforcements as might enable him to re-establish his authority
+in Peru, by waging war against Gonzalo Pizarro. Cueto went
+accordingly to Spain in the same fleet with Vaca de Castro and
+Texada, as already related. The viceroy advanced southwards to
+San Miguel, which is an hundred and fifty leagues from Quito,
+determining to remain at that place till he might receive farther
+orders from his majesty. The inhabitants of San Miguel gave him
+the best reception in their power, and furnished him as far as
+they were able with every thing he was in want of. He continually
+kept his small army on foot, to preserve the honour and
+reputation of his character as viceroy, and that he might be in a
+convenient situation for receiving such reinforcements as might
+come from Spain or from any of the American colonies; as every
+one coming by land from these quarters must necessarily pass by
+the way of San Miguel, especially if accompanied by horses or
+beasts of burthen. He expected therefore to be able in this place
+to collect reinforcements to his army, so as to be in condition
+to renew the war, and employed himself to collect men, horses,
+and arms, so that he was soon at the head of five hundred men,
+tolerably equipped. Some of these indeed were in want of
+defensive armour, which they endeavoured to supply by fabricating
+cuirasses of iron, and of hard leather.</p>
+
+<p>At the time when Gonzalo Pizarro sent Bachicao with the
+brigantines to get possession of the ships belonging to the
+viceroy, he dispatched Gonzalo Diaz de Pinera and Jerom de
+Villegas to collect the soldiers who dwelt in Truxillo and San
+Miguel, that they might make head against the viceroy in the
+north of Peru. These officers remained in San Miguel with about
+eighty men whom they had drawn to their party, till they heard of
+the approach of the viceroy; on which, not being in sufficient
+force to oppose him, they retreated towards Truxillo, and
+established themselves in the province of <i>Collique</i>, about
+forty leagues[14] from San Miguel. From thence they sent
+intimation to Gonzalo of the advance of the viceroy, and that his
+army increased daily in numbers, insomuch that it behoved him to
+think of some appropriate measures to avert the threatened
+danger. Diaz and Villegas were likewise informed that the viceroy
+had sent Juan de Pereira, one of his officers, into the province
+of Chachapoyas, in which there were very few Spanish settlers, to
+endeavour to collect reinforcements. As they believed that
+Pereira and his followers entertained no suspicions of their
+being in the neighbourhood, Diaz and Villegas determined on
+attempting to surprize them, which they did so effectually one
+night, that they made the whole party prisoners without
+resistance. Having beheaded Pereira and two of his principal
+followers, they obliged the rest of the party, about sixty
+horsemen, to enter into the service of Gonzalo, by threats of
+putting them all to death if they refused; after which they
+returned to their post.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 14: The distance in the text is probably a
+mistake for <i>fourteen</i> leagues, as about that distance to
+the S.E. of San Miguel there is a river named <i>Chola</i>, which
+may have given name to the district or valley in which it
+runs.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The viceroy was greatly incensed by this untoward event, and
+determined to seek an opportunity of revenge. With this view he
+departed secretly from San Miguel with a body of an hundred and
+fifty horse, and took such judicious measures that he arrived one
+night undiscovered at <i>Collique,</i> where he surprized the
+enemy, and obliged them to fly in all directions. Diaz made his
+escape almost alone into a district inhabited by hostile Indians,
+who assailed him and put him to death. Villegas and Ferdinand
+Alvarado were more fortunate in their escape, as they were able
+to collect some of their dispersed troops, with whom they took up
+a new and more secure position not far from Truxillo, and at a
+safer distance from San Miguel.</p>
+
+<p>As Gonzalo Pizarro was informed that the viceroy augmented his
+army from time to time, more especially after this successful
+enterprize, he resolved to march against him without delay; as
+hardly a day passed in which the viceroy was not joined by
+soldiers, horses, and arms from Spain, or some of the American
+colonies, all of which were landed at the port of Tumbez. He was
+likewise in dread lest some dispatch might arrive from the
+emperor, favourable to the viceroy, by which his own adherents
+might be intimidated, and numbers might be induced to change
+sides. With this view he assembled his army, determined to march
+in person against the viceroy, and if possible to bring him to
+action. He issued therefore the proper orders to all his
+officers, reviewed and mustered his troops, advanced them the
+necessary funds for taking the field, and sent off the baggage,
+artillery, ammunition and provisions, with the main body of the
+army towards Truxillo, remaining behind at Lima with some of his
+principal officers, to follow in proper time. About this time a
+vessel arrived from Arequipa with a very seasonable supply of
+100,000 crowns; and another vessel from Tierra Firma, belonging
+to Gonzalo Martel, sent by his wife to enable him to return home.
+The arrival of these two vessels was very opportune for Gonzalo
+Pizarro, as they served to transport great quantities of
+musquets, pikes, ammunition, and other implements of war,
+together with a guard of an hundred and fifty men, and greatly
+facilitated the intended expedition against the viceroy.</p>
+
+<p>On quitting Lima, Gonzalo Pizarro thought proper to take the
+oydor Cepeda and Juan de Caceres the accountant-general along
+with him, both to give the more eclat and appearance of legal
+authority to his measures, and on purpose to break up the court
+of royal audience, as Ortiz de Zarate would then be the only
+judge remaining at Lima, who was not thought of much importance,
+as he was in bad health. Besides, Blas de Soto, his brother, had
+married the daughter of that judge; and although that marriage
+had been effected contrary to the wish of Ortiz, it was
+considered as some tie upon his conduct. For greater security,
+however, Gonzalo used the precaution of carrying the royal seal
+along with him. Gonzalo Pizarro chose to go by sea; and on
+leaving Lima, he appointed Lorenzo de Aldana as
+lieutenant-governor of that city, with a garrison of eighty
+soldiers, to preserve tranquillity during his absence. This small
+number was considered sufficient to prevent any attempt towards a
+revolutionary movement, as most of the inhabitants of Lima
+accompanied the expedition. Gonzalo embarked in March 1545, and
+landed at the port of Santa, fifteen leagues south from Truxillo,
+at which city he arrived on Palm Sunday. He remained at this
+place for some time, waiting the junction of his troops, sending
+messages in various directions to expedite their march. After
+some time, he marched from Truxillo into the province of
+Collique, where the whole of his army assembled. At this place he
+reviewed his army, which amounted to above six hundred horse and
+foot. The troops under the viceroy were nearly as numerous; but
+those under Gonzalo were much better armed, and better supplied
+with every thing requisite for war, as well as being all veteran
+soldiers, accustomed to war and discipline, and well acquainted
+with all the difficult passes of the country. The troops of the
+viceroy on the contrary, had for the most part come recently from
+Spain, were quite unaccustomed to war, and ill armed; besides
+which their powder was bad in quality.</p>
+
+<p>Gonzalo used every effort to collect provisions and all kinds
+of necessaries for his army, more especially as he had to pass
+through a desert country which intervened between the province of
+Motupe[15] and the city of San Miguel, a distance of twenty-two
+leagues without any inhabitants, and entirely destitute of water
+or other means of refreshment, consisting every where of burning
+sands without shelter from the heat of the sun and almost under
+the equinoctial line. As this march was necessarily attended with
+much inconvenience and difficulty, Gonzalo used every proper
+precaution that his troops might be supplied abundantly with
+water and other necessaries. For this purpose all the
+neighbouring Indians were ordered to bring a prodigious quantity
+of jars and other vessels calculated to contain water. The
+soldiers were ordered to leave at Motupe all their clothes and
+baggage of which they were not in immediate want, which were to
+be brought forward by the Indians. Above all things, it was taken
+care that a sufficiency of water should accompany the army, both
+for the troops, and for the horses and other animals. Every thing
+being in readiness, Gonzalo sent forwards a party of twenty-five
+horsemen by the ordinary road through the desert, that they might
+be observed by the scouts belonging to the viceroy, and that he
+might be led to believe the army came in that direction. He then
+took a different route through the same desert with the army,
+marching as expeditiously as possible, every soldier being
+ordered to carry his provisions along with him on his horse. By
+these precautions, and the rapidity of the march, the viceroy was
+not informed of the approach of Gonzalo and his army, till they
+were very near San Miguel. Immediately on learning their
+approach, he sounded the alarm, giving out that he intended to
+meet and give battle to the insurgents; but as soon as his army
+was drawn out from the city, he took a quite opposite course,
+directing his march with all possible expedition towards the
+mountain of Caxas.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 15: Named Morrope in modern maps. The
+desert in the text is of great extent, reaching from the river
+Leche to the Piura, a distance of above eighty English
+miles.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Gonzalo Pizarro got notice of the retreat of the viceroy about
+four hours afterwards, in consequence of which he made no halt at
+San Miguel, except to procure guides to direct him in the road
+which the viceroy had taken. In the first night of this pursuit,
+the army of Gonzalo marched eight Spanish leagues, or near thirty
+English miles, and several of the royalists who had lagged behind
+the rest, together with the whole baggage belonging to the
+retreating army fell into his hands. Gonzalo hanged such of his
+prisoners as were most obnoxious to him, and continued the
+pursuit of the flying royalists with the utmost diligence,
+through difficult and almost impracticable roads, where no
+provisions could be procured, always coming up with some of the
+hindmost of the enemy. Gonzalo likewise sent on several Indians
+with letters to the principal officers who served under the
+viceroy, urging them to put him to death, and offering them their
+pardons for the past and to give them high rewards. He continued
+the pursuit above fifty leagues or two hundred miles, till at
+length the horses were no longer able to carry their riders, and
+the men were incapable of proceeding, both from excessive fatigue
+and by the failure of provisions. The insurgent army at length
+arrived at Ayabaca[16], where the hot pursuit of the viceroy was
+discontinued, and the troops of Gonzalo halted for rest and
+refreshment. Besides the difficulty of overtaking the royalists,
+Gonzalo had received assurances from some of the principal
+followers of the viceroy that they would either put him to death,
+or deliver him up as a prisoner; and, as this came afterwards to
+the knowledge of the viceroy, he put several of these officers
+and gentlemen of his army to death. After Gonzalo had supplied
+his army with such provisions as could be furnished at Ayabaca,
+he resumed the pursuit, but with less rapidity than before, and
+keeping his army always in compact order; yet at this time some
+of his troops remained behind, partly owing to extreme fatigue,
+and partly from discontent. Leaving the viceroy to continue his
+retreat to Quito, and Gonzalo in pursuit, it is proper to mention
+some events that occurred at this time in other parts of
+Peru.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 16: Notwithstanding the distance mentioned
+in the text, Ayabaca is only about 60 miles, or fifteen Spanish
+leagues in a straight line N.N.E. from San
+Miguel.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>In this march, Gonzalo did not think proper to carry along
+with his army any of the soldiers belonging to the viceroy whom
+he had taken during the pursuit, both because he could not
+confide in them, because he had already a sufficient force in
+proportion to the enemy, and because provisions were very
+difficult to be procured, as the viceroy had stripped every place
+through which he passed as much as possible. For this reason,
+Gonzalo Pizarro sent back all his prisoners to Truxillo, Lima, or
+such other places as they thought proper, having in the first
+place put to death such of their chiefs as he considered most
+strongly attached to the viceroy. As these soldiers were
+dispersed over several parts of the country, they began to
+declaim in favour of the viceroy and against the tyrannical
+conduct of Gonzalo, and found many persons abundantly disposed to
+listen to their harangues; both because what they alleged was
+true in itself, and because most of the Spanish inhabitants of
+Peru were much inclined to revolution and change of party,
+especially the soldiery and those who were lazy and unoccupied.
+The real settlers and principal inhabitants of the cities were
+quite of an opposite description, being friends of peace and
+order, as most conducive to their interest and happiness, and
+necessary to the preservation of their properties, and being more
+exposed in time of civil war than even the soldiers to be
+harassed and tormented in many ways, as the ruling party was apt
+on the slightest pretexts to put them to death on purpose to
+seize their effects, with which to gratify and reward the
+partizans of their tyranny and injustice. These seditious
+discourses were so openly indulged in, that they reached the
+knowledge of the lieutenants of Gonzalo; who, each in his
+peculiar jurisdiction, punished the authors as they deemed right.
+At Lima, to which most of these prisoners had gone, Pedro Martin
+de Cecilia the provost marshal was a violent partizan of Gonzalo,
+and caused several of these malecontents to be hanged. Lorenzo de
+Aldana, who had been left by Gonzalo as lieutenant-governor of
+Lima, was a prudent man, and conducted himself in a quite
+different manner, being disinclined from acting with such
+violence as might occasion displeasure to either party in the
+sequel; for which reason he used all his influence to prevent
+putting any one to death, or from injuring any person in any
+manner. Although he held his office from Gonzalo, he never
+exerted himself zealously in his service, so that the partizans
+of that usurper considered him as secretly gained by the other
+party, more especially as he always behaved well to the known
+friends of the viceroy. On this account, all these men flocked to
+Lima, where they believed themselves in greater security than
+anywhere else. The partizans of Gonzalo, on the other hand, made
+loud complaints against the favourable behaviour of Aldana to the
+royalists; and in particular one of the alcaldes of Lima, named
+Christopher de Burgos, spoke of it so openly that Aldana thought
+it necessary to give him a public reprimand, and even committed
+him to prison for some time. Several even went so far as to
+communicate their suspicions of the fidelity of Aldana to Gonzalo
+Pizarro by letters, and even persuaded him of the truth of their
+allegations: But he refrained from manifesting his want of
+confidence in the lieutenant-governor, considering it dangerous
+to deprive him of his office while the army was at so great a
+distance, more especially as Aldana had a respectable military
+force, and was much esteemed by the citizens of Lima.</p>
+
+<p>We have formerly mentioned that several inhabitants of the
+city of La Plata in the province of Las Charcas, on receiving
+orders to that effect from the viceroy, had set out from that
+city on purpose to offer him their services against Gonzalo; but
+having learnt his imprisonment while on their way to Lima, they
+returned to their habitations. Gonzalo Pizarro was particularly
+displeased with these men, as he expected to have been especially
+favoured by the inhabitants of his own peculiar district, and
+sent therefore a person named Francisco de Almendras as
+lieutenant-governor to La Plata, a coarse brutal fellow without
+feeling or humanity, and one of the most cruel satellites of his
+tyrannical usurpation; whom he instructed to be peculiarly
+watchful of the behaviour of those who had shewn an intention of
+joining the viceroy, and to make them feel on every opportunity
+how much he was dissatisfied with their conduct on that occasion.
+In pursuance of his instructions, Almendras deprived the
+principal persons among these loyalists of their lands and
+Indians, and exacted heavy contributions from them towards
+defraying the expences of the war. He likewise affronted and used
+them ill on all occasions, and even on very frivolous pretences.
+One Don Gomez de Luna, a principal person among the loyalists of
+La Plata, happened one day to observe in conversation at his own
+house, that the emperor Don Carlos must assuredly at length
+recover the command over Peru. This loyal sentiment was reported
+to Almendras, who immediately ordered De Luna to be arrested and
+thrown into the common prison. The magistrates of the city went
+in a body to supplicate Almendras either to liberate De Luna, or
+at least to confine him in a place more conformable to his rank;
+and as Almendras refused to give a satisfactory answer to their
+representation, one of the magistrates declared publicly, that,
+if he would not liberate de Luna, they would do so in spite of
+him. Almendras dissembled his sentiments at the time, but went
+next night to the prison, whence he caused De Luna to be taken
+out to the public square and beheaded.</p>
+
+<p>The inhabitants of the city were exceedingly disgusted by this
+cruel act of tyranny, which they considered as an outrage against
+the whole community; and particularly one Diego Centeno was most
+sensibly affected, as he and De Luna had been extremely intimate.
+At the commencement of the troubles respecting the obnoxious
+regulations, Centeno had attached himself to Gonzalo Pizarro,
+whom he had accompanied to Cuzco, in the capacity of procurator
+from the province of Las Charcas, being one of the principal
+persons of his party. Having noticed the bad intentions of
+Pizarro, and that he did not limit his designs to those objects
+which he at first proposed, Centeno abandoned the party of
+Gonzalo and returned to his own house. He now determined to use
+his utmost endeavours to revenge the cruel death of his friend De
+Luna, that he might save himself and others from the tyrannous
+rule of Almendras, and on purpose to restore the country to
+obedience to its legitimate sovereign. With this view, he
+communicated his sentiments to some of the principal settlers,
+among whom were Lopez de Mendoza, Alfonso Perez de Esquivel,
+Alfonzo de Camargo, Fernando Nunnez de Segura, Lopez de Mendiera,
+Juan Ortiz de Zarate, and several others whom he believed to have
+loyal intentions, all of whom he found disposed to second him in
+executing the enterprize which he had in view. In the prosecution
+of this purpose, they all assembled one Sunday morning, according
+to custom, at the house of Almendras, under pretence of
+accompanying him to church. When all were assembled, although
+Almendras had a considerable guard, Ceuteno went up to him as if
+to converse on some affair of moment, and stabbed him repeatedly
+with his dagger. The conspirators then dragged him out to the
+public square and cut off his head, declaring him a traitor, and
+proclaiming that they had done so for the service of the
+king.</p>
+
+<p>Considering that Almendras was universally detested, the
+conspirators had not thought it necessary to use any precautions
+for conciliating the people; yet all the inhabitants declared for
+the king, and took immediate measures to support his authority
+and to defend themselves against the resentment of Gonzalo and
+the insurgents. For this purpose, they elected Centeno as
+commander in chief of the province; in which capacity he
+appointed proper persons to be captains of cavalry and infantry
+under his authority, and used every effort to inlist a body of
+troops, which he paid out of his own funds, being one of the
+richest men in the country; but in this he was assisted by the
+other inhabitants of the province, who contributed towards the
+expence. Centeno was of an honourable family, being descended
+from Hernan Centeno who had made himself illustrious in the wars
+of Castillo. He was about thirty-five years of age, of very
+agreeable manners, of a liberal disposition, personally brave, of
+an excellent character and universally respected. At this time he
+enjoyed a revenue exceeding 80,000 crowns; but about two years
+afterwards, on the discovery of the famous mines of Potosi, he
+became possessed of above 100,000 crowns of annual rent by means
+of his Indians, as his estate lay very near these mines.</p>
+
+<p>Having assembled a body of troops, Centeno used every effort
+to provide them with arms and all other necessary equipments. He
+placed guards at all the passes, to prevent any intelligence from
+being conveyed to the enemy till his affairs were in proper
+order. He sent likewise Lopez de Mendoza one of his captains,
+first to Porco and thence to Arequipa to collect as many men as
+possible, and to endeavour to arrest Pedro do Puentes the
+lieutenant of Gonzalo at Arequipa. But Puentes fled immediately
+from Arequipa on receiving intelligence of the events which had
+occurred at Las Charcas. Mendoza therefore took possession of
+Arequipa without resistance; whence he reinforced himself with
+all the men, arms, and horses, he could procure, and carried off
+all the money he could find, with which and his reinforcement he
+returned to Centeno at La Plata.</p>
+
+<p>On the return of Mendoza, Centeno found himself at the head of
+two hundred and fifty men well equipped for war, to whom he
+explained his sentiments and views, and gave an account of the
+criminal usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, in the following terms.
+"You know that Gonzalo, on leaving Cuzco, pretended merely to
+present the humble remonstrances of the colonists respecting the
+obnoxious regulations; and you have been informed that, even at
+the outset, he put to death Gaspard de Roias, Philip Gutierrez,
+and Arias Maldonado. You have learnt how he conspired with the
+judges of the royal audience and other inhabitants of Lima, to
+arrest and depose the viceroy, both of which were done
+accordingly. After this, while at the very gates of Lima, and
+before his public entry into that city, he sent in his
+lieutenant-general, who arrested many of the most considerable
+and richest inhabitants of the country, under the eyes of the
+judges, merely because these men had joined the viceroy, and even
+hanged three of them without any form of trial, Pedro de Barco,
+Martin de Florencia, and Juan Saavedra. He in the next place has
+broken up the royal court of audience, sending off its judges to
+different places, having in the first place obliged them to
+appoint him to the government. He has since, as you well know,
+caused many others to be put to death, merely on suspicion that
+they were favourable to the viceroy, and intended to join his
+party. Not satisfied with all this, he has seized all the
+treasure belonging to his majesty in the different receipts of
+the colony, and has imposed excessive contributions on the
+inhabitants, from whom he has exacted above 150,000 ducats by
+means of taxes imposed at his own pleasure. Adding crime to
+crime, he has again levied forces against the authority of his
+majesty, with which he has marched against the viceroy, and has
+carried insubordination and confusion into every part of the
+country; permitting and encouraging many to hold public discourse
+contrary to the respect and obedience which is due to his
+majesty. They were likewise aware, that Gonzalo had token away
+the repartimientos, or allotments of lands and Indians from many
+persons, and had converted them to his own emolument. Finally, he
+laid before them the strong obligations by which they were all
+bound, as faithful subjects, to exert their utmost endeavours in
+the service of their sovereign, lest they should draw upon
+themselves the imputation of being rebels and traitors." By these
+representations, and others which it were tedious to repeat, he
+disposed his auditors to concur in his loyal sentiments, and
+willingly to obey his orders. After this, Centeno sent one of his
+captains with a detachment to Chicuito, a place belonging
+particularly to the king, between Orcaza and Las Charcas, with
+orders to guard the passes with the utmost vigilance, till he and
+the royalists were in full readiness to execute their principal
+enterprize, as will be related in the sequel.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding every precaution employed by Centeno to
+conceal his operations and intentions, it was impossible to
+prevent intelligence from spreading in various directions, more
+especially after the expedition of Mendoza to Arequipa. Every
+thing he had already done, even the number of his troops, and of
+the musquets and horses he had collected, was fully known, by
+means of Indians and Spaniards who had escaped from La Plata, in
+spite of the guards which had been set, to watch the passes of
+the mountains. Alfonso de Toro, who acted as lieutenant governor
+of Cuzco under Gonzalo Pizarro, happened at this time to be a
+hundred leagues to the northward of that city, keeping guard in
+one of the passes of the mountains, as by letters from Gonzalo
+the viceroy was reported to have gone into the mountainous
+country, and was supposed to have directed his march by that road
+toward the south of Peru. On receiving notice of the late
+revolution at La Plata, De Toro returned in all diligence to
+Cuzco, where he levied forces to oppose Centeno; and, having
+assembled the magistrates and principal inhabitants of Cuzco, he
+informed them of what had occurred at Las Charcas, and as there
+was a sufficient force in Cuzco to suppress the royalists, he
+thought it incumbent on him to march to La Plata for that
+purpose. To gain them over to his purpose, he represented that
+Centeno had revolted without any just cause, and had usurped
+authority in Las Charcas for his own private ends, under pretence
+of serving the king; whereas Gonzalo Pizarro, being actual
+governor of the kingdom of Peru, ought to be obeyed as such till
+his majesty sent orders to the contrary. That the revolt of
+Centeno, being both criminal in itself and contrary to the law,
+every one was bound to resist him, and to punish his temerity. He
+recalled to their remembrance, that Gonzalo Pizarro was engaged
+in serving the general interest of the colonists, to procure the
+revocation of the obnoxious ordinances, in which common cause he
+had exposed his fortune and personal safety to every hazard, as
+it was well known that every inhabitant of Peru would be stripped
+of his property if the regulations were put in force. That
+besides the general advantage procured by Gonzalo in setting
+aside the obnoxious regulations, for which all were infinitely
+indebted to him, it was obvious that he had not in any respect
+conducted himself contrary to the royal orders, and had not in
+any manner set himself against the authority of the sovereign;
+since, on his arrival at Lima for the purpose of presenting their
+remonstrances, the judges of the royal audience had already
+arrested the viceroy and sent him out of the kingdom, of which
+these judges had appointed Gonzalo interim governor; and that in
+marching in a warlike manner against the viceroy, he had acted at
+the request and by the orders of the royal audience; as was
+manifest by his being accompanied by Cepeda, one of the royal
+judges and chairman of the audience. He asserted that no person
+in Peru could take upon him to determine whether the audience had
+acted right or otherwise in conferring the government on Gonzalo;
+and that it was the duty of all to support him in that office,
+till they received the ulterior orders of the sovereign.</p>
+
+<p>At the close of this discourse, every one acknowledged the
+justice of what he had represented, and voluntarily offered to
+support Gonzalo with their lives and fortunes; although in
+reality most of them did so more from fear than good will, as
+they stood in great awe of De Toro, who had hanged several
+persons in a summary manner, and had made himself universally
+dreaded by his cruel and ferocious disposition and conduct, so
+that no one dared to oppose or contradict him in any thing. After
+a short deliberation, a set of resolutions were entered into, in
+which the transactions of Centeno in Las Charcas were recited as
+seditious and unlawful, and he was declared to have assassinated
+Francisco de Almendras, the lieutenant governor, to have levied
+forces in rebellion against the legitimate government, and to
+have passed the boundaries of the province of Las Charcas in
+hostile manner; for all which reasons it was just and proper to
+make war upon him, and to reduce him to obedience. All this was
+done principally to satisfy or to amuse the people, and to make
+them believe that the partizans of Gonzalo acted reasonably and
+lawfully, as all those who signed these resolutions were
+perfectly aware of the real state of affairs. In reality,
+although matters were thus represented in the popular
+assemblages, in justification of the measures of the insurgent
+party, or at least to excuse their actions under specious
+pretences, those who took an active part on the present occasion,
+used often to declare, both in the presence and absence of
+Gonzalo, that the king would certainly give, or ought to give him
+the government of Peru, as they were resolved not to receive any
+other person in that capacity, such being the resolution of
+Gonzalo in which they all concurred.</p>
+
+<p>Alfonso de Toro now proceeded to levy an army, of which he
+declared himself captain general and commander in chief, and
+appointed captains and other officers to command under his
+authority. In all his proceedings he carried himself with a high
+hand, employing force and violence, instead of persuasion and
+good treatment. He protested publickly and with many oaths, that
+he would hang up every one who did not assist and contribute to
+the cause; and even had several persons carried to the foot of
+the gallows, whose lives he was induced to spare by dint of
+solicitations. He abused and maltreated others, using everyone in
+the most outrageous manner who did not give way to him in all
+things. By this violent procedure he completed his warlike
+preparations at very small expence; insomuch that it appeared
+afterwards by his accounts, that he had not expended above twenty
+thousand crowns in this expedition, as he took away gratuitously
+all the horses that were to be found in Cuzco, and constrained
+all the inhabitants who were able to carry arms to accompany him
+in the expedition against Centeno. By these means De Toro
+collected three hundred men, tolerably armed and equipped, with
+which he marched from Cuzco to a place named Urcos, about six
+leagues from that city, where he remained three weeks in anxious
+expectation of intelligence from Las Charcas: But all the roads
+and passes between and La Plata, were so well guarded by the
+Indians, who were entirely disposed to favour Centeno, that he
+was unable to learn any thing of the movements or intentions of
+the royalists in Las Charcas, so that he was constrained to
+remain continually on the alert lest he might have been
+surprized. Besides these military precautions, he rigorously
+punished all who presumed to show the slightest disinclination
+towards the interest of the Pizarrian faction, or to express
+their sentiments in any respect in disapprobation of his own
+designs; insomuch that all were constrained from dread of
+punishment to appear heartily attached to the cause in which he
+was engaged.</p>
+
+<p>After remaining three weeks encamped at Urcos, he determined
+to march in search of Centeno, and advanced for that purpose to
+the village named Del Rey. As the troops of Centeno happened to
+be a good deal scattered at this time, he was under the necessity
+of retreating on the approach of De Toro. These hostile chiefs
+being encamped at the distance of about twelve leagues, entered
+into a negotiation to endeavour to form an accommodation; but, as
+they were unable to agree upon any terms, De Toro advanced for
+the purpose of attacking Centeno; who, on the other hand, was
+unwilling to risk the chance of an engagement, owing to the
+inferiority of his force, and because a defeat might have
+dispirited his own party and have been of great advantage to the
+cause of the insurgents. On this account he retired in proportion
+as De Toro advanced, accompanied by a great number of large
+Peruvian sheep loaded with provisions and ammunition, and
+carrying along with him all the principal <i>curacas</i> or
+native chiefs, to prevent De Toro from being able to avail
+himself of the assistance of the Indians. In this manner Centeno
+continued to retreat across a desert and uninhabited country of
+forty leagues extent, till he arrived at a place named
+<i>Casabindo</i>, through which Diego de Roias had formerly
+descended from the elevated region of Peru into the eastern plain
+of the Rio de la Plata. Alfonso de Toro continued the pursuit as
+far as the city of La Plata, which is an hundred and eighty
+leagues to the south of Cuzca. Finding that place abandoned and
+entirely stript of every thing which might contribute to the
+subsistence of his troops, and being unable to procure provisions
+on account of the absence of all the curacas or caciques, he was
+under the necessity to discontinue his pursuit of Centeno, and
+even found himself compelled to return towards Cuzco. In this
+retreat, De Toro took the command of the advanced guard of fifty
+men, ordering the main body to march at leisure, and left a
+rear-guard of thirty of his best mounted cavalry under Alfonso de
+Mendoza, with orders to use every possible means of procuring
+intelligence of the motions of Centeno; that, in case of his
+following, the troops might be collected together in good order
+to rejoin the van.</p>
+
+<p>The departure of De Toro from La-Plata on his return to Cuzco
+was soon communicated to Centeno by means of the Indians. He was
+astonished at this sudden alteration of affairs; and, as he
+understood that De Toro marched in great hast, without keeping
+his troops in close array, he supposed that circumstance to have
+been occasioned by De Toro entertaining suspicions of the
+fidelity of his followers, and that he had found them
+ill-disposed towards the party of the Pizarrians. On these
+considerations, Centeno resolved to pursue in his turn, in hope
+of drawing some advantage to the cause in which he was engaged
+from this measure, and even expecting that several of the
+followers of Toro might come over to his side. He sent off
+therefore the captain Lope de Mendoza with fifty light armed
+cavalry in pursuit of the enemy. Mendoza got in a short time to
+Collao; and, although de Toro and most of his troops had already
+passed beyond that place, he made prisoners of about fifty who
+remained behind, whom at first he deprived of their horses and
+arms. Soon afterwards, however, he returned these to his
+prisoners, and even distributed some money among them, receiving
+their engagements upon oath to join him when required; but he
+hanged a few of them who were suspected of being particulary
+attached to De Toro. After this successful exploit, Lope returned
+in great haste to La Plata, in hope of being able to cut off
+Alfonzo de Mendoza and his small party, who still occupied that
+place. But Alfonzo had received intelligence of what had happened
+at Collao, and had already quitted La Plata in great haste,
+taking a different road from that pursued by Lope, by which means
+he got safe to Cuzco.</p>
+
+<p>Centeno arrived soon afterwards at La Plata with the remainder
+of his troops, where he assembled all the force under his
+command, and where he made every possible preparation for
+continuing the war to advantage, and in particular caused a
+number of musquets to be made. De Toro continued his retreat to
+Cuzco, dreading much to be pursued, and lest Centeno might have
+acquired possession of Cuzco, which he might easily have
+accomplished in the present situation of affairs; but Centeno
+thought it more prudent to remain at La Plata, where he augmented
+the number of his troops and collected treasure which was found
+in great plenty in the province of Las Charcas.</p>
+
+<p>The events which had taken place in Las Charcas were soon
+known at Lima; and as several of the soldiers in that city were
+attached to the party of the viceroy, they spoke almost openly of
+going away to join Centeno; and, from the small attention paid by
+Lorenzo de Aldana to repress these men, he was even suspected of
+favouring the same cause. Antonio de Ribera likewise, although
+the brother-in-law of Pizarro, was strongly suspected of being
+secretly devoted to the royal interest, as indeed his conduct in
+the sequel evinced; and several other persons of consideration
+lay under suspicions of the same nature. All this gave much
+uneasiness to the friends of Pizarro: Yet those persons at Lima
+who wished well to the interests of his majesty, did not think it
+prudent at this time to make any open attempt, being satisfied
+that it was better to wait a more favourable opportunity, and
+that De Aldana would prepare matters for that purpose, as he
+seemed clearly favourable to the same cause. His abilities were
+universally acknowledged, and his good intentions were not
+doubted, so that all were satisfied that he would conduct matters
+with much prudence to a favourable issue.</p>
+
+<p>At this time it became known at Lima that the viceroy had
+retreated with a small body of troops into the province of
+Popayan; and that during his retreat he had put to death several
+of the officers and other persons of consideration in his army;
+among whom were Rodrigo de Ocampo, Jerom de la Cerna, Gaspard Gil
+Olivarez and Gomez Estacio; some of these because they were
+inclined to abandon him, and others for corresponding with
+Gonzalo Pizarro, and conspiring to put the viceroy to death. On
+the communication of this intelligence at Lima, it produced
+different effects according to the different inclinations and
+views of the inhabitants. It occasioned more reserve among those
+who were of loyal dispositions; whereas the partizans of the
+Pizarrian tyranny considered themselves more at liberty to avow
+their sentiments to Aldana. They went therefore to him in a body,
+and represented that there were many persons in Lima who were
+strongly suspected of being hostile to Gonzalo Pizarro, and only
+waited a favourable opportunity to take up arms against him; and
+that it was incumbent therefore on the lieutenant governor to
+punish these men for the scandalous freedoms in which they had
+indulged, or at least to banish them from the city. They offered
+to furnish sufficient proof of these facts, and urged him to
+exert his authority on the occasion. Aldana assured them that
+none of these things had ever come to his knowledge; and that if
+he knew who those were against whom they complained, he would
+take such measures as were necessary on the occasion.</p>
+
+<p>The partizans of Pizarro became at length so bold that they
+arrested fifteen of those whom they most strongly suspected of
+attachment to the deposed viceroy, among whom was Diego Lopez de
+Zuniga. Having thrown these men into prison, the Pizarrians were
+inclined to have given them the torture to extort confession, and
+afterwards to have procured their condemnation by Pedro Martin
+the provost marshal of the city; so that they were in imminent
+danger of being put to death, if Lorenzo de Aldana had not
+exerted himself promptly and effectually to take them out of the
+hands of the Pizarrians. For this purpose, he caused them all to
+be brought to his own residence, on pretence that they would be
+there in more safe custody, and provided them with every thing of
+which they stood in need, even secretly furnishing them with a
+vessel in which they embarked and saved themselves from their
+enemies. This transaction gave much dissatisfaction to the
+friends of Pizarro, both on account of the escape of the
+prisoners, and because Aldana refused to allow of any formal
+investigation into the circumstances of their escape; on which
+account the Pizarrians firmly believed that Aldana was in secret
+league with the opposite party. They wrote therefore to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, giving him an account of all these events, and urging
+him to give proper orders on the occasion. But Gonzalo did not
+think it prudent at this time to make any change in affairs at
+Lima, or to attempt any thing against Aldana; because, as it has
+been reported, he was afraid of matters taking an unfavourable
+issue while he was at so great a distance.</p>
+
+<p>When Gonzalo Pizarro was informed of what had been done by
+Centeno in the province of Las Charcas against his interest and
+authority, he believed it necessary to use prompt measures for
+reducing that country to subjection, and not to give his enemies
+time and opportunity for strengthening themselves and increasing
+the number of their partizans; as he flattered himself that he
+would become absolute master of the whole kingdom of Peru, if he
+were able to get rid of Centeno. After several consultations with
+the principal officers of his army, on the measures necessary to
+be pursued on this emergency, in which Gonzalo could not act in
+person as he had still to oppose the viceroy in the north, it was
+determined to confide the care of an expedition against Centeno
+to the lieutenant-general Carvajal. For this purpose all the
+necessary orders and commissions were made out immediately in the
+name of Gonzalo Pizarro, by which Carvajal was authorized to levy
+what men and money he might deem necessary. This employment was
+very acceptable to Carvajal, as he believed he might derive
+considerable profit to himself in its execution; and he set out
+from Quito accompanied only by twenty persons, in whom he had
+great confidence. The council of Gonzalo Pizarro had other and
+secret motives for recommending the employment of Carvajal on
+this occasion, besides those which they publickly avowed. Some
+were desirous of acquiring by his absence a greater share in the
+management of affairs; while others were anxious to send him to a
+distance, from the terror inspired by his cruel and ferocious
+conduct, and his passionate temper, owing to which he used often
+to put people to death on the most trifling offences or the
+slightest suspicions. But all the leaders in the army disguised
+their real sentiments on this occasion, pretending that the
+importance of the affair required the talents and experience of
+Carvajal to bring it to a successful issue.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving Quito, Carvajal went, directly to San Miguel, where
+the principal inhabitants went out to meet him, and conducted him
+with much respect to the house which was prepared for his
+reception. On arriving there, he desired six of the most
+considerable persons belonging to the city to dismount and
+accompany him into the house, under pretence that he had
+something of importance to communicate to them from the governor.
+Having caused the doors to be shut, and posted centinels to
+prevent any communication with the rest of the inhabitants, he
+represented to these men, that Gonzalo was much incensed against
+them for having always taken part with his enemies, and more
+especially on account of having received and favoured the deposed
+viceroy, and of having readily supplied his army with every thing
+of which they stood in need. On this account it had been his
+first intention to have destroyed the city with fire and sword,
+without sparing a single inhabitant. But, on reflecting that the
+magistrates and principal inhabitants only were to blame, the
+people at large having been constrained by force or fear, he was
+now determined to punish only the most guilty and to pardon the
+rest. Yet, having certain private reasons for dissembling for the
+present with some of the principal persons of the place, he had
+selected the six who were now present, as principal inhabitants,
+to punish them as they richly deserved, that they might serve as
+a warning to all Peru. For this reason, therefore, he desired
+them to confess their sins in preparation for death, as he was
+resolved to have them all executed immediately.</p>
+
+<p>They used every argument to exculpate themselves from the
+crimes kid to their charge, but all they could say was without
+avail; and Carvajal even caused one of them to be strangled,
+against whom he was particularly incensed, as he had been
+principally instrumental in constructing the royal seal which the
+viceroy employed in his dispatches. In the mean time, a rumour of
+what was going forward at the residence of Carvajal spread over
+the city, and came to the knowledge of the wives of the
+prisoners. These ladies immediately implored the priests and
+monks who dwelt in San Miguel to accompany them to the place
+where their husbands were in so great danger. They all went there
+accordingly, and got in by a private door which had not been
+noticed by the people belonging to Carvajal, and which had
+consequently been omitted to be guarded. Coming into the presence
+of Carvajal, the wives of the prisoners threw themselves at his
+feet, and implored mercy for their husbands. He pretended to be
+softened, and granted pardon to the prisoners, so far as their
+lives; yet reserving to himself to punish them in such other
+manner as he might see fit. Accordingly, he banished them from
+the province, depriving them of their lands and Indians, and
+condemned them in the payment of heavy fines towards defraying
+the expences of the war.</p>
+
+<p>From San Miguel Carvajal went to Truxillo, collecting every
+where on his route all the soldiers, horses, arms, and money he
+could find. Carvajal had resolved to have put one Melchior
+Verdugo to death, who dwelt in Truxillo; but as Verdugo got
+intimation of this intention, he fled to the province of
+Caxamarca, where his repartimiento of Indians was situated. The
+bussiness on which Carvajal was engaged was of too great
+importance to admit of pursuing Verdugo; wherefore, after having
+got possession of as much money as possible under pretence of a
+loan, he went on to Lima, always collecting all the soldiers he
+could procure. He gave no money to his recruits, only supplying
+them with horses and arms, which he took wherever they could be
+found. He kept all the money he could find for his own use, every
+where pillaging the royal coffers and public funds, and even
+searching for treasure among the ancient tombs. After arriving at
+Lima, he completed his military preparations, and departed for
+Cuzco by way of the mountain and the city of Guamanga, at the
+head of two hundred men well equipped, and carrying with him a
+great sum of money which he had collected during his march; and
+at Guamanga he conducted himself in the same rapacious manner as
+in other places.</p>
+
+<p>Seven or eight days after the departure of Carvajal from Lima,
+a conspiracy was detected among those who were well affected to
+the royal cause, in consequence of which fifteen of the principal
+persons of that city were committed to prison. Among these were,
+Juan Velasquez, Vela Nunnez nephew to the viceroy, Francisco
+Giron another gentlemen of his household, and Francisco
+Rodriguez. By means of the torture, these unhappy persons were
+made to confess that they had concerted with Pedro Manxarres, an
+inhabitant of Las Charcas, to kill the lieutenant-governor
+Aldana, the provost marshall Pedro Martin, and other friends and
+partizans of Gonzalo Pizarro, after which they proposed to induce
+the citizens of Lima to declare for his majesty, confidently
+expecting that all those who now followed Carvajal by constraint
+would join their party; and they intended finally to have gone
+off with all the strength they could muster to join Centeno. Upon
+this forced confession, Giron and one other of these prisoners
+were strangled. By the intercession of several respectable
+persons the life of Juan Velasquez was spared, but his right hand
+was cut off. All the rest of these prisoners were so severely
+tortured that they continued lame for the rest of their lives.
+Manxarres saved himself by flight, and continued to conceal
+himself among the mountains for more than a year; but fell at
+last into the hands of one of the officers in the interest of
+Gonzalo, who caused him to be hanged.</p>
+
+<p>As Pedro Martin, the provost-marshal, strongly suspected that
+some of those who accompanied Carvajal had participated in this
+plot; he endeavoured to discover this by torturing Francisco de
+Guzman, one of the prisoners. Finding that Guzman made no
+confession on this head, he interrogated him particularly
+respecting a soldier along with Carvajal named Perucho de Aguira,
+and some of his friends, demanding to know whether these men were
+in the secret. On purpose to free himself from the torture,
+Guzman said they were. After this confession, Guzman was formally
+condemned to become a monk in the convent belonging to the order
+of mercy, in which he accordingly assumed the habit. After this,
+Martin demanded from the registrar a certificate of the
+confession of Guzman, by which Aguira and others were implicated
+in the plot, and Martin immediately sent off this writing by an
+Indian messenger to Carvajal who was then at Guamanga. On the
+receipt of this paper, Carvajal ordered Aguira and five others to
+be hanged, without any further proof or examination. A short time
+afterwards, the registrar being sensible of the error he had
+committed in supplying the certificate, sent off a full copy of
+the confession made by Guzman, in which was an ample revocation
+of all he had said under torture, declaring that he had falsely
+charged Aguira and the others, merely to get free from torture.
+This was however of no avail, as it arrived too late, Aguira and
+the others having been already executed, although they asserted
+their innocence to the last moment of their lives, as was
+certified by the confessors who attended them at their execution;
+but Carvajal was inexorable.</p>
+
+<p>Learning while at Guamanga, that Centeno had retired through
+the desert to Casabindo as he was unable to cope with Toro,
+Carvajal was satisfied that the affaire of the insurgent party
+were in a fair train in Las Charcas, where his presence was not
+now needed, and determined therefore to return to Lima. He was
+besides induced to take this step in consequence of a difference
+which subsisted between Toro and himself, occasioned by the
+charge of lieutenant general under Gonzalo having originally
+belonged to Toro, of which he had been deprived in favour of
+Carvajal. He feared therefore, lest Toro, on his victorious
+return from Las Charcas, being at the head of a much stronger
+force, might renew their former quarrel. Carvajal had likewise
+received letters from some inhabitants of Lima, remarking the
+lukewarmness of Aldana to the cause of Gonzalo Pizarro, and
+requesting his presence to place affairs at that city on a more
+secure footing. He returned therefore to Lima; but learning
+shortly afterwards the successful return of Centeno against De
+Toro, he again collected his troops and prepared to march against
+Centeno. With this view, he had his standards solemnly
+consecrated, not forgetting to impose fresh exactions on the
+inhabitants of Lima. On this occasion, he designated his army,
+<i>The happy army of Liberty, against the Tyrant Centeno.</i></p>
+
+<p>Before leaving Lima, he sent off messengers to Cuzco by way of
+the mountain, but chose to march by the route of the plain or low
+country of Peru to Arequipa, exacting money from the inhabitants
+wherever he passed. At Arequipa he received letters from the
+magistrates of Cuzco and De Toro, earnestly requesting his
+immediate presence in that city; whence, as being the capital of
+the kingdom, it was proper that the army should march against the
+rebels. They assured him of being there provided with
+considerable reinforcements of men arms and horses, and that all
+the principal persons of the city were ready to accompany him on
+the expedition: adding, that being himself a citizen of Cuzco it
+seemed reasonable he should honour that city by his presence. By
+these and other considerations he was induced to march for Cuzco,
+though still entertaining some distrust and even fear of Toro,
+who he was informed had often spoken against him in his absence.
+When De Toro was informed of the approach of Carvajal to Cuzco,
+he made every necessary preparation for reinforcing the army, and
+providing for the intended expedition against Centeno; yet could
+not conceal his dissatisfaction, that he who had begun the war,
+and had already suffered great fatigues, and even had gained
+material advantages, should be superseded by another commander
+whom he must now obey, and more especially that it should be
+Carvajal who was put over him, with whom he had been already
+engaged in disputes. He dissembled however as much as possible,
+and concealed his resentment, saying publickly that his only wish
+was for the fortunate management of affairs, whoever might
+command. Yet with all his caution, he could not so carefully
+conceal his sentiments, but that he occasionally dropped
+expressions of resentment.</p>
+
+<p>The discontent of De Toro was well known to the inhabitants of
+Cuzco, yet they were in hopes that Carvajal would set every thing
+to rights on his arrival. Carvajal having arrived in the
+neighbourhood of the city, which he was to enter next day at the
+head of two hundred men, part cavalry and part musqueteers, De
+Toro was very anxious to muster all that were able to carry arms;
+and from this measure, and the precautions he took that every one
+should be in the most perfect equipment, and the troops steady in
+their ranks, it was suspected that he entertained some evil
+design. De Toro was thus posted with his troops, as if in ambush,
+in the way by which Carvajal had to march into the city. As these
+circumstances were made known to Carvajal, he ordered his troops
+to march in close array, and even ordered their arms to be loaded
+with ball, prepared for whatever might happen. On entering the
+city, De Toro and his troops were seen on one side, as if ready
+to dispute the passage. Carvajal halted his men, and the two
+parties remained for some time observing each other with mutual
+distrust. At length, as neither side seemed inclined to commence
+hostilities, both parties broke their ranks, and intermingled as
+friends.</p>
+
+<p>Carvajal was exceedingly irritated against De Toro for his
+conduct on this occasion, but dissembled till he had entered into
+Cuzco, where he was received in the most honourable manner. A few
+days afterwards, he caused four of the principal inhabitants to
+be arrested, and ordered them to instant execution, without
+consulting De Toro, or even assigning any reason for this cruel
+and arbitrary proceeding. Some of those whom he put to death were
+among the most intimate friends of De Toro, who deemed it prudent
+and necessary to be silent on the occasion. The unexpected
+cruelty of Carvajal occasioned much astonishment and
+consternation among the inhabitants of Cuzco, insomuch that none
+of them dared to refuse accompanying him on the expedition, and
+he was enabled to leave Cuzco at the head of three hundred well
+appointed soldiers with which he marched by Collao in the way
+towards the province of Las Charcas in search of Centeno. As the
+latter had a considerably stronger force, it was believed by many
+that Carvajal would be unsuccessful in this expedition, more
+especially as most of his followers acted more from force than
+good will, because he allowed them no pay and treated them with
+much severity. In his whole conduct and deportment Carvajal acted
+in a brutal and passionate manner, evincing himself on all
+occasions the enemy of good men; for he was a bad Christian,
+constantly addicted to blasphemy, and of a cruel and tyrannical
+disposition, insomuch that it was generally expected his own
+people would put him to death to rid themselves of his tyrannous
+and oppressive conduct. Besides all this, it was obvious to many,
+that right and justice were on the side of Centeno, who was a man
+of honour and probity, and, being exceedingly rich, had both the
+power and inclination to reward his followers. It is necessary to
+quit Carvajal and his expedition for the present, that we may
+relate the events which took place at Quito.</p>
+
+<p>We have already mentioned that Gonzalo Pizarro pursued the
+viceroy from San Miguel to Quito, a distance of 150 leagues or
+600 miles, with much perseverance and rapidity, insomuch that
+almost every day the light armed men belonging to the two armies
+had opportunities of speaking with each other. During the whole
+of that long march, neither party had an opportunity to unsaddle
+their horses. Those belonging to the viceroy, owing to the
+necessity they were under of escaping from a force so much
+superior, were even more alert than their pursuers. When at any
+time they stopped to take a short rest during the night, they
+slept on the ground in their clothes, holding their horses by the
+halters, without wasting time in fixing up piquets, or making any
+of the usual preparations for accommodating themselves and horses
+during the night. It is true that piquets are seldom used in the
+sands of Peru for the horses, as it would be necessary to drive
+these very deep to take sufficient hold; and as there are no
+trees to be met with in many parts of that country for making
+piquets, necessity has introduced a substitute in some measure
+equivalent: For this purpose each horseman has a small bag, which
+he fills with sand and burries in a hole of sufficient depth,
+having one end of the halter fixed to the bag, the hole being
+afterwards filled up and pressed well down to prevent the bag
+from being drawn up by the efforts of the horse. But on this
+urgent occasion, the troops of the viceroy did not take time for
+this measure, but held the halters in their hands, that they
+might be ready to mount and set out the moment it was necessary
+by the approach of their pursuers.</p>
+
+<p>In this long march, both the pursuers and the pursued suffered
+exceedingly from want of provisions; more especially the
+Pizarrians, as the viceroy used the precaution of removing the
+curacas and Indians from all the country through which he passed,
+that his enemy might find every part of the country deserted and
+unprovided with any means of subsistence. During this precipitate
+retreat, the viceroy carried along with him eight or ten of the
+best horses he had been able to procure, which were led by
+Indians for his own particular use; and when any of these became
+so tired as to be unable to proceed, he ordered them to be
+hamstrung, to prevent them from being useful to the enemy. While
+on this march in pursuit of the viceroy, Gonzalo Pizarro was
+joined by Captain Bachicao, who now returned from Tierra Firma
+with a reinforcement of three hundred and fifty men and a large
+quantity of artillery, having disembarked, from twenty vessels
+which he had procured, on a part of the coast as near as possible
+to Quito, and had made his way in such a manner across the
+mountains that he got to Quito rather before Gonzalo. On the
+junction of Bachicao, Gonzalo found himself at the head of more
+than eight hundred men, among whom were many of the principal
+people in South America, both townsmen or burgesses, planters,
+and soldiers. Owing to this large reinforcement, Gonzalo Pizarro
+found himself in such a state of tranquil security at Quito as
+hardly any usurper or tyrant had ever before enjoyed; as besides
+that this province abounded in provisions of every kind, several
+rich mines of gold had been recently discovered; and as most of
+the principal people of the province were either now along with
+the viceroy, or had attached themselves to him while at Quito,
+Gonzalo Pizarro appropriated all their Indians to himself,
+employing them in the collection of gold. From the Indians
+belonging to the treasurer, Rodrigo Nunnez de Bonilla, he
+procured about 800 marks [17] of gold in the course of eight
+months; besides that there were other repartimientos of greater
+value, and that he appropriated all the revenues and rights
+belonging to the crown, and even pillaged the tombs of the
+ancient sovereigns of Quito in search of treasure.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 17: Eight hundred marks of gold, or 6400
+ounces, at L.4 an ounce; are worth L.25,600: and at six for one,
+the value put upon bullion in those days by the Historian of
+America, are now worth at least L.153,600, perhaps a quarter of a
+million. As there were other repartimientos of more value than
+those of the treasurer, besides others not so valuable, it is not
+beyond bounds to suppose that Gonzalo may have acquired as much
+treasure at Quito as was equal to a million of our present money:
+A prodigious sum, considering that his army did not exceed 800
+men; being equal to L.1250 for each soldier.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>After a short stay at Quito, Gonzalo learnt that the viceroy
+had halted at the city of Parto, about forty leagues from thence,
+at the frontiers of the government of Benalcazar. Resolving to
+follow him, Gonzalo pushed on as he had done from San Miguel, and
+the light troops of the hostile parties had some interference at
+a place called Rio Caliente. When the viceroy was informed of the
+approach of Gonzalo, he hastily quitted Parto and retired to the
+city of Popayan at a greater distance from Quito, and was pursued
+by Gonzalo for twenty leagues beyond Parto. As Gonzalo found that
+he would have to march through a desert country, altogether
+destitute of provisions, he here discontinued the pursuit, and
+returned to Quito. Perhaps this was the longest and hottest
+pursuit ever made in war; as, counting from La Plata whence
+Gonzalo first set out, to Parto where the pursuit was
+discontinued, the distance is not less than 700 large Spanish
+leagues, or 2800 miles.</p>
+
+<p>On his return to Quito, Gonzalo Pizarro was so puffed up with
+the success which had hitherto attended him, that he frequently
+spoke of his majesty with much disrespect; alleging that the king
+would be reduced to the necessity of granting him the government
+of Peru, and even went so far as to say, if this favour were
+denied him, he would throw off his allegiance. For the most part
+indeed, he concealed these ambitious sentiments, pretending that
+he was always ready to submit to the orders of his majesty; but
+all his officers were satisfied that he meant to assert an
+independent dominion, and publickly avowed these absurd and
+criminal pretensions. On returning from Parto, he remained a long
+while at Quito, continually feasting and rejoicing; he and his
+adherents abandoning themselves to every degree of licence and
+debauchery, particularly in regard to the sex. It is even
+asserted that Gonzalo caused a citizen of Quito to be
+assassinated, whose wife he publickly lived with, and that he
+hired a Hungarian soldier, named Vincente Pablo to execute this
+infamous deed. This man was afterwards hanged at Valladolid, in
+the year 1551, by a sentence of the royal council of the
+Indies.</p>
+
+<p>As Pizarro found himself in the command of a strong body of
+excellent troops, which appeared entirely attached to his
+service, some of their own accord and others by constraint, he
+persuaded himself that no one could oppose him, or prevent him
+from enjoying his present elevation in peace and tranquillity. He
+was even convinced that the emperor would be obliged to treat him
+with cautious respect, and must find himself under the necessity
+of entering into a compromise. It was at this time, when Gonzalo
+considered himself as unresisted master of all Peru, that Centeno
+revolted from his tyrannical usurpation in the province of Las
+Charcas, and that he dispatched Carvajal for the reduction of
+that loyal officer, as has been already mentioned.</p>
+
+<p>Having continued a long time at Quito without receiving any
+intelligence of the measures which were taken by the viceroy,
+Gonzalo became anxious to learn what was become of him. Some
+alleged that he would return to Spain by way of Carthagena, while
+others gave it as their opinion that he would retire to Tierra
+Firma, to keep possession of the isthmus, to assemble troops,
+arms, ammunition, and provisions, and to wait for orders from his
+majesty; and a third opinion was that he would wait for these
+orders in Popayan, where he now was. No one suspected that he
+would be able to collect a sufficient number of troops in that
+place to enable him to undertake any enterprise for recovering
+his authority in Peru; yet it seemed advisable to Gonzalo and his
+officers to take possession of the Tierra Firma, on purpose to
+occupy the only direct passage between Spain and Peru. For this
+purpose, Gonzalo Pizarro appointed Pedro Alfonzo De Hinojosa to
+command the fleet which Bachicao had collected, giving him a
+detachment of two hundred and fifty men to enable him to occupy
+the isthmus, and directed him while on his voyage to Panama to
+coast along the province of Buenaventura and the mouth of the
+river of San Juan.</p>
+
+<p>Hinojosa set out immediately on this expedition, dispatching a
+single vessel, commanded by Captain Rodrigo de Carvajal direct
+for Panama, with letters from Gonzalo to some of the principal
+inhabitants of that city urging them to favour his designs. In
+these letters, he pretended that he was exceedingly displeased on
+hearing of the violence and rapacity with which Bachicao had
+conducted himself towards the inhabitants of Panama, in direct
+contradiction to his orders, which were to land the Doctor Texada
+without doing injury to any one. He informed them that Hinojosa
+was now on his way to their city, for the express purpose of
+indemnifying all those who had been injured by Bachicao; and
+desired them not to be under any apprehension of Hinojosa,
+although accompanied by a considerable force, as it was necessary
+for him to be on his guard against the viceroy and some of his
+officers, who were understood to be then in the Tierra Firma
+levying soldiers for their master. On the arrival of Rodrigo
+Carvajal at a place named Ancona about three leagues from Panama,
+he learnt that two officers belonging to the viceroy, Juan de
+Guzman and Juan Yllanez, were then in Panama, having been sent to
+that place to procure recruits and to purchase arms, with which
+they were to have gone to Popayan. They had already enrolled
+above an hundred soldiers, and had procured a considerable
+quantity of arms, among which were five or six small
+field-pieces; but, instead of going with these to join the
+viceroy, they remained to defend Panama against Gonzalo Pizarro,
+who they expected might send a force to occupy that important
+station.</p>
+
+<p>As Rodrigo Carvajal had only fifteen men along with him, he
+did not think it prudent to land in person; but sent secretly by
+night one of his soldiers to deliver the letters with which he
+was entrusted. The soldier accordingly delivered them to the
+inhabitants for whom they were addressed, who immediately
+communicated them to the magistrates and the officers of the
+viceroy. The soldier was taken into custody, from whom they
+learnt the coming of Hinojosa, and the orders with which he was
+entrusted. Upon this intelligence, they armed the whole
+population of Panama, and fitted out two brigantines which were
+sent off on purpose to capture Rodrigo Carvajal; but, as his
+messenger did not return, Carvajal suspected what had actually
+taken place, and set sail for the Pearl Islands to wait the
+arrival of Hinojosa, by which means he escaped from the
+brigantines. Pedro de Casaos was then governor of the Tierra
+Firma; and to be in readiness to defend his province against
+Hinojosa, he went immediately to Nombre de Dios, where he
+collected all the musquets and other arms he could procure,
+arming all the inhabitants of that place who were fit for
+service, whom he carried along with him to Panama, making every
+preparation in his power for defence. The two captains belonging
+to the viceroy, Guzman and Yllanez, likewise put their troops in
+order for resistance, and at first there was some jealousy
+between them and Casaos as to the supreme command; but it was at
+length agreed that Casaos should command in chief, as governor of
+the province, while they retained the immediate authority over
+their own men, and bore their own standards. Differences had
+subsisted for some time between these officers and the governor,
+because he had repressed some disorderly conduct in which they
+had indulged, and had advised them to set off with their men to
+the assistance of the viceroy for whom they were employed to levy
+troops; while they were averse from that measure, and finding
+themselves at the head of a respectable force, they made light of
+the orders of Casaos, and refused to obey him: But the necessity
+they were now under of providing for their mutual defence,
+occasioned them to enter into an accommodation of their
+disputes.</p>
+
+<p>After the dispatch of Carvajal to Panama, as already
+mentioned, Hinojosa set sail with ten vessels, and continued
+along the coast to the north till he arrived at Buenaventura, a
+small sea port at the mouth of the river San Juan which forms the
+southern boundary of Popayan, the government of Benalcazar. He
+proposed to learn at this place the situation and intentions of
+the viceroy, and to have seized any vessels that might be at this
+harbour, to prevent them from being employed by the viceroy for
+returning to Peru. On arriving at Buenaventura, Hinojosa sent
+some soldiers on shore, who brought off eight or ten of the
+inhabitants, from whom he learnt that the viceroy remained at
+Popayan, engaged in assembling troops and military stores for
+attempting to return into Peru; and that finding Yllanez and
+Guzman delayed their return from Panama, he had sent off his
+brother Vela Nunnez with several corporals on their way to
+Panama, to expedite the transmission of such reinforcements as
+could be procured, and had supplied him for that purpose with all
+the money belonging to the king at Popayan. Hinojosa was likewise
+informed that Vela Nunnez had the charge of a bastard son of
+Gonzalo Pizarro of twelve years old, who was found by the viceroy
+at Quito, and was now sent away to Panama, in the hope that the
+merchants of Panama might ransom him at a high price to acquire
+the good will of Gonzalo. The individual who communicated all
+this information added that the viceroy had employed a number of
+Indians to cut down a quantity of timber, which was to be
+conveyed to Buenaventura, on purpose to build a small vessel for
+the accommodation of Vela Nunnez; who must now be within a short
+distance of Buenaventura, and had sent this person before to
+inquire if he might come in safety to that place.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving this intelligence, Hinojosa landed two
+confidential officers with a party of soldiers, giving them
+orders to take two several routes into the interior, as pointed
+out by the informant, on purpose to take Vela Nunnez.
+Accordingly, one of these officers came up with Vela Nunnez, and
+the other got hold of Rodrigo Mexia and Saavedra with the son of
+Gonzalo Pizarro [18]. Both of these parties carried considerable
+sums of money, which was pillaged by the soldiers of Hinojosa;
+and the prisoners were brought on board the vessels, where great
+rejoicings were made for the happy success of this enterprize, by
+which their acquisition of Panama must be facilitated, and
+because they had done especial good service to Gonzalo by the
+liberation of his son.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 18: By Garcilasso de la Vega, this son of
+Gonzalo Pizarro is named Rodrigo Mexia; but Zarate could hardly
+be mistaken in giving that name to one of his
+conductors.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+. 
+
+<p>Hinojosa now resumed his voyage, in the course of which he
+fell in with Rodrigo de Carvajal, who gave him an account of the
+situation of affairs at Panama, and recommended the propriety of
+using judicious measures against that place, as it was provided
+for defence. Hinojosa accordingly appeared before Panama with
+eleven ships and two hundred and fifty soldiers. At this time
+there were more than five hundred men in Panama, all tolerably
+well armed, who were drawn, out under the command of Casaos to
+oppose the landing of the Pizarrians. But among these there were
+many merchants and tradesmen, little adapted for war, who hardly
+knew how to use their weapons, and many of whom were even unable
+to fire off a musquet. Many among them had no intention of
+fighting or of opposing the descent of the insurgents of Peru,
+whose arrival they were disposed to consider as more advantageous
+than prejudicial. The merchants expected to be able to sell their
+commodities, and the tradesmen were in hope of procuring
+profitable employment, each according to his occupation. Besides,
+the rich merchants had partners or factors who resided in Peru,
+and had charge of their most valuable effects; and were afraid,
+if they concurred in opposing Hinojosa, that Gonzalo Pizarro
+might revenge himself by seizing their goods and maltreating
+their partners and factors. Those who were principally inclined
+to oppose the landing of Hinojosa, were Pedro Casaos the
+governor, Guzman and Yllanez the captains belonging to the
+viceroy, Arias de Azevedo, Juan Fernandez de Rebollido, Andrew de
+Arayza, Juan de Zabala, Juan Vendrel, and some other considerable
+inhabitants of Panama; some from principles of loyalty, others
+from fear of future evils, lest Hinojosa might act with the same
+violence as had been done by Bachicao.</p>
+
+<p>Finding himself resisted, Hinojosa landed with two hundred men
+about two leagues from Panama, towards which place he marched
+close along the shore, being, protected on one flank by a range
+of rocks from the attack of cavalry, and on the other by the
+boats of his squadron armed with some pieces of artillery. Fifty
+of his soldiers were left on board for the defence of the ships,
+and orders were given to hang up Vela Nunnez and the other
+prisoners whenever the enemy were seen to attack him. Casaos
+marched with all his troops from Panama to meet Hinojosa, with
+the determination of giving battle: But when the hostile parties
+were almost within musquet shot and ready to engage, the whole
+priests and monks of Panama interposed between in procession,
+having their crucifixes veiled and every other demonstration of
+mourning, and prevailed on both sides to agree to a truce for
+that day, that endeavours might be used to bring about an
+accommodation. For this purpose negotiators were appointed on
+both sides; Don Balthasar de Castilia, son of the Conde de
+Gomera, was named by Hinojosa, and Don Pedro de Cabrera on the
+part of Casaos, and hostages were mutually interchanged.</p>
+
+<p>The deputy of Hinojosa affected to be astonished at the
+opposition of the governor and inhabitants of Panama, since he
+not only meant no harm to any one, but had come expressly to
+repair the injuries which had formerly been done by Bachicao, to
+purchase such provisions and clothing as they wanted, and to
+repair their ships; declaring that their only object was to
+oblige the deposed viceroy to return to Spain, pursuant to the
+orders of the royal audience, as his continuance in the country
+occasioned perpetual discord in Peru. But, as the viceroy was not
+there, Hinojosa intended to make only a short stay in the place,
+having orders from Gonzalo to offer no injury to any one unless
+attacked, in which case he must defend himself as he best could.
+The opposite party alleged that the presence of Hinojosa in
+warlike guise was sufficient to excite suspicion; since, even
+allowing the government of Gonzalo in Peru to be legitimate as
+they pretended, he had no jurisdiction in Panama, and had no
+right to direct the proceedings of any one at that place. That
+Bachicao had formerly come among them under pretence of peace,
+yet had committed all those violences and injuries, which
+Hinojosa now pretended he was come to repair. After a long
+conference, it was at length agreed that Hinojosa should be
+permitted to take up his residence in Panama for thirty days,
+accompanied by fifty soldiers to serve as a guard for his
+personal safety; but that the fleet and all the other soldiers of
+his party should repair to the Pearl Islands, where workmen and
+all necessaries for the reparation of the ships could be
+procured; and that at the expiry of these thirty days, Hinojosa
+and his armament were to return to Peru.</p>
+
+<p>On the conclusion of this convention, which was confirmed by
+mutual oaths and the interchange of hostages, Hinojosa took up
+his residence in Panama with a guard of fifty picked men, and
+hired a house in which he kept open table for every one who
+pleased to visit him, all of whom he allowed to divert themselves
+in play or otherwise as they pleased. By this procedure, he
+gained over most of the soldiers of Yllanez in a few days, and
+many other idle fellows joined themselves secretly to his party.
+It was even said that all these men had previously engaged by
+letter to have gone over to him if he and the governor had come
+to a battle on the former occasion. Indeed the governor and other
+principal persons of Panama had been chiefly induced to agree to
+the present accommodation by distrust of their soldiers, who were
+all eager for an opportunity of getting to Peru. By the
+above-mentioned means, Hinojosa soon saw himself at the head of a
+considerable body of troops, while the captains Yllanez and
+Guzman were almost deserted by all their men. As they saw
+likewise that the convention was in other respects ill observed,
+they secretly withdrew with fifteen men who yet remained, and
+endeavoured to get to Carthagena. Yllanez was taken soon
+afterwards by one of Hinojosas officers; on which he entered into
+the service of Gonzalo Pizarro, and was afterwards engaged on
+that side in the engagement at Nombre de Dios against Verdugo, to
+be afterwards related. Hinojosa continued to reside in Panama,
+where no one dared to oppose him. He increased the number of his
+troops from day to day, and kept them under excellent discipline,
+without allowing them to do injury to any of the inhabitants;
+neither did he intermeddle in any thing whatever except what
+concerned his troops. At this time Don Pedro de Cabrera and his
+son-in-law Hernan Mexia de Guzman, who had been banished from
+Peru by the viceroy, resided in Panama; and these two gentlemen
+were sent by Hinojosa, with a party of soldiers, to keep
+possession of the port of Nombre de Dios, which was of great
+importance to his security, and whence he might receive early
+intelligence from Spain and other places.</p>
+
+<p>Melchior Verdugo, an inhabitant of the city of Truxillo, was
+one of the richest men in Peru, being proprietor of the entire
+province of Caxamarca. On the arrival of the viceroy Blasco
+Nunnez Vela, Verdugo, who was originally from the same city in
+Spain, engaged heartily in his service, and continued in his
+suite at Lima, till the time when the viceroy proposed to
+dismantle that city and retire to Truxillo. At that period he
+commanded Verdugo to go before, that he might secure possession
+of Truxillo, with orders to levy soldiers and provide arms; and
+Verdugo accordingly embarked all his baggage and effects,
+intending to have set sail on the very day when the viceroy was
+imprisoned. As all the vessels at the port of Lima were then
+detained, Verdugo was unable to proceed; and, as Verdugo was
+particularly obnoxious to Gonzalo and his partizans, on account
+of his known attachment to the viceroy, he was one of the
+twenty-five who were committed to prison by Carvajal on his
+arrival at Lima, when De Baro and several others were hanged, as
+formerly related. For a long while afterwards he was in continual
+danger of being put to death; but at length Gonzalo granted him a
+pardon, though he still entertained suspicions of his conduct,
+but had no convenient opportunity of getting rid of him, till the
+departure of Carvajal against Centeno, when it was proposed by
+the lieutenant-general to have surprised him while at Truxillo,
+as formerly mentioned: But having some suspicions of his
+intention, Verdugo saved himself by flight, and concealed himself
+among his Indians in the province of Caxamarca.</p>
+
+<p>After Carvajal quitted Truxillo, Verdugo returned to that
+city; but as he expected Gonzalo might soon become master of that
+place, and would make him feel the effects of his displeasure, he
+resolved to abandon the country, yet wished to do it in such a
+manner as might distress Gonzalo as much as possible. While
+waiting a favourable opportunity for this, he made every
+preparation in his power for his intended enterprize, collecting
+as many men in his service as he possibly could, and employed
+workmen secretly to construct musquets, iron chains, fetters, and
+manacles. At this time a vessel arrived from Lima in the harbour
+of Truxillo, on which Verdugo sent for the master and pilot,
+under pretence of purchasing some of their commodities; and on
+their arrival at his house he confined them in a deep dungeon
+which he had previously prepared. After this, he returned to his
+chamber, causing his legs to be swathed with bandages, under
+pretence of certain malignant warts or ulcers to which he was
+subject, and sat down at one of his windows which looked towards
+the public square in which the magistrates and principal
+inhabitants used to assemble every day. When the magistrates came
+as usual to the square, he requested them to come into his house,
+as he wished to execute certain deeds in their presence, and the
+disorder in his legs rendered him unable to go out. Immediately
+on entering, he caused them to be carried into the dungeon, where
+they were deprived of their badges of office and put in chains.
+Leaving them under the guard of six musqueteers, he returned to
+the window of his chamber, whence he gradually enticed about
+twenty of the principal citizens into his house, all of whom he
+put in chains and fetters. He then went out into the city
+accompanied by a guard of soldiers, and proclaimed the king with
+much loyal solemnity, making prisoners of all who presumed to
+oppose him; which were very few, as Gonzalo had carried off most
+of the inhabitants on his expedition to Quito. Having thus made
+himself master of the city, and returned to his house, he
+addressed his prisoners, whom he reviled for having embraced the
+party of Gonzalo, and declared that he was resolved to withdraw
+from under the usurpation of the tyrant to join the viceroy, and
+meant to take along with him all the men and arms he was able to
+procure. For this purpose, he demanded that all his prisoners
+should contribute in proportion to their abilities, as it was
+quite reasonable they should give assistance to the royal cause,
+having frequently made large contributions to the usurper. He
+insisted therefore that every one of them should instantly
+subscribe for such sums as they were able to furnish, all of
+which were to be paid immediately, as he was otherwise resolved
+to carry them all along with him as prisoners. Every one of them
+accordingly agreed to advance such sums of money as they were
+able to procure, which were all instantly paid.</p>
+
+<p>Having brought this contrivance to a favourable issue, Verdugo
+made an agreement with the master and pilot of the vessel, and
+had every thing that could be useful or necessary carried on
+board. He then carried all his prisoners in irons in carts or
+waggons to the shore, and embarked with about twenty soldiers,
+and a considerable sum of money, partly exacted from the
+inhabitant, partly from the royal funds belonging to the city,
+and partly, from his own extensive revenues. Leaving his
+prisoners still in fetters on the carriages, to be liberated as
+they best might, he set sail along the coast to the northwards.
+In the course of his voyage he fell in with and captured a vessel
+belonging to Bachicao, containing a great deal of valuable
+articles which that officer had acquired by plunder in Tierra
+Firma, all of which Verdugo divided among his soldiers. He at
+first inclined to have landed at Buenaventura, on purpose to join
+the viceroy; but considering the small amount of his force, and
+the danger of falling in with the fleet of Gonzalo Pizarro, he
+directed his course for the province of Nicaragua, where he
+landed and applied to the principal persons there for assistance
+against the usurper. Finding small encouragement in that quarter,
+he addressed himself to the royal audience, which was established
+on the frontiers of Nicaragua, who promised him protection and
+aid, and sent for that purpose one of their number, the oydor
+Ramirez de Alarcon to Nicaragua, with orders to the inhabitants
+of that city to hold themselves in readiness to march with their
+arms and horses.</p>
+
+<p>Intelligence was soon received at Panama of the exploit of
+Verdugo at Truxillo, and his having gone to Nicaragua; and as
+Hinojosa suspected he might increase his force in that province
+so as to be enabled to disturb him in the possession of the
+Tierra Firma, he sent Alfonso Palamino with two ships and an
+hundred and eighty musqueteers to endeavour to dislodge Verdugo.
+Palamino easily took possession of the ship belonging to Verdugo;
+but as the inhabitants of Grenada and Leon, the two principal
+cities in the province of Nicaragua assembled in arms, under
+Verdugo and the licentiate Ramirez, to oppose his landing, and
+were much superior in number to his troops and provided with
+cavalry, he found himself unable to land with any prospect of
+success. After waiting some time in vain, he was obliged to sail
+back to Panama, taking several vessels along with him which he
+had captured on the coast, and burning several others which he
+could not carry away.</p>
+
+<p>On the departure of Palomino, Verdugo levied about an hundred
+well armed men, with whom he resolved to give as much
+interruption as possible to the schemes of the insurgents in the
+Tierra Firma. With this view he determined to make an attempt on
+Nombre de Dios, which he learnt was occupied only by a small
+detachment, which had no suspicion of being attacked. For this
+purpose, he fitted out three or four small vessels, in which he
+embarked his troops on the lake of Nicaragua, whence he descended
+into the gulf of Mexico by the river Chagre, which discharges the
+waters of that lake into the Atlantic. Finding some trading
+vessels at the mouth of that river, he received accurate
+information from their commanders of the state of affairs in
+Nombre de Dios, the number of the soldiers which occupied that
+place, and the different quarters in which they were lodged.
+Taking some of these mariners along with him as guides, he
+contrived to arrive at Nombre de Dios undiscovered about
+midnight, and went immediately to the house of Juan de Zabala, in
+which the captains Pedro de Cabrera and Hernan Mexia were
+quartered with some soldiers; who, roused by the noise, put
+themselves in a state of defence. Verdugo and his people set the
+house on fire, so that Mexia and his soldiers, who defended the
+staircase, were constrained to rush from the house to save
+themselves from the flames; and as the night was exceedingly
+dark, they escaped unseen, and saved themselves in the woods near
+Nombre de Dios, whence they escaped across the isthmus to
+Panama.</p>
+
+<p>Hinojosa was much chagrined at this exploit, and determined on
+revenge; but as he wished to give his conduct on the occasion
+some appearance of justice, he directed some of the inhabitants
+of Nombre de Dios to enter a regular accusation before the Doctor
+Ribera, the governor of that place, giving an exaggerated account
+of the insolent invasion of his government by Verdugo, who
+without any just pretence, had levied contributions, imprisoned
+the magistrates, and invaded the town of Nombre de Dios on his
+own private authority. They were likewise instructed to request
+Ribera to march in person to chastise the insolence of Verdugo,
+and Hinojosa offered to accompany him on this expedition with his
+troops. Ribera, who appears to have been then resident in Panama,
+agreed to all that was desired, and, accepted the proffered
+military aid to drive Verdugo from his government; on which
+Hinojosa and his officers swore to obey his orders as their
+commander on this expedition, and the troops were put in motion
+to march across the isthmus. On receiving notice of the approach
+of Hinojosa, Verdugo disposed his troops to defend the place, and
+caused the inhabitants of Nombre de Dios to take up arms, in
+addition to his own men. But as it was obvious that the
+inhabitants shewed no inclination for fighting, Verdugo suspected
+they might abandon him while engaged, and came therefore to the
+resolution of abandoning the town, and took post on the shore
+near his small barks. He waited for Hinojosa in that situation,
+having some boats in his rear, which he had seized to enable him
+to secure his retreat in case of necessity. Immediately on his
+arrival, Hinojosa attacked Verdugo, and several persons were
+killed at the first brunt. As the inhabitants of Nombre de Dios
+who were along with Verdugo, observed their governor acting as
+commander of the adverse party, they withdrew on one side from
+the engagement into an adjoining wood; by which the soldiers
+belonging to Verdugo were thrown into disorder, and they were
+forced to take to their boats and retreat on board their
+barks.</p>
+
+<p>After this repulse, Verdugo took possession of several ships
+that lay at anchor near Nombre de Dios, the largest of which he
+armed with some pieces of artillery and endeavoured to cannonade
+the town. But finding that he could do very little injury to the
+place, which was situated in a bottom, and as he was in want of
+provisions, and most of his soldiers had been left on shore, he
+retired with his small vessels and the ship he had seized to
+Carthagena, to await a more favourable opportunity of annoying
+the insurgents. Having restored Nombre de Dios to order, Ribera
+and Hinojosa left a sufficient garrison in the place, under the
+command of Don Pedro de Cabrera and Hernan Mexia, and returned to
+Panama, where they proposed to wait for such orders as might be
+sent from Spain respecting the troubles in Peru.</p>
+
+<p>On arriving at Popayan, as formerly related, the viceroy
+collected all the iron which could be procured in the province,
+erected forges, and procured workmen, so that in a short time he
+got two hundred musquets constructed, besides other arms both
+offensive and defensive, and provided every other species of
+warlike stores. Learning that the governor, Benalcazar, had
+detached a brave and experienced officer, named Juan Cabrera, to
+reduce some refractory Indians, with an hundred and fifty
+soldiers; the viceroy wrote a letter to Cabrera, in which he gave
+a detailed account of the insurrection and usurpation of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, and of his own determination to restore the kingdom of
+Peru to allegiance whenever he could collect a sufficient number
+of troops for that purpose. He earnestly intreated therefore,
+that Cabrera would immediately join him at Popayan with all his
+men, that they might commence their march together for Quito, to
+punish the rebellious usurper. To induce compliance, he
+represented in strong colours to Cabrera, the great and signal
+service which he had in his power to perform for the sovereign on
+this occasion; which likewise would be far more advantageous to
+his own personal interests, than any which could accrue from the
+expedition in which he was now engaged; as, on the defeat of
+Pizarro, he would be entitled to partake in the distribution of
+the lands belonging to Gonzalo and his partizans, and he might
+depend on being gratified with ample possessions for himself and
+his followers in the best districts of Peru. Farther to encourage
+Cabrera, the viceroy informed him of the events which had lately
+occurred in the south of Peru, where Centeno had erected the
+royal standard at the head of a respectable force; so that the
+present conjuncture was extremely favourable for an attack on
+Gonzalo, who could hardly resist when pressed from both
+extremities of the kingdom at once; and besides, that the
+inhabitants of Peru were now quite weary of the tyrannical
+violence and extortion of Gonzalo, and would doubtless revolt
+against him on the first favourable opportunity. As an additional
+inducement to Cabrera to join him, the viceroy sent him an order
+by which he was authorized to take from the royal coffers at
+Carthagena, Encelme, Cali, Antiochia, and other places, to the
+extent of 30,000 pesos for the pay and equipment of his troops;
+and as Cabrera acted under the orders of Benalcazar, he procured
+letters to him from that governor by which he was commanded
+immediately to obey the requisition of the viceroy. On receiving
+these dispatches, Cabrera immediately secured the funds which he
+was authorized to take, which he divided among his men, and set
+out with all possible expedition to join the viceroy at Popayan
+with an hundred well appointed soldiers. The viceroy had likewise
+sent orders for reinforcements from the new kingdom of Grenada,
+the province of Carthagena, and other places, so that his troops
+daily increased; and having learnt the capture of his brother
+Vela Nunnez, and the loss of Yllanez and his troops, he had no
+expectation of procuring any additional reinforcements.</p>
+
+<p>At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro was very anxious to devise some
+stratagem for inveigling the viceroy into his hands, as he
+considered his usurpation unsafe so long as that officer remained
+alive and at the head of a military force. With this view, that
+the viceroy might return into Peru where he might have it in his
+power to bring him to action, Gonzalo gave out that he intended
+to proceed to Las Charcas at the southern extremity of Peru, to
+repress the disorders occasioned by Centeno, leaving Captain
+Pedro de Puelles at Quito with three hundred men to oppose the
+viceroy. He proceeded even ostensibly to take such measures as
+were proper for executing this design; selecting such troops as
+were to accompany himself to the south, and those who were to
+remain at Quito; even distributing money to both divisions, and
+set off on his march for the south after a general muster and
+review of his army. Gonzalo contrived that intelligence of these
+proceedings should be conveyed to the viceroy, by means of a spy
+in the employment of that officer, who had betrayed his trust,
+and had even communicated to Gonzalo the cypher which he used in
+corresponding with his employer. Gonzalo made this person send
+intelligence to the viceroy of these pretended motions; and
+Puelles wrote likewise to some friends in Popayan, as if
+privately to inform them that he was left in the command at Quito
+with three hundred men, with which he believed himself able to
+resist all the force the viceroy might be able to bring against
+him; and these letters were sent purposely in such a manner that
+they might fall into the hands of the viceroy. Gonzalo likewise
+took care to spread these reports among the Indians who were
+present at the review, and who, having seen Gonzalo set off on
+his march to the south, were perfectly acquainted with the number
+of troops which accompanied him on the march, and of those which
+remained under Puelles at Quito. To give the greater appearance
+of truth to these reports, Gonzalo actually set out on his march;
+but halted at two or three days journey from Quito, under
+pretence of falling sick.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving intelligence of these circumstances, which he
+implicitly believed, the viceroy determined to march from Popayan
+to Quito, satisfied that he should be easily able to overpower
+the small force left there under Puelles, who had no means of
+being reinforced. He accordingly began his march, during which he
+was unable to procure any intelligence whatever respecting
+Gonzalo and his troops, so carefully were all the passes guarded
+to prevent either Christians or Indians from conveying advices on
+the road towards Popayan. While, on the contrary, Gonzalo
+procured regular notice of every step taken by the viceroy, by
+means of the Indians called <i>Cagnares</i>, a cunning and
+intelligent race. Accordingly, when the viceroy was arrived
+within a few days march of Quito, Gonzalo returned thither with
+his troops to join Puelles, and they marched together to meet the
+viceroy, who was then at Oravalo about twelve leagues from Quito.
+Although the viceroy was at the head of eight hundred men, and
+his force increased daily on his approach to Quito, Gonzalo
+confided in the valour and experience of his troops, among which
+were many of the principal persons in Peru, his soldiers being
+inured to war, accustomed to hardships and fatigue, and full of
+confidence in themselves from the many victories they had gained.
+Gonzalo did every thing in his power to satisfy his troops of the
+justice of the cause in which he and they were engaged;
+representing to them that Peru had been conquered by him and his
+brothers; recalling to their remembrance the cruelties which had
+been exercised by the viceroy, particularly in putting to death
+the commissary Yllan Suarez and several of his own captains. In
+the next place, he gave an exaggerated picture of the tyrannical
+conduct of the viceroy during the whole period of his government,
+owing to which he had been deposed by the royal audience, and
+sent out of the country to give an account to the king of his
+conduct: Instead of which, he now endeavoured to disturb the
+colony by sowing dissensions and encouraging insurrections, and
+had even levied an army in other provinces, with which he
+intended to reduce the country under his tyrannous rule, and to
+ruin all its inhabitants. After a long speech, by which he
+endeavoured to animate his troops with resentment against the
+viceroy, they all declared their readiness to march against him
+and bring him to battle. Some were actuated by interested
+motives, to prevent the enforcement of the obnoxious regulations;
+others by a desire of avenging private injuries; and others again
+by the fear of punishment for having taken up arms. But it is not
+to be concealed, that the majority acted from dread of the
+severity of Gonzalo and his officers, who had already put several
+persons to death, merely for having shewn some degree of coldness
+or disinclination towards the cause of the insurgents.</p>
+
+<p>On reviewing and mustering his force, Gonzalo found himself at
+the head of 130 well mounted cavalry, 200 musqueteers, and 350
+armed with pikes, or near 700 in all, with abundance of excellent
+gun-powder[19]. Learning that the viceroy had encamped on the
+banks of the river about two leagues from Quito, Gonzalo advanced
+to meet him. Juan de Acosta and Juan Velez de Guevara were his
+captains of musqueteers, Hernando Bachicao commanded the pikemen,
+and the horse were led by Pedro de Puelles and Gomez de Alvarado.
+On this occasion there was no person appointed to the office of
+major-general, the duties of which Gonzalo chose to execute in
+person. He detached seventy of his cavalry to occupy a ford of
+the river, by which he meant to cross over towards the camp of
+the viceroy, over whom he expected to gain an easy victory. It
+was now Saturday the 15th of January 1546, and the two armies
+remained all night so near each other that the advanced posts
+were able to converse, each calling the other rebels and
+traitors, those on each side pretending that they only were loyal
+subjects to the king.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 19: According to Garcilasso, the army of
+Gonzalo on this occasion amounted to 700 men, 200 of whom were
+armed with firelocks, 350 with pikes, and 150 were cavalry. In
+the History of America, II. 375, the force under the viceroy is
+only stated at 400; but both in Zarate and Garcilasso the
+royalists are mentioned as 800 strong.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro was accompanied by the
+licentiate Benedict Suarez de Carvajal brother to the commissary
+Yllan Suarez de Carvajal who had formerly been put to death at
+Lima in presence of the viceroy. At that former period Benedict
+was on his journey from Cuzco to Lima, intending to have joined
+the viceroy against Gonzalo, and had arrived within twenty
+leagues of Lima when he learnt the murder of his brother, after
+which he dared not to trust himself in that city until the
+viceroy had been deposed and sent on board ship. He was
+afterwards made prisoner by Gonzalo, who was even on the point of
+putting him to death; but on setting out for Quito, Gonzalo took
+him into favour. Carvajal now followed him with good will against
+the viceroy, upon whom he was eager to take signal vengeance for
+the unmerited death of his brother; and was even followed on this
+occasion by about thirty of his friends and relations, who formed
+a separate company under his immediate command.</p>
+
+<p>The viceroy had arrived at a village called Tuza, about twenty
+leagues from Quito, when he learnt that Gonzalo Pizarro was
+returned to that city, and was now at the head of about seven
+hundred men. Believing himself however in sufficient force to
+attempt the recovery of his authority in Peru, the viceroy
+communicated this intelligence to his principal officers, whom he
+commanded to have every thing in readiness for battle. On his
+arrival at the river within two leagues of Quito, and in presence
+of the enemy who occupied the slope of a hill on the other side,
+he determined to endeavour to get into their rear, for which
+purpose he advanced with his troops by a road in a different
+direction from that on which the insurgents were posted,
+expecting to derive great advantages from this measure, as the
+whole infantry of Gonzalo, which formed his principal force, were
+posted on the slope of the hill directly in front, and his
+rear-guard of cavalry could have no suspicion of being liable to
+attack. The viceroy accordingly began his march on the night of
+the 15th January, leaving his camp standing with all his Indians
+and dogs, and with fires burning in many places, to deceive the
+enemy into a belief that he still remained in the camp. Marching
+therefore in perfect silence by the road which had been pointed
+out to him for gaining the rear of the insurgents, he expected to
+have attained his object before day: But as the road, had not
+been frequented for a long time, he encountered so many
+obstructions and difficulties, in consequence of the road being
+broken up in many places, that when day broke he was still a
+league from the enemy, by which all hope or opportunity of
+surprizing them was entirely lost. In this dilemma, he came to
+the resolution of marching straight upon Quito, in which there
+were very few to oppose him, and which was in no situation to
+give any resistance. He was in hopes of finding several loyal
+subjects in that place, who might have contrived to elude
+following the usurper to the field, and might now join his army,
+and he expected to find some arms and military stores left there
+by Gonzalo. On arriving at Quito, the soldiers of the viceroy
+learnt that Gonzalo was present with all his troops, which
+circumstance had hitherto been carefully concealed from their
+knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning of the 16th, the scouts of Gonzalo were
+surprised to hear so little noise in the camp of the viceroy; and
+having cautiously advanced, they learnt from the Indian followers
+of the royalist army in what manner the viceroy had passed the
+insurgents during the night. The scouts therefore made haste to
+apprize Gonzalo of this event, who learnt soon afterwards by
+messengers from Quito that the viceroy had taken possession of
+that city. Gonzalo therefore immediately marched for Quito,
+determined to give battle to the viceroy without delay; and
+although the viceroy was perfectly aware of the advantages
+possessed by Pizarro in the superior discipline and equipment of
+his troops, he courageously resolved to run the risk of battle,
+and even to expose himself personally to all its dangers. In this
+determination, he boldly marched from the city of Quito directly
+towards the enemy, as if assured of gaining a victory. To Don
+Alfonzo de Montemayor, who commanded his first company with the
+royal standard, he assigned the office of lieutenant-general,
+commanding every one to obey him in that capacity. Cepeda and
+Bazan led the cavalry, and Ahumada carried the great standard.
+Sancho Sanchez de Avila, Hernandez Giron, Pedro Heredia, and
+Rodrigo Nunnez de Bonilla were captains of infantry, over which
+Juan de Cabrera commanded as major-general. The viceroy was
+earnestly requested by all his officers not to engage in the
+front of battle as he intended, but to take post in the rear with
+fifteen horsemen, whence he might send succours to wherever they
+might be required; yet, when the engagement was about to
+commence, the viceroy rode up to the vanguard, and took his place
+beside the lieutenant-general, Don Alfonzo, in front of the royal
+standard. On this occasion the viceroy was mounted on a grey
+horse, dressed in an upper garment of white muslin, with large
+slashes, shewing an under vest of crimson satin fringed with
+gold. Just before beginning the engagement, he addressed his
+troops to the following effect: "I do not pretend, my loyal
+friends, to encourage you by my words and example, as I rather
+look for an example of bravery from your courageous efforts, and
+am fully convinced you will do your duty as brave and faithful
+subjects of our gracious sovereign. Knowing therefore your
+inviolable fidelity to the king our common master, I have only to
+say that we are engaged in the cause of God." These last words he
+repeated several times, exclaiming, "It is the cause of God! It
+is the cause of God!"</p>
+
+<p>After this short exhortation, the viceroy with Don Alfonzo and
+Bazan advanced to the charge, being opposed on the other side by
+the licentiate Carvajal. Gonzalo Pizarro had likewise intended to
+have taken post in the front of battle, but his officers insisted
+upon his remaining in the rear with eight or ten horsemen. In the
+first charge the cavalry shivered their lances, after which they
+continued to fight obstinately with swords, battle-axes and
+war-clubs or maces. In this part of the battle the cavalry of the
+viceroy were much galled by a line of musqueteers of the adverse
+army which plied them in flank. While fighting bravely, the
+viceroy beat down one of the insurgents named Montalva; but
+immediately afterwards received so severe a blow on the head with
+a battle-axe from Ferdinand de Torres, that he fell stunned from
+his horse. Indeed, both he and his horse had been so excessively
+fatigued by the difficult march of the preceding night, in which
+they had neither been able to take food or rest, that they were
+both easily overthrown. While this was passing with the cavalry
+of the van, the infantry on both sides advanced to engage,
+setting up such loud shouts, that one would have believed them
+much more numerous than they were in reality. Juan de Cabrera was
+slain at the very commencement of this part of the battle. Sancho
+de Avilla, advanced boldly at the head of his company to attack
+the enemy, brandishing a two-handed sword, which he employed with
+so much strength and address that he soon broke through and
+defeated half of the company by which he was opposed. But as the
+soldiers of Pizarro were more numerous in this part of the field
+than those who followed Avilla, he was surrounded on all sides,
+and he and most of his men slain. Until the death of the viceroy
+was known, the battle was very bravely contested by his infantry;
+but as soon as the knowledge of that unfortunate event had spread
+through their ranks, they lost heart and relaxed in their
+efforts, and were soon entirely defeated with considerable
+slaughter. At this time, the licentiate Carvajal observed Pedro
+de Puelles about to end the life of the unfortunate viceroy,
+already insensible and almost dead in consequence of the blow he
+had received from De Torres and a wound from a musquet ball:
+Carvajal immediately dismounted and cut off his head, saying,
+"That his only object in joining the party of Gonzalo was to take
+vengeance for the death of his brother."</p>
+
+<p>When the victory was completely decided, Gonzalo Pizarro
+ordered a retreat to be sounded to recal his troops who were
+engaged in pursuit of the enemy. In this battle, the royalists
+lost about two hundred men, while only seven were slain on the
+side of the victors. Pizarro ordered the slain to be buried on
+the field of battle, and caused the bodies of the viceroy and
+Sancho de Avilla to be carried to Quito, where they were buried
+with much solemn pomp, attending himself at the funeral and in
+mourning[20]. He soon afterwards ordered ten or twelve of the
+principal royalists to be hanged, who had taken shelter in the
+churches of Quito, or had concealed themselves in other places.
+The oydor Alvarez, Benalcazar governor of Popayan, and Don
+Alfonzo de Montemayor, were wounded and made prisoners in the
+battle. Gonzalo intended to have ordered Don Alfonzo to be
+beheaded; but as he had many friends among the insurgents who
+interceded for his life, and who assured Gonzalo that he could
+not possibly recover from his wounds, he was spared. Some time
+afterwards, Gomez de Alvarado sent notice to Benalcazar that it
+was intended to administer poison to these three prisoners in the
+dressings applied to their wounds or in their food; and
+accordingly he and Don Alfonzo took great precautions to avoid
+this treachery. As the oydor Alvarez was lodged in the same house
+with his brother judge Cepeda, he had not in his power to use
+similar precautions, and died soon after; and every one believed
+that he was poisoned in some almond soup.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 20: This authentic circumstance by no means
+agrees with the assertion in the History of America, II. 376,
+that the head of the viceroy was affixed on the public gibbet in
+Quito. From the text of Zarate, this battle appears to have been
+fought on the 16th January 1546. In the History of America, it is
+dated on the 18th; but the difference is quite
+immaterial.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Finding that he could not get secretly rid of Don Alfonzo as
+he wished, and having no hope of gaining him over to his party,
+Pizarro resolved to banish him into Chili, above a thousand
+leagues from Quito, and to send to the same place Rodrigo de
+Bonilla the treasurer of Quito, and seven or eight other persons
+of importance, who had always faithfully accompanied the viceroy
+under every change of fortune. Gonzalo did not put these men to
+death, as several of his own partizans interceded for their
+lives; and he did not deem it prudent to keep them near his
+person, or to permit them to remain in Peru. These exiles were
+accordingly sent off for Chili, under the charge of Antonio de
+Ulloa with a party of soldiers. After a march of more than four
+hundred leagues, mostly on foot, although their wounds were not
+entirely healed, these prisoners determined to make an effort to
+recover their liberty, or to lose their lives in the attempt.
+They accordingly rose against Ulloa and his men with so much
+courage and resolution that they succeeded in making him and most
+of his men prisoners. Being near a sea-port, they contrived by
+great address to gain possession of a vessel, in which were
+several soldiers and others of the insurgent party whom they
+overpowered; and leaving all their prisoners, they embarked
+without either sailors or pilot, and though none of them were in
+the least acquainted with navigation, they had the good fortune
+to reach New Spain.</p>
+
+<p>Not satisfied with wreaking his vengeance on those of his
+enemies who had fallen into his hands in consequence of the
+victory of Quito, Gonzalo sent Guevara to the city of Parto to
+apprehend some of his enemies who resided in that place, one of
+whom only was put to death, and all the rest sent into exile. He
+pardoned Benalcazar, who promised faithfully to become attached
+to his party, and sent him back to his government of Popayan,
+with part of the troops he had brought from thence in the service
+of the viceroy. He likewise assembled all the fugitive troops of
+the viceroy, to whom he in the first place urged the many causes
+of displeasure which he had for their past conduct, yet pardoned
+them as he knew they had either been misled or forced to act
+against him, and promised, if they served him faithfully in the
+sequel, that he would treat them as well as those who had been on
+his side from the beginning, and would reward them equally when
+the country was restored to peace. He sent off messengers in
+every direction, to announce the victory he had obtained, and to
+encourage his partizans, so that his usurpation seemed
+established in greater security than ever. Captain Alarcon was
+sent to Panama, to communicate the intelligence to Hinojosa, with
+orders to bring back along with him Vela Nunnez and the others
+who had been made prisoners in that quarter.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION V.</p>
+
+<p><i>Continuation of the Usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, to the
+arrival of Gasca in Peru with full powers to restore the Colony
+to order.</i></p>
+
+<p>At this period, some of Gonzalo's adherents advised him to
+send his fleet to scour the coasts of Nicaragua and New Spain, on
+purpose to take or burn all the vessels which might be found in
+these parts, by which he would effectually secure himself from
+any attack by sea. By this means, they alleged, when the
+dispatches and orders from his majesty should arrive in the
+Tierra Firma, finding no means of sending these into Peru, the
+ministers of the crown would be under the necessity of granting
+him favourable terms of accommodation almost equal to his wishes.
+Pizarro however had great confidence in the fidelity and
+attachment of Hinojosa and those who were with him, believing
+that he might trust implicitly to their vigilance, and refused to
+follow the measures proposed, as tending to evince too much
+weakness and want of confidence in the goodness of the cause in
+which he was engaged. He was besides so puffed up by the victory
+which he had gained over the viceroy, that he believed himself
+able to resist any power which could now be brought against
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Alarcon went accordingly to Panama, whence he brought back to
+Peru the prisoners who had been taken at that place by Hinojosa,
+and was accompanied on his return by the son of Gonzalo. When
+near Puerto Viejo on his voyage back, Alarcon ordered Saavedra
+and Lerma, two of his chief prisoners, to be hanged on account of
+some words they were said to have spoken against the insurgents.
+He was disposed to have put Rodrigo Mexia, another of these
+prisoners, to death at the same time; but the son of Gonzalo
+pleaded strongly to save his life, by representing how kindly he
+had been used by Mexia while in his custody. Vela Nunnez was
+conducted to Quito, where he was pardoned by Gonzalo, yet
+admonished to behave very carefully for the future, as the
+slightest suspicion would be fatal. Cepeda, one of the oydors of
+the royal audience, always continued to accompany Gonzalo, so
+that Ortiz de Zarate, the only judge who remained in Lima was
+unable to act in the absence of all the other judges. Indeed he
+was now less feared, ever since Gonzalo Pizarro had almost by
+force procured a marriage between one of the daughters of that
+judge and his brother Blas Soto[21]. Still however this judge
+retained every proper sentiment of loyalty to the king, although
+constrained by the exigency of the times to conceal his
+principles, and to seem in some measure reconciled to the
+usurper.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 21: Of this brother of the Pizarro family,
+no other notice occurs in Zarate.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>While these transactions were going on in the north of Peru,
+the lieutenant-general Carvajal continued his operations in the
+south against Centeno. As formerly related, he departed from
+Cuzeo with three hundred men, well provided with horses, musquets
+and other arms, marching by way of the Collao for the province of
+Paria, in which Centeno then was with about two hundred and fifty
+men, determined to await the arrival of the enemy and to run the
+chance of battle. When Carvajal was come within about two leagues
+of that place, Centeno retired a short space to the other side of
+the city, taking post on the side of a river in what appeared to
+him strong ground, and Carvajal took possession of the
+<i>tambo</i> of Paria, about a league from the camp of Centeno.
+Next day, Centeno sent fifteen well mounted musqueteers to bid
+defiance to Carvajal, and to challenge him to battle. On arriving
+within a stones throw of the tambo, they required a conference
+with Carvajal, to whom they delivered the following message:
+"That Centeno was ready to give battle in the cause of his
+majesty; but if Carvajal, who had grown old in the royal service,
+would return to his duty and abandon the service of the usurper,
+Centeno and all his followers would be happy to serve under his
+command." To this message Carvajal only returned abusive
+language, and the two parties mutually reproached each other as
+rebels and traitors. After some time spent in this manner, the
+fifteen royalists discharged their musquets and returned to
+Centeno, to whom they gave an account of the number and
+disposition of the enemy. This occurrence took place on Holy
+Friday in the year 1546.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately after this defiance, Carvajal put his troops in
+motion to attack the royalists, but Centeno thought proper to
+retire to a more advantageous post, not deeming it prudent to run
+the risk of a pitched battle, and meaning rather to harass the
+enemy by means of skirmishes and night attacks. He was likewise
+in hopes that a good many of those who followed Carvajal might
+come over to his side as opportunity offered, as he understood
+many of them were much discontented with the harsh and brutal
+behaviour of the lieutenant-general, whom they served from fear
+and constraint, not from attachment. Besides, Centeno was
+unwilling to run the risk of battle, as Carvajal though inferior
+in cavalry to the royalist party was greatly superior in point of
+fire arms. In fact this resolution of retreating was much against
+the inclination of Centeno, who wished to have given battle to
+Carvajal; but as all the inhabitants of La Plata on his side
+opposed that measure, he was obliged to conform to their wishes,
+yet always determined to give battle on the first favourable
+opportunity. Centeno accordingly retreated fifteen leagues that
+day, and was followed by Carvajal with great diligence, insomuch
+that the hostile parties encamped at night very near each other,
+on which occasion Carvajal confided the guard of his camp to such
+of his followers as he could most surely depend upon. Towards
+midnight, Centeno detached eighty horsemen to assault the camp of
+the insurgents, which they did accordingly with much spirit,
+making several discharges of their fire arms, but without any
+favourable impression; as Carvajal drew up his troops in order of
+battle, and kept them all night in their ranks, strictly
+forbidding any one to quit their post on any pretence, lest some
+might desert over to the enemy. At break of day, Centeno decamped
+and resumed his march, and was followed by Carvajal with equal
+diligence always very near. In this second day of the retreat the
+two parties marched ten leagues, or near forty miles; and towards
+evening Camijal came up with one of the soldiers belonging to
+Centeno, who had lagged behind owing to extreme fatigue. Carvajal
+ordered him immediately to be hanged, swearing that he would
+treat every one of the enemy who fell into his hands in the same
+manner.</p>
+
+<p>Centeno continued always to retreat, and Carvajal to pursue
+close in his rear, both parties using the utmost possible
+diligence, insomuch that they every day marched twelve or fifteen
+long leagues, almost always within sight of each other. After
+some days, Centeno made a countermarch upon Paria by taking a
+different road, and even directed his march, towards the Collao,
+always followed by Carvajal. At Hayohayo[22] Carvajal came up
+with twelve soldiers belonging to Centeno, who had fallen behind,
+all of whom he ordered to be hanged. In consequence of these
+continued rapid marches, several of the soldiers of both sides
+used daily to lag behind from excessive fatigue, all of whom
+endeavoured to hide themselves as well as they could to avoid
+being made prisoners. Finding his force daily diminishing,
+Centeno complained loudly of his officers and followers for
+having prevented him from fighting; and as he found the whole
+country through which he now marched attached to the enemy, he
+determined to direct his march towards the coast intending to
+escape if possible by sea. For this purpose he took the direction
+of Arequipa, and sent off one of his officers named Ribadeneyra
+to endeavour to procure a ship somewhere on the coast, which he
+was to bring to Arequipa, that it might be in readiness to embark
+the whole remnant of the retreating party immediately on their
+arrival[23]. Ribadeneyra fell in with a ship on the coast which
+was ready to sail for Chili, of which he easily took possession,
+and found it well adapted for his purpose.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 22: The Callao is a district at the north
+end of the great lake of Titicaca. Paria and Hayohayo are two
+towns on the east side of the Rio Desaguadero, which flows from
+the south into the lake of Titicaca.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 23: Arequipa is not less than twenty-five
+miles from the nearest coast, at which place there is a bay or
+port named La Guata.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>"In the course of this pursuit, it happened, one day that
+Centeno had to pass a deep dell or narrow valley between two
+mountains, as often happens in that country, the descent to which
+was about a league from the top to a stream of water in the
+bottom, yet the hills were so precipitous and close together that
+their tops hardly exceeded a musquet shot. As Carvajal was well
+acquainted with this pass, he was confident of catching his enemy
+at this place as in a trap; believing that while Centeno was
+descending to the bottom, he should be able to gain the top of
+the hill, whence he might greatly annoy Centeno and his men while
+clambering up the opposite hill. Centeno was however fully aware
+of his danger, and was accordingly very careful to provide
+against the mischief which he foresaw might occur. He therefore
+placed six of his best mounted cavalry in ambush near the top of
+the first mountain, with directions to assail the rear of
+Carvajal's troops after the van and main body were past, so as to
+make a diversion and oblige Carvajal to return to succour his
+people, by which he and his men would be enabled, to get beyond
+the pass in safety. The ambush accordingly remained concealed
+until Carvajal and the best part of his troops were gone past;
+after which they sallied forth, and fell with great resolution on
+the rear which was marching on in disorder, consisting of a mixed
+multitude of Indians, Negroes, and straggling Spaniards, with
+horses mules and other beasts of burden, all in confusion and
+disorder, among whom they did great execution. Although he heard
+the noise occasioned by this unexpected assault, Carvajal
+continued his march for some time, believing it only a false
+alarm. The six horsemen therefore continued their assault almost
+unopposed, carrying all before them, and doing incredible
+mischief. Among the rest they overthrew a loaded mule which
+carried several quintals of gun-powder, which they blew up with
+so violent a noise that Carvajal was convinced of the serious
+nature of the assault, and found it necessary to desist from the
+pursuit of Centeno, and to return for the protection of his rear.
+When the six horsemen belonging to Centeno observed the approach
+of the troops of Carvajal, they immediately fled by cross ways
+and bye paths, under the guidance of some friendly Indians, and
+rejoined Centeno six or seven days afterwards. By this successful
+stratagem Centeno was enabled to escape across the dangerous
+pass, and even gained considerably in the retreat, as Carvajal
+was obliged to remain on the top of the first mountain all the
+rest of that day and the following night. Carvajal was much
+displeased at being thus foiled by one so much less experienced
+than he in the art of war, and observed to his officers, that
+during forty years service in the wars of Italy, where he had
+seen many fine retreats, accomplished by the king of France, by
+Antonio de Leyva, Count Pedro de Navarro, Mark Antony Colona, and
+other famous captains, he had never seen one so excellently
+contrived as this by Centeno[24]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 24: This paragraph, marked by inverted
+commas, is inserted from Garcilasso de la Vega in the text, as
+too long for a note.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Centeno arrived soon afterwards at Arequipa, and in less than
+two days Carvajal arrived there in pursuit. As the vessel
+procured by Ribadeneyra was not come to that part of the coast,
+and Centeno had not even received notice of its capture, he
+determined to dismiss his followers, now reduced to eighty men,
+that they might endeavour to escape separately, being utterly
+unable to make head against the enemy who was fast approaching.
+Centeno, accompanied only by two friends, withdrew, into the
+mountains, where he remained concealed in a cave till the arrival
+of the licentiate Gasca, being all the time supplied with
+provisions by a friendly cacique. On arriving at the coast of
+Arequipa, Carvajal was informed that Centeno and his people were
+dispersed; and hearing that Lope de Mendoza was at no great
+distance with eight or ten of the royalists, he detached one of
+his officers with twenty mounted musqueteers in pursuit. Mendoza
+however fled with so much diligence, that although followed for
+more than eighty leagues, his pursuers were unable to overtake
+him, and were at last obliged to return. Mendoza continued his
+retreat beyond the ridge of the Andes, into the eastern plain of
+the Rio Plata, where we must leave him for the present to
+continue the narrative of events in Peru.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after the arrival of Carvajal in Arequipa, the ship
+which, had been seized by Ribadeneyra appeared on the coast, and
+Carvajal was informed by some of the soldiers of Centeno who
+remained at Arequipa of the intention of this vessel, and of the
+signal which had been agreed, upon between Centeno and
+Ribadeneyra. Wishing to gain possession of the vessel, Carvajal
+concealed twenty musqueteers near the coast, and made the
+appointed signal. Ribadeneyra at first believed that the signal
+was made by order of Centeno and sent the boat on shore; but
+having some suspicions of the actual state of affairs, he
+directed the people in the boat to be extremely cautious against
+surprize before venturing on shore. They accordingly, refused to
+land, unless Centeno himself made his appearance; and as this of
+course could not be complied with, they returned to the ship,
+with which Ribadeneyra immediately set sail for Nicaragua. As no
+part of the late force under Centeno remained in the field,
+Carvajal resolved to take up his residence for some time in the
+city of La Plata, as he was informed that Centeno and his friends
+had concealed a large quantity of treasure at that place, and
+that he might both endeavour to discover that deposit, and might
+draw as large a sum as possible from the rich mines in that
+neighbourhood. Carvajal was willing to communicate to Gonzalo a
+portion of the wealth he expected to acquire in that district,
+for defraying the expences of the war; but he proposed especially
+to enrich himself on this occasion, being exceedingly covetous,
+as has been already remarked. He accordingly went to La Plata,
+which submitted without resistance, and remained there for a
+considerable time amassing wealth, till obliged to take the field
+against Mendoza.</p>
+
+<p>Lope de Mendoza, as already mentioned, made his escape from
+Arequipa with a small number of followers, and was pursued for a
+long way. He for some time followed the line of the coast, and
+after he had eluded the pursuit of the party sent after him by
+Carvajal, he and his companions resolved so endeavour to
+penetrate into the government of Diego de Roias on the Rio Plata,
+as all the country of Peru had universally submitted to the
+domination of Gonzalo. For this purpose Mendoza followed the same
+route which Centeno had formerly taken when retreating from
+Alfonso de Toro; both because he thought his enemies would not
+pursue him by that road and because the Indians belonging to
+Centeno and himself dwelt in that part of the country, and he
+expected to procure provisions and other assistance from them.
+While travelling across these deserts, Mendoza met with Gabriel
+Bermudez, who had accompanied Diego de Roias on his expedition
+into the country on the Rio Plata. From this person Mendoza was
+informed of the events which had occurred to the expedition under
+De Roias, of which the following is an abstract:</p>
+
+<p>Diego de Roias, Philip Gutierrez and Pedro de Heredia, who
+went upon this expedition, had to fight their way among hostile
+Indians, in the course of which De Roias was slain. After his
+death, violent disputes arose between Francisco de Mendoza who
+succeeded in the command and the other officers engaged in the
+expedition, in the course of which Gutierrez was cashiered and
+banished. They continued after this to prosecute their
+discoveries all the way to the Rio Plata, receiving information
+that great riches were to be found in some districts in the
+neighbourhood, in which there were certain Spaniards who had
+penetrated into the country by ascending the Rio Plata from the
+Atlantic, and had formed establishments in the interior. In
+prosecuting the exploration, of that great river, they had fallen
+in with some forts which were built by Sebastian Gabota; and
+reported many other surprizing and wonderful things which they
+had seen in that country. In the course of their proceedings,
+Francisco de Mendoza was assassinated by Pedro Heredia, owing to
+which violent disputes had taken place among them, by which and
+the smallness of their force they had been rendered unable to
+proceed in conquering the country, so that at length they had
+come to the resolution of returning into Peru, that his majesty
+or the viceroy of that kingdom might nominate a new commander.
+They were likewise persuaded, when the riches of the country in
+which they had been came to be known, that they would be able to
+procure a considerable accession of new adventurers, so as to
+enable them to atchieve the conquest.</p>
+
+<p>In the course of their expedition they asserted that they had
+penetrated six hundred leagues to the eastwards of La Plata,
+through a champaign country of very easy access, and tolerably
+abounding in provisions and water. Bermudez added, that within a
+very few days they had learnt, from some Indians who occasionally
+traded into the province of Las Charcas, of the revolt which had
+taken place in Peru, but had been unable to procure information
+respecting the causes of this insurrection or as to who were
+chiefly engaged in it; for which reason he had been sent on
+before to inquire into these circumstances, and had received
+orders from the captains and other principal persons in the
+expedition, to offer their services to the party that acted for
+the royal interests, in which cause they might be of material
+importance, as they had a considerable number of excellent horses
+and plenty of arms. After the conclusion of this narrative,
+Mendoza gave Bermudez an account of all the late events in Peru;
+on which, in, virtue of the commission with which he had been
+entrusted, Bermudez promised in the name of all his companions to
+march against the lieutenant-general.</p>
+
+<p>Lope Mendoza and Bermudez went after this to meet the troops
+which were returning from the Rio Plata, which were at no great
+distance. When they were informed of the situation of affairs in
+Peru, they received Lope with every demonstration of respect, and
+confirmed the offers of assistance which Bermudez had already
+made in their name, declaring their resolution to devote
+themselves heartily to the service of the king. Lope de Mendoza
+gave them hearty commendations for their loyalty, and represented
+to them how honourable and praiseworthy it was to exert their
+utmost endeavours in the cause of their lawful sovereign;
+assuring them that they might all depend upon being amply
+provided for, when the country was restored to obedience. Lope de
+Mendoza was unanimously received as their chief, and conducted
+them to the village of Pocona, about forty leagues to the
+north-east of La Plata; whence he sent some confidential persons
+to certain secret places where he and Centeno had hidden above a
+thousand marks of silver under ground. On recovering this
+treasure, he proposed to divide it among those persons who had so
+nobly offered to follow his orders; but most of them refused his
+preferred bounty, either because they were already sufficiently
+rich, or because hitherto the soldiers who had been engaged in
+the wars of Peru had been unused to any regular pay, and only
+accepted money to answer their immediate wants, and to provide
+themselves with horses and arms. Even the lowest soldier, in
+those days expected, when the enterprizes of their leaders
+succeeded, to be rewarded for his services in repartitions or
+advantageous establishments in the country, by which they
+flattered themselves to acquire riches, so great was the
+reputation of the richness of Peru. By means of these men from
+the Rio Plata, Lope Mendoza found himself unexpectedly at the
+head of an hundred and fifty well mounted cavalry; all
+excellently armed and equipped for service. It was a great
+misfortune to the royal cause, that Centeno was now concealed,
+instead of having retreated into the interior along with Mendoza
+as he had done formerly; as if he had now been at the head of the
+royalists, with this important reinforcement, affairs might have
+taken a better turn than they actually did.</p>
+
+<p>While Carvajal was on his way from Arequipa for the city of La
+Plata, he received intelligence of the success of Gonzalo Pizarro
+at Quito, and that all Peru was entirely reduced under his
+command. He resolved therefore to repair to La Plata, as formerly
+mentioned, intending to regulate the affairs of the province of
+Las Charcas, and to collect treasure. On his arrival however at
+Paria on his way to La Plata he received intelligence of the
+arrival of the troops from the Rio Plata and of their junction
+with Lope Mendoza. Being informed at the same time that these
+unexpected opponents were by no means united among themselves,
+and that they marched very carelessly in separate and unconnected
+detachments, most of which refused to acknowledge any one as
+their commander, he determined to set out against them with the
+utmost diligence, that he might fall upon them in their present
+divided state. Being rejoined by the detachment which had pursued
+Lope Mendoza, and having put his men in order for a fresh
+expedition, Carvajal set out from La Plata and marched towards
+the enemy with the utmost possible speed, encouraging his troops
+by the assurance of an easy and bloodless victory, even asserting
+that he had received letters from the principal officers among
+the enemy in which they offered their services to him, so that
+they would only have the trouble of marching, without any danger
+of fighting.</p>
+
+<p>During this march Carvajal was joined by thirty men in
+addition to his former force, so that he was now at the head of
+two hundred and fifty men. At length he came in sight of Pocona,
+which is eighty leagues from Paria, about four o'clock of an
+afternoon, and made his appearance in good order, on the top of a
+rising ground within view of Lope de Mendoza, who was then making
+a distribution of money among such of his new companions as were
+willing to accept his bounty: Mendoza had already got some
+intimation of the approach of Carvajal; and as his own force
+consisted entirely of cavalry, most of whom were persons of some
+consideration, remarkably well mounted and armed, he drew up his
+men in good order in a plain at some distance from the village,
+in which he left the baggage and his money; saying, that he
+trusted through their bravery to be soon able to recover both,
+and even to increase their store by that belonging to their
+enemies. Carvajal immediately descended from the hill he had
+first taken possession of, and took post in the place which
+Mendoza had just quitted, which was an inclosare of considerable
+extent surrounded with walls, in which there were openings in
+several places. Carvajal chose this as a convenient post for the
+night, in which the enemy would not be able to attack with their
+cavalry. On learning that Lope de Mendoza and his men had left
+their baggage in the town of Pocona, the troops of Carvajal
+immediately quitted their ranks to go in search of plunder,
+insomuch that Carvajal was left in his camp with hardly eight
+men. If Mendoza had availed himself of this opportunity to attack
+Carvajal, he might have gained an easy victory, and might have
+boasted of having left his baggage exposed to plunder as a
+stratagem of war, which on similar occasions had often been the
+cause of signal victories. On purpose to recall his troops to
+their duty, Carvajal ordered a false alarm to be sounded, which
+occasioned the return of the greater part of his men; but so
+strong was their avidity for spoil that most part of the night
+was spent before they all returned to the camp.</p>
+
+<p>At this time there was a secret conspiracy entered into by
+many of Carvajal's followers, with the intention of putting him
+to death out of revenge for his harsh and tyrannical conduct
+towards them, and one Pedro de Avendano, his secretary, in whom
+he reposed entire confidence was the principal ringleader of the
+conspirators. To facilitate the execution of this enterprize,
+Avendano, sent a message by a clever fellow of an Indian to give
+Mendoza notice of the intentions of the conspirators, and to
+request he would make an attack upon Carvajal's camp in the
+course of the night, in the confusion attendant upon which he and
+the other conspirators might have an opportunity of executing
+their intended plot. Mendoza had previously determined upon
+withdrawing about four or five leagues from Pocona, to a level
+plain in which his cavalry would be able to act with much
+advantage. But on receiving the message of Avendano, he ordered
+his men to hold themselves in readiness to attack the camp of
+Carvajal at the going down of the moon, preferring the obscurity
+of night in order to avoid the danger of the more numerous
+firearms of the enemy. At that time he advanced in good order
+towards the enemy, sending some scouts in advance, who made
+prisoner of one of Carvajal's soldiers. After interrogating this
+man, they advanced to the openings of the wall which surrounded
+the camp, which they found guarded by some musqueteers and
+pikemen. Mendoza made a brisk attack, but was bravely resisted by
+the enemy, and so great was the confusion and noise that it was
+impossible to enter upon any parley, as no one could be heard by
+reason of the continual firing and the shouts of the
+combatants.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately on the alarm, Carvajal used his utmost efforts to
+get his troops into order and to animate and encourage them to
+exert themselves against the enemy. At this period, Avendano
+pointed out Carvajal to a musqueteer who was one of the
+conspirators, and encouraged him to take a steady aim at the
+lieutenant-general; but owing to the darkness, the shot missed of
+its intended effect; and only wounded him in one of his thighs.
+Finding himself wounded, and being satisfied it had been done by
+one of his own people, Carvajal deemed it prudent to conceal the
+circumstance for the present; and retired along with Avendano, of
+whose fidelity he had no suspicion, on purpose to disguise
+himself in an old brown coat-and a shabby hat, that he might not
+be conspicuous, after which he returned to animate his men to
+defend the camp. Avendano again pointed him out to another
+conspirator, who fired a second time at Carvajal, but entirely
+missed his aim. In the meantime the assailants frequently called
+out to know if Carvajal were dead; but receiving no answer, and
+finding that all the avenues to the camp were bravely defended,
+Lope de Mendoza drew off his men. In this night engagement about
+fourteen were slain on both sides, and several wounded. Carvajal
+got his wound secretly dressed, so that none of his people knew
+that such a thing had happened.</p>
+
+<p>After the cessation of the engagement, one Placentia deserted
+from Carvajal's camp, and informed Mendoza that all the baggage
+belonging to Carvajal and his troops had been left at a place
+which he described about five or six leagues from Pocona, among
+which was a large quantity of gold and silver, several horses,
+and some musquets and powder. On this information, Meodoza set
+off immediately with his troops for that place, guided by the
+deserter; and marching diligently all the remainder of the night,
+he arrived quite unexpectedly at the place where Carvajal had
+secured his baggage; but as the night was exceedingly dark, above
+seventy of his men lost their way and fell behind. Yet, with such
+of his people as had kept up with him, Mendoza took possession of
+the whole without any resistance. After this, being sensible that
+he was not in sufficient force to cope with Carvajal, Mendoza
+resolved to retreat by way of the desert in which Centeno had
+formerly taken shelter, which he did accordingly with about fifty
+men, all the rest of his troops having fallen behind during the
+night, as already mentioned. In the prosecution of this plan of
+retreat, Mendoza and his people reached a certain river about two
+leagues and a half from Pocona, where they halted to take some
+rest and refreshment after the excessive fatigues of the past
+night. Carvajal was soon apprised of the capture of his baggage
+and the route which Mendoza had taken, and immediately set off in
+pursuit with about fifty of his best mounted troops; and, using
+every possible diligence, he came to the place where Mendoza had
+halted, about noon of the next day, and immediately attacked the
+royalists, some of whom were asleep, while others were taking
+food. Thus unexpectedly assailed, and believing that Carvajal was
+followed by his whole force, the royalists made a feeble
+resistance, and very soon took to flight, dispersing themselves
+in every direction. Lope de Mendoza and Pedro de Heredia, with a
+good many others, were made prisoners and Carvajal immediately
+ordered these two chiefs, and six or seven other principal
+persons among the royalists to be beheaded.</p>
+
+<p>On this occasion Carvajal recovered the whole of his own
+baggage, and got possession of all that had belonged to the
+enemy, with all of which and the prisoners he had made, he
+returned to Pocona, engaging to do no injury to those who had
+escaped from the soldiers in the late attack, and even restored
+their horses arms and baggage to his prisoners, most of whom he
+sent off to join Gonzalo Pizarro. On leaving Pocona, he took
+Alfonso de Camargo and Luis Pardamo along with him, who had
+formerly fled along with Mendoza, and whose lives he now spared,
+as they gave him information respecting a considerable treasure
+which Centeno had concealed under ground near Paria, and where in
+fact he discovered above 50,000 crowns. After this, he went with
+his troops to the city of La Plata, where he proposed to reside
+for some time. At this place he appointed persons in whom he
+could confide to the offices of judges and magistrates, and
+dispatched intelligence of the success of his arms over the whole
+kingdom of Peru. He remained for some time at La Plata, where he
+collected treasure from all the surrounding country, under
+pretence of supplying Gonzalo Pizarro, but in reality he retained
+much the larger share for himself.</p>
+
+<p>Having thus succeeded, in all his enterprizes and established
+his authority in the south of Peru on such firm foundations that
+no opposition remained in the whole country, fortune seemed to
+determine to exalt him to the summit of his desires by the
+discovery of the richest mines which had ever been known. Some
+Indians who belonged to Juan de Villareal, an inhabitant of La
+Plata, happening to pass over a very high isolated mountain in
+the middle of a plain, about eighteen leagues from that city,
+named Potosi, noticed by some indications that it contained mines
+of silver. They accordingly took away some specimens of the ore
+for trial, from which they found that the mineral was exceedingly
+rich in pure silver; insomuch that the poorest of the ore
+produced eighty marks of pure silver from the quintal of native
+mineral[25], being a more abundant production than any that ever
+had been heard of before. When this discovery became known in the
+city of La Plata, the magistrates went to the mountain of Potosi,
+which they divided among the inhabitants of their city, setting
+up boundary marks to distinguish the allotments or each person in
+those places which appeared eligible for workings. So great was
+the resort to these new mines, that in a short time there were
+above seven thousand <i>Yanaconas</i>, or Indian labourers,
+established in the neighbourhood, who were employed by their
+Christian masters in the various operations of these mines. These
+men laboured with so much industry, that each Indian, by
+agreement, furnished two marks or sixteen ounces of silver weekly
+to their respective masters; and so rich was the mine, that they
+were able to do this and to retain an equal quantity to
+themselves[26]. Such is the nature of the ore extracted from the
+mineral veins of this mountain, that it cannot be reduced in the
+ordinary manner by means of bellows, as is customary in other
+places. It is here smelted in certain small furnaces, called
+<i>guairas</i> by the Indians, which are supplied with a mixed
+fuel of charcoal and sheeps dung, and are blown up by the wind
+only, without the use of any mechanical contrivance.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 25: This produce is most extraordinarily
+large, being equal to <i>four</i> parts of pure silver from
+<i>ten</i> of ore, or 640 ounces of silver from the quintal or
+1600 ounces of ore. At the present time, the silver mines in
+Mexico, which are the most productive of any that have ever been
+known, are remarkable for the poverty of the mineral they
+contain. A quintal or 1600 ounces of ore affording only at an
+average 3 or 4 ounces of pure silver. The profit therefore of
+these must depend upon the abundance of ore, and the facility
+with which it is procured and smelted.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 26: The gross amount of this production of
+silver, on the data in the text, is 11,648,000 ounces yearly;
+worth, at 5s. 6d. per ounce, L. 3,203,200 sterling; and,
+estimating silver in those days, at six times its present
+efficacy, worth L. 19,219,200 of modern value. In the present day
+before the revolutionary troubles, Humboldt estimates the entire
+production of gold and silver from Spanish and Portuguese America
+at L. 9,787,500; only about three times the quantity said to have
+been at first extracted from Potosi alone, and only about half
+the effective value.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>These rich mines are known by the name of Potosi, which is
+that of the district, or province in which the mountain is
+situated. Owing to the easy labour and great profit experienced
+by the Indians at these mines, when any of the Yanaconas was once
+established at this place it was found almost impossible to
+induce them to leave it or to work elsewhere; and indeed, they
+were here so entirely concealed from all dangers, and so much
+exempted from their usual severe drudgery and the unwholesome
+vapours they had been subjected to in other mines, that they
+preferred working at Potosi to any other situation. So great was
+the concourse of inhabitants to Potosi, and the consequent demand
+for provisions, that the sack of maize was sold for twenty
+crowns, the sack of wheat for forty, and a small bag of
+<i>coca</i> for thirty dollars; and these articles rose
+afterwards to a higher price. Owing to the astonishing
+productiveness of these new mines, all the others in that part of
+Peru were speedily abandoned. Even those of Porco, whence
+Ferdinand Pizarro had formerly procured great riches, were left
+unwrought. All the Yanaconas who had been employed in searching
+for gold in the province of Carabaya, and in the auriferous
+rivers in different parts of southern Peru, flocked to Potosi,
+where they were able to make vastly more profit by their labour
+than in any other place. From various indications, those who are
+most experienced in mining believe that Potosi will always
+continue productive and cannot be easily exhausted[27].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 27: It has however become very much
+exhausted, and has been in a great measure abandoned. The mines
+of Lauricocha, in a different part of Peru, are now in greater
+estimation. But those of Guanaxuato and Zacatecas in Mexico,
+notwithstanding the poverty of their ore, have been long the most
+productive of the American mines.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Carvajal did not fail to take advantage of this favourable
+discovery, and immediately set about the acquisition of treasure
+for himself by every means which his present uncontroulable power
+afforded. In the first place, he appropriated to his own use all
+the Yanaconas, or Indian labourers in the mines, which had
+belonged, to such of the inhabitants as had opposed him, or to
+those who had died or fled from the province. He likewise
+appropriated to his own use above 10,000 Peruvian sheep,
+belonging to the Yanaconas of the crown or to individuals, which
+were employed in transporting provisions for the miners. By these
+means, he amassed in a short time near 200,000 crowns, all of
+which he retained to his own use. His soldiers were so much
+dissatisfied with his conduct, as he gave them no share of his
+exactions, that they plotted together against him. Luis Pardamo,
+Alfonso de Comargo, Diego de Balsameda, and Diego de Luxan, with
+thirty others, who had entered into this conspiracy, had
+determined to put him to death about a month after his arrival in
+La Plata from his expedition against Mendoza; but, owing to some
+obstacles, they had been induced to deter the execution of their
+enterprize to a future period. By some unknown means the
+circumstances of this plot came to the knowledge of Carvajal, who
+put to death the before-mentioned leaders of the conspiracy, and
+ten or twelve others, and banished all the rest. By these
+merciless executions, in which he indulged on all occasions,
+Carvajal inspired so much terror that no one dared in future to
+make any similar attempt; as he not only punished in the severest
+manner all who evinced any intention of revolt, but put people to
+death on the slightest suspicion. Owing to this the loyal
+servants of his majesty may assuredly be exculpated from the
+blame which has been imputed to them, for not putting Carvajal to
+death: In reality, there were many persons sufficiently anxious
+to have done so, on purpose to escape from the cruel tyranny
+under which they groaned in secret; and four or five conspiracies
+were entered into for the purpose, which were all discovered, and
+occasioned the destruction of at least fifty individuals. By
+these means every one was terrified from attempting any thing
+against him, more especially as he gave high rewards to all who
+communicated any intelligence of the kind, so that all were
+forced to temporize and to wait in anxious hope of some
+favourable opportunity to deliver them from his cruel tyranny.
+Carvajal continued to remain at La Plata, frequently publishing
+accounts of the successes of Gonzalo Pizarro, to whom he often
+sent large remittances; derived from his own resources, from the
+royal fifths which he appropriated, and from the confiscated
+estates of those whom he put to death, all of which he seized
+upon, under pretence of supplying funds for prosecuting the
+war.</p>
+
+<p>From the 18th of January 1546, the day on which he defeated
+the viceroy, Gonzalo Pizarro continued to reside at Quito till
+the middle of July of that year, accompanied by a force of about
+five hundred men, occupied in almost continual feastings and
+revelry. Various reasons were assigned for his long residence in
+that place; some alleging that it was on purpose to be more at
+hand for receiving early intelligence from Spain; while others
+attribute it to the great profits he derived from the gold mines
+which had been recently discovered in that neighbourhood; and
+others again alleged that he was detained by attachment to the
+lady formerly mentioned, whose husband he had procured to be
+assassinated by Vincente Pablo. That woman was delivered, after
+the death of her husband, of a child which was put to death by
+her father; for which inhuman action he was ordered to be hanged
+by Pedro de Puelles.</p>
+
+<p>During his residence in Quito, Gonzalo Pizarro sent off
+several detachments of soldiers to different places, giving
+commissions and instructions to their commanders in his own name
+as governor of Peru. Among these, the lieutenant Benalcazar was
+sent back to his former government; having been pardoned and even
+taken into favour by Gonzalo. A reinforcement was also sent to
+Pedro de Valdivia who commanded in Chili, under the command of
+Captain Ulloa, whom he had sent to ask assistance to enable him
+to continue and maintain his conquests in that country. Other
+officers and soldiers were sent to other parts, which are
+unnecessary to be particularized. At length Gonzalo determined to
+leave Quito, and to establish his residence in Lima; and it has
+been alleged that he was principally induced to take this step
+from suspicion of the fidelity of Lorenzo de Aldana, his
+lieutenant at Lima, who was so much beloved by all the
+inhabitants of that city as to be almost in condition to have
+revolted to the royal cause. Gonzalo is said likewise to have
+been somewhat suspicious of his lieutenant-general Carvajal,
+being afraid lest he might be so puffed up by the many victories
+he had gained, and by his immense distance, as to be induced to
+set up for himself. He accordingly left Quito under the command
+of Pedro de Puelles, whom he appointed his lieutenant and
+captain-general in that province, with a force of three hundred
+men, having great confidence in his attachment ever since he had
+succoured him when in straits on his march from Cuzco to Lima,
+and when his army was on the point of abandoning him. He reposed
+so entirely on Puelles, that he believed, if the king were to
+send any force against him by the route of the province in which
+Benalcazar commanded, that Puelles would prevent them from being
+able to penetrate into Peru.</p>
+
+<p>While on his progress from Quito towards Lima, Gonzalo assumed
+in everything the deportment and authority of governor of Peru,
+and was treated in every respect as such by all the inhabitants
+of the country. He seemed to believe that his authority was so
+well and firmly established that he had nothing to fear from the
+attempts of his enemies, and that even the king would be obliged
+to grant him any terms he might require. All his officers
+soldiers and dependents obeyed and respected him entirely, as if
+satisfied that they were always to be subject to his authority,
+and to depend upon him alone for advancement and reward. In the
+exercise of his usurped authority, he made many grants or
+repartitions of lands and Indians, all of them for long periods,
+which every one considered as secure of being continued. He and
+his principal officers pretended that they frequently received
+letters from some of the highest of the nobles in Spain, praising
+his conduct and approving of every thing he had done, which these
+pretended letters justified on account of the infringements which
+had been made on the rights and privileges of the colonists. In
+these letters likewise, the pretended Spanish grandees were made
+to engage their favour and credit at court to support his
+interest and authority with the sovereign. The well informed
+among the followers of Gonzalo Pizarro saw clearly that these
+letters were mere fabrications to impose upon the vulgar, and had
+no foundation whatever in truth.</p>
+
+<p>On his arrival at the city of San Miguel, Gonzalo learned that
+there were a considerable number of Indians in that neighbourhood
+who had not been reduced under subjection; for which reason he
+gave orders to establish a military post in the province of
+<i>Garrochamba[28]</i>, the command of which he conferred on
+Captain Mercadillo, with a force of an hundred and thirty men,
+and gave him instructions for completing the conquest of that
+district, and for dividing the lands and Indians into
+repartitions like the rest of the country. At this time likewise,
+he detached Captain Porcel with sixty soldiers to complete the
+conquest of the Bracamoros. In these proceedings, he wished it to
+be believed that his sole object was for the advantage of the
+colony; but his real purpose was to keep his troops on foot and
+in employ, in case of needing them at a future period for his own
+defence in support of his usurpation. Before leaving Quito,
+Gonzalo sent off the licentiate Carvajal by sea with a party of
+soldiers, in the ships which Juan Alonzo Palomino had brought
+from Nicaragua after his pursuit of Verdugo. Carvajal was ordered
+to proceed along the coast towards Lima, and to settle all the
+maritime towns in his way in good order.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 28: No such province or district is now
+found in the maps of Peru; but it appears to have been on the
+confines between the northern part of Peru Proper and the
+southern extremity of Quito, where Valladolid now
+stands.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The licentiate Carvajal after executing the before-mentioned
+orders, came to Truxillo to meet Gonzalo Pizarro, whence they
+went together to Lima, accompanied by a force of two hundred men.
+On approaching Lima, there was a diversity of opinions among the
+followers of Pizarro, respecting the ceremonies with which he
+should be received into the capital of Peru. Some of his officers
+were desirous that the magistracy should come out to meet him
+with a canopy, under which he should make his entry after the
+manner usually practised with kings. Some even proposed that a
+breach should be made in the walls, and some of the houses of the
+city thrown down, so as to make a new entrance on purpose in
+memory of his victory over the viceroy, as used to be done
+anciently in Rome for the reception of triumphant generals. In
+this, as in all other important affairs, Gonzalo was guided by
+the advice of the licentiate Carvajal, and entered the city on
+horseback, preceded by all his captains on foot leading their
+horses by the bridles. On this occasion he was accompanied by the
+archbishop of Lima, the bishops of Cuzco and Quito, and the
+bishop of Bogota, who had come into Peru by way of Carthagena on
+purpose to receive consecration. He was likewise accompanied by
+Lorenzo de Aldana, his lieutenant-governor of Lima, and by all
+the magistrates and inhabitants of the city; no one daring to
+remain at home lest they might be suspected of disaffection. The
+streets were all ornamented with green herbs and flowers; all the
+bells of the churches and monasteries were kept ringing; and the
+cavalcade was preceded by a numerous band of trumpets
+kettle-drums and other warlike instruments of music. In this
+pompous manner, Pizarro was conducted in the first place to the
+great church, and thence to his own residence.</p>
+
+<p>From this time, Gonzalo Pizarro conducted himself with much
+more pride and haughtiness than formerly, conceiving high ideas
+of his own importance from these public ceremonials of respect,
+as usually happens to men of feeble minds on any sudden
+elevation. He had a guard for his person of eighty halberdiers,
+besides several horsemen, who acompanied him wherever he went. No
+person whatever was permitted to be seated in his presence; and
+there were very few persons whom he designed to honour so far as
+to return their salute. By these haughty manners, and still more
+by his frequent disobliging and even abusive manner of speaking,
+he displeased every one and became universally disliked. It must
+likewise be mentioned, that the soldiery, to whom he owed
+everything, became exceedingly discontented with him, as he gave
+them no pay. All this had a powerful influence on his downfall in
+the sequel; though for the present every one concealed their real
+sentiments, waiting for a more favourable opportunity.</p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<p>"Following Garcilasso de la Vega and other authors, the
+Historian of America[29] alleges that Gonzalo Pizarro was urged
+by several of his adherents, and in particular by Carvajal, to
+assume the sovereignty of Peru; to attach the Spaniards to his
+interest by liberal grants of lands and Indians, and by the
+creation of titles of nobility similar to those in Europe; to
+establish military orders of knighthood, with privileges
+distinctions and pensions, resembling those in Spain, as
+gratifications to the officers in his service; and to gain the
+whole body of natives to his service, by marrying the Coya, or
+Peruvian princess next in relation to the reigning Inca. Thus at
+the head of the ancient inhabitants of the country and of the
+colonists, he might set the power of Spain at defiance, and could
+easily repel any force that might be sent from Spain to such a
+distance. These counsellors who urged Pizarro to adopt this plan,
+insisted that he had already gone too far to expect pardon from
+the emperor; and endeavoured to convince him that all the
+founders of great monarchies had risen by their personal merit
+and their own valour, without any pretensions to ancient lineage
+or valid rights of sovereignty; and that, besides, his family had
+a strong title to the dominion of Peru, founded on the rights of
+discovery and conquest. But the inferior talents of Gonzalo
+circumscribed his ambition within more narrow bounds, and
+confined his views to the obtaining a confirmation of the
+authority which he now possessed from the emperor; for which
+purpose he sent an officer of distinction to Spain, to give such
+a representation of his conduct and the state of the country, as
+might induce the court, from inclination or necessity, to
+continue him as governor of Peru for life. Although Garcilasso de
+la Vega gives full warrant for this account of the proposals of
+the insurgents, Zarate, who was then resident in a public
+character in Peru, makes no mention of any such plan having been
+agitated, which could hardly have happened without his knowledge:
+It is probable therefore that these additional circumstances were
+invented by the enemies of Gonzalo after his fall, on purpose to
+blacken his memory by the imputation of even deeper crimes than
+those he was actually guilty of."--E.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 29: History of America, II.
+378.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION VI.</p>
+
+<p><i>History of the Expedition of Pedro de la Gasca, the Death
+of Gonzalo Pizarro, and the Restoration of Peru to
+Tranquillity.</i></p>
+
+<p>While these things were transacting in Peru, the emperor
+Charles V. was residing in Germany, where he had gone on purpose
+to overthrow the party of the Lutherans and others who had
+separated from the church of Rome. The emperor was desirous to
+receive an account of the disturbances in that distant and
+valuable colony from Diego Alvarez Cueto, the brother-in-law of
+the late viceroy, and Francisco Maldonado the messenger of
+Gonzalo Pizarro, both of whom went into Germany for that purpose.
+At this time, however, though acquainted with the revolt of Peru,
+the imprisonment of the viceroy, and the usurpation of the
+government by Pizarro, the court necessarily remained ignorant of
+the death of the viceroy. Frequent deliberations were held for
+devising proper remedies to restore tranquillity to Peru; but the
+matter lay over for some considerable time, in consequence of the
+absence of the emperor from Spain, and because he was at this
+time frequently attacked by illness. At length it was determined
+to send over into Peru the licentiate Pedro de la Gasca, at that
+time a counsellor of inquisition. The prudent and intelligent
+character of this man was already well known, from the skill and
+success with which he had already conducted several affairs of
+consequence with which he had been entrusted, and particularly by
+the excellent dispositions and preparations which he had made,
+only a few years before, to defend the kingdom of Valencia
+against an expected invasion of the Turks and Moors, and in
+various matters respecting the new converts in that kingdom,
+which he took the management of while occupied in some of the
+affairs of the holy office on which he had been sent thither by
+the emperor.</p>
+
+<p>The title granted to Gasca on occasion of going into Peru, was
+only that of president of the royal court of audience. But, by
+his commision, he was invested with full powers in every thing
+respecting the government of the country; to pacify the troubles
+and restore peace; and to pardon as he might see proper all
+crimes, whether committed before his arrival or during his
+residence in the country. Along with Gasca, the licentiates Ganas
+and Renteria went out to Peru, as judges or oydors of the supreme
+tribunal or royal court of audience. Gasca was likewise furnished
+with full powers to raise troops in case of necessity, and to do
+every thing that the exigency of affairs might require, without
+waiting for orders or instructions from Spain. His powers and
+orders however were kept secret, as it was wished to attempt the
+restoration of order by gentle means; for which reason nothing
+was spoken of but pardon and indemnity, and he was desired to
+endeavour to restore the colony to peace and tranquillity by
+means of clemency if possible.</p>
+
+<p>Gasca embarked from Spain in the month of May 1546, on purpose
+to quell the formidable rebellion which had long subsisted in
+Peru, without either money or troops, and merely accompanied by
+such servants and officers of his household as were requisite to
+support the dignity of his office as president of the high court
+of audience. On arriving at St Martha, he received information of
+the defeat of Melchior Verdugo, formerly mentioned, and that
+Verdugo waited for him at Carthagena with the small remnant of
+his men who had escaped on that occasion. Knowing that Hinojosa
+and his people were exceedingly irritated against Verdugo, Gasca
+resolved to go by way of Nombre de Dios, to prevent the
+insurgents from entertaining any suspicions of his pacific
+intentions, as he believed they would prevent him from having any
+access into the country if he held any intercourse with Verdugo,
+and still more if he were joined by that obnoxious person. Gasca
+cast anchor in the harbour of Nombre de Dios on the 27th of July
+1546, where Hernan Mexia had been posted by Hinojosa with an
+hundred and eighty men, to protect that place and neighbourhood
+against Melchior Verdugo. The president sent on shore Alfonzo de
+Alvarado, who had accompanied him from Spain, to notify his
+arrival and the purposes of his mission to Mexia. After some
+conference, they separated without communicating their real
+sentiments to each other, as both were suspicious and kept up
+much reserve. On the return of Alvarado to the ship, Mexia sent
+to request the president to disembark, which he did accordingly.
+On this occasion Mexia went to meet him, in a barge attended by
+twenty musqueteers, leaving the rest of his troops drawn up on
+the beach. Mexia immediately left his own barge, and accompanied
+the president in his boat to the shore, where he caused him to be
+received with every mark of respect, under a salute from the
+troops.</p>
+
+<p>After landing, the president, in a private conference, gave
+Mexia an account of the object of his voyage to Peru; on which
+Mexia expressed his determined resolution to yield implicit
+obedience to the royal orders, and to devote his services
+accordingly to the president. He declared, that he had long and
+anxiously waited the arrival of some person possessing authority
+to put an end to the troubles; and that, fortunately,
+circumstances were now extremely favourable for this purpose,
+without any one to oppose, as he was now the sole commander of
+most of the troops belonging to Gonzalo Pizarro in that
+neighbourhood, the greater part of which were now in Nombre de
+Dios. Mexia said farther that, Hinojosa and the other captains
+having gone to Panama, he found himself at liberty to declare
+himself openly for his majesty, if that were judged proper by the
+president; and that they might then go in company to Panama,
+where they would easily become masters of the fleet in that port,
+by means which he explained; and that he was likewise convinced
+that, when Hinojosa and the other captains were informed of the
+powers and intentions of the president, they would receive him
+with all submission. The president thanked Mexia for his good
+intentions, observing that it was necessary to use lenient
+measures on this occasion, as his majesty was very desirous to
+restore the country to peace and good order, without having
+recourse to warlike measures, if it could possibly be
+accomplished. As it was obvious to every one, that the chief
+cause of the disturbances was owing to the inflexible rigour of
+the late viceroy, he wished, therefore, that it might be known by
+all, that his majesty wished to remedy all grievances in the most
+gracious manner; and he trusted, therefore, when it was publickly
+known that all might expect safety and pardon by returning to
+their duty, that all the colonists would evince their respectful
+loyalty by tendering their services, rather than continue in
+rebellion against the sovereign. The president concluded by
+declaring his resolution to refrain from any endeavour to use
+force, till all the colonists were apprized of his intentions as
+now expressed.</p>
+
+<p>Mexia assured the president, that he was ready to obey his
+orders in all things; yet considered it proper for him to
+observe, that although he was now able to command the soldiers
+then at Nombre de Dios; matters might assume a very different
+aspect on proceeding to Panama, where the soldiers would be under
+the orders of Hinojosa. The president expressed his
+determination, however, to proceed in his enterprize, to which
+Mexia consented; and they mutually agreed to keep their
+intentions secret till affairs should take a favourable turn, as
+will be seen in the sequel.</p>
+
+<p>When Hinojosa, who acted as general under Pizarro in the
+Tierra Firma, learnt the reception which the president had met
+with from Mexia, he was much dissatisfied, both because he was
+ignorant of the orders and instructions under which the president
+acted, and because Mexia had not communicated his intentions.
+Hinojosa wrote therefore to Mexia in a harsh and peremptory
+manner, reflecting bitterly on his conduct, and, at the same
+time, some friends of Mexia, who were then resident in Panama,
+wrote to dissuade him from coming to that place, as Hinojosa was
+much irritated against him for the friendly reception he had
+given to the president. Notwithstanding this, it was agreed upon
+in a conference between the president and Mexia, that the latter
+should go immediately to Panama to confer with Hinojosa, lest the
+minds of the soldiery should take any adverse turn by delay.
+Despising the dangers with which he was threatened, and the
+suspicions that had been endeavoured to be instilled into his
+mind, Mexia set out for Panama, confiding in the friendship which
+subsisted between him and Hinojosa, and in his knowledge of the
+character and dispositions of that officer. In an interview with
+Hinojosa, he fully explained the reasons of his conduct in
+receiving the president; adding, that whatever party they might
+choose ultimately to favour, all that had hitherto been done
+could do no harm. Hinojosa was entirely satisfied with this
+explanation, and allowed Mexia to return to Nombre de Dios.</p>
+
+<p>After the return of Mexia, the president went across the
+isthmus to Panama, where he held separate conferences with
+Hinojosa and the different captains, which he conducted with so
+much prudence and secrecy, that he gained them all over to the
+royal cause, without any of them having any communication with
+the others on the subject, so that he was soon in condition to
+speak with them publickly on the objects of his mission, having
+brought them all over to his sentiments and engaged them to
+second his intentions. By supplying the soldiers with every thing
+of which they were in need, he brought them all easily into his
+measures, believing that the most effectual means of succeeding
+in his mission, was by acting gently and in a conciliating manner
+with every one: yet in all this he acted without meanness or
+servility, constantly preserving the dignity becoming his rank
+and authority. In all his negociations, the president was ably
+and faithfully seconded by his major-general Alfonzo de Alvarado,
+who was exceedingly serviceable on every occasion, both in
+consequence of having many friends among the officers, and
+because those even who were not among the number were much
+influenced by his authority and character. At first Hinojosa
+hesitated about declaring for the president, and even notified
+his arrival to Gonzalo Pizarro. Some of the captains and other
+principal persons at Panama had likewise written to Gonzalo, even
+before the arrival of the president at Panama, giving it as their
+advice that he ought not to be allowed to enter Peru; but in the
+sequel these persons changed their opinion by the persuasion of
+Gasca. During his residence at Panama, the president contrived to
+manage so judiciously with Hinojosa, whom he frequently visited,
+that he procured his consent to send Pedro Hernandez Paniagua, a
+gentleman who had accompanied him from Spain, with letters to
+Gonzalo Pizarro apprizing him of his arrival in Tierra Firma, and
+the object of his mission. Among these letters was one from the
+king, to the following effect:</p>
+
+<p>THE KING, TO GONZALO PIZARRO.</p>
+
+<p>"Gonzalo Pizarro, from your letters and the information of
+other persons, we have been informed of the commotions and
+disorders which have arisen in all the provinces of Peru, since
+the arrival of the viceroy Blasco Nunnez Vela and the judges of
+the royal audience. We are convinced that these troubles have
+been produced by endeavouring to establish and enforce, in their
+utmost rigour, the new laws and regulations which we had judged
+proper for the government of that country, and for insuring good
+treatment to the native inhabitants. We are satisfied that you,
+and those who have acted along with you during these troubles,
+have not been actuated by any disinclination to your obedience
+and loyalty towards us, but merely in opposition to the extreme
+rigour and inexorable obstinacy of the viceroy, who refused to
+listen to the supplications and remonstrances which were made to
+him on the new regulations."</p>
+
+<p>"Being well informed in regard to all these affairs, and
+having heard every thing that Francisco Maldonado had in charge
+to say on the subject from you and the inhabitants of these
+provinces, we have thought proper to send over as our president
+the licentiate De la Gasca, a member of our council of the holy
+inquisition, to whom we have given full power and authority to do
+every thing that he may deem proper and necessary for restoring
+tranquillity and good order in the country, to replace its
+affairs on a proper footing, and to introduce such regulations as
+may tend to the good of our service and the glory of God, and the
+advantage of the country and its inhabitants, both such as are
+our natural subjects and the original inhabitants. For this
+reason we will and command, and expressly desire, that you may be
+punctually obedient to every thing which the said Gasca shall
+order you in our name, in the same manner as if his commands were
+from ourselves; and that you give him every assistance in your
+power in every thing which he may require, and which may be
+necessary for executing the orders which we have given him,
+according as he may inform you, or shall require in our name,
+conform to the confidence we repose in your fidelity. On our
+part, we assure you that we entertain a just estimation of the
+services which you and your brother the marquis have done, and
+that we shall reward the same in time and place convenient to his
+children and brothers by effective marks of our good will. Given
+at Venlo, this sixteenth of February in the year of grace one
+thousand five hundred and forty-six."</p>
+
+<p>I THE KING. <i>By order of his Majesty,</i> FRANCISCO DE
+ERASO.</p>
+
+<p>Along with this letter from the emperor, the president wrote
+to Gonzalo Pizarro, dated on the 26th of September 1546 from
+Panama, and addressed to the illustrious senior Gonzalo Pizarro,
+in the city of Lima, of which the following is the substance.</p>
+
+<p>"I have delayed sending the letter of his imperial majesty,
+which accompanies this present communication, till now, in the
+hope of being able to set out for Peru immediately after my
+arrival in this country, and because it appeared more conformable
+to the respect and obedience which I owe to his majesty to have
+delivered his royal letter in person than to allow it to be
+preceded by any writing from myself. Finding, however, that my
+voyage is necessarily delayed, and being informed that you have
+called a meeting of the colonists at Lima to consult upon the
+past transactions, and on what may be proper in the present
+situation of affairs, I have thought it improper any longer to
+delay sending his majestys letter, together with this from myself
+which I transmit by Pedro Hernandez Paniagua, a person of honour
+and merit, who professes to be your friend and servant."</p>
+
+<p>"After the most mature and careful deliberations respecting
+all that has occurred in Peru, since the arrival of the late
+viceroy in that country, his majesty is satisfied that the
+commotions have not been excited by a spirit of rebellion and
+disobedience in the Spanish inhabitants, but through the
+inflexible rigour with which the viceroy endeavoured to enforce
+the regulations, in spite of the supplications of the colonists
+and their appeal to his majesty, by which they were justified in
+defending themselves against so great severity, at least until
+they should learn the royal will on the subject in answer to
+their remonstrances. All this appears from the letter which you
+addressed to his majesty, in which you declared that the
+principal reason which had induced you to accept the situation of
+governor of Peru, was that it had been given to you by the royal
+audience, in the name and under the seal of his majesty; by the
+acceptance of which employment you were enabled to do good
+service to the royal interests, which might otherwise have
+suffered much prejudice; and as you have declared these to be
+your motives for assuming the government, until his majesty might
+think proper to issue his commands, which you were ready to obey
+like a good and loyal subject."</p>
+
+<p>"Therefore, his majesty, having seen and duly considered all
+these things, and heard the opinions of his councillors
+thereupon, has sent me for the express purpose of restoring
+peace, tranquillity, and good order to the country, by the
+revocation of the obnoxious regulations, with full power to
+extend his royal pardon for all that has already occurred, and to
+take the opinion and advice of the colonists upon those measures
+that may be most proper and advantageous for the royal service,
+the glory of God, the good of the country, and the benefit of its
+inhabitants. In respect to such Spaniards as cannot be provided
+in the country with repartitions of lands and Indians, I have
+orders to employ them in new discoveries, where they may acquire
+honour and riches, as has already been done by so many other
+persons. I earnestly entreat you therefore, as a Christian, and a
+wise and prudent gentleman of honour, to reflect seriously on all
+these things. As you have hitherto always evinced much affection
+and attachment to the welfare of the country and its inhabitants,
+you certainly have great reason of thankfulness to the Almighty,
+that in so important and delicate an affair, neither his majesty
+nor his councillors have been disposed to consider your past
+conduct in the light of revolt and rebellion against the
+legitimate authority of the sovereign, but have rather been
+pleased to view it in the light of a just and necessary defence
+of your own rights, and those of the Spanish inhabitants of Peru,
+until the decision of his majesty upon your supplications and
+remonstrances might be made manifest. Therefore, since his
+majesty has been graciously pleased to grant to you and the other
+colonists all that you required by your supplications, by
+abrogating the obnoxious regulations, it is incumbent upon you,
+as an obedient and loyal subject, to evince a respectful and
+prompt obedience to the royal orders[30]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 30: In translating this letter the
+substance has been materially compressed; omitting much loose and
+declamatory argumentation, with several instances of the
+irresistible power of the emperor, to convince Pizarro of the
+absolute necessity of submission. Among other arguments, Gasca
+quotes with approbation an instance of a Spaniard who had
+assassinated his brother in the midst of the German Lutherans for
+deserting the religion of his country; and threatens him with the
+vengeance of his brother Ferdinand if he should persist in
+rebellion against his sovereign.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>"I have represented all these things to you, that you may not
+flatter yourself by a false confidence of being able to resist
+the power of his majesty, who is able if it should so please him
+to employ irresistible force in repressing the commotions and
+disorders of Peru, instead of those measures of clemency, which
+it has pleased God that he should now resort to; and that if
+reduced to the necessity of using force, it will be necessary for
+his majesty to take care not to ruin the country by sending too
+great a number of troops, instead of being under any difficulty
+as to sending a sufficient power to overcome all possibility of
+resistance. You ought likewise to reflect that matters will
+necessarily take a quite different turn than they have hitherto
+done. Hitherto your followers have been influenced by their own
+self-interest, not only considering the late viceroy as your
+enemy and your cause as good, but all of them looked upon him as
+their personal enemy, who wished to deprive them of their
+properties, and to put to death every one who opposed his
+designs. Under these circumstances your followers were
+necessarily impelled to adhere to your party in the defence of
+their own lives and properties. But as both are now secured, by
+the revocation of the obnoxious regulations, and the amnesty
+granted by his majesty, the Spanish inhabitants of Peru have now
+their legitimate sovereign as their friend and protector, to whom
+we all owe the most entire loyalty and obedience. I entreat you
+to reflect seriously on these things, and to consider that, in
+the present situation of affairs, and the turn which they must
+assuredly take in the sequel, you cannot count upon the adherence
+of any one, if you unfortunately choose to follow wrong measures.
+By contributing your assistance to put an end to the commotions
+which have distracted the kingdom of Peru, the whole inhabitants
+of that country will remain indebted to your exertions for the
+maintenance of their rights and privileges, in having opposed the
+execution of the obnoxious regulations, and having procured a
+favourable attention to their supplications and remonstrances;
+insomuch that his majesty has been pleased to send me with an
+express commission to listen to and redress all grievances.
+Should you unfortunately resolve upon refusing submission to the
+royal authority, you will obliterate all the merit you derive
+from your past conduct; as by endeavouring to continue the
+troubles and commotions, you will shew yourself actuated by
+motives of personal interest and ambition, instead of any regard
+for the good of the public. Instead of serving the interests of
+the Spanish inhabitants of Peru, you will become the cause of
+infinite injury to all, and will be considered as the enemy of
+the kingdom, by perpetuating the troubles, and occasioning the
+destruction of the lives and fortunes of your friends and
+adherents. You ought likewise to consider that, by continuing the
+war, you will render it necessary to bring over a numerous army
+into Peru, so that you will become accountable to God and man for
+all the miseries and disorders which may follow, and for the
+entire ruin of the country and its inhabitants, by which you will
+incur the hatred of all the principal colonists, merchants, and
+other rich persons."</p>
+
+<p>"To conclude, I pray God to take you and all your followers
+under his most holy protection, and that he may inspire you with
+proper sentiments on this occasion, for the good service of his
+majesty, the eternal welfare of your souls, and the preservation
+of your lives, honours, and estates; and I remain; illustrious
+Sir, yours, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>PEDRO DE LA GASCA."</p>
+
+<p>Gonzalo had only been a few days in Lima on his return from
+Quito, when he received letters from Hinojosa informing him of
+the arrival of the president. He was much disturbed by this
+intelligence, which he immediately communicated to the captains
+and other principal persons of his party, and with whom he
+consulted upon the steps necessary to be taken in this
+conjuncture of affairs. Some were of opinion that it was
+necessary to get rid of the president, either openly or by secret
+assassination; while others recommended that he should be invited
+into Peru, where it would be easy to oblige him to agree to all
+their demands; or where at least they could draw their
+negociations with him to a great length, by insisting on
+convening an assembly of deputies and procurators from all the
+cities of the kingdom at Lima, to deliberate on the subject of
+his reception, and to determine whether he should be received or
+not; and, as Peru was of vast extent, it would be easy to put off
+the meeting of that assembly for two years, during which period
+the president might be kept in the isle of Puna under a
+confidential guard, by which he might be prevented from writing
+to Spain that the country was in rebellion; more especially as
+they could keep him in continual suspense, by representing that
+the general assembly could not meet sooner on account of the vast
+distance of some of the cities. Even the most moderate were for
+obliging the president to return into Spain.</p>
+
+<p>In this council of the leaders of the insurrection, it was
+likewise proposed to send deputies from all parts of Peru to his
+majesty, to explain the state of the colony, and the events which
+had occurred; and particularly to exculpate their conduct in
+regard to the battle of Quito in which the viceroy was slain, by
+throwing the whole blame upon him as the aggressor. It was
+likewise proposed that these deputies should humbly implore his
+majesty to invest Gonzalo Pizarro in the government of Peru, for
+which especial purpose they should be so instructed and empowered
+by all the cities. They were also to be instructed, during their
+residence at Panama on their way into Spain, carefully to learn
+what were the powers and instructions of the president; and to
+endeavour to prevail upon him to delay proceeding to Peru, until
+they had informed his majesty of the true state of the kingdom,
+that ulterior orders might be issued in consequence. It was
+proposed at the same time, if the president persisted in coming
+into the country, to take him into custody. Some even proposed to
+put him to death during the journey, while others proposed to
+have him poisoned at Panama and likewise to put Alonzo de
+Alvarado to death. Many other proposals of a similar nature and
+tendency are said to have been made at this time; but as all
+these transactions took place in the secret meetings of the chief
+of the insurgents, it is difficult or impossible to ascertain the
+precise nature of their deliberations. It was besides resolved,
+that the messengers who were to be sent to the president should
+be charged to deliver him letters from the principal inhabitants
+of Lima, strongly urging him to refrain from coming into Peru,
+even in terms of insolence and implied threatening.</p>
+
+<p>After long deliberations respecting the persons who should be
+sent into Spain to lay their representations before the emperor,
+Don Jerom de Loyasa archbishop of Lima, Lorenzo de Aldana, Friar
+Thomas de San Martino provincial of the Dominicans, and Gomez de
+Solis were chosen for that purpose. The provincial was much
+suspected by the insurgents of being inimical to their party, by
+several expressions of his opinion, both in his sermons and in
+private conversations: Yet they thought proper to employ him and
+the others in this commission, although they were almost equally
+suspicious of the rest; both to give weight to their
+representations through the respectability of their messengers,
+and because no other persons of any consequence in the country
+dared to appear before his majesty on this occasion, being afraid
+of punishment for the share they had taken in the past
+commotions. They considered likewise, if these deputies should
+declare against them while in Spain, as they actually suspected,
+that it was better to have them out of the country; as, if
+matters should assume an unfavourable aspect for Gonzalo and his
+adherents, these persons might have done them much injury by
+remaining, as they were much respected in Peru, both on account
+of their rank and character. Gomez de Solis, who was major domo
+to Gonzalo Pizarro, was the only one of these commisioners in
+whom he reposed confidence; though indeed some alleged that he
+was only intended to proceed to Panama with a supply of money and
+provisions for Hinojosa and his troops, while others believed he
+was to have accompanied the other deputies into Spain. Besides
+these persons, the bishop of St Martha was likewise requested to
+accompany the deputation; and they were all supplied with the
+necessary funds for the expences of their voyage.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo de Aldana set off by sea for Panama in all haste,
+while the other deputies were making preparations for their
+voyage, being commissioned by Gonzalo to send him intelligence as
+quickly as possible as to the true state of affairs in the Tierra
+Firma. As Lorenzo set out from the port of Lima in October 1546,
+Gonzalo confidently expected to receive dispatches from him from
+Panama by the ensuing Christmas, or early in January 1547; and
+for this purpose, he appointed a set of couriers to remain in
+waiting all along the coast of Peru to the northward of Lima, to
+be in readiness to forward the dispatches as quickly as possible.
+The two bishops and the provincial embarked a few days after
+Aldana, and all of them arrived safely at Panama.</p>
+
+<p>Vela Nunnez, the brother of the late viceroy, who had long
+remained a prisoner at large, being allowed to go out on hunting
+parties, and to ride about unarmed, yet under strict injunctions
+to take care of his conduct, was drawn about this time into a
+private engagement with a soldier named Juan de la Torre, by
+means of which he lost his life. De la Torre was one of those who
+had deserted from the viceroy to Gonzalo, along with Gonzalo Diaz
+and others, when on the expedition against Pedro de Puelles and
+the inhabitants of Guanuco. He had afterwards the good fortune to
+discover a concealed treasure of gold and silver in the valley of
+Hica, which had been consecrated by the Indians to their idols,
+and which was said to have contained to the value of 60,000
+crowns in the precious metals, besides a great quantity of
+emeralds and turquoises. De la Torre placed all this treasure in
+the hands of the father guardian of the Franciscans; to whom he
+one day revealed in confession that he wished to return into
+Spain, that he might enjoy his riches in quiet; but, having
+followed the party of Gonzalo, and consequently incurred the
+displeasure of his majesty, he wished to be able to perform some
+acceptable service to the king before his departure, on purpose
+to merit pardon for his past offences. For this purpose, he
+intended to embark with his treasure from the port of Lima for
+Nicaragua, where he proposed to enlist a party of soldiers, and
+to fit out one or two vessels with which to cruize for some time
+along the coast of Peru against Gonzalo and his confederates, by
+landing, and pillaging in such places as were unprovided with
+troops: But, as he had not sufficient knowledge or experience for
+conducting such an enterprize, he wished to find a person
+properly qualified to act as commander on this occasion, and had
+a strong desire to induce Vela Nunnez to undertake the direction
+of the enterprize, as a gentleman experienced in war, and who was
+besides in a great measure bound to seek an opportunity of being
+revenged upon Gonzalo for the death of his brother the viceroy
+and many others of his friends and relations. With this view,
+therefore, it was his intention to place himself and his treasure
+at the disposal of Vela Nunnez, whom he wished to consult on this
+subject with some adherents of the late viceroy who dwelt in
+Lima, that these persons might likewise be induced to join in the
+enterprize. De la Torre, therefore, requested the father guardian
+to converse on the subject with Vela Nunnez.</p>
+
+<p>At first Vela Nunnez was on his guard, lest it might be a
+false confidence devised for his ruin. But De la Torre satisfied
+his doubts in presence of the father guardian, by a solemn oath
+on a consecrated altar, and Vela Nunnez agreed to take charge of
+the enterprize, immediately using his endeavours to engage the
+adherents of the late viceroy in the plot. It is not known how
+this affair came to be divulged, which it certainly was to
+Gonzalo, who immediately caused Vela Nunnez to be arrested and
+brought to trial as a traitor and rebel against the king, and had
+him publickly beheaded. Vela Nunnez was a brave and honourable
+gentleman, much esteemed by all, and was exceedingly regretted by
+the whole inhabitants of Peru.[31]</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 31: From the sequel, it would appear that
+Juan de la Torre escaped entirely on this occasion; at least a
+person of exactly the same name appears afterwards as an officer
+in the service of Gonzalo.--E]</blockquote>
+
+<p>About this time likewise, Alfonzo de Toro, who was
+lieutenant-governor of Cuzco under Gonzalo Pizarro, was
+assassinated by his own father-in-law, in consequence of some
+dispute. Gonzalo was much grieved by the death of this person,
+from whom he expected to have derived important services in the
+approaching crisis. He appointed Alfonzo de Hinojosa to succeed
+as lieutenant-governor of Cuzco, who had in fact been elected to
+the vacant charge by the magistrates of that city. Under his
+administration some tumults were excited in Cuzco by Lope Sanchez
+de Valenzuela and Diego Perez Bezerra; but by the exertions of
+Hinojosa and Pedro de Villacastin the tumults were happily
+quelled; Valenzuela and Bezerra were put to death as the
+ringleaders, and some others who had been particularly active on
+the occasion were banished.</p>
+
+<p>It is well known that Lorenzo de Aldana, who has been already
+mentioned as dispatched by Gonzalo to Panama, carried several
+letters from Gonzalo and the other leaders of the insurrection
+which were couched in very disrespectful terms: But Aldana,
+anxious to prevent the present troubles from becoming even more
+serious than they were, prudently destroyed these letters, so
+that they were not delivered. On his arrival at Panama, he went
+to lodge with Hinojosa, with whom he was extremely intimate,
+there being likewise some relationship between them. He went
+likewise without delay to pay his respects to the president; but
+at this first visit they both confined themselves to conversation
+on general topics, so that Aldana did not reveal his sentiments
+for some days, wishing, like a prudent person, to learn in the
+first place what were the sentiments and intentions of the
+officers who then resided at Panama. When he found that they were
+disposed to act for the service of his majesty, he revealed his
+real sentiments to the president, offering his best services in
+any manner that might be most conducive to the royal interest.
+From the confidence which was reposed in Aldana, it was at length
+resolved to treat openly with Hinojosa, with whom hitherto the
+president and Mexia had acted with much reserve. Accordingly,
+Mexia represented to him, that the affairs of Peru were now in
+such a situation that it was requisite to restore them to order,
+which might easily be done by agreeing to offer the services of
+all the faithful subjects of his majesty resident in Panama to
+the president; and if the present favourable opportunity for this
+purpose were neglected, another might not occur for a long time.
+Hinojosa replied, that he was entirely disposed to serve the
+president, to whom, he had already declared, if his majesty were
+not disposed to grant the demands of Gonzalo, he was ready in all
+things to yield obedience to the commands of the sovereign, being
+resolved to give no just cause of reproach as a rebellious
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>In reality Hinojosa, although an excellent soldier and
+experienced in every thing relative to warlike affairs was
+exceedingly ignorant in political matters. He had always believed
+that every thing which had been done by the insurgents was
+founded in justice, and that the authors of the supplications and
+remonstrances had a right to use their utmost efforts to succeed
+in procuring all that they had demanded; having even been so
+assured by several learned men. Yet in all the past transactions,
+he had conducted his own actions with much prudent reserve, so as
+not to go beyond the original and avowed purposes of the
+remonstrants, having never put any one to death or confiscated
+the wealth of any of the royalists, as had been done by the other
+insurgent commanders. On perceiving the erroneous sentiments by
+which he was deluded, Mexia strongly represented to him, that, as
+the pleasure of his majesty had been clearly expressed, by means
+of the commission and instructions given to the president, there
+was no room now to wait for any new declaration of the royal
+will. That all the officers and soldiers in the Tierra Firma Were
+resolved to obey the president, and that Hinojosa must determine
+without delay on the part he chose to embrace as a loyal subject,
+without allowing himself to be misled by these ridiculous
+sentiments of pretended men of learning. Hinojosa requested to be
+allowed one day to consider what answer he should give to these
+representations; and accordingly the very next day he determined
+to follow the advice of his friend Mexia, whom he accompanied to
+the president, and engaged to obey him in all things conformable
+to the royal orders. After this, all the captains of the troops
+and other principal persons in Panama were convened; who all
+pledged their obedience to the president, engaging to keep the
+matter a profound secret till farther orders. Yet the soldiers
+began to suspect the real situation of affairs, as they noticed
+that the president gave orders on every affair of importance that
+occurred, and that all their officers visited him very
+frequently, and always behaved to him in public as their
+superior.</p>
+
+<p>As president considered that any farther delay might be
+prejudicial to the royal cause, he resolved to dispatch Aldana
+with the command of about three hundred men in three or four
+vessels, with orders to proceed to the port of Lima, to assemble
+at that place all who were well affected to his majesty. By this
+measure, he wished to prevent Gonzalo from having time to learn
+the actual situation of matters in the Tierra Firma, and from
+placing his own affairs in perfect order; and was in hopes
+likewise by these means to prevent him from putting several of
+the principal loyalists to death, as had been often threatened by
+the insurgents. Accordingly, four vessels were fitted out with
+all expedition, of which the command was given to Aldana, having
+under his orders the captains Mexia, Palomino, and Yllanez. On
+this occasion, in a general review of the troops, all the colours
+were publickly resigned into the hands of the president; who
+immediately restored them to the respective officers, in his
+majestys name, and reappointed Hinojosa as general of the army.
+After this, the three hundred men above mentioned were embarked
+under Aldana, pay and equipments, being advanced to such of the
+soldiers as were in need. Aldana immediately set sail on his
+expedition, being accompanied by the provincial of the
+Dominicans, a person of merit and influence, whose authority and
+example were expected to confirm those who might be indetermined
+to follow the party which he espoused. Aidaria carried along with
+him several copies of the amnesty and of the royal orders for
+restoring peace and order to Peru; and was expressly enjoined not
+to land on any part of the coast if possible, till he got to the
+port of Lima, that he might endeavour to surprise Gonzalo.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, the archbishop of Lima and Gomez de Solis
+arrived at Panama; both of whom expressed their satisfaction on
+learning the turn which affairs had taken at that place, and
+openly declared themselves for the royal party, offering their
+best services to the president. At this, time likewise, the
+president sent Don Juan de Mendoza to Mexico, with letters for
+the viceroy of that kingdom, Don Antonio de Mendoza, requiring
+the aid of all the soldiers that could be spared from that
+country. Don Balthazar de Castille was sent at the same time to
+Guatimala and Nicaragua on a similar mission; and other persons
+were dispatched to San Domingo, to procure every possible
+assistance for prosecuting the war in Peru, if that measure
+should ultimately be necessary.</p>
+
+<p>It has been already mentioned that Pedro Hernandez Paniagua
+was dispatched by the president with letters for Gonzalo Pizarro.
+Paniagua arrived at Tumbez about the middle of January 1547,
+whence he went to San Miguel, where Villalobos then commanded for
+Gonzalo. Paniagua was immediately arrested by Villalobos, who
+took from him his dispatches and forwarded them with all speed to
+Gonzalo at Lima, by means of Diego de Mora the commandant of
+Truxillo. On learning the arrest of Paniagua, Gonzalo sent a
+confidential person to conduct him to Lima, with strict orders
+not to permit any person to converse with him by the way. On his
+arrival at Lima, Gonzalo, in presence of all his confederate
+officers, restored to Paniagua his credentials and dispatches,
+desiring him to declare every thing that had been confided to him
+by his employer, and assuring him of entire personal safety in
+regard to every thing connected with his commission: But, if he
+should presume to converse either publickly or privately with any
+other person on any subject connected with the president, he
+might rest assured of losing his head. Accordingly, Paniagua
+boldly explained the subject of his mission. When he had
+withdrawn from the council of officers, some were for putting him
+to death, alleging that he had previously communicated his
+sentiments to some confidential persons. Gonzalo Pizarro did not
+communicate to his officers either of the two letters formerly
+mentioned, which were addressed to himself, by the king and the
+president. In this consultation, it was the universal opinion of
+the insurgent leaders, that they ought on no account to admit the
+president into Peru; many of the officers, in expressing their
+sentiments on this occasion, spoke of the president in a very
+abusive manner, and even mentioned his majesty with very little
+respect, at which Gonzalo seemed well pleased.</p>
+
+<p>At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro wrote to his lieutenant-general
+Carvajal, who still remained in La Plata, directing him to come
+immediately to Lima, and bring thither along with him all the
+treasure he could procure, and all the musquets and other arms
+that were in that place. These orders did not proceed from any
+idea that these were necessary for defence, as the transactions
+at Panama were still unknown in Peru; but on account of the many
+complaints which had been made of the continual murders and
+confiscations which were perpetrated by Carvajal. Some alleged
+that he was summoned to the capital to receive deserved
+punishment for his cruel and tyrannical conduct; while others
+said it was on purpose to strip him of more than 150,000 crowns
+which he had amassed by pillage. At this time Lima was so
+entirely occupied with suspicions, that no one dared to confide
+in any other, or to speak a single word respecting the present
+state of affairs; as the slightest misplaced word, or the most
+trifling pretext or suspicion, was sufficient to place the life
+of any one in imminent danger. Gonzalo took the greatest possible
+precautions for his safety, of which the following is a
+remarkable instance. He had noticed on many occasions that the
+oydor Zarate was by no means attached to his interests, although
+his daughter was married to the brother of Pizarro: And though
+Zarate was sick, it was confidently asserted that Gonzalo
+procured him to be poisoned, by means of certain powders which he
+sent him under pretence of a remedy. In the sequel this rumour
+was confirmed by the testimony of several persons who were in the
+service of Pizarro at the time. Whether Pizarro were really
+guilty of this crime or innocent, it is a certain fact that he
+expressed much satisfaction on learning the death of Zarate.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time, Paniagua procured permission, through the
+intermediation of the licentiate Carvajal, to return to Panama,
+though contrary to the opinion of the other insurgent officers,
+who were clear for detaining him; and he may assuredly be
+reckoned fortunate in having got away from Lima before
+intelligence arrived there that the fleet and army at Panama had
+submitted to the president. Although this circumstance had not
+reached the knowledge of the insurgents, it began to be
+vehemently suspected, in consequence of receiving no reports from
+that place for so long a time; insomuch that Gonzalo sent off
+orders to Pedro de Puelles, who commanded in Quito, and all his
+other captains, to keep themselves vigilantly on their guard, and
+to hold all their troops in continual readiness for taking the
+field.</p>
+
+<p>At this period the lieutenant-general Carvajal arrived at Lima
+from Las Charcas accompanied by an hundred and fifty soldiers,
+and bringing with him three hundred musquets and treasure to the
+value of more than 800,000 crowns. He was received at Lima with
+extraordinary pomp, Gonzalo going out to meet him with all the
+inhabitants of the city, accompanied with bands of music and
+every demonstration of rejoicing. Just at this time intelligence
+was received from Puerto Viejo, that four ships had been seen
+near the coast, as if reconnoitering, which had stood out again
+to sea without coming to anchor or sending on shore for water or
+provisions, as was usual with ships navigating in these seas.
+This was looked upon as a sign of hostile intentions. It was a
+considerable time after this, before Gonzalo was entirely
+certified of the intention of these four ships, which in fact
+were those under Aldana, both because they were exceedingly
+cautious of coming near the land, and because Diego de Mora, his
+lieutenant at Truxillo, detained certain letters which had been
+sent through his hands on the subject. Yet their suspicious
+appearance on the coast gave great uneasiness to Gonzalo, and
+occasioned him to take every means of precaution for his
+security; ordering continual watch to be kept up day and night,
+both by the soldiers and the inhabitants, all of whom appeared to
+do so with much care and satisfaction. Some time after the
+appearance of the ships off Puerto Viego, they arrived at the
+harbour of Malabrigo, five or six leagues to the northwards of
+Truxillo, and Diego de Mora learnt their arrival by the same
+messenger who was charged with the news of their appearance at
+Puerto Viejo. As he was quite ignorant of the persons who were
+embarked in these ships, and of their intentions, he went on
+board a vessel in the harbour of Truxillo, accompanied by several
+inhabitants of that city, intending to seek for these four
+vessels wherever they might happen to be, and carried along with
+him a considerable supply of provisions and warlike stores. He
+considered it quite safe to board these strange vessels; as, if
+they belonged to the partisans of Gonzalo, it was easy for him to
+allege that he came in quest of news, and to supply them with
+refreshments; whereas if they should be of the royal party, so
+much the better, as he was resolved to join them with all his
+followers. He fortunately came up with Aldana on the very day in
+which he left the harbour of Truxillo; and, having entered into
+mutual explanations, joined company to the reciprocal
+satisfaction of both, supplying Aldana with such refreshments as
+were needed for his ships.</p>
+
+<p>Next night, Aldana and De Mora with all the ships came to
+anchor in the harbour of Truxillo, where it was not deemed proper
+to land the troops; but it was agreed that De Mora and all the
+inhabitants of Truxillo should retire into the province of
+Caxamarca, in which place they could remain in safety till their
+assistance might be required, and where they might endeavour to
+assemble all that were favourable to the royal cause. At the same
+time messengers were dispatched with letters and orders from the
+president in the kings name, to Chachapoyas, Guanuco, and Quito,
+and to the frontier posts commanded by Mercadillo and Porcel,
+inviting all who were inclined to serve his majesty to declare
+themselves. Intelligence of these proceedings at Truxillo were
+speedily carried to Gonzalo by a monk of the order of Mercy, who
+had always favoured the Pizarrian faction; but who could only
+relate the departure of De Mora and the inhabitants of Truxillo,
+without being able to give any distinct account of their
+intercourse and agreement with those on board the fleet.
+Accordingly, Gonzalo concluded, from the information brought by
+the monk, that De Mora and the inhabitants of Truxillo had gone
+off for Panama to join the president. Gonzalo therefore sent off
+the licentiate Garcias de Leon, who had always accompanied him
+hitherto, with the commission of lieutenant-governor of Truxillo,
+accompanied by fifteen or twenty soldiers, to whom he gave grants
+of the lands and Indians which had belonged to the citizens of
+Truxillo who had gone off with De Mora. Along with De Leon,
+Gonzalo sent the superior of the order of Mercy, with orders to
+embark the wives of all the inhabitants of Truxillo who had gone
+off, and to carry them to their husbands at Panama, whither he
+supposed they were gone; and he sent at the same time proper
+persons to be married to the widows who remained in Truxillo,
+commanding that such of these widows as refused compliance should
+be deported along with the married women to Panama. Various and
+specious pretexts were alleged for this procedure; but the true
+reason was, that Gonzalo wished to be entire master of the
+country, and to dispose at his pleasure of the lands, Indians,
+houses, and properties of all who had fled from his usurped
+power.</p>
+
+<p>As Garcias de Leon was sent on this expedition by sea, he fell
+in, a few days after his departure, with the four ships commanded
+by Aldana, and joined himself to them with all his followers,
+embracing the party of his majesty. On this occasion, the
+superior of the order of Mercy was sent by land to Lima, with
+directions to inform Gonzalo of what had happened, and the
+purpose of these four ships making their appearance on the coast.
+He was likewise desired to communicate the intelligence to
+several of the loyal inhabitants of Lima; and to tell them, if
+they were at any time able to go to the port belonging to that
+city, they would find boats ready to carry them on board the
+ships. On receiving this news, Gonzalo sent orders to the
+superior to keep out of the way, and on no account to have
+intercourse with any person whatever, either publickly or
+privately, as he valued his life. Gonzalo complained loudly
+against Aldana for deserting him; saying that if he had followed
+the advice of his principal officers, he would have put him to
+death long before.</p>
+
+<p>When the arrival and intention of the fleet was certainly
+known and understood, by which it appeared necessary to prepare
+for war, Gonzalo began immediately to put every thing in proper
+order, and to assemble his troops; having hitherto believed
+himself in perfect security against any hostile attack. He
+appointed the licentiates Carvajal and Cepeda to be captains of
+cavalry, as persons in whose attachment he could confide,
+considering the weighty obligations they had received from him.
+Juan de Acosta, Juan Velez de Guevara, and Juan de la Torre were
+made captains of musqueteers; and Ferdinand Bachicao, Martin de
+Robles, and Martin de Almendras captains of pikemen. Francisco de
+Carvajal, who had hitherto enjoyed that office, was nominated
+lieutenant-general, having an hundred of the musqueteers he had
+brought with him from Las Charcas appointed for his guard. It was
+proclaimed by beat of drum, that all the inhabitants of Lima, and
+all strangers residing there, of whatever quality or condition,
+were to enrol themselves among the troops under pain of death;
+and money was issued to the several captains for the pay and
+equipment of their companies. The two captains of horse received
+50,000 crowns, with which they were each ordered to levy and
+equip fifty horsemen; besides which, several merchants and
+others, very unfit for warfare, enrolled themselves. It was well
+known that these men were quite unfit for being soldiers; but
+they were constrained to enlist on purpose to exact money from
+them for their discharge, which in fact they purchased by
+furnishing horses, arms, and money to such as were in want.
+Martin de Robles received 25,000 crowns with which he was to
+enlist and equip a company of 130 pikemen. Ferdinand Bachicao had
+20,000 to raise 120 pikemen; and Juan d'Acosta a similar sum for
+an equal number. Martin de Almendras had 12,000 crowns to raise
+45 pikemen; and Juan de la Torre 12,000, to levy 50 musqueteers,
+who were to form the ordinary guard of Gonzalo. Antonio
+Altamirano, one of the principal inhabitants of Cuzco was
+appointed to carry the grand standard, with a troop of 80 horse;
+and he received 12,000 crowns for some particular purpose, as his
+men had no need of pay or equipments, being all chosen from among
+the rich inhabitants of the country.</p>
+
+<p>On this occasion the several captains had standards or colours
+painted according to their respective fancies, the grand standard
+alone carrying the royal arms. Among these, Bachicao had the
+letters G.P. or the cypher of Gonzalo Pizarro, interlaced upon
+his colours, surmounted by a royal crown. Every thing being in
+order, posts were assigned to each officer, of which they were to
+take especial care by day and night. Gonzalo Pizarro made liberal
+donations to several soldiers who were unfit for service, as well
+as to those who took the field; giving them, besides what they
+were entitled to for their equipment, considerable sums according
+to their respective merits and occasions. In a general review, he
+mustered a thousand men, as well armed and equipped and furnished
+with all necessaries, as any that had been seen in the most
+prosperous campaigns in the Italian war. Besides their arms,
+which were all excellent, most of the soldiers were clothed in
+silken hose and doublets, and many had theirs of cloth of gold,
+or embroidery of gold silver or silk, with gold embroidery on
+their hats, their ammunition pouches, and the covers of their
+musquets. The army was well supplied with excellent powder; and
+Gonzalo gave orders that every soldier should have either a horse
+or a mule to ride upon during a march. In the equipment of this
+army, Gonzalo expended above half a million of crowns.</p>
+
+<p>Besides these preparations, Gonzalo sent Martin Silveira to
+the city of La Plata, to bring from thence all the men and money
+that could be procured in that quarter. Antonio de Robles was
+sent to Cuzco, to conduct to Lima all the troops that were there
+under the charge of Alfonzo de Hinojosa, the lieutenant-governor
+of that city. He wrote to Lucas Martinez, his lieutenant at
+Arequipa, desiring him to join him immediately with all the
+soldiers he could raise. He sent orders to Pedro de Puelles, his
+lieutenant at Quito, to join him as soon as possible with all the
+troops from that province; and likewise ordered Mercadillo and
+Percel to abandon the passes of which they had the charge,
+bringing all their men along with them to Lima, and sent similar
+orders to Saavedra the lieutenant-governor of Guamanga. By these
+means Gonzalo exerted himself to the uttermost to collect a
+respectable force; and he particularly enjoined all his officers
+not to leave behind them any horses or arms, or any other
+conveniencies for those who remained to enable them to join the
+president. He endeavoured to justify his present conduct, by
+representing that Aldana, whom he had sent to give an account to
+the king of all that had occurred in Peru, had leagued with the
+president, and now employed against himself and the colony those
+vessels which had been confided to his charge, and which had cost
+more than 80,000 crowns in their equipment. He alleged that the
+president, who had been sent expressly by his majesty to restore
+peace and tranquillity to the kingdom, had raised troops of his
+own authority, and now proposed to come in arms into Peru, to
+punish all who had taken part in the late commotions, so that all
+were equally interested in opposing him. That no one ought
+therefore to reckon upon the pardon and amnesty with which the
+president was said to be entrusted, and which it was reported he
+was to extend to all who joined him; but rather that this ought
+to be considered as a fraudulent contrivance to divide and ruin
+the colonists. Even admitting the truth of the reported amnesty;
+it could only refer to the original opposition to the obnoxious
+regulations and tyrannical conduct of the viceroy, and could have
+no reference to those who were engaged in the battle of Quito,
+and the consequent death of the viceroy; as these transactions
+could only be known in Spain after the departure of the
+president, and nothing respecting them could therefore be
+included in his instructions and powers. Therefore, until his
+majesty were fully informed of the whole series of events, and
+had issued new orders on the subject, it became necessary to
+prevent the president from coming into Peru, more especially as
+Gonzalo Pizarro was informed by letters from Spain, that the
+president was not authorized by his majesty to deprive Gonzalo of
+the government, but merely to preside in the royal court of
+audience. He pretended to be perfectly assured of this
+circumstance, by letters from Francisco Maldonado, whom he had
+sent to the king, and that the president had even in some measure
+acknowledged this in the letter which was brought from him by
+Paniagua. He alleged farther, that the captains in his own
+employment, who had been sent into the Tierra Firma for the
+defence of Peru, having revolted to the president, had now
+persuaded him to change his tone and to invade Peru by force of
+arms; at which procedure his majesty would be assuredly much
+displeased, when informed. By these and other arguments of a
+similar nature, Gonzalo endeavoured to demonstrate that the
+president was highly to blame in detaining those persons whom he,
+Gonzalo, had sent to Spain, and that it was justifiable on these
+grounds to oppose him by force of arms.</p>
+
+<p>Gonzalo, by the advice of his lieutenant-general and other
+confidential officers, took additional measures to justify their
+conduct, and to satisfy the soldiers and inhabitants in the
+goodness of their cause. In an assembly of all the men learned in
+the law who were then in Lima, they arraigned the president as
+having acted criminally, in taking possession of the ships
+belonging to the colony, and by invading the country in a warlike
+manner, contrary to the tenor of the commission and instructions
+he had received from the king; endeavouring at the same time to
+convince the assembly, that it was just and proper to proceed
+judicially against the president, and those captains and others
+who adhered to him and abetted him in these proceedings, and that
+they ought to be proceeded against in a formal manner, by legal
+process. The persons composing this assembly of men of learning,
+dared not to contradict Gonzalo on this occasion or to oppose his
+will in any respect: A process was accordingly instituted in due
+form, informations taken and recorded, and judgment pronounced in
+the following tenor: "Considering the crimes established by the
+judicial informations given against the licentiate De la Gasca
+and those captains who adhere to him; they are found guilty and
+deserving of condemnation; wherefore, the said licentiate De la
+Gasca is hereby adjudged to be beheaded, and the captains Aldana
+and Hinojosa to be quartered." The other captains and officers
+serving under the president, were at the same time condemned to
+various punishments, according to the measure of guilt which
+Gonzalo and the leaders of his faction were pleased to charge
+against them; and the sentences were ordered to be signed in due
+form by the oydor Cepeda, and other men of letters at Lima.</p>
+
+<p>Among these persons of the law who were desired to sign on the
+present occasion, was a licentiate from Valladolid named Polo
+Hondegardo, who had the boldness to wait upon Gonzalo, and to
+represent to him, that the promulgation of such a sentence was by
+no means advisable or politic; as it might possibly happen
+hereafter that those officers who were now in the service of the
+president might incline to revert to his party, which they would
+not dare to do when once this cruel sentence was pronounced
+against them. He represented farther, that it was necessary to
+keep in mind the sacred character of the president as a priest;
+in consequence of which circumstance all who might sign a
+sentence of death against him would incur the pains and penalties
+of the greater excommunication. By this remonstrance, these
+strong measures were arrested in their progress, and the intended
+sentence was not promulgated.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, intelligence was brought to Pizarro, that the
+squadron under Lorenzo de Aldana had quitted the port of Truxillo
+and was approaching along the coast towards Lima. On this
+intelligence, Gonzalo sent off Juan d'Acosta with fifty mounted
+musqueteers, with orders to keep in view of the ships, to prevent
+the royalists from being able to land for provisions or water. On
+arriving at Truxillo, Acosta only ventured to remain one day at
+that place, being afraid that Diego de Mora might bring a
+superior force against him from Caxamarca. He learnt likewise,
+that the royalists squadron had gone to the port of Santa, to
+which place he accordingly marched. Aldana got notice of his
+coming from some Spanish inhabitants of that place, and laid an
+ambuscade for him, consisting of an hundred and fifty
+musqueteers, in a place overgrown with tall reeds on the side of
+the road by which Acosta had to march in his way to Santa. Acosta
+had certainly fallen into the snare, if he had not fortunately
+made prisoners of some spies who had been sent on shore from the
+squadron, whom he was about to have hanged, when they prevailed
+on him to save their lives by giving him notice of the
+ambushment, and by farther informing him that he might make
+prisoners of some sailors who were taking in fresh water for the
+ships, by quitting the common road and going nearer the shore. He
+accordingly took that road and made the sailors prisoners, whom
+he sent to Gonzalo at Lima. Those belonging to Aldana, who were
+in ambush, learnt this transaction; but, being all on foot, and
+the insurgent party all horsemen, they could not attempt to
+rescue the prisoners from Acosta, as that part of the country
+consisted of very deep sands. Acosta returned to the port of
+Guavera, where he waited fresh orders from Lima.</p>
+
+<p>Gonzalo treated the prisoners sent to him by Acosta with much
+kindness, supplying them with clothes and arms, and gave them
+their choice of any of the companies of his troops in which they
+might think proper to serve. From these men, he received exact
+information of all the late events which had occurred at Panama,
+of the succours which the president expected to receive from
+different parts of America, and of the force which accompanied
+Aldana on the present expedition. They informed him likewise that
+Aldana had set on shore Pedro de Ulloa, a Dominican friar,
+disguised in a secular habit, who had orders to distribute copies
+of the amnesty in every direction. In consequence of this
+information, he was sought for and soon found; and Gonzalo had
+him confined in a dungeon near the fish-ponds in his garden,
+which was infested with toads and vipers, where he remained till
+he recovered his liberty on the arrival of the fleet some time
+afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, it was determined to dispatch the licentiate
+Carvajal with three hundred mounted musqueteers, together with
+the detachment under Juan d'Acosta, to scour the coast to the
+northwards, and to attack Diego de Mora who had withdrawn into
+the province of Caxamarca. When every thing was in readiness for
+this expedition, the lieutenant-general Carvajal went one morning
+early to Gonzalo, and represented to him, that it was by no means
+safe to entrust so important a command to the licentiate, as a
+person in whom they could not repose implicit confidence. That
+although he had hitherto attached himself to their party, it was
+obviously for the sole purpose of being revenged of the late
+viceroy; and, as that purpose was now accomplished, it did not
+appear that his fidelity could be depended upon. It was proper to
+recollect, he added, that all the brothers of the licentiate were
+greatly attached to his majesty, particularly the bishop of Lugo
+who enjoyed several high employments; so that it was not to be
+imagined the licentiate would act cordially in the interest of a
+party which was diametrically opposed to that in which all his
+nearest relations were engaged. Besides all which, this person
+had formerly been made a prisoner by themselves, without any just
+foundation, and had even been so nearly punished capitally, that
+he had been ordered to make his testament and to confess himself
+in preparation for death, which injurious treatment he could not
+be supposed to have forgotten. Gonzalo was so much convinced by
+these arguments, that he countermanded the order given to the
+licentiate Carvajal, and sent off Juan d'Acosta on the expedition
+to Caxamarca, with a force of two hundred and eighty men.
+D'Acosta accordingly set out on this intended service, taking the
+road for Truxillo; but on arriving at Baranza, about twenty four
+leagues from Lima, he halted at that place for reasons which will
+appear in the sequel.</p>
+
+<p>At this period, the Captain Saavedra, who was
+lieutenant-governor of Guanuco for Gonzalo, received letters from
+Aldana urging him to quit the insurgent party and to declare for
+his majesty. He accordingly determined to do so; and under
+pretence of obeying the orders he had received from Gonzalo of
+joining his army at Lima, along with Hernando Alonzo, he
+assembled all the soldiers he could procure in that province,
+with whose assistance he fortified the city of Guanuco, and
+informed them of his resolution to exert his best endeavours in
+the service of the king. All his soldiers agreed to follow his
+example, except three or four who fled and informed Gonzalo of
+the defection of their governor. Saavedra retired immediately to
+Caxamarca, with forty horsemen, where he joined Diego de Mora and
+those who had withdrawn along with him from Truxillo, where both
+declared themselves for the royalist party. On learning the
+defection of Saavedra and the principal inhabitants of Guanuco,
+Gonzalo sent an officer to that place at the head of thirty
+soldiers; with orders to pillage and destroy the city: But the
+Indians of the neighbourhood, having armed themselves and taken
+possession of the place by the orders of their masters, made so
+resolute a defence that the insurgent detachment was beaten off,
+and constrained to return to Lima, being unable to procure any
+other plunder except some mares cattle and other animals
+belonging to the settlers.</p>
+
+<p>On the arrival of Antonio de Robles at Cuzco, whom Gonzalo had
+sent to take the command in that city and province, Alfonso de
+Hinojosa, who had hitherto been lieutenant-governor there,
+resigned the command of the city and troops, but as was believed
+with much dissatisfaction. De Robles immediately collected as
+much money as he could procure, and enlisted all the soldiers
+that were to be found in that neighbourhood, with whom he marched
+to Xaquixaguana, about four leagues from Cuzco. At that place he
+learned that Diego Centeno; who had concealed himself for more
+than a year in a cave among the mountains, had recently left his
+concealment, on learning the arrival of the president, and had
+collected several of his former partisans, who had hidden
+themselves from the fury of Gonzalo in various parts of the woods
+and mountains. By this time Centeno had collected about forty
+men, mostly on foot, though some of them still had the horses
+with which they had made their escape. Although these men were
+neither so well armed or equipped as they could have wished,
+Centeno resolved to make an attempt upon Cuzco, shewing as much
+confidence as if he had been at the head of five hundred well
+armed troops. His principal followers were Luis de Ribera,
+Alfonso Perez de Esquival, Diego Alvarez, Francisco Negral, Pedro
+Ortiz de Zarate, and Friar Dominic Ruiz, commonly called Father
+Viscayno. With this small band of followers, Centeno drew nigh to
+Cuzco, being doubtless invited to that step by some of the
+principal inhabitants, for the purpose of freeing them from the
+tyranny of De Robles, a young man of low origin and little
+ability. It was even said that Alfonso de Hinojosa, from
+resentment against Gonzalo for superseding him in the government,
+had sent privately to offer his assistance to Centeno. Both of
+these reports are highly probable; as otherwise it would have
+been a most inexcusable rashness in Centeno, to call it no worse,
+to have presumed upon attacking Cuzco with the small number of
+men he had collected; as, besides the inhabitants of the city,
+there were more than five hundred soldiers there and in the
+environs, while he had only forty ill armed men, most of whom had
+swords or daggers fastened to poles, instead of pikes or
+lances.</p>
+
+<p>On learning the approach of Centeno, De Robles returned to
+Cuzco, where he made such preparations as seemed necessary; and,
+on hearing that Centeno was within a days march, he took the
+field with three hundred men, sending forwards Francisco de
+Aguira to procure intelligence. This person was brother to one
+Peruchio de Aguira who had formerly been put to death by the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal, and was consequently a secret enemy
+to the insurgent party. Instead therefore of executing the
+commission confided to him by De Robles, he went immediately to
+join Centeno, whom he informed of every thing that was going on
+at Cuzco and of the state of affairs in that city. In the night
+before the festival of Corpus Christi of the year 1547, Centeno
+advanced toward the city of Cuzco, by a different road from that
+in which De Robles and his troops were posted; and, having turned
+one of his flanks, made an unexpected assault with great
+resolution, as resolved to conquer or die. Completely surprised
+and thrown into confusion, the troops of De Robles were unable to
+get into any order for defence, and even in several instances
+turned their arms against each other, insomuch that a good many
+of them were slain by their own comrades. On this occasion
+Centeno used the following stratagem, which succeeded admirably:
+Having taken off the saddles and bridles from the horses
+belonging to his small band of followers, he ordered them to be
+driven by his attendant Indians along the road which led to the
+front of the enemies camp, to call off their attention from his
+real attack on their flank and rear. By this means, as the horses
+were urged on by the Indians behind, they threw the troops of De
+Robles into confusion, and enabled Centeno to penetrate into the
+camp unperceived and unopposed, where he and his men exerted
+themselves so courageously that the insurgents were completely
+defeated and put to flight. [Illustration: Map: VICEROYALTY OF
+PERU]</p>
+
+<p>By this successful exploit Centeno acquired great honour; it
+having been seldom seen that so small a number had defeated so
+disproportioned a force of infinitely better armed troops. It has
+been reported that, on this occasion, some men belonging to
+Alfonso de Hinojosa were the first to fly, in consequence of
+secret orders for that purpose: But these men never acknowledged
+the truth of this allegation, as disgraceful to themselves; and
+Centeno denied the story, as detracting from the glory of his
+victory.</p>
+
+<p>After the derout of De Robles, Centeno took possession of
+Cuzco, where he was immediately elected captain-general of that
+city and province for his majesty. Next day, he caused Antonio de
+Robles to be beheaded, and distributed 100,000 crowns, which he
+found in that city belonging to Gonzalo, among his followers. He
+in the next place took measures for raising a respectable force;
+appointing Pedro de Rios and Juan de Vargas, the brother of
+Garcilasso de la Vega, captains of infantry, and Francisco Negral
+captain of Cavalry; Luis de Ribera being named major-general.
+Having armed and equipped about four hundred men, he set out for
+La Plata, with the intention of persuading Alfonso de Mendoza,
+who commanded at that place for Gonzalo, to declare for the king,
+or otherwise to take possession of that place by force.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, Lucas Martin, who had been sent by Gonzalo to
+conduct the troops of Arequipa to Lima, set out from Arequipa
+with 130 men for that purpose; but when he had proceeded about
+four leagues on his march, his people mutinied and made him
+prisoner, electing Jerom de Villegas as their commander, and
+immediately marched off to join Centeno, who was then in the
+Collao waiting the issue of some negotiations in which he had
+employed Pedro Gonzalo de Zarate, schoolmaster at Cuzco. While in
+the Collao, Centeno was informed that Juan de Silveira, the
+Serjeant major of the army of the insurgents, had been sent by
+Gonzalo to conduct the troops of that province to Lima, and had
+made prisoners of five or six of the royalists whom he met with
+on his march. Silveira had collected about three hundred men on
+this occasion, and we shall relate what befel them in the
+sequel.</p>
+
+<p>On learning the success of Centeno at Cuzco and the death of
+De Robles, and being likewise informed that the people of San
+Miguel had declared for his majesty, and that the captains
+Mercadillo and Porcel had joined Diego de Mora at Caxamarca;
+Gonzalo Pizarro saw that he had now only to depend on the force
+which was along with himself at Lima, and those under Pedro de
+Puelles, on whose fidelity he reposed entire confidence. In this
+predicament, he determined to alter the destination of Juan
+d'Acosta and to send him against Centeno with a respectable
+force, resolving to follow d'Acosta in person with all his army
+if necessary, then amounting to nine hundred men, among whom were
+many of the principal inhabitants of Peru. In forming this new
+resolution, his object was in the first place to reduce all the
+upper or mountainous provinces to subjection, and afterwards to
+make war on every other part of the country which had withdrawn
+from his authority. It has likewise been conjectured, that
+Gonzalo proposed to himself, in case of any reverse, to endeavour
+to make some new discovery and conquest, towards the Rio Plata,
+or Chili, or in some other place to the south and east of Peru.
+He certainly never avowed this intention openly, nor is it
+alleged that he communicated it to any of his confidents, as this
+would have indicated a want of confidence in his cause; so that
+this idea rests only on conjecture. In consequence of this new
+plan, Gonzalo recalled D'Acosta to Lima with all his troops, to
+the great mortification of that person and his followers;
+insomuch that seven or eight of them deserted, choosing Jerome de
+Soria as their commander. Many others would certainly have
+followed this example, if it had not been for the severe
+precautions exercised by D'Acosta on the occasion, who put to
+death Lorenza Mexia, son-in-law to the Conde de Gomera, and
+another soldier, whom he suspected of intending to desert. He
+likewise arrested several others who were suspected of similar
+intentions, whom he carried prisoners to Lima.</p>
+
+<p>A few days before the arrival of D'Acosta at Lima, Gonzalo
+took some suspicion of the fidelity of Antonio Altamarino, his
+standard bearer, who appeared to conduct himself with a degree of
+coldness in the present emergency; and, without any direct proof
+or even any strong suspicious circumstances being alleged against
+him, he caused him to be arrested and put in irons as a criminal,
+had him strangled in prison during the night, and ordered his
+dead body to be suspended upon the public gibbet. Altamarino was
+one of the richest colonists in Peru, and Gonzalo, having
+confiscated all his wealth, distributed it among his most
+attached followers. After this, he gave the charge of the royal
+standard to Don Antonio de Ribera, who had just joined with
+thirty men from Guamanga, whence also he had brought some arms
+and cattle which he had taken from the inhabitants of that place.
+At this time Gonzalo found his affairs much embarrassed and
+growing every day worse, insomuch that he could only count upon
+the force which accompanied him in Lima; whereas a short time
+before he seemed absolute master of the whole kingdom of Peru. He
+was in great fear, if the new royal orders, the general amnesty,
+and the revocation of the obnoxious regulations, all of which had
+been brought out from Spain by the president, should come to the
+knowledge of his remaining followers, that they would all abandon
+him. In this state of uncertainty and dread, he assembled all the
+principal inhabitants and citizens of Lima at his house, to whom
+he represented, "That he had brought himself into a very
+embarrassing and even dangerous situation by his exertions in
+their service, during which he had endured much labour and danger
+in the wars he had carried on for their benefit, and for the
+protection of their property and rights, for all which they were
+indebted to the genius and valour of his brother the marquis.
+That, in the present situation of affairs, the whole colonists
+ought to consider their honour and interests as identified with
+his own, the conduct of both being sufficiently justified in
+sending deputies to inform the king of all that had occurred
+during the troubles and commotions. That the president had
+arrested these deputies at Panama, had seduced his officers, and
+had taken possession of his ships. That the president certainly
+had done all these things to advance his own private interest;
+as, if he had received orders from his majesty to make war
+against the kingdom, he would assuredly have given intelligence
+of this circumstance through Paniagua. That not satisfied with
+these outrages, the president now invaded the government to which
+he, Gonzalo, had been lawfully appointed, and disseminated
+numerous libels against him throughout the kingdom, as was well
+known to them all. That consequently, he was determined to use
+his utmost efforts to oppose the president, who treated him as an
+enemy without any legitimate cause. That the general interests of
+all the colonists and his own were obviously identified; as,
+should the president carry matters to extremity as every thing
+seemed to indicate, they would all be brought to a severe account
+for the consequences of the late wars and disorders, and would be
+held responsible for the murders and plunders which had been
+perpetrated during their continuance. He requested them therefore
+to reflect maturely on all these things; and, as he had hitherto
+exerted his utmost efforts in defence of their rights, it still
+remained not only to continue to defend the same, but even to
+preserve their lives and honours. For these purposes, therefore,
+he had now assembled them, and to lay before them a clear state
+of the present situation of affairs; and he requested of them to
+declare freely and openly their undisguised sentiments; engaging,
+on the faith and honour of a gentleman and a knight, which he was
+ready to confirm by a solemn oath, that he would not injure any
+one in person or estate for the opinion or advice they might now
+give; but should leave every one at full liberty to declare for
+either party in the present troubles, and even to retire wherever
+they might judge proper. Therefore, he expected that all who were
+disposed to adhere to him on the present occasion should declare
+themselves without reserve, as he would demand of them to confirm
+their promise by a written and signed engagement. He advised them
+accordingly to look well to their promises when once made; as if
+any one should violate the same, or should appear lukewarm or
+feeble in their efforts in the approaching crisis, he would
+immediately order them to be put to death even upon very slight
+circumstances of suspicion."</p>
+
+<p>Every person in the assembly answered unhesitatingly, that
+they were ready to obey his orders in every thing to the utmost
+of their power and abilities, and to devote their lives and
+fortunes in his cause. Some even went so far in their pretended
+attachment, as to say that they would willingly risk their
+eternal salvation in his service. Many of them emulously strove
+to find out arguments for justifying the war which was now about
+to commence, and to enhance the obligations which the whole
+country lay under to Gonzalo for undertaking the management of
+the enterprize. Some even carried their base and scandalous
+flattery to such a pitch of extravagance, to conciliate the
+tyrant, that it were improper to contaminate our pages with a
+repetition of their words. After they had all expressed their
+attachment to the cause, Gonzalo drew out a paper in which the
+proposed engagement was already engrossed at full length; at the
+bottom of which he caused the licentiate Cepeda to write a solemn
+promise of executing all which that paper contained, and to obey
+Gonzalo in every thing he should command; after which, he made
+Cepeda sign that promise, and take a solemn oath to observe all
+its conditions. After Cepeda, all who were present in the
+assembly were made to sign and swear to the engagement in a
+similar manner.</p>
+
+<p>After the conclusion of this affair, Juan d'Acosta was ordered
+to prepare for marching to Cuzco by way of the mountain, at the
+head of three hundred men. Paez de Sotomayor was appointed his
+major-general on this expedition, Martin d'Olmos captain of
+cavalry, Diego de Gumiel captain of musqueteers, Martin de
+Almendras captain of pikemen, and Martin de Alarzon
+standard-bearer. The whole of this detachment being well provided
+with arms and all necessary equipments, left Lima taking the
+mountain road for Cuzco, on purpose to recover that important
+city from Centeno. At the same time Gonzalo received notice that
+the squadron commanded by Lorenzo de Aldana had been seen at the
+distance of about fifteen leagues from the port of Lima. It was
+determined therefore in a council of war, to encamp the whole
+insurgent army between Lima and the sea; as it was feared, if the
+ships got possession of the port, it might occasion great
+confusion and disturbance in the city, especially as in that case
+the necessary orders would have to be hastily issued and
+executed; by which means the malcontents might have an
+opportunity of withdrawing during the battle, and might even
+escape on board the ships to join the enemy; while, at the same
+time, there would be no leisure to watch the behaviour of the
+wavering, and to compel them to join the army. Orders were issued
+accordingly for the army to take the field, and it was publickly
+proclaimed throughout the city, that every one fit to carry arms,
+of every age and condition, was to join the troops, on pain of
+death. Pizarro gave notice that he would behead every person who
+acted contrary to these orders; and, while he marched in person
+at the head of the troops, he should leave the lieutenant-general
+in charge of the city, to execute rigorous punishment on all who
+lagged behind. All the inhabitants were so confounded and
+terrified by these threats, that no one dared to converse with
+another, and none had the courage either to fly or to determine
+what was best to be done in this emergency. Some however
+contrived to conceal themselves in places overgrown with tall
+reeds, or in caves, and many concealed their valuable effects
+under ground.</p>
+
+<p>On the day preceding that which had been fixed upon by Gonzalo
+for marching from Lima, news was brought that three ships had
+entered the port of Lima, which occasioned universal
+consternation. The alarm was sounded, and Gonzalo marched out
+with all the men who could be collected on a sudden, taking up
+his encampment about midway between the city and the port, at the
+distance of about a league or four miles from each, that he might
+at the same time make head against his enemies if they attempted
+to land, and might prevent the inhabitants of Lima from having
+any communication with the vessels. He was at the same time
+unwilling to abandon the city, and wished to know exactly the
+intentions of Aldana, before going to a greater distance, and if
+possible to gain possession of the vessels by some contrivance or
+negociation, having no means of preventing them from gaining
+possession of the port, as one of his own captains, contrary to
+the opinion of the other officers, had lately sunk five vessels
+in the harbour. On this occasion Gonzalo mustered five hundred
+and fifty men, cavalry and infantry included; and, after
+encamping in the situation already mentioned, he placed eight
+horsemen in ambush close to the sea, with orders to prevent any
+person landing from the vessels to deliver or to receive letters,
+or to converse with any one. Next day, Gonzalo sent Juan
+Hernandez, an inhabitant of Lima, in a boat on board the ships,
+with orders to say in his name, if Aldana chose to send any of
+his people on shore to explain the object of his coming into
+Peru, that Hernandez would remain on board as an hostage for the
+safety of his messenger. Hernandez was conducted on board the
+admiral where Aldana retained him as proposed, and sent on shore
+the captain Penna to wait upon Gonzalo.</p>
+
+<p>Penna was not conducted to camp till night, that he might have
+no opportunity of conversing with any one; and on being
+introduced to Gonzalo in his tent, he delivered to him a writing,
+containing the orders and instructions which the president had
+received from his majesty, the general amnesty granted by his
+majesty to all the colonists of Peru, and the revocation of the
+obnoxious regulations. He then expatiated, as instructed by
+Aldana, on the universal and great advantages which would accrue
+to all by giving a prompt and entire obedience to the commands of
+his majesty, who had not judged it convenient to continue Gonzalo
+in the government of Peru. That his majesty, being fully informed
+of all that had occurred in that country, had sent out De la
+Gasca as president, with instructions and full powers to provide
+a remedy for all the existing evils. Gonzalo proudly answered,
+that he would severely punish all who were on board the fleet,
+and would chastise the audacity of the president for the outrage
+he had committed in detaining his envoys and seizing his ships.
+He complained loudly against Aldana, for coming now against him
+as an enemy, after receiving his money, and accepting his
+commission to go into Spain on purpose to give an account of his
+conduct to the king.</p>
+
+<p>After some farther discourse, all the officers belonging to
+Gonzalo left the tent, leaving him and Penna alone together.
+Gonzalo made him a long discourse, endeavouring to justify his
+conduct in regard to his past and present conduct; and concluded
+by making him an offer of 100,000 crowns, if he would contrive to
+put him in possession of the galleon commanded by Aldana, which
+composed the principal force of the hostile fleet. Penna rejected
+his proposal with disdain, declaring himself dishonoured by the
+offer, and that nothing whatever would induce him to be guilty of
+such treacherous conduct. At the conclusion of this conference,
+Penna was committed to the custody of Antonio de Ribeira, with
+strict injunctions that he should not be allowed to have the
+smallest intercourse with any individual whomsoever; and was sent
+back next day to the fleet, when Juan Fernandez returned to camp,
+having in the interval promised and resolved to use his utmost
+efforts in the service of his majesty on every favourable
+opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>Aldana had rightly judged, that the surest means for
+succeeding in the mission on which he had been entrusted by the
+president, was to communicate the knowledge of the general pardon
+among the soldiers. For this purpose, therefore, he devised
+exceedingly proper measures to diffuse the intelligence among the
+troops, but which were at the same time exceedingly dangerous for
+Juan Hernandez. Aldana gave him copies of all his dispatches in
+duplicate, and entrusted him with letters for several principal
+persons in the camp of Gonzalo. Fernandez concealed such of these
+papers as he judged necessary in his boots, giving all the rest
+to Pizarro. Taking Gonzalo afterwards aside, he told him secretly
+that Aldana had endeavoured to prevail upon him to publish the
+royal pardon in the camp; and that accordingly he had thought it
+prudent to pretend compliance, and had taken charge of that
+general amnesty among his other dispatches, both to blind Aldana
+by the expectation of, doing what he wished, and on purpose to
+get these from him for the information of Gonzalo; pretending to
+be ignorant that Gonzalo knew of any such thing existing. Gonzalo
+thanked him for his prudent conduct, and considered him as a
+person worthy of entire confidence and much attached to the
+cause. He then received the papers which Fernandez offered,
+threatening the severest punishment against Aldana. Having thus
+craftily deceived Gonzalo, Fernandez contrived to deliver some of
+the letters he had in charge, and allowed some of them to fall on
+the ground, as if lost, yet so as they might be found by those to
+whom they were addressed.</p>
+
+<p>When Gonzalo quitted Lima to encamp on the road towards the
+sea-port of Calao, he left Pedro Martin de Cicilia in charge of
+the city as provost-marshal. This man, who had attached himself
+to Gonzalo with much zeal from the very commencement of the
+troubles, was now about seventy years of age, yet healthy and
+vigorous, of a rough and cruel disposition, and entirely
+destitute of piety towards God or of loyalty to the sovereign.
+Gonzalo had given him orders to hang up every person he might
+find loitering in the city with out a written permission, or who
+might return thither from camp without a pass. Martin executed
+these rigorous orders with so much exactitude, that, meeting a
+person who came under the foregoing predicament, he had not
+sufficient patience to have him hanged, but dispatched him
+directly with his poignard. He generally went about the streets
+followed by the hangman, carrying a parcel of ropes, and loudly
+declared that he would hang up every one whom he found in the
+city without permission from Ganzalo.</p>
+
+<p>One day several of the citizens came from the camp to the
+city, under the authority of a pass, to procure such provisions
+and other articles as they stood in need of, the principal
+persons among whom were Nicolas de Ribeira, who was alcalde or
+police judge of the city, Vasco de Guevara, Hernando Bravo de
+Lagunas, Francisco de Ampuero, Diego Tinoco, Alfonzo Ramirez de
+Sosa, Francisco de Barrionueva, Alfonzo de Barrionuevo, Martin de
+Menezes, Diego d'Escobar, and some others. After they had
+collected the articles of which they were in want, they left the
+city with their horses arms and servants; but, instead of
+returning towards the camp, they went off in the road for
+Truxillo. Being noticed by some spies, who gave immediate notice
+to Gonzalo, he caused them to be pursued by Juan de la Torre with
+a party of mounted musqueteers. At the distance of eight leagues
+from Lima, De la Torre came up with Vasco de Guevara and
+Francisco Ampuero, who had fallen behind with the intention of
+acting as a kind of rear guard, to give notice to the rest in
+case of a pursuit. They defended themselves courageously, and as
+their enemies could not take any certain aim, it being under
+night, they contrived to make their escape unwounded. De la Torre
+and his men found themselves unable to continue the pursuit with
+any chance of success, as their horses were already completely
+tired with their rapid march from camp. They returned, therefore,
+believing that, even if they were to get up with the fugitives,
+they would be unable to take them by force, as they were all men
+of quality, who would rather be slain than surrender. On their
+way back to camp, they fell in with Hernando Bravo, who had
+fallen behind his companions, and on bringing him a prisoner to
+Gonzalo he was ordered to immediate execution. Donna Ynez Bravo,
+who was sister to the prisoner and wife to Nicolas de Ribeira,
+one of the fugitives, on hearing the situation of her brother,
+hastened to the camp accompanied by her father, and threw herself
+at the feet of Gonzalo, whom she earnestly implored to spare the
+life of her brother. Being one of the most beautiful women of the
+country, and of the highest rank, and being seconded by most of
+the officers who served under Gonzalo, he at length allowed
+himself to be prevailed on to pardon her brother, who was the
+only person, during the whole subsistence of his usurpation, whom
+he forgave for a similar offence. On granting this pardon,
+Alfonzo de Caceres, one of the captains under Gonzalo, kissed his
+hand saying: "Illustrious prince! accursed be he who abandons
+you, or hesitates to sacrifice his life in your service." Yet,
+within three hours afterwards, Hernando Bravo and several others
+made their escape from the camp. Among these who now deserted
+were several persons of consideration who had attached themselves
+to Gonzalo from the very commencement of the troubles, so that
+their defection gave him infinite vexation and alarm, insomuch
+that hardly any one dared to speak to him, and he issued
+peremptory orders to put to death every person who might be found
+beyond the precincts of the camp.</p>
+
+<p>On the same night, Captain Martin de Robles sent a message to
+Diego Maldonado, who had been alcalde of Cuzco, usually called
+the rich, intimating that Gonzalo had resolved in a consultation
+with his officers to put him to death. Maldonado very readily
+believed this information, as he had formerly been one of the
+inhabitants of Cuzco who made offer of their services to the late
+viceroy. Likewise, although then pardoned by Gonzalo, whom he
+accompanied in the march to Quito against the viceroy, he had
+fallen under new suspicions, and had even been put to the
+torture, on account of a letter which was dropt near Gonzalo,
+containing some very unpleasant truths; and although the real
+authors of that letter had been afterwards discovered, Maldonado
+could never forget the treatment he had suffered at that time.
+Besides this, he was the intimate friend of Antonio Altamirano,
+whom Gonzalo had recently put to death. Considering all these
+circumstances, Maldonado was so thoroughly convinced of the
+imminent danger in which he stood, that he immediately quitted
+his tent with only his sword and cloak, not even taking time to
+saddle a horse, though he had several good ones, or speaking to
+any of his servants. Though a very old man, he walked as fast as
+possible all night in a direction towards the sea, and concealed
+himself in the morning among some tall reeds near the shore about
+three leagues from where the ships of Aldana lay at anchor. As he
+was much afraid of being pursued, he revealed his situation to an
+Indian who happened to be near; and whom he prevailed upon to
+construct a float of reeds and straw, on which the Indian carried
+him on board one of the ships.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning, Martin de Robles went to the tent of
+Maldonado; and finding him withdrawn as he expected, he
+immediately waited on Gonzalo, whom he informed of the
+circumstance, adding, "As the army was diminishing daily by the
+number and quality of the fugitives, he begged leave to advise
+that they should quit the present camp, and march into the
+interior provinces, as formerly agreed upon, without granting
+permission to any one to go into the city of Lima, lest many more
+might use that pretence for an opportunity to desert. Several of
+his own company, he said, had applied for leave to go into the
+city, to procure provisions; but he considered it better for
+himself to go therewith a detachment of soldiers to collect the
+provisions and necessaries required, that he might keep all his
+men in sight, and that he proposed on this occasion to take
+Maldonado from the Dominican convent, where he understood he had
+taken refuge, and to bring him a prisoner to the camp, where he
+ought to undergo condign punishment, as a warning to others."
+Gonzalo approved all that was said on this occasion by De Robles,
+in whom he had great confidence as a person who had taken part
+with him in all the past troubles, and desired him to act in the
+way he proposed. De Robles accordingly, taking all his own horses
+and attendants and those belonging to Maldonado, took along with
+him to Lima all the soldiers of his company in whom he could
+confide. After collecting such provisions and other necessaries
+as might serve his purpose, he set off for Truxillo with thirty
+armed horsemen, declaring publickly that Gonzalo was a tyrant and
+usurper, that all good subjects were bound to obey the orders of
+his majesty, and that he was resolved to join the president.</p>
+
+<p>When this serious defection became known in the camp, it was
+universally believed that the army would soon disperse, and that
+Gonzalo would be massacred. Gonzalo endeavoured to restore order
+and confidence among his troops, pretending to care little for
+those who had deserted him; yet resolved to decamp next morning.
+That very night, Lope Martin, an inhabitant of Cuzco, deserted
+almost in sight of the whole army. Next morning Gonzalo quitted
+his present camp, and marched about two leagues to a new camp
+near an aqueduct, taking every precaution to prevent his people
+from deserting; believing that his principal danger on that
+account would be got over if he were once ten or twelve leagues
+from Lima. The licentiate Carvajal was appointed to take charge
+of the night guard, with strict injunctions to prevent desertion:
+But even he, in the middle of the night, quitted the camp
+accompanied by Paulo Hondegardo, Marco de Retamoso, Pedro Suarez
+d'Escovedo, Francisco de Miranda, Hernando de Vargas, and several
+others belonging to his company. These men went in the first
+place to Lima, whence they took the road towards Truxillo. A few
+hours afterwards, Gabriel de Roias left the camp, accompanied by
+his nephews Gabriel Bermudez and Gomez de Roias and several other
+persons of quality. These men left the camp unseen by any one, as
+they went through the quarter which had been confided to the
+charge of the licentiate Carvajal.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning, Gonzalo was much distressed on learning the
+events of the past night, and more especially by the desertion of
+the licentiate Carvajal, whom he had disobliged by superseding
+him in the command which had been conferred on Juan d'Acosta, and
+by refusing him his niece Donna Francisca in marriage. The
+departure of the licentiate had a very bad effect on the minds of
+the troops; as they knew he was entrusted with all Gonzalos
+secrets, and had been greatly in his confidence ever since the
+death of the viceroy whom he had slain in the battle of Quito.
+Carvajal left to the value of more than 15,000 crowns in the
+camp, in gold silver and horses, all of which was immediately
+confiscated and divided among the soldiers: But the army was
+convinced he would not have abandoned so much valuable property,
+unless he had been satisfied that the affairs of Gonzalo were in
+a very bad condition, both in regard to power of resisting the
+president, and in respect of the right and justice of his
+pretensions. So great was the defection in the camp, that the
+greater part of the troops had resolved to disperse; and next
+morning, when the army had begun its march, two cavaliers, named
+Lopez and Villadente, quitting the ranks and causing their horses
+to vault in sight of the whole army, they cried, out aloud, "Long
+live the king, and let the tyrant die!" These men trusted, to the
+speed of their horses; and Gonzalo was so exceedingly suspicious
+of every one, that he expressly forbid these men to be pursued,
+being afraid that many might use that pretence for joining them.
+He continued his march accordingly, in all haste by the road of
+the plain country, leading towards Arequipa; in which march
+several of his musqueteers and others deserted, although he
+hanged ten or twelve persons of consideration in the course of
+three or four days. At length his force was reduced to two
+hundred men, and he was in continual dread that in some false
+alarm all his remaining men might disperse. Continuing his march,
+he at length came to the province of Nasca, about fifty leagues
+from Lima.</p>
+
+<p>After Gonzalo had gone to a considerable distance from Lima,
+Don Antonio de Ribeira, Martin Pizarro, Antonio de Leon, and some
+other inhabitants of Lima, who as old and infirm had been allowed
+by Gonzalo to remain behind the army on giving up all their
+horses and arms, erected the standard of the city, and,
+assembling the small number of inhabitants that remained in the
+great square, they publickly declared for his majesty in their
+own names and in the names of all the loyal citizens of the city.
+After proclaiming the new regulations and orders of the
+president, the general amnesty granted by the king, and the
+abrogation of the obnoxious regulations, they sent notice of all
+the recent events to Aldana, who still remained on the coast to
+receive and protect all who were inclined to quit the party of
+the insurgents. At the same time, and for the same purpose, Juan
+Alfonso Palamino had landed with fifty men, yet keeping his boats
+always in readiness to reimbark, in case of the return of
+Gonzalo. Aldana likewise placed an advanced picket of twelve
+horsemen, of those who had deserted from the insurgents, on the
+road towards Arequipa, to bring him timely notice of any thing
+that might occur in that quarter, with orders to return with all
+speed in case of the enemy making a countermarch, or of any
+important event. Aldana likewise gave orders to Captain Alfonzo
+de Caceres to remain at Lima, to collect any of the deserters
+from Pizarro that might come there; and he dispatched Juan
+Yllanez in one of his vessels along the coast, with orders to
+land a monk and a soldier in some secure place, to carry
+dispatches to Centeno, announcing the events that had occurred at
+lima, and to furnish him with copies of the royal orders and
+general amnesty, and to communicate similar intelligence at
+Arequipa. He sent likewise several intelligent persons by land to
+Arequipa, with letters to different persons of consideration, and
+to carry orders and instructions to the captains Alfonzo de
+Mendoza and Juan de Silveira at La Plata. By means of the Indians
+of Jauja, who belonged to him, Aldana transmitted letters and
+copies of the amnesty to several of those persons who accompanied
+Juan d'Acosta, that the royal clemency might be made known in all
+parts of Peru. Most of these measures succeeded, and produced
+material advantages as will appear in the sequel. In the mean
+time, Lorenzo de Aldana remained on board ship, with about an
+hundred and fifty men, issuing such orders as seemed necessary in
+the present state of affairs.</p>
+
+<p>It was soon learnt that Gonzalo received regular advices of
+ever thing that occurred, and great care was likewise taken by
+Aldana to procure intelligence of all that passed in the camp of
+the insurgents; so that every day messengers went and came
+between both parties, and both were continually endeavouring to
+mislead each other by false reports. Accordingly it was reported
+one day that Gonzalo and his troops Were in full march for Lima,
+which occasioned much confusion and dismay in that city; but it
+was known afterwards that this rumour had been purposely spread
+by Gonzalo and his lieutenant-general, on purpose to prevent
+Aldana from pursuing them, a measure of which they were much
+afraid. In this unpromising state of his affairs, great numbers
+of the adherents of Gonzalo abandoned him, believing that he
+could not resist the power of his enemies. Such of them as had
+horses took the road to Truxillo; and all the rest endeavoured to
+reach the ships of Aldana, concealing themselves as well as they
+could in retired places till they might ascertain that Gonzalo
+had proceeded farther on his march, which indeed he continued to
+do with much precipitation. When he had proceeded to a
+considerable distance from Lima, all those who had abandoned him
+flocked to that city, and every day some fresh deserters came
+there, by which means Aldana got accurate intelligence of the
+proceedings of Gonzalo, who was reported to be in continual dread
+of being put to death by his own men. After the flight of the
+licentiate Carvajal and Gabriel de Roias, Gonzalo made no farther
+use of the royal standard, only displaying that which contained
+his own arms. His cruelty increased with his disappointment,
+insomuch that not a day passed in which he did not put some one
+to death. He took extraordinary precautions for his own personal
+safety, which were so far effectual, but every effort to prevent
+desertion was unavailing.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo de Aldana sent intelligence of all these matters to
+the president, by means of messengers dispatched both by sea and
+land, earnestly urging him to come into Peru as quickly as
+possible, as the insurgent party seemed at so low an ebb that
+nothing was wanting but his presence to make it fall entirely in
+pieces and submit without a struggle. On the 9th. of September
+1547, when assured that Gonzalo had retreated eighty leagues from
+Lima, Aldana landed with all his officers and all the inhabitants
+of Lima that had taken shelter on board his ships. He was
+received on shore with every demonstration of joy and respect,
+every one who was able appearing in arms to do him honour. Having
+appointed Juan Fernandez to the command of the ships, he took
+charge of the vacant government of Lima, where he made every
+possible preparation for carrying on the war, collecting arms
+ammunition and all other necessaries.</p>
+
+<p>Some time after the departure of Juan d'Acosta from Lima for
+Cuzco by the mountain road, as already mentioned, at the head of
+three hundred men well armed and equipped, he got notice that
+Gonzalo Pizarro had abandoned that city; on which he sent Fra
+Pedro, a monk of the order of Mercy, to Gonzalo, to demand
+instructions for his ulterior proceedings. Pizarro sent back the
+monk with directions for Acosta to join him at a certain place.
+On his return to Acosta, accompanied by a person named Gonzalo
+Muquos, after delivering his dispatches, Friar Pedro gave him an
+account of all that had happened in the army of Gonzalo, and in
+particular of the great number of men that had deserted from him;
+which Acosta had not before learnt, though several of his
+soldiers had received the intelligence by letters brought to them
+by the Indians who frequented the camp, but which they dared not
+to communicate to each other. On the present occasion, the
+messengers from Gonzalo recommended to Acosta to keep this matter
+as secret as possible till such time as he should join Gonzalo.
+Acosta therefore, gave out that he had received favourable
+intelligence from the monk, and that Gonzalo had been successful
+on several occasions, being daily joined by many additional
+soldiers; and, as he had found it convenient and necessary to
+send off many confidential persons in various directions, these
+persons pretended to have deserted from Gonzalo by way of
+stratagem, on purpose, to gain possession of the ships commanded
+by Aldana. All this however was insufficient to disguise the
+truth from many of the followers of Aldana, particularly
+Pa&euml;z de Sotomayor, his major-general, and Martin d'Olmos one
+of his captains; who, coming to a knowledge of the real state of
+affairs, entered into a resolution of putting D'Acosta to death.
+They formed this resolution unknown to each other, as no one at
+this time dared to avow his sentiments to any other person, for
+fear of being put to death; yet, from certain indications, they
+began to suspect each other of entertaining similar sentiments,
+and at length opened themselves reciprocally, and communicated
+their purposes to several soldiers in whom they confided. Just
+when they were about to have put their enterprize into execution,
+Sotomayor got notice that D'Acosta was holding a secret
+conference in his tent with two of his captains, and that he had
+doubled his ordinary guard. From these circumstances, Sotomayor
+concluded that their conspiracy, having been revealed to several
+persons, had been betrayed to Acosta. He took therefore prompt
+measures to inform all his confederates, and both he and they
+took horse without delay, and left the camp in sight of all the
+army, to the number of thirty-five in all; among whom, besides
+Sotomayor and D'Olmos, the principal persons were Martin
+d'Alarzon who carried the grand standard, Hernando de Alvarado,
+Alfonzo Regel, Antonio de Avila, Garcias Gutierrez d'Escovedo,
+and Martin Monje; who, with all who went off on this occasion,
+were men of consideration and of much experience in the affairs
+of Peru. These men took immediately the road for Guamanga, and
+used such expedition that, though Acosta sent off sixty mounted
+musqueteers to pursue them, they made their escape in safety.</p>
+
+<p>Acosta caused immediate investigations to be made in regard to
+such as had participated in this plot, and ordered several
+persons to be hanged who were proved to have known its
+circumstances: some others in the same predicament he detained
+prisoners, and dissembled with the rest who had been implicated,
+pretending not to know that they had participated in the
+conspiracy: Yet, during his march towards Cuzco, he put to death
+several of those of whom he was suspicious, and others who
+endeavoured to desert. On his arrival at Cuzco, he displaced all
+the magistrates who had been appointed by Centeno, nominating
+others in their stead in whom he thought he could confide, and
+appointed Juan Velasquez de Tapia to take the chief direction of
+affairs in that city and province; and having regulated every
+thing to his mind, he resumed his march for Arequipa to join
+Gonzalo, according to his directions. In this latter part of his
+march, about thirty of his men deserted from him, by two or three
+at a time, all of whom went directly to Lima where they joined
+Lorenzo de Aldana. Besides these, when Acosta had got about ten
+leagues beyond Cuzco, Martin de Almandras abandoned him with
+twenty of the best soldiers of his small army, and returned to
+Cuzco, where he found a sufficient number of the inhabitants
+disposed to join him in returning to their duty, and in
+concurrence with whom he deposed the magistracy appointed by
+Acosta, one of whom he sent away prisoner to Lima, and
+established a new set in the name of his majesty. Finding that
+the number of his followers diminished from day to day, Acosta
+accelerated his march as much as possible, both for his own
+security and to serve the insurgent cause in which he was
+engaged. Out of three hundred well armed and excellently equipped
+men, with whom he had set out from Lima, only one hundred
+remained with him on his arrival at Arequipa. He found Gonzalo
+Pizarro at that place, with only about three hundred and fifty
+men, who a very short while before had a fine army of fifteen
+hundred, besides all those who were dispersed in different parts
+of Peru under various captains, all of whom were then under his
+orders. Gonzalo was now exceedingly irresolute as to his future
+proceedings; being too weak to wait the attack of the royalists,
+who continually augmented in their numbers, and yet deeming it
+dishonourable to fly or to endeavour to conceal himself.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time Centeno remained in the Collao, waiting an
+answer from Captain Mendoza to the message he had sent by Gonzalo
+de Zarate as formerly mentioned. While there he received
+dispatches from the president, which were forwarded by Aldana,
+and accounts of the events which had occurred at Lima,
+particularly the flight of Gonzalo Pizarro to Arequipa, and the
+junction of Acosta with the insurgents at that place. On
+receiving this intelligence he sent a new message to Mendoza by
+means of Luis Garcias, giving him an account of all these events,
+and particularly informing him of the orders and instructions
+given to the president, the general amnesty, the revocation of
+the obnoxious regulations, and the determination of his majesty
+that Gonzalo Pizarro was not to continue in the government of
+Peru. He apprized him likewise, that most of the gentlemen and
+persons of consideration, who had hitherto followed Gonzalo, had
+now abandoned him on account of his tyrannical conduct, in
+murdering and plundering all the principal colonists, and more
+especially because of his rebellion against the sovereign, and
+refusal to submit to his royal orders, and to the authority of
+him who had been appointed to regulate the affairs of the
+kingdom. Wherefore, although all that had been done hitherto
+might in some measure be excused, he urged Mendoza to consider
+that in continuing to obey Gonzalo he could no longer avoid the
+reproach of acting as a rebel against the king. It was now
+necessary and proper therefore, to forget all individual
+interests or past disputes, and to devote himself entirely to his
+majesty, to whom he was enabled by his present situation to
+render important service.</p>
+
+<p>Alfonzo de Mendoza was already well disposed to act the part
+of a loyal subject in the present situation of affairs, yet
+uncertain how best to conduct himself for that purpose; but by
+this message from Centeno, he was completely determined as to the
+regulation of his conduct on the present emergency, and
+immediately declared for his majesty. By agreement between him
+and Centeno, each was to retain the chief command of the troops
+now under their orders, and Mendoza departed from La Plata with
+his men to join Centeno in the Collao. The union of these leaders
+and their troops occasioned great joy to all their followers, now
+exceeding a thousand men; and they resolved to march immediately
+against Gonzalo, taking up a position at a certain pass to
+prevent him from escaping, and were likewise induced to remain at
+that place for the convenience of procuring provisions.</p>
+
+<p>At this time the whole extent of Peru from Quito to Lima had
+declared for his majesty. Juan d'Olmos, who commanded under
+Gonzalo at Puerto Viejo, on observing the vessels under Aldana
+passing the port of Manta in that province, had sent an express
+to Gonzalo giving his opinion that these vessels seemed hostile,
+as they had not called at the port for refreshments. He at the
+same time sent some Indians on board, in their ordinary rafts or
+flat boats, to inquire the purpose of their voyage; by means of
+which Indians Aldana transmitted letters to D'Olmos, urging him
+to quit the insurgent party, with copies of all the papers
+connected with the mission of the president. After perusing these
+papers, D'Olmos transmitted them to Gomez Estacio who was
+lieutenant-governor of the province for Gonzalo at St Jago de
+Guyaquil, usually called Culata. On learning that his majesty did
+not approve of continuing Gonzalo in the government, and had sent
+out Gasca as president, Gomez wrote back to D'Olmos, that when
+the president arrived in the country he should know better how to
+act, and might probably join him; but in the present situation of
+affairs, he thought it best for both to remain quiet. Juan
+d'Olmos went immediately to visit Gomez, accompanied by seven or
+eight friends, under pretence of communing with him on the state
+of affairs; but, taking his opportunity, one day when Gomez was
+off his guard, he stabbed him with his poniard, and immediately
+got the people to declare for his majesty, after which he did the
+same at his own government of Puerto Viejo.</p>
+
+<p>When Pedro de Puelles, the governor of Quito, became
+acquainted with these proceedings of D'Olmos, and that the fleet
+and army at Panama had declared for the president, he became
+exceedingly anxious as to the measures proper for him to pursue.
+At this time D'Olmos sent Diego de Urbina to Quito to endeavour
+to prevail on Puelles to declare for the royal party. Puelles
+declared he was ready to receive and obey the person sent out by
+the king, when once he was satisfied that his majesty had no
+intention of continuing Gonzalo in the government, but would make
+no alteration in the mean time; and with this indecisive answer
+Urbina returned to D'Olmos. A few days afterwards, Rodrigo de
+Salazar, in whom Puelles reposed entire confidence, entered into
+a conspiracy with several soldiers at Quito, assassinated
+Puelles, and declared for his majesty. After this exploit,
+Salazar set out from Quito for Tumbez with three hundred men,
+with the intention of joining the president. By these several
+events, and others which have been formerly related, almost the
+whole of Peru had already returned to obedience before the
+arrival of the president in the kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>While these favourable events were going on in Peru, the
+president embarked at Panama with about five hundred men, and
+arrived safely at the port of Tumbez; one of his ships, commanded
+by Don Pedro de Cabrera, being under the necessity of stopping at
+Buenaventura, whence Cabrera and his men marched by land to
+Tumbez. On his arrival in Peru, the president received letters
+from all parts of the kingdom, by which the writers offered him
+their services and assistance, besides communicating their
+sentiments on the situation of the colony, and giving their
+advice how best to proceed in reducing it to order; to all of
+which letters he replied with great condescension. So many
+flocked to his standard from all quarters, that he considered
+himself sufficiently strong to overcome all resistance from the
+remnant of the insurgents, without drawing any reinforcements
+from the other Spanish colonies in America; on which account he
+sent off messengers to New Spain, Guatimala, Nicaragua, and St
+Domingo, informing the governors of these colonies of the
+favourable turn of affairs in Peru, and that he should now have
+no occasion for the reinforcements which he had formerly thought
+necessary. Soon after his arrival, he gave orders to his
+lieutenant-general, Pedro Alfonzo de Hinojosa, to march with the
+troops to form a junction with the royalists in Caxamarca. In the
+mean time Polo de Menzes remained in charge of the fleet, with
+which he advanced along the coast to the southwards, while the
+president, with a sufficient escort, went by the road of the
+plain to Truxillo, at which place he received intelligence from
+all parts of the country, stating that every thing went on
+well.</p>
+
+<p>The president had resolved that he would not go to Lima till
+he had completed the purposes of his mission, by the final
+conquest of Gonzalo and his adherents, and the restoration of
+peace and order in the kingdom of Peru; on which account he
+transmitted orders to all quarters, that all who had declared for
+his majesty should meet him in the valley of Jauja, which he
+considered to be a convenient situation in which to assemble the
+whole loyal force of the kingdom, as in that place abundance of
+provisions could easily be procured. For this purpose, he sent
+orders to Lorenzo de Aldana, then at Lima, to march with all his
+force for Jauja; and joining the army under Hinojosa, now
+exceeding a thousand men, he marched for Jauja, all the army
+expressing the utmost satisfaction at the prospect of being freed
+from the tyranny of Gonzalo. Many of the principal persons who
+had joined with Gonzalo at the beginning of the troubles, were
+now exceedingly offended and displeased by the cruel murders of
+so many of their friends and neighbours; above five hundred men
+having been put to death, many of whom were persons of
+consideration and importance; insomuch that those who still
+remained along with him were continually in fear of their
+lives.</p>
+
+<p>On his arrival at Arequipa, Gonzalo found that city entirely
+deserted, as most of the inhabitants had gone to join Diego
+Centeno after that officer got possession of Cuzco. Hearing that
+Centeno was in the Collao, near the lake of Titicaca, where after
+his junction with Mendoza, he had an army of near a thousand men,
+composed of the troops of Cuzco Las Charcas and Arequipa, and
+with which they occupied all the passes towards the interior,
+Gonzalo believed it almost impossible to attack these officers
+with any probability of success. He waited therefore at Arequipa
+about three weeks, expecting the junction of D'Acosta, who at
+length arrived, but with very diminished numbers, as already
+related, many having abandoned him, and having put many of his
+followers to death on suspicion that they intended to desert.
+After the junction of D'Acosta, Gonzalo found himself at the head
+of five hundred men. He now wrote to Centeno, giving a recital of
+all the events which had occurred during the troubles, and dwelt
+particularly on the favour he had always shewn him, and
+particularly instanced the pardon he had granted him when Gaspard
+Rodriguez and Philip Guttierrez were executed, though equally
+guilty with them, and although all his officers had urged him to
+put Centeno to death. In addition, Gonzalo made high offers to
+Centeno, promising to accede to every demand he might choose to
+make, if he would now join him. He sent this letter to Centeno by
+a person named Francisco Vaso, who immediately offered his
+services to Centeno, to whom he intimated that Diego Alvarez his
+standard-bearer was in correspondence with Gonzalo. Centeno was
+already informed of this circumstance by Alvarez himself, who
+assured him he had entered into this correspondence for a quite
+different purpose than that of betraying him or the royal
+cause.</p>
+
+<p>Centeno thought proper to send a civil answer to Gonzalo,
+giving him many thanks for his offers, and freely acknowledging
+the favour he had formerly experienced. That as a mark of his
+gratitude, therefore, he now earnestly entreated him to reflect
+seriously on the present situation of affairs, to consider the
+gracious clemency of the king, who had granted a free pardon to
+him and all those who had taken any part in the past troubles. He
+assured Gonzalo, if he would abandon the insurrection, now
+evidently hopeless, and submit to the royal orders, that he would
+use his utmost endeavours to procure him an honourable and
+advantageous situation, and at the same time endeavoured to
+convince him that he would run no risk either in his person or
+property by following the present advice. On his return to
+Gonzalo with this letter, Vaso was met by the lieutenant-general
+Carvajal, who made minute inquiry respecting every thing he had
+seen and learnt, and gave him strict injunctions not to let it be
+known to the followers of Gonzalo that the force of Centeno
+exceeded seven hundred men. On being informed that Centeno
+refused to join him, Gonzalo disdained to read his letter, and
+ordered it immediately to be burnt in presence of several of his
+officers.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately after this, Gonzalo determined to march into the
+province of Las Charcas, and accordingly took the direct road
+towards the pass occupied by Centeno and Mendoza. In this march
+the van-guard was commanded by the lieutenant-general, who took
+and hanged more than twenty persons whom he fell in with during
+the march. Among these was a priest named Pantaleon, who carried
+some letters for Centeno, and whom Carvajal ordered to be hung
+up, with his breviary and ink-horn suspended from his neck.
+Continuing this march, the scouts of the two armies fell in with
+each other on Thursday the 19th of October 1547. Gonzalo
+immediately sent one of his chaplains with a message to Centeno,
+demanding leave to continue his march through the pass, without
+being obliged to give battle[32]. The chaplain was conducted by
+the bishop of Cuzco, who happened to be in the army of Centeno,
+to his tent; and Centeno gave strict charges to his troops to be
+on their guard and always in good order to receive the enemy in
+case of an attack. For above a month Centeno had been afflicted
+by an obstinate fever, for which he had been six times blooded
+without any relief, and was not expected to recover; so that he
+was quite incapable of acting on the present emergency, being
+confined constantly to bed.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 32: No consequences seem to have followed
+from this demand, which does not appear to have been acceded or
+even listened to.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The illness of Centeno was known in the army of Gonzalo, and
+that his tent was pitched at some distance from the rest, to
+avoid the noise and bustle of the camp. Founding on this
+intelligence, Juan d'Acosta was detached with twenty picked men,
+with orders to approach silently in the night to the camp of the
+royalists, and to endeavour to carry off Centeno. Acosta
+accordingly drew near with so much caution that he surprised the
+centinels that were on guard over Centeno, and had very near
+reached his tent when the alarm was given by some negro servants.
+Being thus discovered, Acosta ordered his men to fire off their
+musquets, and immediately retreated back to the camp of Gonzalo
+without losing a man. In the confusion occasioned by this
+exploit, great numbers of the royalists hastened towards the tent
+occupied by Centeno; but on this occasion several of the soldiers
+belonging to Valdivia threw away their arms and fled. Next
+morning the scouts of both armies approached each other, followed
+by the respective armies, which at length came in sight. The army
+of Centeno consisted of about a thousand men, two hundred of whom
+were cavalry, an hundred and fifty armed with musquets, and all
+the rest with pikes. Of this army, Luis de Ribera was
+major-general, Pedro de Rios, Jerom Villegas, and Pedro de Ulloa,
+captains of cavalry, and Diego Alvarez carried the
+grand-standard. The captains of infantry were Juan de Vargas,
+Francisco Retamoso, Negral, Pantoia, and Diego Lopez de Zuniga;
+Luis Garcias being sergeant-major, or adjutant-general[33]. The
+army of Gonzalo consisted only of five hundred men, of which
+three hundred were musqueteers, and eighty cavalry, the remainder
+being armed with pikes. Of this army Carvajal was
+lieutenant-general; the licentiate Cepeda and Juan Velez de
+Guevara were captains of horse; and Juan d'Acosta, Ferdinand
+Bachicao, and Juan de la Torre captains of foot.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 33: It is not easy to understand how
+Mendoza, who had joined Centeno some time before, happens to be
+omitted in this enumeration--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Both armies being drawn up in good order, the insurgents
+advanced, to the sound of trumpets and other musical instruments,
+till within six hundred paces of the enemy, when Carvajal ordered
+them to halt. The royalists continued to advance till within a
+hundred paces less, and then halted likewise. At this time, forty
+musqueteers were detached from the army of Gonzalo, with orders
+to begin the engagement; and two other parties of musqueteers, of
+forty men each, were posted on the wings, Pizarro taking his
+station between his cavalry and infantry. Thirty musqueteers were
+likewise advanced from the army of Centeno, to skirmish with
+those of the insurgents. As Carvajal observed that the royalists
+waited the attack in good order, he ordered his troops to advance
+a few steps very slowly, in hopes of inducing the enemy to make
+some movement or evolution which might occasion confusion in
+their ranks. This had the desired, effect, as the royalists,
+believing that their enemies, though interior in number, wished
+to have the honour of making the attack, they began immediately
+to advance, and the insurgents by order of Carvajal stood firm to
+receive them. When tolerably near, Carvajal gave orders for a
+small number of his troops to fire their musquets, on which the
+royalists made a general discharge, and marched forwards at a
+quick step with levelled pikes, during which the royalist
+musqueteers made a second discharge without occasioning any loss
+to the enemy, as they were still three hundred paces distant.
+Carvajal made his men reserve their fire till the enemy was
+within about an hundred paces; when, with a few pieces of
+artillery, and the whole of his musqueteers, he threw in so
+destructive a volley that above an hundred and fifty of the
+royalists were slain, among whom were two of their captains. By
+this terrible slaughter, the whole infantry of the royalist army
+was thrown into disorder, entirely defeated, and took to flight,
+in spite of every effort of Captain Retimoso to rally them, who
+lay wounded in the field. Notwithstanding the defeat of the
+infantry, the royalist cavalry made a brave charge against the
+insurgents, of whom they killed and wounded a considerable
+number. On this occasion Gonzalo had his horse killed and was
+thrown to the ground, yet escaped unhurt. Pedro de Rios and Pedro
+de Ulloa, captains of cavalry belonging to Centeno, wheeled with
+their squadrons round the wing of the insurgent infantry,
+intending to charge their flank; but were opposed by the
+detachments of musqueteers which were posted on the wings, on
+which occasion De Rios and several others were slain. Being thus
+repulsed, and seeing their own infantry entirely defeated, the
+cavalry took likewise to flight and dispersed, every one
+endeavouring to save himself as he best could.</p>
+
+<p>Gonzalo Pizarro, having thus gained an easy victory, marched
+on with his army in good order to the camp of Centeno, putting
+every person to death that came in the way. A considerable number
+of the dispersed royalists happened to seek safety in passing by
+the camp of Pizarro, which they found entirely deserted, insomuch
+that they were able to make use of the horses and mules belonging
+to the insurgent infantry to facilitate their flight, and even
+made a considerable booty in gold and silver. While the royalist
+cavalry were engaged vigorously with the insurgents, Bachicao,
+one of Gonzalos captains, believing that the royalists would be
+victorious, went over to them. After the victory was decided in
+favour of Gonzalo, Bachicao, imagining that his conduct had not
+been observed, and would remain unknown, or that he would be able
+to justify himself under some colourable pretence, returned to
+his post. But as his defection was known to Carvajal, he caused
+him to be instantly hung up, adding insulting raillery to his
+cruelty, calling him his dear comrade and using many other
+bantering expressions.</p>
+
+<p>During this unfortunate battle, Centeno was so ill that he was
+carried on a kind of litter by six Indians, almost in a state of
+insensibility; yet, by the care and attention of some of his
+friends, he was saved after the defeat of his army. In this
+bloody engagement, which was fought near a place called Guarina,
+above three hundred and fifty men were slain on the side of the
+royalists, besides thirty more who were put to death in the
+pursuit by the insurgent cavalry. Among these were, the
+major-general Luis de Ribera, the captains Retamoso, Diego Lopez
+de Zuniga, Negral, Pantoia, and Diego Alvarez, with Friar Gonzalo
+of the order of Mercy, and several other persons of condition.
+The insurgents lost about an hundred men. After the battle,
+Carvajal pursued the fugitives at the head of the insurgent
+cavalry for several days, on the road towards Cuzco. He was very
+anxious to take the bishop of Cuzco, against whom he was much
+incensed for having joined Centeno and being present in the
+battle. The bishop however made his escape; but Carvajal
+gratified his revenge on several royalists whom he got up with,
+all of whom he hung up without mercy, among whom were a brother
+of the bishop and a Dominican friar. After the return of Carvajal
+from the pursuit, Gonzalo made a distribution of lands and
+Indians among his troops, engaging to put them into possession at
+a convenient opportunity. He likewise took great care of his
+wounded men, and caused the slain to be buried. He then sent
+Bovadilla with a detachment to the city of La Plata and the
+mines, to collect all the gold and silver that could be procured,
+and dispatched Diego de Carvajal, usually called the <i>Beau</i>,
+on a similar mission to Arequipa. Juan de la Torre was sent to
+take possession of Cuzco, where he put to death Vasquez de Tapia
+and the licentiate Martel.</p>
+
+<p>After this favourable turn of affairs, Pizarro issued a
+proclamation by which all the soldiers who had served under
+Centeno were commanded to join his standard, under pain of death;
+granting an amnesty for all that passed, with the exception only
+of those principal leaders who had particularly exerted
+themselves for the royal cause. He then sent Pedro de Bustincia
+with a detachment, to oblige the curacas of Andaguaylas and the
+neighbouring districts to furnish provisions for his army. A few
+days afterwards Gonzalo repaired to Cuzco with about four hundred
+men, and used every effort to put himself into a situation for
+opposing the president; being so elated by the victory he had
+gained at Guarina over such superior numbers, that he and his
+followers believed themselves almost invincible.</p>
+
+<p>While these things were going on in the south of Peru, the
+president marched by the mountain road for the valley of Jauja,
+accompanied by the troops which he had brought from the Tierra
+Firma, and those of the captains Diego de Mora, Gomez de
+Alvarado, Juan de Saavedra, Porcel, and the others that had
+assembled in Caxamarca. He sent orders likewise to Salazar, who
+now commanded at Quito, to join him with all his men; and ordered
+Lorenzo de Aldana to join him from Lima with all the soldiers
+from the fleet and those he had drawn together after the flight
+of Gonzalo to Arequipa. The president arrived first of all at
+Jauja with an escort of an hundred men, where he immediately took
+the proper measures for collecting arms and military stores, and
+provisions. On the same day he was joined by the licentiate
+Carvajal and Gabriel de Royas; and soon afterwards Ferdinand
+Mexia de Guzman, and Juan Alphonzo Palamino arrived with their
+companies. Lorenzo de Aldana remained at Lima with his own
+company, it being of great importance to keep possession of that
+city and its post. In a short time the president had collected an
+army of above fifteen hundred men in Jauja, and employed all the
+forges and artists he could procure to fabricate new musquets, to
+put all the old ones into good repair, and to provide abundance
+of pikes and all other arms, both offensive and defensive. In
+these preparations he not only exerted the utmost diligence, but
+shewed a great deal of intelligence and knowledge, far beyond
+what could tare been expected from a person who had hitherto been
+entirely occupied in civil and religious pursuits. He carefully
+visited his camps, and inspected the workmen who were employed by
+his orders, taking at the same time every possible care of such
+of his soldiers as were sick, exerting himself to the utmost in
+every thing relative to the good of the service, beyond what
+could have been expected from any single person, by which means
+he acquired the entire confidence and affection of all who were
+under his command. His army had always been in hope that their
+services would not be required, and even at one time believed
+that the president would not have had occasion to assemble an
+army, as they thought that Centeno was strong enough to have
+conquered Gonzalo.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately on receiving intelligence of the victory which
+Gonzalo had gained at Guarina, the president sent the captains
+Lope Martin and Mercadillo, with a detachment of fifty men, to
+occupy the passes of Guamanga, about thirty leagues from Jauja on
+the way to Cuzco, to learn the motions of the enemy, and to
+collect all who might have been able to escape from Cuzco. While
+at Guamanga, Lope Martin got notice that Pedro de Bustincia was
+in the district of Andahuaylas collecting provisions for the army
+of Gonzalo, as formerly mentioned. Accompanied by fifteen mounted
+musqueteers, Martin went into that district, where he
+unexpectedly attacked Bustincia during the night, and made him
+and all his people prisoners. After hanging some of these men, he
+returned to Guamanga, bringing all the curacas of the
+neighbourhood along with him, by whose means intelligence was
+conveyed to all parts of the country, giving notice of the
+arrival of the president in the valley of Jauja, and the great
+preparations he was making in that place.</p>
+
+<p>From Jauja the president sent his lieutenant-general, Alfonzo
+de Alvarado, to bring up from Lima all the soldiers that could be
+spared from that place, together with some pieces of artillery
+from the ships, and clothes and money for the supply of such of
+the soldiers as were in want; all of which services were
+performed by Alvarado in a short time. The president now mustered
+his army, of which Pedro Alfonzo de Hinojosa was
+lieutenant-general, and the licenciate Bendicto de Carvajal
+carried the royal standard, Don Pedro de Cabrera, Gomez de
+Alvarado, Juan de Saavedra, Diego de Mora, Francisco Hernandez,
+Rodrigo de Salazar, and Alfonzo de Mendoza were captains of
+cavalry; Don Balthazar de Castillo, Pablo de Menezes, Hernando
+Mexia de Guzman, Juan Alfonzo Palomino, Gomez de Solis, Francisco
+Mosquera, Don Ferdinand de Cardinas, the adelantado Andagoya,
+Francisco d'Olmos, Gomez d'Arias, and three other captains,
+Porcel, Pardaval, and Serna, commanded the infantry. Gabriel de
+Royas was appointed to command the artillery. Besides the
+military officers already mentioned, the president was attended
+by the archbishop of Lima, the bishops of Cuzco and Quito, the
+provincials of the Dominicans and of the order of Mercy, and by
+several other ecclesiastics, both priests and friars. On a
+general muster and review of the army, it was found to consist of
+seven hundred musqueteers, five hundred pikemen, and four hundred
+cavalry. Afterwards, on arriving at Xaquixaguana on the march
+towards Cuzco, it was augmented to nineteen hundred men, by the
+junction of several other detachments, forming the largest and
+best appointed array hitherto seen in Peru.</p>
+
+<p>The president, having completed his preparations, began his
+march from Jauja in good order on the 19th of December 1547,
+taking the route of Cuzco, and especially desirous of crossing
+the river Abancay[34] in some safe place. In this part of his
+march he was joined by Pedro de Valdivia, the governor of Chili.
+Valdivia had come by sea to Lima, on purpose to raise men, and to
+procure various stores of which he was in want, with clothing and
+ammunition, on purpose to enable him to proceed in the conquest
+of Chili. On his arrival at Lima, and learning the situation of
+affairs in Peru, he determined upon joining the president. His
+arrival was considered as an indication of good fortune; for,
+although the president had already in his army many officers of
+merit and capacity, and of eminent rank and fortune, there was
+not any one in Peru who possessed so much experience in the
+manner of conducting warlike operations in that country as
+Valdivia, on which account he was considered as a fit person to
+be opposed to the experience and stratagems of Carvajal, who was
+much dreaded by every one in the presidents army, more especially
+since the late defeat of Centeno, which was entirely attributed
+to the talents of Carvajal. About the same time Centeno joined
+the president with more than thirty horse, who had accompanied
+him ever since the defeat of Guarina. Continuing his march amid
+considerable difficulties, owing to the scarcity of provisions,
+the president at length reached the province of Andahuaylas,
+where he judged it proper to remain during the winter, on account
+of the violent rains which fell night and day almost without
+ceasing, by which the tents were all rotted. The maize which they
+procured as food for the troops was all wet and spoiled, by which
+a considerable number of the soldiers were afflicted with
+dysentery, of which some died, notwithstanding the care taken of
+the sick by Francisco de la Rocha, a Trinitarian monk, who acted
+as physician to the army. Although there were above four hundred
+sick at one time, so great was the care bestowed, that they were
+as well attended and as plentifully supplied with medicines as if
+in a populous city, insomuch that they almost all recovered.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 34: Rather the Pachacamac, near which the
+town or city of Abancay is situated, and where probably the
+president proposed to pass that river.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The arrival of Valdivia and Centeno diffused much joy through
+the army, which was expressed in frequent feasts and
+entertainments, with concerts of music, running at the ring, and
+similar amusements. During the continuance of the army in winter
+quarters at Andahuaylas, the general Hinojosa with Alfonzo de
+Alvarado and Valdivia applied themselves indefatigably to have
+every thing in the best possible order for taking the field. On
+the commencement of spring, and when the rains began sensibly to
+diminish, the army broke up from Andahuaylas and marched to the
+bridge of Abancay, about twenty leagues from Cuzco, where it
+halted until bridges were constructed across the Apurimac at the
+distance of twelve leagues from Cuzco[35], as the enemy had
+broken down all the bridges over that river, and it was necessary
+either to construct new ones, or to make a circuit of more than
+seventy leagues to get to Cuzco. On purpose to distract the
+enemy, the president caused materials for the construction of
+bridges to be carried to three different points on the Apurimac;
+one on the great road of the Incas[36], a second in the valley of
+Cotabamba, about twelve leagues farther up the river, and a third
+still farther up the Apurimac, at a village belonging to Don
+Pedro de Puertocarrero, where that officer was posted with a
+hundred men to guard the passage. For the construction of these
+bridges cables and ropes were prepared, after the manner of the
+native Peruvians as formerly described in our general account of
+the country; and beams and pillars were got ready on which to fix
+the cables when the army should be collected at the intended
+place of passing the river. Had Gonzalo been able to ascertain
+the place at which it was intended to pass, he had assuredly
+opposed the royalists, and would at least have made it
+exceedingly difficult for them to construct a bridge; but as he
+could not ascertain the actual point fixed on, he did not
+consider it safe to divide his force so as to oppose the
+royalists at the three points of demonstration, and satisfied
+himself therefore by posting spies at the different places, to
+bring him immediate notice of the place where the royalists might
+begin their operations, that he might know where to march to
+oppose them. But the secret was confined to the knowledge of the
+president, and the members of his council of war.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 35: Abancay on the Pachacamac is not above
+14 Spanish leagues from Cuzco in a straight line. The other
+bridges mentioned in the text must have been thrown over the
+Apurimac Proper, somewhere near the town or village of
+Limatambo.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 36: This was probably by Limatambo, as on
+the great road the Incas had palaces for lodging in with their
+attendants, called <i>tambos</i>.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>When all the materials were in readiness, the army began its
+march for Cotabamba, at which place it was determined to pass the
+river. In this march the army had to encounter very considerable
+difficulties in passing through mountains covered with snow.
+Several of the captains were of opinion that this was an improper
+route, and proposed another place almost fifty[37], leagues
+higher up; but Lope Martin, who guarded the pass of Cotabamba,
+always insisted that the securest passage was to be had at that
+place. In consequence of this difference of opinion, the
+president sent Valdivia and three other captains to examine the
+different places; and on their report that Cotabamba was attended
+by the least difficulty and danger, that place was fixed upon.
+When Lope Martin got information that the army approached to
+Cotabamba, he set to work with the Spaniards and Indians of his
+detachment, to extend and tighten the cables and ropes across the
+river, of which the main support of the bridge was to be
+composed. Three of the cables were already fixed, when the spies
+employed by Gonzalo came to the place, and cut two of them
+without resistance. On this intelligence being communicated to
+the army, it gave much concern to the president and his officers,
+lest Gonzalo might bring up his forces to dispute the passage
+before the army could be able to get over. The president,
+therefore, accompanied by his principal officers, Hinojosa
+Alvarado and Valdivia, hastened to the scite of the bridge, where
+he immediately gave orders for some companies of infantry to pass
+the river on Peruvian flat boats or rafts, which was deemed a
+very hazardous enterprize, both on account of the rapidity of the
+current, and because it was believed the enemy might be in some
+force on the other side. Among the first who got over was
+Hondegardo with a few soldiers, after whom several other captains
+of infantry got across with their men, so that before night above
+four hundred men were got over, some of whom swam over their
+horses along with the flat boats, holding them by the bridles,
+and having their musquets and other arms tied to the saddles. Yet
+so rapid was the current, that above sixty horses were lost on
+this occasion, either drowned or dashed against the rocks.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 37: This may probably be an error of the
+press in the original for <i>fifteen</i> leagues. Fifty leagues
+even from Abancay would have carried the army almost to Arequipa,
+to turn the head of the Apurimac, and among the highest mountains
+of Peru.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On receiving notice from his spies that a part of the
+royalists had got across the river, Gonzalo sent off Juan
+d'Acosta with two hundred mounted musqueteers, with orders to
+give no quarter to any of those who had passed the river,
+excepting such as had newly come from Spain. On the approach of
+Acosta, as the royalists then on that side of the river were not
+numerous, they mounted a considerable number of Indians and
+negroes on the horses which had been got over, arming them with
+lances, and by that means presented the appearance of a
+formidable squadron drawn up on a height, the few Spanish troops
+who were on that side of the river being placed in the front
+rank; insomuch that, when Acosta went to reconnoitre, they
+appeared so numerous that he did not venture to attack; and
+returned for a reinforcement. In the mean time, the bridge being
+got ready with the utmost possible diligence, most of the
+royalists passed the river, every one expressing the utmost
+astonishment at the negligence of Gonzalo in not being at hand to
+dispute the passage, as a hundred men at each of the three places
+where preparations had been made for passing, might have rendered
+the attempt exceedingly hazardous.</p>
+
+<p>Next day, when all the army with its stores and followers had
+passed the river, Don Juan de Sandoval was sent out upon
+discovery, who reported on his return that he had advanced three
+leagues into the country without seeing any thing of the
+insurgents. Hinojosa and Valdivia were then ordered to advance
+with several companies of infantry to occupy the passes in the
+neighbouring mountain, as Gonzalo might have given them much
+trouble if he had taken possession of these heights, which were
+above a league and a half in ascent; and this order was happily
+executed without meeting with any resistance. When Acosta
+retreated from the river, in consequence of believing himself too
+weak to attack those who had passed, he sent to demand a
+reinforcement from Gonzalo of a hundred musqueteers, with the aid
+of whom he alleged he would be enabled to defeat the royalist
+party which had crossed. At this time one Juan Nunnez de Prado
+deserted from him to the president, and gave him notice of the
+succours which were expected by Acosta. Believing therefore that
+Gonzalo would advance with all his forces, the president took
+post on the ridge of the mountain with above nine hundred men,
+both cavalry and infantry, and remained under arms all night.
+Next morning, Acosta advanced with the reinforcement he had
+demanded, and the scouts of the president brought notice of his
+approach. On this intelligence, believing the whole army of the
+insurgents at hand, the president sent his major-general Alfonzo
+de Alvarado back to the river, to bring up the artillery and the
+rest of the army: And as the colours of Pizarro came in sight,
+before the return of Alvarado, the president drew up his nine
+hundred men in order of battle, giving all the necessary orders
+in case of being attacked. But in a short time, it was discovered
+that these precautions were unnecessary, as Acosta soon retreated
+with his three hundred men, on seeing the greatly superior force
+of the royalists.</p>
+
+<p>The president remained two or three days in the position he
+had taken on the summit of the mountain, waiting for his
+artillery and the rest of his army. While at that place, Gonzalo
+sent him a message by a priest, demanding that he should dismiss
+his army, and refrain from making war against him till he should
+receive new orders from his majesty. On this occasion, the bishop
+of Cuzco, who was along with the president, ordered the priest
+into confinement. A little time before this, Gonzalo had
+dispatched another priest, to endeavour to gain over Hinojosa and
+Alvarado to his party, But that messenger, being resolved to
+desert the party of the insurgents, had taken measures in concert
+with his brother to go off in company with all their effects, in
+which they succeeded. At this time likewise the president wrote
+to Gonzalo, as he had repeatedly done during his march, earnestly
+entreating him to submit to the orders of his majesty, and
+sending him at the same time a copy of the amnesty. The usual
+manner in which these dispatches was forwarded to Gonzalo, was by
+means of the scouts of the army, who had orders to give them to
+those belonging to Gonzalo when they chanced to meet.</p>
+
+<p>When it was known at Cuzco that the president had crossed the
+river Apurimac with all his army, and had taken possession of the
+pass in the high mountain, Gonzalo Pizarro immediately marched
+out from that city with his army and encamped at Xaquixaguana,
+about five leagues from Cuzco, in a plain through which the road
+passed by which the royalists would have to march on their way
+from the mountain towards Cuzco. His army at this time consisted
+of five hundred and fifty musqueteers, with six pieces of cannon,
+and three hundred and fifty cavalry and pikemen. Gonzalo
+established his camp in a very strong position, as it was only
+accessible in front by means of a very narrow defile, one flank
+being secured by a river and morass, the other flank by the
+mountain, and the rear by precipitous rocks. During two or three
+days, that the two armies remained near each other before the
+battle, Gonzalo sometimes detached a hundred and sometimes two
+hundred men to skirmish with similar parties of the enemy. As the
+royalist army was now encamped only at a short distance from the
+insurgents, Gonzalo was afraid his troops might lose courage by
+noticing the vast superiority of the enemy in number, and that
+many of his men might abandon him; for which reason he always
+drew up his men under cover of a rising ground near his camp,
+pretending that he did so to induce the president to attack him
+in his present advantageous post, confiding in his numbers and
+believing the insurgents much fewer than they really were.</p>
+
+<p>After the president had passed the mountains and pitched his
+camp on the descent towards the plain, within view of the
+insurgents, Gonzalo drew up his army in order of battle, and
+caused some discharges to be made from his cannon and musquetry.
+On that day there arose so thick a mist, that the scouts and
+spies of the two armies often came against each other
+unexpectedly. Seeing that the insurgents were disposed to await
+his attack, or even to give battle, the president was inclined to
+defer bringing matters to that extremity for some time, in the
+hope that a considerable number of the enemy might come over to
+him if they could find an opportunity. Yet, as the season was
+exceedingly cold, even accompanied with strong frost, and as wood
+could not be procured for making fires, and provisions were
+scarce, it was impossible to remain long in a state of inaction.
+The army of Gonzalo was not subject to any of these
+inconveniencies, having plenty of provisions brought regularly
+from Cuzco, and being encamped in a comfortable and temperate
+situation in comparison with the position of the president, whose
+camp was on the slope of the mountain, while that of the
+insurgents was in the plain or valley below. Such is the
+difference in the temperature of Peru at very inconsiderable
+distances, that on the mountains a severe cold is experienced,
+accompanied by frost and snow, while only at eight or ten miles
+distance in the valley the inhabitants are obliged to use
+precautions to relieve them from excessive heat.</p>
+
+<p>Gonzalo and his lieutenant-general, Carvajal, had formed an
+arrangement for a night attack upon the president, intending to
+have assailed his camp in three points at the same time; but they
+were induced to abandon this project, in consequence of the
+desertion of one of their soldiers named Nava, who communicated
+their intentions to the president. By this person and some others
+who had joined him from the army of Gonzalo, the president was
+advised to delay coming to battle as long as possible; as they
+were certain that many of the followers of Gonzalo would take the
+first favourable opportunity of returning to their duty, more
+especially those soldiers who had served under Centeno, and who
+had been constrained after his defeat to enter into the ranks of
+the insurgents to save their lives. In expectation of the
+proposed attack, the president kept his army the whole of that
+night under arms, by which they suffered, much distress from the
+extreme coldness of the weather on the mountain, so that many of
+the soldiers were hardly able to keep hold of their arms, and
+waited impatiently for day. At daylight, a party of musqueteers
+belonging to Gonzalo was observed in march to gain possession of
+a height in the neighbourhood of the royal camp. Mexia and
+Palomino were immediately detached, with three hundred
+musqueteers, to dislodge them, and Valdivia and Alvarado advanced
+in the same direction, so that the enemy were soon forced to
+retire. During this skirmish, the president marched down from the
+mountain with the main body of his army, in the direction of
+Cuzco, under cover of the hill on which the skirmish had taken
+place; and, to distract the attention of the enemy, a small
+detachment of cavalry and infantry was ordered to advance in view
+of the insurgent camp from that hill. On the arrival of Valdivia
+and Alvarado at the top of the hill, observing that it was
+possible to cannonade the camp of the enemy from that place, they
+sent orders to Gabriel de Royas to bring up the artillery. On
+this occasion, De Royas promised a reward of five hundred crowns
+for each ball that should reach the enemy: In fact he paid that
+sum about a year afterwards to one of his gunners, who sent a
+ball through the tent of Gonzalo, which was exceedingly
+conspicuous, by which one of his pages was slain. In consequence
+of this incident, Gonzalo ordered all the tents to be struck,
+that they might not serve as marks for the cannoneers of the
+president. He likewise ordered his own artillery to commence
+firing, and drew up his army in order of battle, taking his own
+station at the head of his cavalry, which was commanded by the
+licentiate Cepeda and Juan d'Acosta. Carvajal was at the head of
+the infantry, having under him the captains Juan de la Torre,
+Diego Guillen, Juan Velasquez de Guevara, Francisco Maldonado,
+and Sebastian de Vergara. Pedro de Soria commanded his artillery.
+When the insurgent army was drawn up in order of battle, the
+numerous Indians that were attached to it quitted the camp, and
+posted themselves in view of both armies on the slope of a
+neighbouring hill.</p>
+
+<p>While the artillery on both sides kept up a constant fire, the
+royalist army descended from the mountain without keeping any
+regular order, and in all possible haste, the cavalry all on foot
+leading their horses, both on account of the ruggedness of the
+ground and the better to avoid the cannonade from the enemy, as
+they had no shelter from the balls. Immediately on getting down
+to the plain, the troops were drawn up in order of battle; the
+infantry in two battalions in the centre, and the cavalry on the
+two wings. The cavalry of the left wing was commanded by the
+captains Juan Saavedra, Diego de Mora, Rodrigo Salazar, and
+Francisco Hernandez de Aldana. The royal standard was displayed
+by the licentiate Carvajal in the right wing, in which likewise
+were posted the captains Don Pedro de Cabrera, Alfonso
+Mercadillo, and Gomez de Alvarado. The infantry marched between
+the wings of horse, but a little farther in advance, under the
+captains Ramirez, De Castro, De Solis, Cardenas, Menezes,
+Mosquera, De la Cerna, Urbina, Aliaga, De Robles, De Arias, and
+De Olmos. A little in advance of the infantry, Alfonso de Mendoza
+marched with his troop of horse to commence the attack,
+accompanied by Centeno, who was determined to exert himself on
+this occasion in revenge for his defeat at Guarina. Pedro de
+Villavicentio acted as serjeant-major or adjutant-general of the
+army. The president, accompanied by the archbishop of Lima, was a
+little on one side, on the slope of the mountain, by which the
+major-general Alvarado and Valdivia brought down the artillery
+and the three hundred musqueteers commanded by Mexia and
+Palomino. On getting into the plain, this body of musqueteers
+divided in two, Mexia marching to the right along the river, and
+Palomino keeping to the left along the skirts of the
+mountain.</p>
+
+<p>While the royalist artillery was coming down the mountain, the
+licentiate Cepeda, Garcilasso de la Vega, and Alfonso de Piedra,
+with several other persons of rank and some private soldiers,
+abandoned Gonzalo to surrender themselves to the president. They
+were closely pursued by Pedro Martin de Cicilia and some others
+of the insurgents, who wounded several of these deserters. The
+horse of Cepeda was killed under him by the thrust of a lance,
+and himself wounded, and he had assuredly been either taken or
+killed unless promptly succoured by order of the president. In
+the mean time Gonzalo kept his troops in firm array, waiting for
+the enemy, and in expectation that they might attack him in
+confusion and be easily defeated, as had happened in the battle
+of Guarina. Hinojosa on his side, advanced with the royalists in
+the best order and at a slow pace, to within musquet-shot of the
+insurgents, where he halted in some low ground, in such a
+situation that his men were secure from the cannon-balls of the
+enemy, which all flew over their heads, although the gunners used
+every effort to depress their guns so as to fire low. At this
+time the platoons of musquetry on the wings of both armies kept
+up a close fire, Alvarado and Valdivia using every effort to
+cause their men take good aim, while the president and archbishop
+encouraged their gunners to fire quickly and to purpose; making
+them often change the direction of their guns, as circumstances
+appeared to require.</p>
+
+<p>Observing that several of the soldiers of Gonzalo were
+endeavouring to abandon him and were hotly pursued, Centeno and
+Mendoza advanced with the cavalry under their command, on purpose
+to protect all who wished to come over. All those who quitted the
+insurgents, urged the commanders of the royal army not to advance
+to the charge, as they were certain the far greater part of the
+army of Gonzalo would abandon him, so that he would be easily
+defeated without any danger to the royalists, and with little
+effusion of blood. At this time, a platoon of thirty musqueteers,
+finding themselves near the royal army, came over in a body and
+surrendered themselves. Gonzalo wished to have these men pursued
+and brought back; but the attempt threw his troops into
+confusion, and his whole army began instantly to break up, some
+fleeing towards Cuzco, while others went over to the president
+and surrendered themselves. Some of the insurgent officers were
+so confounded by this sudden and universal derout, that they
+neither had presence of mind to flee or to fight. On seeing this
+hopeless turn of his affairs, Gonzalo lost all courage, and
+exclaimed in despair, "Since all surrender to the king, so must I
+also." It is reported, that Juan d'Acosta endeavoured to
+encourage him, saying, "let us rush upon the thickest of the
+enemy, and die like Romans;" to which Gonzalo is reported to have
+answered, "It is better to die like Christians."</p>
+
+<p>At this time, Gonzalo observing the serjeant-major of the
+royalists near him, surrendered to him, giving up a long small
+sword which he had used instead of a lance, as he had previously
+broken his lance upon some of his own men who were running away.
+He was immediately conducted to the president, to whom he used
+some very imprudent expressions, and by whom he was committed to
+the custody of Centeno. About the same time with Gonzalo, most of
+his officers were made prisoners. The lieutenant-general Carvajal
+endeavoured to save himself by flight, meaning to hide himself
+among some tall reeds in a marsh during the night; but his horse
+stuck fast in the morass, and he was brought prisoner to the
+president by some of his own men. In the pursuit, some of the
+insurgents were killed, but most of their officers were made
+prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>After the entire derout of the enemy, the soldiers of the
+royal army pillaged the camp of the insurgents, where they made a
+prodigious plunder in gold, silver, horses, mules, and rich
+baggage, by which many of them acquired considerable riches, some
+individuals having acquired so much as five or six thousand
+ducats. One of the soldiers happened to fall in with a fine mule
+having a load on his back, which seemed to consist only of
+clothes, he therefore cut the cords and threw off the load,
+carrying off the mule alone; immediately after which three other
+soldiers, more experienced in such matters, opened up the pack,
+which they found to contain a considerable quantity of gold and
+silver wrapped up in Indian cloaks for better concealment, worth
+five or six thousand ducats.</p>
+
+<p>As the army was much fatigued by the operations of that day;
+besides being under arms all night, the president allowed the men
+to rest one day, yet thought it necessary to dispatch the two
+Captains Mexia and De Robles with their companies to Cuzco, to
+prevent those soldiers who had pursued the fugitives towards that
+place from entering and plundering the city and killing a number
+of the inhabitants; more especially as many might now feel
+inclined to act from particular enmity towards such as had given
+them offence during the late troubles, under pretence of
+following up the victory. Those captains were likewise directed
+to secure such of the officers and soldiers of the defeated army
+as had fled in that direction. Next day, the president gave
+orders to the licentiate Cianca, one of the new oydors, and
+Alfonzo de Alvarado, his major-general, to bring the prisoners to
+trial. No other proof was requisite against Gonzalo Pizarro than
+his own acknowledgment and the notoriety of his having been in
+open rebellion against the sovereign. He was condemned to be
+beheaded, and that his head should be fixed in a niche or recess
+on the gibbet at Lima, secured by a trellis or net-work of iron
+through which it might be visible, with this inscription above.
+"The head of Gonzalo Pizarro, a traitor and rebel, who revolted
+against the royal authority in Peru, and presumed to give battle
+to the army under the royal standard in the valley of
+Xaquixaguana." His whole estates and property of every kind were
+confiscated; and his house in Cuzco was ordered to be rased, and
+salt sown upon its scite, on which a pillar or monument was to be
+erected with a suitable inscription to perpetuate the remembrance
+of his crime and condign punishment. Gonzalo was executed on the
+day of his trial, dying like a good Christian.</p>
+
+<p>While in prison and till his death, Centeno, to whose custody
+he had been committed, treated him with much civility, and would
+not allow any one to insult his fallen greatness. When about to
+be put to death, Gonzalo made a gift of the magnificent dress
+which he then wore to the executioner; but Centeno paid its full
+value to the executioner, that the body might not be stripped and
+exposed till carried away for interment; and next day he had it
+carried to Cuzco and respectfully buried. But the head, pursuant
+to the sentence, was carried to Lima.</p>
+
+<p>On the same day in which Pizarro was beheaded, his
+lieutenant-general Carvajal was drawn and quartered, and eight or
+nine of the insurgent captains were hanged; and in the sequel
+several others of the principal persons concerned in the revolt
+were punished when taken[38]. On the day following the president
+went to Cuzco with all his army, whence he sent Alfonzo de
+Mendoza with a detachment into Las Charcas, to make prisoners of
+those who had been sent into that district by Gonzalo in quest of
+silver, and such as might have fled thither from the battle. On
+account of the rich mines in the province of Las Charcas,
+especially Potosi, it was supposed that many of the fugitives had
+taken refuge in that place, to which Hondegardo was sent as
+lieutenant-governor and captain-general, with orders to chastise
+all those of the inhabitants who had been guilty either of
+favouring Gonzalo, or of neglecting to repair to the royal
+standard on the summons of the president. Along with Hondegardo,
+Gabriel de Royas was sent as receiver of the royal fifth and
+other tributes belonging to the king, and of the fines which the
+governor might inflict on the disaffected and recusants. As De
+Royas soon died, Hondegardo had to discharge the united functions
+of governor and receiver of the province, and in a short space of
+time he amassed treasure to the amount of 3,600,000 livres[39],
+which he transmitted to the president.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 38: Yet the Historian of American, II.
+392., says that "Gasca, happy in his bloodless victory, did not
+stain it with cruelty; Pizarro, Carvajal, and a small number of
+the most distinguished or notorious offenders being punished
+capitally." The executions seem however to have been sufficiently
+numerous, considering that the whole rebel army before the battle
+was only nine hundred strong, many of whom went over to the
+victor, and all the rest disbanded without
+fighting.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 39: L.157,000, if French livres are to be
+understood, and worth near a million sterling at the present
+value of money compared with that period,--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The president remained for some time at Guzco, occupied in
+punishing the insurgents according to the greatness of their
+crimes. Those whom he deemed most guilty, he condemned to be
+drawn in pieces by four horses, others he ordered to be hanged;
+some to be whipt, and others were sent to the galleys. He applied
+himself likewise with much attention to restore the kingdom to
+good order. In virtue of the authority confided to him by the
+king, he granted pardons to all who, having been in arms in the
+valley of Xaquixaguana, had abandoned Gonzalo and joined the
+royal standard. These pardons referred to all public crimes of
+which they had been guilty during the rebellion of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, yet leaving them liable to answer in civil actions for
+every thing respecting their conduct to individuals. This battle
+of Xaquixaguana, which will be long famous in Peru, was fought on
+Monday the 9th of April 1548.</p>
+
+<p>When the president had dispatched the most urgent affairs
+connected with the suppression of the rebellion, there yet
+remained an object of great importance for the quiet of the
+kingdom, which was surrounded with many difficulties. This was
+with regard to the dismissal of the army, in such a manner that
+so great a number of soldiers set free from the restraints of
+discipline might not occasion troubles similar to those now put
+an end to. On purpose to succeed in this delicate affair, the
+utmost prudence was requisite, as almost every soldier in the
+army considered himself entitled to one of the best of the vacant
+repartimientos, and as the number of the troops exceeded 2500
+men, while there were only 150 repartimientos to distribute.
+Hence it was quite obvious, that instead of being able to gratify
+every claimant, far the greater part must be dissatisfied. After
+a serious deliberation on this important subject, the president
+went to a place in the province of Apurimac, about twelve leagues
+from Cuzco, accompanied only by the archbishop and one secretary,
+on purpose to have leisure for mature reflection at a distance
+from the perpetual importunities of the claimants. In this place,
+they made the best distribution in their power of the vacant
+repartitions, giving sufficient means of living in a respectable
+manner to the captains and other persons of consideration, each
+in proportion to their respective merits and the services they
+had been of in suppressing the late rebellion, giving new
+repartitions to those who had none, and increasing those of
+others. On this occasion it was found that they had vacant
+repartitions to distribute to the value of a million of gold
+crowns in yearly rent. The greater number of the most valuable
+and extensive repartitions had become vacant during the troubles,
+partly from their former possessors having been put to death by
+Gonzalo, either under pretence of guilt in opposing his
+rebellion, or in the various engagements during the troubles. The
+president had likewise capitally punished several to whom Gonzalo
+had given repartitions. It must however be remarked, that several
+of these most valuable repartimientos had been retained by
+Gonzalo for his own benefit, under pretence of providing for the
+expences of the war.</p>
+
+<p>In making the new grants, the president retained the power of
+granting pensions upon some of the most extensive repartitions,
+of three or four thousand ducats from each, more or less
+according to their respective values, on purpose to have the
+power of dividing the money among such soldiers as he could not
+otherwise reward, to enable them to procure arms, horses, and
+other necessaries, meaning to send them off in various directions
+to discover and subdue the country which was hitherto unoccupied.
+Having thus regulated every thing to the best of his power, the
+president thought proper to retire to Lima, and sent the
+archbishop to Cuzco to publish the regulations and distribution
+of repartimientos, and to make payment of the several rewards in
+money which had been agreed upon. The arrangement of this affair
+occasioned much dissatisfaction among the soldiers, every one
+believing himself better entitled to some allotments of lands and
+Indians than several of those who had acquired such grants. All
+the fair speeches and promises of the archbishop and the
+principal officers were insufficient to quiet the murmurs and
+discontents of the troops, which even produced some commotions
+and seditious conspiracies, in which it was proposed to seize
+upon the archbishop and the chief officers of the army and
+government, and to send the licentiate Cienca with a remonstrance
+to the president, demanding of him to recal the repartition which
+he had decreed, and to make a new one more favourable to their
+wishes. They even threatened to revolt, and to take possession by
+force of what they considered due to their services. The
+licentiate Cienca, who had been appointed chief justice at Cuzco,
+had established so excellent a system of police that he had
+immediate notice of all these plots and commotions, and was soon
+enabled to restore order and tranquillity by arresting and
+punishing the principal agitators of these threatened troubles,
+by which he effectually checked the spirit of mutiny and
+insubordination, and averted at least for the present the danger
+of a new civil war in the kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>Before leaving Cuzco, the president had renewed the commission
+of Valdivia as governor of Chili, as a reward for the services he
+had rendered in the late war against Gonzalo. On purpose to
+provide the reinforcements of men, horses, and arms, which were
+necessary for defending and extending his conquests in that
+province, Valdivia went to Lima as the most convenient situation
+for procuring what he wanted. Having completed all his
+preparations, he embarked all his men and military stores at the
+port of Callao, and sent them off for Chili; but chose to go
+himself by land to Arequipa, where he proposed to take shipping
+in his way back to his government. A report was made to the
+president, that Valdivia had engaged some officers and soldiers
+from among those who had been sentenced to banishment from Peru,
+and even some of those who had been condemned to the galleys, on
+account of the share they had taken in the late rebellion. In
+consequence of this information, the president sent his
+lieutenant-general Hinojosa with orders to bring Valdivia before
+him to answer for his conduct in these things which were laid to
+his charge. As Valdivia was accompanied by a considerable number
+of men he believed himself in condition to resist this mandate,
+and refused the earnest solicitations of Hinojosa to go back
+along with him to the president. But, as Hinojosa observed that
+Valdivia took no precautions to prevent his arrest, and had no
+suspicions that any force would be used against him, he resolved
+to attempt to make him prisoner with the assistance only of six
+musqueteers, in which he succeeded without opposition. In this
+situation, Valdivia very properly determined to submit with a
+good grace, and so satisfactorily explained his conduct to the
+president, that he was allowed to resume his voyage, and to take
+all those people along with him whom he had engaged.</p>
+
+<p>Every thing in Peru being now reduced to good order, the
+president gave permission to all the citizens and other
+inhabitants of the country, who had hitherto served in his army,
+to retire to their homes, to look after the re-establishment of
+their private affairs, which had, suffered great injury from the
+unavoidable losses experienced during the rebellion, and their
+own necessary expences in the field. He likewise sent off several
+officers with detachments upon new discoveries, and appointed the
+licentiate Carvajal lieutenant-governor of Cuzco, taking up his
+own residence at Lima, which was the seat of government. About
+this time an hundred and fifty Spaniards arrived at the city of
+La Plata, having travelled all the way from the mouth of the Rio
+Plata under the command of Domingo de Yrala to that part of the
+country which had formerly been discovered by Diego de Royas, and
+were now come into Peru to solicit the president to appoint some
+one to act as governor of the country on the Rio Plata which they
+proposed to settle. He accordingly nominated Diego de Centeno to
+that new government, with authority to raise as many more men as
+he could procure, to enable him to complete the discovery and
+conquest of that country. When all their preparations were
+completed, and they were on the point of setting out on the
+march, Centeno died, and the president appointed another captain
+in his place.</p>
+
+<p>The Rio Plata, or River of Silver, derives its source from the
+high mountains continually covered with snow which lie between
+the cities of Lima and Cuzco[40]. From these mountains four
+principal rivers flow, which derive their names from the
+provinces through which they pass. The Apurimac, Vilcas, Abancay,
+and Jauja. This last derives its source from a lake in the
+province of Bombon[41], the most level and yet the highest plain
+in all Peru, where accordingly it snows or hails almost
+continually. This lake is quite crowded with small islands, which
+are covered with reeds, flags, and other aquatic plants, and the
+borders of the lake are inhabited by many Indians.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 40: Zarate is extremely erroneous in his
+account of the sources of the Rio Plata. All the streams which
+rise from the Peruvian mountains in the situation indicated, and
+for seven or eight degrees farther south, and which run to the
+eastwards, contribute towards the mighty Maranon or River of the
+Amazons.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 41: This is an egregious mistake; the Rio
+Jauja rises from the lake of Chinchay Cocha in the province of
+Tarma, and runs <i>south</i> to join the Apurimac. The river
+Guanuco rises in the elevated plain of Bombon, and runs
+<i>north</i> to form the Gualagua, which joins the Lauricocha or
+Tanguragua.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>In the late war against Gonzalo Pizarro, the president
+incurred enormous expences for the pay and equipment of his
+troops, for the purchase of horses, arms, and warlike stores, and
+the fitting out and provisioning of the ships which he employed.
+From his landing in the Tierra Firma to the day of his final
+victory over Gonzalo, he had expended on these necessary affairs
+more than nine hundred thousand dollars, most of which he had
+borrowed from the merchants and other private individuals, as all
+the royal revenues had been appropriated and dissipated by
+Gonzalo. After the re-establishment of tranquillity, he applied
+himself to amass treasure with the utmost diligence, both from
+the fifths belonging to the king, and by means of fines and
+confiscations; insomuch that after payment of his debts, he had a
+surplus of above a million and a half of ducats, chiefly derived
+from the province of Las Charcas.</p>
+
+<p>In his arrangements for the future government of the country,
+in conformity with the royal ordinance, he took much care to
+prevent the Indians from being oppressed. In consequence of the
+fatigues which they underwent, in the carriage of immense loads,
+and by numbers of the Spaniards wandering continually about the
+country attended by a train of Indians to carry their baggage,
+vast numbers of them had perished. Having re-established the
+royal audience, or supreme court of justice, in Lima, he applied
+earnestly to regulate the tributes which were to be paid by the
+Indians to the Spaniards upon fixed principles, which had not
+been hitherto done on account of the wars and revolutions which
+had distracted the country ever since its discovery and conquest.
+Before this new arrangement, every Spaniard who possessed a
+repartimiento or allotment of lands and Indians, used to receive
+from the curaca or cacique of his district such tribute as he was
+able or willing to pay, and many of the Spaniards often exacted
+larger sums from their Indians than they were well able to
+afford, frequently plundering them of their hard-earned property
+with lawless violence. Some even went so far as to inflict
+tortures on their Indians, to compel them to give up every thing
+they possessed, often carrying their cruelty to such a pitch as
+to put them to death in the most wanton and unjustifiable manner.
+To put a stop to these violent proceedings, the taxes of each
+province and district were regulated in proportion to the number
+of Indian and Spanish inhabitants which they respectively
+contained; and, in forming their arrangements, the president and
+judges carefully inquired into the productions of each province;
+such as its mines of gold and silver, the quantity of its cattle,
+and other things of a similar nature, the taxes on which were all
+regulated according to circumstances in the most reasonable and
+equitable manner.</p>
+
+<p>Having thus reduced the affairs of the kingdom to good order,
+all the unemployed soldiers being sent off to different places,
+some to Chili, others to the new province on the Rio Plata, and
+others to various new discoveries under different commanders, and
+all who remained in Peru being established in various occupations
+by which they might maintain themselves, according to their
+inclinations and capacities, mostly in the concerns of the mines,
+the president resolved to return, into Spain, pursuant to the
+authority he had received from his majesty to do so when he might
+see proper. One of his most powerful motives for returning to
+Spain proceeded from his anxiety to preserve the large treasure
+he had amassed for the king: as, having no military force for its
+protection, he was afraid such great riches might excite fresh
+troubles and commotions in the country. Having made all the
+necessary preparations for his voyage, and embarked his treasure,
+without communicating his intentions hitherto to any one, he
+assembled the magistrates of Lima, and informed them of his
+intended voyage. They started many objections to this measure;
+representing the inconveniencies which might arise from his
+departure, before his majesty had sent out some other person to
+replace him, either in the capacity of viceroy or president. He
+answered all their objections, stating that the court of royal
+audience, and the governors of the different provinces which they
+were authorized to nominate, were sufficient to dispense justice
+and to regulate all affairs, they at last consented; and
+immediately embarking, he set sail for Panama.</p>
+
+<p>Just before he sailed and while on board ship, the president
+made a new partition of such lands and Indians as had become
+vacant since the former distribution which he made at Cuzco. The
+number of vacant repartimientos was considerable, in consequence
+of the death of Centeno, De Royas, the licentiate Carvajal, and
+several other persons of rank; and as there were many candidates
+who demanded loudly to be preferred, he chose to defer the
+repartition till after he had embarked, as he was unable to
+satisfy all the claimants, and was unwilling to expose himself to
+the clamours of those whom he was unable to gratify. Having
+settled all these distributions, he left the different deeds
+signed and sealed with the secretary of the royal audience, with
+strict injunctions that they should not be opened until eight
+days after his departure. Every thing being finally concluded, he
+set sail from the port of Callao in December 1549, accompanied by
+the Provincial of the Dominicans and Jerom de Aliaga, who were
+appointed agents for the affairs of Peru at the court of Spain.
+He was likewise accompanied by several gentlemen and other
+considerable persons, who meant to return to Spain, carrying with
+them all the wealth they had been able to acquire.</p>
+
+<p>The voyage to Panama was prosperous. The president and all who
+were along with him immediately landed at that place, and used
+the utmost diligence to transport all the wealth belonging to his
+majesty and to individuals, to Nombre de Dios, to which place
+they all went, and made proper preparations for returning to
+Spain. Every one treated the president with the same respect as
+when he resided in Peru, and he behaved towards them with much
+civility and attention, keeping open table for all who chose to
+visit him. This was at the royal expence; as the president had
+stipulated for all his expences being defrayed by his majesty,
+before leaving Spain on his mission to Peru. In this he acted
+with much and prudent precaution; considering that the former
+governors had been accused of living penuriously in proportion to
+their rich appointments, and being satisfied that the
+administration in Spain would not allow him a sufficient income
+to defray the great expences he must incur in a country where
+every thing was enormously dear, he declined accepting any
+specified salary, but demanded and obtained authority to take
+from the royal funds all that was necessary for his personal
+expence and the support of his household. He even used the
+precaution to have this arrangement formally reduced to writing;
+and in the exercise of this permission he employed a person
+expressly for the purpose of keeping an exact account of all his
+expences, and of every thing that was purchased for his table or
+otherwise, which were all accordingly paid for from the royal
+coffers.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VII.</p>
+
+<p><i>Insurrection of Ferdinand and Pedro de Contreras in
+Nicaragua, and their unsuccessful attempt upon the Royal Treasure
+in the Tierra Firma.</i></p>
+
+<p>At this period an extraordinary attempt was made to intercept
+the president in his passage through the Tierra Firma, and to
+gain possession of the royal treasure under his charge, which
+will require some elucidation for its distinct explanation. When
+Pedro Arias de Avilla discovered the province of Nicaragua, of
+which he was appointed governor, he married his daughter Donna
+Maria de Penalosa to Rodrigo de Contreras, a respectable
+gentleman of Segovia. Some time afterwards, Pedro Arias died,
+after having appointed his son-in-law to succeed him in the
+government, and this appointment was confirmed by the court in
+consideration of the merits and services of Contreras, who
+accordingly continued governor of Nicaragua for several years. On
+the appointment of a royal audience on the confines of Nicaragua
+and Guatimala, Contreras was displaced from his government; and,
+in pursuance of the ordinance which had occasioned so much
+commotion in Peru, both he and his wife were deprived of their
+repartitions of lands and Indians, and the grants which had been
+made to their children were likewise recalled. Contreras went in
+consequence to Spain, to solicit a reparation of the injury he
+had sustained, representing the services which had been performed
+to the crown by the discovery, conquest, and settlement of
+Nicaragua, by his father-in-law and himself; but his majesty and
+the council of the Indies confirmed the decision of the royal
+audience, as conformable with the regulations.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving information of the bad success of their father,
+Ferdinand and Pedro de Contreras were much chagrined, and rashly
+determined to revolt and seize the government of the province.
+They persuaded themselves with being joined by a sufficient force
+for this purpose, confiding in the advice and assistance of a
+person named Juan de Bermejo, and some other soldiers his
+companions, who had quitted Peru in much discontent against the
+president, for not having sufficiently rewarded them, in their
+own opinions, for their services in the war against Gonzalo.
+Besides these men, several of those who had fought under Gonzalo
+had taken refuge in Nicaragua, having been banished by the
+president from Peru, all of whom joined themselves to the
+Contreras on this occasion. By these people the young men were
+encouraged to erect the standard of rebellion, assuring them, if
+they, could pass over into Peru with two or three hundred men,
+sufficiently armed, that almost the whole population of the
+kingdom would join their standards, as all were exceedingly
+dissatisfied with the president for not rewarding their services
+sufficiently. The Contreras accordingly began secretly to collect
+soldiers, and to provide arms for this enterprize; and deeming
+themselves sufficiently powerful to set justice at defiance, they
+resolved to commence their revolt. As they considered the bishop
+of Nicaragua among the most determined enemies of their father,
+they began their operations by taking vengeance on him; for which
+purpose they sent some soldiers to his house, who assassinated
+him while playing chess. After this, they openly collected their
+followers and displayed their standard, assuming the title of the
+<i>Army of Liberty</i>; and seizing a sufficient number of
+vessels, they embarked on the Pacific Ocean with the intention of
+intercepting the viceroy on his voyage from Lima to Panama,
+intending to plunder him of all the treasure he was conveying to
+Spain. For this purpose they steered in the first place for
+Panama, both to gain intelligence of the proceedings of the
+president, and because the navigation from thence to Peru was
+easier than from Nicaragua.</p>
+
+<p>Embarking therefore with about three hundred men, they made
+sail for Panama, and on their arrival at that place they learnt
+that the president had already disembarked with all his treasure
+and attendants. They now believed that every thing was favourable
+to their intentions, and that by good fortune their desired prey
+had fallen into their hands. Waiting therefore till night, they
+entered the port as quietly as possible, believing that the
+president was still in Panama, and that they might easily execute
+their enterprize without danger or resistance. Their intelligence
+however was exceedingly defective, and their hopes ill founded;
+for the president had left Panama with all his people three days
+before, having previously sent off all his treasure to Nombre de
+Dios, to which place he was likewise gone. In fact, by this
+diligence, the president avoided the impending danger, without
+having the slightest suspicion that any such might befal.
+Immediately on landing, the brothers were informed that the
+president had already left the place; on which they went to the
+house of Martin Ruiz de Marchena, treasurer of the province,
+where they took possession of the money in the royal coffers,
+amounting to 400,000 pesos in base silver, which had been left
+there by the president in consequence of not having sufficient
+means of transporting it to Nombre de Dios along with the rest.
+After this they dragged Marchena, Juan de Larez, and some other
+respectable inhabitants to the public square, threatening to hang
+them all unless they gave immediate notice where the arms and
+money belonging to the province were deposited. But all their
+threats were unable to force any discovery, and they carried on
+board their ships all the treasure and other valuable plunder
+they had procured.</p>
+
+<p>Believing that the farther success of their enterprize
+depended on the diligence they should exert in reaching Nombre de
+Dios to surprize the president, before he might have time to
+embark or prepare for his defence, they determined to proceed to
+that place without delay. For this purpose, it was arranged that
+Ferdinand de Contreras should march to Nombre de Dios with the
+greater part of the troops, while Juan de Bermejo was to take
+post with an hundred men on a height near Panama, to protect the
+rear of Ferdinand, to prevent pursuit, to be in readiness to
+receive the valuable booty they expected, and to intercept such
+of the attendants on the president as might escape in that
+direction from Nombre de Dios. In the mean time, Pedro de
+Contreras was to remain on board with a small number of men to
+protect the ships. All this was done accordingly; but matters
+turned out in quite a different manner from their expectations.
+Marchena got some information respecting their plan of
+operations, and sent off two confidential intelligent negroes to
+give notice to the president of what had occurred in Panama, and
+of the ulterior designs of the Contreras. One of these negroes
+was directed to travel the whole way by land, and the other to go
+by way of the small river Chagre, which route had been taken by
+the president.</p>
+
+<p>This river has its source in the mountains between Panama and
+Nombre de Dios. Its course at first seems tending towards the
+Pacific Ocean; but it suddenly makes a turn at a cataract, and
+after a farther run of fourteen leagues it falls into the
+Atlantic; so that by means of a canal only five leagues in
+length, from that river to the South Sea, a navigation might be
+easily established between the two seas. It is true that it would
+be necessary to cut this canal through mountains, and in a
+country exceedingly uneven and full of rocks, so that the design
+has hitherto appeared impracticable. Hence, in going from Panama
+to Nombre de Dios by the river Chagre, it is necessary to travel
+by land in the first place to that river below the fall, a
+distance of five leagues. After descending to the mouth of the
+river, there still remains five or six leagues to go by sea to
+Nombre de Dios. The messenger who was sent by this road came up
+with the president before his arrival at Nombre de Dios, and gave
+him an account of the events which had taken place at Panama.
+Though much alarmed by this intelligence, he communicated it to
+the provincial and the officers who accompanied him without
+appearing to be under any apprehensions; but, on embarking on the
+North Sea, it fell so dead a calm that they could make no
+progress, and he could not then conceal his fears of the event.
+Still however preserving his presence of mind, he sent off Hernan
+Nunnez de Segura by land to Nombre de Dios, accompanied by some
+negroes who knew the country, with orders for all the inhabitants
+of that place to take up arms for the protection of the treasure
+which had been sent there. Segura had a most difficult and
+fatiguing journey on foot, having several rivers to cross, some
+of them by swimming, and to pass through woods and marshes in a
+road through which no person had travelled for a long while. On
+his arrival at Nombre de Dios, he found the news already
+communicated to that place, by the other negro, and that the
+inhabitants were already in arms, and had prepared as well as
+they were able to defend themselves, having landed the crews of
+nine or ten vessels which were in the harbour to give their
+assistance in repelling the rebels. The president arrived shortly
+afterwards, where he found every thing in order for defence; and
+immediately marched out at the head of the armed inhabitants on
+the road towards Panama, determined to give battle to Contrera in
+case of his approach.</p>
+
+<p>When Ferdinand de Contrera marched for Nombre Dios, and
+Bermejo took post on the hill near Panama, as formerly mentioned,
+Marchena and De Larez believed they might be able to defeat
+Bermejo in the divided state of the rebels. For this purpose they
+re-assembled all the inhabitants of Panama, most of whom had
+taken refuge in the mountains, with whom they joined a
+considerable number of negroes who were employed as labourers in
+husbandry and in driving mules with goods between Panama and
+Nombre de Dios. By these means they assembled a respectable
+force, which they armed as well as circumstances would allow.
+Having thrown up some intrenchments of earth and fascines in the
+streets, and leaving some confidential persons to protect the
+town against the small number of rebels left in the ships with
+Pedro de Contreras, they marched out boldly against Bermejo, whom
+they vigorously attacked. After some resistance, they gained a
+complete victory, killing or making prisoners of the whole of
+that detachment. After this complete success, Marchena determined
+immediately to march for Nombre de Dios, believing that the
+inhabitants of that city, on learning the late events at Panama,
+would have armed for their defence, and would even take the field
+against Ferdinand de Contreras, and being more numerous than his
+detachment, would oblige him to retire to form a junction with
+Bermejo. Accordingly, when Ferdinand de Contreras had proceeded
+about half way to Nombre de Dios, he learnt that the president
+had got notice of the approach of the rebels, and had marched out
+against them with a superior force; on which Ferdinand de
+Contreras resolved to return to Panama.</p>
+
+<p>While on his return, he took some negroes from whom he got
+notice of the entire defeat of Bermejo, and of the advance of
+Marchena against himself. He was so disconcerted by this
+intelligence, that he allowed all his men to disperse, desiring
+them to save themselves as they best might, and to endeavour to
+get to the shore, where his brother would take them on board the
+ships. They all separated, and Ferdinand with some of his people
+struck into the woods, avoiding the public road, that they might
+escape Marchena. As the country was much intersected with rivers,
+and Ferdinand was little accustomed to encounter such
+difficulties, he was drowned in an endeavour to pass one of the
+rivers. Several of the followers of Ferdinand were made
+prisoners, and it was never known what became of the others. The
+prisoners were carried to Panama, where they, and those others
+who were taken at the defeat of Bermejo, were all put to
+death.</p>
+
+<p>When Pedro de Contreras, who remained on board the ships, got
+intelligence of the miserable fete of his comrades, he was so
+much alarmed that he would not take time to hoist anchor and make
+seal, but threw himself into a boat with some of his men, leaving
+the ships at anchor with all the plunder untouched. He coasted
+along for a considerable way to the province of Nata; after which
+no farther intelligence was ever received either of him or any of
+those who were along with him, but it was supposed they were all
+massacred by the Indians of that country. On getting intelligence
+of the favourable termination of this threatening affair, the
+president returned to Nombre de Dios, giving thanks to God for
+having delivered him from this unforseen danger. Had the rebels
+arrived at Panama only a few days sooner, they might easily have
+made him prisoner, and would have acquired a much larger booty
+then ever fell into the hands of pirates.</p>
+
+<p>Tranquillity being entirely restored, the president embarked
+with his treasure, and arrived safely in Spain. One of his
+vessels, in which Juan Gomez de Anuaya was embarked, with part of
+the royal treasure, was obliged to put back to Nombre de Dios:
+But, having refitted at that port, she likewise arrived in Spain.
+Immediately on landing at San Lucar, the president sent Captain
+Lope Martin into Germany, where the emperor then was, to inform
+his majesty of his safe arrival from Peru. This news was
+exceedingly agreeable to the court, and occasioned much
+astonishment at the prompt and happy termination of the troubles,
+which had appeared so formidable and difficult to appease. Soon
+after the arrival of the president at Valladolid, he was
+appointed bishop of Placentia[42], then vacant in consequence of
+the death of Don Luis Cabeza de Vaca; and his majesty sent orders
+that he should come to court, to give a minute account of all the
+affairs in which he had been engaged. He went there accordingly,
+accompanied by the provincial of the Dominicans, and Jerom de
+Aliaga, the deputies or agents of the kingdom of Peru, and by
+several other gentlemen and persons of consideration, who were in
+expectation of getting some rewards from his majesty for their
+loyal services during the late commotions. The new bishop
+accordingly embarked at Barcelona, along with his companions, in
+some galleys which were appointed for the purpose; taking along
+with him, by order of his majesty, half a million of dollars of
+the treasure he had brought from Peru. Shortly afterwards, his
+majesty appointed Don Antonio de Mendoza, the viceroy of New
+Spain, to assume that office in Peru; sending Don Luis de
+Velasco, commissary-general of the customs of Castille, to
+succeed Mendoza in the viceroyalty of New Spain.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 42: In the Royal Commentaries of Garcilasso
+de la Vega, p. 876, he is said to have been first appointed to
+the bishopric of Placentia, and to have been afterwards
+translated to that of Ciguenza in 1561 by Philip II which he
+enjoyed till his death in 1577.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>END OF THE DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST OF PERU,</p>
+
+<p>BY AUGUSTINO ZARATE.</p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<h2><a name="chapter2-8" id="chapter2-8">CHAPTER VIII.</a></h2>
+
+<p><b>CONTINUATION OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU, FROM THE
+RESTORATION OF TRANQUILLITY BY GASCA IN 1549, TO THE DEATH OF THE
+INCA TUPAC AMARU; EXTRACTED FROM GARCILASSO DE LA VEGA.</b></p>
+
+<p>INTRODUCTION.</p>
+
+<p>Having now given at considerable length the authentic
+histories of the discovery and conquest of the two greatest of
+the European colonies in the New World, Mexico and Peru, from
+original and contemporary authors whose works had not before
+appeared in any English Collection of Voyages and Travels, we now
+propose to give, as a kind of supplement or appendix to the
+excellent history of Zarate, an abridged deduction of the
+principal events in Peru for some time after the departure of the
+president De la Gasca from that kingdom, extracted from the
+conclusion of the Royal Commentaries of Peru by Garcilasso de la
+Vega Inca, Part II. Book VI. VII. and VIII. Having formerly given
+some account of that work, not very favourable to the character
+of that descendant of the Incas as a historian, it may only be
+here mentioned that the events to be now related on his authority
+all occurred in his own time, and that the relation of them which
+he has left would have been greatly more valuable if he had been
+pleased to favour us more frequently with their dates.</p>
+
+<p>In the present eventful period, while Spain, once the terror
+of Europe, seems in danger of sinking under the tyrannical grasp
+of the usurper of France, a vast revolution appears about to
+elevate the Spanish American colonies into extensive independent
+states; if the jealous collision of rights, interests, and
+pretensions between the various races of their inhabitants do not
+plunge them into all the horrors of civil war and anarchy. The
+crisis is peculiarly interesting to all the friends of humanity,
+and it is to be wished that the present commotions may soon
+subside into a permanent state of peace and good government,
+advantageous to all the best interests of the colonists, and
+beneficial to the commerce and industry of the rest of the
+world.</p>
+
+<p>Before proceeding to the abridged history of events in Peru,
+subsequent to the departure of the president De la Gasca, the
+following reflections on the state of manners among the early
+Spanish settlers in that opulent region, during the period of
+which we have already given the history, as drawn by the eloquent
+pen of the illustrious Historian of America, have appeared most
+worthy of insertion[43].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 43: Hist of America, II. p.
+393.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>"Though the Spaniards who first invaded Peru were of the
+lowest order in society, and the greater part of those who
+afterwards joined them were persons of desperate fortune, yet in
+all the bodies of troops brought into the field by the different
+leaders who contended for superiority, not one acted as a hired
+soldier or followed his standard for pay. Every adventurer in
+Peru considered himself as a conqueror, entitled by his services
+to an establishment in that country which had been acquired by
+his valour. In the contests between the rival chiefs, each chose
+his side as he was directed by his own judgment or affections. He
+joined his commander as a companion of his fortune, and disdained
+to degrade himself by receiving the wages of a mercenary. It was
+to their sword, not to pre-eminence in office or nobility of
+birth that most of the leaders whom they followed were indebted
+for their elevation; and each of their adherents hoped, by the
+same means, to open a way for himself to the possession of power
+and wealth."</p>
+
+<p>"But though the troops in Peru served without, any regular
+pay, they were raised at an immense expence. Among men accustomed
+to divide the spoil of an opulent country, the desire of
+obtaining wealth acquired incredible force. The ardour of pursuit
+augmented in proportion to the hope of success. Where all were
+intent on the same object, and under the dominion of the same
+passion, there was but one mode of gaining men, or of securing
+their attachment. Officers of name and influence, besides the
+promise of future establishments, received large gratuities in
+hand from the chief with whom they engaged. Gonzalo Pizarro, in
+order to raise a thousand men, advanced five hundred thousand
+pesos. Gasca expended in levying the troops which he led against
+Pizarro nine hundred thousand pesos. The distributions of
+property, bestowed as the reward of services, were still more
+exorbitant. Cepeda as the reward of his perfidy, in persuading
+the court of royal audience to give the sanction of its authority
+to the usurped jurisdiction of Pizarro, received a grant of lands
+which yielded an annual income of an hundred and fifty thousand
+pesos. Hinojosa, who, by his early defection from Pizarro, and
+surrender of the feet to Gasca, decided the fate of Peru,
+obtained a district of country affording two hundred thousand
+pesos of yearly value. While such rewards were dealt out to the
+principal officers, with more than royal munificence,
+proportional shares were conferred on those of inferior
+rank."</p>
+
+<p>"Such a rapid change of fortune produced its natural effects.
+It gave birth to new wants, and new desires. Veterans, long
+accustomed to hardship and toil, acquired of a sudden a taste for
+profuse and inconsiderate dissipation and indulged in all the
+excesses of military licentiousness. The riot of low debauchery
+occupied some; a relish for expensive luxuries spread among
+others. The meanest soldier in Peru would have thought himself
+degraded by marching on foot; and, at a time when the price of
+horses in that country was exorbitant, each individual insisted
+on being furnished with one before he would take the field. But,
+though less patient under the fatigues and hardships of service,
+they were ready to face danger and death with as much intrepidity
+as ever; and, animated by the hope of new rewards, they never
+failed, on the day of battle, to display all their ancient
+valour."</p>
+
+<p>"Together with their courage, they retained all the ferocity
+by which they were originally distinguished. Civil discord never
+raged with a more fell spirit than among the Spaniards in Peru.
+To all the passions which usually envenom contests among
+countrymen, avarice was added, and rendered their enmity more
+rancorous. Eagerness to seize the valuable forfeitures expected
+upon the death of every opponent, shut the door against mercy. To
+be wealthy was, of itself, sufficient to expose a man to
+accusation, or to subject him to punishment. On the slightest
+suspicions, Pizarro condemned many of the most opulent
+inhabitants of Peru to death. Carvajal, without searching for any
+pretext to justify his cruelty, cut off many more. The number of
+those who suffered by the hand of the executioner, was not much
+inferior to what fell in the field; and the greater part was
+condemned without the formality of any legal trial."</p>
+
+<p>"The violence with which the contending parties treated their
+opponents was not accompanied by its usual attendants, attachment
+and fidelity to those with whom they acted. The ties of honour,
+which ought to be held sacred among men, and the principle of
+integrity, interwoven as thoroughly in the Spanish character as
+in that of any nation, seem to have been equally forgotten. Even
+regard for decency, and the sense of shame, were totally
+abandoned. During these dissensions, there was hardly a Spaniard
+in Peru who did not abandon the party which he had originally
+espoused, betray the associates with whom he had united, and
+violate the engagements under which he had come. The viceroy
+Nunnez Vela was ruined by the treachery of Cepeda and the other
+judges of the royal audience, who were bound to have supported
+his authority. The chief advisers and companions of Gonzalo
+Pizarro in his revolt were the first to forsake him, and submit
+to his enemies. His fleet was given up to Gasca, by the man whom
+he had singled out among his officers to entrust with that
+important command. On the day that was to decide his fate, an
+army of veterans, in sight of the enemy, threw down their arms
+without striking a blow, and deserted a leader who had often
+conducted them to victory. Instances of such general and avowed
+contempt of the principles and obligations which attach man to
+man, and bind them in social union, rarely occur in history. It
+is only where men are far removed from the seat of government,
+where the restraints of law and order are little felt, where the
+prospect of gain is unbounded, and where immense wealth may cover
+the crimes by which it is acquired, that we can find any parallel
+to the levity, the rapaciousness, the perfidy, and corruption
+prevalent among the Spaniards in Peru."</p>
+
+<p>SECTION I.</p>
+
+<p><i>Incidents in the History of Peru, from the departure of
+Gasca, to the appointment of Don Antonio de Mendoza as
+Viceroy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Among those who were dissatisfied with the distribution of the
+repartimientos in Peru by the president, was Francisco Hernandez
+Giron, to whom De la Gasca granted a commission to make a
+conquest of the district called the Cunchos, to the north-east of
+Cuzco, and beyond one of the great chains of the Andes, with the
+title and authority of governor and captain-general of that
+country, which he engaged to conquer at his own expence. Giron
+was much gratified by this employment, as it afforded him a
+favourable opportunity for fomenting and exciting a new rebellion
+against the royal authority, which he had long meditated, and
+which he actually put in execution, as will be seen in the
+sequel. Immediately after the departure of the president from
+Peru, he went from Lima to Cuzco publishing the commission which
+he had received, and appointed several captains to raise men for
+his intended expedition in Guamanga, Arequipa, La Paz, and other
+places; while he personally beat up for volunteers in Cuzco.
+Being a man of popular manners and much beloved among the
+soldiers, he soon drew together above two hundred men. So great a
+number of the most loose and dissolute inhabitants being
+collected together at Cuzco and in arms, they took extreme
+liberty in canvassing the late events, and to speak with much
+licentiousness respecting the president and the officers he had
+left in the government of the kingdom. Their discourse was so
+open and scandalous, that the magistrates of the city deemed it
+necessary to interpose; and Juan de Saavedra, who was then mayor
+or regidor of Cuzco, requested Giron to depart upon his intended
+expedition without delay, that the peaceable inhabitants might no
+longer be scandalized by the seditious discourses of his
+soldiers, as most of them were quartered upon the citizens to
+whom they behaved with much insolence.</p>
+
+<p>I was then in Cuzco, though a boy, when Giron and his soldiers
+made their first disturbance; and I was present also about three
+years afterwards at their second mutiny; and, though I had not
+even then attained the age of a young man, I was sufficiently
+able to notice and understand the observations and discourses of
+my father on the various events which occurred; and I can testify
+that the soldiers behaved in so proud and insolent a manner that
+the magistrates were forced to take notice of their conduct. The
+soldiers thought proper to be much offended on this occasion,
+pretending that no one ought to have any authority over them
+except Giron under whose command they had inlisted; and they
+carried their mutinous insolence to such a height as to assemble
+in arms at the house of their commander to protect themselves
+against the magistrates. When this mutiny was known in the city,
+the magistrates and citizens found themselves obliged to arm, and
+being joined by many soldiers who were not of the faction, they
+took post in the market-place. The mutineers drew up likewise in
+the street where Giron's house stood, at no great distance from
+the market-place; and in this manner both parties remained under
+arms for two days and nights, always on the point of coming to
+action; which had certainly been the case if some prudent persons
+had not interposed between them, and prevailed on the magistrates
+to enter into a treaty for compromising their differences. The
+most active persons on this occasion were Diego de Silva, Diego
+Maldonado the rich, Garcilasso de la Vega my father, Vasco de
+Guevara, Antonio Quinnones, Juan de Berrio, Jeronimo de Loyasa,
+Martin de Meneses, and Francisco Rodriguez. By their persuasions
+the regidor Juan de Saavedra and Captain Francisco Hernandez
+Giron were induced to meet in the great church, on which occasion
+the soldiers demanded four hostages for the security of their
+commander. In this conference Giron behaved with so much
+insolence and audacity, that Saavedra had assuredly arrested him
+if he had not been restrained from respect for the hostages, of
+whom my father was one. In a second conference in the evening,
+under the same precautions, Giron agreed to remove his soldiers
+from the city, to give up eight of the most mutinous of his
+soldiers to the magistrates, and even to make compearance in
+person before the court to answer for his conduct during the
+mutiny.</p>
+
+<p>On being made acquainted with this agreement, the soldiers
+were exceedingly enraged; and if Giron had not pacified them with
+soothing words and promises they had certainly attacked the loyal
+inhabitants, the consequences of which might have been
+exceedingly fatal. The mutineers amounted to two hundred
+effective well-armed men, of desperate fortunes, while the
+loyalists consisted of only eighty men of quality, all the rest
+being rich merchants not inured to arms. But it pleased God to
+avert the threatened mischief, at the prayers and vows of the
+priests, friars and devout women of the city. The mutineers were
+under arms all night, setting regular guards and sentinels as in
+the presence of an enemy; and in the morning, when Saavedra saw
+that Giron had not marched from the city according to agreement,
+he sent a warrant to bring him before his tribunal. As Giron
+suspected that his men might not permit him to obey the warrant,
+he walked out in his morning gown, as if only going to visit a
+neighbour; but went directly to the house of Saavedra, who
+committed him to prison. On this intelligence being communicated
+to the soldiers, they immediately dispersed, every one shifting
+for himself as he best could. The eight men who were particularly
+obnoxious took sanctuary in the Dominican convent, and fortified
+themselves in the tower of the church, where they held out for
+several days, but were at last obliged to surrender. They were
+all punished, but not in that exemplary manner their rebellious
+conduct deserved; and the tower was demolished, that it might not
+be used in the same manner in future.</p>
+
+<p>After the dispersion of the mutineers and the punishment of
+the most guilty, Giron was released on his solemn engagement to
+make his appearance before the royal audience at Lima to answer
+for his conduct. He went there accordingly, and was committed to
+prison; but after a few days was permitted to go out as a
+prisoner at large, confining himself to the city of Lima. He
+there married a young virtuous noble and beautiful lady, with
+whom he went to reside at Cuzco, where he associated with none
+but soldiers, avoiding all society with the citizens as much as
+possible.</p>
+
+<p>About two years afterwards several soldiers residing in Cuzce,
+entered into a new plot to raise disturbances in the kingdom, and
+were eager to find some proper person to choose as their leader.
+At length this affair came to be so openly talked of that it
+reached the knowledge of Saavedra, who was required to take
+cognizance of the plot and to punish the ringleaders; but he
+endeavoured to excuse himself, being unwilling to create himself
+enemies, alleging that it more properly belonged to the
+jurisdiction of the court of audience. When this affair was
+reported to the oydors at Lima, they were much displeased with
+the conduct of Saavedra, and immediately appointed the marshal
+Alonzo de Alvarado to supersede him in the office of regidor or
+mayor of Cuzco, giving Alvarado an especial commission to punish
+the insolence and mutinous conduct of the soldiers, to prevent
+the evil from getting to an unsupportable height. Immediately on
+taking possession of his office, Alvarado arrested some of the
+soldiers; who, to screen themselves, impeached Don Pedro de
+Puertocarrero as a principal instigator of their mutinous
+proceedings. After a minute examination, Francisco de Miranda,
+Alonzo Hernandez Melgarejo, and Alonzo de Barrienuevo were
+capitally punished as chief ringleaders in the conspiracy; six or
+seven others were banished from Peru, and all the rest made their
+escape. Puertocarrero made an appeal to the royal audience, by
+whom he was set at liberty.</p>
+
+<p>These new commotions, and others of more importance which
+shall be noticed in the sequel, proceeded in a great measure from
+the imprudent conduct of the judges themselves, by enforcing the
+observance of the obnoxious regulations which had formerly done
+so much evil during the government of the viceroy Blasco Nunnez
+Vela. Just before his departure from Peru, the president Gasca
+had received fresh orders from his majesty to free the Indians
+from services to their lords: But having experienced that this
+had occasioned the most dangerous commotions in the country, he
+very wisely commanded before his departure that the execution of
+this new order should be suspended. The judges however, saw this
+matter in a different light, and circulated their commands over
+the whole kingdom to enforce this new royal order; which gave
+occasion to the mutinous and disorderly behaviour of the
+soldiery, who were encouraged in their rebellious disposition by
+many persons of consideration, the possessors of allotments of
+lands and Indians, who considered themselves aggrieved.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION II.</p>
+
+<p><i>History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of Don Antonio de
+Mendoza.</i></p>
+
+<p>About this time Don Antonio de Mendoza, the viceroy of Mexico,
+was appointed viceroy of Peru, and landed at Lima, where he was
+received with great demonstration of joy and respect. He was
+accompanied on this occasion by his son, Don Francisco de
+Mendoza, afterwards general of the galleys in Spain. Don Antonio
+was a nobleman of much sanctity, and had greatly impaired his
+health by long abstinence and frequent acts of penance; insomuch
+that his natural heat began to fail, and he was obliged to use
+violent exercise to keep him warm, even in the hot climate of
+Lima. In consequence of his want of health, he deputed his son
+Don Francisco to make a progress through all the cities of the
+kingdom, from Lima to Las Charcas and Potosi, to bring him back a
+faithful representation of the state and condition of the kingdom
+and its mines, to be laid before his majesty; and, after his
+return to Lima, Don Francisco was sent into Spain in 1552, to
+communicate an account of the whole kingdom to the emperor.</p>
+
+<p>About four years before the appointment of the marshal Alonzo
+de Alvarado to the mayoralty and government of Cuzco, a party of
+two hundred soldiers marched from Potosi towards the province of
+Tucuman; most of whom, contrary to the orders of the judges, had
+Indians to carry their baggage. On this occasion, the licentiate
+Esquival, who was governor of Potosi, seized upon one Aguira, who
+had two Indians to carry his baggage; and some days afterwards
+sentenced him to receive two hundred lashes, as he had no money
+to redeem himself from corporal punishment. After this disgrace,
+Aguira refused to proceed along with the rest for the conquest of
+Tucuman, alleging that after the shame which he had suffered,
+death was his only relief. When the period of Esquivals office
+expired, he learnt that Aguira had determined upon assassinating
+him in revenge for the affront he had suffered. Upon which
+Esquival endeavoured to avoid Aguira, by travelling to a great
+distance, but all to no purpose, as Aguira followed him wherever
+he went, for above three years, always travelling on foot without
+shoes or stockings, saying, "That it did not become a whipped
+rascal to ride on horseback, or to appear in the company of men
+of honour." At length Esquival took up his residence in Cuzco,
+believing that Aguira would not dare to attempt anything against
+him in that place, considering that the governor was an impartial
+and inflexible judge: Yet he took every precaution for his
+safety, constantly wearing a coat of mail, and going always armed
+with a sword and dagger, though a man of the law. At length
+Aguira went one day at noon-day to the house of Esquival, whom he
+found asleep, and completed his long resolved revenge by stabbing
+him with his dagger. Aguira was concealed for forty day in a
+hog-stye by two young gentlemen; and after the hue and cry was
+over on account of the murder, they shaved his head and beard,
+and blackened his skin like a negro, by means of a wild fruit
+called <i>Vitoc</i> by the Indians, clothing him in a poor habit,
+and got him away from the city and province of Cuzco in that
+disguise. This deed of revenge was greatly praised by the
+soldiers, who said, if there were many Aguiras in the world, the
+officers of justice would not be so insolent and arbitrary in
+their proceedings.</p>
+
+<p>During a long sickness of the viceroy, in consequence of which
+the government of the country devolved upon the judges of the
+royal audience, they proclaimed in all the cities of Peru that
+the personal services of the Indians should be discontinued,
+pursuant to the royal orders, under severe penalties. This
+occasioned new seditions and mutinies among the Spanish
+colonists, in consequence of which one Lois de Vargas, a
+principal promoter of the disturbances was condemned and
+executed; but as many principal persons of the country were found
+to be implicated, the judges thought fit to proceed no farther in
+the examinations and processes. Even Pedro de Hinojosa was
+suspected of being concerned in these seditious proceedings,
+having been heard to say to some of the discontented soldiers,
+that when he came to Las Charcas he would endeavour to satisfy
+them to the utmost of power. Though these words had no seditious
+tendency, the soldiers who were desirous of rebellion were
+willing to interpret them according to their own evil
+inclinations. On these slight grounds, and because it was known
+that Hinojosa was to go as governor and chief justice of the
+province of Las Charcas, as many of the discontented soldiers as
+were able went to that country, and wrote to their comrades in
+various parts of the kingdom to come there also. Some even of the
+better sort, among whom were Don Sebastian de Castilla, son to
+the Conde de Gomera, with five or six others of rank and quality
+went secretly from Cuzco, taking bye-paths out of the common road
+to prevent them from being pursued by the governor of that city.
+They were induced to this step by Vasco Godinez a ringleader
+among the malcontents, who informed Don Sebastian by a letter in
+cyphers that Hinojosa had promised to become their general.</p>
+
+<p>During these indications of tumult and rebellion, the viceroy
+Don Antonio de Mendoza died, to the great grief and detriment of
+the kingdom. On his death, the entire government of the kingdom
+of Peru devolved on the judges of the royal audience, who
+appointed Gil Ramirez de Avalos, who had been one of the
+gentlemen of the household to the viceroy, governor of the city
+of Lima; and the marshal was sent to command in the new city of
+La Paz, in which neighbourhood his lands and Indians were
+situated.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION III.</p>
+
+<p><i>Narrative of the Troubles in Peru, consequent upon the
+Death of the Viceroy Mendoza.</i>.</p>
+
+<p>At this threatening period, all the soldiers and discontented
+persons of Peru, flocked to Las Charcas, Potosi, and that
+neighbourhood, endeavouring to procure employment about the rich
+mines of that district. Disputes continually arose between the
+soldiers and principal inhabitants and merchants, and duels were
+fought almost daily. In some of these duels, the combatants
+fought naked from the waist upwards, while in others they were
+dressed in crimson taffety waistcoats, that they might not see
+their own blood. I shall only mention the particulars of one of
+these duels, between two famous soldiers, Pero Nunnez, and
+Balthazar Perez, with the former of whom I was acquainted in 1563
+at Madrid, who was then so much disabled in both arms by the
+wounds he received in that duel, that he could scarcely use his
+hands to feed himself.</p>
+
+<p>They fell out respecting some circumstances of a duel that had
+happened a few days before, in which they were seconds. Balthazar
+Perez had Egas de Guzman for his second, one of the greatest
+hectors and bullies of the time; and Hernan Mexia prevailed on
+Pero Nunnez to take him for his second, that he might have an
+opportunity to fight Guzman, who had defamed and spoken lightly
+of Mexia. When Egas de Guzman understood that Mexia was the
+person who was to be opposed to him, he sent a message to Pero
+Nunnez saying, as the principals were gentlemen of family, he
+ought not to debase himself by having a man for his second whose
+mother was a <i>Morisca</i> and sold broiled sardinas in the
+market of Seville. Pero Nunnez, knowing this to be true,
+endeavoured to get Mexia to release his promise, but could not
+prevail. They accordingly went out to fight in a field at some
+distance from Potosi. At the first rencounter of the principals,
+Pero Nunnez struck his adversaries sword to one side, and closing
+upon Perez threw him to the ground, where he cast dust into his
+eyes, and beat him about the face with his fists, but did not
+stab him with his dagger. In the mean time the seconds were
+engaged in another part of the field. Mexia was afraid to close
+with Guzman, knowing him to have great bodily strength, but kept
+him in play by his superior agility, leaping and skipping about,
+yet never coming near enough to wound him. At length, wearied
+with this mode of fighting, Guzman darted his sword at Mexia, who
+looking anxiously to avoid it, gave an opportunity to Guzman to
+close with him, and to give him a wound with his dagger in the
+skull, two fingers deep, where the point of the dagger broke off;
+Mexia became frantic with his wound, and ran about the field like
+a madman; and came up to where the two principals were struggling
+on the ground, where, not minding whom he struck, he gave his own
+principal a slash with his sword, and ran wildly away. Guzman
+came hastily up to the rescue of his own principal, when he heard
+Nunnez say that he had been wounded by his own second, and was
+still continuing to pummel Perez on the face, and to throw dust
+in his eyes. Then Guzman, after harshly reproving Nunnez from
+bringing such a rascal to the field as his second, attacked
+Nunnez with his sword, who defended himself as he best could with
+his arms, till he was left all hacked and hewed on the field,
+streaming with blood from many wounds. Guzman then helped up his
+companion, and taking all the four swords under his arm, took
+Perez on his back who was unable to stand, and carried him to an
+hospital where he desired them to bury him, after which he took
+sanctuary in a church. Nunnez was likewise taken to the hospital,
+where he recovered of his wounds, but Mexia died of the wound in
+his forehead, as the point of the dagger could not be extracted
+from his skull.</p>
+
+<p>When Pedro de Hinojosa took possession of his government of
+Las Charcas in place of Paulo de Meneses, he found a great number
+of soldiers in the country, who were exceedingly troublesome, as
+there were neither sufficient quarters nor provisions for so
+many; on which he took occasion to reprove Martin de Robles and
+Paulo de Menezes, alleging that their quarrels had drawn so many
+soldiers thither, for which reason they ought to provide for
+them, and not allow them to die of famine. So great was the
+confusion and disturbance, that many of the principal inhabitants
+retired from the city to their estates in the country, to avoid
+the violence of the soldiers, who were now come to such a pitch
+of insolence, that they held public meetings, openly avowed their
+cabals and plots, and upbraided Hinojosa with his breach of
+promise, alleging that he had engaged to be their general when he
+should arrive in Las Charcas. They even declared themselves ready
+for an insurrection, offering to put themselves under his
+command. Hinojosa endeavoured to amuse them with hopes, by
+telling them he expected very soon to receive a commission from
+the judges to enlarge their conquests by a new war, which would
+give them an opportunity to rise in arms. Although he had
+formerly let fall some dubious expressions at Lima, which the
+soldiers were disposed to consider as promises of support, he was
+far from any intention of complying with their turbulent and
+rebellions humours. Being now in possession of his government,
+with an estate in lands and Indians worth two hundred thousand
+dollars a-year, he was desirous to enjoy his fortune in peace,
+and not to risk the loss of these riches by a new rebellion,
+which he had gained in the former at the loss of Gonzalo
+Pizarro.</p>
+
+<p>Disappointed in their expectations from Hinojosa, the soldiers
+consulted how to manage their intended rebellion under another
+leader, and agreed to kill Hinojosa and to elect Don Sebastian de
+Castilla as their commander-in-chief; and their design was
+carried on with so little regard to secrecy that it soon became
+publickly known in the city of La Plata. Several persons of
+consideration therefore, who were interested in the peace of the
+country, communicated the intelligence to Hinojosa, advising him
+to take precautions for his security, and to banish these people
+from his government. One Hondegardo a lawyer was particularly
+urgent on this occasion; and offered, if Hinojosa would appoint
+him his deputy for one month, that he would secure both him and
+the city from the threatened danger of insurrection; but Hinojosa
+had so much confidence in the power of his office, and the
+influence of his vast wealth and reputation, that he despised
+every thing that he did not see with his own eyes, and neglected
+all their warnings. Being unable to persuade the governor to
+listen to him, and as the soldiers still proceeded in their
+rebellious designs, and threw out many threatenings against the
+governor, Hondegardo prevailed on the guardian of the Franciscan
+convent to intimate to the governor that he had received
+communications respecting these proposed schemes of the soldiers
+in confession, and to urge him to make judicial examinations into
+the affair and to punish the offenders; yet even this made little
+impression on Hinojosa. Notwithstanding these and other
+intimations of the plot, Hinojosa obstinately refused to attend
+to the suggestions of Hondegardo and others, proudly declaring he
+had only to hold up his hand to make the soldiers tremble before
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Impatient of any longer delay, the conspirators came at length
+to the determination of putting the governor Hinojosa to death,
+and rising in a general insurrection. The principal ringleaders
+in this conspiracy were Don Sebastian de Castilla, Egas de
+Gusman, Basco Godinez, Balthazar Velasquez, and Gomez Hernandez,
+besides several other soldiers of note, most of whom were then
+resident in the city of La Plata. Having arranged their plan of
+operations, Don Sebastian and seven chosen accomplices went one
+morning to the residence of the governor, as soon as his gate was
+opened, to execute their vile purpose. The first person they met
+on entering the house was Alonzo de Castro, the deputy-governor,
+who questioned them on the reason of their present tumultuous
+appearance, as they seemed extremely agitated. They immediately
+put De Castro to death. Then forcing their way into the apartment
+of Hinojosa, they were astonished to find him gone: But after
+some search he was found in a retired corner, and dispatched.</p>
+
+<p>After the death of Hinojosa, the conspirators went out to the
+market-place, proclaiming aloud, God save the king, the tyrant is
+dead! the common watchword in all the rebellions in Peru. Having
+collected all their associates, they seized on Pedro Hernandez
+Paniagua, the person employed by the late president Gasca to
+carry his letters to Gonzalo Pizarro, Juan Ortiz de Zarate,
+Antonio Alvarez, and all the wealthy citizens they could lay hold
+of. Martin de Robles, Paulo de Menezes, and Hondegardo the
+lawyer, against whom they were particularly incensed, made their
+escape. After this, they made proclamation by beat of drum, for
+all citizens and other inhabitants of La Plata, to repair
+immediately to the market-place and enrol themselves under their
+standard; on which Rodrigo de Ordlana, though then sheriff of the
+city, and many others, to the amount of a hundred and fifty-two
+persons, came forwards and inlisted, fearing for their lives in
+case of refusal. Don Sebastian was elected captain-general and
+chief-justice, and some days afterwards he got himself appointed
+mayor of the city: Gomez Hernandez a lawyer was appointed
+recorder; Hernando de Guillado and Garci Tello de Vega, were made
+captains; Juan de Huarte serjeant-major, Pedro de Castillo
+captain of artillery, Alvar Perez Payaz commissary-general, Diego
+Perez high sheriff, and Bartholomew de Santa Ana his deputy.
+Rodrigo de Orellana, and many of the citizens, who now joined the
+rebels, acted merely from fear of losing their lives if they
+refused or even hesitated, though loyal subjects in their
+hearts.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately after the murder of Hinojosa, intelligence was
+sent in various directions of the insurrection, and great numbers
+of malcontents flocked to the city of La Plata to join the
+rebels. Among these was Basco Godinez, who had been a chief
+instigator of the conspiracy, and who seems to have promoted or
+permitted the elevation of Don Sebastian to be commander-in-chief
+merely to use him as an instrument of his own ambition, and to
+screen himself in case of failure at the commencement: For, in a
+very few days, Don Sebastion was put to death by Godinez and a
+few confidential associates; and they immediately proclaimed
+their bloody exploit to the rest of the insurgents, by exclaiming
+God save the king! the tyrant is slain! He even carried his
+dissimulation to such a length, as to erect a court of justice to
+try those who had murdered Hinojosa, in the vain hope of covering
+his own treasonable conduct, and to make himself and his abettors
+appear as loyal subjects. The murder of Hinojosa took place on
+the 6th of March 1553, and the subsequent slaughter of Don
+Sebastian on the eleventh of the same month, only five days
+after.</p>
+
+<p>Godinez and his associates immediately liberated Juan Ortiz de
+Zarate and Pedro Hernandez Paniagua from prison, pretending that
+their great purpose in taking arms was to procure their liberty,
+to deliver the city from the rebels and traitors who would have
+ruined it, and to evince their loyalty to the king. In the next
+place, he called together Zarate, Paniagua, Antonio Alvarez, and
+Martin Monge, the only citizens then remaining in La Plata, whom
+he desired to elect him captain-general of the province, and to
+grant him the vacant lands and Indians which had belonged to
+Hinojosa to enable him to maintain the dignity of that office.
+Not daring to refuse any thing in the present situation of
+affairs, they acceded to his demands, and Godinez was proclaimed
+lord chief-justice, governor, and captain-general of the
+province, and successor to Hinojosa in his great estate and rich
+mines, producing two hundred thousand dollars of yearly revenue.
+After this, Gomez Hernandez the lawyer was appointed
+lieutenant-general of the army; and Juan Ortiz and Pedro de
+Castillo were made captains of foot: pretending on this occasion
+to communicate a share in the administration of government to the
+citizens, which they were constrained to accept. Balthazar
+Velasquez, one of the conspirators, was appointed major-general.
+Next day Martin de Robles, Paulo de Meneses, Diego de Almendras,
+and Diego Velasquez returned to the city, having fled from some
+soldiers that had been sent in search of them by Don Sebastian;
+and were immediately enjoined to concur with the other citizens
+in confirming the appointment of Godinez.</p>
+
+<p>When intelligence of the insurrection of the soldiers in La
+Plata arrived at Cuzco, the citizens put themselves into a
+posture of defence against the enemy; and, with the consent of
+the Cabildo, Diego Maldonado, commonly called the rich, was
+elected governor and captain-general. Garcilasso de la Vega and
+Juan de Saavedra were made captains of horse; and Juan Julio de
+Hojeda, Thomas Vasquez, Antonio de Quinnones, and another whose
+name I have forgot, were made captains of foot. So diligently did
+these officers apply themselves to raise men, that in five days
+Juan Julio de Hojeda marched into the city accompanied by three
+hundred soldiers well armed and appointed. Three days afterwards
+news came of the death of Don Sebastian, by which they flattered
+themselves that the war was ended for the present.</p>
+
+<p>By the end of March intelligence was brought to the judges at
+Lima of the rebellion of Don Sebastian and the murder of
+Hinojosa: Six days afterwards, news came that Egas de Guzman had
+revolted at Potosi; and in four days more advices were brought of
+the destruction of both these rebels; on which there were great
+rejoicings at Lima. On purpose to inquire into the origin of
+these commotions and to bring the ringleaders to condign
+punishment, the judges immediately appointed Alonzo de Alvarado
+chief-justice of Las Charcas, giving him the assistance of Juan
+Fernandez the kings attorney-general, for proceeding against the
+delinquents. By another commission, Alvarado was nominated
+governor and captain-general of Las Charcas and all the
+neighbouring provinces, with full power to levy soldiers, and to
+defray their pay and equipment and all the necessary expences of
+the war, from the royal treasury. Godinez was soon afterwards
+arrested and thrown into prison at La Plata under a strong guard
+by Alonzo Velasquez. Alvarado the new governor, began the
+exercise of his authority in the city of La Paz, where he tried a
+number of rebel soldiers who had concealed themselves on the
+borders of the lake of Titicaca, whence they had been brought
+prisoners by Pedro de Encisco. Some of these were hanged, some
+beheaded, others banished, and others condemned to the gallies.
+Alvarado went next to the city of Potosi, where many of the
+followers of Egas de Guzman had been committed to prison, all of
+whom were treated according to their deserts like those at La
+Paz. Among the rebels at Potosi was one Hernan Perez de Peragua,
+a knight of the order of St John of Malta, who had taken part in
+the rebellion of Don Sebastian. From respect to the order to
+which he belonged, Alvarado only confiscated his lands and
+Indians, and sent him a prisoner to be disposed of by the grand
+master of the order at Malta. It would be tedious to relate the
+names and numbers of those who were tried, hanged, beheaded,
+whipt, and otherwise punished on this occasion: But, from the end
+of June 1553, to the end of November of the same year, the court
+sat daily, and every day four, five, or six were tried and
+condemned, who were all punished according to their sentences
+next day. The unthinking people styled Alvarado a Nero, who could
+thus condemn so many of a day, yet amused himself afterwards with
+the attorney-general in vain and light discourses, as if those
+whom he condemned had been so many capons or turkies to be served
+up at his table. In the month of October, Basco Godinez was put
+upon his trial, for many heinous offences, and was condemned to
+be drawn and quartered. But a stop was put to farther proceedings
+about the end of November, by the news of another rebellion
+raised by Francisco Hernandez Giron, as shall be related in the
+sequel.</p>
+
+<p>"The Indians of Cuzco prognosticated this rebellion openly and
+loudly in the streets, as I heard and saw myself: For the eve
+before the festival of the most holy sacrament, I being then a
+youth, went out to see how the two marketplaces of the city were
+adorned; for at that time the procession passed through no other
+streets but those, though since that time, as I am told, the
+perambulation is double as far as before. Being then at the
+corner of the great chapel of our lady of the <i>Merceds</i>,
+about an hour or two before day, I saw a comet dart from the east
+side of the city towards the mountains of the <i>Antis</i>, so
+great and clear that it enlightened all places round with more
+splendor than a full moon at midnight. Its motion was directly
+downwards, its form was globular, and its dimensions as big as a
+large tower; and coming near the ground, it divided into several
+sparks and streams of fire; and was accompanied with a thunder so
+loud and near as struck many deaf with the clap, and ran from
+east to west; which when the Indians heard and saw, they all
+cried out with one voice, <i>Auca, Auca, Auca</i>, which
+signifies in their language, <i>tyrant, traitor, rebel</i>[44],
+and every thing that may be attributed to a violent and bloody
+traitor. This happened on the nineteenth of June 1553, when the
+feast of our Lord was celebrated; and this prognostication which
+the Indians made, was accomplished on the 13th of November in the
+same year, when Francisco Hernandez Giron began a rebellion,
+which we shall now relate[45]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 44: In the language of Chili at least,
+<i>Auca</i> signifies <i>free</i>, or a <i>freeman</i>; it is
+possible however that in an absolute government, the same term
+may signify a rebel, yet it is a singular stretch of
+interpretation to make it likewise signify a
+tyrant.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 45: This paragraph, within inverted commas,
+is given as a short specimen of the taste of Garcilasso, and the
+respectable talents of his translator, Sir Paul Rycant, in 1688.
+It gives an account of one of these singular meteors or fire
+balls, improperly termed a comet in the text, which some modern
+philosophers are pleased to derive from the moon, and to suppose
+that they are composed of ignited masses of iron alloyed with
+nickel. It were an affront to our readers to comment on the
+ridiculous pretended prognostication so gravely believed by
+Garcilasso Inca.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION IV.</p>
+
+<p><i>Continuation of the Troubles in Peru, to the Viceroyalty of
+the Marquis de Cannete.</i></p>
+
+<p>On the 13th of November 1553, a splendid wedding was
+celebrated at Cuzco, between Alonzo de Loyasa, one of the richest
+inhabitants of the city, and Donna Maria de Castilla, at which
+all the citizens and their wives attended in their best apparel.
+After dinner an entertainment was made in the street, in which
+horsemen threw balls of clay at each other, which I saw from the
+top of a wall opposite the house of Alonzo de Loyasa; and I
+remember to have seen Francisco Hernandez Giron sitting on a
+chair in the hall, with his arms folded on his breast and his
+eyes cast down, the very picture of melancholy, being then
+probably contemplating the transactions in which he was to engage
+that night. In the evening, when the sports were over, the
+company sat down to supper in a lower hall, where at the least
+sixty gentlemen were at table, the ladies being by themselves in
+an inner room, and from a small court-yard between these
+apartments, the dishes were served to both tables. Don Balthazar
+de Castillo, uncle to the bride, acted as usher of the hall at
+this entertainment. I came to the house towards the end of
+supper, to attend my father and stepmother home at night. I went
+to the upper end of the hall, where the governor sat, who was
+pleased to make me sit down on the chair beside him, and reached
+me some comfits and sweet drink, with which boys are best
+pleased, I being then fourteen years of age.</p>
+
+<p>At this instant some once knocked at the door, saying that
+Francisco Hernandez Giron was there; on which Don Balthazar de
+Castillo, who was near the door ordered the door to be opened.
+Giron immediately rushed in, having a drawn sword in his right
+hand, and a buckler on his left arm; accompanied by a companion
+on each side armed with partizans. The guests rose in great
+terror at this unexpected interruption, and Giron addressed them
+in these words: "Gentlemen be not afraid, nor stir from your
+places, as we are all engaged in the present enterprize." The
+governor, Gil Ramirez, immediately retired into the apartment of
+the ladies, by a door on the left hand. Another door led from the
+hall to the kitchen and other offices; and by these two doors a
+considerable number of the guests made their escape. Juan Alonzo
+Palomino, who was obnoxious to Giron for having opposed him in a
+late mutiny, was slain by Diego de Alvarado the lawyer. Juan de
+Morales, a rich merchant and very honest man, was slain while
+endeavouring to put out the candles. My father and a number of
+others, to the number in all of thirty-six, made their escape by
+means of a ladder from the court-yard of Loyasa into that of the
+adjoining house, in which I accompanied them, but the governor
+could not be persuaded to follow them, and was made prisoner by
+the rebels. My father and all the companions of his flight agreed
+to leave the town that night, and endeavour to escape to
+Lima.</p>
+
+<p>Having assembled about an hundred and fifty soldiers, Giron
+assumed the office of commander-in-chief of the <i>army of
+liberty</i>, appointing Diego de Alvarado the lawyer his
+lieutenant-general; Thomas Vasquez, Francisco Nunnez, and Rodrigo
+de Pineda captains of horse; the two last of whom accepted more
+from fear than affection. Juan de Pedrahita, Nuno Mendiola, and
+Diego Gavilan were made captains of foot; Albertos de Ordunna
+standard-bearer, and Antonio Carillo serjeant-major; all of whom
+were ordered to raise soldiers to complete their companies with
+every possible expedition. It being reported through the country
+that the whole citizens of Cuzco had concurred in this rebellion,
+the cities of Guamanga and Arequipa sent deputies to Cuzco,
+desiring to be admitted into the league, that they might jointly
+represent to his majesty the burdensome and oppressive nature of
+the ordinances imposed by the judges in relation to the services
+of the Indians. But when the citizens of Guamanga and Arequipa
+became rightly informed that this rebellion, instead of being the
+act of the Cabildo and all the inhabitants, had been brought
+about by the contrivance of a single individual, they changed
+their resolutions, and prepared to serve his majesty. About this
+time, the arch rebel Giron caused the deposed governor, Gil
+Ramirez, to betaken from prison and escorted forty leagues on his
+way towards Arequipa, and then set free.</p>
+
+<p>Fifteen days after the commencement of the rebellion, finding
+himself at the head of a considerable force, he summoned a
+meeting of all the citizens remaining in Cuzco, at which there
+appeared twenty-five citizens who were lords of Indians, only
+three of whom were intitled from office to sit in that assembly.
+By this meeting, Giron caused himself to be elected procurator,
+captain-general, and chief-justice of Peru, with full power to
+govern and protect the whole kingdom both in war and peace. When
+news of this rebellion was brought to Lima by Hernando Chacon,
+who was foster-brother to Giron, the judges would not credit the
+intelligence, believing it only a false report, to try how the
+people stood affected to the cause, and therefore ordered Chacon
+to be imprisoned; but learning the truth soon afterwards, he was
+set at liberty, and the judges began seriously to provide for
+suppressing the rebellion, appointing officers and commanders to
+raise forces for that purpose. They accordingly sent a commission
+to Alonzo de Alvarado, then at La Plata, constituting him
+captain-general of the royal army against Giron, with unlimited
+power to use the public treasure, and to borrow money for the
+service of the war in case the exchequer should fail to supply
+sufficient for the purpose. Alvarado accordingly appointed such
+officers as he thought proper to serve under him, and gave orders
+to raise men, and to provide arms and ammunition for the war.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the army which they authorized Alvarado to raise and
+command in Las Charcas, the judges thought it necessary to raise
+another army at Lima, of which Santillan, one of themselves and
+the archbishop of Lima were appointed conjunct generals. Orders
+were likewise transmitted to all the cities, commanding all loyal
+subjects to take up arms in the service of his majesty, and a
+general pardon was proclaimed to all who had been engaged in the
+late rebellions, under Gonzalo Pizarro, Don Sebastian de
+Castilla, and others, provided they joined the royal army within
+a certain given time. They likewise suspended the execution of
+the decrees for freeing the Indians from personal services,
+during two years, and repealed several other regulations which
+had given great and general offence to the soldiers and
+inhabitants, and had been the cause of all the commotions and
+rebellions which distracted the kingdom for so long a time.</p>
+
+<p>While these measures were carrying on against him, Hernandez,
+Giron was not negligent of his own concerns. He sent off officers
+with detachments of troops to Arequipa and Guamanga, to induce
+the inhabitants of these cities to join him, and requiring them
+by solemn acts of their cabildos to confirm and acknowledge him
+in the offices he had usurped. He caused the cabildo of Cuzco to
+write letters to the other cities of Peru to concur in his
+elevation and to give assistance in the cause, and wrote many
+letters himself to various individuals in Las Charcas and other
+places, soliciting them to join him. Having collected an army of
+above four hundred men, besides the detachments sent to Guamanga
+and Arequipa, he resolved to march for Lima, to give battle to
+the army of the judges, as he called it, pretending that his own
+was the royal army, and that he acted in the service of his
+majesty. At the first he was undetermined, whether it might not
+be better to march previously against Alvarado, whose party he
+considered to be the weakest, owing to the great and cruel
+severity which that officer had exerted against the adherents of
+the late rebellions: And many judicious persons are of opinion
+that he would have succeeded better if he had first attacked the
+marshal, as in all probability he would have got possession of
+these provinces, and his men would not have deserted from him to
+a person so universally disliked for his cruelty, as they
+afterwards did when they marched towards Lima. He accordingly
+marched from Cuzco and crossed the river Apurimac; immediately
+after which Juan Vera de Mendoza and five others deserted from
+him, re-crossed the bridge, which they burnt to prevent pursuit,
+and returned to Cuzco, where they persuaded about forty of the
+inhabitants to set out for Las Charcas to join the marshal
+Alvarado.</p>
+
+<p>At this time Sancho Duarte who was governor of the city of La
+Paz, raised above two hundred men in the service of his majesty,
+which he divided into two companies, one of horse and the other
+of foot. Giving the command of his infantry to Martin d'Olmos, he
+took the command of the horse himself, and assumed the title of
+general. With this force he set out for Cuzco, intending to march
+against Giron, but not to join the marshal Alvarado that he might
+not submit to his superior command. On his arrival at the bridge
+over the Rio Desaguadero, he learnt that Giron had left Cuzco to
+attack Lima, and proposed to have continued his march for Cuzco
+remaining independent of the marshal. But, in consequence of
+peremptory commands from Alvarado as captain-general, who highly
+disapproved of so many small armies acting separately, he
+returned to his own province.</p>
+
+<p>Pursuing his march for Lima, Hernandez Giron learnt at
+Andahuaylas that the citizens of Guamanga had declared for his
+majesty, at which circumstance he was much disappointed. He
+proceeded however to the river Villca[46], where his scouts and
+those of the royal army encountered. He proceeded however to the
+city of Guamanga, whence he sent orders to Thomas Vasquez to
+rejoin him from Arequipa. Although the inhabitants of that place,
+as formerly mentioned, had written to those of Cuzco offering to
+unite in the insurrection, supposing it the general sense of the
+principal people; they were now ashamed of their conduct, when
+they found the rebellion only proceeded from a few desperate men,
+and declared for the king; so that Vasquez was obliged to return
+without success. Being now at the head of above seven hundred
+men, though disappointed in his expectations of being joined by
+the citizens of Guamanga and Arequipa, Hernandez Giron pursued
+his march for the valley of Jauja; during which march Salvador de
+Lozana, one of his officers, who was detached with forty men to
+scour the country, was made prisoner along with all his party by
+a detachment from the army of the judges.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 46: The river Cangallo is probably here
+meant, which runs through the province of Vilcas to the city of
+Guamanga.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding this unforseen misfortune, Giron continued his
+march to the valley of Pachacamac, only four leagues from Lima,
+where it was resolved in a council of war to endeavour to
+surprise the camp of the royalists near the capital. Intelligence
+of this was conveyed to the judges, who put themselves in a
+posture of defence. Their army at this time consisted of 300
+cavalry, 600 musqueteers, and about 450 men armed with pikes, or
+1350 in all. It may be proper to remark in this place, that, to
+secure the loyalty of the soldiers and inhabitants, the judges
+had proclaimed a suspension of the obnoxious edicts by which the
+Indians were exempted from personal services, and the Spaniards
+were forbidden to make use of them to carry their baggage on
+journeys; and had agreed to send two procurators or deputies to
+implore redress from his majesty from these burdensome
+regulations.</p>
+
+<p>Two days after the arrival of Giron in the valley of
+Pachacamac, a party of his army went out to skirmish with the
+enemy, on which occasion Diego de Selva and four others of
+considerable reputation deserted to the judges. For several days
+afterwards his men continued to abandon him at every opportunity,
+twenty or thirty of them going over at a time to the royal army.
+Afraid that the greater part of his army might follow this
+example, Hernandez Giron found it necessary to retreat from the
+low country and to return to Cuzco, which he did in such haste
+that his soldiers left all their heavy baggage that they might
+not be encumbered in their march. On this alteration of affairs,
+the judges gave orders to Paulo de Meneses to pursue the rebels
+with six hundred select men; but the generals of the royal army
+would not allow of more than a hundred being detached on this
+service. During his retreat, Giron, finding himself not pursued
+by the royalists with any energy, marched with deliberation, but
+so many of his men left him that by the time he reached the
+valley of Chincha his force was reduced to about 500 men. Paulo
+de Meneses, having been reinforced, proposed to follow and harass
+the retreating rebels; but not having accurate intelligence, nor
+keeping sufficient guard, was surprised and defeated by Giron
+with some considerable loss, and obliged to retreat in great
+disorder. Yet Giron was under the necessity to discontinue the
+pursuit, as many of his men deserted to the royalists.</p>
+
+<p>Sensible of the detriment suffered by the royal interests in
+consequence of the disagreement between the present generals,
+Judge Santillan and Archbishop Loyasa, to which the defeat of
+Meneses was obviously owing, these very unfit persons for
+military command were displaced, and Paulo de Meneses was
+invested in the office of commander-in-chief, with Pedro de
+Puertocarrero as his lieutenant-general. This new appointment
+occasioned great discontent in the army, that a person who had
+lost a battle, and rather merited ignominy and punishment for his
+misconduct, should be raised to the chief command. The
+appointment was however persisted in, and it was resolved to
+pursue the enemy with 800 men without baggage.</p>
+
+<p>Hernandez Giron, who retreated by way of the plain towards
+Arequipa, had reached the valley of Nasca, about sixty leagues to
+the southwards of Lima, before the confusion and disputes in the
+royal camp admitted of proper measures being taken for pursuit.
+At this time, the judges gave permission to a sergeant in the
+royal army, who had formerly been in the conspiracy of Diego de
+Royas, to go into the enemys camp disguised as an Indian, under
+pretence of bringing them exact information of the state of
+affairs. But this man went immediately to Hernandez, whom he
+informed of the quarrels among the officers and the discontents
+in the royal army. He likewise informed him that the city of San
+Miguel de Piura had rebelled, and that one Pedro de Orosna was
+coming from the new kingdom of Grenada with a strong party to
+join the rebels in Peru. But to qualify this favourable news for
+the rebels, Giron received notice at the same time that the
+marshal Alvarado was coming against him from Las Charcas with a
+force of twelve hundred men. About this time, on purpose to
+reinforce his army, Giron raised a company of an hundred and
+fifty negroes, which he afterwards augmented to 450, regularly
+divided into companies, to which he appointed captains, and
+allowed them to elect their own ensigns, sergeants, and
+corporals, and to make their own colours.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time, the marshal Alonzo de Alvarado, employed
+himself diligently in Las Charcas to raise men for the royal
+service, and to provide arms, ammunition, provisions, horses, and
+mules, and every thing necessary for taking the field. He
+appointed Don Martin de Almendras, who had married his sister,
+lieutenant-general, Diego de Porras standard-bearer, and Diego de
+Villavicennio major-general. Pera Hernandez Paniagua, Juan Ortiz
+de Zarate, and Don Gabriel de Guzman, were captains of horse. The
+licentiate Polo, Diego de Almendras, Martin de Alarzon, Hernando
+Alvarez de Toledo, Juan Ramon, and Juan de Arreynaga, were
+captains of foot; Gomez Hernandez the lawyer, military alguazil
+or judge-advocate, and Juan Riba Martin commissary-general. His
+force amounted to 750 excellent soldiers, all well armed and
+richly clothed, with numerous attendants, such as had never been
+seen before in Peru. I saw them myself a few days after their
+arrival in Cuzco, when they made a most gallant appearance. While
+on his march to Cuzco from La Plata, Alvarado was joined by
+several parties of ten and twenty together, who came to join him
+in the service of his majesty. On his way to Arequipa he was
+joined by about forty more; and after passing that place, Sancho
+Duarte and Martin d'Olmos joined him from La Paz with more than
+two hundred good soldiers. Besides these, while in the province
+of Cuzco, he was joined by Juan de Saavedra with a squadron of
+eighty five men of the principal interest and fortune in the
+country. On entering Cuzco, Alvarado was above 1200 strong;
+having 300 horse, 350 musqueteers, and about 530 armed with pikes
+and halberts. Not knowing what was become of Giron, Alvarado
+issued orders to repair the bridges over the Apurimac and
+Abancay, intending to pass that way in quest of the rebels. But
+receiving intelligence from the judges, of the defeat of Meneses,
+and that the rebels were encamped in the valley of Nasca, he
+ordered the bridges to be destroyed, and marched by the nearest
+way for Nasca, by way of Parinacocha, in which route he had to
+cross a rocky desert of sixty leagues.</p>
+
+<p>In this march four of the soldiers deserted and went over to
+Hernandez Giron at Nasca, to whom they gave an account of the
+great force with which Alvarado was marching against him, but
+reported in public that the royalists were inconsiderable in
+number. Giron, however, chose to let his soldiers know the truth,
+and addressed his army as follows. "Gentlemen, do not flatter or
+deceive yourselves: There are a thousand men coming against you
+from Lima, and twelve hundred from the mountains. But, with the
+help of God, if you stand firm, I have no doubt of defeating them
+all." Leaving Nasca, Giron marched by way of Lucanas, by the
+mountain road, intending to take post on the lake of Parinacocha
+before Alvarado might be able to reach that place. He accordingly
+left Nasca on the 8th of May[47] for this purpose.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 47: Although Garcilasso omits the date of
+the year, it probably was in 1554, as the rebellion of Giron
+commenced in the November immediately
+preceding.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>In the mean time pursuing his march, Alvarado and his army
+entered upon the desert of <i>Parihuanacocha</i>, where above
+sixty of his best horses died, in consequence of the bad and
+craggy roads, the unhealthiness of the climate, and continued
+tempestuous weather, though led by hand and well covered with
+clothes. When the two armies approached each other, Alvarado sent
+a detachment of an hundred and fifty select musqueteers to attack
+the camp of Giron, and marched forwards with the main body of his
+army to support that detachment. An engagement accordingly took
+place in rough and strong ground, encumbered with trees brushwood
+and rocks, in which the royalists could make no impression on the
+rebels, and were obliged to retire with the loss of forty of
+their best men killed or wounded. In the following night, Juan de
+Piedrahita endeavoured ineffectually to retaliate, by assailing
+the camp of Alvarado, and was obliged to retreat at daybreak.
+Receiving notice from a deserter that the rebel army consisted
+only of about four hundred men, in want of provisions, and most
+of them inclined to revolt from Giron and return to their duty,
+Alvarado determined upon giving battle, contrary to the opinion
+and earnest advice of all his principal officers and followers.
+But so strong was the position of the enemy, and the approaches
+so extremely difficult, that the royal army fell into confusion
+in the attack, and were easily defeated with considerable loss,
+and fled in all directions, many of them being slain by the
+Indians during their dispersed flight.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving the afflicting news of this defeat, the judges
+ordered the army which they had drawn together at Lima to march
+by way of Guamanga against the rebels. In the mean time Giron
+remained for forty days in his camp at Chuquinca, where the
+battle was fought, taking care of his wounded men and of the
+wounded royalists, many of whom now joined his party. He sent off
+however his lieutenant-general towards Cuzco in pursuit of the
+royalists who had fled in that direction, and ordered his
+sergeant-major to go to La Plaz, Chucuito, Potosi, and La Plata,
+to collect men arms and horses for the farther prosecution of the
+war. At length Giron marched into the province of Andahuaylas,
+which he laid waste without mercy, whence he went towards Cuzco
+on receiving intelligence that the army of the judges had passed
+the rivers Abancay and Apurimac on their way to attack him. He
+immediately marched by the valley of Yucay to within a league of
+Cuzco, not being sufficiently strong to resist the royalists; but
+turned off from that city at the persuasion of certain
+astrologers and prognosticators, who declared that his entrance
+there would prove his ruin, as had already happened to many other
+captains, both Spaniards and Indians.</p>
+
+<p>The army of the judges marched on from Guamanga to Cuzco
+unopposed by the rebels, their chief difficulty being in the
+passages of the great rivers, and the transport of eleven pieces
+of artillery, which were carried on the shoulders of Indians, of
+whom ten thousand were required for that service only. Each piece
+of ordinance was fastened on a beam of wood forty feet long,
+under which twenty cross bars were fixed, each about three feet
+long, and to every bar were two Indians, one on each side, who
+carried this load on their shoulders, on pads or cushions, and
+were relieved by a fresh set every two hundred paces. After
+halting five days in the neighbourhood of Cuzco, to refresh the
+army from the fatigues of the march, and to procure provisions
+and other necessaries, the royal army set out in pursuit of the
+rebels to Pucara[48], where the rebels had intrenched themselves
+in a very strong situation, environed on every side with such
+steep and rugged mountains as could not be passed without extreme
+difficulty, more like a wall than natural rocks. The only
+entrance was exceedingly narrow and intricate, so that it could
+easily be defended by a handful of men against an army; but the
+interior of this post was wide and convenient, and sufficient for
+accommodating the rebel army with all the cattle provisions and
+attendants with the utmost ease. The rebels had abundance of
+provisions and ammunition, having the whole country at their
+command since the victory of Chuquinca; besides which their negro
+soldiers brought in provisions daily from the surrounding
+country. The royal army encamped at no great distance in an open
+plain, fortifying the camp with an intrenchment breast-high all
+round, which was soon executed by means of the great numbers of
+Indians who attended to carry the baggage and artillery. Giron
+established a battery of cannon on the top of a rising ground so
+near the royal camp that the balls were able to reach
+considerably beyond the intrenchment: "Yet by the mysterious
+direction of Providence, the rebel cannon, having been cast from
+the consecrated metal of bells dedicated to the service of God,
+did no harm to man or beast."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 48: Pucara is in the province of Lampa,
+near the north-western extremity of the great lake
+Titicaca.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>After a considerable delay, during which daily skirmishes
+passed between the adverse parties, Giron resolved to make a
+night attack upon the camp of the royalists, confiding in the
+prediction of some wise old woman, that he was to gain the
+victory at that place. For this purpose he marched out from his
+natural fortress at the head of eight hundred foot, six hundred
+of whom were musqueteers, and the rest pikemen, with only about
+thirty horse. His negro soldiers, who were about two hundred and
+fifty in number, joined with about seventy Spaniards, were
+ordered to assail the front of the royal camp, while Giron with
+the main body was to attack the rear. Fortunately the judges had
+got notice of this intended assault from two rebel deserters, so
+that the whole royal army was drawn out in order of battle on the
+plain before the rebels got up to the attack. The negro
+detachment arrived at the royal camp sometime before Giron, and,
+finding no resistance, they broke in and killed a great number of
+the Indian followers, and many horses and mules, together with
+five or six Spanish soldiers who had deserted the ranks and
+hidden themselves in the camp. On arriving at the camp, Giron
+fired a whole volley into the fortifications without receiving
+any return; but was astonished when the royal army began to play
+upon the flank of his army from an unexpected quarter, with all
+their musquets and artillery. Giron, being thus disappointed in
+his expectations of taking the enemy by surprise, and finding
+their whole army drawn up to receive him, lost heart and
+retreated back to his strong camp in the best order he could. But
+on this occasion, two hundred of his men, who had formerly served
+under Alvarado, and had been constrained to enter into his
+service after the battle of Chuquinca, threw down their arms and
+revolted to the royalists.</p>
+
+<p>Giron made good his retreat, as the general of the royalists
+would not permit any pursuit during the darkness of the night. In
+this affair, five or six were killed on the side of the judges,
+and about thirty wounded; while the rebels, besides the two
+hundred who revolted, had ten men killed and about the same
+number wounded. On the third day after the battle, Giron sent
+several detachments to skirmish with the enemy, in hopes of
+provoking them to assail his strong camp; but the only
+consequence of this was giving an opportunity to Thomas Vasquez
+and ten or twelve more to go over to the royalists. Heart-broken
+and confounded by these untoward events, and even dreading that
+his own officers had conspired against his life, Giron fled away
+alone from the camp on horseback during the night after the
+desertion of Vasquez. On the appearance of day he found himself
+still near his own camp, whence he desperately adventured to make
+his escape over a mountain covered with snow, where he was nearly
+swallowed up, but at last got through by the goodness of his
+horse. Next morning, the lieutenant-general of the rebels, with
+about an hundred of the most guilty, went off in search of their
+late general; but several others of the leading rebels went over
+to the judges and claimed their pardons, which were granted under
+the great seal.</p>
+
+<p>Next day, Paulo de Meneses, with a select detachment, went in
+pursuit of Diego de Alvarado, the rebel lieutenant-general, who
+was accompanied by about an hundred Spaniards and twenty negroes;
+and came up with them in eight or nine days, when they all
+surrendered without resistance. The general immediately ordered
+Juan Henriquez de Orellana, one of the prisoners, who had been
+executioner in the service of the rebels, to hang and behead
+Diego de Alvarado and ten or twelve of the principal chiefs,
+after which he ordered Orellana to be strangled by two
+negroes.</p>
+
+<p>"I cannot omit one story to shew the impudence of the rebel
+soldiers, which occurred at this time. The very next day after
+the flight of Francisco Hernandez Giron, as my father Garcilasso
+de la Vega was at dinner with eighteen or twenty soldiers, it
+being the custom in time of war for all men of estates to be
+hospitable in this manner according to their abilities; he
+observed among his guests a soldier who had been with Giron from
+the beginning of this rebellion. This man was by trade a
+blacksmith, yet crowded to the table with as much freedom and
+boldness as if he had been a loyal gentleman, and was as richly
+clothed as the most gallant soldier of either army. Seeing him
+sit down with much confidence, my father told him to eat his
+dinner and welcome, but to come no more to his table; as a person
+who would have cut off his head yesterday for a reward from the
+general of the rebels, was not fit company for himself or those
+gentlemen, his friends and wellwishers, and loyal subjects of his
+majesty. Abashed by this address, the poor blacksmith rose and
+departed without his dinner, leaving subject of discourse to the
+guests, who admired at his impudence."</p>
+
+<p>After his flight, Hernandez Giron was rejoined by a
+considerable number of his dispersed soldiers, and took the road
+towards Lima, in hopes of gaining possession of that place in the
+absence of the judges. He was pursued by various detachments, one
+of which came up with him in a strong position on a mountain;
+where all his followers, though more numerous than their
+pursuers, surrendered at discretion, and the arch rebel was made
+prisoner and carried to Lima, where he was capitally punished,
+and his head affixed to the gallows beside those of Gonzalo
+Pizarro and Francisco de Carvajal. This rebellion subsisted from
+the 13th of November 1553, reckoning the day on which Giron was
+executed, thirteen months and some days; so that he received his
+well-merited punishment towards the end of December 1554.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION V.</p>
+
+<p><i>History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of the Marquis del
+Cannete.</i></p>
+
+<p>Immediately after learning the death of Don Antonio de
+Mendoza, his imperial majesty, who was then in Germany, nominated
+the Conde de Palma to succeed to the viceroyalty of Peru: But
+both he and the Conde de Olivares declined to accept. At length
+Don Andres Hurtado de Mendoza, Marquis of Cannete, was appointed
+to the office. Having received his instructions, he departed for
+Peru and arrived at Nombre de Dios, where he resided for some
+time for the purpose of suppressing a band of fugitive negroes,
+called <i>Cimarrones</i> who lived in the mountains, and robbed
+and pillaged the merchants and others on the road between Nombre
+de Dios and Panama. Finding themselves hard pressed by a military
+force sent against them under the command of Pedro de Orsua, the
+negroes at length submitted to articles of accommodation,
+retaining their freedom, and engaging to catch and deliver up all
+negroes that should in future desert from their masters. They
+likewise agreed to live peaceably and quietly within a certain
+district, and were allowed to have free trade with the Spanish
+towns.</p>
+
+<p>Having settled all things properly in the Tierra Firma, the
+viceroy set sail from Panama and landed at Payta on the northern
+confines of Peru, whence he went by land to Lima, where he was
+received in great pomp in the month of July 1557. Soon after the
+instalment of the new viceroy, he appointed officers and
+governors to the several cities and jurisdictions of the kingdom;
+among whom Baptisto Munnoz a lawyer from Spain was sent to
+supersede my father Garcilasso de la Vega in the government of
+Cuzco. In a short time after taking possession of his office,
+Munnoz apprehended Thomas Vasquez, Juan de Piedrahita and Alonzo
+Diaz, who had been ringleaders in the late rebellion, and who
+were privately strangled in prison, notwithstanding the pardons
+they had received in due form from the royal chancery. Their
+plantations and lordships over Indians were confiscated and
+bestowed on other persons. No other processes were issued against
+any of the other persons who had been engaged in the late
+rebellion. But Munnoz instituted a prosecution against his
+predecessor in office, my father, on the four following charges.
+1st, For sporting after the Spanish manner with darts on
+horseback, as unbecoming the gravity of his office. 2d, For going
+on visits without the rod of justice in his hand, by which he
+gave occasion to many to despise and contemn the character with
+which he was invested. 3d, For allowing cards and dice in his
+house during the Christmas holidays, and even playing himself,
+contrary to the dignity becoming the governor. 4th, For employing
+as his clerk one who was not a freeman of the city, nor qualified
+according to the forms of law. Some charges equally frivolous
+were made against Monjaraz, the deputy-governor, not worth
+mentioning; but these processes were not insisted in, and no
+fines or other punishment were inflicted.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after the viceroy was settled in his government, he sent
+Altamirano, judge in the court of chancery at Lima, to supersede
+Martin de Robles in the government of the city of La Plata. De
+Robles was then so old and bowed down with infirmities, that he
+was unable to have his sword girt to his side, and had it carried
+after him by an Indian page; yet Altamirano, almost immediately
+after taking possession of his government, hanged Martin de
+Robles in the market-place, on some pretended charge of having
+used certain words respecting the viceroy that had a rebellious
+tendency. About the same time the viceroy apprehended and
+deported to Spain about thirty-seven of those who had most
+eminently distinguished their loyalty in suppressing the late
+rebellion, chiefly because they solicited rewards for their
+services and remuneration for the great expences they had been at
+during the war, and refused to marry certain women who had been
+brought from Spain by the viceroy as wives to the colonists, many
+of whom were known to be common strumpets.</p>
+
+<p>The next object which occupied the attention of the viceroy
+was to endeavour to prevail upon Sayri Tupac, the nominal Inca or
+king of the Peruvians, to quit the mountains in which he had
+taken refuge, and to live among the Spaniards, under promise of a
+sufficient allowance to maintain his family and equipage. Sayri
+Tupac was the son and heir of Manco Capac, otherwise called Menco
+Saca, who had been killed by the Spaniards after delivering them
+out of the hands of their enemies. After a long negociation, the
+Inca Sayri Tupac came to Lima where he was honourably received
+and entertained by the viceroy, who settled an insignificant
+pension upon him according to promise. After remaining a short
+time in Lima, the Inca was permitted by the viceroy to return to
+Cuzco, where he took up his residence in the house of his aunt
+Donna Beatrix Coya, which was directly behind my fathers
+dwelling, and where he was visited by all the men and women of
+the royal blood of the Incas who resided in Cuzco. The Inca was
+soon afterwards baptized along with his wife, Cusi Huarcay, the
+niece of the former Inca Huascar. This took place in the year
+1558; and about three years afterwards he died, leaving a
+daughter who was afterwards married to a Spaniard named Martin
+Garcia de Loyola.</p>
+
+<p>Having settled all things in the kingdom to his satisfaction,
+by the punishment of those who had been concerned in the
+rebellion under Giron, and the settlement of the Inca under the
+protection and superintendence of the Spanish government; the
+viceroy raised a permanent force of seventy lancers or cavalry,
+and two hundred musqueteers, to secure the peace of the kingdom,
+and to guard his own person and the courts of justice. The
+horsemen of this guard were allowed each a thousand, and the foot
+soldiers five hundred, dollars yearly. Much about the same time,
+Alonzo de Alvarado, Juan Julio de Hojeda, my lord and father
+Garcilasso de la Vega, and Lorenzo de Aldana died. These four
+gentlemen were all of the ancient conquerors of Peru who died by
+natural deaths, and were all greatly lamented by the people for
+their virtuous honourable and good characters. All the other
+conquerors either died in battle, or were cut off by other
+violent deaths, in the various civil wars and rebellions by which
+the kingdom was so long distracted.</p>
+
+<p>On the arrival of those persons in Spain who had been sent out
+of Peru by the viceroy for demanding rewards for their services,
+they petitioned the king, Don Philip II, for redress; who was
+graciously pleased to give pensions to as many of them as chose
+to return to Peru, to be paid from the royal exchequer in that
+kingdom, that they might not need to address themselves to the
+viceroy. Such as chose to remain in Spain, he gratified with
+pensions upon the custom-house in Seville; the smallest being 80
+ducats yearly, to some 600, to some 800, 1000, and 1200 ducats,
+according to their merits and services. About the same time
+likewise, his majesty was pleased to nominate Don Diego de
+Azevedo as viceroy of Peru, to supersede the Marquis of Cannete;
+but, while preparing for his voyage, he died, to the great grief
+of all the colonists of the kingdom. The Marquis of Cannete was
+much astonished when those men whom he had banished from Peru for
+demanding rewards for their past services, came back with royal
+warrants for pensions on the exchequer of that kingdom, and still
+more so when he learnt that another person was appointed to
+succeed him in the office of viceroy. On this occasion he laid
+aside his former haughtiness and severity, and became gentle and
+lenient in his disposition and conduct for the rest of his days;
+so that, if he had begun as he ended his administration, he would
+have proved the best governor that ever commanded in the New
+World. On seeing this change of conduct, the heirs of those
+citizens who had been executed for having engaged in the
+rebellion of Giron, laid the pardons obtained by their fathers
+before the judges of the royal audience, and made reclamation of
+the estates which had been confiscated, and even succeeded in
+having their lands and Indians restored, together with all other
+confiscations which had been ordered at the first coming over of
+the viceroy.</p>
+
+<p>At this time likewise, the viceroy gave a commission to Pedro
+de Orsua, to make a conquest of the country of the Amazons on the
+river Marannon, being the same country in which Orellana deserted
+Gonzalo Pizarro, as formerly related. Orsua went to Quito to
+raise soldiers, and to provide arms and provisions, in which he
+was greatly assisted by contributions from the citizens of Cuzco,
+Quito and other cities of Peru. Orsua set out accordingly on his
+expedition, with a well appointed force of five hundred men, a
+considerable proportion of which was cavalry. But he was slain by
+his own men, at the instigation of Don Fernando de Guzman and
+some others, who set up Don Fernando as their king, yet put him
+to death shortly afterwards. Lope de Aguira then assumed the
+command, but the whole plan of conquest fell to the ground, and
+Aguira and far the greater part of the men engaged in this
+expedition were slain.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VI.</p>
+
+<p><i>Incidents in the History of Peru, during the successive
+Governments of the Conde de Nieva, Lope Garcia de Castro, and Don
+Francisco de Toledo.</i></p>
+
+<p>On the death of Don Diego de Azevedo, Don Diego de Zuniga by
+Velasco, Conde de Nieva, was appointed to supersede the Marquis
+of Cannete as viceroy of Peru, and departing from Spain to assume
+his new office in January 1560, he arrived at Payta in Peru in
+the month of April following. He immediately dispatched a letter
+to the marquis informing him of his arrival in the kingdom as
+viceroy, and requiring the marquis to desist from any farther
+exercise of authority. On the arrival of the messenger at Lima,
+the marquis ordered him to be honourably entertained, and to
+receive a handsome gratification, to the value of 7000 dollars;
+but he forfeited all these advantages, by refusing to address the
+ex-viceroy by the title of excellency. This slight, which had
+been directed by the new viceroy, so pressed on the spirits of
+the marquis, already much reduced by the infirmities of age and
+the ravages of a mortal distemper, that he fell into a deep
+melancholy, and ended his days before the arrival of his
+successor at Lima.</p>
+
+<p>The Conde de Nieva did not long enjoy the happiness he
+expected in his government, and he came by his death not many
+months afterwards by means of a strange accident, of which he was
+himself the cause; but as it was of a scandalous nature I do not
+chuse to relate the particulars. On receiving notice of his
+death, King Philip II. was pleased to appoint the lawyer Lope
+Garcia de Castro, who was then president of the royal council of
+the Indies, to succeed to the government of Peru, with the title
+only of president of the court of royal audience and
+governor-general of the kingdom. He governed the kingdom with
+much wisdom and moderation, and lived to return into Spain, where
+he was replaced in his former situation of president of the
+council of the Indies.</p>
+
+<p>Don Francisco de Toledo, second son of the Conde de Oropeta,
+succeeded Lope Garcia de Castro in the government of Peru, with
+the tide of viceroy. He had scarcely been two years established
+in the government, when he resolved to entice from the mountains
+of Villcapampa[49] where he resided, the Inca Tupac Amaru, the
+legitimate heir of the Peruvian empire, being the son of Manco
+Inca, and next brother to the late Don Diego Sayri Tupac, who
+left no son. The viceroy was induced to attempt this measure, on
+purpose to put a stop to the frequent robberies which were
+committed by the Indians dependent on the Inca, in the roads
+between Cuzco and Guamanga, and in hope of procuring information
+respecting the treasures which had belonged to former Incas and
+the great chain of gold belonging to Huayna Capac, formerly
+mentioned, all of which it was alleged was concealed by the
+Indians. Being unable to prevail upon the Inca to put himself in
+the power of the Spaniards, a force of two hundred and fifty men
+was detached into the Villcapampa, under the command of Martin
+Garcia Loyola, to whom the Inca surrendered himself, with his
+wife, two sons, and a daughter, who were all carried prisoners to
+Cuzco.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 49: The river Quiliabamba, otherwise called
+Urabamba and Vilcamayo is to the north of Cuzco, and to the north
+of that river one of the chains of the Andes is named the chain
+of Cuzco or of the rebel Indians. This is probably the
+mountainous region mentioned in the text.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The unfortunate Inca was arraigned by the attorney-general, of
+having encouraged his servants and vassals to infest the roads
+and to rob the Spanish merchants, of having declared enmity
+against all who lived or inhabited among the Spaniards, and of
+having entered into a plot with the Caracas or Caciques, who were
+lords of districts and Indians by ancient grants of the former
+Incas, to rise in arms on a certain day and to kill all the
+Spaniards they could find. At the same time a general accusation
+was made against all the males of mixed race, born of Indian
+mothers to the Spanish conquerors, who were alleged to have
+secretly agreed with Tupac Amaru and other Incas to make an
+insurrection for extirpating the Spaniards and restoring the
+native, Inca to the throne of Peru. In consequence of this
+accusation, all the sons of Spaniards by Indian women who were of
+age sufficient to carry arms were committed to prison, and many
+of them were put to the torture to extort confession of these
+alleged crimes, for which they had no proof or evidence
+whatsoever. Many of them were accordingly banished to various
+remote parts of the New World, as to Chili, the new kingdom of
+Granada, the West India islands, Panama, and Nicaragua, and
+others were sent into Spain.</p>
+
+<p>All the males of the royal line of the Incas, who were in the
+capacity of being able to succeed to the throne, to the number of
+thirty-six persons, together with the two sons and the daughter
+of the Inca Tupac Amaru, were commanded to reside for the future
+in Lima, where in little more than two years they all died except
+three, who were permitted to return to their own houses for purer
+air: But even these three were beyond recovery, and died soon
+afterwards. One of these, Don Carlos Paula, left a son who died
+in Spain in 1610, leaving one son a few months old who died next
+year; and in him ended the entire male line of the Incas of
+Peru.</p>
+
+<p>Tupac Amaru was brought to trial, under pretence that he
+intended to rebel, and had engaged in a conspiracy with several
+Indians, and with the sons of Spaniards born of Indian mothers,
+intending to have dispossessed his majesty Philip II of the
+kingdom of Peru. On this unfounded accusation, and on the most
+inconclusive evidence, he was condemned to lose his head. Upon
+notice of this sentence, the friars of Cuzco flocked to prison,
+and persuaded the unfortunate prince to receive baptism, on which
+he assumed the name of Don Philip. Though the Inca earnestly
+entreated to be sent to Spain, and urged the absurdity and
+impossibility that he could ever intend to rebel against the
+numerous Spanish colonists who now occupied the whole country of
+Peru, seeing that his father with 200,000 men was utterly unable
+to overcome only 200 Spaniards whom he besieged in the city of
+Cuzco; yet the viceroy thought fit to order the sentence to be
+carried into execution. The Inca was accordingly brought out of
+prison, mounted on a mule, having his bands tied and a halter
+about his neck, and being conducted to the ordinary place of
+execution in the city of Cuzco, his head was cut off by the
+public executioner.</p>
+
+<p>After continuing sixteen years in the viceroyalty of Peru, Don
+Francisco de Toledo returned into Spain, with a fortune of above
+half a million of pesos. Falling under the displeasure of the
+king, he was ordered to confine himself to his own house, and all
+his fortune was laid under sequestration, which so affected his
+mind that he soon died of a broken heart. Martin Garcia Loyola,
+who made the Inca prisoner, was married to a coya, the daughter
+of the former Inca Sayri Tupac, by whom he acquired a
+considerable estate; and being afterwards made governor of Chili,
+was slain in that country by the natives.</p>
+
+<p>END OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU.</p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter2-9" id="chapter2-9">CHAPTER IX.</a></h2>
+
+<p><b>HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST OF CHILI</b></p>
+
+<p>INTRODUCTION.</p>
+
+<p>Not having the advantage of any original and contemporary
+author to lay before our readers on this occasion, it was at
+first our intention to have omitted any notice of Chili in the
+present division of this work: But under the existing and
+important circumstances of the Spanish American colonies, to
+which some allusion has been already made in the introduction to
+the preceding chapter, it has been deemed proper to deviate on
+this occasion from our general principle, and to endeavour to
+draw up a short satisfactory account of the Discovery and
+Conquest of Chili, and of the early History of that interesting
+region, the most distant of all the early European colonies in
+the New World, and which presents the singular and solitary
+phenomenon, of a native nation inhabiting a fertile and champaign
+country, successfully resisting the arts, discipline, and arms of
+Europeans, and remaining unconquered and independent to the
+present day, after the almost perpetual efforts of the Spaniards
+during a period of 277 years.</p>
+
+<p>In the composition of this chapter, we have been chiefly
+guided by the geographical natural and civil history of Chili, by
+the Abbe Don Juan Ignatio Molina, a native of the country, and a
+member of the late celebrated order of the Jesuits. On the
+dissolution of that order, being expelled along with all his
+brethren from the Spanish dominions, he went to reside at Bologna
+in Italy, where in 1787 he published the first part of his work,
+containing the natural history of Chili, and the second part, or
+civil history, some years afterwards. This work was translated
+and published some years ago in the United States of North
+America; and was republished in London in the year 1809, with the
+addition of several notes and appendixes from various sources by
+the English editor. In the present abridged version of the second
+part of that work, or civil history of Chili, we have collated
+the whole with An Historical Relation of the Kingdom of Chili, by
+Alonzo de Ovalle, or Ovaglia, likewise a native and a Jesuit,
+printed at Rome in 1649, of which an English translation is
+inserted in Churchill's collection of voyages and travels, Vol.
+III. p. 1-146. In other divisions of this work, more minute
+accounts will be furnished, respecting the country of Chili and
+its inhabitants and productions, by means of several voyages to
+that distant and interesting country.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION I.</p>
+
+<p><i>Geographical View of the Kingdom of Chili.</i></p>
+
+<p>The kingdom of Chili in South America, is situated on the
+coast of the Pacific Ocean or Great South Sea, between 24&deg;
+and 45&deg; of south latitude, and between 68&deg; 40&acute; and
+74&deg; 20&acute; of west longitude from Greenwich; but as its
+direction is oblique from N.N.E. to S.S.W. between the Andes on
+the east and the Pacific Ocean on the west, the middle of its
+northern extremity is in 70&deg;, and of its southern termination
+in about 73&deg; of W. longitude. Its extreme length therefore is
+1260 geographical, or 1450 statute miles; but its breadth varies
+considerably, as the Andes approach or recede from the sea. In
+the more northern parts, between the latitudes of 24&deg; and
+32&deg; S. the average breadth is about two degrees, or nearly
+140 English miles. Its greatest breadth in lat. 37&deg; S. is
+about 220 miles; whence it grows again narrower, and the
+continental part of the country, opposite to the Archipelago of
+Chiloe, varies from about 50 to 100 miles. These measures are all
+assumed as between the main ridge of the Andes and the sea; but
+in many places these mountains extend from 60 to 100 miles
+farther towards the east, and, being inhabited by natives of the
+same race with the indigenous Chilese, or confederated with them,
+that transalpine region may be likewise considered as belonging
+to Chili.</p>
+
+<p>Chili is bounded on the north by Peru, whence its lower or
+plain country, between the Andes and the Pacific, is divided by
+the extensive and arid desert of Atacama. On the east it is
+separated by the lofty chain of the southern Andes, from the
+countries of Tucuman, Cujo, and Patagonia, on the waters which
+run towards the Southern Atlantic. Through these lofty and almost
+impracticable mountains, there are eight or nine roads which lead
+from Chili towards the east, into the vast plains which depend
+upon the viceroyalty of La Plata, all of which are exceedingly
+difficult and even dangerous. The most frequented of these roads
+is that which leads from the province of Aconcagua in Chili to
+Cujo, running along the deep ravines of the rivers Chillan and
+Mendoza, bordered on one side by deep precipices overhanging
+these rivers, and on the other by lofty and almost perpendicular
+mountains. Both of these rivers derive their origin from the
+Alpine vallies of the Andes, the former running westwards to the
+Pacific; while the latter takes a much longer course towards the
+Southern Atlantic. This road requires at least eight days journey
+to get across the mountain range, and is so narrow and
+incommodious, that travellers are obliged in many places to quit
+their mules and proceed on foot, and every year some loaded mules
+are precipitated from this road into the rivers below. In some
+places the road passes over agreeable plains among the mountains,
+and in these the travellers halt for rest and refreshment. In
+these vallies, when the Incas conquered the northern provinces of
+Chili, before the coming of the Spaniards, they caused some
+<i>tambos</i> or stone houses to be constructed for the
+accommodation of their officers. Some of these are ruined but
+others remain entire, and the Spaniards have built some more for
+the convenience of travellers.</p>
+
+<p>On the west side Chili is bounded throughout its whole extent
+by the shores of the Pacific Ocean; and on the south it joins
+with the southern land usually called the Terra Magellanica, from
+the name of the navigator, Magellan or Magelhaens, who first
+circumnavigated the continent of South America, and opened the
+way by sea from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean, through the
+Straits which are still known by his name.</p>
+
+<p>Chili may be considered under three natural divisions. The
+country of Chili Proper, between the main ridge of the Andes and
+the sea: The Andes themselves, from the main ridge eastwards to
+the plain country of La Plata, and the Chilese islands. Chili
+Proper, or that which lies between the main ridge of the Andes
+and the Pacific, is usually distinguished into the Maritime and
+Midland countries. The Maritime country is intersected by three
+chains of hills, running parallel to the Andes, between which are
+many fine vallies which are watered by delightful rivers. The
+Midland country consists almost entirely of a uniform plain of
+considerable elevation, having a few isolated hills interspersed
+which add much to its beauty. The Andes, which are among the
+loftiest mountains in the world, are mostly about 120 miles from
+east to west, in that part of their course which belongs to
+Chili, consisting of a vast number of mountains of prodigious
+height, as if chained together, and displaying all the beauties
+and horrors of the most sublime and picturesque grandeur,
+abounding everywhere with frightful precipices, interspersed with
+many fine vallies and fertile pastures, watered by numerous
+streams and rivers which rise in the mountains. Between the
+latitudes of 24&deg; and 33&deg; south, the Andes are entirely
+desert and uninhabited; but the remainder as far as 45&deg; S. is
+inhabited by various tribes or colonies of the Chilese, called
+Chiquillanes, Pehuenches, Puelches, and Huilliches, which are
+commonly known under the general appellation of Patagonians.</p>
+
+<p>S1. <i>Chili Proper.</i></p>
+
+<p>The political divisions of Chili consist of that part which
+has been conquered by the Spaniards, and that which still remains
+independent in the possession of the natives. The Spanish portion
+is situated between the latitudes of 24&deg; and 37&deg; south,
+and is divided into thirteen provinces; of which the following is
+an enumeration, with a short account of each, beginning on the
+north, at the desert of Atacama or frontiers of Peru. In each of
+these a <i>corregidor</i>, or deputy-governor resides, to whose
+command the civil and military officers of the province are
+subordinate, and on whom the respective cabildos or municipal
+magistracies are dependent.</p>
+
+<p>1. <i>Copaipo</i>, is bounded on the north by the great desert
+of Atacama, on the east by the Andes, on the south by Coquimbo,
+and on the west by the Pacific. It is about 300 English miles
+long by 120 in breath. It contains the rivers Salado, Juncal,
+Chineral, Copaipo, Castagno, Totoral, Quebradaponda, Guasco, and
+Chollai. This province abounds in gold, lapis lazuli, sulphur,
+and fossile salt, which last is found in almost all the mountains
+of the Andes on its eastern frontiers. Copaipo its capital is in
+lat. 27&deg; 15&acute; S. and long. 70&deg; 53&acute; W. The
+northern part of this province, beyond the river Juncal is hardly
+inhabited, except by hunters of the Vicugnas, which they catch by
+means of large palisaded inclosures. Besides lead mines to the
+north of the river Copaipo, there are several silver mines in
+this province, and some sugar is made in the valley of the
+Totoral. This province has five ports, at Juncal, Chineral,
+Caldera, Copaipo, and Huasca, or Guasco. The chief town, Copaipo,
+situated on the river of the same name, contains a parish church,
+a convent of the order of Mercy, and a college which formerly
+belonged to the Jesuits. The town of San Francisco della Salva,
+stands on the same river about sixty miles farther inland.</p>
+
+<p>2. <i>Coquimbo</i>, which is divided from Copaipo by the river
+Huasca or Guasco, is the next province towards the south. It is
+accordingly bounded on the north by Copaipo, on the east by the
+Andes, on the south-east by Aconcagua, on the south-west by
+Quillota, and on the west by the Pacific. It is about 135 miles
+from north to south, and 120 from east to west. Its principal
+rivers are the Coquimbo, Tongoi, Limari, and Chuapa. Its capital
+is called Coquimbo, or <i>La Serena</i>, founded in 1544 by
+Valdivia at the mouth of the river Coquimbo in lat. 29&deg; 53' S
+long. 71&deg; 12' W. This city is the residence of several
+ancient and honourable families, and is situated in a delightful
+country and charming climate; such being the mild temperature of
+the air, that though rain seldom falls, the surrounding country
+is continually verdant. This province is rich in gold, copper,
+and iron, and its fertile soil produces grapes, olives, and other
+fruits in great abundance, both those belonging to Europe, and
+such as are natural to the country.</p>
+
+<p>3. <i>Quillota</i>, is bounded on the north by Coquimbo, on
+the east by the province of Aconcagua, on the south by Melipilla,
+and on the west by the sea. Its chief rivers are the Longotoma,
+Ligua, Aconcagua, and Limache; and its territory is among the
+most populous and most abundant in gold of any in Chili. The
+capital, called Quillota or San Martin, stands in a pleasant
+valley, in lat. 32&deg; 42' S. and long. 71&deg; W. having three
+churches dedicated to the saints Dominic, Francis, and Augustine.
+The province likewise contains the cities of Plazza, Plazilla,
+Ingenio, Cassablanca, and Petorca; which last is very populous,
+owing to the resort of great numbers of miners who work in the
+celebrated gold mines in the neighbourhood. Valparaiso, or
+Valparadiso, the most celebrated and most commercial harbour in
+Chili is in this province, from whence all the trade is carried
+on with Peru and Spain. The harbour is very capacious, and so
+deep that large ships can lie close to the shore. Its convenience
+for trade, and the salubrity of its climate, have rendered this a
+place of considerable resort; so that besides the city, which is
+three miles from the port, there is a populous town along the
+shore of the harbour, called Almendral, in which those belonging
+to the shipping mostly reside. A deputy-governor or corregidor
+sent directly from Spain resides here, who has the command of the
+civil and military officers of the city, and is only amenable to
+the president of Chili.</p>
+
+<p>4. <i>Aconcagua</i>, is inclosed between the provinces of
+Coquimbo, Quillota, Santiago, and the Andes, being entirely
+inland and communicating with the sea through the former
+province, the same rivers belonging to both. The celebrated
+silver mines of Uspalata are in the Andes belonging to this
+province, which likewise are productive of excellent copper, and
+its lower grounds are fertile in grain and fruit. Aconcagua or
+San Filippe, the capital, is in lat. 32&deg; 18' S. and long.
+69&deg; 55' W.</p>
+
+<p>5. <i>Melipilla</i>, is bounded on the north by Quillota, on
+the east by Santiago, on the south by the river Maypo dividing it
+from Rancagua, and on the west by the Pacific. Its rivers are the
+Mapocho and Poangue, and its territory abounds in wine and grain.
+Melipilla, or San Joseph de Logronno, on the river Maypo, in lat
+33&deg; 36' S long. 70&deg; 42' W. is the chief town of the
+province, and is but thinly inhabited, though in a beautiful
+situation and fertile country, as most of the principal
+proprietors reside in the neighbouring city of St Jago, the
+capital of the kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>6. <i>St Jago</i>, or <i>San Jacopo</i>, is entirely inland,
+having the province of Aconcagua on the north, the Andes on the
+east, the river Maypo to the south, and Melipilla to the west.
+This is a small province, being only 45 miles from east to west,
+and 36 from north to south. Besides the rivers Mapocho, Colina,
+and Zampa, with several other beautiful streams, it contains the
+lake of Pudaguel which is about nine miles long. This province is
+very fertile, producing abundance of grain and wine, with fine
+fruits, especially peaches of exquisite flavour and large size.
+The inferior mountains of Caren abound in gold, and in the Andes
+belonging to this province there are mines of silver. Tin is
+likewise said to be found in the province. The beautiful city of
+St Jago, the capital of the province and of the kingdom of Chili,
+which was founded in 1541 by Pedro de Valdivia, stands in an
+extensive and beautiful plain, on the left bank of the river
+Mapocho, in lat 33&deg; 16' S. long. 69&deg; 48' W. having the
+suburbs of Chimba, Cannadilla, and Renca on the opposite side of
+the river. Both sides of the river are guarded by stone quay
+walls of considerable height to prevent inundations, and a fine
+bridge connects the city with its suburbs. St Jago is about 90
+miles from the sea, and about 20 from the foot of the main ridge
+of the Andes, whose lofty summits clad in perpetual snow form a
+fine contract with the continual verdure of a beautiful
+surrounding district. The streets are all in straight lines,
+thirty-six feet broad, and intersecting each other at right
+angles, and every house is amply supplied with excellent water by
+means of several aqueducts. The great square is 450 feet in
+extent on all its sides, having a bronze fountain in the centre.
+The north side of this square is occupied by the palace of the
+president and the public offices, beneath which is the prison. On
+the south side is the palace of the Conde dell Sierra-bella. The
+west side is occupied by the cathedral and the palace of the
+archbishop; and the east side contains the palaces of three
+noblemen. The other most remarkable buildings are the church of
+San Domingo, and that formerly belonging to the college of
+Jesuits. Though convenient and handsomely built, the private
+houses are generally of one story only, on account of frequent
+earthquakes. On the south side of the city, from which it is
+separated by a street called the Cannada, 144 feet broad, is the
+large suburb of St Isidore. On a hill in the eastern part of the
+city, called Santa Lucia, there formerly stood a fortress to
+guard against attacks of the Indians. This city contained in 1770
+a population of 46,000 inhabitants, which was rapidly increasing.
+Besides the cathedral and three other parish churches, there are
+two convents of Dominican friars, four of Franciscans, two of
+Augustins, two of the order of Mercy, and one belonging to the
+brothers of Charity, with an hospital, seven nunneries, a female
+penitentiary, a foundling hospital, a college for the nobility
+formerly under the direction of the Jesuits, and a Tridentine
+seminary. It contains also an university, a mint for coining gold
+and silver, and barracks for the soldiers who are maintained as
+guards to the president and royal audience.</p>
+
+<p>7. <i>Rancagua</i>, is bounded on the north by the river Maypo
+and by the Chachapoal on the south, by the Andes on the east, and
+the Pacific on the west. Besides the former rivers, it is watered
+by the Codegua and Chocalan, and some others of less importance;
+and contains the lakes of Aculen and Buccalemu, of no great
+importance. This province is fertile in grain, and its chief
+town, Santa Croce di Trianna, otherwise called Rancagua, is in
+lat. 34&deg; 18' S. long. 70&deg; 16' W. Near Alque, a town
+recently founded about 24 miles nearer the sea, there is a very
+rich gold mine.</p>
+
+<p>8. <i>Calchagua</i>, between the rivers Chachapoal and Teno,
+extends from the Andes to the sea, its breadth from north to
+south near the Andes being about 75 miles, while on the coast of
+the Pacific it does not exceed 40. Besides the rivers which form
+its boundaries, its territory is watered by the Rio Clarillo,
+Tinguiririca, and Chimbarongo; and in this province there are two
+considerable lakes, named Taguatagua and Caguil, the former being
+interspersed with beautiful islands, and the latter abounding
+with large clamps[50], which, are much esteemed. This province,
+which is fertile in grain, wine, and fruits, and abounds in gold,
+is part of the territories of the native tribe of the
+Promaucians, whose name is said to signify <i>the people of
+delight</i>, so called from the beauty and fertility of their
+country. The chief town San Fernando, built only in 1742, is in
+lat. 34&deg; 36' S. long. 70&deg; 34' W.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 50: Thus expressed by the translator of
+Molina, and probably some fresh water
+shell-fish.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>9. <i>Maule</i>, the next province to the south, is bounded on
+the east by the Andes, on the south-east by Chillan, on the
+south-west by Itata, and on the west by the Pacific. It is about
+176 miles from east to west, and about 120 from north to south
+where broadest; and is watered by the Lantue, Rio Claro, Pangue,
+Lircai, Huenchullami, Maule, Putagan, Achiguema, Longavi,
+Loncamilla, Purapel, and other inferior rivers. It abounds in
+grain, wine, fruits, gold, salt, cattle, and fish; which last are
+found in great quantities both in the sea and rivers. Its native
+inhabitants are brave, robust, and warlike, and are principally
+descended from the ancient Promaucians. Talca, or St Augustin,
+built in 1742 among hills near the Rio-claro, at a considerable
+distance from the sea, is in lat. 35&deg; 18' S. long. 70&deg;
+48' W. Its population is considerable, owing to the proximity of
+rich gold mines, and the abundance and cheapness of provisions
+supplied by its territory. From this last circumstance, several
+noble families from the cities of St Jago and Conception, whose
+finances had become diminished, have retired to this place, which
+has in consequence been called the bankrupt colony. There are
+several other towns in this province, and many villages of the
+native Chilese; among these Laro, near the mouth of the river
+Mataquito, contains a numerous population of the Promaucian
+nation, and is governed by an <i>Ulmen</i> or native chief.</p>
+
+<p>10. <i>Itata</i>, situated on the sea-coast, has Maule on the
+north, Chillan on the east, Puchacay on the south, and the
+Pacific on the west. It measures 60 miles from east to west, and
+about 33 from north to south, and is intersected by the river
+Itata, from which it derives its name. The best wine of Chili is
+made in this province, and being produced on lands belonging to
+citizens of the city of Conception, is usually known by the name
+of Conception wine. Its chief town named Coulemu, or Nombre de
+Jesus, stands on the Rio Jesus, in lat. 35&deg; 58' S. long.
+72&deg; 38' W. and was founded in 1743..</p>
+
+<p>11. <i>Chillan</i>, bounded on the north, by Maule, by the
+Andes on the east, on the south by Huilquilemu, and by Itata on
+the west, is entirety an inland province, about the same size
+with Itata. Its rivers are the Nuble, Cato, Chillan, Diguillin,
+and Dannicalquin. Its territory consists mostly of an elevated
+plain, particularly favourable for rearing sheep, which produce
+wool of a very fine quality. Its capital, Chillan or San
+Bartholomeo, in lat. 35&deg; 54' S. long. 71&deg; 30&acute; W.
+was founded in 1580. It has been several times destroyed by the
+Araucanians, and was overthrown by an earthquake and inundation
+in 1751; since which it has been rebuilt in a more convenient
+situation, out of danger from the river.</p>
+
+<p>12. <i>Puchacay</i>, is bounded on the north by Itata, on the
+east by Huilquilemu, on the south by the river Biobio, and on the
+west by the Pacific. It measures 24 miles from north to south,
+and 60 from east to west. This province affords a great quantity
+of gold, and its strawberries, both wild and cultivated, are the
+largest in all Chili. Gualqui, or San Juan, founded in 1754 on
+the northern shore of the Biobio, is the residence of the
+corregidor; but Conception, named Ponco in the native language,
+is the principal city of the province, and the second in the
+kingdom of Chili. It was founded by Pedro de Valdivia in a
+pleasant vale, formed by some beautiful hills, near the coast, in
+lat. 36&deg; 42' S. long. 73&deg; 4&acute; W. After suffering
+severely in the long wars with the Araucanians, this city was
+destroyed in 1730 by an earthquake and inundation of the sea, and
+again by a similar calamity in 1751; and was rebuilt in 1764 in a
+beautiful situation a league from the sea. Owing to so many
+calamities, its inhabitants scarcely exceed 13,000, who are
+attracted to this place on the frontiers of the warlike
+Araucanians, by the great abundance of gold that is procured in
+its neighbourhood. The climate is always temperate, the soil is
+fertile, and the sea abounds in fish of all kinds. The Bay of
+Conception is spacious and safe, extending above ten miles from
+north to south, and nearly as much from east to west. Its mouth
+is protected by a beautiful and fertile island, called
+Quiriquina, forming two mouths or entrances to the bay; that on
+the north-east called the <i>bocca grande</i> being two miles
+wide, and that on the south-west, or <i>bocca chica</i>, little
+more than a mile. The whole bay affords safe anchorage, and a
+port at its south-east extremity called Talcaguano is chiefly
+frequented by shipping, as being not far from the new city of
+Conception.</p>
+
+<p>13. <i>Huilquilemu</i>, commonly called Estanzia del Rei, or
+the royal possession, has Chillan on the north, the Andes on the
+east, the river Biobio on the south, and Puchacay on the west.
+This district is rich in gold, and produces an excellent wine
+resembling muscadel. To protect this province against the warlike
+and independent Araucanians, there are four forts on the north
+side of the Biobio, named Jumbel, Tucapel, Santa Barbara, and
+Puren; and as the boundary line is to the south of that river,
+the Spaniards have likewise the forts of Aranco, Colcura, San
+Pedro, Santa Joanna, Nascimento, and Angeles beyond that
+river.</p>
+
+<p>14. <i>Valdivia.</i> This province, or military station
+rather, is entirely separated from the other possessions of the
+Spaniards in Chili, being entirely surrounded by the territories
+of the Araucanians. It lies on the sea-coast, on both sides of
+the river Valdivia or Callacallas, being reckoned 36 miles from
+east to west, and 18 miles from north to south. It abounds in
+valuable timber, and affords the purest gold of any that is found
+in Chili, and produced great quantities of that precious metal to
+Valdivia the original conqueror. But owing to many calamities in
+the wars with the Araucanians, it is now of little importance
+except as a military station. Valdivia, the capital, in lat.
+39&deg; 48&acute; S. long. 73&deg; 24&acute; W. is situated at
+the bottom of a beautiful and safe bay, the entrance to which is
+protected by the island of Manzera. As this is a naval station of
+much importance for protecting the western coast of South
+America, it is strongly fortified, and is always commanded by a
+military officer of reputation sent directly from Spain, though
+under the direction of the president of Chili. He has always a
+considerable body of troops, which are officered by the five
+commanders of the five castles which protect the city, with a
+sergeant-major, commissary, inspector, and several captains.</p>
+
+<p>From the foregoing short abstract of the geographical
+circumstances of Chili Proper, or that part of the kingdom which
+is possessed by the Spaniards, it appears to extend from the lat.
+24&deg; to 37&deg; both south, or about 900 English miles in
+length by about 180 miles in medium breadth, containing about
+162,000 square miles of territory or nearly 104 millions of
+statute acres, mostly of fertile soil, in a temperate and
+salubrious climate, abounding in all the necessaries of life, and
+richly productive in gold and other metals. Hence this country is
+calculated to support a most extensive population, in all the
+comforts and enjoyments of civilized society, and if once settled
+under a regular government, will probably become at no great
+distance of time an exceedingly populous and commercial nation.
+The islands belonging to Chili consist principally of the
+Archipelago of Chilo&eacute;, with that of the Chones, which is
+dependent upon the former. The largest of these islands, named
+likewise Chilo&eacute;, is about 120 miles in extent from north
+to south, and about 60 miles from east to west. Between it and
+the main-land is a vast gulf or bay, which extends from lat.
+41&deg; 32&acute; to 44&deg; 50&acute; both S. and lies between
+the longitudes of 72&deg; 44&acute; and 74&deg; 20&acute; both W.
+This is called the gulf of Chilo&eacute;, Guaiteca, or Elancud;
+and besides the great island of Chilo&eacute;, contains
+eighty-two smaller islands, thinly inhabited by Indians and a few
+Spaniards. The land in Chilo&eacute;, as in all the smaller
+islands, is mountainous, and covered by almost impenetrable
+thickets. The rains are here excessive and almost continual, so
+that the inhabitants seldom have more than fifteen or twenty days
+of fair weather in autumn, and hardly do eight days pass at any
+other season without rain. The atmosphere is consequently
+extremely moist, yet salubrious, and the climate is exceedingly
+mild and temperate. Owing to the great humidity, grain and fruits
+are by no means productive, yet the inhabitants raise sufficient
+grain, mostly barley and beans, for their support, and grow
+abundance of excellent flax. The town of Castro, on the eastern
+shore, in lat. 42&deg; 44&acute; S. is the capital of the island,
+and was founded in 1565, by Don Martino Ruiz de Gamboa, and is
+built entirely of wood, containing only about a hundred and fifty
+inhabitants, yet has a parish church, a church formerly belonging
+to the Jesuits, and two convents. The port of Chaco, near the
+middle of the northern extremity of the island, in lat. 41&deg;
+53&acute; S. and about the same, longitude with Castro, has good
+anchorage, and enjoys the whole trade with Peru and Chili, which
+is not subjected to the duties which are paid in other ports of
+Spanish America.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the southern Archipelago of Chilo&eacute;, there are a
+few islands of no great importance on the coast of Chili, not
+worth notice. The two islands likewise of Juan Fernandez are
+considered as dependencies on Chili. The larger of these, called
+Isola de Tierra, is at present inhabited by a few Spaniards, who
+have a small fort at La Baya or Cumberland harbour. The smaller
+island, or Masafuera, otherwise called De Cabras or Conejos, is
+uninhabited.</p>
+
+<p>S2. <i>The Province of Cujo.</i></p>
+
+<p>Although the province of <i>Cujo,</i> on the east side of the
+Andes, be not strictly within the limits of Chili, yet as
+dependent on the presidency of that kingdom, it is proper to take
+notice of it in this place. Cujo is bounded on the north by the
+province of Tucuman, on the east by the Pampas or desert plains
+of Buenos Ayres, on the south by Patagonia, and on the west by
+the southern chain of the Andes. Being comprehended between the
+latitudes of 29&deg; and 35&deg; south, it is about 400 miles in
+extent from north to south, but its limits towards the east are
+uncertain. In temperature and productions, this province differs
+materially from Chili. The winter, which is the dry season, is
+extremely cold; and the summer is excessively hot both day and
+night, with frequent storms of thunder and hail, more especially
+in its western parts near the Andes. These storms commonly rise
+and disperse in the course of half an hour; after which the sun
+dries up the moisture in a few minutes. Owing to this excessive
+exsiccation, the soil is extremely arid, and will neither bear
+trees nor plants of any kind; unless when irrigated by means of
+canals, when it produces almost every vegetable in astonishing
+abundance. By these artificial means of cultivation, the fruits
+and grains of Europe thrive with extraordinary perfection, and
+come a month earlier to maturity than in Chili; and the wines
+produced in Cujo are very rich and full-bodied.</p>
+
+<p>This province is intersected by three rivers which have their
+sources in the Andes, the San Juan, the Mendoza, and the Tunujan.
+The two former are named from the cities which are built on their
+banks. After a course of from 75 to 90 miles, these rivers form
+the great lakes of Guanasache, which extend above 300 miles from
+north to south, and their waters are afterwards discharged by the
+river Tunujan into the south-eastern desert Pampas. These lakes
+abound with excellent fish of several kinds, and they produce a
+sufficient quantity of salt to supply the whole province of Cujo.
+The eastern part of this province, called La Punta, is watered by
+the rivers Contaro and Quinto, and several smaller streams, and
+is quite different in its climate and temperature from the
+western part near the Andes. The plains of La Punta are covered
+with beautiful trees of large size, and the natural herbage grows
+to such a height in many places as to conceal the horses and
+other cattle which roam at large in these extensive plains.
+Thunder storms are exceedingly violent and frequent, continuing
+often for many hours, accompanied by incessant and immoderate
+rain.</p>
+
+<p>Among the vegetable productions of Cujo, one of the most
+remarkable is a species of palm, which never exceeds eighteen
+feet high, putting forth all its branches so near the ground as
+to conceal the trunk. The leaves are extraordinarily hard, and
+terminate in a point as sharp as a sword. The fruit resembles the
+cocoa-nut, yet only contains a few hard round seeds, with no
+edible kernel. The trunk of this tree is very large, and is
+covered by a coarse outer bark of a blackish colour which is
+easily detached. Below this, there are five or six successive
+layers of a fibrous bark resembling linen cloth. The first is of
+a yellowish colour, and of the consistence and appearance of
+sail-cloth. The others gradually decrease in thickness, and
+become whiter and finer; so that the innermost is white and fine
+like cambric, but of a looser texture. The fibres of this natural
+cloth are strong and flexible, but harsher to the feel than those
+made from flax. This province produces great abundance of the
+<i>opuntia</i>, a species of the <i>cactus</i>, which nourishes
+the cochineal insect; but the natives are in use to string these
+insects on a thread by means of a needle, by which they acquire a
+blackish tint. The fruit of this plant is woolly, about the size
+of a peach, its internal substance being glutinous and full of
+small seeds. It is sweet and well-flavoured, and is easily
+preserved by cutting into slices which are dried in the sun.
+There are four different trees producing a species of beans; two
+of which are good eating, the third is employed as provender for
+horses, and ink is made from the fourth. The most singular
+vegetable production in this country is called <i>the flower of
+the air</i>, from having no root, and never growing on the
+ground. Its native situation is on the surface of an arid rock,
+or twining round the dry stem of a tree. This plant consists of a
+single shoot, like the stem of a gilly-flower, but its leaves are
+larger and thicker, and are as hard as wood. Each stalk produces
+two or three white transparent flowers, in size and shape
+resembling a lily, and equally odoriferous with that flower. They
+may be preserved fresh on their stalks for more than two months,
+and for several days when plucked off. This plant may be
+transported to almost any distance; and will produce flowers
+annually, if merely hung up on a nail.</p>
+
+<p>In the northern parts of Cujo there are mines of gold and
+copper, but they are not worked owing to the indolence of the
+inhabitants. It has also rich mines of lead, sulphur, vitriol,
+salt, gypsum, and talc or asbestos. The mountains near the city
+of Juan are entirely composed of white marble, in stratified
+slabs of five or six feet long by six or seven inches thick, all
+regularly cut and polished by nature. From this the inhabitants
+prepare an excellent lime, which they use in building bridges
+over the streams and canals of irrigation. Between the city of
+Mendoza and La Punta, on a low range of hills, there is a large
+stone pillar, 150 feet high and 12 feet diameter, called the
+giant, on which there are certain marks or inscriptions
+resembling Chinese characters. Near the Diamond river there is
+another stone, having marks which appear to be characters, and
+the impression of human feet, with the figures of several
+animals. The Spaniards call it the stone of St Thomas; from a
+tradition handed down from the first settlers, said to have been
+received from the native Indians, that a white man with a long
+beard, formerly preached a new religion from that stone to their
+ancestors, and left the impression of his feet, and the figures
+of the animals that came to hear him, as a memorial of his
+sanctity.</p>
+
+<p>The aboriginal natives of the province of Cujo are called
+Guarpes, of whom there are now very few remaining. They are of a
+lofty stature, very thin, and of a brown colour, and speak a
+quite different language from that of the Chilese. This people
+was anciently conquered by the Peruvians, after having taken
+possession of the northern part of Chili; and on the road across
+the Andes from Cujo to Chili, there still are some small stone
+buildings, or tambos, which had been erected for the
+accommodation of the Peruvian officers and messengers. The first
+Spaniards who attempted to reduce this country were sent by
+Valdivia, under the command of Francisco de Aguirre, who returned
+to Chili after the death of Valdivia. In 1560, Don Garcia de
+Mendoza sent a force under Pedro del Castillo, who subdued the
+Guarpes, and founded the cities of San Juan and Mendoza. The
+latter, which is the capital, is situated on a plain at the foot
+of the Andes, in lat 33&deg; 54' S. long. 68&deg; 34' W. This is
+supposed to contain about 6000 inhabitants, and is continually
+increasing in population, owing to its vicinity to the celebrated
+silver mine of Uspallatta, which is worked by the inhabitants to
+great profit. This city carries on a considerable commerce in
+wine and fruits with Buenos Ayres. The city of San Juan near the
+Andes, in lat. 31&deg; 40' S. and long. 68&deg; 34' W. is equally
+populous with Mendoza, from which it is about 160 miles due
+north, and trades with Buenos Ayres in brandy, fruits, and
+Vicunna skins. Its pomegranates are greatly esteemed in Chili, to
+which they are sent across the Andes. This city is governed by a
+deputy from the corregidor of Mendoza, assisted by a cabildo. In
+1596, the small city of La Punta, or San Luis de Loyola, was
+founded in the eastern part of Cujo, in lat. 33&deg; 47' S. long.
+65&deg; 33' W. Although the thoroughfare for all the trade from
+Chili and Cujo to Buenos Ayres, it is a miserable place with
+scarcely two hundred inhabitants; but its jurisdiction is
+extensive and populous, and is administered both in civil and
+military affairs by a deputy of the corregidor of Mendoza.
+Besides these three cities, the province of Cujo contains the
+towns of Jachal, Vallofertil, Mogna, Corocorto, Leonsito,
+Caliogarta, and Pismanta[51], which do not merit particular
+attention.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 51: Besides these, modern maps insert the
+following, beginning in the north. Betlen, Rioja la Nueva,
+Mutinan, San Juan de Jaeban, Guanachoca, all to the north of
+Mendoza.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The Patagonians who border upon Cujo towards the south, and of
+whose gigantic stature so much has been said, do not differ
+materially in this respect from other men. The Pojas, one of
+their tribes, are governed by several petty independent princes.
+A singular species of polygamy prevails among this people, as the
+women are permitted to have several husbands. As to the Cesari,
+of whom such wonderful stories have been reported, and who are
+supposed to be neighbours of the Chilese, they have no existence
+except in the fancies of those who take pleasure in marvellous
+stories.</p>
+
+<p>* * * * *</p>
+
+<p>S3. <i>The Indian Country, or Araucania.</i></p>
+
+<p>That part of Chili which remains unconquered reaches from the
+river Biobio in the north to the Archipelago of Chiloe in the
+south, or between the latitudes of 37&deg; and 42' S. This
+country is inhabited by three independent nations, the
+Araucanians, the Cunches, and the Hu&igrave;ll&igrave;ches. The
+territory of the Araucanians, contains the finest plains in
+Chili, and is situated between the rivers Biobio and Callacallas,
+stretching along the sea-coast for about 186 miles, and is
+generally allowed to be the most pleasant and fertile district in
+the kingdom of Chili. Its extent from the sea to the foot of the
+Andes, was formerly reckoned at 300 miles; but as the Puelches, a
+nation inhabiting the western side of the mountains, joined the
+confederacy of the Araucanians in the seventeenth century, its
+present breadth cannot be less than 420 miles, and the whole
+territory is estimated at 78,120 square miles or nearly 50
+millions of acres.</p>
+
+<p>The Araucanians derive their name from the province of Arauco,
+the smallest in their territory, but which has given name to the
+whole nation, as having been the first to propose the union which
+has so long subsisted among the tribes, or from having at some
+remote period reduced them under its dominion. Enthusiastically
+attached to their independence, they pride themselves on the name
+of <i>auca</i>, signifying <i>freemen</i>[52]; and by the
+Spaniards who were sent from the army in Flanders to serve in
+Chili, this country has been called Araucanian Flanders, or the
+invincible state. Though the Araucanians do not exceed the
+ordinary height of mankind, they are in general muscular, robust,
+well proportioned, and of a martial appearance. Their complexion
+is of a reddish brown, but clearer than the other natives of
+America, except the tribe named Boroanes, who are fair and ruddy.
+They have round faces, small eyes full of animated expression, a
+rather flat nose, a handsome mouth, even white teeth, muscular
+and well shaped legs, and small flat feet. Like the Tartars, they
+have hardly any beard, and they carefully pluck out any little
+that appears, calling the Europeans <i>longbeards,</i> by way of
+reproach. The hair on their heads is thick, black, and coarse, is
+allowed to grow very long, and is worn in tresses wound around
+their heads. The women are delicately formed, and many of them
+are very handsome, especially the Boroanes. They are generally
+long lived, and are not subject to the infirmities of age till a
+late period of life, seldom even beginning to grow grey till
+sixty or severity, or to be wrinkled till fourscore. They are
+intrepid, animated, ardent, patient of fatigue, enthusiastically
+attached to liberty, and ever ready to sacrifice their lives for
+their country, jealous of their honour, courteous, hospitable,
+faithful to their engagements, grateful for services, and
+generous and humane to their vanquished enemies. Yet these noble
+qualities are obscured by the vices which are inseparable from
+their half savage state, unrefined by literature or cultivation:
+Being presumptuous, entertaining a haughty contempt for other
+nations, and much addicted to drunkenness and debauchery.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 52: According to Falkner the missionary,
+<i>auca</i> is a name of reproach given them by the Spaniards,
+signifying rebels or wild men; <i>aucani</i> is to rebel or make
+a riot, and <i>auca-cahual</i> signifies a wild horse.--This may
+be the case in the language of the subjected Peruvians and
+northern Chilese, while in that of the independent Araucanians it
+may signify <i>free</i>; just as republican is an honourable term
+in the United States, while it is a name of reproach under a
+monarchical government.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Their dress is manufactured from the wool of the vicunna, and
+consists of a shirt, vest, short close breeches, and a cloak or
+poncho, having an opening in the middle to admit the head, which
+descends all round as low as the knees. This cloak, which leaves
+the arms at liberty, and can be thrown back at pleasure, is so
+convenient for riding, and so excellent a protection from wind
+and rain, that it is now commonly adopted by the Spanish
+inhabitants of Chili, Peru, and Paraguay. The shirt, vest, and
+breeches, are always of a greenish blue, or turquois colour,
+which is the uniform of the nation. Among persons of ordinary
+rank, the <i>poncho</i>, or native cloak, is also of the same
+national colour; but those of the higher classes have it of
+different colours, as white, red, or blue, with stripes a span
+broad, on which figures of flowers and animals are wrought in
+different colours with much ingenuity, and the borders are
+ornamented with handsome fringes. Some of these <i>ponchos</i>
+are of so fine a texture and richly ornamented as to sell for 100
+or even 150 dollars. Their only head-dress is a fillet or bandage
+of embroidered wool, which they ornament in time of war with a
+number of beautiful feathers. Round the waist they wear a long
+sash or girdle of woollen, handsomely wrought; and persons of
+rank have leather sandals, and woollen boots, but the common
+people are always bare-footed.</p>
+
+<p>The dress of the women is entirely of wool, and the national
+greenish blue colour, consisting of a tunic or gown without
+sleeves reaching to the feet, fastened at the shoulder by silver
+buckles, and girt round the waist by a girdle; over which gown
+they wear a short cloak, which is fastened before by a silver
+buckle. They wear their hair in several long braided tresses,
+flowing negligently over their shoulders, and decorate their
+heads with false emeralds and a variety of trinkets. They wear
+square ear-rings of silver, and have necklaces and bracelets of
+glass-beads, and silver rings on all their fingers.</p>
+
+<p>Like all the other tribes in Chili, before the arrival of the
+Spaniards, the Araucanians still continue to construct their
+houses or huts rather of a square form, of wood plaistered with
+clay, and covered with rushes, though some use a species of
+bricks; and as they are all polygamists, the size of their houses
+is proportioned to the number of women they are able to maintain.
+The interior of their houses is very simple, and the furniture
+calculated only to serve the most necessary purposes, without any
+view to luxury or splendour. They never form towns, but live in
+scattered villages along the banks of rivers, or in plains that
+can be easily irrigated.</p>
+
+<p>The whole country of the Araucanian confederacy is divided
+into four principalities, called <i>Uthal-mapu</i> in their
+language, which run parallel to each other from north to south.
+These are respectively named <i>Lauquen-mapu</i>, or the maritime
+country; <i>Lelbun-mapu</i>, or the plain country;
+<i>Inapire-mapu</i>, or country at the foot of the Andes; and
+<i>Pire-mapu</i>, or the country on the Andes. Each principality
+or Uthal-mapu is divided into five provinces, called
+<i>Ailla-regue</i>; and each province into nine districts, termed
+<i>regue.</i> Hence the whole country contains 4
+<i>Uthal-mapus</i>, 20 <i>Ailla-regues</i>, and 180
+<i>Regues</i>. Besides these, the country of the <i>Cunches</i>,
+who are in alliance with the Araucanians, extends along the coast
+between Valdivia and the archipelago of Chiloe; and the
+<i>Huilliches</i>, likewise allies of the Araucanians, occupy all
+the plains to the eastward, between the Cunches and the main
+ridge of the Andes.</p>
+
+<p>The civil government is a kind of aristocratic republic, under
+three orders of hereditary nobility, each subordinate to the
+other. Each of the four <i>Uthal-mapus</i> is governed by a
+<i>Toqui</i>. The <i>Ailla-regues</i>, are each under the command
+of an <i>Apo-ulmen</i>; and every one of the <i>Regues</i> is
+ruled by an <i>Ulmen</i>. The four <i>toquis</i> are independent
+of each other, but are confederated for the public welfare. The
+<i>Apo-ulmens</i> govern the provinces under the controul or
+superintendence of the respective <i>toquis</i>; and the
+<i>ulmens</i> of the <i>regues</i> are dependent on the
+Apo-ulmens, or arch-ulmens. This dependence is however almost
+entirely confined to military affairs. The distinguishing badge
+of the toqui is a kind of battle-axe, made of marble or porpyhry.
+The Apo-ulmens and Ulmens carry staves with silver heads; the
+former being distinguished by the addition of a silver ring round
+the middle of their staves. The toqui has only the shadow of
+sovereign authority, as every question of importance is decided
+by an assembly of the great body of nobles, which is called
+<i>Buta-coyog</i> or <i>Auca-coyog</i> the great council, or the
+Araucanian council. This assembly is usually held in some large
+plain, on the summons of the toquis; and on such occasions, like
+the ancient Germans as described by Tacitus, they unite the
+pleasures of revelling and even drunkenness with their
+deliberations. By their traditionary laws, called <i>Ad-mapu</i>
+or customs of the country, two or more principalities, provinces,
+or districts cannot be held by the same chief. Whenever the male
+line of the ruling family becomes extinct, the vassals have the
+right to elect their own chief; and all the districts are
+directed entirely in civil matters by their respective Ulmens.
+The people are subject to no contributions or personal services
+whatever, except in time of war; so that all the chiefs of every
+rank or degree have to subsist on the produce of their own
+possessions.</p>
+
+<p>The military government is established upon a system of
+wonderful regularity. When the great council determines on going
+to war, they proceed immediately to elect a commander-in-chief,
+who is in some measure the dictator of the country during his
+continuance in office. The toquis have in course the first claim
+to this high dignity, as being the hereditary generals and
+stadtholders of the republic; yet, disregarding all respect for
+superior rank, the council often entrusts this supreme power to
+the most deserving of the Ulmens, or even to an officer of an
+inferior class, considering only on this occasion the talents
+that are deemed necessary for command. Thus in the war of 1722,
+the supreme command was confided to Vilumilla, a man of low
+origin, and in that which terminated in 1773, to Curignanca, the
+younger son of an Ulmen in the province of Encol. On his
+elevation to office, the generalissimo of the republic assumes
+the title of <i>toqui</i>, and the stone hatchet in token of
+supreme command; on which the four hereditary toquis lay aside
+theirs, as it is not permitted them to carry this ensign of
+authority during the continuance of the dictator in office, to
+whom all the toquis apo-ulmens and ulmens take the oath of
+obedience. Even the people, who during peace are exceedingly
+repugnant to subordination, are now entirely submissive to the
+commands of the military dictator. Yet he has not the power of
+putting any one to death, without the consent of his principal
+officers; but as all these are of his appointment, his orders are
+next to absolute.</p>
+
+<p>It has always happened since the arrival of the Spaniards in
+Chili, that the supreme toquis have been elected from among the
+natives of the provinces of Arauco, Tucapel, Encol, or Puren; but
+I know not whether this may be owing to some ancient law or
+agreement, or to some superstitious notion. The supreme toqui
+appoints his vice-toqui or lieutenant-general, and the other
+officers of his staff; who in their turn nominate the inferior
+officers. The vice-toqui is almost always elected from among the
+Puelches, to gratify the ambition of that valiant tribe, which
+forms about a fourth part of the population of the confederacy.
+At present the army of the Araucanians is composed both of
+cavalry and infantry. Originally it consisted entirely of foot;
+but in their first battles with the Spaniards, perceiving the
+vast advantage derived by their enemies from the employment of
+cavalry, they soon applied themselves to procure a good breed of
+horses; insomuch that in 1568, only seventeen years after their
+first encountering the Spaniards, they had several squadrons of
+cavalry; and by the year 1585, the Araucanian cavalry was
+regularly organized by the toqui Cadeguala. The infantry is
+divided into regiments of a thousand men, and these into ten
+companies of an hundred men each. The cavalry is divided in a
+similar manner; but the numbers in the regiments and troops are
+not always the same. Each body of horse and foot has its
+particular standard; but all bear a star, which is the national
+device. The soldiers are not clothed in uniforms, but all have
+cuirasses of hardened leather below their ordinary dresses, with
+shields and helmets of the same material. The cavalry are armed
+with swords and lances; and the infantry with pikes or clubs
+pointed with iron. In battle, the cavalry is distributed on the
+two wings of the army, while the infantry forms the centre or
+main body, divided into its several battalions or regiments, the
+ranks being composed alternately of pikemen and soldiers armed
+with clubs or maces. The right wing is confided to the
+vice-toqui, and the left to an experienced officer next in rank;
+while the toqui is present wherever occasion requires, and
+exhorts his soldiers to fight valiantly for the liberties of the
+nation. They formerly employed bows and slings in war; but taught
+by experience to avoid the destructive effects of musquetry in
+distant fight, they are now eager to close with their enemies.
+Impressed with the opinion that to die in battle for their
+country is the greatest honour that can be acquired, whenever the
+signal for battle is given, they advance with the utmost
+rapidity, despising the slaughter produced by the cannon and
+musquetry, yet preserving the strictest order and discipline, and
+often succeed in bearing down the firmest array of the
+Spaniards.</p>
+
+<p>One of the first measures of the national council, when war is
+resolved upon, is to dispatch messengers to the confederate
+tribes, and even to the Indians who live under the Spanish
+government, to summon them to make common cause with their
+countrymen. The credentials of these messengers are some small
+arrows tied together by a red string, the symbol of blood. But if
+hostilities have been already commenced, the finger of a slain
+enemy accompanies the arrows. This embassy is called
+<i>pulchitum</i>, which signifies to run the arrow, and the
+messengers are called <i>guerquenis</i>. The toqui or military
+dictator directs what number of soldiers is to be furnished by
+each Uthal-mapu or principality. The particular toquis regulate
+the contingencies of the Apo-ulmens; and these last apportion
+these among the several Ulmens of their provinces. The army of
+the state usually consists of five or six thousand men; besides
+which, a body of reserve is always in readiness for particular
+occasions, or to replace those who may be killed in battle.
+Before taking the field, the general assigns three days for
+consultation with his principal officers, during which the plan
+of the campaign is maturely deliberated upon, and every one has
+liberty to offer his opinion: But the general finally settles the
+plan of warfare in secret consultation, with his principal
+officers. After all is agreed upon, the army commences its march
+to the sound of drums, and is always preceded by several advanced
+parties, to guard against surprise. During the march, the
+infantry as well as the cavalry are on horseback; but on coming
+to action, the infantry dismounts and is regularly marshalled in
+companies and battalions. All the soldiers have to provide their
+own horses arms and provisions; and as all are liable to military
+service, no one has to contribute towards the supply of the army.
+Their provisions consist chiefly in a small sack of parched meal,
+which each soldier carries on his horse; and which, diluted with
+water, serves them as food till they can live at free quarters in
+the enemys country. Being thus unencumbered with baggage, they
+are able to move with astonishing celerity, either to attack or
+to retreat as may be necessary. They are extremely vigilant when
+in presence of the enemy, encamping always in secure and
+advantageous situations, strengthening their posts with
+entrenchments, and placing sentinels on all sides, every soldier
+being obliged during the night to keep a fire burning in front of
+his tent. When necessary they protect their posts and encampments
+with deep trenches, guarded by abatis or hedges of spinous or
+thorny trees, and strew calthrops at all the avenues to repress
+attacks from the cavalry of the enemy. In short there are few
+military stratagems with which they are unacquainted, and are
+wonderfully expert in tactics [53].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 53: From the singular excellence of the
+military institutions of the Araucanians, by which they have been
+enabled to preserve their liberties against the superior arms of
+the Spaniards, down even to the present day, we have been induced
+to extend these observations much beyond our usual limits on such
+occasions. Such as are inclined to inquire more minutely into the
+civil institutions of this wonderful people, will find them
+detailed in the work of the Abb&eacute; Molina, together with a
+minute account of the natural productions of
+Chili.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION II.</p>
+
+<p><i>Of the Origin, Manners, and Language of the
+Chilese</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The origin of the primitive inhabitants of Chili, like that of
+all the nations and tribes of the aboriginal Americans, is
+involved in impenetrable obscurity. Many of the natives consider
+themselves as indigenous, while others derive their origin from a
+foreign stock, supposing their ancestors to have come from the
+north or from the west; but as they were utterly unacquainted
+with the art of writing, they have no records or monuments from
+which to elucidate this inquiry, and their traditionary accounts
+are too crude and imperfect to afford any degree of rational
+information on the subject. The Chilese call their first
+progenitors <i>Pegni Epatum</i>, signifying the brothers named
+Epatum. They call them likewise <i>glyce</i>, or primitive men;
+and in their assemblies invoke their ancestors and deities in a
+loud voice, crying <i>Pom, pam, pum, mari, mari, Epunamen,
+Amimalguen, Pegni Epatum</i>. The meaning of these words is
+uncertain, unless we may suppose it to have some connexion with
+the word <i>pum</i>, used by the Chinese to signify the first
+created man, or the one who was saved from the deluge. The lamas
+or priests of Thibet are likewise said to repeat to their
+rosaries, the syllables <i>om, am, um</i>, or <i>hom, ham,
+hum</i>; which corresponds in some measure with the customary
+exclamation of the Chilese.</p>
+
+<p>It appears probable that the whole of Chili had been
+originally peopled by one nation, as all the native tribes,
+however independent of each other, speak the same language, and
+have a similar appearance. The inhabitants of the plains are of
+good stature, but those who dwell in the valleys of the Andes,
+usually surpass the ordinary height of man. The features of both
+are regular, and none of them have ever attempted to improve
+nature by disfiguring their faces, to render themselves more
+beautiful or more formidable. Their complexion, like the other
+American natives, is reddish brown or copper-coloured, but of a
+clearer hue than the other Americans; and readily changes to
+white. A tribe which dwells in the district of Baroa, is of a
+clear white and red like Europeans, without any tinge of copper
+colour. As this tribe differs in no other respect from the rest
+of the Chilese, this difference in complexion may be owing to
+some peculiar influence of the climate which they inhabit, or to
+their greater civilization. Some persons have been disposed to
+attribute this difference in colour to an intermixture with a
+number of Spanish prisoners taken during the unfortunate war of
+the sixteenth century: But the Spanish prisoners were equally
+distributed among the other tribes, none of whom are white; and
+besides, the first Spaniards who came to Chili were all from the
+southern provinces of Spain, where ruddy complexions are
+extremely rare.</p>
+
+<p>From the harmony, richness, and regularity of the Chilese
+language, we are led to conclude that the natives must in former
+times have possessed a much greater degree of civilization than
+now, or that they are the remains of a great and illustrious
+nation, which has been ruined by some of these physical or moral
+revolutions which have occasioned such astonishing changes in the
+world. The Chilese language is so exceedingly copious, both in
+radical words, and in the use of compounds, that a complete
+dictionary of it would fill a large volume. Every verb, either
+derivatively or conjunctively, becomes the root of numerous other
+verbs and nouns, both adjectives and substantives, which in their
+turn produce others of a secondary, nature which may be modified
+in a hundred different manners. From every word in the language,
+a verb may be formed by adding a final <i>n</i>. Even from the
+most simple particles, verbs may be thus formed, by which at the
+same time great precision and great strength are given to
+conversation. Yet the language contains no irregular verb or
+noun, every thing being regulated by the most wonderful precision
+and simplicity, so that the theory of the language is remarkably
+easy, and may be learnt in a very short time. It abounds also in
+harmonious and sonorous syllables, which give it much sweetness
+and variety; yet is injured by the frequent recurrence of the
+sound of <i>u</i>. The Chilese language differs essentially from
+every other American language, both in words and construction,
+with the exception of eighteen or twenty words of Peruvian
+origin, which is not to be wondered at, considering the
+contiguity of the two countries. The most singular circumstance
+in this language is, that it contains a considerable number of
+words apparently of Greek and Latin derivation, and having
+similar significations in both languages; yet I am inclined to
+believe that this circumstance is merely accidental[54].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 54: Perhaps these words may have been
+adopted into the Chilese language from the Spaniards, who speak a
+kind of dialect of Latin. The remainder of this section is an
+abridgement of an Essay on the Chilese language, appended to the
+second volume of Molina.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<p>The original language of Chili, generally called the
+Araucanian, is denominated by the natives <i>Chili-dugu</i>, or
+the Chili speech or language. The alphabet is the same as the
+Latin, except the want of <i>x</i>, which indeed is only a
+compound letter. The <i>s</i> likewise only occurs in about
+twenty of their words, and never at the termination; and the
+<i>z</i> is still more rare. Besides the ordinary letters, the
+Chilese has the mute <i>e</i>, and a peculiar <i>u</i> like the
+Greek and French; the former being designated by the
+<i>acute</i>, and the latter by the <i>grave</i> accent, to
+distinguish them from the ordinary <i>e</i> and <i>u</i>. This
+latter <i>u</i> is often changed to <i>i</i>. It has likewise a
+nasal <i>g</i> and a <i>th</i>; which latter is often changed to
+<i>ch</i>, as <i>chegua</i> for <i>thegua</i>, a dog. There are
+no gutturals or aspirates. All the words end either in one of the
+six vowels, or in <i>b,d,f,g,l,m,n,r, or v</i>; so that there are
+fifteen distinct terminations. The accent is usually on the
+penult vowel, sometimes on the last, but never on the antipenult.
+The radical words, mostly monosyllables or dissyllables, are
+estimated at 1973. As far as we have been able to discover, these
+radicals have no analogy with any other known idiom, though the
+language contains a number of Greek and Latin words very little
+varied, as in the following table. It is proper to mention, that
+the orthography of the Chilese words is given according to the
+Italian pronunciation.</p>
+
+<p>CHILESE. GREEK. SIGNIFICATION Aldun Aldein to increase. Ale
+Ele splendour. Amun Mouen to go. Cai Kai and. Ga Ga in truth.
+Lampaicon Lampein to shine. Mulan Mullen to pulverise. Pele Pelos
+mud. Reuma Reuma a stream. Tupan Tupein to whip.</p>
+
+<p>CHILESE. LATIN. Aren Ardere to burn. Cupa. Cupere to desire.
+Dapein Dapinare to feast. Ejun Ejulare to weep. Lev Levis active,
+swift. Lumalmen Lumen light. Lui Lux brightness. Man Manus the
+right. Putun Potare to drink. Valin Valere to be worth. Valen
+Valere to be able. Une Unus one.</p>
+
+<p>The nouns have only one declension, or rather are
+indeclinable, the numbers and cases being marked by various
+particles; but each, in this way, has the singular, dual, and
+plural, like the Greek. Thus <i>Cara</i> the city, has
+<i>Cara-egu</i> the two cities, and <i>Pu-cara</i> the cities, as
+in the following example.</p>
+
+<pre>
+   <i>Singular.       Dual.               Plural.</i>
+   Nom.   Cara            Cara-egu            pu-Cara
+   Gen.   Cara-ni         Cara-egu-ni         pu-Cara-ni
+   Dat.   Cara-meu        Cara-egu-meu        pu-Cara-meu
+   Accus. Cara            Cara-egu            pu-Cara
+   Voc.   a Cara          a Cara-egu          a pu-Cara
+   Abl.   Caramo          Cara-egu-mo         pu-Cara-mo
+
+Instead of <i>pu</i>, the mark of the plural, <i>ica</i> or <i>egen</i> may be affixed
+to the noun, or <i>que</i> placed between the adjective and substantive. Thus
+the plural of <i>cara</i> may be <i>pu-cara, caraica</i>, or <i>caraegen</i>,
+signifying the cities; or <i>cum-que cara</i>, the good cities.
+
+The Chilese language abounds with adjectives, both primative and
+derivative. The latter are formed from every part of speech by
+invariable rules: As, from <i>tue</i> the earth, comes <i>tuetu</i> terrestrial;
+from <i>quimen</i> to know, <i>quimchi</i> wise; and these, by the interposition
+of <i>no</i>, become negative, as <i>tuenotu</i> not terrestrial, <i>quimnochi</i>
+ignorant. The adjectives, participles, and derivative pronouns are
+unsusceptible of number or gender, in which they resemble the English;
+yet when it is necessary to distinguish the sexes, <i>alca</i> is used for
+the masculine, and <i>domo</i> for the feminine. The comparative is formed by
+prefixing <i>jod</i> or <i>doi</i> to the positive, and the superlative by <i>cad</i>
+or <i>mu</i>. Thus from <i>chu</i> limpid, are formed <i>doichu</i> more limpid, and
+<i>muliu</i> most limpid. There are no diminutives or augmentatives, which
+are supplied by means of the adjectives <i>picki</i> little, and <i>buta</i>
+great. Diminutives are also formed by changing a harsh sound into one
+more liquid; as <i>votun</i> son, to <i>vochiun</i> little son. The primitive
+pronouns are <i>inche</i> I, <i>eimi</i> you, <i>teye</i> which, &amp;c. The relatives are
+<i>iney</i> who, <i>chem</i> what, <i>ta</i> or <i>ga</i> that, &amp;c. The verbs all terminate
+in the syllables <i>an, en, in, an, un, &ugrave;n</i>; and are all regulated by a
+single conjugation, having all the voices, moods, and tenses of the
+Latin, with three or four others, and the singular dual and plural like
+the Greek. The terminations of the present tense of each mood form the
+roots of all the other tenses of the same mood, which are distinguished
+by certain particles, as <i>che</i> in the second present, <i>bu</i> in the
+imperfect, <i>uje</i> in the perfect, &amp;c. as in the following example, which
+are placed between the radical and the final <i>n</i>. Passive verbs are
+formed by the auxiliary <i>gen</i>, between the radical and final <i>n</i>.
+Impersonal verbs by the particle <i>am</i> added to the radical. The
+following example of the verb <i>elun</i> to give, will serve as a model for
+all the other verbs in the language without exception, as there is but
+one conjugation and no irregular verbs. It is to be noticed, that the
+first present of all the verbs is used, as our compound preterite: Thus
+<i>elun</i> signifies I give or I have given; while the second present is
+strictly confined to the present time.
+
+   ACTIVE VOICE.
+
+   INDICATIVE MOOD.
+
+   <i>Present Tense</i>.
+
+   Singular.
+   Dual.
+   Plural.
+
+   1.
+   <i>Elun</i>, I give.
+   <i>Eluvu</i>, We two give.
+   <i>Eluign</i>, We give
+
+   2.
+   <i>Eluimi</i>, Thou givest.
+   <i>Eluimu</i>, You two give.
+   <i>Eluimen</i>, Ye give
+
+   3.
+   <i>Elui</i>, He gives.
+   <i>Eluigu</i>, They two give.
+   <i>Eluigen</i>, They give
+
+   Second Present,
+   1. <i>Eluchen</i>, I give.
+   2. <i>Eluchemi</i>, Thou givest, &amp;c.
+
+   Imperfect,
+   1. <i>Elubun</i>, I did give.
+   2. <i>Elubuimi</i>, Thou, &amp;c.
+
+   Perfect,
+   1. <i>Eluuyen</i>, I gave.
+   2. <i>Eluuyeimi</i>, Thou, &amp;c.
+
+   Pluperfect,
+   1. <i>Elunyebun</i>, I had given, &amp;c.
+
+   1st Future,
+   1. <i>Eluan</i>, I will give, &amp;c.
+
+   2d Future,
+   1. <i>Eluayean</i>, I shall have given, &amp;c.
+
+   1st Mixed,
+   1. <i>Eluabun</i>, I had to give, &amp;c.
+
+   2d Mixed,
+   1. <i>Eluugabun</i>, I ought to have had to give; &amp;c.
+
+   IMPERATIVE MOOD.
+
+   Singular,
+   Dual.
+   Plural.
+
+   1
+   <i>Eluche</i>, let me give
+   <i>Eluyu</i>, let us two give
+   <i>Eluign</i>, let us give
+
+   2
+   <i>Eluge</i>, give thou
+   <i>Elamu</i>, let you two give
+   <i>Elumen</i>, give ye
+
+   3
+   <i>Elupe</i>, let him give
+   <i>Elugu</i> let these two give
+   <i>Elugen</i>, let them give
+
+   SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
+
+   Present tense, <i>Eluli</i>, if I may give
+   Imperfect,     <i>Elubili</i>, if I might give
+   Perfect,       <i>Eluuyeli</i>, if I may have given
+   Pluperfect,    <i>Eluuyebuli</i>, if I might have given
+   1st. Future,   <i>Eluaii</i>, if I shall give
+   2d. Future,    <i>Eluuyela</i>, if I shall have given
+   1st. Mixed,    <i>Eluabuli</i>, if I had to give
+   2d. Mixed,     <i>Eluyeabuli</i>, if I should have to give
+
+The <i>optative</i> is formed of the subjunctive, or of the two mixed-tenses
+of the indicative, by adding the desiderative particles <i>velem</i>, <i>uel</i>,
+or <i>chi</i>; as <i>eluli velem</i>! Would to God that I might give; <i>eluabun
+chi</i>! Would to God that I had to give; &amp;c. The affirmative <i>infinitive</i>
+is the same with the radical of the verb; or 1st person singular of the
+indicative tense; so that there are nine peculiar infinitives, which are
+distinguished from these tenses by some determinative particle.
+
+                         ACTIVE PARTICIPLES.
+   1st Present, <i>Elulu</i>, he who gives
+   2d Present,  <i>Eluquelu</i>, he who gives
+   Imperfect,   <i>Elubulei</i>, he who did give
+   Perfect,     <i>Eluuyelu</i>, he who gave
+   Pluperfect,  <i>Eluuyebula</i>, he who had given
+   1st Future,  <i>Elualu</i>, he who shall give
+   2d Future,   <i>Eluuyealu</i>, he who shall have given
+   1st Mixed,   <i>Eluabulu</i>, he who shall have to give
+   2d Mixed,    <i>Eluuyeabulu</i>, he who should have given
+
+   GERUNDS
+
+   1st Present, <i>Eluyum</i>, giving
+   2d Present,  <i>Elualu</i>, for to give
+   Imperfect,   <i>Eluyubum</i>, when giving
+
+   PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+   INDICATIVE MOOD.
+
+   <i>Present.     Elugen</i>, I am given
+   <i>Imperfect.   Elugebum</i>, I was given
+   <i>Participles Passive.</i>
+
+   1st Present, <i>Elugelu</i>, given
+   2d Present,  <i>Eluel</i>, given
+   Perfect,     <i>Elubuel</i>, that was given
+   Imperfect,   <i>Elugebulu</i>, that was given
+
+   IMPERSONAL VERB.
+
+   <i>Indicative Mood.</i>
+
+   1st Present, <i>Eluan</i>, that is giving
+   2d Present,  <i>Eluchean</i>, that is giving
+   Imperfect,   <i>Elubuam</i>, that was giving
+   Perfect,     <i>Eluuyeam</i>, that was given
+   Pluperfect,  <i>Eluuyebuam</i>, that had given
+   1st Future,  <i>Eluayam</i>, that shall be given
+   2d Future,   <i>Eluuyeayam</i>, that should be given
+   1st Mixed,   <i>Eluabuam</i>, that had to give
+   2d Mixed,    <i>Eluuyeabuam</i>, that should have to give
+
+   Imperative.  <i>Elupeam</i>, let us give, &amp;c.
+
+Instead of the impersonal verb, the third person singular of the passive
+may be used impersonally, as in Latin. The verb may be made negative
+through its whole conjugation, by means of inserting the particle <i>la</i>
+in the indicative, <i>qui</i> in the imperative which then takes the
+termination of the subjunctive mood, and by means of <i>no</i> in the
+subjunctive and infinitive moods, as in the following examples.
+
+Part II. Book II.
+
+   Indicative,   <i>Elulan</i>,   I do not give
+                 <i>Elulaimi</i>, thou doest not give
+   Imperative,   <i>Eluquili</i>, let me not give, &amp;c.
+   Subjunctive,  <i>Elunoli</i>,  if I do not give, &amp;c.
+   Infinitive,   <i>Elunou</i>,   not to give, &amp;c.
+
+NUMERALS OF THE CHILESE LANGUAGE.
+
+   <i>Cardinals.</i>
+
+   1.    <i>Quigne</i>  11. <i>Mari-guigne</i>   21. <i>Epumari quigne</i>
+   2.    <i>Epu</i>     12. <i>Mari-epu</i>. &amp;c.
+   3.    <i>Cula</i>
+   4.    <i>Meli</i>
+   5.    <i>Quechu</i>
+   6.    <i>Cayu</i>
+   7.    <i>Relghe</i>
+   8.    <i>Para</i>
+   9.    <i>Aylla</i>
+   10.   <i>Masi</i>
+   20.   <i>Epumari</i>
+   30.   <i>Culamari</i>
+   40.   <i>Melimari</i>, &amp;c.
+   100.  <i>Pataca</i>            102. <i>Pataca epu</i>
+   200.  <i>Epupataca</i>, &amp;c.
+   1000. <i>Huaranca</i>
+   2000. <i>Epuhuaranca</i>      2003. <i>Epuhuaranca cula</i>, &amp;c.
+
+   <i>Ordinals.</i>
+
+   <i>Unen, Unelelu, Quignelelu, Quignegetu, Quignegentu, Quigmentu, once
+   Epulelu, epugelu, epugentun, epuntu,</i> twice, &amp;c.[55]
+</pre>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 55: The translator seems here to have
+misunderstood the author, as these ordinal numbers ought surely
+to signify <i>first</i> and <i>second</i>.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<pre>
+   <i>Numeral Adverbs.</i>
+
+   <i>Quignechi, guignemel, quignemita,</i> once
+   <i>Epuchi, epumal, epumeta,</i> twice, &amp;c.
+
+   <i>Distributives.</i>
+
+   <i>Calique, mallquigne,</i> one by one
+   <i>Epuque, mollepu,</i> two by two, &amp;c.
+
+   <i>Numeral Verbs.</i>
+
+   <i>Quignen</i>, to be one.
+   <i>Quignelian</i>, to join.
+   <i>Epun</i>, to be two; &amp;c.
+
+   <i>Abstracts.</i>
+
+   <i>Quignegen</i>, unity.
+   <i>Epugen</i>, duality.
+   <i>Culagen</i>, trinity, &amp;c.
+
+   <i>Indefinites.</i>
+
+   <i>Quignelque</i>, several.
+   <i>Epulgen</i>, about two.
+   <i>Culalque</i>, about three.
+</pre>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<p>It has not been deemed necessary to repeat a great number of
+minute observations given by Molina on this singular language,
+nor to report the shades of difference in its dialects. But it
+has been thought proper to give a short list of words from the
+Moluches, a tribe inhabiting Patagonia, but speaking a nearly
+related dialect of the Chilese language with that of the
+Araucanians.</p>
+
+<p>Vocabulary.</p>
+
+<p><i>P'llu</i>, the soul or a spirit <i>Autuigh</i>, the sun, a
+day <i>Lonco</i>, the head or the hair <i>Voso</i>, the teeth or
+bones <i>Az</i>, the face <i>Anca</i>, the body <i>N'ge</i>, the
+eyes <i>Pue</i>, the belly <i>Wun</i>, or <i>huun</i>, the mouth
+<i>Cuugh</i>, the hand <i>Gehuun</i>, the tongue <i>Namon</i>,
+the foot <i>Yu</i>, the nose <i>Pinque</i>, the heart
+<i>Nahue</i>, a daughter <i>P'nen</i>, a child <i>Peni</i>, a
+brother <i>Con'n</i>, to enter <i>Penihuen</i>, own brothers
+<i>Tipan</i>, to go out <i>Huinca</i>, a Spaniard <i>Cupaln</i>,
+to bring <i>Seche</i>, an Indian <i>Entun</i>, to take away
+<i>Huenuy</i>, a friend <i>Aseln</i>, to be adverse
+<i>Cainie</i>, an enemy <i>Aselgen</i>, to hate <i>Huincha</i>, a
+head fillet <i>M'len</i>, to be, to possess <i>Makun</i>, a
+mantle <i>Mongen</i>, life to live <i>Lancattu</i>, glass beads
+<i>Mongetun</i>, to revive <i>Cosque</i>, bread <i>Swam</i>, the
+will <i>Ipe</i>, food <i>Swamtun</i>, to will <i>In</i>, or
+<i>ipen</i> to eat <i>Pepi</i>, power <i>Ilo</i>, flesh
+<i>Pepilan</i>, to be able <i>Ilon</i>, to eat flesh
+<i>Quimn</i>, knowledge, to know <i>Putun</i>, to drink
+<i>Quimeln</i>, to learn <i>Putumum</i>, a cup <i>Quimelcan</i>,
+to teach <i>Chilca</i>, writing <i>Pangi</i>, a lion
+<i>Chilcan</i>, to write <i>Choique</i>, an ostrich <i>Sengu</i>,
+a word, language, or <i>Achahual</i>, a cock or hen a thing
+<i>Huayqui</i>, a lance <i>Malu</i>, a large lizard
+<i>Huay-quitun</i>, to lance <i>Cusa</i>, a stone an egg
+<i>Chinu</i>, a knife or sword <i>Saiguen</i>, a flower
+<i>Chinogoscun</i>, to wound <i>Milya</i>, gold
+<i>Chinogosquen</i>, to be wounded <i>Lien</i>, silver
+<i>Conan</i>, a soldier <i>Cullyin</i>, money payment
+<i>Conangean</i>, one who is to be <i>Cullingen</i>, to be rich.
+a soldier <i>Amon</i>, to walk <i>Cunnubal</i>, poor, miserable,
+an orphan <i>Anun</i>, to sit <i>Cum panilhue</i>, red metal,
+copper <i>Anupeum</i>, a stool or seat <i>Chos panilhue</i>,
+yellow metal, brass <i>Anunmahuun</i>, to feel inwardly
+<i>Gepun</i>, colour, painting <i>Poyquelhuun</i>, to feel or
+perceive <i>Cuyem, Kiyem</i> a mouth, the moon <i>Saman</i>, a
+trade an artificer <i>Tissantu</i>, a year <i>Mamel</i>, a tree
+<i>K'tal</i>, fire <i>Mamel-Saman</i>, a carpenter <i>Asee</i>,
+hot <i>Suca</i>, a house <i>Chosee</i>, cold <i>Sucu-Saman</i>, a
+house builder <i>Atutuy</i>, it is shivering cold.</p>
+
+<p><i>The beginning of the Lord's Prayer</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Inchin in Chao, huenumenta m' leymi, ufchingepe mi wi;</i>
+Our Father, in heaven thou that art, hallowed be thy name;
+<i>eymi mi toguin inchinmo cupape; eymi mi piel, chumgechi</i>
+thy kingdom to us may it come; thy will, as it is <i>vemgey
+huenu-mapumo, vemgechi cay vemengepe</i> done in heaven, so
+likewise may it be done <i>tue-mapumo, &amp;c.</i> on earth,
+&amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION III.</p>
+
+<p><i>State of Chili, and Conquests made in that Country by the
+Peruvians, before the arrival of the Spaniards.</i></p>
+
+<p>The History of Chili and its inhabitants does not precede the
+middle of the fifteenth century, and what little is known
+respecting it is contained in the traditionary accounts of the
+Peruvians, who first invaded the northern province of Chili about
+the middle of that century, not an hundred years before the
+overthrow of the Peruvian empire by Pizarro, and the first
+Spanish invasion of Chili under Almagro.</p>
+
+<p>About the year 1450, while the Inca Yupanqui reigned over the
+Peruvian empire which had then extended its limits from Cuzco
+northwards to the equator and southwards to the tropic of
+Capricorn, the ambition of the Peruvian government was attracted
+to the acquisition of the important country of Chili, a rich and
+delightful region of great extent, immediately adjacent to the
+southern extremity of Peru. Favoured by the fertility of the
+country and the salubrity of the climate, the population of Chili
+may be readily supposed to have then been considerable, as we
+know that the whole extent of its territory was occupied by
+fifteen independent tribes or communities, each of which was
+governed by its respective chiefs, or <i>Ulmens</i>. These,
+tribes, beginning at the north on the confines of the desert of
+Atacama, were called Copaipins, Coquimbans, Quillotans,
+Mapochians, Promaucians, Cures, Cauques, Pencones, Araucanians,
+Cunches, Chilotes, Chiquilanian, Pehuenches, Puelches, and
+Huilliches; which last tribe inhabited the south of Chili,
+adjoining the archipelago of Chilo&eacute;.</p>
+
+<p>Informed of the natural advantages possessed by the
+inhabitants of this delightful region, the Inca Yupanqui resolved
+to attempt the annexation of Chili to his extensive empire. He
+accordingly marched with a powerful army to the frontiers of the
+country: But, either from apprehensions of his personal safety,
+or to be in a favourable situation for reinforcing the invading
+army and directing its operations, he established himself with a
+splendid court in the province of Atacama, the most southerly
+district of Peru, and confided the command of the invading army
+to Sinchiruca, a prince of the blood royal of Peru. Preceded,
+according to the specious custom of the Peruvians, by several
+ambassadors, and attended by a considerable military force, this
+general reduced under the Peruvian government, more by persuasion
+than force, the four most northerly tribes of the Chilese, named
+Copaipins, Coquimbans, Quillotans, and Mapochians. After this,
+not being able by his ambassadors to persuade the Promaucians
+into submission, who inhabit the delightful country between the
+river Rapel on the north and Maule on the south, he passed the
+river Rapel with his army to reduce them by force of arms. The
+name of the Promaucians, which signifies <i>free-dancers</i>[56],
+had been given them on account of their fondness for every kind
+of amusement, and their peculiar attachment to dancing; yet the
+love of pleasure had not rendered them effeminate. With the
+assistance of their allies, they drew together a formidable army
+and fought the Peruvians with such heroic valour as to defeat
+them in a battle, which, according to Garcilasso, was continued
+during three successive days.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 56: On a former occasion their name is
+explained as signifying <i>the people of delight</i>, owing to
+the beauty, fertility, and charming climate of their
+country.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On learning the defeat of his army and the invincible valour
+of the Promaucians, the Inca gave orders that the river Rapel
+should remain the southern boundary of his dominions, and all
+attempts to reduce the rest of Chili were laid aside. According
+to Garcilasso, the river Maule was established as the frontier of
+the Peruvian conquests: But this is by no means probable; as in
+this case the country of the conquerors would have been included
+within the territories of the vanquished. In fact, not far from
+the river Cachapoal, which with the Tinguiririca forms the Rapel,
+the remains of a Peruvian fortress are still to be seen on the
+top of a steep hill, which was undoubtedly built to protect that
+part of the frontier against the unconquered Promaucians. By this
+conquest of its four northern provinces, Chili became divided
+into two distinct portions; all to the south of the Rapel
+remaining free, while the districts to the north of that river
+were subjected to the dominion of the Incas. These four tribes,
+who had so readily submitted to the Inca Yupanqui, were subjected
+to an annual tribute in gold; but the conquerors never introduced
+their peculiar form of government into these provinces, the
+inhabitants of which remained subject to their own native
+<i>ulmens</i>, and preserved their original manners until the
+arrival of the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<p>When first known to the Spaniards, the Chilese were an
+agricultural people, dependent for their subsistence on the
+cultivation of such nutritious plants as accident or necessity
+had made them acquainted with. The plants chiefly cultivated by
+them for subsistence were maize, <i>magu, guegen, tuca, quinoa,
+pulse</i> of various kinds, the potatoe, <i>oxalis tuberosa</i>,
+common and yellow pumpkin or gourd, guinea pepper, <i>madi</i>,
+and the great strawberry; of each of which it may be proper to
+give a short account[57].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 57: The following account of the plants
+cultivated by the Chilese for food, is extracted from the natural
+history of Chili by Molina; but the enumeration from the text of
+his civil history will be found to differ materially from that
+given from the natural history of the same
+author.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Maize or Turkey wheat, the <i>Zea mais</i> of botanists, is
+called <i>gua</i> by the Chilese. It grows extremely well in
+Chili, where the inhabitants cultivate eight or nine distinct
+varieties. The kind in highest repute is called <i>uminta</i>,
+from which the natives prepare a dish by bruising the corn, while
+in a green unripe state, between two stones into a kind of paste,
+which they season with salt, sugar, and butter. This paste is
+then divided into small portions, which are separately inclosed
+in the skin or husk of the corn, and boiled for use. When ripe,
+the maize is prepared for winter use, either by slightly
+roasting, or by drying in the sun. From the former, named
+<i>chuchoca</i>, a kind of soup is prepared by boiling with
+water: From the latter they make a very pleasant beer or
+fermented liquor. The maize is sometimes reduced to meal by
+grinding between two stones, being previously parched or roasted
+by means of heated sand. For this purpose they prefer a variety
+of maize named <i>curagua</i>, which is smaller than the other,
+and produces a lighter and whiter meal, and in larger quantity.
+With this meal, mixed with sugar and water, they make two
+different beverages, named <i>ulpo</i> and <i>cherchan</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Magu</i> a species of rye, and <i>tuca</i>, a species of
+barley, were cultivated by the Chilese before the coming of the
+Spaniards to that country; but have been entirely neglected since
+the introduction of European wheat. They are still used however
+by the Araucanians, who make from them a kind of bread called
+<i>couvue</i>, which name they likewise give to bread made from
+maize or wheat.</p>
+
+<p><i>Quinua</i> is a species of <i>Chenopodium/</i>, having a
+black twisted grain of a lenticular form, from which they prepare
+a stomachic beverage of a pleasant taste. A variety of this
+plant, named <i>dahue</i>, produces white seeds, which lengthen
+out when boiled like worms, and are excellent in soup. The leaves
+of the <i>quinoa</i> have an agreeable taste, and are eaten by
+the natives.</p>
+
+<p><i>Degul</i> is a species of bean, of which the Chilese
+cultivated thirteen or fourteen kinds before the arrival of the
+Spaniards, differing but little from the common European bean or
+<i>Phaseolus vulgaris</i>, one of them having a straight stalk,
+and all the rest climbers[58].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 58: These beans are obviously what are
+called kidney-beans in this country.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Chili is considered by naturalists as the native country of
+that valuable esculent the potato, or <i>Solanun tuberosum</i>,
+which is known there by the names of <i>papa</i> and
+<i>pogny</i>. It is found indeed wild all over the country; but
+those wild plants, named <i>maglia</i>, produce only small roots
+of a bitterish taste. It is distinguished into two species, and
+more than thirty varieties are cultivated with much care. Besides
+the common species, the second is the <i>cari, Solanum cari</i>,
+which bears white flowers having a large central nectary like the
+narcissus. The roots of this species are cylindrical and very
+sweet, and are usually roasted under the ashes.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Oca</i>, or <i>Oxalis tuberosa</i>, produces five or
+six tuberosities on each root, three or four inches in length
+covered by a thin smooth skin. It is eaten boiled or roasted, and
+has a pleasant subacid taste. Like the potato, it is multiplied
+by means of its bulbs cut in pieces. There are several species of
+this plant; one of which called <i>red culle</i>, is much used in
+dyeing, and Is considered as a specific remedy for inflammatory
+fevers.</p>
+
+<p>Two species of gourds are known in Chili. The first species,
+with a white flower, called <i>quada</i>, has twenty-six
+varieties, several of which produce sweet and edible fruit, while
+that of the others is bitter. With one of these last, after
+extracting the seeds, the Chilese give a pleasant perfume or
+flavour to their cyder. The yellow-flowering gourd, called
+<i>penca</i>, has two kinds or varieties, the common and
+mamillary, owing to the fruit of the latter having a large
+nipple-shaped process at the end. Its pulp is sweet, and
+resembles in taste a kind of potato named <i>camote.</i></p>
+
+<p>The <i>quelghen,</i> or Chili strawberry has rough and
+succulent leaves, and its fruit is sometimes as large as a hens
+egg. This fruit is generally red and white; but in the provinces
+of Puchacay and Huilquilemeu, where they attain the greatest
+perfection, the fruit is yellow. "The Chili strawberry is
+<i>dioecial</i>, and has degenerated much in Europe by the want
+of male plants, and the females producing hybrid fruit by
+impregnation from the ordinary strawberries growing in the
+neighbourhood; in consequence of which circumstance the
+cultivation of this kind has been abandoned in Europe."</p>
+
+<p>The <i>madi,</i> a new genus of plants peculiar to Chili, has
+two species, one wild and the other cultivated. From the seeds of
+the latter an excellent oil is procured, either by expression, or
+by boiling in water, of an agreeable mild taste, and as clear as
+the best olive oil. This plant, hitherto unknown in Europe, would
+be a most valuable acquisition to those countries in which the
+olive cannot be raised.</p>
+
+<p>Many species of the capsicum, or guinea pepper, are cultivated
+in Chili, under the name of <i>thapi</i>, and are used as
+seasonings in the food of the natives.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>illmu,</i> or Bermudiana bulbosa, produces bulbous
+roots, which are excellent food either boiled or roasted, and are
+very pleasant in soups. The <i>liuto</i> produces a bulbous root,
+which yields a very white, light, and nutritious flour, which is
+much used as food for the sick.</p>
+
+<p>To these enumerated provisions from the vegetable kingdom, may
+be added the <i>cuy</i> or little rabbit, <i>Lepus minimus,</i>
+and the Chilihueque, or Araucanian camel; the flesh of which last
+affords an excellent food, and its wool furnishes clothing for
+the natives. If tradition may be credited, they had also the hog
+and the domestic fowl before the Spanish invasion. Besides these,
+the country produced the <i>guanaco,</i> and the <i>pudu,</i> a
+species of wild goat, and a great variety of birds. With these
+productions, which required only a moderate degree of industry,
+they subsisted with a sufficient abundance considering their
+situation and numbers; insomuch that, when Almagro invaded Chili,
+his army found abundance of provisions to recruit after the
+famine they had endured in their imprudent march through the
+deserts intervening between Peru and that country. With these
+advantages of abundant provisions in a fertile soil and mild
+climate, it appears that the first writers who treated of Chili
+cannot have greatly exaggerated in saying that it was filled with
+inhabitants at the first arrival of the Spaniards. Even the
+circumstance of one language being spoken through the whole
+country, is a proof that all the tribes were in the habit of
+continual intercourse, and that they were not isolated by vast
+unpeopled deserts, as is the case in many other parts of
+America.</p>
+
+<p>Agriculture appears to have made no inconsiderable progress
+among the Chilese, who cultivated a great variety of alimentary
+plants, all distinguished by peculiar and appropriate names,
+which could not have been the case except in consequence of an
+extensive and varied cultivation. They even had aqueducts in many
+parts of the country for watering or irrigating their fields;
+and, among these, the canal which runs for many miles along the
+rough skirts of the mountains near the capital, and waters the
+lands to the north of that city, remains a remarkably solid and
+extensive monument of their ingenious industry. They were
+likewise acquainted with the use of manure, called <i>vunalti</i>
+in their language; but, from the great fertility of the soil,
+little attention was paid to that subject. They used a kind of
+spade or breast-plough of hard wood for turning the soil, which
+was pushed forwards by their breasts. At present the native
+Chilese use a very simple plough, called <i>chetague</i>, made of
+the branch of a tree crooked at one end, having a wooden share
+and a single handle by which it is guided. Whether this simple
+implement has been taught them by the Spaniards, or is of their
+own invention I know not; but should believe it original, as
+Admiral Spilsberg observed a plough of this kind, drawn by two
+Chilihueques, used by the natives of the Isle of Mocha in the
+Araucanian Sea, where the Spaniards never had a settlement. The
+Fathers Bry add, that the Chilese tilled their lands by means of
+these animals before the arrival of any European cattle. However
+this may have been, it is certain that this Araucanian camel was
+employed by the natives as a beast of burden before the arrival
+of the Spaniards, and the transition from burden to draught is
+not difficult.</p>
+
+<p>The Chilese cooked their grain for food in various ways, by
+boiling in earthen pots, or roasting it in hot sand, and by
+grinding it into meal, which they prepared in the form of gruel,
+of cakes, and of bread. Meal made of parched grain was called
+<i>murque</i>, and when made from grain merely dried in the sun
+<i>rugo</i>. Of the first they made gruels, and a kind of
+beverage still used for breakfast. Of the second they made cakes,
+and a kind of bread called <i>covque</i>, which was baked in
+holes dug in the sides of hills or the banks of rivers, in the
+form of ovens, many of which are still to be seen. They had even
+invented a kind of sieve, called <i>chignigue</i>, to separate
+the bran from the flour, and employed leaven in baking their
+bread. From the grains already mentioned, and the fruits or
+berries of different trees, they made nine or ten different kinds
+of fermented liquors, which they made and kept in jars of
+earthen-ware.</p>
+
+<p>Having adopted the settled mode of life indispensable to an
+agricultural people, the Chilese were collected into families or
+septs more or less numerous, in those situations which were best
+suited for procuring subsistence, where they established
+themselves in large villages, called <i>cara</i>, or in small
+ones called <i>lov</i>. These villages consisted only of a number
+of huts irregularly dispersed within sight of each other, and
+some of them still subsist in several parts of Spanish Chili. The
+most considerable of these are <i>Lampa</i> in the province of St
+Jago, and <i>Lora</i> in the province of Maule. In each village
+or hamlet they had a chief named <i>Ulmen</i>, who was subject in
+certain points, to the supreme ruler of the tribe, or
+<i>apo-ulmen</i>. The succession of these chiefs was by
+hereditary descent; and from their title of office, which
+signifies a rich man, it would appear that wealth had been the
+original means of raising these families to the rank they now
+occupy, contrary to the usages of other savage nations in which
+strength, skill in hunting, or martial prowess appear to have
+been the steps by which individuals have risen to rank and power.
+The authority of these chiefs or <i>ulmens</i> appears to have
+been extremely limited, being merely of a directive nature and
+not absolute. The right of private property was fully established
+among the Chilese, as every individual was the absolute master of
+the land he cultivated, and of the produce of his industry, both
+of which descended to his posterity by hereditary succession.</p>
+
+<p>The houses or huts of the Chilese were built in a quadrangular
+form, of wood covered with clay, and the roof covered with
+rushes; though in some instances the walls were of brick, the use
+of which they seem to have learned from the Peruvians, as they
+used the Peruvian term <i>tica</i> for that material. From the
+wool of the Chilihueques they manufactured cloth for their
+apparel, using the spindle and distaff for spinning this wool
+into yarn, and two different kinds of looms for weaving the yarn
+into cloth. One of these, called <i>guregue</i>, is not very
+unlike the ordinary loom of Europe; but the other is vertical or
+upright, and called <i>uthalgue</i>, from the verb
+<i>uthalen</i>, signifying to stand upright. From a verb in their
+language, <i>nudaven</i>, which signifies to sew, they must have
+used some kind of needle to sew their garments; but I know not of
+what substance it was composed. They seem even to have been
+acquainted with the art of embroidery, called <i>dumican</i> in
+their language. From excellent clay which is found abundantly in
+Chili, they made pots, plates, cups, and large jars to hold their
+fermented liquors, baking these vessels in holes or ovens made in
+the declivities of hills; and they even used a kind of mineral
+earth called <i>colo</i>, for varnishing these vessels. Besides
+these vessels of clay, they made others of hard wood, and even of
+marble; some vases of which excellently polished have been dug
+out from under a large heap of stones in the mountains of Arauco.
+From the earth they extracted gold, silver, copper, tin, and
+lead, and employed these metals in a variety of useful and
+curious works. Particularly from their native copper, which is a
+kind of bell-metal and very hard, they made axes, hatchets, and
+other edged tools, but in small quantities, as these are very
+rarely met with in their ancient sepulchres; where, on the
+contrary, hatchets made of a species of basalt or very hard stone
+are very often found. They seem even to have known the use of
+iron, as it is called <i>panilgue</i> in their language, and
+weapons made of it are termed <i>chiuquel</i>, while those made
+of other materials are called <i>nulin</i>. A smith likewise is
+called <i>ruthav&eacute;</i>, from <i>ruthan</i>, signifying to
+work in iron.</p>
+
+<p>The ancient Chilese had discovered the art of making salt,
+both from sea water and from inland salt springs; calling the
+former <i>chiadi</i>, and the latter <i>lilco-chiadi</i>, or salt
+from the water of rocks. They procured dyes of various colours
+for their clothes, both from the juice of plants and from mineral
+earths, and had discovered the art of fixing them by means of the
+<i>polcura</i>, an aluminous or astringent mineral. Instead of
+soap, they used the back of the <i>quillai</i>, which is an
+excellent substitute. In their language there are many words
+discriminative of various kinds of baskets and mats, which they
+manufactured from various vegetables. From a plant called
+<i>gnocchia</i>, they procured a strong fibrous substance
+resembling hemp, of which they made ropes and fishing nets of
+different kinds; and the inhabitants on the coast used canoes of
+different kinds and sizes, and floats or rafts of wood, or of
+inflated seal skins. Though not peculiarly addicted to hunting,
+they were accustomed to kill the wild animals and birds of the
+country, both for amusement and subsistence; for which purpose
+they used bows and arrows, and the <i>laque</i> or running noose
+which is employed with so much ingenuity by many of the South
+American natives. It is a singular fact that they had the same
+device as the Chinese, for catching wild ducks in their lakes and
+rivers, covering their heads with perforated gourds, and wading
+among the flocks.</p>
+
+<p>They had advanced so far in the knowledge of numbers, as to
+have distinctive names for the ten units, and for an hundred and
+a thousand, with all the intermediate numbers compounded of
+decimal terms. To preserve the memory of their transactions, they
+used a bunch of threads of several colours called <i>pron</i>,
+similar to the <i>quippo</i> of the Peruvians, oh which they cast
+a number of knots according to circumstances. The subject was
+indicated by the colour of the threads, and the knots designated
+the number or quantity, but I have not been able to discover any
+other purpose to which this species of register could be applied.
+The <i>quippo</i> is still used by the shepherds in Peru, to keep
+an account of the number in their flocks, to mark the day and
+hour when the different ewes yeaned, or when any of their lambs
+are lost.</p>
+
+<p>The religious system of the Araucanians, formerly that of all
+the native tribes of Chili, resembles in a great measure the
+freedom of their modes of life and government. They acknowledge a
+Supreme Being, the creator of all things, whom they name
+<i>Pillan</i>, a word derived from <i>pulli</i> or <i>pilli</i>,
+the soul. He is likewise named <i>Guenu-pillan</i>, the soul or
+spirit of heaven; <i>Buta-gen</i>, the great being;
+<i>Thalcove</i>[59], the thunderer; <i>Vilvemvoe</i>, the creator
+of all things; <i>Vilpepilvoe</i>, the omnipotent;
+<i>Mollgelu</i>, the eternal; <i>Avnolu</i>, the omnipotent; and
+is designed by many other similar epithets. Their ideas of the
+government of heaven form in a great measure a prototype of the
+Araucanian system of civil polity; Pillan is considered as the
+great <i>Toqui</i> of the invisible world of Spirits[60], and is
+supposed to have his <i>Apo-ulmens</i> and <i>Ulmens</i>, or
+subordinate deities of two different ranks, to whom he entrusts
+the administration of lesser affairs. In the first class of these
+inferior deities, are <i>Epunamun</i>, or the god of war;
+<i>Meulen</i>, a benevolent being, the friend of the human race;
+and <i>Guecubu</i>, a malignant being, the author of all evil,
+who is likewise called <i>Algue</i>. Hence they appear to
+entertain the doctrine of two adverse principles, improperly
+called Manicheism. <i>Guecubu</i>, or <i>Huecuvu</i>, is named
+<i>Mavari</i> by the natives on the Orinoco, and is the same with
+the <i>Aherman</i> of the ancient Persians. To him every evil is
+attributed. If a horse tire, he has been ridden by
+<i>Guecubu</i>. In an earthquake, <i>Guecubu</i> has given the
+world a shock; and the like in all things. The <i>Ulmens</i>, or
+subaltern deities of their celestial hierarchy, resemble the
+genii, and are supposed to have the charge of earthly things, and
+to form, in concert with the benevolent Meulen, a counterpoise to
+the prodigious power of the malignant Guecuba. These
+<i>ulmens</i> of the spiritual world are conceived to be of both
+sexes, who always continue pure and chaste without propagation.
+The males are called <i>Gen</i>, or lords; the females
+<i>Amei-malghen</i>, or spiritual nymphs, and are supposed to
+perform the same friendly offices to men which were anciently
+attributed to the <i>lares</i>, and every Araucanian imagines he
+has one of these attendant spirits in his service. <i>Nien cai
+gni Amchi-malghen</i>, I keep my nymph still, is a common
+expression when any one succeeds in an undertaking. Pursuant to
+the analogy of their own earthly government, as their
+<i>Ulmens</i> have no right to impose any service or contribution
+on the people whom they govern, so they conceive the celestial
+race require no services from man, having occasion for none.
+Hence they have neither idols nor temples, and offer no
+sacrifices, except in case of some severe calamity, or on the
+conclusion of a peace, when they sacrifice animals, and burn
+tobacco as a grateful incense to their deities. Yet they invoke
+them and implore their aid on urgent occasions, chiefly
+addressing <i>Pillan</i> and <i>Meulen</i>.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 59: <i>Pillan</i>, according to
+Dobrizhoffer, is likewise the word for thunder. In a similar
+manner, <i>Tupa</i> or <i>Tupi</i>, among all the Tupi tribes of
+Brazil, and the Guaranies of Paraguay, signifies both God and
+thunder.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 60: Among the Moluches, the general name of
+the Supreme Being, according to Falkner, is <i>Toqui-chen</i>, or
+the supreme ruler of the people.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+[Illustration: Map of CHILI] 
+
+<p>Notwithstanding the small regard which they pay to their
+deities, they are extremely superstitious in matters of less
+importance, and are firm believers in divination, paying the
+utmost attention to favourable and unfavourable omens, to dreams,
+the singing and flight of birds, and the like, which they believe
+to denote the pleasure of the gods. They have accordingly
+jugglers or diviners, who pretend to a knowledge of futurity, who
+are called <i>Gligua</i> and <i>Dugol</i>, some of them call
+themselves <i>Guenguenu</i> or masters of heaven,
+<i>Guenpugnu</i> or masters of disease, <i>Guen-piru</i>, or
+masters of worms, and the like. These diviners pretend to the
+power of producing rain, of curing diseases, of preventing the
+ravages of the worms which destroy the grain, and so on. They are
+in perpetual dread of imaginary beings, called <i>Calcus</i> or
+sorcerers, who in their opinion remain concealed in caverns by
+day, along with their disciples or servants, called
+<i>lvunches</i> or man-animals, who transform themselves at night
+into owls and shoot invisible arrows at their enemies.</p>
+
+<p>They all believe in the immortality of the soul, which they
+call <i>am</i> or <i>pulli</i>, and which they say is
+<i>aneanolu</i> or incorporeal, and <i>mugealu</i>, or existing
+for ever; but they are not agreed as to the state of the soul
+after this life. All say that it goes after death to the west
+beyond the sea, to a place called <i>Gulcheman</i>, or the
+dwelling of the men beyond the mountains. Some believe this
+country is divided into two provinces; one that is pleasant and
+filled with every thing delightful, the abode of the good; the
+other desolate and devoid of every comfort, the dwelling of the
+wicked. Others again conceive that all enjoy eternal pleasure
+after this life, and that the deeds done in the body have no
+influence on the future lot. They believe the soul retains its
+original attachments and dislikes, and that the spirits of their
+departed countrymen frequently return and fight furiously with
+those of their former enemies, when they meet in the air; and to
+these combats they attribute the origin of tempests and of
+thunder and lightning. When a storm happens on the Andes or the
+ocean, they ascribe it to a battle between the spirits of their
+departed countrymen and those of the Spaniards. If the storm take
+its course towards the Spanish territory, they exclaim
+triumphantly, <i>Inavimen, inavimen, puen, laguvimen!</i> Pursue
+them friends, pursue them, kill them! If the storm tends towards
+their own country, they cry out in consternation, <i>Yavulumen,
+puen, namuntumen</i>! Courage friends, be firm!</p>
+
+<p>They have a tradition of a great deluge, in which only a few
+persons were saved by taking refuge on a high mountain, named
+<i>Thegtheg</i>, the thundering or sparkling, which had three
+points, and had the property of floating on the waters. On the
+occurrence of violent earthquakes, they fly for refuge to the
+mountains, fearful that the sea may again deluge the world; and
+on these occasions, every one takes a good supply of provisions,
+and a large wooden platter to protect the head, in case the
+<i>Thegtheg</i> when raised by the waters should approach the
+sun.</p>
+
+<p>The year of the Araucanians is solar, and begins on the 22d of
+December, or immediately after the southern solstice, which they
+call <i>Thaumathipantu</i>, or the head and tail of the year, and
+are able to ascertain this period with tolerable precision by
+means of watching the shadows. The 22d of June is called
+<i>Udanthipantu</i>, the divider of the year, as dividing it into
+two equal parts. The whole year is called <i>Tipantu</i>, or the
+course of the sun, and is divided into twelve months of thirty
+days each, to which they add five intercallary days to complete
+the tropical year, but in what way I have not been able to
+determine. The months are called <i>cujen</i>, or moons, and have
+the following names:</p>
+
+<p>Avun-cujen, the month of fruit, -------------January
+Coji-cujen the month of harvest, ------------February Glor-cujen,
+the month of maize, ---------------March Rimu-cujen, the 1st
+month of rimu, ---------------April Inarimu-cujen, the 2d month
+of rimu, -----------------May Thor-cujen, the 1st month of foam,
+----------------June Inanthor-cujen, the 2d month of foam,
+----------------July Huin-cujen, the unpleasant month,
+--------------August Pillal-cujen, the treacherous month,
+---------- September Hueul-cujen, 1st month of new winds,
+-------------October Inan-hueul-cujen, 2d month of new winds,
+------------November Hueviru-cujen, the month of new fruits,
+----------- December</p>
+
+<p>The year is divided into four seasons; the spring being called
+<i>Peughen</i>, the summer <i>Ucan</i>, the autumn <i>Gualug</i>,
+and the winter <i>Pucham</i>. The natural day is divided into
+twelve parts or hours, called <i>gliaganiu</i>, six of which
+belong to the day and six to the night, all of which have
+particular names. Commencing at midnight, there are Puliuen,
+Ueun, Thipanantu, Maleu, Vutamaleu, Ragiantu, Culunantu,
+Gullantu, Conantu, Guvquenantu, Puni, Ragipun. The stars in
+general are named <i>huaglen</i>, which they distribute into
+constellations called <i>pal</i> or <i>ritha</i>. The pleiades
+are named <i>Cajupal</i>, or the constellation of six; the
+antarctic cross <i>Meleritho</i>, the Constellation of four, and
+so on. The milky-way is named <i>Rupuepen</i>, the fabulous road.
+The planets are called <i>gau</i>, a word derived from
+<i>gaun</i> to wash, as they suppose them to dip into the sea
+when they set; and some conceive them to be other earths
+inhabited like our own. The sky is called <i>Guenu-mapu</i>, or
+the heavenly country; the moon <i>Cuyenmapu</i>, or the country
+of the moon. Comets are called <i>Cheruvoc</i>, as believed to be
+terrestrial exhalations inflamed in the upper region of the air.
+The eclipses of the sun and moon are called <i>Lay-antu</i> and
+<i>Lay-cujen</i>, or the deaths of the sun and moon.</p>
+
+<p>Their measures of length are the <i>nela</i> or palm, the
+<i>duche</i> or foot, <i>namun</i> the pace, <i>the can,</i>
+<i>the ell</i>, and <i>tupu</i> the league, which answers to the
+marine league or the pharasang of the Persians: But they estimate
+long distances by mornings, corresponding to our days journeys.
+The liquid measures are the <i>guampar</i>, about a quart;
+<i>can</i> about a pint; and the <i>mencu</i>, which is still
+smaller. The dry measures are the <i>chiaique</i>, about six
+pints; and the <i>gliepu</i>, which is double that quantity.</p>
+
+<p>Oratory is held in high estimation, and is the road to honour
+and the management of public affairs; insomuch that the eldest
+son of an <i>Ulmen</i>, if deficient in that talent, is excluded
+from the right of succession, which devolves upon a younger son,
+or the nearest male relative who happens to be an able speaker.
+On this account, parents accustom their sons to speak in public
+from their early youth, and carry them to the national
+assemblies, where the best orators of the nation display their
+eloquence. Hence the universal attention to speak the language
+correctly and to preserve its purity. They are so careful to
+avoid the introduction of any foreign words into their language,
+that when any stranger settles among them he is obliged to adopt
+a new name in the <i>Chili-dugu</i> or language of the country,
+and even the missionaries must conform to this singular
+regulation, if they would obtain favour; and so fastidious are
+they in attention to the purity of their language, that the
+audience will interrupt a missionary while preaching, to correct
+the mistakes in language or pronunciation. Many of them are well
+acquainted with the Spanish language; and, from being accustomed
+to a soft regular and varied language, they are able easily to
+learn the pronunciation of the different European dialects, as
+was observed by Captain Wallis of the Patagonians, who are real
+Chilese. They are so unwilling however to use the Spanish, that
+they never use it in any of the assemblies or congresses between
+the two nations, and rather choose to listen to a tiresome
+interpretation than to degrade the dignity of their native tongue
+by using another on such occasions. Their style of oratory is
+highly figurative, elevated, allegorical, and replete with
+peculiar phrases and expressions that are only used on such
+occasions; whence it is called <i>coyag-tucan</i> or the style of
+public harangues. They commonly divide their subject into regular
+heads, called <i>thoy</i>, and usually specify the number they
+mean to enlarge upon; saying <i>Epu thoygei tamen piavin</i>,
+"what I am going to say is divided into two heads." Their
+speeches are not deficient in a suitable exordium, a clear
+narrative, a well-founded argument, and a pathetic peroration;
+and usually abound in parables and apologues; which sometimes
+furnish the main substance of the discourse.</p>
+
+<p>Their poets are called <i>gempin</i>, or lords of speech; and
+their poetry generally contains strong and lively images, bold
+figures, frequent allusions and similitudes, new and forcible
+expressions, and possesses the power of exciting sensibility. It
+is every where animated and metaphorical, and allegory is its
+very soul and essence. Their verses are mostly composed in
+stanzas of eight or eleven syllables, and are for the most part
+blank, yet rhyme is occasionally introduced, according to the
+taste or caprice of the poet.</p>
+
+<p>They have three kinds of physicians. Of these the
+<i>ampives</i>, who are skilful herbalists, are the best, and
+have even some skill in the pulse and other diagnostics of
+disease. The <i>vileus</i> pretend that all contagious diseases
+are produced by insects or worms, and are therefore often called
+<i>cutampiru</i>, which signifies vermiculous diseases, or
+diseases proceeding from worms. The <i>machis</i> are a
+superstitious class, or pretenders to sorcery, and allege that
+all diseases proceed from witchcraft, and pretend therefore to
+cure them by supernatural means, for which reason they are
+employed in desperate cases, when the exertions of the
+<i>ampives</i> and <i>vileus</i> have proved ineffectual; They
+have likewise a kind of surgeons, called <i>gutarve</i>; who are
+skilful in replacing luxations, setting fractured bones, and
+curing wounds and ulcers. Before the arrival of the Spaniards,
+the Chilese doctors used bleeding, blistering, emetics,
+cathartics, sudorifics, and even glysters. They let blood by
+means of a sharp flint fixed in a small stick; and for giving
+glysters they employ a bladder and pipe. Their emetics,
+cathartics, and sudorifics are all obtained from the vegetable
+kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>Their commerce, both internal and external, is all carried on
+by barter, as they have not adopted the use of money; and this is
+regulated by a conventional tariff according to which the values
+of all articles in commerce are appraised under the name of
+<i>cullen</i>, or payment. Their external trade is with the
+Spaniards, with whom they exchange <i>ponchos</i>, or Chilese
+cloaks, and animals, for wine or European articles. The Spaniards
+of the province of Maul&eacute; supply the Araucanians with iron
+ware, bits for bridles, cutlery, grain, and wine; and are paid in
+<i>ponchos</i> of which they receive above 40,000 yearly, in
+horned cattle, horses, ostrich feathers, curious baskets, and
+other trifles; for it has never been possible to induce them to
+open their gold mines. The Spanish merchant has in the first
+place to obtain permission from the ulmens or heads of families
+of a district, after which he proceeds to all the houses,
+distributing his merchandize indiscriminately to all, who present
+themselves. When he has completed his sale, he gives notice of
+his departure, and all the purchasers hasten to an appointed
+village, where they deliver the articles agreed for with the
+utmost punctuality.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION IV.</p>
+
+<p><i>First Expedition of the Spaniards into Chili under
+Almagro</i>.</p>
+
+<p>After the death of Atahualpa and the subjection of the
+Peruvian empire by Pizarro and Almagro, Pizarro persuaded his
+companion Almagro to undertake the conquest of Chili then
+celebrated for its niches, being desirous to enjoy the sole
+command in Peru. Filled with sanguine expectations of a rich
+booty, Almagro began his march for Chili in the end[61] of the
+year 1535, with an army of 570 Spaniards, and accompanied by
+15,000 Peruvians, under the command of Paullu[62], the brother of
+the Inca <i>Manco</i>, the nominal emperor of Peru, who had
+succeeded to Atahualpa and Huasear. Two roads lead from Peru to
+Chili; one of which by the maritime plain, is the arid desert of
+Atacama, destitute of water and provisions; while the other
+passes for about 120 miles over the immense ridge of the Andes,
+and is attended by excessive inconveniences and almost
+insurmountable difficulties Almagro chose this road because it
+was the shortest from Cuzco; and in this march his army had to
+endure infinite fatigue, and almost incessant conflicts with the
+barbarous tribes in the several districts through which he had to
+pass. He at length reached the eastern side of the vast chain of
+the Andes at the commencement of winter, almost destitute of
+provisions, and ill supplied with clothing to protect his people
+under the inclemencies of the region he had still to penetrate.
+At the season of the year which he unfortunately chose, snow
+falls almost continually among the Andes, and completely fills
+and obliterates the narrow paths that are even difficultly
+passable in summer. The soldiers, however, animated by their
+general, and ignorant of the dangers they had to encounter,
+advanced with inconceivable toil to the summit of the rugged
+ascent. But by the severity of the weather, and the want of
+provisions, 150 of the Spaniards perished by the way; and 10,000
+of the Peruvians, less able to endure the rigours of that frozen
+region, were destroyed. Not one of all the army would have
+escaped, had not Almagro pushed resolutely forward with a small
+party of horse to Copaipo, whence he sent back succours and
+provisions to his army still engaged in the defiles of the
+mountains. By these means, those of the most robust
+constitutions, who had been able to resist the inclemency of the
+weather, were enabled to extricate themselves from the snow, and
+at length reached the plains of Copaipo, the most northerly
+province in Chili, where they were kindly received and
+entertained by the inhabitants, through respect for the
+Peruvians.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 61: The beginning of that year according to
+Ovale.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 62: By Orale this Peruvian prince is called
+Paullo Topo, and the high priest of the Peruvians, Villacumu, is
+said to have been likewise sent in company with
+Almagro.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>As the Inca Paullu was well acquainted with the object of this
+expedition, he obliged the inhabitants of Copaipo to deliver up
+to him all the gold in their possession, which he immediately
+presented to Almagro, to the value of 500,000 ducats. Almagro was
+highly pleased with this first fruit of his labours, and
+immediately distributed the whole among his soldiers, to whom
+also he remitted immense debts which they owed him, as he had
+advanced them all the funds which were necessary to fit them out
+for the expedition. Almagro soon learnt that the reigning Ulmen
+of Copaipo had usurped the government of that province in
+prejudice of his nephew and ward, who had fled to the woods.
+Calling the lawful heir into his presence, he arrested the guilty
+chief, and reinstated the lawful heir in the government, with the
+universal applause of the natives, who attributed this conduct
+entirely to motives of justice and a wish to redress the
+injured.</p>
+
+<p>When the Spaniards were recovered from their fatigues, through
+the hospitable assistance of the Copaipins, and were reinforced
+by an additional number of soldiers brought by Rodrigo Orgonez
+from Peru, Almagro and his troops commenced their march towards
+the more southerly provinces of Chili, full of the most
+flattering hopes of acquiring vast riches and splendid
+establishments in a fine country, which was interspersed on all
+sides with numerous villages, evincing an extensive population
+and fertile soil. The natives every where crowded round them on
+the march, to examine the wonderful strangers, and to present
+them with such things as they thought might prove agreeable to
+beings whom they conceived of a superior order to other men. In
+the mean time, two soldiers who had separated from the army,
+proceeded to the river Huasco which forms the boundary between
+the provinces of Copaipo and Coquimbo, where they were well
+received at first by the inhabitants; but, in consequence of some
+acts of violence, they were afterwards put to death, being the
+first European blood spilt in Chili, which has since been so
+copiously watered with the blood of the Spaniards. On being
+informed of this unfortunate accident, calculated to weaken the
+exalted notion which he wished to inspire into the natives of the
+character of his soldiers, Almagro hastened his march for
+Coquimbo, where he immediately ordered <i>Marcando</i> the head
+<i>ulmen</i> of the province, his brother, and twenty others of
+the principal inhabitants to be brought before him; all of whom
+he committed to the flames; This act of cruelty appeared
+extraordinary and unjust to every one; for even among these
+adventurers, inured to rapine and bloodshed, there still were
+some men of humanity and justice. The majority of the army openly
+disapproved the severity of the general on this occasion, and
+from this time his affairs ceased to be prosperous.</p>
+
+<p>Some time in the year 1537, Almagro received a considerable
+reinforcement from Peru under the command of Juan de Rada; who
+likewise brought him letters patent from the king of Spain, by
+which he was appointed governor of 200 leagues of territory to
+the southward of the government which had been granted to
+Francisco Pizarro. By the same conveyance Almagro received
+letters from his friends in Peru, urging him to return to that
+country and to take possession of Cuzco, which they asserted was
+within the limits of the jurisdiction confided to him by his
+patent. But, as he entertained very sanguine ideas of the value
+of the conquest in which he was now engaged, he pursued his march
+towards the south, and passed the fatal <i>Cachapoal</i> or
+<i>Rapel</i>, regardless of the remonstrances of his Peruvian
+allies, who urged him to refrain from attempting to invade the
+country of the valiant Promaucians[63]. At the first appearance
+of the Spaniards, these brave Indians were astonished and
+terrified by the horses and thundering arms of the strangers; but
+soon recovering from the effects of their first surprise, they
+intrepidly opposed their new enemies on the banks of the
+Rio-claro. Despising their force, and ignorant of their bravery,
+Almagro placed his Peruvian allies in the first line, now
+considerably increased by an additional number whom Paullu had
+drawn from the Peruvian garrisons in Chili. But these troops were
+soon defeated by the Promaucians, and fell back in confusion on
+the line of Spaniards in the rear. The Spaniards, instead of
+remaining spectators of the battle, were now compelled to sustain
+the vigorous attack of the enemy; and, advancing with their
+horse, a furious battle was fought with considerable loss on both
+sides, and continued till night separated the combatants without
+either party having gained the victory.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 63: Called <i>Puramaucans</i> by Garcilasso
+and <i>Promocaes</i> by Ovale, who names the <i>Cauquenes</i> and
+<i>Peneos</i> as their allies.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Although the Promaucians had sustained a heavy loss in this
+battle, they courageously encamped within sight of the Spaniards,
+determined to renew the fight next morning. Though the Spaniards
+had kept possession of the field, and considered themselves
+victorious according to the customs of Europe, they were very
+differently inclined from their valiant enemies. Hitherto they
+had been accustomed to subdue extensive provinces with little or
+no resistance, and became disgusted with an enterprise which
+could not be accomplished without much fatigue and danger, and
+the loss of much blood, having to contend against a bold and
+independent nation, by whom they were not considered as immortal
+or as a superior order of beings. It was therefore resolved by
+common consent to abandon the present expedition, yet they
+differed materially as to the conduct of their retreat; some
+being desirous to return into Peru entirely, while others wished
+to form a settlement in the northern provinces of Chili, where
+they had already received so much hospitality, and had acquired
+considerable riches. The first opinion was supported by Almagro,
+now strongly impressed by the suggestions of his friends in Peru
+to take possession of Cuzco. He represented to his soldiers the
+dangers to which a settlement would be exposed in so warlike a
+country, and persuaded them to follow him to Cuzco, where he
+expected to be able to establish his authority either by
+persuasion or force, pursuant to his royal patent.</p>
+
+<p>Having determined to return into Peru, and having fatally
+experienced the dangers of the mountain road, Almagro resolved to
+march by the desert of Atacama in the maritime plain, by which he
+conducted his troops into Peru with very little loss in 1538. He
+took possession of Cuzco by surprise; and, after ineffectual
+negociations, he fought a battle with the brother of Pizarro, by
+whom he was taken prisoner, and beheaded as a disturber of the
+public peace. Such was the fate of the first expedition of the
+Spaniards against Chili, undertaken by the best body of European
+troops that had hitherto been collected in those distant regions.
+The thirst of riches was the moving spring of this expedition,
+and the disappointment of their hopes the cause of its
+abandonment.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION V.</p>
+
+<p><i>Second Expedition into Chili, under Pedro de Valdivia, to
+the commencement of the War between the Spaniards and
+Araucanians</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Having obtained absolute command of the Spanish possessions on
+the southern side of South America, by the defeat and death of
+his rival Almagro. Pizarro resolved to resume the conquest of
+Chili, which he conceived might become an important acquisition.
+Among the adventurers who had come from Spain to Chili, were two
+officers who held royal commissions to attempt this conquest,
+named Pedro Sanchez de Hoz, and Camargo. To Hoz had been confided
+the conquest of the country from the confines of Peru to the
+river Maul&eacute;; and to Camargo the remainder of the country
+beyond that river to the archipelago of Chilo&eacute;. Jealous of
+the interference of these officers in the country which he
+considered as his by right of discovery, Pizarro refused under
+frivolous pretences to confirm the royal nomination, and chose
+for the conduct of the expedition Pedro de Valdivia, his
+quarter-master, a prudent active and brave officer, who had
+acquired military experience in the wars of Italy, and who had
+already evinced a strong attachment to his party. On this
+occasion, Valdivia was directed to take Hoz along with him to
+Chili, and to allow him every advantage he could possibly desire
+in the allotment or repartition of lands and Indians in the
+expected conquest.</p>
+
+<p>Valdivia accordingly set out from Cuzco in 1540, with a force
+of 200 Spaniards, and accompanied by a numerous body of Peruvian
+auxiliaries, taking likewise along with him some monks, several
+Spanish women, and a great number of European quadrupeds, with
+every requisite for settling a new colony in the country. On his
+march for Chili he pursued the same route with Almagro; but
+instructed by the misfortunes of his predecessor, he did not
+attempt to pass the Andes till the middle of summer, by which
+precaution he was enabled to enter Chili without incurring any
+loss. His reception there however, even in the northern
+provinces, was very different from that which had been
+experienced by Almagro. Informed of the conquest of Peru by the
+Spaniards, owing to which they were freed from the submission
+they had come under to the Incas, they did not consider
+themselves bound to transfer their obedience to the present
+invaders. The Copaipans accordingly began to attack Valdivia
+immediately on entering their country, assailing him at every
+step with much valour, but with very little conduct. Like
+barbarians in general, they were incapable of making a common
+cause with each other; and having been long accustomed to
+servitude under the Peruvians, during which all union among the
+northern tribes had been dissolved, they attacked their invaders
+in separate hordes as they advanced into the country, and without
+that steady and firm courage which stamps the valour of a free
+people in the defence of their liberties. In spite of this
+desultory and uncombined opposition from the natives, Valdivia
+traversed the provinces of Copaipo, Coquimbo, Quillota, and
+Melipilla, with Very little loss though much harassed, and
+arrived in the province of Mapocho, now called St Jago.</p>
+
+<p>This province, which is more than 600 miles from the confines
+of Peru, is one of the pleasantest and most fertile in the
+kingdom. Its name of Mapocho signifies in the Chilese language,
+<i>the land of many people</i>; and according to the earliest
+writers respecting Chili, its population was then extremely
+numerous. This province, which borders on the Andes, is 140 miles
+in circumference, and is watered by the rivers Maypo, Colina,
+Lampa, and Mapocho, which last divides it into two nearly equal
+parts. In one place this river sinks into the earth, and after a
+subterraneous course of five miles, emerges again with an
+increase of its waters, and finally joins the river Maypo. The
+mountains of Caren, which terminate this province on the north,
+abound in gold, and in that part of the Andes which forms the
+eastern boundary, there are several rich mines of silver.
+Valdivia had penetrated thus far into the country on purpose to
+render it difficult for his soldiers to return into Peru, and he
+now determined to form a settlement in this province, which from
+its remote situation and natural advantages, seemed excellently
+calculated to become the centre of his intended conquests. Having
+selected with this view a convenient situation on the left shore
+of the Mapocho, he laid the foundation of the intended capital of
+the kingdom of Chili, on the 24th of February 1541, naming this
+new city St Jago, in honour of the tutelary saint of Spain. In
+laying out the ground plan of the intended city, he divided the
+whole into plots or squares of 4095 toises each[64], and allotted
+a quarter of each square as the scite of a house for each
+citizen, which plan has been followed in laying out all the other
+cities in Chili. One of these areas situated on one side of the
+great square was destined for the cathedral and bishops palace,
+and another for the house of the governor and the public offices.
+He then appointed a cabildo or magistracy, according to the usual
+forms in Spanish cities, from those persons in his small army
+that were best qualified for the purpose; and, for the protection
+of the new settlement, in case of attack from the Chilese, he
+built a fort on a hill in the centre of the city, which has since
+received the name of St Lucia.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 64: Though not distinctly so expressed,
+this must be considered as square toises, making each side of the
+square 64 toises, or 384 feet. In a former account of the city of
+St Jago, the public square is described as being 450 feet on each
+side.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Though many have applauded the sagacity of Valdivia in the
+choice of a situation for the capital of the new colony, it would
+in my opinion have been much better placed on the banks of the
+river Maypo, about fifteen miles farther south; as that river is
+much larger than the Mapocho, has a direct communication with the
+sea, and might easily be made navigable for ships of considerable
+burden. In the year 1787, this city contained more than 40,000
+inhabitants, and was rapidly increasing in population, owing to
+its being the seat of government, and the residence of many
+wealthy and luxurious families, by which it attracts considerable
+commerce.</p>
+
+<p>The natives observed the progress of this new settlement with
+much jealousy, and concerted measures for freeing themselves from
+such unwelcome intruders; but, as Valdivia discovered their
+intentions, he confined the chiefs of the conspiracy in his new
+fortress; and having intimation of a secret intelligence being
+carried on between the Mapochians and their neighbours, the
+Promancians, he repaired with a body of sixty horse to the river
+Cachapoal or Rapel to watch the motions of that brave and
+enterprising nation. This precaution was however altogether
+unnecessary, as that fearless people had not sufficient policy or
+foresight to think of uniting with their neighbours in order to
+secure themselves from the impending danger. Taking advantage of
+the absence of Valdivia, the Mapochians fell upon the new
+settlement with desperate fury, burnt all the half-built houses,
+and assailed the citadel on all sides, in which the inhabitants
+had taken refuge. While the Spaniards were valiantly defending
+their imperfect fortifications, a woman named Inez Suarez, beat
+out the brains of all the captive chiefs with an axe, under the
+apprehension that they were endeavouring to regain their liberty,
+and might assist the assailants in gaining possession of the
+fort. The attack began at day-break, and was continued without
+intermission till night, fresh assailants continually occupying
+the places of those who were, slain or disabled.</p>
+
+<p>The commandant of the Spaniards, Alonzo de Monroy, found means
+to send a messenger to inform Valdivia of his situation; and the
+governor accordingly hastened to the aid of the besieged with all
+possible expedition, and found the ditch almost filled with dead
+bodies, while the enemy, notwithstanding the heavy loss they had
+sustained, were preparing to renew the assault. Drawing out its
+infantry from the fort to join the cavalry he had along with him,
+Valdivia advanced in order of battle against the forces of the
+enemy, who were posted on the bank of the Mapocho. The battle was
+again renewed in this place, and obstinately contested with equal
+valour on both sides; but with great disadvantage on the part of
+the natives, who were far inferior in arms and discipline to the
+Spaniards. The musquetry and the horse made a dreadful slaughter
+among Mapochians, who were only armed with bows and slings; yet
+obstinately bent upon preserving their independence, and
+regardless of their own importance, they rushed on to inevitable
+destruction; till having lost the flower of their valiant
+warriors, and reduced to a small number, they at length fled and
+dispersed over the plain. Notwithstanding this memorable defeat,
+and others of not less importance which they sustained
+afterwards, the Mapochians did not cease for the space of six
+years to keep the Spaniards closely blockaded in St Jago,
+continually attacking them on every opportunity, and cutting off
+their provisions so effectually, that they were often reduced to
+great straits, having to subsist upon unwholesome and loathsome
+viands, and what little grain they were able to raise under
+protection of the cannon from the ramparts. At length, worn out
+and brought to utter ruin by this incessant warfare, the remnant
+of the Mapochians destroyed their own crops and retired to the
+mountains, leaving the fertile plains around the new city utterly
+deserted and uncultivated.</p>
+
+<p>The soldiers under Valdivia became wearied and disgusted by
+this continual war, so different from what they had expected; and
+as they believed him obstinately bent upon adherence to his own
+plan, and resolved to continue the settlement in spite of every
+opposition from the natives, they entered into a conspiracy to
+kill their general and to return into Peru, where they expected
+to enjoy more ease and tranquillity. Having fortunately got
+notice of this conspiracy, Valdivia, who possessed great prudence
+and an insinuating address, soon conciliated those who were least
+implicated. After this, as he only had the title of general which
+did not confer any civil and judicial power, he assembled the
+Cabildo of the city, and persuaded them to invest him in the
+office of governor of the city and kingdom. In this imposing
+capacity, he tried and capitally punished some of the ringleaders
+of the conspiracy, and then prudently exerted himself to soothe
+the turbulent and seditious spirits of the remainder, by buoying
+up their hopes with the most flattering promises of future
+wealth. He had often heard in Peru, that the valley of Quillota
+abounded in mines of gold, and was hopeful therefore of being
+able to obtain a sufficient quantity from thence to satisfy the
+avidity of his soldiers. Notwithstanding the difficulties with
+which he was surrounded, he sent a party of soldiers into the
+valley of Quillota, with orders to superintend and protect a
+number of labourers in digging for the precious metal said to be
+abound in that place. The mine which was opened upon this
+occasion proved remarkably rich and productive, surpassing their
+most sanguine hopes; so that all their past sufferings and
+present difficulties were soon buried in oblivion, and
+henceforwards no one had the remotest wish to leave the country.
+Valdivia, encouraged by this success to new enterprises, ordered
+a carrack or ship of some considerable size to be built at the
+mouth of the river Chillan, which traverses the valley of
+Quillota, for the purpose of more readily obtaining succours from
+Peru, without which he was fully sensible he could not possibly
+succeed in the vast enterprise he had in view, which was no less
+than to accomplish the entire reduction of Chili.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time, considering the urgent state of his affairs,
+Valdivia resolved to dispatch two of his principal officers,
+Alonzo Monroy, and Pedro Miranda by land to Peru, with an escort
+of six horsemen, whose spurs, bits, and stirrups he directed to
+be made of solid gold, hoping thereby to entice a sufficient
+number of recruits to come to his assistance, by this obvious
+proof of the riches of the country. Although these messengers
+were escorted to the confines of Chili by thirty additional
+horsemen, they were attacked and defeated in the province of
+Copaipo by a hundred archers, commanded by Coteo, an officer of
+the <i>Ulmen</i> of that province. Of the whole party none
+escaped with life but the two officers, Monroy and Miranda, who
+were made prisoners and carried before the <i>ulmen</i> covered
+with wounds. The prince had resolved on putting them both to
+death; but, while deliberating on the mode of execution, his
+wife, the <i>ulmena</i> or princess of Copaipo, moved by
+compassion for their unhappy situation, successfully interceded
+with her husband to spare their lives, unbound them with her own
+hands, tenderly dressed their wounds, and treated them as if they
+had been her brothers. When they were entirely recovered, she
+desired them to teach her son the art of riding, as several of
+the Spanish horses had been taken in the late defeat. The two
+Spaniards readily consented to her request, hoping to avail
+themselves of this circumstance to give them an opportunity of
+recovering their liberty, which they did in effect; but the means
+they employed was marked by a cruel act of ingratitude to their
+compassionate benefactress, of so much deeper turpitude that it
+was unnecessary for their purpose. As the young prince was one
+day riding between them, escorted by a party of archers and
+preceded by an officer carrying a lance, Monroy suddenly
+dispatched him with two or three mortal wounds of a poniard. At
+the same time Miranda wrested the lance from the officer of the
+guard, who were thrown into confusion by this unexpected event,
+and the two Spaniards readily accomplished their escape. Being
+well mounted, they easily eluded pursuit, and made their way
+through the desert into Peru, whence they continued their way to
+Cuzco, where Vaca de Castro then resided, who had succeeded to
+the government after the cruel assassination of Francisco Pizarro
+by the Almagrian faction.</p>
+
+<p>When De Castro was informed of the critical situation of
+affairs in Chili, he immediately sent off a considerable
+reinforcement by land under the command of Monroy, who had the
+good fortune to conceal his march from the Copaipans, and to join
+Valdivia in safety. At the same time the president of Peru
+dispatched by sea Juan Batista Pastene, a noble Genoese, with a
+more considerable reinforcement for Valdivia. On receiving these
+two reinforcements, which arrived about the same time, Valdivia
+began to carry his great designs into execution. Being solicitous
+to have a complete knowledge of the sea-coast, he ordered Pastene
+to explore the whole as far to the southwards as possible, noting
+the most important places all along the coast; and, on his return
+from this maritime survey, he sent him back to Peru for
+additional reinforcements, as the natives had become every day
+bolder and more enterprising, ever since their victory in Copaipo
+over Monroy and Miranda. Only a little before this, the
+Quillotans had contrived to massacre all the soldiers employed at
+the gold mines in their country, by the following stratagem. One
+day a neighbouring Indian brought a pot full of gold to Gonzalo
+Rios, the commandant at the mines, and told him that he had found
+a great quantity in a certain district of the country which he
+offered to point out. On this information, all were eager to
+proceed immediately to the place, that they might participate in
+the imaginary treasure. As they arrived at the place described in
+a tumultuary manner and entirely off their guard, they fell into
+an ambush, by which the whole party was slain, except their
+imprudent commander and one negro, both of whom saved their lives
+by the speed of their horses. About the same time the vessel
+which Valdivia had ordered to be built at the mouth of the river
+Chillan was burnt by the natives, together with the store-houses
+or arsenal which he had established in that place.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving notice of the disaster which had taken place at
+the mines, Valdivia hastened to Quillota with a strong body of
+troops, and took revenge as far as he could on the Quillotans for
+the death of his soldiers; after which, he constructed a fort in
+their country in which he left a garrison for the protection of
+the people employed in the gold mines. Being soon afterwards
+reinforced by three hundred men from Peru, under the command of
+Francisco Villagran and Christoval Escobar, he made choice of a
+beautiful plain near the mouth of the river Coquimbo, at which
+place there is a very convenient natural harbour, near which he
+erected in 1544: a city which he named <i>Serena</i>, to serve as
+a place of arms to protect the northern part of Chili, and to
+secure the convoys and reinforcements which might come from Peru
+in that direction. This place is still known in geography by the
+name of Serena; but in Chili the native name of Coquimbo
+prevails, as is the case with most of the Spanish cities and
+towns in Chili.</p>
+
+<p>In the ensuing year, 1545, Valdivia marched into the country
+of the Promaucians, with the view of extending his conquests to
+the southwards. Contemporary historians have not left an account
+of the events of this year, nor of any battles having been fought
+on this occasion; yet it is hardly to be supposed that this
+valiant tribe, who had so gloriously repulsed the armies of the
+Inca and of Almagro, would allow Valdivia to reduce their
+territory to subjection without a struggle. However this may have
+been, it is certain that he had the art to persuade the
+Promaucians to enter into an alliance with him against the other
+tribes of Chili; as ever since the Spanish armies in Chili have
+been assisted by Promaucian auxiliaries, owing to which the most
+rooted antipathy has been constantly entertained by the
+Araucanians against the remnant of the Promaucians. In the year
+1546, Valdivia passed the river Maul&eacute;, and reduced the
+natives to obedience from that river to the Itata. While encamped
+at a place named Quilacura, near the latter river, he was
+attacked one night by the natives, who destroyed many of his
+horses, and put him into imminent danger of a total defeat. His
+loss on this occasion must have been considerable; as he found it
+necessary to relinquish his plan of farther conquest, and to
+return to St Jago to wait reinforcements from Peru. As the
+expected reinforcements did not arrive, and Pastene, who had been
+sent into Peru to endeavour to procure recruits, brought news in
+1547 of the civil war which then raged in Peru, Valdivia
+determined to go thither in person, expecting to reap some
+advantages from these revolutionary movements.</p>
+
+<p>Valdivia sailed therefore with Pastene for Peru, taking with
+him a great quantity of gold, and left Francisco Villagran in
+charge of the government of Chili during his absence. Valdivia
+accordingly arrived in Peru, where he offered his services to the
+president De la Gasca, and acted with great reputation as
+quarter-master-general of his army in the war against Gonzalo
+Pizarro. The president was so much satisfied with the services
+which were rendered by Valdivia on this occasion, that, after the
+insurrection of Gonzalo was entirely subdued, he confirmed him in
+the office of governor of Chili, and sent him back to that
+kingdom with abundance of military stores, and with two ships
+filled with the soldiers who had served under Gonzalo in the late
+insurrection, glad of an opportunity of getting rid of so many
+seditious people for whom there was then no fit employment in
+Peru.</p>
+
+<p>During the absence of Valdivia from Chili, Pedro de Hoz, who
+had been deprived of that share in the conquest and government
+which had been granted him by the court of Spain, and who had
+imprudently put himself under the power of his more successful
+rival, was accused of entering into secret practices for usurping
+the government. It is now unknown whether this accusation was
+well-founded, or if it were merely a pretence for getting rid of
+him; but, however this may have been, Villagran condemned him to
+be beheaded in 1548, either to please Valdivia by ridding him of
+a dangerous competitor, or perhaps in consequence of secret
+instructions for that purpose. About this time, the Copaipans
+killed forty Spaniards, who were proceeding in several separate
+detachments from Peru to Chili; and the Coquimbans, at the
+instigation of these northern neighbours, massacred all the
+inhabitants of the new city of Serena, and razed that place to
+the foundations. On this occasion Francisco Aguirre was sent into
+this part of Chili with a military force, to chastise the
+natives, and had several encounters with them with various
+success. In 1549, he rebuilt the city of Serena in a more
+commodious situation, and the inhabitants have ever since
+considered him as the founder of their city, many of the most
+distinguished inhabitants of which still boast of being his
+descendants.</p>
+
+<p>After an incessant contest of nine years, attended by
+incredible fatigues, numerous dangers, and many reverses,
+Valdivia considered himself as solidly established in the
+dominion of that portion of Chili which had formerly been under
+the authority of the Incas. He accordingly distributed the
+territory among his followers in repartimientos, assigning a
+considerable portion of land with all its native inhabitants to
+each of his followers in proportion to their rank and services,
+under the denomination of commanderies, according to the baneful
+system of feudalism then prevalent in Europe. Having thus quieted
+the restless ambition and mutinous spirit of his soldiers, he
+advanced towards the south to extend his conquests, accompanied
+by a respectable force both of Spanish and Promaucians. After a
+march of 250 miles, during which he encountered few obstacles of
+any moment, he arrived at the Bay of Penco, now generally called
+the Bay of Conception, which had been already explored by Pastene
+during his voyage of discovery formerly mentioned; and near that
+excellent bay he laid the foundation of the third city in Chili,
+on the 5th of October 1550, to which he gave the name of
+Conception.</p>
+
+<p>The situation of this place was admirably adapted for
+commerce, from the excellence of its harbour; as the bay extends
+six miles from east to west and nine miles from north to south,
+defended at its entrance from the sea by the pleasant island of
+Quiriquina. The passage into the bay on the north side of this
+island, called the <i>bocca grande</i>, is about half a league
+broad, and has sufficient water for the largest ships. That on
+the other side of the island, or <i>bocca chica</i>, is very
+narrow, and is only navigable by small vessels. The soil around
+this place, under the influence of an admirable climate, produces
+abundance of timber, excellent wine, and all the necessaries of
+life, and is not deficient in the valuable minerals; and both the
+sea and the adjoining rivers afford great quantities of fine
+fish. But owing to the lowness of the situation which was chosen
+for this city, it was much exposed to inundations of the sea
+during earthquakes, which are frequent in Chili. On the 8th of
+July 1730, this city was nearly destroyed by an earthquake and
+inundation; and experienced a similar calamity on the 24th of May
+1751. In consequence of these repeated calamities, the
+inhabitants established themselves on the 24th of November 1764
+in the valley of Mocha, nine miles south from Penco, between the
+rivers Andalian and Biobio, where they founded a city to which
+they gave the name of New Conception. The harbour named
+Talgacuano, situated at the south-east extremity of the bottom of
+the bay, is between six and seven miles from the new city; and a
+fort is all that now remains of the old city, now called
+Penco.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VI.</p>
+
+<p><i>Narrative of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians,
+from the year 1550, to the Defeat and Death of Pedro de Valdivia
+on the 3d of December 1553.</i></p>
+
+<p>Perceiving the intentions of Valdivia to occupy the important
+post of Penco by a permanent settlement, the adjacent tribes of
+the Pencones gave notice of this invasion to the great nation of
+the Araucanians, their neighbours and friends, whose territories
+began on the southern shore of the Biobio; who, foreseeing that
+the strangers would soon endeavour to reduce their own country to
+subjection, determined to succour their distressed allies for
+their own security. Accordingly, in a <i>butacoyog</i>, or
+general assembly of the Araucanian confederacy, <i>Aillavalu</i>
+was nominated supreme <i>toqui</i>, and was instructed to march
+immediately with an army to the assistance of the Pencones. In
+the year 1550, pursuant to the resolutions of the Araucanian
+confederacy, Aillavalu passed the great river Biobio, at the head
+of 4000 men, and boldly offered battle to Valdivia, who had
+advanced to meet him on the banks of the Andalian. The brave
+Araucanians sustained the first discharges of musquetry from the
+Spaniards with wonderful resolution, and even made a rapid
+evolution under its direful effects, by which they assailed at
+once the front and flank of the Spanish army. By this unexpected
+courageous assault, and even judicious tactical manoeuvre, the
+Spaniards were thrown into some disorder, and Valdivia was
+exposed to imminent danger, having his horse killed under him;
+but the Spaniards replaced their firm array, forming themselves
+into a hollow square supported by their cavalry, and successfully
+resisted every effort of their valiant enemies, of whom they slew
+great numbers by the superiority of their arms, yet lost at the
+same time a considerable number of their own men. The battle
+remained undecided for several hours; when at length, rashly
+pressing forwards with impetuous bravery, Aillavalu received a
+mortal wound[65], and many of the most valiant officers and
+soldiers of the Araucanians being slain, they retired in good
+order, leaving the field of battle to the Spaniards, who felt no
+inclination to pursue them after a so dear-bought victory.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 65: In Ovalle, this general is named
+Anabillo, and is said to have been made prisoner in the
+battle.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Valdivia, though he had been present in many battles, both in
+Europe and America, was astonished at the valour and military
+skill of this new enemy, and declared he had never been exposed
+to such imminent danger in the whole course of his military
+service. As he expected to be soon attacked again, he immediately
+proceeded to construct a strong fortification for the protection
+of his new city; and in fact, the Araucanian confederacy was no
+sooner informed of the defeat and death of their general
+Aillavalu, than a new and more numerous army was ordered against
+the Spaniards, under the command of <i>Lincoyan</i>, who was
+elected to the vacant office of supreme toqui. From his gigantic
+stature, and frequent displays of courage, this officer had
+acquired great reputation among his countrymen; but, though well
+suited for a subaltern officer, he was timid and irresolute in
+the supreme military command, and greatly disappointed the
+expectations which had been formed from his former behaviour.</p>
+
+<p>Having marshalled his army in three divisions, Lincoyan
+marched in 1551 to attack the Spaniards under Valdivia, who still
+remained at Conception, occupied in building and fortifying the
+new city. The Spaniards were so much alarmed by the approach of
+the Araucanian army, that after confessing themselves, they took
+shelter under the cannon of their fortifications, where the
+Araucanians boldly assailed them. But, finding the first assault
+unsuccessful, Lincoyan became apprehensive of losing the army
+which had been committed to his charge, and ordered a precipitate
+retreat, to the great surprise of Valdivia, who was apprehensive
+of some stratagem, and did not venture upon attempting a pursuit.
+When it was discovered that the enemy had actually retreated, the
+Spaniards considered their flight as a special favour from
+heaven, and some even alleged that they had seen the apostle St
+James, mounted on a white horse, waving a flaming sword and
+striking terror into their enemies. But the only miracle on this
+occasion proceeded from the timid circumspection of Lincoyan.</p>
+
+<p>Being now in some measure freed from the restraint imposed
+upon him by the Araucanians, Valdivia applied himself diligently
+to the building of the city of Conception, for which place he
+entertained a strong predilection, as he considered that it would
+become the centre of maritime communication between Chili and the
+ports of Peru and Spain. Although he had fixed upon St Jago for
+the capital of the kingdom of Chili, he determined upon
+establishing his own family at Conception; for which purpose he
+selected a pleasant situation for his own dwelling, reserving for
+himself the fertile peninsula between the rivers Andalian and
+Biobio, and resolved to ask as a reward for his services the two
+adjoining districts of Arauco and Tucapel, with the title of
+marquis: For, although these districts still remained in the
+possession of the Araucanians, he fully expected to be able to
+subjugate that valiant people in a short time.</p>
+
+<p>Having speedily reared the new city, in which he established a
+colony of his followers, he employed the remainder of the year
+1551 in regulating its internal policy; for which purpose, after
+having established a Cabildo or body of magistrates, in imitation
+of those in Spain, as usual in all the cities of Spanish America,
+he promulgated a body of fundamental regulations, comprised in
+forty-two articles or statutes, some of which respecting the
+treatment of the natives within its territory and jurisdiction
+evinced much prudent humanity; yet, as in all the other subjected
+countries of America, he left them in a great measure subject to
+the control and caprice of the citizens to whom they were
+allotted.</p>
+
+<p>After the settlement of his new city, and having received a
+reinforcement of soldiers from Peru, he resolved to attack the
+Araucanians in their own territories, believing that their
+courage was now entirely subdued, as they had made no attempt to
+molest him since their late repulse under Lincoyan. With these
+views, he passed the Biobio in 1552, and proceeding rapidly
+through the provinces of Encol and Puren, unopposed by the tardy
+and timid operations of Lincoyan, he arrived at the river Cauten,
+which divides the country of the Araucanians nearly into two
+equal parts. Near the confluence of this river with the Damas, he
+founded a new city which he named <i>Imperial</i>[66], in honour
+of the Emperor Don Carlos; though some say that it received this
+name in consequence of finding some wooden figures of eagles with
+two heads, fixed on some of the native huts. This city was placed
+in a beautiful situation, abounding in all the conveniences of
+life; and, during the short period of its existence became one of
+the most flourishing in Chili. Being placed on the shore of a
+large and deep river, capable of allowing large ships to lie
+close to the walls, it was excellently situated for commerce, and
+had free access to receive succours of all kinds by sea in case
+of being besieged. By modern geographers, this place is still
+spoken of as an existing city, strongly fortified, and the seat
+of a bishopric; but it has been in ruins for considerably more
+than two hundred years.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 66: The place where Imperial once stood is
+marked on our maps on the right or north shore of the conjoined
+streams of the Ouisa and Cauten, immediately above the junction
+of a small river which is probably the Damas of the
+text.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Intoxicated with his present prosperity, and the apparent
+submission of the Araucanians, he assigned extensive districts in
+the surrounding country among his officers. To Francisco
+Villagran, his lieutenant-general, he gave the warlike province
+of <i>Maquegua</i>, considered by the Araucanians as the key of
+their country, with about thirty thousand inhabitants. The other
+officers obtained grants of lands and Indians proportionate to
+their rank, and the degree in which they possessed his favour,
+some getting as far as eight or even ten thousand Indians. He
+likewise dispatched Alderte, with a detachment of sixty men, with
+orders to establish a settlement on the shore of a lake called
+<i>Lauquen</i>, to which he gave the name of <i>Villarica</i>, or
+the rich city, owing to the great quantity of gold that was
+procured in the environs.</p>
+
+<p>It may be here mentioned that the province of <i>Maquegua</i>
+was partitioned anew among the conquerors after the death of
+Villagran; the principal part of it being assigned to Juan de
+Ocampo, and another large share to Andreas Matencio. But, in
+consequence of its recapture by the Araucanians, they reaped very
+little advantage from their commanderies. Ocampo was afterwards
+rewarded for his distinguished services by being appointed to the
+office of corregidore of the cities of Serena Mendoza and St
+Juan, the two last in the province of Cujo; in which province he
+had likewise the grant of a considerable commandery of Indians,
+which he afterwards ceded to the crown.</p>
+
+<p>Receiving additional reinforcements from Peru, Valdivia
+resumed his march for the south of Chili, still followed but at a
+considerable distance by Lincoyan, who pretended continually to
+seek a favourable opportunity to attack the Spaniards, but whose
+timid and cautious procedure could never find one of which he
+dared to avail himself. In this manner Valdivia traversed the
+whole territory of the Araucunians from north to south, with
+exceedingly little opposition and hardly any loss. But on his
+arrival at the river Callacalla, which separates the Araucanians
+from the <i>Cunches</i>, he found that nation in arms on the
+opposite bank of the river, ready to dispute the passage. The
+Cunches are one of the most valiant of the tribes inhabiting
+Chili, and possess the maritime country from the river
+Callacalla, called Valdivia by the Spaniards, to the gulf of
+Chilo&eacute;. They are divided into several subordinate tribes
+or clans, each of which, as in the other parts of Chili, are
+governed by their respective <i>ulmens</i>. They are in strict
+alliance with the Araucanians, and have ever continued bitter
+enemies to the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<p>While Valdivia was deliberating upon the adoption of proper
+measures for crossing this river, a woman of the country, named
+<i>Recloma</i>, addressed the general of the Cunches with so much
+eloquence in behalf of the strangers, that he withdrew his army
+and allowed them to pass the river unmolested. Immediately after
+this unexpected event, the Spanish general founded a sixth city
+on the southern shore of the Callacalla, near its junction with
+the sea, giving it his own name of Valdivia; being the first of
+the conquerors in America who sought in this manner to perpetuate
+his name. This settlement, of which the fortress only now
+remains, attained in a few years a considerable degree of
+prosperity; owing to the superior fineness of the gold procured
+from its neighbouring mines, which obtained it the privilege of a
+mint, and because its harbour is one of the most convenient and
+secure of any on the shore of the Pacific Ocean. The river is
+here very broad, and so deep that ships of the line may be moored
+in safety within a few feet of the shore; and it has several
+other safe harbours and creeks in the vicinity.</p>
+
+<p>Satisfied with the extent of the conquests he had made, or
+rather with the incursions he had been able to make in the
+Araucanian territory, Valdivia now retraced his steps towards the
+north; and in his progress during the year 1553, he built
+fortresses in each of the three Araucanian provinces of Paren
+Tucapel and Arauco. From the warlike inhabitants of these
+provinces especially, he apprehended any attempt that might prove
+fatal to his more southerly settlements of Imperial Villarica and
+Valdivia, and he left garrisons in these more northern fortresses
+to preserve the communication, and to be in readiness to afford
+succours to the others in the south. According to the poet
+Breilla, the Spaniards had to sustain many battles and encounters
+with the natives in the course of this expedition in Araucania,
+but the particulars of none of these are recorded. This is
+however very probable; as it is not easy to account for the
+continuance of Lincoyan in the command on any other principles.
+It may be concluded, however, that, owing to the caution, or
+cowardice rather of the Araucanian toqui, these actions were so
+ill conducted and so inconclusive, as to give very little
+interruption to Valdivia in his triumphant progress through these
+provinces, between the Biobio and Callacalla, or from Conception
+to Valdivia.</p>
+
+<p>On his return to St Jago, the seat of government, Valdivia
+received a considerable body of recruits to his army from Peru,
+together with 350 horses; on which he dispatched Francisco de
+Aguirre with two hundred men, to reduce the provinces of Tucuman
+and Cajo on the eastern side of the Andes; not considering how
+inadequate was even his whole undiminished military force to
+retain so large an extent of country as that he had now occupied,
+and a so numerous and warlike people under subjection.
+Indefatigable in the execution of his extensive plans of
+conquest, Valdivia returned into Araucania, where he founded in
+the province of Encol, a city to which he gave the name of La
+Frontera, being the seventh and last of his foundation. This
+name, from events which could not then have been in the
+consideration of Valdivia, has become strictly applicable to its
+present situation, as its ruins are actually situated on the
+southern confines of the Spanish settlements in Chili. Though
+long ago destroyed, it is still mentioned by geographers as an
+existing city under the name of Angol, by which native
+denomination it was long known to the Spaniards. It was situated
+in a fertile district, excellently adapted for the cultivation of
+vines, and for some time was in a rich and flourishing condition,
+principally owing to its wines, which were in great repute at
+Buenos Ayres, to which place they were transported by a road
+across the Andes and through the plains of La Plata.</p>
+
+<p>After making suitable regulations for the security of this new
+colony, Valdivia returned to his favourite city of Conception,
+where he instituted three principal military officers for
+commanding the royal army of Chili, consisting of a
+quartermaster-general, a serjeant-major, and a commissary. In the
+present times only two of these subsist, the
+quarter-master-general and the serjeant-major; which latter
+office is now divided into two, one for the cavalry, and the
+other for the infantry; while the office of commissary is only
+now known in the militia. At this time he sent Alderte into
+Spain, with a large sum of money, and a particular relation of
+his transactions and conquests; and commissioned him to employ
+his utmost exertions to obtain for him the perpetual government
+of the country which he had conquered, together with the title of
+Marquis of Aranco. He dispatched likewise Francisco de Ulloa by
+sea, with directions to explore the Straits of Magellan, by means
+of which he hoped to open a direct communication with Spain,
+without being obliged to depend upon Peru for supplies.</p>
+
+<p>While occupied in the contemplation of these extensive plans
+for the amelioration of the extensive kingdom which he had
+subdued, and the advancement of his own rank and fortune,
+Valdivia had no suspicion of an extensive and determined system
+of warfare which was planning among the Araucanians, and which
+soon burst forth with irresistible violence, to the ultimate
+destruction of all the Spanish conquests beyond the Biobio, and
+to which Valdivia himself fell an early victim. <i>Colocolo</i>,
+an aged <i>Ulmen</i> of the province of Arauco, animated by love
+for his country, quitted the retirement in which he had long
+indulged, and traversed the provinces of the Araucanian
+confederacy, exciting with indefatigable zeal the dormant spirit
+of his countrymen, which had sunk after their late disasters, and
+eagerly solicited them to make choice of a new supreme
+<i>toqui</i> capable of directing their arms for the recovery of
+those parts of their country which had been subjugated by the
+Spaniards, through the timid conduct of Lincoyan. Colocolo was
+well versed in the principles of government which subsisted among
+the Araucanians, and had long enjoyed the reputation of wisdom
+throughout the whole country, in which he was so universally
+esteemed and respected, that his councils and opinion were always
+solicited and listened to on every subject of importance. Roused
+from their torpidity by his animating exhortations, the whole
+body of Araucanian ulmens assembled according to their custom in
+a <i>Butacayog</i>, or national council, in an open plain; and,
+after the usual feast, they proceeded to consult upon the
+situation of their national affairs, and the election of a new
+toqui to wipe off the disgraces which they had suffered under the
+direction of Lincoyan.</p>
+
+<p>Many chiefs aspired to the glorious situation of avenger of
+their oppressed country, the most distinguished among whom were
+Andalican, Elicura, Ongolmo, Renco, and Tucapel. The last of
+these was so highly celebrated by his martial prowess that the
+province of which he was <i>Apo-ulmen</i> has ever since retained
+his name. He was besides supported in his pretensions by a
+powerful party; but his elevation to the supreme command was
+opposed by the more prudent members of the assembly, who dreaded
+lest the impetuosity of his character might hasten the entire
+ruin of the nation, instead of retrieving their honour and
+independence. Dissensions arose so high that the opposite parties
+were on the point of turning their arms against each other, when
+the venerable Colocolo rose to speak, and obtained a patient and
+attentive hearing. By a judicious and energetic address, he
+pacified their factious irritation so completely, that the
+assembly unanimously submitted the nomination of a supreme
+<i>toqui</i> to his choice. The wise old man, on whom every eye
+was now fixed in anxious expectation, immediately named
+Caupolican, the ulmen of Pilmaquen a subordinate district of the
+province of Tucapel, and the whole assembly applauded and
+confirmed the choice. Caupolican was of a lofty stature and
+uncommon bodily strength; and though he had lost an eye, the
+majesty of his countenance evinced great endowments of mind. He
+was of a serious, patient, and sagacious disposition; and besides
+great personal bravery, had every requisite to constitute him an
+able general of the peculiar troops over whom he was now
+appointed to command. On being invested with the battle-axe, as
+the badge of his supreme authority, he immediately selected the
+officers who were to bear command under him in the army of the
+state, among whom were all the late competitors, and even
+Lincoyan the former <i>toqui</i>. The office of vice-toqui, or
+lieutenant-general, he conferred on Marientu, a person in whom he
+reposed entire confidence. Even the violent Tucapel, who had
+nearly involved his country in civil war for the attainment of
+the supreme command, did not disdain to serve under the orders of
+his own vassal, manifesting by this submission his eager wish to
+sacrifice his personal ambition to the service of his
+country.</p>
+
+<p>As the Araucanians believed themselves invincible under the
+command of their new toqui, they were desirous of going
+immediately from the place of assembly to attack the Spaniards.
+But Caupolican, no less prudent in council than valiant in the
+field, repressed this rash ardour, and persuaded them to disperse
+to their several places of abode, to provide themselves with good
+arms in order to be in readiness at the first summons to the
+field, and to leave the direction of the war to his management.
+Shortly afterwards, he collected and reviewed his army[67], and
+resolved to commence his operations by a stratagem suggested by
+an accident. He had that morning taken eighty Indian prisoners,
+who were conducting forage to the Spanish garrison in the
+neighbouring fort of Arauco. In place of these men, he
+substituted an equal number of his own bravest soldiers, under
+the command of Cajuguenu and Alcatipay, whom he directed to
+conceal their arms among the bundles of grass, and to maintain
+possession of the gate of the fortress until he could come to
+their assistance with the rest of his army. The pretended
+foragers conducted themselves with so much judgment that they
+were admitted into the fortress without any suspicion on the part
+of the garrison, and immediately seizing their arms, they
+attacked the guard at the gate, killing all that came in their
+way. The alarm however soon spread, and the rest of the garrison
+hastened in arms to the spot, under Francisco Reynoso the
+commandant, and drove the Araucanians from the gate after an
+obstinate contest, at the very moment when Caupolican came up
+with his army, so that the Spaniards had just sufficient time to
+raise the draw-bridge and hasten to defend their ramparts. Though
+disappointed in his expectation of gaining admittance by the
+gate, Caupolican was still in hope of profiting from the
+confusion of the garrison, and encouraged his soldiers to assail
+the fortress on all sides, notwithstanding the continual fire
+kept up by the Spaniards from two cannon and six small
+field-pieces. After losing a great number of men in this unequal
+contest, Caupolican drew off from the assault, and determined to
+attempt the reduction of Arauco by a strict blockade, in hopes
+that the Spaniards would be soon constrained by famine into a
+surrender.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 67: Ovalle carries the number of the
+Araucanian array on this occasion to the inconceivable amount of
+67,000 combatants in the field, besides a large body of
+reserve.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>After the blockade had continued for some time, during which
+the Spaniards made several unsuccesful sallies with considerable
+loss, Reynoso determined to abandon the fort and to retire with
+his remaining garrison to Puren, as provisions began to fail, and
+there was no prospect of being relieved. Accordingly the whole
+garrison mounted their horses at midnight, and rushing suddenly
+from the gate, made their escape through the middle of their
+enemies. As the Araucanians supposed this to have been one of the
+ordinary sallies, they took no measures to obstruct their flight,
+and Reynoso got off with his men. Having destroyed the fort of
+Arauco, Caupolican led his army to attack that of Tucapel, which
+was commanded by Martin Erizar with a garrison of forty men.
+Erizar defended himself gallantly for several days; but as
+provisions began to fail, and his small force was continually
+diminishing by the perpetually renewed assaults of the enemy, he
+likewise determined upon withdrawing to Puren, which he
+successfully executed, either by similar means as those pursued
+by Reynoso, or in consequence of a capitulation with Caupolican.
+Having destroyed this fortress, Caupolican encamped with his army
+in the neighbourhood, to wait the approach of the Spaniards, who
+he supposed would not be long of coming against him with an
+army.</p>
+
+<p>Valdivia, who then resided in the city of Conception, no
+sooner learnt that the Araucanians had besieged Arauco, than he
+began his march for that place with such forces as he was able to
+collect at a short notice; though contrary to the advice of his
+most experienced officers, who urged him to wait till he could
+collect a more formidable army, and seemed to have a presentiment
+of the fatal consequences which were to result from the present
+expedition. The historians of the times differ materially in
+their accounts of the force under Valdivia on this occasion.
+According to some of these his army consisted of two hundred
+Spaniards and five thousand Promaucian auxiliaries, while others
+reduce the number to a half. The same uncertainty is to be found
+respecting the number of the enemy, some estimating them at nine
+and others at ten thousand men[68]. On approaching the encampment
+of Caupolican, Valdivia sent forwards a detachment of ten
+horsemen under Diego del Oro to reconnoitre, all of whom were
+slain by the enemy, and their heads cut off and hung upon trees
+by the way in which the Spanish army had to advance. On arriving
+at this place, the Spaniards were filled with horror at this
+miserable spectacle, and many of them, in spite of their usual
+intrepidity, were eager to retreat till a greater force could be
+collected. Even Valdivia regretted that he had not conformed to
+the advice of his older officers; but encouraged by the boasting
+confidence of others, who proudly declared that ten Spaniards
+were sufficient to put the whole Araucanian army to flight, he
+continued his march and came in sight of the enemy on the 3d of
+December 1553. The prospect of the ruins of Tucapel and the well
+regulated array of the adverse army, with the insulting taunts of
+the enemy, who upbraided them as robbers and impostors, filled
+the minds of the Spaniards, hitherto accustomed to respect and
+submission from the Indians, with mingled sentiments of dread and
+indignation.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 68: Ovalle does not mention the amount of
+the army under Valdivia on this occasion, but extends the force
+of the Araucanians to twenty thousand men.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The two armies continued for some time to observe each other
+from a small distance. At length the vice-toqui Marientu, who
+commanded the right wing of the Araucanians, began the engagement
+by an attack against the left wing of the Spaniards. Bovadilla
+who commanded in that wing, moved forwards with a detachment to
+encounter Marientu; but was immediately surrounded, and he and
+all his men cut to pieces. The serjeant-major, who was dispatched
+by Valdivia to his succour with another detachment, experienced
+the same fate. In the mean time, Tucapel, the Apo-ulmen of
+Arauco, who commanded the left wing of the Araucanians, made a
+violent attack on the Spanish right wing with his accustomed
+impetuosity. The battle now became general, and the hostile
+armies joined in close fight from wing to wing. Animated by the
+commands and example of Valdivia, who performed at the same time
+the duty of a valiant soldier and experienced general, the
+Spaniards by the superiority of their arms overthrew and
+destroyed whole ranks of the enemy. But, notwithstanding the
+horrible slaughter produced by the cannon and musquetry of the
+enemy, the Araucanians continually supplied the places of those
+who were slain by fresh troops. Three times they retired in good
+order beyond the reach of the musquetry; and as often, resuming
+new courage, they returned vigorously to the charge, which they
+urged with the most determined and persevering valour. At length,
+after losing a vast number of their men, the Araucanians were
+thrown into disorder and began to give way; and in spite of every
+effort of Caupolican, Tucapel, and even of the aged and intrepid
+Colocolo, to reanimate their courage and rally their disordered
+ranks, they took to flight. The Spaniards shouted victory! and
+pressed ardently upon the fugitives, and the battle seemed
+decidedly won.</p>
+
+<p>In this critical moment, a young Araucanian only sixteen years
+of age, named Lautaro, who had been made prisoner by Valdivia,
+and baptized and employed as his page, went over from the ranks
+of the victorious Spaniards, loudly reproached his countrymen for
+their opprobious cowardice, and eagerly exhorted them to return
+to the contest, assuring them, that the Spaniards, being all
+wounded and spent with fatigue, were no longer able to bear up
+against a fresh attack. Having succeeded in stopping the flight
+of a considerable number of the Araucanians, Lautaro grasped a
+lance which he tunned against his late master, crying out,
+"Follow me my countrymen to certain victory." Ashamed at being
+surpassed in courage by a boy, the Araucanians turned with fury
+against their enemies, whose ranks were somewhat disordered by
+the pursuit, and put them completly to rout at the first shock,
+cutting the Spaniards and their allies to pieces, insomuch that
+only two Promaucians of the whole army had the good fortune to
+escape, by fleeing to a neighbouring wood, whence they withdrew
+during the night to Conception. When all hope was lost by the
+entire rout of his army. Valdivia withdrew from the massacre
+attended by his chaplain, to prepare himself for inevitable death
+by confession and absolution. He was pursued and made prisoner by
+the victors; and on being brought before Caupolican, is said to
+have humbly implored mercy from the victorious toqui, and to have
+solicited the intercession of his former page, solemnly engaging
+to withdraw from Chili with all the Spaniards if his life were
+spared. Naturally of a compassionate disposition, and desirous of
+obliging Lautaro to whom he owed this important victory, and who
+now interceded for Valdivia, Caupolican was disposed to have
+shewn mercy to his vanquished foe; but while deliberating on the
+subject, an old ulmen of great authority among the Araucanians,
+indignant at the idea of sparing the life of their most dangerous
+enemy, dispatched the prisoner with a blow of his war club,
+saying that it would be madness to trust the promises of an
+ambitious enemy, who would laugh at his oaths when once he
+escaped the present danger. Caupolican was much exasperated at
+this interference with his supreme authority, and was disposed to
+have punished it severely; but most of his officers opposed
+themselves to his just resentment[69].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 69: According to Ovalle, Caupolican was
+forced by his officers to pronounce condemnation against
+Valdivia, which was executed immediately, but different accounts
+were given of the manner in which this was performed: some saying
+that it was done in the way related in the text, while others
+allege that they poured melted gold down his throat; that they
+preserved his head as a monument of victory, to animate their
+youth to a valorous defence of their country, and that they
+converted the bones of his legs and arms into flutes and
+trumpets.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Thus fell Pedro de Valdivia, the conqueror of Chili; a man of
+superior genius and of great political and military talents, but
+who, seduced by the romantic spirit of his age and country, had
+not sufficient prudence to employ them to the best advantage. His
+undertakings had been more fortunate, if he had properly
+estimated his own strength, and had less despised the courage and
+skill of the Araucanians, presuming on the dastardly example of
+the Peruvians, and the want of concert in the more northern
+tribes of Chili, against whom he had hitherto been accustomed to
+contend. Historians do not impute to him any of those cruelties
+with which the contemporary conquerors of America have been
+accused. It is true that, in the records of the Franciscans, two
+monks of that order are mentioned with applause, as having
+dissuaded him from exercising those cruelties which had been
+usual with other conquerors upon the natives of America. By some
+he has been accused of avarice, and they pretend that the
+Araucanians put him to death by pouring melted gold down his
+throat, in punishment of his inordinate search for that metal:
+But this is a mere fiction, copied from a similar story in
+ancient authors.</p>
+
+<p>* * * * *</p>
+
+<p>Garcilasso de la Vega, Part I. Book vii. Chap. xxi. gives the
+following account of the battle in which Valdivia was defeated by
+the Araucanians.</p>
+
+<p>"In many skirmishes Valdivia always defeated the Araucanians
+and put them to flight, as they were in such dread of the Spanish
+horse that they never dared to adventure into the open plains,
+where ten Spaniards were able to beat a thousand Indians, for
+which reason they always kept lurking in the woods and mountains,
+where the Spanish cavalry could not get at them; whence they
+often sallied out, doing all the injury they were able against
+the Spaniards. The war continued in this manner for a long time;
+till at length an old captain of the Araucanians, who had been
+long famous in their wars, began to consider the reason why so
+small a number as only 150 Spaniards should be able to subdue and
+enslave twelve or thirteen thousand Araucanian warriors. After
+mature deliberation, he divided the Araucanian force into
+thirteen battalions each of a thousand men, which he drew up in
+successive lines at some distance, so as to act as a series of
+reserves one after the other, and marched in this new order of
+battle against the Spaniards one morning at day-break, ordering
+them to give louder shouts than usual, and to make a great noise
+with their drums and trumpets. Alarmed by the noise and shouts of
+the Indians, the Spaniards sallied forth to battle, and seeing
+the many divisions of the enemy, they imagined it would be much
+easier to break through and defeat these smaller battalions than
+if united in one body."</p>
+
+<p>"So soon as the Araucanian captain saw the Spaniards
+advancing, he exhorted the foremost battalion of his army to do
+their best; 'not, said he, that I expect you to overcome them;
+but you must do your utmost in defence of your country, and when
+you are worsted, then betake yourselves to flight, taking care
+not to break into and disorder the other battalions; and when you
+get into the rear of all, you must there rally and renew your
+ranks.' He gave similar orders to all the successive battalions,
+and appointed another officer to remain in the rear to restore
+the order of those who should retreat, and to make them eat and
+refresh themselves while the others continued the fight
+successively. Accordingly the foremost battalion fought for some
+time against the Spaniards, and when no longer able to withstand
+the impetuosity of their charge, they retired as ordered into the
+rear. The second, third, fourth, and fifth battalions did the
+same in succession, and were all successively defeated by the
+Spaniards, all retiring according to orders when their array was
+broken; yet in these reiterated combats the Spaniards sustained
+some loss both in men and horses. The Spaniards, having already
+defeated and put to flight five successive bodies of the enemy,
+and having fought three long hours, were astonished still to
+observe ten or twelve similar successive battalions before them
+in firm array, yet they gallantly attacked the sixth body which
+they likewise overthrew, and in like manner the seventh, eighth,
+ninth, and tenth. Having now fought seven hours without
+intermission, both the Spanish men and horses began to fail from
+long fatigue, and were unable to charge with the same vigour as
+in the beginning of the action, yet they exerted their utmost
+efforts not to shew any appearance of failure to the Indians. Yet
+the Indians could clearly perceive a material relaxation in the
+exertions of their enemies, to whom they did not allow a moment
+of repose, but plied them as at first with new and fresh
+battalions."</p>
+
+<p>"At length, seeing there was likely to be no end of this new
+way of fighting, as there were still eight or nine battalions of
+the enemy in view, and it being now drawing towards evening,
+Valdivia determined upon making a retreat before his men and
+horses should be entirely worn out and disabled by incessant
+action. He accordingly gave orders to his men to retreat, that
+they might reach a narrow pass about a league and a half from the
+field of battle, where they would be secure against attack, as in
+that place two Spaniards on foot were able to keep off the whole
+army of the Araucanians. He accordingly issued orders to his
+soldiers to retreat to that narrow defile, passing the word from
+rank to rank, with directions to turn and make head occasionally
+against the enemy. At this time Valdivia was attended by an
+Araucanian, youth named <i>Lautaro</i>, the son of an ulmen, who
+had been bred up in his family from a boy, and baptized by the
+name of Philip. Knowing both languages, and being more biassed by
+affection to his country than love to God or fidelity to his
+master, on hearing the orders given to retreat, he called out to
+the Araucanians not to be satisfied with the retreat of the
+Spaniards, but immediately to take possession of the narrow pass,
+by which they would ensure the entire destruction of their
+enemies. To encourage his countrymen by his example as well as
+his words, Lautaro took up a lance from the ground, with which he
+joined the foremost rank of the Araucanians, and assisted them to
+fight against his former master."</p>
+
+<p>"When the Araucanian captain observed the Spaniards preparing
+to retire, he immediately followed the advice of Lautaro, and
+ordered two fresh battalions of his troops to hasten in good
+order to occupy the narrow pass, and to use their utmost efforts
+to defend it till the rest of the army could get up to their
+assistance. With the remainder of his troops he pressed on
+against the retreating Spaniards, still plying them as from the
+first with fresh bodies of his men, and not allowing a moments
+respite to the enemy. On coming to the entrance of the narrow
+pass, where they expected to have been in safety, the Spaniards
+found it already occupied by the enemy, and began to despair of
+being able to escape. At this time, perceiving that both the
+Spanish men and horses were completely tired, the Araucanians
+broke in among them, fifteen or twenty of them seizing upon one
+horse, some catching him by the legs, others by the tail, and
+others by the mane; while others knocked down both men and horses
+with their great war-clubs, killing them with the greatest rage
+and fury."</p>
+
+<p>"Pedro de Valdivia, and a priest who accompanied him, were
+taken alive and tied to trees, until the Indians had dispatched
+all the rest, only three Indian auxiliaries of the Spaniards
+making their escape by favour of the night into a thicket,
+whence, being well acquainted with the ways and more faithful to
+their masters than Lautaro, they carried the fatal news to the
+Spaniards in Chili. The manner in which Valdivia was afterwards
+put to death has been differently related. Some say that Lautaro,
+finding him tied to a tree, killed him after reviling and
+reproaching him as a robber and a tyrant. The most certain
+intelligence is, that an old captain beat out his brains with a
+club. Others again say that the Araucanians passed the night
+after their victory in dances and mirth; and that at the end of
+every dance, they cut off a piece of flesh from Valdivia and
+another from the priest, both yet alive, which they broiled and
+eat before their faces. During which horrid repast, Valdivia
+confessed to the priest and they both expired."</p>
+
+<p>* * * * *</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VII.</p>
+
+<p><i>Continuation of the War between the Spaniards and
+Araucanians, from the death of Valdivia, to that of
+Caupolican.</i></p>
+
+<p>This important victory, which was gained in the evening of the
+3d December 1553, was celebrated next day by the Araucanians with
+all kinds of games and diversions, which were exhibited in a
+meadow surrounded by high trees, on which the heads of the
+slaughtered enemies were suspended as trophies of the victory. An
+immense concourse of inhabitants from all the surrounding country
+flocked to Tucapel to enjoy the triumph obtained over an enemy
+hitherto considered as invincible, and to join in the festivities
+on this joyful occasion. In token of triumph, the Araucanian
+officers dressed themselves in the clothes and armour of their
+slain enemies, and Caupolican decorated himself with the armour
+and surcoat of Valdivia, which was magnificently embroidered with
+gold. After the conclusion of the rejoicings, Caupolican
+presented Lautaro to the national assembly or Butacayog, which
+had met to deliberate upon the proper measures to be pursued in
+farther prosecution of the war; and, after a speech in which he
+attributed the whole success of the late glorious battle to the
+young warrior, he appointed him extraordinary vice-toqui, and to
+enjoy the command of a second army which was to be raised for
+protecting the frontiers against invasion from the Spaniards. In
+consideration of the inappreciable service he had rendered to his
+country, the advancement of Lautaro to this new dignity was
+approved and applauded by all the chiefs of the confederacy.
+Besides the nobility of his origin, as he belonged to the order
+of ulmens, Lautaro was singularly beautiful in his appearance,
+and conciliating in his manners, and possessed talents far
+surpassing his years, so that in the sequel he fully confirmed
+the sentiments now entertained of him by Caupolican and the rest
+of his countrymen.</p>
+
+<p>The sentiments of the assembled chiefs in respect to the
+farther prosecution of the war, were various and discordant.
+Colocolo and most of the Ulmens were of opinion, that they ought
+in the first place to endeavour to free their country from the
+remaining Spanish establishments within its bounds, before
+attempting to carry their incursions to the north of the Biobio.
+Tucapel and some others of the most daring officers, insisted
+that they ought to take advantage of the present circumstances to
+attack the Spaniards even in the city of St Jago, the centre of
+their colonies, while in a state of consternation and dismay, and
+to drive them entirely from the whole kingdom of Chili.
+Caupolican applauded the heroic sentiments of Tucapel, yet
+adopted the council of the elder chiefs, as the most prudent and
+beneficial for the interests of the nation.</p>
+
+<p>About this time Lincoyan, the former toqui, who was at the
+head of a detached body of troops engaged in harassing the
+dispersed settlements of the Spaniards in Araucania, fell in with
+a party of fifteen Spaniards, on their march from Imperial to
+join Valdivia, of whose total defeat they had not yet received
+intelligence. Before engaging with the enemy, whom they
+confidently expected to defeat with the utmost facility, these
+Spaniards vainly regretted that their number exceeded twelve, in
+hope that the event of the day would stamp upon their names the
+chivalrous title of <i>the twelve of fame</i>. Their wishes were
+soon more than gratified, as seven of them fell at the first
+encounter with the enemy, and the remaining seven, taking
+advantage of the swiftness of their horses, escaped severely
+wounded to the fortress of Puren, carrying with them the
+melancholy intelligence of the total destruction of Valdivia and
+his army. On this distressing news the Spanish inhabitants of
+Puren, and Frontera or Angol, retired to Imperial, where they
+considered themselves in greater security than in these other
+more inland fortresses, which were entirely surrounded by the
+country of the victorious enemy. About the same time the
+inhabitants of Villarica abandoned that settlement and took
+refuge in Valdivia; so that two Spanish establishments only now
+remained in the Araucanian country, and both of them at a great
+distance from reinforcements or assistance. As Caupolican
+determined upon besieging these two cities, he committed to
+Lautaro the charge of defending the northern frontier against
+invasion, and set out for the south to reduce the cities of
+Imperial and Valdivia.</p>
+
+<p>The young and gallant vice-toqui, Lautaro, accordingly took
+post on the lofty mountain of Mariguenu, which intervenes between
+Conception and Arauco, and which he fortified with extraordinary
+care, rightly judging that the Spaniards would take that road in
+search of Caupolican on purpose to revenge the defeat and death
+of their general Valdivia. This mountain, which has proved fatal
+to the Spaniards on several occasions in their wars with the
+Araucanians, has a large plain on its summit interspersed with
+shady trees. Its steep sides are full of rude precipices and deep
+clefts or ravines, its western end being rendered inaccessible by
+the sea, while on the east it is secured by an impenetrable
+forest. The north side only was accessible to the Spaniards, and
+even in that way it was only possible to reach the top by a
+narrow and winding path.</p>
+
+<p>The two Promaucians who alone had escaped from the fatal
+battle of Tucapel, by favour of the darkness and under covert of
+a thick wood, reached Conception, which they filled with grief
+and consternation, by relating the total overthrow and massacre
+of the army of Valdivia. When the general terror and dismay had a
+little subsided, the magistrates proceeded to open the sealed
+instructions which had been left with them by Valdivia, when he
+departed on his late fatal expedition. In these he named Alderte,
+Aguirre, and Villagran successively to the vacant government in
+case of his own decease. Alderte being gone to Europe, and
+Aguirre absent on his expedition into the distant province of
+Cujo, the command devolved on Villagran. After such preparations
+as appeared necessary under the present emergency, Villagran
+crossed the Biobio with a considerable army of Spaniards and
+Promaucian auxiliaries, intending to march for Arauco in the
+first place. In a narrow pass at no great distance to the south
+of the Biobio, he was vigorously opposed by a body of Araucanian
+warriors, who withstood the utmost efforts of his army for three
+hours, and then withdrew continually fighting, towards the top of
+the mountain where Lautaro awaited the approach of the Spaniards
+with the main body of his army, in a well chosen post defended by
+a strong palisade. Villagran ordered the squadrons of cavalry to
+force their way up the difficult passage of the mountain, which
+they effected with infinite difficulty and severe fatigue, and
+were received at a short distance from the summit by showers of
+stones, arrows, and other missiles, which were incessantly
+discharged against them by the vigilant and brave Araucanians.
+Villagran, who followed his cavalry at the head of all the
+infantry of his army, with six pieces of artillery, seeing the
+determined opposition of the enemy, several detachments of whom
+were endeavouring to gain his flanks and rear, ordered his
+musquetry to advance, and the artillery to take a favourable
+position for annoying the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>The mountain was enveloped in smoke, and resounded on all
+sides with the thunder of the Spanish cannon and musquets, while
+the balls were heard whistling in every direction, and dealing
+destruction among the ranks of the valiant Araucanians, who
+continued vigorously to defend their post, undismayed at the
+numbers who fell amid their thick array. Perceiving that his
+principal loss was occasioned by the cannon, Lautaro gave orders
+to one of his bravest officers, named Leucoton, to sally from the
+camp with a select detachment of troops, and to gain possession
+of the cannon at all events, or never more to appear in his
+presence. Leucoton executed his orders with the utmost bravery,
+and after a furious and bloody contest with the guard of the
+guns, carried them off in triumph; while Lautaro, to prevent the
+Spaniards from sending succours to their artillery, made a
+furious general attack on the whole line with all his troops.
+Astonished by this bold and general attack, and dismayed by the
+loss of their cannon, the Spanish horse and foot fell into
+confusion and disorder, and were so furiously pressed upon by the
+valiant Lautaro and his troops, that they dispersed and fled with
+the utmost precipitation. Three thousand of the Spaniards and
+their Promaucian allies were slain in this decisive battle,
+Villagran himself, having fallen in the retreat, was on the point
+of being taken prisoner, when he was rescued by the almost
+incredible efforts of three of his soldiers, and remounted on his
+horse. The remaining Spaniards urged on their almost exhausted
+horses to regain the narrow defile where the engagement had
+commenced, and were closely pursued by the Araucanians; but on
+arriving at the pass, they found it blocked up with trees, which
+had been felled across by orders of Lautaro. The engagement was
+renewed at this place with the utmost fury, and not a man of the
+broken army would have escaped, had not Villagran opened the pass
+at the utmost hazard of his life. Though the Araucanians had lost
+above seven hundred men in the course of this eventful battle,
+they continued the pursuit a long way; but at length, unable to
+keep up with the horses, and exhausted with excessive fatigue,
+they gave up the pursuit, and Lautaro encamped for the night to
+refresh his men, determined upon passing the Biobio next day to
+follow up the consequences of his glorious and decisive
+victory.</p>
+
+<p>On the arrival of the few Spaniards at Conception who had been
+able to escape from the slaughter at Mariguenu, the city of
+Conception was filled with indescribable grief and dismay, not a
+family but had to deplore the loss of some near relation; and the
+alarm was greatly increased by learning that Lautaro was fast
+approaching with his victorious army. As Villagran considered it
+to be impossible to defend the city under the present dismay of
+his small remaining force, he hastily embarked all the old men,
+women, and children on board two ships that happened to be then
+in the harbour, one of which he ordered to proceed to Imperial,
+and the other to Valparaiso, while he proceeded by land for St
+Jago with all the rest of the inhabitants who were able to carry
+arms. Lautaro entered the city next day without opposition, which
+he found entirely deserted of its inhabitants, but filled with
+much valuable booty, as by its mines and commerce it had already
+attained considerable opulence, and the inhabitants were in such
+haste to escape with their lives, that they only took what
+provisions they could procure along with them, and abandoned
+their riches. After removing every thing that was valuable,
+Lautaro burnt all the houses, and razed the citadel and other
+fortifications; after which he returned with his army to Arauco,
+to celebrate his triumph after the manner usual in his
+country.</p>
+
+<p>While Lautaro thus bravely asserted the independence of his
+country on the frontiers, Caupolican marched into the south, as
+has been already mentioned, to invest the cities of Imperial and
+Valdivia, both of which he held closely blockaded. In this
+emergency, the governors of these two cities demanded succours
+from Villagran; who, notwithstanding his late terrible defeat,
+sent a sufficient number of troops for their defence with all
+possible speed; and both places being accessible by sea, these
+succours were able to arrive in time to prevent Caupolican from
+gaining possession of either.</p>
+
+<p>"When the army of Caupolican drew near to the city of
+Imperial, the air was suddenly enveloped in black clouds, whence
+arose a mighty storm of hail and rain. In the midst of the
+tempest the <i>epumanon</i> or war god of the Araucanians, made
+his appearance in form of a terrible dragon, casting out fire at
+his mouth and nostrils, and desired them to hasten their march as
+he would deliver the city into their hands, on which occasion he
+enjoined them to put all the Christians to the sword. The
+<i>epumanon</i> then disappeared, and they pursued their way
+joyfully, being animated by this oracle. On a sudden the heavens
+cleared up, and a most beautiful woman was seen, seated on a
+bright cloud, and having a charming yet severe and majestic
+countenance, which much abated the pride and haughtiness inspired
+by the former vision. This was the <i>queen of heaven</i>, who
+commanded them to return to their own homes, for God was resolved
+to favour the Christians; and they immediately obeyed[70]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 70: This paragraph, within inverted commas,
+is literally copied from Ovalle, as an instance of the puerile
+conceits indulged in by the true Catholic writers of the
+seventeenth century. The brave and faithful Bernal Diaz at the
+beginning of the sixteenth century saw no miracles during the
+conquest of Mexico, and the judicious Molina at the close of the
+eighteenth, modestly refrains from copying any such incredible
+absurdities into his history of Chili.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On abandoning the sieges of Imperial and Valdivia, Caupolican
+went to join Lautaro at Conception, in order to attempt some
+enterprise against the Spaniards more practicable than the attack
+of fortifications, for the assault of which the Araucanians
+possessed no sufficient arts or arms. Availing himself of the
+absence of his redoubted enemy; Villagran, who appears to have
+gone along with the succours to Imperial, ravaged the whole
+Araucanian territory around that city, burning and destroying the
+houses and crops, and carrying off all the provisions that were
+not destroyed to the town. Though of a humane and generous
+disposition, averse from the exercise of violence, Villagran
+endeavoured to vindicate the employment of these rigorous
+measures by the necessity of circumstances, and the pretended
+rights of war: But on this occasion they were of no real service
+to the Spanish cause, which they contributed to render more
+odious to the Araucanians; and in general the only effect which
+such barbarous conduct produces, is to heap distress on the weak
+and helpless. To the other terrible calamities inseparable from
+war, especially when carried on in this barbarous manner, a
+pestilential disease was superadded which committed dreadful
+ravages in Chili, especially among the natives. During the
+incursions of Villagran into the Araucanian territory, some
+Spanish soldiers, who were either infected at the time or had
+recently recovered from the small pox, communicated that fatal
+disease for the first time to the Araucanians, among whom it
+spread with the more direful and rapid destruction, as they were
+utterly unacquainted with its nature. So universal and dreadful
+was the mortality on this occasion in several provinces, that, in
+one district containing a population of twelve thousand persons,
+not more than a hundred escaped with life. This pestilential
+disorder, which has been more destructive than any other to the
+human race, had been introduced a few years before into the
+northern parts of Chili, where it then occasioned great mortality
+among the natives, and where it has since frequently reappeared
+at uncertain intervals, and has greatly diminished the aboriginal
+population. For more than a century, counting from the present
+times, 1787, the southern provinces of Chili forming the
+Araucanian confederacy, have been exempted from the ravages of
+this cruel disease, in consequence of the most rigorous
+precautions being employed by the inhabitants to prevent all
+communication with the infected countries, similar to those used
+in Europe to prevent the introduction of the plague.</p>
+
+<p>"The following anecdote will shew what horror the small-pox
+has inspired into the natives of Araucania. Some considerable
+time ago[71], the viceroy of Peru sent as a present to the
+governor of Chili, several jars of honey, wine, olives, and
+different seeds. One of these jars happened to break while
+landing, and some Indians who were employed as labourers on this
+occasion, imagined that the contents of the jar were the purulent
+matter of the small-pox, imported by the governor for the purpose
+of being disseminated among the Araucanian provinces, to
+exterminate their inhabitants. They immediately gave notice to
+their countrymen, who stopped all intercourse with the Spanish
+provinces and flew to arms, killing above forty Spaniards who
+were then among them in the full security of peace. To revenge
+this outrage, the governor marched with an army into the
+Araucanian territory, and a new war was excited which continued
+for some time to the great injury of both nations."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 71: The passage within commas is a note in
+the original English publication of Molina; and from subsequent
+parts of the history, the event here related appears to have
+occurred about the commencement of the seventeenth century, or
+more than two hundred years ago.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>While Villagran was using every possible exertion to maintain
+the Spanish power in the south of Chili, by combating the brave
+and victorious Araucanians, he found himself on the point of
+being compelled to turn his arms against his own countrymen. It
+has been already mentioned that Valdivia, in the instructions he
+left with the magistrates of Conception before his fatal
+expedition into Araucania, had nominated Francisco Aguirre in the
+second place as his own successor in the government, and that
+Villagran, only third in nomination, had succeeded to the command
+in consequence of the absence of the other two who were prior to
+himself. When Aguirre, who was then in Cujo, where he does not
+appear to have effected any thing of importance, was informed of
+the death of Valdivia, and his own destination to the government
+of Chili, he considered the assumption of the vacant command by
+Villagran as prejudicial to his own just rights, and immediately
+returned into Chili with sixty men who remained of his
+detachment, determined to acquire possession of the government by
+force or favour. His pretensions and those of Villagran must
+infallibly have kindled a civil war among the Spaniards in Chili,
+to the ruin or vast detriment of the Spanish interest, had not
+the competitors agreed to submit the decision of their respective
+claims to the royal audience at Lima, which at that time, 1555,
+held the supreme legal jurisdiction over all the Spanish
+dominions in South America. On this appeal, the court of audience
+thought proper to set aside the pretensions of both competitors,
+and issued an edict authorizing the corregidors of the different
+cities to command each in their respective districts, till
+farther orders. Perceiving the extreme inconvenience that must
+have necessarily resulted to the interests of the colony, from
+this divided government, especially during so important a war,
+the principal inhabitants remonstrated against the impolicy of
+this decree. The royal audience listened to the representations
+of the colonists, and appointed Villagran to resume the command,
+but only granted him the title of corregidor, and gave him orders
+to rebuild the city of Conception. Although convinced of the
+inutility of this measure in the present conjuncture, Villagran,
+in obedience to the orders, proceeded immediately to that place
+with eighty-five families, whom he established there, and erected
+a strong fortification for their defence.</p>
+
+<p>The native inhabitants of that part of the country which
+formed the territory of Conception, were indignant at being again
+subjected to the intolerable yoke of the Spaniards, and had
+recourse to the Araucanians for protection. Caupolican, who seems
+at this time to have remained in almost entire inaction, either
+ignorant of the proceedings of the Spaniards, or from some other
+cause of which we are not informed, immediately sent Lautaro at
+the head of two thousand warriors to the assistance of the
+distressed natives on the north side of the Biobio. The young
+vice-toqui, exasperated at what he called the obstinacy of the
+Spaniards in rebuilding the city which he had destroyed,
+immediately passed the Biobio, and the Spaniards imprudently
+awaited him in the open plain, confiding in their own valour and
+arms, despising the superior numbers of the barbarians. The
+Spaniards, however, were panic struck at the furious energy of
+the first encounter, and fled with precipitation to take shelter
+behind their ramparts; but were so closely pursued by Lautaro and
+his valiant followers, that they were unable to close the gate.
+The Araucanians entered the city along with the fugitives, many
+of whom were slain; and the small remnant made a precipitate
+retreat, part of them by embarking in a ship then in the port,
+and others by taking refuge in the woods, whence they returned
+through bye-paths to St Jago.</p>
+
+<p>Lautaro immediately plundered and burnt the city, and returned
+loaded with spoils to his usual station on the mountain of
+Mariguenu. The successful issue of this enterprise excited
+Caupolican to resume the sieges or blockades of Imperial and
+Valdivia, during which Lautaro undertook to make a diversion of
+the Spanish forces, by marching against St Jago, by which he
+expected to prevent them from sending reinforcements into the
+south, and he even conceived that it might be possible to gain
+possession of that capital of the Spanish dominions in Chili,
+notwithstanding its great distance; as the successes he had
+already obtained so filled his mind with confidence that no
+difficulty appeared too great to be overcome. In order to execute
+this hazardous enterprise, which appears to have been concerted
+with Caupolican, he only required five hundred men to be selected
+by himself from the Araucanian army; but so many pressed to serve
+under his victorious standard, that he was obliged to admit an
+additional hundred. With this determined band of six hundred
+warriors, he traversed all the provinces between the rivers
+Biobio and Maul&eacute;, without doing any injury to the natives,
+who hailed him as their deliverer from the Spanish tyranny. But
+on crossing the latter river, he immediately proceeded to lay
+waste the lands of the Promaucians, who were detested by the
+Araucanians for acting as auxiliaries to the Spaniards. Had he
+treated them with kindness, he might in all probability have
+detached them from the Spanish interest and united them in
+alliance with his own nation. But impelled by eagerness for
+revenge, he did not appreciate the good effects which might have
+flowed from a reconciliation with that numerous and warlike
+nation, whom he considered as traitors to the common cause.
+Having satiated his revenge, he fortified himself in an
+advantageous post in their territory on the banks of the
+Rio-claro, probably on purpose to gain more correct information
+respecting the state of the city he intended to attack.</p>
+
+<p>This ill-judged delay was of great importance to the
+inhabitants of St Jago, by giving them time to prepare for their
+defence. They could not at first believe it possible that Lautaro
+would have the audacity to undertake a march of three hundred
+miles beyond the Araucanian frontiers to attack their city; but
+undeceived by the refugees from Conception, and the daily reports
+of the ravages of the enemy in the territories of the
+Promaucians, they dispatched Juan Godinez with an escort of
+twenty-five horse into the Promaucian country to watch the
+motions of the enemy, and to send intelligence of his proceedings
+and designs. Godinez was unexpectedly attacked by a detachment of
+the Araucanians, and obliged to make a precipitate retreat to St
+Jago, with his numbers considerably diminished, and filled the
+capital with consternation and dismay at the intelligence of the
+near approach of their redoubted enemy. On this occasion the
+Araucanians took ten horses and some arms from the Spaniards,
+both of which were used by them in the succeeding actions.</p>
+
+<p>Villagran, who was at this time unable to take the field in
+consequence of illness, sent his son Pedro against Lautaro with
+such troops as could be procured, and immediately proceeded to
+fortify all the approaches to the city of St Jago with strong
+entrenchments. In the mean time, young Villagran attacked the
+Araucanians in their fortified post. Instructed by their intrepid
+yet wary commander, the Araucanians pretended to take flight
+after a short resistance; but the Spaniards were no sooner
+entered into the abandoned inclosure, than they returned upon
+them with such impetuosity, that Pedro and his men were
+completely routed, and only the cavalry was able to escape by
+flight, all the infantry who had penetrated the Araucanian camp
+being put to death. After procuring reinforcements, young
+Villagran returned three several times to attack the camp of
+Lautaro, in all of which attempts he was repulsed with
+considerable loss. He now encamped his force in a low meadow on
+the banks of the river Mataquito, at no great distance from the
+entrenched post of Lautaro. The Araucanian general formed a plan
+for inundating the camp of the Spaniards during night, by turning
+upon them a branch of the river; but the Spaniards being informed
+of this design by a spy, withdrew to St Jago.</p>
+
+<p>Having recovered from his illness, Villagran was solicited by
+the citizens of St Jago to exert himself to dislodge the
+Araucanians from their neighbourhood, as they every moment
+expected to see them at their gates. He accordingly, some time in
+the year 1556, set out from the city at the head of 196 Spaniards
+and 1000 Indian auxiliaries, in search of Lautaro. Instructed by
+his severe defeat at Mariguenu, Villagran resolved to attack the
+enemy by surprise; and quitting the direct road, he secretly
+directed his march towards the Araucanian encampment in the night
+by a private path under the guidance of a spy, and reached their
+entrenchments undiscovered at day-break. Lautaro, who had been on
+guard all night according to his usual custom, had just retired
+to rest when the alarm was given of the attack from the
+Spaniards. He hastened immediately to the spot, to observe the
+enemy and to issue his orders for defence; but at the moment of
+his arrival, a dart from the hand of one of the Indian
+auxiliaries pierced him to the heart. Encouraged by this
+fortunate event, which was soon known to the Spaniards, Villagran
+urged the assault of the entrenchments, and soon forced an
+entrance in spite of the Araucanians, who made an obstinate
+defence. Finding their post carried, the Araucanians retired to
+an angle of their works, determined rather to allow themselves to
+be cut in pieces than to surrender. In vain the Spanish commander
+repeatedly offered quarter; they continued fighting with the
+utmost obstinacy till every man of them was cut off, many of them
+even throwing themselves on the lances of the Spaniards, as if
+courting death in preference to submission. This victory, which
+was not obtained without considerable loss on the part of the
+Spaniards and their allies, was celebrated in St Jago and the
+other Spanish settlements with every demonstration of joy. The
+Spaniards felicitated themselves on being freed from a redoubted
+enemy, who at the early age of nineteen had already obtained so
+many victories over them, and who threatened to destroy their
+settlements in Chili, and even to harass them in Peru.</p>
+
+<p>When the terror which this young hero had inspired was removed
+by his death, even his enemies extolled his valour and military
+talents, and compared him to the greatest generals who had
+figured in ancient times, calling him the Chilese Hannibal. To
+use the words of the abbe Olivarez:--"It is not just to
+depreciate the merit of one, who, had he been of our nation, we
+should have vaunted as a hero. If we celebrate the martial
+prowess of the Spanish Viriatus, we ought not to obscure the fame
+of the American Lautaro, as both valorously contended in arms for
+the liberties of their country."</p>
+
+<p>For a long time the Araucanians lamented the untimely fate of
+the valiant Lautaro, to whom they owed all the success which
+their arms had hitherto atchieved, and on whose conduct and
+bravery they entirely relied for the preservation of their
+independence. His name is still celebrated in their heroic songs,
+and his actions are still proposed as the most glorious model for
+the imitation of their youth. Above all others, Caupolican felt
+and lamented the loss of his valiant associate. Far from thinking
+he had got free from a rival of his fame, he considered that he
+had lost his chief coadjutor in the glorious cause of restoring
+their nation to independence. Immediately on receiving the
+mournful intelligence, he quitted the siege of Imperial, though
+reduced to the last extremity, and returned with his army to
+defend the northern frontiers of Araucania, and to protect his
+country from the incursions of the Spaniards, as he learnt by his
+spies that they soon expected a large reinforcement of men and
+warlike stores from Peru under a new commander.</p>
+
+<p>On learning the death of Valdivia, as formerly related, Philip
+II. gave charge of the government and conquest of Chili to
+Alderete, the agent who had been sent by Valdivia into Spain, and
+furnished him for this purpose with six hundred regular troops.
+During the voyage to the Tierra Firma, the ship was set on fire
+by accident, by his sister who was accustomed to read in bed; and
+of the whole number on board, Alderete and three soldiers alone
+escaped to Porto Bello. Overcome with grief and disappointment at
+this melancholy catastrophe, Alderete died soon after in the
+small island of Taboga in the gulf of Panama. When informed of
+this disaster, and of the threatening aspect of affairs in Chili
+in consequence of the untoward events in the Araucanian war, the
+marquis of Canete, then viceroy of Peru, appointed his son Don
+Garcia Hurtado de Mendoza, to the vacant government. As this
+charge had become both important and dangerous, the marquis
+resolved that his son should be accompanied by such a body of
+forces as might be able to support his authority, and might
+enable him successfully to terminate the war against the
+Araucanians. As the civil dissensions in Peru were now at an end,
+and that country abounded in military adventurers eager for
+employment, he was soon able to levy a respectable force of horse
+and foot for this expedition. The infantry, all well equipped and
+appointed, with a great quantity of military stores; embarked in
+ten ships under the command of Don Garcia in person; and the
+cavalry marched by land under the orders of Garcia Ramon, who was
+appointed quarter-master-general of Chili.</p>
+
+<p>Don Garcia arrived with his fleet in safety in the Bay of
+Conception, in the month of April 1557, and came to anchor near
+the island of Quiriquina, which was chosen as the headquarters as
+a place of great security. The scanty population of the island
+attempted to oppose the disembarkation of the troops, but being
+soon dispersed by the artillery, they retired in their piraguas
+to the continent. A small number being made prisoners, the
+governor sent two or three of them with a message to the
+Araucanians, to inform them of his arrival, and that he was
+desirous to settle a lasting peace with them on fair terms. In an
+assembly of the Ulmens to deliberate upon this message, the
+general opinion was that no propositions ought to be listened to
+from an enemy who had returned in greater force than ever, under
+the idea that any terms they might propose would necessarily be
+treacherous and unfair. Old Colocolo observed, however, that no
+injury could arise from listening to the proposals of the Spanish
+governor; and that they even had now a favourable opportunity for
+obtaining a knowledge of the amount of his force, and for
+discovering his designs. For this purpose, therefore, he thought
+it advisable that they should send an intelligent person, under
+pretence of congratulating the new governor on his arrival, and
+thanking him for his offer of amicable terms of peace, who might
+at the same time gain information of whatever he should consider
+important to regulate their future conduct. Caupolican and most
+of the older officers adopted this judicious proposal, and the
+important commission was confided to Millalauco, a person who
+possessed every requisite for the business confided to his
+charge.</p>
+
+<p>Millalauco accordingly crossed the narrow strait which
+separates the island of Quiriquina from the continent, and
+presented himself to the Spaniards with all the pride which
+characterises the Araucanian nation. In their turn, the Spaniards
+were willing to give him a high idea of their military power, and
+drew out their troops in order of battle for his reception,
+conducting him to the tent of the governor amidst repeated
+discharges of their artillery. Not in the least disconcerted by
+this military parade, Millalauco complimented the governor in the
+name of Caupolican and the Araucanian chiefs, declaring that they
+would all be happy in the establishment of an honourable peace,
+advantageous to both nations, in their desire for which they were
+solely actuated by motives of humanity, and not by any dread of
+the Spanish power. Don Garcia, though much disappointed by these
+vague offers, replied in the same general terms respecting peace;
+and, after regaling the ambassador in a magnificent manner, he
+ordered some of his officers to conduct him over the whole
+encampment, in expectation of intimidating him by displaying the
+immense military preparations which accompanied him to Chili.
+This was exactly suited to the wishes of Millalauco, who observed
+every thing with the utmost attention, though with apparent
+indifference; and, having taken leave of the Spaniards, he
+returned to make his report to the assembled chiefs. On receiving
+an exact report of all that had been seen by their envoy, the
+Araucanian chiefs gave orders for the establishment of centinels
+along the coast of their country, to observe and communicate
+notice of the movements of the Spaniards, and commanded the
+warriors to prepare for taking the field at the first summons, as
+they believed a renewal of the war was near and inevitable.</p>
+
+<p>Don Garcia continued inactive almost the whole of the winter
+in the island of Quiriquina, waiting the arrival of his cavalry
+from Peru, and for reinforcements which he had required from the
+cities of Chili. At length, on the night of the 6th August 1557
+he privately landed 130 men and several engineers on the plain of
+Conception, and immediately took possession of Mount Pinto which
+commands the harbour, where he constructed a fort well garnished
+with cannon, and surrounded by a deep ditch. This event was
+immediately communicated to Caupolican, who hastily collected his
+forces, and passed the Biobio on the 9th of August, and next
+morning at day-break, a day remarkable in Europe by the defeat of
+the French at St Quintin, he assailed the new fortress on three
+sides at once, having sent on in front a body of pioneers to fill
+up the ditch with fascines and trunks of trees. The assault was
+long urged with all the furious and obstinate bravery which
+distinguishes the Araucanians. Numbers mounted the parapet, and
+some even leapt within the walls, destroying many of the
+defendants. But the cannon and musquetry of the Spaniards were so
+skilfully directed, and the slaughter of the assailants so
+prodigious, that the ditch was filled with dead bodies, serving
+as bridges for the new combatants who pressed on to replace their
+slain comrades. Tucapel, impelled by his rash and unparalleled
+valour, threw himself into the fort, where he slew four of the
+enemy with his formidable mace, and then made his escape by
+leaping from a precipice amidst a shower of balls.</p>
+
+<p>While the assault of the fortress was pushed with the utmost
+fury and was seen from the island of Quiriquina, the remainder of
+the Spanish army came over to the aid of the garrison, and formed
+in order of battle. The debarkation was observed by Caupolican
+who immediately sent a part of his troops to meet this new enemy.
+After a severe conflict of several hours, this detachment was
+driven back to the mountain with heavy loss, so that the
+Araucanians were now placed between two fires; yet they did not
+lose courage, and continued fighting till mid-day. At length,
+worn out with the length of the combat, the Araucanian general
+drew off to the Biobio, determined to collect a new army and to
+return to the attack. Having in a short time reinforced his army,
+Caupolican began his march towards Conception; but, learning on
+his way that the governor had received a numerous reinforcement,
+he halted on the banks of the Biobio, deeply chagrined at not
+being able to effect the destruction of the new fortress of
+Conception, which had been twice performed by Lautaro with the
+universal applause of the nation.</p>
+
+<p>In fact, on the preceding day the Spanish cavalry from Peru,
+consisting of 1000 well armed men, had arrived at Conception,
+together with another squadron of Spanish horse from Imperial,
+and 2000 Promaucian auxiliaries. Being now at the head of a
+numerous and well-appointed army, Don Garcia determined to invade
+the Araucanian territory. For this purpose he crossed the Biobio
+in boats, six miles above its mouth, where the river is about
+1500 paces broad. As the Spanish cannon in the boats commanded
+the opposite bank of the river, Caupolican made no attempt to
+obstruct the passage, but drew up his army at no great distance
+in a position flanked by thick woods, by which his retreat would
+be secured in case of being defeated. The battle began by several
+skirmishes, which ended in favour of the Araucanians; several
+advanced parties of the Spaniards being repulsed by the enemy
+with loss, though reinforced by order of Ramon the
+quarter-master-general. Alonzo Reynoso likewise, who was
+dispatched to their aid with fifty horse, was defeated in his
+turn, and obliged to retreat leaving several of his men dead on
+the field. At length the two armies met and joined battle.
+Encouraged by the advantages they had already gained, the
+Araucanians used every effort to come to close quarters with the
+Spaniards, notwithstanding the heavy fire of eight pieces of
+artillery which played incessantly from the front of the enemy.
+But when they came within reach of the musquetry, they were quite
+unable to resist the close and well directed fire continually
+kept up by the veteran troops of Peru. After many ineffectual
+attempts to close in with the Spaniards, and losing a vast number
+of their bravest warriors, they fell into confusion from the
+vacancies in their ranks, and began to give ground. By a well
+timed charge, the cavalry put them completely to the rout, and
+made a prodigious slaughter among them in their flight to the
+woods.</p>
+
+<p>Either from innate cruelty of disposition, or on mistaken
+principles of policy, Don Garcia pursued the most rigorous
+measures against the enemy. Contrary to the opinion and advice of
+most of his officers, he was the first who introduced the
+barbarous practice of mutilating and putting to death the
+prisoners; a system which may intimidate and restrain a base
+people accustomed to servitude, but cruelty is detestable in the
+estimation of a generous nation, and serves only to exasperate
+and render them irreconcileable[72]. Among the prisoners taken on
+this occasion was one named Galvarino, whose hands were cut off
+by order of Don Garcia, and was then set free. He returned to his
+countrymen, to whom he displayed his bloody and mutilated stumps,
+which so inflamed them with rage against the Spaniards, that they
+all swore never to make peace with them, and even denounced the
+punishment of death against any one who should have the baseness
+to propose such a measure. Even the women, excited by desire of
+revenge, offered to take up arms and fight along with their
+husbands, which was actually done by many of them in the
+subsequent battles. From thence originated the fable of Amazons
+in Chili, placed by some authors in the southern districts of
+that country.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 72: In a note of the original translation,
+it is said that "the Indian allies of the Spaniards cut off the
+calves from the Araucanian prisoners, which they roasted and eat.
+And, by means of certain leaves applied to the wounds, prevented
+the effusion of a single drop of blood."--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>After the victory, Don Garcia proceeded with his army into the
+province of Arauco, constantly harassed by flying detachments of
+the enemy, who never ceased doing them every possible injury. On
+his arrival at Melipuru[73], Don Garcia caused several native
+prisoners to be tortured, in order to obtain information of the
+situation of Caupolican, but none of them would discover the
+place of his retreat. On being informed of this barbarous
+procedure, Caupolican sent notice by a messenger that he was not
+far off, and meant to meet the Spaniards the next day. Don Garcia
+and his army, being alarmed by this intelligence, passed the
+whole night under arms, and accordingly the Araucanian army made
+its appearance next morning at day-break, advancing in regular
+array in three several lines. The Spanish cavalry made a furious
+charge upon the front line, commanded by Caupolican in person,
+who made his pikemen receive the charge with levelled spears,
+while the alternate mace-bearers were directed to strike at the
+horses heads. By this unexpected reception, the Spanish cavalry
+were obliged to retreat in confusion; upon which the Araucanian
+general and his division broke into the centre of the Spanish
+infantry with great slaughter, Caupolican killing five of them
+with his own hand. Tucapel advanced with his division in another
+quarter with equal success, and at the first attack broke his
+lance in the body of a Spaniard, and then drawing his sword slew
+seven others. He received several wounds at this time, yet seeing
+the valiant Rencu, formerly his rival for the office of toqui,
+surrounded by a crowd of enemies, he fell upon them with such
+fury that he killed a considerable number of them, and rescued
+Rencu from imminent danger. Victory, for a long time undecided,
+was on the point of declaring for the Araucanians, as the
+Spaniards were ready to give way; when Don Garcia gave orders to
+a body of reserve, hitherto unengaged, to attack that division of
+the enemy which was commanded by Lincoyan and Ongolmo. This
+order, which was executed with promptitude and success, preserved
+the Spanish army from total destruction. This line or division of
+the Araucanians being broken and routed, fell back tumultuously
+upon the other two divisions, then nearly victorious, and threw
+them into such inextricable confusion, that being utterly unable
+to restore his troops to order, after repeated ineffectual
+efforts, Caupolican was reluctantly constrained to sound a
+retreat, and yielded the victory to his enemies which he had
+fondly imagined was already secured to himself. In their retreat,
+the Araucanian army would have been utterly cut to pieces, had
+not Rencu, by posting himself in a neighbouring wood with a party
+of warriors whom he rallied, called off the attention of the
+victors from the pursuit, which they urged with the most deadly
+rancour. After sustaining the violence of the Spanish assault
+till such time as he judged his dispersed countrymen had ensured
+their safety, Rencu and his companions retired through the wood
+by a secret path and rejoined his countrymen.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 73: Called Millapoa, perhaps by mistake in
+Pinkerton's map of Chili, a place very near the southern shore of
+the Biobio, and marked <i>arruinada</i> probably meaning in
+ruins.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Before leaving Melipuru, Don Garcia caused twelve ulmens who
+were found among the prisoners, to be hanged on the trees that
+surrounded the field of battle, and Galvarino, now again a
+prisoner, was condemned to the same fate. That unfortunate youth,
+notwithstanding the loss of his hands, had accompanied the
+Araucanian army, and had never ceased during the late battle to
+excite his countrymen to fight valiantly, exhibiting his
+mutilated stumps to inspire them with fury and revenge, and even
+using his teeth to do all the injury he was able to the enemy.
+One of the captive ulmens, overcome with terror, abjectly
+petitioned for his life; but Galvarino reproached him in such
+severe terms for his cowardice, and inspired him with so great
+contempt for death, that he at length rejected a proffered
+pardon, and even entreated to die the first, as an expiation of
+his weakness, and the scandal he had brought upon the character
+of his nation. After this barbarous execution, by which he
+sullied the glory of his victory, Don Garcia proceeded into the
+province of Tucapel to the place where Valdivia had been defeated
+and slain, where he built, as if in contempt of the Araucanians,
+a city which he named <i>Canete</i>[74] from the titular
+appellation of his family. Being in the centre of the enemies
+country, he strengthened this new city or fortress with a good
+palisade, a deep ditch, and strong rampart, mounted with a number
+of cannon, and left a select garrison for its defence under the
+command of Alonzo Reynoso.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 74: Probably the place distinguished in
+modern maps by the name of Tucapel-viejo, about 40 miles south
+from the Biobio.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Believing that the Araucanians, whom he had now defeated in
+three successive battles, were no longer in condition to oppose
+his victorious arms, he went with his army to Imperial, where he
+was received in triumph. Soon after his arrival at that place, he
+sent off a plentiful supply of provisions for the garrison of his
+new city under a strong escort, which was attacked and routed in
+a narrow pass called Cayucupil by a body of Araucanians, and had
+certainly been entirely destroyed if the enemy had not given them
+an opportunity of escaping to Canete with little loss, by
+eagerness to seize the baggage. The fugitives were received in
+Canete with much joy, as Reynoso had learnt that Caupolican
+intended to attack him. In fact, only a few days afterwards, that
+indefatigable general, whom misfortune seemed to inspire with
+fresh courage, made a furious assault upon the place, in which
+his valiant troops, with arms so extremely inferior to their
+enemies, endured a continual fire of cannon and musquetry for
+five hours with the most heroic firmness, pulling up and burning
+the palisades, filling the ditch, and endeavouring to scale the
+ramparts. But valour alone was unable to prevail in this
+difficult enterprise, and Caupolican was constrained to desist
+from the attempt by open force, and to try some more secure
+expedient for attaining his end. With this view he persuaded one
+of his officers, named <i>Pran</i>, who was of an artful
+character, to introduce himself into the garrison as a deserter,
+in order to fall upon some device for delivering it up. Pran
+accordingly obtained admission in that character, and conducted
+himself with the most profound dissimulation. He soon formed a
+strict friendship with a Promaucian named Andrew, in the service
+of the Spaniards, who seemed a fit instrument for his purpose.
+One day, either artfully to sound or flatter him, Andrew
+pretended to sympathize with his new friend on the misfortunes of
+his country; and Pran eagerly took advantage of this favourable
+opportunity, as he thought, to carry his designs into execution,
+and revealed to Andrew the motive of his pretended desertion,
+earnestly entreating him to assist in the execution of his plan,
+which was to introduce some Araucanian soldiers into the place,
+during the time when the Spaniards were accustomed to indulge in
+their <i>siesta</i> or afternoon sleep. Andrew readily engaged to
+give every assistance in his power, and even offered to keep one
+of the gates open on the day assigned for executing the
+enterprise. Pran, elated with joy at the supposed acquisition of
+a so useful associate, hastened to Caupolican, who was only at a
+short distance from Canete, to whom he related the success of his
+endeavours. On his side, Andrew gave immediate notice of the
+intended plot to Reynoso, the commander of the fort, who desired
+him to keep up the deception by appearing to concur in its
+execution, in order to entrap the enemy in their own snare.</p>
+
+<p>Entirely occupied with an ardent desire of accomplishing this
+enterprise against Canete, Caupolican lost sight of his wonted
+prudence, and too easily reposed confidence in this ill concerted
+scheme. The better to arrange his measures on this occasion, he
+procured an interview with Andrew by means of Pran, and the
+artful Promaucian appeared before Caupolican with that flattering
+show of respect and attachment which villains know so well to
+assume. He broke out into virulent invectives against the
+Spaniards, whom he pretended to have always detested, and
+declared his readiness to perform the promise he had made to
+Pran, asserting that the execution of the plot would be perfectly
+easy. Caupolican applauded his partriotism, and engaged, if the
+plot succeeded, to raise him to the office of ulmen, and to
+appoint him first captain in the Araucanian army in reward of his
+services. He then shewed him the troops which he had along with
+him, appointing next day for executing the plot, and dismissed
+him with the strongest assurances of favour and esteem. Andrew
+immediately communicated the intelligence to Reynoso, and the
+Spaniards employed the whole of that night in making every
+preparation to obtain the greatest possible advantage from this
+double act of perfidy. When the particulars of this plot were
+communicated to the principal officers of the Araucanian army,
+they openly disapproved of it, as disgraceful to the national
+honour, and refused to accompany Caupolican in the expedition.
+But he obstinately adhered to his design, and began his march at
+day-break for Canete with three thousand men, with whom he posted
+himself in concealment near the place, till Pran came to inform
+him from Andrew that every thing was in readiness to deliver the
+place into his hands. The Araucanians immediately proceeded in
+silence towards the city, and finding the gate open according to
+promise began to enter it. When a sufficient number were got in,
+the Spaniards suddenly closed the gate upon them, and immediately
+opened a fire of grape-shot on those without who were crowding to
+the gate, making a dreadful slaughter. The cavalry belonging to
+the garrison, being all in readiness, issued from another gate,
+and completed the destruction of all who had escaped from the
+fire of the cannon, so that hardly one of all the Araucanians
+escaped. Caupolican escaped the general slaughter of his men with
+a small number of attendants, and retired to the mountains,
+whence he hoped to be soon able to return with a new army
+sufficiently numerous to keep the field. While the cavalry gave a
+loose to their fury on the Araucanians without the walls, the
+infantry were employed within the fort in putting to death all
+that had got through the gate; who, finding all chance of escape
+utterly hopeless, chose rather to be cut in pieces than
+surrender. Pran, discovering his error when too late, rushed
+among the thickest of the foe, and escaped by an honourable death
+from the well merited reproaches of his imprudent and fatal
+credulity. Among a few prisoners taken on this occasion were
+three ulmens, who were all blown from the mouths of cannon.</p>
+
+<p>As Don Garcia believed the Araucanian war was terminated by
+this destructive enterprise, he gave orders to rebuild the city
+of Conception, and desirous of adding fresh laurels to the
+victories he had already obtained, he marched in 1558 with a
+numerous army against the Cunches in the south of Chili, a nation
+which had not yet been assailed by the Spanish arms. On first
+hearing of the approach of the Spaniards, the chiefs of the
+Cunches met in council to deliberate whether they should submit
+or resist the invasion of these formidable strangers. On this
+occasion, one Tunconobal, an Araucanian exile, who was present in
+the assembly, was desired to give his opinion, which he did in
+the following terms. "Be cautious how you adopt either of these
+measures. If you submit, you will be despised as vassals and
+compelled to labour; if you resist in arms, you will be
+exterminated. If you desire to get free of these dangerous
+visitors, make them believe that you are miserably poor. Hide
+your property, particularly your gold; and be assured the
+Spaniards will not remain in your country if they have no
+expectation of procuring that sole object of all their wishes.
+Send them such a present as may impress them with an opinion of
+your extreme poverty, and in the mean time retire into the
+woods."</p>
+
+<p>The Cunches approved the wise council of the Araucanian, and
+deputed him with nine natives of the country to carry a present
+to the Spanish general, such as he had recommended. He clothed
+himself and his companions accordingly in wretched rags, and made
+his appearance with every mark of fear before Don Garcia. After
+complimenting him in rude terms, he presented him with a basket
+containing some roasted lizards and wild fruits, as all that the
+poverty of the country could supply. The Spaniards could not
+refrain from laughter at the wretched appearance of the
+ambassadors and their miserable present, and endeavoured to
+dissuade the governor from pursuing the expedition into so
+unpromising a region. Unwilling to relinquish his plan with too
+much facility, he exhorted his troops to persevere; assuring them
+that, according to information he had received, they would find a
+country abounding in the precious metals. This was indeed by no
+means improbable, as it was usual in America to meet with the
+richest countries after passing through frightful deserts. He
+then inquired of the Cunches which was the best road into the
+south. Tunconobal directed him towards the west, which was the
+roughest and most mountainous; and on being asked for a guide,
+left one of his companions, whom he directed to lead the Spanish
+army by the most difficult and desolate roads near the coast. The
+guide followed the instructions of Tunconobal with so much
+judgment, that although the Spaniards had been accustomed to
+surmount the severest fatigues in their pursuit of conquests,
+they declared they had never encountered such difficulties in any
+of their former marches. On the fourth day of this terrible
+march, their guide quitted them, and they found themselves in the
+middle of a frightful desert surrounded by rugged precipices,
+whence they could perceive no way by which to extricate
+themselves. But Don Garcia encouraged them to persevere, by the
+flattering assurance of soon reaching a happy country which would
+amply repay all their present fatigues and privations.</p>
+
+<p>Having at length overcome all the obstacles in their way, the
+Spaniards arrived at the top of a high mountain, whence they
+discovered the great archipelago of <i>Ancud</i>, more commonly
+named of Chilo&eacute;, the channels among the islands being
+covered by innumerable boats or canoes navigated by sails and
+oars. They were filled with joy at this unexpected prospect; and
+as they had suffered many days from hunger, they hastened to the
+shore, and were delighted by seeing a boat making towards them,
+in which were fifteen persons handsomely clothed. These natives
+immediately leaped on shore without evincing the smallest
+apprehension of the Spaniards, whom they cordially saluted,
+inquiring who they were, whence they came, whether they were
+going, and it they were in want of any thing. The Spaniards asked
+for provisions, and the chief of these strangers immediately gave
+them all the provisions in his boat, refusing to accept any thing
+in return, and promised to send them a large immediate supply
+from the neighbouring islands. Indeed the famished Spaniards had
+scarcely completed their encampment, when numerous piraguas
+arrived from the different islands, loaded with maize, fruit, and
+fish, all of which the natives distributed gratuitously among
+them. Constantly and liberally supplied by these friendly
+islanders, the Spaniards marched along the shore of the continent
+opposite the archipelago, all the way to the Bay of Reloncavi.
+Some of them went over to the neighbouring islands, where they
+found the land well cultivated, and the women employed in
+spinning wool, mixed with the feathers of sea-birds, which they
+manufactured into cloth for garments. The celebrated poet Ercilla
+was one of the party; and as he was solicitous of the reputation
+of having proceeded farther south than any other European, he
+crossed the gulf to the opposite shore, where he inscribed some
+verses on the bark of a tree, containing his own name and the
+date of the discovery, being the 31st January 1559.</p>
+
+<p>Satisfied with this discovery of the archipelago of Chiloe,
+Don Garcia returned towards the north, having one of the
+islanders as a guide, who conducted him safely to Imperial
+through the inland country of the Huilliches, which is for the
+most part level and abounds in provisions. The inhabitants, who
+are similar in all respects to their western neighbours the
+Cunches, made no opposition to his march through their country;
+and Don Garcia on this occasion founded the city of Osorno in
+their country at the western extremity of a great lake, though
+according to some authors he only rebuilt that town. For some
+time this place increased rapidly in population and wealth, in
+consequence of great abundance of fine gold being found in its
+neighbourhood, and of extensive manufactures of woollen and linen
+carried on by its inhabitants; but it was afterwards destroyed by
+the toqui Paillamacu[75].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 75: The ruins of Osorno are in lat. 40&deg;
+30' S. and long. 73&deg; 20' W. The lake, or <i>Desaguodero de
+Osorno</i>, extends 50 or 60 miles from east to west, by a
+breadth of 6 or 7 miles.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>While Don Garcia was engaged in this expedition into the south
+of Chili, Alonzo Reynoso the commandant of Canete used every
+effort to discover the place in which Caupolican lay concealed,
+both offering rewards for information and even employing torture
+to extort intelligence from the natives. He at length found a
+person who engaged to point out the place in which the Araucanian
+general had concealed himself ever since his last defeat. A
+detachment of cavalry was accordingly sent under the guidance of
+this traitor, and coming upon him by surprise one morning at
+day-break, succeeded in taking that great and heroic champion a
+prisoner, after a gallant resistance from ten faithful followers
+who continued to adhere to him under his misfortunes. During this
+combat, his wife incessantly exhorted him to die rather than
+surrender; and on seeing him made prisoner, she indignantly threw
+towards him her infant son, saying she would retain nothing that
+belonged to a coward. The detachment returned to Canete with
+their prisoner, amidst the rejoicings of the inhabitants, and
+Reynoso immediately ordered the redoubted toqui to be impaled and
+shot to death with arrows. On hearing his sentence, Caupolican
+addressed Reynoso as follows, without the smallest change of
+countenance, and preserving all his wonted dignity. "My death,
+can answer no possible end, except that of inflaming the
+inveterate hatred already entertained by my countrymen against
+the Spaniards. Far from being discouraged by the loss of an
+unfortunate leader, other Caupolicans will arise from my ashes,
+who will prosecute the war against you with better fortune. If
+however you spare my life, from the great influence I possess in
+Araucania, I may be of great service to the interests of your
+sovereign, and in aiding the propagation of your religion, which
+you say is the chief object of the destructive war you wage
+against us. But, if you are determined that I must die, send me
+into Spain; where, if your king thinks proper to condemn me, I
+may end my days without occasioning new disturbances to my
+unhappy country."</p>
+
+<p>This attempt of the unfortunate toqui to prevail on Reynoso to
+spare his life was in vain, as the sentence was ordered to be
+carried into immediate execution. A priest, who had been employed
+to converse with Caupolican, pretending to have converted him to
+the Christian faith, hastily administered the sacrament of
+baptism; after which the prisoner was conducted to the scaffold
+erected for his public execution. When he saw the instrument of
+punishment, which till then he did not clearly comprehend, and
+noticed a negro who was ready to execute the cruel sentence, he
+became exasperated, and hurled the executioner from the scaffold
+with a furious kick, indignantly exclaiming, "Is there no sword
+and some less unworthy hand to put a man like me to death? In
+this punishment there is no semblance of justice: It is base
+revenge!" He was however overpowered by numbers, and compelled to
+undergo the cruel and ignominious punishment to which he had been
+condemned. The name of Reynoso is still held in detestation, not
+only by the Araucanians, but even by the Spaniards themselves,
+who have ever reprobated his conduct, as cruel, unnecessary, and
+impolitic, and contrary to those principles of generosity on
+which they pride themselves as a nation.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VIII.</p>
+
+<p><i>Continuation of the Araucanian War, after the Death of
+Caupolican, to the Reduction of the Archipelago of Chilo&eacute;
+by the Spaniards.</i></p>
+
+<p>The prediction of the great and unfortunate Caupolican was
+soon fulfilled, by the succession of new heroes to defend the
+liberties of the Araucanians against the Spaniards. Instigated by
+the most unbounded rage, that nation immediately proceeded to
+elect a new toqui, capable of taking ample revenge for the
+ignominious death of their late unfortunate general. On this
+occasion, a majority of the electors were disposed to have
+conferred the vacant office on the brave and impetuous Tucapel;
+but the old and sagacious Colocolo prevailed on the assembled
+Butacayog to elect the younger Caupolican, eldest son of the late
+toqui, who possessed the talents of his celebrated and lamented
+father. Tucapel a second time magnanimously submitted to the
+choice of the ulmens, and only required to be nominated
+vice-toqui, which was accordingly granted. The new toqui
+immediately assembled an army, with which he crossed the Biobio,
+intending to attack the city of Conception, which according to
+his information was only defended by a small number of soldiers.
+Having learned the intention of the Araucanian general, Reynoso
+followed him with five hundred men, and coming up with him at
+Talcaguano[76], a place not far from Conception, offered him
+battle. The young toqui unhesitatingly accepted the challenge,
+and, animating his soldiers both by his exhortations and example,
+fell with such fury upon the Spaniards, that he entirely defeated
+them. Pursued and wounded by the fierce Tucapel, Reynoso made his
+escape across the Biobio with a small party of cavalry; and,
+having collected fresh troops, returned to attack the Araucanians
+in their camp with no better success than before, and was again
+compelled to retire with loss and disgrace.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 76: In modern maps, a town called
+Tolcamando is situated on the north of the Biobio, not far from
+Conception, and is probably the place indicated in the
+text.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>After this second action, Millalauco was sent with a message
+from the toqui to the Spaniards in the island of Quiriquina,
+whence he brought back intelligence that Don Garcia, with a large
+body of troops from Imperial, was laying waste the neighbouring
+provinces belonging to the Araucanian confederacy. On this
+information, and influenced by the advice of the aged Colocolo,
+young Caupolican deferred his proposed enterprise against
+Conception, and hastened into the south to oppose Don Garcia,
+leaving a respectable force under Millalauco to make head against
+Reynoso. Don Garcia however, on being informed of the march of
+the Araucanian array against him, withdrew to Imperial, leaving a
+body of two hundred of his cavalry in ambush on the road by which
+Caupolican had to pass. Though unexpectedly attacked by the
+Spaniards, Caupolican defended himself with admirable courage and
+presence of mind, and not only repelled the Spaniards with very
+little loss on his own side, but cut in pieces a great number of
+his assailants, and pursued the rest to the gates of Imperial, to
+which he immediately laid close siege. In the mean time, Reynoso
+and Millalauco, after several severe yet inconclusive encounters,
+agreed to fight a single combat, a practice not unfrequent during
+the Araucanian war. They fought accordingly a long while without
+either being able to obtain the advantage; and at length,
+fatigued by their combat, they separated by mutual consent, and
+resumed their former mode of warfare.</p>
+
+<p>Caupolican prosecuted the siege of Imperial with much vigour,
+but possessed no means of making any impression on its
+fortifications. After several violent but unsuccessful assaults,
+he made an attempt to gain over the Promaucian auxiliaries of the
+Spaniards by means similar to what had been unsuccessfully
+employed by his father on a former occasion. Two of his officers,
+named Tulcamaru and Torquin, were employed on this hazardous
+service and detected by the Spaniards, by whom they were both
+impaled in sight of the Araucanian army, whom they exhorted in
+their last moments to die valiantly in defending the liberties of
+their country. At the same time, an hundred and twenty of the
+Promaucians, who had been seduced to favour the Araucanians, were
+hung on the ramparts, all of whom exhorted their countrymen to
+aid the Araucanians. Caupolican was anxious to siglize himself by
+the capture of a place which his heroic father had twice
+attempted in vain, and made a violent effort to carry the place
+by assault. He several times scaled the walls of the town in
+person, exposing his life to the most imminent danger, and even
+one night effected an entrance into the city, followed by Tucapel
+and a number of brave companions, but was repulsed by Don Garcia,
+whose vigilance was incessant. On this occasion, Caupolican
+withdrew, constantly fighting and covered by the blood of his
+enemies, to a bastion of the fortress, whence he escaped by an
+adventurous leap and rejoined his troops, who were in much
+apprehension for the safety of their brave and beloved commander.
+Wearied out by the length of the siege, which he saw no
+reasonable prospect of bringing to a favourable conclusion, and
+impatient of the inactivity of a blockade, Caupolican abandoned
+this ineffectual attempt upon Imperial, and turned his arms
+against Reynoso in hope of being able to take revenge upon him
+for the death of his father. But Don Garcia, by going to the
+assistance of that officer, rendered all his efforts
+ineffectual.</p>
+
+<p>In the campaign of the following year, 1559, numerous battles
+were fought between the two armies, with various successes; but
+as these produced no material change in the state of affairs, it
+is unnecessary to give any particular account of them. Though
+several of these encounters ended in favour of the Araucanians,
+yet Caupolican resolved to protract the war, as his troops were
+daily diminishing in numbers from being continually exposed to
+the fire arms of their enemies, while the Spaniards were
+constantly receiving recruits from Peru and Europe. With this
+intention, therefore, he took possession of a strong situation
+between Canete and Conception, in a place called Quipeo or
+Cuyapu, which he fortified so strongly as to be defensible by a
+few men against any number of enemies unprovided with artillery.
+On being informed of this measure, Don Garcia marched thither
+immediately with his army in order to dislodge the Araucanian
+general, but observing the strength of the position, he delayed
+for some time making an attack, in hope of drawing the enemy from
+their strong ground, so that his cavalry might have an
+opportunity of acting to advantage. In the mean time, frequent
+skirmishes took place between the two armies, in one of which the
+celebrated Millalauco was taken prisoner, and who reproached Don
+Garcia so severely for his cruel manner of making war, that he
+ordered him instantly to be impaled. While the Araucanians were
+thus blockaded in their intrenched camp, the traitor Andrew had
+the temerity to go one day with a message from Don Garcia to
+Caupolican, threatening him with the most cruel punishment if he
+did not immediately submit to the authority of the Spaniards.
+Caupolican, though much enraged at seeing before him the man who
+had betrayed his father, ordered him immediately to retire,
+saying that he would assuredly have put him to death by the most
+cruel tortures, if he had not been invested with the character of
+an ambassador. Yet Andrew ventured next day to come into the
+Araucanian camp as a spy, when he was taken prisoner, suspended
+by his feet from a tree, and suffocated with smoke.</p>
+
+<p>At length Don Garcia commenced his attack upon the camp of the
+Araucanians, by a violent cannonade from all his artillery.
+Caupolican and his valiant followers made a vigorous sally, and
+attacked the Spaniards with so much fury as to kill about forty
+of them at the first charge, and continued the battle for some
+time with much success. After a short time, Don Garcia, by a
+skilful evolution, cut off the retreat of the Araucanians and
+surrounded them on every side. Yet Caupolican and his intrepid
+soldiers fought with such desperate valour that the issue of the
+engagement remained doubtful for six hours; till, seeing Tucapel,
+Colocolo, Rencu, Lincoyan, Mariantu, Ongolmo, and several others
+of his most valiant officers slain, Caupolican attempted to
+retreat with the small remnant of his army: But, being overtaken
+by a party of horse from which he could not possibly escape, he
+slew himself to avoid a similar, cruel fate as that which his
+father had endured.</p>
+
+<p>Though Don Garcia had already been mistaken in supposing that
+the spirit of the Araucanians was entirely broken after their
+terrible overthrow at Canete, he now again thought he had good
+reason to believe the war wholly at an end. This victory of
+Quipeo seemed to him completely decisive, as the nation was now
+left without chiefs or troops, all their principal officers, and
+those who chiefly supported the courage of the Araucanians,
+having perished, with the flower of their soldiers, so that he
+believed the nation would henceforwards be entirely submissive to
+the will of the conquerors. Impressed with these hopes, he now
+devoted his whole attention to repair the losses occasioned by
+the war, rebuilding the fortifications which had been destroyed,
+particularly Arauco, Angol, and Villarica, all of which he
+repeopled and provided with competent garrisons. He caused all
+the mines which had been abandoned to be reopened, and others to
+be explored: And obtained the establishment of a bishopric in the
+capital of Chili, to which place he went in person to receive the
+first bishop, Fernando Barrionuevo, a Franciscan monk. Having a
+considerable number of veteran troops under his command, for most
+of whom he believed there was no longer occasion in Chili, he
+sent off a part of them under Pedro Castillo to complete the
+conquest of Cujo, formerly commenced by Francisco de Aguirre.
+Castillo subjected the Guarpes, the ancient inhabitants of that
+province, to the Spanish dominion, and founded two cities on the
+eastern skirts of the Andes, which he named San Juan and Mendoza,
+the latter in compliment to the family name of the governor Don
+Garcia. The extensive and fertile province of Cujo remained for a
+considerable time dependent on the government of Chili, but has
+been since transferred to the vice-royalty of Buenos Ayres, to
+which it seems more properly to appertain from its situation and
+natural boundaries.</p>
+
+<p>While Don Garcia thus took advantage of the apparent calm
+which prevailed in Chili, he received information that Francisco
+Villagran had arrived from Spain at Buenos Ayres, appointed to
+succeed him in the government of Chili, and that the king had
+promoted himself to the viceroyalty of Peru in reward for his
+services in his present government. In consequence of this
+information, he confided the interim government of Chili to the
+care of Rodrigo de Quiroga, and withdrew into Peru, to take
+possession of the exalted situation of viceroy which his father
+had formerly occupied.</p>
+
+<p>Villagran, who had been governor of Chid previous to Don
+Garcia, had gone to Europe when deprived of that government, and
+had procured his reinstatement from the court of Spain.
+Believing, from the information of Don Garcia and Quiroga, that
+the Araucanians were in no condition to give any future trouble,
+Villagran turned his whole attention after his arrival in Chili,
+to the reaquisition of the province of Tucuman, which had been
+annexed by himself to the government of Chili in 1549, and had
+been since attached to the viceroyalty of Peru. Gregorio
+Castaneda, whom he employed on this occasion, defeated the
+Peruvian commander, Juan Zurita, the author of the dismemberment,
+and restored that country to the authority of the governor of
+Chili. It continued however only a short time under their
+government, as, before the close of that century, they were again
+obliged by order from Spain to surrender it to the viceroy of
+Peru.</p>
+
+<p>Though Don Garcia and Quiroga had been long experienced in the
+character of the Araucanians, they had formed a very erroneous
+opinion of their temper and public spirit, when they deemed them
+finally subdued in consequence of the victories gained in the
+late war. Such is the invincible spirit of that brave nation,
+that even the severest reverses of fortunes are insufficient to
+induce them to submit. Even the heaviest losses, so far from
+filling them with dejection and dismay, served to inspire them
+with increased valour. Their heroic constancy under repeated
+defeats is perfectly wonderful, and the successful and determined
+perseverance with which they have ever defended their liberties
+and independence against the superior arms and power of the
+Spaniards, is without parallel in the history of the world. The
+scanty remains of the ulmens or Araucanian chiefs who had escaped
+from the late sanguinary conflicts against Don Garcia, were more
+resolved than ever to continue the war. Immediately after their
+late entire defeat at Quipeo, the ulmens assembled in a wood,
+where they unanimously elected an inferior officer named
+Antiguenu, who had signalized himself in the last unfortunate
+battle, to the vacant office of supreme toqui. Antiguenu readily
+accepted the honourable but hazardous command; but represented to
+the assembled chiefs, that as almost all the valiant youth of the
+nation had perished, he deemed it expedient for them to retire to
+some secure situation, until a new army could be collected of
+sufficient strength to keep the field. This prudent advice was
+approved by all, and accordingly Antiguenu retired with the small
+remains, of the Araucanian army to the inaccessible marshes of
+Lumaco, called Rochela by the Spaniards, where he caused high
+scaffolds to be erected to secure his men from the extreme and
+noxious moisture of that gloomy retreat. The young men who
+enlisted from time to time into the national army, went to that
+place to be instructed in the use of their arms, and the
+Araucanians still considered themselves free since they had a
+toqui who did not despair of vindicating the independence of
+their country.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as Antiguenu saw himself at the head of a respectable
+force, he issued from his retreat, and began to make incursions
+into the territory which was occupied by the Spaniards, both to
+inure his troops to discipline, and to subsist them at the
+expence of the enemy. When this unexpected intelligence was
+brought to St Jago, it gave great uneasiness to Villagran, who
+foresaw all the fatal consequences which might result from this
+new war, having already had long experience of the daring and
+invincible spirit of the Araucanians. In order if possible to
+stifle the threatening flame at its commencement, he immediately
+dispatched his son Pedro into the south, with as many troops as
+could be collected in haste, and soon after took the same
+direction himself with a more considerable force. The first
+skirmishes between the hostile armies were unfavourable to
+Antiguenu, and an attempt which he made to besiege Canete was
+equally unsuccessful. Antiguenu attributed his failure on these
+occasions to the inexperience of his troops, and sought on every
+occasion for opportunities of accustoming them to the use of
+arms. At length he had the satisfaction of convincing them that
+the Spaniards were not invincible, by defeating a body of
+Spaniards on the hills of Millapoa, commanded by Arias Pardo. To
+keep up the ardour and confidence which this success had excited
+in his soldiers, he now took possession of the strong post on the
+top of Mount Mariguenu, a place of fortunate omen for his
+country. Being either so much afflicted with the gout, or averse
+from exposing himself to the hazard of attacking that strong
+post, which had formerly proved so unfortunate to him, Villagran
+gave it in charge to one of his sons to dislodge the enemy from
+that formidable position. The rash yet enterprising young man
+attacked the Araucanian entrenchments with so little precaution
+that almost all his army was cut in pieces, and himself killed at
+the entrance of the encampment, and on this occasion the flower
+of the Spanish troops and a great number of their auxiliaries
+were cut off.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately after this signal victory, Antiguenu marched
+against the fortress of Canete, rightly judging that it would not
+be in a condition to resist him in the present circumstances.
+Villagran was likewise convinced of the impossibility of
+defending that place, and anticipating the design of the
+Araucanian general, ordered all the inhabitants to withdraw, part
+of whom retired to Imperial and the rest to Conception.
+Antiguenu, therefore, on his arrival at that place, so fatal to
+his nation, had only the trouble of destroying the fortifications
+and setting fire to the houses, all of which he completely
+destroyed.</p>
+
+<p>Overcome with grief and anxiety, Villagran died soon after the
+disastrous battle of Mariguenu, universally regretted by the
+Spanish inhabitants of Chili, who lost in him a wise humane and
+valiant governor, to whose prudent conduct on several trying
+occasions they had been much beholden for the preservation of
+their conquests. Before his death, in virtue of special powers
+vested in him by his commission from the court of Spain, he
+appointed his eldest son Pedro to succeed him in the government,
+whose endowments of mind were in no respect inferior to those of
+his father. By the death of the governor, Antiguenu conceived
+that he had a favourable opportunity for undertaking some
+important enterprise. He divided his army, which now consisted of
+4000 men, into two bodies, one of which he ordered to lay siege
+to Conception under the command of his vice-toqui Antunecul, to
+attract the attention of the Spaniards in that quarter, while he
+marched with the other division to invest the fort of Arauco,
+which was defended by a strong garrison under the command of
+Lorenzo Bernal.</p>
+
+<p>Antunecul accordingly crossed the Biobio and encamped in a
+place called Leokethal, where he was twice attacked by the
+governor of Conception, against whom he defended himself so
+vigorously that he repulsed him with considerable loss, and
+followed him after the second attack to the city which he closely
+invested, by disposing his troops in six divisions around its
+walls. He continued the siege for two months, almost every day of
+which period was distinguished by some gallant assault or
+successful skirmish; but finding all his attempts to gain
+possession of the place unavailing, and being unable to prevent
+the introduction of frequent succours by sea to the besieged, he
+at length withdrew with the intention of making a new attempt at
+a more favourable opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time Antignenu pressed the siege of Arauco with
+the greatest vigour, but was resisted by the Spanish garrison
+with determined bravery. Observing that in all his attacks his
+bravest officers were pointed out to the Spaniards by their
+Indian auxiliaries, and made a mark for their artillery, he
+contrived by menus of emissaries to persuade the Spanish
+commander that the auxiliaries had plotted to deliver up the fort
+to the Arancanians. Bernal gave such credit to this false report,
+that he immediately ordered these unfortunate men to quit the
+place, and turned them out in spite of their remonstrances and
+entreaties. This was the very object aimed at by the politic
+toqui, who immediately caused them all to be seized and put to a
+cruel death in sight of the Spaniards, who were exceedingly
+exasperated at seeing themselves so grossly imposed upon by one
+whom they counted an ignorant barbarian. As the siege was
+protracted to a considerable length and Antiguenu was impatient
+for its conclusion, he challenged the governor to single combat,
+in hope of becoming master of the place by the death of Bernal;
+who, deeming himself secure of the victory, accepted the
+challenge in spite of the remonstrances of his soldiers. The
+battle between these champions continued for two hours, without
+either being able to obtain any advantage, or even to give his
+antagonist a single wound; when at length they were separated by
+their men. What Antiguenu had been unable to attain by force, was
+performed for him by famine. Several boats loaded with provisions
+had repeatedly attempted in vain to relieve the besieged, as the
+vigilance of the besiegers opposed an invincible obstacle to
+their introduction. At length Bernal found himself compelled to
+abandon the place for want of provisions, and the Araucanians
+permitted him and the garrison to retire without molestation,
+contenting themselves with burning the houses and demolishing the
+fortifications. The capture of Angol, after that of Caneto and
+Arauco, appeared so easy to Antiguenu, that he gave it in charge
+to one of his subalterns; who defeated a body of Spaniards
+commanded by Zurita, while on his march to invest Angol: But the
+Araucanian officer was defeated in his turn near Mulchen[77] by
+Diego Carranza, who had been sent against him by the inhabitants
+of that city.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 77: No such name occurs in the modern maps
+of Chili, but a town called Millaqui is situated about 20 miles
+to the north of Angol.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Solicitous to maintain the reputation of his arms, Antiguenu
+marched in person at the head of two thousand men to resume the
+attack upon Angol. Before proceeding to attack that place, he
+encamped at the confluence of the river Vergosa with the Biobio,
+where he was attacked by a Spanish army under the command of
+Bernal. In this engagement the Araucanians made use of some
+Spanish musquets which they had taken at their late victory of
+Mariguenu, which they employed with much skill, and bravely
+sustained the assault for three hours. At length, when four
+hundred of the auxiliaries and a considerable number of Spaniards
+had fallen, the infantry began to give way, upon which Bernal
+gave orders to his cavalry to put to death every one who
+attempted flight. This severe order brought back the Spanish
+infantry to their duty, and they attacked the entrenchments of
+the enemy with so much vigour that at length they forced their
+way into the camp of the Araucanians. Antiguenu exerted his
+utmost efforts to oppose the assailants; but he was at length
+forced along by the crowd of his soldiers, who were thrown into
+irretrievable confusion and fled. During the flight, he fell from
+a high bank into the river and was drowned. The Araucanians were
+defeated with prodigious slaughter, many of them perishing in the
+river in their attempt to escape by swimming. In this battle,
+which was fought in the year 1564, almost the whole of the
+victorious army was wounded, and a considerable number slain; but
+they recovered forty-one musquets, twenty-one cuirasses, fifteen
+helmets, and a great number of lances and other weapons which the
+Araucanians had obtained in their late victories, and had used
+against their former proprietors.</p>
+
+<p>While these events were passing on the banks of the Biobio, an
+Araucanian officer named Lillemu, who had been detached by
+Antiguenu to lay waste the provinces of Chillan and Itata,
+defeated a Spanish detachment of eighty men commanded by Pedro
+Balsa. To repress these ravages, the governor of Conception
+marched against Lillemu with an hundred and fifty men, and cut
+off a party of Araucanians who were desolating the province of
+Chillan. Lillemu hastened to their succour, but finding them
+defeated and dispersed, he was only able to save the remainder of
+his troops by making a gallant stand in a narrow pass with a
+small select band, by which he checked the advance of the enemy,
+and gave time to his army to effect their escape; but he and his
+brave companions sacrificed their lives in this gallant effort of
+patriotism.</p>
+
+<p>On the death of the valiant Antiguenu, the Araucanians elected
+as his successor in the toquiate a person named Paillataru, who
+was brother or cousin to the celebrated Lautaro, but of a very
+different character and disposition. Slow and circumspect in all
+his operations, the new toqui contented himself during the first
+years of his command in endeavouring to keep up the love of
+liberty among his countrymen, whom he led from time to time to
+ravage and plunder the possessions of the Spaniards, always
+avoiding any decisive conflict. About this time likewise the
+royal audience of Lima appointed Rodrigo de Quiroga to succeed
+the younger Villagran in the government of Chili; and Quiroga
+began his administration by arresting his predecessor in office,
+whom he sent prisoner into Peru.</p>
+
+<p>Having received a reinforcement of three hundred soldiers in
+1565, Quiroga invaded the Araucanian territory, where he rebuilt
+the fort of Arauco and the city of Canete, constructed a new
+fortress at the celebrated post of Quipeo, and ravaged all the
+neighbouring provinces. Towards the end of the year 1566, he sent
+Ruiz Gamboa with a detachment of sixty men to reduce the
+archipelago of Chilo&eacute; to subjection. Gamboa met with no
+resistance in this enterprise, and founded in the large island of
+Ancud or Chilo&eacute;, the small city of Castro, and the
+sea-port of Chacao. The islands of this archipelago are about
+eighty in number, having been produced by earthquakes, owing to
+the great number of volcanoes with which that country formerly
+abounded, and indeed every part of them exhibits the most
+unequivocal marks of fire. Several mountains in the great island
+of Chilo&eacute;, which has given name to the archipelago, are
+composed of basaltic columns, which could have only been produced
+by the operation of subterranean fire[78]. Though descended from
+the Chilese of the continent, as is evident from their
+appearance, manners, and language, the natives of these islands
+are quite of a different character, being of a pacific and rather
+timid disposition; insomuch that, although their population is
+said to have exceeded seventy thousand, they made no opposition
+to the handful of Spaniards sent on this occasion to reduce them,
+nor have they ever attempted to shake off the yoke until the
+beginning of the eighteenth century, when an insurrection of no
+great importance was excited, and very soon quelled[79].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 78: These are the opinions of Molina, not
+of the editor, who takes no part in the discussion between the
+Huttonians and Wemerians; neither indeed are there any data in
+the text on which to ground any opinion, were he even disposed by
+inclination or geognostic knowledge to become a party on either
+side.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 79: In the text, Molina gives here some
+account of the natives of Chilo&eacute;, which is postponed to
+the close of this chapter.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION IX.</p>
+
+<p><i>Continuation of the Araucanian war to the Destruction of
+all the Spanish settlements in the territories of that
+Nation</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The long continuance of the Araucanian war, and the great
+importance of the kingdom of Chili, at length determined Philip
+II. to erect a court of Royal Audience in Chili, independent upon
+that which had long subsisted in Peru. To this court, which was
+composed of four oydors or judges and a fiscal, the civil and
+military administration of the kingdom was confided; and its
+members made a solemn entry into the city of Conception, where
+they fixed their residence, on the 13th of August 1567.
+Immediately on assuming their functions, the judges removed
+Quiroga from the government, and appointed Ruiz Gamboa to the
+command of the army with the title of general. Learning that
+Paillataru, the toqui of the Araucanians, was preparing to
+besiege the city of Canete, Gamboa hastened to that place with a
+respectable force, and finding the toqui encamped not far from
+the threatened city, he attacked his fortified post, and defeated
+him after a long and obstinate contest. After this victory,
+Gamboa overran and laid waste the Araucanian territories for a
+whole year without opposition, and carried off great numbers of
+women and children into slavery. He employed every effort
+however, repeatedly to induce the Araucanians to enter into
+negotiations for peace, but to no purpose, as they preferred the
+endurance of every possible evil before the loss of their
+national liberty, and continually refused to listen to his
+proposals.</p>
+
+<p>As peace, so necessary to the well being of the Spanish
+settlements in Chili, seemed every day more remote, in spite of
+every effort for its attainment, it at length, appeared to the
+court of Spain that the government of a country in a continual
+state of war was improperly placed in the hands of a court of
+justice: Accordingly it was again confided to the management of a
+single chief, under the new titles of President, Governor, and
+Captain-general. Don Melchior Bravo de Saravia was invested with
+this triple character in 1568; a man well qualified to act as
+president of the court of audience and civil governor of the
+kingdom, but utterly incompetent to sustain the charge of
+captain-general; yet he was anxious to signalize the commencement
+of his government by the attainment of a splendid victory over
+the redoubtable Araucanians, for which an opportunity soon
+offered, but which redounded to his own disgrace.</p>
+
+<p>Paillataru had collected a new army, with which he occupied
+the strong position of Mariguenu, so fatal to the Spaniards, and
+which for some unaccountable reason they had neglected to
+fortify. Immediately on learning this circumstance, the governor
+marched against the toqui at the head of three hundred Spanish
+soldiers and a large auxiliary force. Like several of his
+predecessors, Paillataru had the glory of rendering this mountain
+famous by the total defeat of the Spanish army. The governor had
+the good fortune to make his escape from this battle, and
+precipitately withdrew with a small remnant of his troops to
+Angol, where he resigned the command of the army, appointing
+Gamboa major-general and Velasco[80] quarter-master. He was at
+this time so intimidated by his defeat, that he ordered these
+officers to evacuate the fortress of Arauco, so often already
+destroyed and rebuilt. While escorting the inhabitants of that
+place to Canete, these officers fell in with a division of the
+Araucanians, which they attacked and defeated. Yet Paillataru,
+who had removed from Mariguenu to the post of Quipeo, marched two
+days afterwards against Canete, which he proposed to besiege; but
+Gamboa advanced to meet him with all the troops he could collect,
+and gave him battle. The engagement continued more than two
+hours, and was one of the bloodiest and hardest contested ever
+fought in Chili. Though severely handled, the Spaniards remained
+masters of the field, and the Araucanians were compelled to
+retreat. Gamboa now invaded the Araucanian territory, intending
+to ravage it as formerly; but Paillataru, having repaired his
+losses in a short time by fresh levies, returning to defend his
+country, and compelled Gamboa to retreat with loss.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 80: In a subsequent passage Molina names
+this officer Benal. --E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>From this time, till the death of Paillataru, about four years
+afterwards, a suspension of arms or tacit truce was observed
+between the Spaniards and Araucanians. This was probably owing in
+a great measure to the general consternation occasioned by a
+dreadful earthquake which was felt throughout the whole country,
+and did great injury to the Spanish settlements, particularly to
+the city of Conception, which was entirely destroyed. Ever
+anxious to consolidate and give importance to their conquests,
+the court of Spain erected in 1570, a new bishopric in the city
+of Imperial, to which the vast extent of country between the
+river Maul&eacute; and the southern confines of Chili was
+assigned as a diocese[81].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 81: Since the loss of Imperial, Conception
+has been the residence of this bishop--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>About this time the <i>Mestees</i>, or descendents of
+Spaniards by Indian women had multiplied greatly in Chili, and
+perceiving the great advantage that might be derived from their
+assistance against the Spaniards, and to attach them to their
+cause by a strong acknowledgement that they were their
+countrymen, the Araucanians conferred the office of toqui upon
+one of these men named Alonzo Diaz, who had assumed the Chilese
+name of Paynenancu, and had distinguished himself for ten years
+by his valour and abilities, continually fighting in their
+armies. If his predecessor Paillataru had the fault of being too
+cautious in conducting the operations of the war, the new toqui
+was on the contrary so rash and daring, to avoid that imputation,
+that he constantly attacked the Spaniards with far inferior
+numbers, whence all his enterprises were unfortunate as might
+naturally have been expected.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately on receiving the investiture of the toquiate, he
+crossed the river Biobio, probably intending to have attacked
+Conception; but, before reaching that place, he was attacked and
+defeated by the quarter-master, notwithstanding the great valour
+with which he defended himself for a long time. Among the
+prisoners taken by the Spaniards on this occasion were several
+Araucanian women, all of whom killed themselves the same night.
+Paynenancu, having escaped from the carnage, raised a new army
+and marched against Villarica, but was again defeated by Rodrigo
+Bastidas, the military commandant of that city.</p>
+
+<p>While the war continued to rage in 1575, the licentiate
+Calderon arrived in Chili from Spain, with a commission to
+examine and regulate the government of that kingdom. His first
+step was to suppress the court of audience, on the sole principle
+of economy, and instead of the president Melchior Bravo, Rodrigo
+Quiroga, who had been formerly appointed governor by the audience
+of Lima, was reinstated in that office. Having assembled all the
+troops he could raise, the new governor proceeded in 1576 to the
+frontiers, to oppose the ravages of Paynenancu, who, though twice
+defeated, continued to harass the Spanish settlements by frequent
+inroads. But, as the toqui carefully avoided any rencounter, the
+governor contented himself with ravaging the Araucanian
+territories in revenge. Having afterwards received a
+reinforcement of two thousand men from Spain, he gave directions
+to his father-in-law[82] Gamboa to found a new city at the foot
+of the Cordellieras[83], between the cities of St Jago and
+Conception, which has since received the appellation of Chillan
+from the river on which it stands, and has become the capital of
+the fertile province of the same name. Shortly after the
+foundation of this new city, the governor died in 1580 at a very
+advanced age, having previously nominated Gamboa to succeed him
+in the government of the kingdom. Gamboa continued three years in
+the command, continually occupied in opposing the Araucanians in
+the south under their toqui Paynenancu, and in defending the
+kingdom on the east against the Pehuenches and Chiquillanians,
+who now began to molest the Spaniards at the instigation of the
+Araucanians.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 82: Thus in the original, though probably
+his son-in-law, as Quiroga died soon after at an advanced
+age.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 83: The city of Chillan, instead of being
+at the foot of the Andes, is in the plain country more than half
+way between that great chain and the sea.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The Pehuenches are a numerous tribe who inhabit that portion
+of the Andes of Chili which lies between the latitudes of 34&deg;
+and 37&deg; S. to the eastwards of the Spanish provinces of
+Calchagua, Maule, Chillan, and Huilquilemu. Their dress resembles
+that of the Araucanians, except that they wear a piece of cloth
+like the Japenese round the waist which hangs down to the
+knees[84], instead of drawers or breeches. Their boots or shoes
+are all of one piece of skin, being that of the hind leg of an ox
+taken off at the knee, which is fitted to the foot of the wearer
+while green, turning the hair side inmost, and sewing up one of
+the ends, the skin of the knee serving for the heel. By being
+constantly worn and frequently rubbed with tallow, these shoes
+become as soft and pliant as the best dressed leather[85]. Though
+these mountaineers are valiant and hardy soldiers, yet are they
+fond of adorning themselves like women, decorating themselves
+with ear-rings and bracelets of glass-beads, with which also they
+ornament their hair, and hang small bells around their heads.
+Although possessed of numerous herds of cattle and sheep, their
+usual food is horse flesh, which like the Tartars they prefer to
+all other kinds, and always eat cooked, either by boiling or
+roasting. Like the Bedowin Arabs, the Pehuenches dwell in tents
+made of skins, disposed in a circular form around a spacious
+area, in which their cattle feed while the herbage lasts; and
+when that begins to fail they remove their camp to a fresh
+pasture, continually traversing in this manner the valleys among
+the Andes. Each village or encampment is governed by a hereditary
+ulmen. Their language and religion resemble those of the
+Araucanians. They are extremely fond of hunting, and often
+traverse the immense plains which stretch from the great Rio
+Plata to the Straits of Magellan in pursuit of game, sometimes
+extending their excursions as far as Buenos Ayres, and even
+occasionally indulge in plundering the vicinity of that city.
+They frequently attack the caravans which pass between Buenos
+Ayres and Chili, and have been so successful in these predatory
+enterprises as almost to have stopped that commerce entirely.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 84: A comparison more familiar to the
+British reader might be made to the <i>philabeg</i> or short
+petticoat worn by the Scots Highlanders--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 85: In this part of dress they likewise
+resemble the Scots Highlanders of old, who wore a kind of shoes
+made of raw hides with the hair on, called <i>rough rullions</i>.
+In both of course using the most obvious and easiest means of
+decency and protection. Before the introduction of European
+cattle into Chili, the natives must have employed the skins of
+the original animals of the country, probably of the
+<i>guemul</i> or <i>huemul</i>, the equus bisulcus of Molina and
+other naturalists, an animal having some resemblance to a horse
+but with cloven hoofs--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>It may be proper to relate what I noticed on a journey in that
+country, having set out from Mendoza in the province of Cujo, on
+the 27th of April 1783, with post horses for Buenos Ayres. We
+soon learnt, from some people whom we met, that the Pehuenches
+were out upon predatory excursions, and soon afterwards received
+the melancholy intelligence that they had committed horrible
+massacres in the <i>Portion of Magdalena</i>. In consequence of
+this, all the post-houses where we stopped were in a state of
+alarm, and some of them were entirely deserted. During the year
+before, three hundred of these Indians appeared suddenly before
+the post of Gutierrez, all lying back upon their horses and
+trailing their lances, in order to make it appear that it was
+only a drove of mares which is a very common sight in those
+<i>Pampas</i> or almost unlimited plains. Although they saw but
+one man who patroled the wall with his musquet, and was indeed
+the only person in the post, they were deterred from making any
+attack, supposing it to be strongly guarded. This man knew well
+that the horses were guided, by the exact order they pursued,
+though he could see nothing of the riders till they were very
+near. He had the prudence likewise to refrain from firing his
+musquet, which probably led them to believe there was a greater
+force within the place, and induced them to abandon the
+enterprise, venting their rage on the other unprotected
+inhabitants of the plains. The commander of the post of Amatrain
+was not so fortunate, as he was killed that same year along with
+a negro who accompanied him. These posts are fortified with
+palisades, or with a mud wall, and have a ditch and
+draw-bridge.</p>
+
+<p>Although the Pehuenches frequently commit depredations in
+these eastern plains, they have many years refrained from any
+hostilities within the boundaries of Chili, unless in times of
+actual war between the nations; induced to this either from fear
+of the military population of Chili, or by the advantages which
+they derive from trading with the inhabitants of that kingdom.
+Their favourite weapon is the <i>laque</i> or leathern thong with
+a stone at each end, which they always carry fastened to their
+girdles. It is highly probable that the ten Americans in the ship
+commanded by Orellana, of whose amazing and desperate courage,
+mention is made in Ansons voyage, were of this tribe.
+Notwithstanding their wandering and restless mode of life, they
+are more addicted to industrious and even commercial habits than
+any of the savage natives of South America. When in their tents,
+they are never idle. The women weave cloths of various colours,
+and the men occupy themselves in making baskets, and a variety of
+beautiful articles of wood, leather, skins, or feathers, which
+are much prized by the Spaniards. Every year they assemble in
+large numbers on the Spanish frontiers, where they hold a kind of
+fair which generally lasts fifteen or twenty days. On these
+occasions they bring for sale, besides horses and cattle, fossil
+salt, gypsum, pitch, bed-coverings, ponchos, skins, wool,
+bridle-reins beautifully wrought of plaited leather, baskets,
+wooden vessels, feathers, ostrich-eggs, and a variety of other
+articles; and receive in return wheat, wine, and European
+manufactures. In the conduct of this barter they are very
+skilful, and can with difficulty be overreached. Lest they should
+be cheated or plundered by the Christian merchants, who think
+every thing lawful against unbelievers, they never drink all at
+one time; but separate themselves into several companies, some of
+whom keep guard while the rest indulge in wine. They are
+generally humane, courteous, just in their dealings, and
+possessed of many estimable qualities.</p>
+
+<p>The Chiquillanians, whom some persons have supposed a tribe of
+the Pehueaches, live to the north-east of that nation, on the
+eastern borders, of the Andes[86]. These are the most savage, and
+consequently the least numerous of any of the tribes of the
+Chilese; for it is an established fact, that the ruder the state
+of savage life the less favourable it is to population. They go
+almost naked, merely wrapping the skins of the <i>Guanaco</i>
+round their bodies, and they speak a corrupted and guttural
+dialect of the Chili-dugu or Chilese language. It is observable
+that all the Chilese tribes which inhabit the elevated valleys of
+the Andes, both Pehuenches, Puelches, Huilliches, and
+Chiquillanians, are much redder than those of their countrymen
+who dwell in the lower country to the west of these mountains.
+All these mountaineers dress themselves in skins, paint their
+laces, subsist in a great measure by hunting, and lead a
+wandering and unsettled life. They are in fact the so much
+celebrated Patagonians, who have been occasionally seen near the
+Straits of Magellan, and who have sometimes been described as
+giants, and at other times as not much beyond the ordinary
+stature of mankind. Generally speaking however, they are of lofty
+stature and have great muscular strength.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 86: In the map accompanying the English
+translation of Molina, the Penuenches and Chiquillanians are
+placed under the same parallel between lat. 33&deg; SO' and
+36&deg; S. The former on the western and the latter on the
+eastern side of the Andes.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On information being sent to Spain of the death of Quiroga, as
+formerly mentioned, Don Alonzo Sotomayor Marquis of Villa-hermoso
+was sent out as governor with six hundred regular troops. He
+landed at Buenos Ayres in 1583, from whence he proceeded to St
+Jago. On taking possession of his government, he appointed his
+brother Don Luis to the new office of Colonel of the Kingdom, and
+sent him with a military force to relieve the cities of Villarica
+and Valdivia, which were both besieged by the Araucanians. After
+twice defeating the toqui, Paynenancu, who opposed his march, he
+raised the sieges and supplied both places with reinforcements.
+The indefatigable but unfortunate toqui, after two defeats from
+Don Luis, turned his arms against Tiburcio Heredia and Antonio
+Galleguilios, who were ravaging the country with separate strong
+detachments of cavalry, and was successively defeated by both of
+these officers, yet the victors paid dear for their
+successes.</p>
+
+<p>While these events were going on in the south, the governor
+had to oppose the Pehuenches who had invaded the new settlement
+of Chilian, and whom he defeated and constrained to retire into
+their mountains. He then marched into Araucania at the head of
+seven hundred Spaniards and a great number of auxiliaries,
+resolved to pursue the cruel and rigorous system of warfare which
+had formerly been adopted by Don Garcia, in preference to the
+humane procedure of his immediate predecessors. The province of
+Encol was the first to experience the effects of this severity,
+as he laid it entirely waste with fire and sword, and either
+hanged his prisoners, or sent them away with their hands cut off
+to intimidate their countrymen. The adjoining provinces of Puren,
+Ilicura, and Tucapel would have experienced a similar fate, if
+the inhabitants had not ensured their personal safety by flight,
+after setting their houses and crops on fire, and destroying
+every thing they could not carry off. Only three prisoners were
+taken in these provinces, who were impaled. Notwithstanding these
+severities, many mestees and mulatoes joined the Araucanians, and
+even some Spaniards, among who was Juan Sanchez, who acquired
+great reputation among them.</p>
+
+<p>Impelled either by his natural rash valour, or by despair on
+finding that he had fallen in the estimation of the Araucanians
+by his want of success, Paynenancu gave battle to the whole
+Spanish army on the confines of the province of Arauco with only
+eight hundred men; yet such was the resolute valour with which
+they fought that the Spaniards were unable to break their firm
+array, till after a hard contested battle of several hours, in
+which they lost a considerable number of men. Almost the whole of
+the Araucanian troops engaged in this unequal contest were slain;
+but Paynenancu was made prisoner and immediately executed. The
+victorious governor encamped with his army on the banks of the
+Carampangui river, and caused the fortress of Arauco to be
+rebuilt, of which he gave the command to Garcia Ramon the
+quarter-master.</p>
+
+<p>The Araucanian valour, which had been repressed by the
+imprudent conduct of Paynenancu, was revived in 1585, by the
+elevation of Cayancura to the dignity of toqui, an ulmen of the
+province or district of Mariguenu. Immediately on his election,
+he dispatched an hundred and fifty messengers to every corner of
+the country, with the symbolical arrows to summon the martial
+youth of Araucania to the national army. Having by these means
+assembled a respectable force, the new toqui determined upon
+making an attack at midnight on the Spanish camp, which was still
+on the banks of the Carampangui, and of the exact situation of
+which he had procured information by means of a spy. For this
+purpose, he formed his army in three divisions, of which he gave
+the command to three valiant officers, Lonconobal, Antulevu, and
+Tarochina. The divisions proceeded by three several roads which
+led to the camp, and coming upon it by surprise, cut the
+auxiliaries to pieces who were the first to oppose their
+progress. Fortunately for the Spaniards, the moon rose about the
+middle of the assualt, and enabled them, after a short period of
+confusion, and the loss of several men, to form themselves in
+good order, and to make head against the assailants, who at
+length began to give way after suffering severely from the fire
+of the Spanish musquetry. Just at this critical time, the
+governor charged the Araucanians and forced them to give way,
+after both sides had suffered considerable loss. Cayancura, who
+had halted with a body of reserve at the entrance of the Spanish
+camp for the purpose of supporting the attack, on finding his
+troops retiring exhausted and dispirited, drew off the whole to
+some distance where he permitted them to take rest and
+refreshment during the remainder of the night, and returned at
+day-break next morning to the attack. The Spanish army marched
+out to meet them in the open field, and a most obstinate and
+bloody battle ensued. After a brave contest, the Araucanians were
+overpowered by the artillery and cavalry of the Spaniards, and
+constrained to quit the field with great loss, though the
+Spaniards paid dear for their victory; insomuch that, immediately
+after the action, the governor raised his camp and retired to the
+frontiers, where he built two forts named Trinidad and Spiritu
+Santo on the northern shore of the Biobio. He also sent orders to
+the major-general to raise as many recruits as possible
+throughout the kingdom of Chili, which officer brought him
+accordingly a reinforcement of two thousand[87] horse and a
+considerable number of infantry.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 87: From the original army of the governor
+having only seven hundred men, I am apt to believe the number of
+horse in the text ought only to have been two
+<i>hundred</i>.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Undismayed by his recent losses, the Araucanian general
+determined to take advantage of the governors retreat to lay
+siege to the fort of Arauco; and in order to secure the success
+of this enterprise, he endeavoured to occupy the Spanish arms in
+other quarters. For this purpose, he ordered one of his officers
+named Guepotan to make incursions on the territory of Villarica
+from the fortified post of Liben, where he had supported himself
+for several years. To Cadiguala, another officer who afterwards
+became toqui, he gave it in charge to harass the district of
+Angol; appointed Tarochina to guard the passage of the Biobio,
+and sent Melilauca and Catipillan to keep the garrison of
+Imperial in check. These officers had several encounters with the
+Spaniards attended with various success. Guepotan lost the
+fortified post of Liben, which was taken by the governors
+brother. Tarochina made himself master of a great number of boats
+on the Biobio, which were conveying supplies of men and warlike
+stores to the recently erected forts on that river.</p>
+
+<p>In the year 1586, the toqui Cayancura began the siege of
+Arauco, which he surrounded with strong lines, so as not only to
+intercept all succours, but to prevent the retreat of the
+garrison[88]. Perceiving from these preparations, that they must
+finally be compelled to surrender or perish by famine, the
+garrison thought it better to die at once with arms in their
+hands than to be reduced to such extremity. They attacked
+therefore the works of the enemy with such vigour, that after an
+obstinate and sanguinary combat of four hours, they succeeded in
+forcing them, and put the Araucanians to flight. Cayancura was so
+exceedingly mortified by this defeat, that he retired to his
+ulmenate, leaving the command of the army to his son, Nangoniel,
+a young man of great hopes and much beloved by the nation. This
+young commander immediately collected a new army, in which were
+an hundred and fifty horse, which from this time forwards became
+a regular part of the Araucanian military force. With these
+troops he returned to invest the fortress of Arauco, and guarded
+all its environs so closely that the garrison were unable to
+procure a supply of provisions, and were at length compelled to
+evacuate it, probably on capitulation. Encouraged by this good
+fortune, Nangoniel proceeded towards the Biobio, intending to
+attack the fort of Trinidad, which protected the passage of
+supplies in that direction from Spanish Chili to the forts on the
+south of that river. But while on his march, he was encountered
+by a detachment of Spanish troops commanded by Francisco
+Hernandez, by whom he was defeated. In this action he lost an arm
+and received several other dangerous wounds. Being obliged by
+this misfortune to take refuge on a neighbouring mountain, where
+he was drawn into an ambush by the sergeant-major[89] of the
+Spanish army, he and fifty of his soldiers were slain, after
+defending themselves valiantly for a long time. On the same day,
+an officer named Cadeguala, who had obtained great reputation in
+the Arancanian army for his courage and military skill, was
+proclaimed toqui by the officers.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 88: Lines, it would appear of
+circumvallation and contravallation, probably suggested by some
+of the Spaniards who had joined the
+Araucanians.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 89: This officer in the Spanish service
+seems somewhat equivalent to our adjutant; and the sergeant-major
+of the array in Chili, may be considered as a kind of
+adjutant-general.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>About this time, while the Araucanians were valiantly
+endeavouring to oppose the Spanish arms, the English also planned
+an expedition against them in that remote quarter of the world.
+Sir Thomas Cavendish sailed with this view from Plymouth on the
+21st of July 1586 with three ships, and arrived on the coast of
+Chili in the following year. He landed at the desert port of
+Quintero[90], and endeavoured to enter into a negociation with
+the natives of the country; but he was attacked by Alonzo Molina,
+the corregidor of St Jago, and compelled to reimbark with the
+loss of several soldiers and seamen, and quitted the coast after
+a very short stay.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 90: The port of Quintero, in about lat.
+32&deg; 45' S. is about 8 or 10 miles to the north of the river
+Quillota in Spanish Chili. The voyage of Sir Thomas Cavendish
+will appear in an after division of this work.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Cadeguala, the new toqui, signalized the commencement of his
+administration by several successful inroads into the Spanish
+possessions, the particulars of which are not recorded. Having
+notice of the alarm in Spanish Chili occasioned by the English
+squadron, he resolved to avail himself of that diversion of the
+Spanish forces to make an effort against the city of Angol by
+surprise. He maintained a secret intelligence with some of the
+inhabitants of that place, by whose means he prevailed upon a
+number of native Chilese, who were in the service of the Spanish
+citizens, to set fire to their masters houses at a certain hour
+of an appointed night, when he was to be ready with his army at
+the gates to assault the place. His plan was accordingly
+executed; and entering the city during the confusion occasioned
+by the fires, he divided his force, consisting of a thousand foot
+and an hundred horse, into several detachments, which made a
+horrible carnage of the citizens, who flying from the flames fell
+into the hands of the Araucanians. The garrison attempted in vain
+to dislodge the enemy, and the whole population of the place had
+been assuredly put to the sword, but for the courage and conduct
+of the governor, who had fortunately arrived at the city only two
+hours before the attack. He immediately hastened with his guards
+to the different quarters which were occupied by the enemy, where
+with wonderful presence of mind he collected the dispersed
+inhabitants who had escaped the sword of the enemy, and conducted
+them to the citadel. Having armed and marshalled all the most
+resolute of the inhabitants, he sallied out from the citadel at
+their head against the enemy, whom he compelled to evacuate the
+city at break of day. It would appear that the Araucanians had
+now become less scrupulous than formerly in their mode of making
+war; for Cadeguala was not abandoned by any of his officers on
+this occasion, as Caupolican had formerly been in his attempt to
+surprise Canete by similar means.</p>
+
+<p>Although the Arancanian general had not succeeded in this
+daring enterprise according to his expectations, he was so little
+discouraged by its failure that he immediately undertook the
+siege of Puren, which appeared more easy to be taken as it was
+situated at some distance from the Spanish frontiers. He
+accordingly invested it regularly with four thousand men in four
+separate divisions, under the respective commands of Guanoalca,
+Caniotaru, Relmuantu, and Curilemu, the most valiant officers of
+his army. On receiving notice of the investiture of Puren, the
+governor hastened to its relief with a strong reinforcement, but
+was opposed on his march by Cadeguala at the head of an hundred
+and fifty Araucanian horse armed with lances, and compelled to
+retreat after a long and obstinate combat, in which several fell
+on both sides. Elated by this success, the toqui made proposals
+to the besieged, either to enter into his service or to allow
+them to retire unmolested. These terms, which he pretended were
+very advantageous for men in their situation, were disdainfully
+rejected; yet one man of the garrison, named Juan Tapia, went
+over to the Araucanians by whom he was well received, and even
+got advancement in their army. As these terms were rejected,
+Cadeguala determined to endeavour to shorten the siege in a
+different manner. He presented himself one day before the walls
+mounted on a fine horse which he had taken from the governor, and
+boldly defied Garcia Ramon the commander of the garrison to
+single combat at the end of three days. The challenge was
+accepted, and the intrepid toqui appeared in the field at the
+time appointed, with a small number of attendants, whom he placed
+apart. Ramon likewise came out from the fort to meet him,
+attended by an escort of forty men, whom he ordered to remain at
+some distance. The two champions, having taken their distance set
+spurs to their horses and ran their course with such fury that
+Cadeguala fell at the first rencounter, pierced through the body
+by the lance of his adversary. He refused however to acknowledge
+himself vanquished, and even endeavoured to remount his horse to
+renew the combat, but died in the attempt. His attendants
+hastened to raise him, and even carried off his body after a
+sharp contest with the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<p>After the death of their commander, the Araucanians retired
+from the blockade for a short time; but soon returned to the
+siege, after having elected Guanoalca to the vacant toquiate,
+having been informed by the Spanish deserter Tapia, that the
+garrison was ill supplied with provisions, and divided into
+parties. Cut off from all hopes of relief, and dissatisfied with
+the conduct of their officers, the besieged soon determined upon
+evacuating the place; and the Araucanians allowed them to march
+off unmolested, according to their usual policy. Guanoalca
+immediately marched against another fort which the Spaniards had
+recently erected in the neighbourhood of Mount Mariguenu; but
+finding that it had been recently and considerably reinforced, he
+proceeded against the forts of Trinidad and Spiritu Santo on the
+banks of the Biobio. As the governor of Chili was apprehensive
+that he might not be able to defend these forts, or perhaps
+considered them of too little importance to hazard the safety of
+their garrisons, he evacuated them in 1589, and transferred their
+garrisons to another fortress which he directed to be constructed
+on the river Puchanqui as a protection for the city of Angol, so
+that the operations of the war consisted mostly in the
+construction and demolition of fortifications.</p>
+
+<p>The toquiate of Guanoalca was more remarkable for the exploits
+of a heroine named Janequeo than by his own. This famous woman
+was wife of Guepotan, a valiant officer who had long defended the
+fortified post of Liben near Villarica. After the loss of that
+important place he retired to the Andes, where he used every
+effort to stimulate the Puelches inhabiting that mountainous
+region to rise in defence of the country against the Spanish
+invaders. Being desirous of having his wife along with him, he
+descended into the plains in search of her, but was surprised by
+a party of Spaniards, and preferring to be cut in pieces rather
+than yield himself a prisoner, he was slain in the unequal
+combat. Janequeo, inflamed by an ardent desire to revenge the
+death of her husband, put herself at the head of an army of
+Puelches in 1590, assisted by Guechiuntereo her brother, with
+which she made inroads into the Spanish settlements, killing all
+of that nation who fell into her hands. Reinforced by a regiment
+of veteran soldiers which had been sent him from Peru, the
+governor Don Alonza Sotomayor, marched against the heroine; but,
+by constantly occupying the high grounds, attacking sometimes the
+van, sometimes the rear of the Spaniards, and harassing them in
+every possible way, she at last obliged the governor to retire,
+after having lost much time and a considerable number of men to
+no purpose. As the governor was of opinion that rigorous measures
+were best calculated to quell the pride of the Araucanians, he
+ordered all the prisoners taken in this incursion to be hung
+before his retreat. On this occasion, one of these men requested
+to be hanged on a higher tree than the rest, that the sacrifice
+he had made of himself for his country might be the more
+conspicuous, and inspire his surviving countrymen with the more
+ardent determination to defend their liberties.</p>
+
+<p>Having thus foiled all the endeavours of a general who had
+gained high reputation in the wars of Italy, Germany, and
+Flanders, Janequeo proceeded to attack the recently constructed
+fortress of Puchanqui, not far from which she defeated and slew
+the commandant, Aranda, who had advanced to meet her with a part
+of the garrison. Not being able to gain possession of this fort,
+she retired at the commencement of the rainy season to the
+mountains near Villarica, where she fortified herself in a place
+surrounded by precipices, from whence she continually infested
+the environs of that city in such a manner that no one dared to
+venture beyond the walls. Moved by the distresses of the
+citizens, the governor sent his brother Don Luis to their aid,
+with the greater part of two reinforcements which he had recently
+received from Peru, under the command of Castillejo and Penalosa.
+The intrepid Janequeo awaited him in her fortified post, which
+she deemed secure, and repelled for a long time the various
+assaults of the Spaniards with great presence of mind. At length,
+her soldiers being dispersed by the fire of the artillery, she
+had to seek for safety in flight. Her brother was made prisoner,
+and obtained his life on condition of promising to keep his
+sister quiet, and to secure the friendship of his vassals and
+adherents to the Spaniards. But, while proposing this measure in
+a national council, he was killed by the ulmen Catipiuque, who
+abhorred every species of reconciliation with the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>The old toqui, Guanoalca, died about the close of 1590, and a
+young and enterprising warrior, named Quintuguenu, was elected in
+his stead in the year following. Being ambitious of acquiring
+military glory, the new toqui assaulted and took the fort of
+Mariguenu by assault, and established himself on the top of that
+famous mountain with two thousand men, hoping to render himself
+as celebrated there as Lautaro had been formerly, by gaining an
+important victory over the Spaniards. Not dismayed by the
+misfortunes which had befallen his countrymen in that ill-omened
+place, the governor put himself at the head of a thousand
+Spaniards and a large auxiliary force of Indians, and marched
+without delay for Mariguenu, determined upon dislodging the
+Araucanians or of besieging them in their post. Having disposed
+his troops in order, and given the necessary directions, he began
+at daybreak to ascend the difficult and steep defile, leading the
+advanced guard in person, directly before which was a forlorn
+hope of twenty half-pay officers much experienced in similar
+warfare. He had scarcely got half way up the mountain when he was
+attacked with the utmost fury by Quintuguenu; but animating his
+troops by his voice and example, he sustained for more than an
+hour the utmost efforts of the enemy, and gained the top of the
+defile by persevering bravery. On reaching the level summit of
+the mountain, the Araucanians were forced to take refuge within
+their entrenchments, which they did however in excellent order.
+The Araucanians, exhorting each other to conquer or die for their
+country, defended their camp with incredible valour against the
+utmost efforts of the Spaniards till mid-day; when, after a most
+obstinate resistance, Don Carlos Irrazabel forced the lines on
+the left with his company, while at the same time the
+quarter-master and Rodolphus Lisperger, a valiant German officer,
+penetrated with their companies on the front and the right of the
+encampment. Though surrounded on every side, Quintuguenu
+maintained his troops in good order, earnestly exhorting them not
+to dishonour themselves by suffering an ignominious defeat in a
+place which had so often been the theatre of victory to their
+nation, and by his efforts and bravery long kept the fate of the
+battle in suspense. While he flew from rank to rank, animating
+his men and constantly making head against the enemy, he fell
+pierced with three mortal wounds given by the governor, who had
+taken aim at him. His last words were an enthusiastic exclamation
+in favour of liberty. On the death of the toqui, part of the
+Araucanian troops allowed themselves to be cut in pieces, and the
+rest sought their safety in flight. Almost all the auxiliaries on
+the side of the Spaniards fell in this successful battle, but
+only twenty of the Spaniards were slain, among whom was a
+Portuguese knight of the order of Christ, who was killed at the
+commencement of the action.</p>
+
+<p>Highly gratified with being the first who had defeated the
+Araucanians on the formidable heights of Mariguenu, the governor
+conducted his victorious army to the sea-shore, where he was
+saluted by repeated discharges of cannon from the fleet of Peru,
+then scouring the coast in search of the English squadron, and
+which had witnessed the victory. These were answered by the army
+with repeated vollies of musquetry, and the customary
+demonstrations of joy on so glorious an occasion. Availing
+himself of the opportunity afforded by the presence of the fleet,
+the governor sent the quarter-master-general into Peru to solicit
+the greatest possible reinforcement of troops without delay, to
+enable him to prosecute the war to advantage in the ensuing
+campaign. In the mean time, he abandoned the ancient scite of the
+fort of Arauco, and rebuilt it in a more convenient situation on
+the sea-shore. Colocolo, son of the celebrated ulmen of that
+name, but of a very different disposition from that of his
+father, was lord of that district, and being indignant at seeing
+his country occupied by the Spaniards endeavoured to drive them
+off; but being defeated and made prisoner, he solicited for his
+life, which he obtained on condition of persuading his subjects
+to return from the mountains and to submit to the authority of
+the Spaniards. On being urged by his wife Millayene, to fulfil
+the promise made by their chief, they replied that he ought to
+endure his misfortunes with the firmness that became his rank and
+lineage; that they were willing to encounter every danger under
+his command, and according to his example, or to revenge the
+outrages he might be subjected to, but could never consent to
+betray their country by submitting to obey its bitterest enemies.
+Irritated by this patriotic resolution of his subjects, Colocolo
+devoted himself in future to the service of the Spaniards, and
+even served them as a guide in the pursuit of his own people
+among the fastnesses in which they had taken refuge.</p>
+
+<p>In the year 1592 there happened to be a Spanish prisoner among
+the Araucanians, who by his ingratiating manners had acquired the
+confidence and esteem of the principal people of that
+high-spirited nation. Either by secret instructions from the
+governor, or from gratitude for the kind treatment he had
+received while prisoner, this man exerted himself to effectuate a
+treaty of peace between the nations, and had at one time a fair
+prospect of bringing it about. But the preliminaries which he
+proposed as the ground work of a reconciliation did not prove
+satisfactory to either party, and all his endeavours were
+abortive. The governor, being irritated at the rejection of his
+proposals, marched into the province of Tucapel which he laid
+waste on every side with fire and sword. As Paillaeco, who had
+been elected toqui in place of Quintuguenu, did not think his
+force sufficient to oppose the enemy in the open field, he
+endeavoured to draw them into an ambush. With this view, he
+placed an hundred horsemen at the entrance of a wood, within
+which he had concealed the remainder of his troops, giving orders
+to the horse to counterfeit flight on the coming up of the enemy
+to draw them within reach of the ambushment. This scheme seemed
+at first to promise success, but in the end turned against its
+contriver. The Araucanians took to flight and were pursued by the
+Spaniards, who soon discovered that it was only a stratagem, and
+turned back accordingly as if struck with a panic, in hopes of
+decoying the enemy to quit the wood and attack them in the open
+field. Not aware of this repetition of their own trick, the
+Araucanians fell into the snare they had laid for their enemies;
+and being surrounded on every side, were mostly cut in pieces
+together with their commander, after selling their lives at a
+dear rate, a small remnant taking refuge in the marshes from the
+pursuit of the victors.</p>
+
+<p>These repeated victories certainly cost much blood to the
+Spaniards, as the governor after this last action withdrew to St
+Jago to await the reinforcements he expected from Peru, and to
+raise as many recruits as possible in the northern provinces of
+Chili. As the reinforcements did not appear to him sufficient for
+continuing the war with a reasonable prospect of ultimate
+success, he even went into Peru in person to solicit more
+effectual succours, leaving the charge of the civil government
+daring his absence to the licentiate Pedro Viscarra, and the
+command of the army to the quarter-master. On his arrival at
+Lima, Sotomayor met with a successor who had been appointed to
+the government of Chili, by the court of Spain. This was Don
+Martin Loyola, nephew of St Ignatius, the celebrated founder of
+the order of the Jesuits, who had acquired the favour of the
+viceroy of Peru by taking prisoner Tupac Amuru the last Inca of
+Peru. In requital for this service, he was not only gratified by
+being appointed to the government of Chili, but was rewarded by
+obtaining in marriage the princess or <i>coya</i> Donna Clara
+Beatrix, the only daughter and sole heiress of the former Inca
+Sayri Tupac. Loyola arrived at Valparaiso, in 1593, with a
+respectable body of troops, and immediately proceeded to St Jago,
+where he was received with every demonstration of joy by the
+citizens; but during his administration the Spaniards experienced
+the severest disaster that had ever happened to them in
+Chili.</p>
+
+<p>After the defeat and death of Paillaeco, the Araucanians
+elected Paillamachu to the supreme command, who was hereditary
+toqui or prince of the second Uthulmapu. This military dictator
+was already much advanced in years, yet a man of wonderful
+activity and resources, and was so fortunate in his enterprises
+that he far surpassed all his predecessors in military glory, and
+had the singular felicity of restoring his country to its ancient
+independence by the entire expulsion of the Spaniards from its
+territories. Immediately on his elevation to the supreme dignity
+of toqui, he appointed two officers of great valour and merit,
+Pelantaru and Millacalquin to the important employments of
+vice-toqui, deviating from the usual custom of the nation, which
+allowed only of one lieutenant-general. And, as the military
+force of the confederacy had been greatly diminished by the late
+unfortunate incidents in the war, he followed the example of
+Antiguenu, a former toqui, by withdrawing into the almost
+inaccessible marshes of Lumaco, where he used his utmost efforts
+to collect and discipline an army for the execution of the
+extensive plans he had formed for the entire liberation of his
+country.</p>
+
+<p>After having regulated the police of the capital and the civil
+government of the kingdom of Chili, Loyola proceeded to the city
+of Conception, where he established his headquarters in order to
+be at hand for conducting the operations of the war. The toqui of
+the Araucanians, on hearing of his arrival, sent an intelligent
+and sagacious officer named Antipillan to compliment him, but
+charged at the same time to obtain information of his character
+and designs. In frequent conferences with this person, the new
+governor endeavoured to impress him with an idea of the vast
+power and immense resources of the Spanish monarchy, against
+which it was impossible as he said for the Araucanians to contend
+successfully, and insinuated therefore the necessity of their
+submitting to an accommodation. Pretending to be convinced by the
+reasoning of Loyola, the ambassador acknowledged the prodigious
+power of the Spanish monarchy in comparison with the Araucanian
+state; which, notwithstanding the vast disproportion, had
+hitherto been able to resist every effort of the Spaniards. He
+acknowledged even the propriety of his nation entering into
+negotiations for peace, but alleged that the Spaniards affixed
+wrong ideas to that word; as, under the semblance of peace, they
+sought to subject the Araucanians to their authority, which they
+would never agree to while one of them remained alive. And
+finally, that the only peace to which they would consent, must
+consist of an entire cessation of hostilities, a complete
+restoration of all the lands which were occupied by the Spaniards
+within the Araucanian territory, and an explicit renunciation of
+every pretence to controul or interfere with their independent
+rights.</p>
+
+<p>As Loyola was of a generous disposition, he could not avoid
+admiring the noble and enlightened sentiments of the barbarian
+ambassador, and dismissed him with the strongest demonstrations
+of esteem. Yet so far was he from any idea of abandoning the
+posts already established in the Araucanian territory, that he
+crossed the Biobio in 1594, and founded a new city at a short
+distance from that river, giving it the name of Coya in honour of
+his wife a Peruvian princess. This place was intended to protect
+the rich gold mines of Kilacoyan, and to serve as a place of
+retreat for the inhabitants of Angol in case of need; and in
+order to render it more secure, he constructed two castles in its
+immediate neighbourhood, named Jesus and Chivecura, on either
+shore of the Biobio. Solicitous to destroy this new settlement,
+which he considered as a disgrace to his administration,
+Paillamachu sent in 1595, one of his officers named Loncothequa,
+with orders to destroy the fort of Jesus. After twice penetrating
+within the works, and even burning a part of the interior
+buildings of this place, Loncothequa lost his life without being
+able to accomplish the enterprise.</p>
+
+<p>In 1596, the toqui made frequent incursions into all the
+Spanish districts, both within and adjoining the Araucanian
+territory, on purpose to subsist his troops and to inure them to
+a military life. The Spanish army attempted in vain to prevent or
+pursue these predatory detachments, as the wary Paillamachu took
+the utmost care to avoid any encounter, determined to reserve his
+force for some favourable occasion. On purpose to restrain these
+incursions Loyola erected two additional forts in the
+neighbourhood of the encampment or head-quarters of the toqui,
+one on the scite of the old fort of Puren, and the other on the
+borders of the marshes of Lumaco, which he garrisoned with the
+greater part of a reinforcement of troops which he had just
+received from Peru. He sent the remainder of these in 1597 to the
+province of Cujo, where they founded a new city, called San Luis
+de Loyola, which still subsists in a miserable condition, though
+placed in a very advantageous situation.</p>
+
+<p>The fort of Lumaco was soon afterwards taken by storm, by the
+toqui in person, who gave orders to two of his officers to reduce
+that of Puren. In ten days they reduced the garrison to the last
+extremity, but had to desist from the enterprise by the approach
+of a reinforcement under the command of Pedro Cortes, a Spanish
+officer who acquired great reputation in the Araucanian war. The
+governor Loyola arrived there soon afterwards with his army, and
+gave orders to demolish the fortifications and to remove the
+garrison to Angol, lest it might experience a similar fate with
+what had so recently happened to the fort of Lumaco. He then
+proceeded to Imperial, Villarica and Valdivia, the fortifications
+of which places he carefully repaired, to secure them against the
+increasing strength of the enemy, and then returned towards the
+Biobio under the security of an escort of three hundred men. As
+soon as he thought himself in a place of security, he ordered
+back the escort, retaining only along with himself and family
+sixty-two half-pay officers and three Franciscan friars.
+Paillamachu had secretly followed and watched all the motions of
+the governor, and concluded that he had now found a favourable
+opportunity to attack him. Finding him accordingly encamped in
+the pleasant valley of Caralava, he attacked him with a select
+band of two hundred Araucanians, on the night of the 22d November
+1598, and slew Loyola and all his retinue.</p>
+
+<p>It would appear that Paillamachu had formed confident hopes in
+the successful issue of this bold enterprise, and that it had
+been long concerted: as, in consequence of his instructions, the
+whole provinces of the Araucanian confederacy, and their allies
+the Cunches and Huilliches, were in arms in less than forty-eight
+hours after the slaughter of Loyola. In the whole of that
+country, from the Biobio to the archipelago of Chilo&eacute;,
+every Spaniard who had the misfortune to be found without the
+garrisons was put to death; and the cities and fortresses of
+Osorno, Valdivia, Villarica, Imperial, Canete, Angol, and Arauco,
+were all invested at the same time by close blockades.
+Paillamachu had even the boldness to cross the Biobio, burned the
+cities of Conception and Chillan, laid waste the provinces under
+their dependence, and returned into Araucania loaded with
+spoil.</p>
+
+<p>On the first intelligence of these melancholy events, the
+inhabitants of St Jago were filled with consternation and
+despair, and were almost unanimously of opinion to abandon Chili
+and take refuge in Peru. Yet, having some confidence in Pedro de
+Viscara, an officer of reputation then beyond seventy years of
+age, they assembled in council and prevailed on him to assume the
+government of the kingdom till the court might appoint a
+successor to Loyola. Viscara, having collected all the troops
+that could be procured, began his march for the frontiers in
+1599, and had even the courage to cross the Biobio in the face of
+the enemy, and withdrew the inhabitants from Angol and Coya, with
+whom he repeopled the cities of Conception and Chilian. The
+government of Viscara only continued for six months; as on
+learning the perilous situation of Chili, the viceroy of Peru
+sent Don Francisco Quinones thither as governor, with a numerous
+reinforcement of soldiers and a large supply of military stores.
+The new governor had several indecisive actions with the toqui to
+the north of the river Biobio, to which the Araucanians had gone
+on purpose to ravage the southern provinces of Spanish Chili. The
+most important of these was in the plain of Yumbal. The toqui was
+on his return into the south from a successful inroad at the head
+of two thousand men, and with a great number of cattle of all
+kinds which he had taken in the province of Chillan, and Quinones
+attempted to intercept his retreat with an equal force, the
+greater part of which consisted of Spanish troops. The two armies
+advanced with equal resolution, and the Spaniards attempted in
+vain to keep the Araucanians at a distance by a constant fire
+from eight field pieces and all their musquetry. They soon came
+to close quarters, and the battle continued with incredible fury
+for more than two hours, till night parted them; when Paillamachu
+took advantage of the darkness and repassed the Biobio. On this
+occasion, the governor made an improper display of severity, by
+ordering all his prisoners to be quartered and hung upon trees,
+which was much disapproved of by his officers, who, either from
+humanity or a motive of self-interest, urged him not to give the
+enemy a pretence for retaliating by similar cruelties. But
+Quinones obstinately adhered to an old maxim of endeavouring to
+conquer by means of terror, and was deaf to all their
+remonstrances. We are ignorant of the loss sustained by the
+Spaniards in this battle, but it must have been considerable, as
+Arauco and Canete were both immediately abandoned, and their
+inhabitants withdrawn to the city of Conception.</p>
+
+<p>Paillmachu does not seem to have been at all disconcerted by
+the issue of the late battle, as he continued the sieges of the
+Spanish cities, and was himself in constant motion; sometimes
+encouraging by his presence the forces that were employed in
+blockading the cities, and at other times ravaging the Spanish
+provinces to the north of the Biobio, where he did infinite
+mischief. Having learnt that the siege of Valdivia had been
+raised by the officer whom he had entrusted with that enterprise,
+he hastened to that place with four thousand men, part cavalry,
+seventy of his infantry being armed with musquets which he had
+taken from the Spaniards in the late engagements. On the night of
+the 14th of November[91] he crossed the broad river of Calacala
+by swimming, unsuspected by the garrison, stormed the city at
+day-break, killed a great number of the inhabitants, and burnt
+the houses. He even attempted to gain possession of some vessels
+in the harbour, on board of which many of the inhabitants had
+taken refuge, but these escaped his fury by immediately setting
+sail. After this notable exploit, he returned in triumph into the
+north of Araucania with a booty of two millions of dollars,
+upwards of four hundred prisoners, and a considerable number of
+cannon; and rejoined Millacalquin, an officer to whom he had
+entrusted the defence of the Biobio during his absence.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 91: According to Garcilasso, Valdivia was
+taken on the 24th of November 1599. In a letter from St Jago in
+Chili, dated in March 1600, and inserted in the Royal
+Commentaries of Peru, P.I.B. vii. Ch. xxv. the Araucanian army on
+this occasion is said to have amounted to 5000 men, 3000 of whom
+were horse. Of the foot, 200 were armed with coats of mail, and
+70 with fire-arms, <i>as was said</i>. They surprised the city at
+daybreak without the smallest alarm, there being only four men on
+guard, two of whom went the rounds, the Spaniards being lulled
+into security by some recent successes in two different
+incursions they had lately made into the country, which they had
+laid waste for eight leagues all around during twenty
+days.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Ten days after the destruction of Valdivia, Francisco del
+Campo arrived there by sea from Peru with a reinforcement of
+three hundred men; and finding it in ashes, he ineffectually
+endeavoured to introduce these succours into Osorno, Villarica,
+and Imperial[92]. Amid so many misfortunes, an expedition of five
+ships from Holland arrived on the coast of Chili in 1660, which
+plundered the island of Chilo&eacute; and put the Spanish
+garrison to the sword. But on a part of their people landing in
+the island of Talca or Santa Maria[93], inhabited by the
+Araucanians, they were repulsed with the loss of twenty-three
+men, being probably mistaken for Spaniards.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 92: In the letter quoted from Garcilasso in
+the preceding note, Del Campo is said to have raised the siege of
+Osorno and to have performed other actions of happy
+consequence.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 93: St Mary's island is on the coast of
+Araucania, in lat. 37&deg; S.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Disgusted with a war which threatened such unfortunate
+consequences, Quinones solicited and obtained leave to resign the
+government of Chili, and was succeeded by Garcia Ramon who had
+long been quarter-master of the army in that kingdom. Great
+expectations were formed of success in the war against the
+Araucanians under his direction, from his long experience and
+thorough acquaintance with the manner in which the enemy carried
+on their warlike operations. But that experience induced him to
+conduct the war on prudent principles of defence, rather than to
+hazard the loss of that part of Chili which was subject to Spain.
+Although he received a reinforcement consisting of an entire
+regiment of veterans, under the command of Don Francisco de
+Ovalle, father to the historian of that name, he confined himself
+almost entirely to the defence of the frontier line upon the
+Biobio. Garcia Ramon was however soon superseded in the
+government by the appointment of Alonzo Rivera, an officer who
+had acquired considerable reputation in the wars in the low
+countries, and who now brought out a farther reinforcement of a
+regiment of veteran troops. On assuming the government, he
+established a number of additional forts on the river Biobio, to
+defend the frontiers, by which he greatly encouraged the Spanish
+colonists, who still entertained an idea of abandoning Chili to
+the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>The populous and opulent city of Villarica, fell into the
+hands of the Araucanians in 1692, after a siege or blockade of
+two years and eleven months; and soon afterwards Imperial, the
+capital of the Spanish settlements beyond the Biobio, experienced
+a similar fate. The defence of this city was protracted for some
+months by the courage of a Spanish lady, named Donna Innes de
+Aguilera. Seeing the garrison quite dispirited by the long
+continuance of the siege, and ready to capitulate, she encouraged
+them to persist in its defence, and even directed all the
+operations in person; until at last, on a favourable opportunity
+offering, she escaped by sea with the bishop and most of the
+inhabitants. During this siege, she lost her husband and
+brothers, and her heroism was rewarded by the king with a pension
+of two thousand dollars.</p>
+
+<p>Osorno, likewise a rich and populous city, soon followed; as
+the enemy, now freed from the attention they had hitherto given
+to Valdivia, Villarica and Imperial, were able to bring their
+whole force against that last possession of the Spaniards within
+the territories of the Araucanian confederacy. The sufferings
+endured by the garrison and inhabitants of Osorno are scarcely to
+be exceeded by those endured in the most celebrated sieges
+recorded in history. They were long obliged to subsist on the
+most loathsome food, having no other sustenance than the
+carcasses of dead horses; and when these failed on cats and dogs
+and the skins of beasts. Thus in little more than three years,
+all the settlements which had been established by Valdivia and
+his successors, between the river Biobio and the archipelago of
+Chilo&eacute;, and preserved at the expence of so much blood,
+were destroyed, and so effectually that hardly any vestiges of
+them now remain. None of them have been since rebuilt, as what is
+at present called Valdivia is nothing more than a garrison or
+fortified post. Though great numbers of the inhabitants of these
+cities perished in the defence of their walls, by famine or by
+the sword of the enemy, yet Spanish prisoners of all ranks were
+so numerous among the Araucanians, that almost every family had
+at least one to its share. The married Spaniards were mostly
+allowed to retain their wives, and the unmarried men were
+supplied with wives from among the women of the country; but the
+unmarried Spanish women were distributed among the chiefs of the
+Araucanians, who by their customs were permitted a plurality of
+wives. It is not a little remarkable that the mestees, or
+offspring of these marriages, became in the subsequent wars the
+most inveterate enemies of the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<p>On this occasion likewise, the ransom and exchange of
+prisoners were permitted, by which means many of the Spaniards
+escaped from captivity. Yet some were induced, by love for the
+children they had by the native women, to remain captives during
+their lives. Some even of the Spaniards acquired the confidence
+and affection of the natives, by their pleasing manners, or by
+their skill in useful arts, and acquired advantageous
+establishments in the country. Among these, Don Basilio Roxas and
+Don Antonio Bascugnano, both of noble birth, acquired high
+reputation with the Araucanians, and both of them left
+interesting memoirs of the transactions of their times. Such of
+the Spaniards as happened to fall to the share of brutal masters,
+had much to suffer.</p>
+
+<p>Paillamachu did not long continue to enjoy the applause of his
+countrymen, for having so successfully expelled the Spaniards
+from Araucania: He died about the end of the year 1603, and was
+succeeded by Huenecura, who had been bred to arms under his
+direction and example in the celebrated military school of
+Lumaco.</p>
+
+<p>* * * * *</p>
+
+<p>"Modern as is the History of America, it has had its full
+share of fable, and the city of Osorno has furnished the subject
+of one not less extraordinary than any of the rest, which is thus
+related in the twentieth volume of the <i>Seminario
+Erudito</i>[94]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 94: This fabulous story of the new Osorno
+is contained in a note to Molina by the English
+Editor.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>"During the great effort of the Araucanians to recover their
+country from the Spaniards, Osorno resisted their arms with
+extraordinary vigour for six months. At the end of this period,
+the Spaniards repelled a general assault of the besiegers, and
+compelled them to abandon the blockade. Being afraid of another
+attack, the Spaniards retired about three or four leagues, to a
+peninsula at the foot of the Andes, formed by the lake from which
+the river Bueno issues. They there built a new city on the
+isthmus, which they secured with walls, bulwarks, moats and
+draw-bridges; and multiplied in process of time so as to be
+obliged to build another city on the opposite side of the lake,
+and their descendents still continue to occupy the same place.
+This people, called <i>Alcahuncas</i> by the Indians, are armed
+with lances, swords and daggers, but whether these are of iron or
+not, the person who discovered the existence of these cities had
+not been able to learn. They also use the <i>laque</i> or thong
+and ball with great dexterity, on which account they are much
+dreaded by their neighbours. They have also cannon, but no
+musquets. They retain the dress, complexion and beard of their
+Spanish ancestors. They used formerly to purchase salt from the
+Pehuenches, and even from the Indians who live under the Spanish
+government, which they paid for in silver, which occasioned so
+great a demand for that article in the Spanish settlements, that
+a loaf of salt used to sell at the price of an ox. Of late this
+demand has ceased, as they have found salt in abundance in their
+own country."</p>
+
+<p>"A year only before this account was written, or in 1773, a
+man from Chilo&eacute; got to the city gates one morning before
+the drawbridge was lifted, and knocked for admittance. The
+soldier who was on guard told him to hasten back as fast as
+possible, as their king was a cruel tyrant, and would certainly
+put him to death if taken; and even seemed astonished that the
+Indians had permitted him to arrive at the gate. This man was
+killed on his way back; but the news of his adventure reached
+Valdivia, where it was fully believed. It is said that the people
+of these two cities live under a grievous tyranny, and are
+therefore desirous of making their situation known to the
+Spaniards; but that their chiefs use every possible precaution to
+prevent this, and the Indians of the intervening country are
+equally solicitous to prevent any intelligence respecting this
+state being conveyed to the Spaniards, lest it might induce them
+to make new attempts to penetrate into the interior."</p>
+
+<p>"This account is said to have been written in 1774, by Don
+Ignacio Pinuer, captain of infantry and interpreter general at
+Valdivia, in a letter addressed to the president of Chili. The
+writer states that his thorough knowledge of the language of the
+natives, and his great intimacy with them, had enabled him to
+collect this information, by means of the artful and persevering
+inquiries of twenty-eight years[95]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 95: This absurd story evidently belongs to
+the same class with the <i>Seven cities</i> formerly mentioned,
+and the <i>El Dorado</i> and <i>Welsh</i> colony, which will both
+occur in the sequel of this work. Though not exactly connected in
+point of time with this fabled city of Osorno, a similar fable
+respecting a supposed white nation in the interior of Chili, may
+be noticed in this place, the reflections on which, in the
+paragraphs subjoined, give a clear explanation of the origin of
+several of these tales.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>"In the reign of the Emperor Charles V. the bishop of
+Placentia is said to have sent four ships to the Moluccas. When
+they had advanced about twenty leagues within the Straits of
+Magellan, three of them were wrecked, and the fourth was driven
+back into the southern Atlantic. When the storm abated, this
+fourth ship again attempted the passage, and reached the place
+where the others were lost where they found the men still on
+shore, who entreated to be taken on board; but as there was
+neither room nor provision for so great a number, they were
+necessarily left. An opinion long prevailed that they had
+penetrated into the interior of Chili, where they settled and
+became a nation called the <i>Cesares</i>, whose very
+ploughshares were said to be of gold. Adventurers reported that
+they had been near enough to hear the sound of their bells; and
+it was even said that men of a fair complexion had been made
+prisoners, who were supposed to belong to this nation. The
+existence of this city of the Cesares was long believed, and even
+about the year 1620, Don Geronimo Luis de Cabrera, then governor
+of Peru, made an expedition in search of this <i>El Dorado</i> of
+Chili. Even after Feyjo had attempted to disprove its existence,
+the jesuit Mascardi went in search of it with a large party of
+Puelches, but was killed by the Poy-yas on his return from the
+fruitless quest[96]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 96: Dobrizhoffer, III. 407.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>"The groundwork of this and other similar fables is thus
+satisfactorily explained by Falkner[97].--'I am satisfied that
+the reports concerning a nation in the interior of South America
+descended from Europeans, or the remains of shipwrecks, are
+entirely false and groundless, and occasioned by misunderstanding
+the accounts given by the Indians. When asked in Chili respecting
+any settlement of the Spaniards in the inland country, they
+certainly give accounts of towns and white people, meaning Buenos
+Ayres, and other places to the eastwards of the Andes. And
+<i>vice versa</i>, on being asked in the east the same question,
+their answers refer to Chili or Peru; not having the least idea
+that the inhabitants of these distant countries are known to each
+other. Upon questioning some Indians on this subject, I found my
+conjecture perfectly right; and they acknowledged, when I named
+Chiloe, Valdivia, and other places in Chili, that these were the
+places they alluded to under the description of European
+settlements, and seemed amazed that I should know that such
+places existed.'"</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 97: Falkner, Ch. iv. p. 112.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION X.</p>
+
+<p><i>Farther Narrative of the War, to the Conclusion of Peace
+with the Araucanians</i>.</p>
+
+<p>While Alonzo Rivera applied himself with every possible energy
+to check the progress of the Araucanians and to guard the
+frontier of the Biobio, he was removed, from the government of
+Chili to that of Tucuman, as a punishment for having presumed to
+marry the daughter of the celebrated heroine Innes
+&Aacute;guilera, without having obtained the royal permission. On
+this occasion Garcia Ramon was reinstated in the government, and
+received at the same time with his commission a reinforcement of
+a thousand men from Europe and two hundred and fifty from Mexico.
+Being now at the head of three thousand regular troops, besides a
+considerable auxiliary force, he invaded Araucania and penetrated
+without opposition into the province of Boroa[98] where he
+erected a fort, which he furnished with a considerable number of
+cannon, and in which he left a garrison of three hundred men
+under the command of Lisperger, a German officer formerly
+mentioned.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 98: The province of Boroa, formerly
+mentioned as the residence of a tribe much whiter in their colour
+than the other natives of South America, lies at the foot of the
+Andes between the heads of the rivers Hueco and Tolten, to the
+eastward of the ruins of Villarica.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Immediately after the return of the invading army into Spanish
+Chili, the new toqui Huenecura proceeded to attack this new
+establishment. While on his march he fell in with Lisperger, who
+had gone out from the fort at the head of an hundred and sixty of
+his men to protect a convoy; and immediately attacked the
+Spaniards with such fury that he cut the whole detachment in
+pieces, and the commander among the rest. After this first
+successful essay of his arms, he proceeded without delay against
+the fort, which he made three several attempts to take by storm;
+but was repelled with so much skill and valour by Gil Negrete who
+had succeeded Lisperger in the command, that after an obstinate
+combat of two hours he was obliged to desist from the attempt to
+storm, and established a close blockade. This was continued till
+the governor Ramon sent orders for the garrison to evacuate the
+place. The Spanish army was now divided into two separate bodies,
+one under the command of Alvaro Pineda the quarter-master of
+Chili, and the other under the orders of Don Diego Saravia, who
+proceeded to lay waste the Araucanian territory without mercy.
+Watching his opportunity however, Huenecura attacked and defeated
+them in succession, and with such complete success that not even
+a single person of either detachment escaped death or captivity.
+By these unexpected misfortunes, that fine army on which such
+flattering hopes of security at least, if not conquest, had been
+founded, was entirely annihilated. In consequence of these
+repeated and heavy disasters, orders were given by the court of
+Spain, that a body of two thousand regular troops should be
+continually maintained on the Araucanian frontier; for the
+support of which force, an annual appropriation of 292,279
+dollars was made from the royal treasury of Peru. At the same
+time the court of royal audience was re-established in the city
+of St Jago on the 8th of September 1609, after having been
+thirty-four years suppressed. This measure gave universal
+satisfaction to the inhabitants, and the court has continued
+there ever since with high reputation for justice and
+integrity.</p>
+
+<p>By this new regulation, Ramon added the title of president to
+those of governor and captain-general of Chili. Having received
+considerable reinforcements, to replace the army so lately
+destroyed, Ramon ventured to recross the Biobio at the head of
+about two thousand men. Huenecura advanced to meet him, and a
+sanguinary and obstinate battle took place in the defiles of the
+marshes of Lumaco. The Spaniards were for some time in imminent
+danger of being completely defeated; but the valiant governor,
+taking his station in the front line, so animated his soldiers by
+his presence and example that they at length succeeded in
+breaking and defeating the enemy. Shortly after this victory,
+Ramon died in the city of Conception, on the 10th of August 1610,
+universally regretted by the Spanish inhabitants of Chili, to
+whom he was much endeared by his excellent qualities and his long
+residence among them. He was even highly esteemed by the
+Araucanians, whom he had always treated, when prisoners, with a
+humane attention which did him much honour. According to the
+royal decree for establishing the court of audience, the
+government of Chili now devolved upon Don Luis Merlo de la
+Fuente, the eldest oydor or judge.</p>
+
+<p>Much about the same time with Ramon, the toqui Huenecura
+likewise died, either from disease or in consequence of wounds
+received in the late battle. He was succeeded in the toquiate by
+Aillavilu the second, who is represented by Don Basilio Rosas, a
+contemporary writer, as one of the greatest of the Araucanian
+generals, and as having fought many battles against Merlo and his
+successor Don Juan Xaraquemada; but he does not particularize
+either their dates, the places where they were fought, or any
+circumstances concerning them.</p>
+
+<p>Among the missionaries who were at that time employed for the
+conversion of the natives in Chili, was a Jesuit named Luis
+Valdivia, who, finding it impossible to preach to the Araucanians
+during the continuance of war, went to Spain and represented in
+strong terms to Philip III. the great injury suffered by the
+cause of religion in consequence of this long and cruel war. That
+weak prince was more devoted to the advancement of religion than
+to the augmentation of his territories, and sent immediate orders
+to the government of Chili to discontinue the war, and to settle
+a permanent peace with the Araucanians, by establishing the river
+Biobio as the frontier between the two nations. On purpose to
+secure the punctual execution of these orders, the king offered
+to exalt Valdivia to the episcopal dignity, and to appoint him
+governor of Chili. He refused both of these high offers, and only
+stipulated for the restoration of Alonzo Rivera to the
+government, whose views were conformable with his own, and who
+had been exiled to Tucuman as formerly mentioned.</p>
+
+<p>Much gratified with the prosperous issue of his voyage, the
+zealous missionary returned to Chili in 1612, carrying a letter
+written by the king of Spain to the national assembly of the
+Araucanian chiefs, recommending the establishment of peace
+between the nations, and that they should promote the propagation
+of Christianity among their dependents. Immediately on his
+arrival in Chili, Valdivia hastened to the frontiers, and
+communicated the nature of the commission with which he was
+entrusted to the Araucanians, by means of some prisoners of that
+nation whom he had purposely brought with him from Peru.
+Aillavilu the toqui gave little attention to the proposed
+negociation, which he deemed a feint for deceiving and surprising
+him. But, as he died or resigned the command soon after, his
+successor Ancanamon thought proper to inquire into the reality of
+the pacific proposals, and directed the ulmen Carampangui to
+converse with Valdivia, that his offers might be laid before a
+general assembly of the ulmens. Accordingly, on the invitation of
+Carampangui, Valdivia repaired to Nancu in the province of
+Catiray, where, in an assembly of fifty Araucanian chiefs, he
+made known the substance of the proposed pacific negociations,
+read and expounded the royal letter to the Araucanian
+confederacy, and made a long oration on the motives of his
+interference and on the important concerns of their immortal
+souls. The assembly thanked him for his exertions, and promised
+to make a favourable report to the toqui. On his return to
+Conception, Valdivia was accompanied by Carampangui, where he was
+honourably received by the governor; who dispatched Pedro
+Melendez one of his ensigns, under the safeguard of the ulmen, on
+a message to the toqui, carrying with him the letter of the king
+of Spain, and a request that Ancanamon would meet him at Paicavi,
+a place near the frontiers, that they might confer together upon
+the preliminaries of peace.</p>
+
+<p>The toqui soon afterwards came to the place appointed, with a
+small guard of forty soldiers, and accompanied by several ulmens,
+bringing likewise along with him a number of Spanish prisoners of
+the first families, whom he set at liberty. The governor, with
+Valdivia and the principal officers of the government, received
+Ancanamon with every demonstration of respect, and conducted him
+to the lodgings appointed for his reception amid the repeated
+discharges of artillery. The governor then proposed, as
+preliminary articles of peace, that the river Biobio should serve
+hereafter as the common boundary between the Spanish and
+Araucanian nations, beyond which neither should be permitted to
+pass with an army: That all deserters should in future be
+mutually returned: And that missionaries should be allowed to
+preach the doctrines of Christianity in the Araucanian
+territories. Ancanamon required as a preliminary, that the forts
+of Paicavi and Arauco, which had been lately erected upon the sea
+coast to the south of the Biobio, should be evacuated. The
+governor immediately abandoned Paicavi, and agreed to give up the
+other immediately after the conclusion of peace. Being so far
+agreed, and as the consent of the four toquis of the uthalmapus
+was requisite to ratify the treaty, Ancanamon proposed to seek
+for them in person, and to bring them to the Spanish camp.</p>
+
+<p>While the negociation was in this state of forwardness, an
+unlooked for event rendered all these pacific measures abortive.
+Ancanamon had a Spanish lady among his wives, who, taking
+advantage of his absence, fled for refuge to the governor,
+accompanied by four other women who were wives to the toqui, and
+two young girls his daughters. The toqui was extremely indignant
+on this occasion, though less exasperated by the flight of his
+wives, than by the kind reception they had experienced among the
+Spaniards. Relinquishing every thought of peace, he immediately
+returned to the governor, from whom he demanded the restitution
+of the fugitives. His demand was taken into consideration by a
+council of the officers; but the majority of these, many of whom
+were averse to peace, refused to surrender the women to the
+toqui, alleging that they were unwilling to expose them to the
+danger of relapsing from the Christian faith which they had
+embraced. After many ineffectual propositions, Ancanamon
+consented to limit his demands to the restitution of his
+daughters, whom he tenderly loved. To this it was answered, that
+as the eldest had not yet embraced the Christian faith, his
+request respecting her would be complied with, but as the younger
+had been already baptised, they could not think of delivering her
+into his hands.</p>
+
+<p>At this time the almost extinguished hopes of peace were
+revived for a time by an unexpected incident. <i>Utiflame</i>,
+the apo-ulmen of Ilicura near Imperial, had always been among the
+most inveterate enemies of the Spaniards, and to avoid all
+intercourse with them, had constantly refused to ransom his sons
+or relations who happened to be made prisoners. He prided himself
+on having so successfully opposed all the Spanish governors of
+Chili, from the elder Villagran to Rivera, that the enemy had
+never been able to acquire a footing in his province, though near
+the city of Imperial. One of his sons who had been taken in the
+late war, was about this time sent back to him by Valdivia, in
+consequence of which he was so highly gratified, that he went
+immediately to visit the missionary at the fort of Arauco, where
+in return for the civilities he experienced from the governor and
+Valdivia, he engaged to receive the missionaries into his
+province, and to use his influence with Ancanamon to conclude a
+peace with the Spaniards. He observed, however, that it was
+necessary in the first place to restore his women, which could be
+done with safety by obtaining in the first place a safe conduct
+from the toqui, and undertook to manage the business. He
+accordingly departed from Arauco for Ilicura, accompanied by
+three missionaries, one of whom was Horatio Vecchio, the cousin
+of Pope Alexander VII. The exasperated toqui no sooner learnt the
+arrival of the missionaries at Ilicura, than he hastened to that
+place with two hundred horse, and slew them all with their
+defender Utiflame. Thus were all the plans of pacification
+rendered abortive, though Valdivia used repeated attempts to
+revive the negociation. All his schemes were disconcerted by the
+contrivances of the officers and soldiers, who were interested in
+the continuance of the war, and loudly demanded that vengeance
+should be taken for the blood of the slaughtered priests.
+Notwithstanding his anxious desire for peace and the pious
+intentions of the king, the governor found himself compelled to
+prosecute the war, which was renewed with more fury than ever.
+Ancanamon the toqui, being eager to revenge the affront he had
+received in regard to his women, incessantly harassed the
+southern provinces of Spanish Chili, and his successor
+Loncothegua continued hostilities with equal obstinacy; but only
+very imperfect accounts of this period of the war have been given
+by the contemporary historians. The governor Rivera died at
+Conception in 1617, having appointed as his successor Fernando
+Talaverano the senior oydor of the royal court; who was succeeded
+ten months afterwards by Lope de Ulloa.</p>
+
+<p>The toqui Loncothegua resigned in 1618, and was succeeded in
+the supreme command of the Araucanian armies by an officer named
+Lientur, whose military expeditions were always so rapid and
+unexpected, that the Spaniards used to call him the wizard. All
+his designs were perfectly seconded by Levipillan, his vice
+toqui. Though the line of the Biobio was amply secured by
+fortresses and centinels, these indefatigable enemies always
+contrived to pass and repass without experiencing any material
+loss. The first enterprise of Lientur was the capture of a convoy
+of four hundred horses, which were intended to remount the
+Spanish cavalry. He next ravaged the province of Chilian, and
+slew the corregidor with two of his sons and several of the
+magistrates, who had attempted to resist him in the field. Five
+days afterwards, he proceeded towards St. Philip of Austria,
+otherwise called Yumbel, a place about sixty miles to the east of
+Conception, with six hundred infantry and four hundred horse, all
+of whom he sent out in various detachments to ravage the
+surrounding country, leaving only two hundred men to guard the
+narrow defile of Congrejeras. Provoked at this daring enterprise,
+Robolledo, the commandant of Yumbel, sent seventy horse to take
+possession of the pass and cut off the retreat of the toqui; but
+they were received with such bravery by the Araucanian
+detachment, that they were compelled to retire for security to a
+neighbouring hill, after losing their captain and eighteen of
+their number. Robolledo sent three companies of infantry and all
+the rest of his cavalry to their aid; but Lientur who had by this
+time collected all his troops together, fell upon the Spaniards,
+notwithstanding the continual fire of their musquetry, and put
+their cavalry to flight at the first charge. The infantry, thus
+left exposed, were almost all cut to pieces, thirty-six of them
+only being made prisoners, who were distributed among the several
+provinces of the Arancanian confederacy. If Lientur had then
+invested Yumbel it must have fallen into his hands; but he
+deferred the siege till the following year, when his attempt was
+rendered unsuccessful by the valiant defence of Ximenes who then
+had the command. On his repulse however, he assaulted and took a
+fort named Neculgueno, the garrison of which was put to the
+sword, and all the auxiliaries who dwelt in that neighbourhood
+were made prisoners. Lientur followed up these successful
+exploits with others equally fortunate, which are not
+particularized by contemporary writers, who have given him the
+title of the <i>darling of fortune</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Ulloa the-governor, more a prey to anxiety and mortification
+than disease, died on the 20th of November 1620, and was
+succeeded in the government of Chili by Christoval de la Cerda, a
+native of Mexico, the eldest oydor, according to the established
+rule on such occasions. For the more effectual defence of the
+frontiers on the Biobio, he caused an additional fortress to be
+constructed, named San Christoval, which still remains. This
+oydor continued only a year in the government, during which he
+was continually occupied in defending the Spanish settlements
+against the enterprises of Lientur, with whom he had many
+encounters. His successor, Pedro Suarez de Ulloa, continued the
+war in a similar manner, contenting himself with acting
+principally on the defensive, till his death on the 11th of
+December 1624; when he was succeeded by Francisco Alava, his
+brother-in-law, who retained the office only for six months,
+being succeeded by Don Luis de Cordova, in March 1625.</p>
+
+<p>Lientar being advanced in years and worn out by continual
+exertions, resigned his office in 1625, and was succeeded as
+toqui by Putapichion, a young man whose courage and conduct much
+resembled his predecessor in office. The new governor of Chili
+was a commander of extraordinary skill and courage, and being
+nephew to the viceroy of Peru, was abundantly supplied with
+troops and warlike stores, being likewise directed by his
+instructions not to confine himself to defensive operations, but
+to carry the war into the Araucanian territory. His first care on
+his arrival at Conception, was to restore the military
+discipline, and to discharge all arrears that were due to the
+troops. He at the same time preferred a number of Creoles to the
+vacant offices, by which he acquired the esteem of all the
+inhabitants, and gratified many of the descendants of the
+original conquerors who had been hitherto much neglected. Having
+established good order in the government, he directed Alonzo de
+Cordova, whom he had appointed quarter-master, to make an
+incursion with six hundred men into the provinces of Arauco and
+Tucapel. In this expedition only an hundred and fifteen prisoners
+were taken and a small number of cattle, as most of the
+inhabitants took refuge in the mountains with their families and
+effects.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time the new toqui, Putapichion, endeavoured to
+signalize the commencement of his administration by the capture
+of the fort of Nativity, one of the strongest places on the
+Biobio, which was constructed on the top of a high and steep
+mountain, well furnished with troops and artillery, and both from
+its natural and artificial strength was deemed impregnable.
+Putapichion came unexpectedly against this place, and soon
+scaling the difficult ascent, got possession of the ditch, set
+fire to the palisades and houses of the place with fire arrows,
+and very nearly succeeded in its capture. But the garrison
+collected in the only bastion which had escaped the flames,
+whence they kept up so severe a fire against the assailants, that
+Putapichion was constrained to abandon the enterprise, carrying
+away with him twelve prisoners and several horses. The toqui then
+crossed the Biobio and made an attempt upon the fort of Quinel,
+which was occupied by six hundred men; but failing also in this
+enterprise, he made an inroad into the province of Chillan,
+whence he brought off a great number of peasants and cattle, in
+spite of the exertions of the serjeant-major to stop his rapid
+march. Eager for retaliation, the governor resolved in 1628, to
+invade. Araucania in three directions, assigning the maritime
+country to the quarter-master, the Andes to the serjeant-major,
+and reserving the intermediate country to himself. Accordingly,
+at the head of twelve hundred regulars and a strong body of
+auxiliaries, he traversed the provinces of Encol and Puren, where
+he captured a great number of men and cattle; and, having crossed
+the river Cauten, he ravaged in a similar manner to the rich
+province of Maguegua. On his return from this successful
+expedition, Putapichion opposed him at the head of three thousand
+men in order of battle. In the first encounter, the Spanish army
+was thrown into confusion and suffered a severe loss; but, being
+rallied by the exertions of their officers, they renewed the
+battle, which was severely contested for some time, with
+considerable loss on both sides. As the Araucanians had recovered
+most of the spoil, and taken some prisoners while the Spanish
+army was in disorder, the toqui did not think proper to risk too
+much on the event of battle, and sounded a retreat. On his return
+to Conception, the governor was rejoined by the serjeant-major
+and quarter-master. The former had not been able to effect any
+thing of importance, as the enemy had taken refuge in the
+mountains. The latter reported that he had made two hundred
+prisoners, and had acquired a booty of seven thousand horses and
+a thousand head of cattle, but had the misfortune to lose most of
+them during, a violent tempest while on his return.</p>
+
+<p>Don Francisco Lasso, an officer who had gained high reputation
+in the wars of the low countries, arrived soon afterwards with a
+commission to supersede Cordova in the government of Chili. At
+the commencement of his administration, he endeavoured to come to
+an accommodation with the Araucanians, with which view he set at
+liberty all the prisoners of that nation who were confined in the
+different garrisons. But the minds of that high-spirited people
+were not yet disposed towards peace, and the glory of bringing
+about that desirable event was reserved for his successor; yet
+Lasso certainly contributed to prepare the way for peace, by the
+ten years of uninterrupted war which he waged against the
+Araucanians, in consequence of their rejecting his pacific
+overtures, during which he gained many victories over that
+valiant people. At the commencement however of his military
+operations, Lasso was by no means fortunate. The quarter-master,
+Cordova, while advancing by his orders to invade the maritime
+provinces of Araucania, was completely routed by Putapichion in
+the small district of Piculgue near Arauco. The toqui placed a
+part of his army in ambush, and contrived with much skill to
+induce Cordova to give battle in an unfavourable situation. In
+this action, the Spanish horse, forming the van of the army, was
+unable to withstand the charge of the Araucanian cavalry, now
+become exceedingly expert, and was put to flight; and the
+infantry being thus left exposed and surrounded on all sides, was
+entirely destroyed after a combat of five hours, during which
+they performed prodigies of valour, and gallantly resisted many
+furious assaults of the enemy. In this action Cordova was slain,
+with five captains, and several other officers of merit.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving intelligence of this disastrous action, the
+governor marched in person against Putapichion with a
+considerable body of troops, leaving Robolledo the serjeant-major
+to defend the passage of the Biobio against the enterprises of
+the toqui; who yet eluded the vigilance of the serjeant-major,
+passed the Biobio with a detachment of two hundred men, and laid
+waste the neighbouring provinces of Chili in the absence of the
+Spanish army. Lasso immediately returned with all his troops to
+the Biobio, occupied all the known fords of that river, in hope
+of cutting off the retreat of the invaders, and then went in
+search of Putapichion with a select detachment equal in number to
+the enemy. In this expedition, he was attacked at a place called
+Robleria on the banks of the Itata by the toqui with such
+determined resolution, that the Spaniards gave way at the first
+encounter, forty of them with several officers being slain. The
+remainder owed their safety to the skill and valour of the
+governor, who restored their order with wonderful coolness and
+intrepidity, and even repulsed the enemy with considerable loss.
+Satisfied with the success he had already obtained, and proud of
+having taken the scarlet cloak of the governor, Putapichion now
+conducted his retreat to the Biobio with great skill, and got
+over that river unopposed.</p>
+
+<p>On his return from this expedition, the toqui was received by
+his army with lively demonstrations of joy, and resolved to
+gratify his troops by reviving the almost forgotten festival
+called <i>pruloncon</i>, or the dance of death. A Spanish
+soldier, who had been made prisoner in one of the preceding
+battles, was selected for the victim of this barbarous spectacle
+[99]. "The officers surrounded by the soldiers form a circle, in
+the centre of which is placed the official axe of the toqui, with
+four poniards representing the four Uthalmapus of the
+confederacy. The unfortunate prisoner is then led in on a sorry
+horse deprived of his ears and tail, and is placed near the axe,
+having his face turned towards his own country. He is then
+ordered to dig a hole in the ground with a sharp stake, and is
+given a handful of small sticks, which he is ordered to throw one
+by one into the hole, naming one of the principal warriors of his
+nation at each stick, while the surrounding soldiers load these
+detested names with bitter execrations. He is then, ordered to
+cover up the hole, as if to bury the valour and reputation of the
+persons whom he has named. After this, the toqui, or one of his
+bravest companions to whom he relinquishes the honour of being
+executioner, dashes out the brains of the prisoner with a
+war-club. The heart is immediately taken out by two attendants
+and presented still palpitating to the toqui, who sucks a little
+of the blood and passes it to his officers, who successively
+repeat the same ceremony. The toqui then fumigates the four
+cardinal points of the circle with tobacco smoke from his pipe.
+The soldiers strip the flesh from the bones of the victim, and
+convert the bones into flutes. The head is cut off and carried
+round on the point of a pike, amid the acclamations of the
+multitude, while stamping in measured pace, they thunder out
+their dreadful war-song accompanied by the mournful sound of
+their horrible instruments of music. The mangled body is fitted
+with the head of a sheep, and the barbarous festival is
+terminated by riot and intoxication. If the skull of the victim
+has not been broken by the stroke of death, it is made into a
+drinking cup, called <i>ralilonco</i>, which is used in their
+banquets in the manner of the ancient Scythians and Goths."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 99: The particulars of this ceremony are
+here inserted from a different part of the work of Molina, B.I.
+Ch. iv. containing an account of the manners and customs of the
+Araucanians.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On the present occasion, the honour of dispatching the victim
+was conferred upon the ulmen Maulican. This cruel spectacle,
+which some have attempted to excuse on the principle of
+retaliation, has dishonoured the fame of Putapichion, and was not
+even pleasing to all the Araucanians[100]. According to Don
+Francisco Bascagnan, who was an eye witness, many of the
+spectators compassionated the fate of the unfortunate soldier;
+and Maulican, to whom the office of dispatching him was assigned
+as a mark of honour, is said to have declared that he accepted of
+it with extreme reluctance, and merely to avoid offending his
+commander the toqui. The torture of an innocent prisoner, upon
+whatever motive or pretence, is certainly a crime against
+humanity of the deepest dye, and can never be justified on any
+principle whatever.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 100: It certainly was not more cruel or
+more dishonourable than the empalements and mutilations ordered
+by the Christian enemies of the Araucanians: But the latter were
+unbelievers, and were rebels against the authority of the
+Catholic king and the grant of the holy father of the Christian
+world.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Having received a reinforcement of five hundred veteran
+soldiers from Peru, and raised two companies of infantry and a
+troop of cavalry at St Jago, the governor with these new troops,
+added to thirteen hundred Spaniards and six hundred auxiliaries
+composing the army on the frontiers, marched to relieve the fort
+of Arauco which was menaced by the toqui. Putapichion had in
+reality commenced his march for that place at the head of seven
+thousand chosen men, whose valour he thought nothing was able to
+resist. But in consequence of some superstitious auguries of the
+ex-toqui Lientur, who had resolved to share the glory of this
+enterprise, the greater part of the Araucanian troops were
+intimidated, and deserted to their homes during the march.
+Putapichion was not discouraged by this defection, and observing
+that there could be no better omen in war than an eager desire to
+conquer, he continued his march with three thousand two hundred
+of his most determined followers, and encamped at a short
+distance from the fort of Arauco. Some of his officers advised
+him to assault the fort that same night; but he declined this to
+give his troops time for rest and refreshment, and that the
+Spaniards might not reproach him with always taking advantage of
+the darkness, like a robber, to favour his enterprises.</p>
+
+<p>The governor, who was close at hand with his army, having
+resolved to offer battle to the enemy next day, ordered his men
+to prepare themselves for battle, and had a skirmish that night
+with an advanced party of the Araucanians, who had advanced so
+near the fort of Arauco as to burn the huts of the auxiliaries on
+the outside of the fortifications. At daybreak, Lasso took
+possession with his army of a strong position called Alvarrada,
+which was defended on either flank by a deep torrent, so that it
+could not be turned. He placed all his cavalry on the right,
+under the command of the quartermaster <i>Sea</i>, while the
+infantry on the left were under the orders of Rebolledo the
+serjeant-major. Putapichion advanced with his army in such
+excellent order, that the governor who had been all his life
+inured to arms, could not avoid openly expressing his admiration
+of the excellent disposition of the enemy. The Araucanian
+soldiers, whose heads were adorned with beautiful plumes of
+feathers, seemed as if going to a banquet, instead of the
+doubtful chance of battle. For some time the two armies remained
+motionless, as if observing each other; when at length the signal
+of attack was sounded by Quepuantu, the vice-toqui, by order of
+Putapichion. The governor then gave orders to the Spanish horse
+to charge that belonging to the enemy; but it met with so warm a
+reception, that it was broken and put to flight, and obliged to
+take shelter in the rear of the infantry. Upon this event, the
+Araucanian infantry made so violent a charge upon the Spanish
+foot as to throw them into confusion, insomuch that the governor
+gave up all for lost. At this critical moment Putapichion was
+slain; and the governor availed himself so effectually of the
+confusion which this circumstance produced among the Araucanians,
+that he was able to rally his troops, and led them up anew to the
+charge, while the Araucanians were solely intent upon carrying
+off the dead body of their toqui. They even effected this, but
+were completely defeated and driven in disorder from the field.
+Quepuantu, the vice-toqui, exerted himself in vain to restore
+order and to bring back his troops to the charge, even killing
+several of the fugitives with his own hand; but all his efforts
+were fruitless, and the Araucanians suffered prodigiously in
+their flight, being pursued for more than six miles in all
+directions. Many of the Spaniards fell in this battle, the most
+decisive that had been fought for a long time against the
+Araucanians.</p>
+
+<p>From the death of Putapichion to the termination of the
+government of Lasso, the successive toquis of the Araucanians
+continued the war with more rashness than skill; none of them,
+like Antiguenu and Paillamachu, having sufficient judgment to
+repair the losses sustained by the nation, and to counterbalance
+the power and arms of the Spaniards by skill and conduct.
+Quepuantu, who was advanced to the rank of toqui after the defeat
+at Alvarrada, retired to a sequestered vale under the covert of
+thick woods, where he built a house with four opposite doors, to
+facilitate his escape in case of being attacked. The place of his
+retirement having been discovered to the governor, he sent the
+quarter-master to surprise him with four hundred light armed
+troops. As these came upon him by surprise, Quepuantu took refuge
+in the wood; but soon returned at the head of fifty men who had
+come to his assistance, and attacked the Spaniards with great
+courage. After a desperate engagement of half an hour, in which
+the toqui lost almost all his men, he accepted a challenge from
+Loncomallu, chief of the auxiliaries attached to the Spaniards,
+and was slain after a long combat. In 1634, a similar fate befel
+his successor Loncamilla, in an engagement with a small number of
+Araucanian troops against a strong detachment of Spaniards.
+Guenucalquin, his successor, after making some successful inroads
+into the Spanish provinces, lost his life in an engagement with
+six hundred Spaniards in the province of Ilicura. Curanteo, who
+was created toqui in the heat of this action, had the glory of
+terminating it by the rout of the enemy; but was killed soon
+afterwards in another conflict. Curimilla, the next toqui, more
+daring than several of his predecessors, repeatedly ravaged the
+provinces to the north of the Biobio, and undertook the siege of
+Arauco and the other forts on the frontiers; but was slain at
+length by Sea in Calcoimo.</p>
+
+<p>During the government of this toqui, the Dutch made another
+attempt to form an alliance with the Araucanians, in order to
+obtain possession of Chili, but with no better fortune than on
+the former occasion. Their squadron, consisting of four ships,
+was dispersed in a storm on its arrival on the coast in 1638. A
+boat well manned and armed, being afterwards dispatched to the
+island of Mocha, to enter into a parley with the Araucanians, was
+attacked by the inhabitants, who put all the crew to death and
+took possession of the boat. Another boat experienced a similar
+misfortune in the small island of Talca or Santa Maria, and the
+Dutch were obliged to retire without being able to establish any
+intercourse with the Araucanians, who were equally jealous of all
+the European nations, and not without reason. Some years
+afterwards, notwithstanding the ill success of the Dutch, a
+similar enterprise was undertaken by Sir John Narborough, an
+English naval commander, by order of Charles II. In passing
+through the Straits of Magellan, this whole fleet was lost.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time, taking advantage of the imprudence and
+unskilfulness of the Araucanian commanders, the governor
+continued constantly to lay waste their territories. He had at
+first given orders that every prisoner capable of bearing arms
+should be put to death; but afterwards, recurring to more humane
+measures, he ordered them to be transported to Peru, a sentence
+to them more intolerable even than death. Whenever these unhappy
+exiles came in sight of land, which often happened in that
+navigation, they used to throw themselves overboard in hopes to
+escape by swimming, that they might return to their country. Many
+had the good fortune to save themselves in that manner; but such
+as were unable to elude the vigilance of the sailors, as soon as
+they were landed on the island or at the port of Callao, exposed
+themselves to every toil and danger to regain their beloved
+country, travelling with incredible perseverance and fatigue the
+immense extent of coast between that port and the Biobio. When
+the relations of the prisoners, more anxious to deliver them from
+the miseries of exile than even from death, frequently sent
+messages to the governor to negociate the ransom of such as were
+condemned to be sent to Peru, he always refused his consent,
+unless the nation would lay down their arms and submit to his
+authority. Laso was exceedingly anxious to perform a promise
+which he had made like several of his predecessors, of putting an
+end to the war, and used every possible effort for that purpose,
+for which no one was better fitted to succeed; but he had to
+contend against an invincible people, enthusiastically bent upon
+the preservation of their liberties. He employed every means that
+could be suggested by wise policy and profound military skill to
+effect their subjugation; now endeavouring to humble their, pride
+by his victories, at other times ravaging their country with fire
+and sword, and endeavouring to restrain them by the establishment
+of fortresses in different parts of their territory. Among these,
+he founded a city not far from the ruins of Angol, to which he
+gave the name of San Francisco de la Vega, and left in it a
+garrison of four troops of horse and two companies of foot. But
+it was taken and destroyed in the same year in which it was built
+by the toqui Curimilla. A great number of men were necessarily
+expended in the prosecution of this obstinate war, so that the
+Spanish army, though annually reinforced with numerous recruits
+from Peru, was diminished to less than a half of its force at the
+commencement of the government of Laso. On this account he sent
+over Don Francisco Ayendano to Spain to solicit new
+reinforcements, and with a promise of bringing the war to a
+conclusion in the course of two years. But, judging from the past
+that so successful an issue was little to be expected, the court
+sent out Don Francisco de Zuniga, Marquis of Baydes, as his
+successor, who had given unquestionable proofs of his political
+and military talents, both in Italy and Flanders, where he had
+executed the charge of quarter-master-general. On his arrival in
+Chili in 1640, either in consequence of private instructions from
+the prime minister, or of his own accord, Zuniga procured a
+personal conference with Lincopichion, who had been elected toqui
+on the death of Curimilla. Fortunately for the interests of
+humanity, both commanders were of the same disposition in wishing
+for peace, and equally averse from the continuance of the
+destructive war which had so long raged between their hostile
+nations. They readily agreed upon the most difficult articles in
+settling the preliminaries, and a day was appointed at the
+commencement of the following year for ratifying the conditions
+of a definitive peace between the nations.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, on the 6th of January 1641, the marquis came to
+Quillin, the place of meeting, a village in the province of
+Puren, attended by a retinue of about ten thousand persons
+collected from all parts of Chili, who insisted to accompany him
+on this joyful occasion. Lincopichion came there likewise at the
+time appointed, accompanied by the four hereditary toquis of the
+Araucanians, and a great number of ulmens and other natives.
+Lincopichion opened the conference with an eloquent speech; and
+then, according to the customs of his nation, he killed a
+<i>chilihueque</i> or Araucanian camel, and sprinkling a branch
+of the <i>boighe</i> or Chilese cinnamon tree with its blood, he
+presented it to the governor in token of peace. The articles of
+the treaty of peace were next proposed, agreed to, and ratified,
+being similar to those formerly mentioned which had been accepted
+by Ancanamon, with the addition of one insisted upon by the
+marquis, that the Araucanians should not permit the landing of
+any strangers on their coast, nor furnish supplies to any foreign
+nation whatever. As this was entirely conformable to the
+political maxims of the Araucanian nation, it was readily agreed
+to, and the peace finally ratified and confirmed. Thus was an end
+put to a destructive and sanguinary war, which had desolated the
+possessions of the two nations for ninety years. This, important
+negociation was closed by the sacrifice of twenty-eight
+chilihueques, and by an eloquent harangue from Antiguenu, the
+ulmen of the district where it was concluded, in which he
+enlarged on the advantages which both nations would reap from the
+establishment of peace. After this, the two chiefs cordially
+embraced, and congratulated each other on the happy termination
+of their joint endeavours. They then dined together, and made
+mutual presents to each other, and the three succeeding days were
+spent by both nations in festivities and rejoicing.</p>
+
+<p>In consequence of this pacification, all prisoners were
+released on both sides, and the Spaniards had the satisfaction of
+receiving, among many others, forty-two of their countrymen who
+had been in captivity ever since the time of the toqui
+Paillamachu. Commerce, the inseparable concomitant of a good
+understanding among neighbouring nations, was established between
+the Spaniards and Araucanians. The lands near the frontiers on
+both sides, which had been deserted and laid waste by the mutual
+hostile incursions, were repeopled, and a new activity was
+excerted in their cultivation by the proprietors, who could now
+enjoy the produce in tranquillity and safety. The hopes of
+disseminating the truths of Christianity among the infidels were
+again revived, and the missionaries began freely to exercise
+their beneficent functions among the inhabitants of Araucania.
+Notwithstanding the manifold advantages of peace to both nations,
+there were some unquiet spirits, both among the Araucanians and
+Spaniards who used their endeavours on specious pretences to
+prevent its ratification. The Araucanian malecontents alleged
+that it was merely a trick to deceive their nation, in order to
+conquer them at a future opportunity with the more facility, when
+they had become unaccustomed to the use of arms. Those of the
+Spaniards, on the contrary, who were adverse to peace, pretended
+that by the establishment of peace, the population of the
+Araucanians would increase so fast that they would soon be able
+to destroy all the Spanish establishments in Chili. Some of these
+had even the audacity to cry <i>to arms</i>, and endeavoured to
+instigate the auxiliaries to commence hostilities, while the
+conferences were going on. But the marquis had the wisdom and
+good fortune to prevent the renewal of the war, by justifying the
+purity and good faith of his intentions to the evil disposed
+among the Araucanians, and by reprimanding and keeping in awe the
+malecontent Spaniards, and finally accomplished this glorious
+measure, which was approved and ratified by the court of
+Spain.</p>
+
+<p>Two years after the peace, in 1643, the importance of the
+article which the marquis procured to be inserted into this
+treaty was rendered very apparent to the Spaniards, by its
+contributing materially to the failure of a third and last
+attempt by the Dutch to acquire possession of Chili. On this
+occasion their measures were so well taken, that if they had been
+seconded by the Araucanians they must have infallibly succeeded.
+They fitted out a numerous fleet, well provided with men,
+artillery, and military stores from Brasil, and took possession
+of Valdivia which had been deserted by the Spaniards for more
+than forty years, and at which place they intended to form an
+establishment from whence to conquer the rest of the kingdom.
+With this view, they immediately began to build strong forts at
+the entrance of the river, in order to secure possession of that
+important port, and invited the Araucanians to join them by the
+most flattering promises. But that gallant nation steadily
+refused to listen to the proposals, and adhering honourably to
+the stipulations in the treaty of Quillin, absolutely refused to
+supply them with provisions, of which they were much in want. The
+Cunchese, in whose territories Valdivia was situated, in
+consequence of the counsels of their Araucanian allies, likewise
+refused to enter into any connection or correspondence with the
+Dutch, or to supply them with provisions. In consequence of this
+refusal, being pressed by famine, and hearing that a combined
+army of Spaniards and Araucanians was in full march against them,
+the Dutch were compelled to abandon Valdivia in three months
+after taking possession. Soon after their retreat, the Marquis de
+Mancura, son to the viceroy of Peru, arrived at Valdivia in
+search of the Dutch with ten ships of war. To prevent the
+recurrence of a similar attempt, he fortified the harbour, and
+particularly the island at its entrance, which has ever since
+borne the name of his family title.</p>
+
+<p>On the termination of the sixth year of his pacific
+government, the Marquis de Baydes was recalled from Chili, and
+Don Martin Muxica appointed governor in his place. He likewise
+succeeded in preserving the kingdom in a state of tranquillity;
+and the only unfortunate circumstance that occurred during his
+government was a violent earthquake, by which part of the city of
+St Jago was destroyed on the 8th of May 1647. His successor, Don
+Antonio de Acugna, had a very different fortune, as during his
+government the war was excited anew between the Spaniards and
+Araucanians; as will fall to be mentioned in the following
+section.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION XI.</p>
+
+<p><i>Renewal of the War with the Araucanians, and succinct
+Narrative of the History of Chili, from 1655 to 1787</i>.</p>
+
+<p>I regret much the want of materials for this part of my work,
+as all the memoirs of which I have hitherto availed myself
+terminate at this period. In the year 1655, the war recommenced
+after a peace of between fourteen and fifteen years endurance,
+but contemporary writers have left us no account of the causes
+which interrupted the good understanding which had been so
+happily established by the Marquis de Baydes. All we know is that
+Clentaru, the hereditary toqui of the Lauquenmapu, was
+unanimously elevated to the supreme command in 1655, and
+signalized the commencement of his administration by totally
+defeating the Spanish army commanded by the serjeant-major of the
+kingdom, who fell in the action. This victory was followed by the
+capture of the fortresses of Arauco, Colcura, San Pedro,
+Talcamavida, and San Rosendo. In 1656, the toqui crossed the
+Biobio, completely defeated the governor Acugna in the plains of
+Yumbel, destroyed the forts of San Christoval and Estancia del
+Rey, and burned the city of Chillan. We can only add, that this
+war continued with great violence for ten years, during the
+governments of Don Pedro Portel de Cassanate, and Don Francisco
+de Meneses, as the successes of Clentaru are only incidentally
+mentioned in any of the writers belonging to this period.</p>
+
+<p>Don Francisco de Meneses, a Portuguese by birth, had the glory
+to terminate this new war in 1665 by a peace, which proved more
+permanent than that concluded by Baydes. After freeing himself
+from the Araucanians, he had the misfortune of being involved in
+a contest with the members of the royal audience, who opposed his
+marriage with the daughter of the Marquis de la Pica, as contrary
+to the royal regulations. This difference proceeded to such a
+length, that the Marquis de Navamorquende was sent out from Spain
+to Chili with full powers to arrange matters; who, after due
+inquiry, sent Meneses to Peru and assumed the government himself.
+After Navamorquende, the government of Chili was administered
+successively to the end of the seventeenth century, by Don Miguel
+de Silva, Don Jose de Carrera, and Don Thomas Marin de Proveda,
+by all of whom a good understanding appears to have been kept up
+with the Araucanians: But in 1686, war had nearly been again
+occasioned with that nation, in consequence of removing the
+inhabitants of the island of Mocho to the north shore of the
+Biobio, in order to prevent any intercourse with foreign
+ships.</p>
+
+<p>The commencement of the eighteenth century was remarkable in
+Chili by three events: The deposition of the governor Don
+Francisco Ibanez, the rebellion of the inhabitants of
+Chilo&eacute;, and the establishment of trade with the French.
+Ibanez was accused of having espoused the Austrian party in the
+succession war, and was banished to Peru; and after him, the
+government was successively administered until the year 1720, by
+Don Juan Henriquez, Don Andres Uztariz, and Don Martin Concha.
+The rebellion of the islanders of Chilo&eacute; was soon
+suppressed, and the inhabitants reduced to obedience, by the
+prudent management of Don Pedro Molina, the
+quarter-master-general of Chili, who was sent against them with a
+considerable body of troops, but who succeeded in restoring them
+to good order more by mild and conciliatory measures than by
+useless victories. In consequence of the succession war, by which
+a prince of the house of Bourbon was placed on the throne of
+Spain, the French acquired for a time the whole external commerce
+of Chili. From 1707 to 1717, the ports of that kingdom were
+filled with French ships, which carried from thence incredible
+sums in gold and silver; and many Frenchmen settled at this time
+in the country, who have left numerous descendants. During this
+period the learned Feuill&eacute; resided three years in Chili,
+and made his well known botanical researches and many profound
+metereological observations.</p>
+
+<p>For some time the Araucanians had been much dissatisfied with
+several articles in the peace, under colour of which the
+Spaniards availed themselves of forming establishments in their
+country. They also were exceedingly impatient of the insolent
+behaviour of certain persons, called <i>captains of the
+friends</i>, who had been introduced under the pretence of
+protecting the missionaries, and now arrogated a considerable
+degree of authority over the natives which they submitted to with
+extreme reluctance. Stimulated by resentment for these
+grievances, the Araucanians resolved in 1722 to have recourse to
+arms, and in this view they proceeded to the election of a toqui
+or military dictator. On this occasion they chose a person named
+Vilumilla, a man of low rank, but who had acquired a high
+character with his countrymen for judgment, courage, and
+extensive views, entertaining no less an object than the entire
+expulsion of the Spaniards from Chili. To succeed in this arduous
+undertaking, he deemed it necessary to obtain the support and
+assistance of all the native Chilese, from the confines of Peru
+to the Biobio, and vast as was the extent of his plan, he
+conceived it might be easily executed. Having slain three or four
+Spaniards in a skirmish, among whom was one of the captains of
+friends, as they were called, he dispatched messengers with the
+symbolical arrows, each of whom carried a finger of the slain
+Spaniards, to the various Chilese tribes in the Spanish
+provinces, inviting them to take up arms on the exhibition of a
+signal, to be given by kindling fires on the tops of the highest
+mountains all over the country. Accordingly, on the 9th of March
+1723, the day previously fixed upon for the commencement of
+hostilities, fires were lighted up on the mountains of Copaipo,
+Coquimbo, Quillota, Rancagua, Maule, and Itata. But either owing
+to the smallness of their number, their apprehension of the issue
+of the war, or their long habitude of submission, the native
+Chilese in the Spanish provinces remained quiet, and this vast
+project of the toqui was entirely disconcerted.</p>
+
+<p>Having declared war against the Spaniards, Vilumilla set out
+immediately at the head of an army to attack the Spanish
+settlements: Yet before commencing hostilities, he requested the
+missionaries to quit the country, that they might not be injured
+by his detached parties. Vilumilla signalized the commencement of
+this new war by taking the fort of Tucapel by storm. Being
+apprehensive of a similar fate, the garrison of Arauco abandoned
+that place. After destroying these two forts, Villumilla directed
+his march for Puren, of which he expected to gain possession
+without resistance. But the commander made so vigorous a defence
+that he was under the necessity of besieging it in form. In a
+short time the garrison was reduced to extreme distress, both
+from scarcity of provisions and want of water, the aqueduct which
+brought water to the fort being destroyed by the enemy. During a
+sally made by the commander to obtain supplies, he and all his
+followers were slain. In this critical situation, Don Gabriel
+Cano, who had succeeded Concha in the government, arrived with an
+army of five thousand men. As Vilumilla expected an immediate
+attack, he chose a strong position for his army which he drew up
+in order of battle behind the deep bed of a torrent: But, though
+repeatedly challenged to battle by the enemy, Cano thought it
+more prudent to abandon the place, and accordingly withdrew the
+remainder of the garrison. The war was afterwards reduced to
+skirmishes of small importance, and was soon terminated by a
+peace concluded at Negrete, a place situated at the confluence of
+the Biobio and the Laxa, by which the provisions of the treaty of
+Quillan were renewed, and the odious title of captains of the
+friends abolished.</p>
+
+<p>After a mild and harmonious government of fifteen years, Don
+Gabriel Cano died at St Jago, and was succeeded by his nephew Don
+Manuel de Salamanca, who was appointed by the viceroy of Peru,
+and who conducted the government in conformity with the excellent
+maxims of his uncle. Don Joseph Manso, who was sent from Spain as
+his successor, brought orders to collect the Spanish inhabitants
+who were dispersed over the country into cities. For this
+purpose, in 1742, the new governor founded the cities of Copaipo,
+Aconcagua, Melipilla, Rancagua, San Fernando, Curico, Talca,
+Tutaben, and Angeles. In reward for this service, he was promoted
+to the high dignity of viceroy of Peru. His successors continued
+to form new establishments, and in 1753, Santa Rosa, Guasco-alto,
+Casablanca, Bellaisla, Florida, Coulemu, and Quirigua were
+founded by Don Domingo Rosas; but these have never flourished
+like the former. This governor likewise sent a colony to occupy
+the larger island of Juan Fernandez, or Isola de Tierra, which
+had remained uninhabited till that time, to the great injury of
+commerce, as the pirates found there a secure retreat whence they
+could easily annoy the trade of Peru and Chili. In 1759, Don
+Manuel Amat, who was afterwards Viceroy of Peru, founded the
+cities of Santa Barbara, Talcamavida, and Gualqui on the
+Araucanian frontier.</p>
+
+<p>Tranquillity was again disturbed about the year 1770, under
+the government of Don Antonio Gil Gonzago, who absurdly
+endeavoured to compel the Araucanians to live in cities. Many
+councils were held to devise the most suitable means for carrying
+this chimerical scheme into execution, which was much ridiculed
+by those who were best acquainted with the dispositions of the
+Araucanians, while others sided with the governor in supposing it
+practicable. The Araucanians were informed of these intentions of
+the governor by their spies; and being apprehensive of danger to
+their liberties from the proposed innovation, their chiefs met
+secretly to deliberate upon the best measures for eluding the
+designs of the governor without having recourse to arms. On this
+occasion the following resolutions were entered into by the
+Butacoyog, or national assembly of the ulmens. 1st, To delay the
+business as long as possible, by equivocal replies and delusive
+promises. 2d, When pressed to commence building, to require tools
+and other necessary aids from the Spaniards. 3d, To have recourse
+to war, when they found themselves no longer able to elude the
+demands of the governor; but that only the provinces that were
+compelled to build should declare war, while the others remained
+neutral on purpose to mediate a peace. 4th, When the mediation of
+these should be refused, the whole confederacy to join in the
+war. 5th, To allow the missionaries to depart in safety, as they
+had nothing to accuse them of but being Spaniards. 6th, To elect
+a supreme toqui, who should have the charge of executing these
+resolutions, and was to have every thing in readiness for taking
+the field when necessary.--Accordingly Antivilu, apo-ulmen of
+Maquegua, was unanimously elected toqui; but as his province was
+one of those which were to remain neutral, he declined to accept
+the office, and Curignancu, brother to the ulmen of Encol was
+elected in his stead.</p>
+
+<p>At the first conference, the governor proposed his plan to the
+Araucanians under every aspect that he thought might render it
+acceptable and agreeable. In pursuance of their previous
+agreement, the Araucanians objected, equivocated, and at length
+appeared to consent, but ended by requesting the necessary
+assistance for beginning the work. Accordingly, having pointed
+out the situations which he thought most eligible for the new
+cities, the governor sent them a great quantity of wrought iron,
+together with provisions for the labourers, and cattle for
+transporting the timber. As the work made no progress, the
+quarter-master Cabrito repaired to the frontiers with several
+companies of soldiers, to stimulate the tardy operations, and
+placed for this purpose superintendents in different quarters.
+The serjeant-major Rivera, was entrusted with the building of
+Nininco, and Captain Bargoa with that of another city on the
+banks of the Biobio, while Cabrito directed all the operations
+from his head-quarters at Angol.</p>
+
+<p>Finding all their acts of equivocation and delay ineffectual,
+the Araucanians flew to arms, and having united to the number of
+five hundred men under the toqui Curignancu, they proceeded to
+besiege Cabrito in his camp. Burgoa, who had been made prisoner
+and very roughly treated, was set at liberty in consequence of
+being represented as inimical to the quarter-master. Rivera
+crossed the Biobio in sight of the enemy who were seeking to slay
+him, but he got away in safety under the protection of a
+missionary, and afterwards returned with four hundred men to
+relieve Cabrito. Another missionary requested the Araucanian
+officer who escorted him, to forgive a Spaniard by whom he had
+been grievously offended: The Araucanian answered that he had
+nothing to fear while in company with the missionary; and that it
+was now no time to think of revenging private injuries. Such was
+the attention paid to the sanctity of the missionaries, that not
+a single Spaniard was slain who had the good fortune of getting
+under their protection.</p>
+
+<p>In order to attack the Araucanians in several places at once,
+the governor formed an alliance with the Pehuenches, who inhabit
+the western slopes of the Andes between the latitudes of 33&deg;
+30' and 36&deg; S. and between the heads of the rivers Maypo and
+Chillan. They accordingly sent an army through the defiles of the
+mountains to invade Araucania: But Curignancu, being informed of
+their approach, fell upon them by surprise while descending from
+the Andes and completely routed them, taking their general
+Coligura and his son, both of whom he put to death. Though this
+event might have been supposed calculated to occasion eternal
+enmity between the Pehuenches and Araucanians, it yet so
+effectually reconciled them, that the Pehuenches have been ever
+since faithful allies to the Araucanians, and implacable enemies
+to the Spaniards. Even in this war, Curignancu availed himself of
+the assistance of these mountaineers to harass the Spanish
+possessions in the neighbourhood of St Jago. Since that time, the
+Pehuenches frequently attack the Spanish caravans between Buenos
+Ayres and Chili, and almost every year furnishes some melancholy
+events of that kind.</p>
+
+<p>The mortification of seeing his grand project completely
+overthrown preyed on the mind of Gonzago, already afflicted by a
+severe chronic illness, which was so much aggravated by this
+disappointment as to cut him off in the second year of the war;
+and Don Francisco Xavier de Morales was appointed his successor
+by the viceroy of Peru. As formerly concerted, the neutral
+provinces of Araucania now declared in favour of those who had
+first begun hostilities, and the war was prosecuted with vigour
+by the whole confederacy. Curignancu and his brave vice-toqui
+Leviantu, kept the Spanish troops in constant motion and alarm,
+though reinforced by several divisions from Spain. Having no
+materials for giving an account of the events of this war, it can
+only be mentioned that a bloody battle was fought in the
+beginning of the, year 1773, by which period the expences of the
+war had exceeded 1,700,000 dollars. In the same year an
+accommodation was agreed upon, and Curignancu was invested by the
+Butacayog with full powers to settle the articles of peace. He
+required as a preliminary, that the conferences should be held in
+the city of St Jago, which was conceded by the Spanish governor
+though contrary to the usual custom. During the negociations in
+that city, he made another demand still more extraordinary, "That
+his nation should be allowed to keep a resident agent in the
+capital of Chili." This was warmly opposed by the Spanish
+officers; but the governor thought proper to grant this likewise,
+as an excellent expedient for readily adjusting any differences
+that might arise between the two nations. The other articles of
+the peace were adjusted with all manner of facility, as the
+treaties of Quillan and Negrete were revived by mutual
+consent.</p>
+
+<p>On the death of Gonzago being known in Spain, Don Augustino
+Jauregui was sent out to assume the government of Chili, who has
+since filled the important office of viceroy of Peru with
+universal approbation. He was succeeded by Don Ambrosio
+Benarides, who rendered the country happy by his wise and
+beneficent administration. "On the 21st of November 1787, Don
+Ambrosio Higgins a native of Ireland, formerly brigadier-general
+of the cavalry in Chili, was appointed president, governor, and
+captain-general of the kingdom, a gentleman of an enlightened
+mind and excellent disposition, who has gained the love and
+esteem of all the inhabitants. In 1792 he continued to discharge
+the duties of his high station with all the vigilance and
+fidelity which belong to his estimable character, and which are
+required in so important, a situation. On his first accession to
+the government, he visited all the northern provinces, for the
+purpose of dispensing justice, encouraging agriculture, opening
+the mines, and improving the commerce and fisheries of the
+kingdom. He has also established schools, repaired the roads
+throughout the country, and has built several new
+cities[101]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 101: This last passage within inverted
+commas, is an addition to the text of Molina by the original
+translator.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION XII.</p>
+
+<p><i>State of Chili towards the end of the Eighteenth
+Century</i>[102].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 102: The information of Molina appears to
+have closed about 1787; but in some notes by the translator,
+interwoven here into the text, a few short notices to the year
+1792 occur.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>From the short deduction of the occurrences in Chili since its
+discovery, which has been attempted in the foregoing pages, it
+will be seen that the acquisition and maintenance of that
+interesting and important colony has cost more expenditure of
+blood and treasure to Spain than all the rest of her American
+possessions. The Araucanians, though only occupying a small
+extent of territory, and with far inferior arms, have not only
+been able to resist the military power of Spain, till then
+reckoned invincible, but have endangered the loss of her best
+established possessions. Though most of the Spanish officers
+employed in the early period of the Araucanian war had been bred
+in the low countries, that excellent school of military
+knowledge, and her soldiers were armed with those destructive
+weapons before which the most extensive empires of America had so
+early fallen, and were considered as the best disciplined and
+bravest troops in the world; yet has this brave people been able
+to resist their utmost efforts, and still maintain their
+independence unimpaired. This will appear wonderful, especially
+when we consider the decided superiority which European military
+discipline and skill have given to its troops in all parts of the
+world. The rapidity of the Spanish conquests in America excited
+universal astonishment; and a small number of Portuguese gained
+with almost incredible facility an extensive territory in the
+east, even although the natives were extremely numerous and
+accustomed to the use of fire-arms. Yet, in spite of every effort
+of force and skill, the Araucanians have valiantly defended their
+country, evincing that a free people, however inconsiderable in
+point of numbers, can perform wonders.</p>
+
+<p>Since losing their possessions in Arancania, the Spaniards
+have prudently confined their views to the preservation and
+improvement of that part of Chili which lies between the southern
+confines of Peru and the river Biobio, extending between the
+latitudes of 24&deg; and 36&deg; 30' S. As formerly mentioned
+this kingdom is divided into <i>thirteen</i> provinces. Of late
+years two other provinces have been formed by the disjunction of
+Maule, and the provinces of Cauquenes and Cunco are nominally
+added to the former number, but without any addition of
+territory. Besides these, they possess the fortress and port of
+Valdivia in the country of the Cunches, the archipelago of
+Chiloe, and the island of Juan Fernandez. This colony or kingdom
+of Chili is governed by an officer, who combines the titles and
+functions of civil governor, president of the court of audience,
+and captain-general, and usually holds the rank of
+lieutenant-general in the Spanish army. He resides in the city of
+St Jago, and is solely dependent upon the king, except that in
+time of war he is subject in some points to receive orders from
+the viceroy of Peru. In quality of captain-general, he is
+commander-in-chief of the army, having under his immediate orders
+the three principal military officers of the kingdom, the
+quarter-master-general, the serjeant-major, and the
+commissary-general, besides the four commandants of Chiloe,
+Valdivia, Valparaiso, and Juan Fernandez. As president and
+governor, he has the supreme administration of justice, and
+presides in the superior tribunals established in the capital,
+whose jurisdiction extends over all the provinces and
+dependencies of Chili. The chief of these is the royal audience,
+whose decisions are final in all causes both civil and criminal,
+and which is divided into two chambers, one for civil and the
+other for criminal causes. Both are composed of several
+respectable oydors or judges, a regent, fiscal, royal procurator,
+and protector of the Indians, all of which officers have high
+salaries from the crown. In civil causes where the sum at issue
+exceeds the value of 10,000 dollars, an appeal lies from their
+sentence to the supreme council of the Indies. The other supreme
+courts are those of Finance, of the <i>Cruzada</i>, of Vacant
+lands, and the Consulate or tribunal of commerce.</p>
+
+<p>The provinces of Chili are governed by officers who were
+formerly called corregidors, but are now known by the title of
+sub-delegates, which ought to be nominated by the crown, but are
+generally appointed by the governor, owing to the distance from
+Spain. These, as lieutenants of the governor, have jurisdiction
+both in civil and military affairs, and as their emoluments are
+entirely derived from fees, their amount is by no means regular.
+In each capital of a province, there is or ought to be a
+municipal magistracy denominated the Cabildo, composed of several
+regidors appointed for life, of a standard-bearer, a procurator,
+a forensic judge called the provincial alcalde, a high sheriff
+called, alguazil-mayor, and two alcaldes. These latter officers
+are nominated annually by the cabildo from the most respectable
+inhabitants, and have jurisdiction both in civil and criminal
+causes in the first instance.</p>
+
+<p>All the inhabitants able to carry arms are divided into
+regiments, which are bound to march to the sea-coast or the
+frontiers in case of war. In 1792, the militia amounted to 15,856
+men, in the two bishoprics of St Jago and Conception; 10,218 in
+the former, and 5,638 in the latter. This force which was
+established in 1777, during the government of Don Augustino
+Jaregui, is only called out on great occasions, and is seldom
+obliged to perform the duty of centinels and patroles; but is
+obliged to hold itself always in readiness for war, and
+frequently to exercise in the use of arms. Besides this regular
+militia, there are a great number of city corps, who are
+commanded by officers named commissaries instead of Colonels.
+These are divided into several companies, according to the extent
+and population of their respective districts; and the companies
+have no fixed numbers, sometimes exceeding a hundred men, and at
+other times falling short of that number. This city militia
+supplies guards for the prisons and for the escort of prisoners,
+and performs the duties required by the police, without being
+exempted from military service when occasion requires; and from
+these companies recruits are drawn to supply vacancies in the
+regular militia. Every one capable of bearing arms is thus
+enrolled either in these companies or in the regular militia,
+except such as are indispensably necessary for cultivating the
+land and taking care of the cattle. Besides this militia, the
+crown maintains a regular force of veteran troops part at St Jago
+and part at Conception for the protection of the Araucanian
+frontier. In 1792, all the veteran troops in Chili amounted to
+1976 men, divided into two companies of artillery, nine troops of
+horse, including a regiment of dragoons at St Jago, and the rest
+infantry. The cavalry is commanded by a brigadier-general, who is
+quarter-master-general of the kingdom, and intendant of
+Conception. The infantry and artillery are under the command of
+two lieutenant-colonels. Besides these royal troops, the city of
+St Jago keeps several troops of dragoons in constant pay for its
+particular protection.</p>
+
+<p>In regard to ecclesiastical polity, Chili is divided into two
+extensive bishoprics, those of St Jago and of Conception, the
+bishops of these dioceses being suffragans to the archbishop of
+Lima. The bishopric of St Jago extends from the confines of Peru
+to the river Maule, and includes the province of Cujo on the east
+side of the Andes. The bishopric of Conception comprises all the
+rest of Chili and the islands; but the greater part of this
+extent is inhabited by pagans, being the confederacy of Araucania
+and its auxiliaries. The two cathedrals have a competent number
+of canons or prebendaries, whose revenues as well as those of the
+bishops depend upon the tythes. The <i>holy</i> tribunal of the
+inquisition at Lima, has a commissary and several subaltern
+officers or familiars resident at St Jago. Upon his first coming
+into Chili, Valdivia brought with him several monks of the order
+of Mercy. About the year 1553, the Dominicans and Franciscans
+were established in the country, the Augustins in 1593, and the
+Hospitallers of St John of God in 1615. These orders all have a
+number of convents, and the three first form distinct
+jurisdictions under their respective provincials. The brothers of
+St John have the charge of the hospitals, under the direction of
+a commissary, dependent on the provincial of their order in Peru.
+The Jesuits came likewise into Chili in 1593, along with Don
+Martin Loyola, nephew to their founder, and formed a separate
+province, but were afterwards suppressed along with the rest of
+their order in all parts of christendom. Other orders have
+several times attempted to form establishments in Chili, but have
+always been resisted by the inhabitants. There are several
+convents of nuns in the cities of St Jago and Conception, but
+none are contained in the other cities of the kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>Though the cities are in general built in the most fertile
+districts of the kingdom, many of them might have been more
+conveniently situated for trade upon the banks of the navigable
+rivers; as is more particularly the case with those of recent
+erection. The streets in all the cities are laid out in straight
+lines, intersecting each other at right angles, and are generally
+about forty feet wide. The houses are mostly of one storey, yet
+are very commodious, are all whitewashed on the outside, and
+handsomely painted within, each being accommodated with a
+pleasant garden, irrigated by means of an aqueduct or canal,
+which likewise furnishes water for the use of the family. Those
+houses which belong to the wealthier classes, particularly the
+nobility, are splendidly and tastefully furnished. Noticing that
+old buildings of two stories had resisted the most violent
+earthquakes, many of the inhabitants have of late years ventured
+to construct their houses in the European manner, and to reside
+in upper rooms; employing bricks and stone in the construction of
+their new buildings, instead of clay hardened in the sun which
+was formerly supposed less liable to injury. By this change the
+cities have a much handsomer appearance than formerly. Cellars,
+sewers, and wells, were of old much more common than now; and the
+want of these may have contributed to render the buildings more
+secure from the effects of earthquakes.</p>
+
+<p>The churches in Chili are in general more remarkable for their
+wealth than their architecture; but the cathedral and the church
+of the Dominicans in St Jago are both built of stone and in a
+handsome style. The cathedral was recently constructed at the
+royal expence, under the direction of the bishop Don Manuel
+Alday. The plan was drawn by two <i>English</i> architects, who
+superintended the work. It is built in a masterly style, and
+extends 384 French feet in length. When about half finished, the
+architects refused to proceed unless their wages were augmented;
+but two Indians who had worked under the <i>Englishmen</i> had
+privately made themselves acquainted with every branch of the
+art, and offered to complete the fabric, which they did with as
+much skill as their masters. The following edifices in the
+capital are also deserving of notice. The barracks for the
+dragoons; the mint, lately built by a Roman architect; and the
+hospital for orphans, founded by the Marquis of Monte-pio, and
+endowed by the crown.</p>
+
+<p>In consequence of the free trade lately granted to Chili, it
+is increasing in population with a rapidity proportional to the
+salubrity of its climate and the fertility of its soil. The
+Europeans mostly consist of emigrants from the southern provinces
+of Spain, with a few French, English, and Italians. The Creoles,
+or descendents of European settlers are still more numerous. The
+character of that race, with some slight differences owing to
+climate and government, is similar to that of other American
+Creoles descended from Europeans. "The Creoles are generally well
+made, and are rarely found with those deformities which are so
+common in other countries. Their courage has frequently
+signalized itself in war, by a series of brilliant exploits, nor
+would there be better soldiers in the world if less averse from
+submission to discipline. Their history furnishes no examples of
+that cowardice, treachery, and baseness which dishonour the
+annals of all nations, and scarcely can an instance be adduced of
+a Creole having committed a disgraceful action. Untainted by the
+mean vices of dissimulation, artifice, and suspicion, they
+possess great frankness and vivacity of character, joined to a
+high opinion of themselves, and their intercourse with the world
+is not stained by that mysterious reserve so common in Europe,
+which obscures the most amiable characters, depresses the social
+spirit, and chills sensibility of disposition. Possessed of an
+ardent imagination and impatient of restraint, they are prone to
+independence yet inconstant in their inclinations and pursuits.
+By the warmth of their temperature, they are impelled to the
+pursuit of pleasure with an eagerness to which they sacrifice
+their fortunes and often their lives. They possess keen
+penetration, and a remarkable facility of conceiving and
+expressing their ideas with force and clearness, together with a
+happy talent of observation, combined with all those qualities of
+mind and character, which render men capable of conceiving and
+executing the greatest enterprises, especially when stimulated by
+oppression[103]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 103: This character of the Creoles is
+inserted by the original translator, in a note, from the Abbe
+Raynal.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Whatever intelligent and unprejudiced travellers have observed
+respecting the characters of the French and English Creoles, will
+perfectly apply to those of Chili. The same modes of thinking and
+the same moral qualities are discernible in them all. They
+generally have respectable talents, and succeed in all the arts
+to which they apply. Had they the same motives to stimulate them
+as are found in Europe, they would make as great progress in the
+useful sciences as they have already made in metaphysics. They do
+not readily imbibe prejudices, and are not tenacious in retaining
+them. As however, scientific books and philosophical instruments
+are very scarce and difficultly attainable in Chili, their
+talents have no opportunity of being developed, and are mostly
+employed in trifling pursuits; and as the expence of printing is
+enormous, they are discouraged from literary exertion, so that
+few among them aspire to the reputation of becoming authors. The
+knowledge of the civil and canon law is held in high estimation,
+so that many of the youth of Chili, after completing their
+academical education in their own country, proceed to Lima to
+study law. The fine arts are in a low state in Chili, and even
+the mechanical arts are far from perfection. The arts of
+carpentry, of working in iron, and in the precious metals, are
+however to be excepted, in which they have made considerable
+progress, in consequence of the information and example of some
+German artists, who were introduced into Chili by that worthy
+ecclesiastic Father Carlos, a native of Hainhausen in Bavaria.
+The important changes which the beneficence of an enlightened
+administration in Spain have lately introduced into the American
+colonies, by directing the attention of the subjects to useful
+improvements, have extended their influence even to Chili. Arts
+and sciences, formerly unknown or but very imperfectly, now
+engage the attention of the inhabitants, and there is reason to
+hope that the country will soon assume a better aspect.</p>
+
+<p>The peasantry of Spanish Chili, though for much the greater
+part of Spanish descent, dress after the manner of the
+Araucanians. Thinly dispersed over an extensive country, and
+unincumbered by restraint, they enjoy complete liberty, and lead
+a tranquil and happy life, amidst the enjoyment of abundance, in
+a delightful climate and fertile soil. The principal part of
+these healthy and vigorous men live dispersedly upon their
+respective possessions, and cultivate with their own hands a
+greater or less extent of ground. They are naturally gay, and
+fond of all kinds of diversion. They have likewise a strong taste
+for music, and even compose verses, which, though rude and
+inelegant, possess much pleasing native simplicity, often more
+interesting than the laboured compositions of cultivated poets.
+Extemporary rhymers are common among them, like the
+<i>improvisatori</i> of Italy, and are called <i>Palladores</i>,
+who are held in great estimation, and devote themselves entirely
+to that occupation. In the Spanish provinces of Chili, no other
+language than Spanish is spoken, except upon the frontiers, where
+the peasants speak both Araucanian and Spanish. The men dress in
+the fashion of Spain, and the women in that of Peru; only that
+the women in Chili wear their garments longer than is usual in
+Peru. Lima prescribes the fashions for Chili, as is done by Paris
+for the rest of Europe; and the inhabitants of Chili and Peru are
+equally luxurious, as in both countries the wealthy make a
+splendid display in their dress, titles, coaches, and servants.
+Chili enjoys alone of all the American colonies, the high honour
+of having two of its citizens exalted to the dignity of grandees
+of Spain: Don Fernando Irrazabel, Marquis of Valparaiso, born in
+St Jago, who was viceroy of Navarre, and generalissimo of the
+Spanish army in the reign of Philip IV. and Don Fermin Caravajal,
+Duke of San Carlos, a native of Conception, who resides at
+present[104] at the court of Madrid. Don Juan de Covarrubias, a
+native of St Jago, who went into the service of France in the
+beginning of the eighteenth century, was rewarded with the title
+of marquis, the order of the Holy Ghost, and the rank of Marshal
+in the French army.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 104: This refers to 1787, when Molina
+published his work.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The salubrity of the climate, and the constant exercise on
+horseback to which the natives of Chili are accustomed from their
+infancy, render them strong and active, and preserve them from
+many diseases. The small-pox is not so common as in Europe, but
+makes terrible ravages when it appears[105]. In the year 1766, it
+was first introduced into the province of Maule, where it proved
+exceedingly fatal. At this time, a countryman who had recovered
+from this loathsome disease, conceived the idea of curing those
+unhappy persons who were deemed in a desperate situation, by
+means of cows milk, which he gave to his patients to drink, or
+administered in clysters. By this simple remedy, he cured all
+whom he attended; while the physicians saved very few by their
+complicated prescriptions. I mention this circumstance, as it
+strongly confirms the practice of M. Lassone, physician to the
+queen of France, published in the Medical Transactions of Paris
+for 1779, who was successful in curing the small-pox with cows
+milk, mixed with a decoction of parsley roots. From these
+instances it would appear, that, milk has the power of lessening
+the virulence of this terrible disease.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 105: Several years ago, before that
+terrible French eruption which now desolates Spain, the Spanish
+government communicated to all her colonies, however distant, the
+inestimable benefit of vaccination. It may be here mentioned that
+it has been long known among the illiterate cow-herds in the
+mountains of Peru, all either native Peruvians or Negroes, that a
+disease of the hands which they are liable to be infected with on
+handling diseased cow udders, the <i>cow-pox</i>, effectually
+arms all who have been subjected to it against the infection of
+the <i>small-pox</i>.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The Creole inhabitants of Chili are in general generous and
+benevolent. Contented with a comfortable subsistence, so easily
+acquired in that country, they are rarely infected with the vice
+of avarice, and even scarcely know what parsimony is. Their
+houses are universally open to all travellers, whom they
+entertain with much hospitality, without any idea of being paid;
+and this virtue is even exercised in the cities. Hence, they have
+not hitherto attended to the erection of inns and public
+lodging-houses, or hotels, which will become necessary when the
+commerce of the interior becomes more active. The inhabitants of
+Chili are very dexterous in using the <i>laqui</i>, which they
+constantly carry with them on their excursions. It consists of a
+strap of leather several fathoms in length, twisted like a cord,
+one end of which is fastened to the girth under the horses belly,
+and the other end terminates in a strong noose, which they throw
+over any animal they wish to catch with so much dexterity as
+hardly ever to miss their aim[106]. It is used likewise on foot,
+in which case one end is fixed to the girdle. The peasants of
+Chili employed this singular weapon with success against certain
+English pirates who landed on their coast. Herodotus makes
+mention of the employment of a similar noose in battle by the
+Sagartii, a nation of Persian descent, who used no offensive
+weapons except daggers, depending principally upon cords of
+twisted leather, with a noose at one extremity, with which they
+used in battle to entangle their enemies, and then easily put
+them to death with their daggers. The inhabitants of Chili are
+likewise very expert in the management of horses; and, in the
+opinion of travellers who have seen and admired their dexterity
+and courage on horseback, they might soon be formed into the best
+body of cavalry in the world. From their attachment to horses,
+they are particularly fond of horse-races, which they conduct in
+the English manner.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 106: The <i>laqui</i> in use to the east of
+the Andes, at least so far as employed in war, has either a ball
+or stone at one or both ends.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The negroes, who have been introduced into Chili by contraband
+means, are subjected to a much more tolerable servitude than in
+other parts of America, where the interested motives of the
+planters have stifled every sentiment of humanity. As the
+cultivation of sugar and other West Indian produce has not been
+introduced into Chili, the negro slaves are employed only in
+domestic services, where by attention and diligence they acquire
+the favour of their masters. Those most esteemed are either born
+in the country, or mulattoes, as they become attached to the
+families to which they belong. By the humanity of government,
+excellent regulations have been introduced in favour of this
+unfortunate race. Such as have been able by their industry to
+save a sum of money sufficient to purchase a slave, are entitled
+to ransom themselves by paying it to their masters, who are
+obliged to receive it and grant them their liberty; by which
+means many of them have obtained their freedom. Those who are ill
+treated by their masters, can demand <i>a letter of sale</i>,
+which entitles them to seek for a purchaser; and if the master
+refuses, they apply to the judge of the town or district, who
+examines into their complaint, and grants the required
+permission, if well founded. Such instances are however rare, as
+the masters are careful not to reduce their slaves to this
+necessity on account of their own reputation, and because the
+slaves are generally so much attached to their masters, that the
+greatest punishment which could be inflicted on them were to sell
+them to others. It even frequently happens that those who have
+received their freedom in reward of good conduct, do not avail
+themselves of it, that they may not lose the protection of the
+family they belong to, from which they are always sure of
+subsistence. Masters however have the right to correct their
+slaves, and the kind and degree of punishment is left with them,
+except in capital crimes.</p>
+
+<p>The internal commerce of Chili has hitherto been of small
+importance, notwithstanding the many advantages possessed by this
+fertile country. Its principal source, industry, or necessity
+rather, is still wanting. An extensive commerce requires a large
+population, and in proportion as the one increases, the other
+will necessarily advance. A communication by water, which greatly
+facilitates the progress of commerce, has already been opened. In
+several of the Chilese ports, barks are now employed in the
+transportation of merchandise, which had formerly to be carried
+by land on the backs of mules, with great trouble and expence;
+and this beneficial alteration will probably be followed with
+others of greater importance. Several large ships have been
+already built in the harbour of Conception, and at the mouth of
+the river Maule, in the port of Huachapure; by which the external
+commerce of the kingdom is carried on with Peru and Spain. In the
+trade with Peru, twenty-three or twenty-four ships are employed,
+of five or six hundred tons each, part of which belong to Chili
+and part to Peru. These usually make three voyages yearly, and
+carry from Chili wheat, wine, pulse, almonds, nuts, cocoa-nuts,
+conserves, dried meat, tallow, lard, cheese, bend-leather, timber
+for building, copper, and a variety of other articles; and bring
+back return cargoes of silver, sugar, rice, and cotton. The ships
+which trade directly from Spain to Chili, receive gold, silver,
+copper, Vicugna wool, and hides, in exchange for European
+commodities. A permission to trade to the East Indies would be
+very profitable to the Chilese, as their most valuable articles
+are either scarce or not produced in these wealthy regions of
+Asia, and the passage across the Pacific Ocean would be easy and
+expeditious, in consequence of the prevalence of southerly winds.
+The only money current in Chili is of gold and silver, which is
+considerably embarrassing to internal commerce, as the smallest
+silver coin is the sixteenth of a dollar, or 4-1/4d. The weights
+and measures are the same with those of Madrid.</p>
+
+<p>"Of the two great sources of commerce, agriculture and
+manufacturing industry, the former alone hitherto animates the
+internal trade of Chili, or even the commercial intercourse
+between that country and Peru[107]. The working of mines also
+occupies the attention of many of the colonists, especially in
+the provinces of Copaipo, Coquimbo, and Quillota. Manufacturing
+industry is hitherto so trifling as not to deserve notice.
+Notwithstanding the abundance of raw materials for this purpose,
+such as flax, wool, hemp, skins, and metals, which might give
+employment to a flourishing manufacturing industry, it is still
+in a languid condition. The inhabitants however manufacture
+<i>ponchos</i>, stockings, carpets, blankets, skin-coats,
+saddles, hats, and other small articles, chiefly for the use of
+the poorer people, as those used by the middle and higher ranks
+are from the manufactures of Europe. These enumerated articles,
+with the sale of hides and leather, grain and wine, form the
+whole internal commerce of Chili. The external commerce is
+principally with the ports of Peru, and particulary with that of
+Callao, the port of Lima. To the amount of about 700,000 dollars
+is yearly sent to Peru in the productions of Chili, serving not
+only to counterbalance the importations from that country, but
+leaving an annual balance of 200,000 dollars in favour of Chili.
+The trade between Chili and Buenos Ayres is on the contrary in
+favour of the latter, as Chili has to pay about 300,000 dollars
+yearly in cash for the herb <i>Paraguay</i> alone. The other
+articles received from Buenos Ayres are probably paid for by
+those which are sent to that place. In the trade with Spain, the
+productions of Chili go but a short way in payment of the
+European goods which are annually imported to the value of more
+than a million of dollars. Gold, silver, and copper, form the
+whole of the articles sent from Chili to Spain, as the hides and
+Vicugna wool are of too little importance to be considered."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 107: These observations on the trade of
+Chili, distinguished by inverted commas, are inserted into the
+text from a long note in this part of the work of
+Molina--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>"Gold to the extent of 5200 marks[108], and as the amounts
+which are coined and shipped are nearly equal, there does not
+appear to be any clandestine extraction. But a considerable
+quantity is expended in bullion, in works of use or ornament. The
+silver extracted from the mines of Chili is estimated at 30,000
+marks yearly[109]. Of this about 25,000 marks are coined
+annually, and the residue is employed in the fabrication of
+plate. Yet a considerably larger amount is shipped every year,
+arising from the coined silver, which is transmitted from Lima.
+The remittances of gold and silver from Chili to Spain passes
+usually through Buenos Ayres. The gold, being less bulky, is
+carried by land, by the monthly packets, in sums of two or three
+thousand ounces. The silver is sent by two ships every summer,
+which likewise carry a part of the gold. The remittances of gold
+amount annually to 656,000 dollars[110], the silver to
+244,000[111]; and the copper annually extracted from the mines of
+Chili is estimated at from eight to ten thousand quintals[112].
+From these data it will not be difficult to form a general
+estimate of the value of yearly produce from Chili[113]."</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 108: The mark being eight ounces may be
+valued at L.4; hence the yearly production of gold in Chili is
+equal to about L.166,400 sterling.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 109: At eight ounces the mark, and 6s.
+<i>per</i> ounce, this amounts only to the yearly value of
+L.72,000 sterling.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 110: At 4s. 6d. the dollar, equal to
+L.147,600 sterling.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 111: Or L.54,900
+sterling.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 112: The quintal of 100 pounds, at 1s. 6d.
+a pound, gives an average value of L.67,500 sterling for the
+yearly produce of copper.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 113: The entire value of the three
+enumerated articles amounts to L.270,000 sterling; but the other
+articles of export from Chili, formerly enumerated, are not here
+included.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION XIII.</p>
+
+<p>Account of the Archipelago of Chilo&eacute; [114].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 114: This is appended to the English
+translation of Molina, and is said to be chiefly extracted from a
+work on that subject by Pedro Gonzalis de Agueros, published at
+Madrid in 1791.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The Archipelago of Chilo&eacute;, extends from Cape Capitanes
+to Quillan, from lat. 41&deg; 50' to 44&deg; S. long. 302&deg; to
+303&deg; 25' E, from the meridian of Teneriffe[115]. On the north
+it is bounded by the continent, where the Juncos and Rancos
+[116], two independent and unconverted nations, possess the
+country from thence to Valdivia: on the east by the Andes, which
+separate it from Patagonia; on the south by the archipelago of
+Guaitecas; and on the west by the Pacific Ocean. The islands of
+this archipelago amount to about eighty, and appear to have been
+produced by earthquakes, owing to the great number of volcanoes,
+with which that country formerly abounded. Every part of them
+exhibits the most unquestionable marks of the operation of
+volcanic fire. Several mountains in the great island of
+Chilo&eacute;, which gives name to the archipelago, are composed
+of basaltic columns, which have been certainly produced by
+volcanic fire, whatever may be alleged to the contrary. The
+inhabited part of this province, extends from Maullin to Huilad,
+comprising forty leagues from north to south, and eighteen or
+twenty from east to west, and comprises twenty-five islands.
+There are Isla Grande, Ancud, or Chiloe Proper; Achao, Lemui,
+Quegui, Chelin, Tanqui, Linlin, Llignua, Quenai, Meulin, Caguach,
+Alau, Apeau, Chaulinec, Vuta-Chauquis, Anigue, Chegniau,
+Caucague, Calbuco, Llaicha, Quenu, Tabon, Abtau, Chiduapi, and
+Kaur.--Chiloe Ancud, or <i>Isla Grande</i>, being the largest
+island as its name imports, is the most populous, and the seat of
+government. Its capital, Castro, which is the only city in the
+province, was founded in 1566 by Don Martin Ruiz de Gamboa,
+during the viceroyalty of Lope Garcia de Castro in Peru, and was
+honoured with the name of his family.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 115: Or from long. 75&deg; to 74&deg; 20'W.
+from Greenwich.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 116: Called Cunches and Huilliches by
+Molina. Several circumstances in this account are interwoven from
+the text of Molina, Vol. II. Book iv. ch. ii. This circumstance
+will account for occasional repetitions, and perhaps some
+apparent contradictions, which may appear.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The inhabitants of these islands are descended from the
+continental aborigines of Chili, as is evident from their
+manners, appearance, and language; yet are they very different in
+character, being of a pacific and rather timid disposition. They
+accordingly made no opposition against the handful of Spaniards
+who were sent to subjugate them under Gamboa, though their
+population is said to have then exceeded seventy thousand.
+Neither have they ever attempted to shake off the yoke, except
+once at the beginning of last century, when a very unimportant
+insurrection was speedily quelled. The number of inhabitants at
+present amounts to upwards of eleven thousand, which are
+distributed into seventy-six districts, each of which is governed
+by a native <i>ulmen</i>. The greatest part of this population is
+subject to the Spanish commanders, and are obliged to give
+personal service fifty days in every year, pursuant to the feudal
+laws, which are rigorously enforced in this province, though they
+have been long abolished in the rest of the kingdom of Chili.</p>
+
+<p>These islanders in general possess great quickness of
+capacity, and readily learn any thing that is taught them. They
+have an apt genius for all mechanical arts, and excel in
+carpentry, cabinet-making, turnery, and the like, and are very
+expert in the construction of wooden-houses, as indeed all the
+habitations and even the churches are of timber. They are
+likewise good manufacturers in linen and woollen, of which last
+mixed with the feathers of sea-birds they make very beautiful
+bed-coverings. They also manufacture <i>ponchos</i> or cloaks of
+various kinds, many of which are striped, or embroidered with
+coloured silk or worsted.</p>
+
+<p>These islands abound in wood, of which they supply large
+quantities yearly. As it rains almost incessantly, the cultivated
+lands are commonly wet the whole year. Though they have abundance
+of cattle, these are not employed for ploughing the ground, which
+is tilled, or cultivated in the following singular manner. About
+three months before seed-time, their sheep are turned upon the
+lands intended for a crop, changing their situation every three
+or four nights, in the manner called folding in Europe, by which
+the land is sufficiently manured. The field is then strewed over
+with the seed corn, and a strong man scratches or slightly turns
+over the soil to cover the seed, by means of a rude implement
+composed of two crooked sticks of hard wood fastened together and
+made sharp, which he forces into the ground with his breast.
+Notwithstanding this very imperfect tillage, the subsequent crop
+of wheat generally yields ten or twelve for one. They likewise
+grow large quantities of barley, beans, peas, <i>guinoa</i>,
+which is a species of chenopodium used in making a pleasant
+species of drink, and the largest and best potatoes that are to
+be found in all Chili. Owing to the moisture of the climate, the
+grape never comes to sufficient maturity for making wine; but its
+want is supplied by various kinds of cyder, made from apples and
+other wild fruits which abound in the country.</p>
+
+<p>Owing to their habitude of frequently going from one island to
+another, where the sea is far from being pacific, the Chilotans
+are all excellent sailors, and being active, docile, and
+industrious, they are very much employed in navigating the
+shipping of the South Sea. Their native barks or piraguas are
+formed of from three to five planks, sewed together, and caulked
+with a species of moss which grows on a particular shrub. There
+are vast numbers of these barks all through the archipelago,
+which they manage very dexterously both with sails and oars, and
+the natives often venture as far as Conception in these frail
+vessels. They are much addicted to fishing, and procure vast
+quantities and many kinds of excellent fish on the sea around
+their shores. Of these they dry large quantities, which they
+export to Chili and Peru, and the other countries on the Pacific
+Ocean. They likewise cure considerable quantities of testaceous
+fishes, such as conchs, clams, and <i>piures</i>, in the
+following manner. These shell fish are laid in a long trench,
+covered over with the large leaves of the <i>panke tinctoria</i>,
+over which a layer of stones is laid, on which a hot fire is
+kindled and kept up for several hours. The roasted fish are then
+taken out of the shells, strung upon lines, and hung up for some
+time in the smoke of wood fires. Cured in this manner they keep
+well for a considerable time, and are carried for sale to Cujo
+and other inland districts.</p>
+
+<p>The Christian religion was very readily embraced by the
+Chilotans after their subjugation, and they have ever since
+continued stedfast in its observance. Their spiritual concerns
+are under the direction of the bishop of Conception. Formerly the
+government was administered by a lieutenant-governor appointed by
+the governor of Chili, but that officer is now nominated by the
+viceroy of Peru. The whole external trade of these islands is
+carried on by three or four ships which come there annually from
+Peru and Chili, by which they receive wine, brandy, tobacco,
+sugar, herb of Paraguay, salt, and European goods, for which they
+give in exchange red cedar boards, timber of different kinds,
+ponchos of various qualities, hams, pilchards, dried shell-fish,
+white-cedar boxes, embroidered girdles, and a small quantity of
+ambergris which is found on their shores.</p>
+
+<p>The navigation in this archipelago is difficult and even
+dangerous owing to the strength and number of the currents, and
+nothing can appear worse adapted for so perilous a sea than the
+piraguas or boats which are used by the islanders. They are
+without keel or deck, and the planks of which they are composed
+are sewed or laced together by means of strong withies, the seams
+being caulked or stuffed with a kind of moss, or with pounded
+cane leaves, over which the withies are passed. The cross timbers
+or thwarts are fixed by means of pegs or tree-nails. In these
+frail barks, which are very easily overset, the Chilotans venture
+with a fearlessness proceeding entirely from being accustomed to
+danger, not from skill in avoiding it. Their main source of food
+is from the sea, which is general most bountiful in those parts
+of the world where the earth is least so. Their mode of fishing
+is singular and ingenious. At low water, they inclose a large
+extent of the flat shore with stakes interwoven with boughs of
+trees, forming a kind of basket-work; which pens or
+<i>corrales</i> are covered by every flood and left dry by the
+ebb tide, at which time they generally find abundance of fish.
+They likewise employ as food a species of sea-weed, called
+<i>luche</i>, which they form into a kind of loaves or cakes
+which are greatly esteemed even by the wealthy inhabitants of
+Lima. Seals are more numerous in the archipelagos of Guaitecas
+and Guayneco, still farther to the south, where they are eaten by
+the natives, who are said to acquire so rank an odour from the
+use of this food that it is necessary to keep them to leeward.
+Whales sometimes run aground among these islands but are greatly
+more numerous farther to the south. They have probably retired
+from this part of the coast in consequence of being persecuted,
+as ambergris was formerly found in great abundance on these
+shores, but is now very rare.</p>
+
+<p>All the islands are very mountainous and craggy, so that only
+a few vallies among the hills and the flat grounds near the shore
+are susceptible of cultivation. On this scanty cultivable ground,
+there are forty-one settlements, called <i>pueblas</i> or
+townships, in the <i>isla grande</i>, or large island of
+Chilo&eacute;. There is one road indeed across the mountains, but
+the whole interior of the island is uninhabited. The isle of
+Quinchau has six pueblas; Lemui and Llaicha each four, Calbuco
+three, all the other inhabited islands only one each, and there
+are three on the continent, in all eighty-one. In these pueblas
+or townships, the houses are much scattered, each being placed
+upon its attached property. The church stands near the beach,
+having a few huts erected in the neighbourhood, which serve to
+accommodate the parishioners when they come to church on Sundays
+or any festival to attend mass. In the whole archipelago there
+are but four places where the houses are placed so near together
+as to assume the appearance of a town or village. These are the
+city of Castro as it is called, Chacao, Calbuco, and the port of
+San Carlos. This last is the largest and most flourishing. In
+1774 it contained sixty houses, with 462 inhabitants. In 1791, it
+had increased to two hundred houses and eleven hundred
+inhabitants; but its prosperity arose on the ruin of Chacao,
+which was the only port in the whole archipelago till 1768. The
+harbour of Chacao is rendered very dangerous by reason of many
+rocks and shoals, and is much exposed to winds from the north and
+north-east; on which account Don Carlos de Berenger, when
+governor, recommended that a town should be built at <i>Gacui del
+Ingles</i>, or English harbour, which was accordingly ordered by
+the court of Spain in 1767. The bay was then named Bahia del Rey;
+or Kings Bay, and the town and harbour San Carlos. It is in lat.
+41&deg; 57' S. and long. 73&deg; 58' W. The port is good, but
+ships are often wrecked at the entrance, in consequence of
+tremendous hurricanes which come on suddenly, at which time the
+land cannot be seen. Since the erection of this town, the seat of
+government has been removed to it from Castro.</p>
+
+<p>It is difficult to understand what motives could have induced
+the Spaniards to settle in this miserable country, when the whole
+extent of this western side of South America was open to them.
+Where gold and silver are to be found, or where wealth is to be
+acquired by commerce, men will readily settle, however barren and
+unfavourable the country, or however pestilential the climate.
+But Chilo&eacute; offers no incitements to avarice, and only a
+bare and comfortless subsistence to perpetual industry. Perhaps
+the principal part of the original settlers were people who
+escaped from the fury of the Araucanians, unable to remove to
+Peru, or to subsist if they got there, and who were therefore
+glad of getting any place of rest and security. There is perhaps
+no other colony in the world to which Europeans have carried so
+few of their arts and comforts, or where they have attempted to
+colonize under so many natural disadvantages. Two instances
+indeed may be excepted; the project of Philip II. to fortify the
+Straits of Magellan, and the unaccountable settlements of the
+Norwegians in Greenland. In Chilo&eacute; it often rains for a
+whole month without intermission, and these rains are frequently
+accompanied by such tremendous hurricanes that the largest trees
+are torn up by the roots, and the inhabitants do not feel safe in
+their houses. Even in January, their mid-summer, they have often
+long-continued heavy rain. If during the height of a storm the
+smallest opening be perceived in the clouds towards the south,
+fine weather soon succeeds; but first the wind changes suddenly
+to the south, with even greater violence than it blew before from
+the opposite quarter, and comes on with a crash as loud and
+sudden as the discharge of a cannon. The storm then passes away
+with a rapidity proportional to its violence, and the weather
+clears up. But at this critical change of the wind, vessels are
+exposed to the utmost danger. Thunder and lightning are rare, but
+earthquakes are frequent. In 1737 these islands suffered severely
+by an earthquake; a few days after which a cloud or exhalation of
+fire, coming from the north, passed over the whole archipelago,
+and, as is said, set fire to the woods in many of the islands in
+the group of the Guaitecas. It is said also that these islands
+were then covered over with ashes, and that vegetation did not
+again appear upon them till 1750, thirteen years afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>Though excessively rainy, the climate is not unhealthy; but no
+people on earth ever had more cause to believe that the ground
+was cursed to bring forth thorns and thistles, and that man is
+condemned to eat bread with the sweat of his brow, as there are
+none who labour so hard and procure so little. They are so poor
+as to have no iron, or so very little that a family which has an
+axe guards it like a treasure. Their substitute for a plough has
+been already described as made of two crooked branches of a tree,
+with a sharp point at one end and a round ball at the other,
+which they force into the ground by means of their breast,
+protected by a sheeps skin during this rude operation of tillage.
+Laborious as this mode must be even in a free soil, it is
+rendered still more so in Chiloe by the myrtle roots which
+everywhere infest their cultivated land. The little corn they
+raise can never be left to ripen in the field, on account of the
+heavy and frequent rains. It must be cut before it ripens, and
+its sheaves hung up to dry in the sun-shine, if the sun happens
+then to shine; and otherwise it has to be dried within
+doors[117]. Bread is consequently a luxury which is reserved for
+great occasions; and the want of which is supplied by means of
+excellent potatoes, far better than any that are produced in Peru
+or Chili.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 117: In many parts of Norway, the peasants
+have to win, or dry, their corn sheaves spitted on wooden spars
+set upon stakes in the open air; and a nobleman in the western
+Scots Highlands, has shades in which to dry his corn and hay,
+where the sheaves are hung upon pegs like herrings in a curing
+house. Yet bad as is the climate of Chiloe, Iceland and
+Kamtshatka can grow no corn at all.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Apples and strawberries are their only fruit, both of which
+are good and plentiful. The woods produce a plant called
+<i>quilineja</i>, much resembling the <i>esparto</i> or broom of
+Spain, from which they manufacture their cables; and they make
+smaller ropes from several leafless parasitical plants which
+twine round the larger trees like vines or bindwood. A species of
+wild cane or reed serves to roof their houses, and its leaves
+serve as hay or fodder for the few horses which are kept in this
+inhospitable country. In that part of the continent which belongs
+to this province, there is a tree, called <i>alerse</i> by the
+Spaniards and <i>lahual</i> by the Indians, which supplies the
+principal part of their exports, as from 50,000 to 60,000 planks
+of its wood are sent yearly to Lima. It grows to a large size,
+and has so even and regular a grain as to admit of being cleft by
+wedges into boards or planks of any desired thickness, even
+smoother than could be done by a saw. Neither Agueros nor Falkner
+had ever seen the tree; but the latter supposed it of the fir
+tribe from description, and supposes it might thrive in England
+if its seeds could be brought over, as the country in which it
+grows is as cold as Britain, and it is reckoned the most valuable
+timber of that country both for beauty and duration. The bark of
+this tree makes excellent oakum for that part of ships which is
+under water, but does not answer when exposed to the sun and air.
+They export also the wood of a tree named <i>luma</i>, for
+axle-trees and the poles of carriages; of a particular kind of
+hazle for ship-building, which answers excellently for oars; they
+likewise make chests and boxes of a species of cypress, and of a
+tree named <i>ciruelillo</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Hams are a principle article among their exports, as hogs are
+the most numerous animals in Chilo&eacute;, where they find their
+own food in the woods. Few sheep are kept, yet there are
+sufficient to furnish wool to give employment to the women. From
+this they manufacture <i>ponchos</i>, two of which, give
+sufficient work to a woman for a whole year, as they work without
+a loom. The warp is stretched between a set of pegs, and they
+weave in the woof with their fingers, yet make the work
+remarkably fine, strong, and beautiful. They make also a smaller
+kind, called <i>bordillos</i>, which are the ordinary dress of
+the negroes at Lima. Besides these, they manufacture blankets and
+rugs, or coverlets for beds, and linen cloth; which last is woven
+in looms.</p>
+
+<p>In summer, when the vessels arrive from Callao, San Carlos is
+like a fair, as this is the only opportunity enjoyed by the
+Chilotans to get supplied with any thing which is not the produce
+of their own country, or to dispose of any portion of their
+surplus produce. As they have no money or circulating medium of
+commerce, the whole trade is carried on by means of barter, which
+would leave the islanders at the mercy of the merchants from
+Lima, but for the interference of the government. On the arrival
+of the first ship of the season, the cabildo or municipal
+magistracy of San Carlos, fixes a money price at which every
+thing is to be rated on both sides; which means of regulating the
+market seems absolutely necessary, as otherwise the Chilotans in
+buying would be obliged to give any price demanded by the seller,
+and in selling would have to take any price offered. Still it
+would be much for their advantage to export their own
+commodities; but the whole archipelago does not contain a single
+vessel large enough to make a voyage to Peru or even to Chili.
+Formerly the soldiers who were in garrison in this province used
+to receive their pay in clothes and other articles of which they
+might be in want; but they were ordered by a late regulation to
+be paid in specie; and if this be continued it must occasion an
+important change in the commercial situation of Chilo&eacute;, by
+introducing a circulating medium. In San Carlos there is a
+garrison of regular troops, consisting of 33 artillerymen, 58
+dragoons, and 53 infantry. The militia of the archipelago
+consists of 1569 men, including officers; which have to do
+garrison duty, but receive no pay or rations, having to serve
+entirely at their own expence.</p>
+
+<p>The inhabitants of Chilo&eacute; consists only of two classes
+of people, Spaniards and Indians, there being no negroes and no
+mixed breed or mestees. The want of negroes is easily explained
+by the poverty of the islanders; but we are not told how it
+happens that the other two races have not intermixed[118]. This
+is the more remarkable, as a most extraordinary change has taken
+place in the language of these islands during the latter half of
+the eighteenth century; insomuch that the language of the Indian
+inhabitants consists entirely of Spanish words, but all the
+inflexions, the syntax, and the idiomatic manner of expression
+are Chilese, that is to say exactly corresponding to the
+Moluchese dialect of the Chilidugu.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 118: Probably the gradations have not been
+attended to, because the nice discrimination of ranks has not
+been deemed worth while in so poor a country. Perhaps the mestees
+and their gradations are all elevated to the rank of Spaniards,
+or all depressed to that of vassal Chilotans.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Both men and women of the Spanish population in Chilo&eacute;
+go barefooted, except a few of the principal families who
+sacrifice convenience to pride; as in a country so continually
+wet it is safer to go about with naked feet than to have them in
+wet coverings. The men universally wear the <i>poncho</i>. The
+houses, or hovels rather, are all built of wood, and the crevices
+are stopped with sheep-skin or rags. The roofs are all thatched;
+and the climate is so rainy that this soon rots and must be
+frequently renewed. These dwellings consist of a single room, in
+which the family, the cattle, and the poultry, are all
+accommodated. A few of the inhabitants who can afford superior
+accommodation, have houses divided into several apartments,
+wainscoted within, and roofed with deal. Being all of wood, fires
+are frequent occurrences; but as the houses are scattered, the
+mischief does not extend. Owing to the inclemency of the weather,
+and the miserable state of the roads, a family in the scattered
+and solitary situation in which the houses are placed, is often
+weeks, and sometimes months without any communication with their
+neighbours. There is neither hospital, physician, nor surgeon in
+the whole province. A sick person is laid in a bed or a heap of
+skins near a large fire, and remains there till recovery or death
+supervene. The missionaries who visited these islands could find
+no books from which to teach the children to read, and when they
+wished them to write there was no paper. Necessity produced a
+substitute, and they used wooden boards or tablets, on which they
+wrote with a substance which could be washed out. Such is the
+miserable situation of the Spanish inhabitants of the archipelago
+of Chiloe: yet they dare not leave their wretched birth-place in
+the hope of bettering their fortunes. The small-pox is hitherto
+unknown among them, and those, who have attempted to go elsewhere
+have been cut off by that loathsome disease. In 1783, the entire
+population of this dreary province amounted to 23,477, of whom
+11,985 were of Spanish descent, and 11,492 Indians.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION XIV.</p>
+
+<p><i>Account of the Native Tribes inhabiting the southern
+extremity of South America [119].</i></p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 119: This supplementary section or appendix
+is added to the second volume of Molina, apparently by the
+English translator, and is said to be chiefly extracted from the
+description of Patagonia by Falkner. As the subject is new and
+interesting, we have been induced to extend somewhat beyond the
+rigid letter of a collection of voyages and travels. The picture
+of man in varied circumstances of savage life, is one of the most
+important pieces of information to be derived from a collection
+such as that we have undertaken and where direct means of
+communicating that intelligence are unattainable, it is surely
+better to employ such as on be procured than
+none.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The poet Ercilla has made the name of the <i>Araucanians</i>
+so famous that it were improper now to change the appellation.
+But that denomination properly belongs only to these tribes of
+the <i>Picunches</i> who inhabit the country of Aranco[120]. The
+nations or tribes who inhabit the southern extremity of South
+America are known among themselves by the general names of
+<i>Moluches</i> and <i>Puelches</i>; the former signifying the
+warlike people, and the latter the eastern people.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 120: It will easily be seen in the
+immediate sequel, that Falkner very improperly uses Picunches as
+a generic term, as it signifies in a limited manner the northern
+people. Molina most properly denominates the whole aborigines of
+Chili on both sides of the Andes, Chilese, as speaking one
+language, the Chili-dugu; names the tribes of Arauco and those in
+the same republican confederacy Araucanians; and gives distinct
+names like Falkner to the allied tribes: the Puelches, Cunchese,
+Huilliches, Pehuenches, and others. Falkner appears to have
+chosen to denominate the whole from the tribe whose dialect he
+first became acquainted with; and some others seem to select the
+Moluches as the parent tribe.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The <i>Moluches</i> or warlike people, are divided into the
+<i>Picunches</i>, or people of the north, the <i>Pehuenches</i>
+or people of the fine country, and <i>Huilliches</i> or people of
+the south. The Picunches inhabit the mountains from Coquimbo to
+somewhat below St Jago in Spanish Chili. The Pehuenches border on
+these to the north, and extend to the parallel of Valdivia. Both
+of these are included in history under the name of
+Araucanians[121]. Their long and obstinate wars with the
+Spaniards, with the Puelches and with each other, have greatly
+diminished their numbers; but they have been still more
+diminished by the havoc which has been made among them by brandy,
+that curse of the American Indians, for which they have often
+been known to sell their wives and children, and to engage in
+savage scenes of civil bloodshed, entailing wide and endless
+deadly feuds. The small-pox has nearly completed the work of war
+and drunkenness, and when Falkner left the country they could
+hardly muster four thousand men among them all.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 121: This account differs essentially from
+the history we have just given from the writings of Molina, an
+intelligent native of Chili, which cannot be repeated in the
+short compass of a note.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The Huilliches possess the country from Valdivia to the
+Straits of Magellan. They are divided into four tribes, who are
+improperly classed together as one nation, since three of them
+are evidently of a different race from the fourth. That branch
+which reaches to the sea of Chilo&eacute; and beyond the lake of
+Nahuelhuaupi speaks the general language of Chili, differing only
+from the Pehuenches and Picunches in pronunciation. The others
+speak a mixed language, composed of the Moluche and Tehuel
+tongue, which latter is the Patagon; and these tribes, from their
+great stature, are evidently of Patagonian origin. Collectively
+these three tribes are called the Vuta-Huilliches, or great
+southern-people; separately they are named Chonos, Poy-yes, and
+Key-yes. The Chonos inhabit the archipelago of Chili, and the
+adjoining shores of the continent. The Poy-yes or Peyes possess
+the coast from lat. 48&deg; to something more than 51&deg; S. The
+Key-yes or Keyes extend from thence to the Straits of Magellan.
+The Moluches maintain some flocks of sheep, principally for the
+sake of their wool, and cultivate a small quantity of corn.</p>
+
+<p>The Puelches or eastern people, which name they receive from
+the natives of Chili, are bounded on the west by the Moluches, on
+the south by the Straits of Magellan, on the east by the sea, and
+on the north by the Spaniards. They are subdivided into four
+tribes, the Taluhets, Diuihets, Chechehets, and Tehuelhets. The
+<i>first</i> of these or <i>Taluhets,</i> are a wandering race
+who prowl over the country, from the eastern side of the first
+<i>desaguadero</i> as far as the lakes of Guanacache in the
+jurisdiction of San Juan and San Luiz de la Punta. Some of them
+are also to be found in the jurisdiction of Cordova, on the
+rivers Segundo Terzo and Quarto. When the Jesuits were expelled
+from the missions, this tribe could scarcely raise two hundred
+fighting men, and even in conjunction with all their allies not
+above five hundred. The <i>second</i> of these tribes, called the
+<i>Diuihets,</i> is, also a wandering race, which borders
+westwardly on the Pehuenches, between the latitudes of 35&deg;
+and 38&deg; S. They extend along the rivers Sanguel Colorado and
+Hueyque, and nearly to the Casuhati on the east. This nation and
+that of the Taluhets are collectively called Pampas by the
+Spaniards, whose settlements in Tacuman and on the southern shore
+of the La Plata they have always infested, and sometimes even
+endangered. The <i>third</i> tribe of the Puelches is named the
+Chechehets, or eastern-people. The country which they chiefly
+frequent is situated between the rivers Hueyque and the first
+desaguadero or Rio Colorado, and from thence to the second
+desaguadero or Rio Negro. They are a tall and stout wandering
+race resembling the Patagonians, but speak a quite different
+language. Their dispositions are friendly and inoffensive, but
+they are a bold and active enemy when provoked. They are now
+reduced to a small number by the ravages of the small-pox. The
+fourth race, called the <i>Tehuelhets,</i> or in their own
+language the Tehuel-kunnees or southern-men, are the real
+Patagonians. These are again subdivided into many tribes, all of
+which and the Chechehets also are called <i>Serranos</i> or
+mountaineers by the Spaniards. The <i>Leuvuches,</i> who seem to
+be the head tribe of all the Serranos, live on the Rio Negro.
+They speak the same language with the Chechehets, but with a
+small mixture of the Tehuel. This tribe used to keep on good
+terms with the Spaniards, that they might hunt in security in the
+pampas or immense plains of Buenos Ayres. About the year 1740,
+however, they were provoked to war by a most wanton and
+treacherous attack, and Buenos Ayres would in all probability
+have been destroyed, had not these injured people been appeased
+by the Jesuit missionaries. The Tehuelhets are more numerous than
+all the other tribes of these parts together, and are the
+perpetual enemies of the Moluches who are so terrible to the
+Spaniards, whom they would have long since destroyed if they had
+been equally well supplied with horses.</p>
+
+<p>To the south of these are the Chulilau-Kunnees, and the
+Sehuan-Kunnees, who are the most southerly of the equestrian
+tribes. The country beyond them, all the way to the Straits of
+Magellan, is possessed by the last of the Tehuel tribes, called
+Yacana-Kunnees or foot-people, as they have no horses. These are
+an inoffensive race, who are very swift runners, and subsist
+mostly on fish. The other Tehuelhets and the Huilliches sometimes
+attack this tribe for the purpose of making slaves of the
+prisoners. The ordinary stature of all the Tehuel tribes is from
+six to seven feet. None of the Puelches either keep sheep or
+cultivate the ground, but depend altogether on hunting, for which
+purpose they keep a great number of dogs.</p>
+
+<p>The belief in an infinite number of spirits, good and evil, is
+common to all the native tribes south of the Rio Plata. From the
+north of that river to the Orinoco a different language prevails,
+accompanied by a different form of superstition The Puelches do
+not appear to acknowledge any of those numerous spirits as
+supreme over the rest. The Taluhets and Diuihets call a good
+spirit <i>Soychu,</i> or he who presides in the land of strong
+drink. The Tehuelhets call an evil spirit Atskanna Kanatz, the
+other Puelches denominate the same being Valichu. Huecuvu must be
+another name for the evil spirit; as the Chechehets give the name
+of Huecuvu-mapu or the devils-country to a great sandy desert,
+into which they never venture lest they should be
+overwhelmed.</p>
+
+<p>Among the northern Indians, each cast or small tribe is
+distinguished by the name of some animal; as the tribe of the
+tyger, the lion, the guanaco, the ostrich, and the like. They
+believe that each tribe had its own particular creator, who
+resided in some huge cavern under a lake or bill, to which all of
+that tribe will go after death, to enjoy the felicity of eternal
+inebriation. These good creative spirits, according to their
+opinion, having first created the world, made the different races
+of men and animals, each in their respective cave. To the
+Indians, they gave the spear, the bow and arrow, and the
+<i>lague</i> or ball and thong: to the Spaniards fire arms.
+Animals they allege were likewise created in these subterranean
+abodes of the spirits, such as were nimblest coming first out.
+When bulls and cows were coming out last of all, the Indians were
+frightened at the sight of their horns, and stopped up the mouth
+of their cavern; but the Spaniards were wiser and let them out.
+Thus they explain the reason why they had no cattle till after
+the coming of the Spaniards. In. their opinion, all the animals
+who have been created in these hidden caverns have not yet
+emerged. They attribute all the misfortunes or diseases which
+happen to men or animals to the agency of the evil spirits, who
+are continually wandering about the world in search of mischief.
+Their priests or jugglers rather, are each supposed to be
+attended by two familiar evil spirits, to whom the souls of these
+jugglers are associated after death, and with whom they go about
+to do mischief. The jugglers are of both sexes; but it seems as
+if it were thought an occupation beneath the dignity of a man, as
+the male wizards are compelled to dress like women and are not
+permitted to marry. The female jugglers are under no such
+restriction. They are generally chosen while children to be
+initiated in the mysteries of this profession, from among those
+who are most effeminate, and such as happen to be subject to
+epilepsy or St Vitus' dance are considered as especially marked
+out for the service of the jugglers. It is a very dangerous
+profession, as these jugglers are frequently put to death when
+any calamity happens to befal either the chiefs or the
+people.</p>
+
+<p>No ceremonies are performed in honour of the good spirits.
+That which is addressed to the evil ones is performed in the
+following manner. The assistants assemble in the hut or tent of
+the wizard, who is concealed in a corner of the tent, where he
+has a drum, one or two round calabashes with a few small sea
+shells in them to make a noise, like the <i>maraca</i> or rattle
+of the Brazilian sorcerers, and some square bags of painted hide
+in which he keeps his spells. He begins the ceremony by making a
+strange noise with his drum and rattle, after which he feigns to
+fall into a fit, which is supposed to be occasioned by a struggle
+with the evil spirit who then enters into him. During this fit,
+he keeps his eye-lids lifted up, distorts his features, foams at
+the mouth, seems to dislocate his joints, and after many violent
+and unnatural motions remains stiff and motionless, like a person
+in a fit of epilepsy. After some time he comes to himself, as if
+having gained the victory over the evil spirit. He next causes a
+faint shrill mournful voice to be heard within his tabernacle, as
+of the evil spirit, who is supposed to acknowledge himself
+vanquished; after which the wizard, from a kind of tripod,
+answers all questions that are put to him. It is of little
+consequence whether these answers turn out true or false, as on
+all sinister events the fault is laid on the spirit. On these
+conjuring occasions, the juggler is well paid by those who
+consult the destinies.</p>
+
+<p>These southern nations make skeletons of their dead, as is
+done likewise by the native tribes on the Orinoco; but it is
+singular that this practice does not prevail among the
+intermediate tribes, that inhabit between the Maranon and Rio
+Plata. On such occasions, one of the most distinguished women of
+the tribe performs the ceremony of dissection. The entrails are
+burnt, and the bones, after the flesh has been cut off as clean
+as possible, are buried till the remaining fibres decay. This is
+the custom of the Molnuches and Pampas, but the Serranos place
+the bones on a high frame-work of canes or twigs to bleach in the
+sun and rain. While the dissector is at work on the skeleton, the
+Indians walk incessantly round the tent, having their faces
+blackened with soot, dressed in long skin mantles, singing in a
+mournful voice, and striking the ground with their long spears,
+to drive away the evil spirits. Some go to condole with the widow
+and relations of the dead, if these are wealthy enough to reward
+them for their mourning with bells, beads, and other trinkets; as
+their customary condolence is not of a nature to be offered
+gratuitously, for they prick their arms and legs with thorns, and
+feel pain at least if not sorrow. The horses belonging to the
+deceased are slain, that he may ride upon them in the
+<i>alhue-mapu,</i> or country of the dead; but a few of these are
+reserved to carry his bones to the place of sepulchre, which is
+done in grand ceremony within a year after his death. They are
+then packed up in a hide, and laid on the favourite horse of the
+deceased, which is adorned with mantles, feathers, and other
+ornaments and trinkets. In this manner the cavalcade moves to the
+family burial-place, often three hundred leagues from the place
+of death, so wide and distant are their wanderings in the
+boundless plains to the south of the Rio Plata.</p>
+
+<p>The Moluches and Pampas bury in large square pits about six
+feet deep, the bones being first accurately put into their proper
+places and tied together, clothed in the best robes of the
+deceased, and ornamented with beads and feathers, all of which
+are cleaned or changed once a-year. These skeletons are placed in
+a sitting posture in a row, with all the weapons and other
+valuables belong to each laid beside him. The pit is then covered
+over with beams or twigs, on which the earth is spread. An old
+matron of each tribe is appointed to the care of these
+sepulchres, who has to open them once a-year, to clean and new
+clothe the skeletons, for which service she is held in great
+estimation. The bodies of the slain horses are placed round the
+sepulchre, raised on their feet and supported by stakes. These
+sepulchres are generally at a small distance from the ordinary
+habitations of the tribe. Every year they pour upon them some
+bowls of their first made <i>chica,</i> or fermented liquor, and
+drink to the happiness of the dead. The Tehuelhets and other
+southern tribes carry their dead to a great distance from their
+ordinary dwellings, into the desert near the sea-coast, where
+they arrange them above ground surrounded by their horses. It is
+probable that only those Indians who carry their dead to
+considerable distances reduce them to skeletons, from the
+following circumstance. In the voyage of discovery made in 1746
+in the St Antonio from Buenos Ayres to the Straits of Magellan,
+the Jesuits who accompanied the expedition found one of these
+tents or houses of the dead. On one side six banners of cloth of
+various colours, each about half a yard square, were set up on
+high poles fixed in the ground; and on the other side five dead
+horses stuffed with straw and supported, on stakes. Within the
+house, there were two <i>ponchos</i> extended, on which lay the
+bodies of two men and a woman, having the flesh and hair still
+remaining. On the top of the house was another <i>poncho,</i>
+rolled up and tied with a coloured woolen band, in which a pole
+was fixed, from which eight tassels of wool were suspended.</p>
+
+<p>Widows are obliged to observe a long and rigorous mourning.
+During a whole year after the death of their husbands, they must
+keep themselves secluded in the tents, never going out except on
+the most necessary avocations, and having no communication with
+any one. In all this time, they must abstain from eating the
+flesh of horses, cows, ostriches, or guanacos, must never wash
+their faces which are constantly smeared with soot, and any
+breach of chastity during this year of mourning is punished with
+the death of both parties by the relations of the husband.</p>
+
+<p>The office of <i>ya,</i> or chief, is hereditary, and all the
+sons of a ya may be chiefs likewise if they can procure
+followers; but the dignity is of so little consequence that
+nobody almost covets the office. To him belongs the office of
+protecting his followers, of composing differences, and of
+delivering up any offender who is to be capitally punished; in
+all which, cases his will is the sole law. These petty despots
+are prone to bribery, and will readily sacrifice their vassals
+and even their kindred for a good bribe. They are esteemed in
+proportion to their eloquence, and any chief who is not himself
+eloquent employs an orator to harangue the tribe in his place.
+When two or more tribes form an alliance against a common enemy,
+they elect an <i>apo,</i> or commander-in-chief, from the ablest
+or most celebrated of the <i>yas,</i> or hereditary chiefs. But
+this office, though nominally elective, has been long hereditary
+among the southern tribes in the family of Cangapol. The
+hereditary chiefs, named <i>yas, elmens</i>, or <i>ulmens,</i>
+have no power to take any thing from their vassals, neither can
+they oblige them to perform any work without payment. On the
+contrary they must treat them kindly and relieve their wants, or
+their vassals will put themselves under the protection of a more
+generous chief. Many of them therefore wave the privilege of
+their birth, and decline having any vassals, because they are
+expensive appendages, which yield little profit. But every-one
+must attach themselves to some chief, or they would undoubtedly
+be put to death or reduced to slavery.</p>
+
+<p>Every man buys his wife from her relations, with or without
+her consent, and then takes possession of her as his property.
+But if the woman happens to have fixed her affections on another,
+she contrives to wear out the patience of her purchaser, who
+either turns her away or sells her to the man of her choice, but
+seldom uses her ill. Widows, and orphan girls are at their own
+disposal. The yas or ulmens have generally two or three wives;
+and even the common people may have as many as they please, but
+wives are dear and they are generally contented with one. The
+lives of the women are one continued series of labour. They fetch
+wood and water; dress the victuals; make, mend, and clean the
+tents; cure the skins; make them into mantles; spin and
+manufacture ponchos; pack up every thing for a journey, even the
+tent poles; load, unload, and arrange the baggage; straiten the
+girths of the horses; carry the lance before their husbands; and
+at the end of the journey set up the tents. Sickness or even the
+most advanced pregnancy give no relief from these labours, and it
+would be reckoned ignominious in the husbands to give them any
+assistance. The women of noble families may have slaves to
+relieve them of these labours; but when in want of these, must
+undergo the same fatigues as the rest. Yet the tribes of the
+southern extremity of America are not brutal to their women like
+those in the north, and the marriages only endure during
+pleasure, though those who have children seldom separate. The
+husband invariably protects his wife, even when in the wrong; and
+if detected in any criminal intercourse, all his anger falls upon
+the paramour, who is cruelly beaten, unless he can atone for the
+injury by payment. Their jugglers sometimes persuade them to send
+their wives into the woods, to prostitute themselves to the first
+person they meet, which is obviously a device for consoling
+themselves from the celibacy to which they are condemned. The
+husbands readily obey these directions; but there are women in
+whom native modesty overpowers superstition, who refuse obedience
+to their husbands on such occasions, and bid defiance to the
+wizard.</p>
+
+<p>The dresses of all these tribes are formed of skins; but all
+except the <i>serranos</i> or mountaineers, weave mantles or
+ponchos of woollen yarn, beautifully died of various colours,
+which when wrapped round the body reach from the neck to the calf
+of the legs. A similar mantle is tied round the waist and reaches
+to the ankles. Besides these they have a three-cornered piece of
+dressed hide, of which two of the corners are tied round the
+waist, and the third, being passed between the legs is fastened
+behind. The hair is tied up from behind with the points upwards,
+by means of a woollen band bound many times round the head; but
+they are fond of wearing hats when they can get them from the
+Spaniards. They paint their faces red or black, and wear
+necklaces and bracelets of sky-blue beads. When on horseback they
+wear a particular kind of cloaks, having a slit in the middle
+through which they put their heads, and the skirts hang down to
+the knees or even sometimes to the feet. Their stockings or boots
+consist of the skin of a horses thigh and leg, flayed off whole,
+dried and softened with grease, and rendered supple by wringing.
+The women wear straw hats in shape like those used by the
+Chinese. Their defensive armour consists of a helmet of double
+bulls hide shaped like a broad-brimmed hat; a tunic or bodice of
+hardened skin three or four fold, which is very heavy, but
+effectually resists the arrow and spear, and is even said to be
+musquet proof. When on foot, they have likewise a large unwieldy
+shield of bulls hide. The Tehuelhets and Huilliches sometimes
+poison their arrows. Their spears are of cane, four or five yards
+long, and are pointed with iron; and they use swords when they
+can procure them from the Spaniards. They use the <i>laqui</i>
+both in war and hunting; but that used in war has a ball, or
+weight fastened to one or both ends of the leathern thong instead
+of a noose. The ball weighs about a pound. When used single, or
+with only one ball, it is aimed at the head of the enemy, to
+knock out his brains. With the double <i>laqui</i>, having a ball
+at each end, they can fasten a man to his horse, and effectually
+entangle both man and beast.</p>
+
+<p>END OF THE HISTORY OF CHILI.</p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<h2><a name="chapter2-10" id="chapter2-10">CHAPTER X.</a></h2>
+
+<p><b>DISCOVERY OF FLORIDA, AND ACCOUNT OF SEVERAL INEFFECTUAL
+ATTEMPTS TO CONQUER AND SETTLE THAT COUNTRY BY THE
+SPANIARDS.</b></p>
+
+<p>INTRODUCTION.</p>
+
+<p>In the preceding Chapters of this <i>Second Book</i>, we have
+given an extended account of the <i>Discovery</i> of AMERICA by
+COLUMBUS, and of the establishment of the principal Spanish
+Colonies in the New World, from authentic Original authors, a
+large portion of which never appeared before in any Collection of
+Voyages and Travels, and some important parts are now given for
+the first time in the English language. It is not the object of
+this work to attempt giving a regular series of the History of
+America, by inserting the establishments of all the European
+colonies which have been settled in that quarter of the world,
+which would occupy more room than can be conveniently allowed in
+our Collection, and for which we do not possess original
+documents of sufficient interest. In the present chapter it is
+only meant to give a relation of the Discovery of Florida by Juan
+Ponce de Leon in 1512; of the disastrous attempt of Panfilo de
+Narvaez to conquer that country in 1528; and of the romantic
+exploratory expedition of Ferdinand de Soto in the years
+1539-1543: All of which is taken from the General History of
+America by Herrera, which may be considered as an original and
+almost contemporary authority.</p>
+
+<p>Antonio de Herrera, who was historiographer to the king of
+Spain, appears to have composed his work only a short time after
+the middle of the sixteenth century, as he continues the series
+of events no farther than 1554; though he incidentally alludes to
+one transaction which happened in 1572. The authenticity of his
+work is unquestionable, as the author assures us that it was
+composed by royal command, from all the best and most authentic
+sources of information which the crown could furnish, both in
+print and manuscript; and that he had carefully consulted and
+followed the original papers preserved in the royal archives, and
+the books, registers, relations, and other papers of the supreme
+council of the Indies, together with all the best authors on the
+subject then extant. As a literary curiosity of its kind, we
+subjoin his list of what were then considered the best writers on
+the affairs of the New World--Those in Italics have been already
+inserted into this work.</p>
+
+<p>Peter Martyr of Angleria.--Diego de la
+Tobilla.--Motolinea.--<i>Don Hernando Colon</i>.--Olonsa de
+Ojeda.--Alonso de Mata.--Enciso.--Gonzalo Hernandez de
+Oviedo.--Francisco Lopez de Gomara.--Andres de San
+Martino.--Pedro de Zieza.--Alvar Nunnez Cabeza de
+Vaca.--<i>Bernal Diaz del Castillo</i>.--The Bishop of Chiapa,
+Las Casas.--The Dean Cervantes.--Francisco de Xeres.--Gonzalo
+Ximenes de Quesada.--Garibay. --Pedro Pizarro.--The relations of
+Cortes.--Nunno de Guzman.--Diego Fernandez de
+Palentia.--<i>Augustino de Zarate</i>.--The Pontifical History.
+--Don Alonzo de Ercilla.--Geronimo Benzon.--Theodore de
+Brye.--Jusepe de Acosta.--Father Augustino Davila.--Garcilasso
+Inga.--Gabriel Lasso de la Vega.--Don Antonio de Saavedra.</p>
+
+<p>In the Catalogue of Spanish Books and Manuscripts consulted by
+our illustrious Historian of America, WILLIAM ROBERTSON, an
+edition of Herrera is quoted as printed at Madrid in 1601, in 4
+vols. folio. We have used on the present occasion the Translation
+of Herrera into English by Captain John Stevens, in 6 vols. 8vo.
+printed at London in 1725. Though assuredly authentic and to be
+depended upon so far as it goes, the plan of this <i>General
+History of the vast Continent and Islands of America</i>, is
+exceedingly ill devised, and very troublesome for being
+consulted; as the author endeavours continually to preserve the
+chronological series of events throughout the numerous
+discoveries, colonizations and conquests of the Spaniards, in all
+the islands and continental provinces of Spanish America, by
+which he is forced into perpetual and abrupt transitions from
+subject to subject; instead of using a double arrangement,
+geographical as well as chronological, in which the narrative
+belonging to each territorial division might have been distinctly
+and separately arranged in chronological order. Thus in regard to
+<i>Florida</i>, which constitutes the subject of our present
+chapter, we have had to travel through every one of the
+<i>six</i> volumes of Herrera, on purpose to reduce all the
+scattered notices respecting the early discovery of that country
+under one unbroken narrative.</p>
+
+<p>Owing to the utter impossibility of ascertaining the various
+parts which were visited by the Spaniards, in these early
+peregrinations in Florida as related in this chapter, we have not
+given any map of the country on this occasion, which will be
+supplied in a future division of this work, when we come to
+particular and more recent travels in that province of North
+America. Indeed the country originally named Florida by the
+Spaniards was vastly more extensive than the modern application
+of that name, and appears to have included all Louisiana, with
+Georgia the Carolinas and Virginia, and the entire countries on
+the Mississippi and Ohio rivers. In fact it was meant as a
+generic term, including all of the eastern parts of north
+America, not previously comprised under New Spain and its
+dependencies; just as Virginia was applied in the reign of Queen
+Elizabeth to all that part of North America claimed by the
+English, which was afterwards partitioned into many provinces,
+from Nova Scotia to Georgia both inclusive. Besides, a map to
+serve the purposes of the present chapter is of almost impossible
+construction, as all the appellations of towns and territories,
+especially in the extensive peregrinations of Ferdinand de Soto,
+are merely the fugacious names of the caciques or sachems who
+happened at the time to rule over the various tribes of savages
+which were visited by Soto in his singularly erratic expedition.
+One point only in the whole course of his wanderings can be
+ascertained with certainty, the Bay of <i>Espirita Santo</i> on
+the western coast of Florida, in about lat. 28&deg; N. and long.
+83&deg; W. <i>Mavila</i>. may possibly be what has since been
+called <i>Mobile</i>, and the <i>Rio Grande</i> or great river
+was most probably the Mississippi. All the other points are
+involved in impenetrable obscurity, or would require an extended
+discussion inadmissible on the present occasion. In the course of
+the chapter some conjectures will be attempted respecting the
+geography of the wanderings of Soto, and his adventurous
+followers, whose sole object appears to have been to search for
+mines of the precious metals, in which they were altogether
+unsuccessful.</p>
+
+<p>One circumstance, to be gathered from the peregrinations of
+Soto seems worthy of remark; that the scattered tribes then
+occupying the southern portion of North America which he visited,
+were more agricultural than when the country came afterwards to
+be colonized by the English, and not addicted to the horrible
+practices of the North American savages of torturing their
+prisoners taken in war. Perhaps they were afterwards extirpated
+by a more savage race from the northwest, who have no hereditary
+chiefs, as were found by Soto. From these differences, and their
+worship of the sun and moon, the tribes met with by Soto were
+probably branches of the Natches, a nation which will be
+described in the sequel of this work, and which does not now
+exist.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION I.</p>
+
+<p><i>Discovery of Florida, by Juan Ponce de Leon</i>.</p>
+
+<p>After the settlement of Hispaniola in peace by Obando, Juan
+Ponce de Leon was appointed lieutenant of the town and territory
+of Salveleon in that island. Learning from the Indians of that
+district that there was much gold in the island of Borriquen, now
+called San Juan de Puerto Rico, or Porto Rico, he procured
+authority from Obando to go over to that island, which he
+reduced[122]. He was afterwards appointed by the king of Spain to
+the government of that island, independent of the admiral Don
+James Columbus. In a war between De Leon and the natives,
+wonderful havoc was made among these poor people by a dog
+belonging to the governor, called Bezerillo, insomuch that the
+Indians were more afraid of ten Spaniards with this dog than of a
+hundred without him, on which account the dog was allowed a share
+and a half of all the plunder, as if he had been a cross-bow-man,
+both in gold, slaves, and other things, all of which was received
+by his master[123].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 122: Herrera, I. 327.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 123: Herrera, I. 339.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Having acquired much wealth, and being deprived of the
+government of Porto Rico, Juan Ponce de Leon determined upon
+making discoveries to the northwards, that he might gain honour
+and advance his estate[124]. For this purpose, he fitted out
+three ships well manned and stored with plenty of provisions,
+with which he sailed from the port of St German on Thursday the
+3d of March 1512, steering for <i>Aguada</i>. Next night he stood
+to the N.W. and by N. and on the 8th of the same month came to
+anchor at the shoals of <i>Babecua</i>, near the <i>Isola del
+Viejo</i>, in lat. 22&deg;-1/2 N. Next day he anchored at one of
+the Bahama or Lucayos islands called <i>Caycos</i>, and then at
+another called <i>Yaguna</i>, in lat. 24&deg; N. On the 11th he
+came to the island of <i>Amaguayo</i>, and then passed
+<i>Manegua</i>, in lat 24&deg;-1/2 N. He came to
+<i>Guanahani</i>, in lat. 25-1/2 N. on the 14th, where he
+refitted the ships before crossing the bay to windward of the
+Lucayos. This island of Guanahani was the first land discovered
+by the admiral Don Christopher Columbus in the New World, and by
+him called <i>San Salvador</i>. From thence De Leon steered to
+the north-west, and on Sunday the 27th of March, being
+Easter-day, called <i>Pasqua de Flores</i> by the Spaniards, he
+saw and passed by an island. Continuing the same course till
+Wednesday 30th of March, when the wind became foul, he altered
+his course to W.N.W. and on the 2d of April came to nine fathoms
+water a league from the land, in lat. 30&deg; 8' N. Running along
+the land in search of a harbour, he anchored at night in eight
+fathoms near the shore. Believing the land to be an island, he
+gave it the name of <i>Florida</i>, because it appeared very
+delightful with many pleasant groves, and all level, as also
+because first seen during Easter, which the Spaniards call
+<i>Pasqua de Flores</i>, or <i>Florida</i>. At this place Ponce
+went on shore to take formal possession.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 124: Id. II. 33. We now enter upon the
+discovery of Florida, which will be found regularly referred to
+the fragments of its History, as scattered through the work of
+Herrera, at each respective transition.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On Friday the 8th of April he continued his course along the
+coast as before; and next day changed to the S. and by E. till
+the 20th, when he perceived some <i>bohios</i>, or Indian huts on
+the coast, off which he came to anchor. Next day the ships
+continued their course along shore, but met with so strong a
+current as drove them back though with a fair wind. The two ships
+nearest the shore dropt their anchors, but the force of the
+current was so great as to strain their cables. The third was a
+brigantine, and farther out at sea; which either found no bottom
+for anchoring, or did not perceive the current, so that it was
+carried to sea and lost sight of by the rest, though the weather
+was fair. Being invited on shore by the natives, Ponce landed,
+and the natives immediately endeavoured to seize the boat, oars,
+and arms of the Spaniards, who were forced to fight in their own
+defence, during which two of them were wounded with darts and
+arrows pointed with sharp bones. Night parted the combatants, and
+Ponce collected his people with some difficulty, having done very
+little damage to the Indians, and returned to the ships. He
+sailed next day along the coast to a river, which he named <i>Rio
+de la Cruz</i>, where he proposed to wood and water and to wait
+the return of the brigantine. He was opposed at this place by
+sixty Indians, one of whom was made prisoner, that he might learn
+Spanish, and be able to give information respecting the country.
+Leaving at this place a stone with an inscription, he doubled the
+Cape of Florida on Sunday the 8th of May, giving it the name of
+<i>Cabo de las Corrientes</i>, or Cape Currents, because they are
+there stronger than the wind; after which he came to anchor near
+an Indian town called <i>Aboaia</i>. All this coast, from Cape
+<i>Arracifes</i> to Cape <i>Corrientes</i> lies north and south
+one point east, being clear and free from rocks and shoals, with
+six fathoms water near the shore.</p>
+
+<p>After passing Cape Corrientes, he sailed on till he fell in
+with two islands to the southwards, in lat. 27&deg; N. At one of
+these, which he named <i>Santa Martha</i>, about a league in
+circumference, he watered. On Friday the 13th of May, he sailed
+along a shoal with a chain of islands, to one called <i>Pola</i>,
+in 26&deg; 30' N. Between these islands and the continent is a
+spacious sea like a bay. On the 15th of May he proceeded ten
+leagues along the chain of small islands, to two white ones which
+he called <i>Los Martires</i> in 26&deg; 15' N. He continued
+along the coast, sometimes N. sometimes N.E. till the 23d of May,
+and on the 24th ran along the coast to the southwards as far as
+some small islands that lay out at sea, still believing that he
+was coasting along the shore of a large island. As the anchorage
+between these small islands and the coast appeared convenient for
+the purpose, he continued there till the 3d of June taking in
+wood and water, and at the same time careened one of the ships
+named the St Christopher. At this place the Indians for the first
+time came off in canoes to view the Spaniards, who refused to
+venture on shore though repeatedly invited. Seeing the Spaniards
+about to heave one of the anchors, on purpose to shift its
+situation, the Indians laid hold of the cable as if to draw the
+ship away; on which the long-boat was sent after them, and the
+crew going on shore took four women and broke two old canoes. No
+hostilities of any moment occurred, and the Indians even bartered
+some skins and low gold with the Spaniards for trinkets.</p>
+
+<p>On Friday the 4th of June, while waiting for a wind to go in
+quest of a cacique named <i>Carlos</i>, who was reported by the
+Indians to have gold, an Indian came on board who was able to
+converse with the Spaniards, and who was consequently supposed to
+be a native of Hispaniola or of some of the other islands
+possessed by the Christians. This man desired them to remain at
+their present anchorage, as the cacique intended to send gold to
+barter. Accordingly, they soon after saw twenty canoes
+approaching, some of which were lashed two and two together. Some
+of these canoes went to the anchors, which they endeavoured to
+weigh, but being unable attempted to cut the cables, while others
+of them drew near the ships and began to fight. The long-boat
+well manned and armed was sent against them, and put them to
+flight, taking four prisoners and killing several of the Indians.
+Ponce sent two of the prisoners to tell the cacique that he was
+willing to make peace with him, although he had slain one of the
+Spaniards. Next day the boats were sent to sound the harbour, and
+some of the men landed, when they were assured by the Indians
+that the cacique would come next day to trade; but this was a
+mere feint to gain time, as at eleven o'clock eighty canoes well
+equipped and full of men attacked the ship nearest the shore, and
+fought till night without doing any harm, as all their arrows
+fell short, and they durst not come near for fear of the
+cross-bows and great guns. At length they retired, and the
+Spaniards having staid nine days resolved to return to St Domingo
+and Porto Rico, endeavouring to discover some islands by the way
+of which they had received accounts from the Indians. Ponce
+accordingly set sail on his return on the 14th of June, and
+sailed among islands till the 21st, when he arrived at the small
+islands called <i>Las Tortugas</i>, or the tortoises, because the
+crews took 170 of these creatures in a short time of one night in
+one of these islands, and might have had more if they pleased.
+They also took fourteen dog-fishes[125], and killed at least 5000
+seagulls and other birds.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 125: Probably Sharks.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On the 24th, leaving Tortugas, they steered S.W. and by W. On
+the 26th they saw land, which they sailed along till the 29th,
+when they came to anchor to trim their yards and sails, but could
+not tell what country it was. Most of the Spaniards believed they
+were on the coast of Cuba, because they found canoes, dogs,
+knives, and others tools of iron. On the 25th of July they were
+among a cluster of low islands, still ignorant of where they
+were, till Ponce sent to view an island which appeared to be
+Bahama, as indeed it was said to be by an old woman whom they
+found in another island, and in which they were confirmed by a
+pilot named Diego Miruelo, who happened to be there in a boat
+from Hispaniola. Having ranged backwards and forwards till the
+23d of September, and refitted the ships, Juan Ponce resolved to
+send one of them to take a view of the island of Bimini, which
+the Indians reported to contain much wealth, and to have a spring
+which made old people young again. Juan Perez de Ortubia was
+appointed captain of that ship, and Antonio de Alaminos pilot.
+They took two Indians along with them to point out the shoals,
+which were so numerous that it was both difficult and dangerous
+to get through among them. Twenty days afterwards, Juan Ponce
+returned to Porto Rico, and was followed some time after by
+Ortubia, who had found the island of Bimini, which was large,
+pleasant, and abounding in good water and delightful groves; but
+the wonderful spring was not be discovered. It is certain that
+Juan Ponce de Leon, besides the main design of discovering new
+islands which all the Spaniards then aspired to, was desirous of
+finding out the spring of Bimini and a certain river in Florida,
+in both of which it was asserted by the natives of Cuba and
+Hispaniola that old people became young again by bathing in their
+waters. It is likewise well known that many of the natives of
+Cuba, firmly believing the existence of such a river, had gone
+over into Florida in search of it, and had built a town there
+before the coming of the Spaniards to the West Indies, and that
+their descendents continue there to this day. This report
+prevailed among all the princes or caciques in these parts, who
+were all so anxious to find out this wonderful river, that there
+was not a river, brook, or lake in all Florida in which some of
+them had not bathed, and many still persist in the belief that it
+is the river now called Jordan at Cape <i>Santa Elena</i>,
+without reflecting that the Spaniards first gave it that name in
+1520, when the country of Chicora was discovered.</p>
+
+<p>Although this voyage turned out to little or no account to
+Juan Ponce, it yet encouraged him to go to court to sue for some
+reward for having discovered this new country, which he still
+continued to believe an island or cluster of islands, and which
+opinion was retained by the Spaniards for some years. Yet this
+voyage was actually beneficial on another account, by the
+discovery of a passage to Spain from the West Indies through the
+channel of Bahama, which was first performed by the pilot
+Alaminos. For the better understanding the voyage of Ponce, it
+must be observed that the Lucayo or Bahama Islands consist of
+three groups, the <i>first</i>, or Bahama cluster gives name to
+the passage, and in which the currents are most impetuous: The
+<i>second</i> is called <i>De los Organos</i>; and the
+<i>third</i> the <i>Martyrs</i>, which are next to the <i>Cayos
+de las Tortugas</i>, or Turtle Keys to the westwards; which last
+are not to be seen from any distance, being all low sands, and in
+consequence many ships have perished on them, and all along the
+Bahama channel, and on the islands of Tortugas. Havannah in the
+island of Cuba and Florida, are south and north of each other;
+and between them are these before-mentioned islands of Organos,
+Bahama, Martyrs, and Tortugas, having a channel with a violent
+current, twenty leagues across in the narrowest part between
+Havannah and the Martyrs, and fourteen leagues from the Martyrs
+to Florida. The widest part of this channel is forty leagues,
+with many shoals and deep channels between these, but has no safe
+passage for ships, and is only practicable for canoes. But this
+passage from the Havannah for Spain, is along the channel of
+Bahama, between the Havannah, the Martyrs, the Lucayos, and Cape
+Canaveral.</p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<p>No farther attempt appears to have been made towards the
+conquest and settlement of Florida by the Spaniards, till the
+year 1528, when Panfilo de Narvaez made a most disastrous
+expedition to that country, which will form the subject of the
+ensuing section of this chapter; except that about the year 1525,
+the licentiate Luke Vasquez de Ayllon sailed with three ships for
+that country from Santiago in the island of Hispaniola[126].
+Vasquez arrived with his small armament at Cape Santa Elena in
+Florida, where he found an Indian town called <i>Oritza</i>;
+since named <i>Chicora</i> by the Spaniards, and another town in
+the neighbourhood called <i>Guale</i>, to which the Spaniards
+have given the name of <i>Gualdape</i>. At this place is the
+river <i>Jordan</i>, so named from the pilot by whom it was
+discovered, and where Vasquez lost one of his ships. He proceeded
+however in his enterprise with the other two ships, and landed
+two hundred men upon the coast of Florida; but being himself
+unacquainted with military discipline, and little regarded by his
+men, his troops were defeated by the natives and mostly slain.
+The few who escaped returned to Hispaniola; some alleging that
+Vasquez was of the number, while others assert that he was slain
+in Florida. In this unfortunate expedition, from which great
+consequences had been expected, no other towns but the two above
+mentioned were seen in Florida; and by this disaster all attempts
+for the conquest and settlement of that country were laid aside
+for some time, more especially as all the natives who had been
+there met with appeared poor and miserable, and having very small
+quantities of gold and silver, and even what little they had
+appeared to have been brought to them from remote parts of the
+country.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 126: Herrera, III. 367.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION II.</p>
+
+<p><i>Narrative of a Disastrous attempt by Panfilo de Narvaez to
+conquer Florida; together with some account of that
+Country</i>[127]</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 127: Id. IV. 27.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The abortive attempt of Panfilo de Narvaez to supersede Cortes
+in the command of the expedition against Mexico has been already
+related. He afterwards endeavoured to settle a colony at the
+<i>Rio de las Palmas</i> in the bay of Mexico, whence he was
+expelled by the arrogance of Nunno de Guzman, who had been
+appointed governor of the adjoining province of Panuco, and
+endeavoured to appropriate the territories belonging to others in
+his neighbourhood to his own advantage and emolument in the most
+unjustifiable manner. In March 1528, Narvaez sailed from Cuba
+with four ships and a brigantine for the conquest of Florida,
+having a force of about four hundred men with eighty horses.
+During the voyage, the squadron was carried among the shoals of
+Canarreo by the unskilfulness of the pilot Meruelo, where the
+ships got aground and remained for fifteen days constantly
+touching with their keels and unable to get into deep water. At
+the end of this period a storm at south brought so large an
+accession of water from the bay upon these flats that the ships
+got off. At <i>Guaniguanigo</i> they encountered another storm in
+which they were near perishing, and met with a third at Cape
+Corrientes. Three days after getting to windward of Cape St
+Antonio, they were driven by contrary winds to within twelve
+leagues of the Havannah; and when about to put in there for
+shelter were carried back by a south wind to the coast of
+Florida, where they arrived on the 12th of April, and came to
+anchor in the mouth of a bay where they could perceive some
+Indian huts on the shore[128]. Alonzo Enriquez, the comptroller
+of the armament, hailed the natives from a small island in the
+bay, and procured from them some fish and venison by means of
+barter.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 128: Having no indications whatever of the
+place of landing, it is quite impossible to attempt tracing the
+steps of Narvaez in his short and disastrous expedition to
+Florida.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Next day, Narvaez went on shore with as many men as the boats
+could carry, and found the dwellings of the natives abandoned,
+one of them being large enough to contain three hundred men. In
+the houses were found a number of fishing nets, and along with
+these a sort of tabor or drum, ornamented with gold bells. On the
+day following, Narvaez landed all the rest of his men, and
+forty-two horses, the others having died during the voyage.
+Narvaez took formal possession of the country in the name of the
+king of Spain. Some of the Indians drew near that day, but having
+no interpreter they could not be conversed with, though it
+appeared by their threatening signs that they warned the
+Spaniards to leave their country. On the same day Narvaez marched
+northwards into the country, with forty men and six horses, and
+came to a large bay which seemed to penetrate far into the
+interior. Having halted at that place for the night, he returned
+next day to the ships. The pilot Meruelo was sent in the
+brigantine to find out a harbour for the squadron, and to
+endeavour to procure provisions. Having taken four prisoners,
+some maize was shewn them, to endeavour to discover if the
+natives were acquainted with that grain, as none had been seen
+hitherto in the country. They accordingly offered by signs to
+lead the Spaniards to where some of it could be procured, and
+guided them to the town or village where they dwelt, where some
+maize was growing in a field in the environs. In the same place,
+they found some Spanish chests, in each of which was a dead body
+wrapped up in painted deers skins; and as the commissary Juan
+Xuarez considered this to be some idolatrous institution, he
+ordered the chests and bodies to be burned. They likewise found
+some pieces of linen and woollen cloth, with several plumes of
+feathers which seemed to have come from Mexico, and a small
+quantity of gold. Being interrogated by signs whence these things
+were procured, the Indians made them understand by similar means
+that there was great abundance of gold in a province at a very
+great distance called <i>Apalache</i>[129].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 129: The name of Apalache is now given to a
+large bay on the western coast of East Florida, and towards its
+northern extremity, the bottom or northern extremity of which is
+in lat. 30&deg; N. and long. 67&deg; 13' W. where a small river
+named St Marks enters the sea. The river Apalachicola, likewise
+named R. des Cahuilas, or Catahoche, runs into the western part
+of the same bay by two mouths, the easternmost of which is about
+fifteen miles S.W. of St. Marts River, and western mouth about
+twenty miles farther to the W.S.W. The same name is applied to
+the south western extremity of the great range of mountains in
+the middle states of North America; dividing the Atlantic country
+from the western waters which run into the Ohio, called Blue
+Mountains, Alleghany Mountains, and Apalachean Mountains. These
+last divide North Carolina from the sources of the Tenassee and
+Cumberland rivers. A part likewise of Georgia, east from the
+Apalachicola river, along the northern boundary of East Florida,
+is still named the Apalachi country.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Twelve leagues from thence they came to an Indian town
+consisting of fifteen houses, near which there was great plenty
+of maize just ripe. Narvaez and others were of opinion that they
+should march immediately into the interior, sending the ships in
+search of a safe harbour on the coast; but the treasurer of the
+expedition, Alvar Nunnez Gabeza de Vaca, advised that they should
+all embark till such time as a safe harbour could be discovered.
+The other opinion prevailed, and the whole land forces set out
+upon their march on the 1st of May, being about three hundred
+foot and forty horse, every man carrying two pounds of biscuit,
+and half a pound of bacon. With only that scanty provision, they
+proceeded for fifteen days, finding nothing to eat in the
+country, except some <i>palmetoes</i> like those of Andalusia,
+and without seeing any towns, house, or Indians in the whole way.
+At this time they came to a river which they crossed, some by
+swimming and others on rafts or floats, which employed them a
+whole day in consequence of the strength of the current. They
+were opposed by about two hundred Indians on the opposite bank,
+who only threatened them without coming to blows. Of these they
+took six prisoners who conducted the Spaniards to their
+dwellings, where they found a considerable quantity of Indian
+corn, which proved a great relief to their urgent necessities.
+From this place two officers were sent with a detachment in
+search of the sea-coast, in hopes of establishing a communication
+with the ships; but all they found was a creek only fit for
+receiving canoes.</p>
+
+<p>After a short stay, they marched onwards in quest of the
+province of <i>Apalache</i>, which the Indians had reported to be
+rich in gold, guided in the way by some of their prisoners. After
+marching fifteen days without meeting with any inhabitants, they
+fell in with an Indian chief, who was dressed in a painted deers
+skin, carried on the back of one of his subjects, and attended by
+a great number of Indians, some of whom went before him playing
+upon a kind of pipes made of reeds. On being informed by signs
+that the Spaniards were in search of the province of Apalache, he
+seemed to intimate that he was an enemy to the people of that
+country. The Spaniards gave this cacique beads, hawk-bells, and
+other such trinkets, and continued their march. They came that
+night to a river which was so rapid that they durst not venture
+to cross it on floats, and were therefore obliged to construct a
+canoe for that purpose. Juan Velasquez ventured to attempt
+crossing it by swimming his horse, but both were drowned, and the
+Indian attendants on the cacique drew the drowned horse from the
+river and eat him for their supper. On their arrival at the town
+belonging to the cacique, they were supplied with Indian corn,
+and next day were guided on their way through thick woods, in
+which the road was obstructed by many fallen trees, and the
+fragments of others which had been shivered by lightning, as the
+country was subject to severe thunderstorms. On the 25th of June,
+Narvaez and his people came in sight of Apalache, without having
+been perceived by any of the inhabitants; and, though weary and
+hungry they were all in high spirits, thinking themselves at the
+end of their labours, and that they should find some great
+treasure in recompence of their fatigues. Some horsemen
+immediately entered the place, in which they found only women and
+children; but the men soon returned and attacked them with their
+bows and arrows, and were soon repulsed, yet killed the
+comptrollers horse. This town of Apalache contained forty low
+huts or cabins, enclosed among thick woods and morasses in which
+they found abundance of maize, deer-skins, mantles, head-dresses
+for women, and stones for grinding corn, but no gold. All the
+country, from the place where the Spaniards landed to Apalache
+was one continued sandy flat, yet thickly overgrown with woods of
+walnut, laurel, liquid-amber, cedar, savine, oak, pine, and
+palmetoes; interpersed with many swamps or morasses which were
+very troublesome to pass, and many fallen trees which lay athwart
+the way. In their march they saw three different kinds of deer,
+hares, rabbits, bears, and <i>lions</i>[130], with other wild
+beasts; and among these an animal called the opossum, which
+carries its young in a pouch under the belly till they are able
+to shift for themselves. The country is cold[131], and has good
+pasture for cattle. In the woods and marshes through which they
+passed they saw many different kinds of birds, as geese, ducks,
+herons, partridges, falcons, hawks, and many others. Two hours
+after the arrival of the Spaniards, the inhabitants of Apalache
+came to demand their wives and children, all of whom were set
+free; but as the cacique was detained they were much displeased,
+and came next day to assault the place, endeavouring to set fire
+to their own houses, but on the appearance of the Spaniards they
+fled to the morasses; and next day a similar attempt was made but
+with the same consequences.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 130: It is hardly necessary to say that
+there are no lions in America. The Spaniards must accordingly
+have given this name to the cougar, now called the panther by the
+North Americans, a very inferior species of the feline
+race.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 131: This must be considered as in
+comparison with the climate of Cuba and Hispaniola, to which the
+Spaniards had been long accustomed, as the climate of Florida is
+certainly hot in reference to any part of
+Europe.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The Spaniards remained twenty-five days at this place, during
+which time they made three incursions into the country to some
+distance, finding it every where ill-inhabited and difficultly
+penetrable, owing to similar obstacles with those they had
+already encountered. From, the cacique whom they had in custody,
+they were informed that Apalache was one of the best towns in
+these parts, and that on going farther inland the land was worse
+and more thinly peopled. He added, that at nine days journey
+southwards there was a town called <i>Aute</i> near the sea,
+inhabited by a tribe in amity with him, who had plenty of
+provisions. Taking this information into consideration, and
+especially as the Indians of Apalache did them considerable
+injury by frequent assaults, and always retreated to their
+fortresses in the marshes, the Spaniards determined upon
+returning towards the sea. On the second day of their retrograde
+march, they were attacked by the Indians while passing across a
+morass, and several both men and horses were wounded, without
+being able to take vengeance on their enemies, as they always
+fled into the water. These Indians were of large stature and well
+made, very nimble, and went entirely naked, being armed with bows
+as thick as a mans arm and twelve spans long. They marched in
+this manner, under continual assaults, for eight days, at the end
+of which period they came to the town of Aute, where they got
+Indian corn, pompions, kidney-beans, and other provisions. From
+this place the treasurer, Cabeza de Vaca, was sent with a party
+to endeavour to find the sea; but came back in three days,
+reporting that the sea was far off, and he had only been able to
+reach some creeks which penetrated deep into the land. They had
+already travelled two hundred and eighty leagues from the place
+at which they first landed, in all which way they had seen
+neither mountain nor even any thing which could be called a
+hill[132]. The men were become much dejected and very sickly, and
+no longer able to travel so as to endeavour to make their way
+back to where they left the ships; in which miserable condition
+it was resolved to build some barks for the purpose of making
+their way along shore in search of the ships. They accordingly
+constructed five barks, each of them twenty cubits long, which
+they caulked with the husks of palmetoes, making ropes of the
+manes and tails of their horses, and sails of their shirts; but
+were hardly able to find enough of stones to serve for ballast
+and anchors.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 132: Their wandering had probably been in
+the country of the Creeks, in the western parts of Georgia, and
+the two rivers they crossed may have been the Catahehe and
+Mobile; but we have no indications from which to form any
+conjecture as to the part of the coast on which they built their
+ill-fated barks.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>They embarked on the 22d of September, after having eaten all
+their horses, and having lost above forty of their men from
+sickness, besides several who were slain by the Indians. Their
+barks were hardly able to carry them, and they had no sailors
+among them to direct their perilous navigation. After five days
+painful progress among intricate creeks[133], they came at last
+to an island, where they found five canoes abandoned by the
+Indians, and on going into a house they found some dried skates
+which were a very acceptable though scanty relief to their
+necessities. Proceeding onwards with the help of these canoes,
+they suffered extremely for want of water, during which five of
+them died in consequence of drinking sea-water too freely. Owing
+to this necessity they were again obliged to land on the
+continent, where they found water and fish ready dressed in some
+Indian houses. At night these people attacked them, and the
+cacique of Apalache whom they had hitherto kept along with them
+made his escape, leaving a mantle of sables behind him so
+strongly scented with ambergris that it could be smelt from a
+considerable distance. Obliged to reimbark, and the weather
+proving stormy, the barks were all dispersed, and none of them
+ever more heard of except that in which Cabeza de Vaca was, which
+was thrown ashore. Panfilo de Narvaez and most of his men were
+assuredly lost in the storm, or destroyed by the Indians on
+shore; though there was a foolish report long current that he had
+penetrated to the South Sea.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 133: These intricacies may possibly have
+been between Mobile Bay, and the western bay of Spiritu Santo at
+the mouths of the Mississippi.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>* * * * *</p>
+
+<p>SECTION III.</p>
+
+<p><i>Adventures and wonderful escape of Cabeza de Vaca, after
+the loss of Narvaez.</i></p>
+
+<p>When cast on shore, as mentioned at the close of the former
+section, Cabeza de Vaca and the people along with him were
+relieved by the Indians; and on endeavouring again to put to sea,
+the bark was overset, three of the Spaniards were drowned, and
+Cabeza and a few more got again on shore, naked and without arms.
+On seeing the miserable plight of these unhappy Spaniards, the
+Indians came to them with provisions, sat down by them and
+lamented their misfortunes, carried them to their houses, and
+made fires by the way to warm them, otherwise they must have
+perished with the cold, as they were naked and it was now the
+month of November. They were put into a house with a good fire,
+the natives dancing all night close by them, which the Spaniards
+were sadly afraid was a prelude to their being sacrificed next
+day. But as they were plentifully supplied with provisions they
+began to recover their spirits and confidence next day. Cabeza de
+Vaca and his companions were soon afterwards joined by the
+Spaniards who had escaped from the wreck of another bark. At
+first they were in all eighty men; but in a short time their
+number was reduced to fifteen, as they were forced to winter on
+the island, exposed to excessive cold and great scarcity of
+provisions. Owing to their misfortunes, they called this <i>Isola
+de Mal-hado</i>, or the isle of Bad-Luck[134].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 134: As we have no information in the text
+which could lead to suppose that Cabeza ever crossed the great
+river Missisippi, either before landing on the island of
+Mal-hado, or in his subsequent journey to New Spain, the isle of
+Bad-Luck may have been to the west of the
+Missisippi.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The inhabitants of this island were of large stature, their
+only weapons being bows and arrows. The men had one of their
+nipples bored, wearing a piece of reed in the hole, and a similar
+ornament in their under lip. They dwelt in this island from
+October to February, feeding much on certain roots. In the months
+of November and December they caught fish in a kind of wears
+inclosed with reeds; but these were not to be got at any other
+time. At the latter end of February, when all the roots were
+eaten, they were forced to remove from the island in search of
+food elsewhere. These natives were extraordinarily fond of their
+children, the parents and kindred lamenting for such as died
+during a whole year, after which they completed the funeral
+ceremonies, and washed off the black paint they had worn in token
+of mourning. They did not lament for the death of the old,
+alleging that they had lived their time, and that they took away
+the food which ought to go to the children. All the dead were
+buried, except the <i>physicians</i>[135], whose bodies were
+burnt, and their ashes kept for a year, after which these ashes
+were mixed with water and drank by the relations of the deceased.
+Every man was contented with one wife; but these physicians had
+usually two or three each, who lived together very amicably. When
+a man engages to marry the daughter of another, he gives her all
+he possesses, and sends to the father of his bride every thing he
+kills, and in return his diet is sent him from the house of his
+father-in-law, as he is not permitted to enter the house during
+the first year of the marriage. Should his father-in-law or any
+of the brothers of his wife meet him during that time, they
+always look down and pass on without speaking; yet in that period
+the woman converses freely with the father or other relations of
+her husband. These customs are observed both in the island of
+<i>Mal-hado</i> and through all the country of Florida for fifty
+leagues inland. When a son or brother dies, the people of the
+house will rather starve than go in quest of any thing to eat
+during three months, in all which time the relations of the
+family send in all that is necessary for their sustenance. Owing
+to this, several families in Mal-hado were in great straits while
+the Spaniards resided among them, as many had died and the
+survivors strictly observed the custom. The houses in the island
+were of mats, and strewed with oyster shells, on which they lay
+at night stark naked round the fire. The inhabitants of the
+province of <i>Tegesta</i>[136], reaching from the Martyrs to
+Cape Cannaveral, feed better than those Indians among whom Cabeza
+resided, being extraordinarily expert fishers. Two of them will
+venture out in a small canoe to attack, whales when any are seen
+upon the coast. One of them steers or paddles the canoe; while
+the other, being provided with two or three stakes and a mallet,
+leaps into the sea as soon as he sees a whale rise to the
+surface, gets upon its head, and immediately drives one of the
+stakes into one of the spiracles or blowing holes by which the
+whale breathes. The whale immediately dives to the bottom; and
+when forced to come up again to breathe, he repeats the operation
+and plugs up the other spiracle, so that it cannot get breath and
+is soon suffocated. When the whale dies, they fasten a line of
+withes or twisted branches to its neck, and tow it to the shore,
+where it serves a long while for them to feed upon.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 135: So called by the translator of
+Herrera, but perhaps these were a kind of priests or
+conjurers.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 136: In some modern maps <i>Tegesta</i> is
+considered as the southern extremity of the province of East
+Florida.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Cabeza de Vaca and the remnant of his unfortunate companions
+remained in the isle of Mal-hado till the end of April 1529, by
+which time all the food in the island being devoured, the whole
+population was forced by hunger to go over to the continent of
+Florida, where they fed upon wild berries. The Spaniards were
+obliged to act as physicians to the natives, as otherwise they
+were refused food. In the exercise of this profession, they made
+the sign of the cross on the parts affected, reciting the
+<i>Pater noster</i>, and prayed to God to heal their patients,
+who all affirmed that they derived great benefit from these
+ceremonies, and supplied the Spaniards with food in return. There
+were two languages used among these natives within a very little
+distance, those who spoke the one being called <i>Capoques</i>,
+and the others <i>Han</i>. When the natives happened to meet
+together after a long separation, they would often sit down and
+weep for half an hour before they began to converse.</p>
+
+<p>All the remaining Spaniards, to the number of fourteen, went
+away along the coast, leaving Cabeza de Vaca behind, who happened
+to be sick and unable to travel. On his recovery, he had to
+search among the water for roots[137] on which to support
+himself. Wearied of this uncomfortable manner of life, and being
+entirely naked, he went away among a tribe called the
+<i>Charrucos</i>, who dwelt among mountains, where he fared much
+better, as he turned merchant, going about from place to place
+bartering such things as they wanted, and in this way he
+travelled over forty or fifty leagues of the coast. He dealt in
+sea-shells like those of snails which were used as beads, and in
+a different kind of shells which were used instead of knives; and
+in return for these he procured deer-skins, vermillion, and
+ochre, with which the natives paint themselves, flints for
+pointing arrows, a kind of bitumen with which these arrow heads
+are fastened, and reeds with which the arrow shafts are made, as
+also tufts of deers hair dyed red, which are used as ornaments.
+By means of this trade Cabeza de Vaca had liberty to go wherever
+he pleased, and was well received wherever he went, receiving
+provisions in return for his merchandize.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 137: Probably the translator has mistaken
+the original of this passage, and Cabeza may have searched for
+shell fish adhering to the roots of trees under
+water.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Cabeza de Vaca continued in this mode of life to the year
+1535, always well entertained, and always travelling towards the
+south west to gain ground in hopes of regaining his liberty by
+getting out of the country into Mexico[138]. Though naked and
+alone, and enduring much hunger and cold, he enjoyed his liberty,
+and remained six years in that part of the country, always in
+hopes of being able to bring away his two remaining countrymen,
+Oviedo and Alanis, who had tarried in the island of Mal-hado. At
+length Alanis died, and he set off along with Oviedo. Coming to a
+creek near a mile in breadth, supposed by them to be that called
+<i>Del Espiritu Santo</i>[139], they were informed by some
+Indians that they would find three men like themselves farther
+on, whose names they told. They also said that the Indians had
+slain Orantes, Valdivieso, Huelva, Esquibel, and Mendez[140]; but
+that the three who still lived were very ill used, especially by
+the boys, who kicked, beat, and abused them for their amusement.
+At this time the Indians treated Cabeza and Oviedo very ill, so
+that Oviedo went back along with some of the natives, but Cabeza
+stayed and they two never met more.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 138: Herrera, V. 92.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 139: It is quite impossible to form any
+reasonable conjecture as to the situation of this creek, which
+could not be the bay of Espiritu Santo in East Florida; nor that
+of the same name nearly opposite in West Florida at the mouth of
+the Missisippi.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 140: There is considerable difficulty to
+understand the translation here, as Mr Stevens does not seem to
+have understood his original. Orantes appears in the sequel to
+have been still alive; but we must take the translation as it is,
+not having the original to consult.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Two days after the departure of Oviedo, the Indians with whom
+Orantes resided came to the banks of this creek to eat nuts, on
+which they fed two months of the year. Orantes went to visit
+Cabeza who had been hidden by some Indians who favoured him, and
+it was a great satisfaction to these friends to meet, though in
+great trouble as being naked and miserable in a land of savages.
+They agreed to endeavour to proceed to the south-west, but to
+remain with the Indians till the nuts were consumed, and then to
+remove along with them to another place where they fed upon
+<i>tunas;</i> because if they should attempt to escape the
+Indians would kill them.</p>
+
+<p>All the rest belonging to the expedition had perished, some
+having been stoned to death by the natives, and others drowned,
+among whom was Panfilo de Narvaez, as Figueroa, who was present,
+related to Cabeza. Among these Indians who fed upon <i>tunas</i>
+they endured much hunger, as there was not enough for them all.
+In that country there were grey and black wild cattle of low
+stature, like those of Barbary, having very long hair, but their
+flesh was coarser than the beef of Spain. Having concerted to
+make their escape, the Indians among whom they lived had a
+quarrel on account of a woman, and parted company, so that the
+Spaniards were obliged to separate likewise, but agreed to meet
+again at the same place next year, which they did accordingly,
+but were again separated on the very day when they meant to have
+fled. Yet they appointed to meet again on the 1st of September,
+when the moon was full. Two of them came on the 13th and Orantes
+on the 14th, when they actually fled. Coming to a tribe of
+Indians called <i>Avares</i>, they were well received and
+procured plenty of provisions, as these people had learnt that
+the Christians performed cures. That same night three Indians
+came to wait upon them who were troubled with pains in their
+heads, desiring Castillo to cure them, and as soon as he had
+blessed them with the sign of the cross they became well; in
+reward for which they brought <i>tunas</i> and venison, and
+blazed abroad the wonderful cures which had been performed upon
+them by the strangers. In consequence of this so many persons
+came to be cured, and brought with them such abundance of
+provisions that the Spaniards knew not how to dispose of it, and
+the Indians made a solemn dance for joy of the cures. The
+Spaniards intended to have proceeded farther, but on being
+informed that the country through which they meant to travel was
+desert, the tunas all eaten, and the climate excessively cold,
+they agreed to remain with the Avares all winter, who went five
+days journey into the country to feed on a sort of fruit called
+<i>yeros</i>. When they had settled their habitation near a
+river, many Indians came with their sick to be cured by Castillo,
+who blessed them and prayed to God to cure them, as this was the
+only means they had for subsistence. Next morning they were all
+well to the great satisfaction and astonishment of the Indians;
+and for which the Spaniards returned thanks to God, confiding
+that he would deliver them out of their miserable bondage.</p>
+
+<p>Departing from the <i>Avares</i>, the Spaniards came to
+certain tribes of Indians called <i>Maliconas</i>,
+<i>Susolas</i>, and <i>Atayos</i>, among whom their wonderful
+cures were already known, so that many sick persons were brought
+to them. But as Castillo was a man who feared God, and despaired
+of being able to do them good on account of his unworthiness,
+Cabeza de Vaca was obliged to officiate in his stead. Taking
+along with him Orantes and the mulatto Estevanillo, he went to
+visit a sick person in a very dangerous condition, being almost
+dead, with his eyes turned in his head, and no pulse; and so
+confident were the Indians of his approaching death that his
+house was already pulled down according to their custom on such
+occasions. Cabeza took off the mat from the dying man, prayed to
+God to restore him to health, and when he had several times
+blessed the man and breathed on him, the attendants presented him
+with a bow and arrows and a basket of <i>tunas</i>, conducting
+him to cure others in the same manner. After this the Spaniards
+returned to their quarters, and were informed by the Indians that
+the dying man had got up, spoken to his friends, and eaten with
+them, and that all the rest of their patients were in perfect
+health. The fame of these cures spread over all the country, so
+that many other sick persons were brought to them to be healed,
+bringing presents of provisions. According to their account, the
+Spaniards remained eight moons among the <i>Avares</i>, neither
+Orantes nor Estevanillo having yet performed any cures, though so
+much importuned that they were at length forced to comply, being
+called the <i>children of the sun</i>. Being intent on
+prosecuting their journey, they fled one days journey into the
+country of the <i>Maliconas</i>, where they fed for twelve days
+on a small kind of fruit till the <i>tunas</i> were ripe. Having
+endured much hunger there for some time, they were directed to
+the habitations of another tribe which spoke the same language.
+To add to their sufferings, they lost their way, and it rained
+very much which distressed them greatly, as they were entirely
+naked. They rested that night in a wood, where they roasted tunas
+as food. Next morning, when endeavouring to find out their way,
+they met a number of women and children who all ran away to call
+the men, who conducted the Spaniards to their village, consisting
+of fifty houses. The natives gazed on the strangers with much
+fear and admiration, touching their faces and bodies; and when
+recovered from their fright they brought their sick to be cured
+by them, and even forbore from eating themselves that they might
+supply the Spaniards with food.</p>
+
+<p>So great is the want of food in all the country from the isle
+of Mal-hado to this district of the Maliconas, that the natives
+are often three days without eating; on which account it is the
+custom of mothers to suckle their children till twelve years of
+age, and they never have any intercourse with their husbands till
+two years after delivery. When a married pair do not agree, it is
+customary for them to part and form new connections, but this is
+never done when they have children. When the men fall out among
+themselves they only use their fists or cudgels, never employing
+their bows and arrows in private broils; and on these occasions
+the women only venture to interpose to part them. These Indians
+are very brave, and are as vigilant against their enemies as the
+best soldiers in Europe. They dig ditches, throw up
+entrenchments, make loop-holes, lay ambushes, and use various
+stratagems with great art and patience, usually killing each
+other by surprise in the night. They are very cruel, are always
+ready on any alarm, and are watchful of opportunities to take
+revenge and to gain advantage over any want of foresight in their
+enemies. When actually engaged in battle, they have a strange
+manner of skipping about from side to side, to prevent their
+enemies from taking aim, and they shoot their arrows in a
+stooping posture, to prevent being observed. Their languages are
+exceedingly various, changing almost at each town.</p>
+
+<p>Coming to another town, the Indians brought their children to
+touch the hands of the Spaniards, giving them meal made of a
+fruit like carobs, which was eaten along with a certain kind of
+earth, and was very sweet and agreeable. Departing from thence,
+after passing a great river the water of which reached to their
+breasts, they came to a town of an hundred houses, whence the
+people came out to meet them with great shouts, clapping their
+hands on their thighs, and making a kind of music by means of
+hollow gourds with stones in them. These Indians received them
+with great kindness, carrying them to their houses without
+suffering their feet to touch the ground, and great numbers
+flocked to them to be blessed. Next day they continued their
+journey, and were well received by the next Indians, who supplied
+them with plenty of venison, and brought their sick to be cured.
+They were equally well treated by the next succeeding tribe, by
+whom so great rejoicing was made for their arrival, that they
+could not sleep for the noise. They observed a strange custom
+among all these Indians, who, when they escorted the Spaniards to
+another tribe, always plundered the houses they came to. Cabeza
+and his companions were much concerned at this; but those who had
+lost their goods in this manner made quite light of the matter,
+desiring them not to be troubled at it, as they would repay
+themselves farther on among tribes who were very rich. At this
+place the Spaniards began to perceive a chain of mountains which
+they thought extended towards New Spain, and to which they now
+directed their journey accompanied by the Indians, who pillaged
+as usual wherever they went. When their guides retired, their new
+hosts presented the Spaniards with such things as they had
+hidden, being beads, vermillion, and some small bags of
+silver.</p>
+
+<p>At this place the Spaniards agreed not to make for the
+mountainous country, where the inhabitants were reported to be
+ferocious, but to continue in the low country in which the people
+were extremely courteous. Many men and women loaded with water
+bore them company, and their authority was so great that no one
+would presume to drink without their leave. In this part of their
+journey they proceeded along a river, having been abandoned by
+their Indian guides, and were supplied with some meal made of
+Indian corn by two women. About sun-set they came to a village of
+about twenty houses, where the inhabitants were in great fear of
+being plundered by their guides; but were quite rejoiced on
+seeing them come alone. Next morning, when the Spaniards were
+about to depart, the inhabitants of the former town came in a
+body and plundered that in which they had spent the night;
+telling the inhabitants that these strangers were children of the
+sun and cured the sick, though able to destroy them all, and
+therefore that they must be respected; they told them likewise to
+go and plunder the next town according to custom, and to carry
+the strangers on their way. The Spaniards were accordingly well
+treated by this tribe, who carried them on for three days to a
+place having many houses, sending some before to give an account
+of what the others had said of the Spaniards, to which they added
+much of their own invention, being fond of novelty and much
+addicted to lying, especially where any advantage was expected.
+The Spaniards were well received, and their guides plundered as
+much as they could find and then returned to their own
+habitations. From this place the Spaniards travelled above fifty
+leagues along the face of a mountain, and came to a town of forty
+houses, in one of which they were shewn a large copper hawks-bell
+ornamented with a face, which these people valued highly, saying
+that they got it from a neighbouring tribe. Travelling from
+thence seven leagues over a mountain, the stones of which were
+iron ore, they came to some houses on the banks of a river, where
+the principal men came out to meet them, having their children on
+their backs, and presented the Spaniards, with small bags of fine
+sand and powdered antimony, with which they daub their faces, and
+gave them also beads and cloaks made of dressed skins. The food
+at this place was tunas and the kernels of pine apples, better
+than those of Spain, but smaller, as were the trees[141].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 141: This surely is a mistake of the
+translator, as pine apples do not grow on trees, nor are their
+kernels the edible part. It may possibly have been pine nuts, or
+something of a similar kind.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>At this place a man was brought to Cabeza who had been wounded
+by an arrow, the point of which as he said had reached his heart
+and gave him much pain, being still there, and he was to all
+appearance in extreme danger. Cabeza opened his breast with a
+knife and extracted the arrow head with much difficulty, after
+which he stitched up the wound and staunched the bleeding with
+the scrapings of a cows hide. The point of the arrow was
+exhibited all over the country, and caused much rejoicing. After
+some days, Cabeza removed the stitches, and the man was quite
+sound, declaring himself free of pain. This cure acquired the
+Spaniards so great reputation that they could do any thing they
+pleased. From this place they proceeded through so many different
+tribes that it were tedious and indeed impossible to mention them
+all; and all the way each tribe as they conducted the Spaniards
+to the next, plundered their neighbours in succession. Through
+the whole journey the Spaniards had so much company that they
+knew not how to turn themselves. During their journey the Indians
+killed many deer, hares, pigeons, and other birds by means of
+their arrows and spears, all of which they presented to the
+Spaniards, and would not use them for their own necessities
+without leave. Sometimes they were attended by above four
+thousand persons at once, which was extremely troublesome, as
+none of them would either eat or drink till the Spaniards had
+blessed the food and drink and breathed on them.</p>
+
+<p>They travelled in this manner for upwards of thirty leagues,
+at the end of which the mode of their reception was considerably
+changed as the Indians who accompanied them ceased plundering;
+yet the tribe at which they arrived offered every thing they had,
+which was divided among the escort, who then returned to their
+own dwellings, and this tribe recovered what they had given away
+in a similar manner on accompanying the Spaniards to the next
+tribe. In the course of their journey however the Spaniards had
+to travel for more than fifty leagues through a craggy
+mountainous country, where they suffered extremely for want of
+food, till at length they arrived at a plain country where they
+met with a kind reception, and where their escort received
+abundance of goods and provisions and then returned to their own
+habitations. As the people farther on were at war with the tribe
+where the Spaniards then were, two women were sent on to inform
+the hostile tribe of the approach of the Christians, as it was
+usual among these people, even when at war, to continue an
+intercourse of trade by means of their women. Continuing their
+journey, the Spaniards were inclined to change the route more to
+the northwards, as no person came to meet them from the tribe to
+which the women were sent; but the Indians who accompanied them
+objected to this measure, as they alleged that the natives in
+that direction were wicked and cruel, and that besides they would
+be unable to procure food or water. As the Spaniards were
+displeased at this interruption, the Indians declared themselves
+ready to go with them wherever they were pleased to command, even
+though sure to perish, and they accordingly went on; but as many
+of the Indians fell sick, and eight of them died in this part of
+the journey, the other tribes were thrown into great
+consternation, believing that they should all die upon being
+visited by the Spaniards. So great was the dread and reverence in
+which the Spaniards were held by the Indians, who imagined they
+were the cause of the sickness and death of their countrymen,
+that they earnestly entreated the Spaniards not to be angry with
+them. Cabeza de Vaca and his companions became apprehensive that
+this mortality might estrange the Indians from them, and
+therefore prayed earnestly to God to put a stop to the sickness,
+and accordingly all who were sick began immediately to
+recover.</p>
+
+<p>Three days journey from thence, Orantes and Estevanillo went
+under the guidance of a female slave to a village in which her
+father lived, and where they saw the first houses that were built
+in any thing like regular order, the inhabitants of which
+cultivated kidney-beans, pompions, and maize. Cabeza de Vaca and
+his companions went to this place, dismissing their former
+conductors. At this town a new custom began among the natives.
+Instead of coming out to meet the Spaniards as had been the case
+hitherto, the inhabitants were all seated in their houses,
+hanging down their heads with their hair before their eyes, and
+all their goods in a heap in the middle of the floor, presenting
+all they possessed to the strangers. These natives were well
+shaped and industrious, and their language easily comprehended.
+The women and such men as were unfit for war were dressed in
+mantles made of deer skins. After remaining two days among these
+Indians, who directed them to go in the first place up a river to
+the northwards, where they would find abundance of wild cattle,
+and then to turn westwards, in which direction the natives
+cultivated maize. Following this direction, they proceeded for
+thirty-four days across the country, till they came at length to
+the South Sea. In this journey the Spaniards suffered prodigious
+hardships and were reduced to extremity by famine, having to pass
+through the territories of a tribe which feeds on pounded straw
+for a considerable portion of the year, and they had the
+misfortune to come among them at that period. At length they came
+to a better country, in which the natives had tolerable houses,
+with plenty of corn, pompions, and kidney-beans, the people being
+decently dressed in cotton mantles. From this place their former
+conductors returned well pleased with the things they procured
+according to the usual customs among the natives. Cabeza and his
+companions travelled above an hundred leagues with much
+satisfaction in this country, blessing God for having brought
+them at length into a land of plenty, as besides vegetable food
+in abundance, the natives killed venison and other game, and
+presented the Spaniards with cotton mantles, coral beads procured
+from the South Sea, turquoise stones, and several arrow heads
+made of emeralds, which they procured from a neighbouring nation
+in exchange for various coloured plumes of feathers.</p>
+
+<p>In this country the women were more modestly clothed than any
+they had hitherto seen. Every person, whether sick or well, came
+to the Spaniards to be blessed, believing them to be men come
+down from heaven, so that their authority was unbounded among the
+natives. It fortunately happened that the Spaniards could make
+themselves understood wherever they went, although they only knew
+six of the Indian languages, which would have been of little use
+if Providence had not preserved them, considering the vast
+multiplicity of languages spoken among the detached tribes of
+America. Wherever they travelled, the tribes who happened to be
+at war immediately made peace at their approach, that they might
+have the opportunity of seeing the Christians; who thus left them
+all in amity, and exhorted them wherever they went to worship the
+one only true God who had created the heaven and earth, the sun,
+moon, and stars, and all other things, and from whom proceeded
+all blessing. The Spaniards likewise earnestly urged them to
+refrain from injuring one another by going to war or taking away
+the goods of others, with many similar instructions, all of which
+were well received. The whole country along this coast seemed
+well peopled, and abounded in provisions, as the natives sowed
+maize and kidney beans thrice a-year. In one town the natives
+used poisoned arrows, their points being dipped in the juice of
+some kind of fruit or plant. At this place they staid three days;
+and after a days journey, coming to another town, they were
+obliged to stop for fifteen days, owing to the river being in
+flood. At this place Castillo observed an Indian who had a sword
+buckle and a horse shoe hanging from his neck, who alleged that
+he got them from heaven; but on being farther interrogated, he
+said that some bearded men had come from heaven to that river,
+having horses, spears, and swords, who had gone again to sea,
+where they and their spears plunged under water, but appeared
+afterwards above it again. Cabeza and his companions joyfully
+gave thanks to God for hearing some news of Christians after
+their long and distressing sojourn among the barbarians, and
+hastened on their journey to find them the sooner, telling all
+the Indians that they were going to order these bearded men not
+to kill or make slaves of the natives nor to do them any
+harm.</p>
+
+<p>In continuing their journey they passed through a considerable
+extent of fruitful and agreeable country, which was totally
+destitute of inhabitants, all the Indians having fled to the
+mountains for fear of the Spaniards. They came at length to the
+top of a hill where a great number of Indians had withdrawn, who
+presented them with a vast quantity of corn, which they gave to
+the poor famished natives who had escorted them thither.
+Continuing their journey, they observed many indications of
+Spaniards having been in the country, and they pressed onwards
+giving praise to God that their long and miserable captivity
+seemed near a close. One day, while Cabeza and Estevanillo were
+in advance, accompanied by eleven Indians, they overtook four
+Spanish horsemen, who were much astonished at being accosted in
+their own language by persons in their strange garb and
+appearance. Cabeza requested to be conducted to their commander,
+Diego de Alcaraz, who informed him they were now in <i>New
+Galicia</i>, and about thirty leagues from the town of San
+Miguel. Castillo and Orantes then came up, attended by above six
+hundred of the Indians who had deserted their habitations from
+fear of the Spaniards. By their means all the others were induced
+to return to their houses in peace and to sow the land. Cabeza
+and his three companions having taken leave of the Indians who
+accompanied them with many thanks for their protection, travelled
+twenty-five leagues farther to a place called
+<i>Culiacan</i>[142], where they arrived much spent with long
+fatigue and after having endured much hunger and thirst during
+their arduous and anxious peregrinations through the vast
+wilderness from Florida to New Galicia.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 142: Culiacan, or Hueicolhuacan, on a river
+of the same name which discharges itself into the Vermilion Sea
+or Gulf of California, is in lat. 24&deg; 50' N. long. 106&deg;
+40' W. in the province of Cinaloa. Cabeza de Vaca and his
+companions had therefore followed an oblique course from the
+north-east in the south of Louisiana entirely across the
+continent, to the south-west, from about the latitude of 31&deg;
+to 25&deg; both north; a journey in all probability exceeding
+1200 English miles in a straight line. The beginning of their
+journey seems to have been to the west of the Missisippi, as that
+great river is not mentioned; neither indeed do we find any
+indications of the Rio Bravo del Norte, which they must
+necessarily have crossed.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Melchior Diaz, who was captain and alcalde of the province,
+received them with singular humanity, giving praise to God for
+having delivered them out of their tedious and miserable
+captivity, and requested them to use their endeavours to appease
+the Indians of that part of the country, who were in arms against
+the Spaniards. This they most readily undertook, and sent
+messages by some of the Indians to the neighbouring caciques,
+three of whom came to Culiacan attended by thirty Indians,
+bringing presents of feathers and emeralds. In conversation with
+these Indians about their religious belief, they said they
+believed in a being named <i>Aguar</i>, the lord of all things,
+who resided in heaven and sent them rain when they prayed to him
+for it; such being the tradition they had learnt from their
+fathers. Cabeza told them that <i>Aguar</i> was GOD the Creator
+of heaven and earth, who disposed all things according to his
+holy will, and who, after this life, rewarded the good and
+punished the wicked. He exhorted them therefore to believe
+henceforwards in this only true God, to return to their houses
+and live in peace, to build a house for the worship of God after
+the manner of the Christians, and when any Spaniards came to
+visit them, that they should meet them with crosses in their
+hands, and not with bows and arrows; promising, if they did this,
+that the Spaniards would be their good friends and would teach
+them every thing they ought to know, that God might make them
+happy in the next life. All this the Indians engaged to perform.
+Cabeza de Vaca and his companions went on from Culiacan for San
+Miguel[143], attended by a few Indians, the natives by the way
+coming out to meet them in great numbers with presents, whom they
+exhorted to become Christians as they were now subjects to the
+king of Spain. They all received these advices in the most
+friendly manner, requesting to have their children baptized.
+While on the road they were overtaken by Alcaraz, by whom they
+were informed that all the deserted country through which they
+had lately travelled was again well peopled and in peace, and
+that the Indians were all occupied in sowing their lands.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 143: San Miguel is not to be found in the
+most recent map of New Spain by M. de Humboldt; that name may
+possibly have been given to the city of Mazatlan, in lat. 23&deg;
+15' N. on the coast of Cinaloa.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Cabeza de Vaca and his companions judged that the extent of
+country through which they had travelled, from Florida on the
+Atlantic to San Miguel on the South Sea, could not be less than
+two hundred leagues[144], as they declared upon oath before a
+notary at San Miguel on the 15th of May 1536, before whom
+likewise they subscribed a narrative of all the incidents of
+their weary pilgrimage. After resting fifteen days in San Miguel,
+they proceeded to the city of Compostella[145], a distance of an
+hundred leagues, where Nunno de Guzman then was, by whom they
+were kindly received and furnished with clothes and all other
+necessaries. From thence they went to Mexico, where they arrived
+on the 22d of July, and met with a courteous reception from the
+viceroy, Don Antonio de Mendoza. Leaving Castillo and Estevanillo
+at Mexico, Cabeza de Vaca and Orantes proceeded to Vera Cruz,
+whence they passed over into Spain in 1537.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 144: Two hundred Spanish leagues of 17-1/2
+to the degree, or about 800 English miles. It has been already
+stated in a former note that the direct distance they had
+travelled could not be less than 1200 miles, probably 1600
+allowing for deflections.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 145: San Miguel and Compostella are both
+omitted in the most recent map of New Spain by Humboldt, though
+both are inserted in Governor Pownalls map of North America; in
+which San Miguel is placed about 27 miles S.E. from Culiacan, and
+Compostella 230 miles S.S.E. from San Miguel; all three near the
+western coast of New Spain, the former in the province of
+Culiacan, the latter in that of Guadalaxara--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>We learn from Herrera[146], that Alvar Nunnez Cabeza de Vaca
+was sent out in 1540 as governor of the incipient Spanish
+settlements on the Rio Plata, in which expedition he was
+accompanied by his former companion in distress Orantes. In the
+year 1545, he was made prisoner by some mutinous officers of the
+colony and sent into Spain, where his conduct was cleared by the
+council of the Indies, yet he was not restored to his
+government.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 146: Herrera, V. 342, 390,
+402.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>SECTION IV.</p>
+
+<p><i>Narrative of a new attempt to Conquer Florida, by Ferdinand
+de Soto</i>[147].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 147: Herrera, V. 223--239.--This narrative,
+as will be seen by the series of quotations from Herrera, is
+broken down by that writer into detached fragments, in
+consequence of rigid attention to chronological order. In the
+present instance these are arranged into one unbroken journal,
+but with no other alteration in the text. It is one of the most
+curious of our early expeditions of discovery, bearing strong
+internal evidence of having been taken by Herrera from an
+original journal, and so far as we know has never been adopted
+into any former Collection.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Ferdinand De Soto, had served with much reputation in Castilla
+del Oro and Nicaragua, and went with Pizarro upon the conquest of
+Peru, being even promoted for his worth and valour to the
+distinguished office of lieutenant-general under Pizarro. On the
+breaking out of the disturbances between the factions of Pizarro
+and Almagro, he was so much disgusted that he returned into
+Spain, without having acquired the riches that his services and
+good qualities deserved, considering the immense wealth which was
+found in Peru. Aspiring to undertake some brilliant enterprise
+suited to his lofty genius, he petitioned the king to be allowed
+to undertake the conquest of Florida, which was readily granted
+to him, as he was a person of experience, of a fine presence and
+graceful carriage, and well fitted by the strength of his
+constitution to encounter the hardships incident to such
+hazardous enterprises. Since the entire failure and destruction
+of Panfilo de Narvaez and his armament, as already related, no
+one had hitherto offered to attempt the reduction of that country
+till now. Among the terms granted to Soto on this occasion, he
+was appointed governor of the island of Cuba, which was to serve
+as a place of arms from whence to conduct the intended conquest
+of Florida. On the design of this enterprise being made public,
+near a thousand men were soon raised for the expedition, among
+whom were many gentlemen of good birth, encouraged by the
+reputation of the commander, and the hopes of acquiring
+wealth.</p>
+
+<p>Ten ships were fitted out at San Lucar for carrying out the
+troops and all the necessary stores, which set sail on the 6th of
+April 1538, accompanying the fleet for New Spain, the whole being
+under the supreme command of the adelantado Ferdinand de Soto so
+far as the island of Cuba, after which the <i>flota</i> was to be
+commanded by Gonzalo de Salazar, the factor of New Spain. To shew
+his proud and turbulent disposition, on the first night after
+going to sea, Salazar pushed a cannon shot a-head of all the
+fleet to affront the admiral, who immediately ordered a shot to
+be fired at him. The ball went through all the sails of Salazars
+ship from the poop to the head; and by a second shot, all the
+side of his ship was torn immediately above the deck. Salazars
+ship became unmanageable from the injury done to her sails, and
+on the admiral pushing forwards the two ships ran foul of each
+other and were both in imminent danger of perishing in the dark,
+but by cutting all the rigging of the other ship the admiral got
+clear. Soto was so highly incensed by this haughty conduct of
+Salazar that he had well nigh ordered him to be beheaded; but
+forgave him on submission and promise of better behaviour in
+future.</p>
+
+<p>The fleet arrived safe at Santiago in Cuba. Not long before
+this a Spanish ship commanded by Diego Perez had an engagement of
+four days continuance with a French privateer, separating
+courteously by mutual consent every night, and recommencing
+furiously every morning; but the Frenchmen slipped off during the
+fourth night. Immediately on his arrival in Cuba, Soto sent
+orders to repair the Havannah, which had been burnt by some
+French privateers, and he ordered a fort to be built for the
+protection of that place. Having sent some persons of skill to
+discover and examine the harbours along the coast of Florida, and
+appointed his lady to administer the government of Cuba in his
+absence, he prepared to enter upon the great object of his
+expedition.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, having embarked nine hundred men and three
+hundred and thirty horses, he sailed from the Havannah on the
+12th of May 1539, and came to anchor on the last day of that
+month in the Bay of <i>Espiritu Santo</i> on the coast of
+Florida[148]. He immediately landed three hundred men, who lay on
+shore all night without seeing a single native. About day-break
+next day the Spanish detachment was attacked by a prodigious
+multitude of Indians, and compelled to retreat precipitously to
+the shore. Basco Porcallo de Figuero was sent with a party to
+their relief, as the Indians pressed hard upon them with
+incessant flights of arrows, and the Spaniards being raw soldiers
+unaccustomed to arms or discipline knew not how to resist. On the
+approach of Porcallo the Indians were obliged to retire in their
+turn; yet killed that commanders horse with an arrow, which
+pierced through the saddle lap and penetrated a span deep into
+the horses body. All the forces were now landed, and marched
+about two leagues inland to a town belonging to the cacique
+<i>Harrihiagua</i>[149], who had fled to the mountains lest he
+should be called to account for his cruelty to the Spaniards who
+had been here formerly along with Panfilo de Narvaez. None of
+these were now alive in the country except one man named Juan
+Ortiz, who had been saved by the wife of the cacique, who
+abhorred the cruel disposition of her husband. By her assistance,
+Ortiz had been enabled to make his escape to another cacique
+named <i>Mucozo</i>, who protected him and used him well. Having
+learned where this man was, Soto sent Baltasar de Gallegos with
+sixty horsemen to bring him to the camp, wishing him to act as
+interpreter with the natives. At the same time Mucozo was sending
+Ortiz with an escort of fifty Indians to offer peace to the
+Spaniards. These Indians were all stark naked, except that each
+wore a small clout, but their heads were ornamented with great
+plumes of feathers. They all carried bows in their hands, and all
+had quivers well filled with arrows.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 148: It has been already mentioned that
+there are two bays of this name, one in <i>East</i>, and the
+other <i>West</i> Florida. There can be no doubt that the one
+here mentioned in the text is the former of these, in lat.
+27&deg; 48' N. long. 83&deg; 20' W. It lies on the western coast
+of East Florida, and runs about 35 miles into the land, dividing
+at its head into two coves or bays named Hillsborough and
+Tampa.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 149: This name considerably resembles the
+names of men and places in Hispaniola and Cuba, hence we may
+conjecture Harrihiagua to have been cacique over some of the
+emigrants said to have gone from Cuba to Florida, as mentioned in
+the first section of this chapter.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Immediately on seeing the horsemen, the Indians ran for
+shelter into the wood, being afraid of an attack, and the raw
+Spaniards went full speed after them in spite of their commander.
+Ortiz alone remained in the open plain, and was assaulted by
+Alvaro Nieto with his lance. Ortiz leaped to one side to avoid
+the lance, and called out in the Indian language having forgot
+his own by long disuse, but fortunately made the sign of the
+cross, on which Nieto asked if he were Juan Ortiz. Answering in
+the affirmative, Nieto took him up behind him on his horse and
+carried him to his captain Gallegos, who was gathering his men
+that had dispersed in pursuit of the Indians. Some of the natives
+never stopped till they reached the town of their cacique, but
+others were appeased, and seeing one of their companions wounded
+they exclaimed bitterly against Ortiz, as it had happened through
+his inadvertence. Soto was much pleased that he had got Ortiz,
+whom he greatly caressed. He was likewise very kind to the
+Indians who had accompanied him, and ordered the one who had been
+wounded to be carefully dressed; and sent by them a message to
+the cacique Mucozo, thanking him for his kind usage of Ortiz, and
+offering his friendship.</p>
+
+<p>Ortiz could give very little account of the country, as his
+whole employment under his first master had been to carry wood
+and water, and he had never ventured to go out of sight of the
+other who used him well, lest he might be suspected of
+endeavouring to escape; but he had been told that the interior of
+the country was pleasant and fertile. Mucozo came to visit Soto,
+who entertained him and gave him some Spanish trinkets to secure
+his friendship. Soon afterwards the mother of the cacique came
+weeping to the Spaniards, demanding to have her son restored, and
+begging that he might not be slain. Soto endeavoured to sooth and
+reassure her, yet she ate of such victuals as were offered with
+much hesitation, asking Ortiz whether she might eat in safety, as
+she was fearful of being poisoned, and insisting that Ortiz
+should taste every thing in the first place. Mucozo remained a
+week among the Spaniards, amusing himself with the novelty of
+every thing he saw, and making many inquiries respecting the
+customs of Spain. During this time Soto endeavoured to learn some
+particulars respecting the country, remaining always with his
+troops at the town belonging to Harrihiagua, because near the Bay
+of the Holy Ghost. At this time he dismissed the ships, that his
+men might have no hopes of getting away from the country,
+following in this measure the example of many ancient and modern
+commanders, and among these Cortes on his invasion of Mexico. He
+reserved however four of his ships to serve upon particular
+occasions.</p>
+
+<p>Soto used every means to acquire the friendship of
+Harrihiagua, giving strict charges that no damage should be done
+in his country, being extremely unwilling to give the first cause
+of offence, but nothing could prevail on that cacique to enter
+into any friendly connection. As some of the men were sent out
+daily, under a strong escort, to bring in forage for the horses,
+they were one day suddenly assailed by a multitude of Indians,
+making such hideous yells as scared them for some time. Before
+the Spaniards could recover from their panic, the Indians laid
+hold of a soldier named Grajal, whom they carried off without
+doing any other harm. More Spaniards coming out on this alarm,
+the Indians were pursued on the track for two leagues by twenty
+horsemen, when they were found among some tall reeds eating,
+drinking, and making merry with their women, and bidding Grajal
+eat, as they told him they would use him better than Ortiz. On
+hearing the trampling of the horses all the men fled, leaving the
+women and children with Grajal, whom they had stripped naked. The
+Spaniards returned well pleased with Grajal and the women and
+children, all of whom Soto set free along with some men who had
+been made prisoners formerly, on purpose if possible to
+conciliate the cacique and his subjects.</p>
+
+<p>After remaining three weeks in that place, Soto sent a
+detachment of sixty horse and an equal number of foot under
+Gallegos to explore the country beyond the districts belonging to
+Harrihiagua and Mucozo, which belonged to a cacique named
+<i>Urribarracuxi</i>. On asking guides from Mucozo for this
+expedition, he refused it saying that it would be treacherous to
+furnish guides for doing injury to his friend and brother-in-law.
+The Spaniards answered that they meant no injury, and he might
+send his friend notice of their intended visit, as they were
+resolved at all events to go. In that part of the country they
+found many wild vines, walnut-trees, mulberry, plum, oak, pine,
+and other trees resembling those which grow in Spain, and the
+open fields appeared pleasant and fertile. But they found
+Urribarracuxi's town, which was at the distance of seventeen
+leagues, entirely abandoned, and could by no means prevail upon
+him to come out of the woods or to contract any friendship with
+them, though he likewise entirely refrained from doing them any
+harm. Gallegos sent back word to inform Soto of the nature of the
+country he had explored, and that there were plenty of provisions
+in the town to which he had penetrated. Being anxious to take
+Harrihiagua prisoner, his lieutenant Vasco Porcallo went out with
+a party on that service, though Soto advised him to send some
+other person. When Harrihiagua learnt the object of this
+expedition, he sent word to Porcallo that his labour would be all
+in vain, as the roads were so bad he would never be able to reach
+the place in which he dwelt. Porcallo however persisted, and
+coming to a deep morass which his men refused to enter, he
+spurred on his horse to set a good example; but his horse soon
+floundered in the morass and Porcallo fell off and was nearly
+stifled. Considering that he was well up in years and had a good
+estate, Porcallo considered this as a warning to him to desist
+from such dangerous and fatiguing enterprises, for which reason
+he asked leave to return to Cuba, and distributed his horses,
+arms, and provisions among the troops, leaving his son Gomez
+Xuarez de Figuero well equipped behind him to continue the
+enterprise, which was better fitted for younger men, and in which
+Gomez acquitted himself like a man of honour.</p>
+
+<p>On receiving intelligence from Gallegos of the pleasantness of
+the interior country, Soto determined to advance with the bulk of
+his men, leaving Calderon to command at the town belonging to
+Harrihiagua with forty horsemen, to secure the ships, provisions,
+and stores. On this occasion he gave strict orders to Calderon,
+to give no offence to the Indians, but rather to wink at any
+injuries they might offer. Soto did not think proper to halt in
+the town of Mucozo, lest he might be burdensome to him and his
+people with so great a force, though that friendly cacique
+offered to entertain him. But he recommended to Mucozo to be kind
+to the Spaniards who had been left at the Bay of the Holy Ghost.
+Soto marched N.N.E. to the town of Urribarracuxi, but neglected
+to make proper marks in the country through which he travelled,
+which was a great fault, and occasioned much trouble in the
+sequel. On coming to the town of Urribarracuxi, he used every
+possible endeavour to prevail upon that cacique to enter into
+friendship, but quite ineffectually. Endeavouring to penetrate
+farther into the country in search of that cacique, they came to
+a morass which was three leagues over, and the road through which
+was so difficult as to take two days of hard labour; and next day
+the advanced party or scouts returned saying that it was quite
+impossible to proceed farther in that direction, on account of a
+number of rivers which took their rise in the great morass and
+intersected the country in every direction. Three days were
+ineffectually spent in searching for some way to pass onwards,
+Soto being always among the foremost to go out upon discovery.
+During this period the Indians made several excursions from the
+woods and morasses to assail the Spaniards with their arrows, but
+were generally repelled without doing any harm, and some of them
+made prisoners, who, to regain their liberty, pretended to shew
+the passes to the Spaniards, and led them to such places as were
+not fit for the purpose. On their knavery being discovered, some
+of them were torn in pieces by the dogs, which so intimidated the
+rest, that at length one of them undertook to guide them, and
+very easily brought them into the open country.</p>
+
+<p>Soto and his men came soon afterwards to another morass, which
+had two large trees and some branches laid across its narrowest
+part to serve as a bridge. Soto sent two of his soldiers who were
+good swimmers to repair the bridge, but they were set upon by
+many Indians in canoes from whom they difficultly escaped after
+being severely wounded. But as the Indians no more appeared at
+this pass, the bridge was soon repaired, and the army passed over
+into the province or district of another cacique named
+<i>Acuera</i>; who, upon receiving an offer of peace, sent back
+for answer that he would rather have war than peace with
+vagabonds. Soto continued twenty days in this country, during
+which time the Indians killed fourteen Spaniards who had
+straggled from the main body, whose heads they carried to their
+cacique. The Spaniards buried the bodies of their companions
+wherever they found them; but the Indians dug them up again and
+hung their quarters upon trees. In the same time the Spaniards
+only killed fifty Indians, as they were always on their guard and
+kept among the woods and swamps. Leaving the town of Acuera, to
+which they did no harm, Soto continued his march inland for
+<i>Ocali</i>, keeping a direction a little to the east of north,
+through a fertile country free from morasses. At the end of about
+twenty leagues they came to Ocali, a town of about six hundred
+houses, abounding in Indian corn, pulse, acorns, dried plums, and
+nuts. The cacique and all his people had withdrawn into the
+woods, and at the first message desiring them to come out sent a
+civil evasive answer, but complied at the second summons with
+some apprehension.</p>
+
+<p>Going some days afterwards accompanied by this cacique to
+examine a river over which it was intended to lay a bridge, there
+appeared about five hundred Indians on the other side, who shot
+their arrows towards the Spaniards, continually crying out "go
+away with you, vagabond robbers!" Soto asked the cacique why he
+permitted his subjects to behave in this manner; to which he made
+answer that many of them had thrown off their obedience because
+he had entered into friendship with the Spaniards. Soto therefore
+gave him permission to rejoin his subjects, on promising to
+return, but which he never did. The proposed bridge over this
+river was constructed of two cables stretched across, having
+planks laid between them, of which they procured abundance fit
+for the purpose in the woods. By this means the whole force
+inarched across with the utmost ease and satisfaction, the
+Spaniards on this occasion becoming engineers and pioneers to
+build bridges and construct roads, after the manner of the
+ancient Romans. As the guides had fled, the Spaniards made
+prisoners of thirty other Indians to shew them the roads, whom
+they treated well and presented with baubles so much to their
+satisfaction, that they conducted the army for sixteen leagues
+through a fine open country to the district of <i>Vitacucho</i>
+which was about fifty leagues in circumference and was then
+divided among three brothers.</p>
+
+<p>On coming to a town called <i>Ochil&eacute;</i> about break of
+day, the Spaniards surrounded it before the natives were aware;
+but on hearing the drums and trumpets they ran out, and finding
+all the avenues blockaded they stood on their defence though the
+cacique was invited to enter into friendship. He continued for
+some time to resist; but as his people perceived that the
+Spaniards released the prisoners without doing them any harm,
+they represented this to their chief, on which, making a virtue
+of necessity, he submitted to Soto and was well treated. After
+this, he accompanied Soto, with many of his people, and conducted
+the Spaniards into a spacious and delightful vale in which there
+were many scattered habitations. The cacique sent likewise to
+acquaint his brothers that the Spaniards were marching through to
+other countries, only requiring to be supplied with provisions on
+their way, and did no harm to those who accepted their
+friendship. One of the brothers returned a favourable answer, and
+treated the Spaniards with great respect; but the eldest and most
+powerful of the three, would not allow the messengers to return,
+and sent afterwards a reproof to his brothers, who he said had
+acted like foolish boys, and might tell the strangers that, if
+they ventured into his country, he would roast one half of them
+and boil the other. But as Soto sent another kind message to him,
+he consented to visit Soto accompanied by five hundred warriors
+gaily adorned after their fashion, and was received with much
+civility and presented with such ornamental trinkets as pleased
+him much. He was greatly astonished at the appearance of the
+Spanish troops, and asked pardon for his rude and threatening
+expressions, promising to make amends by his future good conduct.
+This cacique, named <i>Vitacucho</i>, was about thirty-five years
+of age, strong limbed, and of a fierce aspect. Next day the
+Spanish army entered Vitacucho's town in martial order. It
+consisted of about two hundred houses or cabins, besides a great
+many others scattered all over the country. All the towns in this
+country have no other names except those of the caciques to which
+they respectively belong. After remaining two days in this town
+making merry, the two younger caciques asked permission of Soto
+to return to their own districts, which was granted, and having
+received some presents from Soto, they went away well
+pleased.</p>
+
+<p>Vitacucho continued slily for some time to behave respectfully
+to Soto and the Spaniards, yet contriving how best to destroy
+them. For this purpose he concerted with all his neighbours, whom
+he persuaded that it was proper and necessary to destroy these
+wicked vagabonds who had come into their country to reduce them
+to servitude. He imparted his design to four Indians who attended
+Soto in quality of interpreters, whom he informed that he had ten
+thousand well armed Indians in readiness to aid him in the
+execution of this enterprise, and that he proposed to roast some
+of the Spaniards, to boil others, to hang up another part on the
+loftiest tress, and to poison all the rest in such a manner as to
+pine and rot away for a long time before they died. Being desired
+to keep the secret and to give their opinion of this design, they
+answered that they approved it highly, as an exploit worthy of
+his wisdom and valour, and that nothing could be better
+contrived. Vitacucho thus encouraged, determined to persevere,
+and sent notice to his confederates to hold themselves in
+readiness; but the four Indians, satisfied of the
+impracticability of the design, owing to the excellent discipline
+and vigilance of the Spaniards, made a discovery of the whole
+plot to Juan Ortiz, who communicated it without delay to Soto. In
+a council of the officers held to consult how to act in this
+emergency, it was thought best to take no immediate notice of the
+matter, except standing vigilantly on their guard as if ignorant
+of the treacherous intention of the cacique, but to contrive to
+make him fall into his own snare.</p>
+
+<p>When the day concerted between Vitacucho and his confederates
+for putting their enterprise into execution was come, the crafty
+cacique requested Soto to go with him out of the town to see his
+subjects whom he had drawn up in martial array for his
+inspection, that he might be acquainted with his power, and with
+the manner of fighting practised among the Indians. Soto was a
+prudent man well versed in the art of war, in which he had
+gradually risen by his merit. On this occasion he courteously
+accepted the proposal of the cacique, saying that it was likewise
+customary among the Spaniards, to shew honour to their friends by
+displaying their troops in order of battle. The Spanish forces
+accordingly marched out in good order, prepared for whatever
+might occur; and the better to conceal his suspicions, and the
+purpose he had now in view, he walked out of the town on foot
+along with the cacique. The Indian warriors, to the number of
+about ten thousand men, were found drawn up in good order at some
+distance from the town, having their left wing protected by a
+wood and their right by two lakes. They were well equipped after
+their manner, their heads adorned with high plumes of feathers of
+herons, swans, and cranes. Their bows lay beside them on the
+ground, and their arrows were covered over with grass, to make it
+appear that they were unarmed. Besides the main body in the
+position before mentioned, they had a wing on each flank advanced
+into the plain.</p>
+
+<p>Soto and the cacique advanced into the plain towards the
+Indian army, each attended by twelve chosen men. The Spanish
+troops moved forwards in order of battle on the right of Soto,
+the cavalry being in the middle of the plain, while the infantry
+moved close to the wood on the left of the Indians. When Soto and
+Vitacucho were arrived at the place where it was previously known
+that the cacique intended to have given a signal for attacking
+the Spaniards, who were now all in readiness and fully instructed
+how to act, Soto gave notice to his army to commence the attack
+by ordering a musket to be fired off. The twelve Spaniards who
+attended Soto immediately seized the cacique according to the
+instructions they had received for that purpose; and Soto
+mounting his horse led on the Spanish cavalry to the charge,
+being always foremost on every occasion, whether for fighting or
+hard labour. The Indians took up their arms and resisted the
+Spaniards as well as they could by repeated flights of arrows,
+even killing the horse on which Soto rode, as they chiefly aimed
+at the horses of which they stood in much fear. Soto soon got
+another horse from his page, and as the cavalry now penetrated
+the main body of the Indians their whole army took to flight,
+some seeking for safety in the wood and others by throwing
+themselves into the lakes. All who fled along the open plain were
+either killed or made prisoners. About nine hundred of the
+Indians took shelter in the smaller lake, which was immediately
+surrounded to prevent their escape, and the Spaniards likewise
+kept up an incessant attack upon them with their fire-arms and
+cross-bows, to induce them to surrender. Although in the water,
+the Indians continued to shoot as long as their arrows lasted,
+many of them standing on the backs of their comrades, who were
+swimming, till their arrows were spent, and then giving similar
+aid to others. They continued in this manner from about ten in
+the morning till midnight, always surrounded by the Spaniards,
+refusing to surrender though assured of their lives. At length
+many of the feeblest surrendered, after being fourteen hours in
+the water. As the rest observed that no injury was offered to the
+prisoners, they mostly surrendered next day at noon, when they
+had been above twenty-four hours in the water; and it was
+observed that they came out excessively tired, hungry, sleepy,
+and swollen. Seven still obstinately remained in the water till
+about seven in the evening; when Soto, thinking it a pity such
+resolute men should perish, ordered twelve Spaniards to swim to
+them, with their swords in their mouths, who dragged them all out
+half-drowned. Care was taken to recover them; and when asked the
+reason of their obstinacy, they alleged that as commanders, they
+were willing to convince their lord that they were worthy of
+their rank, by dying in his service and leaving a good name
+behind them, even expressing a desire that they had been
+permitted to perish. Four of these men were about thirty-five
+years of age. The other three were lads about eighteen, the sons
+of chiefs, who had obeyed the summons of Vitacucho, in hopes of
+acquiring honour, and were unwilling to return home vanquished.
+Soto presented some small mirrors and other baubles to these
+youths and dismissed them; but he told the four commanders, in
+presence of Vitacucho, that they all deserved to be put to death
+for having broken their plighted faith, yet he forgave them in
+hopes that they would take warning by what had now befallen them,
+and behave better for the future. He then invited Vitacucho to
+dine at his own table every day, being of opinion that more was
+to be gained among these barbarians by kind usage than severity,
+unless when indispensably necessary.</p>
+
+<p>The prisoners taken on this occasion amounted to above a
+thousand men, who were distributed as servants among the Spanish
+troops. Vitacucho gave these men secret orders to fall upon and
+destroy the Spaniards while at dinner, and appointed the seventh
+day after the engagement for the execution of this new plot. On
+that day, while Vitacucho as usual was at dinner along with Soto
+and the principal Spanish officers, he started up on a sudden and
+gave a loud <i>whoop</i> or war cry, which was the appointed
+signal of attack, and laying hold of Soto gave him so violent a
+blow with his fist as knocked him to the ground, and immediately
+fell upon him endeavouring to kill him; but the other officers
+who were at dinner killed Vitacucho immediately. On hearing the
+signal from the cacique, all the other Indians attacked their
+masters, some with fire-brands, others with the cooking kettles,
+pitchers, or whatever they could get hold of, of which the
+fire-brands did most harm; but as the Spaniards immediately
+seized their arms in their defence, all the Indians were
+slain.</p>
+
+<p>Four days after this fray, the troops marched to another town
+called <i>Osachile</i> after the name of its cacique. Coming to a
+river which could not be forded, it was proposed to construct a
+bridge similar to that employed on a former occasion; but on
+account of opposition from a body of Indians on the farther bank
+it was necessary in the first place to drive these away. For this
+purpose an hundred men armed with muskets and cross-bows were
+ferried over on six rafts, and thirty horsemen got over by
+swimming their horses. The Indians then fled, and the bridge was
+constructed in the same manner as formerly described, over which
+all the rest of the army passed. About two leagues after crossing
+the river, the army came to some corn-fields with scattered
+houses, and were galled for some time by the Indians, who lurked
+among the standing maize, whence they discharged their arrows at
+the Spaniards: But they were soon put to flight and several of
+them speared by the cavalry. On arriving at Osachile they found
+the town abandoned, and the cacique of that place could never be
+persuaded to make his appearance. Some Indians were made
+prisoners on this march, who were more tractable than any they
+had hitherto met with, and undertook to act as guides. It was now
+necessary for the Spaniards to consider of a proper place in
+which to pass the winter, and as there had been much talk about
+the province or district of Apalache, as producing gold, the army
+only halted two days at Osachile, and recommenced their march in
+the direction of Apalache. After marching twelve leagues through
+a desert wilderness, they came to a swamp half a league over,
+where the pass was defended by a considerable number of Indians.
+An engagement ensued in which several were killed on both sides,
+and the Spaniards were foiled for that day. But on the next,
+after a bloody encounter, the Spaniards drove the Indians from
+the swamp and got possession of the pass, all of which was
+fordable except about forty paces in the middle, over which there
+was a bridge of trees made fast together.</p>
+
+<p>Having crossed the swamp, a very thick wood was found on the
+other side, above a league and half through, which the army had
+great difficulty to penetrate, neither indeed was it able to pass
+through the wood in one day. During this difficult march, an
+hundred horsemen armed with targets led the van, and were
+followed by an hundred musqueteers and cross-bow-men, all of whom
+carried axes to hew down trees and make a clear space for the
+army to encamp, which it did in the middle of the forest, and was
+all night long disturbed by the incessant war-hoops of
+surrounding Indians. Next day they continued their march through
+the wood, which now became more open, but they were constantly
+harassed by the Indians, more especially as the cavalry could be
+of very little service among the trees, and wherever there were
+any open spaces, the Indians had cut down trees to obstruct the
+passage. After getting out of this forest into the open country,
+they marched two leagues farther, killing or making prisoners of
+all the Indians who attempted to make any opposition; so that the
+natives became at length convinced that they were unable to
+destroy the Spaniards or to expel them from the country. The army
+now encamped at the commencement of the cultivated lands
+belonging to the <i>Apalaches</i>, but the Indians still
+continued to annoy them, by continually pouring flights of arrows
+into the camp.</p>
+
+<p>Next day the army marched two leagues through a perpetual
+succession of fields of Indian corn, interspersed with straggling
+houses, and were frequently vexed by lurking Indians who shot off
+their arrows and then ran away. At the farther side of this
+cultivated plain, they came to a deep brook running through a
+wood, the ford of which was fortified by palisades or fallen
+trees, to prevent the passage of the cavalry: But a hundred of
+them alighted from their horses, and cleared the way with their
+swords and targets in spite of the Indians, who fought with much
+obstinacy, and did not give way till many of them were slain, but
+some of the Spaniards were killed in this engagement. They
+marched four leagues next day with little opposition: and the day
+following were informed <i>Capasi</i>, cacique of Apalache, had
+taken post at the distance of two leagues with a large body of
+brave Indians intending to give them battle. The horse
+immediately advanced to attack him, and took some of his men, but
+Capasi made his escape. The town of Apalache, of which they now
+took possession, consisted of two hundred and fifty houses,
+having several other small dependent towns or villages, and many
+detached cabins or farm-houses scattered over the cultivated
+fields. The country was fertile and agreeable, the climate
+excellent, and the natives numerous and warlike. After some days
+rest, parties were sent out in different directions to explore
+the country. Those who penetrated northwards into the interior,
+reported that the country was excellent, fertile, populous, and
+free from woods and swamps; while those who went south towards
+the coast, found a rugged, barren, and impracticable country,
+being the same through which Cabeza de Vaca had travelled.</p>
+
+<p>It being now the month of October, Soto determined to winter
+in this place; for which purpose he ordered sufficient
+fortifications to be constructed for defence, and provisions to
+be stored up for the supply of his army. He likewise sent back a
+party by the same way which the army had marched, being an
+hundred and fifty leagues to the bay of the Holy Ghost[150], to
+bring away the cavalry that had been left there to rejoin the
+rest of the army. He also sent a message to Capasi, the only
+cacique who had been hitherto met with having a proper name
+different from that of his town, requesting him to come in and
+make peace with the Spaniards, to which he would by no means
+consent. Being informed that Capasi had intrenched himself in the
+middle of a wood about eight leagues from Apalache, Soto marched
+against him and assailed his fortified post. The Indians defended
+themselves for some time with great bravery; but at length begged
+quarter which was granted, and Capasi was brought out on mens
+shoulders; as he was either so fat and unwieldy, or so much
+disabled by some distemper, that he was unable to walk, and was
+therefore carried on a kind of litter or bier, or crawled on his
+hands and knees. Soto returned well pleased at this good fortune
+to his quarters at Apalache, expecting that the Indians would
+give him no more disturbance, now that their chief was in his
+hands. But matters turned out quite otherwise; for having no
+ruler the Indians became even more disorderly and troublesome
+than before, and refused to obey the command of Capasi to remain
+in peace with the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 150: Although in the text the general
+direction of the march of Soto is mentioned as to the N.E. there
+is every reason to believe it must have been to the west of
+north, into the country of what are now called the <i>Creek</i>
+Indians. The town of Apalache in which Soto spent the winter
+1539-40 may have been on the river Catahoche otherwise called of
+Apalachicola, or on the Alibama, which runs into the Mobille.
+There still is a place known by the name of Apalache near the
+mouth of the Mobille river.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Under these circumstances, when Soto complained to the cacique
+of the perpetual hostilities of his people, Capasi pretended, if
+he were permitted to go to a place about six leagues from
+Apalache, to which the head men of the tribe had retired, that
+they would obey his orders on seeing him among them and agree to
+peace. Soto accordingly gave his permission, and Capasi went to
+the place indicated, carried as usual on a bier, and accompanied
+by a strong guard of Spaniards. The cacique then issued orders
+for all his people to appear before him next day, having some
+important matters to communicate. The Spaniards posted their
+guards for the night and went to rest, believing every thing
+secure; but when day appeared next morning neither the cacique
+nor any of his attendants were to be found. Taking advantage of
+the centinels falling asleep, Capasi had crept out from among
+them on all fours, after which his Indians carried him off to
+some more secure place than the former, as he was never more
+seen. The Spanish escort returned much ashamed of themselves to
+Soto, pretending that Capasi and his attendants must have been
+carried off through the air, as it was impossible for him to have
+got away from among them in any other manner. Soto prudently
+accepted of this excuse, saying with a smile that the story was
+very probable as the Indians were notable sorcerers. He was
+unwilling to punish his men for their negligence, being always
+more desirous to gain the affection of his soldiers by kind
+usage, as far as consistent with military discipline, that they
+might be ready to endure the fatigue and danger he expected to
+encounter in the prosecution of his enterprise.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION V.</p>
+
+<p><i>Continuation of the Transactions of Ferdinand de Soto in
+Florida</i>[151].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 151: Herrera, V. 507.--541.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>We have already mentioned that Soto, having determined to
+spend the winter 1539 at Apalache, sent a detachment back to
+Harrihiagua on the bay of the Holy Ghost, to bring away Captain
+Calderon and the men who had been left there. This detachment
+consisted of thirty horse under the command of Juan de Anasco. On
+coming to the ford of the river Ocali, Anasco was obliged to pass
+it by means of rafts, as the river was flooded; and though they
+used the utmost diligence, the Indians were up in arms on both
+sides of the river to oppose him, so that the Spaniards had to
+fight both to the front and rear while their baggage, horses, and
+selves were wafted over. Having got safely over, they found it
+necessary to go to the town, as one of their comrades was quite
+benumbed in passing the river. Believing the Spaniards more
+numerous than they really were, the Indians only defended their
+town till their wives and children were got away to a place of
+safety, and then abandoned the place, of which Anasco took
+possession. The Spaniards made four large fires in the
+marketplace, on purpose to restore their benumbed comrade, to
+whom likewise they gave the only clean shirt they had among them.
+They likewise dried their clothes and saddles, which had been all
+wetted in passing the river, and furnished their wallets with
+provisions from the stores of the Indians. In the mean time, ten
+horses at once were allowed to feed, while all the rest stood
+ready bridled in case of attack. About midnight an alarm was
+given by the centinels of the approach of a numerous body of
+Indians; on which the whole party mounted, tying the benumbed man
+who was now somewhat recovered, fast upon his horse which was led
+by another soldier, and set off on their march with so much
+expedition that they were five leagues from the town by day-break
+next morning. In this manner they continued their journey with as
+little delay as possible, going on at a round trot wherever they
+found the country inhabited, and walking their horses in passing
+through the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>On the seventh day after leaving Apalache, Pedro de Atienza
+was taken very ill, and died a few hours afterwards. Having
+travelled that day near twenty leagues they arrived at the great
+swamp[152] in the evening, and remained all night on its border,
+making great fires to keep them warm as the weather was extremely
+cold. Next morning, on attempting to pass, the horses refused on
+account of the excessive cold; but about noon the sun yielding
+some heat, they got across; On the third day after, while
+continuing their march with the usual diligence, they observed
+the track of horses, and some appearance of their having used a
+pool of water by the way side. Their horses even took heart at
+these appearances, smelling the track of others, and Anasco and
+his men were much rejoiced, having been previously afraid that
+Calderon and his troops had either gone away to Cuba, or had been
+slain by the Indians. About sunset of this day, being the tenth
+after leaving Apalache, they came in sight of Harrihiagua, just
+as the horse patrole was leaving the town. The new comers set up
+a loud shout for joy at seeing their friends, and Calderon came
+immediately out to welcome them with equal satisfaction.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 152: A great swamp is laid down in lat.
+81&deg; N. on the frontiers between Georgia and East Florida, at
+the head of the rivers of St Mary and St Mark, the former of
+which flows east to the Atlantic, and the latter south-west into
+the Bay of Apalache.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>When the cacique Mucozo learnt the arrival of Anasco, he went
+to visit him, and brought the horse belonging to the man who had
+died by the way, which had been left in a meadow with the saddle
+hanging to a tree, which likewise was brought in by an Indian on
+his back, not knowing how to fasten the girths. Mucozo inquired
+after the health of Soto in a friendly manner, and expressed his
+sorrow that the other caciques were not of the same friendly
+disposition with himself. Calderon and Anasco consulted together
+as to the best way of going back to Apalache. As the stores of
+provisions shoes and clothes which had been provided liberally by
+Soto for the expedition were very large and could not be removed
+to Apalache, it was agreed to leave all these under the charge of
+Mucozo. It was likewise resolved that Anasco should proceed by
+sea with two of the brigantines to the Bay of Aute, which he had
+discovered when detached by Soto to explore the country to the
+south of Apalache, while Calderon was to go by land. Accordingly,
+every thing being in readiness, seven days after the arrival of
+Anasco, Calderon set out by land for Apalache with seventy horse
+and fifty foot soldiers, all the rest going by sea along with
+Anasco.</p>
+
+<p>On the second day of his march, Calderon came to the town of
+Mucozo, and was hospitably entertained by that friendly chief.
+Nothing remarkable happened during this march till they came to
+the great swamp, except that one horse was killed by an arrow
+which penetrated through his breast to his bowels. These Indians
+are such powerful archers that they have been known to shoot
+through four folds of mail; for which reason the Spaniards laid
+aside their European armour, and used a kind which is stuffed
+with cotton, called <i>escaupiles</i>, to defend both themselves
+and their horses. Calderon travelled with very little opposition
+or difficulty all the way to the swamp of Apalache, where the
+Indians attacked him desperately and killed one of his horses.
+Next day he was again attacked, and disturbed all the ensuing
+night, the Indians constantly upbraiding the Spaniards as
+vagabonds and robbers, and threatening to quarter them. On the
+following day Calderon and his men reached Apalache, where ten or
+twelve of his people died of their wounds. Anasco arrived safe
+with the remainder of the Spaniards at the Bay of Aute[153],
+whence he marched by land to Apalache. Having now collected his
+whole force at Apalache, Ferdinand de Soto sent Diego Maldonado
+with the brigantines to explore the coast to the westwards,
+ordering him to return in two months with a particular
+description of all the ports, creeks, and headlands he might fall
+in with. Maldonado executed these orders; and on his return
+reported that he had discovered a very excellent harbour, called
+<i>Achusi</i>, sixty leagues to the westwards of Aute[154],
+whence he brought two Indian prisoners. Soto then sent Maldonado
+with the brigantines to the Havannah, carrying letters to his
+lady, and directed him to inform the colonists of Cuba that he
+had found an excellent harbour in Florida, and that the country
+was pleasant and fertile, by way of encouraging settlers to come
+over.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 153: No bay is now known of this name, but
+it may possibly have been that now known by the name of
+Mobille.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 154: This distance from Mobille Bay would
+lead us considerably to the west of the Missisippi, perhaps to
+Ascension Bay, or perhaps to the entrance of Ouachas
+Lake.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>It happened one day that seven Spanish horsemen riding out
+from the town of Apalache saw an Indian man and woman gathering
+old kidney-beans in the fields. Immediately on seeing the
+horsemen the man took up the woman in his arms and carried her
+into the wood, whence he returned with his bow and arrows to
+attack the horsemen, who would have saved his life on account of
+his bravery, calling out to him to yield; but he was so desperate
+that he wounded them all, and when his arrows were expended he
+gave one of them so violent a blow with his bow on the head-piece
+that it stunned him, on which provocation he killed the Indian
+with his lance. While Soto wintered in Apalache, he used every
+exertion to obtain intelligence respecting the country towards
+the west, in order to prepare for extending his discoveries in
+the spring; and among the Indians who were brought to him on this
+occasion, was one about seventeen years of age who had been a
+servant to some Indian travelling merchants.</p>
+
+<p>From this youth he was informed that, about thirteen of
+fourteen days journey farther on, there was a province called
+<i>Cofachiqui</i>[155], which produced gold, silver and pearls.
+This intelligence was very pleasing to the Spaniards, and made
+them wish anxiously for the season in which to march forwards.
+During all the winter, which the Spaniards spent in Apalache,
+when any parties of them went out into the country, the Indians
+seldom failed to kill some of the men or horses with their
+arrows, yet always kept at a distance or among the woods,
+carefully avoiding to encounter them in the open fields.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 155: Perhaps the country of the
+Chicasaws.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The season being at length come, in the spring of 1540, for
+taking the field, Soto set out on his march from Apalache towards
+the north, and on the third day encamped in a peninsula formed by
+a swamp, having wooden bridges of communication with the dry
+land. This being an elevated situation, several towns could be
+seen from the encampment, which was still in the district
+belonging to Apalache. The Spaniards rested here two days, during
+one of which seven men strolled out from the camp without orders,
+six of whom were slain by the Indians before they had got two
+hundred paces from the camp, and the seventh difficultly escaped
+with two wounds. Leaving the province of Apalache, the Spaniards
+now entered that called <i>Atalpaha</i>, the first town they came
+to being abandoned by the natives. Six of the principal people
+remained behind, who were brought before Soto, whom they boldly
+asked whether he was for peace or war with their nation. Soto
+answered by means of his interpreter that he had no inclination
+for war, as his only intention was to pass through their country,
+yet desired that his people might be supplied with provisions. To
+this they answered, if such were his intentions there was no
+occasion to have made them prisoners, and if he conducted himself
+in a friendly manner he might depend on better treatment than he
+had received at Apalache. They accordingly dispatched some of the
+common people to desire the natives to return to their houses to
+serve the Spaniards, whom they conducted to a better town, where
+the cacique came to ratify a peace, which was punctually observed
+during three days that Soto remained there.</p>
+
+<p>From that place they advanced for ten days to the northwards
+along the banks of a river, through a fertile country, in which
+all the inhabitants behaved in a friendly manner. After this they
+entered the province of <i>Achalaqui</i>, which was poor, barren,
+and thinly inhabited, having very few young men, and the old
+people being mostly short-sighted and many of them quite blind.
+Quickening the march through this bad country they came to the
+province of <i>Cofachi</i>, where, besides other presents, Soto
+gave the cacique some boars and sows for a breed, having brought
+above three hundred of these animals with him to Florida, where
+they increased very fast, as the Spaniards had no occasion to
+kill them, getting abundance of other provisions. During this
+expedition, Soto made it an invariable practice, before entering
+any province, to send a message to the cacique offering peace and
+demanding leave to pass through his dominions, that the natives
+might not be alarmed at the appearance of so many armed
+strangers; and besides it was always his wish to employ fair
+means in his intercourse with the Indians, rather than force. He
+accordingly sent a message to the cacique of <i>Cofa</i> with the
+usual requests of peace, provisions and a free passage, with
+which the cacique complied, coming himself to meet the Spaniards,
+for whom he appointed quarters and plenty of provisions. The land
+being plentiful, Soto and his army rested here five days. The
+next province belonged to a brother of Cofa, named Cofaqui, who
+came out to meet the Spaniards attended by a great number of his
+people, all finely adorned with plumes of feathers, and wearing
+mantles of rich sables and other valuable furs. After this
+friendly reception, the cacique went away to another town,
+leaving his own entirely for the accommodation of the Spaniards.
+This country abounded in maize or Indian corn, which is used by
+the Indians as wheat is in Europe. They had also abundance of
+dried fruits; but flesh was rare, being only what they procured
+by hunting, as they had no domesticated animals.</p>
+
+<p>Next day, Cofaqui returned to Soto, offering a supply of
+provisions and a strong escort of armed Indians, to enable the
+Spaniards to cross a desert or wilderness of seven days journey
+leading to the next province of Cofachiqui[156]. Immediately
+there appeared four thousand Indians to carry burdens, and the
+like number armed, to accompany the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 156: The word <i>Cofa</i> seems to have
+signified lord or chief among these Indians; as we have four
+successive chiefs in the text, named Cofa, Co-fachi, Cofa-qui,
+and Cofa-chiqui.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On seeing so great a number of men, Soto was on his guard like
+a good soldier and prudent commander, that he might not be taken
+by surprise. On this occasion the cacique made a speech to the
+commander of his forces, enjoining him, as he knew the ancient
+enmity subsisting between him and the people of Cofachiqui, that
+he should not let slip the present favourable opportunity of
+taking severe revenge upon their enemies, considering that he was
+now supported by these valiant strangers. The Indian commander,
+throwing off his mantle of furs, flourished a two-handed sword or
+war-club, the ensign of his command, and told his lord in pompous
+terms what he would do for his service. On this, the cacique took
+from his own shoulders a rich mantle of sables, thought by the
+Spaniards to be worth a thousand ducats, which he put upon the
+shoulders of his general, and placed a splendid plume of feathers
+on his head. The presentation of a mantle and plume of feathers
+is considered among the Indians as the highest honour which can
+be bestowed.</p>
+
+<p>There were two Indians among the Spaniards who were extremely
+familiar, named ordinarily Mark and Peter though not baptized. On
+the night before commencing the new march for Cofachiqui, Peter
+made a violent outcry as if in danger of being slain. All the
+forces turned out under arms on this alarm, and found Peter in
+great trepidation and distress. He alleged that the devil and a
+number of his imps had threatened to kill him if he acted as a
+guide to the Spaniards, and had dragged him about and beaten him
+so unmercifully that he had assuredly been killed if they had not
+come to his assistance; and, since the great devil fled from two
+Christians, he begged to be baptized that he might be a Christian
+like them and able to drive away the devil. This appeared to be
+no fiction, by the bruises and swelling which Peter exhibited;
+and accordingly Soto gave him in charge to the priests, who
+remained with him all night and baptized him; and next day he was
+mounted on horseback, being unable to walk on account of the
+drubbing he had got from the Devil!</p>
+
+<p>The two armies marched apart, pursuant to the wise precautions
+adopted by Soto. The Indians kept excellent order, having a
+regular van and rear guard, and making those who carried the
+provisions and baggage keep in the centre. Every night the two
+armies lay at some distance, each appointing their own guards. On
+the third day of the march from Cofaqui they entered upon the
+wilderness, through which they marched for six days, finding the
+country very agreeable. They had two rapid rivers to cross, at
+both of which the cavalry was made to form a kind of wall above
+the ford to break the force of the stream, by which means they
+all got safe over. On the seventh day both Spaniards and Indians
+were much at a loss, as the road they had hitherto followed was
+now at an end, so that they knew not which way to take through
+the rest of the wilderness. Soto asked the Indian general how it
+could possibly happen that among eight thousand men of his
+nation, more especially as they had always been at war with the
+people to whose country they were going, no one should know the
+road. The Indian chief answered that none of them had ever been
+there; for the war was never carried on by means of complete
+armies, as they merely killed or made prisoners of each other,
+when they chanced to meet at the fisheries on the rivers, or
+while hunting; and as the people of Cofachiqui were most
+powerful, his countrymen did not venture so far into the
+wilderness, by which reason they were unacquainted with the
+country. He farther assured Soto that he might rely on the
+probity and good faith both of the cacique and himself, who had
+no intention of fraud or perfidy; yet he might if he pleased take
+what hostages he thought proper for his security, and if that
+were not sufficient, he would submit to lose his own head, and
+that all his men should be put to death, wherever they were found
+to harbour any evil intentions.</p>
+
+<p>Satisfied with these assurances, Soto sent for Peter the
+Indian, who was likewise at a loss, as he had not been in these
+parts for five years. They marched on however the rest of that
+day, without knowing any thing of the road, yet found the woods
+easily passable. Towards evening they arrived at a great river
+which could not be forded[157]. This circumstance added greatly
+to their perplexity, as they now had only seven days provisions,
+which would not hold out till they could make rafts to pass this
+river. Next day Soto sent off four several detachments in
+different directions to explore the country, with orders to
+return in five days; and with each of these went a thousand
+Indians, to assist in finding the way of which they were in
+search. The Indians who carried the baggage, and who remained at
+the encampment, went out every morning armed, and returned at
+night with herbs, roots, birds, some small land animals, and a
+little fish, part of which they gave to the Spaniards; but this
+scanty supply was quite insufficient for their necessities. Soto
+now ordered some of the swine which accompanied the army to be
+slaughtered, and distributed eight ounces of their flesh daily to
+every one of his men. Even this was only protracting their
+misery, yet all shewed wonderful patience, as their commander
+gave them a good example.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 157: In the utter impossibility to trace
+the route of Soto, it may even appear absurd to suppose that this
+may have been the Tenasse or Hogohegee River, formerly called the
+Cherokee River; yet he assuredly marched in various directions
+through the interior country of North America, westwards of the
+present states of Virginia, the Carolinas, and Georgia, to the
+north of modern West Florida, now occupied by the Creeks,
+Cherokees, Catawbas, Chactaws, and Chickasaws.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Three of the detachments that had been sent out on discovery
+returned on the sixth day unsuccessful. But the commander of the
+fourth, Juan de Anasco, who had gone up the banks of the river,
+sent back four horsemen to inform Soto that he had found a small
+town on the same side of the river, which had a good store of
+provisions, and had seen several towns still higher up, where
+there was a good deal of cultivated land. The messengers brought
+with them many ears of <i>zara</i>[158], and some cows horns,
+without knowing whence these were procured, not having hitherto
+seen any cows in the country. The Indian general <i>Patofa</i>
+and his men, who accompanied Anasco, killed all the inhabitants
+of that town whom they could lay hands on, taking off their
+<i>skulls</i>[159], and plundering the temple or place of burial,
+where the best of the effects were secured. This town was in the
+province of <i>Cofachiqui</i>; and as the Indians accompanying
+the Spaniards did much injury to the country, Soto now sent them
+home again to prevent any farther harm being done under his
+auspices; and by making presents to the Indian general and the
+other chiefs, and supplying them with provisions for their
+journey, they went away well satisfied. Soto now advanced with
+the Spaniards through a pleasant and plentiful country, but which
+was abandoned by the natives on account of the ravages and
+slaughters that had been committed by Patofa and his people.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 158: This word, left unexplained by the
+translator of Herrera, perhaps means some species of millet
+cultivated by the Indians.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 159: This ought in all probability to have
+been translated <i>scalps</i>.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Three days afterwards, to avoid going on at random, Soto sent
+on Juan Anasco with thirty horse to explore the country. Anasco
+set out a little before night, and after proceeding about two
+leagues, he heard the barking of dogs and the noise of some
+children, and saw some lights; but on going towards the place for
+the purpose of trying to seize one or two Indians from whom to
+gain intelligence, he found that the town was on the other side
+of the river. He halted therefore at a place which seemed to be
+used as a landing for canoes; and having fed and rested the
+horses, he returned to give Soto an account of what he had
+observed. Soto went accordingly next day with an hundred horse
+and an equal number of foot to view the town; and as the Indians
+fled on seeing the Spaniards, the two Christian Indians, Peter
+and Mark called to them across the river that no harm was
+intended. Upon this six Indians ventured across the river in a
+canoe, and came to wait on Soto, who was seated in a chair, which
+was always carried with him to receive the natives in state, as
+the customs of these people required. On approaching Soto, the
+six Indians made their obeisances; first to the sun, then to the
+moon, and lastly to the Spanish commander, whom they asked
+whether he was for peace or war with their nation. He answered by
+means of his interpreter, that he was desirous of peace, and
+required nothing from them but provisions for his people. They
+replied that they willingly accepted of peace, but were sorry to
+say that they were very scarce of provisions in consequence of a
+pestilence which had lately raged among them; but they would
+inform their sovereign of his demands, who happened to be a young
+unmarried woman. When they had delivered their message to the
+princess, two large canoes covered with awnings were seen to set
+out from the town on the other side of the river, into one of
+which seven or eight women embarked, and six men in the other.
+Among the women was the princess who ruled over the tribe; and
+immediately on coming to Soto, she sat down on a stool before
+him, which her people brought for her use, and after some
+complimentary discourse, she expressed her sorrow for the
+scarcity which then existed in her country, but that having two
+storehouses filled with provisions for relieving the necessities
+of her subjects, she would give him one of these, and hoped he
+would leave her in possession of the other. She said likewise
+that she had two thousand measures of maize at another town,
+which she would give him, and would quit her own house and half
+the town to accommodate him and his people, and if that did not
+suffice, that the whole of the town should be cleared for his
+use. Soto thanked her in a courteous manner for her friendly
+offers, declaring that he would be perfectly satisfied with
+whatever she was pleased to give. While he was speaking, she took
+off a string of pearls which she wore round her neck, and gave it
+to Juan Ortiz the interpreter to present it in her name to Soto,
+as she could not deliver it with her own hands without
+transgressing the rules of decorum[160]. Soto stood up and
+received it with much respect, and presented her in return with a
+ruby which he wore on his finger. Thus peace was ratified with
+this princess, who now returned to the other side of the river,
+all the Spaniards admiring her beautiful appearance and good
+behaviour.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 160: The circumstance of great quantities
+of pearls being found in this part of the country tends in some
+measure to confirm the idea of Soto being now on the Tenasse
+River. In the most recent maps of this part of America, a part of
+this river near its great bend, where it sweeps round from a S.W.
+to a N.N.W. direction, is distinguished by the appellation of the
+<i>Muscle Shoals</i>, and it is well known that the fresh-water
+muscles are often very productive in pearls.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>After this all the Spanish force was transported across the
+river, on rafts and in canoes, four horses being drowned in the
+passage. The Spaniards were all commodiously quartered in the
+middle of the town, and the country round was found to be
+extraordinarily fertile. The mother of the princess of this tribe
+was a widow, and resided about twelve leagues from this town in
+great retirement; and on being sent for by her daughter to see
+the strangers, she not only refused, but sent a severe reproof to
+her daughter for admitting those persons of whom she knew
+nothing. Soto sent Juan Anasco with thirty horse, with a
+respectful message to the old lady inviting her to come to visit
+him. Anasco was accompanied on this occasion by an Indian of
+considerable rank, who seemed pensive and melancholy. After
+travelling some leagues, they stopped for rest and refreshment,
+and sat down under the shade of a tree to partake of a repast.
+Throwing off his mantle of sables, the Indian took the arrows one
+by one from his quiver, which were very curiously made of reeds,
+having heads of bones with <i>three points</i>[161] all of them
+feathered on three sides, and both them and his bow beautifully
+painted with some kind of bituminous substance, as smooth and
+glossy as the finest varnish. The last arrow which he drew out
+was headed with flint, sharp-pointed, and double-edged like a
+dagger. Seeing that the Spaniards were all intent upon observing
+the curious arrows, he cut his own throat with the flint-headed
+arrow, and immediately fell down dead. The other Indians who
+accompanied Anasco said that in their opinion he had killed
+himself because he was carrying a message which he believed was
+disagreeable to the old lady. A short time after this, as Anasco
+was still proceeding, one of the Spaniards observed that they
+were going blindly in search of a woman who was said to have gone
+to hide herself from them in another place; and as Soto already
+had the daughter in his power, he had no occasion for the mother
+also, and as their number was small they were exposed to much
+danger, and had much better return to head-quarters. As this
+advice was universally approved of, they turned back.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 161: Perhaps this ought to have been
+<i>triangular</i> pointed heads.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Three days afterwards Soto sent twenty Spaniards up the river
+in two canoes at the request of the daughter to seek her mother,
+under the conduct of an Indian who offered to conduct them to her
+place of concealment. While on this expedition, the Spaniards
+recollected that Peter and Mark had reported there was both gold
+and silver in that province; but upon search they found much
+copper of a golden colour, and great plates of <i>ore</i>[162]
+which was very light and mouldered away like earth, which
+probably had deceived the young Indians. A wonderful quantity of
+pearls were found, and the old lady gave them leave to go into a
+sacred house where the chiefs or nobles of the tribe were buried,
+to take what pearls were there, and to another temple, or
+sepulchre rather, near the town, in which the bodies of her own
+ancestors were reposited, where they found pearls in still
+greater abundance. In these repositories of the dead they found a
+number of wooden chests in which the bodies were laid; and beside
+them in baskets made of reeds there were great quantities of
+large and seed pearls, as also garments both for men and women,
+made of skins and fine furs. So great was the abundance of pearls
+found on this occasion, that the kings officers weighed five
+hundred pounds weight. As Soto was unwilling to encumber his
+troops with so much additional weight, he proposed that no more
+than fifty pounds should be then taken, to send to the Havannah
+to learn their value; but as they were already weighed, the
+officers begged that they might be all carried away, to which he
+consented, and gave his captains two handfuls of pearls as large
+as pease to make strings of beads or rosaries.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 162: These large plates of <i>ore</i>, were
+probably silver-coloured mica; and the golden-coloured copper in
+the text may have been bright yellow pyrites.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Leaving Cofachiqui, the army came to another town called
+<i>Tolomeco</i>, in a temple or charnel-house more properly of
+which place, opposite the residence of the chief, they found
+strings of large pearls hanging on the walls, and others in
+chests, with many fine garments like those formerly mentioned;
+and in rooms over this charnel-house were great numbers of pikes
+with copper heads resembling gold, and clubs, staves, and axes of
+the same metal, and bows, arrows, targets, and breast-plates.
+Soto would not take away any of these, being resolved to continue
+his march. Accordingly, taking leave of the princess of
+Cofachiqui, he divided the army into two parts for the better
+convenience of provisions, retaining the immediate command of
+one, and confiding the other to the charge of Baltasar de
+Gallegos. In this order they moved on to the province of
+Chalaqui; and next day were exposed to such a storm of wind,
+lightning, and hail, that many of them must have perished, but
+for the shelter afforded by the trees, as the hail-stones were as
+large as pigeons eggs. On the sixth day of this new march, they
+came to the valley of Xaula, a pleasant country to the N.N.E. The
+sailors who accompanied the army believed the river which flowed
+past Cofachiqui to be the same which is known on the coast under
+the name of <i>Santa Ellena</i>; and computing their marches at
+four leagues a-day, it appeared that the forces had come two
+hundred leagues from Apalache to Xaula[163]; which, with an
+hundred and fifty leagues from the Bay of the Holy Ghost to
+Apalache, made four hundred and ten leagues in all[164].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 163: Two hundred Spanish leagues would
+amount to near 800 English miles. But as the march, was entirely
+in an uncertain and probably changing direction, this estimate
+does not assist in determining any thing of its extent Eight
+hundred miles would reach, even from Espiritu Santo Bay, to
+beyond the Ohio.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 164: The numbers in the text are obviously
+corrupt, as the particulars do not agree with the sum; but it is
+impossible to correct or reconcile them, neither indeed is it of
+much consequence, as no establishment was made in Florida by
+Soto, and the names of the places he visited are now unknown and
+uninteresting. Four hundred and ten Spanish leagues, or 1640
+English miles, would carry us into Upper
+Canada.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The Spanish forces rested a fortnight in the vale of Xaula,
+which was subject to the princess of Cofachiqui, though a
+separate province, being induced to this delay by finding
+abundance of all things, and on purpose to recruit their horses.
+Leaving this place, they marched one day through an agreeable
+country, and then five days over an unpeopled mountain[165],
+though not disagreeable, as it had many fine groves, waters, and
+pasture-grounds, the way over being about twenty leagues. Four
+Indian chiefs who accompanied them by order of the princess of
+Cofachiqui, sent to require the cacique of <i>Guanale</i> to
+receive the Spaniards with kindness, or otherwise to declare war
+against him. While on the march, a foot-soldier named Juan Terron
+pulled a little bag from his wallet full of large well-coloured
+pearls not pierced, which he offered to a horseman, who advised
+him to keep them as the general meant soon to send to the
+Havannah, where he might purchase a horse for them to ease him
+from marching on foot. On this refusal, Terron threw his pearls
+on the ground, alleging they were troublesome to carry, and they
+were picked up by his comrades. He sorely repented of this
+afterwards, as he was informed they would have been worth 6000
+ducats in Spain. The Spaniards stopped four days at Guanale, and
+in five days march from thence they reached <i>Ychiaha</i>, a
+town situated on an island in the river about five leagues in
+length. As the general always made inquiry every where concerning
+the country farther on, the cacique of Ychiaha told him there
+were mines of yellow metal about thirty leagues from thence, and
+presented him with a long string of large pearls, which would
+have been of extraordinary value if they had not been bored. As
+Soto seemed to prize them, the cacique said there were many such
+in the burial place of his ancestors which he was welcome to take
+if he pleased. In return Soto presented the cacique with some
+pieces of velvet and satin, with which he was much gratified. Two
+soldiers were sent on, accompanied by a party of Indians, to view
+the reported mines of yellow metal, who reported that they were
+only copper, that the country was fruitful, and that they had
+been well treated by the inhabitants. Some of the men likewise
+were ordered to drag the river for the pearl oysters, where they
+soon brought up large quantities, which were laid on a fire to
+make them open their shells, and the pearls were taken out
+somewhat damaged by the heat. A soldier who boiled some of these
+oysters, while eating one of them, almost broke his teeth on a
+pearl as big as a hazle-nut, which he presented to Soto for his
+lady, as it was bright and well shaped; but the general refused
+it, desiring him to keep it to purchase horses, and in return for
+his good will paid the kings fifth out of his own money, its
+value being estimated at 400 ducats. Soto was exceedingly
+generous and obliging to his soldiers, making no distinction
+between himself and them, in clothes, eating, lodging, or
+enduring hardships, and enjoyed their entire confidence and
+affection.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 165: If correct in the idea of Soto having
+crossed the Tenassee, the mountainous district here indicated may
+have been the Cumberland mountains, between the Tenassee and
+Cumberland Rivers.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>From Ychiaha, the Spaniards proceeded onwards to Acoste, where
+the cacique received them with ill-will, and an open breach had
+like to have taken place; but Soto prevented this by conciliatory
+management, and still preserved the peace, which had not been
+infringed since leaving Apalache. Next day the Indians of Acoste
+became better humoured, and having contented them, Soto crossed
+the river into the large province of <i>Coza</i>, through which
+he marched for an hundred leagues, finding it every where
+populous and fertile, and the Spaniards were every where received
+in a friendly manner, well treated, and commodiously lodged. At
+the town of Coza, the cacique came out to meet Soto attended by a
+thousand Indians wearing plumes of feathers and rich mantles of
+furs. The town consisted of about five hundred houses along the
+side of the river, and here the Spaniards were most hospitably
+entertained. While dining one day with Soto, the cacique
+requested he would spend the winter in his country and establish
+a colony there; and indeed it was better land than any that the
+Spaniards had hitherto passed through. Soto thanked him for his
+friendly offer; but said that it was necessary for him in the
+first place to explore the country farther on, that he might be
+able to judge what articles were necessary for trade, and that he
+might give orders for seeds and all other requisites, after which
+he would return and accept his offer. He staid twelve days at
+this place, more to oblige the cacique than on any other account;
+and then set out towards the sea, which he had long designed,
+making a semicircular turn that he might march back by a
+different route to explore the country, meaning to make his way
+to the port of <i>Anchusi.</i></p>
+
+<p>In five days march he reached <i>Talisse</i>, a town fortified
+with entrenchments of timber and earth, on the frontiers of the
+territories of the cacique of <i>Tascaluza</i>, who was in enmity
+with the cacique of <i>Coza</i>, who went so far with the
+Spaniards on purpose to intimidate Tascaluza. At this place Soto
+was received by a son of Tascaluza, only eighteen years of age,
+and so tall that none of the Spaniards reached higher than his
+breast. This young man offered his fathers compliments of
+friendship to the Spaniards, and conducted Soto to Tascaluza, who
+received him sitting after their manner on a kind of chair, with
+a great number of men standing round him; and though the
+different commanders came up successively to salute him, no one
+stirred till Soto came forwards, when the cacique stood up and
+advanced twenty paces to meet him. Tascaluza was like a giant,
+much taller than his son, well-shaped, and of a good aspect. The
+Spaniards were well received, abundantly supplied, and
+commodiously quartered. They set out again on their march on the
+third day; and as the cacique Tascaluza chose to accompany them,
+one of the baggage horses belonging to Soto was selected for him
+to ride upon. When mounted, his feet reached within, a span of
+the ground. He was not fat, as his waist was hardly a yard in
+compass, and he did not seem to exceed forty years of age. In the
+course of this days march, after coming to a fortified town, the
+Spaniards had to cross the river, which they did with
+considerable difficulty, being badly supplied with rafts or
+floats. On taking up their quarters for the night, two Spaniards
+were amissing; and when the Indians were asked about them, they
+answered in a haughty manner, <i>they were not given to our
+keeping</i>, so that it was strongly suspected they were
+murdered. Upon this cause of jealousy, and being likewise
+privately informed that the cacique had assembled a great number
+of men at a place called Mavila, under pretence of serving the
+Spaniards, Soto sent three confidential officers to view that
+place, which was about a league and a half from quarters. They
+reported that they had seen no person by the way, but that Mavila
+was a much better fortified place than, any they had hitherto
+seen in Florida.</p>
+
+<p>As the Spaniards were bound for Mavila, and under
+circumstances very considerable suspicion as to the good
+intentions of Tascaluza and his subjects, they marched with the
+utmost circumspection. Soto led the van in person, consisting of
+an hundred horse and an hundred and fifty foot. He was
+accompanied by Tascaluza, and as he marched with diligence, he
+arrived at Mavila at eight in the morning, the main body not
+coming up for a considerable time after. The town of Mavila was
+seated in a plain, enclosed by a double row of piles with timbers
+laid athwart, and the interstices rammed full of straw and earth,
+so that it looked like a wall smoothed by a masons trowel. At
+every eighty paces distance, there was a tower or platform where
+eight men could stand to fight, having many loop holes. It
+likewise had two gates. Though it only consisted of eighty
+houses, these were so large that each could have contained a
+thousand men. In the middle of the town was a large square or
+market-place, into which when Soto and the cacique were come and
+had dismounted, Tascaluza, pointed out to the interpreter a house
+in which the general might take up his quarters and another for
+his kitchen, saying that huts and barracks were provided for the
+rest of the Spaniards on the outside of the town. To this Soto
+made answer, that, when the major-general came up, he would
+distribute the troops to proper quarters.</p>
+
+<p>Tascaluza now retired into a house where all his chiefs were
+assembled, on purpose to consult how best to kill all the
+Spaniards, which he had been long plotting to accomplish. It was
+proposed in this council to attack them in their present divided
+state, before the rest of the Spaniards could get forwards to the
+town; but another opinion prevailed, which was to allow them all
+to assemble, as the Indian chiefs had a large force concealed in
+the houses of the town, and thought themselves perfectly able to
+encounter with the Spaniards. When the meat was dressed at the
+quarters of Soto, Juan Ortiz the interpreter was sent with a
+message to Tascaluza desiring his presence; but he was refused
+admission to deliver his message, and on pressing to get in, an
+Indian came to the door exclaiming angrily, "What would these
+unmannerly vagabonds have with my lord? Down with the villains,
+there is no enduring their insolence!" He immediately bent his
+bow, and levelled at some Spaniards who were in the street; but
+Baltasar de Gallegos, who happened to be close by, gave him a cut
+on the shoulder which cleft him to the middle. An Indian youth
+now let fly six or seven arrows at Gallegos, which did him no
+harm as he was in armour, after which the Indian gave him three
+or four strokes on the helmet with his bow, but Gallegos killed
+him with two thrusts of his sword. The moment these Indians were
+slain an alarm was given, and above seven thousand warriors, who
+had been concealed in the large houses of the town, rushed out
+into the streets and drove all the Spaniards out of the town.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards who managed best on this alarm, ran immediately
+to mount their horses, which had been left tied on the outside of
+the town; while others cut the halters or reins that the Indians
+might not shoot them. Others remained tied, and were slain by the
+Indians. Such of the Spaniards as had been able to mount their
+horses, with others who now arrived, charged the Indians who were
+engaged with the infantry, making room for them to draw up in
+regular order. Having re-established their ranks, a troop of
+horse and a company of foot made so furious a charge on the
+Indians that they drove them into the town, and attempted to get
+in at the gate after them; but they were received by such a
+volley of arrows and stones as compelled them to retire two
+hundred paces, yet without turning their backs, in which
+consisted their safety. As the Indians followed them, they made a
+fresh charge, and drove the Indians back to the town, yet dared
+not to venture too near the wall; and the fight continued in this
+manner for some time, alternately gaining and losing ground,
+several of the Spaniards being killed and wounded. Finding they
+had the worst of it in the open field, the Indians kept close
+behind the walls of the town. On this Soto alighted from his
+horse, causing others to do the same, and advanced up to the gate
+at the head of a party armed with targets, under cover of which
+two hundred men with axes hewed down the gate and rushed in, not
+without much hazard and some loss. Others of the Spaniards
+contrived to mount the wall, helping each other, and hastened to
+succour those who had gained the gate. Seeing the Spaniards had
+forced their way into the town, which they deemed impregnable,
+the Indians fought desperately in the streets, and from the roofs
+of the houses, for which reason these were set on fire by the
+Spaniards. After entering the town, Soto remounted his horse, and
+charged a body of Indians in the market-place, killing many with
+his spear; but, raising himself in the stirrup to make a home
+thrust, an arrow penetrated through his armour and wounded him in
+the hip, so that he could not regain his seat: yet, not to
+discourage his men, he continued to fight during the remainder of
+the action, though obliged to stand the whole time in the
+stirrups. Another arrow pierced quite through the spear of Nunno
+de Tovar, near his hand, but did not break the shaft of the
+lance, which continued to serve after the arrow was cut off.</p>
+
+<p>The fire which had been put to the houses burned fiercely, as
+the houses were all of wood and covered with thatch, by which
+great numbers of the Indians perished. About four in the
+afternoon, being sensible of their own weakness and that they
+were likely to be worsted, the Indian women began to join in the
+battle, armed with the spears, swords, and partizans which the
+Spaniards had lost, some even with bows and arrows, which they
+managed as dexterously as their husbands, and some armed only
+with stones exposed themselves courageously in the heat of the
+action. The foremost of the Spanish main body, which had fallen
+greatly behind the van little thinking of what was to happen, on
+hearing the noise of trumpets, drums, and shouts, gave the alarm
+to the rest, and hastening forwards came up about the close of
+the engagement. At this time many of the Indians got over the
+wall into the fields, and endeavoured to make head against the
+newly arrived Spaniards, but were soon slain. On the arrival of
+the Spanish main body, about twelve fresh horsemen made a furious
+charge on a large body of Indian men and women who still
+continued the battle in the market-place, and soon routed them
+with great slaughter. This ended the fight about sunset, after it
+had lasted nine hours, being on St Lukes day in the year
+1541[166].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 166: The date of 1541 seems here erroneous,
+Soto having landed in 1539, and spent only one winter in the
+country, the transactions in this part of the text ought only to
+refer to the year 1540.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>During the night and next day, Soto ordered the best possible
+care to be taken of the wounded, some of whom died for want of
+proper necessaries, no bandages, lint, oil, or medicines being to
+be had, as all these things had been plundered along with the
+other baggage at the commencement of the battle by the Indians,
+and having been carried into the town were all there burnt along
+with the houses. Forty-eight Spaniards were slain in this battle;
+thirteen others died shortly of their wounds, and twenty-two some
+time afterwards, so that the entire loss was eighty-three men,
+besides forty-five horses, which were much missed, as the cavalry
+constituted the main strength of the army. It was reckoned that
+eleven thousand Indians perished, four thousand of whom were
+found dead without the town, and young Tascaluza among them. The
+dead bodies within the town were computed at three thousand, as
+the streets were all full of them; and it was believed that
+upwards of four thousand were consumed by fire in the houses, for
+above a thousand perished in one house, as the fire began at the
+door and they were all stifled. When the Spaniards afterwards
+scoured the country round, many were found to have died of their
+wounds in various parts, and some of them four leagues from the
+town. The body of the cacique Tascaluza could not be found,
+whence it was concluded that he had perished in the flames, a
+victim to his eager desire to destroy the Spaniards, which he had
+anxiously premeditated from the first notice he had received of
+their arrival in the neighbourhood of his territories. It was
+reported by some women who were made prisoners, that on the
+Indians of Talisse complaining of having been ordered by their
+cacique to carry the baggage of the Spaniards, Tascaluza had
+exhorted them to have a little patience, as he would soon deliver
+up these strangers to them as slaves. These women said that they
+were strangers who had accompanied their husbands at the
+invitation of Tascaluza, who had promised to give them scarlet
+and silk dresses, and fine jewels to wear at their dances, and to
+divide the Spaniards and their horses among them. They said
+likewise that all the women of the surrounding country, married
+and single, had collected on this occasion; as it had been given
+out that an extraordinary festival was to be held in honour of
+the Sun, after the destruction of the Spaniards. Besides the
+destruction of their baggage on this occasion, the Spaniards lost
+all the wine, chalices, and holy vestments for celebrating the
+mass, so that in future they could only have ordinary prayers and
+sermons, without any consecration or communion, till after their
+return among Christians.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards remained a fortnight at Mavila, making frequent
+excursions into the country, where they found plenty of
+provisions. From twenty Indians whom they took prisoners, they
+were informed that there were no warriors left to oppose them in
+all the surrounding country, as all the bravest men of the nation
+and its allies had been slain in the battle. At this time they
+received the intelligence that Maldonado and Gomez Arias were
+making discoveries along the coast; and Soto was much inclined to
+have established a colony at the port of <i>Achiusi</i> or
+<i>Anchusi</i>[167], to carry on trade with another establishment
+twenty leagues up the country, but this was opposed by some of
+his officers, who thought the Spanish force too small for
+subduing so warlike a people, considering the experience they had
+of their fierceness in the battle of Mavila. They objected
+likewise that they saw no reason for exposing themselves to such
+hazards, without hope of reward, as they had found no mines in
+all the vast extent of country they had travelled over. This
+opposition was exceedingly perplexing to Soto, as he had expended
+the whole of his substance on the expedition, and was afraid his
+men would desert him if he came near the coast, when he was not
+in a condition to raise new forces. For these reasons he resolved
+to penetrate into the interior of the country; and, being
+disgusted at seeing all his projects disappointed, he never
+succeeded afterwards in any of his undertakings.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 167: It is quite impossible to conjecture
+even where this place may have been situated; perhaps it is the
+same bay or creek formerly called Auche, and may have been that
+now called Mobille Bay. The Mavila of the text may likewise have
+been on the river now called Mobille. We know that the <i>b</i>
+and <i>v</i> are often interchanged in the Spanish names of
+places and persons; as for example Baldivia and Valdivia are both
+applied to the original Spanish conqueror of Chili. In the
+present instance, Mavila may afterwards have been changed to
+Mabila, and then by the French to Mobille. All this however is
+mere conjecture.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>When the sick and wounded were so far recovered as to be able
+to travel, Soto set out from Mavila, and marched through a fine
+country for three days, after which they entered the province of
+<i>Chioza</i>, where the natives refused to receive him in a
+peaceable manner. They abandoned their town, and took post to
+defend the passage of a very deep river in which were many craggy
+places. At this pass above eight thousand Indians collected, some
+of whom crossed in canoes to attack and harass the Spaniards: But
+Soto caused some trenches to be made, in which he concealed
+several bodies of musqueteers, targeteers, and crossbow-men, who
+fell upon the rear of the Indians, who forbore to repeat these
+attempts after having been twice discomfited in this manner. As
+it was found impossible to cross over in the face of so large a
+force of Indians in the ordinary manner, two very large piraguas
+were privately built in the woods, which were got ready in twelve
+days, and were then drawn out of the wood on rollers by the
+Spaniards with the assistance of their horses and mules. These
+were launched into the river without being perceived by the
+Indians; and forty musqueteers and crossbow-men were embarked in
+each with a few horses, and these pushed across the river with
+the utmost diligence. They were descried however, by five hundred
+Indians who were scouring the country, who with loud cries gave
+the alarm to the rest, and all hastened to defend the pass. Most
+of the Spaniards were wounded while on the water, as the Indians
+continually shot their arrows against them unopposed. One of the
+piraguas got straight across to the landing, but the other was
+forced some way down by the current, and had to be towed up. Two
+horsemen landed from the first piragua, who drove the Indians
+above two hundred paces back, and made four several charges
+before any reinforcement could land; but at length were joined by
+other four horsemen, and made several desperate charges on the
+Indians, so as to allow of the infantry getting on shore; but as
+these were almost all wounded, they were obliged to take shelter
+in an Indian town hard by. Soto came over in the second trip of
+the piraguas, accompanied by sixty men; and the Indians, on
+seeing the Spanish force increase, retired to a fortified town in
+the neighbourhood, whence they frequently sallied out to skirmish
+with the Spaniards; but as the cavalry killed many of them with
+their spears, they evacuated that place during the night.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards now broke up their piraguas, keeping the iron
+work for future service, and advanced farther into the country.
+In four days they reached a town called <i>Chicoza</i>[168], well
+situated in a fertile country among brooks and surrounded by
+abundance of fruit trees. Resolving to spend the winter in this
+place, Soto caused it to be fortified, huts to be built for the
+accommodation of his troops, and all the provisions that could be
+procured to be collected. At this place they remained in peace
+for about two months, the horsemen making frequent excursions
+into the surrounding country in quest of provisions. Such Indians
+as happened to be made prisoners on these occasions were
+immediately set at liberty, receiving various trinkets for
+themselves and presents for their chiefs, with messages desiring
+them to repair to the Spanish quarters to enter into terms of
+peace and amity. The chiefs sent presents of fruit in return, and
+promised soon to visit the Spanish general. Soon afterwards they
+began every night to alarm the Spaniards; and one night three
+considerable bodies of them drew near the town about midnight,
+and when about an hundred paces from the entrenchments they set
+up loud shouts and made a prodigious noise with their warlike
+instruments; after which, with burning wreaths of a certain plant
+tied round their arrows, they set the town on fire, all the
+houses being thatched. Undismayed at this calamity, the Spaniards
+repaired to their alarm posts, and Soto issuing out in his
+<i>escaupil</i> or cotton armour, mounted his horse and went to
+attack the Indians, being the first to kill one of the assailants
+with his spear; as upon all occasions of danger he gave a
+wonderful example of cool and intrepid courage. Some sick
+Spaniards and several horses were burnt on this occasion; but
+Captain Andres de Vasconcelos with four horsemen fell with such
+fury on the enemy that he forced them to retire. Soto, being
+eager to slay an Indian who particularly distinguished himself in
+this action, leaned forwards so much that he and the saddle fell
+off; but being bravely rescued by his men, he mounted again and
+returned to the fight. At length after two hours hard fighting,
+the Indians were constrained to fly, and were pursued as far as
+they could be seen by the light from the burning houses, after
+which Soto sounded a retreat. In this fatal night, the Spaniards
+lost forty men and fifty horses, twenty of them being burnt. All
+the swine likewise perished in the fire, except a few that broke
+out of an enclosed yard. During this engagement prodigious shots
+of arrows were made by the Indians, one of which pierced through
+both shoulder-blades of a horse, and came out four fingers
+breadth on the opposite side.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 168: This word seems to have almost the
+same sound with Chicasaw, and Soto may on his present return into
+the interior have crossed the river Yazous, which flows into the
+Missisippi in lat. 32&deg; 30' N. a short way above the
+Natches.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Soto now thought proper to remove the army to a town named
+<i>Chicacolla</i>, about a league from that which had been burnt;
+and, having fortified these new quarters, the Spaniards were
+obliged to make new saddles, spears, targets and clothes, to
+supply the places of those which had been burnt. The clothes were
+made of goats skins[169]. At this place the Spaniards spent the
+rest of the winter, during which they suffered extreme hardships
+for want of clothes, as the weather was excessively cold. Being
+sensible that they had done much harm to the Spaniards in the
+late night attack, the Indians returned again to make a similar
+attempt; but their bow-strings being wetted by violent rain, they
+withdrew, as was learnt from an Indian prisoner. They returned
+however every night to alarm the Spaniards, of whom they always
+wounded some; and though the cavalry scoured the country every
+day four leagues round, they could meet none of the natives, so
+that it was wonderful how they should come nightly from so great
+a distance.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 169: More probably of deer skins found in
+the Indian towns, as goats certainly were not among the
+indigenous animals of North America.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The Spaniards contrived to shift in a very miserable manner at
+Chicacolla till about the latter end of March 1542[170], when
+they resumed their march. At the end of about four leagues, the
+advanced guard returned with a report that they had seen an
+Indian fort which appeared to be defended by about four thousand
+warriors. After viewing it, Soto told his soldiers that it was
+indispensably requisite to dislodge these people, who would
+otherwise annoy them with night attacks, and that it was likewise
+necessary to do this that they might preserve the reputation they
+had already gained in so many provinces of the country. This
+fort, called <i>Alibamo</i>[171], was of a square form, each side
+being four hundred paces in length, and the gates were so low
+that the horsemen could not ride in, similar in all respects to
+what has been already said respecting Mavila.[172] The general
+therefore gave orders to three companies of infantry to assail
+the gates, those who were best armed being placed in front. When
+they were all ready to begin the assault, a thousand Indians
+sallied out from the town, all adorned with plumes of feathers,
+and having their bodies and faces painted of several colours. At
+the first flight of arrows, five of the Spaniards were shot,
+three of whom died of their wounds. To prevent the discharge of
+more arrows, the Spaniards immediately closed and drove the
+Indians in at the gates, which they entered along with them,
+making dreadful havock with their swords, as may easily be
+imagined, the Indians being all naked. To escape from the
+infantry, the Indians threw themselves from the walls, by which
+means they fell into the hands of the horsemen, who slew many of
+them with their spears. Others of the Indians endeavoured to
+escape by swimming a river behind the fort; but a squadron of
+horse passed the river, and killed many of them, so that on the
+whole two thousand Indians were supposed to have been slain in
+this battle. During this engagement, an Indian challenged Juan de
+Salinas to single combat, which he accepted, and when his comrade
+made offer to cover him with his target, he refused, saying that
+it was a shame for two Spaniards to engage one Indian. Salinas
+shot his bolt through the breast of the Indian, and in return the
+Indians arrow went through the neck of the Spaniard.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 170: Herrera persists in the error already
+noticed of advancing his chronology a year, as hitherto between
+May 1539 he has only accounted for two winters, and ought
+consequently to have been now only in the spring of
+1541.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 171: At present Toulouse, built on the
+scite of an Indian village called Alibama, stands on a river of
+the same name, which flows into the left or east side of the
+Mobille River in the back part of Georgia, and seems to have been
+surrounded by a tribe called the Alibamons. If this be the place
+indicated in the text, it is quite adverse to the idea of Chicoza
+being to the north-west of the Yazous.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 172: These square forts of logs rammed full
+of earth may have given rise to the entrenchments which have
+lately occasioned some speculation in America, as having belonged
+to a people more advanced in civilization than the present race
+of savage hunters.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>At this time the Spaniards were reduced to great distress from
+want of salt, owing to which they were afflicted with lingering
+fevers, of which several died, and their bodies stunk so
+violently, that there was no coming near them. As a remedy for
+this evil, the Indians taught them to make a lye of the ashes of
+a certain herb, into which they dipped their food by way of
+sauce. At this time likewise the Spaniards were put to much
+trouble for interpreters, on account of the great diversity of
+languages, so that they were obliged to employ thirteen or
+fourteen others besides Juan Ortiz, among the various tribes they
+met with in traversing the country; but so acute were the
+natives, that such of their women as happened to live with the
+Spaniards were able to understand them in two months. After three
+days march from Alibamo, the Spaniards came to another town named
+<i>Chisca</i>, on a river to which they gave the name of <i>El
+Grande</i>[173] or the Great River, as it was the largest they
+had yet seen. Coming upon this place by surprise, most of the
+inhabitants were made prisoners; but some of them made their
+escape to the residence of the cacique, which stood on a high and
+difficult ascent, to which the only access was by means of
+stairs. Though old and sick, the cacique was coming down to
+attack the Spaniards, whom he threatened to put all to death, but
+he was stopped by his women and servants. As there was no proper
+access for the horsemen to assail the residence of the cacique,
+and besides as Soto was always more inclined to carry his
+purposes by gentle means than by the exertion of force, he very
+courteously offered to enter into peace and amity with this
+cacique and his people. In less than three hours, more than four
+thousand Indians assembled at the residence of the cacique, among
+whom there was great difference of opinion as to the choice of
+peace or war with the Spaniards, many of them inclining to war as
+accordant with the natural ferocity of their dispositions. The
+opinion however of the wiser prevailed, who deemed it better to
+make peace, by which they might recover their wives and children,
+and retrieve their property without bloodshed, and might save
+their corn, which was then ripe, from being destroyed. Peace was
+accordingly concluded, on condition that the Spaniards should not
+insist upon going up to the residence of the cacique; the
+prisoners were set at liberty, all the plunder of the town
+restored, and the Spaniards were supplied with provisions.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 173: From what will appear in the sequel,
+there can scarcely be a doubt that this great river must have
+been the Missisippi. According to the Governor Pownall's map of
+North America, Soto fell in with this river in 1541, about the
+lat. of 34&deg; 30' N. in the country of the Chicasaws and to the
+west of the Yazous, near where we have already supposed Chicoza
+to have been situated.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Having rested sixteen days in Chisca, on purpose to give time
+for the sick and wounded to recover, during which time they
+gained the friendship of the cacique, the Spaniards resumed their
+journey, and went four days along the river in search of some
+place in which it could be crossed, as the banks were everywhere
+high and almost perpendicular, and closely wooded. Although above
+six thousand Indians, with great numbers of canoes, were seen
+posted on the opposite side of the river, it was deemed necessary
+to get across in search of provisions, for which purpose two
+large piraguas were ordered to be built. In the mean time four
+Indians came to the camp, and having made their adorations to the
+sun and moon, they addressed Soto in the name of their cacique,
+bidding him welcome to his territories, and offering his
+friendship. The general returned a courteous answer, and was well
+supplied with provisions for his forces during his stay, but
+could never prevail on the cacique to visit him, who always
+excused himself under pretence of sickness; but it was afterwards
+found that this peace was concluded by the Indians on purpose to
+save their harvest, which was then ready to be carried home. In
+fifteen days the two piraguas were finished for crossing the
+river, although some damage was done by the Indians from the
+opposite side by means of their canoes; but the Spaniards drove
+them always away, as they kept a constant guard concealed behind
+trenches. These piraguas were so large as to contain an hundred
+and fifty foot and thirty cavalry, all of whom embarked in sight
+of the Indians, and plied up and down the river with sails and
+oars; and the Indians were so astonished and intimidated by the
+sight of such huge floating machines, that they abandoned the
+opposite bank of the river and dispersed.</p>
+
+<p>After passing the river, the Spaniards came to a town of about
+four hundred houses, constructed upon some high bluffs or ridges
+near another river[174], and surrounded by spacious fields of
+Indian corn, and abundance of fruit-trees of several kinds. The
+Spaniards were courteously received at this place by order of the
+cacique, named <i>Casquin</i>[175], who resided at a different
+town higher up the river, and sent to compliment the Spanish
+commander. After resting six days, they proceeded up the banks of
+the river, through a plentiful and populous country, till they
+came to the town where Casquin resided, who received and
+entertained them with great attention and kindness.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 174: This other river may have been the St
+Francis, which flows into the west side of the Missisippi a
+little above where Soto is supposed to have
+crossed.--E]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 175: The memory of this name perhaps is
+still preserved in a small river or creek, called Kaskin-opa,
+which runs into the east side of the Missisippi about 20 miles
+below the mouth of the Ohio. The situation indeed is materially
+different from that in which Soto is supposed to have found the
+cacique named Casquin in the text; but the roaming tribes of
+Indians frequently change their places of residence, as
+influenced by success or misfortune in war and
+hunting.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Three days after their arrival, the cacique waited upon Soto,
+and, after making his obeisance to the sun and moon, he said "he
+was persuaded the Spaniards worshipped a better God than the
+Indians, since he had given them victory with so small a number
+over such multitudes of Indians: Wherefore he requested that Soto
+would pray to his God to send rain, of which they were in great
+want." The general answered, that though he and all his men were
+sinners, they would humbly pray to God to shew mercy. Having
+accordingly ordered a cross to be erected on a hill, he and all
+the forces, except a guard left to protect the quarters, went in
+solemn procession to adore the cross, accompanied by the cacique
+and some Indians, the Christian priests singing the litanies, and
+all the soldiers joining in the responses. Being come to the
+cross, many prayers were recited on their knees, after which they
+returned to their quarters chanting appropriate psalms. Above
+twenty thousand natives stood gazing at this religious
+procession, some on the same side of the river, and others on the
+opposite bank, all of whom occasionally set up loud shouts, as if
+begging of God to hear them. It pleased God to answer their
+humble prayers, as towards midnight there fell sufficient rain to
+satisfy the wants of the Indians, and the Christians returned
+solemn thanks for the mercy which God had been pleased to grant
+at their intercessions.</p>
+
+<p>Nine days afterwards, the Spaniards again set out on their
+march, accompanied by Casquin and a great number of Indians
+carrying water and other necessaries. The cacique was also
+accompanied by five thousand of his warriors, as he was at war
+with the cacique of the next adjoining tribe, and took the
+opportunity of the Spaniards to assist in the war. During this
+march they spent three days in getting across a great swamp, when
+they came in sight of Capaha[176], being the frontier town of the
+next tribe. This place was fortified on three sides by a wet
+ditch forty fathoms wide and ten fathoms deep, into which water
+was conveyed from the great river by a canal three leagues in
+length. The fourth side, which had no ditch, was secured by high
+and thick palisades. As the cacique of Capaha was unprovided for
+resistance, he went away on seeing the approach of his enemies
+along the canal in a canoe, and sheltered himself in a fortified
+island in the great river. Many of his subjects accompanied him,
+and those who remained were butchered by the followers of
+Casquin, who took the whole scalps[177] of all they killed to
+carry home as trophies. They plundered the town, and took many
+prisoners, among whom were two beautiful women, wives of the
+cacique. They likewise demolished the burial-place belonging to
+Capaha, throwing about the bones of his ancestors, and recovered
+the scalps of their own countrymen which were hung up there as
+memorials of victory. All this evil was done before the arrival
+of Soto and the Spaniards, who had not been informed by Casquin
+of the enmity between him and Capaha. He would even have
+destroyed the town, if he had not feared giving offence to
+Soto.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 176: On the western bank of the Missisippi,
+and in the country of the Akansas, there are two Indian towns
+named Kappas or Quapa, which may possibly have some connection
+with the Capaha of the text.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 177: On all occasions the text of Herrera,
+as translated by Stephens, names these savage trophies of
+massacre sculls, which we have ventured to call scalps,
+consistent with the now universal practice of the North American
+savages. Possibly the entire scull might be the original trophy,
+for which the scalp was afterwards substituted as more
+portable.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>On the coming up of the Spaniards, Soto sent a message to the
+fugitive cacique by means of some prisoners, offering peace; but
+Capaha would not hear of any friendly intercourse, and loudly
+declared his resolution to take ample vengeance of his enemies.
+Learning that the Spanish commander was making preparations for
+an attack on Capaha, Casquin requested him to wait for sixty
+canoes which he had ordered up the river, by means of which the
+army could be transported to attack the fortified island. In the
+mean time the troops of Casquin marched through the country of
+their enemies, which they laid waste on all sides, and in their
+course set free some of their own countrymen who were there in
+captivity, and had been lamed by cutting the sinews of one of
+their legs to prevent them from running away. On going in the
+canoes to attack the island, a great part of its coast was
+inaccessible, being overgrown with thick briars and brambles,
+which formed an impenetrable barrier, and the only accessible
+part was fortified by several rows of strong palisades. Soto
+ordered two hundred of his Spanish soldiers to endeavour to land
+along with the Indians belonging to Casquin. On this occasion one
+Spaniard was drowned by too great eagerness to get first to land;
+but the rest managed so well that they soon gamed the first
+palisade, on which the women and children belonging to the
+defenders set up a terrible cry of consternation. A desperate
+opposition was made at the second palisade, in which consisted
+the last refuge of the defenders. The subjects of Capaha reviled
+those of Casquin, calling them cowardly dogs, who had never
+ventured before to attack that place, and threatened them with
+ample vengeance when the valiant strangers had left the country.
+The subjects of Casquin were so intimidated by these threats and
+the brave opposition they experienced, that in spite of every
+thing their cacique could say they took to flight, carrying off
+forty of the canoes, and would have done the same with the other
+twenty, had not two Spaniards that were left in charge of each
+defended them with their swords. Being thus deserted by their
+allies, and having no horses to act against the Indians, the
+Spaniards began to retire; and when the Indians proposed to
+pursue them, Capaha restrained them, thinking this a favourable
+opportunity to embrace the peace he had before rejected, and the
+Spaniards accordingly retired unmolested.</p>
+
+<p>Next day, without taking any notice whatever of Casquin,
+Capaha sent four messengers to Soto, apologizing for having
+before refused peace, which he now sued for, and requested leave
+to wait upon him. Soto was well pleased with this, and returned a
+suitable answer. Accordingly, Capaha came next day to the town,
+attended by an hundred Indians finely adorned with plumes of
+feathers; and before waiting on the general went to the sepulchre
+of his forefathers, where he gathered together the bones with
+anxious care, kissed them with much reverence, and replaced them
+in their chests or coffins. On coming into the presence of Soto,
+he paid his compliments with a good grace, and though only about
+twenty-six years of age gave an intelligent account or the
+affairs of his country. Turning to his enemy Casquin, he
+addressed him as follows: "I suppose you are now well pleased at
+having seen what you never expected, for which you may thank the
+power of these valiant strangers: But when they are gone, you and
+I shall understand each other. In the mean time I pray the sun
+and moon to send us good seasons." Being informed of what Capaha
+had said, the general without giving time to Casquiu to reply,
+assured Capaha that he and his Spaniards had not come into the
+country to inflame the enmity of the tribes, but to reconcile
+them. After more friendly discourse of this nature, Capaha
+consented to be friends with Casquin, and the two chiefs sat down
+to dinner with Soto. After the repast, the two women who belonged
+to Capaha and had been taken prisoners were brought in and
+restored to him, at which he seemed well pleased, yet presented
+them to Soto, who declined accepting them; but Capaha desired him
+to give them to any one he pleased, as they should not stay with
+him, and they were accordingly admitted among the followers of
+the Spanish army.</p>
+
+<p>At this time the Spaniards suffered excessively for want of
+salt, when they were informed by some Indians that there was
+plenty to be had, and likewise of the metal they called gold only
+about four leagues from thence. Soto accordingly sent Ferdinand
+de Silvera and Pedro Moreno under the guidance of these Indians
+to the place, ordering them likewise to examine diligently into
+all the circumstances of the country they passed through. They
+returned after eleven days with six loads of rock salt, as clear
+as crystal, and one load of fine copper; and reported that the
+country they had passed through was rather barren and thinly
+inhabited. On receiving this report, the general resolved to
+return in the first place to Casquin, and thence to proceed
+towards the west, having marched northward all the way from
+Mavila, in order to remove to a distance from the sea. After
+resting five days at Casquin, they marched other five days down
+the river, where at a town in the province of <i>Quiguate</i> the
+inhabitants fled without any hostilities, but they returned in
+two days and the cacique made an apology for his absence. In the
+interval, the inhabitants of that place wounded two of the
+Spaniards, which the general thought proper to overlook under the
+present circumstances. Departing from Quiguate after a sojourn of
+seven days, they arrived in five days more at the province of
+<i>Colima</i>, marching still down the river, and were received
+in a friendly manner. At this place they found another river
+having blue sand, which was salt to the taste. The Spaniards
+being much in want of salt, steeped some of this sand in water,
+which they strained and boiled, and procured excellent salt to
+their great joy; yet some ate of it so voraciously that ten of
+them died.</p>
+
+<p>Departing from this province of Colima, which the Spaniards
+named <i>De Sal</i>, or the Salt Country, they marched four days
+through an uninhabited wilderness, after which they came to a
+province called <i>Tula</i>[178]. On approaching the first town,
+the whole population both male and female came out to oppose
+them, and a battle ensued in which the Indians were defeated, and
+the Spaniards rushed into the town along with the fugitives; and
+as the inhabitants obstinately refused to submit or surrender
+they were all massacred. After this, on Reynoso Cabeza de
+Vaca[179] going into one of the houses, he was suddenly beset by
+five women who had hidden themselves in a corner, who would have
+stifled him if he had not been rescued by two soldiers who came
+in upon hearing his cries for assistance, and who were forced to
+kill the women before they could extricate him from their hands.
+From this place Soto sent out parties of his cavalry to view the
+country. When any Indians were made prisoners in these
+excursions, they used to throw themselves on the ground,
+exclaiming "<i>either kill me or leave me</i>," refusing
+obstinately to accompany the Spaniards, or to give any account of
+the country. At this place the Spaniards found several well
+dressed cows hides, though they could never learn from whence
+they came[180], and likewise other good skins of various kinds.
+Four days after the arrival of the Spaniards at this place, they
+were attacked one morning early by surprise by a large party of
+Indians, in three several places at once, all calling out
+<i>Tula! Tula!</i> continually, which was considered as a
+watch-word to know each other in the obscurity and confusion of
+the attack. The Spaniards seized their arms in all haste,
+invoking the blessed virgin and their patron apostle St Jago for
+aid, as they were in the utmost peril. In this battle the Indians
+fought with great clubs, a weapon which had not been seen before
+in Florida. The Indians continued the assault with such obstinacy
+till after sunrise, and the Spaniards had been so completely
+surprised, that they were forced to lay aside all punctilios of
+military discipline, each using his utmost individual efforts for
+safety, and the officers even submitting to fight occasionally
+under the command of their inferiors. At length the Indians were
+repulsed, and retired unpursued by the Spaniards, of whom four
+were killed and a good many wounded.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 178: It is proper to observe that this
+place is named Fula on another occasion by
+Herrera.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 179: This may have been a relative of Alvar
+Nunnez Cabeza de Vaca, whose adventures in escaping from the
+disastrous expedition of Panfilo de Narvaez to Florida have been
+related in the third section of this chapter.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 180: It is however well known that
+buffaloes are found in various parts of North
+America.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>While the Spaniards after the battle were surveying the dead,
+and looking at the dreadful wounds made by their swords and
+spears, an Indian started up from among the dead, on which Juan
+de Caranza ran to attack him. But the Indian gave him such a
+stroke with a Spanish battle-axe he had laid hold of, as to
+cleave his target and wound him in the arm. On this Diego de
+Godoy came up to assail him, but was soon disabled. Francisco de
+Salazar came on next, and made several thrusts at the Indian who
+skulked behind a tree, but at length gave Salazar so violent a
+blow on the neck that he dropped from his horse. The fourth
+Spaniard who came against this single Indian was Gonzalo
+Silvestre, who conducted himself with more caution. Having
+avoided a blow aimed at him by the Indian, he gave him in return
+a back stroke with his sword on the forehead, which glanced down
+his breast, and cut off his left hand at the wrist. The Indian
+rushed on aiming a blow at the face of Silvestre, who warded it
+off with his target, underneath which he with another back stroke
+cut him almost in two at the waist. The general and many others
+went up to see this Indian who had made himself so remarkable by
+his valour, and to admire the wonderful cut he had received from
+Gonzalo Silvestre; who was well known at the court of Madrid in
+1570, by his valour and dexterity.</p>
+
+<p>After remaining twenty days in Tula, the Spaniards departed
+from thence, accompanied only by one Indian woman and a boy
+belonging to that place, the former having attached herself to
+Juan Serrano de Leon, and the other to Christopher de Mosquera.
+In two days march, they came to the territory of Vitangue,
+through which they marched for four days, and then took up their
+quarters in a well built town, which they found abandoned. The
+situation of this place was advantageous, as it was inclosed with
+good palisades and there was plenty of provisions both for the
+men and horses; and as the winter advanced with hasty strides,
+Soto resolved to remain here till the ensuing spring, although
+the Indians were continually troublesome, and rejected every
+proposal for peace.</p>
+
+<p>SECTION VI.</p>
+
+<p><i>Conclusion of the Expedition to Florida by Ferdinand de
+Soto</i>[181].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 181: Herrera, VI. 1--30.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Soto and his men accordingly took up their quarters in the
+town of Vitangue at the latter end of the year 1541[182]. As
+during their abode at this place, the Spaniards often went out to
+kill deer, rabbits, and roe-bucks, all of which were plentiful
+and good in the surrounding country, they were frequently on
+these occasions way-laid by the Indians, who discharged their
+arrows at them from ambushments and then made their escape. A
+great deal of snow fell during the winter, but as the Spaniards
+had abundance of fire-wood and provisions, among which was
+excellent fruit, they lived in tolerable comfort and in plenty.
+The cacique of the province, desirous of becoming acquainted with
+the strength and numbers of the Spaniards, that he might know how
+best to attack them, sent several messages to the general under
+pretence of offering to visit him. At first the Spaniards
+admitted these people into their quarters even under night; but
+at length Soto began to suspect some sinister purpose, by the
+frequency of these messages, and gave orders that no more of them
+should be admitted at night, reproving those who did not chastise
+and turn back these unseasonable visitors. In consequence of
+these orders, one of the centinels killed an Indian who
+impudently endeavoured to force his way into the town next night,
+for which he was much commended by the general.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 182: At this place the text returns to the
+true date of 1541, quite conformable with the whole tenor of the
+narrative, and fully confirming our observations respecting
+erroneous dates in the text on former
+occasions.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Towards the end of winter, several parties were sent out in
+different directions to endeavour to procure Indians for carrying
+the baggage, who brought in very few. Upon this Soto set out
+himself on a similar expedition, with 100 horse and 150 foot.
+After a march of twenty leagues into the province of
+<i>Naguaten</i>, which was very populous, he attacked a town by
+surprise one morning at day-break, and returned with many
+prisoners. In April 1542, the Spaniards broke up from their
+winter quarters at Vitangue, and in seven days through a fruitful
+country arrived without opposition at the chief town of Naguaten,
+where they found abundance of provisions, and remained seventeen
+days. On the sixth day after their arrival, a message was brought
+from the cacique, to excuse himself for not having visited the
+general and offering his services. Soto received this messenger
+with much civility, and sent back a courteous answer. Next day
+four chiefs came attended by 500 servants with a large quantity
+of provisions, saying they had been sent by their lord to attend
+upon the general, but the cacique never made his appearance.</p>
+
+<p>On departing from Naguaten, and after the Spaniards had
+marched two leagues, they missed a gentleman of Seville, named
+Diego de Guzman, who had always hitherto behaved himself well,
+but was much addicted to gaming. On inquiry it was found that
+Guzman had lost every thing he had at play the day before, among
+which was a good black horse and a beautiful young Indian woman
+to whom he was much attached. He had punctually delivered up
+every thing he had lost, except the woman, whom he promised to
+yield up in five days. It was concluded therefore that the reason
+of his disappearance was from shame of having abandoned himself
+to gaming, and owing to his love for the woman. On this occasion,
+the general required of the four chiefs belonging to Naguaten to
+restore Guzman, or that he would detain them as prisoners. They
+accordingly sent to inquire after him, and it was found that he
+had gone along with the woman to the cacique, whose daughter she
+was, that the Indians used him well, and that he refused to
+return. Upon this, one of the four chiefs asked permission of the
+general to go and inquire the reason of Guzman refusing to come
+back, and requested a letter to the deserter to that effect,
+saying that it was not reasonable he and his comrades should be
+reduced to slavery for the fault of another person who renounced
+his country and deserted from his commander. Soto accordingly
+ordered Baltasar de Gallegos, who was the friend and townsman of
+Guzman, to write him a letter reproving his behaviour and
+advising him to return; promising in the name of the general that
+his horse and arms should be returned, or others given in their
+room. The Indian who carried this letter was ordered to threaten
+the cacique with having his country laid waste if he did not
+restore Guzman. The messenger returned in three days, bringing
+back the letter, having Guzmans name wrote upon it with a piece
+of burnt stick, and an answer peremptorily refusing to return.
+Along with this letter, the cacique sent a message, declaring
+that he had done nothing to oblige Guzman to stay, and did not
+think himself obliged to force him back, but would on the
+contrary be well pleased if many others of the Spaniards would
+stay with him, all of whom should be well used: And if the
+general thought proper on this account to kill the four chiefs
+who were in his power and to ruin the country, he certainly might
+do so, but it would in his opinion be extremely unjust.
+Perceiving that it was impossible to induce Guzman to return, and
+that the cacique was in the right, Soto dismissed the four chiefs
+with some presents, and continued his progress.</p>
+
+<p>After five days march through the province of Naguaten, the
+Spaniards entered upon a new territory called <i>Guacane</i>,
+inhabited by a fierce and warlike tribe, who obstinately refused
+to be at peace with them. In all the houses of this tribe,
+<i>wooden-crosses</i> were found; supposed to have been
+occasioned by what Cabeza de Vaca and his companions had taught
+in their progress through some other provinces of Florida, from
+whence these crosses had been conveyed to this province and
+several others[183]. Soto, having now lost half of his men and
+horses, was very desirous to establish some colony, that the
+fatigues and dangers which had been endured by him and his men
+might turn out to some useful purpose. With this view he was now
+anxious to return to the great river, repenting that he had not
+built a town at <i>Achusi</i>, as he once designed. He had now a
+strong inclination to found a colony in some convenient situation
+near the great river; where he could build two brigantines to
+send down to the sea, to give notice of the large and fertile
+provinces he had discovered, considering that if he should happen
+to die, all the fruits of his labours would be lost. Having
+marched eight days through the hostile province of
+<i>Guacane</i>, he proceeded by long marches in search of the
+great river through seven extensive provinces, some of which were
+fertile. In some of these the Spaniards were received in a
+friendly manner, as they used every possible means to avoid war,
+because their numbers were so much diminished, and they feared
+the summer might pass away before they could reach the great
+river. Having entered the province of <i>Anilco</i>, they marched
+thirty leagues through it to a town of four hundred houses,
+having a large square in which the residence of the cacique stood
+on an artificial mount on the bank of the river, which was as
+large as the Guadalquiver at Seville. On their approach to this
+place, the cacique drew out 1500 warriors to combat the
+Spaniards; yet as soon as they drew near, all the Indians fled
+without shooting a single arrow, and crossed the river in canoes
+and on floats, carrying off their women and children, only a
+small number being taken by the Spaniards. Soto sent several
+messages to the cacique requesting peace, but he constantly
+refused to be seen or to send any answer.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 183: In Governor Pownalls map of North
+America, Soto is said to have reached a place called Caligoa in
+Louisiana on a branch of a Red river, in lat. 36&deg; N. and
+about 230 miles west from the Missisippi.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Leaving Anilco, and crossing the river on which it stood
+without opposition, the Spaniards marched through an extensive
+unpeopled wilderness overgrown with wood, and came into the
+province of Guachacoya. The first town they came to was the
+capital of the province, and was situated on several hillocks at
+the side of the great river, on one of which hillocks stood the
+residence of the cacique. Being taken by surprise, as he had
+received no intelligence of the approach of the Spaniards in
+consequence of being at war with Anilco, the cacique of
+Guachacoya saw no likelihood of being able to defend his town,
+and made therefore a precipitate retreat across the river with
+his people in canoes and floats, carrying off as many of their
+effects as they could.</p>
+
+<p>The wars which were carried on among the tribes inhabiting the
+various districts or provinces of Florida, were not intended to
+deprive each other of their dominions, neither did they
+ordinarily engage in pitched battles with their whole forces; but
+consisted chiefly in skirmishes and mutual surprises, carried on
+by small parties at the fishing-places, in the hunting grounds,
+among the corn-fields, and on the paths through the wilderness.
+Sometimes they burnt the towns of their enemies, but always
+retired into their own country after any exploit; so that their
+warlike enterprises seemed rather for exercise in the use of
+arms, and to shew their valour, than for any solid or public
+purpose. In some places they ransomed or exchanged prisoners. In
+others they made them lame of a leg in order to retain them in
+their service, more from pride and vain glory than for any
+substantial use or benefit[184].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 184: It is perhaps singular that no mention
+is made of the cruel manner in which the North American Indians
+were in use to put their prisoners to death. Probably that
+practice was then confined to the tribes farther to the north and
+west.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Three days after the arrival of the Spaniards at Guachacoya,
+the cacique became acquainted with the unfriendly reception they
+had received at Anilco. Though a barbarian, he could perceive the
+advantage which might be derived from that circumstance to obtain
+revenge upon his enemies, by an alliance with the warlike
+strangers. He sent therefore four of his inferior chiefs to wait
+upon the Spanish general attended by a considerable number of
+Indians loaded with fish and fruit, and desiring permission to
+wait upon him at the end of four days. Soto accordingly received
+the messengers with great courtesy, and sent back a friendly
+answer; yet the wary cacique sent fresh messengers every day to
+see in what disposition the Spanish general was. At length, being
+satisfied that Soto was disposed to receive him well, he made his
+appearance attended by ten chiefs splendidly dressed after their
+manner, in fine plumes of feathers, and rich furs, but all armed.
+Soto received them in a friendly manner, and had a long
+discourse, with the cacique in one of the spacious rooms
+belonging to his residence, by the intervention of interpreters.
+At one time the cacique happened to sneeze, on which all the
+Indians who were present bowed their heads and extended their
+arms, in token of salute; some saying, <i>the sun preserve
+you</i>, others <i>the sun be with you</i>, and others <i>may the
+sun make you great</i>, with other complimentary expressions of
+similar import. Among other discourse at this interview, the
+cacique proposed to Soto to return into the province of Anilco to
+take revenge on the cacique for his enmity, and offered to supply
+80 canoes to carry the Spaniards down the great river and up that
+of Anilco, the distance being only twenty leagues, when the rest
+of the army marching by land might form a junction in the centre
+of the enemies country. As Soto was inclined to take a full view
+of the country, meaning to form a settlement between these two
+provinces, where he might build his brigantines, he agreed to
+this proposal, and accordingly orders were given out to prepare
+for the march. Juan de Guzman was ordered to embark with his
+company on board the canoes, which were likewise to carry 4000
+Indians, and who were expected to join the forces which marched
+by land at the end of three days. Soto and the rest of the
+Spanish forces marched by land, being accompanied by Guachacoya
+with 2000 warriors, besides a large number carrying the
+provisions.</p>
+
+<p>They all met at the time appointed, and as the Anilcans were
+unable to oppose the groat force which came against them, the
+Guachacoyans entered the town killing all they met, without
+regard to age or sex; committed all imaginable barbarities, broke
+open the sepulchres scattering and trampling on the bones, and
+took away the scalps of their countrymen and other trophies which
+the Anilcans had hung up in commemoration of their victories. On
+seeing the barbarity of his allies, Soto sounded a retreat and
+ordered the Spaniards to turn the Indians out of the town,
+wishing anxiously to put a stop to any farther mischief, and to
+prevent it from being set on fire. But all his efforts were
+ineffectual, as the Guachacoyans thrust burning brands into the
+thatch of the houses, which soon took fire, and the town was
+utterly destroyed. The Spaniards and their allies now returned to
+Guachacoya, where Soto gave orders for cutting down and hewing
+timber with which to build the brigantines, and to prepare iron
+work for their construction; designing when the vessels were
+finished to cross the river into a province named
+<i>Quiqualtangui</i>, which was very fertile and populous, the
+cacique of which had a town of five hundred houses, but who could
+never be induced to listen to proposals of peace from the
+Spaniards: On the contrary, he had sworn by the sun and moon,
+that he would give battle to these vagabond robbers, and would
+hang up their quarters on trees. The general endeavoured to
+appease him with presents and fair words, being always generous
+towards the leaders of the barbarians, endeavouring to bear with
+and soften their savage manners, and to conciliate their
+friendship. By this wise conduct he had hitherto been able to
+subsist his troops for so long a time among so many fierce and
+savage nations.</p>
+
+<p>While engaged in these things, Soto was seized with a violent
+fever, which increased upon him so that he soon perceived it
+would prove mortal. He made therefore his will, and endeavoured
+to prepare for death like a good Christian. That nothing might be
+left unprovided for, he appointed in presence of all his officers
+and principal followers Luis Moscoso de Alvarado to succeed him
+in the command till the king might order otherwise; and after
+commending the virtue and bravery of Alvarado, he entreated and
+commanded all to yield him implicit obedience, even taking their
+oaths to that purpose, and represented to them how necessary it
+was for them all to be united and obedient, for their own
+preservation among these barbarous nations. He then took an
+affectionate leave of all his officers and soldiers, and departed
+this life on the seventh day of his illness, after performing all
+the duties of a zealous Christian. Ferdinand de Soto was of a
+comely appearance and pleasant countenance, and of affable and
+generous dispositions. He was an excellent soldier, and managed
+his weapons with much dexterity both on foot and on horseback;
+skilful and experienced in all military affairs; always brave and
+cool in action, and the foremost in every enterprise of danger:
+severe in punishing when necessary, yet easy to forgive, and
+always inclined to please his soldiers when that might be done
+without lessening his authority. At his death he was only
+forty-two years of age, and had expended his whole fortune,
+exceeding 100,000 ducats on this romantic and fruitless
+expedition. His death was universally lamented among his
+followers, as he had acquired their universal love and esteem by
+his excellent qualities and conduct. It was thought necessary to
+bury him under night, that his death might not be known to the
+Indians, nor the place of his interment, lest they should insult
+his remains; but in spite of all their precautions the secret was
+revealed; for which reason they hollowed out a log of oak into
+which they put his body, and sunk it in the middle of the great
+river, at a place where it was a quarter of a league across and
+nineteen feet deep.</p>
+
+<p>When the funeral of the general was over, Luis de Alvarado
+assembled his officers to hold a council upon the present state
+of their affairs. After thanking them for admitting him as their
+commander, and making a statement of their numbers, arms, and
+ammunition, he desired they would determine upon what was best to
+be done, considering the fierceness and inveterate enmity of the
+barbarous nations by whom they were surrounded: Whether to
+prosecute what had been previously resolved upon by their late
+lamented general, or to devise some other measure for extricating
+themselves from the country, declaring that he was ready to
+proceed according to their opinion and advice. In their answer,
+the officers thanked him for the compliment he paid them, but
+referred the determination respecting their future proceedings to
+himself, and again submitted to obey him as their commander. The
+death of Soto had made a great change in the minds of the Spanish
+forces, who now determined to abandon the country they had taken
+so much pains to discover. Accordingly, they set out on the 5th
+of July 1542, and marched above 100 leagues to the westwards,
+through a barren and desert country[185]. On leaving Guachacoya
+they were joined by an Indian youth of about sixteen years of
+age, whom they did not observe till the fourth day of their
+march. Suspecting him of being a spy, Alvarado asked him who he
+was and what was his object in following them. He said that he
+had fled from Guachacoya, because the chief whom he served was at
+the point of death, and he had been appointed to be buried alive
+along with his master, as it was the custom of the country to
+inter women and servants along with great personages, to minister
+to them in the next world.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 185: Though not directly so expressed in
+the text; it may be inferred from circumstances in the after part
+of the narratives that the present object of Alvarado and the
+Spaniards, was to endeavour to find their way by land to the
+northern part of New Spain.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>At the end of the 100 leagues of wilderness, the Spaniards
+came to a province called <i>Auche</i>, where they were well
+received, and where they rested for two days. Still determined
+upon proceeding to the westwards, they were informed that they
+had a desert wilderness of four days journey to cross, and
+received a supply of provisions sufficient for the journey, with
+a guide to conduct them through the wilderness. But after having
+marched for eight days in that direction, still in the
+unhospitable and unpeopled wilds, and having been three days
+without Indian corn, they discovered that they had been imposed
+upon and were likely to perish of famine. Alvarado now ordered a
+dog to be let loose upon the faithless guide; who acknowledged
+that he had received orders from the cacique of Auche to lead
+them into the heart of the desert that they might there perish,
+because he did not think himself able to contend with them in
+arms. He craved pardon therefore of the general for having obeyed
+the orders of his chief, and engaged to lead the army in three
+days more, still proceeding to the westwards, to an inhabited
+country where they would find provisions. But the Spaniards were
+so incensed against him for leading them into the present
+alarming situation, that they would not listen to his apology or
+promises, and permitted the dogs to devour him. Thus left in the
+utmost want of provisions, and utterly ignorant of the country,
+the Spaniards held on their way towards the west for other three
+days, during which they had to subsist upon any wild plants they
+could find; and at length came to an inhabited though barren
+country. They here procured the means of subsistence,
+particularly beef, and saw many fresh cows hides, though the
+Indians never shewed them any cows[186]. While the Spaniards were
+proceeding on their march through this province, which they
+denominated <i>De los Vaqueros</i>[187], or the tribe of
+cow-herds, they observed an Indian approach from the skirts of a
+wood, and believing he might have brought some message from the
+cacique, they permitted him to draw near. But as soon as he was
+within reach, he levelled an arrow at five or six soldiers who
+stood together, who fortunately escaped the danger by stepping to
+a side; but the arrow flew among some Indian women who were
+dressing provisions for their masters, pierced one of them quite
+through, and wounded another in the breast, so that both died. On
+the alarm being given, Baltasar Gallegos, who happened to be at
+hand, overtook the Indian before he could get back to the wood,
+and slew him.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 186: Unquestionably because they had none
+to produce. The beef and the hides were assuredly acquired by
+hunting the wild American buffaloe or bison.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 187: In this rare instance our maps throw
+some light on the text. Nearly in the latitude of the mouth of
+the Ohio, but 700 or 800 miles west from the Missisippi, there is
+a nation named the Apaches Vaqueros, probably the same indicated
+in the text. The route thither from the Missisippi leads through
+several tribes of savage Indians, named Ozages, Paducas, and
+Kanzez.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Having travelled above thirty leagues westwards through this
+province of the cow-herds, they discovered a ridge of vast
+mountains still farther to the west, which from their own scouts
+and the information of the Indians, they learnt were barren,
+desert, and unpeopled. They were also informed, that if they bent
+their course to the right hand, they would come into a desert
+country; but that to the left, though a longer way, they would
+travel through inhabited and plentiful countries[188].
+Considering what they had endured in their late march through the
+desert intervening between Auche and the country of <i>Los
+Vaqueros</i>, they had determined upon giving up their first plan
+of proceeding by land to Mexico, thinking it better to return to
+the great river, and so proceed to the sea pursuant to the plan
+originally proposed by their late general. They accordingly took
+long marches to the <i>southwards</i>, taking care not to offend
+the barbarians, yet they were teased by frequent attacks while
+leaving the country of the cow-herds. On one of these occasions a
+soldier was wounded by an arrow, which penetrated through his
+greaves and thigh, and passing through the saddle lap, ran two
+fingers breadth into the horses side, the arrow being made of
+reed with no other head than the reed itself hardened in the fire
+and sloped to a point. The wounded soldier was lifted from his
+horse, the arrow being previously cut off between his thigh and
+the saddle, and he was left to cure himself, as he had formerly
+performed many wonderful cures on his comrades with only oil and
+wool, assisted by prayers. But since the battle of Mavila, in
+which all the oil was lost, he had never attempted to cure either
+others or himself, though twice wounded before, believing that
+the cure could not be performed without oil and dirty wool. In
+this distress, he swore that he would not submit to the surgeons,
+and would rather die than allow them to dress his wound. Having
+no oil, he substituted hogs lard, and procured some wool from an
+Indian mantle, as the Spaniards had now no shirts or any other
+linen among them, and to the astonishment of every one he was so
+sound in four days that he was able to mount his horse on the
+fifth day. He now begged pardon of the soldiers for having
+allowed so many of his comrades to perish, by refusing to cure
+them, as he had believed the efficacy of his mode of cure
+depended on the oil, but as he now found that it consisted in the
+holy words he had pronounced over the dressings, he desired they
+might again recur to him when wounded, and he would exert himself
+as formerly. This soldier, named Sanjurgo Gallego, was very
+chaste, a good Christian, ever ready to serve all men, and had
+many other virtues[189].</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 188: There is some ambiguity in the text,
+from which it is difficult to ascertain whether the left and
+right hand of their general line of march is now to be
+respectively considered as south and north, or the contrary. But
+as coupled with their intended return towards the great river,
+now to the east, the <i>left</i> means probably the <i>north</i>,
+and the <i>right</i> the <i>south</i>.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 189: Though not mentioned in the text, it
+is not improbable that Gallego had formerly placed considerable
+dependence on the use of <i>holy</i> oil, or chrysm. The whole
+secret of his surgery seems to have consisted in the application
+of bland oils, and leaving nature to operate, without the
+employment of the ancient barbarous methods of cure, by tents,
+escharotics, cautery, and heating inflammatory applications;
+which in modern times, abandoned by surgeons, have been adopted
+by farriers.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>After leaving the territories of the cow-herds, the Spaniards
+marched for twenty days through the lands of other tribes. Being
+of opinion that they had declined too much from, the direction of
+Guachacoya, to which place they now proposed returning, the
+Spaniards now directed their course eastwards, still inclining
+somewhat towards the <i>north</i>, so that in this way they
+crossed the direction they had formerly gone in their march from
+Auche to the country of the cow-herds, yet without perceiving it.
+When at length they reached the great river, it was the middle of
+September, having travelled three months from leaving Guachacoya;
+and though they had fought no pitched battle during all that
+time, they were never free from alarm night or day, so that they
+had lost forty soldiers during this last useless and circuitous
+march. The Indians on every opportunity shot all who happened to
+stray from the main body, and would often crawl on all fours at
+night into their quarters, shoot their arrows, and make their
+escape, unseen by the centinels. To add to their distresses, the
+winter now began to set in, with much rain, snow and excessive
+cold weather. On coming to where they proposed quartering for the
+night, though wet, cold, weary and hungry, they were obliged to
+send parties in advance to secure them, generally, by force, and
+after all were mostly under the necessity of procuring provisions
+by means of their swords. Besides all this, they were often
+forced to construct rafts or floats on which to pass rivers,
+which sometimes occupied them five or six days. The horsemen were
+frequently obliged to pass the night on horseback, and the
+infantry to stand up to their knees in mire and water, with
+hardly any clothes to cover them, and such as they had always
+wet. Owing to these accumulated hardships, many of the Spaniards
+and their Indian attendants fell sick, and the distemper
+proceeded to the horses, so that sometimes four or five men and
+horses died in a day, and sometimes seven, whom they scarcely had
+leisure to bury for haste in pursuing their march.</p>
+
+<p>In this miserable condition they came to the great river about
+the latter end of November[190]. In their march on the west side
+of the great river, from leaving the territory of Guachacoya to
+their arrival at their new winter quarters, they had marched by
+estimation 350 leagues, and lost 100 men and 80 horses by the
+way, without counting their Indian servants, who were of vast
+use. This was the only fruit of their long and painful march
+westwards in quest of New Spain, and of refusing to follow the
+plan which had been devised by their late general for descending
+the great river to the sea. At this period they were much
+gratified by finding two contiguous towns on the great river of
+200 houses each, which were enclosed by a wet ditch drawn from
+the river. They were now reduced to 320 foot and 70 horse, or 390
+in all, who now remained of 900 men and 330 horses which had
+landed in the bay of Espiritu Santo at the end of May 1539, four
+years and a half before. Yet inured to hardships and accustomed
+to conquer, they immediately attacked and gained possession of
+these towns, from which the inhabitants fled, having heard of the
+irresistible valour of the Spaniards from other tribes. They had
+the good fortune to find plenty of provisions in these towns, and
+to remain undisturbed by the Indians, so that they soon recovered
+from their fatigues; yet several died in consequence of their
+past sufferings, and among the rest Juan Ortiz, their chief
+interpreter and an excellent soldier.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 190: They were already said to have reached
+it in the middle of September. The discrepancy may either be an
+oversight of Herrera; or they took from the middle of September
+to the end of November, in descending the right bank of the great
+river to where they passed the winter, having come to it much
+higher up than they intended.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Having determined to take up their quarters at this place,
+they fortified one of the towns to serve as quarters for the
+winter. This province, called <i>Aminoya</i>, lay seventeen
+leagues farther up the river than Guachacoya, to which they had
+endeavoured to direct their course on returning from the province
+of <i>Los Vaqueros</i>. Being somewhat recovered towards the end
+of January 1543, they set to work to cut down and prepare timber
+for building their brigantines. At this place, an old Indian, who
+had been unable to make his escape along with the rest, objected
+to their staying in their present quarters for the winter, saying
+that the river was in use to overflow every fourteen years, and
+that this was the expected season of its doing so. They refused
+however to profit by this information, of which they had
+sufficient reason to repent in the sequel. The return of the
+Spaniards to the great river was soon known in all the
+neighbouring districts. Upon which the cacique of Anilco, to
+prevent them from favouring the Guachacoyans as formerly, sent an
+embassy to Alvarado, offering his friendship and making mighty
+promises. The ambassador sent upon this occasion by Anilco was
+his <i>Apu</i> or lieutenant-general, who brought great abundance
+of fruit and other things to the Spaniards, and 200 Indian,
+servants to attend upon them and supply their wants. Having
+delivered his message, the Apu sent back the answer to the
+cacique, and remained with the Spaniards. The cacique of
+Guachacoya came likewise to wait upon the Spanish general, with a
+great present, to confirm the former friendship, and though he
+saw the lieutenant of his enemy among the Spaniards, he took no
+notice of the circumstance. On consultation about the
+brigantines, it was found that it would require seven of them to
+accommodate all the people; and the timber being all hewed and
+ready, the work was begun in earnest, and occupied their utmost
+diligence all the months of February, March and April 1543,
+during all which time they were amply supplied with all
+necessaries by Anilco, who even furnished them with blankets and
+mantles to defend themselves from the cold. These articles of
+clothing were manufactured by the Indians from an herb resembling
+mallows, which has fibres like those of flax; and the dresses
+which are made of this substance are afterwards dyed according to
+their fancies. On the present occasion, the Spaniards reserved
+the new blankets and mantles furnished by Anilco for sails to
+their brigantines, and broke up those which were old and useless
+to serve as oakum for caulking their vessels. Of the same
+materials the Spaniards made all kinds of cordage for their
+brigantines, from the smallest ropes up to cables; and in every
+thing the cacique Anilco, to whom they had formerly done so much
+injury, assisted the Spaniards to the utmost of his power, while
+Guachacoya was exceedingly dissatisfied at seeing the intimacy
+between them.</p>
+
+<p>On the other side of the river there lay a large and fertile
+province called <i>Quiqualtanqui</i>, the cacique of which was a
+haughty warlike youth, who believed that although the Spaniards
+were now building vessels to convey them out of the country, they
+might yet return in greater numbers to enslave the natives. For
+this reason he determined to destroy them, and assembled forces
+from all parts of the country, both those of his, own tribe and
+from all the tribes around. Having concluded an extensive
+confederacy and begun his preparations for war, he sent a
+friendly message to Alvarado to lull him into security, advising
+all his confederates to do the same. The general gave them all
+favourable answers, yet kept himself carefully on his guard.
+<i>Quiqualtanqui</i> invited Anilco to join in the confederacy,
+instead of which he gave notice of it to the Spaniards. It was
+not known how Guachacoya stood affected on this occasion, but he
+was suspected of having hostile intentions, as he made no
+communication of the conspiracy. The confederates continued to
+send frequent messages and presents to the Spaniards to discover
+what they were doing; and though repeatedly warned not to come to
+their quarters under night they took no notice of it. One night
+that Gonzalo Silvestre happened to stand centinel in the second
+watch, the moon shining very bright, he observed two armed
+Indians in their plumes of feathers, passing over the ditch on a
+tree that lay across instead of a bridge. These men came to a
+postern which they entered without asking leave, on which
+Silvestre gave one of them a cut on the forehead, on which he
+immediately fled. The other Indian, without waiting for his
+wounded companion, got into the canoe on the river and gave the
+alarm to his party. The wounded man, missing the tree across the
+ditch, swam over and cried out for assistance when he came to the
+river, on which some of his friends came and carried him off. At
+sunrise, Quiqualtanqui sent four messengers demanding that
+Alvarado should punish the centinel for having been guilty of a
+breach of the peace, more especially, as the wounded man was a
+chief. Four other messengers arrived at mid-day on a similar
+errand, saying that the wounded chief was at the point of death;
+and four more came in the afternoon affirming that he was dead,
+and insisted that the centinel should be publicly punished, since
+the action he had committed was an affront to all the Indians of
+the confederacy. Alvarado boldly answered, that they had been
+previously and repeatedly warned never to come to the Spanish
+quarters under night, being always welcome and honourably treated
+through the day. He added that though sincerely sorry for what
+had happened, he could not possibly punish the centinel who had
+only done his duty according to military discipline, neither
+would his soldiers allow of any such thing being done. The
+confederates thought fit to connive at this transaction,
+satisfied that Alvarado was a man of invincible courage and wise
+conduct; yet resolved upon executing their design against the
+Spaniards as soon as possible.</p>
+
+<p>Being eager to get away from the country, the Spaniards
+laboured indefatigably in fitting out the vessels, even the best
+gentlemen among them using the utmost diligence; while those who
+were not handy in the several occupations about the brigantines
+employed themselves in hunting and fishing to procure provisions
+for the rest. Among other fish taken on the present occasion, one
+was taken by means of a hook of such enormous dimensions, that
+the head alone weighed forty pounds. The confederate Indians
+under Quiqualtanqui continued their warlike preparations, being
+much encouraged by knowing that Ferdinand de Soto was dead, that
+the number of the Spaniards was very much diminished, and that
+very few horses were left. So confident were they of success,
+that two of their spies desired some of the Indian women who
+served the Spaniards to be patient, for they would soon be freed
+from their bondage to these vagabond robbers, as they were all to
+be slain. But the women disclosed this to their masters. When the
+night happened to be very still, the noise of many people could
+be heard from the opposite side of the river; and the Spaniards
+could distinctly see numerous fires at regular distances, as of
+the quarters of a large army. But it pleased God to confound the
+evil designs of these Indians, by an inundation of the river,
+which began on the 10th of March 1543, and increased with
+prodigious rapidity, so that on the 18th which was Palm Sunday,
+when the Spaniards were in procession, for they observed all the
+religious solemnities, the water broke in at the gates of the
+town, and there was no going along the streets for long after but
+in canoes. This inundation was forty days of rising to its
+greatest height, which was on the 20th of April, at which time it
+extended above twenty leagues on each side of the river, so that
+nothing could be seen in all the country around but the tops of
+the trees, and the people had to go every where in canoes.</p>
+
+<p>During the time of this terrible inundation, Alvarado sent
+twenty Spaniards to Anilco to request a supply of rosin,
+blankets, and cordage for completing the equipment of the
+vessels, and these men were sent in four canoes lashed two and
+two together, to prevent them from being overset by the trees
+which were under water. On coming to the town of Anilco, they
+found it destroyed, though twenty leagues from the Spanish
+quarters, and the inundation had extended five leagues farther.
+Gonzado Silvestre who commanded these Spaniards was greatly in
+favour of the cacique Anilco, because he had restored to him a
+youth who had accompanied the Spaniards on their march to the
+westwards, who perfectly understood the Spanish language, and was
+so much attached to the Spaniards as to be very averse from
+returning to his father. On this occasion Anilco supplied
+Silvestre with every thing of which he was in want.</p>
+
+<p>It pleased God that the water began to subside towards the
+latter end of April; yet so slowly that on the 10th of May there
+was no going about the streets of the town on account of the deep
+mire with which they were filled. This was the more distressing
+to the Spaniards as they were barefooted, all their shoes having
+been burnt at Mavila, and the shoes they had since been able to
+make, being of untanned leather, were like so much tripe as soon
+as wet. At the latter end of May, the great river returned to its
+usual channel, and the confederated Indians again drew their
+forces together to execute their original design against the
+Spaniards, of which they received intelligence from Anilco; who
+likewise informed Alvarado of the signals which had been
+concerted by the confederates for the better prosecution of their
+enterprise, and even offered to assist the Spaniards with 8000
+well armed warriors, and that if they chose to retire into his
+country the confederates would not dare to attack them. Alvarado
+returned thanks for these friendly offers, but declined accepting
+them; because as he intended to go down the river and to quit the
+country, he did not deem it proper either to take refuge in the
+territory of Anilco or to accept the assistance of his warriors,
+as either of those might draw upon him the confederated hostility
+of his neighbours: But he promised, if it should please God ever
+to put it in his power, Anilco should not have cause to repent
+the service he had been of to the king of Spain, or the kindness
+he had shewn to the Spaniards. In conclusion, he recommended to
+Anilco to discontinue any farther intercourse with him, lest he
+might give umbrage to the confederated caciques. Many of the
+Spaniards were so puffed up by the friendly offers of Anilco,
+that they endeavoured to persuade Alvarado to accept the
+proferred aid, and prosecute an offensive war, thinking it easy
+to subdue these people. But Alvarado was quite sensible of his
+present weakness, and determined to leave the country as soon as
+possible; besides which he did not deem it prudent to confide too
+much on the fidelity of Anilco.</p>
+
+<p>Four days afterwards, exactly conformable to the information
+received from Anilco, a numerous embassy arrived from the
+confederated caciques, intended to spy out the posture of the
+Spaniards, to enable them to concert measures for the intended
+attack. Having rigidly examined these pretended messengers, it
+was debated among the leaders of the Spaniards what ought to be
+done with these fraudulent envoys. Some were for giving them fair
+words, as had been the practice hitherto; but it was finally
+resolved to punish them in an exemplary manner, that the caciques
+might know their treachery was discovered, which might perhaps
+prevent the execution of their designs. Accordingly though the
+messengers on this occasion were very numerous, thirty only were
+selected who had their hands cut off, and were sent back in this
+guise to their employers, with a message signifying that the
+Spaniards had all along been aware of their villainy. This severe
+example proved successful, insomuch that the confederacy was
+immediately dissolved, and the forces retired to their respective
+countries. Yet as the Spaniards had only built seven great boats,
+they thought they might possibly be more successful by water, and
+they agreed to collect a great number of canoes to attack them
+while going down the river.</p>
+
+<p>As the Spaniards believed that their only safety depended upon
+going down the river as soon as possible, they hastened the
+completion of their vessels; and as they had not enough of iron
+for the construction of whole decks, they satisfied themselves
+with quarter-decks and fore-castles to secure the provisions,
+laying planks only a midships. Every thing relative to the
+brigantines being completed, they gathered all the Indian corn,
+pulse, and dried fruit they could procure; made bacon of all the
+swine that were left alive, except eighteen they carried with
+them alive, and two boars and two sows which they gave to each of
+the two caciques who were their friends. With the lard of the
+slaughtered swine, they tempered rosin instead of pitch and tar
+for paying their vessels. They likewise provided a number of
+canoes; part of which were lashed two and two together to carry
+thirty horses which still remained alive, and answered well for
+the purpose; the rest were distributed among the brigantines,
+each having one at her stern to serve as a boat. On midsummer day
+1543 the brigantines were launched into the great river, and on
+St Peters day, the 29th of that month, every thing being in
+readiness, the brigantines and canoes having defences made of
+boards and skins to fend off the arrows, they took leave of the
+friendly caciques, Anilco and Guachacoya, and set sail down the
+great river.</p>
+
+<p>Two captains were appointed to each brigantine, that when one
+had occasion to land the other might remain on board in charge of
+the vessel. About 350 Spaniards embarked, all that remained of
+900 who had originally landed in Florida. Near thirty Indian men
+and women were on board each vessel, all of their own free will,
+as they declared they would rather die with their masters than
+remain behind. Accordingly on St Peters day before mentioned,
+about sunset, after Alvarado had given regular instructions to
+all his officers and encouraged his men, they began their voyage,
+holding on their course down the river both with sails and oars,
+all that night and the next day and night. But on the following
+day they were opposed by a fleet of near 1000 canoes belonging to
+the confederated caciques, some of which were so large as to have
+twenty-five paddies on each side, and carrying many armed men
+besides the rowers. These large canoes were called the
+<i>admirals</i>, as being supposed to have the principal
+commanders on board. One was painted red, another blue, and
+others of several colours; the men on board having their bodies
+painted of the same colours as the canoes, as were their bows.
+All this splendid shew, with the variegated plumes of feathers on
+the heads of the warriors, made a grand display. While they rowed
+after the Spaniards, they kept time to their songs, which were
+said by the interpreters to signify, "That the vagabond strangers
+should all be slain on the water, and become food for the
+fishes."</p>
+
+<p>After taking a close view of the Spanish brigantines, the
+Indians divided their fleet of canoes into three equal squadrons,
+plying up close to the bank on the starboard side; and when up
+with the brigantines, the van forming a long and narrow line
+a-head, crossed the river obliquely passing close by the
+brigantines, into which they all successively threw in a shower
+of arrows, by which several Spaniards were wounded
+notwithstanding their targets and baricades. The other squadrons
+did the same in regular order, and as the brigantines continued
+on their course, the squadrons of canoes continued successively
+to repeat similar charges, both day and night, expecting in this
+manner to destroy all the Spaniards by degrees. The Spaniards
+held on their way for ten successive days and nights, continually
+assailed in this manner by the Indians, and doing some execution
+in their turn by means of their crossbows, all their musquets
+having been turned into iron work for the brigantines, having
+become useless as all their powder was expended. At the end of
+these ten days, the Indian fleet drew back from the Spaniards to
+the distance of about half a league. The Spaniards, still
+advancing came in sight of a small town, and supposed from the
+Indians leaving them that they were now near the sea, having run
+by estimation 200 leagues, as they used both sails and oars, and
+went straight down the river without stopping in any place. Being
+desirous of procuring provisions, Alvarado ordered 100 men to
+land, with eight horses; and as the Indians immediately abandoned
+their town, they procured plenty of provisions of all sorts. In
+this town likewise they found leather made of goats skins, some
+white, and some of various colours, and other skins of different
+kinds well dressed, and many mantles. They found here a long slip
+of the finest sables, eight ells in length and an ell broad,
+adorned at regular distances with strings of pearls and small
+tufts of seed pearl, regularly placed. Gonzalo Silvestre who
+commanded on this enterprise, got this rarity to his share, which
+was supposed to be some ensign of war, or some ornament for their
+dances.</p>
+
+<p>As many Indians appeared collecting in the fields, and the
+canoes were returning to attack the brigantines, Alvarado ordered
+the trumpets to sound a retreat to recall Silvestre and his men
+on board. On this occasion the Spaniards were obliged to abandon
+their horses, which the Indians immediately shot to death with
+their arrows. When the party was all returned to the brigantines,
+the Spaniards resumed their voyage down the river, followed by
+the canoes, which did not now retain their former order, but
+followed in several separate squadrons. On the thirteenth day of
+their voyage down the great river, one of the brigantines
+happening to fall about an hundred paces behind the rest, the
+Indians immediately attacked and even boarded it, and would in
+all probability have made themselves master of it, had not the
+other brigantines come up to its rescue. However the Indians
+carried off the canoe from the stern, in which were five sows
+that had been reserved for a breed.</p>
+
+<p>On the sixteenth day of the voyage, one Estevanez, a desperate
+yet clownish fellow, who was vain of the reputation he had
+acquired by his intrepidity, took away the canoe from the stern
+of the brigantine in which he was embarked, and persuaded five
+other soldiers to accompany him, saying that he was going to
+perform an exploit to gain fame, and to obtain leave of the
+captain of the vessel, he pretended that he was going to speak
+with the general. When he had got clear of the brigantine, he
+immediately made towards the enemy, crying out <i>fall on them!
+they run!</i> When Alvarado saw this mad action he endeavoured to
+recall Estevanez by sound of trumpet, and sent about forty men
+after him in several canoes under the command of Juan de Guzman,
+to bring back Estevanez whom Alvarado intended to hang for his
+breach of discipline. At the same time the brigantines furled
+their sails and rowed up against the stream to support the
+canoes. The Indian canoes, which covered the water for an extent
+of a quarter of a league, retreated a little way on purpose to
+separate the Spanish canoes from the brigantines; on which, quite
+frantic at seeing them give way, Estevanez pushed on, followed by
+the other canoes which were sent to bring him back. The Indian
+canoes then drew up in form of a crescent, and when the Spanish
+canoes were well advanced among them, those Indian canoes which
+formed the horn or point on the right, attacked them so furiously
+athwart ships that they sunk them all, by which means all the
+Spaniards were drowned, and if any happened to appear above
+water, they were either shot with arrows, or had their brains
+dashed out by the paddles. Thus forty-eight Spaniards perished,
+only four escaping of all that were in the canoes. The Indians
+held on their pursuit of the brigantines all that day making
+continual rejoicings for their victory. On the <i>seventeenth</i>
+day at sun-rise, when the Indians had paid their adorations to
+the sun with hideous cries, and a prodigious noise of drums,
+horns, and trumpets, they ceased the pursuit of the Spaniards and
+retired, having continued the chase about four hundred
+leagues.</p>
+
+<p>The river was now estimated by the Spaniards to be
+<i>fifteen</i> leagues across, from which they concluded they
+were near the sea, yet did not venture to quit the main stream
+for fear of hidden danger. Thus holding on their course, on the
+nineteenth day of their voyage they came to the sea, computing
+that they had run little short of 500 leagues[191], from the
+place where they built their brigantines. Being ignorant
+whereabout they were, they cast anchor at an island, where they
+rested three days to recover from their long fatigues and
+continual watching, and to refit their brigantines. They here
+computed how far they had been up the country, and as already
+mentioned estimated the distance from where the brigantines were
+built to the sea at near 500 leagues: And as the river was there
+nineteen feet deep and a quarter of a league over, they
+conjectured that the source of the river might be still 300
+leagues farther up the country, or 800 leagues in its whole
+course. When the Spaniards had been three days in this island,
+they observed seven canoes to issue from a place overgrown with
+tall reeds, and come towards them. When within hearing, a
+gigantic man, as black as a negro, stood up in the headmost canoe
+and addressed them in the following harangue: "Wherefore do you
+vagabond robbers stroll about this coast, disturbing its
+inhabitants? Get you gone speedily by one of the mouths of the
+great river, and let me not find you here after this night, or I
+will kill you all and burn your ships!" After this he withdrew
+among the reeds, and Alvarado sent Gonzalo Silvestre with 100 men
+in the remaining canoes to examine the inlet among the reeds. Of
+these men seventeen were armed with cross-bows and three had long
+bows taken from the Indians, as the want of musquets had induced
+the Spaniards to use the arms of their enemies, at which they
+were become skilful. On getting into the creek or inlet among the
+reeds, Silvestre found sixty small canoes drawn up in readiness
+to receive him, which he immediately attacked, and overset three
+of them at the first shock, wounding many of the Indians; and as
+all the rest of the canoes immediately fled, Silvestre and his
+party returned to the brigantines.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 191: Five hundred Spanish leagues at 17-1/2
+to a degree, or about four English miles, would amount to about
+2000 miles of voyage down the Missisippi; but we have no
+sufficient warrant in the text to ascertain the league used by
+Herrera, neither is it probable that the Spaniards on this
+occasion could make any computation nearly accurate. The only
+reasonable conjecture on this subject is from the number of days
+employed in descending the river, which the text informs us was
+<i>nineteen</i>, three of which we may suppose were occupied in
+different stoppages. We know likewise from Imlays Description of
+Kentucky, p. 126, that the ordinary rate of descending the
+Missisippi is about 80 miles a day. On these data, the Spaniards
+made a voyage down that river of about 1280 English miles, from
+which we may conclude that they had wintered somewhere about the
+situation of New Madrid, in lat. 36&deg; 30' N. or perhaps nearly
+opposite the junction of the Ohio with the great
+river.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Leaving the island, and going out into the open sea, the
+Spaniards now bore away to the westwards to endeavour to find
+their way to New Spain, always keeping the coast of Florida[192]
+on their starboard-side or right hand. They knew not whereabout
+they were, and had neither chart nor compass to guide their
+course, neither had they any instrument to find the latitude; but
+they satisfied themselves in the hope of reaching New Spain by
+following the coast. During all the first day and night, they
+continued to sail among the fresh water of the great river. After
+this they held on their course for fifteen days without any thing
+remarkable taking place; only that they were under the necessity
+of landing every day to procure water, as they had no vessels in
+which to carry any store on board. At the end of that period they
+got among a parcel of small islands, which were frequented by
+such multitudes of sea fowl that the entire surface was covered
+by their nests, so that there was scarcely room to tread. These
+furnished an ample supply of provisions, though their flesh had
+somewhat of a fishy taste. Next day they landed on a pleasant
+shore covered with trees, to procure water; and while looking
+about in search of shell fish, some pieces of bitumen were found
+resembling pitch, and upon farther search they were fortunate
+enough to find the source whence it flowed. On finding this
+convenience, they thought proper to repair or careen their
+brigantines, which had become leaky, which they did by means of
+this bitumen melted along with a proper quantity of hogs lard.
+This work occupied them for eight days, during which time they
+only saw eight Indians, to whom they gave some trinkets they had
+yet remaining, without asking any questions respecting the
+country where they now were, as all their hopes and wishes
+centered in arriving in New Spain.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 192: It has been already noticed that the
+term Florida is used in the whole of this chapter in a very
+extended sense, being applied to all of North America to the
+north of the Gulf of Mexico. Immediately on leaving the great
+river or Missisippi, and sailing to the west, the coast is new
+known under the name of Louisiana.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>They proceeded on their voyage keeping as close as possible to
+the shore, for fear of being driven out to sea by the north wind,
+and likewise for the convenience of fishing, as they had nothing
+else now to eat, for which reason they always made some stay
+wherever they found good fishing-grounds. They continued always
+in this manner, coasting the land which lay to starboard, the
+wisest among them being quite ignorant whereabout they were, yet
+always satisfied that by holding this course they must at length
+get to New Spain if not swallowed up by the waves. At the end of
+fifty-three days after leaving the great river, the north wind of
+which they had been so long in dread began to blow with great
+fury[193]. On this occasion five of the vessels which kept close
+under the land sought shelter in a creek; but the other two,
+being somewhat farther out at sea, were in great danger of
+perishing. They were all stark naked, having only clouts hung
+before them, and were almost drowned with wet and benumbed with
+cold, as part of them had continually to bale out the water from
+their vessels while the rest handed the sails. At length the gale
+somewhat moderating, they were able to shape a course to the
+westwards, and having been twenty-six hours in great distress
+without food or sleep, they discovered land about sunset. One
+young man who had been twice before upon the coast said that he
+now knew the land, though he could not say in what country it
+was: But he said that part which seemed black was a high bluff
+impracticable shore, while that which had a white appearance was
+a clean soft sandy beach, and advised them to endeavour to make
+for that part before night, as if the wind should drive them on
+the black coast there would be no probability of saving their
+lives. The officers of the brigantine in which this young man was
+endeavoured by signs to make known what was intended to the other
+vessel, and then made direct for the white coast followed by the
+other, and before sunset ran both vessels aground on the sandy
+beach, after which they lightened both vessels by carrying every
+thing on shore, and propped them up to keep them from
+oversetting. Having thus landed, two men undertook to go in quest
+of the other brigantines.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 193: By this time their course must have
+long been almost due south along the coast of the new kingdom of
+Leon, and province of Nuevo Santander.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>Next day three parties were sent out in different directions
+to discover the country. The two parties which went along the
+coast to the right and left soon returned with some broken pieces
+of earthen ware, of the kinds which are made at Talavera and
+Malaga in Spain, which gave them much satisfaction to think that
+they must now be in the neighbourhood of their countrymen.
+Gonzalo Silvestre, who went up the country with the third party,
+at the end of a quarter of a league saw some Indians fishing on a
+lake[194], and two others gathering fruit from the trees. The
+Spaniards endeavoured to lay hold of these two Indians, but one
+of them escaped by swimming over the lake. Silvestre found
+likewise in a cottage two small baskets of fruit, a turkey, a
+cock and two Spanish hens, and some conserve of <i>maguey</i>.
+Still holding fast the Indian, Silvestre went back to his
+comrades at the sea-side, and to all the inquiries they made of
+the Indian as to where they were, his only answer was <i>Brezos!
+Brezos!</i> which, as they afterwards learnt, was meant to
+signify that he belonged to a Spaniard named Christoval de
+Brezos. On rejoining his companions, Silvestre found them
+rejoicing at the sight of the broken earthen dishes; but they
+were still more gratified at seeing the Spanish poultry, and the
+Indian being now reassured on finding he was in the hands of
+Spaniards, told them they were in the province of Panuco, and
+that the other brigantines had gone up the river Tampico to that
+city, which was ten leagues off. He said likewise that he
+belonged to one Christoval de Brezos; and that a cacique resided
+only at the distance of a league and a half who could read and
+write. Accordingly they gave the Indian some toys and sent him to
+the cacique; and in four hours afterwards the cacique came to
+them attended by eight Indians, loaded with fowls, fish, fruit,
+and Indian corn, and brought them paper, pens, and ink, that they
+might write an account of their arrival and situation to the
+governor of Panuco.</p>
+
+<blockquote>[Footnote 194: Probably the lake of <i>Tamiagua</i>,
+a few miles south from the river <i>Tampico</i>, into which, as
+will be found in the sequel, the other five brigantines had got
+at the beginning of the storm. In this case, the two brigantines
+had run upon a spit which separates that lake or lagoon from the
+sea.--E.]</blockquote>
+
+<p>The two men who had gone in search of the five brigantines,
+found them in the river Tampico, so that the whole company met at
+the end of eight days, all barefooted and almost entirely naked,
+having only some scanty coverings of the skins of deer, bears,
+and other animals. The governor of Panuco treated them with much
+attention, and sent advice of their situation to the viceroy of
+Mexico, who ordered them to be sent without delay to that city,
+and sent them four horse-loads of shirts, shoes, and other
+necessaries, besides medicines and sweetmeats. After recovering
+from their fatigues, the men were ready to destroy their officers
+for not having settled in Florida, where there was such plenty of
+pearls and rich furs. On their march to Mexico, which was made in
+several detachments to avoid mischief, the people everywhere ran
+to see them pass as so many monsters. At Mexico they were clothed
+and kindly treated by the rich inhabitants; and as discord soon
+broke out again among them, for having abandoned so fine a
+country as Florida, the viceroy appeased them by promising to
+undertake the enterprise speedily in person along with them, when
+they should all have good pay, and that he would provide for them
+in the mean time. When clothed, some of the adventurers returned
+into Spain, others remained in Mexico, and others went into Peru,
+while some entered into monasteries; and thus all these brave
+soldiers were dispersed.</p>
+
+<p>Those persons who had been sent by the late general, Ferdinand
+de Soto, when he first advanced into the interior of Florida, to
+bring him supplies from the Havannah, faithfully obeyed his
+orders, as they sailed from thence four several years, and plied
+all along the coast to find him, but could never hear any tidings
+of him or any of his men, till, in the year 1543, arriving at
+Vera Cruz in October, they learnt that the remains of the
+expedition had been conducted to Mexico.--<i>This relation has
+been faithfully taken from that which was transmitted to the
+king, immediately after the close of that unfortunate
+enterprise</i>.</p>
+
+<h2>END OF VOLUME FIFTH.</h2>
+
+<hr align="center" width="50%">
+<hr align="center" width="25%">
+<pre>
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A General History and Collection of
+Voyages and Travels, Vol. 5, by Robert Kerr
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A GENERAL HISTORY, VOL. 5 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 14984-h.htm or 14984-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/4/9/8/14984/
+
+Produced by Robert Connal, Graeme Mackreth and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team. This file was produced from images generously
+made available by the Canadian Institute for Historical
+Microreproductions.
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/14984.txt b/14984.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b365b4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14984.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20472 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A General History and Collection of Voyages
+and Travels, Vol. 5, by Robert Kerr
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A General History and Collection of Voyages and Travels, Vol. 5
+       Arranged in Systematic Order: Forming a Complete History of the
+       Origin and Progress of Navigation, Discovery, and Commerce, by Sea
+       and Land, from the Earliest Ages to the Present Time
+
+
+Author: Robert Kerr
+
+Release Date: February 8, 2005 [EBook #14984]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A GENERAL HISTORY, VOL. 5 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Robert Connal, Graeme Mackreth and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team. This file was produced from images generously
+made available by the Canadian Institute for Historical
+Microreproductions.
+
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's Note: The spelling inconsistencies of the original have
+been retained in this etext.]
+
+A
+GENERAL
+HISTORY AND COLLECTION
+OF
+VOYAGES AND TRAVELS,
+ARRANGED IN SYSTEMATIC ORDER:
+
+FORMING A COMPLETE HISTORY OF THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF NAVIGATION,
+DISCOVERY, AND COMMERCE, BY SEA AND LAND, FROM THE EARLIEST AGES TO THE
+PRESENT TIME.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+BY ROBERT KERR, F.R.S. & F.A.S. EDIN.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+ILLUSTRATED BY MAPS AND CHARTS.
+
+VOL. V.
+
+MDCCCXXIV.
+
+CONTENTS
+
+OF
+
+VOL. V.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+PART II. BOOK II. CONTINUED.
+
+CHAP. VII. _Continued_. Continuation of the early history of Peru, after
+the death of Francisco Pizarro to the defeat of Gonzalo Pizarro, and the
+reestablishment of tranquillity in the country; written by Augustino
+Zarate,
+
+SECT. III. Continuation of the Viceroyalty of Blasco Nunnez Vela, to his
+deposition and expulsion from Peru,
+
+SECT. IV. History of the usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, from the
+expulsion of the Viceroy to his defeat and death,
+
+V. Continuation of the Usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, to the arrival of
+Gasca in Peru with full powers to restore the Colony to order,
+
+VI. History of the Expedition of Pedro de la Gasca, the death of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, and the Restoration of Peru to Tranquillity,
+
+VII. Insurrection of Ferdinand and Pedro de Contreras in Nicaragua, and
+their unsuccessful attempt upon the Royal Treasure in the Tierra Firma,
+
+CHAP. VIII. Continuation of the early history of Peru, from the
+restoration of tranquillity by Gasca in 1549, to the death of the Inca
+Tupac Amaru; extracted from Garcilasso de la Vega,
+
+SECT. I. Incidents in the History of Peru, from the departure of Gasca,
+to the appointment of Don Antonio de Mendoza as Viceroy,
+
+II. History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of Don Antonio de Mendoza,
+
+III. Narrative of the Troubles in Peru, consequent upon the Death of the
+Viceroy Mendoza,
+
+IV. Continuation of the Troubles in Peru, to the Viceroyalty of the
+Marquis de Cannete,
+
+V. History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of the Marquis del Cannete,
+
+VI. Incidents in the History of Peru, during the successive Governments
+of the Conde de Nieva, Lope Garcia de Castro, and Don Francisco de
+Toledo,
+
+CHAP IX. History of the Discovery and Conquest of Chili,
+
+SECT. I. Geographical View of the Kingdom of Chili,
+
+II. Of the Origin, Manners, and Language of the Chilese,
+
+III. State of Chili, and Conquests made in that Country by the
+Peruvians, before the arrival of the Spaniards,
+
+IV. First Expedition of the Spaniards into Chili under Almagro,
+
+V. Second Expedition into Chili, under Pedro de Valdivia, to the
+commencement of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians,
+
+VI. Narrative of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians, from
+the year 1550, to the Defeat and Death of Pedro de Valdivia on the 3d of
+December 1553,
+
+SECT. VII. Continuation of the War between the Spaniards and
+Araucanians, from the death of Valdivia, to that of Caupolican,
+
+VIII. Continuation of the Araucanian War, after the Death of Caupolican,
+to the Reduction of the Archipelago of Chiloe by the Spaniards,
+
+IX. Continuation of the Araucanian War to the Destruction of all the
+Spanish Settlements in the territories of that Nation,
+
+X. Farther Narrative of the War, to the Conclusion of Peace with the
+Araucanians,
+
+XI. Renewal of the War with the Araucanians, and succinct Narrative of
+the History of Chili, from 1655 to 1787,
+
+XII. State of Chili towards the end of the Eighteenth Century,
+
+XIII. Account of the Archipelago of Chiloe,
+
+XIV. Account of the native tribes inhabiting the southern extremity of
+South America,
+
+CHAP. X. Discovery of Florida, and Account of several ineffectual
+Attempts to Conquer and Settle that Country by the Spaniards,
+
+SECT. I. Discovery of Florida, by Juan Ponce de Leon,
+
+II. Narrative of a Disastrous attempt by Panfilo de Narvaez to conquer
+Florida; together with some account of that Country,
+
+III. Adventures and wonderful escape of Cabeza de Vaca, after the loss
+of Narvaez,
+
+Sect. IV. Narrative of a new attempt to Conquer Florida, by Ferdinand
+de Soto,
+
+V. Continuation of the Transactions of Ferdinand de Soto in Florida,
+
+VI. Conclusion of the Expedition to Florida by Ferdinand de Soto,
+
+[Illustration: VICEROYALTY OF NEW GRANADA]
+
+A
+GENERAL HISTORY
+AND
+COLLECTION
+OF
+VOYAGES AND TRAVELS.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+PART II. BOOK II. CONTINUED.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII _Continued_.
+
+CONTINUATION OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU, AFTER THE DEATH OF FRANCISCO
+PIZARRO, TO THE DEFEAT OF GONZALO PIZARRO, AND THE RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF
+TRANQUILITY IN THE COUNTRY; WRITTEN BY AUGUSTINO ZARATE.
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+
+_Continuation of the Viceroyalty of Blasco Nunnez Vela, to his
+deposition and expulsion front Peru_.
+
+
+The viceroy received immediate intelligence of the revolt of Puelles, as
+mentioned in the foregoing section, which; was brought to him by a
+Peruvian captain named Yllatopa; and, though he considered it as a very
+unfortunate incident, he took immediate measures to counteract their
+intentions of joining the enemy, by sending a detachment to occupy the
+passes of the valley of Jauja, through which they must necessarily march
+on their way from Guanuco to join Gonzalo. For this purpose, he
+immediately ordered his brother Vela Nunnez to march in all haste with
+a detachment of forty light armed cavalry, and thirty musqueteers under
+the command of Gonzalo Diaz, besides whom ten of the friends and
+relations of Nunnez went as volunteers on this expedition. On purpose to
+expedite the march of this detachment as much as possible, the viceroy
+caused thirty-six mules to be purchased, which cost 12,000 ducats, the
+money being taken from the royal treasury. Being thus excellently
+equipped, they set out from Lima, and marched to Guadachili[1], about
+twenty leagues from Lima on their way to the valley of Jauja. At this
+place a plot was formed by the soldiers for killing Vela Nunnez and
+deserting to the army of Gonzalo, which was revealed by the following
+incident. Certain scouts who preceded the detachment about four leagues
+beyond Guadachili in the district of Pariacaca, met the friar Thomas de
+San Martino, provincial of the Dominicans, who had been sent by the
+viceroy to Cuzco to try if it were possible to come to some agreement
+with Gonzalo; on this occasion one of the soldiers secretly informed the
+provincial of the particulars of the conspiracy, begging him to take
+immediate means of prevention, as it was to be executed on the following
+night. The provincial accordingly hastened his journey to Guadachili,
+taking all the scouts he could meet with along with him, as he told them
+their present expedition was entirely useless, as Puelles and his troops
+had passed through Jauja two days before, and it was now impossible to
+intercept them. On his arrival in Guadachili, the provincial immediately
+informed Vela Nunnez of the danger to which he was exposed, who
+accordingly consulted with some of his friends and relations on the
+means of escape. In the evening, they ordered out their horses, as if
+for the purpose of sending them to water, and mounting them immediately,
+they saved themselves by flight under the cloud of night, being guided
+on their way by the provincial.
+
+[Footnote 1: The place mentioned in the text is probably what is now
+named Guarochiri, which is in the direction of the march, and nearly at
+the distance indicated.--E.]
+
+When the flight of Vela Nunnez and his friends was known, Juan de la
+Torre, Pedro Hita, Jorge Griego, and the other soldiers who had formed
+the conspiracy, went immediately to the main guard, where they compelled
+all the other soldiers, under threats of instant death, to promise going
+off along with them to join Gonzalo. Almost the whole of the detachment
+promised compliance, and even the captain Gonzalo Diaz was of the
+number; but he was apparently more harshly treated by the conspirators
+than the others. They tied his hands as if fearing he might use measures
+against them; yet he was not only believed to have been a participator
+in the plot, but was even supposed to be its secret leader. Most of the
+inhabitants of Lima expected Diaz to act in the way he did, as he was
+son-in-law to Puelles against whom he was sent, and it was not to be
+supposed he would give his aid to arrest his father-in-law. The whole
+party therefore, immediately set out in search of Gonzalo, mounted on
+the mules which had cost so high a price, and joined him near the city
+of Guamanga, where Puelles had arrived, two days before them. At that
+time of their junction, the adherents of Gonzalo were so much
+discouraged by the lukewarmness of Gaspard Rodriguez and his friends,
+that in all probability the whole army under Gonzalo would have
+dispersed if they had been three days later in arriving. But the arrival
+of Puelles gave the insurgents great encouragement, both by the
+reinforcement which he brought of forty horse and twenty musketeers, and
+by his exhortations; as he declared himself ready to proceed against the
+viceroy even with his own troops, and had no doubt of being able to take
+him prisoner or to drive him out of the country, he was so universally
+hated. The encouragements derived by the insurgents from the junction of
+Puelles, was still farther strengthened by the arrival of Diaz and his
+companions.
+
+Vela Nunnez got safe to Lima, where he informed the viceroy of the
+unfortunate result of his expedition, who was very much cast down on the
+occasion, as his affairs seemed to assume a very unpromising aspect.
+Next day Rodrigo Ninno, and three or four others who refused to follow
+the example of Diaz, arrived at Lima in a wretched condition, having
+suffered a thousand insults from the conspirators, who deprived them of
+their horses and arms, and even stripped them of their clothes. Ninno
+was dressed in an old doublet and breeches, without stockings, having
+only a pair of miserable pack-thread sandals, and had walked all the way
+with a stick in his hand. The viceroy received him very graciously,
+praising his loyalty, and told him that he appeared more nobly in his
+rags than if clothed in the most costly attire.
+
+When Balthasar de Loyasa had procured the safe conduct from the viceroy
+for his employers, he set out without loss of time for the army of
+Gonzalo Pizarro. As his departure and the nature of his dispatches were
+soon known in Lima, it was universally believed there that the troops
+under Pizarro would soon disperse of their own accord, leaving the
+viceroy in peaceable and absolute command of the whole colony, upon
+which he would assuredly put the ordinances in force with the utmost
+rigour to the utter ruin of every one: For this reason, several of the
+inhabitants, and some even of the soldiers belonging to the viceroy,
+came to the resolution of following Loyasa and taking his dispatches
+from him. Loyasa left Lima in the evening of a Saturday, in the month of
+September 1545, accompanied by Captain Ferdinand de Zavallos. They were
+mounted on mules, without any attendants, and had no baggage to delay
+their journey. Next night, twenty-five persons set out from Lima on
+horseback in pursuit of them, determined to use every possible
+expedition to get up with Loyasa that they might take away his
+dispatches. The chiefs in this enterprize were, Don Balthasar de Castro,
+son of the Conde de la Gomera, Lorenzo Mexia, Rodrigo de Salazar, Diego
+de Carvajal usually called the gallant, Francisco de Escovedo, Jerom de
+Carvajal, and Pedro Martin de Cecilia, with eighteen others in their
+company. Using every effort to expedite their journey, they got up with
+Loyasa and Zavallos about forty leagues from Lima, and found them asleep
+in a _tambo_ of palace of the Incas. Taking from them the letters and
+dispatches with which they were entrusted, they forwarded these
+immediately to Gonzalo Pizarro by means of a soldier, who used the
+utmost diligence in travelling through bye ways and short cuts through
+the mountains, with all of which he was well acquainted. After this, de
+Castro and the rest of the malecontents continued their journey towards
+the camp of Gonzalo, taking Loyasa and Zavallos along with them under
+strict custody.
+
+Upon receiving the intercepted dispatches which were brought to him by
+the soldier, Gonzalo Pizarro secretly communicated them to Captain
+Carvajal, whom he had recently appointed his lieutenant-general, or
+maestre de campo, in consequence of the sickness of Alfonzo de Toro, who
+held that commission on commencing the march from Cuzco. After
+consulting with Carvajal, he communicated the whole matter to the
+captains and those other chiefs of the insurgent-army who had shewn no
+intentions of abandoning him, as they had not participated in applying
+for the safe conduct from the viceroy. Some of these, from motives of
+enmity against individuals, others from envy, and others again from the
+hope of profiting by the forfeiture of the lands and Indians belonging
+to the accused, advised Gonzalo to punish these persons with rigor, as a
+warning to others not to venture upon similar conduct. In this secret
+consultation, it was determined to select the following from among those
+who were clearly implicated in taking part with the viceroy, by their
+names being contained in the safe conduct taken from Loyasa: Captain
+Gaspard Rodriguez; Philip Gutierrez, the son of Alfonso Gutierrez of
+Madrid who was treasurer to his majesty; and Arias Maldonado, a
+gentleman of Galicia, who had remained along with Gutierrez at Guamanga,
+two or three days march in the rear of the army, under pretence of
+having some preparations to make for the journey. Accordingly, Gonzalo
+sent off Pedro de Puelles to Guamanga accompanied by an escort of
+cavalry, who arrested these two latter gentlemen and caused them to be
+beheaded.
+
+Gaspar Rodriguez was in the camp, where he commanded a body of near two
+hundred pikemen; and as Gonzalo and his advisers dared not to put him to
+death openly, as he was a very rich man of considerable influence and
+much beloved, they had to employ a stratagem for his arrestment. Gonzalo
+ordered a hundred and fifty musqueteers of the company commanded by
+Ceremeno to hold themselves in readiness around his tent, near which
+likewise he caused his train of artillery to be drawn up ready for
+service, and then convened all the captains belonging to his troops in
+his tent, under pretence of communicating some dispatches which he had
+received from Lima. When the whole were assembled, and Rodriguez among
+them, he became alarmed on seeing that the tent was surrounded by armed
+men and artillery, and wished to have retired under pretext of urgent
+business. At this time, and in presence of the whole assembled officers,
+the lieutenant-general Carvajal, came up to Rodriguez as if without any
+premeditated intention, caught hold of the guard of his sword, and drew
+it from the scabbard. Carvajal then desired him to make confession of
+his sins to a priest, who was in attendance for that express purpose, as
+he was to be immediately put to death. Rodriguez used every effort to
+avoid this sudden and unlooked for catastrophe, and offered to justify
+himself from every accusation which could be brought against him; but
+every thing he could allege was of no avail, as his death was resolved
+upon, and he was accordingly beheaded.
+
+The execution of these three leaders astonished every one, being the
+first which were ventured upon since the usurpation of Gonzalo; but they
+more especially terrified those other persons who were conscious of
+having participated in the same plot for which their chiefs were now put
+to death. A few days afterwards, De Castro and his companions arrived at
+the camp of the insurgents, with their prisoners Loyasa and Zavallos. It
+has been reported that, on the very day of their arrival, Gonzalo sent
+off his lieutenant-general Carvajal to meet them on the road by which
+they were expected, with orders to have Loyasa and Zavallos strangled:
+But, fortunately for them, their conductors had left the ordinary road,
+taking a circuitous and unfrequented path, so that Carvajal did not fall
+in with them; and, when they were brought before Gonzalo, so many of his
+friends and accomplices interceded for their pardon, that he agreed to
+spare their lives. Loyasa was commanded immediately to quit the camp, on
+foot and without any provisions. Zavallos was detained in the camp as a
+prisoner; and, rather more than a year afterwards, was appointed
+superintendent of those who were employed in digging for gold in the
+province of Quito. While in that employment, it was represented to
+Gonzalo that Zavallos had become so exceedingly rich, that he must have
+purloined a great proportion of the gold which was drawn from the mines.
+Being predisposed against him by his former conduct in the service of
+the viceroy, Gonzalo was easily persuaded to believe him guilty, and
+ordered him to be hanged.
+
+The departure of De Castro and his companions from Lima, as already
+mentioned, though conducted in great secrecy, was soon discovered. On
+the same night, as Diego de Urbina, the major general of the army
+belonging to the viceroy, was going the rounds of the city, he happened
+to visit the dwellings of several of those who had accompanied De
+Castro; and finding that they were absent, and that their horses, arms,
+servants, and Indians were all removed, he immediately suspected that
+they were gone off to join Gonzalo. Urbina went directly to the viceroy,
+who was already in bed, and assured him that most of the inhabitants had
+fled from the city, as he believed that the defection was more general
+than it turned out to be. The viceroy was very justly alarmed by this
+intelligence, and ordered the drums to beat to arms. When, in
+consequence of this measure, all the captains and other officers in his
+service were assembled, he gave them orders to visit the whole houses of
+the city, by which means it was soon known who had deserted. As Diego
+and Jerom de Carvajal, and Francisco Escovedo, nephews of the commissary
+Yllan Suarez de Carvajal were among the absentees, the viceroy
+immediately suspected Yllan Suarez of being a partisan of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, believing that his nephews had acted by his orders, more
+especially as they dwelt in his house, and could not therefore have gone
+away without his knowledge; though assuredly they might easily have
+escaped by a different door at a distance from the principal entrance.
+Actuated by these suspicions, the viceroy sent his brother, Vela Nunnez,
+with a detachment of musqueteers, to bring Suarez immediately to the
+palace for examination. On arriving at his house, Suarez was in bed, but
+was brought immediately before the viceroy, who was now dressed is his
+armour, and reposing on a couch. It is reported by some who were
+present, that the viceroy addressed Suarez on entering the following
+words. "Traitor! you have sent off your nephews to join Gonzalo
+Pizarro." "Call me not traitor, my lord," replied Suarez, "I am as
+faithful a subject to his majesty as you are." The viceroy was so much
+irritated by the insolent behaviour of Suarez, that he drew his sword
+and advanced towards him, and some even allege that he stabbed him in
+the breast. The viceroy, however, constantly asserted that he did not
+use his sword against Suarez; but that the servants and halberdiers who
+were in attendance, on noticing the insolent behaviour of the commissary
+to their master, had put him to death, without allowing him time for
+confession, or even for speaking a single word in his own defence. The
+body was immediately carried away for interment; and as the commissary
+was very universally beloved, it was thought dangerous to take his dead
+body through the great court of the viceregal palace, where there were
+always a hundred soldiers on guard during the night, lest it might
+occasion some disturbance. For this reason, it was let down from a
+gallery which overlooked the great square, whence some Indians and
+negroes carried it to a neighbouring church, and buried it without any
+ceremony in his ordinary scarlet cloak.
+
+Three days after this tragical event, when the judges of the royal
+audience made the viceroy a prisoner, as shall be presently related,
+among their first transactions, they made a judicial examination
+respecting the circumstances attendant upon the death of Suarez. It was
+ascertained in the first place, that he had disappeared since the time
+when he was carried before the viceroy at midnight; after which, the
+body was dug up, and the wounds examined[2]. When the intelligence of
+the death of Suarez spread through Lima, it gave occasion to much
+dissatisfaction, as every one knew that he had been always, favourable
+to the interest and authority of the viceroy, and had even exerted his
+whole influence in procuring him to be received at Lima, in opposition
+to the sentiments of the majority of the magistrates of that city. His
+death happened on the night of Sunday the 13th of September 1544. Early
+next morning, Don Alfonzo de Montemayor was sent by the viceroy with a
+party of thirty horse, in pursuit of De Castro and the others who had
+gone after Loyasa and Zavallos. When Montemayor had travelled two or
+three days in the pursuit, he learnt that De Castro and his companions
+were already so far advanced in their journey that it would be utterly
+impossible to get up with them. He accordingly turned back, and
+receiving information on his return towards Lima, that Jerom de Carvajal
+had lost his companions during the night, and, being unable to discover
+the road by which they were gone, had concealed himself in a marsh among
+some tall reeds, where Montemayor found him out, and carried him
+prisoner to Lima, on purpose to give him up to the viceroy. Fortunately
+for Carvajal, the viceroy was himself a prisoner when Montemayor
+returned to Lima.
+
+[Footnote 2: This judicial examination, so formally announced, is left
+quite inconclusive by Zarate.--E.]
+
+When the anger of the viceroy had somewhat subsided, he used great pains
+to justify himself, in regard to the death of Suarez, explaining the
+reasons of his conduct in that affair to all who visited him, and
+endeavouring to convince them that he had just reasons of suspicion,
+giving a detailed account of all the circumstances respecting the arrest
+and death of Suarez. He even procured some judicial informations to be
+drawn up by the licentiate Cepeda, respecting the crimes which he laid
+to the charge of the commissary, of which the following is an abstract.
+
+"It appeared reasonable to suppose that Suarez must have been privy to
+the desertion of his nephews, as they lived in his house and could not
+have gone off without his knowledge. He alleged that Suaraz had not
+exerted all the care and diligence that were necessary and proper, in
+several affairs connected with the present troubles which had been
+confided to him. It was objected to him, that he was particularly
+interested in opposing the execution of the obnoxious regulations;
+since he would have been obliged, along with the rest, to give up the
+lands and Indians he then held as an officer of the crown, which he had
+not done hitherto on account of the subsisting disturbances in the
+country. Lastly, the viceroy charged against him, that having entrusted
+Suarez at the very beginning of the troubles with certain dispatches for
+his brother, the licentiate Carvajal, who then dwelt at Cuzco, intended
+for procuring intelligence by his means of what was going on in that
+city, he had never given or procured any answer on that subject;
+although it must certainly have been easy for him to have procured
+intelligence from his brother, by means of the Indian vassals of both,
+and by those belonging to the king who were at his disposal officially,
+all of whom dwelt on the road between Lima and Cuzco." Besides that all
+these allegations carry very little weight in themselves, as evidences
+of the presumptive guilt of Suarez, none of them were ever
+satisfactorily established by legal proof.
+
+As the viceroy found that all his affairs had turned out unfortunate,
+and that every person seemed much discontented in consequence of the
+death of Suarez, he changed his intention of waiting for Gonzalo Pizarro
+at Lima, which he had caused fortify in that view with ramparts and
+bastions. He now resolved to retire to the city of Truxillo, about
+eighty leagues from Lima, and entirely to abandon and even to dispeople
+the city of Lima; in the execution of this project he meant to send the
+invalids, old persons, women, children, and all the valuable effects and
+baggage belonging to the inhabitants by sea to Truxillo, for which
+purpose he had sufficient shipping, and to march all who were able to
+carry arms by land, taking along with him all the European inhabitants
+of every settlement in the plain between Lima and Truxillo; and sending
+off all the Indian population of the plain to the mountainous region. By
+these decisive measures, he hoped to reduce the adherents of Gonzalo
+Pizarro to such straits, by depriving them of every possible succour and
+refreshment, after the fatigues of a long and painful march, encumbered
+with baggage and artillery, as might constrain them to disband their
+army, when they might find the whole way between Lima and Truxillo
+reduced to a desert entirely devoid of provisions. The viceroy
+considered himself under the necessity of employing these strong
+measures, as some of his people deserted from him almost daily to the
+enemy, in proportion as the insurgents approached towards Lima.
+
+In pursuance of this resolution, on Tuesday the 15th of September, two
+days after the slaughter of the commissary Suarez, the viceroy gave
+orders to Diego Alvarez de Cueto, with a party of horse, to convey the
+children of the late Marquis Pizarro on board ship, and to remain in
+charge of them and the licentiate Vaca de Castro. On this occasion, he
+gave the command of the fleet to Cueto, being afraid lest Don Antonio de
+Ribera and his wife, who then had the charge of young Don Gonzalo and
+his brothers, children of the late marquis, might conceal them and give
+them up to their uncle. This measure occasioned much emotion among the
+inhabitants of Lima, and gave great offence to the oydors or judges of
+the royal audience, particularly to the licentiate Ortiz de Zarate, who
+made strong remonstrances to the viceroy against sending Donna Francisco
+Pizarro among the sailors and soldiers, where she could not reside in
+decent comfort. This young lady, who was both beautiful and rich, was
+now almost grown a woman, and the conduct of the viceroy towards her on
+this occasion was considered as harsh, tyrannical, and unnecessary.
+Ortiz was unable to prevail on the viceroy to recall his orders
+respecting the children of the late marquis; and he even openly declared
+that he had come to the resolution of abandoning Lima in the way already
+mentioned. All the oydors considered these intended steps as highly
+improper and ruinous to the colony; and declared, that as they had been
+ordered by his majesty to take up their residence in Lima, they were
+determined not to quit that place without a new royal order for the
+express purpose. As the viceroy found that every thing he could say was
+quite ineffectual to bring over the oydors to his sentiments, he
+resolved to gain possession of the _royal seal_, and to carry it off
+with himself to Truxillo, by which measure the oydors would be reduced
+to the state of private persons in Lima, and unable to hold any sitting
+of the royal audience, unless they chose to accompany him to Truxillo.
+When this resolution of the viceroy was communicated to the oydors, they
+called the chancellor before them, from whom they took the seal, which
+they committed to the custody of the licentiate Cepeda, the senior
+oydor. This was done by three of the oydors, Cepeda, Texada, and
+Alvarez, Ortiz being absent at the time.
+
+On the same evening, all the four oydors assembled in the house of
+Cepeda, and agreed to present a formal requisition to the viceroy to
+bring back the family of the late marquis from the fleet in which he had
+embarked them. After this resolution had been engrossed in the register,
+the licentiate Ortiz retired to his own house, being indisposed. The
+other three oydors continued in consultation on the measures which were
+proper to be adopted, for defending themselves against the power of the
+viceroy, in case he should persist in his plans, and endeavour to make
+them embark by force, which they publickly asserted was his intention.
+On this occasion, they drew up an ordinance or public act, by which, in
+the name and authority of the king "they commanded all the inhabitants
+of the city of Lima, captains, soldiers, and others, civil and military,
+in case the viceroy should give orders to remove them, the oydors of the
+royal audience, by force and violence from Lima, that they should aid,
+assist, and defend them, in opposition to such a measure, as illegal and
+unjust, and contrary to the orders of his majesty, clearly expressed in
+the new regulations, and in the commission granted to them as oydors of
+the royal audience."
+
+Having formally extended and authenticated this _act_, they communicated
+it in secret to Captain Martin de Robles, whom they desired to hold
+himself and his soldiers in readiness to defend them in case of need. De
+Robles engaged to stand by them; for though one of the captains in the
+troops, he was not on good terms with the viceroy. Several other persons
+of importance in the city, to whom the oydors communicated the
+resolutions which they had formed, promised likewise to stand by them
+against the tyranny of the viceroy. That same evening, all who were in
+concert with the oydors held themselves in readiness, anxiously waiting
+the event of an open breach between the viceroy and the judges of the
+royal audience. However secret the steps taken by the oydors might have
+been, they became known to the viceroy, or at least he entertained
+violent suspicions of their nature and tendency. At night-fall, Martin
+de Robles went privately to the house of the oydor Cepeda, to whom he
+communicated his opinion that the viceroy was already informed of all
+their proceedings, and that, unless prompt measures were taken for their
+security, they would all be put to death. Cepeda sent immediately for
+Alvarez and Texada, two others of the oydors; and these three came
+immediately to the determination of openly defending themselves against
+the viceroy, if he should attempt their arrest. For this purpose,
+several of their friends, and some of the soldiers of the company,
+commanded by De Robles, assembled in arms at their residence. While this
+was going on, Urbina the maestre de campo or major-general, when going
+his rounds met several of these soldiers in the street, and immediately
+suspected the truth. He went, therefore, straight to the viceroy, to
+whom he communicated the suspicious circumstances he had observed, that
+some prompt measures might be concerted for counteracting the
+machinations of the oydors. The viceroy desired him to fear nothing, as
+they had only civilians to deal with, who had not sufficient courage to
+concert any enterprize against his authority. Urbina went away
+accordingly to continue his round; but as he still continued to meet
+several armed horsemen in the streets, all of whom were going towards
+the house of Cepeda, he returned again to the palace, and remonstrated
+with the viceroy on the absolute necessity of taking instant measures of
+defence. The viceroy immediately put on his armour and ordered to sound
+an alarm, after which he went out into the great square before the
+palace, accompanied by his nightly guard of a hundred soldiers and all
+his domestic establishment, meaning to have proceeded to the house of
+Cepeda, to arrest the oydors, to chastise the mutineers, and to
+re-establish order in the city. While in the great square near the gate
+of the palace, he noticed that it was impossible to prevent the soldiers
+from going to join the oydors, as the horsemen who filled all the
+streets constrained them to take that direction. If, however, the
+viceroy had persisted in his first design, he could hardly have found
+much difficulty or considerable resistance, as he then had a greatly
+superior force to what had assembled with Cepeda and the other judges.
+He was disuaded from executing these intentions by Alfonzo Palomino,
+alcalde or police-judge of Lima, who asserted that a great majority of
+the troops were assembled at the house of Cepeda, and were about to
+attack him; for which reason, the best measure was to fortify himself in
+the palace, which could easily be defended; whereas he had not a
+sufficient force to assail the oydors and their adherents. Influenced by
+this advice, the viceroy retired into the palace, accompanied by his
+brother Vela Nunnez, Paul de Meneses, Jerom de la Cerna, Alfonso de
+Caceres, Diego de Urbina, and others of his friends and followers, with
+all his relations and servants. The hundred soldiers of the nightly
+guard were posted at the great gate of the palace, with orders to
+prevent any one from going in.
+
+While these vacillatory measures were going on at the viceregal palace,
+information was brought to the oydors, that the viceroy had drawn out
+his troops in the great square, with the intention of attacking them.
+Having as yet collected only a small force for their protection, they
+resolved to go out into the street; believing, if the viceroy should
+come to blockade them, and should occupy the streets leading to the
+house of Cepeda, that all those who were disposed to aid them would be
+intercepted. They advanced therefore by the streets which led towards
+the great square, and were soon joined by others of their adherents, to
+the number of about two hundred men. To justify their conduct on this
+occasion, they caused the act which they had drawn up to be publickly
+read; but so great was the noise and confusion, that very few of those
+present were able to hear its tenor. On the arrival of the judges and
+their partizans in the great square, day began to dawn. At this time,
+the troops attached to the viceroy fired a few musket-shots, from the
+corridore of the palace, and began to extend themselves in front of the
+main gate. The soldiers who accompanied the oydors were much displeased
+at this procedure, and proposed to assault the palace, and to slay all
+that resisted them; but the oydors restrained and appeased them. The
+oydors then deputed Gaspard de Carvajal, the superior of the Dominicans,
+and Antonio de Robles, to inform the viceroy, that their only demand
+from him was an assurance that they should not be compelled to embark
+against their will and contrary to the express orders of his majesty,
+which fixed their residence at Lima. They farther required, that,
+without proceeding to hostilities, the viceroy should come to the great
+church, where they proposed, going to meet him, and where all their
+differences might be amicably settled; as otherwise he would put both
+himself and all who were with him in extreme danger. While these envoys
+were in the palace in the execution of their commission, the hundred
+soldiers who formed the guard of the viceroy went over in a body to the
+oydors; by which, as the entrance to the palace was left entirely
+unguarded, several of the malecontents got admission to the chambers
+belonging to the officers of the viceroy in the outer court, which they
+pillaged. At this time, the licentiate Ortiz de Zarate went from his
+house towards the palace, meaning to have joined the viceroy; but
+meeting the other oydors on his way, and seeing that it was impossible
+for him to prosecute his original design, he accompanied them to the
+church.
+
+When the viceroy received the message of the oydors from Carvajal and
+Antonio de Robles, considering at the same time that his palace was
+already in possession of the insurgents, and that his own troops had
+abandoned him, he determined to proceed to the church, and to give
+himself up to the oydors who there waited for him. They carried him
+directly, in his coat of mail and cuirass, to the house of Cepeda;
+where, seeing Ortiz along with the other judges, he exclaimed: "Is it
+possible that you, in whom I had so much confidence as one of my best
+friends, have joined with the rest in making me a prisoner." To this the
+licentiate replied, "Whoever has told you so spoke falsely, as it is
+known to every one who those are that have caused you to be arrested,
+and that I have no share in the matter." The three other judges gave
+immediate orders to convey the viceroy on board ship, that he might be
+sent to Spain; justly fearing, if Gonzalo Pizarro should find him in
+custody on his arrival at Limn, that he would put him to death, or that
+the relations and friends of the commissary Suarez might kill him in
+revenge for the murder of that officer; as in either of which cases the
+blame might be imputed to them, the judges were much embarrassed how
+best to act in this delicate emergency, considering that if they merely
+sent the viceroy on board the fleet which lay at anchor off the harbour
+of Calao, he might be soon in condition to return in force against them.
+In this dilemma, they appointed Cepeda, one of their number, to act as
+captain-general of the colony; who, with a strong guard, conducted the
+deposed viceroy to the sea side on purpose to put him on board one of
+the ships. They found some difficulty in executing this measure, as
+Diego Alvarez de Cueto, who commanded the fleet, on seeing the
+assemblage of people on the shore, and learning that they had the
+viceroy among them as a prisoner, sent Jerom de Zurbano, one of his
+captains in an armed boat to collect all the boats of the fleet, with
+which, accompaniment he approached the shore and demanded the liberation
+of the viceroy from the judges. This measure was altogether ineffectual,
+as the judges refused to listen to the demands of Cueto; who, after
+exchanging a few shots with those on shore, went back to his ships.
+
+After this, the judges sent off a message to Cueto, by means of Friar
+Gaspard de Carvajal, in which the deposed viceroy concurred, ordering
+him to surrender the command of the fleet, and to give up the children
+of the late marquis, in return for which they would place the viceroy
+under his charge, who would otherwise be in great peril of his life. On
+getting aboard ship, Friar Gaspard presented his commission to Cueto and
+gave him a full account of the state of affairs, in presence of the
+licentiate Vaca de Castro, who still remained a prisoner in that vessel.
+In consideration of the danger to which the viceroy was exposed, Cueto
+sent the children of the marquis on shore together with Don Antonio de
+Ribera and his wife who had the care of them. The judges still insisted
+that Cueto should surrender the fleet to their command, threatening to
+behead the viceroy if he refused; and though Vela Nunnez, brother to the
+viceroy, went several times with messages to induce compliance, the
+captains of the ships would not consent to that measure, so that the
+judges were constrained to return to Lima with the viceroy still in
+custody.
+
+Two days afterwards, the commanders of the ships were informed that the
+judges and their partizans had come to the resolution of sending a
+strong force of musqueteers in boats to make themselves masters of the
+ships by force. They might perhaps have easily persuaded Cueto to give
+up the fleet, of which in reality Jerom de Zurbano had more the command
+than he, as all the soldiers and sailors who were attached to the
+deposed viceroy were at his disposal; but Zurbano, to whom the judges
+made great offers, was quite inflexible. The captains of the fleet came
+even to the resolution of quitting the port of Lima, to cruise upon the
+coast of Peru, till such time as they might receive orders from his
+majesty how to conduct themselves in the present crisis. They believed
+that the viceroy had many friends and adherents in Lima and other parts
+of Peru; as many persons who had not taken any share in the deposition
+and imprisonment of the viceroy, and several of those who were best
+disposed to the royal service continued almost daily to make their
+escape on board the fleet. The ships were tolerably well armed and
+appointed, having ten or twelve iron cannon, and three or four of brass,
+besides forty quintals of powder. As to provisions, they had above four
+hundred quintals of biscuit, five hundred bags of maize, and a large
+store of salt meat; so that they were victualled sufficiently for a
+considerable time, and they could easily procure water on any part of
+the coast. Their force however was very small, as they had only twenty
+five soldiers, and by no means a sufficient number of mariners for the
+ten ships which composed their fleet. They resolved therefore to abandon
+four of the smallest vessels, which they were unable to man; and not
+thinking it right to leave these behind, lest they might have been
+employed against themselves by the partizans of the judges, they set
+these small vessels on fire the day after the imprisonment of the
+viceroy, as likewise two fishing barks which were in the harbour, and
+then set sail. The four small ships were entirely destroyed, but the two
+fishing vessels were saved after sustaining very little damage.
+
+The fleet went into the harbour of Guavra, which is eighteen leagues
+_below_[3] the port of Lima, where they took in a supply of wood and
+water. They carried the licentiate Vaca de Castro along with them, and
+resolved to wait at Guavra to see what consequences might follow from
+the imprisonment of the viceroy. When this came to the knowledge of the
+judges, who believed the ships might not go to any considerable distance
+from Guavra, on account of the attachment of their commanders to the
+viceroy whose life was in danger, they determined to send a force both
+by sea and land to attempt acquiring possession of the ships almost at
+any risk. For this purpose, they gave orders to Diego Garcias de Alfaro,
+an inhabitant of Lima who was versant in maritime affairs, to repair and
+fit out the two barks which had drifted on shore. When that was done,
+Alfaro embarked in them with thirty musqueteers, and set sail towards
+Guavra. At the same time, Don Juan de Mendoza and Ventura Beltran,[4]
+were sent off by land with a party of soldiers in the same direction. On
+coming to Guavra in the night, Garcias de Alfaro concealed his two barks
+behind a light house[5], in the harbour very near the ships, where he
+could not be seen. At the same time, the party which went by land began
+to fire off their muskets, and the people in the ships believed they
+were some friends of the viceroy who wished to embark. Vela Nunnez was
+sent accordingly in a boat to the shore, to learn what was meant by the
+firing, on which Diego Garcias pushed on his barks between Vela Nunnez
+and the ships, firing upon him and obliged him to surrender.
+Intelligence of this event was immediately sent to Cueto, with a message
+assuring him that both the viceroy and his brother would be immediately
+put to death unless he surrendered his ships to the judges. Cueto[6]
+accordingly submitted, being afraid lest the threat might be executed;
+but had certainly not been allowed to do so if Zurbano had been present,
+who had sailed from Guavra with his ships, two days before the arrival
+of Diego Garcias, with the intention of going all along the coast
+between Lima and Tierra Firma to take possession of every ship he might
+fall in with, to prevent them from being employed by the oydors.
+
+[Footnote 3: The expression in the text _below_, is probably an error in
+the French translator in rendering _barlovento_ which signifies to
+leeward. Accordingly, to the north of Lima, and about the indicated
+distance, there is a sea-port or coast town named Huaura, certainly the
+place meant by Zarate. _Hua_ and _Gua_ are often inchanged by the
+Spaniards in the names of places in America, probably from the g having
+a guttural sound, or strong aspiration.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Garcilasso names this person Ventura Veltran.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 5: In Garcilasso de la Vega, obviously copying this part of
+the story from Zarate, Garcias is said to have concealed his barks
+behind a rock.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 6: This person is always named Cuero, by Garcilasso; who
+likewise informs us that he was brother-in-law to the viceroy.--E.]
+
+Immediately after the departure of the fleet under Cueto from the port
+of Lima, the judges became apprehensive lest the relations of the
+commissary might put the viceroy to death, which they actually
+threatened; on which account they came to a resolution, to transport him
+to an island about two leagues from the coast. For this purpose he was
+embarked along with a guard of twenty men in one of those barks or
+floats made of dried reeds which the Indians call _henea_. When the
+judges learnt the surrender of the fleet under Cueto, they determined
+upon sending him as a prisoner to Spain, with a formal memorial of all
+that had passed, and deputed the licenciate Alvarez, one of their number
+to take charge of him thither, and to support their memorial at the
+court of Spain, giving him 8000 crowns to defray the expences of the
+voyage. For this purpose all the necessary dispatches were prepared,
+which were signed by all the judges of the royal audience, excepting
+Ortiz de Zarate, who refused his concurrence. Alvarez went by land to
+Guavra, to which place the viceroy was transported in one of the barks
+fitted out by Diego Garcias, and given into the custody of Alvarez, who
+immediately set sail with three ships that had been placed at his
+disposal, without waiting even for the dispatches from his brother
+judges. At this time, Vaca de Castro was carried back to the port of
+Lima, still a prisoner.
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_History of the usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, from the expulsion of the
+Viceroy to his defeat and death_.
+
+
+While the viceroy remained in the small island, as formerly mentioned,
+Alfonso de Montemayor and those who had gone along with him to succour
+Loyasa and Zavallos, returned to Lima, upon which the judges caused them
+to be arrested and disarmed, ordering them, and several of the captains
+who were attached to the viceroy, to be detained as prisoners in the
+house of Martin de Robles, and in the houses of several of the citizens
+of Lima. These prisoners were persuaded, if the viceroy could regain his
+liberty, that he would still be able to prevent the arrival of Gonzalo
+Pizarro at Lima, and to avert the disorders and evils which must flow
+from his successful usurpation, prejudicial to the rights of the crown
+and the interest of the colony. With this view, therefore, they
+concerted to unite together under arms, to bring back the viceroy from
+the place of his confinement, and to reinstate him in his authority;
+resolving in the execution of this project, to make the judges
+prisoners, or even to kill them if necessary, and to take possession of
+the city in the name of his majesty. They had assuredly executed their
+project, had they not been betrayed by a soldier, who discovered the
+whole plot to Cepeda. Immediately on receiving notice of this
+conspiracy, Cepeda in concert with the other judges apprehended all the
+leaders, namely Alfonso de Montemayor, Paolo de Meneses, Alfonso de
+Caceres, Alfonso de Barrionuevo, and some others. Several of these when
+put to the torture, had sufficient resolution to refuse confession; but
+Barrionuevo confessed partly, in hopes of satisfying the judges, and
+that they might not continue his torments. Upon his confession, he was
+at first condemned to lose his head; but in the sequel the judges
+satisfied themselves with causing his right hand to be cut off; and all
+the other leaders of the conspiracy, who persisted in refusing to
+confess, were banished from Peru.
+
+After all these revolutionary events, information of every thing that
+had occurred in Lima, was transmitted to Gonzalo Pizarro, the judges and
+their friends being in hopes that, he would now be induced to dismiss
+his army. They were however quite mistaken in this expectation; for he
+believed that every thing, even the imprisonment of the viceroy, was a
+false rumour, or a mere concerted trick to force him to lay down his
+arms, and that they would put him to death when left without support.
+
+In the mean time the licentiate Alvarez, as already mentioned, set sail
+from Guavra having charge of the viceroy and his brothers.
+Notwithstanding that this judge had been the chief promoter of every
+thing that had been done against the viceroy, having even especially
+contributed to make him a prisoner, and been most active in punishing
+those who had conspired to restore him to the government; yet, on the
+very first day of the voyage, he went into the cabin which had been
+appointed for the captive viceroy, declaring his repentance for all that
+he had done against him, and his earnest desire for a reconcilement. He
+assured him, that, in accepting the charge of his conveyance as a
+prisoner, he had been entirely actuated by the desire of serving him,
+that he might get him from under the power of Cepeda, and prevent him
+from falling into the hands of Gonzalo Pizarro, who was expected to
+arrive shortly at Lima. To satisfy the viceroy of his sincerity, Alvarez
+assured him that he was from that moment at full and perfect liberty,
+and that he now surrendered the command of the vessel into his hands;
+humbly beseeching him to forgive all that was passed, and declaring
+himself ready to obey his commands in all things. Alvarez then gave
+orders to the ten men who had been given him as guards over the viceroy,
+that they were now to obey the viceroy and not him. The viceroy
+expressed his entire satisfaction at this conduct in Alvarez, and took
+the command accordingly; yet in a very short time he treated Alvarez
+very ill, often calling him villain, traitor, mutineer, and other
+opprobrious names, and threatening that, though he spared his life for
+the present because he had occasion for his service, he would certainly
+have him hanged in the sequel. Yet they continued together till their
+arrival at Truxillo, as shall be related in the sequel.
+
+It was soon suspected at Lima that Alvarez had entered into terms with
+the viceroy, from certain circumstances which had transpired before he
+embarked, but more especially from his having set sail without waiting
+for the dispatches of the royal court of audience, which had been
+delayed a day in waiting for the consent of Ortiz. While they were still
+in some degree of uncertainty on this subject, and waiting anxiously to
+know the whole truth, they judged proper to send a representation on
+the state of affairs to Gonzalo Pizarro, of which the following was the
+tenor. "That, in consequence of their commissions, and of the express
+powers confided to them by his majesty of doing every thing which might
+be necessary for the due administration of justice, and to place the
+country in good order, they had suspended the execution of the obnoxious
+regulations, as demanded by the colonists, and had even sent off the
+viceroy to Spain, which was more than had been required or could have
+been reasonably asked. As, therefore, there now remained no call or
+pretence for the military preparations which he had set on foot, they
+commanded him immediately to dismiss his troops: But, if he were
+inclined to come to Lima, he must come there as a man of peace, without
+warlike array; yet, if he considered it necessary to his safety to have
+an escort, they granted him permission to bring fifteen or twenty
+horsemen along with him."
+
+When these orders were prepared, the judges were desirous of sending
+some of the inhabitants of Lima to carry them to Gonzalo Pizarro; but no
+one would undertake the commission, which they considered as extremely
+hazardous. They represented to the judges, that Gonzalo and his officers
+would reproach them for opposing the just measures in which they were
+engaged; as they had associated for the general interest of the colony.
+On this refusal of the inhabitants, the judges gave orders to Augustino,
+the royal treasurer of Peru[7], and Don Antonio de Ribeta, one of the
+citizens of Lima, to carry this order to Gonzalo. To these messengers
+they gave formal letters of credence, with which they set out upon their
+journey for the valley of Jauja, in which Gonzalo Pizarro was then
+encamped with his army. Gonzalo had already received notice of this
+intended embassy; and was afraid, if the envoys should give a public
+notification of the message with which they were entrusted, that his
+troops might mutiny; as he knew they were exceedingly desirous of
+marching to Lima in full force, that they might be in condition to
+pillage that city on the first pretext that offered. To prevent this, he
+sent Jerom de Villegas with thirty mounted musqueteers to intercept the
+two messengers now on their way to the army. According to his
+instructions, Villegas allowed Ribera to continue his journey to the
+camp; but made Augustino de Zarate a prisoner, and deprived him of his
+dispatches. Zarate was carried back by Villegas to the province of
+Pariacaca[8], where he was detained a prisoner for ten days, and every
+means were employed to intimidate him that he might not execute the
+commission with which he was entrusted.
+
+[Footnote 7: The author of the History of the Discovery and Conquest of
+Peru, which forms the subject of the present article; who accordingly,
+might justly say of these events, _quorum pars magna fui_. His associate
+on this occasion was the person who had charge of the family of the late
+marquis Don Francisco Pizarro, and had married the widow of Francisco
+Martin de Alcantara, as we learn from Garcilasso.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 8: No such province is now to be found in the best maps of
+Peru; but seventy or eighty miles to the north of Jauja, there is a
+district called the valley of Pari, with a town of the same name on the
+_Chinchay Cocha_, or lake of Chinchay, which may then have been called
+Pari-cocha, or Pari on the lake. From this circumstance, it appears the
+messengers had been obliged to make a great circuit towards the north,
+on purpose to get a passage across the main western ridge of the
+Andes.--E.]
+
+At the end of that period Gonzalo Pizarro arrived with his army at
+Pariacaca, and called Zarate into his presence to give an account of the
+subject of his mission: Zarate had been already made to understand that
+his life would be in danger if he attempted to execute the orders he had
+received literally: For which reason, after having explained the whole
+distinctly to Gonzalo in private, on being taken into the tent where all
+the insurgent captains were assembled, he proceeded, as instructed by
+Gonzalo, to discharge his commission with prudent reserve. Gonzalo
+desired him to repeat all that he had already communicated to him, but
+Zarate, understanding distinctly what was expected of him by Gonzalo, in
+addressing the assembled officers in the name of the judges of the royal
+audience, used considerable address, and availed himself of the full
+powers contained in his credentials. He was silent therefore regarding
+the dismissal of the troops, which was the point of delicacy, and
+confined himself to such other matters as seemed proper for the service
+of his majesty and the good of the colony. In this view, he represented
+to them, "that, since the viceroy was deported, and their demand for
+suspending the obnoxious ordinances was granted, it seemed just that
+they should repay the sums which Blasco Nunnez Vela had taken from the
+royal treasury, as they had promised. That they should forgive those
+inhabitants of Cuzco who had deserted from their camp to join the late
+viceroy, since it could not be denied that these men had substantial
+reasons for what they had done; and that they ought to send a humble
+deputation to his majesty, to excuse and exculpate themselves from the
+measures in which they had been engaged." Zarate added several things of
+a similar nature; to all of which the only answer given by the council
+of officers, which he was directed to carry back to the judges was,
+"that it was indispensably necessary for the well being of the colony,
+that they should appoint Gonzalo Pizarro governor of Peru. After which
+every thing that was required should be done: But if this were refused,
+the military council was determined to give up Lima to be plundered by
+the soldiers."
+
+Zarate would willingly have excused himself from bearing this answer;
+but as no other could be procured, he was obliged to return to Lima,
+where he reported it to the judges, to whom it gave much uneasiness and
+dissatisfaction. Gonzalo Pizarro had not hitherto carried his
+pretensions so high, having only insisted for the departure of the
+viceroy from Peru, and the suspension of the obnoxious regulations, and
+the judges were much at a loss how to conduct themselves under this new
+and unexpected demand. After mature deliberation, they sent to inform
+the insurgent officers, "that they were unable to grant their demand, or
+even to take it into consideration, unless some person should appear
+before them authorised to present the request according to the
+accustomed forms." Upon this message, all the procurators or deputies of
+the cities who were in the insurgent army repaired to Lima; where, in
+conjunction with such other deputies of the cities as were resident in
+that place, they presented a formal request in writing, demanding the
+same thing which had been formerly done by a verbal message. The
+auditors, considering this affair as exceedingly delicate, and that they
+neither had any right to grant what was now demanded, nor sufficient
+power to refuse it, as Gonzalo was now very near Lima which he held
+strictly blockaded; they resolved to submit the whole to the
+consideration of the principal persons of the city, that they might
+receive their sentiments and advice in the present crisis. For this
+purpose, they drew up a formal instrument of the whole matter, which was
+communicated to Don Jerom de Loyasa archbishop of Lima, Don Juan Solano
+archbishop of Cuzco, Don Garcia Diaz bishop of Quito, Fray Thomas de San
+Martino provincial of the Dominicans, Augustino de Zarate the treasurer,
+and to the royal accountant and controller general[9]. This
+extraordinary council was desired to consider maturely the demands of
+the deputies, and to give their opinion freely on what was proper to be
+done in consequence. In this instrument, the judges explained at full
+length the reasons which induced them to require advice on this
+important subject, openly avowing that this measure was not resorted to
+in the view of following what the council might judge best, since
+neither the judges nor the council had any power in the present
+situation of affairs to act otherwise than as prescribed by Gonzalo
+Pizarro and his officers; but that the judges had called in this manner
+on the members of this extraordinary council, as recorded witnesses of
+the constraint and oppression under which they all now acted.
+
+[Footnote 9: By Garcilasso, Zarate is represented as holding all the
+three offices, Treasurer, accountant, and controller.--E.]
+
+While these deliberations were going on in Lima, Gonzalo Pizarro drew
+nigh with his army and encamped about a quarter of a league from the
+city, drawing up his numerous train of artillery in readiness for
+service. As a whole day elapsed without the formal appointment as
+governor being transmitted to him, he became impatient; and dispatched
+thirty musqueteers into the city under the command of his
+lieutenant-general, who made prisoners of twenty-eight persons, among
+whom were those who had formerly deserted him at Cuzco, and others who
+were most obnoxious for having taken part with the viceroy. Among these
+were Gabriel de Roias, Garcilasso de la Vega, Melchior Verdugo, the
+licentiate Carvajal, Pedro de Barco, Martin de Florencia, Alfonso de
+Caceres, Pedro de Manjares, Luis de Leon, Antonio Ruys de Guevara, and
+some others of highest consideration in the colony. These were committed
+to the common prison, of which the lieutenant-general took possession,
+taking away the keys from the alcalde or keeper. The judges were utterly
+unable to make the smallest opposition to this strong measure, and dared
+not even to express their disapprobation, as there did not now remain
+fifty soldiers in the city; all those who had been formerly attached to
+them or to the viceroy having gone over to the camp of Gonzalo, who had
+now a force of twelve hundred men completely armed, including his
+original troops and those who deserted to him on this occasion.
+
+Next morning, several of the insurgent officers came into the city, and
+required the judges to make out the commission for Gonzalo, and to
+proclaim him governor-general of Peru without delay, otherways
+threatening to give up the city to plunder, and to massacre the
+inhabitants, in which case they would begin by putting the judges to
+death. The judges endeavoured to excuse themselves, alleging that they
+had neither right nor authority to do what was desired. Whereupon
+Carvajal, the lieutenant-general under Pizarro, caused four of his
+prisoners to be brought from the prison, and ordered three of them to be
+hanged on a tree near the city. These unfortunate men were Pedro de
+Barco, Martin de Florencia, and Juan de Saavedra. Carvajal only allowed
+them a short half hour to confess their sins and to prepare for death,
+adding insult and mockery to his cruelty. He particularly indulged in
+raillery against Pedro de Barco, who was last executed; saying, as he
+was a brave commander who had made several conquests, and was one of the
+most considerable and richest men in Peru, he was inclined to allow him
+some distinction in his death, and that he therefore granted him the
+high and honourable privilege of choosing which branch of the tree he
+preferred for being hanged upon. Luis de Leon escaped at the
+intercession of his brother who served under Gonzalo.
+
+On seeing these arbitrary proceedings, and being threatened by Carvajal
+with a similar treatment of all the other prisoners, and that the city
+should be given up to pillage if they did not execute the required
+commission without delay, the judges sent to the members of the
+extraordinary council formerly mentioned, desiring them to give their
+undisguised sentiments: upon what was proper to be done. They
+accordingly agreed unanimously that it was necessary to comply with the
+demands of Gonzalo; and the judges immediately made out a commission
+appointing Gonzalo Pizarro governor-general of Peru, until his majesty
+might give orders to the contrary, and without prejudice to the rights
+and authority of the royal audience, to which Gonzalo was required to
+make oath that he would renounce his authority whenever it might please
+his majesty or the audience to demand it from him, and likewise engaging
+to submit to their authority in the event of any complaints against him,
+either as an individual, or in the execution of his high office.
+
+On receiving his commission, Gonzalo Pizarro made his public entry into
+Lima, with all his troops in martial order. Captain Bachicao marched at
+the head of the vanguard with the artillery, consisting of twenty field
+pieces, which with all their ammunition, carriages, and other
+equipments, were carried on the shoulders of six thousand Indians, who
+completely filled all the streets through which they had to pass. The
+artillery was accompanied by a guard of thirty musqueteers and fifty
+canoneers. The company of two hundred pikemen commanded by Diego de
+Gumiel followed next. Then two companies of musqueteers, commanded by
+the Captains Guevara and Pedro Cermeno, the former consisting of 150,
+and the latter of 200 men. After these followed three companies of
+infantry who preceded Gonzalo Pizarro as his body guards, who followed
+on horseback in his coat of mail, over which he wore a robe of cloth of
+gold. He was followed by three captains of cavalry: Don Pedro de Porto
+Carrero in the middle carrying the royal standard belonging to his
+troop, having Antonio de Altamirano on his right with the standard of
+Cuzco, and Pedro de Puelles on his left with a standard of the arms of
+Gonzalo Pizarro. The whole cavalry of the army brought up the rear in
+regular order. In this array, the whole column of march moved towards
+the house of the oydor Ortiz de Zarate, where the other judges were
+assembled. Ortiz had feigned sickness, on purpose to avoid attending the
+royal court of audience at the reception of Gonzalo, but his brethren
+adjourned the sitting to his house on the occasion.
+
+Leaving his cavalry drawn up in the great square, Gonzalo made his
+appearance before the assembled judges, who received him in form, and
+administered to him the oath as governor. From thence he proceeded to
+the town house, where all the magistrates of the city were assembled,
+and where he was received with all the usual solemnities. Having gone
+through all the ceremonies, he retired to his own house, and the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal dismissed the army to its quarters upon the
+citizens, who were ordered to entertain them at free quarters. Gonzalo
+Pizarro continued to reside in Lima, exercising his authority as
+governor in all things pertaining to military affairs, without
+interfering in the administration of justice, which he confided entirely
+to the oydors, who held their sittings for that purpose in the house of
+the treasurer Alfonso Riquelme. Immediately after assuming the office of
+governor, Gonzalo sent Alfonso de Toro as his lieutenant to Cuzco, Pedro
+de Fuentes to Arequipa, Francisco de Almendras to La Plata, and others
+in the same quality to the other cities of Peru[10].
+
+[Footnote 10: According to Garcilasso, the entry of Gonzalo Pizarro into
+Lima was in October 1544, forty days after the deposition and
+imprisonment of the viceroy. In the History of America, II. 373, this
+event is dated on the 28th October.--E.]
+
+As in the sequel of this history we shall have much to say respecting
+Gonzalo Pizarro and his lieutenant-general Francisco de Carvajal, it may
+be proper in this place to give a short account of the age, qualities,
+and characters of these two men. At this period, Gonzalo Pizarro was
+about forty years of age, large made and tall, well proportioned, of a
+dark brown complexion, with a long black beard. He was well versant in
+military affairs and took great delight in war, of which he endured the
+labours and privations with much patient fortitude. He was an excellent
+horseman; and though his genius was rather confined, and his language
+vulgar, he could express his sentiments with sufficient clearness. He
+was exceedingly remiss in keeping his secrets to himself, by which
+weakness he often suffered much prejudice in his affairs and military
+transactions. He was rather avaricious, and disliked much to give away
+money; owing to which want of liberality his affairs frequently suffered
+material injury. He was exceedingly amorous, not confining himself like
+his brother the marquis to the native women, but gave much offence by
+his intrigues among the Spanish ladies in Peru.
+
+Francisco de Carvajal was a man of low descent, the son of a person
+employed in collecting the tax on salt, and was born in the village of
+Ragama near Arevala. He had served long in the wars of Italy under Count
+Pedro de Navarre, having been in the battle of Pavia, where the king of
+France was taken prisoner. On his return to Spain he was accompanied by
+a lady of a good family, Donna Catalina de Leyton, to whom he was said
+to be married; though most people believed otherwise, and some even
+alleged she had been a nun. After his return to Spain, he lived for some
+time at the commandry of Heliche, in the capacity of a steward; and went
+afterwards into New Spain with the lady who passed for his wife. He was
+for some time employed in Mexico, where he held some office; whence he
+was sent by the viceroy of that kingdom to Peru, along with
+reinforcements to the marquis Pizarro, at the time when the Indians
+revolted, as formerly related. On this occasion, the marquis gave him
+some lands and Indians at Cuzco, where he resided till the arrival of
+the viceroy; when he was about to have returned into Spain with a
+considerable sum which he had amassed from the Indians of his
+repartimiento; but not being able to procure an opportunity, he had
+remained in the country. When Gonzalo Pizarro assumed the government of
+Peru, Carvajal was said to be eighty years of age. He was of the middle
+stature, but very gross, full-faced, and high-complexioned. He was
+skilled in warlike affairs, having had long experience, and was able to
+undergo fatigue infinitely better than could have been expected at his
+advanced age. He hardly ever quitted his armour, either by day or night;
+and scarcely ever slept, except on a chair, leaning his head on his
+hand. He was so much addicted to wine, that when he could not procure
+such as was brought from Spain, he used to content himself with the
+strong liquors made by the Indians, of which he drank more freely than
+any other Spaniard. His disposition was addicted to cruelty, insomuch
+that he frequently put people to death upon very slight grounds,
+sometimes even without any reason at all, except merely under pretence
+of keeping up proper military discipline. Even when ordering any
+unfortunate persons to condign punishment, he was wont to crack his
+jokes, and to pay them ironical compliments. He was a bad Christian, and
+much addicted to impiety, as was manifest in all his words and actions;
+and was prodigiously avaricious in the acquisition of money, for which
+purpose he pillaged many of their wealth, by threatening to put them to
+death, and then letting them free for a good round sum. He ended his
+days in a miserable manner, with small hope of salvation, as will appear
+in the sequel.
+
+To return to the incidents of our history: Our readers may recollect
+that Luis de Ribera, lieutenant governor in La Plata, and Antonio
+Alvares alcalde or judge ordinary of that city, with most of its
+inhabitants, had taken the field with the purpose of joining the
+viceroy. After journeying a long way in the deserts without receiving
+any intelligence of the events which were passing at Lima, they at
+length learnt that the viceroy was deposed and that Gonzalo Pizarro had
+usurped the government of Peru. As Ribera and Alvarez were the chief
+leaders and instigators of the citizens of La Plata, they did not dare
+to return to that city in the present situation of affairs, and took
+therefore the resolution of seeking refuge among the Indians in the
+inaccessible mountains. Some of their associates, however, ventured to
+return to their city, while others went to Lima, where they obtained
+pardon from Gonzalo; but he forfeited their lands and Indians, and sent
+Francisco de Almendras to take possession of their repartimientos in his
+name, as funds for reimbursing the expences of the war.
+
+We must now advert to the deposed viceroy. After he had been set at
+liberty by the oydor Alvarez, as has been already related, and the two
+other vessels which carried his brother, friends, and servants, had
+likewise submitted to his authority, he continued his voyage with all
+the three ships to the port of Tumbez, where he and Alvarez landed,
+leaving proper persons to take charge of the ships. Immediately on
+landing, the viceroy and oydor began to exercise their respective
+authorities, by constituting a royal audience, and proclamations were
+dispersed through every part of the country, giving an account of the
+illegal deposition and imprisonment of the viceroy and the usurpation of
+Gonzalo, and commanding all faithful subjects of his majesty to join the
+standard of the viceroy. He issued these orders to the cities of Quito,
+San Miguel, Puerto Viejo, and Truxillo; and commissioned captains to go
+to different places to raise troops; sending, among others, Jerom de
+Pereira on this errand into the province of Bracamoras. In consequence
+of these proceedings, many persons came to Tumbez to join his standard.
+He applied himself likewise to collect provisions and ammunition,
+strengthening his party as much as possible; and issued orders to
+transmit to him all the money which was contained in the royal coffers,
+which was obeyed in many places. Some of the inhabitants however, fled
+into the mountains, being unwilling to attach themselves to either of
+the parties which now divided the unhappy colony, while others went to
+join Gonzalo Pizarro. Intelligence was soon carried to Gonzalo of the
+arrival of the viceroy at Tumbez, and of his preparations for recovering
+his authority, and some even of the proclamations and orders of the
+viceroy were brought to him at Lima. Gonzalo was by no means negligent
+in endeavouring to counteract the proceedings of the viceroy; for which
+purpose he sent orders to Ferdinand de Alvarado, his lieutenant at
+Truxillo, and the captains. Gonzalo Diaz and Jerom Villegas, to collect
+as many soldiers as possible in that part of the country, lest they
+might have gone to Tumbez to join the party of the viceroy. He commanded
+these officers to give every possible interruption to the preparations
+of the viceroy, yet ordered them on no account to risk coming to a
+battle with the royalists, however powerful and numerous they might
+conceive their troops to be in comparison with those of the viceroy.
+
+It had been long proposed to send a deputation from Gonzalo and the
+communities of Peru into Spain, to lay an account before his majesty of
+all that had occurred in the colony; and many of the principal
+insurgents insisted on the necessity of this measure, to justify their
+conduct. Others again, among whom the principal persons were the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal and Captain Bachicao, were of an opposite
+opinion; insisting that it were better to wait till his majesty might
+think proper to send out persons to inquire into the cause of his
+revenues being detained. They alleged that the viceroy must have already
+fully informed his majesty upon all the late transactions, and would
+doubtless be listened to in preference to any thing which they could say
+in defence of their conduct. On this account, the leaders of the
+insurgents regretted that they had not at the first sent over the judges
+of the royal audience into Spain, to give an account of their reasons
+for having made the viceroy a prisoner. And, after many deliberations on
+this subject, it was at length determined to send home the Doctor
+Texada, one of the oydors, in the name of the royal audience, to lay an
+account of the whole before the king. It was at the same time resolved,
+that Francisco Maldonado, who was master of the household of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, should accompany Texada, carrying justificatory letters from
+his master; but without any title, credence, or powers whatever. By
+these measures, two purposes were served at the same time, both of which
+were deemed useful: In sending a deputation to the king to justify their
+proceeding, those of their party who pressed that measure were
+satisfied; and by employing Texada on this errand, the court of royal
+audience was virtually broken up, as Ortiz de Zarate could not then hold
+sittings by himself[11]. When this proposal was communicated to Texada,
+he readily consented to undertake the office, on condition that he were
+furnished with 6000 crowns to defray the expences of his voyage.
+Accordingly, Cepeda and he composed all the memorials and dispatches
+which were deemed necessary, which were signed by these two judges only,
+as Ortiz refused his concurrence.
+
+[Footnote 11: Zarate seems to forget the existence of Cepeda, one of the
+judges; but he seems to have entirely devoted himself to the party of
+the usurper, while Ortiz affected at least to retain a sense of
+loyalty.--E.]
+
+When all was in readiness for the dispatch of Texada and Maldonado, a
+ship which lay in the harbour of Lima was ordered to be fitted out for
+their reception, of which Captain Bachicao was to have taken the
+command, with a sufficient number of cannon, and twenty soldiers; having
+orders to take possession of all the ships he might fall in with along
+the coast. At this time, Vaca de Castro, the ex-president, who still
+remained a prisoner in this ship, contrived to gain over a majority of
+the seamen belonging to the vessel, with the assistance of his friend
+Garcia de Montalva who occasionally visited him. By these means he
+acquired the command of the vessel, which was already provided with
+every thing needful for the voyage, and immediately set sail. This
+untoward incident gave much uneasiness to Gonzalo Pizarro, both because
+it delayed the departure of Texada, and because he judged that it could
+not have happened without the concurrence of several concealed enemies
+to the present state of affairs. On this the troops were ordered under
+arms, and all the principal persons who were suspected of disaffection
+to the party of Pizarro were taken into custody and committed to the
+common prison of the city, both those who had fled from Cuzco, and those
+belonging to other cities who had not joined his party. One of the
+persons committed to prison on this occasion was the licentiate
+Carvajal, to whom the lieutenant-general Carvajal sent a message,
+desiring him to confess and make his will, as he was immediately to be
+put to death. The licentiate did accordingly what he was desired, and
+prepared himself to die with much firmness and resolution; yet he was
+urged to be more expeditious, and the executioner was present, provided
+with cords for tying his hands and strangling him. Every one believed
+the last hour of the licentiate was come; more especially as,
+considering his rank and quality, it was not thought possible that he
+could be treated in this manner merely to frighten him. It was likewise
+universally believed, that the execution of the licentiate would be
+speedily followed by that of all the other prisoners; which it was
+conceived would prove of material detriment to the colony, as they
+consisted of the very principal people of the country, and of those who
+had always evinced the most zealous loyalty to the service of his
+majesty.
+
+While matters seemed fast tending to this extremity, several of the most
+judicious persons went to Gonzalo Pizarro, and requested of him to
+reflect that the licentiate Carvajal was one of the principal persons in
+the country, and that his brother had been already unjustly put to
+death by the viceroy, under pretence of the licentiate having joined the
+party of Pizarro. They urged that it was exceedingly imprudent at this
+time to put the licentiate to death, as that would necessarily renew the
+discontents which had formerly taken place on the death of his brother
+the commissary. They even added, that much good service might be
+expected from the licentiate, were it only in pursuit of revenge for the
+death of his brother. They insisted that neither the licentiate nor any
+of the other prisoners had any hand in the flight of Vaca de Castro; but
+that it might easily be seen that the slightest pretexts were resorted
+to on purpose to accuse them, who were already under suspicion as
+disaffected to the ruling party. Teased and fatigued by these
+solicitations, Gonzalo Pizarro refused to be spoken to on the subject;
+so that the licentiate and his friends were induced to try another
+expedient for his release. They conveyed to the lieutenant-general an
+ingot of gold weighing forty marks[12], with a promise of a much larger
+present if he would save the life of the licentiate. The
+lieutenant-general accepted their offers, delayed the execution of the
+licentiate, and prevailed on Gonzalo Pizarro to set him and all the
+other suspected persons at liberty.
+
+[Footnote 12: The weight of this is 820 ounces, which at L. 4 an ounce
+comes to L. 1280, and was then worth as much as L. 7680 is in efficient
+value.--E]
+
+After the conclusion of this business, measures were taken for the
+dispatch of Texada and Maldonado; and at this time there happened to
+arrive a brigantine from Arequipa, which was fitted out along with some
+other vessels, and armed with a part of the artillery which had been
+brought down from Cuzco. In these vessels Bachicao embarked along with
+the deputies, accompanied by sixty musqueteers, who were all that could
+be prevailed upon to undertake the voyage. They proceeded on their
+voyage along the coast to the northwards, and arrived one morning early
+at Tumbez, where they understood the viceroy then resided. Immediately
+on their being perceived making for the coast, the adherents of the
+viceroy gave the alarm and stood on their defence: But as the viceroy
+believed that Gonzalo Pizarro was on board in person accompanied by a
+formidable body of troops, he retired in all haste from Tumbez
+accompanied by an hundred and fifty men, taking the road for Quito.
+Several of his people however did not think fit to accompany his flight,
+and preferred giving themselves up to Bachicao, who likewise took
+possession of two ships which happened to be in the port of Tumbez. From
+thence, Bachicao went to Puerto Viejo and other places, where he drew
+together about an hundred and fifty men, all of whom he took along with
+him in the ships of his squadron. Among these were Bartholomew Perez,
+and Juan Delmos, respectable inhabitants of Puerto Viejo.
+
+Continuing his voyage towards Panama, Bachicao put in at the Isle of
+Pearls, about twenty leagues from Panama to procure refreshments. While
+at that place, the inhabitants of Panama received notice of his arrival,
+and sent two deputies to learn his intentions, requesting at the same
+time that he would not come into their boundaries with his troops.
+Bachicao sent back word, that although he happened to be accompanied by
+armed men, it was merely on purpose to defend himself against the
+viceroy, and that he had not the most distant intention of injuring or
+even displeasing the inhabitants of Panama. He informed them, that he
+was entrusted with the transport of the Doctor Texada, one of the royal
+judges, who was charged with a commission from the court of audience to
+give an account to his majesty of the events which had occurred in Peru.
+He farther declared that he should only land in Panama to provide
+necessaries for his voyage back to Peru, and would reimbark without
+delay. Lulled into security by these assurances, the inhabitants of
+Panama took no measures for defence. On coming into the port, two ships
+which happened to be there, made sail to go away; one of which was taken
+possession of by one of the brigantines belonging to Bachicao, and
+brought back to the harbour, with the master and chief mate hanging from
+the yard arms. This sad spectacle gave great uneasiness to the
+inhabitants, who judged from this tragical event, that the purposes of
+Bachicao were very different from his words and promises. But it was not
+now time to think of defence, and they were constrained to submit,
+though filled with terror and dismay, leaving their lives and properties
+entirely at the discretion of Bachicao, who was no less cruel than the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal, or even more so if possible; being at the
+same time exceedingly addicted to cursing and blasphemy, and among all
+his vices not a single spark of virtue could be found to relieve the
+picture.
+
+At this time Captain Juan de Gusman was in Panama raising soldiers for
+the service of the viceroy; but he found it advisable to retire on the
+arrival of Bachicao, with whom all these soldiers now inlisted. Bachicao
+likewise got possession of the artillery which had belonged to the
+vessel in which Vaca de Castro escaped from Lima. Seeing himself master
+of Panama, Bachicao who was a brutal passionate fellow, exercised the
+command there in a cruel and tyrannical manner, disposing at his will of
+the goods and properties of every one, violating every rule of law and
+justice, oppressing the liberties of the community, and holding every
+individual under such slavish constraint, that no one dared to act
+otherwise than as he pleased to dictate. Learning or suspecting that two
+of his captains had formed the design of putting him to death, he
+ordered them both to be beheaded without any form of trial; and in
+similar acts of injustice, and in every transaction, he used no other
+formality than ordering it to be intimated by the public crier, "That
+Captain Ferdinand Bachicao had ordained such and such to be done." He
+thus usurped supreme and absolute authority, paying not the smallest
+regard to the laws, or even to the external forms of justice.
+
+The licentiate Vaca de Castro, who was at Panama when Bachicao arrived,
+fled immediately across the isthmus to Nombre de Dios on the Atlantic,
+where he embarked accompanied by Diego Alvarez de Cueto and Jerom
+Zurbano. Doctor Texada and Francisco Maldonado escaped likewise to the
+same port, where they all embarked together for Spain. Texada died on
+the voyage while passing the Bahamas. On their arrival in Spain,
+Moldonado and Cueto went directly to Germany, where the emperor Don
+Carlos then was, where each gave an account of the business with which
+they were entrusted. Vaca de Castro remained for some time at Tercera in
+the Azores; whence he went to Lisbon, and afterwards to the court of
+Spain; alleging that he did not dare to go by way of Seville, on account
+of the influence in that place of the brothers relations and friends of
+Juan Tello, whom he had put to death after the defeat of the younger
+Almagro. On his arrival at court, De Castro was put under arrest in his
+own house by order of the council of the Indies. He was afterwards
+brought to trial on a variety of accusations, in the course of which he
+was kept prisoner for five years in the citadel of Arevalo. He was
+afterwards removed to a private house in Simanca, from which he was not
+permitted to go out: And in consequence of a subsequent revolution in
+the court of Spain, he was allowed to remain a prisoner at large in the
+city and territory of Valladolid, till his cause was finally adjuged
+[13].
+
+[Footnote 13: We learn from Garcilasso, that Vara de Castro was in the
+end honourably acquitted, and that in the year 1461, when Garcilasso was
+at Madrid, De Castro was senior member of the council of the Indies. His
+son, Don Antonio, was made knight of St. Jago, and had a grant of lands
+and Indians in Peru to the extent of 20,000 pieces of eight yearly.--E.]
+
+On the flight of the viceroy from Tumbez with an hundred and fifty men,
+as before related, in consequence of the arrival of Bachicao, he retired
+to Quito, where he was honourably received. In this place he increased
+his force to two hundred men, and finding the country fertile and
+abounding in provisions, he determined to remain there till he might
+receive ulterior orders from his majesty, in reply to the informations
+he had transmitted by Diego Alvarez de Cueto. In the mean time he
+appointed strong guards to defend the passes in the mountains, and
+stationed spies on the different roads, that he might have early
+intimation of the procedure of Gonzalo Pizarro at Lima, which is three
+hundred leagues from Quito. About this time four soldiers belonging to
+Gonzalo deserted on account of some injurious treatment, and seized a
+small bark in the port of Lima, in which they sailed northwards to a
+place where they landed, and whence they travelled by land to Quito. On
+their arrival, they represented to the viceroy, that the inhabitants of
+Lima and other places were exceedingly discontented by the conduct of
+Gonzalo, who subjected them to the most harassing and vexatious tyranny,
+driving them from their houses, and despoiling them of their goods, so
+that many of the colonists were reduced to depend on other persons for
+their subsistence. That Gonzalo imposed such burthensome contributions
+on the whole inhabitants, that they were unable to endure them; and that
+all were so weary of his tyranny, that they would gladly join any person
+who might come among them in the name of the king, to relieve them from
+the cruel oppression and tyrannous violence of the usurper. In
+consequence of this statement, the viceroy was induced to march from
+Quito towards San Miguel, appointing to the command of his troops one
+Diego de Occampo, an inhabitant of Quito, who had joined him on his
+arrival at Tumbez, and had expended large sums in his service from his
+own private fortune.
+
+The licentiate Alvarez always accompanied the viceroy, and these two
+established themselves as the court of royal audience, in virtue of a
+commission from his majesty which the viceroy still held. By this royal
+order, the viceroy was authorised after his arrival at Lima, to hold
+audience in conjunction with two or one of the oydors who might first
+arrive, or even in case that any two or three of them should chance to
+die. In pursuance of this authority, the viceroy ordered a new seal to
+be made, which he committed to the custody of Juan de Leon, alcalde or
+police judge of Lima, who had been nominated by the Marquis of Camarosa,
+grand-chancellor of the Indies, as his deputy or chancellor of the
+audience of Lima. De Leon had fled from Gonzalo Pizarro, and had joined
+the viceroy at Quito. In consequence of this arrangement, the viceroy
+issued such orders and proclamations as seemed needful or expedient, in
+the name of the emperor Don Carlos; authenticating them with the royal
+seal, and by the signatures of himself and the licentiate Alvarez. By
+these means there were two royal audiences in Peru, one at the city of
+Lima, and the other wherever the viceroy happened to reside; so that it
+frequently happened that two opposite and contradictory decrees were
+pronounced and promulgated, in one and the same cause.
+
+On taking the resolution of marching from Quito, the viceroy sent his
+brother-in-law, Diego Alvarez de Cueto, to inform his majesty of the
+state of affairs, and to solicit such reinforcements as might enable him
+to re-establish his authority in Peru, by waging war against Gonzalo
+Pizarro. Cueto went accordingly to Spain in the same fleet with Vaca de
+Castro and Texada, as already related. The viceroy advanced southwards
+to San Miguel, which is an hundred and fifty leagues from Quito,
+determining to remain at that place till he might receive farther orders
+from his majesty. The inhabitants of San Miguel gave him the best
+reception in their power, and furnished him as far as they were able
+with every thing he was in want of. He continually kept his small army
+on foot, to preserve the honour and reputation of his character as
+viceroy, and that he might be in a convenient situation for receiving
+such reinforcements as might come from Spain or from any of the American
+colonies; as every one coming by land from these quarters must
+necessarily pass by the way of San Miguel, especially if accompanied by
+horses or beasts of burthen. He expected therefore to be able in this
+place to collect reinforcements to his army, so as to be in condition to
+renew the war, and employed himself to collect men, horses, and arms, so
+that he was soon at the head of five hundred men, tolerably equipped.
+Some of these indeed were in want of defensive armour, which they
+endeavoured to supply by fabricating cuirasses of iron, and of hard
+leather.
+
+At the time when Gonzalo Pizarro sent Bachicao with the brigantines to
+get possession of the ships belonging to the viceroy, he dispatched
+Gonzalo Diaz de Pinera and Jerom de Villegas to collect the soldiers who
+dwelt in Truxillo and San Miguel, that they might make head against the
+viceroy in the north of Peru. These officers remained in San Miguel with
+about eighty men whom they had drawn to their party, till they heard of
+the approach of the viceroy; on which, not being in sufficient force to
+oppose him, they retreated towards Truxillo, and established themselves
+in the province of _Collique_, about forty leagues[14] from San Miguel.
+From thence they sent intimation to Gonzalo of the advance of the
+viceroy, and that his army increased daily in numbers, insomuch that it
+behoved him to think of some appropriate measures to avert the
+threatened danger. Diaz and Villegas were likewise informed that the
+viceroy had sent Juan de Pereira, one of his officers, into the province
+of Chachapoyas, in which there were very few Spanish settlers, to
+endeavour to collect reinforcements. As they believed that Pereira and
+his followers entertained no suspicions of their being in the
+neighbourhood, Diaz and Villegas determined on attempting to surprize
+them, which they did so effectually one night, that they made the whole
+party prisoners without resistance. Having beheaded Pereira and two of
+his principal followers, they obliged the rest of the party, about sixty
+horsemen, to enter into the service of Gonzalo, by threats of putting
+them all to death if they refused; after which they returned to their
+post.
+
+[Footnote 14: The distance in the text is probably a mistake for
+_fourteen_ leagues, as about that distance to the S.E. of San Miguel
+there is a river named _Chola_, which may have given name to the
+district or valley in which it runs.--E.]
+
+The viceroy was greatly incensed by this untoward event, and determined
+to seek an opportunity of revenge. With this view he departed secretly
+from San Miguel with a body of an hundred and fifty horse, and took such
+judicious measures that he arrived one night undiscovered at _Collique,_
+where he surprized the enemy, and obliged them to fly in all directions.
+Diaz made his escape almost alone into a district inhabited by hostile
+Indians, who assailed him and put him to death. Villegas and Ferdinand
+Alvarado were more fortunate in their escape, as they were able to
+collect some of their dispersed troops, with whom they took up a new and
+more secure position not far from Truxillo, and at a safer distance from
+San Miguel.
+
+As Gonzalo Pizarro was informed that the viceroy augmented his army
+from time to time, more especially after this successful enterprize, he
+resolved to march against him without delay; as hardly a day passed in
+which the viceroy was not joined by soldiers, horses, and arms from
+Spain, or some of the American colonies, all of which were landed at the
+port of Tumbez. He was likewise in dread lest some dispatch might arrive
+from the emperor, favourable to the viceroy, by which his own adherents
+might be intimidated, and numbers might be induced to change sides. With
+this view he assembled his army, determined to march in person against
+the viceroy, and if possible to bring him to action. He issued therefore
+the proper orders to all his officers, reviewed and mustered his troops,
+advanced them the necessary funds for taking the field, and sent off the
+baggage, artillery, ammunition and provisions, with the main body of the
+army towards Truxillo, remaining behind at Lima with some of his
+principal officers, to follow in proper time. About this time a vessel
+arrived from Arequipa with a very seasonable supply of 100,000 crowns;
+and another vessel from Tierra Firma, belonging to Gonzalo Martel, sent
+by his wife to enable him to return home. The arrival of these two
+vessels was very opportune for Gonzalo Pizarro, as they served to
+transport great quantities of musquets, pikes, ammunition, and other
+implements of war, together with a guard of an hundred and fifty men,
+and greatly facilitated the intended expedition against the viceroy.
+
+On quitting Lima, Gonzalo Pizarro thought proper to take the oydor
+Cepeda and Juan de Caceres the accountant-general along with him, both
+to give the more eclat and appearance of legal authority to his
+measures, and on purpose to break up the court of royal audience, as
+Ortiz de Zarate would then be the only judge remaining at Lima, who was
+not thought of much importance, as he was in bad health. Besides, Blas
+de Soto, his brother, had married the daughter of that judge; and
+although that marriage had been effected contrary to the wish of Ortiz,
+it was considered as some tie upon his conduct. For greater security,
+however, Gonzalo used the precaution of carrying the royal seal along
+with him. Gonzalo Pizarro chose to go by sea; and on leaving Lima, he
+appointed Lorenzo de Aldana as lieutenant-governor of that city, with a
+garrison of eighty soldiers, to preserve tranquillity during his
+absence. This small number was considered sufficient to prevent any
+attempt towards a revolutionary movement, as most of the inhabitants of
+Lima accompanied the expedition. Gonzalo embarked in March 1545, and
+landed at the port of Santa, fifteen leagues south from Truxillo, at
+which city he arrived on Palm Sunday. He remained at this place for some
+time, waiting the junction of his troops, sending messages in various
+directions to expedite their march. After some time, he marched from
+Truxillo into the province of Collique, where the whole of his army
+assembled. At this place he reviewed his army, which amounted to above
+six hundred horse and foot. The troops under the viceroy were nearly as
+numerous; but those under Gonzalo were much better armed, and better
+supplied with every thing requisite for war, as well as being all
+veteran soldiers, accustomed to war and discipline, and well acquainted
+with all the difficult passes of the country. The troops of the viceroy
+on the contrary, had for the most part come recently from Spain, were
+quite unaccustomed to war, and ill armed; besides which their powder was
+bad in quality.
+
+Gonzalo used every effort to collect provisions and all kinds of
+necessaries for his army, more especially as he had to pass through a
+desert country which intervened between the province of Motupe[15] and
+the city of San Miguel, a distance of twenty-two leagues without any
+inhabitants, and entirely destitute of water or other means of
+refreshment, consisting every where of burning sands without shelter
+from the heat of the sun and almost under the equinoctial line. As this
+march was necessarily attended with much inconvenience and difficulty,
+Gonzalo used every proper precaution that his troops might be supplied
+abundantly with water and other necessaries. For this purpose all the
+neighbouring Indians were ordered to bring a prodigious quantity of jars
+and other vessels calculated to contain water. The soldiers were ordered
+to leave at Motupe all their clothes and baggage of which they were not
+in immediate want, which were to be brought forward by the Indians.
+Above all things, it was taken care that a sufficiency of water should
+accompany the army, both for the troops, and for the horses and other
+animals. Every thing being in readiness, Gonzalo sent forwards a party
+of twenty-five horsemen by the ordinary road through the desert, that
+they might be observed by the scouts belonging to the viceroy, and that
+he might be led to believe the army came in that direction. He then took
+a different route through the same desert with the army, marching as
+expeditiously as possible, every soldier being ordered to carry his
+provisions along with him on his horse. By these precautions, and the
+rapidity of the march, the viceroy was not informed of the approach of
+Gonzalo and his army, till they were very near San Miguel. Immediately
+on learning their approach, he sounded the alarm, giving out that he
+intended to meet and give battle to the insurgents; but as soon as his
+army was drawn out from the city, he took a quite opposite course,
+directing his march with all possible expedition towards the mountain of
+Caxas.
+
+[Footnote 15: Named Morrope in modern maps. The desert in the text is of
+great extent, reaching from the river Leche to the Piura, a distance of
+above eighty English miles.]
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro got notice of the retreat of the viceroy about four
+hours afterwards, in consequence of which he made no halt at San Miguel,
+except to procure guides to direct him in the road which the viceroy had
+taken. In the first night of this pursuit, the army of Gonzalo marched
+eight Spanish leagues, or near thirty English miles, and several of the
+royalists who had lagged behind the rest, together with the whole
+baggage belonging to the retreating army fell into his hands. Gonzalo
+hanged such of his prisoners as were most obnoxious to him, and
+continued the pursuit of the flying royalists with the utmost diligence,
+through difficult and almost impracticable roads, where no provisions
+could be procured, always coming up with some of the hindmost of the
+enemy. Gonzalo likewise sent on several Indians with letters to the
+principal officers who served under the viceroy, urging them to put him
+to death, and offering them their pardons for the past and to give them
+high rewards. He continued the pursuit above fifty leagues or two
+hundred miles, till at length the horses were no longer able to carry
+their riders, and the men were incapable of proceeding, both from
+excessive fatigue and by the failure of provisions. The insurgent army
+at length arrived at Ayabaca[16], where the hot pursuit of the viceroy
+was discontinued, and the troops of Gonzalo halted for rest and
+refreshment. Besides the difficulty of overtaking the royalists, Gonzalo
+had received assurances from some of the principal followers of the
+viceroy that they would either put him to death, or deliver him up as a
+prisoner; and, as this came afterwards to the knowledge of the viceroy,
+he put several of these officers and gentlemen of his army to death.
+After Gonzalo had supplied his army with such provisions as could be
+furnished at Ayabaca, he resumed the pursuit, but with less rapidity
+than before, and keeping his army always in compact order; yet at this
+time some of his troops remained behind, partly owing to extreme
+fatigue, and partly from discontent. Leaving the viceroy to continue
+his retreat to Quito, and Gonzalo in pursuit, it is proper to mention
+some events that occurred at this time in other parts of Peru.
+
+[Footnote 16: Notwithstanding the distance mentioned in the text,
+Ayabaca is only about 60 miles, or fifteen Spanish leagues in a straight
+line N.N.E. from San Miguel.--E.]
+
+In this march, Gonzalo did not think proper to carry along with his army
+any of the soldiers belonging to the viceroy whom he had taken during
+the pursuit, both because he could not confide in them, because he had
+already a sufficient force in proportion to the enemy, and because
+provisions were very difficult to be procured, as the viceroy had
+stripped every place through which he passed as much as possible. For
+this reason, Gonzalo Pizarro sent back all his prisoners to Truxillo,
+Lima, or such other places as they thought proper, having in the first
+place put to death such of their chiefs as he considered most strongly
+attached to the viceroy. As these soldiers were dispersed over several
+parts of the country, they began to declaim in favour of the viceroy and
+against the tyrannical conduct of Gonzalo, and found many persons
+abundantly disposed to listen to their harangues; both because what they
+alleged was true in itself, and because most of the Spanish inhabitants
+of Peru were much inclined to revolution and change of party, especially
+the soldiery and those who were lazy and unoccupied. The real settlers
+and principal inhabitants of the cities were quite of an opposite
+description, being friends of peace and order, as most conducive to
+their interest and happiness, and necessary to the preservation of their
+properties, and being more exposed in time of civil war than even the
+soldiers to be harassed and tormented in many ways, as the ruling party
+was apt on the slightest pretexts to put them to death on purpose to
+seize their effects, with which to gratify and reward the partizans of
+their tyranny and injustice. These seditious discourses were so openly
+indulged in, that they reached the knowledge of the lieutenants of
+Gonzalo; who, each in his peculiar jurisdiction, punished the authors as
+they deemed right. At Lima, to which most of these prisoners had gone,
+Pedro Martin de Cecilia the provost marshal was a violent partizan of
+Gonzalo, and caused several of these malecontents to be hanged. Lorenzo
+de Aldana, who had been left by Gonzalo as lieutenant-governor of Lima,
+was a prudent man, and conducted himself in a quite different manner,
+being disinclined from acting with such violence as might occasion
+displeasure to either party in the sequel; for which reason he used all
+his influence to prevent putting any one to death, or from injuring any
+person in any manner. Although he held his office from Gonzalo, he never
+exerted himself zealously in his service, so that the partizans of that
+usurper considered him as secretly gained by the other party, more
+especially as he always behaved well to the known friends of the
+viceroy. On this account, all these men flocked to Lima, where they
+believed themselves in greater security than anywhere else. The
+partizans of Gonzalo, on the other hand, made loud complaints against
+the favourable behaviour of Aldana to the royalists; and in particular
+one of the alcaldes of Lima, named Christopher de Burgos, spoke of it so
+openly that Aldana thought it necessary to give him a public reprimand,
+and even committed him to prison for some time. Several even went so far
+as to communicate their suspicions of the fidelity of Aldana to Gonzalo
+Pizarro by letters, and even persuaded him of the truth of their
+allegations: But he refrained from manifesting his want of confidence in
+the lieutenant-governor, considering it dangerous to deprive him of his
+office while the army was at so great a distance, more especially as
+Aldana had a respectable military force, and was much esteemed by the
+citizens of Lima.
+
+We have formerly mentioned that several inhabitants of the city of La
+Plata in the province of Las Charcas, on receiving orders to that effect
+from the viceroy, had set out from that city on purpose to offer him
+their services against Gonzalo; but having learnt his imprisonment while
+on their way to Lima, they returned to their habitations. Gonzalo
+Pizarro was particularly displeased with these men, as he expected to
+have been especially favoured by the inhabitants of his own peculiar
+district, and sent therefore a person named Francisco de Almendras as
+lieutenant-governor to La Plata, a coarse brutal fellow without feeling
+or humanity, and one of the most cruel satellites of his tyrannical
+usurpation; whom he instructed to be peculiarly watchful of the
+behaviour of those who had shewn an intention of joining the viceroy,
+and to make them feel on every opportunity how much he was dissatisfied
+with their conduct on that occasion. In pursuance of his instructions,
+Almendras deprived the principal persons among these loyalists of their
+lands and Indians, and exacted heavy contributions from them towards
+defraying the expences of the war. He likewise affronted and used them
+ill on all occasions, and even on very frivolous pretences. One Don
+Gomez de Luna, a principal person among the loyalists of La Plata,
+happened one day to observe in conversation at his own house, that the
+emperor Don Carlos must assuredly at length recover the command over
+Peru. This loyal sentiment was reported to Almendras, who immediately
+ordered De Luna to be arrested and thrown into the common prison. The
+magistrates of the city went in a body to supplicate Almendras either to
+liberate De Luna, or at least to confine him in a place more conformable
+to his rank; and as Almendras refused to give a satisfactory answer to
+their representation, one of the magistrates declared publicly, that, if
+he would not liberate de Luna, they would do so in spite of him.
+Almendras dissembled his sentiments at the time, but went next night to
+the prison, whence he caused De Luna to be taken out to the public
+square and beheaded.
+
+The inhabitants of the city were exceedingly disgusted by this cruel act
+of tyranny, which they considered as an outrage against the whole
+community; and particularly one Diego Centeno was most sensibly
+affected, as he and De Luna had been extremely intimate. At the
+commencement of the troubles respecting the obnoxious regulations,
+Centeno had attached himself to Gonzalo Pizarro, whom he had accompanied
+to Cuzco, in the capacity of procurator from the province of Las
+Charcas, being one of the principal persons of his party. Having noticed
+the bad intentions of Pizarro, and that he did not limit his designs to
+those objects which he at first proposed, Centeno abandoned the party of
+Gonzalo and returned to his own house. He now determined to use his
+utmost endeavours to revenge the cruel death of his friend De Luna, that
+he might save himself and others from the tyrannous rule of Almendras,
+and on purpose to restore the country to obedience to its legitimate
+sovereign. With this view, he communicated his sentiments to some of the
+principal settlers, among whom were Lopez de Mendoza, Alfonso Perez de
+Esquivel, Alfonzo de Camargo, Fernando Nunnez de Segura, Lopez de
+Mendiera, Juan Ortiz de Zarate, and several others whom he believed to
+have loyal intentions, all of whom he found disposed to second him in
+executing the enterprize which he had in view. In the prosecution of
+this purpose, they all assembled one Sunday morning, according to
+custom, at the house of Almendras, under pretence of accompanying him
+to church. When all were assembled, although Almendras had a
+considerable guard, Ceuteno went up to him as if to converse on some
+affair of moment, and stabbed him repeatedly with his dagger. The
+conspirators then dragged him out to the public square and cut off his
+head, declaring him a traitor, and proclaiming that they had done so for
+the service of the king.
+
+Considering that Almendras was universally detested, the conspirators
+had not thought it necessary to use any precautions for conciliating the
+people; yet all the inhabitants declared for the king, and took
+immediate measures to support his authority and to defend themselves
+against the resentment of Gonzalo and the insurgents. For this purpose,
+they elected Centeno as commander in chief of the province; in which
+capacity he appointed proper persons to be captains of cavalry and
+infantry under his authority, and used every effort to inlist a body of
+troops, which he paid out of his own funds, being one of the richest men
+in the country; but in this he was assisted by the other inhabitants of
+the province, who contributed towards the expence. Centeno was of an
+honourable family, being descended from Hernan Centeno who had made
+himself illustrious in the wars of Castillo. He was about thirty-five
+years of age, of very agreeable manners, of a liberal disposition,
+personally brave, of an excellent character and universally respected.
+At this time he enjoyed a revenue exceeding 80,000 crowns; but about two
+years afterwards, on the discovery of the famous mines of Potosi, he
+became possessed of above 100,000 crowns of annual rent by means of his
+Indians, as his estate lay very near these mines.
+
+Having assembled a body of troops, Centeno used every effort to provide
+them with arms and all other necessary equipments. He placed guards at
+all the passes, to prevent any intelligence from being conveyed to the
+enemy till his affairs were in proper order. He sent likewise Lopez de
+Mendoza one of his captains, first to Porco and thence to Arequipa to
+collect as many men as possible, and to endeavour to arrest Pedro do
+Puentes the lieutenant of Gonzalo at Arequipa. But Puentes fled
+immediately from Arequipa on receiving intelligence of the events which
+had occurred at Las Charcas. Mendoza therefore took possession of
+Arequipa without resistance; whence he reinforced himself with all the
+men, arms, and horses, he could procure, and carried off all the money
+he could find, with which and his reinforcement he returned to Centeno
+at La Plata.
+
+On the return of Mendoza, Centeno found himself at the head of two
+hundred and fifty men well equipped for war, to whom he explained his
+sentiments and views, and gave an account of the criminal usurpation of
+Gonzalo Pizarro, in the following terms. "You know that Gonzalo, on
+leaving Cuzco, pretended merely to present the humble remonstrances of
+the colonists respecting the obnoxious regulations; and you have been
+informed that, even at the outset, he put to death Gaspard de Roias,
+Philip Gutierrez, and Arias Maldonado. You have learnt how he conspired
+with the judges of the royal audience and other inhabitants of Lima, to
+arrest and depose the viceroy, both of which were done accordingly.
+After this, while at the very gates of Lima, and before his public entry
+into that city, he sent in his lieutenant-general, who arrested many of
+the most considerable and richest inhabitants of the country, under the
+eyes of the judges, merely because these men had joined the viceroy, and
+even hanged three of them without any form of trial, Pedro de Barco,
+Martin de Florencia, and Juan Saavedra. He in the next place has broken
+up the royal court of audience, sending off its judges to different
+places, having in the first place obliged them to appoint him to the
+government. He has since, as you well know, caused many others to be put
+to death, merely on suspicion that they were favourable to the viceroy,
+and intended to join his party. Not satisfied with all this, he has
+seized all the treasure belonging to his majesty in the different
+receipts of the colony, and has imposed excessive contributions on the
+inhabitants, from whom he has exacted above 150,000 ducats by means of
+taxes imposed at his own pleasure. Adding crime to crime, he has again
+levied forces against the authority of his majesty, with which he has
+marched against the viceroy, and has carried insubordination and
+confusion into every part of the country; permitting and encouraging
+many to hold public discourse contrary to the respect and obedience
+which is due to his majesty. They were likewise aware, that Gonzalo had
+token away the repartimientos, or allotments of lands and Indians from
+many persons, and had converted them to his own emolument. Finally, he
+laid before them the strong obligations by which they were all bound, as
+faithful subjects, to exert their utmost endeavours in the service of
+their sovereign, lest they should draw upon themselves the imputation of
+being rebels and traitors." By these representations, and others which
+it were tedious to repeat, he disposed his auditors to concur in his
+loyal sentiments, and willingly to obey his orders. After this, Centeno
+sent one of his captains with a detachment to Chicuito, a place
+belonging particularly to the king, between Orcaza and Las Charcas, with
+orders to guard the passes with the utmost vigilance, till he and the
+royalists were in full readiness to execute their principal enterprize,
+as will be related in the sequel.
+
+Notwithstanding every precaution employed by Centeno to conceal his
+operations and intentions, it was impossible to prevent intelligence
+from spreading in various directions, more especially after the
+expedition of Mendoza to Arequipa. Every thing he had already done, even
+the number of his troops, and of the musquets and horses he had
+collected, was fully known, by means of Indians and Spaniards who had
+escaped from La Plata, in spite of the guards which had been set, to
+watch the passes of the mountains. Alfonso de Toro, who acted as
+lieutenant governor of Cuzco under Gonzalo Pizarro, happened at this
+time to be a hundred leagues to the northward of that city, keeping
+guard in one of the passes of the mountains, as by letters from Gonzalo
+the viceroy was reported to have gone into the mountainous country, and
+was supposed to have directed his march by that road toward the south of
+Peru. On receiving notice of the late revolution at La Plata, De Toro
+returned in all diligence to Cuzco, where he levied forces to oppose
+Centeno; and, having assembled the magistrates and principal inhabitants
+of Cuzco, he informed them of what had occurred at Las Charcas, and as
+there was a sufficient force in Cuzco to suppress the royalists, he
+thought it incumbent on him to march to La Plata for that purpose. To
+gain them over to his purpose, he represented that Centeno had revolted
+without any just cause, and had usurped authority in Las Charcas for his
+own private ends, under pretence of serving the king; whereas Gonzalo
+Pizarro, being actual governor of the kingdom of Peru, ought to be
+obeyed as such till his majesty sent orders to the contrary. That the
+revolt of Centeno, being both criminal in itself and contrary to the
+law, every one was bound to resist him, and to punish his temerity. He
+recalled to their remembrance, that Gonzalo Pizarro was engaged in
+serving the general interest of the colonists, to procure the revocation
+of the obnoxious ordinances, in which common cause he had exposed his
+fortune and personal safety to every hazard, as it was well known that
+every inhabitant of Peru would be stripped of his property if the
+regulations were put in force. That besides the general advantage
+procured by Gonzalo in setting aside the obnoxious regulations, for
+which all were infinitely indebted to him, it was obvious that he had
+not in any respect conducted himself contrary to the royal orders, and
+had not in any manner set himself against the authority of the
+sovereign; since, on his arrival at Lima for the purpose of presenting
+their remonstrances, the judges of the royal audience had already
+arrested the viceroy and sent him out of the kingdom, of which these
+judges had appointed Gonzalo interim governor; and that in marching in a
+warlike manner against the viceroy, he had acted at the request and by
+the orders of the royal audience; as was manifest by his being
+accompanied by Cepeda, one of the royal judges and chairman of the
+audience. He asserted that no person in Peru could take upon him to
+determine whether the audience had acted right or otherwise in
+conferring the government on Gonzalo; and that it was the duty of all to
+support him in that office, till they received the ulterior orders of
+the sovereign.
+
+At the close of this discourse, every one acknowledged the justice of
+what he had represented, and voluntarily offered to support Gonzalo with
+their lives and fortunes; although in reality most of them did so more
+from fear than good will, as they stood in great awe of De Toro, who had
+hanged several persons in a summary manner, and had made himself
+universally dreaded by his cruel and ferocious disposition and conduct,
+so that no one dared to oppose or contradict him in any thing. After a
+short deliberation, a set of resolutions were entered into, in which the
+transactions of Centeno in Las Charcas were recited as seditious and
+unlawful, and he was declared to have assassinated Francisco de
+Almendras, the lieutenant governor, to have levied forces in rebellion
+against the legitimate government, and to have passed the boundaries of
+the province of Las Charcas in hostile manner; for all which reasons it
+was just and proper to make war upon him, and to reduce him to
+obedience. All this was done principally to satisfy or to amuse the
+people, and to make them believe that the partizans of Gonzalo acted
+reasonably and lawfully, as all those who signed these resolutions were
+perfectly aware of the real state of affairs. In reality, although
+matters were thus represented in the popular assemblages, in
+justification of the measures of the insurgent party, or at least to
+excuse their actions under specious pretences, those who took an active
+part on the present occasion, used often to declare, both in the
+presence and absence of Gonzalo, that the king would certainly give, or
+ought to give him the government of Peru, as they were resolved not to
+receive any other person in that capacity, such being the resolution of
+Gonzalo in which they all concurred.
+
+Alfonso de Toro now proceeded to levy an army, of which he declared
+himself captain general and commander in chief, and appointed captains
+and other officers to command under his authority. In all his
+proceedings he carried himself with a high hand, employing force and
+violence, instead of persuasion and good treatment. He protested
+publickly and with many oaths, that he would hang up every one who did
+not assist and contribute to the cause; and even had several persons
+carried to the foot of the gallows, whose lives he was induced to spare
+by dint of solicitations. He abused and maltreated others, using
+everyone in the most outrageous manner who did not give way to him in
+all things. By this violent procedure he completed his warlike
+preparations at very small expence; insomuch that it appeared afterwards
+by his accounts, that he had not expended above twenty thousand crowns
+in this expedition, as he took away gratuitously all the horses that
+were to be found in Cuzco, and constrained all the inhabitants who were
+able to carry arms to accompany him in the expedition against Centeno.
+By these means De Toro collected three hundred men, tolerably armed and
+equipped, with which he marched from Cuzco to a place named Urcos, about
+six leagues from that city, where he remained three weeks in anxious
+expectation of intelligence from Las Charcas: But all the roads and
+passes between and La Plata, were so well guarded by the Indians, who
+were entirely disposed to favour Centeno, that he was unable to learn
+any thing of the movements or intentions of the royalists in Las
+Charcas, so that he was constrained to remain continually on the alert
+lest he might have been surprized. Besides these military precautions,
+he rigorously punished all who presumed to show the slightest
+disinclination towards the interest of the Pizarrian faction, or to
+express their sentiments in any respect in disapprobation of his own
+designs; insomuch that all were constrained from dread of punishment to
+appear heartily attached to the cause in which he was engaged.
+
+After remaining three weeks encamped at Urcos, he determined to march in
+search of Centeno, and advanced for that purpose to the village named
+Del Rey. As the troops of Centeno happened to be a good deal scattered
+at this time, he was under the necessity of retreating on the approach
+of De Toro. These hostile chiefs being encamped at the distance of about
+twelve leagues, entered into a negotiation to endeavour to form an
+accommodation; but, as they were unable to agree upon any terms, De Toro
+advanced for the purpose of attacking Centeno; who, on the other hand,
+was unwilling to risk the chance of an engagement, owing to the
+inferiority of his force, and because a defeat might have dispirited his
+own party and have been of great advantage to the cause of the
+insurgents. On this account he retired in proportion as De Toro
+advanced, accompanied by a great number of large Peruvian sheep loaded
+with provisions and ammunition, and carrying along with him all the
+principal _curacas_ or native chiefs, to prevent De Toro from being able
+to avail himself of the assistance of the Indians. In this manner
+Centeno continued to retreat across a desert and uninhabited country of
+forty leagues extent, till he arrived at a place named _Casabindo_,
+through which Diego de Roias had formerly descended from the elevated
+region of Peru into the eastern plain of the Rio de la Plata. Alfonso de
+Toro continued the pursuit as far as the city of La Plata, which is an
+hundred and eighty leagues to the south of Cuzca. Finding that place
+abandoned and entirely stript of every thing which might contribute to
+the subsistence of his troops, and being unable to procure provisions on
+account of the absence of all the curacas or caciques, he was under the
+necessity to discontinue his pursuit of Centeno, and even found himself
+compelled to return towards Cuzco. In this retreat, De Toro took the
+command of the advanced guard of fifty men, ordering the main body to
+march at leisure, and left a rear-guard of thirty of his best mounted
+cavalry under Alfonso de Mendoza, with orders to use every possible
+means of procuring intelligence of the motions of Centeno; that, in case
+of his following, the troops might be collected together in good order
+to rejoin the van.
+
+The departure of De Toro from La-Plata on his return to Cuzco was soon
+communicated to Centeno by means of the Indians. He was astonished at
+this sudden alteration of affairs; and, as he understood that De Toro
+marched in great hast, without keeping his troops in close array, he
+supposed that circumstance to have been occasioned by De Toro
+entertaining suspicions of the fidelity of his followers, and that he
+had found them ill-disposed towards the party of the Pizarrians. On
+these considerations, Centeno resolved to pursue in his turn, in hope of
+drawing some advantage to the cause in which he was engaged from this
+measure, and even expecting that several of the followers of Toro might
+come over to his side. He sent off therefore the captain Lope de Mendoza
+with fifty light armed cavalry in pursuit of the enemy. Mendoza got in a
+short time to Collao; and, although de Toro and most of his troops had
+already passed beyond that place, he made prisoners of about fifty who
+remained behind, whom at first he deprived of their horses and arms.
+Soon afterwards, however, he returned these to his prisoners, and even
+distributed some money among them, receiving their engagements upon oath
+to join him when required; but he hanged a few of them who were
+suspected of being particulary attached to De Toro. After this
+successful exploit, Lope returned in great haste to La Plata, in hope of
+being able to cut off Alfonzo de Mendoza and his small party, who still
+occupied that place. But Alfonzo had received intelligence of what had
+happened at Collao, and had already quitted La Plata in great haste,
+taking a different road from that pursued by Lope, by which means he got
+safe to Cuzco.
+
+Centeno arrived soon afterwards at La Plata with the remainder of his
+troops, where he assembled all the force under his command, and where he
+made every possible preparation for continuing the war to advantage, and
+in particular caused a number of musquets to be made. De Toro continued
+his retreat to Cuzco, dreading much to be pursued, and lest Centeno
+might have acquired possession of Cuzco, which he might easily have
+accomplished in the present situation of affairs; but Centeno thought it
+more prudent to remain at La Plata, where he augmented the number of his
+troops and collected treasure which was found in great plenty in the
+province of Las Charcas.
+
+The events which had taken place in Las Charcas were soon known at
+Lima; and as several of the soldiers in that city were attached to the
+party of the viceroy, they spoke almost openly of going away to join
+Centeno; and, from the small attention paid by Lorenzo de Aldana to
+repress these men, he was even suspected of favouring the same cause.
+Antonio de Ribera likewise, although the brother-in-law of Pizarro, was
+strongly suspected of being secretly devoted to the royal interest, as
+indeed his conduct in the sequel evinced; and several other persons of
+consideration lay under suspicions of the same nature. All this gave
+much uneasiness to the friends of Pizarro: Yet those persons at Lima who
+wished well to the interests of his majesty, did not think it prudent at
+this time to make any open attempt, being satisfied that it was better
+to wait a more favourable opportunity, and that De Aldana would prepare
+matters for that purpose, as he seemed clearly favourable to the same
+cause. His abilities were universally acknowledged, and his good
+intentions were not doubted, so that all were satisfied that he would
+conduct matters with much prudence to a favourable issue.
+
+At this time it became known at Lima that the viceroy had retreated with
+a small body of troops into the province of Popayan; and that during his
+retreat he had put to death several of the officers and other persons of
+consideration in his army; among whom were Rodrigo de Ocampo, Jerom de
+la Cerna, Gaspard Gil Olivarez and Gomez Estacio; some of these because
+they were inclined to abandon him, and others for corresponding with
+Gonzalo Pizarro, and conspiring to put the viceroy to death. On the
+communication of this intelligence at Lima, it produced different
+effects according to the different inclinations and views of the
+inhabitants. It occasioned more reserve among those who were of loyal
+dispositions; whereas the partizans of the Pizarrian tyranny considered
+themselves more at liberty to avow their sentiments to Aldana. They went
+therefore to him in a body, and represented that there were many persons
+in Lima who were strongly suspected of being hostile to Gonzalo Pizarro,
+and only waited a favourable opportunity to take up arms against him;
+and that it was incumbent therefore on the lieutenant governor to punish
+these men for the scandalous freedoms in which they had indulged, or at
+least to banish them from the city. They offered to furnish sufficient
+proof of these facts, and urged him to exert his authority on the
+occasion. Aldana assured them that none of these things had ever come
+to his knowledge; and that if he knew who those were against whom they
+complained, he would take such measures as were necessary on the
+occasion.
+
+The partizans of Pizarro became at length so bold that they arrested
+fifteen of those whom they most strongly suspected of attachment to the
+deposed viceroy, among whom was Diego Lopez de Zuniga. Having thrown
+these men into prison, the Pizarrians were inclined to have given them
+the torture to extort confession, and afterwards to have procured their
+condemnation by Pedro Martin the provost marshal of the city; so that
+they were in imminent danger of being put to death, if Lorenzo de Aldana
+had not exerted himself promptly and effectually to take them out of the
+hands of the Pizarrians. For this purpose, he caused them all to be
+brought to his own residence, on pretence that they would be there in
+more safe custody, and provided them with every thing of which they
+stood in need, even secretly furnishing them with a vessel in which they
+embarked and saved themselves from their enemies. This transaction gave
+much dissatisfaction to the friends of Pizarro, both on account of the
+escape of the prisoners, and because Aldana refused to allow of any
+formal investigation into the circumstances of their escape; on which
+account the Pizarrians firmly believed that Aldana was in secret league
+with the opposite party. They wrote therefore to Gonzalo Pizarro, giving
+him an account of all these events, and urging him to give proper orders
+on the occasion. But Gonzalo did not think it prudent at this time to
+make any change in affairs at Lima, or to attempt any thing against
+Aldana; because, as it has been reported, he was afraid of matters
+taking an unfavourable issue while he was at so great a distance.
+
+When Gonzalo Pizarro was informed of what had been done by Centeno in
+the province of Las Charcas against his interest and authority, he
+believed it necessary to use prompt measures for reducing that country
+to subjection, and not to give his enemies time and opportunity for
+strengthening themselves and increasing the number of their partizans;
+as he flattered himself that he would become absolute master of the
+whole kingdom of Peru, if he were able to get rid of Centeno. After
+several consultations with the principal officers of his army, on the
+measures necessary to be pursued on this emergency, in which Gonzalo
+could not act in person as he had still to oppose the viceroy in the
+north, it was determined to confide the care of an expedition against
+Centeno to the lieutenant-general Carvajal. For this purpose all the
+necessary orders and commissions were made out immediately in the name
+of Gonzalo Pizarro, by which Carvajal was authorized to levy what men
+and money he might deem necessary. This employment was very acceptable
+to Carvajal, as he believed he might derive considerable profit to
+himself in its execution; and he set out from Quito accompanied only by
+twenty persons, in whom he had great confidence. The council of Gonzalo
+Pizarro had other and secret motives for recommending the employment of
+Carvajal on this occasion, besides those which they publickly avowed.
+Some were desirous of acquiring by his absence a greater share in the
+management of affairs; while others were anxious to send him to a
+distance, from the terror inspired by his cruel and ferocious conduct,
+and his passionate temper, owing to which he used often to put people to
+death on the most trifling offences or the slightest suspicions. But all
+the leaders in the army disguised their real sentiments on this
+occasion, pretending that the importance of the affair required the
+talents and experience of Carvajal to bring it to a successful issue.
+
+Leaving Quito, Carvajal went, directly to San Miguel, where the
+principal inhabitants went out to meet him, and conducted him with much
+respect to the house which was prepared for his reception. On arriving
+there, he desired six of the most considerable persons belonging to the
+city to dismount and accompany him into the house, under pretence that
+he had something of importance to communicate to them from the governor.
+Having caused the doors to be shut, and posted centinels to prevent any
+communication with the rest of the inhabitants, he represented to these
+men, that Gonzalo was much incensed against them for having always taken
+part with his enemies, and more especially on account of having received
+and favoured the deposed viceroy, and of having readily supplied his
+army with every thing of which they stood in need. On this account it
+had been his first intention to have destroyed the city with fire and
+sword, without sparing a single inhabitant. But, on reflecting that the
+magistrates and principal inhabitants only were to blame, the people at
+large having been constrained by force or fear, he was now determined to
+punish only the most guilty and to pardon the rest. Yet, having certain
+private reasons for dissembling for the present with some of the
+principal persons of the place, he had selected the six who were now
+present, as principal inhabitants, to punish them as they richly
+deserved, that they might serve as a warning to all Peru. For this
+reason, therefore, he desired them to confess their sins in preparation
+for death, as he was resolved to have them all executed immediately.
+
+They used every argument to exculpate themselves from the crimes kid to
+their charge, but all they could say was without avail; and Carvajal
+even caused one of them to be strangled, against whom he was
+particularly incensed, as he had been principally instrumental in
+constructing the royal seal which the viceroy employed in his
+dispatches. In the mean time, a rumour of what was going forward at the
+residence of Carvajal spread over the city, and came to the knowledge of
+the wives of the prisoners. These ladies immediately implored the
+priests and monks who dwelt in San Miguel to accompany them to the place
+where their husbands were in so great danger. They all went there
+accordingly, and got in by a private door which had not been noticed by
+the people belonging to Carvajal, and which had consequently been
+omitted to be guarded. Coming into the presence of Carvajal, the wives
+of the prisoners threw themselves at his feet, and implored mercy for
+their husbands. He pretended to be softened, and granted pardon to the
+prisoners, so far as their lives; yet reserving to himself to punish
+them in such other manner as he might see fit. Accordingly, he banished
+them from the province, depriving them of their lands and Indians, and
+condemned them in the payment of heavy fines towards defraying the
+expences of the war.
+
+From San Miguel Carvajal went to Truxillo, collecting every where on his
+route all the soldiers, horses, arms, and money he could find. Carvajal
+had resolved to have put one Melchior Verdugo to death, who dwelt in
+Truxillo; but as Verdugo got intimation of this intention, he fled to
+the province of Caxamarca, where his repartimiento of Indians was
+situated. The bussiness on which Carvajal was engaged was of too great
+importance to admit of pursuing Verdugo; wherefore, after having got
+possession of as much money as possible under pretence of a loan, he
+went on to Lima, always collecting all the soldiers he could procure. He
+gave no money to his recruits, only supplying them with horses and arms,
+which he took wherever they could be found. He kept all the money he
+could find for his own use, every where pillaging the royal coffers and
+public funds, and even searching for treasure among the ancient tombs.
+After arriving at Lima, he completed his military preparations, and
+departed for Cuzco by way of the mountain and the city of Guamanga, at
+the head of two hundred men well equipped, and carrying with him a great
+sum of money which he had collected during his march; and at Guamanga he
+conducted himself in the same rapacious manner as in other places.
+
+Seven or eight days after the departure of Carvajal from Lima, a
+conspiracy was detected among those who were well affected to the royal
+cause, in consequence of which fifteen of the principal persons of that
+city were committed to prison. Among these were, Juan Velasquez, Vela
+Nunnez nephew to the viceroy, Francisco Giron another gentlemen of his
+household, and Francisco Rodriguez. By means of the torture, these
+unhappy persons were made to confess that they had concerted with Pedro
+Manxarres, an inhabitant of Las Charcas, to kill the lieutenant-governor
+Aldana, the provost marshall Pedro Martin, and other friends and
+partizans of Gonzalo Pizarro, after which they proposed to induce the
+citizens of Lima to declare for his majesty, confidently expecting that
+all those who now followed Carvajal by constraint would join their
+party; and they intended finally to have gone off with all the strength
+they could muster to join Centeno. Upon this forced confession, Giron
+and one other of these prisoners were strangled. By the intercession of
+several respectable persons the life of Juan Velasquez was spared, but
+his right hand was cut off. All the rest of these prisoners were so
+severely tortured that they continued lame for the rest of their lives.
+Manxarres saved himself by flight, and continued to conceal himself
+among the mountains for more than a year; but fell at last into the
+hands of one of the officers in the interest of Gonzalo, who caused him
+to be hanged.
+
+As Pedro Martin, the provost-marshal, strongly suspected that some of
+those who accompanied Carvajal had participated in this plot; he
+endeavoured to discover this by torturing Francisco de Guzman, one of
+the prisoners. Finding that Guzman made no confession on this head, he
+interrogated him particularly respecting a soldier along with Carvajal
+named Perucho de Aguira, and some of his friends, demanding to know
+whether these men were in the secret. On purpose to free himself from
+the torture, Guzman said they were. After this confession, Guzman was
+formally condemned to become a monk in the convent belonging to the
+order of mercy, in which he accordingly assumed the habit. After this,
+Martin demanded from the registrar a certificate of the confession of
+Guzman, by which Aguira and others were implicated in the plot, and
+Martin immediately sent off this writing by an Indian messenger to
+Carvajal who was then at Guamanga. On the receipt of this paper,
+Carvajal ordered Aguira and five others to be hanged, without any
+further proof or examination. A short time afterwards, the registrar
+being sensible of the error he had committed in supplying the
+certificate, sent off a full copy of the confession made by Guzman, in
+which was an ample revocation of all he had said under torture,
+declaring that he had falsely charged Aguira and the others, merely to
+get free from torture. This was however of no avail, as it arrived too
+late, Aguira and the others having been already executed, although they
+asserted their innocence to the last moment of their lives, as was
+certified by the confessors who attended them at their execution; but
+Carvajal was inexorable.
+
+Learning while at Guamanga, that Centeno had retired through the desert
+to Casabindo as he was unable to cope with Toro, Carvajal was satisfied
+that the affaire of the insurgent party were in a fair train in Las
+Charcas, where his presence was not now needed, and determined therefore
+to return to Lima. He was besides induced to take this step in
+consequence of a difference which subsisted between Toro and himself,
+occasioned by the charge of lieutenant general under Gonzalo having
+originally belonged to Toro, of which he had been deprived in favour of
+Carvajal. He feared therefore, lest Toro, on his victorious return from
+Las Charcas, being at the head of a much stronger force, might renew
+their former quarrel. Carvajal had likewise received letters from some
+inhabitants of Lima, remarking the lukewarmness of Aldana to the cause
+of Gonzalo Pizarro, and requesting his presence to place affairs at that
+city on a more secure footing. He returned therefore to Lima; but
+learning shortly afterwards the successful return of Centeno against De
+Toro, he again collected his troops and prepared to march against
+Centeno. With this view, he had his standards solemnly consecrated, not
+forgetting to impose fresh exactions on the inhabitants of Lima. On this
+occasion, he designated his army, _The happy army of Liberty, against
+the Tyrant Centeno._
+
+Before leaving Lima, he sent off messengers to Cuzco by way of the
+mountain, but chose to march by the route of the plain or low country of
+Peru to Arequipa, exacting money from the inhabitants wherever he
+passed. At Arequipa he received letters from the magistrates of Cuzco
+and De Toro, earnestly requesting his immediate presence in that city;
+whence, as being the capital of the kingdom, it was proper that the army
+should march against the rebels. They assured him of being there
+provided with considerable reinforcements of men arms and horses, and
+that all the principal persons of the city were ready to accompany him
+on the expedition: adding, that being himself a citizen of Cuzco it
+seemed reasonable he should honour that city by his presence. By these
+and other considerations he was induced to march for Cuzco, though still
+entertaining some distrust and even fear of Toro, who he was informed
+had often spoken against him in his absence. When De Toro was informed
+of the approach of Carvajal to Cuzco, he made every necessary
+preparation for reinforcing the army, and providing for the intended
+expedition against Centeno; yet could not conceal his dissatisfaction,
+that he who had begun the war, and had already suffered great fatigues,
+and even had gained material advantages, should be superseded by another
+commander whom he must now obey, and more especially that it should be
+Carvajal who was put over him, with whom he had been already engaged in
+disputes. He dissembled however as much as possible, and concealed his
+resentment, saying publickly that his only wish was for the fortunate
+management of affairs, whoever might command. Yet with all his caution,
+he could not so carefully conceal his sentiments, but that he
+occasionally dropped expressions of resentment.
+
+The discontent of De Toro was well known to the inhabitants of Cuzco,
+yet they were in hopes that Carvajal would set every thing to rights on
+his arrival. Carvajal having arrived in the neighbourhood of the city,
+which he was to enter next day at the head of two hundred men, part
+cavalry and part musqueteers, De Toro was very anxious to muster all
+that were able to carry arms; and from this measure, and the precautions
+he took that every one should be in the most perfect equipment, and the
+troops steady in their ranks, it was suspected that he entertained some
+evil design. De Toro was thus posted with his troops, as if in ambush,
+in the way by which Carvajal had to march into the city. As these
+circumstances were made known to Carvajal, he ordered his troops to
+march in close array, and even ordered their arms to be loaded with
+ball, prepared for whatever might happen. On entering the city, De Toro
+and his troops were seen on one side, as if ready to dispute the
+passage. Carvajal halted his men, and the two parties remained for some
+time observing each other with mutual distrust. At length, as neither
+side seemed inclined to commence hostilities, both parties broke their
+ranks, and intermingled as friends.
+
+Carvajal was exceedingly irritated against De Toro for his conduct on
+this occasion, but dissembled till he had entered into Cuzco, where he
+was received in the most honourable manner. A few days afterwards, he
+caused four of the principal inhabitants to be arrested, and ordered
+them to instant execution, without consulting De Toro, or even assigning
+any reason for this cruel and arbitrary proceeding. Some of those whom
+he put to death were among the most intimate friends of De Toro, who
+deemed it prudent and necessary to be silent on the occasion. The
+unexpected cruelty of Carvajal occasioned much astonishment and
+consternation among the inhabitants of Cuzco, insomuch that none of them
+dared to refuse accompanying him on the expedition, and he was enabled
+to leave Cuzco at the head of three hundred well appointed soldiers with
+which he marched by Collao in the way towards the province of Las
+Charcas in search of Centeno. As the latter had a considerably stronger
+force, it was believed by many that Carvajal would be unsuccessful in
+this expedition, more especially as most of his followers acted more
+from force than good will, because he allowed them no pay and treated
+them with much severity. In his whole conduct and deportment Carvajal
+acted in a brutal and passionate manner, evincing himself on all
+occasions the enemy of good men; for he was a bad Christian, constantly
+addicted to blasphemy, and of a cruel and tyrannical disposition,
+insomuch that it was generally expected his own people would put him to
+death to rid themselves of his tyrannous and oppressive conduct. Besides
+all this, it was obvious to many, that right and justice were on the
+side of Centeno, who was a man of honour and probity, and, being
+exceedingly rich, had both the power and inclination to reward his
+followers. It is necessary to quit Carvajal and his expedition for the
+present, that we may relate the events which took place at Quito.
+
+We have already mentioned that Gonzalo Pizarro pursued the viceroy from
+San Miguel to Quito, a distance of 150 leagues or 600 miles, with much
+perseverance and rapidity, insomuch that almost every day the light
+armed men belonging to the two armies had opportunities of speaking with
+each other. During the whole of that long march, neither party had an
+opportunity to unsaddle their horses. Those belonging to the viceroy,
+owing to the necessity they were under of escaping from a force so much
+superior, were even more alert than their pursuers. When at any time
+they stopped to take a short rest during the night, they slept on the
+ground in their clothes, holding their horses by the halters, without
+wasting time in fixing up piquets, or making any of the usual
+preparations for accommodating themselves and horses during the night.
+It is true that piquets are seldom used in the sands of Peru for the
+horses, as it would be necessary to drive these very deep to take
+sufficient hold; and as there are no trees to be met with in many parts
+of that country for making piquets, necessity has introduced a
+substitute in some measure equivalent: For this purpose each horseman
+has a small bag, which he fills with sand and burries in a hole of
+sufficient depth, having one end of the halter fixed to the bag, the
+hole being afterwards filled up and pressed well down to prevent the bag
+from being drawn up by the efforts of the horse. But on this urgent
+occasion, the troops of the viceroy did not take time for this measure,
+but held the halters in their hands, that they might be ready to mount
+and set out the moment it was necessary by the approach of their
+pursuers.
+
+In this long march, both the pursuers and the pursued suffered
+exceedingly from want of provisions; more especially the Pizarrians, as
+the viceroy used the precaution of removing the curacas and Indians from
+all the country through which he passed, that his enemy might find every
+part of the country deserted and unprovided with any means of
+subsistence. During this precipitate retreat, the viceroy carried along
+with him eight or ten of the best horses he had been able to procure,
+which were led by Indians for his own particular use; and when any of
+these became so tired as to be unable to proceed, he ordered them to be
+hamstrung, to prevent them from being useful to the enemy. While on this
+march in pursuit of the viceroy, Gonzalo Pizarro was joined by Captain
+Bachicao, who now returned from Tierra Firma with a reinforcement of
+three hundred and fifty men and a large quantity of artillery, having
+disembarked, from twenty vessels which he had procured, on a part of
+the coast as near as possible to Quito, and had made his way in such a
+manner across the mountains that he got to Quito rather before Gonzalo.
+On the junction of Bachicao, Gonzalo found himself at the head of more
+than eight hundred men, among whom were many of the principal people in
+South America, both townsmen or burgesses, planters, and soldiers. Owing
+to this large reinforcement, Gonzalo Pizarro found himself in such a
+state of tranquil security at Quito as hardly any usurper or tyrant had
+ever before enjoyed; as besides that this province abounded in
+provisions of every kind, several rich mines of gold had been recently
+discovered; and as most of the principal people of the province were
+either now along with the viceroy, or had attached themselves to him
+while at Quito, Gonzalo Pizarro appropriated all their Indians to
+himself, employing them in the collection of gold. From the Indians
+belonging to the treasurer, Rodrigo Nunnez de Bonilla, he procured about
+800 marks [17] of gold in the course of eight months; besides that there
+were other repartimientos of greater value, and that he appropriated all
+the revenues and rights belonging to the crown, and even pillaged the
+tombs of the ancient sovereigns of Quito in search of treasure.
+
+[Footnote 17: Eight hundred marks of gold, or 6400 ounces, at L.4 an
+ounce; are worth L.25,600: and at six for one, the value put upon
+bullion in those days by the Historian of America, are now worth at
+least L.153,600, perhaps a quarter of a million. As there were other
+repartimientos of more value than those of the treasurer, besides others
+not so valuable, it is not beyond bounds to suppose that Gonzalo may
+have acquired as much treasure at Quito as was equal to a million of our
+present money: A prodigious sum, considering that his army did not
+exceed 800 men; being equal to L.1250 for each soldier.--E.]
+
+After a short stay at Quito, Gonzalo learnt that the viceroy had halted
+at the city of Parto, about forty leagues from thence, at the frontiers
+of the government of Benalcazar. Resolving to follow him, Gonzalo pushed
+on as he had done from San Miguel, and the light troops of the hostile
+parties had some interference at a place called Rio Caliente. When the
+viceroy was informed of the approach of Gonzalo, he hastily quitted
+Parto and retired to the city of Popayan at a greater distance from
+Quito, and was pursued by Gonzalo for twenty leagues beyond Parto. As
+Gonzalo found that he would have to march through a desert country,
+altogether destitute of provisions, he here discontinued the pursuit,
+and returned to Quito. Perhaps this was the longest and hottest pursuit
+ever made in war; as, counting from La Plata whence Gonzalo first set
+out, to Parto where the pursuit was discontinued, the distance is not
+less than 700 large Spanish leagues, or 2800 miles.
+
+On his return to Quito, Gonzalo Pizarro was so puffed up with the
+success which had hitherto attended him, that he frequently spoke of his
+majesty with much disrespect; alleging that the king would be reduced to
+the necessity of granting him the government of Peru, and even went so
+far as to say, if this favour were denied him, he would throw off his
+allegiance. For the most part indeed, he concealed these ambitious
+sentiments, pretending that he was always ready to submit to the orders
+of his majesty; but all his officers were satisfied that he meant to
+assert an independent dominion, and publickly avowed these absurd and
+criminal pretensions. On returning from Parto, he remained a long while
+at Quito, continually feasting and rejoicing; he and his adherents
+abandoning themselves to every degree of licence and debauchery,
+particularly in regard to the sex. It is even asserted that Gonzalo
+caused a citizen of Quito to be assassinated, whose wife he publickly
+lived with, and that he hired a Hungarian soldier, named Vincente Pablo
+to execute this infamous deed. This man was afterwards hanged at
+Valladolid, in the year 1551, by a sentence of the royal council of the
+Indies.
+
+As Pizarro found himself in the command of a strong body of excellent
+troops, which appeared entirely attached to his service, some of their
+own accord and others by constraint, he persuaded himself that no one
+could oppose him, or prevent him from enjoying his present elevation in
+peace and tranquillity. He was even convinced that the emperor would be
+obliged to treat him with cautious respect, and must find himself under
+the necessity of entering into a compromise. It was at this time, when
+Gonzalo considered himself as unresisted master of all Peru, that
+Centeno revolted from his tyrannical usurpation in the province of Las
+Charcas, and that he dispatched Carvajal for the reduction of that loyal
+officer, as has been already mentioned.
+
+Having continued a long time at Quito without receiving any intelligence
+of the measures which were taken by the viceroy, Gonzalo became anxious
+to learn what was become of him. Some alleged that he would return to
+Spain by way of Carthagena, while others gave it as their opinion that
+he would retire to Tierra Firma, to keep possession of the isthmus, to
+assemble troops, arms, ammunition, and provisions, and to wait for
+orders from his majesty; and a third opinion was that he would wait for
+these orders in Popayan, where he now was. No one suspected that he
+would be able to collect a sufficient number of troops in that place to
+enable him to undertake any enterprise for recovering his authority in
+Peru; yet it seemed advisable to Gonzalo and his officers to take
+possession of the Tierra Firma, on purpose to occupy the only direct
+passage between Spain and Peru. For this purpose, Gonzalo Pizarro
+appointed Pedro Alfonzo De Hinojosa to command the fleet which Bachicao
+had collected, giving him a detachment of two hundred and fifty men to
+enable him to occupy the isthmus, and directed him while on his voyage
+to Panama to coast along the province of Buenaventura and the mouth of
+the river of San Juan.
+
+Hinojosa set out immediately on this expedition, dispatching a single
+vessel, commanded by Captain Rodrigo de Carvajal direct for Panama, with
+letters from Gonzalo to some of the principal inhabitants of that city
+urging them to favour his designs. In these letters, he pretended that
+he was exceedingly displeased on hearing of the violence and rapacity
+with which Bachicao had conducted himself towards the inhabitants of
+Panama, in direct contradiction to his orders, which were to land the
+Doctor Texada without doing injury to any one. He informed them that
+Hinojosa was now on his way to their city, for the express purpose of
+indemnifying all those who had been injured by Bachicao; and desired
+them not to be under any apprehension of Hinojosa, although accompanied
+by a considerable force, as it was necessary for him to be on his guard
+against the viceroy and some of his officers, who were understood to be
+then in the Tierra Firma levying soldiers for their master. On the
+arrival of Rodrigo Carvajal at a place named Ancona about three leagues
+from Panama, he learnt that two officers belonging to the viceroy, Juan
+de Guzman and Juan Yllanez, were then in Panama, having been sent to
+that place to procure recruits and to purchase arms, with which they
+were to have gone to Popayan. They had already enrolled above an hundred
+soldiers, and had procured a considerable quantity of arms, among which
+were five or six small field-pieces; but, instead of going with these to
+join the viceroy, they remained to defend Panama against Gonzalo
+Pizarro, who they expected might send a force to occupy that important
+station.
+
+As Rodrigo Carvajal had only fifteen men along with him, he did not
+think it prudent to land in person; but sent secretly by night one of
+his soldiers to deliver the letters with which he was entrusted. The
+soldier accordingly delivered them to the inhabitants for whom they were
+addressed, who immediately communicated them to the magistrates and the
+officers of the viceroy. The soldier was taken into custody, from whom
+they learnt the coming of Hinojosa, and the orders with which he was
+entrusted. Upon this intelligence, they armed the whole population of
+Panama, and fitted out two brigantines which were sent off on purpose to
+capture Rodrigo Carvajal; but, as his messenger did not return, Carvajal
+suspected what had actually taken place, and set sail for the Pearl
+Islands to wait the arrival of Hinojosa, by which means he escaped from
+the brigantines. Pedro de Casaos was then governor of the Tierra Firma;
+and to be in readiness to defend his province against Hinojosa, he went
+immediately to Nombre de Dios, where he collected all the musquets and
+other arms he could procure, arming all the inhabitants of that place
+who were fit for service, whom he carried along with him to Panama,
+making every preparation in his power for defence. The two captains
+belonging to the viceroy, Guzman and Yllanez, likewise put their troops
+in order for resistance, and at first there was some jealousy between
+them and Casaos as to the supreme command; but it was at length agreed
+that Casaos should command in chief, as governor of the province, while
+they retained the immediate authority over their own men, and bore their
+own standards. Differences had subsisted for some time between these
+officers and the governor, because he had repressed some disorderly
+conduct in which they had indulged, and had advised them to set off with
+their men to the assistance of the viceroy for whom they were employed
+to levy troops; while they were averse from that measure, and finding
+themselves at the head of a respectable force, they made light of the
+orders of Casaos, and refused to obey him: But the necessity they were
+now under of providing for their mutual defence, occasioned them to
+enter into an accommodation of their disputes.
+
+After the dispatch of Carvajal to Panama, as already mentioned, Hinojosa
+set sail with ten vessels, and continued along the coast to the north
+till he arrived at Buenaventura, a small sea port at the mouth of the
+river San Juan which forms the southern boundary of Popayan, the
+government of Benalcazar. He proposed to learn at this place the
+situation and intentions of the viceroy, and to have seized any vessels
+that might be at this harbour, to prevent them from being employed by
+the viceroy for returning to Peru. On arriving at Buenaventura, Hinojosa
+sent some soldiers on shore, who brought off eight or ten of the
+inhabitants, from whom he learnt that the viceroy remained at Popayan,
+engaged in assembling troops and military stores for attempting to
+return into Peru; and that finding Yllanez and Guzman delayed their
+return from Panama, he had sent off his brother Vela Nunnez with several
+corporals on their way to Panama, to expedite the transmission of such
+reinforcements as could be procured, and had supplied him for that
+purpose with all the money belonging to the king at Popayan. Hinojosa
+was likewise informed that Vela Nunnez had the charge of a bastard son
+of Gonzalo Pizarro of twelve years old, who was found by the viceroy at
+Quito, and was now sent away to Panama, in the hope that the merchants
+of Panama might ransom him at a high price to acquire the good will of
+Gonzalo. The individual who communicated all this information added that
+the viceroy had employed a number of Indians to cut down a quantity of
+timber, which was to be conveyed to Buenaventura, on purpose to build a
+small vessel for the accommodation of Vela Nunnez; who must now be
+within a short distance of Buenaventura, and had sent this person before
+to inquire if he might come in safety to that place.
+
+On receiving this intelligence, Hinojosa landed two confidential
+officers with a party of soldiers, giving them orders to take two
+several routes into the interior, as pointed out by the informant, on
+purpose to take Vela Nunnez. Accordingly, one of these officers came up
+with Vela Nunnez, and the other got hold of Rodrigo Mexia and Saavedra
+with the son of Gonzalo Pizarro [18]. Both of these parties carried
+considerable sums of money, which was pillaged by the soldiers of
+Hinojosa; and the prisoners were brought on board the vessels, where
+great rejoicings were made for the happy success of this enterprize, by
+which their acquisition of Panama must be facilitated, and because they
+had done especial good service to Gonzalo by the liberation of his son.
+
+[Footnote 18: By Garcilasso de la Vega, this son of Gonzalo Pizarro is
+named Rodrigo Mexia; but Zarate could hardly be mistaken in giving that
+name to one of his conductors.--E.].
+
+Hinojosa now resumed his voyage, in the course of which he fell in with
+Rodrigo de Carvajal, who gave him an account of the situation of affairs
+at Panama, and recommended the propriety of using judicious measures
+against that place, as it was provided for defence. Hinojosa accordingly
+appeared before Panama with eleven ships and two hundred and fifty
+soldiers. At this time there were more than five hundred men in Panama,
+all tolerably well armed, who were drawn, out under the command of
+Casaos to oppose the landing of the Pizarrians. But among these there
+were many merchants and tradesmen, little adapted for war, who hardly
+knew how to use their weapons, and many of whom were even unable to fire
+off a musquet. Many among them had no intention of fighting or of
+opposing the descent of the insurgents of Peru, whose arrival they were
+disposed to consider as more advantageous than prejudicial. The
+merchants expected to be able to sell their commodities, and the
+tradesmen were in hope of procuring profitable employment, each
+according to his occupation. Besides, the rich merchants had partners or
+factors who resided in Peru, and had charge of their most valuable
+effects; and were afraid, if they concurred in opposing Hinojosa, that
+Gonzalo Pizarro might revenge himself by seizing their goods and
+maltreating their partners and factors. Those who were principally
+inclined to oppose the landing of Hinojosa, were Pedro Casaos the
+governor, Guzman and Yllanez the captains belonging to the viceroy,
+Arias de Azevedo, Juan Fernandez de Rebollido, Andrew de Arayza, Juan de
+Zabala, Juan Vendrel, and some other considerable inhabitants of Panama;
+some from principles of loyalty, others from fear of future evils, lest
+Hinojosa might act with the same violence as had been done by Bachicao.
+
+Finding himself resisted, Hinojosa landed with two hundred men about two
+leagues from Panama, towards which place he marched close along the
+shore, being, protected on one flank by a range of rocks from the attack
+of cavalry, and on the other by the boats of his squadron armed with
+some pieces of artillery. Fifty of his soldiers were left on board for
+the defence of the ships, and orders were given to hang up Vela Nunnez
+and the other prisoners whenever the enemy were seen to attack him.
+Casaos marched with all his troops from Panama to meet Hinojosa, with
+the determination of giving battle: But when the hostile parties were
+almost within musquet shot and ready to engage, the whole priests and
+monks of Panama interposed between in procession, having their
+crucifixes veiled and every other demonstration of mourning, and
+prevailed on both sides to agree to a truce for that day, that
+endeavours might be used to bring about an accommodation. For this
+purpose negotiators were appointed on both sides; Don Balthasar de
+Castilia, son of the Conde de Gomera, was named by Hinojosa, and Don
+Pedro de Cabrera on the part of Casaos, and hostages were mutually
+interchanged.
+
+The deputy of Hinojosa affected to be astonished at the opposition of
+the governor and inhabitants of Panama, since he not only meant no harm
+to any one, but had come expressly to repair the injuries which had
+formerly been done by Bachicao, to purchase such provisions and clothing
+as they wanted, and to repair their ships; declaring that their only
+object was to oblige the deposed viceroy to return to Spain, pursuant to
+the orders of the royal audience, as his continuance in the country
+occasioned perpetual discord in Peru. But, as the viceroy was not there,
+Hinojosa intended to make only a short stay in the place, having orders
+from Gonzalo to offer no injury to any one unless attacked, in which
+case he must defend himself as he best could. The opposite party alleged
+that the presence of Hinojosa in warlike guise was sufficient to excite
+suspicion; since, even allowing the government of Gonzalo in Peru to be
+legitimate as they pretended, he had no jurisdiction in Panama, and had
+no right to direct the proceedings of any one at that place. That
+Bachicao had formerly come among them under pretence of peace, yet had
+committed all those violences and injuries, which Hinojosa now pretended
+he was come to repair. After a long conference, it was at length agreed
+that Hinojosa should be permitted to take up his residence in Panama for
+thirty days, accompanied by fifty soldiers to serve as a guard for his
+personal safety; but that the fleet and all the other soldiers of his
+party should repair to the Pearl Islands, where workmen and all
+necessaries for the reparation of the ships could be procured; and that
+at the expiry of these thirty days, Hinojosa and his armament were to
+return to Peru.
+
+On the conclusion of this convention, which was confirmed by mutual
+oaths and the interchange of hostages, Hinojosa took up his residence in
+Panama with a guard of fifty picked men, and hired a house in which he
+kept open table for every one who pleased to visit him, all of whom he
+allowed to divert themselves in play or otherwise as they pleased. By
+this procedure, he gained over most of the soldiers of Yllanez in a few
+days, and many other idle fellows joined themselves secretly to his
+party. It was even said that all these men had previously engaged by
+letter to have gone over to him if he and the governor had come to a
+battle on the former occasion. Indeed the governor and other principal
+persons of Panama had been chiefly induced to agree to the present
+accommodation by distrust of their soldiers, who were all eager for an
+opportunity of getting to Peru. By the above-mentioned means, Hinojosa
+soon saw himself at the head of a considerable body of troops, while the
+captains Yllanez and Guzman were almost deserted by all their men. As
+they saw likewise that the convention was in other respects ill
+observed, they secretly withdrew with fifteen men who yet remained, and
+endeavoured to get to Carthagena. Yllanez was taken soon afterwards by
+one of Hinojosas officers; on which he entered into the service of
+Gonzalo Pizarro, and was afterwards engaged on that side in the
+engagement at Nombre de Dios against Verdugo, to be afterwards related.
+Hinojosa continued to reside in Panama, where no one dared to oppose
+him. He increased the number of his troops from day to day, and kept
+them under excellent discipline, without allowing them to do injury to
+any of the inhabitants; neither did he intermeddle in any thing whatever
+except what concerned his troops. At this time Don Pedro de Cabrera and
+his son-in-law Hernan Mexia de Guzman, who had been banished from Peru
+by the viceroy, resided in Panama; and these two gentlemen were sent by
+Hinojosa, with a party of soldiers, to keep possession of the port of
+Nombre de Dios, which was of great importance to his security, and
+whence he might receive early intelligence from Spain and other places.
+
+Melchior Verdugo, an inhabitant of the city of Truxillo, was one of the
+richest men in Peru, being proprietor of the entire province of
+Caxamarca. On the arrival of the viceroy Blasco Nunnez Vela, Verdugo,
+who was originally from the same city in Spain, engaged heartily in his
+service, and continued in his suite at Lima, till the time when the
+viceroy proposed to dismantle that city and retire to Truxillo. At that
+period he commanded Verdugo to go before, that he might secure
+possession of Truxillo, with orders to levy soldiers and provide arms;
+and Verdugo accordingly embarked all his baggage and effects, intending
+to have set sail on the very day when the viceroy was imprisoned. As all
+the vessels at the port of Lima were then detained, Verdugo was unable
+to proceed; and, as Verdugo was particularly obnoxious to Gonzalo and
+his partizans, on account of his known attachment to the viceroy, he was
+one of the twenty-five who were committed to prison by Carvajal on his
+arrival at Lima, when De Baro and several others were hanged, as
+formerly related. For a long while afterwards he was in continual danger
+of being put to death; but at length Gonzalo granted him a pardon,
+though he still entertained suspicions of his conduct, but had no
+convenient opportunity of getting rid of him, till the departure of
+Carvajal against Centeno, when it was proposed by the lieutenant-general
+to have surprised him while at Truxillo, as formerly mentioned: But
+having some suspicions of his intention, Verdugo saved himself by
+flight, and concealed himself among his Indians in the province of
+Caxamarca.
+
+After Carvajal quitted Truxillo, Verdugo returned to that city; but as
+he expected Gonzalo might soon become master of that place, and would
+make him feel the effects of his displeasure, he resolved to abandon the
+country, yet wished to do it in such a manner as might distress Gonzalo
+as much as possible. While waiting a favourable opportunity for this, he
+made every preparation in his power for his intended enterprize,
+collecting as many men in his service as he possibly could, and employed
+workmen secretly to construct musquets, iron chains, fetters, and
+manacles. At this time a vessel arrived from Lima in the harbour of
+Truxillo, on which Verdugo sent for the master and pilot, under pretence
+of purchasing some of their commodities; and on their arrival at his
+house he confined them in a deep dungeon which he had previously
+prepared. After this, he returned to his chamber, causing his legs to be
+swathed with bandages, under pretence of certain malignant warts or
+ulcers to which he was subject, and sat down at one of his windows which
+looked towards the public square in which the magistrates and principal
+inhabitants used to assemble every day. When the magistrates came as
+usual to the square, he requested them to come into his house, as he
+wished to execute certain deeds in their presence, and the disorder in
+his legs rendered him unable to go out. Immediately on entering, he
+caused them to be carried into the dungeon, where they were deprived of
+their badges of office and put in chains. Leaving them under the guard
+of six musqueteers, he returned to the window of his chamber, whence he
+gradually enticed about twenty of the principal citizens into his house,
+all of whom he put in chains and fetters. He then went out into the city
+accompanied by a guard of soldiers, and proclaimed the king with much
+loyal solemnity, making prisoners of all who presumed to oppose him;
+which were very few, as Gonzalo had carried off most of the inhabitants
+on his expedition to Quito. Having thus made himself master of the city,
+and returned to his house, he addressed his prisoners, whom he reviled
+for having embraced the party of Gonzalo, and declared that he was
+resolved to withdraw from under the usurpation of the tyrant to join the
+viceroy, and meant to take along with him all the men and arms he was
+able to procure. For this purpose, he demanded that all his prisoners
+should contribute in proportion to their abilities, as it was quite
+reasonable they should give assistance to the royal cause, having
+frequently made large contributions to the usurper. He insisted
+therefore that every one of them should instantly subscribe for such
+sums as they were able to furnish, all of which were to be paid
+immediately, as he was otherwise resolved to carry them all along with
+him as prisoners. Every one of them accordingly agreed to advance such
+sums of money as they were able to procure, which were all instantly
+paid.
+
+Having brought this contrivance to a favourable issue, Verdugo made an
+agreement with the master and pilot of the vessel, and had every thing
+that could be useful or necessary carried on board. He then carried all
+his prisoners in irons in carts or waggons to the shore, and embarked
+with about twenty soldiers, and a considerable sum of money, partly
+exacted from the inhabitant, partly from the royal funds belonging to
+the city, and partly, from his own extensive revenues. Leaving his
+prisoners still in fetters on the carriages, to be liberated as they
+best might, he set sail along the coast to the northwards. In the course
+of his voyage he fell in with and captured a vessel belonging to
+Bachicao, containing a great deal of valuable articles which that
+officer had acquired by plunder in Tierra Firma, all of which Verdugo
+divided among his soldiers. He at first inclined to have landed at
+Buenaventura, on purpose to join the viceroy; but considering the small
+amount of his force, and the danger of falling in with the fleet of
+Gonzalo Pizarro, he directed his course for the province of Nicaragua,
+where he landed and applied to the principal persons there for
+assistance against the usurper. Finding small encouragement in that
+quarter, he addressed himself to the royal audience, which was
+established on the frontiers of Nicaragua, who promised him protection
+and aid, and sent for that purpose one of their number, the oydor
+Ramirez de Alarcon to Nicaragua, with orders to the inhabitants of that
+city to hold themselves in readiness to march with their arms and
+horses.
+
+Intelligence was soon received at Panama of the exploit of Verdugo at
+Truxillo, and his having gone to Nicaragua; and as Hinojosa suspected he
+might increase his force in that province so as to be enabled to disturb
+him in the possession of the Tierra Firma, he sent Alfonso Palamino with
+two ships and an hundred and eighty musqueteers to endeavour to dislodge
+Verdugo. Palamino easily took possession of the ship belonging to
+Verdugo; but as the inhabitants of Grenada and Leon, the two principal
+cities in the province of Nicaragua assembled in arms, under Verdugo and
+the licentiate Ramirez, to oppose his landing, and were much superior in
+number to his troops and provided with cavalry, he found himself unable
+to land with any prospect of success. After waiting some time in vain,
+he was obliged to sail back to Panama, taking several vessels along with
+him which he had captured on the coast, and burning several others which
+he could not carry away.
+
+On the departure of Palomino, Verdugo levied about an hundred well armed
+men, with whom he resolved to give as much interruption as possible to
+the schemes of the insurgents in the Tierra Firma. With this view he
+determined to make an attempt on Nombre de Dios, which he learnt was
+occupied only by a small detachment, which had no suspicion of being
+attacked. For this purpose, he fitted out three or four small vessels,
+in which he embarked his troops on the lake of Nicaragua, whence he
+descended into the gulf of Mexico by the river Chagre, which discharges
+the waters of that lake into the Atlantic. Finding some trading vessels
+at the mouth of that river, he received accurate information from their
+commanders of the state of affairs in Nombre de Dios, the number of the
+soldiers which occupied that place, and the different quarters in which
+they were lodged. Taking some of these mariners along with him as
+guides, he contrived to arrive at Nombre de Dios undiscovered about
+midnight, and went immediately to the house of Juan de Zabala, in which
+the captains Pedro de Cabrera and Hernan Mexia were quartered with some
+soldiers; who, roused by the noise, put themselves in a state of
+defence. Verdugo and his people set the house on fire, so that Mexia and
+his soldiers, who defended the staircase, were constrained to rush from
+the house to save themselves from the flames; and as the night was
+exceedingly dark, they escaped unseen, and saved themselves in the woods
+near Nombre de Dios, whence they escaped across the isthmus to Panama.
+
+Hinojosa was much chagrined at this exploit, and determined on revenge;
+but as he wished to give his conduct on the occasion some appearance of
+justice, he directed some of the inhabitants of Nombre de Dios to enter
+a regular accusation before the Doctor Ribera, the governor of that
+place, giving an exaggerated account of the insolent invasion of his
+government by Verdugo, who without any just pretence, had levied
+contributions, imprisoned the magistrates, and invaded the town of
+Nombre de Dios on his own private authority. They were likewise
+instructed to request Ribera to march in person to chastise the
+insolence of Verdugo, and Hinojosa offered to accompany him on this
+expedition with his troops. Ribera, who appears to have been then
+resident in Panama, agreed to all that was desired, and, accepted the
+proffered military aid to drive Verdugo from his government; on which
+Hinojosa and his officers swore to obey his orders as their commander on
+this expedition, and the troops were put in motion to march across the
+isthmus. On receiving notice of the approach of Hinojosa, Verdugo
+disposed his troops to defend the place, and caused the inhabitants of
+Nombre de Dios to take up arms, in addition to his own men. But as it
+was obvious that the inhabitants shewed no inclination for fighting,
+Verdugo suspected they might abandon him while engaged, and came
+therefore to the resolution of abandoning the town, and took post on the
+shore near his small barks. He waited for Hinojosa in that situation,
+having some boats in his rear, which he had seized to enable him to
+secure his retreat in case of necessity. Immediately on his arrival,
+Hinojosa attacked Verdugo, and several persons were killed at the first
+brunt. As the inhabitants of Nombre de Dios who were along with Verdugo,
+observed their governor acting as commander of the adverse party, they
+withdrew on one side from the engagement into an adjoining wood; by
+which the soldiers belonging to Verdugo were thrown into disorder, and
+they were forced to take to their boats and retreat on board their
+barks.
+
+After this repulse, Verdugo took possession of several ships that lay at
+anchor near Nombre de Dios, the largest of which he armed with some
+pieces of artillery and endeavoured to cannonade the town. But finding
+that he could do very little injury to the place, which was situated in
+a bottom, and as he was in want of provisions, and most of his soldiers
+had been left on shore, he retired with his small vessels and the ship
+he had seized to Carthagena, to await a more favourable opportunity of
+annoying the insurgents. Having restored Nombre de Dios to order, Ribera
+and Hinojosa left a sufficient garrison in the place, under the command
+of Don Pedro de Cabrera and Hernan Mexia, and returned to Panama, where
+they proposed to wait for such orders as might be sent from Spain
+respecting the troubles in Peru.
+
+On arriving at Popayan, as formerly related, the viceroy collected all
+the iron which could be procured in the province, erected forges, and
+procured workmen, so that in a short time he got two hundred musquets
+constructed, besides other arms both offensive and defensive, and
+provided every other species of warlike stores. Learning that the
+governor, Benalcazar, had detached a brave and experienced officer,
+named Juan Cabrera, to reduce some refractory Indians, with an hundred
+and fifty soldiers; the viceroy wrote a letter to Cabrera, in which he
+gave a detailed account of the insurrection and usurpation of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, and of his own determination to restore the kingdom of Peru to
+allegiance whenever he could collect a sufficient number of troops for
+that purpose. He earnestly intreated therefore, that Cabrera would
+immediately join him at Popayan with all his men, that they might
+commence their march together for Quito, to punish the rebellious
+usurper. To induce compliance, he represented in strong colours to
+Cabrera, the great and signal service which he had in his power to
+perform for the sovereign on this occasion; which likewise would be far
+more advantageous to his own personal interests, than any which could
+accrue from the expedition in which he was now engaged; as, on the
+defeat of Pizarro, he would be entitled to partake in the distribution
+of the lands belonging to Gonzalo and his partizans, and he might
+depend on being gratified with ample possessions for himself and his
+followers in the best districts of Peru. Farther to encourage Cabrera,
+the viceroy informed him of the events which had lately occurred in the
+south of Peru, where Centeno had erected the royal standard at the head
+of a respectable force; so that the present conjuncture was extremely
+favourable for an attack on Gonzalo, who could hardly resist when
+pressed from both extremities of the kingdom at once; and besides, that
+the inhabitants of Peru were now quite weary of the tyrannical violence
+and extortion of Gonzalo, and would doubtless revolt against him on the
+first favourable opportunity. As an additional inducement to Cabrera to
+join him, the viceroy sent him an order by which he was authorized to
+take from the royal coffers at Carthagena, Encelme, Cali, Antiochia, and
+other places, to the extent of 30,000 pesos for the pay and equipment of
+his troops; and as Cabrera acted under the orders of Benalcazar, he
+procured letters to him from that governor by which he was commanded
+immediately to obey the requisition of the viceroy. On receiving these
+dispatches, Cabrera immediately secured the funds which he was
+authorized to take, which he divided among his men, and set out with all
+possible expedition to join the viceroy at Popayan with an hundred well
+appointed soldiers. The viceroy had likewise sent orders for
+reinforcements from the new kingdom of Grenada, the province of
+Carthagena, and other places, so that his troops daily increased; and
+having learnt the capture of his brother Vela Nunnez, and the loss of
+Yllanez and his troops, he had no expectation of procuring any
+additional reinforcements.
+
+At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro was very anxious to devise some stratagem
+for inveigling the viceroy into his hands, as he considered his
+usurpation unsafe so long as that officer remained alive and at the head
+of a military force. With this view, that the viceroy might return into
+Peru where he might have it in his power to bring him to action, Gonzalo
+gave out that he intended to proceed to Las Charcas at the southern
+extremity of Peru, to repress the disorders occasioned by Centeno,
+leaving Captain Pedro de Puelles at Quito with three hundred men to
+oppose the viceroy. He proceeded even ostensibly to take such measures
+as were proper for executing this design; selecting such troops as were
+to accompany himself to the south, and those who were to remain at
+Quito; even distributing money to both divisions, and set off on his
+march for the south after a general muster and review of his army.
+Gonzalo contrived that intelligence of these proceedings should be
+conveyed to the viceroy, by means of a spy in the employment of that
+officer, who had betrayed his trust, and had even communicated to
+Gonzalo the cypher which he used in corresponding with his employer.
+Gonzalo made this person send intelligence to the viceroy of these
+pretended motions; and Puelles wrote likewise to some friends in
+Popayan, as if privately to inform them that he was left in the command
+at Quito with three hundred men, with which he believed himself able to
+resist all the force the viceroy might be able to bring against him; and
+these letters were sent purposely in such a manner that they might fall
+into the hands of the viceroy. Gonzalo likewise took care to spread
+these reports among the Indians who were present at the review, and who,
+having seen Gonzalo set off on his march to the south, were perfectly
+acquainted with the number of troops which accompanied him on the march,
+and of those which remained under Puelles at Quito. To give the greater
+appearance of truth to these reports, Gonzalo actually set out on his
+march; but halted at two or three days journey from Quito, under
+pretence of falling sick.
+
+On receiving intelligence of these circumstances, which he implicitly
+believed, the viceroy determined to march from Popayan to Quito,
+satisfied that he should be easily able to overpower the small force
+left there under Puelles, who had no means of being reinforced. He
+accordingly began his march, during which he was unable to procure any
+intelligence whatever respecting Gonzalo and his troops, so carefully
+were all the passes guarded to prevent either Christians or Indians from
+conveying advices on the road towards Popayan. While, on the contrary,
+Gonzalo procured regular notice of every step taken by the viceroy, by
+means of the Indians called _Cagnares_, a cunning and intelligent race.
+Accordingly, when the viceroy was arrived within a few days march of
+Quito, Gonzalo returned thither with his troops to join Puelles, and
+they marched together to meet the viceroy, who was then at Oravalo about
+twelve leagues from Quito. Although the viceroy was at the head of eight
+hundred men, and his force increased daily on his approach to Quito,
+Gonzalo confided in the valour and experience of his troops, among
+which were many of the principal persons in Peru, his soldiers being
+inured to war, accustomed to hardships and fatigue, and full of
+confidence in themselves from the many victories they had gained.
+Gonzalo did every thing in his power to satisfy his troops of the
+justice of the cause in which he and they were engaged; representing to
+them that Peru had been conquered by him and his brothers; recalling to
+their remembrance the cruelties which had been exercised by the viceroy,
+particularly in putting to death the commissary Yllan Suarez and several
+of his own captains. In the next place, he gave an exaggerated picture
+of the tyrannical conduct of the viceroy during the whole period of his
+government, owing to which he had been deposed by the royal audience,
+and sent out of the country to give an account to the king of his
+conduct: Instead of which, he now endeavoured to disturb the colony by
+sowing dissensions and encouraging insurrections, and had even levied an
+army in other provinces, with which he intended to reduce the country
+under his tyrannous rule, and to ruin all its inhabitants. After a long
+speech, by which he endeavoured to animate his troops with resentment
+against the viceroy, they all declared their readiness to march against
+him and bring him to battle. Some were actuated by interested motives,
+to prevent the enforcement of the obnoxious regulations; others by a
+desire of avenging private injuries; and others again by the fear of
+punishment for having taken up arms. But it is not to be concealed, that
+the majority acted from dread of the severity of Gonzalo and his
+officers, who had already put several persons to death, merely for
+having shewn some degree of coldness or disinclination towards the cause
+of the insurgents.
+
+On reviewing and mustering his force, Gonzalo found himself at the head
+of 130 well mounted cavalry, 200 musqueteers, and 350 armed with pikes,
+or near 700 in all, with abundance of excellent gun-powder[19]. Learning
+that the viceroy had encamped on the banks of the river about two
+leagues from Quito, Gonzalo advanced to meet him. Juan de Acosta and
+Juan Velez de Guevara were his captains of musqueteers, Hernando
+Bachicao commanded the pikemen, and the horse were led by Pedro de
+Puelles and Gomez de Alvarado. On this occasion there was no person
+appointed to the office of major-general, the duties of which Gonzalo
+chose to execute in person. He detached seventy of his cavalry to occupy
+a ford of the river, by which he meant to cross over towards the camp
+of the viceroy, over whom he expected to gain an easy victory. It was
+now Saturday the 15th of January 1546, and the two armies remained all
+night so near each other that the advanced posts were able to converse,
+each calling the other rebels and traitors, those on each side
+pretending that they only were loyal subjects to the king.
+
+[Footnote 19: According to Garcilasso, the army of Gonzalo on this
+occasion amounted to 700 men, 200 of whom were armed with firelocks, 350
+with pikes, and 150 were cavalry. In the History of America, II. 375,
+the force under the viceroy is only stated at 400; but both in Zarate
+and Garcilasso the royalists are mentioned as 800 strong.--E.]
+
+At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro was accompanied by the licentiate Benedict
+Suarez de Carvajal brother to the commissary Yllan Suarez de Carvajal
+who had formerly been put to death at Lima in presence of the viceroy.
+At that former period Benedict was on his journey from Cuzco to Lima,
+intending to have joined the viceroy against Gonzalo, and had arrived
+within twenty leagues of Lima when he learnt the murder of his brother,
+after which he dared not to trust himself in that city until the viceroy
+had been deposed and sent on board ship. He was afterwards made prisoner
+by Gonzalo, who was even on the point of putting him to death; but on
+setting out for Quito, Gonzalo took him into favour. Carvajal now
+followed him with good will against the viceroy, upon whom he was eager
+to take signal vengeance for the unmerited death of his brother; and was
+even followed on this occasion by about thirty of his friends and
+relations, who formed a separate company under his immediate command.
+
+The viceroy had arrived at a village called Tuza, about twenty leagues
+from Quito, when he learnt that Gonzalo Pizarro was returned to that
+city, and was now at the head of about seven hundred men. Believing
+himself however in sufficient force to attempt the recovery of his
+authority in Peru, the viceroy communicated this intelligence to his
+principal officers, whom he commanded to have every thing in readiness
+for battle. On his arrival at the river within two leagues of Quito, and
+in presence of the enemy who occupied the slope of a hill on the other
+side, he determined to endeavour to get into their rear, for which
+purpose he advanced with his troops by a road in a different direction
+from that on which the insurgents were posted, expecting to derive great
+advantages from this measure, as the whole infantry of Gonzalo, which
+formed his principal force, were posted on the slope of the hill
+directly in front, and his rear-guard of cavalry could have no
+suspicion of being liable to attack. The viceroy accordingly began his
+march on the night of the 15th January, leaving his camp standing with
+all his Indians and dogs, and with fires burning in many places, to
+deceive the enemy into a belief that he still remained in the camp.
+Marching therefore in perfect silence by the road which had been pointed
+out to him for gaining the rear of the insurgents, he expected to have
+attained his object before day: But as the road, had not been frequented
+for a long time, he encountered so many obstructions and difficulties,
+in consequence of the road being broken up in many places, that when day
+broke he was still a league from the enemy, by which all hope or
+opportunity of surprizing them was entirely lost. In this dilemma, he
+came to the resolution of marching straight upon Quito, in which there
+were very few to oppose him, and which was in no situation to give any
+resistance. He was in hopes of finding several loyal subjects in that
+place, who might have contrived to elude following the usurper to the
+field, and might now join his army, and he expected to find some arms
+and military stores left there by Gonzalo. On arriving at Quito, the
+soldiers of the viceroy learnt that Gonzalo was present with all his
+troops, which circumstance had hitherto been carefully concealed from
+their knowledge.
+
+In the morning of the 16th, the scouts of Gonzalo were surprised to hear
+so little noise in the camp of the viceroy; and having cautiously
+advanced, they learnt from the Indian followers of the royalist army in
+what manner the viceroy had passed the insurgents during the night. The
+scouts therefore made haste to apprize Gonzalo of this event, who learnt
+soon afterwards by messengers from Quito that the viceroy had taken
+possession of that city. Gonzalo therefore immediately marched for
+Quito, determined to give battle to the viceroy without delay; and
+although the viceroy was perfectly aware of the advantages possessed by
+Pizarro in the superior discipline and equipment of his troops, he
+courageously resolved to run the risk of battle, and even to expose
+himself personally to all its dangers. In this determination, he boldly
+marched from the city of Quito directly towards the enemy, as if assured
+of gaining a victory. To Don Alfonzo de Montemayor, who commanded his
+first company with the royal standard, he assigned the office of
+lieutenant-general, commanding every one to obey him in that capacity.
+Cepeda and Bazan led the cavalry, and Ahumada carried the great
+standard. Sancho Sanchez de Avila, Hernandez Giron, Pedro Heredia, and
+Rodrigo Nunnez de Bonilla were captains of infantry, over which Juan de
+Cabrera commanded as major-general. The viceroy was earnestly requested
+by all his officers not to engage in the front of battle as he intended,
+but to take post in the rear with fifteen horsemen, whence he might send
+succours to wherever they might be required; yet, when the engagement
+was about to commence, the viceroy rode up to the vanguard, and took his
+place beside the lieutenant-general, Don Alfonzo, in front of the royal
+standard. On this occasion the viceroy was mounted on a grey horse,
+dressed in an upper garment of white muslin, with large slashes, shewing
+an under vest of crimson satin fringed with gold. Just before beginning
+the engagement, he addressed his troops to the following effect: "I do
+not pretend, my loyal friends, to encourage you by my words and example,
+as I rather look for an example of bravery from your courageous efforts,
+and am fully convinced you will do your duty as brave and faithful
+subjects of our gracious sovereign. Knowing therefore your inviolable
+fidelity to the king our common master, I have only to say that we are
+engaged in the cause of God." These last words he repeated several
+times, exclaiming, "It is the cause of God! It is the cause of God!"
+
+After this short exhortation, the viceroy with Don Alfonzo and Bazan
+advanced to the charge, being opposed on the other side by the
+licentiate Carvajal. Gonzalo Pizarro had likewise intended to have taken
+post in the front of battle, but his officers insisted upon his
+remaining in the rear with eight or ten horsemen. In the first charge
+the cavalry shivered their lances, after which they continued to fight
+obstinately with swords, battle-axes and war-clubs or maces. In this
+part of the battle the cavalry of the viceroy were much galled by a line
+of musqueteers of the adverse army which plied them in flank. While
+fighting bravely, the viceroy beat down one of the insurgents named
+Montalva; but immediately afterwards received so severe a blow on the
+head with a battle-axe from Ferdinand de Torres, that he fell stunned
+from his horse. Indeed, both he and his horse had been so excessively
+fatigued by the difficult march of the preceding night, in which they
+had neither been able to take food or rest, that they were both easily
+overthrown. While this was passing with the cavalry of the van, the
+infantry on both sides advanced to engage, setting up such loud shouts,
+that one would have believed them much more numerous than they were in
+reality. Juan de Cabrera was slain at the very commencement of this part
+of the battle. Sancho de Avilla, advanced boldly at the head of his
+company to attack the enemy, brandishing a two-handed sword, which he
+employed with so much strength and address that he soon broke through
+and defeated half of the company by which he was opposed. But as the
+soldiers of Pizarro were more numerous in this part of the field than
+those who followed Avilla, he was surrounded on all sides, and he and
+most of his men slain. Until the death of the viceroy was known, the
+battle was very bravely contested by his infantry; but as soon as the
+knowledge of that unfortunate event had spread through their ranks, they
+lost heart and relaxed in their efforts, and were soon entirely defeated
+with considerable slaughter. At this time, the licentiate Carvajal
+observed Pedro de Puelles about to end the life of the unfortunate
+viceroy, already insensible and almost dead in consequence of the blow
+he had received from De Torres and a wound from a musquet ball: Carvajal
+immediately dismounted and cut off his head, saying, "That his only
+object in joining the party of Gonzalo was to take vengeance for the
+death of his brother."
+
+When the victory was completely decided, Gonzalo Pizarro ordered a
+retreat to be sounded to recal his troops who were engaged in pursuit of
+the enemy. In this battle, the royalists lost about two hundred men,
+while only seven were slain on the side of the victors. Pizarro ordered
+the slain to be buried on the field of battle, and caused the bodies of
+the viceroy and Sancho de Avilla to be carried to Quito, where they were
+buried with much solemn pomp, attending himself at the funeral and in
+mourning[20]. He soon afterwards ordered ten or twelve of the principal
+royalists to be hanged, who had taken shelter in the churches of Quito,
+or had concealed themselves in other places. The oydor Alvarez,
+Benalcazar governor of Popayan, and Don Alfonzo de Montemayor, were
+wounded and made prisoners in the battle. Gonzalo intended to have
+ordered Don Alfonzo to be beheaded; but as he had many friends among the
+insurgents who interceded for his life, and who assured Gonzalo that he
+could not possibly recover from his wounds, he was spared. Some time
+afterwards, Gomez de Alvarado sent notice to Benalcazar that it was
+intended to administer poison to these three prisoners in the dressings
+applied to their wounds or in their food; and accordingly he and Don
+Alfonzo took great precautions to avoid this treachery. As the oydor
+Alvarez was lodged in the same house with his brother judge Cepeda, he
+had not in his power to use similar precautions, and died soon after;
+and every one believed that he was poisoned in some almond soup.
+
+[Footnote 20: This authentic circumstance by no means agrees with the
+assertion in the History of America, II. 376, that the head of the
+viceroy was affixed on the public gibbet in Quito. From the text of
+Zarate, this battle appears to have been fought on the 16th January
+1546. In the History of America, it is dated on the 18th; but the
+difference is quite immaterial.--E.]
+
+Finding that he could not get secretly rid of Don Alfonzo as he wished,
+and having no hope of gaining him over to his party, Pizarro resolved to
+banish him into Chili, above a thousand leagues from Quito, and to send
+to the same place Rodrigo de Bonilla the treasurer of Quito, and seven
+or eight other persons of importance, who had always faithfully
+accompanied the viceroy under every change of fortune. Gonzalo did not
+put these men to death, as several of his own partizans interceded for
+their lives; and he did not deem it prudent to keep them near his
+person, or to permit them to remain in Peru. These exiles were
+accordingly sent off for Chili, under the charge of Antonio de Ulloa
+with a party of soldiers. After a march of more than four hundred
+leagues, mostly on foot, although their wounds were not entirely healed,
+these prisoners determined to make an effort to recover their liberty,
+or to lose their lives in the attempt. They accordingly rose against
+Ulloa and his men with so much courage and resolution that they
+succeeded in making him and most of his men prisoners. Being near a
+sea-port, they contrived by great address to gain possession of a
+vessel, in which were several soldiers and others of the insurgent party
+whom they overpowered; and leaving all their prisoners, they embarked
+without either sailors or pilot, and though none of them were in the
+least acquainted with navigation, they had the good fortune to reach New
+Spain.
+
+Not satisfied with wreaking his vengeance on those of his enemies who
+had fallen into his hands in consequence of the victory of Quito,
+Gonzalo sent Guevara to the city of Parto to apprehend some of his
+enemies who resided in that place, one of whom only was put to death,
+and all the rest sent into exile. He pardoned Benalcazar, who promised
+faithfully to become attached to his party, and sent him back to his
+government of Popayan, with part of the troops he had brought from
+thence in the service of the viceroy. He likewise assembled all the
+fugitive troops of the viceroy, to whom he in the first place urged the
+many causes of displeasure which he had for their past conduct, yet
+pardoned them as he knew they had either been misled or forced to act
+against him, and promised, if they served him faithfully in the sequel,
+that he would treat them as well as those who had been on his side from
+the beginning, and would reward them equally when the country was
+restored to peace. He sent off messengers in every direction, to
+announce the victory he had obtained, and to encourage his partizans, so
+that his usurpation seemed established in greater security than ever.
+Captain Alarcon was sent to Panama, to communicate the intelligence to
+Hinojosa, with orders to bring back along with him Vela Nunnez and the
+others who had been made prisoners in that quarter.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Continuation of the Usurpation of Gonzalo Pizarro, to the arrival of
+Gasca in Peru with full powers to restore the Colony to order._
+
+
+At this period, some of Gonzalo's adherents advised him to send his
+fleet to scour the coasts of Nicaragua and New Spain, on purpose to take
+or burn all the vessels which might be found in these parts, by which he
+would effectually secure himself from any attack by sea. By this means,
+they alleged, when the dispatches and orders from his majesty should
+arrive in the Tierra Firma, finding no means of sending these into Peru,
+the ministers of the crown would be under the necessity of granting him
+favourable terms of accommodation almost equal to his wishes. Pizarro
+however had great confidence in the fidelity and attachment of Hinojosa
+and those who were with him, believing that he might trust implicitly to
+their vigilance, and refused to follow the measures proposed, as tending
+to evince too much weakness and want of confidence in the goodness of
+the cause in which he was engaged. He was besides so puffed up by the
+victory which he had gained over the viceroy, that he believed himself
+able to resist any power which could now be brought against him.
+
+Alarcon went accordingly to Panama, whence he brought back to Peru the
+prisoners who had been taken at that place by Hinojosa, and was
+accompanied on his return by the son of Gonzalo. When near Puerto Viejo
+on his voyage back, Alarcon ordered Saavedra and Lerma, two of his chief
+prisoners, to be hanged on account of some words they were said to have
+spoken against the insurgents. He was disposed to have put Rodrigo
+Mexia, another of these prisoners, to death at the same time; but the
+son of Gonzalo pleaded strongly to save his life, by representing how
+kindly he had been used by Mexia while in his custody. Vela Nunnez was
+conducted to Quito, where he was pardoned by Gonzalo, yet admonished to
+behave very carefully for the future, as the slightest suspicion would
+be fatal. Cepeda, one of the oydors of the royal audience, always
+continued to accompany Gonzalo, so that Ortiz de Zarate, the only judge
+who remained in Lima was unable to act in the absence of all the other
+judges. Indeed he was now less feared, ever since Gonzalo Pizarro had
+almost by force procured a marriage between one of the daughters of that
+judge and his brother Blas Soto[21]. Still however this judge retained
+every proper sentiment of loyalty to the king, although constrained by
+the exigency of the times to conceal his principles, and to seem in some
+measure reconciled to the usurper.
+
+[Footnote 21: Of this brother of the Pizarro family, no other notice
+occurs in Zarate.--E.]
+
+While these transactions were going on in the north of Peru, the
+lieutenant-general Carvajal continued his operations in the south
+against Centeno. As formerly related, he departed from Cuzeo with three
+hundred men, well provided with horses, musquets and other arms,
+marching by way of the Collao for the province of Paria, in which
+Centeno then was with about two hundred and fifty men, determined to
+await the arrival of the enemy and to run the chance of battle. When
+Carvajal was come within about two leagues of that place, Centeno
+retired a short space to the other side of the city, taking post on the
+side of a river in what appeared to him strong ground, and Carvajal took
+possession of the _tambo_ of Paria, about a league from the camp of
+Centeno. Next day, Centeno sent fifteen well mounted musqueteers to bid
+defiance to Carvajal, and to challenge him to battle. On arriving within
+a stones throw of the tambo, they required a conference with Carvajal,
+to whom they delivered the following message: "That Centeno was ready to
+give battle in the cause of his majesty; but if Carvajal, who had grown
+old in the royal service, would return to his duty and abandon the
+service of the usurper, Centeno and all his followers would be happy to
+serve under his command." To this message Carvajal only returned abusive
+language, and the two parties mutually reproached each other as rebels
+and traitors. After some time spent in this manner, the fifteen
+royalists discharged their musquets and returned to Centeno, to whom
+they gave an account of the number and disposition of the enemy. This
+occurrence took place on Holy Friday in the year 1546.
+
+Immediately after this defiance, Carvajal put his troops in motion to
+attack the royalists, but Centeno thought proper to retire to a more
+advantageous post, not deeming it prudent to run the risk of a pitched
+battle, and meaning rather to harass the enemy by means of skirmishes
+and night attacks. He was likewise in hopes that a good many of those
+who followed Carvajal might come over to his side as opportunity
+offered, as he understood many of them were much discontented with the
+harsh and brutal behaviour of the lieutenant-general, whom they served
+from fear and constraint, not from attachment. Besides, Centeno was
+unwilling to run the risk of battle, as Carvajal though inferior in
+cavalry to the royalist party was greatly superior in point of fire
+arms. In fact this resolution of retreating was much against the
+inclination of Centeno, who wished to have given battle to Carvajal; but
+as all the inhabitants of La Plata on his side opposed that measure, he
+was obliged to conform to their wishes, yet always determined to give
+battle on the first favourable opportunity. Centeno accordingly
+retreated fifteen leagues that day, and was followed by Carvajal with
+great diligence, insomuch that the hostile parties encamped at night
+very near each other, on which occasion Carvajal confided the guard of
+his camp to such of his followers as he could most surely depend upon.
+Towards midnight, Centeno detached eighty horsemen to assault the camp
+of the insurgents, which they did accordingly with much spirit, making
+several discharges of their fire arms, but without any favourable
+impression; as Carvajal drew up his troops in order of battle, and kept
+them all night in their ranks, strictly forbidding any one to quit their
+post on any pretence, lest some might desert over to the enemy. At break
+of day, Centeno decamped and resumed his march, and was followed by
+Carvajal with equal diligence always very near. In this second day of
+the retreat the two parties marched ten leagues, or near forty miles;
+and towards evening Camijal came up with one of the soldiers belonging
+to Centeno, who had lagged behind owing to extreme fatigue. Carvajal
+ordered him immediately to be hanged, swearing that he would treat every
+one of the enemy who fell into his hands in the same manner.
+
+Centeno continued always to retreat, and Carvajal to pursue close in his
+rear, both parties using the utmost possible diligence, insomuch that
+they every day marched twelve or fifteen long leagues, almost always
+within sight of each other. After some days, Centeno made a countermarch
+upon Paria by taking a different road, and even directed his march,
+towards the Collao, always followed by Carvajal. At Hayohayo[22]
+Carvajal came up with twelve soldiers belonging to Centeno, who had
+fallen behind, all of whom he ordered to be hanged. In consequence of
+these continued rapid marches, several of the soldiers of both sides
+used daily to lag behind from excessive fatigue, all of whom endeavoured
+to hide themselves as well as they could to avoid being made prisoners.
+Finding his force daily diminishing, Centeno complained loudly of his
+officers and followers for having prevented him from fighting; and as he
+found the whole country through which he now marched attached to the
+enemy, he determined to direct his march towards the coast intending to
+escape if possible by sea. For this purpose he took the direction of
+Arequipa, and sent off one of his officers named Ribadeneyra to
+endeavour to procure a ship somewhere on the coast, which he was to
+bring to Arequipa, that it might be in readiness to embark the whole
+remnant of the retreating party immediately on their arrival[23].
+Ribadeneyra fell in with a ship on the coast which was ready to sail for
+Chili, of which he easily took possession, and found it well adapted for
+his purpose.
+
+[Footnote 22: The Callao is a district at the north end of the great
+lake of Titicaca. Paria and Hayohayo are two towns on the east side of
+the Rio Desaguadero, which flows from the south into the lake of
+Titicaca.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 23: Arequipa is not less than twenty-five miles from the
+nearest coast, at which place there is a bay or port named La
+Guata.--E.]
+
+"In the course of this pursuit, it happened, one day that Centeno had to
+pass a deep dell or narrow valley between two mountains, as often
+happens in that country, the descent to which was about a league from
+the top to a stream of water in the bottom, yet the hills were so
+precipitous and close together that their tops hardly exceeded a musquet
+shot. As Carvajal was well acquainted with this pass, he was confident
+of catching his enemy at this place as in a trap; believing that while
+Centeno was descending to the bottom, he should be able to gain the top
+of the hill, whence he might greatly annoy Centeno and his men while
+clambering up the opposite hill. Centeno was however fully aware of his
+danger, and was accordingly very careful to provide against the mischief
+which he foresaw might occur. He therefore placed six of his best
+mounted cavalry in ambush near the top of the first mountain, with
+directions to assail the rear of Carvajal's troops after the van and
+main body were past, so as to make a diversion and oblige Carvajal to
+return to succour his people, by which he and his men would be enabled,
+to get beyond the pass in safety. The ambush accordingly remained
+concealed until Carvajal and the best part of his troops were gone past;
+after which they sallied forth, and fell with great resolution on the
+rear which was marching on in disorder, consisting of a mixed multitude
+of Indians, Negroes, and straggling Spaniards, with horses mules and
+other beasts of burden, all in confusion and disorder, among whom they
+did great execution. Although he heard the noise occasioned by this
+unexpected assault, Carvajal continued his march for some time,
+believing it only a false alarm. The six horsemen therefore continued
+their assault almost unopposed, carrying all before them, and doing
+incredible mischief. Among the rest they overthrew a loaded mule which
+carried several quintals of gun-powder, which they blew up with so
+violent a noise that Carvajal was convinced of the serious nature of the
+assault, and found it necessary to desist from the pursuit of Centeno,
+and to return for the protection of his rear. When the six horsemen
+belonging to Centeno observed the approach of the troops of Carvajal,
+they immediately fled by cross ways and bye paths, under the guidance of
+some friendly Indians, and rejoined Centeno six or seven days
+afterwards. By this successful stratagem Centeno was enabled to escape
+across the dangerous pass, and even gained considerably in the retreat,
+as Carvajal was obliged to remain on the top of the first mountain all
+the rest of that day and the following night. Carvajal was much
+displeased at being thus foiled by one so much less experienced than he
+in the art of war, and observed to his officers, that during forty years
+service in the wars of Italy, where he had seen many fine retreats,
+accomplished by the king of France, by Antonio de Leyva, Count Pedro de
+Navarro, Mark Antony Colona, and other famous captains, he had never
+seen one so excellently contrived as this by Centeno[24]."
+
+[Footnote 24: This paragraph, marked by inverted commas, is inserted
+from Garcilasso de la Vega in the text, as too long for a note.--E.]
+
+Centeno arrived soon afterwards at Arequipa, and in less than two days
+Carvajal arrived there in pursuit. As the vessel procured by Ribadeneyra
+was not come to that part of the coast, and Centeno had not even
+received notice of its capture, he determined to dismiss his followers,
+now reduced to eighty men, that they might endeavour to escape
+separately, being utterly unable to make head against the enemy who was
+fast approaching. Centeno, accompanied only by two friends, withdrew,
+into the mountains, where he remained concealed in a cave till the
+arrival of the licentiate Gasca, being all the time supplied with
+provisions by a friendly cacique. On arriving at the coast of Arequipa,
+Carvajal was informed that Centeno and his people were dispersed; and
+hearing that Lope de Mendoza was at no great distance with eight or ten
+of the royalists, he detached one of his officers with twenty mounted
+musqueteers in pursuit. Mendoza however fled with so much diligence,
+that although followed for more than eighty leagues, his pursuers were
+unable to overtake him, and were at last obliged to return. Mendoza
+continued his retreat beyond the ridge of the Andes, into the eastern
+plain of the Rio Plata, where we must leave him for the present to
+continue the narrative of events in Peru.
+
+Soon after the arrival of Carvajal in Arequipa, the ship which, had been
+seized by Ribadeneyra appeared on the coast, and Carvajal was informed
+by some of the soldiers of Centeno who remained at Arequipa of the
+intention of this vessel, and of the signal which had been agreed, upon
+between Centeno and Ribadeneyra. Wishing to gain possession of the
+vessel, Carvajal concealed twenty musqueteers near the coast, and made
+the appointed signal. Ribadeneyra at first believed that the signal was
+made by order of Centeno and sent the boat on shore; but having some
+suspicions of the actual state of affairs, he directed the people in the
+boat to be extremely cautious against surprize before venturing on
+shore. They accordingly, refused to land, unless Centeno himself made
+his appearance; and as this of course could not be complied with, they
+returned to the ship, with which Ribadeneyra immediately set sail for
+Nicaragua. As no part of the late force under Centeno remained in the
+field, Carvajal resolved to take up his residence for some time in the
+city of La Plata, as he was informed that Centeno and his friends had
+concealed a large quantity of treasure at that place, and that he might
+both endeavour to discover that deposit, and might draw as large a sum
+as possible from the rich mines in that neighbourhood. Carvajal was
+willing to communicate to Gonzalo a portion of the wealth he expected to
+acquire in that district, for defraying the expences of the war; but he
+proposed especially to enrich himself on this occasion, being
+exceedingly covetous, as has been already remarked. He accordingly went
+to La Plata, which submitted without resistance, and remained there for
+a considerable time amassing wealth, till obliged to take the field
+against Mendoza.
+
+Lope de Mendoza, as already mentioned, made his escape from Arequipa
+with a small number of followers, and was pursued for a long way. He for
+some time followed the line of the coast, and after he had eluded the
+pursuit of the party sent after him by Carvajal, he and his companions
+resolved so endeavour to penetrate into the government of Diego de Roias
+on the Rio Plata, as all the country of Peru had universally submitted
+to the domination of Gonzalo. For this purpose Mendoza followed the same
+route which Centeno had formerly taken when retreating from Alfonso de
+Toro; both because he thought his enemies would not pursue him by that
+road and because the Indians belonging to Centeno and himself dwelt in
+that part of the country, and he expected to procure provisions and
+other assistance from them. While travelling across these deserts,
+Mendoza met with Gabriel Bermudez, who had accompanied Diego de Roias on
+his expedition into the country on the Rio Plata. From this person
+Mendoza was informed of the events which had occurred to the expedition
+under De Roias, of which the following is an abstract:
+
+Diego de Roias, Philip Gutierrez and Pedro de Heredia, who went upon
+this expedition, had to fight their way among hostile Indians, in the
+course of which De Roias was slain. After his death, violent disputes
+arose between Francisco de Mendoza who succeeded in the command and the
+other officers engaged in the expedition, in the course of which
+Gutierrez was cashiered and banished. They continued after this to
+prosecute their discoveries all the way to the Rio Plata, receiving
+information that great riches were to be found in some districts in the
+neighbourhood, in which there were certain Spaniards who had penetrated
+into the country by ascending the Rio Plata from the Atlantic, and had
+formed establishments in the interior. In prosecuting the exploration,
+of that great river, they had fallen in with some forts which were built
+by Sebastian Gabota; and reported many other surprizing and wonderful
+things which they had seen in that country. In the course of their
+proceedings, Francisco de Mendoza was assassinated by Pedro Heredia,
+owing to which violent disputes had taken place among them, by which and
+the smallness of their force they had been rendered unable to proceed in
+conquering the country, so that at length they had come to the
+resolution of returning into Peru, that his majesty or the viceroy of
+that kingdom might nominate a new commander. They were likewise
+persuaded, when the riches of the country in which they had been came to
+be known, that they would be able to procure a considerable accession of
+new adventurers, so as to enable them to atchieve the conquest.
+
+In the course of their expedition they asserted that they had penetrated
+six hundred leagues to the eastwards of La Plata, through a champaign
+country of very easy access, and tolerably abounding in provisions and
+water. Bermudez added, that within a very few days they had learnt, from
+some Indians who occasionally traded into the province of Las Charcas,
+of the revolt which had taken place in Peru, but had been unable to
+procure information respecting the causes of this insurrection or as to
+who were chiefly engaged in it; for which reason he had been sent on
+before to inquire into these circumstances, and had received orders from
+the captains and other principal persons in the expedition, to offer
+their services to the party that acted for the royal interests, in which
+cause they might be of material importance, as they had a considerable
+number of excellent horses and plenty of arms. After the conclusion of
+this narrative, Mendoza gave Bermudez an account of all the late events
+in Peru; on which, in, virtue of the commission with which he had been
+entrusted, Bermudez promised in the name of all his companions to march
+against the lieutenant-general.
+
+Lope Mendoza and Bermudez went after this to meet the troops which were
+returning from the Rio Plata, which were at no great distance. When they
+were informed of the situation of affairs in Peru, they received Lope
+with every demonstration of respect, and confirmed the offers of
+assistance which Bermudez had already made in their name, declaring
+their resolution to devote themselves heartily to the service of the
+king. Lope de Mendoza gave them hearty commendations for their loyalty,
+and represented to them how honourable and praiseworthy it was to exert
+their utmost endeavours in the cause of their lawful sovereign; assuring
+them that they might all depend upon being amply provided for, when the
+country was restored to obedience. Lope de Mendoza was unanimously
+received as their chief, and conducted them to the village of Pocona,
+about forty leagues to the north-east of La Plata; whence he sent some
+confidential persons to certain secret places where he and Centeno had
+hidden above a thousand marks of silver under ground. On recovering this
+treasure, he proposed to divide it among those persons who had so nobly
+offered to follow his orders; but most of them refused his preferred
+bounty, either because they were already sufficiently rich, or because
+hitherto the soldiers who had been engaged in the wars of Peru had been
+unused to any regular pay, and only accepted money to answer their
+immediate wants, and to provide themselves with horses and arms. Even
+the lowest soldier, in those days expected, when the enterprizes of
+their leaders succeeded, to be rewarded for his services in repartitions
+or advantageous establishments in the country, by which they flattered
+themselves to acquire riches, so great was the reputation of the
+richness of Peru. By means of these men from the Rio Plata, Lope Mendoza
+found himself unexpectedly at the head of an hundred and fifty well
+mounted cavalry; all excellently armed and equipped for service. It was
+a great misfortune to the royal cause, that Centeno was now concealed,
+instead of having retreated into the interior along with Mendoza as he
+had done formerly; as if he had now been at the head of the royalists,
+with this important reinforcement, affairs might have taken a better
+turn than they actually did.
+
+While Carvajal was on his way from Arequipa for the city of La Plata, he
+received intelligence of the success of Gonzalo Pizarro at Quito, and
+that all Peru was entirely reduced under his command. He resolved
+therefore to repair to La Plata, as formerly mentioned, intending to
+regulate the affairs of the province of Las Charcas, and to collect
+treasure. On his arrival however at Paria on his way to La Plata he
+received intelligence of the arrival of the troops from the Rio Plata
+and of their junction with Lope Mendoza. Being informed at the same time
+that these unexpected opponents were by no means united among
+themselves, and that they marched very carelessly in separate and
+unconnected detachments, most of which refused to acknowledge any one as
+their commander, he determined to set out against them with the utmost
+diligence, that he might fall upon them in their present divided state.
+Being rejoined by the detachment which had pursued Lope Mendoza, and
+having put his men in order for a fresh expedition, Carvajal set out
+from La Plata and marched towards the enemy with the utmost possible
+speed, encouraging his troops by the assurance of an easy and bloodless
+victory, even asserting that he had received letters from the principal
+officers among the enemy in which they offered their services to him, so
+that they would only have the trouble of marching, without any danger of
+fighting.
+
+During this march Carvajal was joined by thirty men in addition to his
+former force, so that he was now at the head of two hundred and fifty
+men. At length he came in sight of Pocona, which is eighty leagues from
+Paria, about four o'clock of an afternoon, and made his appearance in
+good order, on the top of a rising ground within view of Lope de
+Mendoza, who was then making a distribution of money among such of his
+new companions as were willing to accept his bounty: Mendoza had already
+got some intimation of the approach of Carvajal; and as his own force
+consisted entirely of cavalry, most of whom were persons of some
+consideration, remarkably well mounted and armed, he drew up his men in
+good order in a plain at some distance from the village, in which he
+left the baggage and his money; saying, that he trusted through their
+bravery to be soon able to recover both, and even to increase their
+store by that belonging to their enemies. Carvajal immediately descended
+from the hill he had first taken possession of, and took post in the
+place which Mendoza had just quitted, which was an inclosare of
+considerable extent surrounded with walls, in which there were openings
+in several places. Carvajal chose this as a convenient post for the
+night, in which the enemy would not be able to attack with their
+cavalry. On learning that Lope de Mendoza and his men had left their
+baggage in the town of Pocona, the troops of Carvajal immediately
+quitted their ranks to go in search of plunder, insomuch that Carvajal
+was left in his camp with hardly eight men. If Mendoza had availed
+himself of this opportunity to attack Carvajal, he might have gained an
+easy victory, and might have boasted of having left his baggage exposed
+to plunder as a stratagem of war, which on similar occasions had often
+been the cause of signal victories. On purpose to recall his troops to
+their duty, Carvajal ordered a false alarm to be sounded, which
+occasioned the return of the greater part of his men; but so strong was
+their avidity for spoil that most part of the night was spent before
+they all returned to the camp.
+
+At this time there was a secret conspiracy entered into by many of
+Carvajal's followers, with the intention of putting him to death out of
+revenge for his harsh and tyrannical conduct towards them, and one Pedro
+de Avendano, his secretary, in whom he reposed entire confidence was the
+principal ringleader of the conspirators. To facilitate the execution of
+this enterprize, Avendano, sent a message by a clever fellow of an
+Indian to give Mendoza notice of the intentions of the conspirators, and
+to request he would make an attack upon Carvajal's camp in the course of
+the night, in the confusion attendant upon which he and the other
+conspirators might have an opportunity of executing their intended plot.
+Mendoza had previously determined upon withdrawing about four or five
+leagues from Pocona, to a level plain in which his cavalry would be able
+to act with much advantage. But on receiving the message of Avendano, he
+ordered his men to hold themselves in readiness to attack the camp of
+Carvajal at the going down of the moon, preferring the obscurity of
+night in order to avoid the danger of the more numerous firearms of the
+enemy. At that time he advanced in good order towards the enemy, sending
+some scouts in advance, who made prisoner of one of Carvajal's soldiers.
+After interrogating this man, they advanced to the openings of the wall
+which surrounded the camp, which they found guarded by some musqueteers
+and pikemen. Mendoza made a brisk attack, but was bravely resisted by
+the enemy, and so great was the confusion and noise that it was
+impossible to enter upon any parley, as no one could be heard by reason
+of the continual firing and the shouts of the combatants.
+
+Immediately on the alarm, Carvajal used his utmost efforts to get his
+troops into order and to animate and encourage them to exert themselves
+against the enemy. At this period, Avendano pointed out Carvajal to a
+musqueteer who was one of the conspirators, and encouraged him to take a
+steady aim at the lieutenant-general; but owing to the darkness, the
+shot missed of its intended effect; and only wounded him in one of his
+thighs. Finding himself wounded, and being satisfied it had been done by
+one of his own people, Carvajal deemed it prudent to conceal the
+circumstance for the present; and retired along with Avendano, of whose
+fidelity he had no suspicion, on purpose to disguise himself in an old
+brown coat-and a shabby hat, that he might not be conspicuous, after
+which he returned to animate his men to defend the camp. Avendano again
+pointed him out to another conspirator, who fired a second time at
+Carvajal, but entirely missed his aim. In the meantime the assailants
+frequently called out to know if Carvajal were dead; but receiving no
+answer, and finding that all the avenues to the camp were bravely
+defended, Lope de Mendoza drew off his men. In this night engagement
+about fourteen were slain on both sides, and several wounded. Carvajal
+got his wound secretly dressed, so that none of his people knew that
+such a thing had happened.
+
+After the cessation of the engagement, one Placentia deserted from
+Carvajal's camp, and informed Mendoza that all the baggage belonging to
+Carvajal and his troops had been left at a place which he described
+about five or six leagues from Pocona, among which was a large quantity
+of gold and silver, several horses, and some musquets and powder. On
+this information, Meodoza set off immediately with his troops for that
+place, guided by the deserter; and marching diligently all the remainder
+of the night, he arrived quite unexpectedly at the place where Carvajal
+had secured his baggage; but as the night was exceedingly dark, above
+seventy of his men lost their way and fell behind. Yet, with such of his
+people as had kept up with him, Mendoza took possession of the whole
+without any resistance. After this, being sensible that he was not in
+sufficient force to cope with Carvajal, Mendoza resolved to retreat by
+way of the desert in which Centeno had formerly taken shelter, which he
+did accordingly with about fifty men, all the rest of his troops having
+fallen behind during the night, as already mentioned. In the prosecution
+of this plan of retreat, Mendoza and his people reached a certain river
+about two leagues and a half from Pocona, where they halted to take some
+rest and refreshment after the excessive fatigues of the past night.
+Carvajal was soon apprised of the capture of his baggage and the route
+which Mendoza had taken, and immediately set off in pursuit with about
+fifty of his best mounted troops; and, using every possible diligence,
+he came to the place where Mendoza had halted, about noon of the next
+day, and immediately attacked the royalists, some of whom were asleep,
+while others were taking food. Thus unexpectedly assailed, and believing
+that Carvajal was followed by his whole force, the royalists made a
+feeble resistance, and very soon took to flight, dispersing themselves
+in every direction. Lope de Mendoza and Pedro de Heredia, with a good
+many others, were made prisoners and Carvajal immediately ordered these
+two chiefs, and six or seven other principal persons among the royalists
+to be beheaded.
+
+On this occasion Carvajal recovered the whole of his own baggage, and
+got possession of all that had belonged to the enemy, with all of which
+and the prisoners he had made, he returned to Pocona, engaging to do no
+injury to those who had escaped from the soldiers in the late attack,
+and even restored their horses arms and baggage to his prisoners, most
+of whom he sent off to join Gonzalo Pizarro. On leaving Pocona, he took
+Alfonso de Camargo and Luis Pardamo along with him, who had formerly
+fled along with Mendoza, and whose lives he now spared, as they gave him
+information respecting a considerable treasure which Centeno had
+concealed under ground near Paria, and where in fact he discovered above
+50,000 crowns. After this, he went with his troops to the city of La
+Plata, where he proposed to reside for some time. At this place he
+appointed persons in whom he could confide to the offices of judges and
+magistrates, and dispatched intelligence of the success of his arms over
+the whole kingdom of Peru. He remained for some time at La Plata, where
+he collected treasure from all the surrounding country, under pretence
+of supplying Gonzalo Pizarro, but in reality he retained much the larger
+share for himself.
+
+Having thus succeeded, in all his enterprizes and established his
+authority in the south of Peru on such firm foundations that no
+opposition remained in the whole country, fortune seemed to determine to
+exalt him to the summit of his desires by the discovery of the richest
+mines which had ever been known. Some Indians who belonged to Juan de
+Villareal, an inhabitant of La Plata, happening to pass over a very high
+isolated mountain in the middle of a plain, about eighteen leagues from
+that city, named Potosi, noticed by some indications that it contained
+mines of silver. They accordingly took away some specimens of the ore
+for trial, from which they found that the mineral was exceedingly rich
+in pure silver; insomuch that the poorest of the ore produced eighty
+marks of pure silver from the quintal of native mineral[25], being a
+more abundant production than any that ever had been heard of before.
+When this discovery became known in the city of La Plata, the
+magistrates went to the mountain of Potosi, which they divided among the
+inhabitants of their city, setting up boundary marks to distinguish the
+allotments or each person in those places which appeared eligible for
+workings. So great was the resort to these new mines, that in a short
+time there were above seven thousand _Yanaconas_, or Indian labourers,
+established in the neighbourhood, who were employed by their Christian
+masters in the various operations of these mines. These men laboured
+with so much industry, that each Indian, by agreement, furnished two
+marks or sixteen ounces of silver weekly to their respective masters;
+and so rich was the mine, that they were able to do this and to retain
+an equal quantity to themselves[26]. Such is the nature of the ore
+extracted from the mineral veins of this mountain, that it cannot be
+reduced in the ordinary manner by means of bellows, as is customary in
+other places. It is here smelted in certain small furnaces, called
+_guairas_ by the Indians, which are supplied with a mixed fuel of
+charcoal and sheeps dung, and are blown up by the wind only, without the
+use of any mechanical contrivance.
+
+[Footnote 25: This produce is most extraordinarily large, being equal to
+_four_ parts of pure silver from _ten_ of ore, or 640 ounces of silver
+from the quintal or 1600 ounces of ore. At the present time, the silver
+mines in Mexico, which are the most productive of any that have ever
+been known, are remarkable for the poverty of the mineral they contain.
+A quintal or 1600 ounces of ore affording only at an average 3 or 4
+ounces of pure silver. The profit therefore of these must depend upon
+the abundance of ore, and the facility with which it is procured and
+smelted.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 26: The gross amount of this production of silver, on the data
+in the text, is 11,648,000 ounces yearly; worth, at 5s. 6d. per ounce,
+L. 3,203,200 sterling; and, estimating silver in those days, at six
+times its present efficacy, worth L. 19,219,200 of modern value. In the
+present day before the revolutionary troubles, Humboldt estimates the
+entire production of gold and silver from Spanish and Portuguese America
+at L. 9,787,500; only about three times the quantity said to have been
+at first extracted from Potosi alone, and only about half the effective
+value.--E.]
+
+These rich mines are known by the name of Potosi, which is that of the
+district, or province in which the mountain is situated. Owing to the
+easy labour and great profit experienced by the Indians at these mines,
+when any of the Yanaconas was once established at this place it was
+found almost impossible to induce them to leave it or to work elsewhere;
+and indeed, they were here so entirely concealed from all dangers, and
+so much exempted from their usual severe drudgery and the unwholesome
+vapours they had been subjected to in other mines, that they preferred
+working at Potosi to any other situation. So great was the concourse of
+inhabitants to Potosi, and the consequent demand for provisions, _that
+the sack of maize was sold for twenty crowns, the sack of wheat for
+forty, and a small bag of _coca_ for thirty dollars; and these articles
+rose afterwards to a higher price. Owing to the astonishing
+productiveness of these new mines, all the others in that part of Peru
+were speedily abandoned. Even those of Porco, whence Ferdinand Pizarro
+had formerly procured great riches, were left unwrought. All the
+Yanaconas who had been employed in searching for gold in the province of
+Carabaya, and in the auriferous rivers in different parts of southern
+Peru, flocked to Potosi, where they were able to make vastly more profit
+by their labour than in any other place. From various indications, those
+who are most experienced in mining believe that Potosi will always
+continue productive and cannot be easily exhausted[27].
+
+[Footnote 27: It has however become very much exhausted, and has been in
+a great measure abandoned. The mines of Lauricocha, in a different part
+of Peru, are now in greater estimation. But those of Guanaxuato and
+Zacatecas in Mexico, notwithstanding the poverty of their ore, have been
+long the most productive of the American mines.--E.]
+
+Carvajal did not fail to take advantage of this favourable discovery,
+and immediately set about the acquisition of treasure for himself by
+every means which his present uncontroulable power afforded. In the
+first place, he appropriated to his own use all the Yanaconas, or Indian
+labourers in the mines, which had belonged, to such of the inhabitants
+as had opposed him, or to those who had died or fled from the province.
+He likewise appropriated to his own use above 10,000 Peruvian sheep,
+belonging to the Yanaconas of the crown or to individuals, which were
+employed in transporting provisions for the miners. By these means, he
+amassed in a short time near 200,000 crowns, all of which he retained to
+his own use. His soldiers were so much dissatisfied with his conduct, as
+he gave them no share of his exactions, that they plotted together
+against him. Luis Pardamo, Alfonso de Comargo, Diego de Balsameda, and
+Diego de Luxan, with thirty others, who had entered into this
+conspiracy, had determined to put him to death about a month after his
+arrival in La Plata from his expedition against Mendoza; but, owing to
+some obstacles, they had been induced to deter the execution of their
+enterprize to a future period. By some unknown means the circumstances
+of this plot came to the knowledge of Carvajal, who put to death the
+before-mentioned leaders of the conspiracy, and ten or twelve others,
+and banished all the rest. By these merciless executions, in which he
+indulged on all occasions, Carvajal inspired so much terror that no one
+dared in future to make any similar attempt; as he not only punished in
+the severest manner all who evinced any intention of revolt, but put
+people to death on the slightest suspicion. Owing to this the loyal
+servants of his majesty may assuredly be exculpated from the blame which
+has been imputed to them, for not putting Carvajal to death: In reality,
+there were many persons sufficiently anxious to have done so, on purpose
+to escape from the cruel tyranny under which they groaned in secret; and
+four or five conspiracies were entered into for the purpose, which were
+all discovered, and occasioned the destruction of at least fifty
+individuals. By these means every one was terrified from attempting any
+thing against him, more especially as he gave high rewards to all who
+communicated any intelligence of the kind, so that all were forced to
+temporize and to wait in anxious hope of some favourable opportunity to
+deliver them from his cruel tyranny. Carvajal continued to remain at La
+Plata, frequently publishing accounts of the successes of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, to whom he often sent large remittances; derived from his own
+resources, from the royal fifths which he appropriated, and from the
+confiscated estates of those whom he put to death, all of which he
+seized upon, under pretence of supplying funds for prosecuting the war.
+
+From the 18th of January 1546, the day on which he defeated the viceroy,
+Gonzalo Pizarro continued to reside at Quito till the middle of July of
+that year, accompanied by a force of about five hundred men, occupied in
+almost continual feastings and revelry. Various reasons were assigned
+for his long residence in that place; some alleging that it was on
+purpose to be more at hand for receiving early intelligence from Spain;
+while others attribute it to the great profits he derived from the gold
+mines which had been recently discovered in that neighbourhood; and
+others again alleged that he was detained by attachment to the lady
+formerly mentioned, whose husband he had procured to be assassinated by
+Vincente Pablo. That woman was delivered, after the death of her
+husband, of a child which was put to death by her father; for which
+inhuman action he was ordered to be hanged by Pedro de Puelles.
+
+During his residence in Quito, Gonzalo Pizarro sent off several
+detachments of soldiers to different places, giving commissions and
+instructions to their commanders in his own name as governor of Peru.
+Among these, the lieutenant Benalcazar was sent back to his former
+government; having been pardoned and even taken into favour by Gonzalo.
+A reinforcement was also sent to Pedro de Valdivia who commanded in
+Chili, under the command of Captain Ulloa, whom he had sent to ask
+assistance to enable him to continue and maintain his conquests in that
+country. Other officers and soldiers were sent to other parts, which are
+unnecessary to be particularized. At length Gonzalo determined to leave
+Quito, and to establish his residence in Lima; and it has been alleged
+that he was principally induced to take this step from suspicion of the
+fidelity of Lorenzo de Aldana, his lieutenant at Lima, who was so much
+beloved by all the inhabitants of that city as to be almost in condition
+to have revolted to the royal cause. Gonzalo is said likewise to have
+been somewhat suspicious of his lieutenant-general Carvajal, being
+afraid lest he might be so puffed up by the many victories he had
+gained, and by his immense distance, as to be induced to set up for
+himself. He accordingly left Quito under the command of Pedro de
+Puelles, whom he appointed his lieutenant and captain-general in that
+province, with a force of three hundred men, having great confidence in
+his attachment ever since he had succoured him when in straits on his
+march from Cuzco to Lima, and when his army was on the point of
+abandoning him. He reposed so entirely on Puelles, that he believed, if
+the king were to send any force against him by the route of the province
+in which Benalcazar commanded, that Puelles would prevent them from
+being able to penetrate into Peru.
+
+While on his progress from Quito towards Lima, Gonzalo assumed in
+everything the deportment and authority of governor of Peru, and was
+treated in every respect as such by all the inhabitants of the country.
+He seemed to believe that his authority was so well and firmly
+established that he had nothing to fear from the attempts of his
+enemies, and that even the king would be obliged to grant him any terms
+he might require. All his officers soldiers and dependents obeyed and
+respected him entirely, as if satisfied that they were always to be
+subject to his authority, and to depend upon him alone for advancement
+and reward. In the exercise of his usurped authority, he made many
+grants or repartitions of lands and Indians, all of them for long
+periods, which every one considered as secure of being continued. He and
+his principal officers pretended that they frequently received letters
+from some of the highest of the nobles in Spain, praising his conduct
+and approving of every thing he had done, which these pretended letters
+justified on account of the infringements which had been made on the
+rights and privileges of the colonists. In these letters likewise, the
+pretended Spanish grandees were made to engage their favour and credit
+at court to support his interest and authority with the sovereign. The
+well informed among the followers of Gonzalo Pizarro saw clearly that
+these letters were mere fabrications to impose upon the vulgar, and had
+no foundation whatever in truth.
+
+On his arrival at the city of San Miguel, Gonzalo learned that there
+were a considerable number of Indians in that neighbourhood who had not
+been reduced under subjection; for which reason he gave orders to
+establish a military post in the province of _Garrochamba[28]_, the
+command of which he conferred on Captain Mercadillo, with a force of an
+hundred and thirty men, and gave him instructions for completing the
+conquest of that district, and for dividing the lands and Indians into
+repartitions like the rest of the country. At this time likewise, he
+detached Captain Porcel with sixty soldiers to complete the conquest of
+the Bracamoros. In these proceedings, he wished it to be believed that
+his sole object was for the advantage of the colony; but his real
+purpose was to keep his troops on foot and in employ, in case of needing
+them at a future period for his own defence in support of his
+usurpation. Before leaving Quito, Gonzalo sent off the licentiate
+Carvajal by sea with a party of soldiers, in the ships which Juan Alonzo
+Palomino had brought from Nicaragua after his pursuit of Verdugo.
+Carvajal was ordered to proceed along the coast towards Lima, and to
+settle all the maritime towns in his way in good order.
+
+[Footnote 28: No such province or district is now found in the maps of
+Peru; but it appears to have been on the confines between the northern
+part of Peru Proper and the southern extremity of Quito, where
+Valladolid now stands.--E.]
+
+The licentiate Carvajal after executing the before-mentioned orders,
+came to Truxillo to meet Gonzalo Pizarro, whence they went together to
+Lima, accompanied by a force of two hundred men. On approaching Lima,
+there was a diversity of opinions among the followers of Pizarro,
+respecting the ceremonies with which he should be received into the
+capital of Peru. Some of his officers were desirous that the magistracy
+should come out to meet him with a canopy, under which he should make
+his entry after the manner usually practised with kings. Some even
+proposed that a breach should be made in the walls, and some of the
+houses of the city thrown down, so as to make a new entrance on purpose
+in memory of his victory over the viceroy, as used to be done anciently
+in Rome for the reception of triumphant generals. In this, as in all
+other important affairs, Gonzalo was guided by the advice of the
+licentiate Carvajal, and entered the city on horseback, preceded by all
+his captains on foot leading their horses by the bridles. On this
+occasion he was accompanied by the archbishop of Lima, the bishops of
+Cuzco and Quito, and the bishop of Bogota, who had come into Peru by way
+of Carthagena on purpose to receive consecration. He was likewise
+accompanied by Lorenzo de Aldana, his lieutenant-governor of Lima, and
+by all the magistrates and inhabitants of the city; no one daring to
+remain at home lest they might be suspected of disaffection. The streets
+were all ornamented with green herbs and flowers; all the bells of the
+churches and monasteries were kept ringing; and the cavalcade was
+preceded by a numerous band of trumpets kettle-drums and other warlike
+instruments of music. In this pompous manner, Pizarro was conducted in
+the first place to the great church, and thence to his own residence.
+
+From this time, Gonzalo Pizarro conducted himself with much more pride
+and haughtiness than formerly, conceiving high ideas of his own
+importance from these public ceremonials of respect, as usually happens
+to men of feeble minds on any sudden elevation. He had a guard for his
+person of eighty halberdiers, besides several horsemen, who acompanied
+him wherever he went. No person whatever was permitted to be seated in
+his presence; and there were very few persons whom he designed to honour
+so far as to return their salute. By these haughty manners, and still
+more by his frequent disobliging and even abusive manner of speaking, he
+displeased every one and became universally disliked. It must likewise
+be mentioned, that the soldiery, to whom he owed everything, became
+exceedingly discontented with him, as he gave them no pay. All this had
+a powerful influence on his downfall in the sequel; though for the
+present every one concealed their real sentiments, waiting for a more
+favourable opportunity.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"Following Garcilasso de la Vega and other authors, the Historian of
+America[29] alleges that Gonzalo Pizarro was urged by several of his
+adherents, and in particular by Carvajal, to assume the sovereignty of
+Peru; to attach the Spaniards to his interest by liberal grants of lands
+and Indians, and by the creation of titles of nobility similar to those
+in Europe; to establish military orders of knighthood, with privileges
+distinctions and pensions, resembling those in Spain, as gratifications
+to the officers in his service; and to gain the whole body of natives to
+his service, by marrying the Coya, or Peruvian princess next in relation
+to the reigning Inca. Thus at the head of the ancient inhabitants of the
+country and of the colonists, he might set the power of Spain at
+defiance, and could easily repel any force that might be sent from Spain
+to such a distance. These counsellors who urged Pizarro to adopt this
+plan, insisted that he had already gone too far to expect pardon from
+the emperor; and endeavoured to convince him that all the founders of
+great monarchies had risen by their personal merit and their own valour,
+without any pretensions to ancient lineage or valid rights of
+sovereignty; and that, besides, his family had a strong title to the
+dominion of Peru, founded on the rights of discovery and conquest. But
+the inferior talents of Gonzalo circumscribed his ambition within more
+narrow bounds, and confined his views to the obtaining a confirmation of
+the authority which he now possessed from the emperor; for which purpose
+he sent an officer of distinction to Spain, to give such a
+representation of his conduct and the state of the country, as might
+induce the court, from inclination or necessity, to continue him as
+governor of Peru for life. Although Garcilasso de la Vega gives full
+warrant for this account of the proposals of the insurgents, Zarate, who
+was then resident in a public character in Peru, makes no mention of any
+such plan having been agitated, which could hardly have happened
+without his knowledge: It is probable therefore that these additional
+circumstances were invented by the enemies of Gonzalo after his fall, on
+purpose to blacken his memory by the imputation of even deeper crimes
+than those he was actually guilty of."--E.
+
+[Footnote 29: History of America, II. 378.]
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_History of the Expedition of Pedro de la Gasca, the Death of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, and the Restoration of Peru to Tranquillity._
+
+
+While these things were transacting in Peru, the emperor Charles V. was
+residing in Germany, where he had gone on purpose to overthrow the party
+of the Lutherans and others who had separated from the church of Rome.
+The emperor was desirous to receive an account of the disturbances in
+that distant and valuable colony from Diego Alvarez Cueto, the
+brother-in-law of the late viceroy, and Francisco Maldonado the
+messenger of Gonzalo Pizarro, both of whom went into Germany for that
+purpose. At this time, however, though acquainted with the revolt of
+Peru, the imprisonment of the viceroy, and the usurpation of the
+government by Pizarro, the court necessarily remained ignorant of the
+death of the viceroy. Frequent deliberations were held for devising
+proper remedies to restore tranquillity to Peru; but the matter lay over
+for some considerable time, in consequence of the absence of the emperor
+from Spain, and because he was at this time frequently attacked by
+illness. At length it was determined to send over into Peru the
+licentiate Pedro de la Gasca, at that time a counsellor of inquisition.
+The prudent and intelligent character of this man was already well
+known, from the skill and success with which he had already conducted
+several affairs of consequence with which he had been entrusted, and
+particularly by the excellent dispositions and preparations which he had
+made, only a few years before, to defend the kingdom of Valencia against
+an expected invasion of the Turks and Moors, and in various matters
+respecting the new converts in that kingdom, which he took the
+management of while occupied in some of the affairs of the holy office
+on which he had been sent thither by the emperor.
+
+The title granted to Gasca on occasion of going into Peru, was only that
+of president of the royal court of audience. But, by his commision, he
+was invested with full powers in every thing respecting the government
+of the country; to pacify the troubles and restore peace; and to pardon
+as he might see proper all crimes, whether committed before his arrival
+or during his residence in the country. Along with Gasca, the
+licentiates Ganas and Renteria went out to Peru, as judges or oydors of
+the supreme tribunal or royal court of audience. Gasca was likewise
+furnished with full powers to raise troops in case of necessity, and to
+do every thing that the exigency of affairs might require, without
+waiting for orders or instructions from Spain. His powers and orders
+however were kept secret, as it was wished to attempt the restoration of
+order by gentle means; for which reason nothing was spoken of but pardon
+and indemnity, and he was desired to endeavour to restore the colony to
+peace and tranquillity by means of clemency if possible.
+
+Gasca embarked from Spain in the month of May 1546, on purpose to quell
+the formidable rebellion which had long subsisted in Peru, without
+either money or troops, and merely accompanied by such servants and
+officers of his household as were requisite to support the dignity of
+his office as president of the high court of audience. On arriving at St
+Martha, he received information of the defeat of Melchior Verdugo,
+formerly mentioned, and that Verdugo waited for him at Carthagena with
+the small remnant of his men who had escaped on that occasion. Knowing
+that Hinojosa and his people were exceedingly irritated against Verdugo,
+Gasca resolved to go by way of Nombre de Dios, to prevent the insurgents
+from entertaining any suspicions of his pacific intentions, as he
+believed they would prevent him from having any access into the country
+if he held any intercourse with Verdugo, and still more if he were
+joined by that obnoxious person. Gasca cast anchor in the harbour of
+Nombre de Dios on the 27th of July 1546, where Hernan Mexia had been
+posted by Hinojosa with an hundred and eighty men, to protect that place
+and neighbourhood against Melchior Verdugo. The president sent on shore
+Alfonzo de Alvarado, who had accompanied him from Spain, to notify his
+arrival and the purposes of his mission to Mexia. After some conference,
+they separated without communicating their real sentiments to each
+other, as both were suspicious and kept up much reserve. On the return
+of Alvarado to the ship, Mexia sent to request the president to
+disembark, which he did accordingly. On this occasion Mexia went to meet
+him, in a barge attended by twenty musqueteers, leaving the rest of his
+troops drawn up on the beach. Mexia immediately left his own barge, and
+accompanied the president in his boat to the shore, where he caused him
+to be received with every mark of respect, under a salute from the
+troops.
+
+After landing, the president, in a private conference, gave Mexia an
+account of the object of his voyage to Peru; on which Mexia expressed
+his determined resolution to yield implicit obedience to the royal
+orders, and to devote his services accordingly to the president. He
+declared, that he had long and anxiously waited the arrival of some
+person possessing authority to put an end to the troubles; and that,
+fortunately, circumstances were now extremely favourable for this
+purpose, without any one to oppose, as he was now the sole commander of
+most of the troops belonging to Gonzalo Pizarro in that neighbourhood,
+the greater part of which were now in Nombre de Dios. Mexia said farther
+that, Hinojosa and the other captains having gone to Panama, he found
+himself at liberty to declare himself openly for his majesty, if that
+were judged proper by the president; and that they might then go in
+company to Panama, where they would easily become masters of the fleet
+in that port, by means which he explained; and that he was likewise
+convinced that, when Hinojosa and the other captains were informed of
+the powers and intentions of the president, they would receive him with
+all submission. The president thanked Mexia for his good intentions,
+observing that it was necessary to use lenient measures on this
+occasion, as his majesty was very desirous to restore the country to
+peace and good order, without having recourse to warlike measures, if it
+could possibly be accomplished. As it was obvious to every one, that the
+chief cause of the disturbances was owing to the inflexible rigour of
+the late viceroy, he wished, therefore, that it might be known by all,
+that his majesty wished to remedy all grievances in the most gracious
+manner; and he trusted, therefore, when it was publickly known that all
+might expect safety and pardon by returning to their duty, that all the
+colonists would evince their respectful loyalty by tendering their
+services, rather than continue in rebellion against the sovereign. The
+president concluded by declaring his resolution to refrain from any
+endeavour to use force, till all the colonists were apprized of his
+intentions as now expressed.
+
+Mexia assured the president, that he was ready to obey his orders in
+all things; yet considered it proper for him to observe, that although
+he was now able to command the soldiers then at Nombre de Dios; matters
+might assume a very different aspect on proceeding to Panama, where the
+soldiers would be under the orders of Hinojosa. The president expressed
+his determination, however, to proceed in his enterprize, to which Mexia
+consented; and they mutually agreed to keep their intentions secret till
+affairs should take a favourable turn, as will be seen in the sequel.
+
+When Hinojosa, who acted as general under Pizarro in the Tierra Firma,
+learnt the reception which the president had met with from Mexia, he was
+much dissatisfied, both because he was ignorant of the orders and
+instructions under which the president acted, and because Mexia had not
+communicated his intentions. Hinojosa wrote therefore to Mexia in a
+harsh and peremptory manner, reflecting bitterly on his conduct, and, at
+the same time, some friends of Mexia, who were then resident in Panama,
+wrote to dissuade him from coming to that place, as Hinojosa was much
+irritated against him for the friendly reception he had given to the
+president. Notwithstanding this, it was agreed upon in a conference
+between the president and Mexia, that the latter should go immediately
+to Panama to confer with Hinojosa, lest the minds of the soldiery should
+take any adverse turn by delay. Despising the dangers with which he was
+threatened, and the suspicions that had been endeavoured to be instilled
+into his mind, Mexia set out for Panama, confiding in the friendship
+which subsisted between him and Hinojosa, and in his knowledge of the
+character and dispositions of that officer. In an interview with
+Hinojosa, he fully explained the reasons of his conduct in receiving the
+president; adding, that whatever party they might choose ultimately to
+favour, all that had hitherto been done could do no harm. Hinojosa was
+entirely satisfied with this explanation, and allowed Mexia to return to
+Nombre de Dios.
+
+After the return of Mexia, the president went across the isthmus to
+Panama, where he held separate conferences with Hinojosa and the
+different captains, which he conducted with so much prudence and
+secrecy, that he gained them all over to the royal cause, without any of
+them having any communication with the others on the subject, so that he
+was soon in condition to speak with them publickly on the objects of
+his mission, having brought them all over to his sentiments and engaged
+them to second his intentions. By supplying the soldiers with every
+thing of which they were in need, he brought them all easily into his
+measures, believing that the most effectual means of succeeding in his
+mission, was by acting gently and in a conciliating manner with every
+one: yet in all this he acted without meanness or servility, constantly
+preserving the dignity becoming his rank and authority. In all his
+negociations, the president was ably and faithfully seconded by his
+major-general Alfonzo de Alvarado, who was exceedingly serviceable on
+every occasion, both in consequence of having many friends among the
+officers, and because those even who were not among the number were much
+influenced by his authority and character. At first Hinojosa hesitated
+about declaring for the president, and even notified his arrival to
+Gonzalo Pizarro. Some of the captains and other principal persons at
+Panama had likewise written to Gonzalo, even before the arrival of the
+president at Panama, giving it as their advice that he ought not to be
+allowed to enter Peru; but in the sequel these persons changed their
+opinion by the persuasion of Gasca. During his residence at Panama, the
+president contrived to manage so judiciously with Hinojosa, whom he
+frequently visited, that he procured his consent to send Pedro Hernandez
+Paniagua, a gentleman who had accompanied him from Spain, with letters
+to Gonzalo Pizarro apprizing him of his arrival in Tierra Firma, and the
+object of his mission. Among these letters was one from the king, to the
+following effect:
+
+
+THE KING, TO GONZALO PIZARRO.
+
+"Gonzalo Pizarro, from your letters and the information of other
+persons, we have been informed of the commotions and disorders which
+have arisen in all the provinces of Peru, since the arrival of the
+viceroy Blasco Nunnez Vela and the judges of the royal audience. We are
+convinced that these troubles have been produced by endeavouring to
+establish and enforce, in their utmost rigour, the new laws and
+regulations which we had judged proper for the government of that
+country, and for insuring good treatment to the native inhabitants. We
+are satisfied that you, and those who have acted along with you during
+these troubles, have not been actuated by any disinclination to your
+obedience and loyalty towards us, but merely in opposition to the
+extreme rigour and inexorable obstinacy of the viceroy, who refused to
+listen to the supplications and remonstrances which were made to him on
+the new regulations."
+
+"Being well informed in regard to all these affairs, and having heard
+every thing that Francisco Maldonado had in charge to say on the subject
+from you and the inhabitants of these provinces, we have thought proper
+to send over as our president the licentiate De la Gasca, a member of
+our council of the holy inquisition, to whom we have given full power
+and authority to do every thing that he may deem proper and necessary
+for restoring tranquillity and good order in the country, to replace its
+affairs on a proper footing, and to introduce such regulations as may
+tend to the good of our service and the glory of God, and the advantage
+of the country and its inhabitants, both such as are our natural
+subjects and the original inhabitants. For this reason we will and
+command, and expressly desire, that you may be punctually obedient to
+every thing which the said Gasca shall order you in our name, in the
+same manner as if his commands were from ourselves; and that you give
+him every assistance in your power in every thing which he may require,
+and which may be necessary for executing the orders which we have given
+him, according as he may inform you, or shall require in our name,
+conform to the confidence we repose in your fidelity. On our part, we
+assure you that we entertain a just estimation of the services which you
+and your brother the marquis have done, and that we shall reward the
+same in time and place convenient to his children and brothers by
+effective marks of our good will. Given at Venlo, this sixteenth of
+February in the year of grace one thousand five hundred and forty-six."
+
+I THE KING. _By order of his Majesty,_ FRANCISCO DE ERASO.
+
+Along with this letter from the emperor, the president wrote to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, dated on the 26th of September 1546 from Panama, and addressed
+to the illustrious senior Gonzalo Pizarro, in the city of Lima, of which
+the following is the substance.
+
+"I have delayed sending the letter of his imperial majesty, which
+accompanies this present communication, till now, in the hope of being
+able to set out for Peru immediately after my arrival in this country,
+and because it appeared more conformable to the respect and obedience
+which I owe to his majesty to have delivered his royal letter in person
+than to allow it to be preceded by any writing from myself. Finding,
+however, that my voyage is necessarily delayed, and being informed that
+you have called a meeting of the colonists at Lima to consult upon the
+past transactions, and on what may be proper in the present situation of
+affairs, I have thought it improper any longer to delay sending his
+majestys letter, together with this from myself which I transmit by
+Pedro Hernandez Paniagua, a person of honour and merit, who professes to
+be your friend and servant."
+
+"After the most mature and careful deliberations respecting all that has
+occurred in Peru, since the arrival of the late viceroy in that country,
+his majesty is satisfied that the commotions have not been excited by a
+spirit of rebellion and disobedience in the Spanish inhabitants, but
+through the inflexible rigour with which the viceroy endeavoured to
+enforce the regulations, in spite of the supplications of the colonists
+and their appeal to his majesty, by which they were justified in
+defending themselves against so great severity, at least until they
+should learn the royal will on the subject in answer to their
+remonstrances. All this appears from the letter which you addressed to
+his majesty, in which you declared that the principal reason which had
+induced you to accept the situation of governor of Peru, was that it had
+been given to you by the royal audience, in the name and under the seal
+of his majesty; by the acceptance of which employment you were enabled
+to do good service to the royal interests, which might otherwise have
+suffered much prejudice; and as you have declared these to be your
+motives for assuming the government, until his majesty might think
+proper to issue his commands, which you were ready to obey like a good
+and loyal subject."
+
+"Therefore, his majesty, having seen and duly considered all these
+things, and heard the opinions of his councillors thereupon, has sent me
+for the express purpose of restoring peace, tranquillity, and good order
+to the country, by the revocation of the obnoxious regulations, with
+full power to extend his royal pardon for all that has already
+occurred, and to take the opinion and advice of the colonists upon those
+measures that may be most proper and advantageous for the royal service,
+the glory of God, the good of the country, and the benefit of its
+inhabitants. In respect to such Spaniards as cannot be provided in the
+country with repartitions of lands and Indians, I have orders to employ
+them in new discoveries, where they may acquire honour and riches, as
+has already been done by so many other persons. I earnestly entreat you
+therefore, as a Christian, and a wise and prudent gentleman of honour,
+to reflect seriously on all these things. As you have hitherto always
+evinced much affection and attachment to the welfare of the country and
+its inhabitants, you certainly have great reason of thankfulness to the
+Almighty, that in so important and delicate an affair, neither his
+majesty nor his councillors have been disposed to consider your past
+conduct in the light of revolt and rebellion against the legitimate
+authority of the sovereign, but have rather been pleased to view it in
+the light of a just and necessary defence of your own rights, and those
+of the Spanish inhabitants of Peru, until the decision of his majesty
+upon your supplications and remonstrances might be made manifest.
+Therefore, since his majesty has been graciously pleased to grant to you
+and the other colonists all that you required by your supplications, by
+abrogating the obnoxious regulations, it is incumbent upon you, as an
+obedient and loyal subject, to evince a respectful and prompt obedience
+to the royal orders[30]."
+
+[Footnote 30: In translating this letter the substance has been
+materially compressed; omitting much loose and declamatory
+argumentation, with several instances of the irresistible power of the
+emperor, to convince Pizarro of the absolute necessity of submission.
+Among other arguments, Gasca quotes with approbation an instance of a
+Spaniard who had assassinated his brother in the midst of the German
+Lutherans for deserting the religion of his country; and threatens him
+with the vengeance of his brother Ferdinand if he should persist in
+rebellion against his sovereign.--E.]
+
+"I have represented all these things to you, that you may not flatter
+yourself by a false confidence of being able to resist the power of his
+majesty, who is able if it should so please him to employ irresistible
+force in repressing the commotions and disorders of Peru, instead of
+those measures of clemency, which it has pleased God that he should now
+resort to; and that if reduced to the necessity of using force, it will
+be necessary for his majesty to take care not to ruin the country by
+sending too great a number of troops, instead of being under any
+difficulty as to sending a sufficient power to overcome all possibility
+of resistance. You ought likewise to reflect that matters will
+necessarily take a quite different turn than they have hitherto done.
+Hitherto your followers have been influenced by their own self-interest,
+not only considering the late viceroy as your enemy and your cause as
+good, but all of them looked upon him as their personal enemy, who
+wished to deprive them of their properties, and to put to death every
+one who opposed his designs. Under these circumstances your followers
+were necessarily impelled to adhere to your party in the defence of
+their own lives and properties. But as both are now secured, by the
+revocation of the obnoxious regulations, and the amnesty granted by his
+majesty, the Spanish inhabitants of Peru have now their legitimate
+sovereign as their friend and protector, to whom we all owe the most
+entire loyalty and obedience. I entreat you to reflect seriously on
+these things, and to consider that, in the present situation of affairs,
+and the turn which they must assuredly take in the sequel, you cannot
+count upon the adherence of any one, if you unfortunately choose to
+follow wrong measures. By contributing your assistance to put an end to
+the commotions which have distracted the kingdom of Peru, the whole
+inhabitants of that country will remain indebted to your exertions for
+the maintenance of their rights and privileges, in having opposed the
+execution of the obnoxious regulations, and having procured a favourable
+attention to their supplications and remonstrances; insomuch that his
+majesty has been pleased to send me with an express commission to listen
+to and redress all grievances. Should you unfortunately resolve upon
+refusing submission to the royal authority, you will obliterate all the
+merit you derive from your past conduct; as by endeavouring to continue
+the troubles and commotions, you will shew yourself actuated by motives
+of personal interest and ambition, instead of any regard for the good of
+the public. Instead of serving the interests of the Spanish inhabitants
+of Peru, you will become the cause of infinite injury to all, and will
+be considered as the enemy of the kingdom, by perpetuating the troubles,
+and occasioning the destruction of the lives and fortunes of your
+friends and adherents. You ought likewise to consider that, by
+continuing the war, you will render it necessary to bring over a
+numerous army into Peru, so that you will become accountable to God and
+man for all the miseries and disorders which may follow, and for the
+entire ruin of the country and its inhabitants, by which you will incur
+the hatred of all the principal colonists, merchants, and other rich
+persons."
+
+"To conclude, I pray God to take you and all your followers under his
+most holy protection, and that he may inspire you with proper sentiments
+on this occasion, for the good service of his majesty, the eternal
+welfare of your souls, and the preservation of your lives, honours, and
+estates; and I remain; illustrious Sir, yours, &c.
+
+PEDRO DE LA GASCA."
+
+Gonzalo had only been a few days in Lima on his return from Quito, when
+he received letters from Hinojosa informing him of the arrival of the
+president. He was much disturbed by this intelligence, which he
+immediately communicated to the captains and other principal persons of
+his party, and with whom he consulted upon the steps necessary to be
+taken in this conjuncture of affairs. Some were of opinion that it was
+necessary to get rid of the president, either openly or by secret
+assassination; while others recommended that he should be invited into
+Peru, where it would be easy to oblige him to agree to all their
+demands; or where at least they could draw their negociations with him
+to a great length, by insisting on convening an assembly of deputies and
+procurators from all the cities of the kingdom at Lima, to deliberate on
+the subject of his reception, and to determine whether he should be
+received or not; and, as Peru was of vast extent, it would be easy to
+put off the meeting of that assembly for two years, during which period
+the president might be kept in the isle of Puna under a confidential
+guard, by which he might be prevented from writing to Spain that the
+country was in rebellion; more especially as they could keep him in
+continual suspense, by representing that the general assembly could not
+meet sooner on account of the vast distance of some of the cities. Even
+the most moderate were for obliging the president to return into Spain.
+
+In this council of the leaders of the insurrection, it was likewise
+proposed to send deputies from all parts of Peru to his majesty, to
+explain the state of the colony, and the events which had occurred; and
+particularly to exculpate their conduct in regard to the battle of Quito
+in which the viceroy was slain, by throwing the whole blame upon him as
+the aggressor. It was likewise proposed that these deputies should
+humbly implore his majesty to invest Gonzalo Pizarro in the government
+of Peru, for which especial purpose they should be so instructed and
+empowered by all the cities. They were also to be instructed, during
+their residence at Panama on their way into Spain, carefully to learn
+what were the powers and instructions of the president; and to endeavour
+to prevail upon him to delay proceeding to Peru, until they had informed
+his majesty of the true state of the kingdom, that ulterior orders might
+be issued in consequence. It was proposed at the same time, if the
+president persisted in coming into the country, to take him into
+custody. Some even proposed to put him to death during the journey,
+while others proposed to have him poisoned at Panama and likewise to put
+Alonzo de Alvarado to death. Many other proposals of a similar nature
+and tendency are said to have been made at this time; but as all these
+transactions took place in the secret meetings of the chief of the
+insurgents, it is difficult or impossible to ascertain the precise
+nature of their deliberations. It was besides resolved, that the
+messengers who were to be sent to the president should be charged to
+deliver him letters from the principal inhabitants of Lima, strongly
+urging him to refrain from coming into Peru, even in terms of insolence
+and implied threatening.
+
+After long deliberations respecting the persons who should be sent into
+Spain to lay their representations before the emperor, Don Jerom de
+Loyasa archbishop of Lima, Lorenzo de Aldana, Friar Thomas de San
+Martino provincial of the Dominicans, and Gomez de Solis were chosen for
+that purpose. The provincial was much suspected by the insurgents of
+being inimical to their party, by several expressions of his opinion,
+both in his sermons and in private conversations: Yet they thought
+proper to employ him and the others in this commission, although they
+were almost equally suspicious of the rest; both to give weight to their
+representations through the respectability of their messengers, and
+because no other persons of any consequence in the country dared to
+appear before his majesty on this occasion, being afraid of punishment
+for the share they had taken in the past commotions. They considered
+likewise, if these deputies should declare against them while in Spain,
+as they actually suspected, that it was better to have them out of the
+country; as, if matters should assume an unfavourable aspect for Gonzalo
+and his adherents, these persons might have done them much injury by
+remaining, as they were much respected in Peru, both on account of their
+rank and character. Gomez de Solis, who was major domo to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, was the only one of these commisioners in whom he reposed
+confidence; though indeed some alleged that he was only intended to
+proceed to Panama with a supply of money and provisions for Hinojosa and
+his troops, while others believed he was to have accompanied the other
+deputies into Spain. Besides these persons, the bishop of St Martha was
+likewise requested to accompany the deputation; and they were all
+supplied with the necessary funds for the expences of their voyage.
+
+Lorenzo de Aldana set off by sea for Panama in all haste, while the
+other deputies were making preparations for their voyage, being
+commissioned by Gonzalo to send him intelligence as quickly as possible
+as to the true state of affairs in the Tierra Firma. As Lorenzo set out
+from the port of Lima in October 1546, Gonzalo confidently expected to
+receive dispatches from him from Panama by the ensuing Christmas, or
+early in January 1547; and for this purpose, he appointed a set of
+couriers to remain in waiting all along the coast of Peru to the
+northward of Lima, to be in readiness to forward the dispatches as
+quickly as possible. The two bishops and the provincial embarked a few
+days after Aldana, and all of them arrived safely at Panama.
+
+Vela Nunnez, the brother of the late viceroy, who had long remained a
+prisoner at large, being allowed to go out on hunting parties, and to
+ride about unarmed, yet under strict injunctions to take care of his
+conduct, was drawn about this time into a private engagement with a
+soldier named Juan de la Torre, by means of which he lost his life. De
+la Torre was one of those who had deserted from the viceroy to Gonzalo,
+along with Gonzalo Diaz and others, when on the expedition against Pedro
+de Puelles and the inhabitants of Guanuco. He had afterwards the good
+fortune to discover a concealed treasure of gold and silver in the
+valley of Hica, which had been consecrated by the Indians to their
+idols, and which was said to have contained to the value of 60,000
+crowns in the precious metals, besides a great quantity of emeralds and
+turquoises. De la Torre placed all this treasure in the hands of the
+father guardian of the Franciscans; to whom he one day revealed in
+confession that he wished to return into Spain, that he might enjoy his
+riches in quiet; but, having followed the party of Gonzalo, and
+consequently incurred the displeasure of his majesty, he wished to be
+able to perform some acceptable service to the king before his
+departure, on purpose to merit pardon for his past offences. For this
+purpose, he intended to embark with his treasure from the port of Lima
+for Nicaragua, where he proposed to enlist a party of soldiers, and to
+fit out one or two vessels with which to cruize for some time along the
+coast of Peru against Gonzalo and his confederates, by landing, and
+pillaging in such places as were unprovided with troops: But, as he had
+not sufficient knowledge or experience for conducting such an
+enterprize, he wished to find a person properly qualified to act as
+commander on this occasion, and had a strong desire to induce Vela
+Nunnez to undertake the direction of the enterprize, as a gentleman
+experienced in war, and who was besides in a great measure bound to seek
+an opportunity of being revenged upon Gonzalo for the death of his
+brother the viceroy and many others of his friends and relations. With
+this view, therefore, it was his intention to place himself and his
+treasure at the disposal of Vela Nunnez, whom he wished to consult on
+this subject with some adherents of the late viceroy who dwelt in Lima,
+that these persons might likewise be induced to join in the enterprize.
+De la Torre, therefore, requested the father guardian to converse on the
+subject with Vela Nunnez.
+
+At first Vela Nunnez was on his guard, lest it might be a false
+confidence devised for his ruin. But De la Torre satisfied his doubts in
+presence of the father guardian, by a solemn oath on a consecrated
+altar, and Vela Nunnez agreed to take charge of the enterprize,
+immediately using his endeavours to engage the adherents of the late
+viceroy in the plot. It is not known how this affair came to be
+divulged, which it certainly was to Gonzalo, who immediately caused Vela
+Nunnez to be arrested and brought to trial as a traitor and rebel
+against the king, and had him publickly beheaded. Vela Nunnez was a
+brave and honourable gentleman, much esteemed by all, and was
+exceedingly regretted by the whole inhabitants of Peru.[31]
+
+[Footnote 31: From the sequel, it would appear that Juan de la Torre
+escaped entirely on this occasion; at least a person of exactly the same
+name appears afterwards as an officer in the service of Gonzalo.--E]
+
+About this time likewise, Alfonzo de Toro, who was lieutenant-governor
+of Cuzco under Gonzalo Pizarro, was assassinated by his own
+father-in-law, in consequence of some dispute. Gonzalo was much grieved
+by the death of this person, from whom he expected to have derived
+important services in the approaching crisis. He appointed Alfonzo de
+Hinojosa to succeed as lieutenant-governor of Cuzco, who had in fact
+been elected to the vacant charge by the magistrates of that city. Under
+his administration some tumults were excited in Cuzco by Lope Sanchez de
+Valenzuela and Diego Perez Bezerra; but by the exertions of Hinojosa and
+Pedro de Villacastin the tumults were happily quelled; Valenzuela and
+Bezerra were put to death as the ringleaders, and some others who had
+been particularly active on the occasion were banished.
+
+It is well known that Lorenzo de Aldana, who has been already mentioned
+as dispatched by Gonzalo to Panama, carried several letters from Gonzalo
+and the other leaders of the insurrection which were couched in very
+disrespectful terms: But Aldana, anxious to prevent the present troubles
+from becoming even more serious than they were, prudently destroyed
+these letters, so that they were not delivered. On his arrival at
+Panama, he went to lodge with Hinojosa, with whom he was extremely
+intimate, there being likewise some relationship between them. He went
+likewise without delay to pay his respects to the president; but at this
+first visit they both confined themselves to conversation on general
+topics, so that Aldana did not reveal his sentiments for some days,
+wishing, like a prudent person, to learn in the first place what were
+the sentiments and intentions of the officers who then resided at
+Panama. When he found that they were disposed to act for the service of
+his majesty, he revealed his real sentiments to the president, offering
+his best services in any manner that might be most conducive to the
+royal interest. From the confidence which was reposed in Aldana, it was
+at length resolved to treat openly with Hinojosa, with whom hitherto the
+president and Mexia had acted with much reserve. Accordingly, Mexia
+represented to him, that the affairs of Peru were now in such a
+situation that it was requisite to restore them to order, which might
+easily be done by agreeing to offer the services of all the faithful
+subjects of his majesty resident in Panama to the president; and if the
+present favourable opportunity for this purpose were neglected, another
+might not occur for a long time. Hinojosa replied, that he was entirely
+disposed to serve the president, to whom, he had already declared, if
+his majesty were not disposed to grant the demands of Gonzalo, he was
+ready in all things to yield obedience to the commands of the
+sovereign, being resolved to give no just cause of reproach as a
+rebellious subject.
+
+In reality Hinojosa, although an excellent soldier and experienced in
+every thing relative to warlike affairs was exceedingly ignorant in
+political matters. He had always believed that every thing which had
+been done by the insurgents was founded in justice, and that the authors
+of the supplications and remonstrances had a right to use their utmost
+efforts to succeed in procuring all that they had demanded; having even
+been so assured by several learned men. Yet in all the past
+transactions, he had conducted his own actions with much prudent
+reserve, so as not to go beyond the original and avowed purposes of the
+remonstrants, having never put any one to death or confiscated the
+wealth of any of the royalists, as had been done by the other insurgent
+commanders. On perceiving the erroneous sentiments by which he was
+deluded, Mexia strongly represented to him, that, as the pleasure of his
+majesty had been clearly expressed, by means of the commission and
+instructions given to the president, there was no room now to wait for
+any new declaration of the royal will. That all the officers and
+soldiers in the Tierra Firma Were resolved to obey the president, and
+that Hinojosa must determine without delay on the part he chose to
+embrace as a loyal subject, without allowing himself to be misled by
+these ridiculous sentiments of pretended men of learning. Hinojosa
+requested to be allowed one day to consider what answer he should give
+to these representations; and accordingly the very next day he
+determined to follow the advice of his friend Mexia, whom he accompanied
+to the president, and engaged to obey him in all things conformable to
+the royal orders. After this, all the captains of the troops and other
+principal persons in Panama were convened; who all pledged their
+obedience to the president, engaging to keep the matter a profound
+secret till farther orders. Yet the soldiers began to suspect the real
+situation of affairs, as they noticed that the president gave orders on
+every affair of importance that occurred, and that all their officers
+visited him very frequently, and always behaved to him in public as
+their superior.
+
+As president considered that any farther delay might be prejudicial to
+the royal cause, he resolved to dispatch Aldana with the command of
+about three hundred men in three or four vessels, with orders to proceed
+to the port of Lima, to assemble at that place all who were well
+affected to his majesty. By this measure, he wished to prevent Gonzalo
+from having time to learn the actual situation of matters in the Tierra
+Firma, and from placing his own affairs in perfect order; and was in
+hopes likewise by these means to prevent him from putting several of the
+principal loyalists to death, as had been often threatened by the
+insurgents. Accordingly, four vessels were fitted out with all
+expedition, of which the command was given to Aldana, having under his
+orders the captains Mexia, Palomino, and Yllanez. On this occasion, in a
+general review of the troops, all the colours were publickly resigned
+into the hands of the president; who immediately restored them to the
+respective officers, in his majestys name, and reappointed Hinojosa as
+general of the army. After this, the three hundred men above mentioned
+were embarked under Aldana, pay and equipments, being advanced to such
+of the soldiers as were in need. Aldana immediately set sail on his
+expedition, being accompanied by the provincial of the Dominicans, a
+person of merit and influence, whose authority and example were expected
+to confirm those who might be indetermined to follow the party which he
+espoused. Aidaria carried along with him several copies of the amnesty
+and of the royal orders for restoring peace and order to Peru; and was
+expressly enjoined not to land on any part of the coast if possible,
+till he got to the port of Lima, that he might endeavour to surprise
+Gonzalo.
+
+About this time, the archbishop of Lima and Gomez de Solis arrived at
+Panama; both of whom expressed their satisfaction on learning the turn
+which affairs had taken at that place, and openly declared themselves
+for the royal party, offering their best services to the president. At
+this, time likewise, the president sent Don Juan de Mendoza to Mexico,
+with letters for the viceroy of that kingdom, Don Antonio de Mendoza,
+requiring the aid of all the soldiers that could be spared from that
+country. Don Balthazar de Castille was sent at the same time to
+Guatimala and Nicaragua on a similar mission; and other persons were
+dispatched to San Domingo, to procure every possible assistance for
+prosecuting the war in Peru, if that measure should ultimately be
+necessary.
+
+It has been already mentioned that Pedro Hernandez Paniagua was
+dispatched by the president with letters for Gonzalo Pizarro. Paniagua
+arrived at Tumbez about the middle of January 1547, whence he went to
+San Miguel, where Villalobos then commanded for Gonzalo. Paniagua was
+immediately arrested by Villalobos, who took from him his dispatches and
+forwarded them with all speed to Gonzalo at Lima, by means of Diego de
+Mora the commandant of Truxillo. On learning the arrest of Paniagua,
+Gonzalo sent a confidential person to conduct him to Lima, with strict
+orders not to permit any person to converse with him by the way. On his
+arrival at Lima, Gonzalo, in presence of all his confederate officers,
+restored to Paniagua his credentials and dispatches, desiring him to
+declare every thing that had been confided to him by his employer, and
+assuring him of entire personal safety in regard to every thing
+connected with his commission: But, if he should presume to converse
+either publickly or privately with any other person on any subject
+connected with the president, he might rest assured of losing his head.
+Accordingly, Paniagua boldly explained the subject of his mission. When
+he had withdrawn from the council of officers, some were for putting him
+to death, alleging that he had previously communicated his sentiments to
+some confidential persons. Gonzalo Pizarro did not communicate to his
+officers either of the two letters formerly mentioned, which were
+addressed to himself, by the king and the president. In this
+consultation, it was the universal opinion of the insurgent leaders,
+that they ought on no account to admit the president into Peru; many of
+the officers, in expressing their sentiments on this occasion, spoke of
+the president in a very abusive manner, and even mentioned his majesty
+with very little respect, at which Gonzalo seemed well pleased.
+
+At this time, Gonzalo Pizarro wrote to his lieutenant-general Carvajal,
+who still remained in La Plata, directing him to come immediately to
+Lima, and bring thither along with him all the treasure he could
+procure, and all the musquets and other arms that were in that place.
+These orders did not proceed from any idea that these were necessary for
+defence, as the transactions at Panama were still unknown in Peru; but
+on account of the many complaints which had been made of the continual
+murders and confiscations which were perpetrated by Carvajal. Some
+alleged that he was summoned to the capital to receive deserved
+punishment for his cruel and tyrannical conduct; while others said it
+was on purpose to strip him of more than 150,000 crowns which he had
+amassed by pillage. At this time Lima was so entirely occupied with
+suspicions, that no one dared to confide in any other, or to speak a
+single word respecting the present state of affairs; as the slightest
+misplaced word, or the most trifling pretext or suspicion, was
+sufficient to place the life of any one in imminent danger. Gonzalo took
+the greatest possible precautions for his safety, of which the following
+is a remarkable instance. He had noticed on many occasions that the
+oydor Zarate was by no means attached to his interests, although his
+daughter was married to the brother of Pizarro: And though Zarate was
+sick, it was confidently asserted that Gonzalo procured him to be
+poisoned, by means of certain powders which he sent him under pretence
+of a remedy. In the sequel this rumour was confirmed by the testimony of
+several persons who were in the service of Pizarro at the time. Whether
+Pizarro were really guilty of this crime or innocent, it is a certain
+fact that he expressed much satisfaction on learning the death of
+Zarate.
+
+In the mean time, Paniagua procured permission, through the
+intermediation of the licentiate Carvajal, to return to Panama, though
+contrary to the opinion of the other insurgent officers, who were clear
+for detaining him; and he may assuredly be reckoned fortunate in having
+got away from Lima before intelligence arrived there that the fleet and
+army at Panama had submitted to the president. Although this
+circumstance had not reached the knowledge of the insurgents, it began
+to be vehemently suspected, in consequence of receiving no reports from
+that place for so long a time; insomuch that Gonzalo sent off orders to
+Pedro de Puelles, who commanded in Quito, and all his other captains, to
+keep themselves vigilantly on their guard, and to hold all their troops
+in continual readiness for taking the field.
+
+At this period the lieutenant-general Carvajal arrived at Lima from Las
+Charcas accompanied by an hundred and fifty soldiers, and bringing with
+him three hundred musquets and treasure to the value of more than
+800,000 crowns. He was received at Lima with extraordinary pomp, Gonzalo
+going out to meet him with all the inhabitants of the city, accompanied
+with bands of music and every demonstration of rejoicing. Just at this
+time intelligence was received from Puerto Viejo, that four ships had
+been seen near the coast, as if reconnoitering, which had stood out
+again to sea without coming to anchor or sending on shore for water or
+provisions, as was usual with ships navigating in these seas. This was
+looked upon as a sign of hostile intentions. It was a considerable time
+after this, before Gonzalo was entirely certified of the intention of
+these four ships, which in fact were those under Aldana, both because
+they were exceedingly cautious of coming near the land, and because
+Diego de Mora, his lieutenant at Truxillo, detained certain letters
+which had been sent through his hands on the subject. Yet their
+suspicious appearance on the coast gave great uneasiness to Gonzalo, and
+occasioned him to take every means of precaution for his security;
+ordering continual watch to be kept up day and night, both by the
+soldiers and the inhabitants, all of whom appeared to do so with much
+care and satisfaction. Some time after the appearance of the ships off
+Puerto Viego, they arrived at the harbour of Malabrigo, five or six
+leagues to the northwards of Truxillo, and Diego de Mora learnt their
+arrival by the same messenger who was charged with the news of their
+appearance at Puerto Viejo. As he was quite ignorant of the persons who
+were embarked in these ships, and of their intentions, he went on board
+a vessel in the harbour of Truxillo, accompanied by several inhabitants
+of that city, intending to seek for these four vessels wherever they
+might happen to be, and carried along with him a considerable supply of
+provisions and warlike stores. He considered it quite safe to board
+these strange vessels; as, if they belonged to the partisans of Gonzalo,
+it was easy for him to allege that he came in quest of news, and to
+supply them with refreshments; whereas if they should be of the royal
+party, so much the better, as he was resolved to join them with all his
+followers. He fortunately came up with Aldana on the very day in which
+he left the harbour of Truxillo; and, having entered into mutual
+explanations, joined company to the reciprocal satisfaction of both,
+supplying Aldana with such refreshments as were needed for his ships.
+
+Next night, Aldana and De Mora with all the ships came to anchor in the
+harbour of Truxillo, where it was not deemed proper to land the troops;
+but it was agreed that De Mora and all the inhabitants of Truxillo
+should retire into the province of Caxamarca, in which place they could
+remain in safety till their assistance might be required, and where they
+might endeavour to assemble all that were favourable to the royal cause.
+At the same time messengers were dispatched with letters and orders from
+the president in the kings name, to Chachapoyas, Guanuco, and Quito, and
+to the frontier posts commanded by Mercadillo and Porcel, inviting all
+who were inclined to serve his majesty to declare themselves.
+Intelligence of these proceedings at Truxillo were speedily carried to
+Gonzalo by a monk of the order of Mercy, who had always favoured the
+Pizarrian faction; but who could only relate the departure of De Mora
+and the inhabitants of Truxillo, without being able to give any distinct
+account of their intercourse and agreement with those on board the
+fleet. Accordingly, Gonzalo concluded, from the information brought by
+the monk, that De Mora and the inhabitants of Truxillo had gone off for
+Panama to join the president. Gonzalo therefore sent off the licentiate
+Garcias de Leon, who had always accompanied him hitherto, with the
+commission of lieutenant-governor of Truxillo, accompanied by fifteen or
+twenty soldiers, to whom he gave grants of the lands and Indians which
+had belonged to the citizens of Truxillo who had gone off with De Mora.
+Along with De Leon, Gonzalo sent the superior of the order of Mercy,
+with orders to embark the wives of all the inhabitants of Truxillo who
+had gone off, and to carry them to their husbands at Panama, whither he
+supposed they were gone; and he sent at the same time proper persons to
+be married to the widows who remained in Truxillo, commanding that such
+of these widows as refused compliance should be deported along with the
+married women to Panama. Various and specious pretexts were alleged for
+this procedure; but the true reason was, that Gonzalo wished to be
+entire master of the country, and to dispose at his pleasure of the
+lands, Indians, houses, and properties of all who had fled from his
+usurped power.
+
+As Garcias de Leon was sent on this expedition by sea, he fell in, a few
+days after his departure, with the four ships commanded by Aldana, and
+joined himself to them with all his followers, embracing the party of
+his majesty. On this occasion, the superior of the order of Mercy was
+sent by land to Lima, with directions to inform Gonzalo of what had
+happened, and the purpose of these four ships making their appearance on
+the coast. He was likewise desired to communicate the intelligence to
+several of the loyal inhabitants of Lima; and to tell them, if they were
+at any time able to go to the port belonging to that city, they would
+find boats ready to carry them on board the ships. On receiving this
+news, Gonzalo sent orders to the superior to keep out of the way, and on
+no account to have intercourse with any person whatever, either
+publickly or privately, as he valued his life. Gonzalo complained
+loudly against Aldana for deserting him; saying that if he had followed
+the advice of his principal officers, he would have put him to death
+long before.
+
+When the arrival and intention of the fleet was certainly known and
+understood, by which it appeared necessary to prepare for war, Gonzalo
+began immediately to put every thing in proper order, and to assemble
+his troops; having hitherto believed himself in perfect security against
+any hostile attack. He appointed the licentiates Carvajal and Cepeda to
+be captains of cavalry, as persons in whose attachment he could confide,
+considering the weighty obligations they had received from him. Juan de
+Acosta, Juan Velez de Guevara, and Juan de la Torre were made captains
+of musqueteers; and Ferdinand Bachicao, Martin de Robles, and Martin de
+Almendras captains of pikemen. Francisco de Carvajal, who had hitherto
+enjoyed that office, was nominated lieutenant-general, having an hundred
+of the musqueteers he had brought with him from Las Charcas appointed
+for his guard. It was proclaimed by beat of drum, that all the
+inhabitants of Lima, and all strangers residing there, of whatever
+quality or condition, were to enrol themselves among the troops under
+pain of death; and money was issued to the several captains for the pay
+and equipment of their companies. The two captains of horse received
+50,000 crowns, with which they were each ordered to levy and equip fifty
+horsemen; besides which, several merchants and others, very unfit for
+warfare, enrolled themselves. It was well known that these men were
+quite unfit for being soldiers; but they were constrained to enlist on
+purpose to exact money from them for their discharge, which in fact they
+purchased by furnishing horses, arms, and money to such as were in want.
+Martin de Robles received 25,000 crowns with which he was to enlist and
+equip a company of 130 pikemen. Ferdinand Bachicao had 20,000 to raise
+120 pikemen; and Juan d'Acosta a similar sum for an equal number. Martin
+de Almendras had 12,000 crowns to raise 45 pikemen; and Juan de la Torre
+12,000, to levy 50 musqueteers, who were to form the ordinary guard of
+Gonzalo. Antonio Altamirano, one of the principal inhabitants of Cuzco
+was appointed to carry the grand standard, with a troop of 80 horse; and
+he received 12,000 crowns for some particular purpose, as his men had no
+need of pay or equipments, being all chosen from among the rich
+inhabitants of the country.
+
+On this occasion the several captains had standards or colours painted
+according to their respective fancies, the grand standard alone carrying
+the royal arms. Among these, Bachicao had the letters G.P. or the cypher
+of Gonzalo Pizarro, interlaced upon his colours, surmounted by a royal
+crown. Every thing being in order, posts were assigned to each officer,
+of which they were to take especial care by day and night. Gonzalo
+Pizarro made liberal donations to several soldiers who were unfit for
+service, as well as to those who took the field; giving them, besides
+what they were entitled to for their equipment, considerable sums
+according to their respective merits and occasions. In a general review,
+he mustered a thousand men, as well armed and equipped and furnished
+with all necessaries, as any that had been seen in the most prosperous
+campaigns in the Italian war. Besides their arms, which were all
+excellent, most of the soldiers were clothed in silken hose and
+doublets, and many had theirs of cloth of gold, or embroidery of gold
+silver or silk, with gold embroidery on their hats, their ammunition
+pouches, and the covers of their musquets. The army was well supplied
+with excellent powder; and Gonzalo gave orders that every soldier should
+have either a horse or a mule to ride upon during a march. In the
+equipment of this army, Gonzalo expended above half a million of crowns.
+
+Besides these preparations, Gonzalo sent Martin Silveira to the city of
+La Plata, to bring from thence all the men and money that could be
+procured in that quarter. Antonio de Robles was sent to Cuzco, to
+conduct to Lima all the troops that were there under the charge of
+Alfonzo de Hinojosa, the lieutenant-governor of that city. He wrote to
+Lucas Martinez, his lieutenant at Arequipa, desiring him to join him
+immediately with all the soldiers he could raise. He sent orders to
+Pedro de Puelles, his lieutenant at Quito, to join him as soon as
+possible with all the troops from that province; and likewise ordered
+Mercadillo and Percel to abandon the passes of which they had the
+charge, bringing all their men along with them to Lima, and sent similar
+orders to Saavedra the lieutenant-governor of Guamanga. By these means
+Gonzalo exerted himself to the uttermost to collect a respectable force;
+and he particularly enjoined all his officers not to leave behind them
+any horses or arms, or any other conveniencies for those who remained to
+enable them to join the president. He endeavoured to justify his present
+conduct, by representing that Aldana, whom he had sent to give an
+account to the king of all that had occurred in Peru, had leagued with
+the president, and now employed against himself and the colony those
+vessels which had been confided to his charge, and which had cost more
+than 80,000 crowns in their equipment. He alleged that the president,
+who had been sent expressly by his majesty to restore peace and
+tranquillity to the kingdom, had raised troops of his own authority, and
+now proposed to come in arms into Peru, to punish all who had taken part
+in the late commotions, so that all were equally interested in opposing
+him. That no one ought therefore to reckon upon the pardon and amnesty
+with which the president was said to be entrusted, and which it was
+reported he was to extend to all who joined him; but rather that this
+ought to be considered as a fraudulent contrivance to divide and ruin
+the colonists. Even admitting the truth of the reported amnesty; it
+could only refer to the original opposition to the obnoxious regulations
+and tyrannical conduct of the viceroy, and could have no reference to
+those who were engaged in the battle of Quito, and the consequent death
+of the viceroy; as these transactions could only be known in Spain after
+the departure of the president, and nothing respecting them could
+therefore be included in his instructions and powers. Therefore, until
+his majesty were fully informed of the whole series of events, and had
+issued new orders on the subject, it became necessary to prevent the
+president from coming into Peru, more especially as Gonzalo Pizarro was
+informed by letters from Spain, that the president was not authorized by
+his majesty to deprive Gonzalo of the government, but merely to preside
+in the royal court of audience. He pretended to be perfectly assured of
+this circumstance, by letters from Francisco Maldonado, whom he had sent
+to the king, and that the president had even in some measure
+acknowledged this in the letter which was brought from him by Paniagua.
+He alleged farther, that the captains in his own employment, who had
+been sent into the Tierra Firma for the defence of Peru, having revolted
+to the president, had now persuaded him to change his tone and to invade
+Peru by force of arms; at which procedure his majesty would be assuredly
+much displeased, when informed. By these and other arguments of a
+similar nature, Gonzalo endeavoured to demonstrate that the president
+was highly to blame in detaining those persons whom he, Gonzalo, had
+sent to Spain, and that it was justifiable on these grounds to oppose
+him by force of arms.
+
+Gonzalo, by the advice of his lieutenant-general and other confidential
+officers, took additional measures to justify their conduct, and to
+satisfy the soldiers and inhabitants in the goodness of their cause. In
+an assembly of all the men learned in the law who were then in Lima,
+they arraigned the president as having acted criminally, in taking
+possession of the ships belonging to the colony, and by invading the
+country in a warlike manner, contrary to the tenor of the commission and
+instructions he had received from the king; endeavouring at the same
+time to convince the assembly, that it was just and proper to proceed
+judicially against the president, and those captains and others who
+adhered to him and abetted him in these proceedings, and that they ought
+to be proceeded against in a formal manner, by legal process. The
+persons composing this assembly of men of learning, dared not to
+contradict Gonzalo on this occasion or to oppose his will in any
+respect: A process was accordingly instituted in due form, informations
+taken and recorded, and judgment pronounced in the following tenor:
+"Considering the crimes established by the judicial informations given
+against the licentiate De la Gasca and those captains who adhere to him;
+they are found guilty and deserving of condemnation; wherefore, the said
+licentiate De la Gasca is hereby adjudged to be beheaded, and the
+captains Aldana and Hinojosa to be quartered." The other captains and
+officers serving under the president, were at the same time condemned to
+various punishments, according to the measure of guilt which Gonzalo and
+the leaders of his faction were pleased to charge against them; and the
+sentences were ordered to be signed in due form by the oydor Cepeda, and
+other men of letters at Lima.
+
+Among these persons of the law who were desired to sign on the present
+occasion, was a licentiate from Valladolid named Polo Hondegardo, who
+had the boldness to wait upon Gonzalo, and to represent to him, that the
+promulgation of such a sentence was by no means advisable or politic; as
+it might possibly happen hereafter that those officers who were now in
+the service of the president might incline to revert to his party, which
+they would not dare to do when once this cruel sentence was pronounced
+against them. He represented farther, that it was necessary to keep in
+mind the sacred character of the president as a priest; in consequence
+of which circumstance all who might sign a sentence of death against
+him would incur the pains and penalties of the greater excommunication.
+By this remonstrance, these strong measures were arrested in their
+progress, and the intended sentence was not promulgated.
+
+About this time, intelligence was brought to Pizarro, that the squadron
+under Lorenzo de Aldana had quitted the port of Truxillo and was
+approaching along the coast towards Lima. On this intelligence, Gonzalo
+sent off Juan d'Acosta with fifty mounted musqueteers, with orders to
+keep in view of the ships, to prevent the royalists from being able to
+land for provisions or water. On arriving at Truxillo, Acosta only
+ventured to remain one day at that place, being afraid that Diego de
+Mora might bring a superior force against him from Caxamarca. He learnt
+likewise, that the royalists squadron had gone to the port of Santa, to
+which place he accordingly marched. Aldana got notice of his coming from
+some Spanish inhabitants of that place, and laid an ambuscade for him,
+consisting of an hundred and fifty musqueteers, in a place overgrown
+with tall reeds on the side of the road by which Acosta had to march in
+his way to Santa. Acosta had certainly fallen into the snare, if he had
+not fortunately made prisoners of some spies who had been sent on shore
+from the squadron, whom he was about to have hanged, when they prevailed
+on him to save their lives by giving him notice of the ambushment, and
+by farther informing him that he might make prisoners of some sailors
+who were taking in fresh water for the ships, by quitting the common
+road and going nearer the shore. He accordingly took that road and made
+the sailors prisoners, whom he sent to Gonzalo at Lima. Those belonging
+to Aldana, who were in ambush, learnt this transaction; but, being all
+on foot, and the insurgent party all horsemen, they could not attempt to
+rescue the prisoners from Acosta, as that part of the country consisted
+of very deep sands. Acosta returned to the port of Guavera, where he
+waited fresh orders from Lima.
+
+Gonzalo treated the prisoners sent to him by Acosta with much kindness,
+supplying them with clothes and arms, and gave them their choice of any
+of the companies of his troops in which they might think proper to
+serve. From these men, he received exact information of all the late
+events which had occurred at Panama, of the succours which the president
+expected to receive from different parts of America, and of the force
+which accompanied Aldana on the present expedition. They informed him
+likewise that Aldana had set on shore Pedro de Ulloa, a Dominican friar,
+disguised in a secular habit, who had orders to distribute copies of the
+amnesty in every direction. In consequence of this information, he was
+sought for and soon found; and Gonzalo had him confined in a dungeon
+near the fish-ponds in his garden, which was infested with toads and
+vipers, where he remained till he recovered his liberty on the arrival
+of the fleet some time afterwards.
+
+About this time, it was determined to dispatch the licentiate Carvajal
+with three hundred mounted musqueteers, together with the detachment
+under Juan d'Acosta, to scour the coast to the northwards, and to attack
+Diego de Mora who had withdrawn into the province of Caxamarca. When
+every thing was in readiness for this expedition, the lieutenant-general
+Carvajal went one morning early to Gonzalo, and represented to him, that
+it was by no means safe to entrust so important a command to the
+licentiate, as a person in whom they could not repose implicit
+confidence. That although he had hitherto attached himself to their
+party, it was obviously for the sole purpose of being revenged of the
+late viceroy; and, as that purpose was now accomplished, it did not
+appear that his fidelity could be depended upon. It was proper to
+recollect, he added, that all the brothers of the licentiate were
+greatly attached to his majesty, particularly the bishop of Lugo who
+enjoyed several high employments; so that it was not to be imagined the
+licentiate would act cordially in the interest of a party which was
+diametrically opposed to that in which all his nearest relations were
+engaged. Besides all which, this person had formerly been made a
+prisoner by themselves, without any just foundation, and had even been
+so nearly punished capitally, that he had been ordered to make his
+testament and to confess himself in preparation for death, which
+injurious treatment he could not be supposed to have forgotten. Gonzalo
+was so much convinced by these arguments, that he countermanded the
+order given to the licentiate Carvajal, and sent off Juan d'Acosta on
+the expedition to Caxamarca, with a force of two hundred and eighty men.
+D'Acosta accordingly set out on this intended service, taking the road
+for Truxillo; but on arriving at Baranza, about twenty four leagues from
+Lima, he halted at that place for reasons which will appear in the
+sequel.
+
+At this period, the Captain Saavedra, who was lieutenant-governor of
+Guanuco for Gonzalo, received letters from Aldana urging him to quit the
+insurgent party and to declare for his majesty. He accordingly
+determined to do so; and under pretence of obeying the orders he had
+received from Gonzalo of joining his army at Lima, along with Hernando
+Alonzo, he assembled all the soldiers he could procure in that province,
+with whose assistance he fortified the city of Guanuco, and informed
+them of his resolution to exert his best endeavours in the service of
+the king. All his soldiers agreed to follow his example, except three or
+four who fled and informed Gonzalo of the defection of their governor.
+Saavedra retired immediately to Caxamarca, with forty horsemen, where he
+joined Diego de Mora and those who had withdrawn along with him from
+Truxillo, where both declared themselves for the royalist party. On
+learning the defection of Saavedra and the principal inhabitants of
+Guanuco, Gonzalo sent an officer to that place at the head of thirty
+soldiers; with orders to pillage and destroy the city: But the Indians
+of the neighbourhood, having armed themselves and taken possession of
+the place by the orders of their masters, made so resolute a defence
+that the insurgent detachment was beaten off, and constrained to return
+to Lima, being unable to procure any other plunder except some mares
+cattle and other animals belonging to the settlers.
+
+On the arrival of Antonio de Robles at Cuzco, whom Gonzalo had sent to
+take the command in that city and province, Alfonso de Hinojosa, who had
+hitherto been lieutenant-governor there, resigned the command of the
+city and troops, but as was believed with much dissatisfaction. De
+Robles immediately collected as much money as he could procure, and
+enlisted all the soldiers that were to be found in that neighbourhood,
+with whom he marched to Xaquixaguana, about four leagues from Cuzco. At
+that place he learned that Diego Centeno; who had concealed himself for
+more than a year in a cave among the mountains, had recently left his
+concealment, on learning the arrival of the president, and had collected
+several of his former partisans, who had hidden themselves from the fury
+of Gonzalo in various parts of the woods and mountains. By this time
+Centeno had collected about forty men, mostly on foot, though some of
+them still had the horses with which they had made their escape.
+Although these men were neither so well armed or equipped as they could
+have wished, Centeno resolved to make an attempt upon Cuzco, shewing as
+much confidence as if he had been at the head of five hundred well armed
+troops. His principal followers were Luis de Ribera, Alfonso Perez de
+Esquival, Diego Alvarez, Francisco Negral, Pedro Ortiz de Zarate, and
+Friar Dominic Ruiz, commonly called Father Viscayno. With this small
+band of followers, Centeno drew nigh to Cuzco, being doubtless invited
+to that step by some of the principal inhabitants, for the purpose of
+freeing them from the tyranny of De Robles, a young man of low origin
+and little ability. It was even said that Alfonso de Hinojosa, from
+resentment against Gonzalo for superseding him in the government, had
+sent privately to offer his assistance to Centeno. Both of these reports
+are highly probable; as otherwise it would have been a most inexcusable
+rashness in Centeno, to call it no worse, to have presumed upon
+attacking Cuzco with the small number of men he had collected; as,
+besides the inhabitants of the city, there were more than five hundred
+soldiers there and in the environs, while he had only forty ill armed
+men, most of whom had swords or daggers fastened to poles, instead of
+pikes or lances.
+
+On learning the approach of Centeno, De Robles returned to Cuzco, where
+he made such preparations as seemed necessary; and, on hearing that
+Centeno was within a days march, he took the field with three hundred
+men, sending forwards Francisco de Aguira to procure intelligence. This
+person was brother to one Peruchio de Aguira who had formerly been put
+to death by the lieutenant-general Carvajal, and was consequently a
+secret enemy to the insurgent party. Instead therefore of executing the
+commission confided to him by De Robles, he went immediately to join
+Centeno, whom he informed of every thing that was going on at Cuzco and
+of the state of affairs in that city. In the night before the festival
+of Corpus Christi of the year 1547, Centeno advanced toward the city of
+Cuzco, by a different road from that in which De Robles and his troops
+were posted; and, having turned one of his flanks, made an unexpected
+assault with great resolution, as resolved to conquer or die. Completely
+surprised and thrown into confusion, the troops of De Robles were unable
+to get into any order for defence, and even in several instances turned
+their arms against each other, insomuch that a good many of them were
+slain by their own comrades. On this occasion Centeno used the
+following stratagem, which succeeded admirably: Having taken off the
+saddles and bridles from the horses belonging to his small band of
+followers, he ordered them to be driven by his attendant Indians along
+the road which led to the front of the enemies camp, to call off their
+attention from his real attack on their flank and rear. By this means,
+as the horses were urged on by the Indians behind, they threw the troops
+of De Robles into confusion, and enabled Centeno to penetrate into the
+camp unperceived and unopposed, where he and his men exerted themselves
+so courageously that the insurgents were completely defeated and put to
+flight.
+
+[Illustration: Map: VICEROYALTY OF PERU]
+
+By this successful exploit Centeno acquired great honour; it having been
+seldom seen that so small a number had defeated so disproportioned a
+force of infinitely better armed troops. It has been reported that, on
+this occasion, some men belonging to Alfonso de Hinojosa were the first
+to fly, in consequence of secret orders for that purpose: But these men
+never acknowledged the truth of this allegation, as disgraceful to
+themselves; and Centeno denied the story, as detracting from the glory
+of his victory.
+
+After the derout of De Robles, Centeno took possession of Cuzco, where
+he was immediately elected captain-general of that city and province for
+his majesty. Next day, he caused Antonio de Robles to be beheaded, and
+distributed 100,000 crowns, which he found in that city belonging to
+Gonzalo, among his followers. He in the next place took measures for
+raising a respectable force; appointing Pedro de Rios and Juan de
+Vargas, the brother of Garcilasso de la Vega, captains of infantry, and
+Francisco Negral captain of Cavalry; Luis de Ribera being named
+major-general. Having armed and equipped about four hundred men, he set
+out for La Plata, with the intention of persuading Alfonso de Mendoza,
+who commanded at that place for Gonzalo, to declare for the king, or
+otherwise to take possession of that place by force.
+
+About this time, Lucas Martin, who had been sent by Gonzalo to conduct
+the troops of Arequipa to Lima, set out from Arequipa with 130 men for
+that purpose; but when he had proceeded about four leagues on his march,
+his people mutinied and made him prisoner, electing Jerom de Villegas
+as their commander, and immediately marched off to join Centeno, who
+was then in the Collao waiting the issue of some negotiations in which
+he had employed Pedro Gonzalo de Zarate, schoolmaster at Cuzco. While in
+the Collao, Centeno was informed that Juan de Silveira, the Serjeant
+major of the army of the insurgents, had been sent by Gonzalo to conduct
+the troops of that province to Lima, and had made prisoners of five or
+six of the royalists whom he met with on his march. Silveira had
+collected about three hundred men on this occasion, and we shall relate
+what befel them in the sequel.
+
+On learning the success of Centeno at Cuzco and the death of De Robles,
+and being likewise informed that the people of San Miguel had declared
+for his majesty, and that the captains Mercadillo and Porcel had joined
+Diego de Mora at Caxamarca; Gonzalo Pizarro saw that he had now only to
+depend on the force which was along with himself at Lima, and those
+under Pedro de Puelles, on whose fidelity he reposed entire confidence.
+In this predicament, he determined to alter the destination of Juan
+d'Acosta and to send him against Centeno with a respectable force,
+resolving to follow d'Acosta in person with all his army if necessary,
+then amounting to nine hundred men, among whom were many of the
+principal inhabitants of Peru. In forming this new resolution, his
+object was in the first place to reduce all the upper or mountainous
+provinces to subjection, and afterwards to make war on every other part
+of the country which had withdrawn from his authority. It has likewise
+been conjectured, that Gonzalo proposed to himself, in case of any
+reverse, to endeavour to make some new discovery and conquest, towards
+the Rio Plata, or Chili, or in some other place to the south and east of
+Peru. He certainly never avowed this intention openly, nor is it alleged
+that he communicated it to any of his confidents, as this would have
+indicated a want of confidence in his cause; so that this idea rests
+only on conjecture. In consequence of this new plan, Gonzalo recalled
+D'Acosta to Lima with all his troops, to the great mortification of that
+person and his followers; insomuch that seven or eight of them deserted,
+choosing Jerome de Soria as their commander. Many others would certainly
+have followed this example, if it had not been for the severe
+precautions exercised by D'Acosta on the occasion, who put to death
+Lorenza Mexia, son-in-law to the Conde de Gomera, and another soldier,
+whom he suspected of intending to desert. He likewise arrested several
+others who were suspected of similar intentions, whom he carried
+prisoners to Lima.
+
+A few days before the arrival of D'Acosta at Lima, Gonzalo took some
+suspicion of the fidelity of Antonio Altamarino, his standard bearer,
+who appeared to conduct himself with a degree of coldness in the present
+emergency; and, without any direct proof or even any strong suspicious
+circumstances being alleged against him, he caused him to be arrested
+and put in irons as a criminal, had him strangled in prison during the
+night, and ordered his dead body to be suspended upon the public gibbet.
+Altamarino was one of the richest colonists in Peru, and Gonzalo, having
+confiscated all his wealth, distributed it among his most attached
+followers. After this, he gave the charge of the royal standard to Don
+Antonio de Ribera, who had just joined with thirty men from Guamanga,
+whence also he had brought some arms and cattle which he had taken from
+the inhabitants of that place. At this time Gonzalo found his affairs
+much embarrassed and growing every day worse, insomuch that he could
+only count upon the force which accompanied him in Lima; whereas a short
+time before he seemed absolute master of the whole kingdom of Peru. He
+was in great fear, if the new royal orders, the general amnesty, and the
+revocation of the obnoxious regulations, all of which had been brought
+out from Spain by the president, should come to the knowledge of his
+remaining followers, that they would all abandon him. In this state of
+uncertainty and dread, he assembled all the principal inhabitants and
+citizens of Lima at his house, to whom he represented, "That he had
+brought himself into a very embarrassing and even dangerous situation by
+his exertions in their service, during which he had endured much labour
+and danger in the wars he had carried on for their benefit, and for the
+protection of their property and rights, for all which they were
+indebted to the genius and valour of his brother the marquis. That, in
+the present situation of affairs, the whole colonists ought to consider
+their honour and interests as identified with his own, the conduct of
+both being sufficiently justified in sending deputies to inform the king
+of all that had occurred during the troubles and commotions. That the
+president had arrested these deputies at Panama, had seduced his
+officers, and had taken possession of his ships. That the president
+certainly had done all these things to advance his own private interest;
+as, if he had received orders from his majesty to make war against the
+kingdom, he would assuredly have given intelligence of this circumstance
+through Paniagua. That not satisfied with these outrages, the president
+now invaded the government to which he, Gonzalo, had been lawfully
+appointed, and disseminated numerous libels against him throughout the
+kingdom, as was well known to them all. That consequently, he was
+determined to use his utmost efforts to oppose the president, who
+treated him as an enemy without any legitimate cause. That the general
+interests of all the colonists and his own were obviously identified;
+as, should the president carry matters to extremity as every thing
+seemed to indicate, they would all be brought to a severe account for
+the consequences of the late wars and disorders, and would be held
+responsible for the murders and plunders which had been perpetrated
+during their continuance. He requested them therefore to reflect
+maturely on all these things; and, as he had hitherto exerted his utmost
+efforts in defence of their rights, it still remained not only to
+continue to defend the same, but even to preserve their lives and
+honours. For these purposes, therefore, he had now assembled them, and
+to lay before them a clear state of the present situation of affairs;
+and he requested of them to declare freely and openly their undisguised
+sentiments; engaging, on the faith and honour of a gentleman and a
+knight, which he was ready to confirm by a solemn oath, that he would
+not injure any one in person or estate for the opinion or advice they
+might now give; but should leave every one at full liberty to declare
+for either party in the present troubles, and even to retire wherever
+they might judge proper. Therefore, he expected that all who were
+disposed to adhere to him on the present occasion should declare
+themselves without reserve, as he would demand of them to confirm their
+promise by a written and signed engagement. He advised them accordingly
+to look well to their promises when once made; as if any one should
+violate the same, or should appear lukewarm or feeble in their efforts
+in the approaching crisis, he would immediately order them to be put to
+death even upon very slight circumstances of suspicion."
+
+Every person in the assembly answered unhesitatingly, that they were
+ready to obey his orders in every thing to the utmost of their power and
+abilities, and to devote their lives and fortunes in his cause. Some
+even went so far in their pretended attachment, as to say that they
+would willingly risk their eternal salvation in his service. Many of
+them emulously strove to find out arguments for justifying the war
+which was now about to commence, and to enhance the obligations which
+the whole country lay under to Gonzalo for undertaking the management of
+the enterprize. Some even carried their base and scandalous flattery to
+such a pitch of extravagance, to conciliate the tyrant, that it were
+improper to contaminate our pages with a repetition of their words.
+After they had all expressed their attachment to the cause, Gonzalo drew
+out a paper in which the proposed engagement was already engrossed at
+full length; at the bottom of which he caused the licentiate Cepeda to
+write a solemn promise of executing all which that paper contained, and
+to obey Gonzalo in every thing he should command; after which, he made
+Cepeda sign that promise, and take a solemn oath to observe all its
+conditions. After Cepeda, all who were present in the assembly were made
+to sign and swear to the engagement in a similar manner.
+
+After the conclusion of this affair, Juan d'Acosta was ordered to
+prepare for marching to Cuzco by way of the mountain, at the head of
+three hundred men. Paez de Sotomayor was appointed his major-general on
+this expedition, Martin d'Olmos captain of cavalry, Diego de Gumiel
+captain of musqueteers, Martin de Almendras captain of pikemen, and
+Martin de Alarzon standard-bearer. The whole of this detachment being
+well provided with arms and all necessary equipments, left Lima taking
+the mountain road for Cuzco, on purpose to recover that important city
+from Centeno. At the same time Gonzalo received notice that the squadron
+commanded by Lorenzo de Aldana had been seen at the distance of about
+fifteen leagues from the port of Lima. It was determined therefore in a
+council of war, to encamp the whole insurgent army between Lima and the
+sea; as it was feared, if the ships got possession of the port, it might
+occasion great confusion and disturbance in the city, especially as in
+that case the necessary orders would have to be hastily issued and
+executed; by which means the malcontents might have an opportunity of
+withdrawing during the battle, and might even escape on board the ships
+to join the enemy; while, at the same time, there would be no leisure to
+watch the behaviour of the wavering, and to compel them to join the
+army. Orders were issued accordingly for the army to take the field, and
+it was publickly proclaimed throughout the city, that every one fit to
+carry arms, of every age and condition, was to join the troops, on pain
+of death. Pizarro gave notice that he would behead every person who
+acted contrary to these orders; and, while he marched in person at the
+head of the troops, he should leave the lieutenant-general in charge of
+the city, to execute rigorous punishment on all who lagged behind. All
+the inhabitants were so confounded and terrified by these threats, that
+no one dared to converse with another, and none had the courage either
+to fly or to determine what was best to be done in this emergency. Some
+however contrived to conceal themselves in places overgrown with tall
+reeds, or in caves, and many concealed their valuable effects under
+ground.
+
+On the day preceding that which had been fixed upon by Gonzalo for
+marching from Lima, news was brought that three ships had entered the
+port of Lima, which occasioned universal consternation. The alarm was
+sounded, and Gonzalo marched out with all the men who could be collected
+on a sudden, taking up his encampment about midway between the city and
+the port, at the distance of about a league or four miles from each,
+that he might at the same time make head against his enemies if they
+attempted to land, and might prevent the inhabitants of Lima from having
+any communication with the vessels. He was at the same time unwilling to
+abandon the city, and wished to know exactly the intentions of Aldana,
+before going to a greater distance, and if possible to gain possession
+of the vessels by some contrivance or negociation, having no means of
+preventing them from gaining possession of the port, as one of his own
+captains, contrary to the opinion of the other officers, had lately sunk
+five vessels in the harbour. On this occasion Gonzalo mustered five
+hundred and fifty men, cavalry and infantry included; and, after
+encamping in the situation already mentioned, he placed eight horsemen
+in ambush close to the sea, with orders to prevent any person landing
+from the vessels to deliver or to receive letters, or to converse with
+any one. Next day, Gonzalo sent Juan Hernandez, an inhabitant of Lima,
+in a boat on board the ships, with orders to say in his name, if Aldana
+chose to send any of his people on shore to explain the object of his
+coming into Peru, that Hernandez would remain on board as an hostage for
+the safety of his messenger. Hernandez was conducted on board the
+admiral where Aldana retained him as proposed, and sent on shore the
+captain Penna to wait upon Gonzalo.
+
+Penna was not conducted to camp till night, that he might have no
+opportunity of conversing with any one; and on being introduced to
+Gonzalo in his tent, he delivered to him a writing, containing the
+orders and instructions which the president had received from his
+majesty, the general amnesty granted by his majesty to all the colonists
+of Peru, and the revocation of the obnoxious regulations. He then
+expatiated, as instructed by Aldana, on the universal and great
+advantages which would accrue to all by giving a prompt and entire
+obedience to the commands of his majesty, who had not judged it
+convenient to continue Gonzalo in the government of Peru. That his
+majesty, being fully informed of all that had occurred in that country,
+had sent out De la Gasca as president, with instructions and full powers
+to provide a remedy for all the existing evils. Gonzalo proudly
+answered, that he would severely punish all who were on board the fleet,
+and would chastise the audacity of the president for the outrage he had
+committed in detaining his envoys and seizing his ships. He complained
+loudly against Aldana, for coming now against him as an enemy, after
+receiving his money, and accepting his commission to go into Spain on
+purpose to give an account of his conduct to the king.
+
+After some farther discourse, all the officers belonging to Gonzalo left
+the tent, leaving him and Penna alone together. Gonzalo made him a long
+discourse, endeavouring to justify his conduct in regard to his past and
+present conduct; and concluded by making him an offer of 100,000 crowns,
+if he would contrive to put him in possession of the galleon commanded
+by Aldana, which composed the principal force of the hostile fleet.
+Penna rejected his proposal with disdain, declaring himself dishonoured
+by the offer, and that nothing whatever would induce him to be guilty of
+such treacherous conduct. At the conclusion of this conference, Penna
+was committed to the custody of Antonio de Ribeira, with strict
+injunctions that he should not be allowed to have the smallest
+intercourse with any individual whomsoever; and was sent back next day
+to the fleet, when Juan Fernandez returned to camp, having in the
+interval promised and resolved to use his utmost efforts in the service
+of his majesty on every favourable opportunity.
+
+Aldana had rightly judged, that the surest means for succeeding in the
+mission on which he had been entrusted by the president, was to
+communicate the knowledge of the general pardon among the soldiers. For
+this purpose, therefore, he devised exceedingly proper measures to
+diffuse the intelligence among the troops, but which were at the same
+time exceedingly dangerous for Juan Hernandez. Aldana gave him copies of
+all his dispatches in duplicate, and entrusted him with letters for
+several principal persons in the camp of Gonzalo. Fernandez concealed
+such of these papers as he judged necessary in his boots, giving all the
+rest to Pizarro. Taking Gonzalo afterwards aside, he told him secretly
+that Aldana had endeavoured to prevail upon him to publish the royal
+pardon in the camp; and that accordingly he had thought it prudent to
+pretend compliance, and had taken charge of that general amnesty among
+his other dispatches, both to blind Aldana by the expectation of, doing
+what he wished, and on purpose to get these from him for the information
+of Gonzalo; pretending to be ignorant that Gonzalo knew of any such
+thing existing. Gonzalo thanked him for his prudent conduct, and
+considered him as a person worthy of entire confidence and much attached
+to the cause. He then received the papers which Fernandez offered,
+threatening the severest punishment against Aldana. Having thus craftily
+deceived Gonzalo, Fernandez contrived to deliver some of the letters he
+had in charge, and allowed some of them to fall on the ground, as if
+lost, yet so as they might be found by those to whom they were
+addressed.
+
+When Gonzalo quitted Lima to encamp on the road towards the sea-port of
+Calao, he left Pedro Martin de Cicilia in charge of the city as
+provost-marshal. This man, who had attached himself to Gonzalo with much
+zeal from the very commencement of the troubles, was now about seventy
+years of age, yet healthy and vigorous, of a rough and cruel
+disposition, and entirely destitute of piety towards God or of loyalty
+to the sovereign. Gonzalo had given him orders to hang up every person
+he might find loitering in the city with out a written permission, or
+who might return thither from camp without a pass. Martin executed these
+rigorous orders with so much exactitude, that, meeting a person who came
+under the foregoing predicament, he had not sufficient patience to have
+him hanged, but dispatched him directly with his poignard. He generally
+went about the streets followed by the hangman, carrying a parcel of
+ropes, and loudly declared that he would hang up every one whom he found
+in the city without permission from Ganzalo.
+
+One day several of the citizens came from the camp to the city, under
+the authority of a pass, to procure such provisions and other articles
+as they stood in need of, the principal persons among whom were Nicolas
+de Ribeira, who was alcalde or police judge of the city, Vasco de
+Guevara, Hernando Bravo de Lagunas, Francisco de Ampuero, Diego Tinoco,
+Alfonzo Ramirez de Sosa, Francisco de Barrionueva, Alfonzo de
+Barrionuevo, Martin de Menezes, Diego d'Escobar, and some others. After
+they had collected the articles of which they were in want, they left
+the city with their horses arms and servants; but, instead of returning
+towards the camp, they went off in the road for Truxillo. Being noticed
+by some spies, who gave immediate notice to Gonzalo, he caused them to
+be pursued by Juan de la Torre with a party of mounted musqueteers. At
+the distance of eight leagues from Lima, De la Torre came up with Vasco
+de Guevara and Francisco Ampuero, who had fallen behind with the
+intention of acting as a kind of rear guard, to give notice to the rest
+in case of a pursuit. They defended themselves courageously, and as
+their enemies could not take any certain aim, it being under night, they
+contrived to make their escape unwounded. De la Torre and his men found
+themselves unable to continue the pursuit with any chance of success, as
+their horses were already completely tired with their rapid march from
+camp. They returned, therefore, believing that, even if they were to get
+up with the fugitives, they would be unable to take them by force, as
+they were all men of quality, who would rather be slain than surrender.
+On their way back to camp, they fell in with Hernando Bravo, who had
+fallen behind his companions, and on bringing him a prisoner to Gonzalo
+he was ordered to immediate execution. Donna Ynez Bravo, who was sister
+to the prisoner and wife to Nicolas de Ribeira, one of the fugitives, on
+hearing the situation of her brother, hastened to the camp accompanied
+by her father, and threw herself at the feet of Gonzalo, whom she
+earnestly implored to spare the life of her brother. Being one of the
+most beautiful women of the country, and of the highest rank, and being
+seconded by most of the officers who served under Gonzalo, he at length
+allowed himself to be prevailed on to pardon her brother, who was the
+only person, during the whole subsistence of his usurpation, whom he
+forgave for a similar offence. On granting this pardon, Alfonzo de
+Caceres, one of the captains under Gonzalo, kissed his hand saying:
+"Illustrious prince! accursed be he who abandons you, or hesitates to
+sacrifice his life in your service." Yet, within three hours afterwards,
+Hernando Bravo and several others made their escape from the camp. Among
+these who now deserted were several persons of consideration who had
+attached themselves to Gonzalo from the very commencement of the
+troubles, so that their defection gave him infinite vexation and alarm,
+insomuch that hardly any one dared to speak to him, and he issued
+peremptory orders to put to death every person who might be found beyond
+the precincts of the camp.
+
+On the same night, Captain Martin de Robles sent a message to Diego
+Maldonado, who had been alcalde of Cuzco, usually called the rich,
+intimating that Gonzalo had resolved in a consultation with his officers
+to put him to death. Maldonado very readily believed this information,
+as he had formerly been one of the inhabitants of Cuzco who made offer
+of their services to the late viceroy. Likewise, although then pardoned
+by Gonzalo, whom he accompanied in the march to Quito against the
+viceroy, he had fallen under new suspicions, and had even been put to
+the torture, on account of a letter which was dropt near Gonzalo,
+containing some very unpleasant truths; and although the real authors of
+that letter had been afterwards discovered, Maldonado could never forget
+the treatment he had suffered at that time. Besides this, he was the
+intimate friend of Antonio Altamirano, whom Gonzalo had recently put to
+death. Considering all these circumstances, Maldonado was so thoroughly
+convinced of the imminent danger in which he stood, that he immediately
+quitted his tent with only his sword and cloak, not even taking time to
+saddle a horse, though he had several good ones, or speaking to any of
+his servants. Though a very old man, he walked as fast as possible all
+night in a direction towards the sea, and concealed himself in the
+morning among some tall reeds near the shore about three leagues from
+where the ships of Aldana lay at anchor. As he was much afraid of being
+pursued, he revealed his situation to an Indian who happened to be near;
+and whom he prevailed upon to construct a float of reeds and straw, on
+which the Indian carried him on board one of the ships.
+
+In the morning, Martin de Robles went to the tent of Maldonado; and
+finding him withdrawn as he expected, he immediately waited on Gonzalo,
+whom he informed of the circumstance, adding, "As the army was
+diminishing daily by the number and quality of the fugitives, he begged
+leave to advise that they should quit the present camp, and march into
+the interior provinces, as formerly agreed upon, without granting
+permission to any one to go into the city of Lima, lest many more might
+use that pretence for an opportunity to desert. Several of his own
+company, he said, had applied for leave to go into the city, to procure
+provisions; but he considered it better for himself to go therewith a
+detachment of soldiers to collect the provisions and necessaries
+required, that he might keep all his men in sight, and that he proposed
+on this occasion to take Maldonado from the Dominican convent, where he
+understood he had taken refuge, and to bring him a prisoner to the camp,
+where he ought to undergo condign punishment, as a warning to others."
+Gonzalo approved all that was said on this occasion by De Robles, in
+whom he had great confidence as a person who had taken part with him in
+all the past troubles, and desired him to act in the way he proposed. De
+Robles accordingly, taking all his own horses and attendants and those
+belonging to Maldonado, took along with him to Lima all the soldiers of
+his company in whom he could confide. After collecting such provisions
+and other necessaries as might serve his purpose, he set off for
+Truxillo with thirty armed horsemen, declaring publickly that Gonzalo
+was a tyrant and usurper, that all good subjects were bound to obey the
+orders of his majesty, and that he was resolved to join the president.
+
+When this serious defection became known in the camp, it was universally
+believed that the army would soon disperse, and that Gonzalo would be
+massacred. Gonzalo endeavoured to restore order and confidence among his
+troops, pretending to care little for those who had deserted him; yet
+resolved to decamp next morning. That very night, Lope Martin, an
+inhabitant of Cuzco, deserted almost in sight of the whole army. Next
+morning Gonzalo quitted his present camp, and marched about two leagues
+to a new camp near an aqueduct, taking every precaution to prevent his
+people from deserting; believing that his principal danger on that
+account would be got over if he were once ten or twelve leagues from
+Lima. The licentiate Carvajal was appointed to take charge of the night
+guard, with strict injunctions to prevent desertion: But even he, in the
+middle of the night, quitted the camp accompanied by Paulo Hondegardo,
+Marco de Retamoso, Pedro Suarez d'Escovedo, Francisco de Miranda,
+Hernando de Vargas, and several others belonging to his company. These
+men went in the first place to Lima, whence they took the road towards
+Truxillo. A few hours afterwards, Gabriel de Roias left the camp,
+accompanied by his nephews Gabriel Bermudez and Gomez de Roias and
+several other persons of quality. These men left the camp unseen by any
+one, as they went through the quarter which had been confided to the
+charge of the licentiate Carvajal.
+
+In the morning, Gonzalo was much distressed on learning the events of
+the past night, and more especially by the desertion of the licentiate
+Carvajal, whom he had disobliged by superseding him in the command which
+had been conferred on Juan d'Acosta, and by refusing him his niece Donna
+Francisca in marriage. The departure of the licentiate had a very bad
+effect on the minds of the troops; as they knew he was entrusted with
+all Gonzalos secrets, and had been greatly in his confidence ever since
+the death of the viceroy whom he had slain in the battle of Quito.
+Carvajal left to the value of more than 15,000 crowns in the camp, in
+gold silver and horses, all of which was immediately confiscated and
+divided among the soldiers: But the army was convinced he would not have
+abandoned so much valuable property, unless he had been satisfied that
+the affairs of Gonzalo were in a very bad condition, both in regard to
+power of resisting the president, and in respect of the right and
+justice of his pretensions. So great was the defection in the camp, that
+the greater part of the troops had resolved to disperse; and next
+morning, when the army had begun its march, two cavaliers, named Lopez
+and Villadente, quitting the ranks and causing their horses to vault in
+sight of the whole army, they cried, out aloud, "Long live the king, and
+let the tyrant die!" These men trusted, to the speed of their horses;
+and Gonzalo was so exceedingly suspicious of every one, that he
+expressly forbid these men to be pursued, being afraid that many might
+use that pretence for joining them. He continued his march accordingly,
+in all haste by the road of the plain country, leading towards Arequipa;
+in which march several of his musqueteers and others deserted, although
+he hanged ten or twelve persons of consideration in the course of three
+or four days. At length his force was reduced to two hundred men, and he
+was in continual dread that in some false alarm all his remaining men
+might disperse. Continuing his march, he at length came to the province
+of Nasca, about fifty leagues from Lima.
+
+After Gonzalo had gone to a considerable distance from Lima, Don Antonio
+de Ribeira, Martin Pizarro, Antonio de Leon, and some other inhabitants
+of Lima, who as old and infirm had been allowed by Gonzalo to remain
+behind the army on giving up all their horses and arms, erected the
+standard of the city, and, assembling the small number of inhabitants
+that remained in the great square, they publickly declared for his
+majesty in their own names and in the names of all the loyal citizens of
+the city. After proclaiming the new regulations and orders of the
+president, the general amnesty granted by the king, and the abrogation
+of the obnoxious regulations, they sent notice of all the recent events
+to Aldana, who still remained on the coast to receive and protect all
+who were inclined to quit the party of the insurgents. At the same time,
+and for the same purpose, Juan Alfonso Palamino had landed with fifty
+men, yet keeping his boats always in readiness to reimbark, in case of
+the return of Gonzalo. Aldana likewise placed an advanced picket of
+twelve horsemen, of those who had deserted from the insurgents, on the
+road towards Arequipa, to bring him timely notice of any thing that
+might occur in that quarter, with orders to return with all speed in
+case of the enemy making a countermarch, or of any important event.
+Aldana likewise gave orders to Captain Alfonzo de Caceres to remain at
+Lima, to collect any of the deserters from Pizarro that might come
+there; and he dispatched Juan Yllanez in one of his vessels along the
+coast, with orders to land a monk and a soldier in some secure place, to
+carry dispatches to Centeno, announcing the events that had occurred at
+lima, and to furnish him with copies of the royal orders and general
+amnesty, and to communicate similar intelligence at Arequipa. He sent
+likewise several intelligent persons by land to Arequipa, with letters
+to different persons of consideration, and to carry orders and
+instructions to the captains Alfonzo de Mendoza and Juan de Silveira at
+La Plata. By means of the Indians of Jauja, who belonged to him, Aldana
+transmitted letters and copies of the amnesty to several of those
+persons who accompanied Juan d'Acosta, that the royal clemency might be
+made known in all parts of Peru. Most of these measures succeeded, and
+produced material advantages as will appear in the sequel. In the mean
+time, Lorenzo de Aldana remained on board ship, with about an hundred
+and fifty men, issuing such orders as seemed necessary in the present
+state of affairs.
+
+It was soon learnt that Gonzalo received regular advices of ever thing
+that occurred, and great care was likewise taken by Aldana to procure
+intelligence of all that passed in the camp of the insurgents; so that
+every day messengers went and came between both parties, and both were
+continually endeavouring to mislead each other by false reports.
+Accordingly it was reported one day that Gonzalo and his troops Were in
+full march for Lima, which occasioned much confusion and dismay in that
+city; but it was known afterwards that this rumour had been purposely
+spread by Gonzalo and his lieutenant-general, on purpose to prevent
+Aldana from pursuing them, a measure of which they were much afraid. In
+this unpromising state of his affairs, great numbers of the adherents of
+Gonzalo abandoned him, believing that he could not resist the power of
+his enemies. Such of them as had horses took the road to Truxillo; and
+all the rest endeavoured to reach the ships of Aldana, concealing
+themselves as well as they could in retired places till they might
+ascertain that Gonzalo had proceeded farther on his march, which indeed
+he continued to do with much precipitation. When he had proceeded to a
+considerable distance from Lima, all those who had abandoned him flocked
+to that city, and every day some fresh deserters came there, by which
+means Aldana got accurate intelligence of the proceedings of Gonzalo,
+who was reported to be in continual dread of being put to death by his
+own men. After the flight of the licentiate Carvajal and Gabriel de
+Roias, Gonzalo made no farther use of the royal standard, only
+displaying that which contained his own arms. His cruelty increased with
+his disappointment, insomuch that not a day passed in which he did not
+put some one to death. He took extraordinary precautions for his own
+personal safety, which were so far effectual, but every effort to
+prevent desertion was unavailing.
+
+Lorenzo de Aldana sent intelligence of all these matters to the
+president, by means of messengers dispatched both by sea and land,
+earnestly urging him to come into Peru as quickly as possible, as the
+insurgent party seemed at so low an ebb that nothing was wanting but his
+presence to make it fall entirely in pieces and submit without a
+struggle. On the 9th. of September 1547, when assured that Gonzalo had
+retreated eighty leagues from Lima, Aldana landed with all his officers
+and all the inhabitants of Lima that had taken shelter on board his
+ships. He was received on shore with every demonstration of joy and
+respect, every one who was able appearing in arms to do him honour.
+Having appointed Juan Fernandez to the command of the ships, he took
+charge of the vacant government of Lima, where he made every possible
+preparation for carrying on the war, collecting arms ammunition and all
+other necessaries.
+
+Some time after the departure of Juan d'Acosta from Lima for Cuzco by
+the mountain road, as already mentioned, at the head of three hundred
+men well armed and equipped, he got notice that Gonzalo Pizarro had
+abandoned that city; on which he sent Fra Pedro, a monk of the order of
+Mercy, to Gonzalo, to demand instructions for his ulterior proceedings.
+Pizarro sent back the monk with directions for Acosta to join him at a
+certain place. On his return to Acosta, accompanied by a person named
+Gonzalo Muquos, after delivering his dispatches, Friar Pedro gave him an
+account of all that had happened in the army of Gonzalo, and in
+particular of the great number of men that had deserted from him; which
+Acosta had not before learnt, though several of his soldiers had
+received the intelligence by letters brought to them by the Indians who
+frequented the camp, but which they dared not to communicate to each
+other. On the present occasion, the messengers from Gonzalo recommended
+to Acosta to keep this matter as secret as possible till such time as he
+should join Gonzalo. Acosta therefore, gave out that he had received
+favourable intelligence from the monk, and that Gonzalo had been
+successful on several occasions, being daily joined by many additional
+soldiers; and, as he had found it convenient and necessary to send off
+many confidential persons in various directions, these persons pretended
+to have deserted from Gonzalo by way of stratagem, on purpose, to gain
+possession of the ships commanded by Aldana. All this however was
+insufficient to disguise the truth from many of the followers of Aldana,
+particularly Paez de Sotomayor, his major-general, and Martin d'Olmos
+one of his captains; who, coming to a knowledge of the real state of
+affairs, entered into a resolution of putting D'Acosta to death. They
+formed this resolution unknown to each other, as no one at this time
+dared to avow his sentiments to any other person, for fear of being put
+to death; yet, from certain indications, they began to suspect each
+other of entertaining similar sentiments, and at length opened
+themselves reciprocally, and communicated their purposes to several
+soldiers in whom they confided. Just when they were about to have put
+their enterprize into execution, Sotomayor got notice that D'Acosta was
+holding a secret conference in his tent with two of his captains, and
+that he had doubled his ordinary guard. From these circumstances,
+Sotomayor concluded that their conspiracy, having been revealed to
+several persons, had been betrayed to Acosta. He took therefore prompt
+measures to inform all his confederates, and both he and they took horse
+without delay, and left the camp in sight of all the army, to the number
+of thirty-five in all; among whom, besides Sotomayor and D'Olmos, the
+principal persons were Martin d'Alarzon who carried the grand standard,
+Hernando de Alvarado, Alfonzo Regel, Antonio de Avila, Garcias Gutierrez
+d'Escovedo, and Martin Monje; who, with all who went off on this
+occasion, were men of consideration and of much experience in the
+affairs of Peru. These men took immediately the road for Guamanga, and
+used such expedition that, though Acosta sent off sixty mounted
+musqueteers to pursue them, they made their escape in safety.
+
+Acosta caused immediate investigations to be made in regard to such as
+had participated in this plot, and ordered several persons to be hanged
+who were proved to have known its circumstances: some others in the same
+predicament he detained prisoners, and dissembled with the rest who had
+been implicated, pretending not to know that they had participated in
+the conspiracy: Yet, during his march towards Cuzco, he put to death
+several of those of whom he was suspicious, and others who endeavoured
+to desert. On his arrival at Cuzco, he displaced all the magistrates who
+had been appointed by Centeno, nominating others in their stead in whom
+he thought he could confide, and appointed Juan Velasquez de Tapia to
+take the chief direction of affairs in that city and province; and
+having regulated every thing to his mind, he resumed his march for
+Arequipa to join Gonzalo, according to his directions. In this latter
+part of his march, about thirty of his men deserted from him, by two or
+three at a time, all of whom went directly to Lima where they joined
+Lorenzo de Aldana. Besides these, when Acosta had got about ten leagues
+beyond Cuzco, Martin de Almandras abandoned him with twenty of the best
+soldiers of his small army, and returned to Cuzco, where he found a
+sufficient number of the inhabitants disposed to join him in returning
+to their duty, and in concurrence with whom he deposed the magistracy
+appointed by Acosta, one of whom he sent away prisoner to Lima, and
+established a new set in the name of his majesty. Finding that the
+number of his followers diminished from day to day, Acosta accelerated
+his march as much as possible, both for his own security and to serve
+the insurgent cause in which he was engaged. Out of three hundred well
+armed and excellently equipped men, with whom he had set out from Lima,
+only one hundred remained with him on his arrival at Arequipa. He found
+Gonzalo Pizarro at that place, with only about three hundred and fifty
+men, who a very short while before had a fine army of fifteen hundred,
+besides all those who were dispersed in different parts of Peru under
+various captains, all of whom were then under his orders. Gonzalo was
+now exceedingly irresolute as to his future proceedings; being too weak
+to wait the attack of the royalists, who continually augmented in their
+numbers, and yet deeming it dishonourable to fly or to endeavour to
+conceal himself.
+
+In the mean time Centeno remained in the Collao, waiting an answer from
+Captain Mendoza to the message he had sent by Gonzalo de Zarate as
+formerly mentioned. While there he received dispatches from the
+president, which were forwarded by Aldana, and accounts of the events
+which had occurred at Lima, particularly the flight of Gonzalo Pizarro
+to Arequipa, and the junction of Acosta with the insurgents at that
+place. On receiving this intelligence he sent a new message to Mendoza
+by means of Luis Garcias, giving him an account of all these events, and
+particularly informing him of the orders and instructions given to the
+president, the general amnesty, the revocation of the obnoxious
+regulations, and the determination of his majesty that Gonzalo Pizarro
+was not to continue in the government of Peru. He apprized him likewise,
+that most of the gentlemen and persons of consideration, who had
+hitherto followed Gonzalo, had now abandoned him on account of his
+tyrannical conduct, in murdering and plundering all the principal
+colonists, and more especially because of his rebellion against the
+sovereign, and refusal to submit to his royal orders, and to the
+authority of him who had been appointed to regulate the affairs of the
+kingdom. Wherefore, although all that had been done hitherto might in
+some measure be excused, he urged Mendoza to consider that in continuing
+to obey Gonzalo he could no longer avoid the reproach of acting as a
+rebel against the king. It was now necessary and proper therefore, to
+forget all individual interests or past disputes, and to devote himself
+entirely to his majesty, to whom he was enabled by his present situation
+to render important service.
+
+Alfonzo de Mendoza was already well disposed to act the part of a loyal
+subject in the present situation of affairs, yet uncertain how best to
+conduct himself for that purpose; but by this message from Centeno, he
+was completely determined as to the regulation of his conduct on the
+present emergency, and immediately declared for his majesty. By
+agreement between him and Centeno, each was to retain the chief command
+of the troops now under their orders, and Mendoza departed from La Plata
+with his men to join Centeno in the Collao. The union of these leaders
+and their troops occasioned great joy to all their followers, now
+exceeding a thousand men; and they resolved to march immediately against
+Gonzalo, taking up a position at a certain pass to prevent him from
+escaping, and were likewise induced to remain at that place for the
+convenience of procuring provisions.
+
+At this time the whole extent of Peru from Quito to Lima had declared
+for his majesty. Juan d'Olmos, who commanded under Gonzalo at Puerto
+Viejo, on observing the vessels under Aldana passing the port of Manta
+in that province, had sent an express to Gonzalo giving his opinion that
+these vessels seemed hostile, as they had not called at the port for
+refreshments. He at the same time sent some Indians on board, in their
+ordinary rafts or flat boats, to inquire the purpose of their voyage; by
+means of which Indians Aldana transmitted letters to D'Olmos, urging him
+to quit the insurgent party, with copies of all the papers connected
+with the mission of the president. After perusing these papers, D'Olmos
+transmitted them to Gomez Estacio who was lieutenant-governor of the
+province for Gonzalo at St Jago de Guyaquil, usually called Culata. On
+learning that his majesty did not approve of continuing Gonzalo in the
+government, and had sent out Gasca as president, Gomez wrote back to
+D'Olmos, that when the president arrived in the country he should know
+better how to act, and might probably join him; but in the present
+situation of affairs, he thought it best for both to remain quiet. Juan
+d'Olmos went immediately to visit Gomez, accompanied by seven or eight
+friends, under pretence of communing with him on the state of affairs;
+but, taking his opportunity, one day when Gomez was off his guard, he
+stabbed him with his poniard, and immediately got the people to declare
+for his majesty, after which he did the same at his own government of
+Puerto Viejo.
+
+When Pedro de Puelles, the governor of Quito, became acquainted with
+these proceedings of D'Olmos, and that the fleet and army at Panama had
+declared for the president, he became exceedingly anxious as to the
+measures proper for him to pursue. At this time D'Olmos sent Diego de
+Urbina to Quito to endeavour to prevail on Puelles to declare for the
+royal party. Puelles declared he was ready to receive and obey the
+person sent out by the king, when once he was satisfied that his majesty
+had no intention of continuing Gonzalo in the government, but would make
+no alteration in the mean time; and with this indecisive answer Urbina
+returned to D'Olmos. A few days afterwards, Rodrigo de Salazar, in whom
+Puelles reposed entire confidence, entered into a conspiracy with
+several soldiers at Quito, assassinated Puelles, and declared for his
+majesty. After this exploit, Salazar set out from Quito for Tumbez with
+three hundred men, with the intention of joining the president. By these
+several events, and others which have been formerly related, almost the
+whole of Peru had already returned to obedience before the arrival of
+the president in the kingdom.
+
+While these favourable events were going on in Peru, the president
+embarked at Panama with about five hundred men, and arrived safely at
+the port of Tumbez; one of his ships, commanded by Don Pedro de Cabrera,
+being under the necessity of stopping at Buenaventura, whence Cabrera
+and his men marched by land to Tumbez. On his arrival in Peru, the
+president received letters from all parts of the kingdom, by which the
+writers offered him their services and assistance, besides communicating
+their sentiments on the situation of the colony, and giving their advice
+how best to proceed in reducing it to order; to all of which letters he
+replied with great condescension. So many flocked to his standard from
+all quarters, that he considered himself sufficiently strong to overcome
+all resistance from the remnant of the insurgents, without drawing any
+reinforcements from the other Spanish colonies in America; on which
+account he sent off messengers to New Spain, Guatimala, Nicaragua, and
+St Domingo, informing the governors of these colonies of the favourable
+turn of affairs in Peru, and that he should now have no occasion for
+the reinforcements which he had formerly thought necessary. Soon after
+his arrival, he gave orders to his lieutenant-general, Pedro Alfonzo de
+Hinojosa, to march with the troops to form a junction with the royalists
+in Caxamarca. In the mean time Polo de Menzes remained in charge of the
+fleet, with which he advanced along the coast to the southwards, while
+the president, with a sufficient escort, went by the road of the plain
+to Truxillo, at which place he received intelligence from all parts of
+the country, stating that every thing went on well.
+
+The president had resolved that he would not go to Lima till he had
+completed the purposes of his mission, by the final conquest of Gonzalo
+and his adherents, and the restoration of peace and order in the kingdom
+of Peru; on which account he transmitted orders to all quarters, that
+all who had declared for his majesty should meet him in the valley of
+Jauja, which he considered to be a convenient situation in which to
+assemble the whole loyal force of the kingdom, as in that place
+abundance of provisions could easily be procured. For this purpose, he
+sent orders to Lorenzo de Aldana, then at Lima, to march with all his
+force for Jauja; and joining the army under Hinojosa, now exceeding a
+thousand men, he marched for Jauja, all the army expressing the utmost
+satisfaction at the prospect of being freed from the tyranny of Gonzalo.
+Many of the principal persons who had joined with Gonzalo at the
+beginning of the troubles, were now exceedingly offended and displeased
+by the cruel murders of so many of their friends and neighbours; above
+five hundred men having been put to death, many of whom were persons of
+consideration and importance; insomuch that those who still remained
+along with him were continually in fear of their lives.
+
+On his arrival at Arequipa, Gonzalo found that city entirely deserted,
+as most of the inhabitants had gone to join Diego Centeno after that
+officer got possession of Cuzco. Hearing that Centeno was in the Collao,
+near the lake of Titicaca, where after his junction with Mendoza, he had
+an army of near a thousand men, composed of the troops of Cuzco Las
+Charcas and Arequipa, and with which they occupied all the passes
+towards the interior, Gonzalo believed it almost impossible to attack
+these officers with any probability of success. He waited therefore at
+Arequipa about three weeks, expecting the junction of D'Acosta, who at
+length arrived, but with very diminished numbers, as already related,
+many having abandoned him, and having put many of his followers to death
+on suspicion that they intended to desert. After the junction of
+D'Acosta, Gonzalo found himself at the head of five hundred men. He now
+wrote to Centeno, giving a recital of all the events which had occurred
+during the troubles, and dwelt particularly on the favour he had always
+shewn him, and particularly instanced the pardon he had granted him when
+Gaspard Rodriguez and Philip Guttierrez were executed, though equally
+guilty with them, and although all his officers had urged him to put
+Centeno to death. In addition, Gonzalo made high offers to Centeno,
+promising to accede to every demand he might choose to make, if he would
+now join him. He sent this letter to Centeno by a person named Francisco
+Vaso, who immediately offered his services to Centeno, to whom he
+intimated that Diego Alvarez his standard-bearer was in correspondence
+with Gonzalo. Centeno was already informed of this circumstance by
+Alvarez himself, who assured him he had entered into this correspondence
+for a quite different purpose than that of betraying him or the royal
+cause.
+
+Centeno thought proper to send a civil answer to Gonzalo, giving him
+many thanks for his offers, and freely acknowledging the favour he had
+formerly experienced. That as a mark of his gratitude, therefore, he now
+earnestly entreated him to reflect seriously on the present situation of
+affairs, to consider the gracious clemency of the king, who had granted
+a free pardon to him and all those who had taken any part in the past
+troubles. He assured Gonzalo, if he would abandon the insurrection, now
+evidently hopeless, and submit to the royal orders, that he would use
+his utmost endeavours to procure him an honourable and advantageous
+situation, and at the same time endeavoured to convince him that he
+would run no risk either in his person or property by following the
+present advice. On his return to Gonzalo with this letter, Vaso was met
+by the lieutenant-general Carvajal, who made minute inquiry respecting
+every thing he had seen and learnt, and gave him strict injunctions not
+to let it be known to the followers of Gonzalo that the force of Centeno
+exceeded seven hundred men. On being informed that Centeno refused to
+join him, Gonzalo disdained to read his letter, and ordered it
+immediately to be burnt in presence of several of his officers.
+
+Immediately after this, Gonzalo determined to march into the province
+of Las Charcas, and accordingly took the direct road towards the pass
+occupied by Centeno and Mendoza. In this march the van-guard was
+commanded by the lieutenant-general, who took and hanged more than
+twenty persons whom he fell in with during the march. Among these was a
+priest named Pantaleon, who carried some letters for Centeno, and whom
+Carvajal ordered to be hung up, with his breviary and ink-horn suspended
+from his neck. Continuing this march, the scouts of the two armies fell
+in with each other on Thursday the 19th of October 1547. Gonzalo
+immediately sent one of his chaplains with a message to Centeno,
+demanding leave to continue his march through the pass, without being
+obliged to give battle[32]. The chaplain was conducted by the bishop of
+Cuzco, who happened to be in the army of Centeno, to his tent; and
+Centeno gave strict charges to his troops to be on their guard and
+always in good order to receive the enemy in case of an attack. For
+above a month Centeno had been afflicted by an obstinate fever, for
+which he had been six times blooded without any relief, and was not
+expected to recover; so that he was quite incapable of acting on the
+present emergency, being confined constantly to bed.
+
+[Footnote 32: No consequences seem to have followed from this demand,
+which does not appear to have been acceded or even listened to.--E.]
+
+The illness of Centeno was known in the army of Gonzalo, and that his
+tent was pitched at some distance from the rest, to avoid the noise and
+bustle of the camp. Founding on this intelligence, Juan d'Acosta was
+detached with twenty picked men, with orders to approach silently in the
+night to the camp of the royalists, and to endeavour to carry off
+Centeno. Acosta accordingly drew near with so much caution that he
+surprised the centinels that were on guard over Centeno, and had very
+near reached his tent when the alarm was given by some negro servants.
+Being thus discovered, Acosta ordered his men to fire off their
+musquets, and immediately retreated back to the camp of Gonzalo without
+losing a man. In the confusion occasioned by this exploit, great numbers
+of the royalists hastened towards the tent occupied by Centeno; but on
+this occasion several of the soldiers belonging to Valdivia threw away
+their arms and fled. Next morning the scouts of both armies approached
+each other, followed by the respective armies, which at length came in
+sight. The army of Centeno consisted of about a thousand men, two
+hundred of whom were cavalry, an hundred and fifty armed with musquets,
+and all the rest with pikes. Of this army, Luis de Ribera was
+major-general, Pedro de Rios, Jerom Villegas, and Pedro de Ulloa,
+captains of cavalry, and Diego Alvarez carried the grand-standard. The
+captains of infantry were Juan de Vargas, Francisco Retamoso, Negral,
+Pantoia, and Diego Lopez de Zuniga; Luis Garcias being sergeant-major,
+or adjutant-general[33]. The army of Gonzalo consisted only of five
+hundred men, of which three hundred were musqueteers, and eighty
+cavalry, the remainder being armed with pikes. Of this army Carvajal was
+lieutenant-general; the licentiate Cepeda and Juan Velez de Guevara were
+captains of horse; and Juan d'Acosta, Ferdinand Bachicao, and Juan de la
+Torre captains of foot.
+
+[Footnote 33: It is not easy to understand how Mendoza, who had joined
+Centeno some time before, happens to be omitted in this enumeration--E.]
+
+Both armies being drawn up in good order, the insurgents advanced, to
+the sound of trumpets and other musical instruments, till within six
+hundred paces of the enemy, when Carvajal ordered them to halt. The
+royalists continued to advance till within a hundred paces less, and
+then halted likewise. At this time, forty musqueteers were detached from
+the army of Gonzalo, with orders to begin the engagement; and two other
+parties of musqueteers, of forty men each, were posted on the wings,
+Pizarro taking his station between his cavalry and infantry. Thirty
+musqueteers were likewise advanced from the army of Centeno, to skirmish
+with those of the insurgents. As Carvajal observed that the royalists
+waited the attack in good order, he ordered his troops to advance a few
+steps very slowly, in hopes of inducing the enemy to make some movement
+or evolution which might occasion confusion in their ranks. This had the
+desired, effect, as the royalists, believing that their enemies, though
+interior in number, wished to have the honour of making the attack, they
+began immediately to advance, and the insurgents by order of Carvajal
+stood firm to receive them. When tolerably near, Carvajal gave orders
+for a small number of his troops to fire their musquets, on which the
+royalists made a general discharge, and marched forwards at a quick step
+with levelled pikes, during which the royalist musqueteers made a second
+discharge without occasioning any loss to the enemy, as they were still
+three hundred paces distant. Carvajal made his men reserve their fire
+till the enemy was within about an hundred paces; when, with a few
+pieces of artillery, and the whole of his musqueteers, he threw in so
+destructive a volley that above an hundred and fifty of the royalists
+were slain, among whom were two of their captains. By this terrible
+slaughter, the whole infantry of the royalist army was thrown into
+disorder, entirely defeated, and took to flight, in spite of every
+effort of Captain Retimoso to rally them, who lay wounded in the field.
+Notwithstanding the defeat of the infantry, the royalist cavalry made a
+brave charge against the insurgents, of whom they killed and wounded a
+considerable number. On this occasion Gonzalo had his horse killed and
+was thrown to the ground, yet escaped unhurt. Pedro de Rios and Pedro de
+Ulloa, captains of cavalry belonging to Centeno, wheeled with their
+squadrons round the wing of the insurgent infantry, intending to charge
+their flank; but were opposed by the detachments of musqueteers which
+were posted on the wings, on which occasion De Rios and several others
+were slain. Being thus repulsed, and seeing their own infantry entirely
+defeated, the cavalry took likewise to flight and dispersed, every one
+endeavouring to save himself as he best could.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro, having thus gained an easy victory, marched on with his
+army in good order to the camp of Centeno, putting every person to death
+that came in the way. A considerable number of the dispersed royalists
+happened to seek safety in passing by the camp of Pizarro, which they
+found entirely deserted, insomuch that they were able to make use of the
+horses and mules belonging to the insurgent infantry to facilitate their
+flight, and even made a considerable booty in gold and silver. While the
+royalist cavalry were engaged vigorously with the insurgents, Bachicao,
+one of Gonzalos captains, believing that the royalists would be
+victorious, went over to them. After the victory was decided in favour
+of Gonzalo, Bachicao, imagining that his conduct had not been observed,
+and would remain unknown, or that he would be able to justify himself
+under some colourable pretence, returned to his post. But as his
+defection was known to Carvajal, he caused him to be instantly hung up,
+adding insulting raillery to his cruelty, calling him his dear comrade
+and using many other bantering expressions.
+
+During this unfortunate battle, Centeno was so ill that he was carried
+on a kind of litter by six Indians, almost in a state of insensibility;
+yet, by the care and attention of some of his friends, he was saved
+after the defeat of his army. In this bloody engagement, which was
+fought near a place called Guarina, above three hundred and fifty men
+were slain on the side of the royalists, besides thirty more who were
+put to death in the pursuit by the insurgent cavalry. Among these were,
+the major-general Luis de Ribera, the captains Retamoso, Diego Lopez de
+Zuniga, Negral, Pantoia, and Diego Alvarez, with Friar Gonzalo of the
+order of Mercy, and several other persons of condition. The insurgents
+lost about an hundred men. After the battle, Carvajal pursued the
+fugitives at the head of the insurgent cavalry for several days, on the
+road towards Cuzco. He was very anxious to take the bishop of Cuzco,
+against whom he was much incensed for having joined Centeno and being
+present in the battle. The bishop however made his escape; but Carvajal
+gratified his revenge on several royalists whom he got up with, all of
+whom he hung up without mercy, among whom were a brother of the bishop
+and a Dominican friar. After the return of Carvajal from the pursuit,
+Gonzalo made a distribution of lands and Indians among his troops,
+engaging to put them into possession at a convenient opportunity. He
+likewise took great care of his wounded men, and caused the slain to be
+buried. He then sent Bovadilla with a detachment to the city of La Plata
+and the mines, to collect all the gold and silver that could be
+procured, and dispatched Diego de Carvajal, usually called the _Beau_,
+on a similar mission to Arequipa. Juan de la Torre was sent to take
+possession of Cuzco, where he put to death Vasquez de Tapia and the
+licentiate Martel.
+
+After this favourable turn of affairs, Pizarro issued a proclamation by
+which all the soldiers who had served under Centeno were commanded to
+join his standard, under pain of death; granting an amnesty for all that
+passed, with the exception only of those principal leaders who had
+particularly exerted themselves for the royal cause. He then sent Pedro
+de Bustincia with a detachment, to oblige the curacas of Andaguaylas and
+the neighbouring districts to furnish provisions for his army. A few
+days afterwards Gonzalo repaired to Cuzco with about four hundred men,
+and used every effort to put himself into a situation for opposing the
+president; being so elated by the victory he had gained at Guarina over
+such superior numbers, that he and his followers believed themselves
+almost invincible.
+
+While these things were going on in the south of Peru, the president
+marched by the mountain road for the valley of Jauja, accompanied by
+the troops which he had brought from the Tierra Firma, and those of the
+captains Diego de Mora, Gomez de Alvarado, Juan de Saavedra, Porcel, and
+the others that had assembled in Caxamarca. He sent orders likewise to
+Salazar, who now commanded at Quito, to join him with all his men; and
+ordered Lorenzo de Aldana to join him from Lima with all the soldiers
+from the fleet and those he had drawn together after the flight of
+Gonzalo to Arequipa. The president arrived first of all at Jauja with an
+escort of an hundred men, where he immediately took the proper measures
+for collecting arms and military stores, and provisions. On the same day
+he was joined by the licentiate Carvajal and Gabriel de Royas; and soon
+afterwards Ferdinand Mexia de Guzman, and Juan Alphonzo Palamino arrived
+with their companies. Lorenzo de Aldana remained at Lima with his own
+company, it being of great importance to keep possession of that city
+and its post. In a short time the president had collected an army of
+above fifteen hundred men in Jauja, and employed all the forges and
+artists he could procure to fabricate new musquets, to put all the old
+ones into good repair, and to provide abundance of pikes and all other
+arms, both offensive and defensive. In these preparations he not only
+exerted the utmost diligence, but shewed a great deal of intelligence
+and knowledge, far beyond what could tare been expected from a person
+who had hitherto been entirely occupied in civil and religious pursuits.
+He carefully visited his camps, and inspected the workmen who were
+employed by his orders, taking at the same time every possible care of
+such of his soldiers as were sick, exerting himself to the utmost in
+every thing relative to the good of the service, beyond what could have
+been expected from any single person, by which means he acquired the
+entire confidence and affection of all who were under his command. His
+army had always been in hope that their services would not be required,
+and even at one time believed that the president would not have had
+occasion to assemble an army, as they thought that Centeno was strong
+enough to have conquered Gonzalo.
+
+Immediately on receiving intelligence of the victory which Gonzalo had
+gained at Guarina, the president sent the captains Lope Martin and
+Mercadillo, with a detachment of fifty men, to occupy the passes of
+Guamanga, about thirty leagues from Jauja on the way to Cuzco, to learn
+the motions of the enemy, and to collect all who might have been able
+to escape from Cuzco. While at Guamanga, Lope Martin got notice that
+Pedro de Bustincia was in the district of Andahuaylas collecting
+provisions for the army of Gonzalo, as formerly mentioned. Accompanied
+by fifteen mounted musqueteers, Martin went into that district, where he
+unexpectedly attacked Bustincia during the night, and made him and all
+his people prisoners. After hanging some of these men, he returned to
+Guamanga, bringing all the curacas of the neighbourhood along with him,
+by whose means intelligence was conveyed to all parts of the country,
+giving notice of the arrival of the president in the valley of Jauja,
+and the great preparations he was making in that place.
+
+From Jauja the president sent his lieutenant-general, Alfonzo de
+Alvarado, to bring up from Lima all the soldiers that could be spared
+from that place, together with some pieces of artillery from the ships,
+and clothes and money for the supply of such of the soldiers as were in
+want; all of which services were performed by Alvarado in a short time.
+The president now mustered his army, of which Pedro Alfonzo de Hinojosa
+was lieutenant-general, and the licenciate Bendicto de Carvajal carried
+the royal standard, Don Pedro de Cabrera, Gomez de Alvarado, Juan de
+Saavedra, Diego de Mora, Francisco Hernandez, Rodrigo de Salazar, and
+Alfonzo de Mendoza were captains of cavalry; Don Balthazar de Castillo,
+Pablo de Menezes, Hernando Mexia de Guzman, Juan Alfonzo Palomino, Gomez
+de Solis, Francisco Mosquera, Don Ferdinand de Cardinas, the adelantado
+Andagoya, Francisco d'Olmos, Gomez d'Arias, and three other captains,
+Porcel, Pardaval, and Serna, commanded the infantry. Gabriel de Royas
+was appointed to command the artillery. Besides the military officers
+already mentioned, the president was attended by the archbishop of Lima,
+the bishops of Cuzco and Quito, the provincials of the Dominicans and of
+the order of Mercy, and by several other ecclesiastics, both priests and
+friars. On a general muster and review of the army, it was found to
+consist of seven hundred musqueteers, five hundred pikemen, and four
+hundred cavalry. Afterwards, on arriving at Xaquixaguana on the march
+towards Cuzco, it was augmented to nineteen hundred men, by the junction
+of several other detachments, forming the largest and best appointed
+array hitherto seen in Peru.
+
+The president, having completed his preparations, began his march from
+Jauja in good order on the 19th of December 1547, taking the route of
+Cuzco, and especially desirous of crossing the river Abancay[34] in some
+safe place. In this part of his march he was joined by Pedro de
+Valdivia, the governor of Chili. Valdivia had come by sea to Lima, on
+purpose to raise men, and to procure various stores of which he was in
+want, with clothing and ammunition, on purpose to enable him to proceed
+in the conquest of Chili. On his arrival at Lima, and learning the
+situation of affairs in Peru, he determined upon joining the president.
+His arrival was considered as an indication of good fortune; for,
+although the president had already in his army many officers of merit
+and capacity, and of eminent rank and fortune, there was not any one in
+Peru who possessed so much experience in the manner of conducting
+warlike operations in that country as Valdivia, on which account he was
+considered as a fit person to be opposed to the experience and
+stratagems of Carvajal, who was much dreaded by every one in the
+presidents army, more especially since the late defeat of Centeno, which
+was entirely attributed to the talents of Carvajal. About the same time
+Centeno joined the president with more than thirty horse, who had
+accompanied him ever since the defeat of Guarina. Continuing his march
+amid considerable difficulties, owing to the scarcity of provisions, the
+president at length reached the province of Andahuaylas, where he judged
+it proper to remain during the winter, on account of the violent rains
+which fell night and day almost without ceasing, by which the tents were
+all rotted. The maize which they procured as food for the troops was all
+wet and spoiled, by which a considerable number of the soldiers were
+afflicted with dysentery, of which some died, notwithstanding the care
+taken of the sick by Francisco de la Rocha, a Trinitarian monk, who
+acted as physician to the army. Although there were above four hundred
+sick at one time, so great was the care bestowed, that they were as well
+attended and as plentifully supplied with medicines as if in a populous
+city, insomuch that they almost all recovered.
+
+[Footnote 34: Rather the Pachacamac, near which the town or city of
+Abancay is situated, and where probably the president proposed to pass
+that river.--E.]
+
+The arrival of Valdivia and Centeno diffused much joy through the army,
+which was expressed in frequent feasts and entertainments, with concerts
+of music, running at the ring, and similar amusements. During the
+continuance of the army in winter quarters at Andahuaylas, the general
+Hinojosa with Alfonzo de Alvarado and Valdivia applied themselves
+indefatigably to have every thing in the best possible order for taking
+the field. On the commencement of spring, and when the rains began
+sensibly to diminish, the army broke up from Andahuaylas and marched to
+the bridge of Abancay, about twenty leagues from Cuzco, where it halted
+until bridges were constructed across the Apurimac at the distance of
+twelve leagues from Cuzco[35], as the enemy had broken down all the
+bridges over that river, and it was necessary either to construct new
+ones, or to make a circuit of more than seventy leagues to get to Cuzco.
+On purpose to distract the enemy, the president caused materials for the
+construction of bridges to be carried to three different points on the
+Apurimac; one on the great road of the Incas[36], a second in the valley
+of Cotabamba, about twelve leagues farther up the river, and a third
+still farther up the Apurimac, at a village belonging to Don Pedro de
+Puertocarrero, where that officer was posted with a hundred men to guard
+the passage. For the construction of these bridges cables and ropes were
+prepared, after the manner of the native Peruvians as formerly described
+in our general account of the country; and beams and pillars were got
+ready on which to fix the cables when the army should be collected at
+the intended place of passing the river. Had Gonzalo been able to
+ascertain the place at which it was intended to pass, he had assuredly
+opposed the royalists, and would at least have made it exceedingly
+difficult for them to construct a bridge; but as he could not ascertain
+the actual point fixed on, he did not consider it safe to divide his
+force so as to oppose the royalists at the three points of
+demonstration, and satisfied himself therefore by posting spies at the
+different places, to bring him immediate notice of the place where the
+royalists might begin their operations, that he might know where to
+march to oppose them. But the secret was confined to the knowledge of
+the president, and the members of his council of war.
+
+[Footnote 35: Abancay on the Pachacamac is not above 14 Spanish leagues
+from Cuzco in a straight line. The other bridges mentioned in the text
+must have been thrown over the Apurimac Proper, somewhere near the town
+or village of Limatambo.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 36: This was probably by Limatambo, as on the great road the
+Incas had palaces for lodging in with their attendants, called
+_tambos_.--E.]
+
+When all the materials were in readiness, the army began its march for
+Cotabamba, at which place it was determined to pass the river. In this
+march the army had to encounter very considerable difficulties in
+passing through mountains covered with snow. Several of the captains
+were of opinion that this was an improper route, and proposed another
+place almost fifty[37], leagues higher up; but Lope Martin, who guarded
+the pass of Cotabamba, always insisted that the securest passage was to
+be had at that place. In consequence of this difference of opinion, the
+president sent Valdivia and three other captains to examine the
+different places; and on their report that Cotabamba was attended by the
+least difficulty and danger, that place was fixed upon. When Lope Martin
+got information that the army approached to Cotabamba, he set to work
+with the Spaniards and Indians of his detachment, to extend and tighten
+the cables and ropes across the river, of which the main support of the
+bridge was to be composed. Three of the cables were already fixed, when
+the spies employed by Gonzalo came to the place, and cut two of them
+without resistance. On this intelligence being communicated to the army,
+it gave much concern to the president and his officers, lest Gonzalo
+might bring up his forces to dispute the passage before the army could
+be able to get over. The president, therefore, accompanied by his
+principal officers, Hinojosa Alvarado and Valdivia, hastened to the scite
+of the bridge, where he immediately gave orders for some companies of
+infantry to pass the river on Peruvian flat boats or rafts, which was
+deemed a very hazardous enterprize, both on account of the rapidity of
+the current, and because it was believed the enemy might be in some force
+on the other side. Among the first who got over was Hondegardo with a
+few soldiers, after whom several other captains of infantry got across
+with their men, so that before night above four hundred men were got
+over, some of whom swam over their horses along with the flat boats,
+holding them by the bridles, and having their musquets and other arms
+tied to the saddles. Yet so rapid was the current, that above sixty
+horses were lost on this occasion, either drowned or dashed against
+the rocks.
+
+[Footnote 37: This may probably be an error of the press in the original
+for _fifteen_ leagues. Fifty leagues even from Abancay would have
+carried the army almost to Arequipa, to turn the head of the Apurimac,
+and among the highest mountains of Peru.--E.]
+
+On receiving notice from his spies that a part of the royalists had got
+across the river, Gonzalo sent off Juan d'Acosta with two hundred
+mounted musqueteers, with orders to give no quarter to any of those who
+had passed the river, excepting such as had newly come from Spain. On
+the approach of Acosta, as the royalists then on that side of the river
+were not numerous, they mounted a considerable number of Indians and
+negroes on the horses which had been got over, arming them with lances,
+and by that means presented the appearance of a formidable squadron
+drawn up on a height, the few Spanish troops who were on that side of
+the river being placed in the front rank; insomuch that, when Acosta
+went to reconnoitre, they appeared so numerous that he did not venture
+to attack; and returned for a reinforcement. In the mean time, the
+bridge being got ready with the utmost possible diligence, most of the
+royalists passed the river, every one expressing the utmost astonishment
+at the negligence of Gonzalo in not being at hand to dispute the
+passage, as a hundred men at each of the three places where preparations
+had been made for passing, might have rendered the attempt exceedingly
+hazardous.
+
+Next day, when all the army with its stores and followers had passed the
+river, Don Juan de Sandoval was sent out upon discovery, who reported on
+his return that he had advanced three leagues into the country without
+seeing any thing of the insurgents. Hinojosa and Valdivia were then
+ordered to advance with several companies of infantry to occupy the
+passes in the neighbouring mountain, as Gonzalo might have given them
+much trouble if he had taken possession of these heights, which were
+above a league and a half in ascent; and this order was happily executed
+without meeting with any resistance. When Acosta retreated from the
+river, in consequence of believing himself too weak to attack those who
+had passed, he sent to demand a reinforcement from Gonzalo of a hundred
+musqueteers, with the aid of whom he alleged he would be enabled to
+defeat the royalist party which had crossed. At this time one Juan
+Nunnez de Prado deserted from him to the president, and gave him notice
+of the succours which were expected by Acosta. Believing therefore that
+Gonzalo would advance with all his forces, the president took post on
+the ridge of the mountain with above nine hundred men, both cavalry and
+infantry, and remained under arms all night. Next morning, Acosta
+advanced with the reinforcement he had demanded, and the scouts of the
+president brought notice of his approach. On this intelligence,
+believing the whole army of the insurgents at hand, the president sent
+his major-general Alfonzo de Alvarado back to the river, to bring up
+the artillery and the rest of the army: And as the colours of Pizarro
+came in sight, before the return of Alvarado, the president drew up his
+nine hundred men in order of battle, giving all the necessary orders in
+case of being attacked. But in a short time, it was discovered that
+these precautions were unnecessary, as Acosta soon retreated with his
+three hundred men, on seeing the greatly superior force of the
+royalists.
+
+The president remained two or three days in the position he had taken on
+the summit of the mountain, waiting for his artillery and the rest of
+his army. While at that place, Gonzalo sent him a message by a priest,
+demanding that he should dismiss his army, and refrain from making war
+against him till he should receive new orders from his majesty. On this
+occasion, the bishop of Cuzco, who was along with the president, ordered
+the priest into confinement. A little time before this, Gonzalo had
+dispatched another priest, to endeavour to gain over Hinojosa and
+Alvarado to his party, But that messenger, being resolved to desert the
+party of the insurgents, had taken measures in concert with his brother
+to go off in company with all their effects, in which they succeeded. At
+this time likewise the president wrote to Gonzalo, as he had repeatedly
+done during his march, earnestly entreating him to submit to the orders
+of his majesty, and sending him at the same time a copy of the amnesty.
+The usual manner in which these dispatches was forwarded to Gonzalo, was
+by means of the scouts of the army, who had orders to give them to those
+belonging to Gonzalo when they chanced to meet.
+
+When it was known at Cuzco that the president had crossed the river
+Apurimac with all his army, and had taken possession of the pass in the
+high mountain, Gonzalo Pizarro immediately marched out from that city
+with his army and encamped at Xaquixaguana, about five leagues from
+Cuzco, in a plain through which the road passed by which the royalists
+would have to march on their way from the mountain towards Cuzco. His
+army at this time consisted of five hundred and fifty musqueteers, with
+six pieces of cannon, and three hundred and fifty cavalry and pikemen.
+Gonzalo established his camp in a very strong position, as it was only
+accessible in front by means of a very narrow defile, one flank being
+secured by a river and morass, the other flank by the mountain, and the
+rear by precipitous rocks. During two or three days, that the two
+armies remained near each other before the battle, Gonzalo sometimes
+detached a hundred and sometimes two hundred men to skirmish with
+similar parties of the enemy. As the royalist army was now encamped only
+at a short distance from the insurgents, Gonzalo was afraid his troops
+might lose courage by noticing the vast superiority of the enemy in
+number, and that many of his men might abandon him; for which reason he
+always drew up his men under cover of a rising ground near his camp,
+pretending that he did so to induce the president to attack him in his
+present advantageous post, confiding in his numbers and believing the
+insurgents much fewer than they really were.
+
+After the president had passed the mountains and pitched his camp on the
+descent towards the plain, within view of the insurgents, Gonzalo drew
+up his army in order of battle, and caused some discharges to be made
+from his cannon and musquetry. On that day there arose so thick a mist,
+that the scouts and spies of the two armies often came against each
+other unexpectedly. Seeing that the insurgents were disposed to await
+his attack, or even to give battle, the president was inclined to defer
+bringing matters to that extremity for some time, in the hope that a
+considerable number of the enemy might come over to him if they could
+find an opportunity. Yet, as the season was exceedingly cold, even
+accompanied with strong frost, and as wood could not be procured for
+making fires, and provisions were scarce, it was impossible to remain
+long in a state of inaction. The army of Gonzalo was not subject to any
+of these inconveniencies, having plenty of provisions brought regularly
+from Cuzco, and being encamped in a comfortable and temperate situation
+in comparison with the position of the president, whose camp was on the
+slope of the mountain, while that of the insurgents was in the plain or
+valley below. Such is the difference in the temperature of Peru at very
+inconsiderable distances, that on the mountains a severe cold is
+experienced, accompanied by frost and snow, while only at eight or ten
+miles distance in the valley the inhabitants are obliged to use
+precautions to relieve them from excessive heat.
+
+Gonzalo and his lieutenant-general, Carvajal, had formed an arrangement
+for a night attack upon the president, intending to have assailed his
+camp in three points at the same time; but they were induced to abandon
+this project, in consequence of the desertion of one of their soldiers
+named Nava, who communicated their intentions to the president. By this
+person and some others who had joined him from the army of Gonzalo, the
+president was advised to delay coming to battle as long as possible; as
+they were certain that many of the followers of Gonzalo would take the
+first favourable opportunity of returning to their duty, more especially
+those soldiers who had served under Centeno, and who had been
+constrained after his defeat to enter into the ranks of the insurgents
+to save their lives. In expectation of the proposed attack, the
+president kept his army the whole of that night under arms, by which
+they suffered, much distress from the extreme coldness of the weather on
+the mountain, so that many of the soldiers were hardly able to keep hold
+of their arms, and waited impatiently for day. At daylight, a party of
+musqueteers belonging to Gonzalo was observed in march to gain
+possession of a height in the neighbourhood of the royal camp. Mexia and
+Palomino were immediately detached, with three hundred musqueteers, to
+dislodge them, and Valdivia and Alvarado advanced in the same direction,
+so that the enemy were soon forced to retire. During this skirmish, the
+president marched down from the mountain with the main body of his army,
+in the direction of Cuzco, under cover of the hill on which the skirmish
+had taken place; and, to distract the attention of the enemy, a small
+detachment of cavalry and infantry was ordered to advance in view of the
+insurgent camp from that hill. On the arrival of Valdivia and Alvarado
+at the top of the hill, observing that it was possible to cannonade the
+camp of the enemy from that place, they sent orders to Gabriel de Royas
+to bring up the artillery. On this occasion, De Royas promised a reward
+of five hundred crowns for each ball that should reach the enemy: In
+fact he paid that sum about a year afterwards to one of his gunners, who
+sent a ball through the tent of Gonzalo, which was exceedingly
+conspicuous, by which one of his pages was slain. In consequence of this
+incident, Gonzalo ordered all the tents to be struck, that they might
+not serve as marks for the cannoneers of the president. He likewise
+ordered his own artillery to commence firing, and drew up his army in
+order of battle, taking his own station at the head of his cavalry,
+which was commanded by the licentiate Cepeda and Juan d'Acosta. Carvajal
+was at the head of the infantry, having under him the captains Juan de
+la Torre, Diego Guillen, Juan Velasquez de Guevara, Francisco
+Maldonado, and Sebastian de Vergara. Pedro de Soria commanded his
+artillery. When the insurgent army was drawn up in order of battle, the
+numerous Indians that were attached to it quitted the camp, and posted
+themselves in view of both armies on the slope of a neighbouring hill.
+
+While the artillery on both sides kept up a constant fire, the royalist
+army descended from the mountain without keeping any regular order, and
+in all possible haste, the cavalry all on foot leading their horses,
+both on account of the ruggedness of the ground and the better to avoid
+the cannonade from the enemy, as they had no shelter from the balls.
+Immediately on getting down to the plain, the troops were drawn up in
+order of battle; the infantry in two battalions in the centre, and the
+cavalry on the two wings. The cavalry of the left wing was commanded by
+the captains Juan Saavedra, Diego de Mora, Rodrigo Salazar, and
+Francisco Hernandez de Aldana. The royal standard was displayed by the
+licentiate Carvajal in the right wing, in which likewise were posted the
+captains Don Pedro de Cabrera, Alfonso Mercadillo, and Gomez de
+Alvarado. The infantry marched between the wings of horse, but a little
+farther in advance, under the captains Ramirez, De Castro, De Solis,
+Cardenas, Menezes, Mosquera, De la Cerna, Urbina, Aliaga, De Robles, De
+Arias, and De Olmos. A little in advance of the infantry, Alfonso de
+Mendoza marched with his troop of horse to commence the attack,
+accompanied by Centeno, who was determined to exert himself on this
+occasion in revenge for his defeat at Guarina. Pedro de Villavicentio
+acted as serjeant-major or adjutant-general of the army. The president,
+accompanied by the archbishop of Lima, was a little on one side, on the
+slope of the mountain, by which the major-general Alvarado and Valdivia
+brought down the artillery and the three hundred musqueteers commanded
+by Mexia and Palomino. On getting into the plain, this body of
+musqueteers divided in two, Mexia marching to the right along the river,
+and Palomino keeping to the left along the skirts of the mountain.
+
+While the royalist artillery was coming down the mountain, the
+licentiate Cepeda, Garcilasso de la Vega, and Alfonso de Piedra, with
+several other persons of rank and some private soldiers, abandoned
+Gonzalo to surrender themselves to the president. They were closely
+pursued by Pedro Martin de Cicilia and some others of the insurgents,
+who wounded several of these deserters. The horse of Cepeda was killed
+under him by the thrust of a lance, and himself wounded, and he had
+assuredly been either taken or killed unless promptly succoured by order
+of the president. In the mean time Gonzalo kept his troops in firm
+array, waiting for the enemy, and in expectation that they might attack
+him in confusion and be easily defeated, as had happened in the battle
+of Guarina. Hinojosa on his side, advanced with the royalists in the
+best order and at a slow pace, to within musquet-shot of the insurgents,
+where he halted in some low ground, in such a situation that his men
+were secure from the cannon-balls of the enemy, which all flew over
+their heads, although the gunners used every effort to depress their
+guns so as to fire low. At this time the platoons of musquetry on the
+wings of both armies kept up a close fire, Alvarado and Valdivia using
+every effort to cause their men take good aim, while the president and
+archbishop encouraged their gunners to fire quickly and to purpose;
+making them often change the direction of their guns, as circumstances
+appeared to require.
+
+Observing that several of the soldiers of Gonzalo were endeavouring to
+abandon him and were hotly pursued, Centeno and Mendoza advanced with
+the cavalry under their command, on purpose to protect all who wished to
+come over. All those who quitted the insurgents, urged the commanders of
+the royal army not to advance to the charge, as they were certain the
+far greater part of the army of Gonzalo would abandon him, so that he
+would be easily defeated without any danger to the royalists, and with
+little effusion of blood. At this time, a platoon of thirty musqueteers,
+finding themselves near the royal army, came over in a body and
+surrendered themselves. Gonzalo wished to have these men pursued and
+brought back; but the attempt threw his troops into confusion, and his
+whole army began instantly to break up, some fleeing towards Cuzco,
+while others went over to the president and surrendered themselves. Some
+of the insurgent officers were so confounded by this sudden and
+universal derout, that they neither had presence of mind to flee or to
+fight. On seeing this hopeless turn of his affairs, Gonzalo lost all
+courage, and exclaimed in despair, "Since all surrender to the king, so
+must I also." It is reported, that Juan d'Acosta endeavoured to
+encourage him, saying, "let us rush upon the thickest of the enemy, and
+die like Romans;" to which Gonzalo is reported to have answered, "It is
+better to die like Christians."
+
+At this time, Gonzalo observing the serjeant-major of the royalists near
+him, surrendered to him, giving up a long small sword which he had used
+instead of a lance, as he had previously broken his lance upon some of
+his own men who were running away. He was immediately conducted to the
+president, to whom he used some very imprudent expressions, and by whom
+he was committed to the custody of Centeno. About the same time with
+Gonzalo, most of his officers were made prisoners. The lieutenant-general
+Carvajal endeavoured to save himself by flight, meaning to hide himself
+among some tall reeds in a marsh during the night; but his horse stuck
+fast in the morass, and he was brought prisoner to the president by some
+of his own men. In the pursuit, some of the insurgents were killed,
+but most of their officers were made prisoners.
+
+After the entire derout of the enemy, the soldiers of the royal army
+pillaged the camp of the insurgents, where they made a prodigious
+plunder in gold, silver, horses, mules, and rich baggage, by which many
+of them acquired considerable riches, some individuals having acquired
+so much as five or six thousand ducats. One of the soldiers happened to
+fall in with a fine mule having a load on his back, which seemed to
+consist only of clothes, he therefore cut the cords and threw off the
+load, carrying off the mule alone; immediately after which three other
+soldiers, more experienced in such matters, opened up the pack, which
+they found to contain a considerable quantity of gold and silver wrapped
+up in Indian cloaks for better concealment, worth five or six thousand
+ducats.
+
+As the army was much fatigued by the operations of that day; besides
+being under arms all night, the president allowed the men to rest one
+day, yet thought it necessary to dispatch the two Captains Mexia and De
+Robles with their companies to Cuzco, to prevent those soldiers who had
+pursued the fugitives towards that place from entering and plundering
+the city and killing a number of the inhabitants; more especially as
+many might now feel inclined to act from particular enmity towards such
+as had given them offence during the late troubles, under pretence of
+following up the victory. Those captains were likewise directed to
+secure such of the officers and soldiers of the defeated army as had
+fled in that direction. Next day, the president gave orders to the
+licentiate Cianca, one of the new oydors, and Alfonzo de Alvarado, his
+major-general, to bring the prisoners to trial. No other proof was
+requisite against Gonzalo Pizarro than his own acknowledgment and the
+notoriety of his having been in open rebellion against the sovereign. He
+was condemned to be beheaded, and that his head should be fixed in a
+niche or recess on the gibbet at Lima, secured by a trellis or net-work
+of iron through which it might be visible, with this inscription above.
+"The head of Gonzalo Pizarro, a traitor and rebel, who revolted against
+the royal authority in Peru, and presumed to give battle to the army
+under the royal standard in the valley of Xaquixaguana." His whole
+estates and property of every kind were confiscated; and his house in
+Cuzco was ordered to be rased, and salt sown upon its scite, on which a
+pillar or monument was to be erected with a suitable inscription to
+perpetuate the remembrance of his crime and condign punishment. Gonzalo
+was executed on the day of his trial, dying like a good Christian.
+
+While in prison and till his death, Centeno, to whose custody he had
+been committed, treated him with much civility, and would not allow any
+one to insult his fallen greatness. When about to be put to death,
+Gonzalo made a gift of the magnificent dress which he then wore to the
+executioner; but Centeno paid its full value to the executioner, that
+the body might not be stripped and exposed till carried away for
+interment; and next day he had it carried to Cuzco and respectfully
+buried. But the head, pursuant to the sentence, was carried to Lima.
+
+On the same day in which Pizarro was beheaded, his lieutenant-general
+Carvajal was drawn and quartered, and eight or nine of the insurgent
+captains were hanged; and in the sequel several others of the principal
+persons concerned in the revolt were punished when taken[38]. On the day
+following the president went to Cuzco with all his army, whence he sent
+Alfonzo de Mendoza with a detachment into Las Charcas, to make prisoners
+of those who had been sent into that district by Gonzalo in quest of
+silver, and such as might have fled thither from the battle. On account
+of the rich mines in the province of Las Charcas, especially Potosi, it
+was supposed that many of the fugitives had taken refuge in that place,
+to which Hondegardo was sent as lieutenant-governor and captain-general,
+with orders to chastise all those of the inhabitants who had been guilty
+either of favouring Gonzalo, or of neglecting to repair to the royal
+standard on the summons of the president. Along with Hondegardo,
+Gabriel de Royas was sent as receiver of the royal fifth and other
+tributes belonging to the king, and of the fines which the governor
+might inflict on the disaffected and recusants. As De Royas soon died,
+Hondegardo had to discharge the united functions of governor and
+receiver of the province, and in a short space of time he amassed
+treasure to the amount of 3,600,000 livres[39], which he transmitted to
+the president.
+
+[Footnote 38: Yet the Historian of American, II. 392., says that "Gasca,
+happy in his bloodless victory, did not stain it with cruelty; Pizarro,
+Carvajal, and a small number of the most distinguished or notorious
+offenders being punished capitally." The executions seem however to have
+been sufficiently numerous, considering that the whole rebel army before
+the battle was only nine hundred strong, many of whom went over to the
+victor, and all the rest disbanded without fighting.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 39: L.157,000, if French livres are to be understood, and
+worth near a million sterling at the present value of money compared
+with that period,--E.]
+
+The president remained for some time at Guzco, occupied in punishing the
+insurgents according to the greatness of their crimes. Those whom he
+deemed most guilty, he condemned to be drawn in pieces by four horses,
+others he ordered to be hanged; some to be whipt, and others were sent
+to the galleys. He applied himself likewise with much attention to
+restore the kingdom to good order. In virtue of the authority confided
+to him by the king, he granted pardons to all who, having been in arms
+in the valley of Xaquixaguana, had abandoned Gonzalo and joined the
+royal standard. These pardons referred to all public crimes of which
+they had been guilty during the rebellion of Gonzalo Pizarro, yet
+leaving them liable to answer in civil actions for every thing
+respecting their conduct to individuals. This battle of Xaquixaguana,
+which will be long famous in Peru, was fought on Monday the 9th of April
+1548.
+
+When the president had dispatched the most urgent affairs connected with
+the suppression of the rebellion, there yet remained an object of great
+importance for the quiet of the kingdom, which was surrounded with many
+difficulties. This was with regard to the dismissal of the army, in such
+a manner that so great a number of soldiers set free from the restraints
+of discipline might not occasion troubles similar to those now put an
+end to. On purpose to succeed in this delicate affair, the utmost
+prudence was requisite, as almost every soldier in the army considered
+himself entitled to one of the best of the vacant repartimientos, and as
+the number of the troops exceeded 2500 men, while there were only 150
+repartimientos to distribute. Hence it was quite obvious, that instead
+of being able to gratify every claimant, far the greater part must be
+dissatisfied. After a serious deliberation on this important subject,
+the president went to a place in the province of Apurimac, about twelve
+leagues from Cuzco, accompanied only by the archbishop and one
+secretary, on purpose to have leisure for mature reflection at a
+distance from the perpetual importunities of the claimants. In this
+place, they made the best distribution in their power of the vacant
+repartitions, giving sufficient means of living in a respectable manner
+to the captains and other persons of consideration, each in proportion
+to their respective merits and the services they had been of in
+suppressing the late rebellion, giving new repartitions to those who had
+none, and increasing those of others. On this occasion it was found that
+they had vacant repartitions to distribute to the value of a million of
+gold crowns in yearly rent. The greater number of the most valuable and
+extensive repartitions had become vacant during the troubles, partly
+from their former possessors having been put to death by Gonzalo, either
+under pretence of guilt in opposing his rebellion, or in the various
+engagements during the troubles. The president had likewise capitally
+punished several to whom Gonzalo had given repartitions. It must however
+be remarked, that several of these most valuable repartimientos had been
+retained by Gonzalo for his own benefit, under pretence of providing for
+the expences of the war.
+
+In making the new grants, the president retained the power of granting
+pensions upon some of the most extensive repartitions, of three or four
+thousand ducats from each, more or less according to their respective
+values, on purpose to have the power of dividing the money among such
+soldiers as he could not otherwise reward, to enable them to procure
+arms, horses, and other necessaries, meaning to send them off in various
+directions to discover and subdue the country which was hitherto
+unoccupied. Having thus regulated every thing to the best of his power,
+the president thought proper to retire to Lima, and sent the archbishop
+to Cuzco to publish the regulations and distribution of repartimientos,
+and to make payment of the several rewards in money which had been
+agreed upon. The arrangement of this affair occasioned much
+dissatisfaction among the soldiers, every one believing himself better
+entitled to some allotments of lands and Indians than several of those
+who had acquired such grants. All the fair speeches and promises of the
+archbishop and the principal officers were insufficient to quiet the
+murmurs and discontents of the troops, which even produced some
+commotions and seditious conspiracies, in which it was proposed to seize
+upon the archbishop and the chief officers of the army and government,
+and to send the licentiate Cienca with a remonstrance to the president,
+demanding of him to recal the repartition which he had decreed, and to
+make a new one more favourable to their wishes. They even threatened to
+revolt, and to take possession by force of what they considered due to
+their services. The licentiate Cienca, who had been appointed chief
+justice at Cuzco, had established so excellent a system of police that
+he had immediate notice of all these plots and commotions, and was soon
+enabled to restore order and tranquillity by arresting and punishing the
+principal agitators of these threatened troubles, by which he
+effectually checked the spirit of mutiny and insubordination, and
+averted at least for the present the danger of a new civil war in the
+kingdom.
+
+Before leaving Cuzco, the president had renewed the commission of
+Valdivia as governor of Chili, as a reward for the services he had
+rendered in the late war against Gonzalo. On purpose to provide the
+reinforcements of men, horses, and arms, which were necessary for
+defending and extending his conquests in that province, Valdivia went to
+Lima as the most convenient situation for procuring what he wanted.
+Having completed all his preparations, he embarked all his men and
+military stores at the port of Callao, and sent them off for Chili; but
+chose to go himself by land to Arequipa, where he proposed to take
+shipping in his way back to his government. A report was made to the
+president, that Valdivia had engaged some officers and soldiers from
+among those who had been sentenced to banishment from Peru, and even
+some of those who had been condemned to the galleys, on account of the
+share they had taken in the late rebellion. In consequence of this
+information, the president sent his lieutenant-general Hinojosa with
+orders to bring Valdivia before him to answer for his conduct in these
+things which were laid to his charge. As Valdivia was accompanied by a
+considerable number of men he believed himself in condition to resist
+this mandate, and refused the earnest solicitations of Hinojosa to go
+back along with him to the president. But, as Hinojosa observed that
+Valdivia took no precautions to prevent his arrest, and had no
+suspicions that any force would be used against him, he resolved to
+attempt to make him prisoner with the assistance only of six
+musqueteers, in which he succeeded without opposition. In this
+situation, Valdivia very properly determined to submit with a good
+grace, and so satisfactorily explained his conduct to the president,
+that he was allowed to resume his voyage, and to take all those people
+along with him whom he had engaged.
+
+Every thing in Peru being now reduced to good order, the president gave
+permission to all the citizens and other inhabitants of the country, who
+had hitherto served in his army, to retire to their homes, to look after
+the re-establishment of their private affairs, which had, suffered great
+injury from the unavoidable losses experienced during the rebellion, and
+their own necessary expences in the field. He likewise sent off several
+officers with detachments upon new discoveries, and appointed the
+licentiate Carvajal lieutenant-governor of Cuzco, taking up his own
+residence at Lima, which was the seat of government. About this time an
+hundred and fifty Spaniards arrived at the city of La Plata, having
+travelled all the way from the mouth of the Rio Plata under the command
+of Domingo de Yrala to that part of the country which had formerly been
+discovered by Diego de Royas, and were now come into Peru to solicit the
+president to appoint some one to act as governor of the country on the
+Rio Plata which they proposed to settle. He accordingly nominated Diego
+de Centeno to that new government, with authority to raise as many more
+men as he could procure, to enable him to complete the discovery and
+conquest of that country. When all their preparations were completed,
+and they were on the point of setting out on the march, Centeno died,
+and the president appointed another captain in his place.
+
+The Rio Plata, or River of Silver, derives its source from the high
+mountains continually covered with snow which lie between the cities of
+Lima and Cuzco[40]. From these mountains four principal rivers flow,
+which derive their names from the provinces through which they pass. The
+Apurimac, Vilcas, Abancay, and Jauja. This last derives its source from
+a lake in the province of Bombon[41], the most level and yet the highest
+plain in all Peru, where accordingly it snows or hails almost
+continually. This lake is quite crowded with small islands, which are
+covered with reeds, flags, and other aquatic plants, and the borders of
+the lake are inhabited by many Indians.
+
+[Footnote 40: Zarate is extremely erroneous in his account of the
+sources of the Rio Plata. All the streams which rise from the Peruvian
+mountains in the situation indicated, and for seven or eight degrees
+farther south, and which run to the eastwards, contribute towards the
+mighty Maranon or River of the Amazons.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 41: This is an egregious mistake; the Rio Jauja rises from the
+lake of Chinchay Cocha in the province of Tarma, and runs _south_ to
+join the Apurimac. The river Guanuco rises in the elevated plain of
+Bombon, and runs _north_ to form the Gualagua, which joins the
+Lauricocha or Tanguragua.--E.]
+
+In the late war against Gonzalo Pizarro, the president incurred enormous
+expences for the pay and equipment of his troops, for the purchase of
+horses, arms, and warlike stores, and the fitting out and provisioning
+of the ships which he employed. From his landing in the Tierra Firma to
+the day of his final victory over Gonzalo, he had expended on these
+necessary affairs more than nine hundred thousand dollars, most of which
+he had borrowed from the merchants and other private individuals, as all
+the royal revenues had been appropriated and dissipated by Gonzalo.
+After the re-establishment of tranquillity, he applied himself to amass
+treasure with the utmost diligence, both from the fifths belonging to
+the king, and by means of fines and confiscations; insomuch that after
+payment of his debts, he had a surplus of above a million and a half of
+ducats, chiefly derived from the province of Las Charcas.
+
+In his arrangements for the future government of the country, in
+conformity with the royal ordinance, he took much care to prevent the
+Indians from being oppressed. In consequence of the fatigues which they
+underwent, in the carriage of immense loads, and by numbers of the
+Spaniards wandering continually about the country attended by a train of
+Indians to carry their baggage, vast numbers of them had perished.
+Having re-established the royal audience, or supreme court of justice,
+in Lima, he applied earnestly to regulate the tributes which were to be
+paid by the Indians to the Spaniards upon fixed principles, which had
+not been hitherto done on account of the wars and revolutions which had
+distracted the country ever since its discovery and conquest. Before
+this new arrangement, every Spaniard who possessed a repartimiento or
+allotment of lands and Indians, used to receive from the curaca or
+cacique of his district such tribute as he was able or willing to pay,
+and many of the Spaniards often exacted larger sums from their Indians
+than they were well able to afford, frequently plundering them of their
+hard-earned property with lawless violence. Some even went so far as to
+inflict tortures on their Indians, to compel them to give up every thing
+they possessed, often carrying their cruelty to such a pitch as to put
+them to death in the most wanton and unjustifiable manner. To put a stop
+to these violent proceedings, the taxes of each province and district
+were regulated in proportion to the number of Indian and Spanish
+inhabitants which they respectively contained; and, in forming their
+arrangements, the president and judges carefully inquired into the
+productions of each province; such as its mines of gold and silver, the
+quantity of its cattle, and other things of a similar nature, the taxes
+on which were all regulated according to circumstances in the most
+reasonable and equitable manner.
+
+Having thus reduced the affairs of the kingdom to good order, all the
+unemployed soldiers being sent off to different places, some to Chili,
+others to the new province on the Rio Plata, and others to various new
+discoveries under different commanders, and all who remained in Peru
+being established in various occupations by which they might maintain
+themselves, according to their inclinations and capacities, mostly in
+the concerns of the mines, the president resolved to return, into Spain,
+pursuant to the authority he had received from his majesty to do so when
+he might see proper. One of his most powerful motives for returning to
+Spain proceeded from his anxiety to preserve the large treasure he had
+amassed for the king: as, having no military force for its protection,
+he was afraid such great riches might excite fresh troubles and
+commotions in the country. Having made all the necessary preparations
+for his voyage, and embarked his treasure, without communicating his
+intentions hitherto to any one, he assembled the magistrates of Lima,
+and informed them of his intended voyage. They started many objections
+to this measure; representing the inconveniencies which might arise from
+his departure, before his majesty had sent out some other person to
+replace him, either in the capacity of viceroy or president. He answered
+all their objections, stating that the court of royal audience, and the
+governors of the different provinces which they were authorized to
+nominate, were sufficient to dispense justice and to regulate all
+affairs, they at last consented; and immediately embarking, he set sail
+for Panama.
+
+Just before he sailed and while on board ship, the president made a new
+partition of such lands and Indians as had become vacant since the
+former distribution which he made at Cuzco. The number of vacant
+repartimientos was considerable, in consequence of the death of Centeno,
+De Royas, the licentiate Carvajal, and several other persons of rank;
+and as there were many candidates who demanded loudly to be preferred,
+he chose to defer the repartition till after he had embarked, as he was
+unable to satisfy all the claimants, and was unwilling to expose himself
+to the clamours of those whom he was unable to gratify. Having settled
+all these distributions, he left the different deeds signed and sealed
+with the secretary of the royal audience, with strict injunctions that
+they should not be opened until eight days after his departure. Every
+thing being finally concluded, he set sail from the port of Callao in
+December 1549, accompanied by the Provincial of the Dominicans and Jerom
+de Aliaga, who were appointed agents for the affairs of Peru at the
+court of Spain. He was likewise accompanied by several gentlemen and
+other considerable persons, who meant to return to Spain, carrying with
+them all the wealth they had been able to acquire.
+
+The voyage to Panama was prosperous. The president and all who were
+along with him immediately landed at that place, and used the utmost
+diligence to transport all the wealth belonging to his majesty and to
+individuals, to Nombre de Dios, to which place they all went, and made
+proper preparations for returning to Spain. Every one treated the
+president with the same respect as when he resided in Peru, and he
+behaved towards them with much civility and attention, keeping open
+table for all who chose to visit him. This was at the royal expence; as
+the president had stipulated for all his expences being defrayed by his
+majesty, before leaving Spain on his mission to Peru. In this he acted
+with much and prudent precaution; considering that the former governors
+had been accused of living penuriously in proportion to their rich
+appointments, and being satisfied that the administration in Spain would
+not allow him a sufficient income to defray the great expences he must
+incur in a country where every thing was enormously dear, he declined
+accepting any specified salary, but demanded and obtained authority to
+take from the royal funds all that was necessary for his personal
+expence and the support of his household. He even used the precaution to
+have this arrangement formally reduced to writing; and in the exercise
+of this permission he employed a person expressly for the purpose of
+keeping an exact account of all his expences, and of every thing that
+was purchased for his table or otherwise, which were all accordingly
+paid for from the royal coffers.
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Insurrection of Ferdinand and Pedro de Contreras in Nicaragua, and
+their unsuccessful attempt upon the Royal Treasure in the Tierra Firma._
+
+
+At this period an extraordinary attempt was made to intercept the
+president in his passage through the Tierra Firma, and to gain
+possession of the royal treasure under his charge, which will require
+some elucidation for its distinct explanation. When Pedro Arias de
+Avilla discovered the province of Nicaragua, of which he was appointed
+governor, he married his daughter Donna Maria de Penalosa to Rodrigo de
+Contreras, a respectable gentleman of Segovia. Some time afterwards,
+Pedro Arias died, after having appointed his son-in-law to succeed him
+in the government, and this appointment was confirmed by the court in
+consideration of the merits and services of Contreras, who accordingly
+continued governor of Nicaragua for several years. On the appointment of
+a royal audience on the confines of Nicaragua and Guatimala, Contreras
+was displaced from his government; and, in pursuance of the ordinance
+which had occasioned so much commotion in Peru, both he and his wife
+were deprived of their repartitions of lands and Indians, and the grants
+which had been made to their children were likewise recalled. Contreras
+went in consequence to Spain, to solicit a reparation of the injury he
+had sustained, representing the services which had been performed to the
+crown by the discovery, conquest, and settlement of Nicaragua, by his
+father-in-law and himself; but his majesty and the council of the Indies
+confirmed the decision of the royal audience, as conformable with the
+regulations.
+
+On receiving information of the bad success of their father, Ferdinand
+and Pedro de Contreras were much chagrined, and rashly determined to
+revolt and seize the government of the province. They persuaded
+themselves with being joined by a sufficient force for this purpose,
+confiding in the advice and assistance of a person named Juan de
+Bermejo, and some other soldiers his companions, who had quitted Peru in
+much discontent against the president, for not having sufficiently
+rewarded them, in their own opinions, for their services in the war
+against Gonzalo. Besides these men, several of those who had fought
+under Gonzalo had taken refuge in Nicaragua, having been banished by the
+president from Peru, all of whom joined themselves to the Contreras on
+this occasion. By these people the young men were encouraged to erect
+the standard of rebellion, assuring them, if they, could pass over into
+Peru with two or three hundred men, sufficiently armed, that almost the
+whole population of the kingdom would join their standards, as all were
+exceedingly dissatisfied with the president for not rewarding their
+services sufficiently. The Contreras accordingly began secretly to
+collect soldiers, and to provide arms for this enterprize; and deeming
+themselves sufficiently powerful to set justice at defiance, they
+resolved to commence their revolt. As they considered the bishop of
+Nicaragua among the most determined enemies of their father, they began
+their operations by taking vengeance on him; for which purpose they sent
+some soldiers to his house, who assassinated him while playing chess.
+After this, they openly collected their followers and displayed their
+standard, assuming the title of the _Army of Liberty_; and seizing a
+sufficient number of vessels, they embarked on the Pacific Ocean with
+the intention of intercepting the viceroy on his voyage from Lima to
+Panama, intending to plunder him of all the treasure he was conveying to
+Spain. For this purpose they steered in the first place for Panama, both
+to gain intelligence of the proceedings of the president, and because
+the navigation from thence to Peru was easier than from Nicaragua.
+
+Embarking therefore with about three hundred men, they made sail for
+Panama, and on their arrival at that place they learnt that the
+president had already disembarked with all his treasure and attendants.
+They now believed that every thing was favourable to their intentions,
+and that by good fortune their desired prey had fallen into their hands.
+Waiting therefore till night, they entered the port as quietly as
+possible, believing that the president was still in Panama, and that
+they might easily execute their enterprize without danger or resistance.
+Their intelligence however was exceedingly defective, and their hopes
+ill founded; for the president had left Panama with all his people three
+days before, having previously sent off all his treasure to Nombre de
+Dios, to which place he was likewise gone. In fact, by this diligence,
+the president avoided the impending danger, without having the slightest
+suspicion that any such might befal. Immediately on landing, the
+brothers were informed that the president had already left the place; on
+which they went to the house of Martin Ruiz de Marchena, treasurer of
+the province, where they took possession of the money in the royal
+coffers, amounting to 400,000 pesos in base silver, which had been left
+there by the president in consequence of not having sufficient means of
+transporting it to Nombre de Dios along with the rest. After this they
+dragged Marchena, Juan de Larez, and some other respectable inhabitants
+to the public square, threatening to hang them all unless they gave
+immediate notice where the arms and money belonging to the province were
+deposited. But all their threats were unable to force any discovery, and
+they carried on board their ships all the treasure and other valuable
+plunder they had procured.
+
+Believing that the farther success of their enterprize depended on the
+diligence they should exert in reaching Nombre de Dios to surprize the
+president, before he might have time to embark or prepare for his
+defence, they determined to proceed to that place without delay. For
+this purpose, it was arranged that Ferdinand de Contreras should march
+to Nombre de Dios with the greater part of the troops, while Juan de
+Bermejo was to take post with an hundred men on a height near Panama, to
+protect the rear of Ferdinand, to prevent pursuit, to be in readiness to
+receive the valuable booty they expected, and to intercept such of the
+attendants on the president as might escape in that direction from
+Nombre de Dios. In the mean time, Pedro de Contreras was to remain on
+board with a small number of men to protect the ships. All this was done
+accordingly; but matters turned out in quite a different manner from
+their expectations. Marchena got some information respecting their plan
+of operations, and sent off two confidential intelligent negroes to give
+notice to the president of what had occurred in Panama, and of the
+ulterior designs of the Contreras. One of these negroes was directed to
+travel the whole way by land, and the other to go by way of the small
+river Chagre, which route had been taken by the president.
+
+This river has its source in the mountains between Panama and Nombre de
+Dios. Its course at first seems tending towards the Pacific Ocean; but
+it suddenly makes a turn at a cataract, and after a farther run of
+fourteen leagues it falls into the Atlantic; so that by means of a canal
+only five leagues in length, from that river to the South Sea, a
+navigation might be easily established between the two seas. It is true
+that it would be necessary to cut this canal through mountains, and in a
+country exceedingly uneven and full of rocks, so that the design has
+hitherto appeared impracticable. Hence, in going from Panama to Nombre
+de Dios by the river Chagre, it is necessary to travel by land in the
+first place to that river below the fall, a distance of five leagues.
+After descending to the mouth of the river, there still remains five or
+six leagues to go by sea to Nombre de Dios. The messenger who was sent
+by this road came up with the president before his arrival at Nombre de
+Dios, and gave him an account of the events which had taken place at
+Panama. Though much alarmed by this intelligence, he communicated it to
+the provincial and the officers who accompanied him without appearing to
+be under any apprehensions; but, on embarking on the North Sea, it fell
+so dead a calm that they could make no progress, and he could not then
+conceal his fears of the event. Still however preserving his presence of
+mind, he sent off Hernan Nunnez de Segura by land to Nombre de Dios,
+accompanied by some negroes who knew the country, with orders for all
+the inhabitants of that place to take up arms for the protection of the
+treasure which had been sent there. Segura had a most difficult and
+fatiguing journey on foot, having several rivers to cross, some of them
+by swimming, and to pass through woods and marshes in a road through
+which no person had travelled for a long while. On his arrival at Nombre
+de Dios, he found the news already communicated to that place, by the
+other negro, and that the inhabitants were already in arms, and had
+prepared as well as they were able to defend themselves, having landed
+the crews of nine or ten vessels which were in the harbour to give their
+assistance in repelling the rebels. The president arrived shortly
+afterwards, where he found every thing in order for defence; and
+immediately marched out at the head of the armed inhabitants on the road
+towards Panama, determined to give battle to Contrera in case of his
+approach.
+
+When Ferdinand de Contrera marched for Nombre Dios, and Bermejo took
+post on the hill near Panama, as formerly mentioned, Marchena and De
+Larez believed they might be able to defeat Bermejo in the divided state
+of the rebels. For this purpose they re-assembled all the inhabitants of
+Panama, most of whom had taken refuge in the mountains, with whom they
+joined a considerable number of negroes who were employed as labourers
+in husbandry and in driving mules with goods between Panama and Nombre
+de Dios. By these means they assembled a respectable force, which they
+armed as well as circumstances would allow. Having thrown up some
+intrenchments of earth and fascines in the streets, and leaving some
+confidential persons to protect the town against the small number of
+rebels left in the ships with Pedro de Contreras, they marched out
+boldly against Bermejo, whom they vigorously attacked. After some
+resistance, they gained a complete victory, killing or making prisoners
+of the whole of that detachment. After this complete success, Marchena
+determined immediately to march for Nombre de Dios, believing that the
+inhabitants of that city, on learning the late events at Panama, would
+have armed for their defence, and would even take the field against
+Ferdinand de Contreras, and being more numerous than his detachment,
+would oblige him to retire to form a junction with Bermejo. Accordingly,
+when Ferdinand de Contreras had proceeded about half way to Nombre de
+Dios, he learnt that the president had got notice of the approach of the
+rebels, and had marched out against them with a superior force; on which
+Ferdinand de Contreras resolved to return to Panama.
+
+While on his return, he took some negroes from whom he got notice of
+the entire defeat of Bermejo, and of the advance of Marchena against
+himself. He was so disconcerted by this intelligence, that he allowed
+all his men to disperse, desiring them to save themselves as they best
+might, and to endeavour to get to the shore, where his brother would
+take them on board the ships. They all separated, and Ferdinand with
+some of his people struck into the woods, avoiding the public road, that
+they might escape Marchena. As the country was much intersected with
+rivers, and Ferdinand was little accustomed to encounter such
+difficulties, he was drowned in an endeavour to pass one of the rivers.
+Several of the followers of Ferdinand were made prisoners, and it was
+never known what became of the others. The prisoners were carried to
+Panama, where they, and those others who were taken at the defeat of
+Bermejo, were all put to death.
+
+When Pedro de Contreras, who remained on board the ships, got
+intelligence of the miserable fete of his comrades, he was so much
+alarmed that he would not take time to hoist anchor and make seal, but
+threw himself into a boat with some of his men, leaving the ships at
+anchor with all the plunder untouched. He coasted along for a
+considerable way to the province of Nata; after which no farther
+intelligence was ever received either of him or any of those who were
+along with him, but it was supposed they were all massacred by the
+Indians of that country. On getting intelligence of the favourable
+termination of this threatening affair, the president returned to Nombre
+de Dios, giving thanks to God for having delivered him from this
+unforseen danger. Had the rebels arrived at Panama only a few days
+sooner, they might easily have made him prisoner, and would have
+acquired a much larger booty then ever fell into the hands of pirates.
+
+Tranquillity being entirely restored, the president embarked with his
+treasure, and arrived safely in Spain. One of his vessels, in which Juan
+Gomez de Anuaya was embarked, with part of the royal treasure, was
+obliged to put back to Nombre de Dios: But, having refitted at that
+port, she likewise arrived in Spain. Immediately on landing at San
+Lucar, the president sent Captain Lope Martin into Germany, where the
+emperor then was, to inform his majesty of his safe arrival from Peru.
+This news was exceedingly agreeable to the court, and occasioned much
+astonishment at the prompt and happy termination of the troubles, which
+had appeared so formidable and difficult to appease. Soon after the
+arrival of the president at Valladolid, he was appointed bishop of
+Placentia[42], then vacant in consequence of the death of Don Luis
+Cabeza de Vaca; and his majesty sent orders that he should come to
+court, to give a minute account of all the affairs in which he had been
+engaged. He went there accordingly, accompanied by the provincial of the
+Dominicans, and Jerom de Aliaga, the deputies or agents of the kingdom
+of Peru, and by several other gentlemen and persons of consideration,
+who were in expectation of getting some rewards from his majesty for
+their loyal services during the late commotions. The new bishop
+accordingly embarked at Barcelona, along with his companions, in some
+galleys which were appointed for the purpose; taking along with him, by
+order of his majesty, half a million of dollars of the treasure he had
+brought from Peru. Shortly afterwards, his majesty appointed Don Antonio
+de Mendoza, the viceroy of New Spain, to assume that office in Peru;
+sending Don Luis de Velasco, commissary-general of the customs of
+Castille, to succeed Mendoza in the viceroyalty of New Spain.
+
+[Footnote 42: In the Royal Commentaries of Garcilasso de la Vega, p.
+876, he is said to have been first appointed to the bishopric of
+Placentia, and to have been afterwards translated to that of Ciguenza in
+1561 by Philip II which he enjoyed till his death in 1577.]
+
+END OF THE DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST OF PERU,
+
+BY AUGUSTINO ZARATE.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+CONTINUATION OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU, FROM THE RESTORATION OF
+TRANQUILLITY BY GASCA IN 1549, TO THE DEATH OF THE INCA TUPAC AMARU;
+EXTRACTED FROM GARCILASSO DE LA VEGA.
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+Having now given at considerable length the authentic histories of the
+discovery and conquest of the two greatest of the European colonies in
+the New World, Mexico and Peru, from original and contemporary authors
+whose works had not before appeared in any English Collection of Voyages
+and Travels, we now propose to give, as a kind of supplement or appendix
+to the excellent history of Zarate, an abridged deduction of the
+principal events in Peru for some time after the departure of the
+president De la Gasca from that kingdom, extracted from the conclusion
+of the Royal Commentaries of Peru by Garcilasso de la Vega Inca, Part
+II. Book VI. VII. and VIII. Having formerly given some account of that
+work, not very favourable to the character of that descendant of the
+Incas as a historian, it may only be here mentioned that the events to
+be now related on his authority all occurred in his own time, and that
+the relation of them which he has left would have been greatly more
+valuable if he had been pleased to favour us more frequently with their
+dates.
+
+In the present eventful period, while Spain, once the terror of Europe,
+seems in danger of sinking under the tyrannical grasp of the usurper of
+France, a vast revolution appears about to elevate the Spanish American
+colonies into extensive independent states; if the jealous collision of
+rights, interests, and pretensions between the various races of their
+inhabitants do not plunge them into all the horrors of civil war and
+anarchy. The crisis is peculiarly interesting to all the friends of
+humanity, and it is to be wished that the present commotions may soon
+subside into a permanent state of peace and good government,
+advantageous to all the best interests of the colonists, and beneficial
+to the commerce and industry of the rest of the world.
+
+Before proceeding to the abridged history of events in Peru, subsequent
+to the departure of the president De la Gasca, the following reflections
+on the state of manners among the early Spanish settlers in that opulent
+region, during the period of which we have already given the history, as
+drawn by the eloquent pen of the illustrious Historian of America, have
+appeared most worthy of insertion[43].
+
+[Footnote 43: Hist of America, II. p. 393.]
+
+"Though the Spaniards who first invaded Peru were of the lowest order in
+society, and the greater part of those who afterwards joined them were
+persons of desperate fortune, yet in all the bodies of troops brought
+into the field by the different leaders who contended for superiority,
+not one acted as a hired soldier or followed his standard for pay. Every
+adventurer in Peru considered himself as a conqueror, entitled by his
+services to an establishment in that country which had been acquired by
+his valour. In the contests between the rival chiefs, each chose his
+side as he was directed by his own judgment or affections. He joined his
+commander as a companion of his fortune, and disdained to degrade
+himself by receiving the wages of a mercenary. It was to their sword,
+not to pre-eminence in office or nobility of birth that most of the
+leaders whom they followed were indebted for their elevation; and each
+of their adherents hoped, by the same means, to open a way for himself
+to the possession of power and wealth."
+
+"But though the troops in Peru served without, any regular pay, they
+were raised at an immense expence. Among men accustomed to divide the
+spoil of an opulent country, the desire of obtaining wealth acquired
+incredible force. The ardour of pursuit augmented in proportion to the
+hope of success. Where all were intent on the same object, and under the
+dominion of the same passion, there was but one mode of gaining men, or
+of securing their attachment. Officers of name and influence, besides
+the promise of future establishments, received large gratuities in hand
+from the chief with whom they engaged. Gonzalo Pizarro, in order to
+raise a thousand men, advanced five hundred thousand pesos. Gasca
+expended in levying the troops which he led against Pizarro nine hundred
+thousand pesos. The distributions of property, bestowed as the reward of
+services, were still more exorbitant. Cepeda as the reward of his
+perfidy, in persuading the court of royal audience to give the sanction
+of its authority to the usurped jurisdiction of Pizarro, received a
+grant of lands which yielded an annual income of an hundred and fifty
+thousand pesos. Hinojosa, who, by his early defection from Pizarro, and
+surrender of the feet to Gasca, decided the fate of Peru, obtained a
+district of country affording two hundred thousand pesos of yearly
+value. While such rewards were dealt out to the principal officers, with
+more than royal munificence, proportional shares were conferred on
+those of inferior rank."
+
+"Such a rapid change of fortune produced its natural effects. It gave
+birth to new wants, and new desires. Veterans, long accustomed to
+hardship and toil, acquired of a sudden a taste for profuse and
+inconsiderate dissipation and indulged in all the excesses of military
+licentiousness. The riot of low debauchery occupied some; a relish for
+expensive luxuries spread among others. The meanest soldier in Peru
+would have thought himself degraded by marching on foot; and, at a time
+when the price of horses in that country was exorbitant, each individual
+insisted on being furnished with one before he would take the field.
+But, though less patient under the fatigues and hardships of service,
+they were ready to face danger and death with as much intrepidity as
+ever; and, animated by the hope of new rewards, they never failed, on
+the day of battle, to display all their ancient valour."
+
+"Together with their courage, they retained all the ferocity by which
+they were originally distinguished. Civil discord never raged with a
+more fell spirit than among the Spaniards in Peru. To all the passions
+which usually envenom contests among countrymen, avarice was added, and
+rendered their enmity more rancorous. Eagerness to seize the valuable
+forfeitures expected upon the death of every opponent, shut the door
+against mercy. To be wealthy was, of itself, sufficient to expose a man
+to accusation, or to subject him to punishment. On the slightest
+suspicions, Pizarro condemned many of the most opulent inhabitants of
+Peru to death. Carvajal, without searching for any pretext to justify
+his cruelty, cut off many more. The number of those who suffered by the
+hand of the executioner, was not much inferior to what fell in the
+field; and the greater part was condemned without the formality of any
+legal trial."
+
+"The violence with which the contending parties treated their opponents
+was not accompanied by its usual attendants, attachment and fidelity to
+those with whom they acted. The ties of honour, which ought to be held
+sacred among men, and the principle of integrity, interwoven as
+thoroughly in the Spanish character as in that of any nation, seem to
+have been equally forgotten. Even regard for decency, and the sense of
+shame, were totally abandoned. During these dissensions, there was
+hardly a Spaniard in Peru who did not abandon the party which he had
+originally espoused, betray the associates with whom he had united, and
+violate the engagements under which he had come. The viceroy Nunnez
+Vela was ruined by the treachery of Cepeda and the other judges of the
+royal audience, who were bound to have supported his authority. The
+chief advisers and companions of Gonzalo Pizarro in his revolt were the
+first to forsake him, and submit to his enemies. His fleet was given up
+to Gasca, by the man whom he had singled out among his officers to
+entrust with that important command. On the day that was to decide his
+fate, an army of veterans, in sight of the enemy, threw down their arms
+without striking a blow, and deserted a leader who had often conducted
+them to victory. Instances of such general and avowed contempt of the
+principles and obligations which attach man to man, and bind them in
+social union, rarely occur in history. It is only where men are far
+removed from the seat of government, where the restraints of law and
+order are little felt, where the prospect of gain is unbounded, and
+where immense wealth may cover the crimes by which it is acquired, that
+we can find any parallel to the levity, the rapaciousness, the perfidy,
+and corruption prevalent among the Spaniards in Peru."
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Incidents in the History of Peru, from the departure of Gasca, to the
+appointment of Don Antonio de Mendoza as Viceroy._
+
+
+Among those who were dissatisfied with the distribution of the
+repartimientos in Peru by the president, was Francisco Hernandez Giron,
+to whom De la Gasca granted a commission to make a conquest of the
+district called the Cunchos, to the north-east of Cuzco, and beyond one
+of the great chains of the Andes, with the title and authority of
+governor and captain-general of that country, which he engaged to
+conquer at his own expence. Giron was much gratified by this employment,
+as it afforded him a favourable opportunity for fomenting and exciting a
+new rebellion against the royal authority, which he had long meditated,
+and which he actually put in execution, as will be seen in the sequel.
+Immediately after the departure of the president from Peru, he went from
+Lima to Cuzco publishing the commission which he had received, and
+appointed several captains to raise men for his intended expedition in
+Guamanga, Arequipa, La Paz, and other places; while he personally beat
+up for volunteers in Cuzco. Being a man of popular manners and much
+beloved among the soldiers, he soon drew together above two hundred men.
+So great a number of the most loose and dissolute inhabitants being
+collected together at Cuzco and in arms, they took extreme liberty in
+canvassing the late events, and to speak with much licentiousness
+respecting the president and the officers he had left in the government
+of the kingdom. Their discourse was so open and scandalous, that the
+magistrates of the city deemed it necessary to interpose; and Juan de
+Saavedra, who was then mayor or regidor of Cuzco, requested Giron to
+depart upon his intended expedition without delay, that the peaceable
+inhabitants might no longer be scandalized by the seditious discourses
+of his soldiers, as most of them were quartered upon the citizens to
+whom they behaved with much insolence.
+
+I was then in Cuzco, though a boy, when Giron and his soldiers made
+their first disturbance; and I was present also about three years
+afterwards at their second mutiny; and, though I had not even then
+attained the age of a young man, I was sufficiently able to notice and
+understand the observations and discourses of my father on the various
+events which occurred; and I can testify that the soldiers behaved in so
+proud and insolent a manner that the magistrates were forced to take
+notice of their conduct. The soldiers thought proper to be much offended
+on this occasion, pretending that no one ought to have any authority
+over them except Giron under whose command they had inlisted; and they
+carried their mutinous insolence to such a height as to assemble in arms
+at the house of their commander to protect themselves against the
+magistrates. When this mutiny was known in the city, the magistrates and
+citizens found themselves obliged to arm, and being joined by many
+soldiers who were not of the faction, they took post in the
+market-place. The mutineers drew up likewise in the street where Giron's
+house stood, at no great distance from the market-place; and in this
+manner both parties remained under arms for two days and nights, always
+on the point of coming to action; which had certainly been the case if
+some prudent persons had not interposed between them, and prevailed on
+the magistrates to enter into a treaty for compromising their
+differences. The most active persons on this occasion were Diego de
+Silva, Diego Maldonado the rich, Garcilasso de la Vega my father, Vasco
+de Guevara, Antonio Quinnones, Juan de Berrio, Jeronimo de Loyasa,
+Martin de Meneses, and Francisco Rodriguez. By their persuasions the
+regidor Juan de Saavedra and Captain Francisco Hernandez Giron were
+induced to meet in the great church, on which occasion the soldiers
+demanded four hostages for the security of their commander. In this
+conference Giron behaved with so much insolence and audacity, that
+Saavedra had assuredly arrested him if he had not been restrained from
+respect for the hostages, of whom my father was one. In a second
+conference in the evening, under the same precautions, Giron agreed to
+remove his soldiers from the city, to give up eight of the most mutinous
+of his soldiers to the magistrates, and even to make compearance in
+person before the court to answer for his conduct during the mutiny.
+
+On being made acquainted with this agreement, the soldiers were
+exceedingly enraged; and if Giron had not pacified them with soothing
+words and promises they had certainly attacked the loyal inhabitants,
+the consequences of which might have been exceedingly fatal. The
+mutineers amounted to two hundred effective well-armed men, of desperate
+fortunes, while the loyalists consisted of only eighty men of quality,
+all the rest being rich merchants not inured to arms. But it pleased God
+to avert the threatened mischief, at the prayers and vows of the
+priests, friars and devout women of the city. The mutineers were under
+arms all night, setting regular guards and sentinels as in the presence
+of an enemy; and in the morning, when Saavedra saw that Giron had not
+marched from the city according to agreement, he sent a warrant to bring
+him before his tribunal. As Giron suspected that his men might not
+permit him to obey the warrant, he walked out in his morning gown, as if
+only going to visit a neighbour; but went directly to the house of
+Saavedra, who committed him to prison. On this intelligence being
+communicated to the soldiers, they immediately dispersed, every one
+shifting for himself as he best could. The eight men who were
+particularly obnoxious took sanctuary in the Dominican convent, and
+fortified themselves in the tower of the church, where they held out for
+several days, but were at last obliged to surrender. They were all
+punished, but not in that exemplary manner their rebellious conduct
+deserved; and the tower was demolished, that it might not be used in the
+same manner in future.
+
+After the dispersion of the mutineers and the punishment of the most
+guilty, Giron was released on his solemn engagement to make his
+appearance before the royal audience at Lima to answer for his conduct.
+He went there accordingly, and was committed to prison; but after a few
+days was permitted to go out as a prisoner at large, confining himself
+to the city of Lima. He there married a young virtuous noble and
+beautiful lady, with whom he went to reside at Cuzco, where he
+associated with none but soldiers, avoiding all society with the
+citizens as much as possible.
+
+About two years afterwards several soldiers residing in Cuzce, entered
+into a new plot to raise disturbances in the kingdom, and were eager to
+find some proper person to choose as their leader. At length this affair
+came to be so openly talked of that it reached the knowledge of
+Saavedra, who was required to take cognizance of the plot and to punish
+the ringleaders; but he endeavoured to excuse himself, being unwilling
+to create himself enemies, alleging that it more properly belonged to
+the jurisdiction of the court of audience. When this affair was reported
+to the oydors at Lima, they were much displeased with the conduct of
+Saavedra, and immediately appointed the marshal Alonzo de Alvarado to
+supersede him in the office of regidor or mayor of Cuzco, giving
+Alvarado an especial commission to punish the insolence and mutinous
+conduct of the soldiers, to prevent the evil from getting to an
+unsupportable height. Immediately on taking possession of his office,
+Alvarado arrested some of the soldiers; who, to screen themselves,
+impeached Don Pedro de Puertocarrero as a principal instigator of their
+mutinous proceedings. After a minute examination, Francisco de Miranda,
+Alonzo Hernandez Melgarejo, and Alonzo de Barrienuevo were capitally
+punished as chief ringleaders in the conspiracy; six or seven others
+were banished from Peru, and all the rest made their escape.
+Puertocarrero made an appeal to the royal audience, by whom he was set
+at liberty.
+
+These new commotions, and others of more importance which shall be
+noticed in the sequel, proceeded in a great measure from the imprudent
+conduct of the judges themselves, by enforcing the observance of the
+obnoxious regulations which had formerly done so much evil during the
+government of the viceroy Blasco Nunnez Vela. Just before his departure
+from Peru, the president Gasca had received fresh orders from his
+majesty to free the Indians from services to their lords: But having
+experienced that this had occasioned the most dangerous commotions in
+the country, he very wisely commanded before his departure that the
+execution of this new order should be suspended. The judges however, saw
+this matter in a different light, and circulated their commands over the
+whole kingdom to enforce this new royal order; which gave occasion to
+the mutinous and disorderly behaviour of the soldiery, who were
+encouraged in their rebellious disposition by many persons of
+consideration, the possessors of allotments of lands and Indians, who
+considered themselves aggrieved.
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of Don Antonio de Mendoza._
+
+
+About this time Don Antonio de Mendoza, the viceroy of Mexico, was
+appointed viceroy of Peru, and landed at Lima, where he was received
+with great demonstration of joy and respect. He was accompanied on this
+occasion by his son, Don Francisco de Mendoza, afterwards general of the
+galleys in Spain. Don Antonio was a nobleman of much sanctity, and had
+greatly impaired his health by long abstinence and frequent acts of
+penance; insomuch that his natural heat began to fail, and he was
+obliged to use violent exercise to keep him warm, even in the hot
+climate of Lima. In consequence of his want of health, he deputed his
+son Don Francisco to make a progress through all the cities of the
+kingdom, from Lima to Las Charcas and Potosi, to bring him back a
+faithful representation of the state and condition of the kingdom and
+its mines, to be laid before his majesty; and, after his return to Lima,
+Don Francisco was sent into Spain in 1552, to communicate an account of
+the whole kingdom to the emperor.
+
+About four years before the appointment of the marshal Alonzo de
+Alvarado to the mayoralty and government of Cuzco, a party of two
+hundred soldiers marched from Potosi towards the province of Tucuman;
+most of whom, contrary to the orders of the judges, had Indians to carry
+their baggage. On this occasion, the licentiate Esquival, who was
+governor of Potosi, seized upon one Aguira, who had two Indians to
+carry his baggage; and some days afterwards sentenced him to receive two
+hundred lashes, as he had no money to redeem himself from corporal
+punishment. After this disgrace, Aguira refused to proceed along with
+the rest for the conquest of Tucuman, alleging that after the shame
+which he had suffered, death was his only relief. When the period of
+Esquivals office expired, he learnt that Aguira had determined upon
+assassinating him in revenge for the affront he had suffered. Upon which
+Esquival endeavoured to avoid Aguira, by travelling to a great distance,
+but all to no purpose, as Aguira followed him wherever he went, for
+above three years, always travelling on foot without shoes or stockings,
+saying, "That it did not become a whipped rascal to ride on horseback,
+or to appear in the company of men of honour." At length Esquival took
+up his residence in Cuzco, believing that Aguira would not dare to
+attempt anything against him in that place, considering that the
+governor was an impartial and inflexible judge: Yet he took every
+precaution for his safety, constantly wearing a coat of mail, and going
+always armed with a sword and dagger, though a man of the law. At length
+Aguira went one day at noon-day to the house of Esquival, whom he found
+asleep, and completed his long resolved revenge by stabbing him with his
+dagger. Aguira was concealed for forty day in a hog-stye by two young
+gentlemen; and after the hue and cry was over on account of the murder,
+they shaved his head and beard, and blackened his skin like a negro, by
+means of a wild fruit called _Vitoc_ by the Indians, clothing him in a
+poor habit, and got him away from the city and province of Cuzco in that
+disguise. This deed of revenge was greatly praised by the soldiers, who
+said, if there were many Aguiras in the world, the officers of justice
+would not be so insolent and arbitrary in their proceedings.
+
+During a long sickness of the viceroy, in consequence of which the
+government of the country devolved upon the judges of the royal
+audience, they proclaimed in all the cities of Peru that the personal
+services of the Indians should be discontinued, pursuant to the royal
+orders, under severe penalties. This occasioned new seditions and
+mutinies among the Spanish colonists, in consequence of which one Lois
+de Vargas, a principal promoter of the disturbances was condemned and
+executed; but as many principal persons of the country were found to be
+implicated, the judges thought fit to proceed no farther in the
+examinations and processes. Even Pedro de Hinojosa was suspected of
+being concerned in these seditious proceedings, having been heard to say
+to some of the discontented soldiers, that when he came to Las Charcas
+he would endeavour to satisfy them to the utmost of power. Though these
+words had no seditious tendency, the soldiers who were desirous of
+rebellion were willing to interpret them according to their own evil
+inclinations. On these slight grounds, and because it was known that
+Hinojosa was to go as governor and chief justice of the province of Las
+Charcas, as many of the discontented soldiers as were able went to that
+country, and wrote to their comrades in various parts of the kingdom to
+come there also. Some even of the better sort, among whom were Don
+Sebastian de Castilla, son to the Conde de Gomera, with five or six
+others of rank and quality went secretly from Cuzco, taking bye-paths
+out of the common road to prevent them from being pursued by the
+governor of that city. They were induced to this step by Vasco Godinez a
+ringleader among the malcontents, who informed Don Sebastian by a letter
+in cyphers that Hinojosa had promised to become their general.
+
+During these indications of tumult and rebellion, the viceroy Don
+Antonio de Mendoza died, to the great grief and detriment of the
+kingdom. On his death, the entire government of the kingdom of Peru
+devolved on the judges of the royal audience, who appointed Gil Ramirez
+de Avalos, who had been one of the gentlemen of the household to the
+viceroy, governor of the city of Lima; and the marshal was sent to
+command in the new city of La Paz, in which neighbourhood his lands and
+Indians were situated.
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Narrative of the Troubles in Peru, consequent upon the Death of the
+Viceroy Mendoza._.
+
+
+At this threatening period, all the soldiers and discontented persons of
+Peru, flocked to Las Charcas, Potosi, and that neighbourhood,
+endeavouring to procure employment about the rich mines of that
+district. Disputes continually arose between the soldiers and principal
+inhabitants and merchants, and duels were fought almost daily. In some
+of these duels, the combatants fought naked from the waist upwards,
+while in others they were dressed in crimson taffety waistcoats, that
+they might not see their own blood. I shall only mention the particulars
+of one of these duels, between two famous soldiers, Pero Nunnez, and
+Balthazar Perez, with the former of whom I was acquainted in 1563 at
+Madrid, who was then so much disabled in both arms by the wounds he
+received in that duel, that he could scarcely use his hands to feed
+himself.
+
+They fell out respecting some circumstances of a duel that had happened
+a few days before, in which they were seconds. Balthazar Perez had Egas
+de Guzman for his second, one of the greatest hectors and bullies of the
+time; and Hernan Mexia prevailed on Pero Nunnez to take him for his
+second, that he might have an opportunity to fight Guzman, who had
+defamed and spoken lightly of Mexia. When Egas de Guzman understood that
+Mexia was the person who was to be opposed to him, he sent a message to
+Pero Nunnez saying, as the principals were gentlemen of family, he ought
+not to debase himself by having a man for his second whose mother was a
+_Morisca_ and sold broiled sardinas in the market of Seville. Pero
+Nunnez, knowing this to be true, endeavoured to get Mexia to release his
+promise, but could not prevail. They accordingly went out to fight in a
+field at some distance from Potosi. At the first rencounter of the
+principals, Pero Nunnez struck his adversaries sword to one side, and
+closing upon Perez threw him to the ground, where he cast dust into his
+eyes, and beat him about the face with his fists, but did not stab him
+with his dagger. In the mean time the seconds were engaged in another
+part of the field. Mexia was afraid to close with Guzman, knowing him to
+have great bodily strength, but kept him in play by his superior
+agility, leaping and skipping about, yet never coming near enough to
+wound him. At length, wearied with this mode of fighting, Guzman darted
+his sword at Mexia, who looking anxiously to avoid it, gave an
+opportunity to Guzman to close with him, and to give him a wound with
+his dagger in the skull, two fingers deep, where the point of the
+dagger broke off; Mexia became frantic with his wound, and ran about the
+field like a madman; and came up to where the two principals were
+struggling on the ground, where, not minding whom he struck, he gave his
+own principal a slash with his sword, and ran wildly away. Guzman came
+hastily up to the rescue of his own principal, when he heard Nunnez say
+that he had been wounded by his own second, and was still continuing to
+pummel Perez on the face, and to throw dust in his eyes. Then Guzman,
+after harshly reproving Nunnez from bringing such a rascal to the field
+as his second, attacked Nunnez with his sword, who defended himself as
+he best could with his arms, till he was left all hacked and hewed on
+the field, streaming with blood from many wounds. Guzman then helped up
+his companion, and taking all the four swords under his arm, took Perez
+on his back who was unable to stand, and carried him to an hospital
+where he desired them to bury him, after which he took sanctuary in a
+church. Nunnez was likewise taken to the hospital, where he recovered of
+his wounds, but Mexia died of the wound in his forehead, as the point of
+the dagger could not be extracted from his skull.
+
+When Pedro de Hinojosa took possession of his government of Las Charcas
+in place of Paulo de Meneses, he found a great number of soldiers in the
+country, who were exceedingly troublesome, as there were neither
+sufficient quarters nor provisions for so many; on which he took
+occasion to reprove Martin de Robles and Paulo de Menezes, alleging that
+their quarrels had drawn so many soldiers thither, for which reason they
+ought to provide for them, and not allow them to die of famine. So great
+was the confusion and disturbance, that many of the principal
+inhabitants retired from the city to their estates in the country, to
+avoid the violence of the soldiers, who were now come to such a pitch of
+insolence, that they held public meetings, openly avowed their cabals
+and plots, and upbraided Hinojosa with his breach of promise, alleging
+that he had engaged to be their general when he should arrive in Las
+Charcas. They even declared themselves ready for an insurrection,
+offering to put themselves under his command. Hinojosa endeavoured to
+amuse them with hopes, by telling them he expected very soon to receive
+a commission from the judges to enlarge their conquests by a new war,
+which would give them an opportunity to rise in arms. Although he had
+formerly let fall some dubious expressions at Lima, which the soldiers
+were disposed to consider as promises of support, he was far from any
+intention of complying with their turbulent and rebellions humours.
+Being now in possession of his government, with an estate in lands and
+Indians worth two hundred thousand dollars a-year, he was desirous to
+enjoy his fortune in peace, and not to risk the loss of these riches by
+a new rebellion, which he had gained in the former at the loss of
+Gonzalo Pizarro.
+
+Disappointed in their expectations from Hinojosa, the soldiers consulted
+how to manage their intended rebellion under another leader, and agreed
+to kill Hinojosa and to elect Don Sebastian de Castilla as their
+commander-in-chief; and their design was carried on with so little
+regard to secrecy that it soon became publickly known in the city of La
+Plata. Several persons of consideration therefore, who were interested
+in the peace of the country, communicated the intelligence to Hinojosa,
+advising him to take precautions for his security, and to banish these
+people from his government. One Hondegardo a lawyer was particularly
+urgent on this occasion; and offered, if Hinojosa would appoint him his
+deputy for one month, that he would secure both him and the city from
+the threatened danger of insurrection; but Hinojosa had so much
+confidence in the power of his office, and the influence of his vast
+wealth and reputation, that he despised every thing that he did not see
+with his own eyes, and neglected all their warnings. Being unable to
+persuade the governor to listen to him, and as the soldiers still
+proceeded in their rebellious designs, and threw out many threatenings
+against the governor, Hondegardo prevailed on the guardian of the
+Franciscan convent to intimate to the governor that he had received
+communications respecting these proposed schemes of the soldiers in
+confession, and to urge him to make judicial examinations into the
+affair and to punish the offenders; yet even this made little impression
+on Hinojosa. Notwithstanding these and other intimations of the plot,
+Hinojosa obstinately refused to attend to the suggestions of Hondegardo
+and others, proudly declaring he had only to hold up his hand to make
+the soldiers tremble before him.
+
+Impatient of any longer delay, the conspirators came at length to the
+determination of putting the governor Hinojosa to death, and rising in a
+general insurrection. The principal ringleaders in this conspiracy were
+Don Sebastian de Castilla, Egas de Gusman, Basco Godinez, Balthazar
+Velasquez, and Gomez Hernandez, besides several other soldiers of note,
+most of whom were then resident in the city of La Plata. Having arranged
+their plan of operations, Don Sebastian and seven chosen accomplices
+went one morning to the residence of the governor, as soon as his gate
+was opened, to execute their vile purpose. The first person they met on
+entering the house was Alonzo de Castro, the deputy-governor, who
+questioned them on the reason of their present tumultuous appearance, as
+they seemed extremely agitated. They immediately put De Castro to death.
+Then forcing their way into the apartment of Hinojosa, they were
+astonished to find him gone: But after some search he was found in a
+retired corner, and dispatched.
+
+After the death of Hinojosa, the conspirators went out to the
+market-place, proclaiming aloud, God save the king, the tyrant is dead!
+the common watchword in all the rebellions in Peru. Having collected all
+their associates, they seized on Pedro Hernandez Paniagua, the person
+employed by the late president Gasca to carry his letters to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, Juan Ortiz de Zarate, Antonio Alvarez, and all the wealthy
+citizens they could lay hold of. Martin de Robles, Paulo de Menezes, and
+Hondegardo the lawyer, against whom they were particularly incensed,
+made their escape. After this, they made proclamation by beat of drum,
+for all citizens and other inhabitants of La Plata, to repair
+immediately to the market-place and enrol themselves under their
+standard; on which Rodrigo de Ordlana, though then sheriff of the city,
+and many others, to the amount of a hundred and fifty-two persons, came
+forwards and inlisted, fearing for their lives in case of refusal. Don
+Sebastian was elected captain-general and chief-justice, and some days
+afterwards he got himself appointed mayor of the city: Gomez Hernandez a
+lawyer was appointed recorder; Hernando de Guillado and Garci Tello de
+Vega, were made captains; Juan de Huarte serjeant-major, Pedro de
+Castillo captain of artillery, Alvar Perez Payaz commissary-general,
+Diego Perez high sheriff, and Bartholomew de Santa Ana his deputy.
+Rodrigo de Orellana, and many of the citizens, who now joined the
+rebels, acted merely from fear of losing their lives if they refused or
+even hesitated, though loyal subjects in their hearts.
+
+Immediately after the murder of Hinojosa, intelligence was sent in
+various directions of the insurrection, and great numbers of
+malcontents flocked to the city of La Plata to join the rebels. Among
+these was Basco Godinez, who had been a chief instigator of the
+conspiracy, and who seems to have promoted or permitted the elevation of
+Don Sebastian to be commander-in-chief merely to use him as an
+instrument of his own ambition, and to screen himself in case of failure
+at the commencement: For, in a very few days, Don Sebastion was put to
+death by Godinez and a few confidential associates; and they immediately
+proclaimed their bloody exploit to the rest of the insurgents, by
+exclaiming God save the king! the tyrant is slain! He even carried his
+dissimulation to such a length, as to erect a court of justice to try
+those who had murdered Hinojosa, in the vain hope of covering his own
+treasonable conduct, and to make himself and his abettors appear as
+loyal subjects. The murder of Hinojosa took place on the 6th of March
+1553, and the subsequent slaughter of Don Sebastian on the eleventh of
+the same month, only five days after.
+
+Godinez and his associates immediately liberated Juan Ortiz de Zarate
+and Pedro Hernandez Paniagua from prison, pretending that their great
+purpose in taking arms was to procure their liberty, to deliver the city
+from the rebels and traitors who would have ruined it, and to evince
+their loyalty to the king. In the next place, he called together Zarate,
+Paniagua, Antonio Alvarez, and Martin Monge, the only citizens then
+remaining in La Plata, whom he desired to elect him captain-general of
+the province, and to grant him the vacant lands and Indians which had
+belonged to Hinojosa to enable him to maintain the dignity of that
+office. Not daring to refuse any thing in the present situation of
+affairs, they acceded to his demands, and Godinez was proclaimed lord
+chief-justice, governor, and captain-general of the province, and
+successor to Hinojosa in his great estate and rich mines, producing two
+hundred thousand dollars of yearly revenue. After this, Gomez Hernandez
+the lawyer was appointed lieutenant-general of the army; and Juan Ortiz
+and Pedro de Castillo were made captains of foot: pretending on this
+occasion to communicate a share in the administration of government to
+the citizens, which they were constrained to accept. Balthazar
+Velasquez, one of the conspirators, was appointed major-general. Next
+day Martin de Robles, Paulo de Meneses, Diego de Almendras, and Diego
+Velasquez returned to the city, having fled from some soldiers that had
+been sent in search of them by Don Sebastian; and were immediately
+enjoined to concur with the other citizens in confirming the appointment
+of Godinez.
+
+When intelligence of the insurrection of the soldiers in La Plata
+arrived at Cuzco, the citizens put themselves into a posture of defence
+against the enemy; and, with the consent of the Cabildo, Diego
+Maldonado, commonly called the rich, was elected governor and
+captain-general. Garcilasso de la Vega and Juan de Saavedra were made
+captains of horse; and Juan Julio de Hojeda, Thomas Vasquez, Antonio de
+Quinnones, and another whose name I have forgot, were made captains of
+foot. So diligently did these officers apply themselves to raise men,
+that in five days Juan Julio de Hojeda marched into the city accompanied
+by three hundred soldiers well armed and appointed. Three days
+afterwards news came of the death of Don Sebastian, by which they
+flattered themselves that the war was ended for the present.
+
+By the end of March intelligence was brought to the judges at Lima of
+the rebellion of Don Sebastian and the murder of Hinojosa: Six days
+afterwards, news came that Egas de Guzman had revolted at Potosi; and in
+four days more advices were brought of the destruction of both these
+rebels; on which there were great rejoicings at Lima. On purpose to
+inquire into the origin of these commotions and to bring the ringleaders
+to condign punishment, the judges immediately appointed Alonzo de
+Alvarado chief-justice of Las Charcas, giving him the assistance of Juan
+Fernandez the kings attorney-general, for proceeding against the
+delinquents. By another commission, Alvarado was nominated governor and
+captain-general of Las Charcas and all the neighbouring provinces, with
+full power to levy soldiers, and to defray their pay and equipment and
+all the necessary expences of the war, from the royal treasury. Godinez
+was soon afterwards arrested and thrown into prison at La Plata under a
+strong guard by Alonzo Velasquez. Alvarado the new governor, began the
+exercise of his authority in the city of La Paz, where he tried a number
+of rebel soldiers who had concealed themselves on the borders of the
+lake of Titicaca, whence they had been brought prisoners by Pedro de
+Encisco. Some of these were hanged, some beheaded, others banished, and
+others condemned to the gallies. Alvarado went next to the city of
+Potosi, where many of the followers of Egas de Guzman had been committed
+to prison, all of whom were treated according to their deserts like
+those at La Paz. Among the rebels at Potosi was one Hernan Perez de
+Peragua, a knight of the order of St John of Malta, who had taken part
+in the rebellion of Don Sebastian. From respect to the order to which he
+belonged, Alvarado only confiscated his lands and Indians, and sent him
+a prisoner to be disposed of by the grand master of the order at Malta.
+It would be tedious to relate the names and numbers of those who were
+tried, hanged, beheaded, whipt, and otherwise punished on this occasion:
+But, from the end of June 1553, to the end of November of the same year,
+the court sat daily, and every day four, five, or six were tried and
+condemned, who were all punished according to their sentences next day.
+The unthinking people styled Alvarado a Nero, who could thus condemn so
+many of a day, yet amused himself afterwards with the attorney-general
+in vain and light discourses, as if those whom he condemned had been so
+many capons or turkies to be served up at his table. In the month of
+October, Basco Godinez was put upon his trial, for many heinous
+offences, and was condemned to be drawn and quartered. But a stop was
+put to farther proceedings about the end of November, by the news of
+another rebellion raised by Francisco Hernandez Giron, as shall be
+related in the sequel.
+
+"The Indians of Cuzco prognosticated this rebellion openly and loudly in
+the streets, as I heard and saw myself: For the eve before the festival
+of the most holy sacrament, I being then a youth, went out to see how
+the two marketplaces of the city were adorned; for at that time the
+procession passed through no other streets but those, though since that
+time, as I am told, the perambulation is double as far as before. Being
+then at the corner of the great chapel of our lady of the _Merceds_,
+about an hour or two before day, I saw a comet dart from the east side
+of the city towards the mountains of the _Antis_, so great and clear
+that it enlightened all places round with more splendor than a full moon
+at midnight. Its motion was directly downwards, its form was globular,
+and its dimensions as big as a large tower; and coming near the ground,
+it divided into several sparks and streams of fire; and was accompanied
+with a thunder so loud and near as struck many deaf with the clap, and
+ran from east to west; which when the Indians heard and saw, they all
+cried out with one voice, _Auca, Auca, Auca_, which signifies in their
+language, _tyrant, traitor, rebel_[44], and every thing that may be
+attributed to a violent and bloody traitor. This happened on the
+nineteenth of June 1553, when the feast of our Lord was celebrated; and
+this prognostication which the Indians made, was accomplished on the
+13th of November in the same year, when Francisco Hernandez Giron began
+a rebellion, which we shall now relate[45]."
+
+[Footnote 44: In the language of Chili at least, _Auca_ signifies
+_free_, or a _freeman_; it is possible however that in an absolute
+government, the same term may signify a rebel, yet it is a singular
+stretch of interpretation to make it likewise signify a tyrant.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 45: This paragraph, within inverted commas, is given as a
+short specimen of the taste of Garcilasso, and the respectable talents
+of his translator, Sir Paul Rycant, in 1688. It gives an account of one
+of these singular meteors or fire balls, improperly termed a comet in
+the text, which some modern philosophers are pleased to derive from the
+moon, and to suppose that they are composed of ignited masses of iron
+alloyed with nickel. It were an affront to our readers to comment on the
+ridiculous pretended prognostication so gravely believed by Garcilasso
+Inca.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_Continuation of the Troubles in Peru, to the Viceroyalty of the Marquis
+de Cannete._
+
+
+On the 13th of November 1553, a splendid wedding was celebrated at
+Cuzco, between Alonzo de Loyasa, one of the richest inhabitants of the
+city, and Donna Maria de Castilla, at which all the citizens and their
+wives attended in their best apparel. After dinner an entertainment was
+made in the street, in which horsemen threw balls of clay at each other,
+which I saw from the top of a wall opposite the house of Alonzo de
+Loyasa; and I remember to have seen Francisco Hernandez Giron sitting on
+a chair in the hall, with his arms folded on his breast and his eyes
+cast down, the very picture of melancholy, being then probably
+contemplating the transactions in which he was to engage that night. In
+the evening, when the sports were over, the company sat down to supper
+in a lower hall, where at the least sixty gentlemen were at table, the
+ladies being by themselves in an inner room, and from a small
+court-yard between these apartments, the dishes were served to both
+tables. Don Balthazar de Castillo, uncle to the bride, acted as usher of
+the hall at this entertainment. I came to the house towards the end of
+supper, to attend my father and stepmother home at night. I went to the
+upper end of the hall, where the governor sat, who was pleased to make
+me sit down on the chair beside him, and reached me some comfits and
+sweet drink, with which boys are best pleased, I being then fourteen
+years of age.
+
+At this instant some once knocked at the door, saying that Francisco
+Hernandez Giron was there; on which Don Balthazar de Castillo, who was
+near the door ordered the door to be opened. Giron immediately rushed
+in, having a drawn sword in his right hand, and a buckler on his left
+arm; accompanied by a companion on each side armed with partizans. The
+guests rose in great terror at this unexpected interruption, and Giron
+addressed them in these words: "Gentlemen be not afraid, nor stir from
+your places, as we are all engaged in the present enterprize." The
+governor, Gil Ramirez, immediately retired into the apartment of the
+ladies, by a door on the left hand. Another door led from the hall to
+the kitchen and other offices; and by these two doors a considerable
+number of the guests made their escape. Juan Alonzo Palomino, who was
+obnoxious to Giron for having opposed him in a late mutiny, was slain by
+Diego de Alvarado the lawyer. Juan de Morales, a rich merchant and very
+honest man, was slain while endeavouring to put out the candles. My
+father and a number of others, to the number in all of thirty-six, made
+their escape by means of a ladder from the court-yard of Loyasa into
+that of the adjoining house, in which I accompanied them, but the
+governor could not be persuaded to follow them, and was made prisoner by
+the rebels. My father and all the companions of his flight agreed to
+leave the town that night, and endeavour to escape to Lima.
+
+Having assembled about an hundred and fifty soldiers, Giron assumed the
+office of commander-in-chief of the _army of liberty_, appointing Diego
+de Alvarado the lawyer his lieutenant-general; Thomas Vasquez, Francisco
+Nunnez, and Rodrigo de Pineda captains of horse; the two last of whom
+accepted more from fear than affection. Juan de Pedrahita, Nuno
+Mendiola, and Diego Gavilan were made captains of foot; Albertos de
+Ordunna standard-bearer, and Antonio Carillo serjeant-major; all of whom
+were ordered to raise soldiers to complete their companies with every
+possible expedition. It being reported through the country that the
+whole citizens of Cuzco had concurred in this rebellion, the cities of
+Guamanga and Arequipa sent deputies to Cuzco, desiring to be admitted
+into the league, that they might jointly represent to his majesty the
+burdensome and oppressive nature of the ordinances imposed by the judges
+in relation to the services of the Indians. But when the citizens of
+Guamanga and Arequipa became rightly informed that this rebellion,
+instead of being the act of the Cabildo and all the inhabitants, had
+been brought about by the contrivance of a single individual, they
+changed their resolutions, and prepared to serve his majesty. About this
+time, the arch rebel Giron caused the deposed governor, Gil Ramirez, to
+betaken from prison and escorted forty leagues on his way towards
+Arequipa, and then set free.
+
+Fifteen days after the commencement of the rebellion, finding himself at
+the head of a considerable force, he summoned a meeting of all the
+citizens remaining in Cuzco, at which there appeared twenty-five
+citizens who were lords of Indians, only three of whom were intitled
+from office to sit in that assembly. By this meeting, Giron caused
+himself to be elected procurator, captain-general, and chief-justice of
+Peru, with full power to govern and protect the whole kingdom both in
+war and peace. When news of this rebellion was brought to Lima by
+Hernando Chacon, who was foster-brother to Giron, the judges would not
+credit the intelligence, believing it only a false report, to try how
+the people stood affected to the cause, and therefore ordered Chacon to
+be imprisoned; but learning the truth soon afterwards, he was set at
+liberty, and the judges began seriously to provide for suppressing the
+rebellion, appointing officers and commanders to raise forces for that
+purpose. They accordingly sent a commission to Alonzo de Alvarado, then
+at La Plata, constituting him captain-general of the royal army against
+Giron, with unlimited power to use the public treasure, and to borrow
+money for the service of the war in case the exchequer should fail to
+supply sufficient for the purpose. Alvarado accordingly appointed such
+officers as he thought proper to serve under him, and gave orders to
+raise men, and to provide arms and ammunition for the war.
+
+Besides the army which they authorized Alvarado to raise and command in
+Las Charcas, the judges thought it necessary to raise another army at
+Lima, of which Santillan, one of themselves and the archbishop of Lima
+were appointed conjunct generals. Orders were likewise transmitted to
+all the cities, commanding all loyal subjects to take up arms in the
+service of his majesty, and a general pardon was proclaimed to all who
+had been engaged in the late rebellions, under Gonzalo Pizarro, Don
+Sebastian de Castilla, and others, provided they joined the royal army
+within a certain given time. They likewise suspended the execution of
+the decrees for freeing the Indians from personal services, during two
+years, and repealed several other regulations which had given great and
+general offence to the soldiers and inhabitants, and had been the cause
+of all the commotions and rebellions which distracted the kingdom for so
+long a time.
+
+While these measures were carrying on against him, Hernandez, Giron was
+not negligent of his own concerns. He sent off officers with detachments
+of troops to Arequipa and Guamanga, to induce the inhabitants of these
+cities to join him, and requiring them by solemn acts of their cabildos
+to confirm and acknowledge him in the offices he had usurped. He caused
+the cabildo of Cuzco to write letters to the other cities of Peru to
+concur in his elevation and to give assistance in the cause, and wrote
+many letters himself to various individuals in Las Charcas and other
+places, soliciting them to join him. Having collected an army of above
+four hundred men, besides the detachments sent to Guamanga and Arequipa,
+he resolved to march for Lima, to give battle to the army of the judges,
+as he called it, pretending that his own was the royal army, and that he
+acted in the service of his majesty. At the first he was undetermined,
+whether it might not be better to march previously against Alvarado,
+whose party he considered to be the weakest, owing to the great and
+cruel severity which that officer had exerted against the adherents of
+the late rebellions: And many judicious persons are of opinion that he
+would have succeeded better if he had first attacked the marshal, as in
+all probability he would have got possession of these provinces, and his
+men would not have deserted from him to a person so universally disliked
+for his cruelty, as they afterwards did when they marched towards Lima.
+He accordingly marched from Cuzco and crossed the river Apurimac;
+immediately after which Juan Vera de Mendoza and five others deserted
+from him, re-crossed the bridge, which they burnt to prevent pursuit,
+and returned to Cuzco, where they persuaded about forty of the
+inhabitants to set out for Las Charcas to join the marshal Alvarado.
+
+At this time Sancho Duarte who was governor of the city of La Paz,
+raised above two hundred men in the service of his majesty, which he
+divided into two companies, one of horse and the other of foot. Giving
+the command of his infantry to Martin d'Olmos, he took the command of
+the horse himself, and assumed the title of general. With this force he
+set out for Cuzco, intending to march against Giron, but not to join the
+marshal Alvarado that he might not submit to his superior command. On
+his arrival at the bridge over the Rio Desaguadero, he learnt that Giron
+had left Cuzco to attack Lima, and proposed to have continued his march
+for Cuzco remaining independent of the marshal. But, in consequence of
+peremptory commands from Alvarado as captain-general, who highly
+disapproved of so many small armies acting separately, he returned to
+his own province.
+
+Pursuing his march for Lima, Hernandez Giron learnt at Andahuaylas that
+the citizens of Guamanga had declared for his majesty, at which
+circumstance he was much disappointed. He proceeded however to the river
+Villca[46], where his scouts and those of the royal army encountered. He
+proceeded however to the city of Guamanga, whence he sent orders to
+Thomas Vasquez to rejoin him from Arequipa. Although the inhabitants of
+that place, as formerly mentioned, had written to those of Cuzco
+offering to unite in the insurrection, supposing it the general sense of
+the principal people; they were now ashamed of their conduct, when they
+found the rebellion only proceeded from a few desperate men, and
+declared for the king; so that Vasquez was obliged to return without
+success. Being now at the head of above seven hundred men, though
+disappointed in his expectations of being joined by the citizens of
+Guamanga and Arequipa, Hernandez Giron pursued his march for the valley
+of Jauja; during which march Salvador de Lozana, one of his officers,
+who was detached with forty men to scour the country, was made prisoner
+along with all his party by a detachment from the army of the judges.
+
+[Footnote 46: The river Cangallo is probably here meant, which runs
+through the province of Vilcas to the city of Guamanga.--E.]
+
+Notwithstanding this unforseen misfortune, Giron continued his march to
+the valley of Pachacamac, only four leagues from Lima, where it was
+resolved in a council of war to endeavour to surprise the camp of the
+royalists near the capital. Intelligence of this was conveyed to the
+judges, who put themselves in a posture of defence. Their army at this
+time consisted of 300 cavalry, 600 musqueteers, and about 450 men armed
+with pikes, or 1350 in all. It may be proper to remark in this place,
+that, to secure the loyalty of the soldiers and inhabitants, the judges
+had proclaimed a suspension of the obnoxious edicts by which the Indians
+were exempted from personal services, and the Spaniards were forbidden
+to make use of them to carry their baggage on journeys; and had agreed
+to send two procurators or deputies to implore redress from his majesty
+from these burdensome regulations.
+
+Two days after the arrival of Giron in the valley of Pachacamac, a party
+of his army went out to skirmish with the enemy, on which occasion Diego
+de Selva and four others of considerable reputation deserted to the
+judges. For several days afterwards his men continued to abandon him at
+every opportunity, twenty or thirty of them going over at a time to the
+royal army. Afraid that the greater part of his army might follow this
+example, Hernandez Giron found it necessary to retreat from the low
+country and to return to Cuzco, which he did in such haste that his
+soldiers left all their heavy baggage that they might not be encumbered
+in their march. On this alteration of affairs, the judges gave orders to
+Paulo de Meneses to pursue the rebels with six hundred select men; but
+the generals of the royal army would not allow of more than a hundred
+being detached on this service. During his retreat, Giron, finding
+himself not pursued by the royalists with any energy, marched with
+deliberation, but so many of his men left him that by the time he
+reached the valley of Chincha his force was reduced to about 500 men.
+Paulo de Meneses, having been reinforced, proposed to follow and harass
+the retreating rebels; but not having accurate intelligence, nor keeping
+sufficient guard, was surprised and defeated by Giron with some
+considerable loss, and obliged to retreat in great disorder. Yet Giron
+was under the necessity to discontinue the pursuit, as many of his men
+deserted to the royalists.
+
+Sensible of the detriment suffered by the royal interests in consequence
+of the disagreement between the present generals, Judge Santillan and
+Archbishop Loyasa, to which the defeat of Meneses was obviously owing,
+these very unfit persons for military command were displaced, and Paulo
+de Meneses was invested in the office of commander-in-chief, with Pedro
+de Puertocarrero as his lieutenant-general. This new appointment
+occasioned great discontent in the army, that a person who had lost a
+battle, and rather merited ignominy and punishment for his misconduct,
+should be raised to the chief command. The appointment was however
+persisted in, and it was resolved to pursue the enemy with 800 men
+without baggage.
+
+Hernandez Giron, who retreated by way of the plain towards Arequipa, had
+reached the valley of Nasca, about sixty leagues to the southwards of
+Lima, before the confusion and disputes in the royal camp admitted of
+proper measures being taken for pursuit. At this time, the judges gave
+permission to a sergeant in the royal army, who had formerly been in the
+conspiracy of Diego de Royas, to go into the enemys camp disguised as an
+Indian, under pretence of bringing them exact information of the state
+of affairs. But this man went immediately to Hernandez, whom he informed
+of the quarrels among the officers and the discontents in the royal
+army. He likewise informed him that the city of San Miguel de Piura had
+rebelled, and that one Pedro de Orosna was coming from the new kingdom
+of Grenada with a strong party to join the rebels in Peru. But to
+qualify this favourable news for the rebels, Giron received notice at
+the same time that the marshal Alvarado was coming against him from Las
+Charcas with a force of twelve hundred men. About this time, on purpose
+to reinforce his army, Giron raised a company of an hundred and fifty
+negroes, which he afterwards augmented to 450, regularly divided into
+companies, to which he appointed captains, and allowed them to elect
+their own ensigns, sergeants, and corporals, and to make their own
+colours.
+
+In the mean time, the marshal Alonzo de Alvarado, employed himself
+diligently in Las Charcas to raise men for the royal service, and to
+provide arms, ammunition, provisions, horses, and mules, and every thing
+necessary for taking the field. He appointed Don Martin de Almendras,
+who had married his sister, lieutenant-general, Diego de Porras
+standard-bearer, and Diego de Villavicennio major-general. Pera
+Hernandez Paniagua, Juan Ortiz de Zarate, and Don Gabriel de Guzman,
+were captains of horse. The licentiate Polo, Diego de Almendras, Martin
+de Alarzon, Hernando Alvarez de Toledo, Juan Ramon, and Juan de
+Arreynaga, were captains of foot; Gomez Hernandez the lawyer, military
+alguazil or judge-advocate, and Juan Riba Martin commissary-general. His
+force amounted to 750 excellent soldiers, all well armed and richly
+clothed, with numerous attendants, such as had never been seen before in
+Peru. I saw them myself a few days after their arrival in Cuzco, when
+they made a most gallant appearance. While on his march to Cuzco from
+La Plata, Alvarado was joined by several parties of ten and twenty
+together, who came to join him in the service of his majesty. On his way
+to Arequipa he was joined by about forty more; and after passing that
+place, Sancho Duarte and Martin d'Olmos joined him from La Paz with more
+than two hundred good soldiers. Besides these, while in the province of
+Cuzco, he was joined by Juan de Saavedra with a squadron of eighty five
+men of the principal interest and fortune in the country. On entering
+Cuzco, Alvarado was above 1200 strong; having 300 horse, 350
+musqueteers, and about 530 armed with pikes and halberts. Not knowing
+what was become of Giron, Alvarado issued orders to repair the bridges
+over the Apurimac and Abancay, intending to pass that way in quest of
+the rebels. But receiving intelligence from the judges, of the defeat of
+Meneses, and that the rebels were encamped in the valley of Nasca, he
+ordered the bridges to be destroyed, and marched by the nearest way for
+Nasca, by way of Parinacocha, in which route he had to cross a rocky
+desert of sixty leagues.
+
+In this march four of the soldiers deserted and went over to Hernandez
+Giron at Nasca, to whom they gave an account of the great force with
+which Alvarado was marching against him, but reported in public that the
+royalists were inconsiderable in number. Giron, however, chose to let
+his soldiers know the truth, and addressed his army as follows.
+"Gentlemen, do not flatter or deceive yourselves: There are a thousand
+men coming against you from Lima, and twelve hundred from the mountains.
+But, with the help of God, if you stand firm, I have no doubt of
+defeating them all." Leaving Nasca, Giron marched by way of Lucanas, by
+the mountain road, intending to take post on the lake of Parinacocha
+before Alvarado might be able to reach that place. He accordingly left
+Nasca on the 8th of May[47] for this purpose.
+
+[Footnote 47: Although Garcilasso omits the date of the year, it
+probably was in 1554, as the rebellion of Giron commenced in the
+November immediately preceding.--E.]
+
+In the mean time pursuing his march, Alvarado and his army entered upon
+the desert of _Parihuanacocha_, where above sixty of his best horses
+died, in consequence of the bad and craggy roads, the unhealthiness of
+the climate, and continued tempestuous weather, though led by hand and
+well covered with clothes. When the two armies approached each other,
+Alvarado sent a detachment of an hundred and fifty select musqueteers
+to attack the camp of Giron, and marched forwards with the main body of
+his army to support that detachment. An engagement accordingly took
+place in rough and strong ground, encumbered with trees brushwood and
+rocks, in which the royalists could make no impression on the rebels,
+and were obliged to retire with the loss of forty of their best men
+killed or wounded. In the following night, Juan de Piedrahita
+endeavoured ineffectually to retaliate, by assailing the camp of
+Alvarado, and was obliged to retreat at daybreak. Receiving notice from
+a deserter that the rebel army consisted only of about four hundred men,
+in want of provisions, and most of them inclined to revolt from Giron
+and return to their duty, Alvarado determined upon giving battle,
+contrary to the opinion and earnest advice of all his principal officers
+and followers. But so strong was the position of the enemy, and the
+approaches so extremely difficult, that the royal army fell into
+confusion in the attack, and were easily defeated with considerable
+loss, and fled in all directions, many of them being slain by the
+Indians during their dispersed flight.
+
+On receiving the afflicting news of this defeat, the judges ordered the
+army which they had drawn together at Lima to march by way of Guamanga
+against the rebels. In the mean time Giron remained for forty days in
+his camp at Chuquinca, where the battle was fought, taking care of his
+wounded men and of the wounded royalists, many of whom now joined his
+party. He sent off however his lieutenant-general towards Cuzco in
+pursuit of the royalists who had fled in that direction, and ordered his
+sergeant-major to go to La Plaz, Chucuito, Potosi, and La Plata, to
+collect men arms and horses for the farther prosecution of the war. At
+length Giron marched into the province of Andahuaylas, which he laid
+waste without mercy, whence he went towards Cuzco on receiving
+intelligence that the army of the judges had passed the rivers Abancay
+and Apurimac on their way to attack him. He immediately marched by the
+valley of Yucay to within a league of Cuzco, not being sufficiently
+strong to resist the royalists; but turned off from that city at the
+persuasion of certain astrologers and prognosticators, who declared that
+his entrance there would prove his ruin, as had already happened to many
+other captains, both Spaniards and Indians.
+
+The army of the judges marched on from Guamanga to Cuzco unopposed by
+the rebels, their chief difficulty being in the passages of the great
+rivers, and the transport of eleven pieces of artillery, which were
+carried on the shoulders of Indians, of whom ten thousand were required
+for that service only. Each piece of ordinance was fastened on a beam of
+wood forty feet long, under which twenty cross bars were fixed, each
+about three feet long, and to every bar were two Indians, one on each
+side, who carried this load on their shoulders, on pads or cushions, and
+were relieved by a fresh set every two hundred paces. After halting five
+days in the neighbourhood of Cuzco, to refresh the army from the
+fatigues of the march, and to procure provisions and other necessaries,
+the royal army set out in pursuit of the rebels to Pucara[48], where the
+rebels had intrenched themselves in a very strong situation, environed
+on every side with such steep and rugged mountains as could not be
+passed without extreme difficulty, more like a wall than natural rocks.
+The only entrance was exceedingly narrow and intricate, so that it could
+easily be defended by a handful of men against an army; but the interior
+of this post was wide and convenient, and sufficient for accommodating
+the rebel army with all the cattle provisions and attendants with the
+utmost ease. The rebels had abundance of provisions and ammunition,
+having the whole country at their command since the victory of
+Chuquinca; besides which their negro soldiers brought in provisions
+daily from the surrounding country. The royal army encamped at no great
+distance in an open plain, fortifying the camp with an intrenchment
+breast-high all round, which was soon executed by means of the great
+numbers of Indians who attended to carry the baggage and artillery.
+Giron established a battery of cannon on the top of a rising ground so
+near the royal camp that the balls were able to reach considerably
+beyond the intrenchment: "Yet by the mysterious direction of Providence,
+the rebel cannon, having been cast from the consecrated metal of bells
+dedicated to the service of God, did no harm to man or beast."
+
+[Footnote 48: Pucara is in the province of Lampa, near the north-western
+extremity of the great lake Titicaca.--E.]
+
+After a considerable delay, during which daily skirmishes passed between
+the adverse parties, Giron resolved to make a night attack upon the camp
+of the royalists, confiding in the prediction of some wise old woman,
+that he was to gain the victory at that place. For this purpose he
+marched out from his natural fortress at the head of eight hundred foot,
+six hundred of whom were musqueteers, and the rest pikemen, with only
+about thirty horse. His negro soldiers, who were about two hundred and
+fifty in number, joined with about seventy Spaniards, were ordered to
+assail the front of the royal camp, while Giron with the main body was
+to attack the rear. Fortunately the judges had got notice of this
+intended assault from two rebel deserters, so that the whole royal army
+was drawn out in order of battle on the plain before the rebels got up
+to the attack. The negro detachment arrived at the royal camp sometime
+before Giron, and, finding no resistance, they broke in and killed a
+great number of the Indian followers, and many horses and mules,
+together with five or six Spanish soldiers who had deserted the ranks
+and hidden themselves in the camp. On arriving at the camp, Giron fired
+a whole volley into the fortifications without receiving any return; but
+was astonished when the royal army began to play upon the flank of his
+army from an unexpected quarter, with all their musquets and artillery.
+Giron, being thus disappointed in his expectations of taking the enemy
+by surprise, and finding their whole army drawn up to receive him, lost
+heart and retreated back to his strong camp in the best order he could.
+But on this occasion, two hundred of his men, who had formerly served
+under Alvarado, and had been constrained to enter into his service after
+the battle of Chuquinca, threw down their arms and revolted to the
+royalists.
+
+Giron made good his retreat, as the general of the royalists would not
+permit any pursuit during the darkness of the night. In this affair,
+five or six were killed on the side of the judges, and about thirty
+wounded; while the rebels, besides the two hundred who revolted, had ten
+men killed and about the same number wounded. On the third day after the
+battle, Giron sent several detachments to skirmish with the enemy, in
+hopes of provoking them to assail his strong camp; but the only
+consequence of this was giving an opportunity to Thomas Vasquez and ten
+or twelve more to go over to the royalists. Heart-broken and confounded
+by these untoward events, and even dreading that his own officers had
+conspired against his life, Giron fled away alone from the camp on
+horseback during the night after the desertion of Vasquez. On the
+appearance of day he found himself still near his own camp, whence he
+desperately adventured to make his escape over a mountain covered with
+snow, where he was nearly swallowed up, but at last got through by the
+goodness of his horse. Next morning, the lieutenant-general of the
+rebels, with about an hundred of the most guilty, went off in search of
+their late general; but several others of the leading rebels went over
+to the judges and claimed their pardons, which were granted under the
+great seal.
+
+Next day, Paulo de Meneses, with a select detachment, went in pursuit of
+Diego de Alvarado, the rebel lieutenant-general, who was accompanied by
+about an hundred Spaniards and twenty negroes; and came up with them in
+eight or nine days, when they all surrendered without resistance. The
+general immediately ordered Juan Henriquez de Orellana, one of the
+prisoners, who had been executioner in the service of the rebels, to
+hang and behead Diego de Alvarado and ten or twelve of the principal
+chiefs, after which he ordered Orellana to be strangled by two negroes.
+
+"I cannot omit one story to shew the impudence of the rebel soldiers,
+which occurred at this time. The very next day after the flight of
+Francisco Hernandez Giron, as my father Garcilasso de la Vega was at
+dinner with eighteen or twenty soldiers, it being the custom in time of
+war for all men of estates to be hospitable in this manner according to
+their abilities; he observed among his guests a soldier who had been
+with Giron from the beginning of this rebellion. This man was by trade a
+blacksmith, yet crowded to the table with as much freedom and boldness
+as if he had been a loyal gentleman, and was as richly clothed as the
+most gallant soldier of either army. Seeing him sit down with much
+confidence, my father told him to eat his dinner and welcome, but to
+come no more to his table; as a person who would have cut off his head
+yesterday for a reward from the general of the rebels, was not fit
+company for himself or those gentlemen, his friends and wellwishers, and
+loyal subjects of his majesty. Abashed by this address, the poor
+blacksmith rose and departed without his dinner, leaving subject of
+discourse to the guests, who admired at his impudence."
+
+After his flight, Hernandez Giron was rejoined by a considerable number
+of his dispersed soldiers, and took the road towards Lima, in hopes of
+gaining possession of that place in the absence of the judges. He was
+pursued by various detachments, one of which came up with him in a
+strong position on a mountain; where all his followers, though more
+numerous than their pursuers, surrendered at discretion, and the arch
+rebel was made prisoner and carried to Lima, where he was capitally
+punished, and his head affixed to the gallows beside those of Gonzalo
+Pizarro and Francisco de Carvajal. This rebellion subsisted from the
+13th of November 1553, reckoning the day on which Giron was executed,
+thirteen months and some days; so that he received his well-merited
+punishment towards the end of December 1554.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_History of Peru during the Viceroyalty of the Marquis del Cannete._
+
+
+Immediately after learning the death of Don Antonio de Mendoza, his
+imperial majesty, who was then in Germany, nominated the Conde de Palma
+to succeed to the viceroyalty of Peru: But both he and the Conde de
+Olivares declined to accept. At length Don Andres Hurtado de Mendoza,
+Marquis of Cannete, was appointed to the office. Having received his
+instructions, he departed for Peru and arrived at Nombre de Dios, where
+he resided for some time for the purpose of suppressing a band of
+fugitive negroes, called _Cimarrones_ who lived in the mountains, and
+robbed and pillaged the merchants and others on the road between Nombre
+de Dios and Panama. Finding themselves hard pressed by a military force
+sent against them under the command of Pedro de Orsua, the negroes at
+length submitted to articles of accommodation, retaining their freedom,
+and engaging to catch and deliver up all negroes that should in future
+desert from their masters. They likewise agreed to live peaceably and
+quietly within a certain district, and were allowed to have free trade
+with the Spanish towns.
+
+Having settled all things properly in the Tierra Firma, the viceroy set
+sail from Panama and landed at Payta on the northern confines of Peru,
+whence he went by land to Lima, where he was received in great pomp in
+the month of July 1557. Soon after the instalment of the new viceroy,
+he appointed officers and governors to the several cities and
+jurisdictions of the kingdom; among whom Baptisto Munnoz a lawyer from
+Spain was sent to supersede my father Garcilasso de la Vega in the
+government of Cuzco. In a short time after taking possession of his
+office, Munnoz apprehended Thomas Vasquez, Juan de Piedrahita and Alonzo
+Diaz, who had been ringleaders in the late rebellion, and who were
+privately strangled in prison, notwithstanding the pardons they had
+received in due form from the royal chancery. Their plantations and
+lordships over Indians were confiscated and bestowed on other persons.
+No other processes were issued against any of the other persons who had
+been engaged in the late rebellion. But Munnoz instituted a prosecution
+against his predecessor in office, my father, on the four following
+charges. 1st, For sporting after the Spanish manner with darts on
+horseback, as unbecoming the gravity of his office. 2d, For going on
+visits without the rod of justice in his hand, by which he gave occasion
+to many to despise and contemn the character with which he was invested.
+3d, For allowing cards and dice in his house during the Christmas
+holidays, and even playing himself, contrary to the dignity becoming the
+governor. 4th, For employing as his clerk one who was not a freeman of
+the city, nor qualified according to the forms of law. Some charges
+equally frivolous were made against Monjaraz, the deputy-governor, not
+worth mentioning; but these processes were not insisted in, and no fines
+or other punishment were inflicted.
+
+Soon after the viceroy was settled in his government, he sent
+Altamirano, judge in the court of chancery at Lima, to supersede Martin
+de Robles in the government of the city of La Plata. De Robles was then
+so old and bowed down with infirmities, that he was unable to have his
+sword girt to his side, and had it carried after him by an Indian page;
+yet Altamirano, almost immediately after taking possession of his
+government, hanged Martin de Robles in the market-place, on some
+pretended charge of having used certain words respecting the viceroy
+that had a rebellious tendency. About the same time the viceroy
+apprehended and deported to Spain about thirty-seven of those who had
+most eminently distinguished their loyalty in suppressing the late
+rebellion, chiefly because they solicited rewards for their services and
+remuneration for the great expences they had been at during the war, and
+refused to marry certain women who had been brought from Spain by the
+viceroy as wives to the colonists, many of whom were known to be common
+strumpets.
+
+The next object which occupied the attention of the viceroy was to
+endeavour to prevail upon Sayri Tupac, the nominal Inca or king of the
+Peruvians, to quit the mountains in which he had taken refuge, and to
+live among the Spaniards, under promise of a sufficient allowance to
+maintain his family and equipage. Sayri Tupac was the son and heir of
+Manco Capac, otherwise called Menco Saca, who had been killed by the
+Spaniards after delivering them out of the hands of their enemies. After
+a long negociation, the Inca Sayri Tupac came to Lima where he was
+honourably received and entertained by the viceroy, who settled an
+insignificant pension upon him according to promise. After remaining a
+short time in Lima, the Inca was permitted by the viceroy to return to
+Cuzco, where he took up his residence in the house of his aunt Donna
+Beatrix Coya, which was directly behind my fathers dwelling, and where
+he was visited by all the men and women of the royal blood of the Incas
+who resided in Cuzco. The Inca was soon afterwards baptized along with
+his wife, Cusi Huarcay, the niece of the former Inca Huascar. This took
+place in the year 1558; and about three years afterwards he died,
+leaving a daughter who was afterwards married to a Spaniard named Martin
+Garcia de Loyola.
+
+Having settled all things in the kingdom to his satisfaction, by the
+punishment of those who had been concerned in the rebellion under Giron,
+and the settlement of the Inca under the protection and superintendence
+of the Spanish government; the viceroy raised a permanent force of
+seventy lancers or cavalry, and two hundred musqueteers, to secure the
+peace of the kingdom, and to guard his own person and the courts of
+justice. The horsemen of this guard were allowed each a thousand, and
+the foot soldiers five hundred, dollars yearly. Much about the same
+time, Alonzo de Alvarado, Juan Julio de Hojeda, my lord and father
+Garcilasso de la Vega, and Lorenzo de Aldana died. These four gentlemen
+were all of the ancient conquerors of Peru who died by natural deaths,
+and were all greatly lamented by the people for their virtuous
+honourable and good characters. All the other conquerors either died in
+battle, or were cut off by other violent deaths, in the various civil
+wars and rebellions by which the kingdom was so long distracted.
+
+On the arrival of those persons in Spain who had been sent out of Peru
+by the viceroy for demanding rewards for their services, they petitioned
+the king, Don Philip II, for redress; who was graciously pleased to give
+pensions to as many of them as chose to return to Peru, to be paid from
+the royal exchequer in that kingdom, that they might not need to address
+themselves to the viceroy. Such as chose to remain in Spain, he
+gratified with pensions upon the custom-house in Seville; the smallest
+being 80 ducats yearly, to some 600, to some 800, 1000, and 1200 ducats,
+according to their merits and services. About the same time likewise,
+his majesty was pleased to nominate Don Diego de Azevedo as viceroy of
+Peru, to supersede the Marquis of Cannete; but, while preparing for his
+voyage, he died, to the great grief of all the colonists of the kingdom.
+The Marquis of Cannete was much astonished when those men whom he had
+banished from Peru for demanding rewards for their past services, came
+back with royal warrants for pensions on the exchequer of that kingdom,
+and still more so when he learnt that another person was appointed to
+succeed him in the office of viceroy. On this occasion he laid aside his
+former haughtiness and severity, and became gentle and lenient in his
+disposition and conduct for the rest of his days; so that, if he had
+begun as he ended his administration, he would have proved the best
+governor that ever commanded in the New World. On seeing this change of
+conduct, the heirs of those citizens who had been executed for having
+engaged in the rebellion of Giron, laid the pardons obtained by their
+fathers before the judges of the royal audience, and made reclamation of
+the estates which had been confiscated, and even succeeded in having
+their lands and Indians restored, together with all other confiscations
+which had been ordered at the first coming over of the viceroy.
+
+At this time likewise, the viceroy gave a commission to Pedro de Orsua,
+to make a conquest of the country of the Amazons on the river Marannon,
+being the same country in which Orellana deserted Gonzalo Pizarro, as
+formerly related. Orsua went to Quito to raise soldiers, and to provide
+arms and provisions, in which he was greatly assisted by contributions
+from the citizens of Cuzco, Quito and other cities of Peru. Orsua set
+out accordingly on his expedition, with a well appointed force of five
+hundred men, a considerable proportion of which was cavalry. But he was
+slain by his own men, at the instigation of Don Fernando de Guzman and
+some others, who set up Don Fernando as their king, yet put him to death
+shortly afterwards. Lope de Aguira then assumed the command, but the
+whole plan of conquest fell to the ground, and Aguira and far the
+greater part of the men engaged in this expedition were slain.
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Incidents in the History of Peru, during the successive Governments of
+the Conde de Nieva, Lope Garcia de Castro, and Don Francisco de Toledo._
+
+
+On the death of Don Diego de Azevedo, Don Diego de Zuniga by Velasco,
+Conde de Nieva, was appointed to supersede the Marquis of Cannete as
+viceroy of Peru, and departing from Spain to assume his new office in
+January 1560, he arrived at Payta in Peru in the month of April
+following. He immediately dispatched a letter to the marquis informing
+him of his arrival in the kingdom as viceroy, and requiring the marquis
+to desist from any farther exercise of authority. On the arrival of the
+messenger at Lima, the marquis ordered him to be honourably entertained,
+and to receive a handsome gratification, to the value of 7000 dollars;
+but he forfeited all these advantages, by refusing to address the
+ex-viceroy by the title of excellency. This slight, which had been
+directed by the new viceroy, so pressed on the spirits of the marquis,
+already much reduced by the infirmities of age and the ravages of a
+mortal distemper, that he fell into a deep melancholy, and ended his
+days before the arrival of his successor at Lima.
+
+The Conde de Nieva did not long enjoy the happiness he expected in his
+government, and he came by his death not many months afterwards by means
+of a strange accident, of which he was himself the cause; but as it was
+of a scandalous nature I do not chuse to relate the particulars. On
+receiving notice of his death, King Philip II. was pleased to appoint
+the lawyer Lope Garcia de Castro, who was then president of the royal
+council of the Indies, to succeed to the government of Peru, with the
+title only of president of the court of royal audience and
+governor-general of the kingdom. He governed the kingdom with much
+wisdom and moderation, and lived to return into Spain, where he was
+replaced in his former situation of president of the council of the
+Indies.
+
+Don Francisco de Toledo, second son of the Conde de Oropeta, succeeded
+Lope Garcia de Castro in the government of Peru, with the tide of
+viceroy. He had scarcely been two years established in the government,
+when he resolved to entice from the mountains of Villcapampa[49] where
+he resided, the Inca Tupac Amaru, the legitimate heir of the Peruvian
+empire, being the son of Manco Inca, and next brother to the late Don
+Diego Sayri Tupac, who left no son. The viceroy was induced to attempt
+this measure, on purpose to put a stop to the frequent robberies which
+were committed by the Indians dependent on the Inca, in the roads
+between Cuzco and Guamanga, and in hope of procuring information
+respecting the treasures which had belonged to former Incas and the
+great chain of gold belonging to Huayna Capac, formerly mentioned, all
+of which it was alleged was concealed by the Indians. Being unable to
+prevail upon the Inca to put himself in the power of the Spaniards, a
+force of two hundred and fifty men was detached into the Villcapampa,
+under the command of Martin Garcia Loyola, to whom the Inca surrendered
+himself, with his wife, two sons, and a daughter, who were all carried
+prisoners to Cuzco.
+
+[Footnote 49: The river Quiliabamba, otherwise called Urabamba and
+Vilcamayo is to the north of Cuzco, and to the north of that river one
+of the chains of the Andes is named the chain of Cuzco or of the rebel
+Indians. This is probably the mountainous region mentioned in the
+text.--E.]
+
+The unfortunate Inca was arraigned by the attorney-general, of having
+encouraged his servants and vassals to infest the roads and to rob the
+Spanish merchants, of having declared enmity against all who lived or
+inhabited among the Spaniards, and of having entered into a plot with
+the Caracas or Caciques, who were lords of districts and Indians by
+ancient grants of the former Incas, to rise in arms on a certain day and
+to kill all the Spaniards they could find. At the same time a general
+accusation was made against all the males of mixed race, born of Indian
+mothers to the Spanish conquerors, who were alleged to have secretly
+agreed with Tupac Amaru and other Incas to make an insurrection for
+extirpating the Spaniards and restoring the native, Inca to the throne
+of Peru. In consequence of this accusation, all the sons of Spaniards by
+Indian women who were of age sufficient to carry arms were committed to
+prison, and many of them were put to the torture to extort confession of
+these alleged crimes, for which they had no proof or evidence
+whatsoever. Many of them were accordingly banished to various remote
+parts of the New World, as to Chili, the new kingdom of Granada, the
+West India islands, Panama, and Nicaragua, and others were sent into
+Spain.
+
+All the males of the royal line of the Incas, who were in the capacity
+of being able to succeed to the throne, to the number of thirty-six
+persons, together with the two sons and the daughter of the Inca Tupac
+Amaru, were commanded to reside for the future in Lima, where in little
+more than two years they all died except three, who were permitted to
+return to their own houses for purer air: But even these three were
+beyond recovery, and died soon afterwards. One of these, Don Carlos
+Paula, left a son who died in Spain in 1610, leaving one son a few
+months old who died next year; and in him ended the entire male line of
+the Incas of Peru.
+
+Tupac Amaru was brought to trial, under pretence that he intended to
+rebel, and had engaged in a conspiracy with several Indians, and with
+the sons of Spaniards born of Indian mothers, intending to have
+dispossessed his majesty Philip II of the kingdom of Peru. On this
+unfounded accusation, and on the most inconclusive evidence, he was
+condemned to lose his head. Upon notice of this sentence, the friars of
+Cuzco flocked to prison, and persuaded the unfortunate prince to receive
+baptism, on which he assumed the name of Don Philip. Though the Inca
+earnestly entreated to be sent to Spain, and urged the absurdity and
+impossibility that he could ever intend to rebel against the numerous
+Spanish colonists who now occupied the whole country of Peru, seeing
+that his father with 200,000 men was utterly unable to overcome only 200
+Spaniards whom he besieged in the city of Cuzco; yet the viceroy thought
+fit to order the sentence to be carried into execution. The Inca was
+accordingly brought out of prison, mounted on a mule, having his bands
+tied and a halter about his neck, and being conducted to the ordinary
+place of execution in the city of Cuzco, his head was cut off by the
+public executioner.
+
+After continuing sixteen years in the viceroyalty of Peru, Don Francisco
+de Toledo returned into Spain, with a fortune of above half a million of
+pesos. Falling under the displeasure of the king, he was ordered to
+confine himself to his own house, and all his fortune was laid under
+sequestration, which so affected his mind that he soon died of a broken
+heart. Martin Garcia Loyola, who made the Inca prisoner, was married to
+a coya, the daughter of the former Inca Sayri Tupac, by whom he acquired
+a considerable estate; and being afterwards made governor of Chili, was
+slain in that country by the natives.
+
+END OF THE EARLY HISTORY OF PERU.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY AND CONQUEST OF CHILI
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+Not having the advantage of any original and contemporary author to lay
+before our readers on this occasion, it was at first our intention to
+have omitted any notice of Chili in the present division of this work:
+But under the existing and important circumstances of the Spanish
+American colonies, to which some allusion has been already made in the
+introduction to the preceding chapter, it has been deemed proper to
+deviate on this occasion from our general principle, and to endeavour to
+draw up a short satisfactory account of the Discovery and Conquest of
+Chili, and of the early History of that interesting region, the most
+distant of all the early European colonies in the New World, and which
+presents the singular and solitary phenomenon, of a native nation
+inhabiting a fertile and champaign country, successfully resisting the
+arts, discipline, and arms of Europeans, and remaining unconquered and
+independent to the present day, after the almost perpetual efforts of
+the Spaniards during a period of 277 years.
+
+In the composition of this chapter, we have been chiefly guided by the
+geographical natural and civil history of Chili, by the Abbe Don Juan
+Ignatio Molina, a native of the country, and a member of the late
+celebrated order of the Jesuits. On the dissolution of that order, being
+expelled along with all his brethren from the Spanish dominions, he went
+to reside at Bologna in Italy, where in 1787 he published the first part
+of his work, containing the natural history of Chili, and the second
+part, or civil history, some years afterwards. This work was translated
+and published some years ago in the United States of North America; and
+was republished in London in the year 1809, with the addition of several
+notes and appendixes from various sources by the English editor. In the
+present abridged version of the second part of that work, or civil
+history of Chili, we have collated the whole with An Historical Relation
+of the Kingdom of Chili, by Alonzo de Ovalle, or Ovaglia, likewise a
+native and a Jesuit, printed at Rome in 1649, of which an English
+translation is inserted in Churchill's collection of voyages and
+travels, Vol. III. p. 1-146. In other divisions of this work, more
+minute accounts will be furnished, respecting the country of Chili and
+its inhabitants and productions, by means of several voyages to that
+distant and interesting country.
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Geographical View of the Kingdom of Chili._
+
+
+The kingdom of Chili in South America, is situated on the coast of the
+Pacific Ocean or Great South Sea, between 24 deg. and 45 deg. of south latitude,
+and between 68 deg. 40' and 74 deg. 20' of west longitude from Greenwich; but as
+its direction is oblique from N.N.E. to S.S.W. between the Andes on the
+east and the Pacific Ocean on the west, the middle of its northern
+extremity is in 70 deg., and of its southern termination in about 73 deg. of W.
+longitude. Its extreme length therefore is 1260 geographical, or 1450
+statute miles; but its breadth varies considerably, as the Andes
+approach or recede from the sea. In the more northern parts, between the
+latitudes of 24 deg. and 32 deg. S. the average breadth is about two degrees, or
+nearly 140 English miles. Its greatest breadth in lat. 37 deg. S. is about
+220 miles; whence it grows again narrower, and the continental part of
+the country, opposite to the Archipelago of Chiloe, varies from about 50
+to 100 miles. These measures are all assumed as between the main ridge
+of the Andes and the sea; but in many places these mountains extend from
+60 to 100 miles farther towards the east, and, being inhabited by
+natives of the same race with the indigenous Chilese, or confederated
+with them, that transalpine region may be likewise considered as
+belonging to Chili.
+
+Chili is bounded on the north by Peru, whence its lower or plain
+country, between the Andes and the Pacific, is divided by the extensive
+and arid desert of Atacama. On the east it is separated by the lofty
+chain of the southern Andes, from the countries of Tucuman, Cujo, and
+Patagonia, on the waters which run towards the Southern Atlantic.
+Through these lofty and almost impracticable mountains, there are eight
+or nine roads which lead from Chili towards the east, into the vast
+plains which depend upon the viceroyalty of La Plata, all of which are
+exceedingly difficult and even dangerous. The most frequented of these
+roads is that which leads from the province of Aconcagua in Chili to
+Cujo, running along the deep ravines of the rivers Chillan and Mendoza,
+bordered on one side by deep precipices overhanging these rivers, and on
+the other by lofty and almost perpendicular mountains. Both of these
+rivers derive their origin from the Alpine vallies of the Andes, the
+former running westwards to the Pacific; while the latter takes a much
+longer course towards the Southern Atlantic. This road requires at least
+eight days journey to get across the mountain range, and is so narrow
+and incommodious, that travellers are obliged in many places to quit
+their mules and proceed on foot, and every year some loaded mules are
+precipitated from this road into the rivers below. In some places the
+road passes over agreeable plains among the mountains, and in these the
+travellers halt for rest and refreshment. In these vallies, when the
+Incas conquered the northern provinces of Chili, before the coming of
+the Spaniards, they caused some _tambos_ or stone houses to be
+constructed for the accommodation of their officers. Some of these are
+ruined but others remain entire, and the Spaniards have built some more
+for the convenience of travellers.
+
+On the west side Chili is bounded throughout its whole extent by the
+shores of the Pacific Ocean; and on the south it joins with the southern
+land usually called the Terra Magellanica, from the name of the
+navigator, Magellan or Magelhaens, who first circumnavigated the
+continent of South America, and opened the way by sea from the Atlantic
+to the Pacific Ocean, through the Straits which are still known by his
+name.
+
+Chili may be considered under three natural divisions. The country of
+Chili Proper, between the main ridge of the Andes and the sea: The Andes
+themselves, from the main ridge eastwards to the plain country of La
+Plata, and the Chilese islands. Chili Proper, or that which lies between
+the main ridge of the Andes and the Pacific, is usually distinguished
+into the Maritime and Midland countries. The Maritime country is
+intersected by three chains of hills, running parallel to the Andes,
+between which are many fine vallies which are watered by delightful
+rivers. The Midland country consists almost entirely of a uniform plain
+of considerable elevation, having a few isolated hills interspersed
+which add much to its beauty. The Andes, which are among the loftiest
+mountains in the world, are mostly about 120 miles from east to west, in
+that part of their course which belongs to Chili, consisting of a vast
+number of mountains of prodigious height, as if chained together, and
+displaying all the beauties and horrors of the most sublime and
+picturesque grandeur, abounding everywhere with frightful precipices,
+interspersed with many fine vallies and fertile pastures, watered by
+numerous streams and rivers which rise in the mountains. Between the
+latitudes of 24 deg. and 33 deg. south, the Andes are entirely desert and
+uninhabited; but the remainder as far as 45 deg. S. is inhabited by various
+tribes or colonies of the Chilese, called Chiquillanes, Pehuenches,
+Puelches, and Huilliches, which are commonly known under the general
+appellation of Patagonians.
+
+
+S1. _Chili Proper._
+
+The political divisions of Chili consist of that part which has been
+conquered by the Spaniards, and that which still remains independent in
+the possession of the natives. The Spanish portion is situated between
+the latitudes of 24 deg. and 37 deg. south, and is divided into thirteen
+provinces; of which the following is an enumeration, with a short
+account of each, beginning on the north, at the desert of Atacama or
+frontiers of Peru. In each of these a _corregidor_, or deputy-governor
+resides, to whose command the civil and military officers of the
+province are subordinate, and on whom the respective cabildos or
+municipal magistracies are dependent.
+
+1. _Copaipo_, is bounded on the north by the great desert of Atacama, on
+the east by the Andes, on the south by Coquimbo, and on the west by the
+Pacific. It is about 300 English miles long by 120 in breath. It
+contains the rivers Salado, Juncal, Chineral, Copaipo, Castagno,
+Totoral, Quebradaponda, Guasco, and Chollai. This province abounds in
+gold, lapis lazuli, sulphur, and fossile salt, which last is found in
+almost all the mountains of the Andes on its eastern frontiers. Copaipo
+its capital is in lat. 27 deg. 15' S. and long. 70 deg. 53' W. The northern part
+of this province, beyond the river Juncal is hardly inhabited, except by
+hunters of the Vicugnas, which they catch by means of large palisaded
+inclosures. Besides lead mines to the north of the river Copaipo, there
+are several silver mines in this province, and some sugar is made in the
+valley of the Totoral. This province has five ports, at Juncal,
+Chineral, Caldera, Copaipo, and Huasca, or Guasco. The chief town,
+Copaipo, situated on the river of the same name, contains a parish
+church, a convent of the order of Mercy, and a college which formerly
+belonged to the Jesuits. The town of San Francisco della Salva, stands
+on the same river about sixty miles farther inland.
+
+2. _Coquimbo_, which is divided from Copaipo by the river Huasca or
+Guasco, is the next province towards the south. It is accordingly
+bounded on the north by Copaipo, on the east by the Andes, on the
+south-east by Aconcagua, on the south-west by Quillota, and on the west
+by the Pacific. It is about 135 miles from north to south, and 120 from
+east to west. Its principal rivers are the Coquimbo, Tongoi, Limari, and
+Chuapa. Its capital is called Coquimbo, or _La Serena_, founded in 1544
+by Valdivia at the mouth of the river Coquimbo in lat. 29 deg. 53' S long.
+71 deg. 12' W. This city is the residence of several ancient and honourable
+families, and is situated in a delightful country and charming climate;
+such being the mild temperature of the air, that though rain seldom
+falls, the surrounding country is continually verdant. This province is
+rich in gold, copper, and iron, and its fertile soil produces grapes,
+olives, and other fruits in great abundance, both those belonging to
+Europe, and such as are natural to the country.
+
+3. _Quillota_, is bounded on the north by Coquimbo, on the east by the
+province of Aconcagua, on the south by Melipilla, and on the west by the
+sea. Its chief rivers are the Longotoma, Ligua, Aconcagua, and Limache;
+and its territory is among the most populous and most abundant in gold
+of any in Chili. The capital, called Quillota or San Martin, stands in a
+pleasant valley, in lat. 32 deg. 42' S. and long. 71 deg. W. having three
+churches dedicated to the saints Dominic, Francis, and Augustine. The
+province likewise contains the cities of Plazza, Plazilla, Ingenio,
+Cassablanca, and Petorca; which last is very populous, owing to the
+resort of great numbers of miners who work in the celebrated gold mines
+in the neighbourhood. Valparaiso, or Valparadiso, the most celebrated
+and most commercial harbour in Chili is in this province, from whence
+all the trade is carried on with Peru and Spain. The harbour is very
+capacious, and so deep that large ships can lie close to the shore. Its
+convenience for trade, and the salubrity of its climate, have rendered
+this a place of considerable resort; so that besides the city, which is
+three miles from the port, there is a populous town along the shore of
+the harbour, called Almendral, in which those belonging to the shipping
+mostly reside. A deputy-governor or corregidor sent directly from Spain
+resides here, who has the command of the civil and military officers of
+the city, and is only amenable to the president of Chili.
+
+4. _Aconcagua_, is inclosed between the provinces of Coquimbo, Quillota,
+Santiago, and the Andes, being entirely inland and communicating with
+the sea through the former province, the same rivers belonging to both.
+The celebrated silver mines of Uspalata are in the Andes belonging to
+this province, which likewise are productive of excellent copper, and
+its lower grounds are fertile in grain and fruit. Aconcagua or San
+Filippe, the capital, is in lat. 32 deg. 18' S. and long. 69 deg. 55' W.
+
+5. _Melipilla_, is bounded on the north by Quillota, on the east by
+Santiago, on the south by the river Maypo dividing it from Rancagua, and
+on the west by the Pacific. Its rivers are the Mapocho and Poangue, and
+its territory abounds in wine and grain. Melipilla, or San Joseph de
+Logronno, on the river Maypo, in lat 33 deg. 36' S long. 70 deg. 42' W. is the
+chief town of the province, and is but thinly inhabited, though in a
+beautiful situation and fertile country, as most of the principal
+proprietors reside in the neighbouring city of St Jago, the capital of
+the kingdom.
+
+6. _St Jago_, or _San Jacopo_, is entirely inland, having the province
+of Aconcagua on the north, the Andes on the east, the river Maypo to the
+south, and Melipilla to the west. This is a small province, being only
+45 miles from east to west, and 36 from north to south. Besides the
+rivers Mapocho, Colina, and Zampa, with several other beautiful streams,
+it contains the lake of Pudaguel which is about nine miles long. This
+province is very fertile, producing abundance of grain and wine, with
+fine fruits, especially peaches of exquisite flavour and large size. The
+inferior mountains of Caren abound in gold, and in the Andes belonging
+to this province there are mines of silver. Tin is likewise said to be
+found in the province. The beautiful city of St Jago, the capital of the
+province and of the kingdom of Chili, which was founded in 1541 by Pedro
+de Valdivia, stands in an extensive and beautiful plain, on the left
+bank of the river Mapocho, in lat 33 deg. 16' S. long. 69 deg. 48' W. having the
+suburbs of Chimba, Cannadilla, and Renca on the opposite side of the
+river. Both sides of the river are guarded by stone quay walls of
+considerable height to prevent inundations, and a fine bridge connects
+the city with its suburbs. St Jago is about 90 miles from the sea, and
+about 20 from the foot of the main ridge of the Andes, whose lofty
+summits clad in perpetual snow form a fine contract with the continual
+verdure of a beautiful surrounding district. The streets are all in
+straight lines, thirty-six feet broad, and intersecting each other at
+right angles, and every house is amply supplied with excellent water by
+means of several aqueducts. The great square is 450 feet in extent on
+all its sides, having a bronze fountain in the centre. The north side of
+this square is occupied by the palace of the president and the public
+offices, beneath which is the prison. On the south side is the palace of
+the Conde dell Sierra-bella. The west side is occupied by the cathedral
+and the palace of the archbishop; and the east side contains the palaces
+of three noblemen. The other most remarkable buildings are the church of
+San Domingo, and that formerly belonging to the college of Jesuits.
+Though convenient and handsomely built, the private houses are generally
+of one story only, on account of frequent earthquakes. On the south side
+of the city, from which it is separated by a street called the Cannada,
+144 feet broad, is the large suburb of St Isidore. On a hill in the
+eastern part of the city, called Santa Lucia, there formerly stood a
+fortress to guard against attacks of the Indians. This city contained in
+1770 a population of 46,000 inhabitants, which was rapidly increasing.
+Besides the cathedral and three other parish churches, there are two
+convents of Dominican friars, four of Franciscans, two of Augustins, two
+of the order of Mercy, and one belonging to the brothers of Charity,
+with an hospital, seven nunneries, a female penitentiary, a foundling
+hospital, a college for the nobility formerly under the direction of the
+Jesuits, and a Tridentine seminary. It contains also an university, a
+mint for coining gold and silver, and barracks for the soldiers who are
+maintained as guards to the president and royal audience.
+
+7. _Rancagua_, is bounded on the north by the river Maypo and by the
+Chachapoal on the south, by the Andes on the east, and the Pacific on
+the west. Besides the former rivers, it is watered by the Codegua and
+Chocalan, and some others of less importance; and contains the lakes of
+Aculen and Buccalemu, of no great importance. This province is fertile
+in grain, and its chief town, Santa Croce di Trianna, otherwise called
+Rancagua, is in lat. 34 deg. 18' S. long. 70 deg. 16' W. Near Alque, a town
+recently founded about 24 miles nearer the sea, there is a very rich
+gold mine.
+
+8. _Calchagua_, between the rivers Chachapoal and Teno, extends from the
+Andes to the sea, its breadth from north to south near the Andes being
+about 75 miles, while on the coast of the Pacific it does not exceed 40.
+Besides the rivers which form its boundaries, its territory is watered
+by the Rio Clarillo, Tinguiririca, and Chimbarongo; and in this province
+there are two considerable lakes, named Taguatagua and Caguil, the
+former being interspersed with beautiful islands, and the latter
+abounding with large clamps[50], which, are much esteemed. This
+province, which is fertile in grain, wine, and fruits, and abounds in
+gold, is part of the territories of the native tribe of the Promaucians,
+whose name is said to signify _the people of delight_, so called from
+the beauty and fertility of their country. The chief town San Fernando,
+built only in 1742, is in lat. 34 deg. 36' S. long. 70 deg. 34' W.
+
+[Footnote 50: Thus expressed by the translator of Molina, and probably
+some fresh water shell-fish.--E.]
+
+9. _Maule_, the next province to the south, is bounded on the east by
+the Andes, on the south-east by Chillan, on the south-west by Itata, and
+on the west by the Pacific. It is about 176 miles from east to west, and
+about 120 from north to south where broadest; and is watered by the
+Lantue, Rio Claro, Pangue, Lircai, Huenchullami, Maule, Putagan,
+Achiguema, Longavi, Loncamilla, Purapel, and other inferior rivers. It
+abounds in grain, wine, fruits, gold, salt, cattle, and fish; which last
+are found in great quantities both in the sea and rivers. Its native
+inhabitants are brave, robust, and warlike, and are principally
+descended from the ancient Promaucians. Talca, or St Augustin, built in
+1742 among hills near the Rio-claro, at a considerable distance from the
+sea, is in lat. 35 deg. 18' S. long. 70 deg. 48' W. Its population is
+considerable, owing to the proximity of rich gold mines, and the
+abundance and cheapness of provisions supplied by its territory. From
+this last circumstance, several noble families from the cities of St
+Jago and Conception, whose finances had become diminished, have retired
+to this place, which has in consequence been called the bankrupt colony.
+There are several other towns in this province, and many villages of the
+native Chilese; among these Laro, near the mouth of the river Mataquito,
+contains a numerous population of the Promaucian nation, and is governed
+by an _Ulmen_ or native chief.
+
+10. _Itata_, situated on the sea-coast, has Maule on the north, Chillan
+on the east, Puchacay on the south, and the Pacific on the west. It
+measures 60 miles from east to west, and about 33 from north to south,
+and is intersected by the river Itata, from which it derives its name.
+The best wine of Chili is made in this province, and being produced on
+lands belonging to citizens of the city of Conception, is usually known
+by the name of Conception wine. Its chief town named Coulemu, or Nombre
+de Jesus, stands on the Rio Jesus, in lat. 35 deg. 58' S. long. 72 deg. 38' W.
+and was founded in 1743..
+
+11. _Chillan_, bounded on the north, by Maule, by the Andes on the east,
+on the south by Huilquilemu, and by Itata on the west, is entirety an
+inland province, about the same size with Itata. Its rivers are the
+Nuble, Cato, Chillan, Diguillin, and Dannicalquin. Its territory
+consists mostly of an elevated plain, particularly favourable for
+rearing sheep, which produce wool of a very fine quality. Its capital,
+Chillan or San Bartholomeo, in lat. 35 deg. 54' S. long. 71 deg. 30' W. was
+founded in 1580. It has been several times destroyed by the Araucanians,
+and was overthrown by an earthquake and inundation in 1751; since which
+it has been rebuilt in a more convenient situation, out of danger from
+the river.
+
+12. _Puchacay_, is bounded on the north by Itata, on the east by
+Huilquilemu, on the south by the river Biobio, and on the west by the
+Pacific. It measures 24 miles from north to south, and 60 from east to
+west. This province affords a great quantity of gold, and its
+strawberries, both wild and cultivated, are the largest in all Chili.
+Gualqui, or San Juan, founded in 1754 on the northern shore of the
+Biobio, is the residence of the corregidor; but Conception, named Ponco
+in the native language, is the principal city of the province, and the
+second in the kingdom of Chili. It was founded by Pedro de Valdivia in a
+pleasant vale, formed by some beautiful hills, near the coast, in lat.
+36 deg. 42' S. long. 73 deg. 4' W. After suffering severely in the long wars
+with the Araucanians, this city was destroyed in 1730 by an earthquake
+and inundation of the sea, and again by a similar calamity in 1751; and
+was rebuilt in 1764 in a beautiful situation a league from the sea.
+Owing to so many calamities, its inhabitants scarcely exceed 13,000, who
+are attracted to this place on the frontiers of the warlike Araucanians,
+by the great abundance of gold that is procured in its neighbourhood.
+The climate is always temperate, the soil is fertile, and the sea
+abounds in fish of all kinds. The Bay of Conception is spacious and
+safe, extending above ten miles from north to south, and nearly as much
+from east to west. Its mouth is protected by a beautiful and fertile
+island, called Quiriquina, forming two mouths or entrances to the bay;
+that on the north-east called the _bocca grande_ being two miles wide,
+and that on the south-west, or _bocca chica_, little more than a mile.
+The whole bay affords safe anchorage, and a port at its south-east
+extremity called Talcaguano is chiefly frequented by shipping, as being
+not far from the new city of Conception.
+
+13. _Huilquilemu_, commonly called Estanzia del Rei, or the royal
+possession, has Chillan on the north, the Andes on the east, the river
+Biobio on the south, and Puchacay on the west. This district is rich in
+gold, and produces an excellent wine resembling muscadel. To protect
+this province against the warlike and independent Araucanians, there are
+four forts on the north side of the Biobio, named Jumbel, Tucapel, Santa
+Barbara, and Puren; and as the boundary line is to the south of that
+river, the Spaniards have likewise the forts of Aranco, Colcura, San
+Pedro, Santa Joanna, Nascimento, and Angeles beyond that river.
+
+14. _Valdivia._ This province, or military station rather, is entirely
+separated from the other possessions of the Spaniards in Chili, being
+entirely surrounded by the territories of the Araucanians. It lies on
+the sea-coast, on both sides of the river Valdivia or Callacallas, being
+reckoned 36 miles from east to west, and 18 miles from north to south.
+It abounds in valuable timber, and affords the purest gold of any that
+is found in Chili, and produced great quantities of that precious metal
+to Valdivia the original conqueror. But owing to many calamities in the
+wars with the Araucanians, it is now of little importance except as a
+military station. Valdivia, the capital, in lat. 39 deg. 48' S. long. 73 deg.
+24' W. is situated at the bottom of a beautiful and safe bay, the
+entrance to which is protected by the island of Manzera. As this is a
+naval station of much importance for protecting the western coast of
+South America, it is strongly fortified, and is always commanded by a
+military officer of reputation sent directly from Spain, though under
+the direction of the president of Chili. He has always a considerable
+body of troops, which are officered by the five commanders of the five
+castles which protect the city, with a sergeant-major, commissary,
+inspector, and several captains.
+
+From the foregoing short abstract of the geographical circumstances of
+Chili Proper, or that part of the kingdom which is possessed by the
+Spaniards, it appears to extend from the lat. 24 deg. to 37 deg. both south, or
+about 900 English miles in length by about 180 miles in medium breadth,
+containing about 162,000 square miles of territory or nearly 104
+millions of statute acres, mostly of fertile soil, in a temperate and
+salubrious climate, abounding in all the necessaries of life, and richly
+productive in gold and other metals. Hence this country is calculated to
+support a most extensive population, in all the comforts and enjoyments
+of civilized society, and if once settled under a regular government,
+will probably become at no great distance of time an exceedingly
+populous and commercial nation. The islands belonging to Chili consist
+principally of the Archipelago of Chiloe, with that of the Chones, which
+is dependent upon the former. The largest of these islands, named
+likewise Chiloe, is about 120 miles in extent from north to south, and
+about 60 miles from east to west. Between it and the main-land is a vast
+gulf or bay, which extends from lat. 41 deg. 32' to 44 deg. 50' both S. and lies
+between the longitudes of 72 deg. 44' and 74 deg. 20' both W. This is called the
+gulf of Chiloe, Guaiteca, or Elancud; and besides the great island of
+Chiloe, contains eighty-two smaller islands, thinly inhabited by Indians
+and a few Spaniards. The land in Chiloe, as in all the smaller islands,
+is mountainous, and covered by almost impenetrable thickets. The rains
+are here excessive and almost continual, so that the inhabitants seldom
+have more than fifteen or twenty days of fair weather in autumn, and
+hardly do eight days pass at any other season without rain. The
+atmosphere is consequently extremely moist, yet salubrious, and the
+climate is exceedingly mild and temperate. Owing to the great humidity,
+grain and fruits are by no means productive, yet the inhabitants raise
+sufficient grain, mostly barley and beans, for their support, and grow
+abundance of excellent flax. The town of Castro, on the eastern shore,
+in lat. 42 deg. 44' S. is the capital of the island, and was founded in
+1565, by Don Martino Ruiz de Gamboa, and is built entirely of wood,
+containing only about a hundred and fifty inhabitants, yet has a parish
+church, a church formerly belonging to the Jesuits, and two convents.
+The port of Chaco, near the middle of the northern extremity of the
+island, in lat. 41 deg. 53' S. and about the same, longitude with Castro,
+has good anchorage, and enjoys the whole trade with Peru and Chili,
+which is not subjected to the duties which are paid in other ports of
+Spanish America.
+
+Besides the southern Archipelago of Chiloe, there are a few islands of
+no great importance on the coast of Chili, not worth notice. The two
+islands likewise of Juan Fernandez are considered as dependencies on
+Chili. The larger of these, called Isola de Tierra, is at present
+inhabited by a few Spaniards, who have a small fort at La Baya or
+Cumberland harbour. The smaller island, or Masafuera, otherwise called
+De Cabras or Conejos, is uninhabited.
+
+
+S2. _The Province of Cujo._
+
+Although the province of _Cujo,_ on the east side of the Andes, be not
+strictly within the limits of Chili, yet as dependent on the presidency
+of that kingdom, it is proper to take notice of it in this place. Cujo
+is bounded on the north by the province of Tucuman, on the east by the
+Pampas or desert plains of Buenos Ayres, on the south by Patagonia, and
+on the west by the southern chain of the Andes. Being comprehended
+between the latitudes of 29 deg. and 35 deg. south, it is about 400 miles in
+extent from north to south, but its limits towards the east are
+uncertain. In temperature and productions, this province differs
+materially from Chili. The winter, which is the dry season, is extremely
+cold; and the summer is excessively hot both day and night, with
+frequent storms of thunder and hail, more especially in its western
+parts near the Andes. These storms commonly rise and disperse in the
+course of half an hour; after which the sun dries up the moisture in a
+few minutes. Owing to this excessive exsiccation, the soil is extremely
+arid, and will neither bear trees nor plants of any kind; unless when
+irrigated by means of canals, when it produces almost every vegetable in
+astonishing abundance. By these artificial means of cultivation, the
+fruits and grains of Europe thrive with extraordinary perfection, and
+come a month earlier to maturity than in Chili; and the wines produced
+in Cujo are very rich and full-bodied.
+
+This province is intersected by three rivers which have their sources in
+the Andes, the San Juan, the Mendoza, and the Tunujan. The two former
+are named from the cities which are built on their banks. After a course
+of from 75 to 90 miles, these rivers form the great lakes of Guanasache,
+which extend above 300 miles from north to south, and their waters are
+afterwards discharged by the river Tunujan into the south-eastern desert
+Pampas. These lakes abound with excellent fish of several kinds, and
+they produce a sufficient quantity of salt to supply the whole province
+of Cujo. The eastern part of this province, called La Punta, is watered
+by the rivers Contaro and Quinto, and several smaller streams, and is
+quite different in its climate and temperature from the western part
+near the Andes. The plains of La Punta are covered with beautiful trees
+of large size, and the natural herbage grows to such a height in many
+places as to conceal the horses and other cattle which roam at large in
+these extensive plains. Thunder storms are exceedingly violent and
+frequent, continuing often for many hours, accompanied by incessant and
+immoderate rain.
+
+Among the vegetable productions of Cujo, one of the most remarkable is a
+species of palm, which never exceeds eighteen feet high, putting forth
+all its branches so near the ground as to conceal the trunk. The leaves
+are extraordinarily hard, and terminate in a point as sharp as a sword.
+The fruit resembles the cocoa-nut, yet only contains a few hard round
+seeds, with no edible kernel. The trunk of this tree is very large, and
+is covered by a coarse outer bark of a blackish colour which is easily
+detached. Below this, there are five or six successive layers of a
+fibrous bark resembling linen cloth. The first is of a yellowish colour,
+and of the consistence and appearance of sail-cloth. The others
+gradually decrease in thickness, and become whiter and finer; so that
+the innermost is white and fine like cambric, but of a looser texture.
+The fibres of this natural cloth are strong and flexible, but harsher to
+the feel than those made from flax. This province produces great
+abundance of the _opuntia_, a species of the _cactus_, which nourishes
+the cochineal insect; but the natives are in use to string these insects
+on a thread by means of a needle, by which they acquire a blackish tint.
+The fruit of this plant is woolly, about the size of a peach, its
+internal substance being glutinous and full of small seeds. It is sweet
+and well-flavoured, and is easily preserved by cutting into slices which
+are dried in the sun. There are four different trees producing a species
+of beans; two of which are good eating, the third is employed as
+provender for horses, and ink is made from the fourth. The most singular
+vegetable production in this country is called _the flower of the air_,
+from having no root, and never growing on the ground. Its native
+situation is on the surface of an arid rock, or twining round the dry
+stem of a tree. This plant consists of a single shoot, like the stem of
+a gilly-flower, but its leaves are larger and thicker, and are as hard
+as wood. Each stalk produces two or three white transparent flowers, in
+size and shape resembling a lily, and equally odoriferous with that
+flower. They may be preserved fresh on their stalks for more than two
+months, and for several days when plucked off. This plant may be
+transported to almost any distance; and will produce flowers annually,
+if merely hung up on a nail.
+
+In the northern parts of Cujo there are mines of gold and copper, but
+they are not worked owing to the indolence of the inhabitants. It has
+also rich mines of lead, sulphur, vitriol, salt, gypsum, and talc or
+asbestos. The mountains near the city of Juan are entirely composed of
+white marble, in stratified slabs of five or six feet long by six or
+seven inches thick, all regularly cut and polished by nature. From this
+the inhabitants prepare an excellent lime, which they use in building
+bridges over the streams and canals of irrigation. Between the city of
+Mendoza and La Punta, on a low range of hills, there is a large stone
+pillar, 150 feet high and 12 feet diameter, called the giant, on which
+there are certain marks or inscriptions resembling Chinese characters.
+Near the Diamond river there is another stone, having marks which appear
+to be characters, and the impression of human feet, with the figures of
+several animals. The Spaniards call it the stone of St Thomas; from a
+tradition handed down from the first settlers, said to have been
+received from the native Indians, that a white man with a long beard,
+formerly preached a new religion from that stone to their ancestors, and
+left the impression of his feet, and the figures of the animals that
+came to hear him, as a memorial of his sanctity.
+
+The aboriginal natives of the province of Cujo are called Guarpes, of
+whom there are now very few remaining. They are of a lofty stature, very
+thin, and of a brown colour, and speak a quite different language from
+that of the Chilese. This people was anciently conquered by the
+Peruvians, after having taken possession of the northern part of Chili;
+and on the road across the Andes from Cujo to Chili, there still are
+some small stone buildings, or tambos, which had been erected for the
+accommodation of the Peruvian officers and messengers. The first
+Spaniards who attempted to reduce this country were sent by Valdivia,
+under the command of Francisco de Aguirre, who returned to Chili after
+the death of Valdivia. In 1560, Don Garcia de Mendoza sent a force under
+Pedro del Castillo, who subdued the Guarpes, and founded the cities of
+San Juan and Mendoza. The latter, which is the capital, is situated on a
+plain at the foot of the Andes, in lat 33 deg. 54' S. long. 68 deg. 34' W. This
+is supposed to contain about 6000 inhabitants, and is continually
+increasing in population, owing to its vicinity to the celebrated silver
+mine of Uspallatta, which is worked by the inhabitants to great profit.
+This city carries on a considerable commerce in wine and fruits with
+Buenos Ayres. The city of San Juan near the Andes, in lat. 31 deg. 40' S.
+and long. 68 deg. 34' W. is equally populous with Mendoza, from which it is
+about 160 miles due north, and trades with Buenos Ayres in brandy,
+fruits, and Vicunna skins. Its pomegranates are greatly esteemed in
+Chili, to which they are sent across the Andes. This city is governed by
+a deputy from the corregidor of Mendoza, assisted by a cabildo. In 1596,
+the small city of La Punta, or San Luis de Loyola, was founded in the
+eastern part of Cujo, in lat. 33 deg. 47' S. long. 65 deg. 33' W. Although the
+thoroughfare for all the trade from Chili and Cujo to Buenos Ayres, it
+is a miserable place with scarcely two hundred inhabitants; but its
+jurisdiction is extensive and populous, and is administered both in
+civil and military affairs by a deputy of the corregidor of Mendoza.
+Besides these three cities, the province of Cujo contains the towns of
+Jachal, Vallofertil, Mogna, Corocorto, Leonsito, Caliogarta, and
+Pismanta[51], which do not merit particular attention.
+
+[Footnote 51: Besides these, modern maps insert the following, beginning
+in the north. Betlen, Rioja la Nueva, Mutinan, San Juan de Jaeban,
+Guanachoca, all to the north of Mendoza.--E.]
+
+The Patagonians who border upon Cujo towards the south, and of whose
+gigantic stature so much has been said, do not differ materially in this
+respect from other men. The Pojas, one of their tribes, are governed by
+several petty independent princes. A singular species of polygamy
+prevails among this people, as the women are permitted to have several
+husbands. As to the Cesari, of whom such wonderful stories have been
+reported, and who are supposed to be neighbours of the Chilese, they
+have no existence except in the fancies of those who take pleasure in
+marvellous stories.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+S3. _The Indian Country, or Araucania._
+
+That part of Chili which remains unconquered reaches from the river
+Biobio in the north to the Archipelago of Chiloe in the south, or
+between the latitudes of 37 deg. and 42' S. This country is inhabited by
+three independent nations, the Araucanians, the Cunches, and the
+Huilliches. The territory of the Araucanians, contains the finest plains
+in Chili, and is situated between the rivers Biobio and Callacallas,
+stretching along the sea-coast for about 186 miles, and is generally
+allowed to be the most pleasant and fertile district in the kingdom of
+Chili. Its extent from the sea to the foot of the Andes, was formerly
+reckoned at 300 miles; but as the Puelches, a nation inhabiting the
+western side of the mountains, joined the confederacy of the Araucanians
+in the seventeenth century, its present breadth cannot be less than 420
+miles, and the whole territory is estimated at 78,120 square miles or
+nearly 50 millions of acres.
+
+The Araucanians derive their name from the province of Arauco, the
+smallest in their territory, but which has given name to the whole
+nation, as having been the first to propose the union which has so long
+subsisted among the tribes, or from having at some remote period reduced
+them under its dominion. Enthusiastically attached to their
+independence, they pride themselves on the name of _auca_, signifying
+_freemen_[52]; and by the Spaniards who were sent from the army in
+Flanders to serve in Chili, this country has been called Araucanian
+Flanders, or the invincible state. Though the Araucanians do not exceed
+the ordinary height of mankind, they are in general muscular, robust,
+well proportioned, and of a martial appearance. Their complexion is of a
+reddish brown, but clearer than the other natives of America, except
+the tribe named Boroanes, who are fair and ruddy. They have round
+faces, small eyes full of animated expression, a rather flat nose, a
+handsome mouth, even white teeth, muscular and well shaped legs, and
+small flat feet. Like the Tartars, they have hardly any beard, and they
+carefully pluck out any little that appears, calling the Europeans
+_longbeards,_ by way of reproach. The hair on their heads is thick,
+black, and coarse, is allowed to grow very long, and is worn in tresses
+wound around their heads. The women are delicately formed, and many of
+them are very handsome, especially the Boroanes. They are generally long
+lived, and are not subject to the infirmities of age till a late period
+of life, seldom even beginning to grow grey till sixty or severity, or
+to be wrinkled till fourscore. They are intrepid, animated, ardent,
+patient of fatigue, enthusiastically attached to liberty, and ever ready
+to sacrifice their lives for their country, jealous of their honour,
+courteous, hospitable, faithful to their engagements, grateful for
+services, and generous and humane to their vanquished enemies. Yet these
+noble qualities are obscured by the vices which are inseparable from
+their half savage state, unrefined by literature or cultivation: Being
+presumptuous, entertaining a haughty contempt for other nations, and
+much addicted to drunkenness and debauchery.
+
+[Footnote 52: According to Falkner the missionary, _auca_ is a name of
+reproach given them by the Spaniards, signifying rebels or wild men;
+_aucani_ is to rebel or make a riot, and _auca-cahual_ signifies a wild
+horse.--This may be the case in the language of the subjected Peruvians
+and northern Chilese, while in that of the independent Araucanians it
+may signify _free_; just as republican is an honourable term in the
+United States, while it is a name of reproach under a monarchical
+government.--E.]
+
+Their dress is manufactured from the wool of the vicunna, and consists
+of a shirt, vest, short close breeches, and a cloak or poncho, having an
+opening in the middle to admit the head, which descends all round as low
+as the knees. This cloak, which leaves the arms at liberty, and can be
+thrown back at pleasure, is so convenient for riding, and so excellent a
+protection from wind and rain, that it is now commonly adopted by the
+Spanish inhabitants of Chili, Peru, and Paraguay. The shirt, vest, and
+breeches, are always of a greenish blue, or turquois colour, which is
+the uniform of the nation. Among persons of ordinary rank, the _poncho_,
+or native cloak, is also of the same national colour; but those of the
+higher classes have it of different colours, as white, red, or blue,
+with stripes a span broad, on which figures of flowers and animals are
+wrought in different colours with much ingenuity, and the borders are
+ornamented with handsome fringes. Some of these _ponchos_ are of so fine
+a texture and richly ornamented as to sell for 100 or even 150 dollars.
+Their only head-dress is a fillet or bandage of embroidered wool, which
+they ornament in time of war with a number of beautiful feathers. Round
+the waist they wear a long sash or girdle of woollen, handsomely
+wrought; and persons of rank have leather sandals, and woollen boots,
+but the common people are always bare-footed.
+
+The dress of the women is entirely of wool, and the national greenish
+blue colour, consisting of a tunic or gown without sleeves reaching to
+the feet, fastened at the shoulder by silver buckles, and girt round the
+waist by a girdle; over which gown they wear a short cloak, which is
+fastened before by a silver buckle. They wear their hair in several long
+braided tresses, flowing negligently over their shoulders, and decorate
+their heads with false emeralds and a variety of trinkets. They wear
+square ear-rings of silver, and have necklaces and bracelets of
+glass-beads, and silver rings on all their fingers.
+
+Like all the other tribes in Chili, before the arrival of the Spaniards,
+the Araucanians still continue to construct their houses or huts rather
+of a square form, of wood plaistered with clay, and covered with rushes,
+though some use a species of bricks; and as they are all polygamists,
+the size of their houses is proportioned to the number of women they are
+able to maintain. The interior of their houses is very simple, and the
+furniture calculated only to serve the most necessary purposes, without
+any view to luxury or splendour. They never form towns, but live in
+scattered villages along the banks of rivers, or in plains that can be
+easily irrigated.
+
+The whole country of the Araucanian confederacy is divided into four
+principalities, called _Uthal-mapu_ in their language, which run
+parallel to each other from north to south. These are respectively named
+_Lauquen-mapu_, or the maritime country; _Lelbun-mapu_, or the plain
+country; _Inapire-mapu_, or country at the foot of the Andes; and
+_Pire-mapu_, or the country on the Andes. Each principality or
+Uthal-mapu is divided into five provinces, called _Ailla-regue_; and
+each province into nine districts, termed _regue._ Hence the whole
+country contains 4 _Uthal-mapus_, 20 _Ailla-regues_, and 180 _Regues_.
+Besides these, the country of the _Cunches_, who are in alliance with
+the Araucanians, extends along the coast between Valdivia and the
+archipelago of Chiloe; and the _Huilliches_, likewise allies of the
+Araucanians, occupy all the plains to the eastward, between the Cunches
+and the main ridge of the Andes.
+
+The civil government is a kind of aristocratic republic, under three
+orders of hereditary nobility, each subordinate to the other. Each of
+the four _Uthal-mapus_ is governed by a _Toqui_. The _Ailla-regues_, are
+each under the command of an _Apo-ulmen_; and every one of the _Regues_
+is ruled by an _Ulmen_. The four _toquis_ are independent of each other,
+but are confederated for the public welfare. The _Apo-ulmens_ govern the
+provinces under the controul or superintendence of the respective
+_toquis_; and the _ulmens_ of the _regues_ are dependent on the
+Apo-ulmens, or arch-ulmens. This dependence is however almost entirely
+confined to military affairs. The distinguishing badge of the toqui is a
+kind of battle-axe, made of marble or porpyhry. The Apo-ulmens and
+Ulmens carry staves with silver heads; the former being distinguished by
+the addition of a silver ring round the middle of their staves. The
+toqui has only the shadow of sovereign authority, as every question of
+importance is decided by an assembly of the great body of nobles, which
+is called _Buta-coyog_ or _Auca-coyog_ the great council, or the
+Araucanian council. This assembly is usually held in some large plain,
+on the summons of the toquis; and on such occasions, like the ancient
+Germans as described by Tacitus, they unite the pleasures of revelling
+and even drunkenness with their deliberations. By their traditionary
+laws, called _Ad-mapu_ or customs of the country, two or more
+principalities, provinces, or districts cannot be held by the same
+chief. Whenever the male line of the ruling family becomes extinct, the
+vassals have the right to elect their own chief; and all the districts
+are directed entirely in civil matters by their respective Ulmens. The
+people are subject to no contributions or personal services whatever,
+except in time of war; so that all the chiefs of every rank or degree
+have to subsist on the produce of their own possessions.
+
+The military government is established upon a system of wonderful
+regularity. When the great council determines on going to war, they
+proceed immediately to elect a commander-in-chief, who is in some
+measure the dictator of the country during his continuance in office.
+The toquis have in course the first claim to this high dignity, as being
+the hereditary generals and stadtholders of the republic; yet,
+disregarding all respect for superior rank, the council often entrusts
+this supreme power to the most deserving of the Ulmens, or even to an
+officer of an inferior class, considering only on this occasion the
+talents that are deemed necessary for command. Thus in the war of 1722,
+the supreme command was confided to Vilumilla, a man of low origin, and
+in that which terminated in 1773, to Curignanca, the younger son of an
+Ulmen in the province of Encol. On his elevation to office, the
+generalissimo of the republic assumes the title of _toqui_, and the
+stone hatchet in token of supreme command; on which the four hereditary
+toquis lay aside theirs, as it is not permitted them to carry this
+ensign of authority during the continuance of the dictator in office, to
+whom all the toquis apo-ulmens and ulmens take the oath of obedience.
+Even the people, who during peace are exceedingly repugnant to
+subordination, are now entirely submissive to the commands of the
+military dictator. Yet he has not the power of putting any one to death,
+without the consent of his principal officers; but as all these are of
+his appointment, his orders are next to absolute.
+
+It has always happened since the arrival of the Spaniards in Chili, that
+the supreme toquis have been elected from among the natives of the
+provinces of Arauco, Tucapel, Encol, or Puren; but I know not whether
+this may be owing to some ancient law or agreement, or to some
+superstitious notion. The supreme toqui appoints his vice-toqui or
+lieutenant-general, and the other officers of his staff; who in their
+turn nominate the inferior officers. The vice-toqui is almost always
+elected from among the Puelches, to gratify the ambition of that valiant
+tribe, which forms about a fourth part of the population of the
+confederacy. At present the army of the Araucanians is composed both of
+cavalry and infantry. Originally it consisted entirely of foot; but in
+their first battles with the Spaniards, perceiving the vast advantage
+derived by their enemies from the employment of cavalry, they soon
+applied themselves to procure a good breed of horses; insomuch that in
+1568, only seventeen years after their first encountering the Spaniards,
+they had several squadrons of cavalry; and by the year 1585, the
+Araucanian cavalry was regularly organized by the toqui Cadeguala. The
+infantry is divided into regiments of a thousand men, and these into ten
+companies of an hundred men each. The cavalry is divided in a similar
+manner; but the numbers in the regiments and troops are not always the
+same. Each body of horse and foot has its particular standard; but all
+bear a star, which is the national device. The soldiers are not clothed
+in uniforms, but all have cuirasses of hardened leather below their
+ordinary dresses, with shields and helmets of the same material. The
+cavalry are armed with swords and lances; and the infantry with pikes or
+clubs pointed with iron. In battle, the cavalry is distributed on the
+two wings of the army, while the infantry forms the centre or main body,
+divided into its several battalions or regiments, the ranks being
+composed alternately of pikemen and soldiers armed with clubs or maces.
+The right wing is confided to the vice-toqui, and the left to an
+experienced officer next in rank; while the toqui is present wherever
+occasion requires, and exhorts his soldiers to fight valiantly for the
+liberties of the nation. They formerly employed bows and slings in war;
+but taught by experience to avoid the destructive effects of musquetry
+in distant fight, they are now eager to close with their enemies.
+Impressed with the opinion that to die in battle for their country is
+the greatest honour that can be acquired, whenever the signal for battle
+is given, they advance with the utmost rapidity, despising the slaughter
+produced by the cannon and musquetry, yet preserving the strictest order
+and discipline, and often succeed in bearing down the firmest array of
+the Spaniards.
+
+One of the first measures of the national council, when war is resolved
+upon, is to dispatch messengers to the confederate tribes, and even to
+the Indians who live under the Spanish government, to summon them to
+make common cause with their countrymen. The credentials of these
+messengers are some small arrows tied together by a red string, the
+symbol of blood. But if hostilities have been already commenced, the
+finger of a slain enemy accompanies the arrows. This embassy is called
+_pulchitum_, which signifies to run the arrow, and the messengers are
+called _guerquenis_. The toqui or military dictator directs what number
+of soldiers is to be furnished by each Uthal-mapu or principality. The
+particular toquis regulate the contingencies of the Apo-ulmens; and
+these last apportion these among the several Ulmens of their provinces.
+The army of the state usually consists of five or six thousand men;
+besides which, a body of reserve is always in readiness for particular
+occasions, or to replace those who may be killed in battle. Before
+taking the field, the general assigns three days for consultation with
+his principal officers, during which the plan of the campaign is
+maturely deliberated upon, and every one has liberty to offer his
+opinion: But the general finally settles the plan of warfare in secret
+consultation, with his principal officers. After all is agreed upon, the
+army commences its march to the sound of drums, and is always preceded
+by several advanced parties, to guard against surprise. During the
+march, the infantry as well as the cavalry are on horseback; but on
+coming to action, the infantry dismounts and is regularly marshalled in
+companies and battalions. All the soldiers have to provide their own
+horses arms and provisions; and as all are liable to military service,
+no one has to contribute towards the supply of the army. Their
+provisions consist chiefly in a small sack of parched meal, which each
+soldier carries on his horse; and which, diluted with water, serves them
+as food till they can live at free quarters in the enemys country. Being
+thus unencumbered with baggage, they are able to move with astonishing
+celerity, either to attack or to retreat as may be necessary. They are
+extremely vigilant when in presence of the enemy, encamping always in
+secure and advantageous situations, strengthening their posts with
+entrenchments, and placing sentinels on all sides, every soldier being
+obliged during the night to keep a fire burning in front of his tent.
+When necessary they protect their posts and encampments with deep
+trenches, guarded by abatis or hedges of spinous or thorny trees, and
+strew calthrops at all the avenues to repress attacks from the cavalry
+of the enemy. In short there are few military stratagems with which they
+are unacquainted, and are wonderfully expert in tactics [53].
+
+[Footnote 53: From the singular excellence of the military institutions
+of the Araucanians, by which they have been enabled to preserve their
+liberties against the superior arms of the Spaniards, down even to the
+present day, we have been induced to extend these observations much
+beyond our usual limits on such occasions. Such as are inclined to
+inquire more minutely into the civil institutions of this wonderful
+people, will find them detailed in the work of the Abbe Molina, together
+with a minute account of the natural productions of Chili.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Of the Origin, Manners, and Language of the Chilese_.
+
+
+The origin of the primitive inhabitants of Chili, like that of all the
+nations and tribes of the aboriginal Americans, is involved in
+impenetrable obscurity. Many of the natives consider themselves as
+indigenous, while others derive their origin from a foreign stock,
+supposing their ancestors to have come from the north or from the west;
+but as they were utterly unacquainted with the art of writing, they have
+no records or monuments from which to elucidate this inquiry, and their
+traditionary accounts are too crude and imperfect to afford any degree
+of rational information on the subject. The Chilese call their first
+progenitors _Pegni Epatum_, signifying the brothers named Epatum. They
+call them likewise _glyce_, or primitive men; and in their assemblies
+invoke their ancestors and deities in a loud voice, crying _Pom, pam,
+pum, mari, mari, Epunamen, Amimalguen, Pegni Epatum_. The meaning of
+these words is uncertain, unless we may suppose it to have some
+connexion with the word _pum_, used by the Chinese to signify the first
+created man, or the one who was saved from the deluge. The lamas or
+priests of Thibet are likewise said to repeat to their rosaries, the
+syllables _om, am, um_, or _hom, ham, hum_; which corresponds in some
+measure with the customary exclamation of the Chilese.
+
+It appears probable that the whole of Chili had been originally peopled
+by one nation, as all the native tribes, however independent of each
+other, speak the same language, and have a similar appearance. The
+inhabitants of the plains are of good stature, but those who dwell in
+the valleys of the Andes, usually surpass the ordinary height of man.
+The features of both are regular, and none of them have ever attempted
+to improve nature by disfiguring their faces, to render themselves more
+beautiful or more formidable. Their complexion, like the other American
+natives, is reddish brown or copper-coloured, but of a clearer hue than
+the other Americans; and readily changes to white. A tribe which dwells
+in the district of Baroa, is of a clear white and red like Europeans,
+without any tinge of copper colour. As this tribe differs in no other
+respect from the rest of the Chilese, this difference in complexion may
+be owing to some peculiar influence of the climate which they inhabit,
+or to their greater civilization. Some persons have been disposed to
+attribute this difference in colour to an intermixture with a number of
+Spanish prisoners taken during the unfortunate war of the sixteenth
+century: But the Spanish prisoners were equally distributed among the
+other tribes, none of whom are white; and besides, the first Spaniards
+who came to Chili were all from the southern provinces of Spain, where
+ruddy complexions are extremely rare.
+
+From the harmony, richness, and regularity of the Chilese language, we
+are led to conclude that the natives must in former times have possessed
+a much greater degree of civilization than now, or that they are the
+remains of a great and illustrious nation, which has been ruined by some
+of these physical or moral revolutions which have occasioned such
+astonishing changes in the world. The Chilese language is so exceedingly
+copious, both in radical words, and in the use of compounds, that a
+complete dictionary of it would fill a large volume. Every verb, either
+derivatively or conjunctively, becomes the root of numerous other verbs
+and nouns, both adjectives and substantives, which in their turn produce
+others of a secondary, nature which may be modified in a hundred
+different manners. From every word in the language, a verb may be formed
+by adding a final _n_. Even from the most simple particles, verbs may be
+thus formed, by which at the same time great precision and great
+strength are given to conversation. Yet the language contains no
+irregular verb or noun, every thing being regulated by the most
+wonderful precision and simplicity, so that the theory of the language
+is remarkably easy, and may be learnt in a very short time. It abounds
+also in harmonious and sonorous syllables, which give it much sweetness
+and variety; yet is injured by the frequent recurrence of the sound of
+_u_. The Chilese language differs essentially from every other American
+language, both in words and construction, with the exception of eighteen
+or twenty words of Peruvian origin, which is not to be wondered at,
+considering the contiguity of the two countries. The most singular
+circumstance in this language is, that it contains a considerable number
+of words apparently of Greek and Latin derivation, and having similar
+significations in both languages; yet I am inclined to believe that this
+circumstance is merely accidental[54].
+
+[Footnote 54: Perhaps these words may have been adopted into the Chilese
+language from the Spaniards, who speak a kind of dialect of Latin. The
+remainder of this section is an abridgement of an Essay on the Chilese
+language, appended to the second volume of Molina.--E.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The original language of Chili, generally called the Araucanian, is
+denominated by the natives _Chili-dugu_, or the Chili speech or
+language. The alphabet is the same as the Latin, except the want of _x_,
+which indeed is only a compound letter. The _s_ likewise only occurs in
+about twenty of their words, and never at the termination; and the _z_
+is still more rare. Besides the ordinary letters, the Chilese has the
+mute _e_, and a peculiar _u_ like the Greek and French; the former being
+designated by the _acute_, and the latter by the _grave_ accent, to
+distinguish them from the ordinary _e_ and _u_. This latter _u_ is often
+changed to _i_. It has likewise a nasal _g_ and a _th_; which latter is
+often changed to _ch_, as _chegua_ for _thegua_, a dog. There are no
+gutturals or aspirates. All the words end either in one of the six
+vowels, or in _b,d,f,g,l,m,n,r, or v_; so that there are fifteen
+distinct terminations. The accent is usually on the penult vowel,
+sometimes on the last, but never on the antipenult. The radical words,
+mostly monosyllables or dissyllables, are estimated at 1973. As far as
+we have been able to discover, these radicals have no analogy with any
+other known idiom, though the language contains a number of Greek and
+Latin words very little varied, as in the following table. It is proper
+to mention, that the orthography of the Chilese words is given according
+to the Italian pronunciation.
+
+CHILESE. GREEK. SIGNIFICATION Aldun Aldein to increase. Ale Ele
+splendour. Amun Mouen to go. Cai Kai and. Ga Ga in truth. Lampaicon
+Lampein to shine. Mulan Mullen to pulverise. Pele Pelos mud. Reuma Reuma
+a stream. Tupan Tupein to whip.
+
+CHILESE. LATIN. Aren Ardere to burn. Cupa. Cupere to desire. Dapein
+Dapinare to feast. Ejun Ejulare to weep. Lev Levis active, swift.
+Lumalmen Lumen light. Lui Lux brightness. Man Manus the right. Putun
+Potare to drink. Valin Valere to be worth. Valen Valere to be able. Une
+Unus one.
+
+The nouns have only one declension, or rather are indeclinable, the
+numbers and cases being marked by various particles; but each, in this
+way, has the singular, dual, and plural, like the Greek. Thus _Cara_ the
+city, has _Cara-egu_ the two cities, and _Pu-cara_ the cities, as in the
+following example.
+
+       _Singular.       Dual.               Plural._
+   Nom.   Cara            Cara-egu            pu-Cara
+   Gen.   Cara-ni         Cara-egu-ni         pu-Cara-ni
+   Dat.   Cara-meu        Cara-egu-meu        pu-Cara-meu
+   Accus. Cara            Cara-egu            pu-Cara
+   Voc.   a Cara          a Cara-egu          a pu-Cara
+   Abl.   Caramo          Cara-egu-mo         pu-Cara-mo
+
+Instead of _pu_, the mark of the plural, _ica_ or _egen_ may be affixed
+to the noun, or _que_ placed between the adjective and substantive. Thus
+the plural of _cara_ may be _pu-cara, caraica_, or _caraegen_,
+signifying the cities; or _cum-que cara_, the good cities.
+
+The Chilese language abounds with adjectives, both primative and
+derivative. The latter are formed from every part of speech by
+invariable rules: As, from _tue_ the earth, comes _tuetu_ terrestrial;
+from _quimen_ to know, _quimchi_ wise; and these, by the interposition
+of _no_, become negative, as _tuenotu_ not terrestrial, _quimnochi_
+ignorant. The adjectives, participles, and derivative pronouns are
+unsusceptible of number or gender, in which they resemble the English;
+yet when it is necessary to distinguish the sexes, _alca_ is used for
+the masculine, and _domo_ for the feminine. The comparative is formed by
+prefixing _jod_ or _doi_ to the positive, and the superlative by _cad_
+or _mu_. Thus from _chu_ limpid, are formed _doichu_ more limpid, and
+_muliu_ most limpid. There are no diminutives or augmentatives, which
+are supplied by means of the adjectives _picki_ little, and _buta_
+great. Diminutives are also formed by changing a harsh sound into one
+more liquid; as _votun_ son, to _vochiun_ little son. The primitive
+pronouns are _inche_ I, _eimi_ you, _teye_ which, &c. The relatives are
+_iney_ who, _chem_ what, _ta_ or _ga_ that, &c. The verbs all terminate
+in the syllables _an, en, in, an, un, un_; and are all regulated by a
+single conjugation, having all the voices, moods, and tenses of the
+Latin, with three or four others, and the singular dual and plural like
+the Greek. The terminations of the present tense of each mood form the
+roots of all the other tenses of the same mood, which are distinguished
+by certain particles, as _che_ in the second present, _bu_ in the
+imperfect, _uje_ in the perfect, &c. as in the following example, which
+are placed between the radical and the final _n_. Passive verbs are
+formed by the auxiliary _gen_, between the radical and final _n_.
+Impersonal verbs by the particle _am_ added to the radical. The
+following example of the verb _elun_ to give, will serve as a model for
+all the other verbs in the language without exception, as there is but
+one conjugation and no irregular verbs. It is to be noticed, that the
+first present of all the verbs is used, as our compound preterite: Thus
+_elun_ signifies I give or I have given; while the second present is
+strictly confined to the present time.
+
+   ACTIVE VOICE.
+
+   INDICATIVE MOOD.
+
+   _Present Tense_.
+
+   Singular.
+   Dual.
+   Plural.
+
+   1.
+   _Elun_, I give.
+   _Eluvu_, We two give.
+   _Eluign_, We give
+
+   2.
+   _Eluimi_, Thou givest.
+   _Eluimu_, You two give.
+   _Eluimen_, Ye give
+
+   3.
+   _Elui_ He gives.
+   _Eluigu, They two give.
+   _Eluigen_, They give_
+
+   Second Present,
+   1. _Eluchen_, I give.
+   2. _Eluchemi_, Thou givest, &c.
+
+   Imperfect,
+   1. _Elubun_, I did give.
+   2. _Elubuimi_, Thou, &c.
+
+   Perfect,
+   1. _Eluuyen_, I gave.
+   2. _Eluuyeimi_, Thou, &c.
+
+   Pluperfect,
+   1. _Elunyebun_, I had given, &c.
+
+   1st Future,
+   1. _Eluan_, I will give, &c.
+
+   2d Future,
+   1. _Eluayean_, I shall have given, &c.
+
+   1st Mixed,
+   1. _Eluabun_, I had to give, &c.
+
+   2d Mixed,
+   1. _Eluugabun_, I ought to have had to give; &c.
+
+   IMPERATIVE MOOD.
+
+   Singular,
+   Dual.
+   Plural.
+
+   1
+   _Eluche_, let me give
+   _Eluyu_, let us two give
+   _Eluign_, let us give
+
+   2
+   _Eluge_, give thou
+   _Elamu_, let you two give
+   _Elumen_, give ye
+
+   3
+   _Elupe_, let him give
+   _Elugu_ let these two give
+   _Elugen_, let them give
+
+   SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
+
+   Present tense, _Eluli_, if I may give
+   Imperfect,     _Elubili_, if I might give
+   Perfect,       _Eluuyeli_, if I may have given
+   Pluperfect,    _Eluuyebuli_, if I might have given
+   1st. Future,   _Eluaii_, if I shall give
+   2d. Future,    _Eluuyela_, if I shall have given
+   1st. Mixed,    _Eluabuli_, if I had to give
+   2d. Mixed,     _Eluyeabuli_, if I should have to give
+
+The _optative_ is formed of the subjunctive, or of the two mixed-tenses
+of the indicative, by adding the desiderative particles _velem_, _uel_,
+or _chi_; as _eluli velem_! Would to God that I might give; _eluabun
+chi_! Would to God that I had to give; &c. The affirmative _infinitive_
+is the same with the radical of the verb; or 1st person singular of the
+indicative tense; so that there are nine peculiar infinitives, which are
+distinguished from these tenses by some determinative particle.
+
+                         ACTIVE PARTICIPLES.
+   1st Present, _Elulu_, he who gives
+   2d Present,  _Eluquelu_, he who gives
+   Imperfect,   _Elubulei_, he who did give
+   Perfect,     _Eluuyelu_, he who gave
+   Pluperfect,  _Eluuyebula_, he who had given
+   1st Future,  _Elualu_, he who shall give
+   2d Future,   _Eluuyealu_, he who shall have given
+   1st Mixed,   _Eluabulu_, he who shall have to give
+   2d Mixed,    _Eluuyeabulu_, he who should have given
+
+   GERUNDS
+
+   1st Present, _Eluyum_, giving
+   2d Present,  _Elualu_, for to give
+   Imperfect,   _Eluyubum_, when giving
+
+
+   PASSIVE VOICE.
+
+   INDICATIVE MOOD.
+
+   _Present.     Elugen_, I am given
+   _Imperfect.   Elugebum_, I was given
+   _Participles Passive._
+
+   1st Present, _Elugelu_, given
+   2d Present,  _Eluel_, given
+   Perfect,     _Elubuel_, that was given
+   Imperfect,   _Elugebulu_, that was given
+
+
+   IMPERSONAL VERB.
+
+   _Indicative Mood._
+
+   1st Present, _Eluan_, that is giving
+   2d Present,  _Eluchean_, that is giving
+   Imperfect,   _Elubuam_, that was giving
+   Perfect,     _Eluuyeam_, that was given
+   Pluperfect,  _Eluuyebuam_, that had given
+   1st Future,  _Eluayam_, that shall be given
+   2d Future,   _Eluuyeayam_, that should be given
+   1st Mixed,   _Eluabuam_, that had to give
+   2d Mixed,    _Eluuyeabuam_, that should have to give
+
+   Imperative.  _Elupeam_, let us give, &c.
+
+Instead of the impersonal verb, the third person singular of the passive
+may be used impersonally, as in Latin. The verb may be made negative
+through its whole conjugation, by means of inserting the particle _la_
+in the indicative, _qui_ in the imperative which then takes the
+termination of the subjunctive mood, and by means of _no_ in the
+subjunctive and infinitive moods, as in the following examples.
+
+
+
+
+Part II. Book II.
+
+   Indicative,   _Elulan_,   I do not give
+                 _Elulaimi_, thou doest not give
+   Imperative,   _Eluquili_, let me not give, &c.
+   Subjunctive,  _Elunoli_,  if I do not give, &c.
+   Infinitive,   _Elunou_,   not to give, &c.
+
+NUMERALS OF THE CHILESE LANGUAGE.
+
+   _Cardinals._
+
+   1.    _Quigne_  11. _Mari-guigne_   21. _Epumari quigne_
+   2.    _Epu_     12. _Mari-epu_. &c.
+   3.    _Cula_
+   4.    _Meli_
+   5.    _Quechu_
+   6.    _Cayu_
+   7.    _Relghe_
+   8.    _Para_
+   9.    _Aylla_
+   10.   _Masi_
+   20.   _Epumari_
+   30.   _Culamari_
+   40.   _Melimari_, &c.
+   100.  _Pataca_            102. _Pataca epu_
+   200.  _Epupataca_, &c.
+   1000. _Huaranca_
+   2000. _Epuhuaranca_      2003. _Epuhuaranca cula_, &c.
+
+   _Ordinals._
+
+   _Unen, Unelelu, Quignelelu, Quignegetu, Quignegentu, Quigmentu, once
+   Epulelu, epugelu, epugentun, epuntu,_ twice, &c.[55]
+
+[Footnote 55: The translator seems here to have misunderstood the author,
+as these ordinal numbers ought surely to signify _first_ and _second_.--E.]
+
+   _Numeral Adverbs._
+
+   _Quignechi, guignemel, quignemita,_ once
+   _Epuchi, epumal, epumeta,_ twice, &c.
+
+
+   _Distributives._
+
+   _Calique, mallquigne,_ one by one
+   _Epuque, mollepu,_ two by two, &c.
+
+
+   _Numeral Verbs._
+
+   _Quignen_, to be one.
+   _Quignelian_, to join.
+   _Epun_, to be two; &c.
+
+
+   _Abstracts._
+
+   _Quignegen_, unity.
+   _Epugen_, duality.
+   _Culagen_, trinity, &c.
+
+
+   _Indefinites._
+
+   _Quignelque_, several.
+   _Epulgen_, about two.
+   _Culalque_, about three.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It has not been deemed necessary to repeat a great number of minute
+observations given by Molina on this singular language, nor to report
+the shades of difference in its dialects. But it has been thought proper
+to give a short list of words from the Moluches, a tribe inhabiting
+Patagonia, but speaking a nearly related dialect of the Chilese language
+with that of the Araucanians.
+
+   Vocabulary.
+
+   _P'llu_, the soul or a spirit      _Autuigh_, the sun, a day
+   _Lonco_, the head or the hair      _Voso_, the teeth or bones
+   _Az_, the face                     _Anca_, the body
+   _N'ge_, the eyes                   _Pue_, the belly
+   _Wun_, or _huun_, the mouth   _Cuugh_, the hand
+   _Gehuun_, the tongue               _Namon_, the foot
+   _Yu_, the nose                     _Pinque_, the heart
+   _Nahue_, a daughter                _P'nen_, a child
+   _Peni_, a brother                  _Con'n_, to enter
+   _Penihuen_, own brothers           _Tipan_, to go out
+   _Huinca_, a Spaniard               _Cupaln_, to bring
+   _Seche_, an Indian                 _Entun_, to take away
+   _Huenuy_, a friend                 _Aseln_, to be adverse
+   _Cainie_, an enemy                 _Aselgen_, to hate
+   _Huincha_, a head fillet           _M'len_, to be, to possess
+   _Makun_, a mantle                  _Mongen_, life to live
+   _Lancattu_, glass beads            _Mongetun_, to revive
+   _Cosque_, bread                    _Swam_, the will
+   _Ipe_, food                        _Swamtun_, to will
+   _In_, or _ipen_ to eat        _Pepi_, power
+   _Ilo_, flesh                       _Pepilan_, to be able
+   _Ilon_, to eat flesh               _Quimn_, knowledge, to know
+   _Putun_, to drink                  _Quimeln_, to learn
+   _Putumum_, a cup                   _Quimelcan_, to teach
+   _Chilca_, writing                  _Pangi_, a lion
+   _Chilcan_, to write                _Choique_, an ostrich
+   _Sengu_, a word, language, or      _Achahual_, a cock or hen
+                                       a thing
+   _Huayqui_, a lance                 _Malu_, a large lizard
+   _Huay-quitun_, to lance            _Cusa_, a stone an egg
+   _Chinu_, a knife or sword          _Saiguen_, a flower
+   _Chinogoscun_, to wound            _Milya_, gold
+   _Chinogosquen_, to be wounded      _Lien_, silver
+   _Conan_, a soldier                 _Cullyin_, money payment
+   _Conangean_, one who is to be      _Cullingen_, to be rich.
+                      a soldier
+   _Amon_, to walk                    _Cunnubal_, poor, miserable,
+                                       an orphan
+   _Anun_, to sit                     _Cum panilhue_, red metal, copper
+   _Anupeum_, a stool or seat         _Chos panilhue_, yellow metal, brass
+   _Anunmahuun_, to feel inwardly     _Gepun_, colour, painting
+   _Poyquelhuun_, to feel or perceive _Cuyem, Kiyem_ a mouth, the moon
+   _Saman_, a trade an artificer      _Tissantu_, a year
+   _Mamel_, a tree                    _K'tal_, fire
+   _Mamel-Saman_, a carpenter         _Asee_, hot
+   _Suca_, a house                    _Chosee_, cold
+   _Sucu-Saman_, a house builder      _Atutuy_, it is shivering cold.
+
+   _The beginning of the Lord's Prayer_.
+
+   _Inchin in Chao,   huenumenta m' leymi,   ufchingepe mi wi;_
+   Our Father,    in heaven thou that art, hallowed be thy name;
+   _eymi mi toguin inchinmo  cupape; eymi mi piel, chumgechi_
+   thy kingdom to us may it come;     thy will,     as it is
+   _vemgey huenu-mapumo, vemgechi cay vemengepe_
+   done in heaven,     so likewise may it be done
+   _tue-mapumo, &c._
+   on earth,  &c.
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_State of Chili, and Conquests made in that Country by the Peruvians,
+before the arrival of the Spaniards._
+
+
+The History of Chili and its inhabitants does not precede the middle of
+the fifteenth century, and what little is known respecting it is
+contained in the traditionary accounts of the Peruvians, who first
+invaded the northern province of Chili about the middle of that century,
+not an hundred years before the overthrow of the Peruvian empire by
+Pizarro, and the first Spanish invasion of Chili under Almagro.
+
+About the year 1450, while the Inca Yupanqui reigned over the Peruvian
+empire which had then extended its limits from Cuzco northwards to the
+equator and southwards to the tropic of Capricorn, the ambition of the
+Peruvian government was attracted to the acquisition of the important
+country of Chili, a rich and delightful region of great extent,
+immediately adjacent to the southern extremity of Peru. Favoured by the
+fertility of the country and the salubrity of the climate, the
+population of Chili may be readily supposed to have then been
+considerable, as we know that the whole extent of its territory was
+occupied by fifteen independent tribes or communities, each of which was
+governed by its respective chiefs, or _Ulmens_. These, tribes, beginning
+at the north on the confines of the desert of Atacama, were called
+Copaipins, Coquimbans, Quillotans, Mapochians, Promaucians, Cures,
+Cauques, Pencones, Araucanians, Cunches, Chilotes, Chiquilanian,
+Pehuenches, Puelches, and Huilliches; which last tribe inhabited the
+south of Chili, adjoining the archipelago of Chiloe.
+
+Informed of the natural advantages possessed by the inhabitants of this
+delightful region, the Inca Yupanqui resolved to attempt the annexation
+of Chili to his extensive empire. He accordingly marched with a powerful
+army to the frontiers of the country: But, either from apprehensions of
+his personal safety, or to be in a favourable situation for reinforcing
+the invading army and directing its operations, he established himself
+with a splendid court in the province of Atacama, the most southerly
+district of Peru, and confided the command of the invading army to
+Sinchiruca, a prince of the blood royal of Peru. Preceded, according to
+the specious custom of the Peruvians, by several ambassadors, and
+attended by a considerable military force, this general reduced under
+the Peruvian government, more by persuasion than force, the four most
+northerly tribes of the Chilese, named Copaipins, Coquimbans,
+Quillotans, and Mapochians. After this, not being able by his
+ambassadors to persuade the Promaucians into submission, who inhabit the
+delightful country between the river Rapel on the north and Maule on the
+south, he passed the river Rapel with his army to reduce them by force
+of arms. The name of the Promaucians, which signifies _free-dancers_[56],
+had been given them on account of their fondness for every kind of
+amusement, and their peculiar attachment to dancing; yet the love of
+pleasure had not rendered them effeminate. With the assistance of their
+allies, they drew together a formidable army and fought the Peruvians
+with such heroic valour as to defeat them in a battle, which, according
+to Garcilasso, was continued during three successive days.
+
+[Footnote 56: On a former occasion their name is explained as signifying
+_the people of delight_, owing to the beauty, fertility, and charming
+climate of their country.--E.]
+
+On learning the defeat of his army and the invincible valour of the
+Promaucians, the Inca gave orders that the river Rapel should remain the
+southern boundary of his dominions, and all attempts to reduce the rest
+of Chili were laid aside. According to Garcilasso, the river Maule was
+established as the frontier of the Peruvian conquests: But this is by no
+means probable; as in this case the country of the conquerors would have
+been included within the territories of the vanquished. In fact, not far
+from the river Cachapoal, which with the Tinguiririca forms the Rapel,
+the remains of a Peruvian fortress are still to be seen on the top of a
+steep hill, which was undoubtedly built to protect that part of the
+frontier against the unconquered Promaucians. By this conquest of its
+four northern provinces, Chili became divided into two distinct
+portions; all to the south of the Rapel remaining free, while the
+districts to the north of that river were subjected to the dominion of
+the Incas. These four tribes, who had so readily submitted to the Inca
+Yupanqui, were subjected to an annual tribute in gold; but the
+conquerors never introduced their peculiar form of government into these
+provinces, the inhabitants of which remained subject to their own native
+_ulmens_, and preserved their original manners until the arrival of the
+Spaniards.
+
+When first known to the Spaniards, the Chilese were an agricultural
+people, dependent for their subsistence on the cultivation of such
+nutritious plants as accident or necessity had made them acquainted
+with. The plants chiefly cultivated by them for subsistence were maize,
+_magu, guegen, tuca, quinoa, pulse_ of various kinds, the potatoe,
+_oxalis tuberosa_, common and yellow pumpkin or gourd, guinea pepper,
+_madi_, and the great strawberry; of each of which it may be proper to
+give a short account[57].
+
+[Footnote 57: The following account of the plants cultivated by the
+Chilese for food, is extracted from the natural history of Chili by
+Molina; but the enumeration from the text of his civil history will be
+found to differ materially from that given from the natural history of
+the same author.--E.]
+
+Maize or Turkey wheat, the _Zea mais_ of botanists, is called _gua_ by
+the Chilese. It grows extremely well in Chili, where the inhabitants
+cultivate eight or nine distinct varieties. The kind in highest repute
+is called _uminta_, from which the natives prepare a dish by bruising
+the corn, while in a green unripe state, between two stones into a kind
+of paste, which they season with salt, sugar, and butter. This paste is
+then divided into small portions, which are separately inclosed in the
+skin or husk of the corn, and boiled for use. When ripe, the maize is
+prepared for winter use, either by slightly roasting, or by drying in
+the sun. From the former, named _chuchoca_, a kind of soup is prepared
+by boiling with water: From the latter they make a very pleasant beer or
+fermented liquor. The maize is sometimes reduced to meal by grinding
+between two stones, being previously parched or roasted by means of
+heated sand. For this purpose they prefer a variety of maize named
+_curagua_, which is smaller than the other, and produces a lighter and
+whiter meal, and in larger quantity. With this meal, mixed with sugar
+and water, they make two different beverages, named _ulpo_ and
+_cherchan_.
+
+_Magu_ a species of rye, and _tuca_, a species of barley, were
+cultivated by the Chilese before the coming of the Spaniards to that
+country; but have been entirely neglected since the introduction of
+European wheat. They are still used however by the Araucanians, who make
+from them a kind of bread called _couvue_, which name they likewise give
+to bread made from maize or wheat.
+
+_Quinua_ is a species of _Chenopodium/_, having a black twisted grain of
+a lenticular form, from which they prepare a stomachic beverage of a
+pleasant taste. A variety of this plant, named _dahue_, produces white
+seeds, which lengthen out when boiled like worms, and are excellent in
+soup. The leaves of the _quinoa_ have an agreeable taste, and are eaten
+by the natives.
+
+_Degul_ is a species of bean, of which the Chilese cultivated thirteen
+or fourteen kinds before the arrival of the Spaniards, differing but
+little from the common European bean or _Phaseolus vulgaris_, one of
+them having a straight stalk, and all the rest climbers[58].
+
+[Footnote 58: These beans are obviously what are called kidney-beans in
+this country.--E.]
+
+Chili is considered by naturalists as the native country of that
+valuable esculent the potato, or _Solanun tuberosum_, which is known
+there by the names of _papa_ and _pogny_. It is found indeed wild all
+over the country; but those wild plants, named _maglia_, produce only
+small roots of a bitterish taste. It is distinguished into two species,
+and more than thirty varieties are cultivated with much care. Besides
+the common species, the second is the _cari, Solanum cari_, which bears
+white flowers having a large central nectary like the narcissus. The
+roots of this species are cylindrical and very sweet, and are usually
+roasted under the ashes.
+
+The _Oca_, or _Oxalis tuberosa_, produces five or six tuberosities on
+each root, three or four inches in length covered by a thin smooth skin.
+It is eaten boiled or roasted, and has a pleasant subacid taste. Like
+the potato, it is multiplied by means of its bulbs cut in pieces. There
+are several species of this plant; one of which called _red culle_, is
+much used in dyeing, and Is considered as a specific remedy for
+inflammatory fevers.
+
+Two species of gourds are known in Chili. The first species, with a
+white flower, called _quada_, has twenty-six varieties, several of which
+produce sweet and edible fruit, while that of the others is bitter. With
+one of these last, after extracting the seeds, the Chilese give a
+pleasant perfume or flavour to their cyder. The yellow-flowering gourd,
+called _penca_, has two kinds or varieties, the common and mamillary,
+owing to the fruit of the latter having a large nipple-shaped process at
+the end. Its pulp is sweet, and resembles in taste a kind of potato
+named _camote._
+
+The _quelghen,_ or Chili strawberry has rough and succulent leaves, and
+its fruit is sometimes as large as a hens egg. This fruit is generally
+red and white; but in the provinces of Puchacay and Huilquilemeu, where
+they attain the greatest perfection, the fruit is yellow. "The Chili
+strawberry is _dioecial_, and has degenerated much in Europe by the want
+of male plants, and the females producing hybrid fruit by impregnation
+from the ordinary strawberries growing in the neighbourhood; in
+consequence of which circumstance the cultivation of this kind has been
+abandoned in Europe."
+
+The _madi,_ a new genus of plants peculiar to Chili, has two species,
+one wild and the other cultivated. From the seeds of the latter an
+excellent oil is procured, either by expression, or by boiling in water,
+of an agreeable mild taste, and as clear as the best olive oil. This
+plant, hitherto unknown in Europe, would be a most valuable acquisition
+to those countries in which the olive cannot be raised.
+
+Many species of the capsicum, or guinea pepper, are cultivated in Chili,
+under the name of _thapi_, and are used as seasonings in the food of the
+natives.
+
+The _illmu,_ or Bermudiana bulbosa, produces bulbous roots, which are
+excellent food either boiled or roasted, and are very pleasant in soups.
+The _liuto_ produces a bulbous root, which yields a very white, light,
+and nutritious flour, which is much used as food for the sick.
+
+To these enumerated provisions from the vegetable kingdom, may be added
+the _cuy_ or little rabbit, _Lepus minimus,_ and the Chilihueque, or
+Araucanian camel; the flesh of which last affords an excellent food, and
+its wool furnishes clothing for the natives. If tradition may be
+credited, they had also the hog and the domestic fowl before the Spanish
+invasion. Besides these, the country produced the _guanaco,_ and the
+_pudu,_ a species of wild goat, and a great variety of birds. With these
+productions, which required only a moderate degree of industry, they
+subsisted with a sufficient abundance considering their situation and
+numbers; insomuch that, when Almagro invaded Chili, his army found
+abundance of provisions to recruit after the famine they had endured in
+their imprudent march through the deserts intervening between Peru and
+that country. With these advantages of abundant provisions in a fertile
+soil and mild climate, it appears that the first writers who treated of
+Chili cannot have greatly exaggerated in saying that it was filled with
+inhabitants at the first arrival of the Spaniards. Even the circumstance
+of one language being spoken through the whole country, is a proof that
+all the tribes were in the habit of continual intercourse, and that they
+were not isolated by vast unpeopled deserts, as is the case in many
+other parts of America.
+
+Agriculture appears to have made no inconsiderable progress among the
+Chilese, who cultivated a great variety of alimentary plants, all
+distinguished by peculiar and appropriate names, which could not have
+been the case except in consequence of an extensive and varied
+cultivation. They even had aqueducts in many parts of the country for
+watering or irrigating their fields; and, among these, the canal which
+runs for many miles along the rough skirts of the mountains near the
+capital, and waters the lands to the north of that city, remains a
+remarkably solid and extensive monument of their ingenious industry.
+They were likewise acquainted with the use of manure, called _vunalti_
+in their language; but, from the great fertility of the soil, little
+attention was paid to that subject. They used a kind of spade or
+breast-plough of hard wood for turning the soil, which was pushed
+forwards by their breasts. At present the native Chilese use a very
+simple plough, called _chetague_, made of the branch of a tree crooked
+at one end, having a wooden share and a single handle by which it is
+guided. Whether this simple implement has been taught them by the
+Spaniards, or is of their own invention I know not; but should believe
+it original, as Admiral Spilsberg observed a plough of this kind, drawn
+by two Chilihueques, used by the natives of the Isle of Mocha in the
+Araucanian Sea, where the Spaniards never had a settlement. The Fathers
+Bry add, that the Chilese tilled their lands by means of these animals
+before the arrival of any European cattle. However this may have been,
+it is certain that this Araucanian camel was employed by the natives as
+a beast of burden before the arrival of the Spaniards, and the
+transition from burden to draught is not difficult.
+
+The Chilese cooked their grain for food in various ways, by boiling in
+earthen pots, or roasting it in hot sand, and by grinding it into meal,
+which they prepared in the form of gruel, of cakes, and of bread. Meal
+made of parched grain was called _murque_, and when made from grain
+merely dried in the sun _rugo_. Of the first they made gruels, and a
+kind of beverage still used for breakfast. Of the second they made
+cakes, and a kind of bread called _covque_, which was baked in holes dug
+in the sides of hills or the banks of rivers, in the form of ovens, many
+of which are still to be seen. They had even invented a kind of sieve,
+called _chignigue_, to separate the bran from the flour, and employed
+leaven in baking their bread. From the grains already mentioned, and the
+fruits or berries of different trees, they made nine or ten different
+kinds of fermented liquors, which they made and kept in jars of
+earthen-ware.
+
+Having adopted the settled mode of life indispensable to an agricultural
+people, the Chilese were collected into families or septs more or less
+numerous, in those situations which were best suited for procuring
+subsistence, where they established themselves in large villages, called
+_cara_, or in small ones called _lov_. These villages consisted only of
+a number of huts irregularly dispersed within sight of each other, and
+some of them still subsist in several parts of Spanish Chili. The most
+considerable of these are _Lampa_ in the province of St Jago, and _Lora_
+in the province of Maule. In each village or hamlet they had a chief
+named _Ulmen_, who was subject in certain points, to the supreme ruler
+of the tribe, or _apo-ulmen_. The succession of these chiefs was by
+hereditary descent; and from their title of office, which signifies a
+rich man, it would appear that wealth had been the original means of
+raising these families to the rank they now occupy, contrary to the
+usages of other savage nations in which strength, skill in hunting, or
+martial prowess appear to have been the steps by which individuals have
+risen to rank and power. The authority of these chiefs or _ulmens_
+appears to have been extremely limited, being merely of a directive
+nature and not absolute. The right of private property was fully
+established among the Chilese, as every individual was the absolute
+master of the land he cultivated, and of the produce of his industry,
+both of which descended to his posterity by hereditary succession.
+
+The houses or huts of the Chilese were built in a quadrangular form, of
+wood covered with clay, and the roof covered with rushes; though in some
+instances the walls were of brick, the use of which they seem to have
+learned from the Peruvians, as they used the Peruvian term _tica_ for
+that material. From the wool of the Chilihueques they manufactured cloth
+for their apparel, using the spindle and distaff for spinning this wool
+into yarn, and two different kinds of looms for weaving the yarn into
+cloth. One of these, called _guregue_, is not very unlike the ordinary
+loom of Europe; but the other is vertical or upright, and called
+_uthalgue_, from the verb _uthalen_, signifying to stand upright. From
+a verb in their language, _nudaven_, which signifies to sew, they must
+have used some kind of needle to sew their garments; but I know not of
+what substance it was composed. They seem even to have been acquainted
+with the art of embroidery, called _dumican_ in their language. From
+excellent clay which is found abundantly in Chili, they made pots,
+plates, cups, and large jars to hold their fermented liquors, baking
+these vessels in holes or ovens made in the declivities of hills; and
+they even used a kind of mineral earth called _colo_, for varnishing
+these vessels. Besides these vessels of clay, they made others of hard
+wood, and even of marble; some vases of which excellently polished have
+been dug out from under a large heap of stones in the mountains of
+Arauco. From the earth they extracted gold, silver, copper, tin, and
+lead, and employed these metals in a variety of useful and curious
+works. Particularly from their native copper, which is a kind of
+bell-metal and very hard, they made axes, hatchets, and other edged
+tools, but in small quantities, as these are very rarely met with in
+their ancient sepulchres; where, on the contrary, hatchets made of a
+species of basalt or very hard stone are very often found. They seem
+even to have known the use of iron, as it is called _panilgue_ in their
+language, and weapons made of it are termed _chiuquel_, while those made
+of other materials are called _nulin_. A smith likewise is called
+_ruthave_, from _ruthan_, signifying to work in iron.
+
+The ancient Chilese had discovered the art of making salt, both from sea
+water and from inland salt springs; calling the former _chiadi_, and the
+latter _lilco-chiadi_, or salt from the water of rocks. They procured
+dyes of various colours for their clothes, both from the juice of plants
+and from mineral earths, and had discovered the art of fixing them by
+means of the _polcura_, an aluminous or astringent mineral. Instead of
+soap, they used the back of the _quillai_, which is an excellent
+substitute. In their language there are many words discriminative of
+various kinds of baskets and mats, which they manufactured from various
+vegetables. From a plant called _gnocchia_, they procured a strong
+fibrous substance resembling hemp, of which they made ropes and fishing
+nets of different kinds; and the inhabitants on the coast used canoes of
+different kinds and sizes, and floats or rafts of wood, or of inflated
+seal skins. Though not peculiarly addicted to hunting, they were
+accustomed to kill the wild animals and birds of the country, both for
+amusement and subsistence; for which purpose they used bows and arrows,
+and the _laque_ or running noose which is employed with so much
+ingenuity by many of the South American natives. It is a singular fact
+that they had the same device as the Chinese, for catching wild ducks in
+their lakes and rivers, covering their heads with perforated gourds, and
+wading among the flocks.
+
+They had advanced so far in the knowledge of numbers, as to have
+distinctive names for the ten units, and for an hundred and a thousand,
+with all the intermediate numbers compounded of decimal terms. To
+preserve the memory of their transactions, they used a bunch of threads
+of several colours called _pron_, similar to the _quippo_ of the
+Peruvians, oh which they cast a number of knots according to
+circumstances. The subject was indicated by the colour of the threads,
+and the knots designated the number or quantity, but I have not been
+able to discover any other purpose to which this species of register
+could be applied. The _quippo_ is still used by the shepherds in Peru,
+to keep an account of the number in their flocks, to mark the day and
+hour when the different ewes yeaned, or when any of their lambs are
+lost.
+
+The religious system of the Araucanians, formerly that of all the native
+tribes of Chili, resembles in a great measure the freedom of their modes
+of life and government. They acknowledge a Supreme Being, the creator of
+all things, whom they name _Pillan_, a word derived from _pulli_ or
+_pilli_, the soul. He is likewise named _Guenu-pillan_, the soul or
+spirit of heaven; _Buta-gen_, the great being; _Thalcove_[59], the
+thunderer; _Vilvemvoe_, the creator of all things; _Vilpepilvoe_, the
+omnipotent; _Mollgelu_, the eternal; _Avnolu_, the omnipotent; and is
+designed by many other similar epithets. Their ideas of the government
+of heaven form in a great measure a prototype of the Araucanian system
+of civil polity; Pillan is considered as the great _Toqui_ of the
+invisible world of Spirits[60], and is supposed to have his _Apo-ulmens_
+and _Ulmens_, or subordinate deities of two different ranks, to whom he
+entrusts the administration of lesser affairs. In the first class of
+these inferior deities, are _Epunamun_, or the god of war; _Meulen_, a
+benevolent being, the friend of the human race; and _Guecubu_, a
+malignant being, the author of all evil, who is likewise called _Algue_.
+Hence they appear to entertain the doctrine of two adverse principles,
+improperly called Manicheism. _Guecubu_, or _Huecuvu_, is named
+_Mavari_ by the natives on the Orinoco, and is the same with the
+_Aherman_ of the ancient Persians. To him every evil is attributed. If a
+horse tire, he has been ridden by _Guecubu_. In an earthquake, _Guecubu_
+has given the world a shock; and the like in all things. The _Ulmens_,
+or subaltern deities of their celestial hierarchy, resemble the genii,
+and are supposed to have the charge of earthly things, and to form, in
+concert with the benevolent Meulen, a counterpoise to the prodigious
+power of the malignant Guecuba. These _ulmens_ of the spiritual world
+are conceived to be of both sexes, who always continue pure and chaste
+without propagation. The males are called _Gen_, or lords; the females
+_Amei-malghen_, or spiritual nymphs, and are supposed to perform the
+same friendly offices to men which were anciently attributed to the
+_lares_, and every Araucanian imagines he has one of these attendant
+spirits in his service. _Nien cai gni Amchi-malghen_, I keep my nymph
+still, is a common expression when any one succeeds in an undertaking.
+Pursuant to the analogy of their own earthly government, as their
+_Ulmens_ have no right to impose any service or contribution on the
+people whom they govern, so they conceive the celestial race require no
+services from man, having occasion for none. Hence they have neither
+idols nor temples, and offer no sacrifices, except in case of some
+severe calamity, or on the conclusion of a peace, when they sacrifice
+animals, and burn tobacco as a grateful incense to their deities. Yet
+they invoke them and implore their aid on urgent occasions, chiefly
+addressing _Pillan_ and _Meulen_.
+
+[Footnote 59: _Pillan_, according to Dobrizhoffer, is likewise the word
+for thunder. In a similar manner, _Tupa_ or _Tupi_, among all the Tupi
+tribes of Brazil, and the Guaranies of Paraguay, signifies both God and
+thunder.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 60: Among the Moluches, the general name of the Supreme Being,
+according to Falkner, is _Toqui-chen_, or the supreme ruler of the
+people.--E.]
+
+[Illustration: Map of CHILI]
+
+Notwithstanding the small regard which they pay to their deities, they
+are extremely superstitious in matters of less importance, and are firm
+believers in divination, paying the utmost attention to favourable and
+unfavourable omens, to dreams, the singing and flight of birds, and the
+like, which they believe to denote the pleasure of the gods. They have
+accordingly jugglers or diviners, who pretend to a knowledge of
+futurity, who are called _Gligua_ and _Dugol_, some of them call
+themselves _Guenguenu_ or masters of heaven, _Guenpugnu_ or masters of
+disease, _Guen-piru_, or masters of worms, and the like. These diviners
+pretend to the power of producing rain, of curing diseases, of
+preventing the ravages of the worms which destroy the grain, and so on.
+They are in perpetual dread of imaginary beings, called _Calcus_ or
+sorcerers, who in their opinion remain concealed in caverns by day,
+along with their disciples or servants, called _lvunches_ or
+man-animals, who transform themselves at night into owls and shoot
+invisible arrows at their enemies.
+
+They all believe in the immortality of the soul, which they call _am_ or
+_pulli_, and which they say is _aneanolu_ or incorporeal, and _mugealu_,
+or existing for ever; but they are not agreed as to the state of the
+soul after this life. All say that it goes after death to the west
+beyond the sea, to a place called _Gulcheman_, or the dwelling of the
+men beyond the mountains. Some believe this country is divided into two
+provinces; one that is pleasant and filled with every thing delightful,
+the abode of the good; the other desolate and devoid of every comfort,
+the dwelling of the wicked. Others again conceive that all enjoy eternal
+pleasure after this life, and that the deeds done in the body have no
+influence on the future lot. They believe the soul retains its original
+attachments and dislikes, and that the spirits of their departed
+countrymen frequently return and fight furiously with those of their
+former enemies, when they meet in the air; and to these combats they
+attribute the origin of tempests and of thunder and lightning. When a
+storm happens on the Andes or the ocean, they ascribe it to a battle
+between the spirits of their departed countrymen and those of the
+Spaniards. If the storm take its course towards the Spanish territory,
+they exclaim triumphantly, _Inavimen, inavimen, puen, laguvimen!_ Pursue
+them friends, pursue them, kill them! If the storm tends towards their
+own country, they cry out in consternation, _Yavulumen, puen,
+namuntumen_! Courage friends, be firm!
+
+They have a tradition of a great deluge, in which only a few persons
+were saved by taking refuge on a high mountain, named _Thegtheg_, the
+thundering or sparkling, which had three points, and had the property of
+floating on the waters. On the occurrence of violent earthquakes, they
+fly for refuge to the mountains, fearful that the sea may again deluge
+the world; and on these occasions, every one takes a good supply of
+provisions, and a large wooden platter to protect the head, in case the
+_Thegtheg_ when raised by the waters should approach the sun.
+
+The year of the Araucanians is solar, and begins on the 22d of December,
+or immediately after the southern solstice, which they call
+_Thaumathipantu_, or the head and tail of the year, and are able to
+ascertain this period with tolerable precision by means of watching the
+shadows. The 22d of June is called _Udanthipantu_, the divider of the
+year, as dividing it into two equal parts. The whole year is called
+_Tipantu_, or the course of the sun, and is divided into twelve months
+of thirty days each, to which they add five intercallary days to
+complete the tropical year, but in what way I have not been able to
+determine. The months are called _cujen_, or moons, and have the
+following names:
+
+   Avun-cujen,       the month of fruit,        -------------January
+   Coji-cujen        the month of harvest,      ------------February
+   Glor-cujen,       the month of maize,        ---------------March
+   Rimu-cujen,       the 1st month of rimu,     ---------------April
+   Inarimu-cujen,    the 2d month of rimu,      -----------------May
+   Thor-cujen,       the 1st month of foam,     ----------------June
+   Inanthor-cujen,   the 2d month of foam,      ----------------July
+   Huin-cujen,       the unpleasant month,      --------------August
+   Pillal-cujen,     the treacherous month,     ---------- September
+   Hueul-cujen,      1st month of new winds,    -------------October
+   Inan-hueul-cujen,  2d month of new winds,    ------------November
+   Hueviru-cujen,     the month of new fruits,  ----------- December
+
+The year is divided into four seasons; the spring being called
+_Peughen_, the summer _Ucan_, the autumn _Gualug_, and the winter
+_Pucham_. The natural day is divided into twelve parts or hours, called
+_gliaganiu_, six of which belong to the day and six to the night, all of
+which have particular names. Commencing at midnight, there are Puliuen,
+Ueun, Thipanantu, Maleu, Vutamaleu, Ragiantu, Culunantu, Gullantu,
+Conantu, Guvquenantu, Puni, Ragipun. The stars in general are named
+_huaglen_, which they distribute into constellations called _pal_ or
+_ritha_. The pleiades are named _Cajupal_, or the constellation of six;
+the antarctic cross _Meleritho_, the Constellation of four, and so on.
+The milky-way is named _Rupuepen_, the fabulous road. The planets are
+called _gau_, a word derived from _gaun_ to wash, as they suppose them
+to dip into the sea when they set; and some conceive them to be other
+earths inhabited like our own. The sky is called _Guenu-mapu_, or the
+heavenly country; the moon _Cuyenmapu_, or the country of the moon.
+Comets are called _Cheruvoc_, as believed to be terrestrial exhalations
+inflamed in the upper region of the air. The eclipses of the sun and
+moon are called _Lay-antu_ and _Lay-cujen_, or the deaths of the sun and
+moon.
+
+Their measures of length are the _nela_ or palm, the _duche_ or foot,
+_namun_ the pace, _the can_ the ell, and _tupu_ the league, which
+answers to the marine league or the pharasang of the Persians: But they
+estimate long distances by mornings, corresponding to our days journeys.
+The liquid measures are the _guampar_, about a quart; _can_ about a
+pint; and the _mencu_, which is still smaller. The dry measures are the
+_chiaique, about six pints; and the _gliepu_, which is double that
+quantity.
+
+Oratory is held in high estimation, and is the road to honour and the
+management of public affairs; insomuch that the eldest son of an
+_Ulmen_, if deficient in that talent, is excluded from the right of
+succession, which devolves upon a younger son, or the nearest male
+relative who happens to be an able speaker. On this account, parents
+accustom their sons to speak in public from their early youth, and carry
+them to the national assemblies, where the best orators of the nation
+display their eloquence. Hence the universal attention to speak the
+language correctly and to preserve its purity. They are so careful to
+avoid the introduction of any foreign words into their language, that
+when any stranger settles among them he is obliged to adopt a new name
+in the _Chili-dugu_ or language of the country, and even the
+missionaries must conform to this singular regulation, if they would
+obtain favour; and so fastidious are they in attention to the purity of
+their language, that the audience will interrupt a missionary while
+preaching, to correct the mistakes in language or pronunciation. Many of
+them are well acquainted with the Spanish language; and, from being
+accustomed to a soft regular and varied language, they are able easily
+to learn the pronunciation of the different European dialects, as was
+observed by Captain Wallis of the Patagonians, who are real Chilese.
+They are so unwilling however to use the Spanish, that they never use it
+in any of the assemblies or congresses between the two nations, and
+rather choose to listen to a tiresome interpretation than to degrade the
+dignity of their native tongue by using another on such occasions.
+Their style of oratory is highly figurative, elevated, allegorical, and
+replete with peculiar phrases and expressions that are only used on such
+occasions; whence it is called _coyag-tucan_ or the style of public
+harangues. They commonly divide their subject into regular heads, called
+_thoy_, and usually specify the number they mean to enlarge upon; saying
+_Epu thoygei tamen piavin_, "what I am going to say is divided into two
+heads." Their speeches are not deficient in a suitable exordium, a clear
+narrative, a well-founded argument, and a pathetic peroration; and
+usually abound in parables and apologues; which sometimes furnish the
+main substance of the discourse.
+
+Their poets are called _gempin_, or lords of speech; and their poetry
+generally contains strong and lively images, bold figures, frequent
+allusions and similitudes, new and forcible expressions, and possesses
+the power of exciting sensibility. It is every where animated and
+metaphorical, and allegory is its very soul and essence. Their verses
+are mostly composed in stanzas of eight or eleven syllables, and are for
+the most part blank, yet rhyme is occasionally introduced, according to
+the taste or caprice of the poet.
+
+They have three kinds of physicians. Of these the _ampives_, who are
+skilful herbalists, are the best, and have even some skill in the pulse
+and other diagnostics of disease. The _vileus_ pretend that all
+contagious diseases are produced by insects or worms, and are therefore
+often called _cutampiru_, which signifies vermiculous diseases, or
+diseases proceeding from worms. The _machis_ are a superstitious class,
+or pretenders to sorcery, and allege that all diseases proceed from
+witchcraft, and pretend therefore to cure them by supernatural means,
+for which reason they are employed in desperate cases, when the
+exertions of the _ampives_ and _vileus_ have proved ineffectual; They
+have likewise a kind of surgeons, called _gutarve_; who are skilful in
+replacing luxations, setting fractured bones, and curing wounds and
+ulcers. Before the arrival of the Spaniards, the Chilese doctors used
+bleeding, blistering, emetics, cathartics, sudorifics, and even
+glysters. They let blood by means of a sharp flint fixed in a small
+stick; and for giving glysters they employ a bladder and pipe. Their
+emetics, cathartics, and sudorifics are all obtained from the vegetable
+kingdom.
+
+Their commerce, both internal and external, is all carried on by barter,
+as they have not adopted the use of money; and this is regulated by a
+conventional tariff according to which the values of all articles in
+commerce are appraised under the name of _cullen_, or payment. Their
+external trade is with the Spaniards, with whom they exchange _ponchos_,
+or Chilese cloaks, and animals, for wine or European articles. The
+Spaniards of the province of Maule supply the Araucanians with iron
+ware, bits for bridles, cutlery, grain, and wine; and are paid in
+_ponchos_ of which they receive above 40,000 yearly, in horned cattle,
+horses, ostrich feathers, curious baskets, and other trifles; for it has
+never been possible to induce them to open their gold mines. The Spanish
+merchant has in the first place to obtain permission from the ulmens or
+heads of families of a district, after which he proceeds to all the
+houses, distributing his merchandize indiscriminately to all, who
+present themselves. When he has completed his sale, he gives notice of
+his departure, and all the purchasers hasten to an appointed village,
+where they deliver the articles agreed for with the utmost punctuality.
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_First Expedition of the Spaniards into Chili under Almagro_.
+
+
+After the death of Atahualpa and the subjection of the Peruvian empire
+by Pizarro and Almagro, Pizarro persuaded his companion Almagro to
+undertake the conquest of Chili then celebrated for its niches, being
+desirous to enjoy the sole command in Peru. Filled with sanguine
+expectations of a rich booty, Almagro began his march for Chili in the
+end[61] of the year 1535, with an army of 570 Spaniards, and accompanied
+by 15,000 Peruvians, under the command of Paullu[62], the brother of the
+Inca _Manco_, the nominal emperor of Peru, who had succeeded to
+Atahualpa and Huasear. Two roads lead from Peru to Chili; one of which
+by the maritime plain, is the arid desert of Atacama, destitute of water
+and provisions; while the other passes for about 120 miles over the
+immense ridge of the Andes, and is attended by excessive inconveniences
+and almost insurmountable difficulties Almagro chose this road because
+it was the shortest from Cuzco; and in this march his army had to endure
+infinite fatigue, and almost incessant conflicts with the barbarous
+tribes in the several districts through which he had to pass. He at
+length reached the eastern side of the vast chain of the Andes at the
+commencement of winter, almost destitute of provisions, and ill supplied
+with clothing to protect his people under the inclemencies of the region
+he had still to penetrate. At the season of the year which he
+unfortunately chose, snow falls almost continually among the Andes, and
+completely fills and obliterates the narrow paths that are even
+difficultly passable in summer. The soldiers, however, animated by their
+general, and ignorant of the dangers they had to encounter, advanced
+with inconceivable toil to the summit of the rugged ascent. But by the
+severity of the weather, and the want of provisions, 150 of the
+Spaniards perished by the way; and 10,000 of the Peruvians, less able to
+endure the rigours of that frozen region, were destroyed. Not one of all
+the army would have escaped, had not Almagro pushed resolutely forward
+with a small party of horse to Copaipo, whence he sent back succours and
+provisions to his army still engaged in the defiles of the mountains. By
+these means, those of the most robust constitutions, who had been able
+to resist the inclemency of the weather, were enabled to extricate
+themselves from the snow, and at length reached the plains of Copaipo,
+the most northerly province in Chili, where they were kindly received
+and entertained by the inhabitants, through respect for the Peruvians.
+
+[Footnote 61: The beginning of that year according to Ovale.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 62: By Orale this Peruvian prince is called Paullo Topo, and
+the high priest of the Peruvians, Villacumu, is said to have been
+likewise sent in company with Almagro.--E.]
+
+As the Inca Paullu was well acquainted with the object of this
+expedition, he obliged the inhabitants of Copaipo to deliver up to him
+all the gold in their possession, which he immediately presented to
+Almagro, to the value of 500,000 ducats. Almagro was highly pleased with
+this first fruit of his labours, and immediately distributed the whole
+among his soldiers, to whom also he remitted immense debts which they
+owed him, as he had advanced them all the funds which were necessary to
+fit them out for the expedition. Almagro soon learnt that the reigning
+Ulmen of Copaipo had usurped the government of that province in
+prejudice of his nephew and ward, who had fled to the woods. Calling the
+lawful heir into his presence, he arrested the guilty chief, and
+reinstated the lawful heir in the government, with the universal
+applause of the natives, who attributed this conduct entirely to motives
+of justice and a wish to redress the injured.
+
+When the Spaniards were recovered from their fatigues, through the
+hospitable assistance of the Copaipins, and were reinforced by an
+additional number of soldiers brought by Rodrigo Orgonez from Peru,
+Almagro and his troops commenced their march towards the more southerly
+provinces of Chili, full of the most flattering hopes of acquiring vast
+riches and splendid establishments in a fine country, which was
+interspersed on all sides with numerous villages, evincing an extensive
+population and fertile soil. The natives every where crowded round them
+on the march, to examine the wonderful strangers, and to present them
+with such things as they thought might prove agreeable to beings whom
+they conceived of a superior order to other men. In the mean time, two
+soldiers who had separated from the army, proceeded to the river Huasco
+which forms the boundary between the provinces of Copaipo and Coquimbo,
+where they were well received at first by the inhabitants; but, in
+consequence of some acts of violence, they were afterwards put to death,
+being the first European blood spilt in Chili, which has since been so
+copiously watered with the blood of the Spaniards. On being informed of
+this unfortunate accident, calculated to weaken the exalted notion which
+he wished to inspire into the natives of the character of his soldiers,
+Almagro hastened his march for Coquimbo, where he immediately ordered
+_Marcando_ the head _ulmen_ of the province, his brother, and twenty
+others of the principal inhabitants to be brought before him; all of
+whom he committed to the flames; This act of cruelty appeared
+extraordinary and unjust to every one; for even among these adventurers,
+inured to rapine and bloodshed, there still were some men of humanity
+and justice. The majority of the army openly disapproved the severity of
+the general on this occasion, and from this time his affairs ceased to
+be prosperous.
+
+Some time in the year 1537, Almagro received a considerable
+reinforcement from Peru under the command of Juan de Rada; who likewise
+brought him letters patent from the king of Spain, by which he was
+appointed governor of 200 leagues of territory to the southward of the
+government which had been granted to Francisco Pizarro. By the same
+conveyance Almagro received letters from his friends in Peru, urging him
+to return to that country and to take possession of Cuzco, which they
+asserted was within the limits of the jurisdiction confided to him by
+his patent. But, as he entertained very sanguine ideas of the value of
+the conquest in which he was now engaged, he pursued his march towards
+the south, and passed the fatal _Cachapoal_ or _Rapel_, regardless of
+the remonstrances of his Peruvian allies, who urged him to refrain from
+attempting to invade the country of the valiant Promaucians[63]. At the
+first appearance of the Spaniards, these brave Indians were astonished
+and terrified by the horses and thundering arms of the strangers; but
+soon recovering from the effects of their first surprise, they
+intrepidly opposed their new enemies on the banks of the Rio-claro.
+Despising their force, and ignorant of their bravery, Almagro placed his
+Peruvian allies in the first line, now considerably increased by an
+additional number whom Paullu had drawn from the Peruvian garrisons in
+Chili. But these troops were soon defeated by the Promaucians, and fell
+back in confusion on the line of Spaniards in the rear. The Spaniards,
+instead of remaining spectators of the battle, were now compelled to
+sustain the vigorous attack of the enemy; and, advancing with their
+horse, a furious battle was fought with considerable loss on both sides,
+and continued till night separated the combatants without either party
+having gained the victory.
+
+[Footnote 63: Called _Puramaucans_ by Garcilasso and _Promocaes_ by
+Ovale, who names the _Cauquenes_ and _Peneos_ as their allies.--E.]
+
+Although the Promaucians had sustained a heavy loss in this battle, they
+courageously encamped within sight of the Spaniards, determined to renew
+the fight next morning. Though the Spaniards had kept possession of the
+field, and considered themselves victorious according to the customs of
+Europe, they were very differently inclined from their valiant enemies.
+Hitherto they had been accustomed to subdue extensive provinces with
+little or no resistance, and became disgusted with an enterprise which
+could not be accomplished without much fatigue and danger, and the loss
+of much blood, having to contend against a bold and independent nation,
+by whom they were not considered as immortal or as a superior order of
+beings. It was therefore resolved by common consent to abandon the
+present expedition, yet they differed materially as to the conduct of
+their retreat; some being desirous to return into Peru entirely, while
+others wished to form a settlement in the northern provinces of Chili,
+where they had already received so much hospitality, and had acquired
+considerable riches. The first opinion was supported by Almagro, now
+strongly impressed by the suggestions of his friends in Peru to take
+possession of Cuzco. He represented to his soldiers the dangers to which
+a settlement would be exposed in so warlike a country, and persuaded
+them to follow him to Cuzco, where he expected to be able to establish
+his authority either by persuasion or force, pursuant to his royal
+patent.
+
+Having determined to return into Peru, and having fatally experienced
+the dangers of the mountain road, Almagro resolved to march by the
+desert of Atacama in the maritime plain, by which he conducted his
+troops into Peru with very little loss in 1538. He took possession of
+Cuzco by surprise; and, after ineffectual negociations, he fought a
+battle with the brother of Pizarro, by whom he was taken prisoner, and
+beheaded as a disturber of the public peace. Such was the fate of the
+first expedition of the Spaniards against Chili, undertaken by the best
+body of European troops that had hitherto been collected in those
+distant regions. The thirst of riches was the moving spring of this
+expedition, and the disappointment of their hopes the cause of its
+abandonment.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Second Expedition into Chili, under Pedro de Valdivia, to the
+commencement of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians_.
+
+
+Having obtained absolute command of the Spanish possessions on the
+southern side of South America, by the defeat and death of his rival
+Almagro. Pizarro resolved to resume the conquest of Chili, which he
+conceived might become an important acquisition. Among the adventurers
+who had come from Spain to Chili, were two officers who held royal
+commissions to attempt this conquest, named Pedro Sanchez de Hoz, and
+Camargo. To Hoz had been confided the conquest of the country from the
+confines of Peru to the river Maule; and to Camargo the remainder of the
+country beyond that river to the archipelago of Chiloe. Jealous of the
+interference of these officers in the country which he considered as his
+by right of discovery, Pizarro refused under frivolous pretences to
+confirm the royal nomination, and chose for the conduct of the
+expedition Pedro de Valdivia, his quarter-master, a prudent active and
+brave officer, who had acquired military experience in the wars of
+Italy, and who had already evinced a strong attachment to his party. On
+this occasion, Valdivia was directed to take Hoz along with him to
+Chili, and to allow him every advantage he could possibly desire in the
+allotment or repartition of lands and Indians in the expected conquest.
+
+Valdivia accordingly set out from Cuzco in 1540, with a force of 200
+Spaniards, and accompanied by a numerous body of Peruvian auxiliaries,
+taking likewise along with him some monks, several Spanish women, and a
+great number of European quadrupeds, with every requisite for settling a
+new colony in the country. On his march for Chili he pursued the same
+route with Almagro; but instructed by the misfortunes of his
+predecessor, he did not attempt to pass the Andes till the middle of
+summer, by which precaution he was enabled to enter Chili without
+incurring any loss. His reception there however, even in the northern
+provinces, was very different from that which had been experienced by
+Almagro. Informed of the conquest of Peru by the Spaniards, owing to
+which they were freed from the submission they had come under to the
+Incas, they did not consider themselves bound to transfer their
+obedience to the present invaders. The Copaipans accordingly began to
+attack Valdivia immediately on entering their country, assailing him at
+every step with much valour, but with very little conduct. Like
+barbarians in general, they were incapable of making a common cause with
+each other; and having been long accustomed to servitude under the
+Peruvians, during which all union among the northern tribes had been
+dissolved, they attacked their invaders in separate hordes as they
+advanced into the country, and without that steady and firm courage
+which stamps the valour of a free people in the defence of their
+liberties. In spite of this desultory and uncombined opposition from the
+natives, Valdivia traversed the provinces of Copaipo, Coquimbo,
+Quillota, and Melipilla, with Very little loss though much harassed, and
+arrived in the province of Mapocho, now called St Jago.
+
+This province, which is more than 600 miles from the confines of Peru,
+is one of the pleasantest and most fertile in the kingdom. Its name of
+Mapocho signifies in the Chilese language, _the land of many people_;
+and according to the earliest writers respecting Chili, its population
+was then extremely numerous. This province, which borders on the Andes,
+is 140 miles in circumference, and is watered by the rivers Maypo,
+Colina, Lampa, and Mapocho, which last divides it into two nearly equal
+parts. In one place this river sinks into the earth, and after a
+subterraneous course of five miles, emerges again with an increase of
+its waters, and finally joins the river Maypo. The mountains of Caren,
+which terminate this province on the north, abound in gold, and in that
+part of the Andes which forms the eastern boundary, there are several
+rich mines of silver. Valdivia had penetrated thus far into the country
+on purpose to render it difficult for his soldiers to return into Peru,
+and he now determined to form a settlement in this province, which from
+its remote situation and natural advantages, seemed excellently
+calculated to become the centre of his intended conquests. Having
+selected with this view a convenient situation on the left shore of the
+Mapocho, he laid the foundation of the intended capital of the kingdom
+of Chili, on the 24th of February 1541, naming this new city St Jago, in
+honour of the tutelary saint of Spain. In laying out the ground plan of
+the intended city, he divided the whole into plots or squares of 4095
+toises each[64], and allotted a quarter of each square as the scite of a
+house for each citizen, which plan has been followed in laying out all
+the other cities in Chili. One of these areas situated on one side of
+the great square was destined for the cathedral and bishops palace, and
+another for the house of the governor and the public offices. He then
+appointed a cabildo or magistracy, according to the usual forms in
+Spanish cities, from those persons in his small army that were best
+qualified for the purpose; and, for the protection of the new
+settlement, in case of attack from the Chilese, he built a fort on a
+hill in the centre of the city, which has since received the name of St
+Lucia.
+
+[Footnote 64: Though not distinctly so expressed, this must be
+considered as square toises, making each side of the square 64 toises,
+or 384 feet. In a former account of the city of St Jago, the public
+square is described as being 450 feet on each side.--E.]
+
+Though many have applauded the sagacity of Valdivia in the choice of a
+situation for the capital of the new colony, it would in my opinion have
+been much better placed on the banks of the river Maypo, about fifteen
+miles farther south; as that river is much larger than the Mapocho, has
+a direct communication with the sea, and might easily be made navigable
+for ships of considerable burden. In the year 1787, this city contained
+more than 40,000 inhabitants, and was rapidly increasing in population,
+owing to its being the seat of government, and the residence of many
+wealthy and luxurious families, by which it attracts considerable
+commerce.
+
+The natives observed the progress of this new settlement with much
+jealousy, and concerted measures for freeing themselves from such
+unwelcome intruders; but, as Valdivia discovered their intentions, he
+confined the chiefs of the conspiracy in his new fortress; and having
+intimation of a secret intelligence being carried on between the
+Mapochians and their neighbours, the Promancians, he repaired with a
+body of sixty horse to the river Cachapoal or Rapel to watch the motions
+of that brave and enterprising nation. This precaution was however
+altogether unnecessary, as that fearless people had not sufficient
+policy or foresight to think of uniting with their neighbours in order
+to secure themselves from the impending danger. Taking advantage of the
+absence of Valdivia, the Mapochians fell upon the new settlement with
+desperate fury, burnt all the half-built houses, and assailed the
+citadel on all sides, in which the inhabitants had taken refuge. While
+the Spaniards were valiantly defending their imperfect fortifications, a
+woman named Inez Suarez, beat out the brains of all the captive chiefs
+with an axe, under the apprehension that they were endeavouring to
+regain their liberty, and might assist the assailants in gaining
+possession of the fort. The attack began at day-break, and was continued
+without intermission till night, fresh assailants continually occupying
+the places of those who were, slain or disabled.
+
+The commandant of the Spaniards, Alonzo de Monroy, found means to send a
+messenger to inform Valdivia of his situation; and the governor
+accordingly hastened to the aid of the besieged with all possible
+expedition, and found the ditch almost filled with dead bodies, while
+the enemy, notwithstanding the heavy loss they had sustained, were
+preparing to renew the assault. Drawing out its infantry from the fort
+to join the cavalry he had along with him, Valdivia advanced in order of
+battle against the forces of the enemy, who were posted on the bank of
+the Mapocho. The battle was again renewed in this place, and obstinately
+contested with equal valour on both sides; but with great disadvantage
+on the part of the natives, who were far inferior in arms and discipline
+to the Spaniards. The musquetry and the horse made a dreadful slaughter
+among Mapochians, who were only armed with bows and slings; yet
+obstinately bent upon preserving their independence, and regardless of
+their own importance, they rushed on to inevitable destruction; till
+having lost the flower of their valiant warriors, and reduced to a small
+number, they at length fled and dispersed over the plain.
+Notwithstanding this memorable defeat, and others of not less importance
+which they sustained afterwards, the Mapochians did not cease for the
+space of six years to keep the Spaniards closely blockaded in St Jago,
+continually attacking them on every opportunity, and cutting off their
+provisions so effectually, that they were often reduced to great
+straits, having to subsist upon unwholesome and loathsome viands, and
+what little grain they were able to raise under protection of the cannon
+from the ramparts. At length, worn out and brought to utter ruin by this
+incessant warfare, the remnant of the Mapochians destroyed their own
+crops and retired to the mountains, leaving the fertile plains around
+the new city utterly deserted and uncultivated.
+
+The soldiers under Valdivia became wearied and disgusted by this
+continual war, so different from what they had expected; and as they
+believed him obstinately bent upon adherence to his own plan, and
+resolved to continue the settlement in spite of every opposition from
+the natives, they entered into a conspiracy to kill their general and to
+return into Peru, where they expected to enjoy more ease and
+tranquillity. Having fortunately got notice of this conspiracy,
+Valdivia, who possessed great prudence and an insinuating address, soon
+conciliated those who were least implicated. After this, as he only had
+the title of general which did not confer any civil and judicial power,
+he assembled the Cabildo of the city, and persuaded them to invest him
+in the office of governor of the city and kingdom. In this imposing
+capacity, he tried and capitally punished some of the ringleaders of the
+conspiracy, and then prudently exerted himself to soothe the turbulent
+and seditious spirits of the remainder, by buoying up their hopes with
+the most flattering promises of future wealth. He had often heard in
+Peru, that the valley of Quillota abounded in mines of gold, and was
+hopeful therefore of being able to obtain a sufficient quantity from
+thence to satisfy the avidity of his soldiers. Notwithstanding the
+difficulties with which he was surrounded, he sent a party of soldiers
+into the valley of Quillota, with orders to superintend and protect a
+number of labourers in digging for the precious metal said to be abound
+in that place. The mine which was opened upon this occasion proved
+remarkably rich and productive, surpassing their most sanguine hopes; so
+that all their past sufferings and present difficulties were soon buried
+in oblivion, and henceforwards no one had the remotest wish to leave the
+country. Valdivia, encouraged by this success to new enterprises,
+ordered a carrack or ship of some considerable size to be built at the
+mouth of the river Chillan, which traverses the valley of Quillota, for
+the purpose of more readily obtaining succours from Peru, without which
+he was fully sensible he could not possibly succeed in the vast
+enterprise he had in view, which was no less than to accomplish the
+entire reduction of Chili.
+
+In the mean time, considering the urgent state of his affairs, Valdivia
+resolved to dispatch two of his principal officers, Alonzo Monroy, and
+Pedro Miranda by land to Peru, with an escort of six horsemen, whose
+spurs, bits, and stirrups he directed to be made of solid gold, hoping
+thereby to entice a sufficient number of recruits to come to his
+assistance, by this obvious proof of the riches of the country. Although
+these messengers were escorted to the confines of Chili by thirty
+additional horsemen, they were attacked and defeated in the province of
+Copaipo by a hundred archers, commanded by Coteo, an officer of the
+_Ulmen_ of that province. Of the whole party none escaped with life but
+the two officers, Monroy and Miranda, who were made prisoners and
+carried before the _ulmen_ covered with wounds. The prince had resolved
+on putting them both to death; but, while deliberating on the mode of
+execution, his wife, the _ulmena_ or princess of Copaipo, moved by
+compassion for their unhappy situation, successfully interceded with her
+husband to spare their lives, unbound them with her own hands, tenderly
+dressed their wounds, and treated them as if they had been her brothers.
+When they were entirely recovered, she desired them to teach her son
+the art of riding, as several of the Spanish horses had been taken in
+the late defeat. The two Spaniards readily consented to her request,
+hoping to avail themselves of this circumstance to give them an
+opportunity of recovering their liberty, which they did in effect; but
+the means they employed was marked by a cruel act of ingratitude to
+their compassionate benefactress, of so much deeper turpitude that it
+was unnecessary for their purpose. As the young prince was one day
+riding between them, escorted by a party of archers and preceded by an
+officer carrying a lance, Monroy suddenly dispatched him with two or
+three mortal wounds of a poniard. At the same time Miranda wrested the
+lance from the officer of the guard, who were thrown into confusion by
+this unexpected event, and the two Spaniards readily accomplished their
+escape. Being well mounted, they easily eluded pursuit, and made their
+way through the desert into Peru, whence they continued their way to
+Cuzco, where Vaca de Castro then resided, who had succeeded to the
+government after the cruel assassination of Francisco Pizarro by the
+Almagrian faction.
+
+When De Castro was informed of the critical situation of affairs in
+Chili, he immediately sent off a considerable reinforcement by land
+under the command of Monroy, who had the good fortune to conceal his
+march from the Copaipans, and to join Valdivia in safety. At the same
+time the president of Peru dispatched by sea Juan Batista Pastene, a
+noble Genoese, with a more considerable reinforcement for Valdivia. On
+receiving these two reinforcements, which arrived about the same time,
+Valdivia began to carry his great designs into execution. Being
+solicitous to have a complete knowledge of the sea-coast, he ordered
+Pastene to explore the whole as far to the southwards as possible,
+noting the most important places all along the coast; and, on his return
+from this maritime survey, he sent him back to Peru for additional
+reinforcements, as the natives had become every day bolder and more
+enterprising, ever since their victory in Copaipo over Monroy and
+Miranda. Only a little before this, the Quillotans had contrived to
+massacre all the soldiers employed at the gold mines in their country,
+by the following stratagem. One day a neighbouring Indian brought a pot
+full of gold to Gonzalo Rios, the commandant at the mines, and told him
+that he had found a great quantity in a certain district of the country
+which he offered to point out. On this information, all were eager to
+proceed immediately to the place, that they might participate in the
+imaginary treasure. As they arrived at the place described in a
+tumultuary manner and entirely off their guard, they fell into an
+ambush, by which the whole party was slain, except their imprudent
+commander and one negro, both of whom saved their lives by the speed of
+their horses. About the same time the vessel which Valdivia had ordered
+to be built at the mouth of the river Chillan was burnt by the natives,
+together with the store-houses or arsenal which he had established in
+that place.
+
+On receiving notice of the disaster which had taken place at the mines,
+Valdivia hastened to Quillota with a strong body of troops, and took
+revenge as far as he could on the Quillotans for the death of his
+soldiers; after which, he constructed a fort in their country in which
+he left a garrison for the protection of the people employed in the gold
+mines. Being soon afterwards reinforced by three hundred men from Peru,
+under the command of Francisco Villagran and Christoval Escobar, he
+made choice of a beautiful plain near the mouth of the river Coquimbo,
+at which place there is a very convenient natural harbour, near which he
+erected in 1544: a city which he named _Serena_, to serve as a place of
+arms to protect the northern part of Chili, and to secure the convoys
+and reinforcements which might come from Peru in that direction. This
+place is still known in geography by the name of Serena; but in Chili
+the native name of Coquimbo prevails, as is the case with most of the
+Spanish cities and towns in Chili.
+
+In the ensuing year, 1545, Valdivia marched into the country of the
+Promaucians, with the view of extending his conquests to the southwards.
+Contemporary historians have not left an account of the events of this
+year, nor of any battles having been fought on this occasion; yet it is
+hardly to be supposed that this valiant tribe, who had so gloriously
+repulsed the armies of the Inca and of Almagro, would allow Valdivia to
+reduce their territory to subjection without a struggle. However this
+may have been, it is certain that he had the art to persuade the
+Promaucians to enter into an alliance with him against the other tribes
+of Chili; as ever since the Spanish armies in Chili have been assisted
+by Promaucian auxiliaries, owing to which the most rooted antipathy has
+been constantly entertained by the Araucanians against the remnant of
+the Promaucians. In the year 1546, Valdivia passed the river Maule, and
+reduced the natives to obedience from that river to the Itata. While
+encamped at a place named Quilacura, near the latter river, he was
+attacked one night by the natives, who destroyed many of his horses, and
+put him into imminent danger of a total defeat. His loss on this
+occasion must have been considerable; as he found it necessary to
+relinquish his plan of farther conquest, and to return to St Jago to
+wait reinforcements from Peru. As the expected reinforcements did not
+arrive, and Pastene, who had been sent into Peru to endeavour to procure
+recruits, brought news in 1547 of the civil war which then raged in
+Peru, Valdivia determined to go thither in person, expecting to reap
+some advantages from these revolutionary movements.
+
+Valdivia sailed therefore with Pastene for Peru, taking with him a great
+quantity of gold, and left Francisco Villagran in charge of the
+government of Chili during his absence. Valdivia accordingly arrived in
+Peru, where he offered his services to the president De la Gasca, and
+acted with great reputation as quarter-master-general of his army in the
+war against Gonzalo Pizarro. The president was so much satisfied with
+the services which were rendered by Valdivia on this occasion, that,
+after the insurrection of Gonzalo was entirely subdued, he confirmed him
+in the office of governor of Chili, and sent him back to that kingdom
+with abundance of military stores, and with two ships filled with the
+soldiers who had served under Gonzalo in the late insurrection, glad of
+an opportunity of getting rid of so many seditious people for whom there
+was then no fit employment in Peru.
+
+During the absence of Valdivia from Chili, Pedro de Hoz, who had been
+deprived of that share in the conquest and government which had been
+granted him by the court of Spain, and who had imprudently put himself
+under the power of his more successful rival, was accused of entering
+into secret practices for usurping the government. It is now unknown
+whether this accusation was well-founded, or if it were merely a
+pretence for getting rid of him; but, however this may have been,
+Villagran condemned him to be beheaded in 1548, either to please
+Valdivia by ridding him of a dangerous competitor, or perhaps in
+consequence of secret instructions for that purpose. About this time,
+the Copaipans killed forty Spaniards, who were proceeding in several
+separate detachments from Peru to Chili; and the Coquimbans, at the
+instigation of these northern neighbours, massacred all the inhabitants
+of the new city of Serena, and razed that place to the foundations. On
+this occasion Francisco Aguirre was sent into this part of Chili with a
+military force, to chastise the natives, and had several encounters with
+them with various success. In 1549, he rebuilt the city of Serena in a
+more commodious situation, and the inhabitants have ever since
+considered him as the founder of their city, many of the most
+distinguished inhabitants of which still boast of being his descendants.
+
+After an incessant contest of nine years, attended by incredible
+fatigues, numerous dangers, and many reverses, Valdivia considered
+himself as solidly established in the dominion of that portion of Chili
+which had formerly been under the authority of the Incas. He accordingly
+distributed the territory among his followers in repartimientos,
+assigning a considerable portion of land with all its native inhabitants
+to each of his followers in proportion to their rank and services, under
+the denomination of commanderies, according to the baneful system of
+feudalism then prevalent in Europe. Having thus quieted the restless
+ambition and mutinous spirit of his soldiers, he advanced towards the
+south to extend his conquests, accompanied by a respectable force both
+of Spanish and Promaucians. After a march of 250 miles, during which he
+encountered few obstacles of any moment, he arrived at the Bay of Penco,
+now generally called the Bay of Conception, which had been already
+explored by Pastene during his voyage of discovery formerly mentioned;
+and near that excellent bay he laid the foundation of the third city in
+Chili, on the 5th of October 1550, to which he gave the name of
+Conception.
+
+The situation of this place was admirably adapted for commerce, from the
+excellence of its harbour; as the bay extends six miles from east to
+west and nine miles from north to south, defended at its entrance from
+the sea by the pleasant island of Quiriquina. The passage into the bay
+on the north side of this island, called the _bocca grande_, is about
+half a league broad, and has sufficient water for the largest ships.
+That on the other side of the island, or _bocca chica_, is very narrow,
+and is only navigable by small vessels. The soil around this place,
+under the influence of an admirable climate, produces abundance of
+timber, excellent wine, and all the necessaries of life, and is not
+deficient in the valuable minerals; and both the sea and the adjoining
+rivers afford great quantities of fine fish. But owing to the lowness of
+the situation which was chosen for this city, it was much exposed to
+inundations of the sea during earthquakes, which are frequent in Chili.
+On the 8th of July 1730, this city was nearly destroyed by an earthquake
+and inundation; and experienced a similar calamity on the 24th of May
+1751. In consequence of these repeated calamities, the inhabitants
+established themselves on the 24th of November 1764 in the valley of
+Mocha, nine miles south from Penco, between the rivers Andalian and
+Biobio, where they founded a city to which they gave the name of New
+Conception. The harbour named Talgacuano, situated at the south-east
+extremity of the bottom of the bay, is between six and seven miles from
+the new city; and a fort is all that now remains of the old city, now
+called Penco.
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Narrative of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians, from the
+year 1550, to the Defeat and Death of Pedro de Valdivia on the 3d of
+December 1553._
+
+
+Perceiving the intentions of Valdivia to occupy the important post of
+Penco by a permanent settlement, the adjacent tribes of the Pencones
+gave notice of this invasion to the great nation of the Araucanians,
+their neighbours and friends, whose territories began on the southern
+shore of the Biobio; who, foreseeing that the strangers would soon
+endeavour to reduce their own country to subjection, determined to
+succour their distressed allies for their own security. Accordingly, in
+a _butacoyog_, or general assembly of the Araucanian confederacy,
+_Aillavalu_ was nominated supreme _toqui_, and was instructed to march
+immediately with an army to the assistance of the Pencones. In the year
+1550, pursuant to the resolutions of the Araucanian confederacy,
+Aillavalu passed the great river Biobio, at the head of 4000 men, and
+boldly offered battle to Valdivia, who had advanced to meet him on the
+banks of the Andalian. The brave Araucanians sustained the first
+discharges of musquetry from the Spaniards with wonderful resolution,
+and even made a rapid evolution under its direful effects, by which they
+assailed at once the front and flank of the Spanish army. By this
+unexpected courageous assault, and even judicious tactical manoeuvre,
+the Spaniards were thrown into some disorder, and Valdivia was exposed
+to imminent danger, having his horse killed under him; but the Spaniards
+replaced their firm array, forming themselves into a hollow square
+supported by their cavalry, and successfully resisted every effort of
+their valiant enemies, of whom they slew great numbers by the
+superiority of their arms, yet lost at the same time a considerable
+number of their own men. The battle remained undecided for several
+hours; when at length, rashly pressing forwards with impetuous bravery,
+Aillavalu received a mortal wound[65], and many of the most valiant
+officers and soldiers of the Araucanians being slain, they retired in
+good order, leaving the field of battle to the Spaniards, who felt no
+inclination to pursue them after a so dear-bought victory.
+
+[Footnote 65: In Ovalle, this general is named Anabillo, and is said to
+have been made prisoner in the battle.--E.]
+
+Valdivia, though he had been present in many battles, both in Europe
+and America, was astonished at the valour and military skill of this new
+enemy, and declared he had never been exposed to such imminent danger in
+the whole course of his military service. As he expected to be soon
+attacked again, he immediately proceeded to construct a strong
+fortification for the protection of his new city; and in fact, the
+Araucanian confederacy was no sooner informed of the defeat and death of
+their general Aillavalu, than a new and more numerous army was ordered
+against the Spaniards, under the command of _Lincoyan_, who was elected
+to the vacant office of supreme toqui. From his gigantic stature, and
+frequent displays of courage, this officer had acquired great reputation
+among his countrymen; but, though well suited for a subaltern officer,
+he was timid and irresolute in the supreme military command, and greatly
+disappointed the expectations which had been formed from his former
+behaviour.
+
+Having marshalled his army in three divisions, Lincoyan marched in 1551
+to attack the Spaniards under Valdivia, who still remained at
+Conception, occupied in building and fortifying the new city. The
+Spaniards were so much alarmed by the approach of the Araucanian army,
+that after confessing themselves, they took shelter under the cannon of
+their fortifications, where the Araucanians boldly assailed them. But,
+finding the first assault unsuccessful, Lincoyan became apprehensive of
+losing the army which had been committed to his charge, and ordered a
+precipitate retreat, to the great surprise of Valdivia, who was
+apprehensive of some stratagem, and did not venture upon attempting a
+pursuit. When it was discovered that the enemy had actually retreated,
+the Spaniards considered their flight as a special favour from heaven,
+and some even alleged that they had seen the apostle St James, mounted
+on a white horse, waving a flaming sword and striking terror into their
+enemies. But the only miracle on this occasion proceeded from the timid
+circumspection of Lincoyan.
+
+Being now in some measure freed from the restraint imposed upon him by
+the Araucanians, Valdivia applied himself diligently to the building of
+the city of Conception, for which place he entertained a strong
+predilection, as he considered that it would become the centre of
+maritime communication between Chili and the ports of Peru and Spain.
+Although he had fixed upon St Jago for the capital of the kingdom of
+Chili, he determined upon establishing his own family at Conception;
+for which purpose he selected a pleasant situation for his own dwelling,
+reserving for himself the fertile peninsula between the rivers Andalian
+and Biobio, and resolved to ask as a reward for his services the two
+adjoining districts of Arauco and Tucapel, with the title of marquis:
+For, although these districts still remained in the possession of the
+Araucanians, he fully expected to be able to subjugate that valiant
+people in a short time.
+
+Having speedily reared the new city, in which he established a colony of
+his followers, he employed the remainder of the year 1551 in regulating
+its internal policy; for which purpose, after having established a
+Cabildo or body of magistrates, in imitation of those in Spain, as usual
+in all the cities of Spanish America, he promulgated a body of
+fundamental regulations, comprised in forty-two articles or statutes,
+some of which respecting the treatment of the natives within its
+territory and jurisdiction evinced much prudent humanity; yet, as in all
+the other subjected countries of America, he left them in a great
+measure subject to the control and caprice of the citizens to whom they
+were allotted.
+
+After the settlement of his new city, and having received a
+reinforcement of soldiers from Peru, he resolved to attack the
+Araucanians in their own territories, believing that their courage was
+now entirely subdued, as they had made no attempt to molest him since
+their late repulse under Lincoyan. With these views, he passed the
+Biobio in 1552, and proceeding rapidly through the provinces of Encol
+and Puren, unopposed by the tardy and timid operations of Lincoyan, he
+arrived at the river Cauten, which divides the country of the
+Araucanians nearly into two equal parts. Near the confluence of this
+river with the Damas, he founded a new city which he named
+_Imperial_[66], in honour of the Emperor Don Carlos; though some say
+that it received this name in consequence of finding some wooden figures
+of eagles with two heads, fixed on some of the native huts. This city
+was placed in a beautiful situation, abounding in all the conveniences
+of life; and, during the short period of its existence became one of the
+most flourishing in Chili. Being placed on the shore of a large and deep
+river, capable of allowing large ships to lie close to the walls, it was
+excellently situated for commerce, and had free access to receive
+succours of all kinds by sea in case of being besieged. By modern
+geographers, this place is still spoken of as an existing city, strongly
+fortified, and the seat of a bishopric; but it has been in ruins for
+considerably more than two hundred years.
+
+[Footnote 66: The place where Imperial once stood is marked on our maps
+on the right or north shore of the conjoined streams of the Ouisa and
+Cauten, immediately above the junction of a small river which is
+probably the Damas of the text.--E.]
+
+Intoxicated with his present prosperity, and the apparent submission of
+the Araucanians, he assigned extensive districts in the surrounding
+country among his officers. To Francisco Villagran, his
+lieutenant-general, he gave the warlike province of _Maquegua_,
+considered by the Araucanians as the key of their country, with about
+thirty thousand inhabitants. The other officers obtained grants of lands
+and Indians proportionate to their rank, and the degree in which they
+possessed his favour, some getting as far as eight or even ten thousand
+Indians. He likewise dispatched Alderte, with a detachment of sixty men,
+with orders to establish a settlement on the shore of a lake called
+_Lauquen_, to which he gave the name of _Villarica_, or the rich city,
+owing to the great quantity of gold that was procured in the environs.
+
+It may be here mentioned that the province of _Maquegua_ was partitioned
+anew among the conquerors after the death of Villagran; the principal
+part of it being assigned to Juan de Ocampo, and another large share to
+Andreas Matencio. But, in consequence of its recapture by the
+Araucanians, they reaped very little advantage from their commanderies.
+Ocampo was afterwards rewarded for his distinguished services by being
+appointed to the office of corregidore of the cities of Serena Mendoza
+and St Juan, the two last in the province of Cujo; in which province he
+had likewise the grant of a considerable commandery of Indians, which he
+afterwards ceded to the crown.
+
+Receiving additional reinforcements from Peru, Valdivia resumed his
+march for the south of Chili, still followed but at a considerable
+distance by Lincoyan, who pretended continually to seek a favourable
+opportunity to attack the Spaniards, but whose timid and cautious
+procedure could never find one of which he dared to avail himself. In
+this manner Valdivia traversed the whole territory of the Araucunians
+from north to south, with exceedingly little opposition and hardly any
+loss. But on his arrival at the river Callacalla, which separates the
+Araucanians from the _Cunches_, he found that nation in arms on the
+opposite bank of the river, ready to dispute the passage. The Cunches
+are one of the most valiant of the tribes inhabiting Chili, and possess
+the maritime country from the river Callacalla, called Valdivia by the
+Spaniards, to the gulf of Chiloe. They are divided into several
+subordinate tribes or clans, each of which, as in the other parts of
+Chili, are governed by their respective _ulmens_. They are in strict
+alliance with the Araucanians, and have ever continued bitter enemies to
+the Spaniards.
+
+While Valdivia was deliberating upon the adoption of proper measures for
+crossing this river, a woman of the country, named _Recloma_, addressed
+the general of the Cunches with so much eloquence in behalf of the
+strangers, that he withdrew his army and allowed them to pass the river
+unmolested. Immediately after this unexpected event, the Spanish general
+founded a sixth city on the southern shore of the Callacalla, near its
+junction with the sea, giving it his own name of Valdivia; being the
+first of the conquerors in America who sought in this manner to
+perpetuate his name. This settlement, of which the fortress only now
+remains, attained in a few years a considerable degree of prosperity;
+owing to the superior fineness of the gold procured from its
+neighbouring mines, which obtained it the privilege of a mint, and
+because its harbour is one of the most convenient and secure of any on
+the shore of the Pacific Ocean. The river is here very broad, and so
+deep that ships of the line may be moored in safety within a few feet of
+the shore; and it has several other safe harbours and creeks in the
+vicinity.
+
+Satisfied with the extent of the conquests he had made, or rather with
+the incursions he had been able to make in the Araucanian territory,
+Valdivia now retraced his steps towards the north; and in his progress
+during the year 1553, he built fortresses in each of the three
+Araucanian provinces of Paren Tucapel and Arauco. From the warlike
+inhabitants of these provinces especially, he apprehended any attempt
+that might prove fatal to his more southerly settlements of Imperial
+Villarica and Valdivia, and he left garrisons in these more northern
+fortresses to preserve the communication, and to be in readiness to
+afford succours to the others in the south. According to the poet
+Breilla, the Spaniards had to sustain many battles and encounters with
+the natives in the course of this expedition in Araucania, but the
+particulars of none of these are recorded. This is however very
+probable; as it is not easy to account for the continuance of Lincoyan
+in the command on any other principles. It may be concluded, however,
+that, owing to the caution, or cowardice rather of the Araucanian toqui,
+these actions were so ill conducted and so inconclusive, as to give very
+little interruption to Valdivia in his triumphant progress through these
+provinces, between the Biobio and Callacalla, or from Conception to
+Valdivia.
+
+On his return to St Jago, the seat of government, Valdivia received a
+considerable body of recruits to his army from Peru, together with 350
+horses; on which he dispatched Francisco de Aguirre with two hundred
+men, to reduce the provinces of Tucuman and Cajo on the eastern side of
+the Andes; not considering how inadequate was even his whole
+undiminished military force to retain so large an extent of country as
+that he had now occupied, and a so numerous and warlike people under
+subjection. Indefatigable in the execution of his extensive plans of
+conquest, Valdivia returned into Araucania, where he founded in the
+province of Encol, a city to which he gave the name of La Frontera,
+being the seventh and last of his foundation. This name, from events
+which could not then have been in the consideration of Valdivia, has
+become strictly applicable to its present situation, as its ruins are
+actually situated on the southern confines of the Spanish settlements in
+Chili. Though long ago destroyed, it is still mentioned by geographers
+as an existing city under the name of Angol, by which native
+denomination it was long known to the Spaniards. It was situated in a
+fertile district, excellently adapted for the cultivation of vines, and
+for some time was in a rich and flourishing condition, principally owing
+to its wines, which were in great repute at Buenos Ayres, to which place
+they were transported by a road across the Andes and through the plains
+of La Plata.
+
+After making suitable regulations for the security of this new colony,
+Valdivia returned to his favourite city of Conception, where he
+instituted three principal military officers for commanding the royal
+army of Chili, consisting of a quartermaster-general, a serjeant-major,
+and a commissary. In the present times only two of these subsist, the
+quarter-master-general and the serjeant-major; which latter office is
+now divided into two, one for the cavalry, and the other for the
+infantry; while the office of commissary is only now known in the
+militia. At this time he sent Alderte into Spain, with a large sum of
+money, and a particular relation of his transactions and conquests; and
+commissioned him to employ his utmost exertions to obtain for him the
+perpetual government of the country which he had conquered, together
+with the title of Marquis of Aranco. He dispatched likewise Francisco de
+Ulloa by sea, with directions to explore the Straits of Magellan, by
+means of which he hoped to open a direct communication with Spain,
+without being obliged to depend upon Peru for supplies.
+
+While occupied in the contemplation of these extensive plans for the
+amelioration of the extensive kingdom which he had subdued, and the
+advancement of his own rank and fortune, Valdivia had no suspicion of an
+extensive and determined system of warfare which was planning among the
+Araucanians, and which soon burst forth with irresistible violence, to
+the ultimate destruction of all the Spanish conquests beyond the Biobio,
+and to which Valdivia himself fell an early victim. _Colocolo_, an aged
+_Ulmen_ of the province of Arauco, animated by love for his country,
+quitted the retirement in which he had long indulged, and traversed the
+provinces of the Araucanian confederacy, exciting with indefatigable
+zeal the dormant spirit of his countrymen, which had sunk after their
+late disasters, and eagerly solicited them to make choice of a new
+supreme _toqui_ capable of directing their arms for the recovery of
+those parts of their country which had been subjugated by the Spaniards,
+through the timid conduct of Lincoyan. Colocolo was well versed in the
+principles of government which subsisted among the Araucanians, and had
+long enjoyed the reputation of wisdom throughout the whole country, in
+which he was so universally esteemed and respected, that his councils
+and opinion were always solicited and listened to on every subject of
+importance. Roused from their torpidity by his animating exhortations,
+the whole body of Araucanian ulmens assembled according to their custom
+in a _Butacayog_, or national council, in an open plain; and, after the
+usual feast, they proceeded to consult upon the situation of their
+national affairs, and the election of a new toqui to wipe off the
+disgraces which they had suffered under the direction of Lincoyan.
+
+Many chiefs aspired to the glorious situation of avenger of their
+oppressed country, the most distinguished among whom were Andalican,
+Elicura, Ongolmo, Renco, and Tucapel. The last of these was so highly
+celebrated by his martial prowess that the province of which he was
+_Apo-ulmen_ has ever since retained his name. He was besides supported
+in his pretensions by a powerful party; but his elevation to the
+supreme command was opposed by the more prudent members of the
+assembly, who dreaded lest the impetuosity of his character might hasten
+the entire ruin of the nation, instead of retrieving their honour and
+independence. Dissensions arose so high that the opposite parties were
+on the point of turning their arms against each other, when the
+venerable Colocolo rose to speak, and obtained a patient and attentive
+hearing. By a judicious and energetic address, he pacified their
+factious irritation so completely, that the assembly unanimously
+submitted the nomination of a supreme _toqui_ to his choice. The wise
+old man, on whom every eye was now fixed in anxious expectation,
+immediately named Caupolican, the ulmen of Pilmaquen a subordinate
+district of the province of Tucapel, and the whole assembly applauded
+and confirmed the choice. Caupolican was of a lofty stature and uncommon
+bodily strength; and though he had lost an eye, the majesty of his
+countenance evinced great endowments of mind. He was of a serious,
+patient, and sagacious disposition; and besides great personal bravery,
+had every requisite to constitute him an able general of the peculiar
+troops over whom he was now appointed to command. On being invested with
+the battle-axe, as the badge of his supreme authority, he immediately
+selected the officers who were to bear command under him in the army of
+the state, among whom were all the late competitors, and even Lincoyan
+the former _toqui_. The office of vice-toqui, or lieutenant-general, he
+conferred on Marientu, a person in whom he reposed entire confidence.
+Even the violent Tucapel, who had nearly involved his country in civil
+war for the attainment of the supreme command, did not disdain to serve
+under the orders of his own vassal, manifesting by this submission his
+eager wish to sacrifice his personal ambition to the service of his
+country.
+
+As the Araucanians believed themselves invincible under the command of
+their new toqui, they were desirous of going immediately from the place
+of assembly to attack the Spaniards. But Caupolican, no less prudent in
+council than valiant in the field, repressed this rash ardour, and
+persuaded them to disperse to their several places of abode, to provide
+themselves with good arms in order to be in readiness at the first
+summons to the field, and to leave the direction of the war to his
+management. Shortly afterwards, he collected and reviewed his army[67],
+and resolved to commence his operations by a stratagem suggested by an
+accident. He had that morning taken eighty Indian prisoners, who were
+conducting forage to the Spanish garrison in the neighbouring fort of
+Arauco. In place of these men, he substituted an equal number of his own
+bravest soldiers, under the command of Cajuguenu and Alcatipay, whom he
+directed to conceal their arms among the bundles of grass, and to
+maintain possession of the gate of the fortress until he could come to
+their assistance with the rest of his army. The pretended foragers
+conducted themselves with so much judgment that they were admitted into
+the fortress without any suspicion on the part of the garrison, and
+immediately seizing their arms, they attacked the guard at the gate,
+killing all that came in their way. The alarm however soon spread, and
+the rest of the garrison hastened in arms to the spot, under Francisco
+Reynoso the commandant, and drove the Araucanians from the gate after an
+obstinate contest, at the very moment when Caupolican came up with his
+army, so that the Spaniards had just sufficient time to raise the
+draw-bridge and hasten to defend their ramparts. Though disappointed in
+his expectation of gaining admittance by the gate, Caupolican was still
+in hope of profiting from the confusion of the garrison, and encouraged
+his soldiers to assail the fortress on all sides, notwithstanding the
+continual fire kept up by the Spaniards from two cannon and six small
+field-pieces. After losing a great number of men in this unequal
+contest, Caupolican drew off from the assault, and determined to attempt
+the reduction of Arauco by a strict blockade, in hopes that the
+Spaniards would be soon constrained by famine into a surrender.
+
+[Footnote 67: Ovalle carries the number of the Araucanian array on this
+occasion to the inconceivable amount of 67,000 combatants in the field,
+besides a large body of reserve.--E.]
+
+After the blockade had continued for some time, during which the
+Spaniards made several unsuccesful sallies with considerable loss,
+Reynoso determined to abandon the fort and to retire with his remaining
+garrison to Puren, as provisions began to fail, and there was no
+prospect of being relieved. Accordingly the whole garrison mounted their
+horses at midnight, and rushing suddenly from the gate, made their
+escape through the middle of their enemies. As the Araucanians supposed
+this to have been one of the ordinary sallies, they took no measures to
+obstruct their flight, and Reynoso got off with his men. Having
+destroyed the fort of Arauco, Caupolican led his army to attack that of
+Tucapel, which was commanded by Martin Erizar with a garrison of forty
+men. Erizar defended himself gallantly for several days; but as
+provisions began to fail, and his small force was continually
+diminishing by the perpetually renewed assaults of the enemy, he
+likewise determined upon withdrawing to Puren, which he successfully
+executed, either by similar means as those pursued by Reynoso, or in
+consequence of a capitulation with Caupolican. Having destroyed this
+fortress, Caupolican encamped with his army in the neighbourhood, to
+wait the approach of the Spaniards, who he supposed would not be long of
+coming against him with an army.
+
+Valdivia, who then resided in the city of Conception, no sooner learnt
+that the Araucanians had besieged Arauco, than he began his march for
+that place with such forces as he was able to collect at a short notice;
+though contrary to the advice of his most experienced officers, who
+urged him to wait till he could collect a more formidable army, and
+seemed to have a presentiment of the fatal consequences which were to
+result from the present expedition. The historians of the times differ
+materially in their accounts of the force under Valdivia on this
+occasion. According to some of these his army consisted of two hundred
+Spaniards and five thousand Promaucian auxiliaries, while others reduce
+the number to a half. The same uncertainty is to be found respecting the
+number of the enemy, some estimating them at nine and others at ten
+thousand men[68]. On approaching the encampment of Caupolican, Valdivia
+sent forwards a detachment of ten horsemen under Diego del Oro to
+reconnoitre, all of whom were slain by the enemy, and their heads cut
+off and hung upon trees by the way in which the Spanish army had to
+advance. On arriving at this place, the Spaniards were filled with
+horror at this miserable spectacle, and many of them, in spite of their
+usual intrepidity, were eager to retreat till a greater force could be
+collected. Even Valdivia regretted that he had not conformed to the
+advice of his older officers; but encouraged by the boasting confidence
+of others, who proudly declared that ten Spaniards were sufficient to
+put the whole Araucanian army to flight, he continued his march and came
+in sight of the enemy on the 3d of December 1553. The prospect of the
+ruins of Tucapel and the well regulated array of the adverse army, with
+the insulting taunts of the enemy, who upbraided them as robbers and
+impostors, filled the minds of the Spaniards, hitherto accustomed to
+respect and submission from the Indians, with mingled sentiments of
+dread and indignation.
+
+[Footnote 68: Ovalle does not mention the amount of the army under
+Valdivia on this occasion, but extends the force of the Araucanians to
+twenty thousand men.--E.]
+
+The two armies continued for some time to observe each other from a
+small distance. At length the vice-toqui Marientu, who commanded the
+right wing of the Araucanians, began the engagement by an attack against
+the left wing of the Spaniards. Bovadilla who commanded in that wing,
+moved forwards with a detachment to encounter Marientu; but was
+immediately surrounded, and he and all his men cut to pieces. The
+serjeant-major, who was dispatched by Valdivia to his succour with
+another detachment, experienced the same fate. In the mean time,
+Tucapel, the Apo-ulmen of Arauco, who commanded the left wing of the
+Araucanians, made a violent attack on the Spanish right wing with his
+accustomed impetuosity. The battle now became general, and the hostile
+armies joined in close fight from wing to wing. Animated by the commands
+and example of Valdivia, who performed at the same time the duty of a
+valiant soldier and experienced general, the Spaniards by the
+superiority of their arms overthrew and destroyed whole ranks of the
+enemy. But, notwithstanding the horrible slaughter produced by the
+cannon and musquetry of the enemy, the Araucanians continually supplied
+the places of those who were slain by fresh troops. Three times they
+retired in good order beyond the reach of the musquetry; and as often,
+resuming new courage, they returned vigorously to the charge, which they
+urged with the most determined and persevering valour. At length, after
+losing a vast number of their men, the Araucanians were thrown into
+disorder and began to give way; and in spite of every effort of
+Caupolican, Tucapel, and even of the aged and intrepid Colocolo, to
+reanimate their courage and rally their disordered ranks, they took to
+flight. The Spaniards shouted victory! and pressed ardently upon the
+fugitives, and the battle seemed decidedly won.
+
+In this critical moment, a young Araucanian only sixteen years of age,
+named Lautaro, who had been made prisoner by Valdivia, and baptized and
+employed as his page, went over from the ranks of the victorious
+Spaniards, loudly reproached his countrymen for their opprobious
+cowardice, and eagerly exhorted them to return to the contest, assuring
+them, that the Spaniards, being all wounded and spent with fatigue,
+were no longer able to bear up against a fresh attack. Having succeeded
+in stopping the flight of a considerable number of the Araucanians,
+Lautaro grasped a lance which he tunned against his late master, crying
+out, "Follow me my countrymen to certain victory." Ashamed at being
+surpassed in courage by a boy, the Araucanians turned with fury against
+their enemies, whose ranks were somewhat disordered by the pursuit, and
+put them completly to rout at the first shock, cutting the Spaniards and
+their allies to pieces, insomuch that only two Promaucians of the whole
+army had the good fortune to escape, by fleeing to a neighbouring wood,
+whence they withdrew during the night to Conception. When all hope was
+lost by the entire rout of his army. Valdivia withdrew from the massacre
+attended by his chaplain, to prepare himself for inevitable death by
+confession and absolution. He was pursued and made prisoner by the
+victors; and on being brought before Caupolican, is said to have humbly
+implored mercy from the victorious toqui, and to have solicited the
+intercession of his former page, solemnly engaging to withdraw from
+Chili with all the Spaniards if his life were spared. Naturally of a
+compassionate disposition, and desirous of obliging Lautaro to whom he
+owed this important victory, and who now interceded for Valdivia,
+Caupolican was disposed to have shewn mercy to his vanquished foe; but
+while deliberating on the subject, an old ulmen of great authority among
+the Araucanians, indignant at the idea of sparing the life of their most
+dangerous enemy, dispatched the prisoner with a blow of his war club,
+saying that it would be madness to trust the promises of an ambitious
+enemy, who would laugh at his oaths when once he escaped the present
+danger. Caupolican was much exasperated at this interference with his
+supreme authority, and was disposed to have punished it severely; but
+most of his officers opposed themselves to his just resentment[69].
+
+[Footnote 69: According to Ovalle, Caupolican was forced by his officers
+to pronounce condemnation against Valdivia, which was executed
+immediately, but different accounts were given of the manner in which
+this was performed: some saying that it was done in the way related in
+the text, while others allege that they poured melted gold down his
+throat; that they preserved his head as a monument of victory, to
+animate their youth to a valorous defence of their country, and that
+they converted the bones of his legs and arms into flutes and
+trumpets.--E.]
+
+Thus fell Pedro de Valdivia, the conqueror of Chili; a man of superior
+genius and of great political and military talents, but who, seduced by
+the romantic spirit of his age and country, had not sufficient prudence
+to employ them to the best advantage. His undertakings had been more
+fortunate, if he had properly estimated his own strength, and had less
+despised the courage and skill of the Araucanians, presuming on the
+dastardly example of the Peruvians, and the want of concert in the more
+northern tribes of Chili, against whom he had hitherto been accustomed
+to contend. Historians do not impute to him any of those cruelties with
+which the contemporary conquerors of America have been accused. It is
+true that, in the records of the Franciscans, two monks of that order
+are mentioned with applause, as having dissuaded him from exercising
+those cruelties which had been usual with other conquerors upon the
+natives of America. By some he has been accused of avarice, and they
+pretend that the Araucanians put him to death by pouring melted gold
+down his throat, in punishment of his inordinate search for that metal:
+But this is a mere fiction, copied from a similar story in ancient
+authors.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Garcilasso de la Vega, Part I. Book vii. Chap. xxi. gives the following
+account of the battle in which Valdivia was defeated by the Araucanians.
+
+"In many skirmishes Valdivia always defeated the Araucanians and put
+them to flight, as they were in such dread of the Spanish horse that
+they never dared to adventure into the open plains, where ten Spaniards
+were able to beat a thousand Indians, for which reason they always kept
+lurking in the woods and mountains, where the Spanish cavalry could not
+get at them; whence they often sallied out, doing all the injury they
+were able against the Spaniards. The war continued in this manner for a
+long time; till at length an old captain of the Araucanians, who had
+been long famous in their wars, began to consider the reason why so
+small a number as only 150 Spaniards should be able to subdue and
+enslave twelve or thirteen thousand Araucanian warriors. After mature
+deliberation, he divided the Araucanian force into thirteen battalions
+each of a thousand men, which he drew up in successive lines at some
+distance, so as to act as a series of reserves one after the other, and
+marched in this new order of battle against the Spaniards one morning at
+day-break, ordering them to give louder shouts than usual, and to make
+a great noise with their drums and trumpets. Alarmed by the noise and
+shouts of the Indians, the Spaniards sallied forth to battle, and seeing
+the many divisions of the enemy, they imagined it would be much easier
+to break through and defeat these smaller battalions than if united in
+one body."
+
+"So soon as the Araucanian captain saw the Spaniards advancing, he
+exhorted the foremost battalion of his army to do their best; 'not, said
+he, that I expect you to overcome them; but you must do your utmost in
+defence of your country, and when you are worsted, then betake
+yourselves to flight, taking care not to break into and disorder the
+other battalions; and when you get into the rear of all, you must there
+rally and renew your ranks.' He gave similar orders to all the successive
+battalions, and appointed another officer to remain in the rear to
+restore the order of those who should retreat, and to make them eat and
+refresh themselves while the others continued the fight successively.
+Accordingly the foremost battalion fought for some time against the
+Spaniards, and when no longer able to withstand the impetuosity of their
+charge, they retired as ordered into the rear. The second, third,
+fourth, and fifth battalions did the same in succession, and were all
+successively defeated by the Spaniards, all retiring according to orders
+when their array was broken; yet in these reiterated combats the
+Spaniards sustained some loss both in men and horses. The Spaniards,
+having already defeated and put to flight five successive bodies of the
+enemy, and having fought three long hours, were astonished still to
+observe ten or twelve similar successive battalions before them in firm
+array, yet they gallantly attacked the sixth body which they likewise
+overthrew, and in like manner the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth.
+Having now fought seven hours without intermission, both the Spanish men
+and horses began to fail from long fatigue, and were unable to charge
+with the same vigour as in the beginning of the action, yet they exerted
+their utmost efforts not to shew any appearance of failure to the
+Indians. Yet the Indians could clearly perceive a material relaxation in
+the exertions of their enemies, to whom they did not allow a moment of
+repose, but plied them as at first with new and fresh battalions."
+
+"At length, seeing there was likely to be no end of this new way of
+fighting, as there were still eight or nine battalions of the enemy in
+view, and it being now drawing towards evening, Valdivia determined
+upon making a retreat before his men and horses should be entirely worn
+out and disabled by incessant action. He accordingly gave orders to his
+men to retreat, that they might reach a narrow pass about a league and a
+half from the field of battle, where they would be secure against
+attack, as in that place two Spaniards on foot were able to keep off the
+whole army of the Araucanians. He accordingly issued orders to his
+soldiers to retreat to that narrow defile, passing the word from rank to
+rank, with directions to turn and make head occasionally against the
+enemy. At this time Valdivia was attended by an Araucanian, youth named
+_Lautaro_, the son of an ulmen, who had been bred up in his family from
+a boy, and baptized by the name of Philip. Knowing both languages, and
+being more biassed by affection to his country than love to God or
+fidelity to his master, on hearing the orders given to retreat, he
+called out to the Araucanians not to be satisfied with the retreat of
+the Spaniards, but immediately to take possession of the narrow pass, by
+which they would ensure the entire destruction of their enemies. To
+encourage his countrymen by his example as well as his words, Lautaro
+took up a lance from the ground, with which he joined the foremost rank
+of the Araucanians, and assisted them to fight against his former
+master."
+
+"When the Araucanian captain observed the Spaniards preparing to retire,
+he immediately followed the advice of Lautaro, and ordered two fresh
+battalions of his troops to hasten in good order to occupy the narrow
+pass, and to use their utmost efforts to defend it till the rest of the
+army could get up to their assistance. With the remainder of his troops
+he pressed on against the retreating Spaniards, still plying them as
+from the first with fresh bodies of his men, and not allowing a moments
+respite to the enemy. On coming to the entrance of the narrow pass,
+where they expected to have been in safety, the Spaniards found it
+already occupied by the enemy, and began to despair of being able to
+escape. At this time, perceiving that both the Spanish men and horses
+were completely tired, the Araucanians broke in among them, fifteen or
+twenty of them seizing upon one horse, some catching him by the legs,
+others by the tail, and others by the mane; while others knocked down
+both men and horses with their great war-clubs, killing them with the
+greatest rage and fury."
+
+"Pedro de Valdivia, and a priest who accompanied him, were taken alive
+and tied to trees, until the Indians had dispatched all the rest, only
+three Indian auxiliaries of the Spaniards making their escape by favour
+of the night into a thicket, whence, being well acquainted with the ways
+and more faithful to their masters than Lautaro, they carried the fatal
+news to the Spaniards in Chili. The manner in which Valdivia was
+afterwards put to death has been differently related. Some say that
+Lautaro, finding him tied to a tree, killed him after reviling and
+reproaching him as a robber and a tyrant. The most certain intelligence
+is, that an old captain beat out his brains with a club. Others again
+say that the Araucanians passed the night after their victory in dances
+and mirth; and that at the end of every dance, they cut off a piece of
+flesh from Valdivia and another from the priest, both yet alive, which
+they broiled and eat before their faces. During which horrid repast,
+Valdivia confessed to the priest and they both expired."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Continuation of the War between the Spaniards and Araucanians, from the
+death of Valdivia, to that of Caupolican._
+
+
+This important victory, which was gained in the evening of the 3d
+December 1553, was celebrated next day by the Araucanians with all kinds
+of games and diversions, which were exhibited in a meadow surrounded by
+high trees, on which the heads of the slaughtered enemies were suspended
+as trophies of the victory. An immense concourse of inhabitants from all
+the surrounding country flocked to Tucapel to enjoy the triumph obtained
+over an enemy hitherto considered as invincible, and to join in the
+festivities on this joyful occasion. In token of triumph, the Araucanian
+officers dressed themselves in the clothes and armour of their slain
+enemies, and Caupolican decorated himself with the armour and surcoat of
+Valdivia, which was magnificently embroidered with gold. After the
+conclusion of the rejoicings, Caupolican presented Lautaro to the
+national assembly or Butacayog, which had met to deliberate upon the
+proper measures to be pursued in farther prosecution of the war; and,
+after a speech in which he attributed the whole success of the late
+glorious battle to the young warrior, he appointed him extraordinary
+vice-toqui, and to enjoy the command of a second army which was to be
+raised for protecting the frontiers against invasion from the Spaniards.
+In consideration of the inappreciable service he had rendered to his
+country, the advancement of Lautaro to this new dignity was approved and
+applauded by all the chiefs of the confederacy. Besides the nobility of
+his origin, as he belonged to the order of ulmens, Lautaro was
+singularly beautiful in his appearance, and conciliating in his manners,
+and possessed talents far surpassing his years, so that in the sequel he
+fully confirmed the sentiments now entertained of him by Caupolican and
+the rest of his countrymen.
+
+The sentiments of the assembled chiefs in respect to the farther
+prosecution of the war, were various and discordant. Colocolo and most
+of the Ulmens were of opinion, that they ought in the first place to
+endeavour to free their country from the remaining Spanish
+establishments within its bounds, before attempting to carry their
+incursions to the north of the Biobio. Tucapel and some others of the
+most daring officers, insisted that they ought to take advantage of the
+present circumstances to attack the Spaniards even in the city of St
+Jago, the centre of their colonies, while in a state of consternation
+and dismay, and to drive them entirely from the whole kingdom of Chili.
+Caupolican applauded the heroic sentiments of Tucapel, yet adopted the
+council of the elder chiefs, as the most prudent and beneficial for the
+interests of the nation.
+
+About this time Lincoyan, the former toqui, who was at the head of a
+detached body of troops engaged in harassing the dispersed settlements
+of the Spaniards in Araucania, fell in with a party of fifteen
+Spaniards, on their march from Imperial to join Valdivia, of whose total
+defeat they had not yet received intelligence. Before engaging with the
+enemy, whom they confidently expected to defeat with the utmost
+facility, these Spaniards vainly regretted that their number exceeded
+twelve, in hope that the event of the day would stamp upon their names
+the chivalrous title of _the twelve of fame_. Their wishes were soon
+more than gratified, as seven of them fell at the first encounter with
+the enemy, and the remaining seven, taking advantage of the swiftness of
+their horses, escaped severely wounded to the fortress of Puren,
+carrying with them the melancholy intelligence of the total destruction
+of Valdivia and his army. On this distressing news the Spanish
+inhabitants of Puren, and Frontera or Angol, retired to Imperial, where
+they considered themselves in greater security than in these other more
+inland fortresses, which were entirely surrounded by the country of the
+victorious enemy. About the same time the inhabitants of Villarica
+abandoned that settlement and took refuge in Valdivia; so that two
+Spanish establishments only now remained in the Araucanian country, and
+both of them at a great distance from reinforcements or assistance. As
+Caupolican determined upon besieging these two cities, he committed to
+Lautaro the charge of defending the northern frontier against invasion,
+and set out for the south to reduce the cities of Imperial and Valdivia.
+
+The young and gallant vice-toqui, Lautaro, accordingly took post on the
+lofty mountain of Mariguenu, which intervenes between Conception and
+Arauco, and which he fortified with extraordinary care, rightly judging
+that the Spaniards would take that road in search of Caupolican on
+purpose to revenge the defeat and death of their general Valdivia. This
+mountain, which has proved fatal to the Spaniards on several occasions
+in their wars with the Araucanians, has a large plain on its summit
+interspersed with shady trees. Its steep sides are full of rude
+precipices and deep clefts or ravines, its western end being rendered
+inaccessible by the sea, while on the east it is secured by an
+impenetrable forest. The north side only was accessible to the
+Spaniards, and even in that way it was only possible to reach the top by
+a narrow and winding path.
+
+The two Promaucians who alone had escaped from the fatal battle of
+Tucapel, by favour of the darkness and under covert of a thick wood,
+reached Conception, which they filled with grief and consternation, by
+relating the total overthrow and massacre of the army of Valdivia. When
+the general terror and dismay had a little subsided, the magistrates
+proceeded to open the sealed instructions which had been left with them
+by Valdivia, when he departed on his late fatal expedition. In these he
+named Alderte, Aguirre, and Villagran successively to the vacant
+government in case of his own decease. Alderte being gone to Europe, and
+Aguirre absent on his expedition into the distant province of Cujo, the
+command devolved on Villagran. After such preparations as appeared
+necessary under the present emergency, Villagran crossed the Biobio with
+a considerable army of Spaniards and Promaucian auxiliaries, intending
+to march for Arauco in the first place. In a narrow pass at no great
+distance to the south of the Biobio, he was vigorously opposed by a body
+of Araucanian warriors, who withstood the utmost efforts of his army for
+three hours, and then withdrew continually fighting, towards the top of
+the mountain where Lautaro awaited the approach of the Spaniards with
+the main body of his army, in a well chosen post defended by a strong
+palisade. Villagran ordered the squadrons of cavalry to force their way
+up the difficult passage of the mountain, which they effected with
+infinite difficulty and severe fatigue, and were received at a short
+distance from the summit by showers of stones, arrows, and other
+missiles, which were incessantly discharged against them by the vigilant
+and brave Araucanians. Villagran, who followed his cavalry at the head
+of all the infantry of his army, with six pieces of artillery, seeing
+the determined opposition of the enemy, several detachments of whom were
+endeavouring to gain his flanks and rear, ordered his musquetry to
+advance, and the artillery to take a favourable position for annoying
+the enemy.
+
+The mountain was enveloped in smoke, and resounded on all sides with the
+thunder of the Spanish cannon and musquets, while the balls were heard
+whistling in every direction, and dealing destruction among the ranks of
+the valiant Araucanians, who continued vigorously to defend their post,
+undismayed at the numbers who fell amid their thick array. Perceiving
+that his principal loss was occasioned by the cannon, Lautaro gave
+orders to one of his bravest officers, named Leucoton, to sally from the
+camp with a select detachment of troops, and to gain possession of the
+cannon at all events, or never more to appear in his presence. Leucoton
+executed his orders with the utmost bravery, and after a furious and
+bloody contest with the guard of the guns, carried them off in triumph;
+while Lautaro, to prevent the Spaniards from sending succours to their
+artillery, made a furious general attack on the whole line with all his
+troops. Astonished by this bold and general attack, and dismayed by the
+loss of their cannon, the Spanish horse and foot fell into confusion and
+disorder, and were so furiously pressed upon by the valiant Lautaro and
+his troops, that they dispersed and fled with the utmost precipitation.
+Three thousand of the Spaniards and their Promaucian allies were slain
+in this decisive battle, Villagran himself, having fallen in the
+retreat, was on the point of being taken prisoner, when he was rescued
+by the almost incredible efforts of three of his soldiers, and remounted
+on his horse. The remaining Spaniards urged on their almost exhausted
+horses to regain the narrow defile where the engagement had commenced,
+and were closely pursued by the Araucanians; but on arriving at the
+pass, they found it blocked up with trees, which had been felled across
+by orders of Lautaro. The engagement was renewed at this place with the
+utmost fury, and not a man of the broken army would have escaped, had
+not Villagran opened the pass at the utmost hazard of his life. Though
+the Araucanians had lost above seven hundred men in the course of this
+eventful battle, they continued the pursuit a long way; but at length,
+unable to keep up with the horses, and exhausted with excessive fatigue,
+they gave up the pursuit, and Lautaro encamped for the night to refresh
+his men, determined upon passing the Biobio next day to follow up the
+consequences of his glorious and decisive victory.
+
+On the arrival of the few Spaniards at Conception who had been able to
+escape from the slaughter at Mariguenu, the city of Conception was
+filled with indescribable grief and dismay, not a family but had to
+deplore the loss of some near relation; and the alarm was greatly
+increased by learning that Lautaro was fast approaching with his
+victorious army. As Villagran considered it to be impossible to defend
+the city under the present dismay of his small remaining force, he
+hastily embarked all the old men, women, and children on board two ships
+that happened to be then in the harbour, one of which he ordered to
+proceed to Imperial, and the other to Valparaiso, while he proceeded by
+land for St Jago with all the rest of the inhabitants who were able to
+carry arms. Lautaro entered the city next day without opposition, which
+he found entirely deserted of its inhabitants, but filled with much
+valuable booty, as by its mines and commerce it had already attained
+considerable opulence, and the inhabitants were in such haste to escape
+with their lives, that they only took what provisions they could procure
+along with them, and abandoned their riches. After removing every thing
+that was valuable, Lautaro burnt all the houses, and razed the citadel
+and other fortifications; after which he returned with his army to
+Arauco, to celebrate his triumph after the manner usual in his country.
+
+While Lautaro thus bravely asserted the independence of his country on
+the frontiers, Caupolican marched into the south, as has been already
+mentioned, to invest the cities of Imperial and Valdivia, both of which
+he held closely blockaded. In this emergency, the governors of these two
+cities demanded succours from Villagran; who, notwithstanding his late
+terrible defeat, sent a sufficient number of troops for their defence
+with all possible speed; and both places being accessible by sea, these
+succours were able to arrive in time to prevent Caupolican from gaining
+possession of either.
+
+"When the army of Caupolican drew near to the city of Imperial, the air
+was suddenly enveloped in black clouds, whence arose a mighty storm of
+hail and rain. In the midst of the tempest the _epumanon_ or war god of
+the Araucanians, made his appearance in form of a terrible dragon,
+casting out fire at his mouth and nostrils, and desired them to hasten
+their march as he would deliver the city into their hands, on which
+occasion he enjoined them to put all the Christians to the sword. The
+_epumanon_ then disappeared, and they pursued their way joyfully, being
+animated by this oracle. On a sudden the heavens cleared up, and a most
+beautiful woman was seen, seated on a bright cloud, and having a
+charming yet severe and majestic countenance, which much abated the
+pride and haughtiness inspired by the former vision. This was the _queen
+of heaven_, who commanded them to return to their own homes, for God was
+resolved to favour the Christians; and they immediately obeyed[70]."
+
+[Footnote 70: This paragraph, within inverted commas, is literally
+copied from Ovalle, as an instance of the puerile conceits indulged in
+by the true Catholic writers of the seventeenth century. The brave and
+faithful Bernal Diaz at the beginning of the sixteenth century saw no
+miracles during the conquest of Mexico, and the judicious Molina at the
+close of the eighteenth, modestly refrains from copying any such
+incredible absurdities into his history of Chili.--E.]
+
+On abandoning the sieges of Imperial and Valdivia, Caupolican went to
+join Lautaro at Conception, in order to attempt some enterprise against
+the Spaniards more practicable than the attack of fortifications, for
+the assault of which the Araucanians possessed no sufficient arts or
+arms. Availing himself of the absence of his redoubted enemy; Villagran,
+who appears to have gone along with the succours to Imperial, ravaged
+the whole Araucanian territory around that city, burning and destroying
+the houses and crops, and carrying off all the provisions that were not
+destroyed to the town. Though of a humane and generous disposition,
+averse from the exercise of violence, Villagran endeavoured to
+vindicate the employment of these rigorous measures by the necessity of
+circumstances, and the pretended rights of war: But on this occasion
+they were of no real service to the Spanish cause, which they
+contributed to render more odious to the Araucanians; and in general the
+only effect which such barbarous conduct produces, is to heap distress
+on the weak and helpless. To the other terrible calamities inseparable
+from war, especially when carried on in this barbarous manner, a
+pestilential disease was superadded which committed dreadful ravages in
+Chili, especially among the natives. During the incursions of Villagran
+into the Araucanian territory, some Spanish soldiers, who were either
+infected at the time or had recently recovered from the small pox,
+communicated that fatal disease for the first time to the Araucanians,
+among whom it spread with the more direful and rapid destruction, as
+they were utterly unacquainted with its nature. So universal and
+dreadful was the mortality on this occasion in several provinces, that,
+in one district containing a population of twelve thousand persons, not
+more than a hundred escaped with life. This pestilential disorder, which
+has been more destructive than any other to the human race, had been
+introduced a few years before into the northern parts of Chili, where it
+then occasioned great mortality among the natives, and where it has
+since frequently reappeared at uncertain intervals, and has greatly
+diminished the aboriginal population. For more than a century, counting
+from the present times, 1787, the southern provinces of Chili forming
+the Araucanian confederacy, have been exempted from the ravages of this
+cruel disease, in consequence of the most rigorous precautions being
+employed by the inhabitants to prevent all communication with the
+infected countries, similar to those used in Europe to prevent the
+introduction of the plague.
+
+"The following anecdote will shew what horror the small-pox has inspired
+into the natives of Araucania. Some considerable time ago[71], the
+viceroy of Peru sent as a present to the governor of Chili, several jars
+of honey, wine, olives, and different seeds. One of these jars happened
+to break while landing, and some Indians who were employed as labourers
+on this occasion, imagined that the contents of the jar were the
+purulent matter of the small-pox, imported by the governor for the
+purpose of being disseminated among the Araucanian provinces, to
+exterminate their inhabitants. They immediately gave notice to their
+countrymen, who stopped all intercourse with the Spanish provinces and
+flew to arms, killing above forty Spaniards who were then among them in
+the full security of peace. To revenge this outrage, the governor
+marched with an army into the Araucanian territory, and a new war was
+excited which continued for some time to the great injury of both
+nations."
+
+[Footnote 71: The passage within commas is a note in the original
+English publication of Molina; and from subsequent parts of the history,
+the event here related appears to have occurred about the commencement
+of the seventeenth century, or more than two hundred years ago.--E.]
+
+While Villagran was using every possible exertion to maintain the
+Spanish power in the south of Chili, by combating the brave and
+victorious Araucanians, he found himself on the point of being compelled
+to turn his arms against his own countrymen. It has been already
+mentioned that Valdivia, in the instructions he left with the
+magistrates of Conception before his fatal expedition into Araucania,
+had nominated Francisco Aguirre in the second place as his own successor
+in the government, and that Villagran, only third in nomination, had
+succeeded to the command in consequence of the absence of the other two
+who were prior to himself. When Aguirre, who was then in Cujo, where he
+does not appear to have effected any thing of importance, was informed
+of the death of Valdivia, and his own destination to the government of
+Chili, he considered the assumption of the vacant command by Villagran
+as prejudicial to his own just rights, and immediately returned into
+Chili with sixty men who remained of his detachment, determined to
+acquire possession of the government by force or favour. His pretensions
+and those of Villagran must infallibly have kindled a civil war among
+the Spaniards in Chili, to the ruin or vast detriment of the Spanish
+interest, had not the competitors agreed to submit the decision of their
+respective claims to the royal audience at Lima, which at that time,
+1555, held the supreme legal jurisdiction over all the Spanish dominions
+in South America. On this appeal, the court of audience thought proper
+to set aside the pretensions of both competitors, and issued an edict
+authorizing the corregidors of the different cities to command each in
+their respective districts, till farther orders. Perceiving the extreme
+inconvenience that must have necessarily resulted to the interests of
+the colony, from this divided government, especially during so important
+a war, the principal inhabitants remonstrated against the impolicy of
+this decree. The royal audience listened to the representations of the
+colonists, and appointed Villagran to resume the command, but only
+granted him the title of corregidor, and gave him orders to rebuild the
+city of Conception. Although convinced of the inutility of this measure
+in the present conjuncture, Villagran, in obedience to the orders,
+proceeded immediately to that place with eighty-five families, whom he
+established there, and erected a strong fortification for their defence.
+
+The native inhabitants of that part of the country which formed the
+territory of Conception, were indignant at being again subjected to the
+intolerable yoke of the Spaniards, and had recourse to the Araucanians
+for protection. Caupolican, who seems at this time to have remained in
+almost entire inaction, either ignorant of the proceedings of the
+Spaniards, or from some other cause of which we are not informed,
+immediately sent Lautaro at the head of two thousand warriors to the
+assistance of the distressed natives on the north side of the Biobio.
+The young vice-toqui, exasperated at what he called the obstinacy of the
+Spaniards in rebuilding the city which he had destroyed, immediately
+passed the Biobio, and the Spaniards imprudently awaited him in the open
+plain, confiding in their own valour and arms, despising the superior
+numbers of the barbarians. The Spaniards, however, were panic struck at
+the furious energy of the first encounter, and fled with precipitation
+to take shelter behind their ramparts; but were so closely pursued by
+Lautaro and his valiant followers, that they were unable to close the
+gate. The Araucanians entered the city along with the fugitives, many of
+whom were slain; and the small remnant made a precipitate retreat, part
+of them by embarking in a ship then in the port, and others by taking
+refuge in the woods, whence they returned through bye-paths to St Jago.
+
+Lautaro immediately plundered and burnt the city, and returned loaded
+with spoils to his usual station on the mountain of Mariguenu. The
+successful issue of this enterprise excited Caupolican to resume the
+sieges or blockades of Imperial and Valdivia, during which Lautaro
+undertook to make a diversion of the Spanish forces, by marching against
+St Jago, by which he expected to prevent them from sending
+reinforcements into the south, and he even conceived that it might be
+possible to gain possession of that capital of the Spanish dominions in
+Chili, notwithstanding its great distance; as the successes he had
+already obtained so filled his mind with confidence that no difficulty
+appeared too great to be overcome. In order to execute this hazardous
+enterprise, which appears to have been concerted with Caupolican, he
+only required five hundred men to be selected by himself from the
+Araucanian army; but so many pressed to serve under his victorious
+standard, that he was obliged to admit an additional hundred. With this
+determined band of six hundred warriors, he traversed all the provinces
+between the rivers Biobio and Maule, without doing any injury to the
+natives, who hailed him as their deliverer from the Spanish tyranny. But
+on crossing the latter river, he immediately proceeded to lay waste the
+lands of the Promaucians, who were detested by the Araucanians for
+acting as auxiliaries to the Spaniards. Had he treated them with
+kindness, he might in all probability have detached them from the
+Spanish interest and united them in alliance with his own nation. But
+impelled by eagerness for revenge, he did not appreciate the good
+effects which might have flowed from a reconciliation with that numerous
+and warlike nation, whom he considered as traitors to the common cause.
+Having satiated his revenge, he fortified himself in an advantageous
+post in their territory on the banks of the Rio-claro, probably on
+purpose to gain more correct information respecting the state of the
+city he intended to attack.
+
+This ill-judged delay was of great importance to the inhabitants of St
+Jago, by giving them time to prepare for their defence. They could not
+at first believe it possible that Lautaro would have the audacity to
+undertake a march of three hundred miles beyond the Araucanian frontiers
+to attack their city; but undeceived by the refugees from Conception,
+and the daily reports of the ravages of the enemy in the territories of
+the Promaucians, they dispatched Juan Godinez with an escort of
+twenty-five horse into the Promaucian country to watch the motions of
+the enemy, and to send intelligence of his proceedings and designs.
+Godinez was unexpectedly attacked by a detachment of the Araucanians,
+and obliged to make a precipitate retreat to St Jago, with his numbers
+considerably diminished, and filled the capital with consternation and
+dismay at the intelligence of the near approach of their redoubted
+enemy. On this occasion the Araucanians took ten horses and some arms
+from the Spaniards, both of which were used by them in the succeeding
+actions.
+
+Villagran, who was at this time unable to take the field in consequence
+of illness, sent his son Pedro against Lautaro with such troops as could
+be procured, and immediately proceeded to fortify all the approaches to
+the city of St Jago with strong entrenchments. In the mean time, young
+Villagran attacked the Araucanians in their fortified post. Instructed
+by their intrepid yet wary commander, the Araucanians pretended to take
+flight after a short resistance; but the Spaniards were no sooner
+entered into the abandoned inclosure, than they returned upon them with
+such impetuosity, that Pedro and his men were completely routed, and
+only the cavalry was able to escape by flight, all the infantry who had
+penetrated the Araucanian camp being put to death. After procuring
+reinforcements, young Villagran returned three several times to attack
+the camp of Lautaro, in all of which attempts he was repulsed with
+considerable loss. He now encamped his force in a low meadow on the
+banks of the river Mataquito, at no great distance from the entrenched
+post of Lautaro. The Araucanian general formed a plan for inundating the
+camp of the Spaniards during night, by turning upon them a branch of the
+river; but the Spaniards being informed of this design by a spy,
+withdrew to St Jago.
+
+Having recovered from his illness, Villagran was solicited by the
+citizens of St Jago to exert himself to dislodge the Araucanians from
+their neighbourhood, as they every moment expected to see them at their
+gates. He accordingly, some time in the year 1556, set out from the city
+at the head of 196 Spaniards and 1000 Indian auxiliaries, in search of
+Lautaro. Instructed by his severe defeat at Mariguenu, Villagran
+resolved to attack the enemy by surprise; and quitting the direct road,
+he secretly directed his march towards the Araucanian encampment in the
+night by a private path under the guidance of a spy, and reached their
+entrenchments undiscovered at day-break. Lautaro, who had been on guard
+all night according to his usual custom, had just retired to rest when
+the alarm was given of the attack from the Spaniards. He hastened
+immediately to the spot, to observe the enemy and to issue his orders
+for defence; but at the moment of his arrival, a dart from the hand of
+one of the Indian auxiliaries pierced him to the heart. Encouraged by
+this fortunate event, which was soon known to the Spaniards, Villagran
+urged the assault of the entrenchments, and soon forced an entrance in
+spite of the Araucanians, who made an obstinate defence. Finding their
+post carried, the Araucanians retired to an angle of their works,
+determined rather to allow themselves to be cut in pieces than to
+surrender. In vain the Spanish commander repeatedly offered quarter;
+they continued fighting with the utmost obstinacy till every man of them
+was cut off, many of them even throwing themselves on the lances of the
+Spaniards, as if courting death in preference to submission. This
+victory, which was not obtained without considerable loss on the part of
+the Spaniards and their allies, was celebrated in St Jago and the other
+Spanish settlements with every demonstration of joy. The Spaniards
+felicitated themselves on being freed from a redoubted enemy, who at the
+early age of nineteen had already obtained so many victories over them,
+and who threatened to destroy their settlements in Chili, and even to
+harass them in Peru.
+
+When the terror which this young hero had inspired was removed by his
+death, even his enemies extolled his valour and military talents, and
+compared him to the greatest generals who had figured in ancient times,
+calling him the Chilese Hannibal. To use the words of the abbe
+Olivarez:--"It is not just to depreciate the merit of one, who, had he
+been of our nation, we should have vaunted as a hero. If we celebrate
+the martial prowess of the Spanish Viriatus, we ought not to obscure the
+fame of the American Lautaro, as both valorously contended in arms for
+the liberties of their country."
+
+For a long time the Araucanians lamented the untimely fate of the
+valiant Lautaro, to whom they owed all the success which their arms had
+hitherto atchieved, and on whose conduct and bravery they entirely
+relied for the preservation of their independence. His name is still
+celebrated in their heroic songs, and his actions are still proposed as
+the most glorious model for the imitation of their youth. Above all
+others, Caupolican felt and lamented the loss of his valiant associate.
+Far from thinking he had got free from a rival of his fame, he
+considered that he had lost his chief coadjutor in the glorious cause of
+restoring their nation to independence. Immediately on receiving the
+mournful intelligence, he quitted the siege of Imperial, though reduced
+to the last extremity, and returned with his army to defend the northern
+frontiers of Araucania, and to protect his country from the incursions
+of the Spaniards, as he learnt by his spies that they soon expected a
+large reinforcement of men and warlike stores from Peru under a new
+commander.
+
+On learning the death of Valdivia, as formerly related, Philip II. gave
+charge of the government and conquest of Chili to Alderete, the agent
+who had been sent by Valdivia into Spain, and furnished him for this
+purpose with six hundred regular troops. During the voyage to the Tierra
+Firma, the ship was set on fire by accident, by his sister who was
+accustomed to read in bed; and of the whole number on board, Alderete
+and three soldiers alone escaped to Porto Bello. Overcome with grief and
+disappointment at this melancholy catastrophe, Alderete died soon after
+in the small island of Taboga in the gulf of Panama. When informed of
+this disaster, and of the threatening aspect of affairs in Chili in
+consequence of the untoward events in the Araucanian war, the marquis of
+Canete, then viceroy of Peru, appointed his son Don Garcia Hurtado de
+Mendoza, to the vacant government. As this charge had become both
+important and dangerous, the marquis resolved that his son should be
+accompanied by such a body of forces as might be able to support his
+authority, and might enable him successfully to terminate the war
+against the Araucanians. As the civil dissensions in Peru were now at an
+end, and that country abounded in military adventurers eager for
+employment, he was soon able to levy a respectable force of horse and
+foot for this expedition. The infantry, all well equipped and appointed,
+with a great quantity of military stores; embarked in ten ships under
+the command of Don Garcia in person; and the cavalry marched by land
+under the orders of Garcia Ramon, who was appointed quarter-master-general
+of Chili.
+
+Don Garcia arrived with his fleet in safety in the Bay of Conception, in
+the month of April 1557, and came to anchor near the island of
+Quiriquina, which was chosen as the headquarters as a place of great
+security. The scanty population of the island attempted to oppose the
+disembarkation of the troops, but being soon dispersed by the artillery,
+they retired in their piraguas to the continent. A small number being
+made prisoners, the governor sent two or three of them with a message to
+the Araucanians, to inform them of his arrival, and that he was desirous
+to settle a lasting peace with them on fair terms. In an assembly of the
+Ulmens to deliberate upon this message, the general opinion was that no
+propositions ought to be listened to from an enemy who had returned in
+greater force than ever, under the idea that any terms they might
+propose would necessarily be treacherous and unfair. Old Colocolo
+observed, however, that no injury could arise from listening to the
+proposals of the Spanish governor; and that they even had now a
+favourable opportunity for obtaining a knowledge of the amount of his
+force, and for discovering his designs. For this purpose, therefore, he
+thought it advisable that they should send an intelligent person, under
+pretence of congratulating the new governor on his arrival, and thanking
+him for his offer of amicable terms of peace, who might at the same time
+gain information of whatever he should consider important to regulate
+their future conduct. Caupolican and most of the older officers adopted
+this judicious proposal, and the important commission was confided to
+Millalauco, a person who possessed every requisite for the business
+confided to his charge.
+
+Millalauco accordingly crossed the narrow strait which separates the
+island of Quiriquina from the continent, and presented himself to the
+Spaniards with all the pride which characterises the Araucanian nation.
+In their turn, the Spaniards were willing to give him a high idea of
+their military power, and drew out their troops in order of battle for
+his reception, conducting him to the tent of the governor amidst
+repeated discharges of their artillery. Not in the least disconcerted by
+this military parade, Millalauco complimented the governor in the name
+of Caupolican and the Araucanian chiefs, declaring that they would all
+be happy in the establishment of an honourable peace, advantageous to
+both nations, in their desire for which they were solely actuated by
+motives of humanity, and not by any dread of the Spanish power. Don
+Garcia, though much disappointed by these vague offers, replied in the
+same general terms respecting peace; and, after regaling the ambassador
+in a magnificent manner, he ordered some of his officers to conduct him
+over the whole encampment, in expectation of intimidating him by
+displaying the immense military preparations which accompanied him to
+Chili. This was exactly suited to the wishes of Millalauco, who observed
+every thing with the utmost attention, though with apparent
+indifference; and, having taken leave of the Spaniards, he returned to
+make his report to the assembled chiefs. On receiving an exact report of
+all that had been seen by their envoy, the Araucanian chiefs gave orders
+for the establishment of centinels along the coast of their country, to
+observe and communicate notice of the movements of the Spaniards, and
+commanded the warriors to prepare for taking the field at the first
+summons, as they believed a renewal of the war was near and inevitable.
+
+Don Garcia continued inactive almost the whole of the winter in the
+island of Quiriquina, waiting the arrival of his cavalry from Peru, and
+for reinforcements which he had required from the cities of Chili. At
+length, on the night of the 6th August 1557 he privately landed 130 men
+and several engineers on the plain of Conception, and immediately took
+possession of Mount Pinto which commands the harbour, where he
+constructed a fort well garnished with cannon, and surrounded by a deep
+ditch. This event was immediately communicated to Caupolican, who
+hastily collected his forces, and passed the Biobio on the 9th of
+August, and next morning at day-break, a day remarkable in Europe by the
+defeat of the French at St Quintin, he assailed the new fortress on
+three sides at once, having sent on in front a body of pioneers to fill
+up the ditch with fascines and trunks of trees. The assault was long
+urged with all the furious and obstinate bravery which distinguishes the
+Araucanians. Numbers mounted the parapet, and some even leapt within the
+walls, destroying many of the defendants. But the cannon and musquetry
+of the Spaniards were so skilfully directed, and the slaughter of the
+assailants so prodigious, that the ditch was filled with dead bodies,
+serving as bridges for the new combatants who pressed on to replace
+their slain comrades. Tucapel, impelled by his rash and unparalleled
+valour, threw himself into the fort, where he slew four of the enemy
+with his formidable mace, and then made his escape by leaping from a
+precipice amidst a shower of balls.
+
+While the assault of the fortress was pushed with the utmost fury and
+was seen from the island of Quiriquina, the remainder of the Spanish
+army came over to the aid of the garrison, and formed in order of
+battle. The debarkation was observed by Caupolican who immediately sent
+a part of his troops to meet this new enemy. After a severe conflict of
+several hours, this detachment was driven back to the mountain with
+heavy loss, so that the Araucanians were now placed between two fires;
+yet they did not lose courage, and continued fighting till mid-day. At
+length, worn out with the length of the combat, the Araucanian general
+drew off to the Biobio, determined to collect a new army and to return
+to the attack. Having in a short time reinforced his army, Caupolican
+began his march towards Conception; but, learning on his way that the
+governor had received a numerous reinforcement, he halted on the banks
+of the Biobio, deeply chagrined at not being able to effect the
+destruction of the new fortress of Conception, which had been twice
+performed by Lautaro with the universal applause of the nation.
+
+In fact, on the preceding day the Spanish cavalry from Peru, consisting
+of 1000 well armed men, had arrived at Conception, together with another
+squadron of Spanish horse from Imperial, and 2000 Promaucian
+auxiliaries. Being now at the head of a numerous and well-appointed
+army, Don Garcia determined to invade the Araucanian territory. For this
+purpose he crossed the Biobio in boats, six miles above its mouth, where
+the river is about 1500 paces broad. As the Spanish cannon in the boats
+commanded the opposite bank of the river, Caupolican made no attempt to
+obstruct the passage, but drew up his army at no great distance in a
+position flanked by thick woods, by which his retreat would be secured
+in case of being defeated. The battle began by several skirmishes, which
+ended in favour of the Araucanians; several advanced parties of the
+Spaniards being repulsed by the enemy with loss, though reinforced by
+order of Ramon the quarter-master-general. Alonzo Reynoso likewise, who
+was dispatched to their aid with fifty horse, was defeated in his turn,
+and obliged to retreat leaving several of his men dead on the field. At
+length the two armies met and joined battle. Encouraged by the
+advantages they had already gained, the Araucanians used every effort to
+come to close quarters with the Spaniards, notwithstanding the heavy
+fire of eight pieces of artillery which played incessantly from the
+front of the enemy. But when they came within reach of the musquetry,
+they were quite unable to resist the close and well directed fire
+continually kept up by the veteran troops of Peru. After many
+ineffectual attempts to close in with the Spaniards, and losing a vast
+number of their bravest warriors, they fell into confusion from the
+vacancies in their ranks, and began to give ground. By a well timed
+charge, the cavalry put them completely to the rout, and made a
+prodigious slaughter among them in their flight to the woods.
+
+Either from innate cruelty of disposition, or on mistaken principles of
+policy, Don Garcia pursued the most rigorous measures against the enemy.
+Contrary to the opinion and advice of most of his officers, he was the
+first who introduced the barbarous practice of mutilating and putting to
+death the prisoners; a system which may intimidate and restrain a base
+people accustomed to servitude, but cruelty is detestable in the
+estimation of a generous nation, and serves only to exasperate and
+render them irreconcileable[72]. Among the prisoners taken on this
+occasion was one named Galvarino, whose hands were cut off by order of
+Don Garcia, and was then set free. He returned to his countrymen, to
+whom he displayed his bloody and mutilated stumps, which so inflamed
+them with rage against the Spaniards, that they all swore never to make
+peace with them, and even denounced the punishment of death against any
+one who should have the baseness to propose such a measure. Even the
+women, excited by desire of revenge, offered to take up arms and fight
+along with their husbands, which was actually done by many of them in
+the subsequent battles. From thence originated the fable of Amazons in
+Chili, placed by some authors in the southern districts of that country.
+
+[Footnote 72: In a note of the original translation, it is said that
+"the Indian allies of the Spaniards cut off the calves from the
+Araucanian prisoners, which they roasted and eat. And, by means of
+certain leaves applied to the wounds, prevented the effusion of a single
+drop of blood."--E.]
+
+After the victory, Don Garcia proceeded with his army into the province
+of Arauco, constantly harassed by flying detachments of the enemy, who
+never ceased doing them every possible injury. On his arrival at
+Melipuru[73], Don Garcia caused several native prisoners to be tortured,
+in order to obtain information of the situation of Caupolican, but none
+of them would discover the place of his retreat. On being informed of
+this barbarous procedure, Caupolican sent notice by a messenger that he
+was not far off, and meant to meet the Spaniards the next day. Don
+Garcia and his army, being alarmed by this intelligence, passed the
+whole night under arms, and accordingly the Araucanian army made its
+appearance next morning at day-break, advancing in regular array in
+three several lines. The Spanish cavalry made a furious charge upon the
+front line, commanded by Caupolican in person, who made his pikemen
+receive the charge with levelled spears, while the alternate
+mace-bearers were directed to strike at the horses heads. By this
+unexpected reception, the Spanish cavalry were obliged to retreat in
+confusion; upon which the Araucanian general and his division broke into
+the centre of the Spanish infantry with great slaughter, Caupolican
+killing five of them with his own hand. Tucapel advanced with his
+division in another quarter with equal success, and at the first attack
+broke his lance in the body of a Spaniard, and then drawing his sword
+slew seven others. He received several wounds at this time, yet seeing
+the valiant Rencu, formerly his rival for the office of toqui,
+surrounded by a crowd of enemies, he fell upon them with such fury that
+he killed a considerable number of them, and rescued Rencu from imminent
+danger. Victory, for a long time undecided, was on the point of
+declaring for the Araucanians, as the Spaniards were ready to give way;
+when Don Garcia gave orders to a body of reserve, hitherto unengaged, to
+attack that division of the enemy which was commanded by Lincoyan and
+Ongolmo. This order, which was executed with promptitude and success,
+preserved the Spanish army from total destruction. This line or division
+of the Araucanians being broken and routed, fell back tumultuously upon
+the other two divisions, then nearly victorious, and threw them into
+such inextricable confusion, that being utterly unable to restore his
+troops to order, after repeated ineffectual efforts, Caupolican was
+reluctantly constrained to sound a retreat, and yielded the victory to
+his enemies which he had fondly imagined was already secured to himself.
+In their retreat, the Araucanian army would have been utterly cut to
+pieces, had not Rencu, by posting himself in a neighbouring wood with a
+party of warriors whom he rallied, called off the attention of the
+victors from the pursuit, which they urged with the most deadly rancour.
+After sustaining the violence of the Spanish assault till such time as
+he judged his dispersed countrymen had ensured their safety, Rencu and
+his companions retired through the wood by a secret path and rejoined
+his countrymen.
+
+[Footnote 73: Called Millapoa, perhaps by mistake in Pinkerton's map of
+Chili, a place very near the southern shore of the Biobio, and marked
+_arruinada_ probably meaning in ruins.--E.]
+
+Before leaving Melipuru, Don Garcia caused twelve ulmens who were found
+among the prisoners, to be hanged on the trees that surrounded the field
+of battle, and Galvarino, now again a prisoner, was condemned to the
+same fate. That unfortunate youth, notwithstanding the loss of his
+hands, had accompanied the Araucanian army, and had never ceased during
+the late battle to excite his countrymen to fight valiantly, exhibiting
+his mutilated stumps to inspire them with fury and revenge, and even
+using his teeth to do all the injury he was able to the enemy. One of
+the captive ulmens, overcome with terror, abjectly petitioned for his
+life; but Galvarino reproached him in such severe terms for his
+cowardice, and inspired him with so great contempt for death, that he at
+length rejected a proffered pardon, and even entreated to die the first,
+as an expiation of his weakness, and the scandal he had brought upon the
+character of his nation. After this barbarous execution, by which he
+sullied the glory of his victory, Don Garcia proceeded into the province
+of Tucapel to the place where Valdivia had been defeated and slain,
+where he built, as if in contempt of the Araucanians, a city which he
+named _Canete_[74] from the titular appellation of his family. Being in
+the centre of the enemies country, he strengthened this new city or
+fortress with a good palisade, a deep ditch, and strong rampart, mounted
+with a number of cannon, and left a select garrison for its defence
+under the command of Alonzo Reynoso.
+
+[Footnote 74: Probably the place distinguished in modern maps by the
+name of Tucapel-viejo, about 40 miles south from the Biobio.--E.]
+
+Believing that the Araucanians, whom he had now defeated in three
+successive battles, were no longer in condition to oppose his victorious
+arms, he went with his army to Imperial, where he was received in
+triumph. Soon after his arrival at that place, he sent off a plentiful
+supply of provisions for the garrison of his new city under a strong
+escort, which was attacked and routed in a narrow pass called Cayucupil
+by a body of Araucanians, and had certainly been entirely destroyed if
+the enemy had not given them an opportunity of escaping to Canete with
+little loss, by eagerness to seize the baggage. The fugitives were
+received in Canete with much joy, as Reynoso had learnt that Caupolican
+intended to attack him. In fact, only a few days afterwards, that
+indefatigable general, whom misfortune seemed to inspire with fresh
+courage, made a furious assault upon the place, in which his valiant
+troops, with arms so extremely inferior to their enemies, endured a
+continual fire of cannon and musquetry for five hours with the most
+heroic firmness, pulling up and burning the palisades, filling the
+ditch, and endeavouring to scale the ramparts. But valour alone was
+unable to prevail in this difficult enterprise, and Caupolican was
+constrained to desist from the attempt by open force, and to try some
+more secure expedient for attaining his end. With this view he persuaded
+one of his officers, named _Pran_, who was of an artful character, to
+introduce himself into the garrison as a deserter, in order to fall upon
+some device for delivering it up. Pran accordingly obtained admission in
+that character, and conducted himself with the most profound
+dissimulation. He soon formed a strict friendship with a Promaucian
+named Andrew, in the service of the Spaniards, who seemed a fit
+instrument for his purpose. One day, either artfully to sound or flatter
+him, Andrew pretended to sympathize with his new friend on the
+misfortunes of his country; and Pran eagerly took advantage of this
+favourable opportunity, as he thought, to carry his designs into
+execution, and revealed to Andrew the motive of his pretended desertion,
+earnestly entreating him to assist in the execution of his plan, which
+was to introduce some Araucanian soldiers into the place, during the
+time when the Spaniards were accustomed to indulge in their _siesta_ or
+afternoon sleep. Andrew readily engaged to give every assistance in his
+power, and even offered to keep one of the gates open on the day
+assigned for executing the enterprise. Pran, elated with joy at the
+supposed acquisition of a so useful associate, hastened to Caupolican,
+who was only at a short distance from Canete, to whom he related the
+success of his endeavours. On his side, Andrew gave immediate notice of
+the intended plot to Reynoso, the commander of the fort, who desired him
+to keep up the deception by appearing to concur in its execution, in
+order to entrap the enemy in their own snare.
+
+Entirely occupied with an ardent desire of accomplishing this enterprise
+against Canete, Caupolican lost sight of his wonted prudence, and too
+easily reposed confidence in this ill concerted scheme. The better to
+arrange his measures on this occasion, he procured an interview with
+Andrew by means of Pran, and the artful Promaucian appeared before
+Caupolican with that flattering show of respect and attachment which
+villains know so well to assume. He broke out into virulent invectives
+against the Spaniards, whom he pretended to have always detested, and
+declared his readiness to perform the promise he had made to Pran,
+asserting that the execution of the plot would be perfectly easy.
+Caupolican applauded his partriotism, and engaged, if the plot
+succeeded, to raise him to the office of ulmen, and to appoint him first
+captain in the Araucanian army in reward of his services. He then shewed
+him the troops which he had along with him, appointing next day for
+executing the plot, and dismissed him with the strongest assurances of
+favour and esteem. Andrew immediately communicated the intelligence to
+Reynoso, and the Spaniards employed the whole of that night in making
+every preparation to obtain the greatest possible advantage from this
+double act of perfidy. When the particulars of this plot were
+communicated to the principal officers of the Araucanian army, they
+openly disapproved of it, as disgraceful to the national honour, and
+refused to accompany Caupolican in the expedition. But he obstinately
+adhered to his design, and began his march at day-break for Canete with
+three thousand men, with whom he posted himself in concealment near the
+place, till Pran came to inform him from Andrew that every thing was in
+readiness to deliver the place into his hands. The Araucanians
+immediately proceeded in silence towards the city, and finding the gate
+open according to promise began to enter it. When a sufficient number
+were got in, the Spaniards suddenly closed the gate upon them, and
+immediately opened a fire of grape-shot on those without who were
+crowding to the gate, making a dreadful slaughter. The cavalry belonging
+to the garrison, being all in readiness, issued from another gate, and
+completed the destruction of all who had escaped from the fire of the
+cannon, so that hardly one of all the Araucanians escaped. Caupolican
+escaped the general slaughter of his men with a small number of
+attendants, and retired to the mountains, whence he hoped to be soon
+able to return with a new army sufficiently numerous to keep the field.
+While the cavalry gave a loose to their fury on the Araucanians without
+the walls, the infantry were employed within the fort in putting to
+death all that had got through the gate; who, finding all chance of
+escape utterly hopeless, chose rather to be cut in pieces than
+surrender. Pran, discovering his error when too late, rushed among the
+thickest of the foe, and escaped by an honourable death from the well
+merited reproaches of his imprudent and fatal credulity. Among a few
+prisoners taken on this occasion were three ulmens, who were all blown
+from the mouths of cannon.
+
+As Don Garcia believed the Araucanian war was terminated by this
+destructive enterprise, he gave orders to rebuild the city of
+Conception, and desirous of adding fresh laurels to the victories he had
+already obtained, he marched in 1558 with a numerous army against the
+Cunches in the south of Chili, a nation which had not yet been assailed
+by the Spanish arms. On first hearing of the approach of the Spaniards,
+the chiefs of the Cunches met in council to deliberate whether they
+should submit or resist the invasion of these formidable strangers. On
+this occasion, one Tunconobal, an Araucanian exile, who was present in
+the assembly, was desired to give his opinion, which he did in the
+following terms. "Be cautious how you adopt either of these measures. If
+you submit, you will be despised as vassals and compelled to labour; if
+you resist in arms, you will be exterminated. If you desire to get free
+of these dangerous visitors, make them believe that you are miserably
+poor. Hide your property, particularly your gold; and be assured the
+Spaniards will not remain in your country if they have no expectation of
+procuring that sole object of all their wishes. Send them such a present
+as may impress them with an opinion of your extreme poverty, and in the
+mean time retire into the woods."
+
+The Cunches approved the wise council of the Araucanian, and deputed him
+with nine natives of the country to carry a present to the Spanish
+general, such as he had recommended. He clothed himself and his
+companions accordingly in wretched rags, and made his appearance with
+every mark of fear before Don Garcia. After complimenting him in rude
+terms, he presented him with a basket containing some roasted lizards
+and wild fruits, as all that the poverty of the country could supply.
+The Spaniards could not refrain from laughter at the wretched appearance
+of the ambassadors and their miserable present, and endeavoured to
+dissuade the governor from pursuing the expedition into so unpromising a
+region. Unwilling to relinquish his plan with too much facility, he
+exhorted his troops to persevere; assuring them that, according to
+information he had received, they would find a country abounding in the
+precious metals. This was indeed by no means improbable, as it was usual
+in America to meet with the richest countries after passing through
+frightful deserts. He then inquired of the Cunches which was the best
+road into the south. Tunconobal directed him towards the west, which was
+the roughest and most mountainous; and on being asked for a guide, left
+one of his companions, whom he directed to lead the Spanish army by the
+most difficult and desolate roads near the coast. The guide followed the
+instructions of Tunconobal with so much judgment, that although the
+Spaniards had been accustomed to surmount the severest fatigues in their
+pursuit of conquests, they declared they had never encountered such
+difficulties in any of their former marches. On the fourth day of this
+terrible march, their guide quitted them, and they found themselves in
+the middle of a frightful desert surrounded by rugged precipices, whence
+they could perceive no way by which to extricate themselves. But Don
+Garcia encouraged them to persevere, by the flattering assurance of soon
+reaching a happy country which would amply repay all their present
+fatigues and privations.
+
+Having at length overcome all the obstacles in their way, the Spaniards
+arrived at the top of a high mountain, whence they discovered the great
+archipelago of _Ancud_, more commonly named of Chiloe, the channels
+among the islands being covered by innumerable boats or canoes navigated
+by sails and oars. They were filled with joy at this unexpected
+prospect; and as they had suffered many days from hunger, they hastened
+to the shore, and were delighted by seeing a boat making towards them,
+in which were fifteen persons handsomely clothed. These natives
+immediately leaped on shore without evincing the smallest apprehension
+of the Spaniards, whom they cordially saluted, inquiring who they were,
+whence they came, whether they were going, and it they were in want of
+any thing. The Spaniards asked for provisions, and the chief of these
+strangers immediately gave them all the provisions in his boat, refusing
+to accept any thing in return, and promised to send them a large
+immediate supply from the neighbouring islands. Indeed the famished
+Spaniards had scarcely completed their encampment, when numerous
+piraguas arrived from the different islands, loaded with maize, fruit,
+and fish, all of which the natives distributed gratuitously among them.
+Constantly and liberally supplied by these friendly islanders, the
+Spaniards marched along the shore of the continent opposite the
+archipelago, all the way to the Bay of Reloncavi. Some of them went over
+to the neighbouring islands, where they found the land well cultivated,
+and the women employed in spinning wool, mixed with the feathers of
+sea-birds, which they manufactured into cloth for garments. The
+celebrated poet Ercilla was one of the party; and as he was solicitous
+of the reputation of having proceeded farther south than any other
+European, he crossed the gulf to the opposite shore, where he inscribed
+some verses on the bark of a tree, containing his own name and the date
+of the discovery, being the 31st January 1559.
+
+Satisfied with this discovery of the archipelago of Chiloe, Don Garcia
+returned towards the north, having one of the islanders as a guide, who
+conducted him safely to Imperial through the inland country of the
+Huilliches, which is for the most part level and abounds in provisions.
+The inhabitants, who are similar in all respects to their western
+neighbours the Cunches, made no opposition to his march through their
+country; and Don Garcia on this occasion founded the city of Osorno in
+their country at the western extremity of a great lake, though
+according to some authors he only rebuilt that town. For some time this
+place increased rapidly in population and wealth, in consequence of
+great abundance of fine gold being found in its neighbourhood, and of
+extensive manufactures of woollen and linen carried on by its
+inhabitants; but it was afterwards destroyed by the toqui
+Paillamacu[75].
+
+[Footnote 75: The ruins of Osorno are in lat. 40 deg. 30' S. and long. 73 deg.
+20' W. The lake, or _Desaguodero de Osorno_, extends 50 or 60 miles from
+east to west, by a breadth of 6 or 7 miles.--E.]
+
+While Don Garcia was engaged in this expedition into the south of Chili,
+Alonzo Reynoso the commandant of Canete used every effort to discover
+the place in which Caupolican lay concealed, both offering rewards for
+information and even employing torture to extort intelligence from the
+natives. He at length found a person who engaged to point out the place
+in which the Araucanian general had concealed himself ever since his
+last defeat. A detachment of cavalry was accordingly sent under the
+guidance of this traitor, and coming upon him by surprise one morning at
+day-break, succeeded in taking that great and heroic champion a
+prisoner, after a gallant resistance from ten faithful followers who
+continued to adhere to him under his misfortunes. During this combat,
+his wife incessantly exhorted him to die rather than surrender; and on
+seeing him made prisoner, she indignantly threw towards him her infant
+son, saying she would retain nothing that belonged to a coward. The
+detachment returned to Canete with their prisoner, amidst the rejoicings
+of the inhabitants, and Reynoso immediately ordered the redoubted toqui
+to be impaled and shot to death with arrows. On hearing his sentence,
+Caupolican addressed Reynoso as follows, without the smallest change of
+countenance, and preserving all his wonted dignity. "My death, can
+answer no possible end, except that of inflaming the inveterate hatred
+already entertained by my countrymen against the Spaniards. Far from
+being discouraged by the loss of an unfortunate leader, other
+Caupolicans will arise from my ashes, who will prosecute the war against
+you with better fortune. If however you spare my life, from the great
+influence I possess in Araucania, I may be of great service to the
+interests of your sovereign, and in aiding the propagation of your
+religion, which you say is the chief object of the destructive war you
+wage against us. But, if you are determined that I must die, send me
+into Spain; where, if your king thinks proper to condemn me, I may end
+my days without occasioning new disturbances to my unhappy country."
+
+This attempt of the unfortunate toqui to prevail on Reynoso to spare his
+life was in vain, as the sentence was ordered to be carried into
+immediate execution. A priest, who had been employed to converse with
+Caupolican, pretending to have converted him to the Christian faith,
+hastily administered the sacrament of baptism; after which the prisoner
+was conducted to the scaffold erected for his public execution. When he
+saw the instrument of punishment, which till then he did not clearly
+comprehend, and noticed a negro who was ready to execute the cruel
+sentence, he became exasperated, and hurled the executioner from the
+scaffold with a furious kick, indignantly exclaiming, "Is there no sword
+and some less unworthy hand to put a man like me to death? In this
+punishment there is no semblance of justice: It is base revenge!" He was
+however overpowered by numbers, and compelled to undergo the cruel and
+ignominious punishment to which he had been condemned. The name of
+Reynoso is still held in detestation, not only by the Araucanians, but
+even by the Spaniards themselves, who have ever reprobated his conduct,
+as cruel, unnecessary, and impolitic, and contrary to those principles
+of generosity on which they pride themselves as a nation.
+
+
+SECTION VIII.
+
+_Continuation of the Araucanian War, after the Death of Caupolican, to
+the Reduction of the Archipelago of Chiloe by the Spaniards._
+
+
+The prediction of the great and unfortunate Caupolican was soon
+fulfilled, by the succession of new heroes to defend the liberties of
+the Araucanians against the Spaniards. Instigated by the most unbounded
+rage, that nation immediately proceeded to elect a new toqui, capable of
+taking ample revenge for the ignominious death of their late unfortunate
+general. On this occasion, a majority of the electors were disposed to
+have conferred the vacant office on the brave and impetuous Tucapel; but
+the old and sagacious Colocolo prevailed on the assembled Butacayog to
+elect the younger Caupolican, eldest son of the late toqui, who
+possessed the talents of his celebrated and lamented father. Tucapel a
+second time magnanimously submitted to the choice of the ulmens, and
+only required to be nominated vice-toqui, which was accordingly granted.
+The new toqui immediately assembled an army, with which he crossed the
+Biobio, intending to attack the city of Conception, which according to
+his information was only defended by a small number of soldiers. Having
+learned the intention of the Araucanian general, Reynoso followed him
+with five hundred men, and coming up with him at Talcaguano[76], a place
+not far from Conception, offered him battle. The young toqui
+unhesitatingly accepted the challenge, and, animating his soldiers both
+by his exhortations and example, fell with such fury upon the Spaniards,
+that he entirely defeated them. Pursued and wounded by the fierce
+Tucapel, Reynoso made his escape across the Biobio with a small party of
+cavalry; and, having collected fresh troops, returned to attack the
+Araucanians in their camp with no better success than before, and was
+again compelled to retire with loss and disgrace.
+
+[Footnote 76: In modern maps, a town called Tolcamando is situated on
+the north of the Biobio, not far from Conception, and is probably the
+place indicated in the text.--E.]
+
+After this second action, Millalauco was sent with a message from the
+toqui to the Spaniards in the island of Quiriquina, whence he brought
+back intelligence that Don Garcia, with a large body of troops from
+Imperial, was laying waste the neighbouring provinces belonging to the
+Araucanian confederacy. On this information, and influenced by the
+advice of the aged Colocolo, young Caupolican deferred his proposed
+enterprise against Conception, and hastened into the south to oppose Don
+Garcia, leaving a respectable force under Millalauco to make head
+against Reynoso. Don Garcia however, on being informed of the march of
+the Araucanian array against him, withdrew to Imperial, leaving a body
+of two hundred of his cavalry in ambush on the road by which Caupolican
+had to pass. Though unexpectedly attacked by the Spaniards, Caupolican
+defended himself with admirable courage and presence of mind, and not
+only repelled the Spaniards with very little loss on his own side, but
+cut in pieces a great number of his assailants, and pursued the rest to
+the gates of Imperial, to which he immediately laid close siege. In the
+mean time, Reynoso and Millalauco, after several severe yet inconclusive
+encounters, agreed to fight a single combat, a practice not unfrequent
+during the Araucanian war. They fought accordingly a long while without
+either being able to obtain the advantage; and at length, fatigued by
+their combat, they separated by mutual consent, and resumed their former
+mode of warfare.
+
+Caupolican prosecuted the siege of Imperial with much vigour, but
+possessed no means of making any impression on its fortifications. After
+several violent but unsuccessful assaults, he made an attempt to gain
+over the Promaucian auxiliaries of the Spaniards by means similar to
+what had been unsuccessfully employed by his father on a former
+occasion. Two of his officers, named Tulcamaru and Torquin, were
+employed on this hazardous service and detected by the Spaniards, by
+whom they were both impaled in sight of the Araucanian army, whom they
+exhorted in their last moments to die valiantly in defending the
+liberties of their country. At the same time, an hundred and twenty of
+the Promaucians, who had been seduced to favour the Araucanians, were
+hung on the ramparts, all of whom exhorted their countrymen to aid the
+Araucanians. Caupolican was anxious to siglize himself by the capture of
+a place which his heroic father had twice attempted in vain, and made a
+violent effort to carry the place by assault. He several times scaled
+the walls of the town in person, exposing his life to the most imminent
+danger, and even one night effected an entrance into the city, followed
+by Tucapel and a number of brave companions, but was repulsed by Don
+Garcia, whose vigilance was incessant. On this occasion, Caupolican
+withdrew, constantly fighting and covered by the blood of his enemies,
+to a bastion of the fortress, whence he escaped by an adventurous leap
+and rejoined his troops, who were in much apprehension for the safety of
+their brave and beloved commander. Wearied out by the length of the
+siege, which he saw no reasonable prospect of bringing to a favourable
+conclusion, and impatient of the inactivity of a blockade, Caupolican
+abandoned this ineffectual attempt upon Imperial, and turned his arms
+against Reynoso in hope of being able to take revenge upon him for the
+death of his father. But Don Garcia, by going to the assistance of that
+officer, rendered all his efforts ineffectual.
+
+In the campaign of the following year, 1559, numerous battles were
+fought between the two armies, with various successes; but as these
+produced no material change in the state of affairs, it is unnecessary
+to give any particular account of them. Though several of these
+encounters ended in favour of the Araucanians, yet Caupolican resolved
+to protract the war, as his troops were daily diminishing in numbers
+from being continually exposed to the fire arms of their enemies, while
+the Spaniards were constantly receiving recruits from Peru and Europe.
+With this intention, therefore, he took possession of a strong situation
+between Canete and Conception, in a place called Quipeo or Cuyapu, which
+he fortified so strongly as to be defensible by a few men against any
+number of enemies unprovided with artillery. On being informed of this
+measure, Don Garcia marched thither immediately with his army in order
+to dislodge the Araucanian general, but observing the strength of the
+position, he delayed for some time making an attack, in hope of drawing
+the enemy from their strong ground, so that his cavalry might have an
+opportunity of acting to advantage. In the mean time, frequent
+skirmishes took place between the two armies, in one of which the
+celebrated Millalauco was taken prisoner, and who reproached Don Garcia
+so severely for his cruel manner of making war, that he ordered him
+instantly to be impaled. While the Araucanians were thus blockaded in
+their intrenched camp, the traitor Andrew had the temerity to go one day
+with a message from Don Garcia to Caupolican, threatening him with the
+most cruel punishment if he did not immediately submit to the authority
+of the Spaniards. Caupolican, though much enraged at seeing before him
+the man who had betrayed his father, ordered him immediately to retire,
+saying that he would assuredly have put him to death by the most cruel
+tortures, if he had not been invested with the character of an
+ambassador. Yet Andrew ventured next day to come into the Araucanian
+camp as a spy, when he was taken prisoner, suspended by his feet from a
+tree, and suffocated with smoke.
+
+At length Don Garcia commenced his attack upon the camp of the
+Araucanians, by a violent cannonade from all his artillery. Caupolican
+and his valiant followers made a vigorous sally, and attacked the
+Spaniards with so much fury as to kill about forty of them at the first
+charge, and continued the battle for some time with much success. After
+a short time, Don Garcia, by a skilful evolution, cut off the retreat of
+the Araucanians and surrounded them on every side. Yet Caupolican and
+his intrepid soldiers fought with such desperate valour that the issue
+of the engagement remained doubtful for six hours; till, seeing
+Tucapel, Colocolo, Rencu, Lincoyan, Mariantu, Ongolmo, and several
+others of his most valiant officers slain, Caupolican attempted to
+retreat with the small remnant of his army: But, being overtaken by a
+party of horse from which he could not possibly escape, he slew himself
+to avoid a similar, cruel fate as that which his father had endured.
+
+Though Don Garcia had already been mistaken in supposing that the spirit
+of the Araucanians was entirely broken after their terrible overthrow at
+Canete, he now again thought he had good reason to believe the war
+wholly at an end. This victory of Quipeo seemed to him completely
+decisive, as the nation was now left without chiefs or troops, all their
+principal officers, and those who chiefly supported the courage of the
+Araucanians, having perished, with the flower of their soldiers, so that
+he believed the nation would henceforwards be entirely submissive to the
+will of the conquerors. Impressed with these hopes, he now devoted his
+whole attention to repair the losses occasioned by the war, rebuilding
+the fortifications which had been destroyed, particularly Arauco, Angol,
+and Villarica, all of which he repeopled and provided with competent
+garrisons. He caused all the mines which had been abandoned to be
+reopened, and others to be explored: And obtained the establishment of a
+bishopric in the capital of Chili, to which place he went in person to
+receive the first bishop, Fernando Barrionuevo, a Franciscan monk.
+Having a considerable number of veteran troops under his command, for
+most of whom he believed there was no longer occasion in Chili, he sent
+off a part of them under Pedro Castillo to complete the conquest of
+Cujo, formerly commenced by Francisco de Aguirre. Castillo subjected the
+Guarpes, the ancient inhabitants of that province, to the Spanish
+dominion, and founded two cities on the eastern skirts of the Andes,
+which he named San Juan and Mendoza, the latter in compliment to the
+family name of the governor Don Garcia. The extensive and fertile
+province of Cujo remained for a considerable time dependent on the
+government of Chili, but has been since transferred to the vice-royalty
+of Buenos Ayres, to which it seems more properly to appertain from its
+situation and natural boundaries.
+
+While Don Garcia thus took advantage of the apparent calm which
+prevailed in Chili, he received information that Francisco Villagran had
+arrived from Spain at Buenos Ayres, appointed to succeed him in the
+government of Chili, and that the king had promoted himself to the
+viceroyalty of Peru in reward for his services in his present
+government. In consequence of this information, he confided the interim
+government of Chili to the care of Rodrigo de Quiroga, and withdrew into
+Peru, to take possession of the exalted situation of viceroy which his
+father had formerly occupied.
+
+Villagran, who had been governor of Chid previous to Don Garcia, had
+gone to Europe when deprived of that government, and had procured his
+reinstatement from the court of Spain. Believing, from the information
+of Don Garcia and Quiroga, that the Araucanians were in no condition to
+give any future trouble, Villagran turned his whole attention after his
+arrival in Chili, to the reaquisition of the province of Tucuman, which
+had been annexed by himself to the government of Chili in 1549, and had
+been since attached to the viceroyalty of Peru. Gregorio Castaneda, whom
+he employed on this occasion, defeated the Peruvian commander, Juan
+Zurita, the author of the dismemberment, and restored that country to
+the authority of the governor of Chili. It continued however only a
+short time under their government, as, before the close of that century,
+they were again obliged by order from Spain to surrender it to the
+viceroy of Peru.
+
+Though Don Garcia and Quiroga had been long experienced in the character
+of the Araucanians, they had formed a very erroneous opinion of their
+temper and public spirit, when they deemed them finally subdued in
+consequence of the victories gained in the late war. Such is the
+invincible spirit of that brave nation, that even the severest reverses
+of fortunes are insufficient to induce them to submit. Even the heaviest
+losses, so far from filling them with dejection and dismay, served to
+inspire them with increased valour. Their heroic constancy under
+repeated defeats is perfectly wonderful, and the successful and
+determined perseverance with which they have ever defended their
+liberties and independence against the superior arms and power of the
+Spaniards, is without parallel in the history of the world. The scanty
+remains of the ulmens or Araucanian chiefs who had escaped from the late
+sanguinary conflicts against Don Garcia, were more resolved than ever to
+continue the war. Immediately after their late entire defeat at Quipeo,
+the ulmens assembled in a wood, where they unanimously elected an
+inferior officer named Antiguenu, who had signalized himself in the last
+unfortunate battle, to the vacant office of supreme toqui. Antiguenu
+readily accepted the honourable but hazardous command; but represented
+to the assembled chiefs, that as almost all the valiant youth of the
+nation had perished, he deemed it expedient for them to retire to some
+secure situation, until a new army could be collected of sufficient
+strength to keep the field. This prudent advice was approved by all, and
+accordingly Antiguenu retired with the small remains, of the Araucanian
+army to the inaccessible marshes of Lumaco, called Rochela by the
+Spaniards, where he caused high scaffolds to be erected to secure his
+men from the extreme and noxious moisture of that gloomy retreat. The
+young men who enlisted from time to time into the national army, went to
+that place to be instructed in the use of their arms, and the
+Araucanians still considered themselves free since they had a toqui who
+did not despair of vindicating the independence of their country.
+
+As soon as Antiguenu saw himself at the head of a respectable force, he
+issued from his retreat, and began to make incursions into the territory
+which was occupied by the Spaniards, both to inure his troops to
+discipline, and to subsist them at the expence of the enemy. When this
+unexpected intelligence was brought to St Jago, it gave great uneasiness
+to Villagran, who foresaw all the fatal consequences which might result
+from this new war, having already had long experience of the daring and
+invincible spirit of the Araucanians. In order if possible to stifle the
+threatening flame at its commencement, he immediately dispatched his son
+Pedro into the south, with as many troops as could be collected in
+haste, and soon after took the same direction himself with a more
+considerable force. The first skirmishes between the hostile armies were
+unfavourable to Antiguenu, and an attempt which he made to besiege
+Canete was equally unsuccessful. Antiguenu attributed his failure on
+these occasions to the inexperience of his troops, and sought on every
+occasion for opportunities of accustoming them to the use of arms. At
+length he had the satisfaction of convincing them that the Spaniards
+were not invincible, by defeating a body of Spaniards on the hills of
+Millapoa, commanded by Arias Pardo. To keep up the ardour and confidence
+which this success had excited in his soldiers, he now took possession
+of the strong post on the top of Mount Mariguenu, a place of fortunate
+omen for his country. Being either so much afflicted with the gout, or
+averse from exposing himself to the hazard of attacking that strong
+post, which had formerly proved so unfortunate to him, Villagran gave
+it in charge to one of his sons to dislodge the enemy from that
+formidable position. The rash yet enterprising young man attacked the
+Araucanian entrenchments with so little precaution that almost all his
+army was cut in pieces, and himself killed at the entrance of the
+encampment, and on this occasion the flower of the Spanish troops and a
+great number of their auxiliaries were cut off.
+
+Immediately after this signal victory, Antiguenu marched against the
+fortress of Canete, rightly judging that it would not be in a condition
+to resist him in the present circumstances. Villagran was likewise
+convinced of the impossibility of defending that place, and anticipating
+the design of the Araucanian general, ordered all the inhabitants to
+withdraw, part of whom retired to Imperial and the rest to Conception.
+Antiguenu, therefore, on his arrival at that place, so fatal to his
+nation, had only the trouble of destroying the fortifications and
+setting fire to the houses, all of which he completely destroyed.
+
+Overcome with grief and anxiety, Villagran died soon after the
+disastrous battle of Mariguenu, universally regretted by the Spanish
+inhabitants of Chili, who lost in him a wise humane and valiant
+governor, to whose prudent conduct on several trying occasions they had
+been much beholden for the preservation of their conquests. Before his
+death, in virtue of special powers vested in him by his commission from
+the court of Spain, he appointed his eldest son Pedro to succeed him in
+the government, whose endowments of mind were in no respect inferior to
+those of his father. By the death of the governor, Antiguenu conceived
+that he had a favourable opportunity for undertaking some important
+enterprise. He divided his army, which now consisted of 4000 men, into
+two bodies, one of which he ordered to lay siege to Conception under the
+command of his vice-toqui Antunecul, to attract the attention of the
+Spaniards in that quarter, while he marched with the other division to
+invest the fort of Arauco, which was defended by a strong garrison under
+the command of Lorenzo Bernal.
+
+Antunecul accordingly crossed the Biobio and encamped in a place called
+Leokethal, where he was twice attacked by the governor of Conception,
+against whom he defended himself so vigorously that he repulsed him with
+considerable loss, and followed him after the second attack to the city
+which he closely invested, by disposing his troops in six divisions
+around its walls. He continued the siege for two months, almost every
+day of which period was distinguished by some gallant assault or
+successful skirmish; but finding all his attempts to gain possession of
+the place unavailing, and being unable to prevent the introduction of
+frequent succours by sea to the besieged, he at length withdrew with the
+intention of making a new attempt at a more favourable opportunity.
+
+In the mean time Antignenu pressed the siege of Arauco with the greatest
+vigour, but was resisted by the Spanish garrison with determined
+bravery. Observing that in all his attacks his bravest officers were
+pointed out to the Spaniards by their Indian auxiliaries, and made a
+mark for their artillery, he contrived by menus of emissaries to
+persuade the Spanish commander that the auxiliaries had plotted to
+deliver up the fort to the Arancanians. Bernal gave such credit to this
+false report, that he immediately ordered these unfortunate men to quit
+the place, and turned them out in spite of their remonstrances and
+entreaties. This was the very object aimed at by the politic toqui, who
+immediately caused them all to be seized and put to a cruel death in
+sight of the Spaniards, who were exceedingly exasperated at seeing
+themselves so grossly imposed upon by one whom they counted an ignorant
+barbarian. As the siege was protracted to a considerable length and
+Antiguenu was impatient for its conclusion, he challenged the governor
+to single combat, in hope of becoming master of the place by the death
+of Bernal; who, deeming himself secure of the victory, accepted the
+challenge in spite of the remonstrances of his soldiers. The battle
+between these champions continued for two hours, without either being
+able to obtain any advantage, or even to give his antagonist a single
+wound; when at length they were separated by their men. What Antiguenu
+had been unable to attain by force, was performed for him by famine.
+Several boats loaded with provisions had repeatedly attempted in vain to
+relieve the besieged, as the vigilance of the besiegers opposed an
+invincible obstacle to their introduction. At length Bernal found
+himself compelled to abandon the place for want of provisions, and the
+Araucanians permitted him and the garrison to retire without
+molestation, contenting themselves with burning the houses and
+demolishing the fortifications. The capture of Angol, after that of
+Caneto and Arauco, appeared so easy to Antiguenu, that he gave it in
+charge to one of his subalterns; who defeated a body of Spaniards
+commanded by Zurita, while on his march to invest Angol: But the
+Araucanian officer was defeated in his turn near Mulchen[77] by Diego
+Carranza, who had been sent against him by the inhabitants of that city.
+
+[Footnote 77: No such name occurs in the modern maps of Chili, but a
+town called Millaqui is situated about 20 miles to the north of
+Angol.--E.]
+
+Solicitous to maintain the reputation of his arms, Antiguenu marched in
+person at the head of two thousand men to resume the attack upon Angol.
+Before proceeding to attack that place, he encamped at the confluence of
+the river Vergosa with the Biobio, where he was attacked by a Spanish
+army under the command of Bernal. In this engagement the Araucanians
+made use of some Spanish musquets which they had taken at their late
+victory of Mariguenu, which they employed with much skill, and bravely
+sustained the assault for three hours. At length, when four hundred of
+the auxiliaries and a considerable number of Spaniards had fallen, the
+infantry began to give way, upon which Bernal gave orders to his cavalry
+to put to death every one who attempted flight. This severe order
+brought back the Spanish infantry to their duty, and they attacked the
+entrenchments of the enemy with so much vigour that at length they
+forced their way into the camp of the Araucanians. Antiguenu exerted his
+utmost efforts to oppose the assailants; but he was at length forced
+along by the crowd of his soldiers, who were thrown into irretrievable
+confusion and fled. During the flight, he fell from a high bank into the
+river and was drowned. The Araucanians were defeated with prodigious
+slaughter, many of them perishing in the river in their attempt to
+escape by swimming. In this battle, which was fought in the year 1564,
+almost the whole of the victorious army was wounded, and a considerable
+number slain; but they recovered forty-one musquets, twenty-one
+cuirasses, fifteen helmets, and a great number of lances and other
+weapons which the Araucanians had obtained in their late victories, and
+had used against their former proprietors.
+
+While these events were passing on the banks of the Biobio, an
+Araucanian officer named Lillemu, who had been detached by Antiguenu to
+lay waste the provinces of Chillan and Itata, defeated a Spanish
+detachment of eighty men commanded by Pedro Balsa. To repress these
+ravages, the governor of Conception marched against Lillemu with an
+hundred and fifty men, and cut off a party of Araucanians who were
+desolating the province of Chillan. Lillemu hastened to their succour,
+but finding them defeated and dispersed, he was only able to save the
+remainder of his troops by making a gallant stand in a narrow pass with
+a small select band, by which he checked the advance of the enemy, and
+gave time to his army to effect their escape; but he and his brave
+companions sacrificed their lives in this gallant effort of patriotism.
+
+On the death of the valiant Antiguenu, the Araucanians elected as his
+successor in the toquiate a person named Paillataru, who was brother or
+cousin to the celebrated Lautaro, but of a very different character and
+disposition. Slow and circumspect in all his operations, the new toqui
+contented himself during the first years of his command in endeavouring
+to keep up the love of liberty among his countrymen, whom he led from
+time to time to ravage and plunder the possessions of the Spaniards,
+always avoiding any decisive conflict. About this time likewise the
+royal audience of Lima appointed Rodrigo de Quiroga to succeed the
+younger Villagran in the government of Chili; and Quiroga began his
+administration by arresting his predecessor in office, whom he sent
+prisoner into Peru.
+
+Having received a reinforcement of three hundred soldiers in 1565,
+Quiroga invaded the Araucanian territory, where he rebuilt the fort of
+Arauco and the city of Canete, constructed a new fortress at the
+celebrated post of Quipeo, and ravaged all the neighbouring provinces.
+Towards the end of the year 1566, he sent Ruiz Gamboa with a detachment
+of sixty men to reduce the archipelago of Chiloe to subjection. Gamboa
+met with no resistance in this enterprise, and founded in the large
+island of Ancud or Chiloe, the small city of Castro, and the sea-port of
+Chacao. The islands of this archipelago are about eighty in number,
+having been produced by earthquakes, owing to the great number of
+volcanoes with which that country formerly abounded, and indeed every
+part of them exhibits the most unequivocal marks of fire. Several
+mountains in the great island of Chiloe, which has given name to the
+archipelago, are composed of basaltic columns, which could have only
+been produced by the operation of subterranean fire[78]. Though
+descended from the Chilese of the continent, as is evident from their
+appearance, manners, and language, the natives of these islands are
+quite of a different character, being of a pacific and rather timid
+disposition; insomuch that, although their population is said to have
+exceeded seventy thousand, they made no opposition to the handful of
+Spaniards sent on this occasion to reduce them, nor have they ever
+attempted to shake off the yoke until the beginning of the eighteenth
+century, when an insurrection of no great importance was excited, and
+very soon quelled[79].
+
+[Footnote 78: These are the opinions of Molina, not of the editor, who
+takes no part in the discussion between the Huttonians and Wemerians;
+neither indeed are there any data in the text on which to ground any
+opinion, were he even disposed by inclination or geognostic knowledge to
+become a party on either side.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 79: In the text, Molina gives here some account of the natives
+of Chiloe, which is postponed to the close of this chapter.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION IX.
+
+_Continuation of the Araucanian war to the Destruction of all the
+Spanish settlements in the territories of that Nation_.
+
+
+The long continuance of the Araucanian war, and the great importance of
+the kingdom of Chili, at length determined Philip II. to erect a court
+of Royal Audience in Chili, independent upon that which had long
+subsisted in Peru. To this court, which was composed of four oydors or
+judges and a fiscal, the civil and military administration of the
+kingdom was confided; and its members made a solemn entry into the city
+of Conception, where they fixed their residence, on the 13th of August
+1567. Immediately on assuming their functions, the judges removed
+Quiroga from the government, and appointed Ruiz Gamboa to the command of
+the army with the title of general. Learning that Paillataru, the toqui
+of the Araucanians, was preparing to besiege the city of Canete, Gamboa
+hastened to that place with a respectable force, and finding the toqui
+encamped not far from the threatened city, he attacked his fortified
+post, and defeated him after a long and obstinate contest. After this
+victory, Gamboa overran and laid waste the Araucanian territories for a
+whole year without opposition, and carried off great numbers of women
+and children into slavery. He employed every effort however, repeatedly
+to induce the Araucanians to enter into negotiations for peace, but to
+no purpose, as they preferred the endurance of every possible evil
+before the loss of their national liberty, and continually refused to
+listen to his proposals.
+
+As peace, so necessary to the well being of the Spanish settlements in
+Chili, seemed every day more remote, in spite of every effort for its
+attainment, it at length, appeared to the court of Spain that the
+government of a country in a continual state of war was improperly
+placed in the hands of a court of justice: Accordingly it was again
+confided to the management of a single chief, under the new titles of
+President, Governor, and Captain-general. Don Melchior Bravo de Saravia
+was invested with this triple character in 1568; a man well qualified to
+act as president of the court of audience and civil governor of the
+kingdom, but utterly incompetent to sustain the charge of
+captain-general; yet he was anxious to signalize the commencement of his
+government by the attainment of a splendid victory over the redoubtable
+Araucanians, for which an opportunity soon offered, but which redounded
+to his own disgrace.
+
+Paillataru had collected a new army, with which he occupied the strong
+position of Mariguenu, so fatal to the Spaniards, and which for some
+unaccountable reason they had neglected to fortify. Immediately on
+learning this circumstance, the governor marched against the toqui at
+the head of three hundred Spanish soldiers and a large auxiliary force.
+Like several of his predecessors, Paillataru had the glory of rendering
+this mountain famous by the total defeat of the Spanish army. The
+governor had the good fortune to make his escape from this battle, and
+precipitately withdrew with a small remnant of his troops to Angol,
+where he resigned the command of the army, appointing Gamboa
+major-general and Velasco[80] quarter-master. He was at this time so
+intimidated by his defeat, that he ordered these officers to evacuate
+the fortress of Arauco, so often already destroyed and rebuilt. While
+escorting the inhabitants of that place to Canete, these officers fell
+in with a division of the Araucanians, which they attacked and defeated.
+Yet Paillataru, who had removed from Mariguenu to the post of Quipeo,
+marched two days afterwards against Canete, which he proposed to
+besiege; but Gamboa advanced to meet him with all the troops he could
+collect, and gave him battle. The engagement continued more than two
+hours, and was one of the bloodiest and hardest contested ever fought in
+Chili. Though severely handled, the Spaniards remained masters of the
+field, and the Araucanians were compelled to retreat. Gamboa now invaded
+the Araucanian territory, intending to ravage it as formerly; but
+Paillataru, having repaired his losses in a short time by fresh levies,
+returning to defend his country, and compelled Gamboa to retreat with
+loss.
+
+[Footnote 80: In a subsequent passage Molina names this officer Benal.
+--E.]
+
+From this time, till the death of Paillataru, about four years
+afterwards, a suspension of arms or tacit truce was observed between the
+Spaniards and Araucanians. This was probably owing in a great measure to
+the general consternation occasioned by a dreadful earthquake which was
+felt throughout the whole country, and did great injury to the Spanish
+settlements, particularly to the city of Conception, which was entirely
+destroyed. Ever anxious to consolidate and give importance to their
+conquests, the court of Spain erected in 1570, a new bishopric in the
+city of Imperial, to which the vast extent of country between the river
+Maule and the southern confines of Chili was assigned as a diocese[81].
+
+[Footnote 81: Since the loss of Imperial, Conception has been the
+residence of this bishop--E.]
+
+About this time the _Mestees_, or descendents of Spaniards by Indian
+women had multiplied greatly in Chili, and perceiving the great
+advantage that might be derived from their assistance against the
+Spaniards, and to attach them to their cause by a strong acknowledgement
+that they were their countrymen, the Araucanians conferred the office of
+toqui upon one of these men named Alonzo Diaz, who had assumed the
+Chilese name of Paynenancu, and had distinguished himself for ten years
+by his valour and abilities, continually fighting in their armies. If
+his predecessor Paillataru had the fault of being too cautious in
+conducting the operations of the war, the new toqui was on the contrary
+so rash and daring, to avoid that imputation, that he constantly
+attacked the Spaniards with far inferior numbers, whence all his
+enterprises were unfortunate as might naturally have been expected.
+
+Immediately on receiving the investiture of the toquiate, he crossed
+the river Biobio, probably intending to have attacked Conception; but,
+before reaching that place, he was attacked and defeated by the
+quarter-master, notwithstanding the great valour with which he defended
+himself for a long time. Among the prisoners taken by the Spaniards on
+this occasion were several Araucanian women, all of whom killed
+themselves the same night. Paynenancu, having escaped from the carnage,
+raised a new army and marched against Villarica, but was again defeated
+by Rodrigo Bastidas, the military commandant of that city.
+
+While the war continued to rage in 1575, the licentiate Calderon arrived
+in Chili from Spain, with a commission to examine and regulate the
+government of that kingdom. His first step was to suppress the court of
+audience, on the sole principle of economy, and instead of the president
+Melchior Bravo, Rodrigo Quiroga, who had been formerly appointed
+governor by the audience of Lima, was reinstated in that office. Having
+assembled all the troops he could raise, the new governor proceeded in
+1576 to the frontiers, to oppose the ravages of Paynenancu, who, though
+twice defeated, continued to harass the Spanish settlements by frequent
+inroads. But, as the toqui carefully avoided any rencounter, the
+governor contented himself with ravaging the Araucanian territories in
+revenge. Having afterwards received a reinforcement of two thousand men
+from Spain, he gave directions to his father-in-law[82] Gamboa to found
+a new city at the foot of the Cordellieras[83], between the cities of St
+Jago and Conception, which has since received the appellation of Chillan
+from the river on which it stands, and has become the capital of the
+fertile province of the same name. Shortly after the foundation of this
+new city, the governor died in 1580 at a very advanced age, having
+previously nominated Gamboa to succeed him in the government of the
+kingdom. Gamboa continued three years in the command, continually
+occupied in opposing the Araucanians in the south under their toqui
+Paynenancu, and in defending the kingdom on the east against the
+Pehuenches and Chiquillanians, who now began to molest the Spaniards at
+the instigation of the Araucanians.
+
+[Footnote 82: Thus in the original, though probably his son-in-law, as
+Quiroga died soon after at an advanced age.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 83: The city of Chillan, instead of being at the foot of the
+Andes, is in the plain country more than half way between that great
+chain and the sea.--E.]
+
+The Pehuenches are a numerous tribe who inhabit that portion of the
+Andes of Chili which lies between the latitudes of 34 deg. and 37 deg. S. to the
+eastwards of the Spanish provinces of Calchagua, Maule, Chillan, and
+Huilquilemu. Their dress resembles that of the Araucanians, except that
+they wear a piece of cloth like the Japenese round the waist which hangs
+down to the knees[84], instead of drawers or breeches. Their boots or
+shoes are all of one piece of skin, being that of the hind leg of an ox
+taken off at the knee, which is fitted to the foot of the wearer while
+green, turning the hair side inmost, and sewing up one of the ends, the
+skin of the knee serving for the heel. By being constantly worn and
+frequently rubbed with tallow, these shoes become as soft and pliant as
+the best dressed leather[85]. Though these mountaineers are valiant and
+hardy soldiers, yet are they fond of adorning themselves like women,
+decorating themselves with ear-rings and bracelets of glass-beads, with
+which also they ornament their hair, and hang small bells around their
+heads. Although possessed of numerous herds of cattle and sheep, their
+usual food is horse flesh, which like the Tartars they prefer to all
+other kinds, and always eat cooked, either by boiling or roasting. Like
+the Bedowin Arabs, the Pehuenches dwell in tents made of skins, disposed
+in a circular form around a spacious area, in which their cattle feed
+while the herbage lasts; and when that begins to fail they remove their
+camp to a fresh pasture, continually traversing in this manner the
+valleys among the Andes. Each village or encampment is governed by a
+hereditary ulmen. Their language and religion resemble those of the
+Araucanians. They are extremely fond of hunting, and often traverse the
+immense plains which stretch from the great Rio Plata to the Straits of
+Magellan in pursuit of game, sometimes extending their excursions as far
+as Buenos Ayres, and even occasionally indulge in plundering the
+vicinity of that city. They frequently attack the caravans which pass
+between Buenos Ayres and Chili, and have been so successful in these
+predatory enterprises as almost to have stopped that commerce entirely.
+
+[Footnote 84: A comparison more familiar to the British reader might be
+made to the _philabeg_ or short petticoat worn by the Scots
+Highlanders--E.]
+
+[Footnote 85: In this part of dress they likewise resemble the Scots
+Highlanders of old, who wore a kind of shoes made of raw hides with the
+hair on, called _rough rullions_. In both of course using the most
+obvious and easiest means of decency and protection. Before the
+introduction of European cattle into Chili, the natives must have
+employed the skins of the original animals of the country, probably of
+the _guemul_ or _huemul_, the equus bisulcus of Molina and other
+naturalists, an animal having some resemblance to a horse but with
+cloven hoofs--E.]
+
+It may be proper to relate what I noticed on a journey in that country,
+having set out from Mendoza in the province of Cujo, on the 27th of
+April 1783, with post horses for Buenos Ayres. We soon learnt, from some
+people whom we met, that the Pehuenches were out upon predatory
+excursions, and soon afterwards received the melancholy intelligence
+that they had committed horrible massacres in the _Portion of
+Magdalena_. In consequence of this, all the post-houses where we stopped
+were in a state of alarm, and some of them were entirely deserted.
+During the year before, three hundred of these Indians appeared suddenly
+before the post of Gutierrez, all lying back upon their horses and
+trailing their lances, in order to make it appear that it was only a
+drove of mares which is a very common sight in those _Pampas_ or almost
+unlimited plains. Although they saw but one man who patroled the wall
+with his musquet, and was indeed the only person in the post, they were
+deterred from making any attack, supposing it to be strongly guarded.
+This man knew well that the horses were guided, by the exact order they
+pursued, though he could see nothing of the riders till they were very
+near. He had the prudence likewise to refrain from firing his musquet,
+which probably led them to believe there was a greater force within the
+place, and induced them to abandon the enterprise, venting their rage on
+the other unprotected inhabitants of the plains. The commander of the
+post of Amatrain was not so fortunate, as he was killed that same year
+along with a negro who accompanied him. These posts are fortified with
+palisades, or with a mud wall, and have a ditch and draw-bridge.
+
+Although the Pehuenches frequently commit depredations in these eastern
+plains, they have many years refrained from any hostilities within the
+boundaries of Chili, unless in times of actual war between the nations;
+induced to this either from fear of the military population of Chili, or
+by the advantages which they derive from trading with the inhabitants of
+that kingdom. Their favourite weapon is the _laque_ or leathern thong
+with a stone at each end, which they always carry fastened to their
+girdles. It is highly probable that the ten Americans in the ship
+commanded by Orellana, of whose amazing and desperate courage, mention
+is made in Ansons voyage, were of this tribe. Notwithstanding their
+wandering and restless mode of life, they are more addicted to
+industrious and even commercial habits than any of the savage natives of
+South America. When in their tents, they are never idle. The women weave
+cloths of various colours, and the men occupy themselves in making
+baskets, and a variety of beautiful articles of wood, leather, skins, or
+feathers, which are much prized by the Spaniards. Every year they
+assemble in large numbers on the Spanish frontiers, where they hold a
+kind of fair which generally lasts fifteen or twenty days. On these
+occasions they bring for sale, besides horses and cattle, fossil salt,
+gypsum, pitch, bed-coverings, ponchos, skins, wool, bridle-reins
+beautifully wrought of plaited leather, baskets, wooden vessels,
+feathers, ostrich-eggs, and a variety of other articles; and receive in
+return wheat, wine, and European manufactures. In the conduct of this
+barter they are very skilful, and can with difficulty be overreached.
+Lest they should be cheated or plundered by the Christian merchants, who
+think every thing lawful against unbelievers, they never drink all at
+one time; but separate themselves into several companies, some of whom
+keep guard while the rest indulge in wine. They are generally humane,
+courteous, just in their dealings, and possessed of many estimable
+qualities.
+
+The Chiquillanians, whom some persons have supposed a tribe of the
+Pehueaches, live to the north-east of that nation, on the eastern
+borders, of the Andes[86]. These are the most savage, and consequently
+the least numerous of any of the tribes of the Chilese; for it is an
+established fact, that the ruder the state of savage life the less
+favourable it is to population. They go almost naked, merely wrapping
+the skins of the _Guanaco_ round their bodies, and they speak a
+corrupted and guttural dialect of the Chili-dugu or Chilese language. It
+is observable that all the Chilese tribes which inhabit the elevated
+valleys of the Andes, both Pehuenches, Puelches, Huilliches, and
+Chiquillanians, are much redder than those of their countrymen who dwell
+in the lower country to the west of these mountains. All these
+mountaineers dress themselves in skins, paint their laces, subsist in a
+great measure by hunting, and lead a wandering and unsettled life. They
+are in fact the so much celebrated Patagonians, who have been
+occasionally seen near the Straits of Magellan, and who have sometimes
+been described as giants, and at other times as not much beyond the
+ordinary stature of mankind. Generally speaking however, they are of
+lofty stature and have great muscular strength.
+
+[Footnote 86: In the map accompanying the English translation of Molina,
+the Penuenches and Chiquillanians are placed under the same parallel
+between lat. 33 deg. SO' and 36 deg. S. The former on the western and the latter
+on the eastern side of the Andes.--E.]
+
+On information being sent to Spain of the death of Quiroga, as formerly
+mentioned, Don Alonzo Sotomayor Marquis of Villa-hermoso was sent out
+as governor with six hundred regular troops. He landed at Buenos Ayres
+in 1583, from whence he proceeded to St Jago. On taking possession of
+his government, he appointed his brother Don Luis to the new office of
+Colonel of the Kingdom, and sent him with a military force to relieve
+the cities of Villarica and Valdivia, which were both besieged by the
+Araucanians. After twice defeating the toqui, Paynenancu, who opposed
+his march, he raised the sieges and supplied both places with
+reinforcements. The indefatigable but unfortunate toqui, after two
+defeats from Don Luis, turned his arms against Tiburcio Heredia and
+Antonio Galleguilios, who were ravaging the country with separate strong
+detachments of cavalry, and was successively defeated by both of these
+officers, yet the victors paid dear for their successes.
+
+While these events were going on in the south, the governor had to
+oppose the Pehuenches who had invaded the new settlement of Chilian, and
+whom he defeated and constrained to retire into their mountains. He then
+marched into Araucania at the head of seven hundred Spaniards and a
+great number of auxiliaries, resolved to pursue the cruel and rigorous
+system of warfare which had formerly been adopted by Don Garcia, in
+preference to the humane procedure of his immediate predecessors. The
+province of Encol was the first to experience the effects of this
+severity, as he laid it entirely waste with fire and sword, and either
+hanged his prisoners, or sent them away with their hands cut off to
+intimidate their countrymen. The adjoining provinces of Puren, Ilicura,
+and Tucapel would have experienced a similar fate, if the inhabitants
+had not ensured their personal safety by flight, after setting their
+houses and crops on fire, and destroying every thing they could not
+carry off. Only three prisoners were taken in these provinces, who were
+impaled. Notwithstanding these severities, many mestees and mulatoes
+joined the Araucanians, and even some Spaniards, among who was Juan
+Sanchez, who acquired great reputation among them.
+
+Impelled either by his natural rash valour, or by despair on finding
+that he had fallen in the estimation of the Araucanians by his want of
+success, Paynenancu gave battle to the whole Spanish army on the
+confines of the province of Arauco with only eight hundred men; yet such
+was the resolute valour with which they fought that the Spaniards were
+unable to break their firm array, till after a hard contested battle of
+several hours, in which they lost a considerable number of men. Almost
+the whole of the Araucanian troops engaged in this unequal contest were
+slain; but Paynenancu was made prisoner and immediately executed. The
+victorious governor encamped with his army on the banks of the
+Carampangui river, and caused the fortress of Arauco to be rebuilt, of
+which he gave the command to Garcia Ramon the quarter-master.
+
+The Araucanian valour, which had been repressed by the imprudent conduct
+of Paynenancu, was revived in 1585, by the elevation of Cayancura to the
+dignity of toqui, an ulmen of the province or district of Mariguenu.
+Immediately on his election, he dispatched an hundred and fifty
+messengers to every corner of the country, with the symbolical arrows to
+summon the martial youth of Araucania to the national army. Having by
+these means assembled a respectable force, the new toqui determined upon
+making an attack at midnight on the Spanish camp, which was still on the
+banks of the Carampangui, and of the exact situation of which he had
+procured information by means of a spy. For this purpose, he formed his
+army in three divisions, of which he gave the command to three valiant
+officers, Lonconobal, Antulevu, and Tarochina. The divisions proceeded
+by three several roads which led to the camp, and coming upon it by
+surprise, cut the auxiliaries to pieces who were the first to oppose
+their progress. Fortunately for the Spaniards, the moon rose about the
+middle of the assualt, and enabled them, after a short period of
+confusion, and the loss of several men, to form themselves in good
+order, and to make head against the assailants, who at length began to
+give way after suffering severely from the fire of the Spanish
+musquetry. Just at this critical time, the governor charged the
+Araucanians and forced them to give way, after both sides had suffered
+considerable loss. Cayancura, who had halted with a body of reserve at
+the entrance of the Spanish camp for the purpose of supporting the
+attack, on finding his troops retiring exhausted and dispirited, drew
+off the whole to some distance where he permitted them to take rest and
+refreshment during the remainder of the night, and returned at day-break
+next morning to the attack. The Spanish army marched out to meet them in
+the open field, and a most obstinate and bloody battle ensued. After a
+brave contest, the Araucanians were overpowered by the artillery and
+cavalry of the Spaniards, and constrained to quit the field with great
+loss, though the Spaniards paid dear for their victory; insomuch that,
+immediately after the action, the governor raised his camp and retired
+to the frontiers, where he built two forts named Trinidad and Spiritu
+Santo on the northern shore of the Biobio. He also sent orders to the
+major-general to raise as many recruits as possible throughout the
+kingdom of Chili, which officer brought him accordingly a reinforcement
+of two thousand[87] horse and a considerable number of infantry.
+
+[Footnote 87: From the original army of the governor having only seven
+hundred men, I am apt to believe the number of horse in the text ought
+only to have been two _hundred_.--E.]
+
+Undismayed by his recent losses, the Araucanian general determined to
+take advantage of the governors retreat to lay siege to the fort of
+Arauco; and in order to secure the success of this enterprise, he
+endeavoured to occupy the Spanish arms in other quarters. For this
+purpose, he ordered one of his officers named Guepotan to make
+incursions on the territory of Villarica from the fortified post of
+Liben, where he had supported himself for several years. To Cadiguala,
+another officer who afterwards became toqui, he gave it in charge to
+harass the district of Angol; appointed Tarochina to guard the passage
+of the Biobio, and sent Melilauca and Catipillan to keep the garrison of
+Imperial in check. These officers had several encounters with the
+Spaniards attended with various success. Guepotan lost the fortified
+post of Liben, which was taken by the governors brother. Tarochina made
+himself master of a great number of boats on the Biobio, which were
+conveying supplies of men and warlike stores to the recently erected
+forts on that river.
+
+In the year 1586, the toqui Cayancura began the siege of Arauco, which
+he surrounded with strong lines, so as not only to intercept all
+succours, but to prevent the retreat of the garrison[88]. Perceiving
+from these preparations, that they must finally be compelled to
+surrender or perish by famine, the garrison thought it better to die at
+once with arms in their hands than to be reduced to such extremity. They
+attacked therefore the works of the enemy with such vigour, that after
+an obstinate and sanguinary combat of four hours, they succeeded in
+forcing them, and put the Araucanians to flight. Cayancura was so
+exceedingly mortified by this defeat, that he retired to his ulmenate,
+leaving the command of the army to his son, Nangoniel, a young man of
+great hopes and much beloved by the nation. This young commander
+immediately collected a new army, in which were an hundred and fifty
+horse, which from this time forwards became a regular part of the
+Araucanian military force. With these troops he returned to invest the
+fortress of Arauco, and guarded all its environs so closely that the
+garrison were unable to procure a supply of provisions, and were at
+length compelled to evacuate it, probably on capitulation. Encouraged by
+this good fortune, Nangoniel proceeded towards the Biobio, intending to
+attack the fort of Trinidad, which protected the passage of supplies in
+that direction from Spanish Chili to the forts on the south of that
+river. But while on his march, he was encountered by a detachment of
+Spanish troops commanded by Francisco Hernandez, by whom he was
+defeated. In this action he lost an arm and received several other
+dangerous wounds. Being obliged by this misfortune to take refuge on a
+neighbouring mountain, where he was drawn into an ambush by the
+sergeant-major[89] of the Spanish army, he and fifty of his soldiers
+were slain, after defending themselves valiantly for a long time. On the
+same day, an officer named Cadeguala, who had obtained great reputation
+in the Arancanian army for his courage and military skill, was
+proclaimed toqui by the officers.
+
+[Footnote 88: Lines, it would appear of circumvallation and
+contravallation, probably suggested by some of the Spaniards who had
+joined the Araucanians.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 89: This officer in the Spanish service seems somewhat
+equivalent to our adjutant; and the sergeant-major of the array in
+Chili, may be considered as a kind of adjutant-general.--E.]
+
+About this time, while the Araucanians were valiantly endeavouring to
+oppose the Spanish arms, the English also planned an expedition against
+them in that remote quarter of the world. Sir Thomas Cavendish sailed
+with this view from Plymouth on the 21st of July 1586 with three ships,
+and arrived on the coast of Chili in the following year. He landed at
+the desert port of Quintero[90], and endeavoured to enter into a
+negociation with the natives of the country; but he was attacked by
+Alonzo Molina, the corregidor of St Jago, and compelled to reimbark with
+the loss of several soldiers and seamen, and quitted the coast after a
+very short stay.
+
+[Footnote 90: The port of Quintero, in about lat. 32 deg. 45' S. is about 8
+or 10 miles to the north of the river Quillota in Spanish Chili. The
+voyage of Sir Thomas Cavendish will appear in an after division of this
+work.--E.]
+
+Cadeguala, the new toqui, signalized the commencement of his
+administration by several successful inroads into the Spanish
+possessions, the particulars of which are not recorded. Having notice of
+the alarm in Spanish Chili occasioned by the English squadron, he
+resolved to avail himself of that diversion of the Spanish forces to
+make an effort against the city of Angol by surprise. He maintained a
+secret intelligence with some of the inhabitants of that place, by whose
+means he prevailed upon a number of native Chilese, who were in the
+service of the Spanish citizens, to set fire to their masters houses at
+a certain hour of an appointed night, when he was to be ready with his
+army at the gates to assault the place. His plan was accordingly
+executed; and entering the city during the confusion occasioned by the
+fires, he divided his force, consisting of a thousand foot and an
+hundred horse, into several detachments, which made a horrible carnage
+of the citizens, who flying from the flames fell into the hands of the
+Araucanians. The garrison attempted in vain to dislodge the enemy, and
+the whole population of the place had been assuredly put to the sword,
+but for the courage and conduct of the governor, who had fortunately
+arrived at the city only two hours before the attack. He immediately
+hastened with his guards to the different quarters which were occupied
+by the enemy, where with wonderful presence of mind he collected the
+dispersed inhabitants who had escaped the sword of the enemy, and
+conducted them to the citadel. Having armed and marshalled all the most
+resolute of the inhabitants, he sallied out from the citadel at their
+head against the enemy, whom he compelled to evacuate the city at break
+of day. It would appear that the Araucanians had now become less
+scrupulous than formerly in their mode of making war; for Cadeguala was
+not abandoned by any of his officers on this occasion, as Caupolican had
+formerly been in his attempt to surprise Canete by similar means.
+
+Although the Arancanian general had not succeeded in this daring
+enterprise according to his expectations, he was so little discouraged
+by its failure that he immediately undertook the siege of Puren, which
+appeared more easy to be taken as it was situated at some distance from
+the Spanish frontiers. He accordingly invested it regularly with four
+thousand men in four separate divisions, under the respective commands
+of Guanoalca, Caniotaru, Relmuantu, and Curilemu, the most valiant
+officers of his army. On receiving notice of the investiture of Puren,
+the governor hastened to its relief with a strong reinforcement, but
+was opposed on his march by Cadeguala at the head of an hundred and
+fifty Araucanian horse armed with lances, and compelled to retreat after
+a long and obstinate combat, in which several fell on both sides. Elated
+by this success, the toqui made proposals to the besieged, either to
+enter into his service or to allow them to retire unmolested. These
+terms, which he pretended were very advantageous for men in their
+situation, were disdainfully rejected; yet one man of the garrison,
+named Juan Tapia, went over to the Araucanians by whom he was well
+received, and even got advancement in their army. As these terms were
+rejected, Cadeguala determined to endeavour to shorten the siege in a
+different manner. He presented himself one day before the walls mounted
+on a fine horse which he had taken from the governor, and boldly defied
+Garcia Ramon the commander of the garrison to single combat at the end
+of three days. The challenge was accepted, and the intrepid toqui
+appeared in the field at the time appointed, with a small number of
+attendants, whom he placed apart. Ramon likewise came out from the fort
+to meet him, attended by an escort of forty men, whom he ordered to
+remain at some distance. The two champions, having taken their distance
+set spurs to their horses and ran their course with such fury that
+Cadeguala fell at the first rencounter, pierced through the body by the
+lance of his adversary. He refused however to acknowledge himself
+vanquished, and even endeavoured to remount his horse to renew the
+combat, but died in the attempt. His attendants hastened to raise him,
+and even carried off his body after a sharp contest with the Spaniards.
+
+After the death of their commander, the Araucanians retired from the
+blockade for a short time; but soon returned to the siege, after having
+elected Guanoalca to the vacant toquiate, having been informed by the
+Spanish deserter Tapia, that the garrison was ill supplied with
+provisions, and divided into parties. Cut off from all hopes of relief,
+and dissatisfied with the conduct of their officers, the besieged soon
+determined upon evacuating the place; and the Araucanians allowed them
+to march off unmolested, according to their usual policy. Guanoalca
+immediately marched against another fort which the Spaniards had
+recently erected in the neighbourhood of Mount Mariguenu; but finding
+that it had been recently and considerably reinforced, he proceeded
+against the forts of Trinidad and Spiritu Santo on the banks of the
+Biobio. As the governor of Chili was apprehensive that he might not be
+able to defend these forts, or perhaps considered them of too little
+importance to hazard the safety of their garrisons, he evacuated them
+in 1589, and transferred their garrisons to another fortress which he
+directed to be constructed on the river Puchanqui as a protection for
+the city of Angol, so that the operations of the war consisted mostly in
+the construction and demolition of fortifications.
+
+The toquiate of Guanoalca was more remarkable for the exploits of a
+heroine named Janequeo than by his own. This famous woman was wife of
+Guepotan, a valiant officer who had long defended the fortified post of
+Liben near Villarica. After the loss of that important place he retired
+to the Andes, where he used every effort to stimulate the Puelches
+inhabiting that mountainous region to rise in defence of the country
+against the Spanish invaders. Being desirous of having his wife along
+with him, he descended into the plains in search of her, but was
+surprised by a party of Spaniards, and preferring to be cut in pieces
+rather than yield himself a prisoner, he was slain in the unequal
+combat. Janequeo, inflamed by an ardent desire to revenge the death of
+her husband, put herself at the head of an army of Puelches in 1590,
+assisted by Guechiuntereo her brother, with which she made inroads into
+the Spanish settlements, killing all of that nation who fell into her
+hands. Reinforced by a regiment of veteran soldiers which had been sent
+him from Peru, the governor Don Alonza Sotomayor, marched against the
+heroine; but, by constantly occupying the high grounds, attacking
+sometimes the van, sometimes the rear of the Spaniards, and harassing
+them in every possible way, she at last obliged the governor to retire,
+after having lost much time and a considerable number of men to no
+purpose. As the governor was of opinion that rigorous measures were best
+calculated to quell the pride of the Araucanians, he ordered all the
+prisoners taken in this incursion to be hung before his retreat. On this
+occasion, one of these men requested to be hanged on a higher tree than
+the rest, that the sacrifice he had made of himself for his country
+might be the more conspicuous, and inspire his surviving countrymen with
+the more ardent determination to defend their liberties.
+
+Having thus foiled all the endeavours of a general who had gained high
+reputation in the wars of Italy, Germany, and Flanders, Janequeo
+proceeded to attack the recently constructed fortress of Puchanqui, not
+far from which she defeated and slew the commandant, Aranda, who had
+advanced to meet her with a part of the garrison. Not being able to gain
+possession of this fort, she retired at the commencement of the rainy
+season to the mountains near Villarica, where she fortified herself in
+a place surrounded by precipices, from whence she continually infested
+the environs of that city in such a manner that no one dared to venture
+beyond the walls. Moved by the distresses of the citizens, the governor
+sent his brother Don Luis to their aid, with the greater part of two
+reinforcements which he had recently received from Peru, under the
+command of Castillejo and Penalosa. The intrepid Janequeo awaited him in
+her fortified post, which she deemed secure, and repelled for a long
+time the various assaults of the Spaniards with great presence of mind.
+At length, her soldiers being dispersed by the fire of the artillery,
+she had to seek for safety in flight. Her brother was made prisoner, and
+obtained his life on condition of promising to keep his sister quiet,
+and to secure the friendship of his vassals and adherents to the
+Spaniards. But, while proposing this measure in a national council, he
+was killed by the ulmen Catipiuque, who abhorred every species of
+reconciliation with the enemy.
+
+The old toqui, Guanoalca, died about the close of 1590, and a young and
+enterprising warrior, named Quintuguenu, was elected in his stead in the
+year following. Being ambitious of acquiring military glory, the new
+toqui assaulted and took the fort of Mariguenu by assault, and
+established himself on the top of that famous mountain with two thousand
+men, hoping to render himself as celebrated there as Lautaro had been
+formerly, by gaining an important victory over the Spaniards. Not
+dismayed by the misfortunes which had befallen his countrymen in that
+ill-omened place, the governor put himself at the head of a thousand
+Spaniards and a large auxiliary force of Indians, and marched without
+delay for Mariguenu, determined upon dislodging the Araucanians or of
+besieging them in their post. Having disposed his troops in order, and
+given the necessary directions, he began at daybreak to ascend the
+difficult and steep defile, leading the advanced guard in person,
+directly before which was a forlorn hope of twenty half-pay officers
+much experienced in similar warfare. He had scarcely got half way up the
+mountain when he was attacked with the utmost fury by Quintuguenu; but
+animating his troops by his voice and example, he sustained for more
+than an hour the utmost efforts of the enemy, and gained the top of the
+defile by persevering bravery. On reaching the level summit of the
+mountain, the Araucanians were forced to take refuge within their
+entrenchments, which they did however in excellent order. The
+Araucanians, exhorting each other to conquer or die for their country,
+defended their camp with incredible valour against the utmost efforts
+of the Spaniards till mid-day; when, after a most obstinate resistance,
+Don Carlos Irrazabel forced the lines on the left with his company,
+while at the same time the quarter-master and Rodolphus Lisperger, a
+valiant German officer, penetrated with their companies on the front and
+the right of the encampment. Though surrounded on every side,
+Quintuguenu maintained his troops in good order, earnestly exhorting
+them not to dishonour themselves by suffering an ignominious defeat in a
+place which had so often been the theatre of victory to their nation,
+and by his efforts and bravery long kept the fate of the battle in
+suspense. While he flew from rank to rank, animating his men and
+constantly making head against the enemy, he fell pierced with three
+mortal wounds given by the governor, who had taken aim at him. His last
+words were an enthusiastic exclamation in favour of liberty. On the
+death of the toqui, part of the Araucanian troops allowed themselves to
+be cut in pieces, and the rest sought their safety in flight. Almost all
+the auxiliaries on the side of the Spaniards fell in this successful
+battle, but only twenty of the Spaniards were slain, among whom was a
+Portuguese knight of the order of Christ, who was killed at the
+commencement of the action.
+
+Highly gratified with being the first who had defeated the Araucanians
+on the formidable heights of Mariguenu, the governor conducted his
+victorious army to the sea-shore, where he was saluted by repeated
+discharges of cannon from the fleet of Peru, then scouring the coast in
+search of the English squadron, and which had witnessed the victory.
+These were answered by the army with repeated vollies of musquetry, and
+the customary demonstrations of joy on so glorious an occasion. Availing
+himself of the opportunity afforded by the presence of the fleet, the
+governor sent the quarter-master-general into Peru to solicit the
+greatest possible reinforcement of troops without delay, to enable him
+to prosecute the war to advantage in the ensuing campaign. In the mean
+time, he abandoned the ancient scite of the fort of Arauco, and rebuilt
+it in a more convenient situation on the sea-shore. Colocolo, son of the
+celebrated ulmen of that name, but of a very different disposition from
+that of his father, was lord of that district, and being indignant at
+seeing his country occupied by the Spaniards endeavoured to drive them
+off; but being defeated and made prisoner, he solicited for his life,
+which he obtained on condition of persuading his subjects to return
+from the mountains and to submit to the authority of the Spaniards. On
+being urged by his wife Millayene, to fulfil the promise made by their
+chief, they replied that he ought to endure his misfortunes with the
+firmness that became his rank and lineage; that they were willing to
+encounter every danger under his command, and according to his example,
+or to revenge the outrages he might be subjected to, but could never
+consent to betray their country by submitting to obey its bitterest
+enemies. Irritated by this patriotic resolution of his subjects,
+Colocolo devoted himself in future to the service of the Spaniards, and
+even served them as a guide in the pursuit of his own people among the
+fastnesses in which they had taken refuge.
+
+In the year 1592 there happened to be a Spanish prisoner among the
+Araucanians, who by his ingratiating manners had acquired the confidence
+and esteem of the principal people of that high-spirited nation. Either
+by secret instructions from the governor, or from gratitude for the kind
+treatment he had received while prisoner, this man exerted himself to
+effectuate a treaty of peace between the nations, and had at one time a
+fair prospect of bringing it about. But the preliminaries which he
+proposed as the ground work of a reconciliation did not prove
+satisfactory to either party, and all his endeavours were abortive. The
+governor, being irritated at the rejection of his proposals, marched
+into the province of Tucapel which he laid waste on every side with fire
+and sword. As Paillaeco, who had been elected toqui in place of
+Quintuguenu, did not think his force sufficient to oppose the enemy in
+the open field, he endeavoured to draw them into an ambush. With this
+view, he placed an hundred horsemen at the entrance of a wood, within
+which he had concealed the remainder of his troops, giving orders to the
+horse to counterfeit flight on the coming up of the enemy to draw them
+within reach of the ambushment. This scheme seemed at first to promise
+success, but in the end turned against its contriver. The Araucanians
+took to flight and were pursued by the Spaniards, who soon discovered
+that it was only a stratagem, and turned back accordingly as if struck
+with a panic, in hopes of decoying the enemy to quit the wood and attack
+them in the open field. Not aware of this repetition of their own trick,
+the Araucanians fell into the snare they had laid for their enemies; and
+being surrounded on every side, were mostly cut in pieces together with
+their commander, after selling their lives at a dear rate, a small
+remnant taking refuge in the marshes from the pursuit of the victors.
+
+These repeated victories certainly cost much blood to the Spaniards, as
+the governor after this last action withdrew to St Jago to await the
+reinforcements he expected from Peru, and to raise as many recruits as
+possible in the northern provinces of Chili. As the reinforcements did
+not appear to him sufficient for continuing the war with a reasonable
+prospect of ultimate success, he even went into Peru in person to
+solicit more effectual succours, leaving the charge of the civil
+government daring his absence to the licentiate Pedro Viscarra, and the
+command of the army to the quarter-master. On his arrival at Lima,
+Sotomayor met with a successor who had been appointed to the government
+of Chili, by the court of Spain. This was Don Martin Loyola, nephew of
+St Ignatius, the celebrated founder of the order of the Jesuits, who had
+acquired the favour of the viceroy of Peru by taking prisoner Tupac
+Amuru the last Inca of Peru. In requital for this service, he was not
+only gratified by being appointed to the government of Chili, but was
+rewarded by obtaining in marriage the princess or _coya_ Donna Clara
+Beatrix, the only daughter and sole heiress of the former Inca Sayri
+Tupac. Loyola arrived at Valparaiso, in 1593, with a respectable body of
+troops, and immediately proceeded to St Jago, where he was received with
+every demonstration of joy by the citizens; but during his
+administration the Spaniards experienced the severest disaster that had
+ever happened to them in Chili.
+
+After the defeat and death of Paillaeco, the Araucanians elected
+Paillamachu to the supreme command, who was hereditary toqui or prince
+of the second Uthulmapu. This military dictator was already much
+advanced in years, yet a man of wonderful activity and resources, and
+was so fortunate in his enterprises that he far surpassed all his
+predecessors in military glory, and had the singular felicity of
+restoring his country to its ancient independence by the entire
+expulsion of the Spaniards from its territories. Immediately on his
+elevation to the supreme dignity of toqui, he appointed two officers of
+great valour and merit, Pelantaru and Millacalquin to the important
+employments of vice-toqui, deviating from the usual custom of the
+nation, which allowed only of one lieutenant-general. And, as the
+military force of the confederacy had been greatly diminished by the
+late unfortunate incidents in the war, he followed the example of
+Antiguenu, a former toqui, by withdrawing into the almost inaccessible
+marshes of Lumaco, where he used his utmost efforts to collect and
+discipline an army for the execution of the extensive plans he had
+formed for the entire liberation of his country.
+
+After having regulated the police of the capital and the civil
+government of the kingdom of Chili, Loyola proceeded to the city of
+Conception, where he established his headquarters in order to be at hand
+for conducting the operations of the war. The toqui of the Araucanians,
+on hearing of his arrival, sent an intelligent and sagacious officer
+named Antipillan to compliment him, but charged at the same time to
+obtain information of his character and designs. In frequent conferences
+with this person, the new governor endeavoured to impress him with an
+idea of the vast power and immense resources of the Spanish monarchy,
+against which it was impossible as he said for the Araucanians to
+contend successfully, and insinuated therefore the necessity of their
+submitting to an accommodation. Pretending to be convinced by the
+reasoning of Loyola, the ambassador acknowledged the prodigious power of
+the Spanish monarchy in comparison with the Araucanian state; which,
+notwithstanding the vast disproportion, had hitherto been able to resist
+every effort of the Spaniards. He acknowledged even the propriety of his
+nation entering into negotiations for peace, but alleged that the
+Spaniards affixed wrong ideas to that word; as, under the semblance of
+peace, they sought to subject the Araucanians to their authority, which
+they would never agree to while one of them remained alive. And finally,
+that the only peace to which they would consent, must consist of an
+entire cessation of hostilities, a complete restoration of all the lands
+which were occupied by the Spaniards within the Araucanian territory,
+and an explicit renunciation of every pretence to controul or interfere
+with their independent rights.
+
+As Loyola was of a generous disposition, he could not avoid admiring the
+noble and enlightened sentiments of the barbarian ambassador, and
+dismissed him with the strongest demonstrations of esteem. Yet so far
+was he from any idea of abandoning the posts already established in the
+Araucanian territory, that he crossed the Biobio in 1594, and founded a
+new city at a short distance from that river, giving it the name of Coya
+in honour of his wife a Peruvian princess. This place was intended to
+protect the rich gold mines of Kilacoyan, and to serve as a place of
+retreat for the inhabitants of Angol in case of need; and in order to
+render it more secure, he constructed two castles in its immediate
+neighbourhood, named Jesus and Chivecura, on either shore of the Biobio.
+Solicitous to destroy this new settlement, which he considered as a
+disgrace to his administration, Paillamachu sent in 1595, one of his
+officers named Loncothequa, with orders to destroy the fort of Jesus.
+After twice penetrating within the works, and even burning a part of the
+interior buildings of this place, Loncothequa lost his life without
+being able to accomplish the enterprise.
+
+In 1596, the toqui made frequent incursions into all the Spanish
+districts, both within and adjoining the Araucanian territory, on
+purpose to subsist his troops and to inure them to a military life. The
+Spanish army attempted in vain to prevent or pursue these predatory
+detachments, as the wary Paillamachu took the utmost care to avoid any
+encounter, determined to reserve his force for some favourable occasion.
+On purpose to restrain these incursions Loyola erected two additional
+forts in the neighbourhood of the encampment or head-quarters of the
+toqui, one on the scite of the old fort of Puren, and the other on the
+borders of the marshes of Lumaco, which he garrisoned with the greater
+part of a reinforcement of troops which he had just received from Peru.
+He sent the remainder of these in 1597 to the province of Cujo, where
+they founded a new city, called San Luis de Loyola, which still subsists
+in a miserable condition, though placed in a very advantageous
+situation.
+
+The fort of Lumaco was soon afterwards taken by storm, by the toqui in
+person, who gave orders to two of his officers to reduce that of Puren.
+In ten days they reduced the garrison to the last extremity, but had to
+desist from the enterprise by the approach of a reinforcement under the
+command of Pedro Cortes, a Spanish officer who acquired great reputation
+in the Araucanian war. The governor Loyola arrived there soon afterwards
+with his army, and gave orders to demolish the fortifications and to
+remove the garrison to Angol, lest it might experience a similar fate
+with what had so recently happened to the fort of Lumaco. He then
+proceeded to Imperial, Villarica and Valdivia, the fortifications of
+which places he carefully repaired, to secure them against the
+increasing strength of the enemy, and then returned towards the Biobio
+under the security of an escort of three hundred men. As soon as he
+thought himself in a place of security, he ordered back the escort,
+retaining only along with himself and family sixty-two half-pay officers
+and three Franciscan friars. Paillamachu had secretly followed and
+watched all the motions of the governor, and concluded that he had now
+found a favourable opportunity to attack him. Finding him accordingly
+encamped in the pleasant valley of Caralava, he attacked him with a
+select band of two hundred Araucanians, on the night of the 22d November
+1598, and slew Loyola and all his retinue.
+
+It would appear that Paillamachu had formed confident hopes in the
+successful issue of this bold enterprise, and that it had been long
+concerted: as, in consequence of his instructions, the whole provinces
+of the Araucanian confederacy, and their allies the Cunches and
+Huilliches, were in arms in less than forty-eight hours after the
+slaughter of Loyola. In the whole of that country, from the Biobio to
+the archipelago of Chiloe, every Spaniard who had the misfortune to be
+found without the garrisons was put to death; and the cities and
+fortresses of Osorno, Valdivia, Villarica, Imperial, Canete, Angol, and
+Arauco, were all invested at the same time by close blockades.
+Paillamachu had even the boldness to cross the Biobio, burned the cities
+of Conception and Chillan, laid waste the provinces under their
+dependence, and returned into Araucania loaded with spoil.
+
+On the first intelligence of these melancholy events, the inhabitants of
+St Jago were filled with consternation and despair, and were almost
+unanimously of opinion to abandon Chili and take refuge in Peru. Yet,
+having some confidence in Pedro de Viscara, an officer of reputation
+then beyond seventy years of age, they assembled in council and
+prevailed on him to assume the government of the kingdom till the court
+might appoint a successor to Loyola. Viscara, having collected all the
+troops that could be procured, began his march for the frontiers in
+1599, and had even the courage to cross the Biobio in the face of the
+enemy, and withdrew the inhabitants from Angol and Coya, with whom he
+repeopled the cities of Conception and Chilian. The government of
+Viscara only continued for six months; as on learning the perilous
+situation of Chili, the viceroy of Peru sent Don Francisco Quinones
+thither as governor, with a numerous reinforcement of soldiers and a
+large supply of military stores. The new governor had several indecisive
+actions with the toqui to the north of the river Biobio, to which the
+Araucanians had gone on purpose to ravage the southern provinces of
+Spanish Chili. The most important of these was in the plain of Yumbal.
+The toqui was on his return into the south from a successful inroad at
+the head of two thousand men, and with a great number of cattle of all
+kinds which he had taken in the province of Chillan, and Quinones
+attempted to intercept his retreat with an equal force, the greater part
+of which consisted of Spanish troops. The two armies advanced with equal
+resolution, and the Spaniards attempted in vain to keep the Araucanians
+at a distance by a constant fire from eight field pieces and all their
+musquetry. They soon came to close quarters, and the battle continued
+with incredible fury for more than two hours, till night parted them;
+when Paillamachu took advantage of the darkness and repassed the Biobio.
+On this occasion, the governor made an improper display of severity, by
+ordering all his prisoners to be quartered and hung upon trees, which
+was much disapproved of by his officers, who, either from humanity or a
+motive of self-interest, urged him not to give the enemy a pretence for
+retaliating by similar cruelties. But Quinones obstinately adhered to an
+old maxim of endeavouring to conquer by means of terror, and was deaf to
+all their remonstrances. We are ignorant of the loss sustained by the
+Spaniards in this battle, but it must have been considerable, as Arauco
+and Canete were both immediately abandoned, and their inhabitants
+withdrawn to the city of Conception.
+
+Paillmachu does not seem to have been at all disconcerted by the issue
+of the late battle, as he continued the sieges of the Spanish cities,
+and was himself in constant motion; sometimes encouraging by his
+presence the forces that were employed in blockading the cities, and at
+other times ravaging the Spanish provinces to the north of the Biobio,
+where he did infinite mischief. Having learnt that the siege of Valdivia
+had been raised by the officer whom he had entrusted with that
+enterprise, he hastened to that place with four thousand men, part
+cavalry, seventy of his infantry being armed with musquets which he had
+taken from the Spaniards in the late engagements. On the night of the
+14th of November[91] he crossed the broad river of Calacala by swimming,
+unsuspected by the garrison, stormed the city at day-break, killed a
+great number of the inhabitants, and burnt the houses. He even attempted
+to gain possession of some vessels in the harbour, on board of which
+many of the inhabitants had taken refuge, but these escaped his fury by
+immediately setting sail. After this notable exploit, he returned in
+triumph into the north of Araucania with a booty of two millions of
+dollars, upwards of four hundred prisoners, and a considerable number of
+cannon; and rejoined Millacalquin, an officer to whom he had entrusted
+the defence of the Biobio during his absence.
+
+[Footnote 91: According to Garcilasso, Valdivia was taken on the 24th of
+November 1599. In a letter from St Jago in Chili, dated in March 1600,
+and inserted in the Royal Commentaries of Peru, P.I.B. vii. Ch. xxv. the
+Araucanian army on this occasion is said to have amounted to 5000 men,
+3000 of whom were horse. Of the foot, 200 were armed with coats of mail,
+and 70 with fire-arms, _as was said_. They surprised the city at
+daybreak without the smallest alarm, there being only four men on guard,
+two of whom went the rounds, the Spaniards being lulled into security by
+some recent successes in two different incursions they had lately made
+into the country, which they had laid waste for eight leagues all around
+during twenty days.--E.]
+
+Ten days after the destruction of Valdivia, Francisco del Campo arrived
+there by sea from Peru with a reinforcement of three hundred men; and
+finding it in ashes, he ineffectually endeavoured to introduce these
+succours into Osorno, Villarica, and Imperial[92]. Amid so many
+misfortunes, an expedition of five ships from Holland arrived on the
+coast of Chili in 1660, which plundered the island of Chiloe and put the
+Spanish garrison to the sword. But on a part of their people landing in
+the island of Talca or Santa Maria[93], inhabited by the Araucanians,
+they were repulsed with the loss of twenty-three men, being probably
+mistaken for Spaniards.
+
+[Footnote 92: In the letter quoted from Garcilasso in the preceding
+note, Del Campo is said to have raised the siege of Osorno and to have
+performed other actions of happy consequence.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 93: St Mary's island is on the coast of Araucania, in lat. 37 deg.
+S.--E.]
+
+Disgusted with a war which threatened such unfortunate consequences,
+Quinones solicited and obtained leave to resign the government of Chili,
+and was succeeded by Garcia Ramon who had long been quarter-master of
+the army in that kingdom. Great expectations were formed of success in
+the war against the Araucanians under his direction, from his long
+experience and thorough acquaintance with the manner in which the enemy
+carried on their warlike operations. But that experience induced him to
+conduct the war on prudent principles of defence, rather than to hazard
+the loss of that part of Chili which was subject to Spain. Although he
+received a reinforcement consisting of an entire regiment of veterans,
+under the command of Don Francisco de Ovalle, father to the historian of
+that name, he confined himself almost entirely to the defence of the
+frontier line upon the Biobio. Garcia Ramon was however soon superseded
+in the government by the appointment of Alonzo Rivera, an officer who
+had acquired considerable reputation in the wars in the low countries,
+and who now brought out a farther reinforcement of a regiment of veteran
+troops. On assuming the government, he established a number of
+additional forts on the river Biobio, to defend the frontiers, by which
+he greatly encouraged the Spanish colonists, who still entertained an
+idea of abandoning Chili to the enemy.
+
+The populous and opulent city of Villarica, fell into the hands of the
+Araucanians in 1692, after a siege or blockade of two years and eleven
+months; and soon afterwards Imperial, the capital of the Spanish
+settlements beyond the Biobio, experienced a similar fate. The defence
+of this city was protracted for some months by the courage of a Spanish
+lady, named Donna Innes de Aguilera. Seeing the garrison quite
+dispirited by the long continuance of the siege, and ready to
+capitulate, she encouraged them to persist in its defence, and even
+directed all the operations in person; until at last, on a favourable
+opportunity offering, she escaped by sea with the bishop and most of the
+inhabitants. During this siege, she lost her husband and brothers, and
+her heroism was rewarded by the king with a pension of two thousand
+dollars.
+
+Osorno, likewise a rich and populous city, soon followed; as the enemy,
+now freed from the attention they had hitherto given to Valdivia,
+Villarica and Imperial, were able to bring their whole force against
+that last possession of the Spaniards within the territories of the
+Araucanian confederacy. The sufferings endured by the garrison and
+inhabitants of Osorno are scarcely to be exceeded by those endured in
+the most celebrated sieges recorded in history. They were long obliged
+to subsist on the most loathsome food, having no other sustenance than
+the carcasses of dead horses; and when these failed on cats and dogs and
+the skins of beasts. Thus in little more than three years, all the
+settlements which had been established by Valdivia and his successors,
+between the river Biobio and the archipelago of Chiloe, and preserved at
+the expence of so much blood, were destroyed, and so effectually that
+hardly any vestiges of them now remain. None of them have been since
+rebuilt, as what is at present called Valdivia is nothing more than a
+garrison or fortified post. Though great numbers of the inhabitants of
+these cities perished in the defence of their walls, by famine or by the
+sword of the enemy, yet Spanish prisoners of all ranks were so numerous
+among the Araucanians, that almost every family had at least one to its
+share. The married Spaniards were mostly allowed to retain their wives,
+and the unmarried men were supplied with wives from among the women of
+the country; but the unmarried Spanish women were distributed among the
+chiefs of the Araucanians, who by their customs were permitted a
+plurality of wives. It is not a little remarkable that the mestees, or
+offspring of these marriages, became in the subsequent wars the most
+inveterate enemies of the Spaniards.
+
+On this occasion likewise, the ransom and exchange of prisoners were
+permitted, by which means many of the Spaniards escaped from captivity.
+Yet some were induced, by love for the children they had by the native
+women, to remain captives during their lives. Some even of the Spaniards
+acquired the confidence and affection of the natives, by their pleasing
+manners, or by their skill in useful arts, and acquired advantageous
+establishments in the country. Among these, Don Basilio Roxas and Don
+Antonio Bascugnano, both of noble birth, acquired high reputation with
+the Araucanians, and both of them left interesting memoirs of the
+transactions of their times. Such of the Spaniards as happened to fall
+to the share of brutal masters, had much to suffer.
+
+Paillamachu did not long continue to enjoy the applause of his
+countrymen, for having so successfully expelled the Spaniards from
+Araucania: He died about the end of the year 1603, and was succeeded by
+Huenecura, who had been bred to arms under his direction and example in
+the celebrated military school of Lumaco.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"Modern as is the History of America, it has had its full share of
+fable, and the city of Osorno has furnished the subject of one not less
+extraordinary than any of the rest, which is thus related in the
+twentieth volume of the _Seminario Erudito_[94]."
+
+[Footnote 94: This fabulous story of the new Osorno is contained in a
+note to Molina by the English Editor.--E.]
+
+
+"During the great effort of the Araucanians to recover their country
+from the Spaniards, Osorno resisted their arms with extraordinary vigour
+for six months. At the end of this period, the Spaniards repelled a
+general assault of the besiegers, and compelled them to abandon the
+blockade. Being afraid of another attack, the Spaniards retired about
+three or four leagues, to a peninsula at the foot of the Andes, formed
+by the lake from which the river Bueno issues. They there built a new
+city on the isthmus, which they secured with walls, bulwarks, moats and
+draw-bridges; and multiplied in process of time so as to be obliged to
+build another city on the opposite side of the lake, and their
+descendents still continue to occupy the same place. This people, called
+_Alcahuncas_ by the Indians, are armed with lances, swords and daggers,
+but whether these are of iron or not, the person who discovered the
+existence of these cities had not been able to learn. They also use the
+_laque_ or thong and ball with great dexterity, on which account they
+are much dreaded by their neighbours. They have also cannon, but no
+musquets. They retain the dress, complexion and beard of their Spanish
+ancestors. They used formerly to purchase salt from the Pehuenches, and
+even from the Indians who live under the Spanish government, which they
+paid for in silver, which occasioned so great a demand for that article
+in the Spanish settlements, that a loaf of salt used to sell at the
+price of an ox. Of late this demand has ceased, as they have found salt
+in abundance in their own country."
+
+"A year only before this account was written, or in 1773, a man from
+Chiloe got to the city gates one morning before the drawbridge was
+lifted, and knocked for admittance. The soldier who was on guard told
+him to hasten back as fast as possible, as their king was a cruel
+tyrant, and would certainly put him to death if taken; and even seemed
+astonished that the Indians had permitted him to arrive at the gate.
+This man was killed on his way back; but the news of his adventure
+reached Valdivia, where it was fully believed. It is said that the
+people of these two cities live under a grievous tyranny, and are
+therefore desirous of making their situation known to the Spaniards; but
+that their chiefs use every possible precaution to prevent this, and the
+Indians of the intervening country are equally solicitous to prevent any
+intelligence respecting this state being conveyed to the Spaniards, lest
+it might induce them to make new attempts to penetrate into the
+interior."
+
+"This account is said to have been written in 1774, by Don Ignacio
+Pinuer, captain of infantry and interpreter general at Valdivia, in a
+letter addressed to the president of Chili. The writer states that his
+thorough knowledge of the language of the natives, and his great
+intimacy with them, had enabled him to collect this information, by
+means of the artful and persevering inquiries of twenty-eight
+years[95]."
+
+[Footnote 95: This absurd story evidently belongs to the same class with
+the _Seven cities_ formerly mentioned, and the _El Dorado_ and _Welsh_
+colony, which will both occur in the sequel of this work. Though not
+exactly connected in point of time with this fabled city of Osorno, a
+similar fable respecting a supposed white nation in the interior of
+Chili, may be noticed in this place, the reflections on which, in the
+paragraphs subjoined, give a clear explanation of the origin of several
+of these tales.--E.]
+
+"In the reign of the Emperor Charles V. the bishop of Placentia is said
+to have sent four ships to the Moluccas. When they had advanced about
+twenty leagues within the Straits of Magellan, three of them were
+wrecked, and the fourth was driven back into the southern Atlantic. When
+the storm abated, this fourth ship again attempted the passage, and
+reached the place where the others were lost where they found the men
+still on shore, who entreated to be taken on board; but as there was
+neither room nor provision for so great a number, they were necessarily
+left. An opinion long prevailed that they had penetrated into the
+interior of Chili, where they settled and became a nation called the
+_Cesares_, whose very ploughshares were said to be of gold. Adventurers
+reported that they had been near enough to hear the sound of their
+bells; and it was even said that men of a fair complexion had been made
+prisoners, who were supposed to belong to this nation. The existence of
+this city of the Cesares was long believed, and even about the year
+1620, Don Geronimo Luis de Cabrera, then governor of Peru, made an
+expedition in search of this _El Dorado_ of Chili. Even after Feyjo had
+attempted to disprove its existence, the jesuit Mascardi went in search
+of it with a large party of Puelches, but was killed by the Poy-yas on
+his return from the fruitless quest[96]."
+
+[Footnote 96: Dobrizhoffer, III. 407.]
+
+"The groundwork of this and other similar fables is thus satisfactorily
+explained by Falkner[97].--'I am satisfied that the reports concerning a
+nation in the interior of South America descended from Europeans, or the
+remains of shipwrecks, are entirely false and groundless, and occasioned
+by misunderstanding the accounts given by the Indians. When asked in
+Chili respecting any settlement of the Spaniards in the inland country,
+they certainly give accounts of towns and white people, meaning Buenos
+Ayres, and other places to the eastwards of the Andes. And _vice versa_,
+on being asked in the east the same question, their answers refer to
+Chili or Peru; not having the least idea that the inhabitants of these
+distant countries are known to each other. Upon questioning some Indians
+on this subject, I found my conjecture perfectly right; and they
+acknowledged, when I named Chiloe, Valdivia, and other places in Chili,
+that these were the places they alluded to under the description of
+European settlements, and seemed amazed that I should know that such
+places existed.'"
+
+[Footnote 97: Falkner, Ch. iv. p. 112.]
+
+
+SECTION X.
+
+_Farther Narrative of the War, to the Conclusion of Peace with the
+Araucanians_.
+
+
+While Alonzo Rivera applied himself with every possible energy to check
+the progress of the Araucanians and to guard the frontier of the Biobio,
+he was removed, from the government of Chili to that of Tucuman, as a
+punishment for having presumed to marry the daughter of the celebrated
+heroine Innes Aguilera, without having obtained the royal permission. On
+this occasion Garcia Ramon was reinstated in the government, and
+received at the same time with his commission a reinforcement of a
+thousand men from Europe and two hundred and fifty from Mexico. Being
+now at the head of three thousand regular troops, besides a
+considerable auxiliary force, he invaded Araucania and penetrated
+without opposition into the province of Boroa[98] where he erected a
+fort, which he furnished with a considerable number of cannon, and in
+which he left a garrison of three hundred men under the command of
+Lisperger, a German officer formerly mentioned.
+
+[Footnote 98: The province of Boroa, formerly mentioned as the residence
+of a tribe much whiter in their colour than the other natives of South
+America, lies at the foot of the Andes between the heads of the rivers
+Hueco and Tolten, to the eastward of the ruins of Villarica.--E.]
+
+Immediately after the return of the invading army into Spanish Chili,
+the new toqui Huenecura proceeded to attack this new establishment.
+While on his march he fell in with Lisperger, who had gone out from the
+fort at the head of an hundred and sixty of his men to protect a convoy;
+and immediately attacked the Spaniards with such fury that he cut the
+whole detachment in pieces, and the commander among the rest. After this
+first successful essay of his arms, he proceeded without delay against
+the fort, which he made three several attempts to take by storm; but was
+repelled with so much skill and valour by Gil Negrete who had succeeded
+Lisperger in the command, that after an obstinate combat of two hours he
+was obliged to desist from the attempt to storm, and established a close
+blockade. This was continued till the governor Ramon sent orders for the
+garrison to evacuate the place. The Spanish army was now divided into
+two separate bodies, one under the command of Alvaro Pineda the
+quarter-master of Chili, and the other under the orders of Don Diego
+Saravia, who proceeded to lay waste the Araucanian territory without
+mercy. Watching his opportunity however, Huenecura attacked and defeated
+them in succession, and with such complete success that not even a
+single person of either detachment escaped death or captivity. By these
+unexpected misfortunes, that fine army on which such flattering hopes of
+security at least, if not conquest, had been founded, was entirely
+annihilated. In consequence of these repeated and heavy disasters,
+orders were given by the court of Spain, that a body of two thousand
+regular troops should be continually maintained on the Araucanian
+frontier; for the support of which force, an annual appropriation of
+292,279 dollars was made from the royal treasury of Peru. At the same
+time the court of royal audience was re-established in the city of St
+Jago on the 8th of September 1609, after having been thirty-four years
+suppressed. This measure gave universal satisfaction to the inhabitants,
+and the court has continued there ever since with high reputation for
+justice and integrity.
+
+By this new regulation, Ramon added the title of president to those of
+governor and captain-general of Chili. Having received considerable
+reinforcements, to replace the army so lately destroyed, Ramon ventured
+to recross the Biobio at the head of about two thousand men. Huenecura
+advanced to meet him, and a sanguinary and obstinate battle took place
+in the defiles of the marshes of Lumaco. The Spaniards were for some
+time in imminent danger of being completely defeated; but the valiant
+governor, taking his station in the front line, so animated his soldiers
+by his presence and example that they at length succeeded in breaking
+and defeating the enemy. Shortly after this victory, Ramon died in the
+city of Conception, on the 10th of August 1610, universally regretted by
+the Spanish inhabitants of Chili, to whom he was much endeared by his
+excellent qualities and his long residence among them. He was even
+highly esteemed by the Araucanians, whom he had always treated, when
+prisoners, with a humane attention which did him much honour. According
+to the royal decree for establishing the court of audience, the
+government of Chili now devolved upon Don Luis Merlo de la Fuente, the
+eldest oydor or judge.
+
+Much about the same time with Ramon, the toqui Huenecura likewise died,
+either from disease or in consequence of wounds received in the late
+battle. He was succeeded in the toquiate by Aillavilu the second, who is
+represented by Don Basilio Rosas, a contemporary writer, as one of the
+greatest of the Araucanian generals, and as having fought many battles
+against Merlo and his successor Don Juan Xaraquemada; but he does not
+particularize either their dates, the places where they were fought, or
+any circumstances concerning them.
+
+Among the missionaries who were at that time employed for the conversion
+of the natives in Chili, was a Jesuit named Luis Valdivia, who, finding
+it impossible to preach to the Araucanians during the continuance of
+war, went to Spain and represented in strong terms to Philip III. the
+great injury suffered by the cause of religion in consequence of this
+long and cruel war. That weak prince was more devoted to the advancement
+of religion than to the augmentation of his territories, and sent
+immediate orders to the government of Chili to discontinue the war, and
+to settle a permanent peace with the Araucanians, by establishing the
+river Biobio as the frontier between the two nations. On purpose to
+secure the punctual execution of these orders, the king offered to exalt
+Valdivia to the episcopal dignity, and to appoint him governor of Chili.
+He refused both of these high offers, and only stipulated for the
+restoration of Alonzo Rivera to the government, whose views were
+conformable with his own, and who had been exiled to Tucuman as
+formerly mentioned.
+
+Much gratified with the prosperous issue of his voyage, the zealous
+missionary returned to Chili in 1612, carrying a letter written by the
+king of Spain to the national assembly of the Araucanian chiefs,
+recommending the establishment of peace between the nations, and that
+they should promote the propagation of Christianity among their
+dependents. Immediately on his arrival in Chili, Valdivia hastened to
+the frontiers, and communicated the nature of the commission with which
+he was entrusted to the Araucanians, by means of some prisoners of that
+nation whom he had purposely brought with him from Peru. Aillavilu the
+toqui gave little attention to the proposed negociation, which he deemed
+a feint for deceiving and surprising him. But, as he died or resigned
+the command soon after, his successor Ancanamon thought proper to
+inquire into the reality of the pacific proposals, and directed the
+ulmen Carampangui to converse with Valdivia, that his offers might be
+laid before a general assembly of the ulmens. Accordingly, on the
+invitation of Carampangui, Valdivia repaired to Nancu in the province of
+Catiray, where, in an assembly of fifty Araucanian chiefs, he made known
+the substance of the proposed pacific negociations, read and expounded
+the royal letter to the Araucanian confederacy, and made a long oration
+on the motives of his interference and on the important concerns of
+their immortal souls. The assembly thanked him for his exertions, and
+promised to make a favourable report to the toqui. On his return to
+Conception, Valdivia was accompanied by Carampangui, where he was
+honourably received by the governor; who dispatched Pedro Melendez one
+of his ensigns, under the safeguard of the ulmen, on a message to the
+toqui, carrying with him the letter of the king of Spain, and a request
+that Ancanamon would meet him at Paicavi, a place near the frontiers,
+that they might confer together upon the preliminaries of peace.
+
+The toqui soon afterwards came to the place appointed, with a small
+guard of forty soldiers, and accompanied by several ulmens, bringing
+likewise along with him a number of Spanish prisoners of the first
+families, whom he set at liberty. The governor, with Valdivia and the
+principal officers of the government, received Ancanamon with every
+demonstration of respect, and conducted him to the lodgings appointed
+for his reception amid the repeated discharges of artillery. The
+governor then proposed, as preliminary articles of peace, that the river
+Biobio should serve hereafter as the common boundary between the
+Spanish and Araucanian nations, beyond which neither should be permitted
+to pass with an army: That all deserters should in future be mutually
+returned: And that missionaries should be allowed to preach the
+doctrines of Christianity in the Araucanian territories. Ancanamon
+required as a preliminary, that the forts of Paicavi and Arauco, which
+had been lately erected upon the sea coast to the south of the Biobio,
+should be evacuated. The governor immediately abandoned Paicavi, and
+agreed to give up the other immediately after the conclusion of peace.
+Being so far agreed, and as the consent of the four toquis of the
+uthalmapus was requisite to ratify the treaty, Ancanamon proposed to
+seek for them in person, and to bring them to the Spanish camp.
+
+While the negociation was in this state of forwardness, an unlooked for
+event rendered all these pacific measures abortive. Ancanamon had a
+Spanish lady among his wives, who, taking advantage of his absence, fled
+for refuge to the governor, accompanied by four other women who were
+wives to the toqui, and two young girls his daughters. The toqui was
+extremely indignant on this occasion, though less exasperated by the
+flight of his wives, than by the kind reception they had experienced
+among the Spaniards. Relinquishing every thought of peace, he
+immediately returned to the governor, from whom he demanded the
+restitution of the fugitives. His demand was taken into consideration by
+a council of the officers; but the majority of these, many of whom were
+averse to peace, refused to surrender the women to the toqui, alleging
+that they were unwilling to expose them to the danger of relapsing from
+the Christian faith which they had embraced. After many ineffectual
+propositions, Ancanamon consented to limit his demands to the
+restitution of his daughters, whom he tenderly loved. To this it was
+answered, that as the eldest had not yet embraced the Christian faith,
+his request respecting her would be complied with, but as the younger
+had been already baptised, they could not think of delivering her into
+his hands.
+
+At this time the almost extinguished hopes of peace were revived for a
+time by an unexpected incident. _Utiflame_, the apo-ulmen of Ilicura
+near Imperial, had always been among the most inveterate enemies of the
+Spaniards, and to avoid all intercourse with them, had constantly
+refused to ransom his sons or relations who happened to be made
+prisoners. He prided himself on having so successfully opposed all the
+Spanish governors of Chili, from the elder Villagran to Rivera, that
+the enemy had never been able to acquire a footing in his province,
+though near the city of Imperial. One of his sons who had been taken in
+the late war, was about this time sent back to him by Valdivia, in
+consequence of which he was so highly gratified, that he went
+immediately to visit the missionary at the fort of Arauco, where in
+return for the civilities he experienced from the governor and Valdivia,
+he engaged to receive the missionaries into his province, and to use his
+influence with Ancanamon to conclude a peace with the Spaniards. He
+observed, however, that it was necessary in the first place to restore
+his women, which could be done with safety by obtaining in the first
+place a safe conduct from the toqui, and undertook to manage the
+business. He accordingly departed from Arauco for Ilicura, accompanied
+by three missionaries, one of whom was Horatio Vecchio, the cousin of
+Pope Alexander VII. The exasperated toqui no sooner learnt the arrival
+of the missionaries at Ilicura, than he hastened to that place with two
+hundred horse, and slew them all with their defender Utiflame. Thus were
+all the plans of pacification rendered abortive, though Valdivia used
+repeated attempts to revive the negociation. All his schemes were
+disconcerted by the contrivances of the officers and soldiers, who were
+interested in the continuance of the war, and loudly demanded that
+vengeance should be taken for the blood of the slaughtered priests.
+Notwithstanding his anxious desire for peace and the pious intentions of
+the king, the governor found himself compelled to prosecute the war,
+which was renewed with more fury than ever. Ancanamon the toqui, being
+eager to revenge the affront he had received in regard to his women,
+incessantly harassed the southern provinces of Spanish Chili, and his
+successor Loncothegua continued hostilities with equal obstinacy; but
+only very imperfect accounts of this period of the war have been given
+by the contemporary historians. The governor Rivera died at Conception
+in 1617, having appointed as his successor Fernando Talaverano the
+senior oydor of the royal court; who was succeeded ten months afterwards
+by Lope de Ulloa.
+
+The toqui Loncothegua resigned in 1618, and was succeeded in the supreme
+command of the Araucanian armies by an officer named Lientur, whose
+military expeditions were always so rapid and unexpected, that the
+Spaniards used to call him the wizard. All his designs were perfectly
+seconded by Levipillan, his vice toqui. Though the line of the Biobio
+was amply secured by fortresses and centinels, these indefatigable
+enemies always contrived to pass and repass without experiencing any
+material loss. The first enterprise of Lientur was the capture of a
+convoy of four hundred horses, which were intended to remount the
+Spanish cavalry. He next ravaged the province of Chilian, and slew the
+corregidor with two of his sons and several of the magistrates, who had
+attempted to resist him in the field. Five days afterwards, he proceeded
+towards St. Philip of Austria, otherwise called Yumbel, a place about
+sixty miles to the east of Conception, with six hundred infantry and
+four hundred horse, all of whom he sent out in various detachments to
+ravage the surrounding country, leaving only two hundred men to guard
+the narrow defile of Congrejeras. Provoked at this daring enterprise,
+Robolledo, the commandant of Yumbel, sent seventy horse to take
+possession of the pass and cut off the retreat of the toqui; but they
+were received with such bravery by the Araucanian detachment, that they
+were compelled to retire for security to a neighbouring hill, after
+losing their captain and eighteen of their number. Robolledo sent three
+companies of infantry and all the rest of his cavalry to their aid; but
+Lientur who had by this time collected all his troops together, fell
+upon the Spaniards, notwithstanding the continual fire of their
+musquetry, and put their cavalry to flight at the first charge. The
+infantry, thus left exposed, were almost all cut to pieces, thirty-six
+of them only being made prisoners, who were distributed among the
+several provinces of the Arancanian confederacy. If Lientur had then
+invested Yumbel it must have fallen into his hands; but he deferred the
+siege till the following year, when his attempt was rendered
+unsuccessful by the valiant defence of Ximenes who then had the command.
+On his repulse however, he assaulted and took a fort named Neculgueno,
+the garrison of which was put to the sword, and all the auxiliaries who
+dwelt in that neighbourhood were made prisoners. Lientur followed up
+these successful exploits with others equally fortunate, which are not
+particularized by contemporary writers, who have given him the title of
+the _darling of fortune_.
+
+Ulloa the-governor, more a prey to anxiety and mortification than
+disease, died on the 20th of November 1620, and was succeeded in the
+government of Chili by Christoval de la Cerda, a native of Mexico, the
+eldest oydor, according to the established rule on such occasions. For
+the more effectual defence of the frontiers on the Biobio, he caused an
+additional fortress to be constructed, named San Christoval, which still
+remains. This oydor continued only a year in the government, during
+which he was continually occupied in defending the Spanish settlements
+against the enterprises of Lientur, with whom he had many encounters.
+His successor, Pedro Suarez de Ulloa, continued the war in a similar
+manner, contenting himself with acting principally on the defensive,
+till his death on the 11th of December 1624; when he was succeeded by
+Francisco Alava, his brother-in-law, who retained the office only for
+six months, being succeeded by Don Luis de Cordova, in March 1625.
+
+Lientar being advanced in years and worn out by continual exertions,
+resigned his office in 1625, and was succeeded as toqui by Putapichion,
+a young man whose courage and conduct much resembled his predecessor in
+office. The new governor of Chili was a commander of extraordinary skill
+and courage, and being nephew to the viceroy of Peru, was abundantly
+supplied with troops and warlike stores, being likewise directed by his
+instructions not to confine himself to defensive operations, but to
+carry the war into the Araucanian territory. His first care on his
+arrival at Conception, was to restore the military discipline, and to
+discharge all arrears that were due to the troops. He at the same time
+preferred a number of Creoles to the vacant offices, by which he
+acquired the esteem of all the inhabitants, and gratified many of the
+descendants of the original conquerors who had been hitherto much
+neglected. Having established good order in the government, he directed
+Alonzo de Cordova, whom he had appointed quarter-master, to make an
+incursion with six hundred men into the provinces of Arauco and Tucapel.
+In this expedition only an hundred and fifteen prisoners were taken and
+a small number of cattle, as most of the inhabitants took refuge in the
+mountains with their families and effects.
+
+In the mean time the new toqui, Putapichion, endeavoured to signalize
+the commencement of his administration by the capture of the fort of
+Nativity, one of the strongest places on the Biobio, which was
+constructed on the top of a high and steep mountain, well furnished with
+troops and artillery, and both from its natural and artificial strength
+was deemed impregnable. Putapichion came unexpectedly against this
+place, and soon scaling the difficult ascent, got possession of the
+ditch, set fire to the palisades and houses of the place with fire
+arrows, and very nearly succeeded in its capture. But the garrison
+collected in the only bastion which had escaped the flames, whence they
+kept up so severe a fire against the assailants, that Putapichion was
+constrained to abandon the enterprise, carrying away with him twelve
+prisoners and several horses. The toqui then crossed the Biobio and made
+an attempt upon the fort of Quinel, which was occupied by six hundred
+men; but failing also in this enterprise, he made an inroad into the
+province of Chillan, whence he brought off a great number of peasants
+and cattle, in spite of the exertions of the serjeant-major to stop his
+rapid march. Eager for retaliation, the governor resolved in 1628, to
+invade. Araucania in three directions, assigning the maritime country to
+the quarter-master, the Andes to the serjeant-major, and reserving the
+intermediate country to himself. Accordingly, at the head of twelve
+hundred regulars and a strong body of auxiliaries, he traversed the
+provinces of Encol and Puren, where he captured a great number of men
+and cattle; and, having crossed the river Cauten, he ravaged in a
+similar manner to the rich province of Maguegua. On his return from this
+successful expedition, Putapichion opposed him at the head of three
+thousand men in order of battle. In the first encounter, the Spanish
+army was thrown into confusion and suffered a severe loss; but, being
+rallied by the exertions of their officers, they renewed the battle,
+which was severely contested for some time, with considerable loss on
+both sides. As the Araucanians had recovered most of the spoil, and
+taken some prisoners while the Spanish army was in disorder, the toqui
+did not think proper to risk too much on the event of battle, and
+sounded a retreat. On his return to Conception, the governor was
+rejoined by the serjeant-major and quarter-master. The former had not
+been able to effect any thing of importance, as the enemy had taken
+refuge in the mountains. The latter reported that he had made two
+hundred prisoners, and had acquired a booty of seven thousand horses and
+a thousand head of cattle, but had the misfortune to lose most of them
+during, a violent tempest while on his return.
+
+Don Francisco Lasso, an officer who had gained high reputation in the
+wars of the low countries, arrived soon afterwards with a commission to
+supersede Cordova in the government of Chili. At the commencement of his
+administration, he endeavoured to come to an accommodation with the
+Araucanians, with which view he set at liberty all the prisoners of
+that nation who were confined in the different garrisons. But the minds
+of that high-spirited people were not yet disposed towards peace, and
+the glory of bringing about that desirable event was reserved for his
+successor; yet Lasso certainly contributed to prepare the way for peace,
+by the ten years of uninterrupted war which he waged against the
+Araucanians, in consequence of their rejecting his pacific overtures,
+during which he gained many victories over that valiant people. At the
+commencement however of his military operations, Lasso was by no means
+fortunate. The quarter-master, Cordova, while advancing by his orders to
+invade the maritime provinces of Araucania, was completely routed by
+Putapichion in the small district of Piculgue near Arauco. The toqui
+placed a part of his army in ambush, and contrived with much skill to
+induce Cordova to give battle in an unfavourable situation. In this
+action, the Spanish horse, forming the van of the army, was unable to
+withstand the charge of the Araucanian cavalry, now become exceedingly
+expert, and was put to flight; and the infantry being thus left exposed
+and surrounded on all sides, was entirely destroyed after a combat of
+five hours, during which they performed prodigies of valour, and
+gallantly resisted many furious assaults of the enemy. In this action
+Cordova was slain, with five captains, and several other officers of
+merit.
+
+On receiving intelligence of this disastrous action, the governor
+marched in person against Putapichion with a considerable body of
+troops, leaving Robolledo the serjeant-major to defend the passage of
+the Biobio against the enterprises of the toqui; who yet eluded the
+vigilance of the serjeant-major, passed the Biobio with a detachment of
+two hundred men, and laid waste the neighbouring provinces of Chili in
+the absence of the Spanish army. Lasso immediately returned with all his
+troops to the Biobio, occupied all the known fords of that river, in
+hope of cutting off the retreat of the invaders, and then went in search
+of Putapichion with a select detachment equal in number to the enemy. In
+this expedition, he was attacked at a place called Robleria on the banks
+of the Itata by the toqui with such determined resolution, that the
+Spaniards gave way at the first encounter, forty of them with several
+officers being slain. The remainder owed their safety to the skill and
+valour of the governor, who restored their order with wonderful coolness
+and intrepidity, and even repulsed the enemy with considerable loss.
+Satisfied with the success he had already obtained, and proud of having
+taken the scarlet cloak of the governor, Putapichion now conducted his
+retreat to the Biobio with great skill, and got over that river
+unopposed.
+
+On his return from this expedition, the toqui was received by his army
+with lively demonstrations of joy, and resolved to gratify his troops by
+reviving the almost forgotten festival called _pruloncon_, or the dance
+of death. A Spanish soldier, who had been made prisoner in one of the
+preceding battles, was selected for the victim of this barbarous
+spectacle [99]. "The officers surrounded by the soldiers form a circle,
+in the centre of which is placed the official axe of the toqui, with
+four poniards representing the four Uthalmapus of the confederacy. The
+unfortunate prisoner is then led in on a sorry horse deprived of his
+ears and tail, and is placed near the axe, having his face turned
+towards his own country. He is then ordered to dig a hole in the ground
+with a sharp stake, and is given a handful of small sticks, which he is
+ordered to throw one by one into the hole, naming one of the principal
+warriors of his nation at each stick, while the surrounding soldiers
+load these detested names with bitter execrations. He is then, ordered
+to cover up the hole, as if to bury the valour and reputation of the
+persons whom he has named. After this, the toqui, or one of his bravest
+companions to whom he relinquishes the honour of being executioner,
+dashes out the brains of the prisoner with a war-club. The heart is
+immediately taken out by two attendants and presented still palpitating
+to the toqui, who sucks a little of the blood and passes it to his
+officers, who successively repeat the same ceremony. The toqui then
+fumigates the four cardinal points of the circle with tobacco smoke from
+his pipe. The soldiers strip the flesh from the bones of the victim, and
+convert the bones into flutes. The head is cut off and carried round on
+the point of a pike, amid the acclamations of the multitude, while
+stamping in measured pace, they thunder out their dreadful war-song
+accompanied by the mournful sound of their horrible instruments of
+music. The mangled body is fitted with the head of a sheep, and the
+barbarous festival is terminated by riot and intoxication. If the skull
+of the victim has not been broken by the stroke of death, it is made
+into a drinking cup, called _ralilonco_, which is used in their banquets
+in the manner of the ancient Scythians and Goths."
+
+[Footnote 99: The particulars of this ceremony are here inserted from a
+different part of the work of Molina, B.I. Ch. iv. containing an
+account of the manners and customs of the Araucanians.--E.]
+
+On the present occasion, the honour of dispatching the victim was
+conferred upon the ulmen Maulican. This cruel spectacle, which some have
+attempted to excuse on the principle of retaliation, has dishonoured the
+fame of Putapichion, and was not even pleasing to all the
+Araucanians[100]. According to Don Francisco Bascagnan, who was an eye
+witness, many of the spectators compassionated the fate of the
+unfortunate soldier; and Maulican, to whom the office of dispatching him
+was assigned as a mark of honour, is said to have declared that he
+accepted of it with extreme reluctance, and merely to avoid offending
+his commander the toqui. The torture of an innocent prisoner, upon
+whatever motive or pretence, is certainly a crime against humanity of
+the deepest dye, and can never be justified on any principle whatever.
+
+[Footnote 100: It certainly was not more cruel or more dishonourable
+than the empalements and mutilations ordered by the Christian enemies of
+the Araucanians: But the latter were unbelievers, and were rebels
+against the authority of the Catholic king and the grant of the holy
+father of the Christian world.--E.]
+
+Having received a reinforcement of five hundred veteran soldiers from
+Peru, and raised two companies of infantry and a troop of cavalry at St
+Jago, the governor with these new troops, added to thirteen hundred
+Spaniards and six hundred auxiliaries composing the army on the
+frontiers, marched to relieve the fort of Arauco which was menaced by
+the toqui. Putapichion had in reality commenced his march for that place
+at the head of seven thousand chosen men, whose valour he thought
+nothing was able to resist. But in consequence of some superstitious
+auguries of the ex-toqui Lientur, who had resolved to share the glory of
+this enterprise, the greater part of the Araucanian troops were
+intimidated, and deserted to their homes during the march. Putapichion
+was not discouraged by this defection, and observing that there could be
+no better omen in war than an eager desire to conquer, he continued his
+march with three thousand two hundred of his most determined followers,
+and encamped at a short distance from the fort of Arauco. Some of his
+officers advised him to assault the fort that same night; but he
+declined this to give his troops time for rest and refreshment, and
+that the Spaniards might not reproach him with always taking advantage
+of the darkness, like a robber, to favour his enterprises.
+
+The governor, who was close at hand with his army, having resolved to
+offer battle to the enemy next day, ordered his men to prepare
+themselves for battle, and had a skirmish that night with an advanced
+party of the Araucanians, who had advanced so near the fort of Arauco as
+to burn the huts of the auxiliaries on the outside of the
+fortifications. At daybreak, Lasso took possession with his army of a
+strong position called Alvarrada, which was defended on either flank by
+a deep torrent, so that it could not be turned. He placed all his
+cavalry on the right, under the command of the quartermaster _Sea_,
+while the infantry on the left were under the orders of Rebolledo the
+serjeant-major. Putapichion advanced with his army in such excellent
+order, that the governor who had been all his life inured to arms, could
+not avoid openly expressing his admiration of the excellent disposition
+of the enemy. The Araucanian soldiers, whose heads were adorned with
+beautiful plumes of feathers, seemed as if going to a banquet, instead
+of the doubtful chance of battle. For some time the two armies remained
+motionless, as if observing each other; when at length the signal of
+attack was sounded by Quepuantu, the vice-toqui, by order of
+Putapichion. The governor then gave orders to the Spanish horse to
+charge that belonging to the enemy; but it met with so warm a reception,
+that it was broken and put to flight, and obliged to take shelter in the
+rear of the infantry. Upon this event, the Araucanian infantry made so
+violent a charge upon the Spanish foot as to throw them into confusion,
+insomuch that the governor gave up all for lost. At this critical moment
+Putapichion was slain; and the governor availed himself so effectually
+of the confusion which this circumstance produced among the Araucanians,
+that he was able to rally his troops, and led them up anew to the
+charge, while the Araucanians were solely intent upon carrying off the
+dead body of their toqui. They even effected this, but were completely
+defeated and driven in disorder from the field. Quepuantu, the
+vice-toqui, exerted himself in vain to restore order and to bring back
+his troops to the charge, even killing several of the fugitives with his
+own hand; but all his efforts were fruitless, and the Araucanians
+suffered prodigiously in their flight, being pursued for more than six
+miles in all directions. Many of the Spaniards fell in this battle, the
+most decisive that had been fought for a long time against the
+Araucanians.
+
+From the death of Putapichion to the termination of the government of
+Lasso, the successive toquis of the Araucanians continued the war with
+more rashness than skill; none of them, like Antiguenu and Paillamachu,
+having sufficient judgment to repair the losses sustained by the nation,
+and to counterbalance the power and arms of the Spaniards by skill and
+conduct. Quepuantu, who was advanced to the rank of toqui after the
+defeat at Alvarrada, retired to a sequestered vale under the covert of
+thick woods, where he built a house with four opposite doors, to
+facilitate his escape in case of being attacked. The place of his
+retirement having been discovered to the governor, he sent the
+quarter-master to surprise him with four hundred light armed troops. As
+these came upon him by surprise, Quepuantu took refuge in the wood; but
+soon returned at the head of fifty men who had come to his assistance,
+and attacked the Spaniards with great courage. After a desperate
+engagement of half an hour, in which the toqui lost almost all his men,
+he accepted a challenge from Loncomallu, chief of the auxiliaries
+attached to the Spaniards, and was slain after a long combat. In 1634, a
+similar fate befel his successor Loncamilla, in an engagement with a
+small number of Araucanian troops against a strong detachment of
+Spaniards. Guenucalquin, his successor, after making some successful
+inroads into the Spanish provinces, lost his life in an engagement with
+six hundred Spaniards in the province of Ilicura. Curanteo, who was
+created toqui in the heat of this action, had the glory of terminating
+it by the rout of the enemy; but was killed soon afterwards in another
+conflict. Curimilla, the next toqui, more daring than several of his
+predecessors, repeatedly ravaged the provinces to the north of the
+Biobio, and undertook the siege of Arauco and the other forts on the
+frontiers; but was slain at length by Sea in Calcoimo.
+
+During the government of this toqui, the Dutch made another attempt to
+form an alliance with the Araucanians, in order to obtain possession of
+Chili, but with no better fortune than on the former occasion. Their
+squadron, consisting of four ships, was dispersed in a storm on its
+arrival on the coast in 1638. A boat well manned and armed, being
+afterwards dispatched to the island of Mocha, to enter into a parley
+with the Araucanians, was attacked by the inhabitants, who put all the
+crew to death and took possession of the boat. Another boat experienced
+a similar misfortune in the small island of Talca or Santa Maria, and
+the Dutch were obliged to retire without being able to establish any
+intercourse with the Araucanians, who were equally jealous of all the
+European nations, and not without reason. Some years afterwards,
+notwithstanding the ill success of the Dutch, a similar enterprise was
+undertaken by Sir John Narborough, an English naval commander, by order
+of Charles II. In passing through the Straits of Magellan, this whole
+fleet was lost.
+
+In the mean time, taking advantage of the imprudence and unskilfulness
+of the Araucanian commanders, the governor continued constantly to lay
+waste their territories. He had at first given orders that every
+prisoner capable of bearing arms should be put to death; but afterwards,
+recurring to more humane measures, he ordered them to be transported to
+Peru, a sentence to them more intolerable even than death. Whenever
+these unhappy exiles came in sight of land, which often happened in that
+navigation, they used to throw themselves overboard in hopes to escape
+by swimming, that they might return to their country. Many had the good
+fortune to save themselves in that manner; but such as were unable to
+elude the vigilance of the sailors, as soon as they were landed on the
+island or at the port of Callao, exposed themselves to every toil and
+danger to regain their beloved country, travelling with incredible
+perseverance and fatigue the immense extent of coast between that port
+and the Biobio. When the relations of the prisoners, more anxious to
+deliver them from the miseries of exile than even from death, frequently
+sent messages to the governor to negociate the ransom of such as were
+condemned to be sent to Peru, he always refused his consent, unless the
+nation would lay down their arms and submit to his authority. Laso was
+exceedingly anxious to perform a promise which he had made like several
+of his predecessors, of putting an end to the war, and used every
+possible effort for that purpose, for which no one was better fitted to
+succeed; but he had to contend against an invincible people,
+enthusiastically bent upon the preservation of their liberties. He
+employed every means that could be suggested by wise policy and profound
+military skill to effect their subjugation; now endeavouring to humble
+their, pride by his victories, at other times ravaging their country
+with fire and sword, and endeavouring to restrain them by the
+establishment of fortresses in different parts of their territory. Among
+these, he founded a city not far from the ruins of Angol, to which he
+gave the name of San Francisco de la Vega, and left in it a garrison of
+four troops of horse and two companies of foot. But it was taken and
+destroyed in the same year in which it was built by the toqui Curimilla.
+A great number of men were necessarily expended in the prosecution of
+this obstinate war, so that the Spanish army, though annually reinforced
+with numerous recruits from Peru, was diminished to less than a half of
+its force at the commencement of the government of Laso. On this account
+he sent over Don Francisco Ayendano to Spain to solicit new
+reinforcements, and with a promise of bringing the war to a conclusion
+in the course of two years. But, judging from the past that so
+successful an issue was little to be expected, the court sent out Don
+Francisco de Zuniga, Marquis of Baydes, as his successor, who had given
+unquestionable proofs of his political and military talents, both in
+Italy and Flanders, where he had executed the charge of
+quarter-master-general. On his arrival in Chili in 1640, either in
+consequence of private instructions from the prime minister, or of his
+own accord, Zuniga procured a personal conference with Lincopichion, who
+had been elected toqui on the death of Curimilla. Fortunately for the
+interests of humanity, both commanders were of the same disposition in
+wishing for peace, and equally averse from the continuance of the
+destructive war which had so long raged between their hostile nations.
+They readily agreed upon the most difficult articles in settling the
+preliminaries, and a day was appointed at the commencement of the
+following year for ratifying the conditions of a definitive peace
+between the nations.
+
+Accordingly, on the 6th of January 1641, the marquis came to Quillin,
+the place of meeting, a village in the province of Puren, attended by a
+retinue of about ten thousand persons collected from all parts of Chili,
+who insisted to accompany him on this joyful occasion. Lincopichion came
+there likewise at the time appointed, accompanied by the four hereditary
+toquis of the Araucanians, and a great number of ulmens and other
+natives. Lincopichion opened the conference with an eloquent speech; and
+then, according to the customs of his nation, he killed a _chilihueque_
+or Araucanian camel, and sprinkling a branch of the _boighe_ or Chilese
+cinnamon tree with its blood, he presented it to the governor in token
+of peace. The articles of the treaty of peace were next proposed, agreed
+to, and ratified, being similar to those formerly mentioned which had
+been accepted by Ancanamon, with the addition of one insisted upon by
+the marquis, that the Araucanians should not permit the landing of any
+strangers on their coast, nor furnish supplies to any foreign nation
+whatever. As this was entirely conformable to the political maxims of
+the Araucanian nation, it was readily agreed to, and the peace finally
+ratified and confirmed. Thus was an end put to a destructive and
+sanguinary war, which had desolated the possessions of the two nations
+for ninety years. This, important negociation was closed by the
+sacrifice of twenty-eight chilihueques, and by an eloquent harangue from
+Antiguenu, the ulmen of the district where it was concluded, in which he
+enlarged on the advantages which both nations would reap from the
+establishment of peace. After this, the two chiefs cordially embraced,
+and congratulated each other on the happy termination of their joint
+endeavours. They then dined together, and made mutual presents to each
+other, and the three succeeding days were spent by both nations in
+festivities and rejoicing.
+
+In consequence of this pacification, all prisoners were released on both
+sides, and the Spaniards had the satisfaction of receiving, among many
+others, forty-two of their countrymen who had been in captivity ever
+since the time of the toqui Paillamachu. Commerce, the inseparable
+concomitant of a good understanding among neighbouring nations, was
+established between the Spaniards and Araucanians. The lands near the
+frontiers on both sides, which had been deserted and laid waste by the
+mutual hostile incursions, were repeopled, and a new activity was
+excerted in their cultivation by the proprietors, who could now enjoy
+the produce in tranquillity and safety. The hopes of disseminating the
+truths of Christianity among the infidels were again revived, and the
+missionaries began freely to exercise their beneficent functions among
+the inhabitants of Araucania. Notwithstanding the manifold advantages of
+peace to both nations, there were some unquiet spirits, both among the
+Araucanians and Spaniards who used their endeavours on specious
+pretences to prevent its ratification. The Araucanian malecontents
+alleged that it was merely a trick to deceive their nation, in order to
+conquer them at a future opportunity with the more facility, when they
+had become unaccustomed to the use of arms. Those of the Spaniards, on
+the contrary, who were adverse to peace, pretended that by the
+establishment of peace, the population of the Araucanians would increase
+so fast that they would soon be able to destroy all the Spanish
+establishments in Chili. Some of these had even the audacity to cry _to
+arms_, and endeavoured to instigate the auxiliaries to commence
+hostilities, while the conferences were going on. But the marquis had
+the wisdom and good fortune to prevent the renewal of the war, by
+justifying the purity and good faith of his intentions to the evil
+disposed among the Araucanians, and by reprimanding and keeping in awe
+the malecontent Spaniards, and finally accomplished this glorious
+measure, which was approved and ratified by the court of Spain.
+
+Two years after the peace, in 1643, the importance of the article which
+the marquis procured to be inserted into this treaty was rendered very
+apparent to the Spaniards, by its contributing materially to the failure
+of a third and last attempt by the Dutch to acquire possession of Chili.
+On this occasion their measures were so well taken, that if they had
+been seconded by the Araucanians they must have infallibly succeeded.
+They fitted out a numerous fleet, well provided with men, artillery, and
+military stores from Brasil, and took possession of Valdivia which had
+been deserted by the Spaniards for more than forty years, and at which
+place they intended to form an establishment from whence to conquer the
+rest of the kingdom. With this view, they immediately began to build
+strong forts at the entrance of the river, in order to secure possession
+of that important port, and invited the Araucanians to join them by the
+most flattering promises. But that gallant nation steadily refused to
+listen to the proposals, and adhering honourably to the stipulations in
+the treaty of Quillin, absolutely refused to supply them with
+provisions, of which they were much in want. The Cunchese, in whose
+territories Valdivia was situated, in consequence of the counsels of
+their Araucanian allies, likewise refused to enter into any connection
+or correspondence with the Dutch, or to supply them with provisions. In
+consequence of this refusal, being pressed by famine, and hearing that a
+combined army of Spaniards and Araucanians was in full march against
+them, the Dutch were compelled to abandon Valdivia in three months after
+taking possession. Soon after their retreat, the Marquis de Mancura, son
+to the viceroy of Peru, arrived at Valdivia in search of the Dutch with
+ten ships of war. To prevent the recurrence of a similar attempt, he
+fortified the harbour, and particularly the island at its entrance,
+which has ever since borne the name of his family title.
+
+On the termination of the sixth year of his pacific government, the
+Marquis de Baydes was recalled from Chili, and Don Martin Muxica
+appointed governor in his place. He likewise succeeded in preserving the
+kingdom in a state of tranquillity; and the only unfortunate
+circumstance that occurred during his government was a violent
+earthquake, by which part of the city of St Jago was destroyed on the
+8th of May 1647. His successor, Don Antonio de Acugna, had a very
+different fortune, as during his government the war was excited anew
+between the Spaniards and Araucanians; as will fall to be mentioned in
+the following section.
+
+
+SECTION XI.
+
+_Renewal of the War with the Araucanians, and succinct Narrative of the
+History of Chili, from 1655 to 1787_.
+
+
+I regret much the want of materials for this part of my work, as all the
+memoirs of which I have hitherto availed myself terminate at this
+period. In the year 1655, the war recommenced after a peace of between
+fourteen and fifteen years endurance, but contemporary writers have left
+us no account of the causes which interrupted the good understanding
+which had been so happily established by the Marquis de Baydes. All we
+know is that Clentaru, the hereditary toqui of the Lauquenmapu, was
+unanimously elevated to the supreme command in 1655, and signalized the
+commencement of his administration by totally defeating the Spanish army
+commanded by the serjeant-major of the kingdom, who fell in the action.
+This victory was followed by the capture of the fortresses of Arauco,
+Colcura, San Pedro, Talcamavida, and San Rosendo. In 1656, the toqui
+crossed the Biobio, completely defeated the governor Acugna in the
+plains of Yumbel, destroyed the forts of San Christoval and Estancia del
+Rey, and burned the city of Chillan. We can only add, that this war
+continued with great violence for ten years, during the governments of
+Don Pedro Portel de Cassanate, and Don Francisco de Meneses, as the
+successes of Clentaru are only incidentally mentioned in any of the
+writers belonging to this period.
+
+Don Francisco de Meneses, a Portuguese by birth, had the glory to
+terminate this new war in 1665 by a peace, which proved more permanent
+than that concluded by Baydes. After freeing himself from the
+Araucanians, he had the misfortune of being involved in a contest with
+the members of the royal audience, who opposed his marriage with the
+daughter of the Marquis de la Pica, as contrary to the royal
+regulations. This difference proceeded to such a length, that the
+Marquis de Navamorquende was sent out from Spain to Chili with full
+powers to arrange matters; who, after due inquiry, sent Meneses to Peru
+and assumed the government himself. After Navamorquende, the government
+of Chili was administered successively to the end of the seventeenth
+century, by Don Miguel de Silva, Don Jose de Carrera, and Don Thomas
+Marin de Proveda, by all of whom a good understanding appears to have
+been kept up with the Araucanians: But in 1686, war had nearly been
+again occasioned with that nation, in consequence of removing the
+inhabitants of the island of Mocho to the north shore of the Biobio, in
+order to prevent any intercourse with foreign ships.
+
+The commencement of the eighteenth century was remarkable in Chili by
+three events: The deposition of the governor Don Francisco Ibanez, the
+rebellion of the inhabitants of Chiloe, and the establishment of trade
+with the French. Ibanez was accused of having espoused the Austrian
+party in the succession war, and was banished to Peru; and after him,
+the government was successively administered until the year 1720, by Don
+Juan Henriquez, Don Andres Uztariz, and Don Martin Concha. The rebellion
+of the islanders of Chiloe was soon suppressed, and the inhabitants
+reduced to obedience, by the prudent management of Don Pedro Molina, the
+quarter-master-general of Chili, who was sent against them with a
+considerable body of troops, but who succeeded in restoring them to good
+order more by mild and conciliatory measures than by useless victories.
+In consequence of the succession war, by which a prince of the house of
+Bourbon was placed on the throne of Spain, the French acquired for a
+time the whole external commerce of Chili. From 1707 to 1717, the ports
+of that kingdom were filled with French ships, which carried from thence
+incredible sums in gold and silver; and many Frenchmen settled at this
+time in the country, who have left numerous descendants. During this
+period the learned Feuille resided three years in Chili, and made his
+well known botanical researches and many profound metereological
+observations.
+
+For some time the Araucanians had been much dissatisfied with several
+articles in the peace, under colour of which the Spaniards availed
+themselves of forming establishments in their country. They also were
+exceedingly impatient of the insolent behaviour of certain persons,
+called _captains of the friends_, who had been introduced under the
+pretence of protecting the missionaries, and now arrogated a
+considerable degree of authority over the natives which they submitted
+to with extreme reluctance. Stimulated by resentment for these
+grievances, the Araucanians resolved in 1722 to have recourse to arms,
+and in this view they proceeded to the election of a toqui or military
+dictator. On this occasion they chose a person named Vilumilla, a man of
+low rank, but who had acquired a high character with his countrymen for
+judgment, courage, and extensive views, entertaining no less an object
+than the entire expulsion of the Spaniards from Chili. To succeed in
+this arduous undertaking, he deemed it necessary to obtain the support
+and assistance of all the native Chilese, from the confines of Peru to
+the Biobio, and vast as was the extent of his plan, he conceived it
+might be easily executed. Having slain three or four Spaniards in a
+skirmish, among whom was one of the captains of friends, as they were
+called, he dispatched messengers with the symbolical arrows, each of
+whom carried a finger of the slain Spaniards, to the various Chilese
+tribes in the Spanish provinces, inviting them to take up arms on the
+exhibition of a signal, to be given by kindling fires on the tops of the
+highest mountains all over the country. Accordingly, on the 9th of March
+1723, the day previously fixed upon for the commencement of hostilities,
+fires were lighted up on the mountains of Copaipo, Coquimbo, Quillota,
+Rancagua, Maule, and Itata. But either owing to the smallness of their
+number, their apprehension of the issue of the war, or their long
+habitude of submission, the native Chilese in the Spanish provinces
+remained quiet, and this vast project of the toqui was entirely
+disconcerted.
+
+Having declared war against the Spaniards, Vilumilla set out immediately
+at the head of an army to attack the Spanish settlements: Yet before
+commencing hostilities, he requested the missionaries to quit the
+country, that they might not be injured by his detached parties.
+Vilumilla signalized the commencement of this new war by taking the fort
+of Tucapel by storm. Being apprehensive of a similar fate, the garrison
+of Arauco abandoned that place. After destroying these two forts,
+Villumilla directed his march for Puren, of which he expected to gain
+possession without resistance. But the commander made so vigorous a
+defence that he was under the necessity of besieging it in form. In a
+short time the garrison was reduced to extreme distress, both from
+scarcity of provisions and want of water, the aqueduct which brought
+water to the fort being destroyed by the enemy. During a sally made by
+the commander to obtain supplies, he and all his followers were slain.
+In this critical situation, Don Gabriel Cano, who had succeeded Concha
+in the government, arrived with an army of five thousand men. As
+Vilumilla expected an immediate attack, he chose a strong position for
+his army which he drew up in order of battle behind the deep bed of a
+torrent: But, though repeatedly challenged to battle by the enemy, Cano
+thought it more prudent to abandon the place, and accordingly withdrew
+the remainder of the garrison. The war was afterwards reduced to
+skirmishes of small importance, and was soon terminated by a peace
+concluded at Negrete, a place situated at the confluence of the Biobio
+and the Laxa, by which the provisions of the treaty of Quillan were
+renewed, and the odious title of captains of the friends abolished.
+
+After a mild and harmonious government of fifteen years, Don Gabriel
+Cano died at St Jago, and was succeeded by his nephew Don Manuel de
+Salamanca, who was appointed by the viceroy of Peru, and who conducted
+the government in conformity with the excellent maxims of his uncle. Don
+Joseph Manso, who was sent from Spain as his successor, brought orders
+to collect the Spanish inhabitants who were dispersed over the country
+into cities. For this purpose, in 1742, the new governor founded the
+cities of Copaipo, Aconcagua, Melipilla, Rancagua, San Fernando, Curico,
+Talca, Tutaben, and Angeles. In reward for this service, he was promoted
+to the high dignity of viceroy of Peru. His successors continued to form
+new establishments, and in 1753, Santa Rosa, Guasco-alto, Casablanca,
+Bellaisla, Florida, Coulemu, and Quirigua were founded by Don Domingo
+Rosas; but these have never flourished like the former. This governor
+likewise sent a colony to occupy the larger island of Juan Fernandez, or
+Isola de Tierra, which had remained uninhabited till that time, to the
+great injury of commerce, as the pirates found there a secure retreat
+whence they could easily annoy the trade of Peru and Chili. In 1759, Don
+Manuel Amat, who was afterwards Viceroy of Peru, founded the cities of
+Santa Barbara, Talcamavida, and Gualqui on the Araucanian frontier.
+
+Tranquillity was again disturbed about the year 1770, under the
+government of Don Antonio Gil Gonzago, who absurdly endeavoured to
+compel the Araucanians to live in cities. Many councils were held to
+devise the most suitable means for carrying this chimerical scheme into
+execution, which was much ridiculed by those who were best acquainted
+with the dispositions of the Araucanians, while others sided with the
+governor in supposing it practicable. The Araucanians were informed of
+these intentions of the governor by their spies; and being apprehensive
+of danger to their liberties from the proposed innovation, their chiefs
+met secretly to deliberate upon the best measures for eluding the
+designs of the governor without having recourse to arms. On this
+occasion the following resolutions were entered into by the Butacoyog,
+or national assembly of the ulmens. 1st, To delay the business as long
+as possible, by equivocal replies and delusive promises. 2d, When
+pressed to commence building, to require tools and other necessary aids
+from the Spaniards. 3d, To have recourse to war, when they found
+themselves no longer able to elude the demands of the governor; but that
+only the provinces that were compelled to build should declare war,
+while the others remained neutral on purpose to mediate a peace. 4th,
+When the mediation of these should be refused, the whole confederacy to
+join in the war. 5th, To allow the missionaries to depart in safety, as
+they had nothing to accuse them of but being Spaniards. 6th, To elect a
+supreme toqui, who should have the charge of executing these
+resolutions, and was to have every thing in readiness for taking the
+field when necessary.--Accordingly Antivilu, apo-ulmen of Maquegua, was
+unanimously elected toqui; but as his province was one of those which
+were to remain neutral, he declined to accept the office, and
+Curignancu, brother to the ulmen of Encol was elected in his stead.
+
+At the first conference, the governor proposed his plan to the
+Araucanians under every aspect that he thought might render it
+acceptable and agreeable. In pursuance of their previous agreement, the
+Araucanians objected, equivocated, and at length appeared to consent,
+but ended by requesting the necessary assistance for beginning the work.
+Accordingly, having pointed out the situations which he thought most
+eligible for the new cities, the governor sent them a great quantity of
+wrought iron, together with provisions for the labourers, and cattle for
+transporting the timber. As the work made no progress, the
+quarter-master Cabrito repaired to the frontiers with several companies
+of soldiers, to stimulate the tardy operations, and placed for this
+purpose superintendents in different quarters. The serjeant-major
+Rivera, was entrusted with the building of Nininco, and Captain Bargoa
+with that of another city on the banks of the Biobio, while Cabrito
+directed all the operations from his head-quarters at Angol.
+
+Finding all their acts of equivocation and delay ineffectual, the
+Araucanians flew to arms, and having united to the number of five
+hundred men under the toqui Curignancu, they proceeded to besiege
+Cabrito in his camp. Burgoa, who had been made prisoner and very roughly
+treated, was set at liberty in consequence of being represented as
+inimical to the quarter-master. Rivera crossed the Biobio in sight of
+the enemy who were seeking to slay him, but he got away in safety under
+the protection of a missionary, and afterwards returned with four
+hundred men to relieve Cabrito. Another missionary requested the
+Araucanian officer who escorted him, to forgive a Spaniard by whom he
+had been grievously offended: The Araucanian answered that he had
+nothing to fear while in company with the missionary; and that it was
+now no time to think of revenging private injuries. Such was the
+attention paid to the sanctity of the missionaries, that not a single
+Spaniard was slain who had the good fortune of getting under their
+protection.
+
+In order to attack the Araucanians in several places at once, the
+governor formed an alliance with the Pehuenches, who inhabit the western
+slopes of the Andes between the latitudes of 33 deg. 30' and 36 deg. S. and
+between the heads of the rivers Maypo and Chillan. They accordingly sent
+an army through the defiles of the mountains to invade Araucania: But
+Curignancu, being informed of their approach, fell upon them by surprise
+while descending from the Andes and completely routed them, taking their
+general Coligura and his son, both of whom he put to death. Though this
+event might have been supposed calculated to occasion eternal enmity
+between the Pehuenches and Araucanians, it yet so effectually reconciled
+them, that the Pehuenches have been ever since faithful allies to the
+Araucanians, and implacable enemies to the Spaniards. Even in this war,
+Curignancu availed himself of the assistance of these mountaineers to
+harass the Spanish possessions in the neighbourhood of St Jago. Since
+that time, the Pehuenches frequently attack the Spanish caravans between
+Buenos Ayres and Chili, and almost every year furnishes some melancholy
+events of that kind.
+
+The mortification of seeing his grand project completely overthrown
+preyed on the mind of Gonzago, already afflicted by a severe chronic
+illness, which was so much aggravated by this disappointment as to cut
+him off in the second year of the war; and Don Francisco Xavier de
+Morales was appointed his successor by the viceroy of Peru. As formerly
+concerted, the neutral provinces of Araucania now declared in favour of
+those who had first begun hostilities, and the war was prosecuted with
+vigour by the whole confederacy. Curignancu and his brave vice-toqui
+Leviantu, kept the Spanish troops in constant motion and alarm, though
+reinforced by several divisions from Spain. Having no materials for
+giving an account of the events of this war, it can only be mentioned
+that a bloody battle was fought in the beginning of the, year 1773, by
+which period the expences of the war had exceeded 1,700,000 dollars. In
+the same year an accommodation was agreed upon, and Curignancu was
+invested by the Butacayog with full powers to settle the articles of
+peace. He required as a preliminary, that the conferences should be held
+in the city of St Jago, which was conceded by the Spanish governor
+though contrary to the usual custom. During the negociations in that
+city, he made another demand still more extraordinary, "That his nation
+should be allowed to keep a resident agent in the capital of Chili."
+This was warmly opposed by the Spanish officers; but the governor
+thought proper to grant this likewise, as an excellent expedient for
+readily adjusting any differences that might arise between the two
+nations. The other articles of the peace were adjusted with all manner
+of facility, as the treaties of Quillan and Negrete were revived by
+mutual consent.
+
+On the death of Gonzago being known in Spain, Don Augustino Jauregui was
+sent out to assume the government of Chili, who has since filled the
+important office of viceroy of Peru with universal approbation. He was
+succeeded by Don Ambrosio Benarides, who rendered the country happy by
+his wise and beneficent administration. "On the 21st of November 1787,
+Don Ambrosio Higgins a native of Ireland, formerly brigadier-general of
+the cavalry in Chili, was appointed president, governor, and
+captain-general of the kingdom, a gentleman of an enlightened mind and
+excellent disposition, who has gained the love and esteem of all the
+inhabitants. In 1792 he continued to discharge the duties of his high
+station with all the vigilance and fidelity which belong to his
+estimable character, and which are required in so important, a
+situation. On his first accession to the government, he visited all the
+northern provinces, for the purpose of dispensing justice, encouraging
+agriculture, opening the mines, and improving the commerce and fisheries
+of the kingdom. He has also established schools, repaired the roads
+throughout the country, and has built several new cities[101]."
+
+[Footnote 101: This last passage within inverted commas, is an addition
+to the text of Molina by the original translator.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION XII.
+
+_State of Chili towards the end of the Eighteenth Century_[102].
+
+
+[Footnote 102: The information of Molina appears to have closed about
+1787; but in some notes by the translator, interwoven here into the
+text, a few short notices to the year 1792 occur.--E.]
+
+From the short deduction of the occurrences in Chili since its
+discovery, which has been attempted in the foregoing pages, it will be
+seen that the acquisition and maintenance of that interesting and
+important colony has cost more expenditure of blood and treasure to
+Spain than all the rest of her American possessions. The Araucanians,
+though only occupying a small extent of territory, and with far inferior
+arms, have not only been able to resist the military power of Spain,
+till then reckoned invincible, but have endangered the loss of her best
+established possessions. Though most of the Spanish officers employed in
+the early period of the Araucanian war had been bred in the low
+countries, that excellent school of military knowledge, and her soldiers
+were armed with those destructive weapons before which the most
+extensive empires of America had so early fallen, and were considered as
+the best disciplined and bravest troops in the world; yet has this brave
+people been able to resist their utmost efforts, and still maintain
+their independence unimpaired. This will appear wonderful, especially
+when we consider the decided superiority which European military
+discipline and skill have given to its troops in all parts of the world.
+The rapidity of the Spanish conquests in America excited universal
+astonishment; and a small number of Portuguese gained with almost
+incredible facility an extensive territory in the east, even although
+the natives were extremely numerous and accustomed to the use of
+fire-arms. Yet, in spite of every effort of force and skill, the
+Araucanians have valiantly defended their country, evincing that a free
+people, however inconsiderable in point of numbers, can perform wonders.
+
+Since losing their possessions in Arancania, the Spaniards have
+prudently confined their views to the preservation and improvement of
+that part of Chili which lies between the southern confines of Peru and
+the river Biobio, extending between the latitudes of 24 deg. and 36 deg. 30' S.
+As formerly mentioned this kingdom is divided into _thirteen_ provinces.
+Of late years two other provinces have been formed by the disjunction of
+Maule, and the provinces of Cauquenes and Cunco are nominally added to
+the former number, but without any addition of territory. Besides these,
+they possess the fortress and port of Valdivia in the country of the
+Cunches, the archipelago of Chiloe, and the island of Juan Fernandez.
+This colony or kingdom of Chili is governed by an officer, who combines
+the titles and functions of civil governor, president of the court of
+audience, and captain-general, and usually holds the rank of
+lieutenant-general in the Spanish army. He resides in the city of St
+Jago, and is solely dependent upon the king, except that in time of war
+he is subject in some points to receive orders from the viceroy of Peru.
+In quality of captain-general, he is commander-in-chief of the army,
+having under his immediate orders the three principal military officers
+of the kingdom, the quarter-master-general, the serjeant-major, and the
+commissary-general, besides the four commandants of Chiloe, Valdivia,
+Valparaiso, and Juan Fernandez. As president and governor, he has the
+supreme administration of justice, and presides in the superior
+tribunals established in the capital, whose jurisdiction extends over
+all the provinces and dependencies of Chili. The chief of these is the
+royal audience, whose decisions are final in all causes both civil and
+criminal, and which is divided into two chambers, one for civil and the
+other for criminal causes. Both are composed of several respectable
+oydors or judges, a regent, fiscal, royal procurator, and protector of
+the Indians, all of which officers have high salaries from the crown.
+In civil causes where the sum at issue exceeds the value of 10,000
+dollars, an appeal lies from their sentence to the supreme council of
+the Indies. The other supreme courts are those of Finance, of the
+_Cruzada_, of Vacant lands, and the Consulate or tribunal of
+commerce.
+
+The provinces of Chili are governed by officers who were formerly called
+corregidors, but are now known by the title of sub-delegates, which
+ought to be nominated by the crown, but are generally appointed by the
+governor, owing to the distance from Spain. These, as lieutenants of the
+governor, have jurisdiction both in civil and military affairs, and as
+their emoluments are entirely derived from fees, their amount is by no
+means regular. In each capital of a province, there is or ought to be a
+municipal magistracy denominated the Cabildo, composed of several
+regidors appointed for life, of a standard-bearer, a procurator, a
+forensic judge called the provincial alcalde, a high sheriff called,
+alguazil-mayor, and two alcaldes. These latter officers are nominated
+annually by the cabildo from the most respectable inhabitants, and have
+jurisdiction both in civil and criminal causes in the first instance.
+
+All the inhabitants able to carry arms are divided into regiments, which
+are bound to march to the sea-coast or the frontiers in case of war. In
+1792, the militia amounted to 15,856 men, in the two bishoprics of St
+Jago and Conception; 10,218 in the former, and 5,638 in the latter. This
+force which was established in 1777, during the government of Don
+Augustino Jaregui, is only called out on great occasions, and is seldom
+obliged to perform the duty of centinels and patroles; but is obliged to
+hold itself always in readiness for war, and frequently to exercise in
+the use of arms. Besides this regular militia, there are a great number
+of city corps, who are commanded by officers named commissaries instead
+of Colonels. These are divided into several companies, according to the
+extent and population of their respective districts; and the companies
+have no fixed numbers, sometimes exceeding a hundred men, and at other
+times falling short of that number. This city militia supplies guards
+for the prisons and for the escort of prisoners, and performs the duties
+required by the police, without being exempted from military service
+when occasion requires; and from these companies recruits are drawn to
+supply vacancies in the regular militia. Every one capable of bearing
+arms is thus enrolled either in these companies or in the regular
+militia, except such as are indispensably necessary for cultivating the
+land and taking care of the cattle. Besides this militia, the crown
+maintains a regular force of veteran troops part at St Jago and part at
+Conception for the protection of the Araucanian frontier. In 1792, all
+the veteran troops in Chili amounted to 1976 men, divided into two
+companies of artillery, nine troops of horse, including a regiment of
+dragoons at St Jago, and the rest infantry. The cavalry is commanded by
+a brigadier-general, who is quarter-master-general of the kingdom, and
+intendant of Conception. The infantry and artillery are under the
+command of two lieutenant-colonels. Besides these royal troops, the city
+of St Jago keeps several troops of dragoons in constant pay for its
+particular protection.
+
+In regard to ecclesiastical polity, Chili is divided into two extensive
+bishoprics, those of St Jago and of Conception, the bishops of these
+dioceses being suffragans to the archbishop of Lima. The bishopric of St
+Jago extends from the confines of Peru to the river Maule, and includes
+the province of Cujo on the east side of the Andes. The bishopric of
+Conception comprises all the rest of Chili and the islands; but the
+greater part of this extent is inhabited by pagans, being the
+confederacy of Araucania and its auxiliaries. The two cathedrals have a
+competent number of canons or prebendaries, whose revenues as well as
+those of the bishops depend upon the tythes. The _holy_ tribunal of the
+inquisition at Lima, has a commissary and several subaltern officers or
+familiars resident at St Jago. Upon his first coming into Chili,
+Valdivia brought with him several monks of the order of Mercy. About the
+year 1553, the Dominicans and Franciscans were established in the
+country, the Augustins in 1593, and the Hospitallers of St John of God
+in 1615. These orders all have a number of convents, and the three first
+form distinct jurisdictions under their respective provincials. The
+brothers of St John have the charge of the hospitals, under the
+direction of a commissary, dependent on the provincial of their order in
+Peru. The Jesuits came likewise into Chili in 1593, along with Don
+Martin Loyola, nephew to their founder, and formed a separate province,
+but were afterwards suppressed along with the rest of their order in all
+parts of christendom. Other orders have several times attempted to form
+establishments in Chili, but have always been resisted by the
+inhabitants. There are several convents of nuns in the cities of St Jago
+and Conception, but none are contained in the other cities of the
+kingdom.
+
+Though the cities are in general built in the most fertile districts of
+the kingdom, many of them might have been more conveniently situated for
+trade upon the banks of the navigable rivers; as is more particularly
+the case with those of recent erection. The streets in all the cities
+are laid out in straight lines, intersecting each other at right angles,
+and are generally about forty feet wide. The houses are mostly of one
+storey, yet are very commodious, are all whitewashed on the outside, and
+handsomely painted within, each being accommodated with a pleasant
+garden, irrigated by means of an aqueduct or canal, which likewise
+furnishes water for the use of the family. Those houses which belong to
+the wealthier classes, particularly the nobility, are splendidly and
+tastefully furnished. Noticing that old buildings of two stories had
+resisted the most violent earthquakes, many of the inhabitants have of
+late years ventured to construct their houses in the European manner,
+and to reside in upper rooms; employing bricks and stone in the
+construction of their new buildings, instead of clay hardened in the sun
+which was formerly supposed less liable to injury. By this change the
+cities have a much handsomer appearance than formerly. Cellars, sewers,
+and wells, were of old much more common than now; and the want of these
+may have contributed to render the buildings more secure from the
+effects of earthquakes.
+
+The churches in Chili are in general more remarkable for their wealth
+than their architecture; but the cathedral and the church of the
+Dominicans in St Jago are both built of stone and in a handsome style.
+The cathedral was recently constructed at the royal expence, under the
+direction of the bishop Don Manuel Alday. The plan was drawn by two
+_English_ architects, who superintended the work. It is built in a
+masterly style, and extends 384 French feet in length. When about half
+finished, the architects refused to proceed unless their wages were
+augmented; but two Indians who had worked under the _Englishmen_ had
+privately made themselves acquainted with every branch of the art, and
+offered to complete the fabric, which they did with as much skill as
+their masters. The following edifices in the capital are also deserving
+of notice. The barracks for the dragoons; the mint, lately built by a
+Roman architect; and the hospital for orphans, founded by the Marquis of
+Monte-pio, and endowed by the crown.
+
+In consequence of the free trade lately granted to Chili, it is
+increasing in population with a rapidity proportional to the salubrity
+of its climate and the fertility of its soil. The Europeans mostly
+consist of emigrants from the southern provinces of Spain, with a few
+French, English, and Italians. The Creoles, or descendents of European
+settlers are still more numerous. The character of that race, with some
+slight differences owing to climate and government, is similar to that
+of other American Creoles descended from Europeans. "The Creoles are
+generally well made, and are rarely found with those deformities which
+are so common in other countries. Their courage has frequently
+signalized itself in war, by a series of brilliant exploits, nor would
+there be better soldiers in the world if less averse from submission to
+discipline. Their history furnishes no examples of that cowardice,
+treachery, and baseness which dishonour the annals of all nations, and
+scarcely can an instance be adduced of a Creole having committed a
+disgraceful action. Untainted by the mean vices of dissimulation,
+artifice, and suspicion, they possess great frankness and vivacity of
+character, joined to a high opinion of themselves, and their intercourse
+with the world is not stained by that mysterious reserve so common in
+Europe, which obscures the most amiable characters, depresses the social
+spirit, and chills sensibility of disposition. Possessed of an ardent
+imagination and impatient of restraint, they are prone to independence
+yet inconstant in their inclinations and pursuits. By the warmth of
+their temperature, they are impelled to the pursuit of pleasure with an
+eagerness to which they sacrifice their fortunes and often their lives.
+They possess keen penetration, and a remarkable facility of conceiving
+and expressing their ideas with force and clearness, together with a
+happy talent of observation, combined with all those qualities of mind
+and character, which render men capable of conceiving and executing the
+greatest enterprises, especially when stimulated by oppression[103]."
+
+[Footnote 103: This character of the Creoles is inserted by the original
+translator, in a note, from the Abbe Raynal.--E.]
+
+Whatever intelligent and unprejudiced travellers have observed
+respecting the characters of the French and English Creoles, will
+perfectly apply to those of Chili. The same modes of thinking and the
+same moral qualities are discernible in them all. They generally have
+respectable talents, and succeed in all the arts to which they apply.
+Had they the same motives to stimulate them as are found in Europe, they
+would make as great progress in the useful sciences as they have
+already made in metaphysics. They do not readily imbibe prejudices, and
+are not tenacious in retaining them. As however, scientific books and
+philosophical instruments are very scarce and difficultly attainable in
+Chili, their talents have no opportunity of being developed, and are
+mostly employed in trifling pursuits; and as the expence of printing is
+enormous, they are discouraged from literary exertion, so that few among
+them aspire to the reputation of becoming authors. The knowledge of the
+civil and canon law is held in high estimation, so that many of the
+youth of Chili, after completing their academical education in their own
+country, proceed to Lima to study law. The fine arts are in a low state
+in Chili, and even the mechanical arts are far from perfection. The arts
+of carpentry, of working in iron, and in the precious metals, are
+however to be excepted, in which they have made considerable progress,
+in consequence of the information and example of some German artists,
+who were introduced into Chili by that worthy ecclesiastic Father
+Carlos, a native of Hainhausen in Bavaria. The important changes which
+the beneficence of an enlightened administration in Spain have lately
+introduced into the American colonies, by directing the attention of the
+subjects to useful improvements, have extended their influence even to
+Chili. Arts and sciences, formerly unknown or but very imperfectly, now
+engage the attention of the inhabitants, and there is reason to hope
+that the country will soon assume a better aspect.
+
+The peasantry of Spanish Chili, though for much the greater part of
+Spanish descent, dress after the manner of the Araucanians. Thinly
+dispersed over an extensive country, and unincumbered by restraint, they
+enjoy complete liberty, and lead a tranquil and happy life, amidst the
+enjoyment of abundance, in a delightful climate and fertile soil. The
+principal part of these healthy and vigorous men live dispersedly upon
+their respective possessions, and cultivate with their own hands a
+greater or less extent of ground. They are naturally gay, and fond of
+all kinds of diversion. They have likewise a strong taste for music, and
+even compose verses, which, though rude and inelegant, possess much
+pleasing native simplicity, often more interesting than the laboured
+compositions of cultivated poets. Extemporary rhymers are common among
+them, like the _improvisatori_ of Italy, and are called _Palladores_,
+who are held in great estimation, and devote themselves entirely to
+that occupation. In the Spanish provinces of Chili, no other language
+than Spanish is spoken, except upon the frontiers, where the peasants
+speak both Araucanian and Spanish. The men dress in the fashion of
+Spain, and the women in that of Peru; only that the women in Chili wear
+their garments longer than is usual in Peru. Lima prescribes the
+fashions for Chili, as is done by Paris for the rest of Europe; and the
+inhabitants of Chili and Peru are equally luxurious, as in both
+countries the wealthy make a splendid display in their dress, titles,
+coaches, and servants. Chili enjoys alone of all the American colonies,
+the high honour of having two of its citizens exalted to the dignity of
+grandees of Spain: Don Fernando Irrazabel, Marquis of Valparaiso, born
+in St Jago, who was viceroy of Navarre, and generalissimo of the Spanish
+army in the reign of Philip IV. and Don Fermin Caravajal, Duke of San
+Carlos, a native of Conception, who resides at present[104] at the court
+of Madrid. Don Juan de Covarrubias, a native of St Jago, who went into
+the service of France in the beginning of the eighteenth century, was
+rewarded with the title of marquis, the order of the Holy Ghost, and the
+rank of Marshal in the French army.
+
+[Footnote 104: This refers to 1787, when Molina published his work.--E.]
+
+The salubrity of the climate, and the constant exercise on horseback to
+which the natives of Chili are accustomed from their infancy, render
+them strong and active, and preserve them from many diseases. The
+small-pox is not so common as in Europe, but makes terrible ravages when
+it appears[105]. In the year 1766, it was first introduced into the
+province of Maule, where it proved exceedingly fatal. At this time, a
+countryman who had recovered from this loathsome disease, conceived the
+idea of curing those unhappy persons who were deemed in a desperate
+situation, by means of cows milk, which he gave to his patients to
+drink, or administered in clysters. By this simple remedy, he cured all
+whom he attended; while the physicians saved very few by their
+complicated prescriptions. I mention this circumstance, as it strongly
+confirms the practice of M. Lassone, physician to the queen of France,
+published in the Medical Transactions of Paris for 1779, who was
+successful in curing the small-pox with cows milk, mixed with a
+decoction of parsley roots. From these instances it would appear, that,
+milk has the power of lessening the virulence of this terrible disease.
+
+
+[Footnote 105: Several years ago, before that terrible French eruption
+which now desolates Spain, the Spanish government communicated to all
+her colonies, however distant, the inestimable benefit of vaccination.
+It may be here mentioned that it has been long known among the
+illiterate cow-herds in the mountains of Peru, all either native
+Peruvians or Negroes, that a disease of the hands which they are liable
+to be infected with on handling diseased cow udders, the _cow-pox_,
+effectually arms all who have been subjected to it against the infection
+of the _small-pox_.--E.]
+
+The Creole inhabitants of Chili are in general generous and benevolent.
+Contented with a comfortable subsistence, so easily acquired in that
+country, they are rarely infected with the vice of avarice, and even
+scarcely know what parsimony is. Their houses are universally open to
+all travellers, whom they entertain with much hospitality, without any
+idea of being paid; and this virtue is even exercised in the cities.
+Hence, they have not hitherto attended to the erection of inns and
+public lodging-houses, or hotels, which will become necessary when the
+commerce of the interior becomes more active. The inhabitants of Chili
+are very dexterous in using the _laqui_, which they constantly carry
+with them on their excursions. It consists of a strap of leather several
+fathoms in length, twisted like a cord, one end of which is fastened to
+the girth under the horses belly, and the other end terminates in a
+strong noose, which they throw over any animal they wish to catch with
+so much dexterity as hardly ever to miss their aim[106]. It is used
+likewise on foot, in which case one end is fixed to the girdle. The
+peasants of Chili employed this singular weapon with success against
+certain English pirates who landed on their coast. Herodotus makes
+mention of the employment of a similar noose in battle by the Sagartii,
+a nation of Persian descent, who used no offensive weapons except
+daggers, depending principally upon cords of twisted leather, with a
+noose at one extremity, with which they used in battle to entangle their
+enemies, and then easily put them to death with their daggers. The
+inhabitants of Chili are likewise very expert in the management of
+horses; and, in the opinion of travellers who have seen and admired
+their dexterity and courage on horseback, they might soon be formed into
+the best body of cavalry in the world. From their attachment to horses,
+they are particularly fond of horse-races, which they conduct in the
+English manner.
+
+[Footnote 106: The _laqui_ in use to the east of the Andes, at least so
+far as employed in war, has either a ball or stone at one or both
+ends.--E.]
+
+The negroes, who have been introduced into Chili by contraband means,
+are subjected to a much more tolerable servitude than in other parts of
+America, where the interested motives of the planters have stifled every
+sentiment of humanity. As the cultivation of sugar and other West Indian
+produce has not been introduced into Chili, the negro slaves are
+employed only in domestic services, where by attention and diligence
+they acquire the favour of their masters. Those most esteemed are either
+born in the country, or mulattoes, as they become attached to the
+families to which they belong. By the humanity of government, excellent
+regulations have been introduced in favour of this unfortunate race.
+Such as have been able by their industry to save a sum of money
+sufficient to purchase a slave, are entitled to ransom themselves by
+paying it to their masters, who are obliged to receive it and grant them
+their liberty; by which means many of them have obtained their freedom.
+Those who are ill treated by their masters, can demand _a letter of
+sale_, which entitles them to seek for a purchaser; and if the master
+refuses, they apply to the judge of the town or district, who examines
+into their complaint, and grants the required permission, if well
+founded. Such instances are however rare, as the masters are careful not
+to reduce their slaves to this necessity on account of their own
+reputation, and because the slaves are generally so much attached to
+their masters, that the greatest punishment which could be inflicted on
+them were to sell them to others. It even frequently happens that those
+who have received their freedom in reward of good conduct, do not avail
+themselves of it, that they may not lose the protection of the family
+they belong to, from which they are always sure of subsistence. Masters
+however have the right to correct their slaves, and the kind and degree
+of punishment is left with them, except in capital crimes.
+
+The internal commerce of Chili has hitherto been of small importance,
+notwithstanding the many advantages possessed by this fertile country.
+Its principal source, industry, or necessity rather, is still wanting.
+An extensive commerce requires a large population, and in proportion as
+the one increases, the other will necessarily advance. A communication
+by water, which greatly facilitates the progress of commerce, has
+already been opened. In several of the Chilese ports, barks are now
+employed in the transportation of merchandise, which had formerly to be
+carried by land on the backs of mules, with great trouble and expence;
+and this beneficial alteration will probably be followed with others of
+greater importance. Several large ships have been already built in the
+harbour of Conception, and at the mouth of the river Maule, in the port
+of Huachapure; by which the external commerce of the kingdom is carried
+on with Peru and Spain. In the trade with Peru, twenty-three or
+twenty-four ships are employed, of five or six hundred tons each, part
+of which belong to Chili and part to Peru. These usually make three
+voyages yearly, and carry from Chili wheat, wine, pulse, almonds, nuts,
+cocoa-nuts, conserves, dried meat, tallow, lard, cheese, bend-leather,
+timber for building, copper, and a variety of other articles; and bring
+back return cargoes of silver, sugar, rice, and cotton. The ships which
+trade directly from Spain to Chili, receive gold, silver, copper,
+Vicugna wool, and hides, in exchange for European commodities. A
+permission to trade to the East Indies would be very profitable to the
+Chilese, as their most valuable articles are either scarce or not
+produced in these wealthy regions of Asia, and the passage across the
+Pacific Ocean would be easy and expeditious, in consequence of the
+prevalence of southerly winds. The only money current in Chili is of
+gold and silver, which is considerably embarrassing to internal
+commerce, as the smallest silver coin is the sixteenth of a dollar, or
+4-1/4d. The weights and measures are the same with those of Madrid.
+
+"Of the two great sources of commerce, agriculture and manufacturing
+industry, the former alone hitherto animates the internal trade of
+Chili, or even the commercial intercourse between that country and
+Peru[107]. The working of mines also occupies the attention of many of
+the colonists, especially in the provinces of Copaipo, Coquimbo, and
+Quillota. Manufacturing industry is hitherto so trifling as not to
+deserve notice. Notwithstanding the abundance of raw materials for this
+purpose, such as flax, wool, hemp, skins, and metals, which might give
+employment to a flourishing manufacturing industry, it is still in a
+languid condition. The inhabitants however manufacture _ponchos_,
+stockings, carpets, blankets, skin-coats, saddles, hats, and other small
+articles, chiefly for the use of the poorer people, as those used by the
+middle and higher ranks are from the manufactures of Europe. These
+enumerated articles, with the sale of hides and leather, grain and
+wine, form the whole internal commerce of Chili. The external commerce
+is principally with the ports of Peru, and particulary with that of
+Callao, the port of Lima. To the amount of about 700,000 dollars is
+yearly sent to Peru in the productions of Chili, serving not only to
+counterbalance the importations from that country, but leaving an annual
+balance of 200,000 dollars in favour of Chili. The trade between Chili
+and Buenos Ayres is on the contrary in favour of the latter, as Chili
+has to pay about 300,000 dollars yearly in cash for the herb _Paraguay_
+alone. The other articles received from Buenos Ayres are probably paid
+for by those which are sent to that place. In the trade with Spain, the
+productions of Chili go but a short way in payment of the European goods
+which are annually imported to the value of more than a million of
+dollars. Gold, silver, and copper, form the whole of the articles sent
+from Chili to Spain, as the hides and Vicugna wool are of too little
+importance to be considered."
+
+[Footnote 107: These observations on the trade of Chili, distinguished
+by inverted commas, are inserted into the text from a long note in this
+part of the work of Molina--E.]
+
+"Gold to the extent of 5200 marks[108], and as the amounts which are
+coined and shipped are nearly equal, there does not appear to be any
+clandestine extraction. But a considerable quantity is expended in
+bullion, in works of use or ornament. The silver extracted from the
+mines of Chili is estimated at 30,000 marks yearly[109]. Of this about
+25,000 marks are coined annually, and the residue is employed in the
+fabrication of plate. Yet a considerably larger amount is shipped every
+year, arising from the coined silver, which is transmitted from Lima.
+The remittances of gold and silver from Chili to Spain passes usually
+through Buenos Ayres. The gold, being less bulky, is carried by land, by
+the monthly packets, in sums of two or three thousand ounces. The silver
+is sent by two ships every summer, which likewise carry a part of the
+gold. The remittances of gold amount annually to 656,000 dollars[110],
+the silver to 244,000[111]; and the copper annually extracted from the
+mines of Chili is estimated at from eight to ten thousand quintals[112].
+From these data it will not be difficult to form a general estimate of
+the value of yearly produce from Chili[113]."
+
+[Footnote 108: The mark being eight ounces may be valued at L.4; hence
+the yearly production of gold in Chili is equal to about L.166,400
+sterling.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 109: At eight ounces the mark, and 6s. _per_ ounce, this
+amounts only to the yearly value of L.72,000 sterling.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 110: At 4s. 6d. the dollar, equal to L.147,600 sterling.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 111: Or L.54,900 sterling.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 112: The quintal of 100 pounds, at 1s. 6d. a pound, gives an
+average value of L.67,500 sterling for the yearly produce of
+copper.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 113: The entire value of the three enumerated articles amounts
+to L.270,000 sterling; but the other articles of export from Chili,
+formerly enumerated, are not here included.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION XIII.
+
+Account of the Archipelago of Chiloe [114].
+
+
+[Footnote 114: This is appended to the English translation of Molina,
+and is said to be chiefly extracted from a work on that subject by Pedro
+Gonzalis de Agueros, published at Madrid in 1791.--E.]
+
+The Archipelago of Chiloe, extends from Cape Capitanes to Quillan, from
+lat. 41 deg. 50' to 44 deg. S. long. 302 deg. to 303 deg. 25' E, from the meridian of
+Teneriffe[115]. On the north it is bounded by the continent, where the
+Juncos and Rancos [116], two independent and unconverted nations,
+possess the country from thence to Valdivia: on the east by the Andes,
+which separate it from Patagonia; on the south by the archipelago of
+Guaitecas; and on the west by the Pacific Ocean. The islands of this
+archipelago amount to about eighty, and appear to have been produced by
+earthquakes, owing to the great number of volcanoes, with which that
+country formerly abounded. Every part of them exhibits the most
+unquestionable marks of the operation of volcanic fire. Several
+mountains in the great island of Chiloe, which gives name to the
+archipelago, are composed of basaltic columns, which have been certainly
+produced by volcanic fire, whatever may be alleged to the contrary. The
+inhabited part of this province, extends from Maullin to Huilad,
+comprising forty leagues from north to south, and eighteen or twenty
+from east to west, and comprises twenty-five islands. There are Isla
+Grande, Ancud, or Chiloe Proper; Achao, Lemui, Quegui, Chelin, Tanqui,
+Linlin, Llignua, Quenai, Meulin, Caguach, Alau, Apeau, Chaulinec,
+Vuta-Chauquis, Anigue, Chegniau, Caucague, Calbuco, Llaicha, Quenu,
+Tabon, Abtau, Chiduapi, and Kaur.--Chiloe Ancud, or _Isla Grande_, being
+the largest island as its name imports, is the most populous, and the
+seat of government. Its capital, Castro, which is the only city in the
+province, was founded in 1566 by Don Martin Ruiz de Gamboa, during the
+viceroyalty of Lope Garcia de Castro in Peru, and was honoured with the
+name of his family.
+
+[Footnote 115: Or from long. 75 deg. to 74 deg. 20'W. from Greenwich.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 116: Called Cunches and Huilliches by Molina. Several
+circumstances in this account are interwoven from the text of Molina,
+Vol. II. Book iv. ch. ii. This circumstance will account for occasional
+repetitions, and perhaps some apparent contradictions, which may
+appear.--E.]
+
+The inhabitants of these islands are descended from the continental
+aborigines of Chili, as is evident from their manners, appearance, and
+language; yet are they very different in character, being of a pacific
+and rather timid disposition. They accordingly made no opposition
+against the handful of Spaniards who were sent to subjugate them under
+Gamboa, though their population is said to have then exceeded seventy
+thousand. Neither have they ever attempted to shake off the yoke, except
+once at the beginning of last century, when a very unimportant
+insurrection was speedily quelled. The number of inhabitants at present
+amounts to upwards of eleven thousand, which are distributed into
+seventy-six districts, each of which is governed by a native _ulmen_.
+The greatest part of this population is subject to the Spanish
+commanders, and are obliged to give personal service fifty days in every
+year, pursuant to the feudal laws, which are rigorously enforced in this
+province, though they have been long abolished in the rest of the
+kingdom of Chili.
+
+These islanders in general possess great quickness of capacity, and
+readily learn any thing that is taught them. They have an apt genius for
+all mechanical arts, and excel in carpentry, cabinet-making, turnery,
+and the like, and are very expert in the construction of wooden-houses,
+as indeed all the habitations and even the churches are of timber. They
+are likewise good manufacturers in linen and woollen, of which last
+mixed with the feathers of sea-birds they make very beautiful
+bed-coverings. They also manufacture _ponchos_ or cloaks of various
+kinds, many of which are striped, or embroidered with coloured silk or
+worsted.
+
+These islands abound in wood, of which they supply large quantities
+yearly. As it rains almost incessantly, the cultivated lands are
+commonly wet the whole year. Though they have abundance of cattle, these
+are not employed for ploughing the ground, which is tilled, or
+cultivated in the following singular manner. About three months before
+seed-time, their sheep are turned upon the lands intended for a crop,
+changing their situation every three or four nights, in the manner
+called folding in Europe, by which the land is sufficiently manured. The
+field is then strewed over with the seed corn, and a strong man
+scratches or slightly turns over the soil to cover the seed, by means of
+a rude implement composed of two crooked sticks of hard wood fastened
+together and made sharp, which he forces into the ground with his
+breast. Notwithstanding this very imperfect tillage, the subsequent crop
+of wheat generally yields ten or twelve for one. They likewise grow
+large quantities of barley, beans, peas, _guinoa_, which is a species of
+chenopodium used in making a pleasant species of drink, and the largest
+and best potatoes that are to be found in all Chili. Owing to the
+moisture of the climate, the grape never comes to sufficient maturity
+for making wine; but its want is supplied by various kinds of cyder,
+made from apples and other wild fruits which abound in the country.
+
+Owing to their habitude of frequently going from one island to another,
+where the sea is far from being pacific, the Chilotans are all excellent
+sailors, and being active, docile, and industrious, they are very much
+employed in navigating the shipping of the South Sea. Their native barks
+or piraguas are formed of from three to five planks, sewed together, and
+caulked with a species of moss which grows on a particular shrub. There
+are vast numbers of these barks all through the archipelago, which they
+manage very dexterously both with sails and oars, and the natives often
+venture as far as Conception in these frail vessels. They are much
+addicted to fishing, and procure vast quantities and many kinds of
+excellent fish on the sea around their shores. Of these they dry large
+quantities, which they export to Chili and Peru, and the other countries
+on the Pacific Ocean. They likewise cure considerable quantities of
+testaceous fishes, such as conchs, clams, and _piures_, in the following
+manner. These shell fish are laid in a long trench, covered over with
+the large leaves of the _panke tinctoria_, over which a layer of stones
+is laid, on which a hot fire is kindled and kept up for several hours.
+The roasted fish are then taken out of the shells, strung upon lines,
+and hung up for some time in the smoke of wood fires. Cured in this
+manner they keep well for a considerable time, and are carried for sale
+to Cujo and other inland districts.
+
+The Christian religion was very readily embraced by the Chilotans after
+their subjugation, and they have ever since continued stedfast in its
+observance. Their spiritual concerns are under the direction of the
+bishop of Conception. Formerly the government was administered by a
+lieutenant-governor appointed by the governor of Chili, but that officer
+is now nominated by the viceroy of Peru. The whole external trade of
+these islands is carried on by three or four ships which come there
+annually from Peru and Chili, by which they receive wine, brandy,
+tobacco, sugar, herb of Paraguay, salt, and European goods, for which
+they give in exchange red cedar boards, timber of different kinds,
+ponchos of various qualities, hams, pilchards, dried shell-fish,
+white-cedar boxes, embroidered girdles, and a small quantity of
+ambergris which is found on their shores.
+
+The navigation in this archipelago is difficult and even dangerous owing
+to the strength and number of the currents, and nothing can appear worse
+adapted for so perilous a sea than the piraguas or boats which are used
+by the islanders. They are without keel or deck, and the planks of which
+they are composed are sewed or laced together by means of strong
+withies, the seams being caulked or stuffed with a kind of moss, or with
+pounded cane leaves, over which the withies are passed. The cross
+timbers or thwarts are fixed by means of pegs or tree-nails. In these
+frail barks, which are very easily overset, the Chilotans venture with a
+fearlessness proceeding entirely from being accustomed to danger, not
+from skill in avoiding it. Their main source of food is from the sea,
+which is general most bountiful in those parts of the world where the
+earth is least so. Their mode of fishing is singular and ingenious. At
+low water, they inclose a large extent of the flat shore with stakes
+interwoven with boughs of trees, forming a kind of basket-work; which
+pens or _corrales_ are covered by every flood and left dry by the ebb
+tide, at which time they generally find abundance of fish. They likewise
+employ as food a species of sea-weed, called _luche_, which they form
+into a kind of loaves or cakes which are greatly esteemed even by the
+wealthy inhabitants of Lima. Seals are more numerous in the archipelagos
+of Guaitecas and Guayneco, still farther to the south, where they are
+eaten by the natives, who are said to acquire so rank an odour from the
+use of this food that it is necessary to keep them to leeward. Whales
+sometimes run aground among these islands but are greatly more numerous
+farther to the south. They have probably retired from this part of the
+coast in consequence of being persecuted, as ambergris was formerly
+found in great abundance on these shores, but is now very rare.
+
+All the islands are very mountainous and craggy, so that only a few
+vallies among the hills and the flat grounds near the shore are
+susceptible of cultivation. On this scanty cultivable ground, there are
+forty-one settlements, called _pueblas_ or townships, in the _isla
+grande_, or large island of Chiloe. There is one road indeed across the
+mountains, but the whole interior of the island is uninhabited. The isle
+of Quinchau has six pueblas; Lemui and Llaicha each four, Calbuco three,
+all the other inhabited islands only one each, and there are three on
+the continent, in all eighty-one. In these pueblas or townships, the
+houses are much scattered, each being placed upon its attached property.
+The church stands near the beach, having a few huts erected in the
+neighbourhood, which serve to accommodate the parishioners when they
+come to church on Sundays or any festival to attend mass. In the whole
+archipelago there are but four places where the houses are placed so
+near together as to assume the appearance of a town or village. These
+are the city of Castro as it is called, Chacao, Calbuco, and the port of
+San Carlos. This last is the largest and most flourishing. In 1774 it
+contained sixty houses, with 462 inhabitants. In 1791, it had increased
+to two hundred houses and eleven hundred inhabitants; but its prosperity
+arose on the ruin of Chacao, which was the only port in the whole
+archipelago till 1768. The harbour of Chacao is rendered very dangerous
+by reason of many rocks and shoals, and is much exposed to winds from
+the north and north-east; on which account Don Carlos de Berenger, when
+governor, recommended that a town should be built at _Gacui del Ingles_,
+or English harbour, which was accordingly ordered by the court of Spain
+in 1767. The bay was then named Bahia del Rey; or Kings Bay, and the
+town and harbour San Carlos. It is in lat. 41 deg. 57' S. and long. 73 deg. 58'
+W. The port is good, but ships are often wrecked at the entrance, in
+consequence of tremendous hurricanes which come on suddenly, at which
+time the land cannot be seen. Since the erection of this town, the seat
+of government has been removed to it from Castro.
+
+It is difficult to understand what motives could have induced the
+Spaniards to settle in this miserable country, when the whole extent of
+this western side of South America was open to them. Where gold and
+silver are to be found, or where wealth is to be acquired by commerce,
+men will readily settle, however barren and unfavourable the country, or
+however pestilential the climate. But Chiloe offers no incitements to
+avarice, and only a bare and comfortless subsistence to perpetual
+industry. Perhaps the principal part of the original settlers were
+people who escaped from the fury of the Araucanians, unable to remove to
+Peru, or to subsist if they got there, and who were therefore glad of
+getting any place of rest and security. There is perhaps no other colony
+in the world to which Europeans have carried so few of their arts and
+comforts, or where they have attempted to colonize under so many natural
+disadvantages. Two instances indeed may be excepted; the project of
+Philip II. to fortify the Straits of Magellan, and the unaccountable
+settlements of the Norwegians in Greenland. In Chiloe it often rains for
+a whole month without intermission, and these rains are frequently
+accompanied by such tremendous hurricanes that the largest trees are
+torn up by the roots, and the inhabitants do not feel safe in their
+houses. Even in January, their mid-summer, they have often
+long-continued heavy rain. If during the height of a storm the smallest
+opening be perceived in the clouds towards the south, fine weather soon
+succeeds; but first the wind changes suddenly to the south, with even
+greater violence than it blew before from the opposite quarter, and
+comes on with a crash as loud and sudden as the discharge of a cannon.
+The storm then passes away with a rapidity proportional to its violence,
+and the weather clears up. But at this critical change of the wind,
+vessels are exposed to the utmost danger. Thunder and lightning are
+rare, but earthquakes are frequent. In 1737 these islands suffered
+severely by an earthquake; a few days after which a cloud or exhalation
+of fire, coming from the north, passed over the whole archipelago, and,
+as is said, set fire to the woods in many of the islands in the group of
+the Guaitecas. It is said also that these islands were then covered over
+with ashes, and that vegetation did not again appear upon them till
+1750, thirteen years afterwards.
+
+Though excessively rainy, the climate is not unhealthy; but no people on
+earth ever had more cause to believe that the ground was cursed to bring
+forth thorns and thistles, and that man is condemned to eat bread with
+the sweat of his brow, as there are none who labour so hard and procure
+so little. They are so poor as to have no iron, or so very little that a
+family which has an axe guards it like a treasure. Their substitute for
+a plough has been already described as made of two crooked branches of a
+tree, with a sharp point at one end and a round ball at the other, which
+they force into the ground by means of their breast, protected by a
+sheeps skin during this rude operation of tillage. Laborious as this
+mode must be even in a free soil, it is rendered still more so in Chiloe
+by the myrtle roots which everywhere infest their cultivated land. The
+little corn they raise can never be left to ripen in the field, on
+account of the heavy and frequent rains. It must be cut before it
+ripens, and its sheaves hung up to dry in the sun-shine, if the sun
+happens then to shine; and otherwise it has to be dried within
+doors[117]. Bread is consequently a luxury which is reserved for great
+occasions; and the want of which is supplied by means of excellent
+potatoes, far better than any that are produced in Peru or Chili.
+
+[Footnote 117: In many parts of Norway, the peasants have to win, or
+dry, their corn sheaves spitted on wooden spars set upon stakes in the
+open air; and a nobleman in the western Scots Highlands, has shades in
+which to dry his corn and hay, where the sheaves are hung upon pegs like
+herrings in a curing house. Yet bad as is the climate of Chiloe, Iceland
+and Kamtshatka can grow no corn at all.--E.]
+
+Apples and strawberries are their only fruit, both of which are good and
+plentiful. The woods produce a plant called _quilineja_, much resembling
+the _esparto_ or broom of Spain, from which they manufacture their
+cables; and they make smaller ropes from several leafless parasitical
+plants which twine round the larger trees like vines or bindwood. A
+species of wild cane or reed serves to roof their houses, and its leaves
+serve as hay or fodder for the few horses which are kept in this
+inhospitable country. In that part of the continent which belongs to
+this province, there is a tree, called _alerse_ by the Spaniards and
+_lahual_ by the Indians, which supplies the principal part of their
+exports, as from 50,000 to 60,000 planks of its wood are sent yearly to
+Lima. It grows to a large size, and has so even and regular a grain as
+to admit of being cleft by wedges into boards or planks of any desired
+thickness, even smoother than could be done by a saw. Neither Agueros
+nor Falkner had ever seen the tree; but the latter supposed it of the
+fir tribe from description, and supposes it might thrive in England if
+its seeds could be brought over, as the country in which it grows is as
+cold as Britain, and it is reckoned the most valuable timber of that
+country both for beauty and duration. The bark of this tree makes
+excellent oakum for that part of ships which is under water, but does
+not answer when exposed to the sun and air. They export also the wood of
+a tree named _luma_, for axle-trees and the poles of carriages; of a
+particular kind of hazle for ship-building, which answers excellently
+for oars; they likewise make chests and boxes of a species of cypress,
+and of a tree named _ciruelillo_.
+
+Hams are a principle article among their exports, as hogs are the most
+numerous animals in Chiloe, where they find their own food in the woods.
+Few sheep are kept, yet there are sufficient to furnish wool to give
+employment to the women. From this they manufacture _ponchos_, two of
+which, give sufficient work to a woman for a whole year, as they work
+without a loom. The warp is stretched between a set of pegs, and they
+weave in the woof with their fingers, yet make the work remarkably fine,
+strong, and beautiful. They make also a smaller kind, called
+_bordillos_, which are the ordinary dress of the negroes at Lima.
+Besides these, they manufacture blankets and rugs, or coverlets for
+beds, and linen cloth; which last is woven in looms.
+
+In summer, when the vessels arrive from Callao, San Carlos is like a
+fair, as this is the only opportunity enjoyed by the Chilotans to get
+supplied with any thing which is not the produce of their own country,
+or to dispose of any portion of their surplus produce. As they have no
+money or circulating medium of commerce, the whole trade is carried on
+by means of barter, which would leave the islanders at the mercy of the
+merchants from Lima, but for the interference of the government. On the
+arrival of the first ship of the season, the cabildo or municipal
+magistracy of San Carlos, fixes a money price at which every thing is to
+be rated on both sides; which means of regulating the market seems
+absolutely necessary, as otherwise the Chilotans in buying would be
+obliged to give any price demanded by the seller, and in selling would
+have to take any price offered. Still it would be much for their
+advantage to export their own commodities; but the whole archipelago
+does not contain a single vessel large enough to make a voyage to Peru
+or even to Chili. Formerly the soldiers who were in garrison in this
+province used to receive their pay in clothes and other articles of
+which they might be in want; but they were ordered by a late regulation
+to be paid in specie; and if this be continued it must occasion an
+important change in the commercial situation of Chiloe, by introducing a
+circulating medium. In San Carlos there is a garrison of regular troops,
+consisting of 33 artillerymen, 58 dragoons, and 53 infantry. The militia
+of the archipelago consists of 1569 men, including officers; which have
+to do garrison duty, but receive no pay or rations, having to serve
+entirely at their own expence.
+
+The inhabitants of Chiloe consists only of two classes of people,
+Spaniards and Indians, there being no negroes and no mixed breed or
+mestees. The want of negroes is easily explained by the poverty of the
+islanders; but we are not told how it happens that the other two races
+have not intermixed[118]. This is the more remarkable, as a most
+extraordinary change has taken place in the language of these islands
+during the latter half of the eighteenth century; insomuch that the
+language of the Indian inhabitants consists entirely of Spanish words,
+but all the inflexions, the syntax, and the idiomatic manner of
+expression are Chilese, that is to say exactly corresponding to the
+Moluchese dialect of the Chilidugu.
+
+[Footnote 118: Probably the gradations have not been attended to,
+because the nice discrimination of ranks has not been deemed worth while
+in so poor a country. Perhaps the mestees and their gradations are all
+elevated to the rank of Spaniards, or all depressed to that of vassal
+Chilotans.--E.]
+
+Both men and women of the Spanish population in Chiloe go barefooted,
+except a few of the principal families who sacrifice convenience to
+pride; as in a country so continually wet it is safer to go about with
+naked feet than to have them in wet coverings. The men universally wear
+the _poncho_. The houses, or hovels rather, are all built of wood, and
+the crevices are stopped with sheep-skin or rags. The roofs are all
+thatched; and the climate is so rainy that this soon rots and must be
+frequently renewed. These dwellings consist of a single room, in which
+the family, the cattle, and the poultry, are all accommodated. A few of
+the inhabitants who can afford superior accommodation, have houses
+divided into several apartments, wainscoted within, and roofed with
+deal. Being all of wood, fires are frequent occurrences; but as the
+houses are scattered, the mischief does not extend. Owing to the
+inclemency of the weather, and the miserable state of the roads, a
+family in the scattered and solitary situation in which the houses are
+placed, is often weeks, and sometimes months without any communication
+with their neighbours. There is neither hospital, physician, nor surgeon
+in the whole province. A sick person is laid in a bed or a heap of skins
+near a large fire, and remains there till recovery or death supervene.
+The missionaries who visited these islands could find no books from
+which to teach the children to read, and when they wished them to write
+there was no paper. Necessity produced a substitute, and they used
+wooden boards or tablets, on which they wrote with a substance which
+could be washed out. Such is the miserable situation of the Spanish
+inhabitants of the archipelago of Chiloe: yet they dare not leave their
+wretched birth-place in the hope of bettering their fortunes. The
+small-pox is hitherto unknown among them, and those, who have attempted
+to go elsewhere have been cut off by that loathsome disease. In 1783,
+the entire population of this dreary province amounted to 23,477, of
+whom 11,985 were of Spanish descent, and 11,492 Indians.
+
+
+SECTION XIV.
+
+_Account of the Native Tribes inhabiting the southern extremity of South
+America [119]._
+
+
+[Footnote 119: This supplementary section or appendix is added to the
+second volume of Molina, apparently by the English translator, and is
+said to be chiefly extracted from the description of Patagonia by
+Falkner. As the subject is new and interesting, we have been induced to
+extend somewhat beyond the rigid letter of a collection of voyages and
+travels. The picture of man in varied circumstances of savage life, is
+one of the most important pieces of information to be derived from a
+collection such as that we have undertaken and where direct means of
+communicating that intelligence are unattainable, it is surely better to
+employ such as on be procured than none.--E.]
+
+The poet Ercilla has made the name of the _Araucanians_ so famous that
+it were improper now to change the appellation. But that denomination
+properly belongs only to these tribes of the _Picunches_ who inhabit the
+country of Aranco[120]. The nations or tribes who inhabit the southern
+extremity of South America are known among themselves by the general
+names of _Moluches_ and _Puelches_; the former signifying the warlike
+people, and the latter the eastern people.
+
+[Footnote 120: It will easily be seen in the immediate sequel, that
+Falkner very improperly uses Picunches as a generic term, as it
+signifies in a limited manner the northern people. Molina most properly
+denominates the whole aborigines of Chili on both sides of the Andes,
+Chilese, as speaking one language, the Chili-dugu; names the tribes of
+Arauco and those in the same republican confederacy Araucanians; and
+gives distinct names like Falkner to the allied tribes: the Puelches,
+Cunchese, Huilliches, Pehuenches, and others. Falkner appears to have
+chosen to denominate the whole from the tribe whose dialect he first
+became acquainted with; and some others seem to select the Moluches as
+the parent tribe.--E.]
+
+The _Moluches_ or warlike people, are divided into the _Picunches_, or
+people of the north, the _Pehuenches_ or people of the fine country, and
+_Huilliches_ or people of the south. The Picunches inhabit the mountains
+from Coquimbo to somewhat below St Jago in Spanish Chili. The Pehuenches
+border on these to the north, and extend to the parallel of Valdivia.
+Both of these are included in history under the name of
+Araucanians[121]. Their long and obstinate wars with the Spaniards, with
+the Puelches and with each other, have greatly diminished their numbers;
+but they have been still more diminished by the havoc which has been
+made among them by brandy, that curse of the American Indians, for which
+they have often been known to sell their wives and children, and to
+engage in savage scenes of civil bloodshed, entailing wide and endless
+deadly feuds. The small-pox has nearly completed the work of war and
+drunkenness, and when Falkner left the country they could hardly muster
+four thousand men among them all.
+
+[Footnote 121: This account differs essentially from the history we have
+just given from the writings of Molina, an intelligent native of Chili,
+which cannot be repeated in the short compass of a note.--E.]
+
+The Huilliches possess the country from Valdivia to the Straits of
+Magellan. They are divided into four tribes, who are improperly classed
+together as one nation, since three of them are evidently of a different
+race from the fourth. That branch which reaches to the sea of Chiloe and
+beyond the lake of Nahuelhuaupi speaks the general language of Chili,
+differing only from the Pehuenches and Picunches in pronunciation. The
+others speak a mixed language, composed of the Moluche and Tehuel
+tongue, which latter is the Patagon; and these tribes, from their great
+stature, are evidently of Patagonian origin. Collectively these three
+tribes are called the Vuta-Huilliches, or great southern-people;
+separately they are named Chonos, Poy-yes, and Key-yes. The Chonos
+inhabit the archipelago of Chili, and the adjoining shores of the
+continent. The Poy-yes or Peyes possess the coast from lat. 48 deg. to
+something more than 51 deg. S. The Key-yes or Keyes extend from thence to
+the Straits of Magellan. The Moluches maintain some flocks of sheep,
+principally for the sake of their wool, and cultivate a small quantity
+of corn.
+
+The Puelches or eastern people, which name they receive from the natives
+of Chili, are bounded on the west by the Moluches, on the south by the
+Straits of Magellan, on the east by the sea, and on the north by the
+Spaniards. They are subdivided into four tribes, the Taluhets, Diuihets,
+Chechehets, and Tehuelhets. The _first_ of these or _Taluhets,_ are a
+wandering race who prowl over the country, from the eastern side of the
+first _desaguadero_ as far as the lakes of Guanacache in the
+jurisdiction of San Juan and San Luiz de la Punta. Some of them are also
+to be found in the jurisdiction of Cordova, on the rivers Segundo Terzo
+and Quarto. When the Jesuits were expelled from the missions, this tribe
+could scarcely raise two hundred fighting men, and even in conjunction
+with all their allies not above five hundred. The _second_ of these
+tribes, called the _Diuihets,_ is, also a wandering race, which borders
+westwardly on the Pehuenches, between the latitudes of 35 deg. and 38 deg. S.
+They extend along the rivers Sanguel Colorado and Hueyque, and nearly to
+the Casuhati on the east. This nation and that of the Taluhets are
+collectively called Pampas by the Spaniards, whose settlements in
+Tacuman and on the southern shore of the La Plata they have always
+infested, and sometimes even endangered. The _third_ tribe of the
+Puelches is named the Chechehets, or eastern-people. The country which
+they chiefly frequent is situated between the rivers Hueyque and the
+first desaguadero or Rio Colorado, and from thence to the second
+desaguadero or Rio Negro. They are a tall and stout wandering race
+resembling the Patagonians, but speak a quite different language. Their
+dispositions are friendly and inoffensive, but they are a bold and
+active enemy when provoked. They are now reduced to a small number by
+the ravages of the small-pox. The fourth race, called the _Tehuelhets,_
+or in their own language the Tehuel-kunnees or southern-men, are the
+real Patagonians. These are again subdivided into many tribes, all of
+which and the Chechehets also are called _Serranos_ or mountaineers by
+the Spaniards. The _Leuvuches,_ who seem to be the head tribe of all the
+Serranos, live on the Rio Negro. They speak the same language with the
+Chechehets, but with a small mixture of the Tehuel. This tribe used to
+keep on good terms with the Spaniards, that they might hunt in security
+in the pampas or immense plains of Buenos Ayres. About the year 1740,
+however, they were provoked to war by a most wanton and treacherous
+attack, and Buenos Ayres would in all probability have been destroyed,
+had not these injured people been appeased by the Jesuit missionaries.
+The Tehuelhets are more numerous than all the other tribes of these
+parts together, and are the perpetual enemies of the Moluches who are so
+terrible to the Spaniards, whom they would have long since destroyed if
+they had been equally well supplied with horses.
+
+To the south of these are the Chulilau-Kunnees, and the Sehuan-Kunnees,
+who are the most southerly of the equestrian tribes. The country beyond
+them, all the way to the Straits of Magellan, is possessed by the last
+of the Tehuel tribes, called Yacana-Kunnees or foot-people, as they have
+no horses. These are an inoffensive race, who are very swift runners,
+and subsist mostly on fish. The other Tehuelhets and the Huilliches
+sometimes attack this tribe for the purpose of making slaves of the
+prisoners. The ordinary stature of all the Tehuel tribes is from six to
+seven feet. None of the Puelches either keep sheep or cultivate the
+ground, but depend altogether on hunting, for which purpose they keep a
+great number of dogs.
+
+The belief in an infinite number of spirits, good and evil, is common to
+all the native tribes south of the Rio Plata. From the north of that
+river to the Orinoco a different language prevails, accompanied by a
+different form of superstition The Puelches do not appear to acknowledge
+any of those numerous spirits as supreme over the rest. The Taluhets and
+Diuihets call a good spirit _Soychu,_ or he who presides in the land of
+strong drink. The Tehuelhets call an evil spirit Atskanna Kanatz, the
+other Puelches denominate the same being Valichu. Huecuvu must be
+another name for the evil spirit; as the Chechehets give the name of
+Huecuvu-mapu or the devils-country to a great sandy desert, into which
+they never venture lest they should be overwhelmed.
+
+Among the northern Indians, each cast or small tribe is distinguished by
+the name of some animal; as the tribe of the tyger, the lion, the
+guanaco, the ostrich, and the like. They believe that each tribe had its
+own particular creator, who resided in some huge cavern under a lake or
+bill, to which all of that tribe will go after death, to enjoy the
+felicity of eternal inebriation. These good creative spirits, according
+to their opinion, having first created the world, made the different
+races of men and animals, each in their respective cave. To the Indians,
+they gave the spear, the bow and arrow, and the _lague_ or ball and
+thong: to the Spaniards fire arms. Animals they allege were likewise
+created in these subterranean abodes of the spirits, such as were
+nimblest coming first out. When bulls and cows were coming out last of
+all, the Indians were frightened at the sight of their horns, and
+stopped up the mouth of their cavern; but the Spaniards were wiser and
+let them out. Thus they explain the reason why they had no cattle till
+after the coming of the Spaniards. In. their opinion, all the animals
+who have been created in these hidden caverns have not yet emerged. They
+attribute all the misfortunes or diseases which happen to men or animals
+to the agency of the evil spirits, who are continually wandering about
+the world in search of mischief. Their priests or jugglers rather, are
+each supposed to be attended by two familiar evil spirits, to whom the
+souls of these jugglers are associated after death, and with whom they
+go about to do mischief. The jugglers are of both sexes; but it seems as
+if it were thought an occupation beneath the dignity of a man, as the
+male wizards are compelled to dress like women and are not permitted to
+marry. The female jugglers are under no such restriction. They are
+generally chosen while children to be initiated in the mysteries of this
+profession, from among those who are most effeminate, and such as happen
+to be subject to epilepsy or St Vitus' dance are considered as
+especially marked out for the service of the jugglers. It is a very
+dangerous profession, as these jugglers are frequently put to death when
+any calamity happens to befal either the chiefs or the people.
+
+No ceremonies are performed in honour of the good spirits. That which is
+addressed to the evil ones is performed in the following manner. The
+assistants assemble in the hut or tent of the wizard, who is concealed
+in a corner of the tent, where he has a drum, one or two round
+calabashes with a few small sea shells in them to make a noise, like the
+_maraca_ or rattle of the Brazilian sorcerers, and some square bags of
+painted hide in which he keeps his spells. He begins the ceremony by
+making a strange noise with his drum and rattle, after which he feigns
+to fall into a fit, which is supposed to be occasioned by a struggle
+with the evil spirit who then enters into him. During this fit, he keeps
+his eye-lids lifted up, distorts his features, foams at the mouth, seems
+to dislocate his joints, and after many violent and unnatural motions
+remains stiff and motionless, like a person in a fit of epilepsy. After
+some time he comes to himself, as if having gained the victory over the
+evil spirit. He next causes a faint shrill mournful voice to be heard
+within his tabernacle, as of the evil spirit, who is supposed to
+acknowledge himself vanquished; after which the wizard, from a kind of
+tripod, answers all questions that are put to him. It is of little
+consequence whether these answers turn out true or false, as on all
+sinister events the fault is laid on the spirit. On these conjuring
+occasions, the juggler is well paid by those who consult the destinies.
+
+
+These southern nations make skeletons of their dead, as is done likewise
+by the native tribes on the Orinoco; but it is singular that this
+practice does not prevail among the intermediate tribes, that inhabit
+between the Maranon and Rio Plata. On such occasions, one of the most
+distinguished women of the tribe performs the ceremony of dissection.
+The entrails are burnt, and the bones, after the flesh has been cut off
+as clean as possible, are buried till the remaining fibres decay. This
+is the custom of the Molnuches and Pampas, but the Serranos place the
+bones on a high frame-work of canes or twigs to bleach in the sun and
+rain. While the dissector is at work on the skeleton, the Indians walk
+incessantly round the tent, having their faces blackened with soot,
+dressed in long skin mantles, singing in a mournful voice, and striking
+the ground with their long spears, to drive away the evil spirits. Some
+go to condole with the widow and relations of the dead, if these are
+wealthy enough to reward them for their mourning with bells, beads, and
+other trinkets; as their customary condolence is not of a nature to be
+offered gratuitously, for they prick their arms and legs with thorns,
+and feel pain at least if not sorrow. The horses belonging to the
+deceased are slain, that he may ride upon them in the _alhue-mapu,_ or
+country of the dead; but a few of these are reserved to carry his bones
+to the place of sepulchre, which is done in grand ceremony within a year
+after his death. They are then packed up in a hide, and laid on the
+favourite horse of the deceased, which is adorned with mantles,
+feathers, and other ornaments and trinkets. In this manner the cavalcade
+moves to the family burial-place, often three hundred leagues from the
+place of death, so wide and distant are their wanderings in the
+boundless plains to the south of the Rio Plata.
+
+The Moluches and Pampas bury in large square pits about six feet deep,
+the bones being first accurately put into their proper places and tied
+together, clothed in the best robes of the deceased, and ornamented with
+beads and feathers, all of which are cleaned or changed once a-year.
+These skeletons are placed in a sitting posture in a row, with all the
+weapons and other valuables belong to each laid beside him. The pit is
+then covered over with beams or twigs, on which the earth is spread. An
+old matron of each tribe is appointed to the care of these sepulchres,
+who has to open them once a-year, to clean and new clothe the skeletons,
+for which service she is held in great estimation. The bodies of the
+slain horses are placed round the sepulchre, raised on their feet and
+supported by stakes. These sepulchres are generally at a small distance
+from the ordinary habitations of the tribe. Every year they pour upon
+them some bowls of their first made _chica,_ or fermented liquor, and
+drink to the happiness of the dead. The Tehuelhets and other southern
+tribes carry their dead to a great distance from their ordinary
+dwellings, into the desert near the sea-coast, where they arrange them
+above ground surrounded by their horses. It is probable that only those
+Indians who carry their dead to considerable distances reduce them to
+skeletons, from the following circumstance. In the voyage of discovery
+made in 1746 in the St Antonio from Buenos Ayres to the Straits of
+Magellan, the Jesuits who accompanied the expedition found one of these
+tents or houses of the dead. On one side six banners of cloth of various
+colours, each about half a yard square, were set up on high poles fixed
+in the ground; and on the other side five dead horses stuffed with straw
+and supported, on stakes. Within the house, there were two _ponchos_
+extended, on which lay the bodies of two men and a woman, having the
+flesh and hair still remaining. On the top of the house was another
+_poncho,_ rolled up and tied with a coloured woolen band, in which a
+pole was fixed, from which eight tassels of wool were suspended.
+
+Widows are obliged to observe a long and rigorous mourning. During a
+whole year after the death of their husbands, they must keep themselves
+secluded in the tents, never going out except on the most necessary
+avocations, and having no communication with any one. In all this time,
+they must abstain from eating the flesh of horses, cows, ostriches, or
+guanacos, must never wash their faces which are constantly smeared with
+soot, and any breach of chastity during this year of mourning is
+punished with the death of both parties by the relations of the husband.
+
+The office of _ya,_ or chief, is hereditary, and all the sons of a ya
+may be chiefs likewise if they can procure followers; but the dignity is
+of so little consequence that nobody almost covets the office. To him
+belongs the office of protecting his followers, of composing
+differences, and of delivering up any offender who is to be capitally
+punished; in all which, cases his will is the sole law. These petty
+despots are prone to bribery, and will readily sacrifice their vassals
+and even their kindred for a good bribe. They are esteemed in proportion
+to their eloquence, and any chief who is not himself eloquent employs an
+orator to harangue the tribe in his place. When two or more tribes form
+an alliance against a common enemy, they elect an _apo,_ or
+commander-in-chief, from the ablest or most celebrated of the _yas,_ or
+hereditary chiefs. But this office, though nominally elective, has been
+long hereditary among the southern tribes in the family of Cangapol. The
+hereditary chiefs, named _yas, elmens_, or _ulmens,_ have no power to
+take any thing from their vassals, neither can they oblige them to
+perform any work without payment. On the contrary they must treat them
+kindly and relieve their wants, or their vassals will put themselves
+under the protection of a more generous chief. Many of them therefore
+wave the privilege of their birth, and decline having any vassals,
+because they are expensive appendages, which yield little profit. But
+every-one must attach themselves to some chief, or they would
+undoubtedly be put to death or reduced to slavery.
+
+Every man buys his wife from her relations, with or without her consent,
+and then takes possession of her as his property. But if the woman
+happens to have fixed her affections on another, she contrives to wear
+out the patience of her purchaser, who either turns her away or sells
+her to the man of her choice, but seldom uses her ill. Widows, and
+orphan girls are at their own disposal. The yas or ulmens have generally
+two or three wives; and even the common people may have as many as they
+please, but wives are dear and they are generally contented with one.
+The lives of the women are one continued series of labour. They fetch
+wood and water; dress the victuals; make, mend, and clean the tents;
+cure the skins; make them into mantles; spin and manufacture ponchos;
+pack up every thing for a journey, even the tent poles; load, unload,
+and arrange the baggage; straiten the girths of the horses; carry the
+lance before their husbands; and at the end of the journey set up the
+tents. Sickness or even the most advanced pregnancy give no relief from
+these labours, and it would be reckoned ignominious in the husbands to
+give them any assistance. The women of noble families may have slaves to
+relieve them of these labours; but when in want of these, must undergo
+the same fatigues as the rest. Yet the tribes of the southern extremity
+of America are not brutal to their women like those in the north, and
+the marriages only endure during pleasure, though those who have
+children seldom separate. The husband invariably protects his wife, even
+when in the wrong; and if detected in any criminal intercourse, all his
+anger falls upon the paramour, who is cruelly beaten, unless he can
+atone for the injury by payment. Their jugglers sometimes persuade them
+to send their wives into the woods, to prostitute themselves to the
+first person they meet, which is obviously a device for consoling
+themselves from the celibacy to which they are condemned. The husbands
+readily obey these directions; but there are women in whom native
+modesty overpowers superstition, who refuse obedience to their husbands
+on such occasions, and bid defiance to the wizard.
+
+The dresses of all these tribes are formed of skins; but all except the
+_serranos_ or mountaineers, weave mantles or ponchos of woollen yarn,
+beautifully died of various colours, which when wrapped round the body
+reach from the neck to the calf of the legs. A similar mantle is tied
+round the waist and reaches to the ankles. Besides these they have a
+three-cornered piece of dressed hide, of which two of the corners are
+tied round the waist, and the third, being passed between the legs is
+fastened behind. The hair is tied up from behind with the points
+upwards, by means of a woollen band bound many times round the head; but
+they are fond of wearing hats when they can get them from the Spaniards.
+They paint their faces red or black, and wear necklaces and bracelets of
+sky-blue beads. When on horseback they wear a particular kind of cloaks,
+having a slit in the middle through which they put their heads, and the
+skirts hang down to the knees or even sometimes to the feet. Their
+stockings or boots consist of the skin of a horses thigh and leg, flayed
+off whole, dried and softened with grease, and rendered supple by
+wringing. The women wear straw hats in shape like those used by the
+Chinese. Their defensive armour consists of a helmet of double bulls
+hide shaped like a broad-brimmed hat; a tunic or bodice of hardened skin
+three or four fold, which is very heavy, but effectually resists the
+arrow and spear, and is even said to be musquet proof. When on foot,
+they have likewise a large unwieldy shield of bulls hide. The Tehuelhets
+and Huilliches sometimes poison their arrows. Their spears are of cane,
+four or five yards long, and are pointed with iron; and they use swords
+when they can procure them from the Spaniards. They use the _laqui_ both
+in war and hunting; but that used in war has a ball, or weight fastened
+to one or both ends of the leathern thong instead of a noose. The ball
+weighs about a pound. When used single, or with only one ball, it is
+aimed at the head of the enemy, to knock out his brains. With the double
+_laqui_, having a ball at each end, they can fasten a man to his horse,
+and effectually entangle both man and beast.
+
+END OF THE HISTORY OF CHILI.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+DISCOVERY OF FLORIDA, AND ACCOUNT OF SEVERAL INEFFECTUAL ATTEMPTS TO
+CONQUER AND SETTLE THAT COUNTRY BY THE SPANIARDS.
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+In the preceding Chapters of this _Second Book_, we have given an
+extended account of the _Discovery_ of AMERICA by COLUMBUS, and of the
+establishment of the principal Spanish Colonies in the New World, from
+authentic Original authors, a large portion of which never appeared
+before in any Collection of Voyages and Travels, and some important
+parts are now given for the first time in the English language. It is
+not the object of this work to attempt giving a regular series of the
+History of America, by inserting the establishments of all the European
+colonies which have been settled in that quarter of the world, which
+would occupy more room than can be conveniently allowed in our
+Collection, and for which we do not possess original documents of
+sufficient interest. In the present chapter it is only meant to give a
+relation of the Discovery of Florida by Juan Ponce de Leon in 1512; of
+the disastrous attempt of Panfilo de Narvaez to conquer that country in
+1528; and of the romantic exploratory expedition of Ferdinand de Soto in
+the years 1539-1543: All of which is taken from the General History of
+America by Herrera, which may be considered as an original and almost
+contemporary authority.
+
+Antonio de Herrera, who was historiographer to the king of Spain,
+appears to have composed his work only a short time after the middle of
+the sixteenth century, as he continues the series of events no farther
+than 1554; though he incidentally alludes to one transaction which
+happened in 1572. The authenticity of his work is unquestionable, as the
+author assures us that it was composed by royal command, from all the
+best and most authentic sources of information which the crown could
+furnish, both in print and manuscript; and that he had carefully
+consulted and followed the original papers preserved in the royal
+archives, and the books, registers, relations, and other papers of the
+supreme council of the Indies, together with all the best authors on the
+subject then extant. As a literary curiosity of its kind, we subjoin his
+list of what were then considered the best writers on the affairs of the
+New World--Those in Italics have been already inserted into this work.
+
+Peter Martyr of Angleria.--Diego de la Tobilla.--Motolinea.--_Don
+Hernando Colon_.--Olonsa de Ojeda.--Alonso de Mata.--Enciso.--Gonzalo
+Hernandez de Oviedo.--Francisco Lopez de Gomara.--Andres de San
+Martino.--Pedro de Zieza.--Alvar Nunnez Cabeza de Vaca.--_Bernal Diaz
+del Castillo_.--The Bishop of Chiapa, Las Casas.--The Dean
+Cervantes.--Francisco de Xeres.--Gonzalo Ximenes de Quesada.--Garibay.
+--Pedro Pizarro.--The relations of Cortes.--Nunno de Guzman.--Diego
+Fernandez de Palentia.--_Augustino de Zarate_.--The Pontifical History.
+--Don Alonzo de Ercilla.--Geronimo Benzon.--Theodore de Brye.--Jusepe
+de Acosta.--Father Augustino Davila.--Garcilasso Inga.--Gabriel Lasso
+de la Vega.--Don Antonio de Saavedra.
+
+In the Catalogue of Spanish Books and Manuscripts consulted by our
+illustrious Historian of America, WILLIAM ROBERTSON, an edition of
+Herrera is quoted as printed at Madrid in 1601, in 4 vols. folio. We
+have used on the present occasion the Translation of Herrera into
+English by Captain John Stevens, in 6 vols. 8vo. printed at London in
+1725. Though assuredly authentic and to be depended upon so far as it
+goes, the plan of this _General History of the vast Continent and
+Islands of America_, is exceedingly ill devised, and very troublesome
+for being consulted; as the author endeavours continually to preserve
+the chronological series of events throughout the numerous discoveries,
+colonizations and conquests of the Spaniards, in all the islands and
+continental provinces of Spanish America, by which he is forced into
+perpetual and abrupt transitions from subject to subject; instead of
+using a double arrangement, geographical as well as chronological, in
+which the narrative belonging to each territorial division might have
+been distinctly and separately arranged in chronological order. Thus in
+regard to _Florida_, which constitutes the subject of our present
+chapter, we have had to travel through every one of the _six_ volumes of
+Herrera, on purpose to reduce all the scattered notices respecting the
+early discovery of that country under one unbroken narrative.
+
+Owing to the utter impossibility of ascertaining the various parts which
+were visited by the Spaniards, in these early peregrinations in Florida
+as related in this chapter, we have not given any map of the country on
+this occasion, which will be supplied in a future division of this work,
+when we come to particular and more recent travels in that province of
+North America. Indeed the country originally named Florida by the
+Spaniards was vastly more extensive than the modern application of that
+name, and appears to have included all Louisiana, with Georgia the
+Carolinas and Virginia, and the entire countries on the Mississippi and
+Ohio rivers. In fact it was meant as a generic term, including all of
+the eastern parts of north America, not previously comprised under New
+Spain and its dependencies; just as Virginia was applied in the reign of
+Queen Elizabeth to all that part of North America claimed by the
+English, which was afterwards partitioned into many provinces, from Nova
+Scotia to Georgia both inclusive. Besides, a map to serve the purposes
+of the present chapter is of almost impossible construction, as all the
+appellations of towns and territories, especially in the extensive
+peregrinations of Ferdinand de Soto, are merely the fugacious names of
+the caciques or sachems who happened at the time to rule over the
+various tribes of savages which were visited by Soto in his singularly
+erratic expedition. One point only in the whole course of his wanderings
+can be ascertained with certainty, the Bay of _Espirita Santo_ on the
+western coast of Florida, in about lat. 28 deg. N. and long. 83 deg. W.
+_Mavila_. may possibly be what has since been called _Mobile_, and the
+_Rio Grande_ or great river was most probably the Mississippi. All the
+other points are involved in impenetrable obscurity, or would require an
+extended discussion inadmissible on the present occasion. In the course
+of the chapter some conjectures will be attempted respecting the
+geography of the wanderings of Soto, and his adventurous followers,
+whose sole object appears to have been to search for mines of the
+precious metals, in which they were altogether unsuccessful.
+
+One circumstance, to be gathered from the peregrinations of Soto seems
+worthy of remark; that the scattered tribes then occupying the southern
+portion of North America which he visited, were more agricultural than
+when the country came afterwards to be colonized by the English, and not
+addicted to the horrible practices of the North American savages of
+torturing their prisoners taken in war. Perhaps they were afterwards
+extirpated by a more savage race from the northwest, who have no
+hereditary chiefs, as were found by Soto. From these differences, and
+their worship of the sun and moon, the tribes met with by Soto were
+probably branches of the Natches, a nation which will be described in
+the sequel of this work, and which does not now exist.
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Discovery of Florida, by Juan Ponce de Leon_.
+
+
+After the settlement of Hispaniola in peace by Obando, Juan Ponce de
+Leon was appointed lieutenant of the town and territory of Salveleon in
+that island. Learning from the Indians of that district that there was
+much gold in the island of Borriquen, now called San Juan de Puerto
+Rico, or Porto Rico, he procured authority from Obando to go over to
+that island, which he reduced[122]. He was afterwards appointed by the
+king of Spain to the government of that island, independent of the
+admiral Don James Columbus. In a war between De Leon and the natives,
+wonderful havoc was made among these poor people by a dog belonging to
+the governor, called Bezerillo, insomuch that the Indians were more
+afraid of ten Spaniards with this dog than of a hundred without him, on
+which account the dog was allowed a share and a half of all the plunder,
+as if he had been a cross-bow-man, both in gold, slaves, and other
+things, all of which was received by his master[123].
+
+[Footnote 122: Herrera, I. 327.]
+
+[Footnote 123: Herrera, I. 339.]
+
+Having acquired much wealth, and being deprived of the government of
+Porto Rico, Juan Ponce de Leon determined upon making discoveries to the
+northwards, that he might gain honour and advance his estate[124]. For
+this purpose, he fitted out three ships well manned and stored with
+plenty of provisions, with which he sailed from the port of St German
+on Thursday the 3d of March 1512, steering for _Aguada_. Next night he
+stood to the N.W. and by N. and on the 8th of the same month came to
+anchor at the shoals of _Babecua_, near the _Isola del Viejo_, in lat.
+22 deg.-1/2 N. Next day he anchored at one of the Bahama or Lucayos islands
+called _Caycos_, and then at another called _Yaguna_, in lat. 24 deg. N. On
+the 11th he came to the island of _Amaguayo_, and then passed _Manegua_,
+in lat 24 deg.-1/2 N. He came to _Guanahani_, in lat. 25-1/2 N. on the 14th,
+where he refitted the ships before crossing the bay to windward of the
+Lucayos. This island of Guanahani was the first land discovered by the
+admiral Don Christopher Columbus in the New World, and by him called
+_San Salvador_. From thence De Leon steered to the north-west, and on
+Sunday the 27th of March, being Easter-day, called _Pasqua de Flores_ by
+the Spaniards, he saw and passed by an island. Continuing the same
+course till Wednesday 30th of March, when the wind became foul, he
+altered his course to W.N.W. and on the 2d of April came to nine fathoms
+water a league from the land, in lat. 30 deg. 8' N. Running along the land
+in search of a harbour, he anchored at night in eight fathoms near the
+shore. Believing the land to be an island, he gave it the name of
+_Florida_, because it appeared very delightful with many pleasant
+groves, and all level, as also because first seen during Easter, which
+the Spaniards call _Pasqua de Flores_, or _Florida_. At this place Ponce
+went on shore to take formal possession.
+
+[Footnote 124: Id. II. 33. We now enter upon the discovery of Florida,
+which will be found regularly referred to the fragments of its History,
+as scattered through the work of Herrera, at each respective
+transition.--E.]
+
+On Friday the 8th of April he continued his course along the coast as
+before; and next day changed to the S. and by E. till the 20th, when he
+perceived some _bohios_, or Indian huts on the coast, off which he came
+to anchor. Next day the ships continued their course along shore, but
+met with so strong a current as drove them back though with a fair wind.
+The two ships nearest the shore dropt their anchors, but the force of
+the current was so great as to strain their cables. The third was a
+brigantine, and farther out at sea; which either found no bottom for
+anchoring, or did not perceive the current, so that it was carried to
+sea and lost sight of by the rest, though the weather was fair. Being
+invited on shore by the natives, Ponce landed, and the natives
+immediately endeavoured to seize the boat, oars, and arms of the
+Spaniards, who were forced to fight in their own defence, during which
+two of them were wounded with darts and arrows pointed with sharp bones.
+Night parted the combatants, and Ponce collected his people with some
+difficulty, having done very little damage to the Indians, and returned
+to the ships. He sailed next day along the coast to a river, which he
+named _Rio de la Cruz_, where he proposed to wood and water and to wait
+the return of the brigantine. He was opposed at this place by sixty
+Indians, one of whom was made prisoner, that he might learn Spanish, and
+be able to give information respecting the country. Leaving at this
+place a stone with an inscription, he doubled the Cape of Florida on
+Sunday the 8th of May, giving it the name of _Cabo de las Corrientes_,
+or Cape Currents, because they are there stronger than the wind; after
+which he came to anchor near an Indian town called _Aboaia_. All this
+coast, from Cape _Arracifes_ to Cape _Corrientes_ lies north and south
+one point east, being clear and free from rocks and shoals, with six
+fathoms water near the shore.
+
+After passing Cape Corrientes, he sailed on till he fell in with two
+islands to the southwards, in lat. 27 deg. N. At one of these, which he
+named _Santa Martha_, about a league in circumference, he watered. On
+Friday the 13th of May, he sailed along a shoal with a chain of islands,
+to one called _Pola_, in 26 deg. 30' N. Between these islands and the
+continent is a spacious sea like a bay. On the 15th of May he proceeded
+ten leagues along the chain of small islands, to two white ones which he
+called _Los Martires_ in 26 deg. 15' N. He continued along the coast,
+sometimes N. sometimes N.E. till the 23d of May, and on the 24th ran
+along the coast to the southwards as far as some small islands that lay
+out at sea, still believing that he was coasting along the shore of a
+large island. As the anchorage between these small islands and the coast
+appeared convenient for the purpose, he continued there till the 3d of
+June taking in wood and water, and at the same time careened one of the
+ships named the St Christopher. At this place the Indians for the first
+time came off in canoes to view the Spaniards, who refused to venture on
+shore though repeatedly invited. Seeing the Spaniards about to heave one
+of the anchors, on purpose to shift its situation, the Indians laid hold
+of the cable as if to draw the ship away; on which the long-boat was
+sent after them, and the crew going on shore took four women and broke
+two old canoes. No hostilities of any moment occurred, and the Indians
+even bartered some skins and low gold with the Spaniards for trinkets.
+
+On Friday the 4th of June, while waiting for a wind to go in quest of a
+cacique named _Carlos_, who was reported by the Indians to have gold, an
+Indian came on board who was able to converse with the Spaniards, and
+who was consequently supposed to be a native of Hispaniola or of some of
+the other islands possessed by the Christians. This man desired them to
+remain at their present anchorage, as the cacique intended to send gold
+to barter. Accordingly, they soon after saw twenty canoes approaching,
+some of which were lashed two and two together. Some of these canoes
+went to the anchors, which they endeavoured to weigh, but being unable
+attempted to cut the cables, while others of them drew near the ships
+and began to fight. The long-boat well manned and armed was sent against
+them, and put them to flight, taking four prisoners and killing several
+of the Indians. Ponce sent two of the prisoners to tell the cacique that
+he was willing to make peace with him, although he had slain one of the
+Spaniards. Next day the boats were sent to sound the harbour, and some
+of the men landed, when they were assured by the Indians that the
+cacique would come next day to trade; but this was a mere feint to gain
+time, as at eleven o'clock eighty canoes well equipped and full of men
+attacked the ship nearest the shore, and fought till night without doing
+any harm, as all their arrows fell short, and they durst not come near
+for fear of the cross-bows and great guns. At length they retired, and
+the Spaniards having staid nine days resolved to return to St Domingo
+and Porto Rico, endeavouring to discover some islands by the way of
+which they had received accounts from the Indians. Ponce accordingly set
+sail on his return on the 14th of June, and sailed among islands till
+the 21st, when he arrived at the small islands called _Las Tortugas_, or
+the tortoises, because the crews took 170 of these creatures in a short
+time of one night in one of these islands, and might have had more if
+they pleased. They also took fourteen dog-fishes[125], and killed at
+least 5000 seagulls and other birds.
+
+[Footnote 125: Probably Sharks.--E.]
+
+On the 24th, leaving Tortugas, they steered S.W. and by W. On the 26th
+they saw land, which they sailed along till the 29th, when they came to
+anchor to trim their yards and sails, but could not tell what country it
+was. Most of the Spaniards believed they were on the coast of Cuba,
+because they found canoes, dogs, knives, and others tools of iron. On
+the 25th of July they were among a cluster of low islands, still
+ignorant of where they were, till Ponce sent to view an island which
+appeared to be Bahama, as indeed it was said to be by an old woman whom
+they found in another island, and in which they were confirmed by a
+pilot named Diego Miruelo, who happened to be there in a boat from
+Hispaniola. Having ranged backwards and forwards till the 23d of
+September, and refitted the ships, Juan Ponce resolved to send one of
+them to take a view of the island of Bimini, which the Indians reported
+to contain much wealth, and to have a spring which made old people young
+again. Juan Perez de Ortubia was appointed captain of that ship, and
+Antonio de Alaminos pilot. They took two Indians along with them to
+point out the shoals, which were so numerous that it was both difficult
+and dangerous to get through among them. Twenty days afterwards, Juan
+Ponce returned to Porto Rico, and was followed some time after by
+Ortubia, who had found the island of Bimini, which was large, pleasant,
+and abounding in good water and delightful groves; but the wonderful
+spring was not be discovered. It is certain that Juan Ponce de Leon,
+besides the main design of discovering new islands which all the
+Spaniards then aspired to, was desirous of finding out the spring of
+Bimini and a certain river in Florida, in both of which it was asserted
+by the natives of Cuba and Hispaniola that old people became young again
+by bathing in their waters. It is likewise well known that many of the
+natives of Cuba, firmly believing the existence of such a river, had
+gone over into Florida in search of it, and had built a town there
+before the coming of the Spaniards to the West Indies, and that their
+descendents continue there to this day. This report prevailed among all
+the princes or caciques in these parts, who were all so anxious to find
+out this wonderful river, that there was not a river, brook, or lake in
+all Florida in which some of them had not bathed, and many still persist
+in the belief that it is the river now called Jordan at Cape _Santa
+Elena_, without reflecting that the Spaniards first gave it that name in
+1520, when the country of Chicora was discovered.
+
+Although this voyage turned out to little or no account to Juan Ponce,
+it yet encouraged him to go to court to sue for some reward for having
+discovered this new country, which he still continued to believe an
+island or cluster of islands, and which opinion was retained by the
+Spaniards for some years. Yet this voyage was actually beneficial on
+another account, by the discovery of a passage to Spain from the West
+Indies through the channel of Bahama, which was first performed by the
+pilot Alaminos. For the better understanding the voyage of Ponce, it
+must be observed that the Lucayo or Bahama Islands consist of three
+groups, the _first_, or Bahama cluster gives name to the passage, and in
+which the currents are most impetuous: The _second_ is called _De los
+Organos_; and the _third_ the _Martyrs_, which are next to the _Cayos de
+las Tortugas_, or Turtle Keys to the westwards; which last are not to be
+seen from any distance, being all low sands, and in consequence many
+ships have perished on them, and all along the Bahama channel, and on
+the islands of Tortugas. Havannah in the island of Cuba and Florida, are
+south and north of each other; and between them are these
+before-mentioned islands of Organos, Bahama, Martyrs, and Tortugas,
+having a channel with a violent current, twenty leagues across in the
+narrowest part between Havannah and the Martyrs, and fourteen leagues
+from the Martyrs to Florida. The widest part of this channel is forty
+leagues, with many shoals and deep channels between these, but has no
+safe passage for ships, and is only practicable for canoes. But this
+passage from the Havannah for Spain, is along the channel of Bahama,
+between the Havannah, the Martyrs, the Lucayos, and Cape Canaveral.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+No farther attempt appears to have been made towards the conquest and
+settlement of Florida by the Spaniards, till the year 1528, when Panfilo
+de Narvaez made a most disastrous expedition to that country, which will
+form the subject of the ensuing section of this chapter; except that
+about the year 1525, the licentiate Luke Vasquez de Ayllon sailed with
+three ships for that country from Santiago in the island of
+Hispaniola[126]. Vasquez arrived with his small armament at Cape Santa
+Elena in Florida, where he found an Indian town called _Oritza_; since
+named _Chicora_ by the Spaniards, and another town in the neighbourhood
+called _Guale_, to which the Spaniards have given the name of
+_Gualdape_. At this place is the river _Jordan_, so named from the pilot
+by whom it was discovered, and where Vasquez lost one of his ships. He
+proceeded however in his enterprise with the other two ships, and landed
+two hundred men upon the coast of Florida; but being himself
+unacquainted with military discipline, and little regarded by his men,
+his troops were defeated by the natives and mostly slain. The few who
+escaped returned to Hispaniola; some alleging that Vasquez was of the
+number, while others assert that he was slain in Florida. In this
+unfortunate expedition, from which great consequences had been expected,
+no other towns but the two above mentioned were seen in Florida; and by
+this disaster all attempts for the conquest and settlement of that
+country were laid aside for some time, more especially as all the
+natives who had been there met with appeared poor and miserable, and
+having very small quantities of gold and silver, and even what little
+they had appeared to have been brought to them from remote parts of the
+country.
+
+[Footnote 126: Herrera, III. 367.]
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Narrative of a Disastrous attempt by Panfilo de Narvaez to conquer
+Florida; together with some account of that Country_[127]
+
+
+[Footnote 127: Id. IV. 27.]
+
+The abortive attempt of Panfilo de Narvaez to supersede Cortes in the
+command of the expedition against Mexico has been already related. He
+afterwards endeavoured to settle a colony at the _Rio de las Palmas_ in
+the bay of Mexico, whence he was expelled by the arrogance of Nunno de
+Guzman, who had been appointed governor of the adjoining province of
+Panuco, and endeavoured to appropriate the territories belonging to
+others in his neighbourhood to his own advantage and emolument in the
+most unjustifiable manner. In March 1528, Narvaez sailed from Cuba with
+four ships and a brigantine for the conquest of Florida, having a force
+of about four hundred men with eighty horses. During the voyage, the
+squadron was carried among the shoals of Canarreo by the unskilfulness
+of the pilot Meruelo, where the ships got aground and remained for
+fifteen days constantly touching with their keels and unable to get into
+deep water. At the end of this period a storm at south brought so large
+an accession of water from the bay upon these flats that the ships got
+off. At _Guaniguanigo_ they encountered another storm in which they were
+near perishing, and met with a third at Cape Corrientes. Three days
+after getting to windward of Cape St Antonio, they were driven by
+contrary winds to within twelve leagues of the Havannah; and when about
+to put in there for shelter were carried back by a south wind to the
+coast of Florida, where they arrived on the 12th of April, and came to
+anchor in the mouth of a bay where they could perceive some Indian huts
+on the shore[128]. Alonzo Enriquez, the comptroller of the armament,
+hailed the natives from a small island in the bay, and procured from
+them some fish and venison by means of barter.
+
+[Footnote 128: Having no indications whatever of the place of landing,
+it is quite impossible to attempt tracing the steps of Narvaez in his
+short and disastrous expedition to Florida.--E.]
+
+Next day, Narvaez went on shore with as many men as the boats could
+carry, and found the dwellings of the natives abandoned, one of them
+being large enough to contain three hundred men. In the houses were
+found a number of fishing nets, and along with these a sort of tabor or
+drum, ornamented with gold bells. On the day following, Narvaez landed
+all the rest of his men, and forty-two horses, the others having died
+during the voyage. Narvaez took formal possession of the country in the
+name of the king of Spain. Some of the Indians drew near that day, but
+having no interpreter they could not be conversed with, though it
+appeared by their threatening signs that they warned the Spaniards to
+leave their country. On the same day Narvaez marched northwards into the
+country, with forty men and six horses, and came to a large bay which
+seemed to penetrate far into the interior. Having halted at that place
+for the night, he returned next day to the ships. The pilot Meruelo was
+sent in the brigantine to find out a harbour for the squadron, and to
+endeavour to procure provisions. Having taken four prisoners, some maize
+was shewn them, to endeavour to discover if the natives were acquainted
+with that grain, as none had been seen hitherto in the country. They
+accordingly offered by signs to lead the Spaniards to where some of it
+could be procured, and guided them to the town or village where they
+dwelt, where some maize was growing in a field in the environs. In the
+same place, they found some Spanish chests, in each of which was a dead
+body wrapped up in painted deers skins; and as the commissary Juan
+Xuarez considered this to be some idolatrous institution, he ordered the
+chests and bodies to be burned. They likewise found some pieces of linen
+and woollen cloth, with several plumes of feathers which seemed to have
+come from Mexico, and a small quantity of gold. Being interrogated by
+signs whence these things were procured, the Indians made them
+understand by similar means that there was great abundance of gold in a
+province at a very great distance called _Apalache_[129].
+
+[Footnote 129: The name of Apalache is now given to a large bay on the
+western coast of East Florida, and towards its northern extremity, the
+bottom or northern extremity of which is in lat. 30 deg. N. and long. 67 deg.
+13' W. where a small river named St Marks enters the sea. The river
+Apalachicola, likewise named R. des Cahuilas, or Catahoche, runs into
+the western part of the same bay by two mouths, the easternmost of which
+is about fifteen miles S.W. of St. Marts River, and western mouth about
+twenty miles farther to the W.S.W. The same name is applied to the south
+western extremity of the great range of mountains in the middle states
+of North America; dividing the Atlantic country from the western waters
+which run into the Ohio, called Blue Mountains, Alleghany Mountains, and
+Apalachean Mountains. These last divide North Carolina from the sources
+of the Tenassee and Cumberland rivers. A part likewise of Georgia, east
+from the Apalachicola river, along the northern boundary of East
+Florida, is still named the Apalachi country.--E.]
+
+Twelve leagues from thence they came to an Indian town consisting of
+fifteen houses, near which there was great plenty of maize just ripe.
+Narvaez and others were of opinion that they should march immediately
+into the interior, sending the ships in search of a safe harbour on the
+coast; but the treasurer of the expedition, Alvar Nunnez Gabeza de Vaca,
+advised that they should all embark till such time as a safe harbour
+could be discovered. The other opinion prevailed, and the whole land
+forces set out upon their march on the 1st of May, being about three
+hundred foot and forty horse, every man carrying two pounds of biscuit,
+and half a pound of bacon. With only that scanty provision, they
+proceeded for fifteen days, finding nothing to eat in the country,
+except some _palmetoes_ like those of Andalusia, and without seeing any
+towns, house, or Indians in the whole way. At this time they came to a
+river which they crossed, some by swimming and others on rafts or
+floats, which employed them a whole day in consequence of the strength
+of the current. They were opposed by about two hundred Indians on the
+opposite bank, who only threatened them without coming to blows. Of
+these they took six prisoners who conducted the Spaniards to their
+dwellings, where they found a considerable quantity of Indian corn,
+which proved a great relief to their urgent necessities. From this place
+two officers were sent with a detachment in search of the sea-coast, in
+hopes of establishing a communication with the ships; but all they found
+was a creek only fit for receiving canoes.
+
+After a short stay, they marched onwards in quest of the province of
+_Apalache_, which the Indians had reported to be rich in gold, guided in
+the way by some of their prisoners. After marching fifteen days without
+meeting with any inhabitants, they fell in with an Indian chief, who was
+dressed in a painted deers skin, carried on the back of one of his
+subjects, and attended by a great number of Indians, some of whom went
+before him playing upon a kind of pipes made of reeds. On being informed
+by signs that the Spaniards were in search of the province of Apalache,
+he seemed to intimate that he was an enemy to the people of that
+country. The Spaniards gave this cacique beads, hawk-bells, and other
+such trinkets, and continued their march. They came that night to a
+river which was so rapid that they durst not venture to cross it on
+floats, and were therefore obliged to construct a canoe for that
+purpose. Juan Velasquez ventured to attempt crossing it by swimming his
+horse, but both were drowned, and the Indian attendants on the cacique
+drew the drowned horse from the river and eat him for their supper. On
+their arrival at the town belonging to the cacique, they were supplied
+with Indian corn, and next day were guided on their way through thick
+woods, in which the road was obstructed by many fallen trees, and the
+fragments of others which had been shivered by lightning, as the country
+was subject to severe thunderstorms. On the 25th of June, Narvaez and
+his people came in sight of Apalache, without having been perceived by
+any of the inhabitants; and, though weary and hungry they were all in
+high spirits, thinking themselves at the end of their labours, and that
+they should find some great treasure in recompence of their fatigues.
+Some horsemen immediately entered the place, in which they found only
+women and children; but the men soon returned and attacked them with
+their bows and arrows, and were soon repulsed, yet killed the
+comptrollers horse. This town of Apalache contained forty low huts or
+cabins, enclosed among thick woods and morasses in which they found
+abundance of maize, deer-skins, mantles, head-dresses for women, and
+stones for grinding corn, but no gold. All the country, from the place
+where the Spaniards landed to Apalache was one continued sandy flat, yet
+thickly overgrown with woods of walnut, laurel, liquid-amber, cedar,
+savine, oak, pine, and palmetoes; interpersed with many swamps or
+morasses which were very troublesome to pass, and many fallen trees
+which lay athwart the way. In their march they saw three different kinds
+of deer, hares, rabbits, bears, and _lions_[130], with other wild
+beasts; and among these an animal called the opossum, which carries its
+young in a pouch under the belly till they are able to shift for
+themselves. The country is cold[131], and has good pasture for cattle.
+In the woods and marshes through which they passed they saw many
+different kinds of birds, as geese, ducks, herons, partridges, falcons,
+hawks, and many others. Two hours after the arrival of the Spaniards,
+the inhabitants of Apalache came to demand their wives and children, all
+of whom were set free; but as the cacique was detained they were much
+displeased, and came next day to assault the place, endeavouring to set
+fire to their own houses, but on the appearance of the Spaniards they
+fled to the morasses; and next day a similar attempt was made but with
+the same consequences.
+
+[Footnote 130: It is hardly necessary to say that there are no lions in
+America. The Spaniards must accordingly have given this name to the
+cougar, now called the panther by the North Americans, a very inferior
+species of the feline race.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 131: This must be considered as in comparison with the climate
+of Cuba and Hispaniola, to which the Spaniards had been long accustomed,
+as the climate of Florida is certainly hot in reference to any part of
+Europe.--E.]
+
+The Spaniards remained twenty-five days at this place, during which time
+they made three incursions into the country to some distance, finding it
+every where ill-inhabited and difficultly penetrable, owing to similar
+obstacles with those they had already encountered. From, the cacique
+whom they had in custody, they were informed that Apalache was one of
+the best towns in these parts, and that on going farther inland the land
+was worse and more thinly peopled. He added, that at nine days journey
+southwards there was a town called _Aute_ near the sea, inhabited by a
+tribe in amity with him, who had plenty of provisions. Taking this
+information into consideration, and especially as the Indians of
+Apalache did them considerable injury by frequent assaults, and always
+retreated to their fortresses in the marshes, the Spaniards determined
+upon returning towards the sea. On the second day of their retrograde
+march, they were attacked by the Indians while passing across a morass,
+and several both men and horses were wounded, without being able to take
+vengeance on their enemies, as they always fled into the water. These
+Indians were of large stature and well made, very nimble, and went
+entirely naked, being armed with bows as thick as a mans arm and twelve
+spans long. They marched in this manner, under continual assaults, for
+eight days, at the end of which period they came to the town of Aute,
+where they got Indian corn, pompions, kidney-beans, and other
+provisions. From this place the treasurer, Cabeza de Vaca, was sent with
+a party to endeavour to find the sea; but came back in three days,
+reporting that the sea was far off, and he had only been able to reach
+some creeks which penetrated deep into the land. They had already
+travelled two hundred and eighty leagues from the place at which they
+first landed, in all which way they had seen neither mountain nor even
+any thing which could be called a hill[132]. The men were become much
+dejected and very sickly, and no longer able to travel so as to
+endeavour to make their way back to where they left the ships; in which
+miserable condition it was resolved to build some barks for the purpose
+of making their way along shore in search of the ships. They accordingly
+constructed five barks, each of them twenty cubits long, which they
+caulked with the husks of palmetoes, making ropes of the manes and tails
+of their horses, and sails of their shirts; but were hardly able to find
+enough of stones to serve for ballast and anchors.
+
+[Footnote 132: Their wandering had probably been in the country of the
+Creeks, in the western parts of Georgia, and the two rivers they crossed
+may have been the Catahehe and Mobile; but we have no indications from
+which to form any conjecture as to the part of the coast on which they
+built their ill-fated barks.--E.]
+
+They embarked on the 22d of September, after having eaten all their
+horses, and having lost above forty of their men from sickness, besides
+several who were slain by the Indians. Their barks were hardly able to
+carry them, and they had no sailors among them to direct their perilous
+navigation. After five days painful progress among intricate
+creeks[133], they came at last to an island, where they found five
+canoes abandoned by the Indians, and on going into a house they found
+some dried skates which were a very acceptable though scanty relief to
+their necessities. Proceeding onwards with the help of these canoes,
+they suffered extremely for want of water, during which five of them
+died in consequence of drinking sea-water too freely. Owing to this
+necessity they were again obliged to land on the continent, where they
+found water and fish ready dressed in some Indian houses. At night these
+people attacked them, and the cacique of Apalache whom they had hitherto
+kept along with them made his escape, leaving a mantle of sables behind
+him so strongly scented with ambergris that it could be smelt from a
+considerable distance. Obliged to reimbark, and the weather proving
+stormy, the barks were all dispersed, and none of them ever more heard
+of except that in which Cabeza de Vaca was, which was thrown ashore.
+Panfilo de Narvaez and most of his men were assuredly lost in the storm,
+or destroyed by the Indians on shore; though there was a foolish report
+long current that he had penetrated to the South Sea.
+
+[Footnote 133: These intricacies may possibly have been between Mobile
+Bay, and the western bay of Spiritu Santo at the mouths of the
+Mississippi.--E.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Adventures and wonderful escape of Cabeza de Vaca, after the loss of
+Narvaez._
+
+
+When cast on shore, as mentioned at the close of the former section,
+Cabeza de Vaca and the people along with him were relieved by the
+Indians; and on endeavouring again to put to sea, the bark was overset,
+three of the Spaniards were drowned, and Cabeza and a few more got again
+on shore, naked and without arms. On seeing the miserable plight of
+these unhappy Spaniards, the Indians came to them with provisions, sat
+down by them and lamented their misfortunes, carried them to their
+houses, and made fires by the way to warm them, otherwise they must have
+perished with the cold, as they were naked and it was now the month of
+November. They were put into a house with a good fire, the natives
+dancing all night close by them, which the Spaniards were sadly afraid
+was a prelude to their being sacrificed next day. But as they were
+plentifully supplied with provisions they began to recover their spirits
+and confidence next day. Cabeza de Vaca and his companions were soon
+afterwards joined by the Spaniards who had escaped from the wreck of
+another bark. At first they were in all eighty men; but in a short time
+their number was reduced to fifteen, as they were forced to winter on
+the island, exposed to excessive cold and great scarcity of provisions.
+Owing to their misfortunes, they called this _Isola de Mal-hado_, or the
+isle of Bad-Luck[134].
+
+[Footnote 134: As we have no information in the text which could lead to
+suppose that Cabeza ever crossed the great river Missisippi, either
+before landing on the island of Mal-hado, or in his subsequent journey
+to New Spain, the isle of Bad-Luck may have been to the west of the
+Missisippi.--E.]
+
+The inhabitants of this island were of large stature, their only weapons
+being bows and arrows. The men had one of their nipples bored, wearing a
+piece of reed in the hole, and a similar ornament in their under lip.
+They dwelt in this island from October to February, feeding much on
+certain roots. In the months of November and December they caught fish
+in a kind of wears inclosed with reeds; but these were not to be got at
+any other time. At the latter end of February, when all the roots were
+eaten, they were forced to remove from the island in search of food
+elsewhere. These natives were extraordinarily fond of their children,
+the parents and kindred lamenting for such as died during a whole year,
+after which they completed the funeral ceremonies, and washed off the
+black paint they had worn in token of mourning. They did not lament for
+the death of the old, alleging that they had lived their time, and that
+they took away the food which ought to go to the children. All the dead
+were buried, except the _physicians_[135], whose bodies were burnt, and
+their ashes kept for a year, after which these ashes were mixed with
+water and drank by the relations of the deceased. Every man was
+contented with one wife; but these physicians had usually two or three
+each, who lived together very amicably. When a man engages to marry the
+daughter of another, he gives her all he possesses, and sends to the
+father of his bride every thing he kills, and in return his diet is sent
+him from the house of his father-in-law, as he is not permitted to enter
+the house during the first year of the marriage. Should his
+father-in-law or any of the brothers of his wife meet him during that
+time, they always look down and pass on without speaking; yet in that
+period the woman converses freely with the father or other relations of
+her husband. These customs are observed both in the island of _Mal-hado_
+and through all the country of Florida for fifty leagues inland. When a
+son or brother dies, the people of the house will rather starve than go
+in quest of any thing to eat during three months, in all which time the
+relations of the family send in all that is necessary for their
+sustenance. Owing to this, several families in Mal-hado were in great
+straits while the Spaniards resided among them, as many had died and the
+survivors strictly observed the custom. The houses in the island were of
+mats, and strewed with oyster shells, on which they lay at night stark
+naked round the fire. The inhabitants of the province of
+_Tegesta_[136], reaching from the Martyrs to Cape Cannaveral, feed
+better than those Indians among whom Cabeza resided, being
+extraordinarily expert fishers. Two of them will venture out in a small
+canoe to attack, whales when any are seen upon the coast. One of them
+steers or paddles the canoe; while the other, being provided with two or
+three stakes and a mallet, leaps into the sea as soon as he sees a whale
+rise to the surface, gets upon its head, and immediately drives one of
+the stakes into one of the spiracles or blowing holes by which the whale
+breathes. The whale immediately dives to the bottom; and when forced to
+come up again to breathe, he repeats the operation and plugs up the
+other spiracle, so that it cannot get breath and is soon suffocated.
+When the whale dies, they fasten a line of withes or twisted branches to
+its neck, and tow it to the shore, where it serves a long while for them
+to feed upon.
+
+[Footnote 135: So called by the translator of Herrera, but perhaps these
+were a kind of priests or conjurers.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 136: In some modern maps _Tegesta_ is considered as the
+southern extremity of the province of East Florida.--E.]
+
+Cabeza de Vaca and the remnant of his unfortunate companions remained in
+the isle of Mal-hado till the end of April 1529, by which time all the
+food in the island being devoured, the whole population was forced by
+hunger to go over to the continent of Florida, where they fed upon wild
+berries. The Spaniards were obliged to act as physicians to the natives,
+as otherwise they were refused food. In the exercise of this profession,
+they made the sign of the cross on the parts affected, reciting the
+_Pater noster_, and prayed to God to heal their patients, who all
+affirmed that they derived great benefit from these ceremonies, and
+supplied the Spaniards with food in return. There were two languages
+used among these natives within a very little distance, those who spoke
+the one being called _Capoques_, and the others _Han_. When the natives
+happened to meet together after a long separation, they would often sit
+down and weep for half an hour before they began to converse.
+
+All the remaining Spaniards, to the number of fourteen, went away along
+the coast, leaving Cabeza de Vaca behind, who happened to be sick and
+unable to travel. On his recovery, he had to search among the water for
+roots[137] on which to support himself. Wearied of this uncomfortable
+manner of life, and being entirely naked, he went away among a tribe
+called the _Charrucos_, who dwelt among mountains, where he fared much
+better, as he turned merchant, going about from place to place bartering
+such things as they wanted, and in this way he travelled over forty or
+fifty leagues of the coast. He dealt in sea-shells like those of snails
+which were used as beads, and in a different kind of shells which were
+used instead of knives; and in return for these he procured deer-skins,
+vermillion, and ochre, with which the natives paint themselves, flints
+for pointing arrows, a kind of bitumen with which these arrow heads are
+fastened, and reeds with which the arrow shafts are made, as also tufts
+of deers hair dyed red, which are used as ornaments. By means of this
+trade Cabeza de Vaca had liberty to go wherever he pleased, and was well
+received wherever he went, receiving provisions in return for his
+merchandize.
+
+[Footnote 137: Probably the translator has mistaken the original of this
+passage, and Cabeza may have searched for shell fish adhering to the
+roots of trees under water.--E.]
+
+Cabeza de Vaca continued in this mode of life to the year 1535, always
+well entertained, and always travelling towards the south west to gain
+ground in hopes of regaining his liberty by getting out of the country
+into Mexico[138]. Though naked and alone, and enduring much hunger and
+cold, he enjoyed his liberty, and remained six years in that part of the
+country, always in hopes of being able to bring away his two remaining
+countrymen, Oviedo and Alanis, who had tarried in the island of
+Mal-hado. At length Alanis died, and he set off along with Oviedo.
+Coming to a creek near a mile in breadth, supposed by them to be that
+called _Del Espiritu Santo_[139], they were informed by some Indians
+that they would find three men like themselves farther on, whose names
+they told. They also said that the Indians had slain Orantes,
+Valdivieso, Huelva, Esquibel, and Mendez[140]; but that the three who
+still lived were very ill used, especially by the boys, who kicked,
+beat, and abused them for their amusement. At this time the Indians
+treated Cabeza and Oviedo very ill, so that Oviedo went back along with
+some of the natives, but Cabeza stayed and they two never met more.
+
+[Footnote 138: Herrera, V. 92.]
+
+[Footnote 139: It is quite impossible to form any reasonable conjecture
+as to the situation of this creek, which could not be the bay of
+Espiritu Santo in East Florida; nor that of the same name nearly
+opposite in West Florida at the mouth of the Missisippi.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 140: There is considerable difficulty to understand the
+translation here, as Mr Stevens does not seem to have understood his
+original. Orantes appears in the sequel to have been still alive; but we
+must take the translation as it is, not having the original to
+consult.--E.]
+
+Two days after the departure of Oviedo, the Indians with whom Orantes
+resided came to the banks of this creek to eat nuts, on which they fed
+two months of the year. Orantes went to visit Cabeza who had been hidden
+by some Indians who favoured him, and it was a great satisfaction to
+these friends to meet, though in great trouble as being naked and
+miserable in a land of savages. They agreed to endeavour to proceed to
+the south-west, but to remain with the Indians till the nuts were
+consumed, and then to remove along with them to another place where they
+fed upon _tunas;_ because if they should attempt to escape the Indians
+would kill them.
+
+All the rest belonging to the expedition had perished, some having been
+stoned to death by the natives, and others drowned, among whom was
+Panfilo de Narvaez, as Figueroa, who was present, related to Cabeza.
+Among these Indians who fed upon _tunas_ they endured much hunger, as
+there was not enough for them all. In that country there were grey and
+black wild cattle of low stature, like those of Barbary, having very
+long hair, but their flesh was coarser than the beef of Spain. Having
+concerted to make their escape, the Indians among whom they lived had a
+quarrel on account of a woman, and parted company, so that the Spaniards
+were obliged to separate likewise, but agreed to meet again at the same
+place next year, which they did accordingly, but were again separated on
+the very day when they meant to have fled. Yet they appointed to meet
+again on the 1st of September, when the moon was full. Two of them came
+on the 13th and Orantes on the 14th, when they actually fled. Coming to
+a tribe of Indians called _Avares_, they were well received and procured
+plenty of provisions, as these people had learnt that the Christians
+performed cures. That same night three Indians came to wait upon them
+who were troubled with pains in their heads, desiring Castillo to cure
+them, and as soon as he had blessed them with the sign of the cross they
+became well; in reward for which they brought _tunas_ and venison, and
+blazed abroad the wonderful cures which had been performed upon them by
+the strangers. In consequence of this so many persons came to be cured,
+and brought with them such abundance of provisions that the Spaniards
+knew not how to dispose of it, and the Indians made a solemn dance for
+joy of the cures. The Spaniards intended to have proceeded farther, but
+on being informed that the country through which they meant to travel
+was desert, the tunas all eaten, and the climate excessively cold, they
+agreed to remain with the Avares all winter, who went five days journey
+into the country to feed on a sort of fruit called _yeros_. When they
+had settled their habitation near a river, many Indians came with their
+sick to be cured by Castillo, who blessed them and prayed to God to cure
+them, as this was the only means they had for subsistence. Next morning
+they were all well to the great satisfaction and astonishment of the
+Indians; and for which the Spaniards returned thanks to God, confiding
+that he would deliver them out of their miserable bondage.
+
+Departing from the _Avares_, the Spaniards came to certain tribes of
+Indians called _Maliconas_, _Susolas_, and _Atayos_, among whom their
+wonderful cures were already known, so that many sick persons were
+brought to them. But as Castillo was a man who feared God, and despaired
+of being able to do them good on account of his unworthiness, Cabeza de
+Vaca was obliged to officiate in his stead. Taking along with him
+Orantes and the mulatto Estevanillo, he went to visit a sick person in a
+very dangerous condition, being almost dead, with his eyes turned in his
+head, and no pulse; and so confident were the Indians of his approaching
+death that his house was already pulled down according to their custom
+on such occasions. Cabeza took off the mat from the dying man, prayed to
+God to restore him to health, and when he had several times blessed the
+man and breathed on him, the attendants presented him with a bow and
+arrows and a basket of _tunas_, conducting him to cure others in the
+same manner. After this the Spaniards returned to their quarters, and
+were informed by the Indians that the dying man had got up, spoken to
+his friends, and eaten with them, and that all the rest of their
+patients were in perfect health. The fame of these cures spread over all
+the country, so that many other sick persons were brought to them to be
+healed, bringing presents of provisions. According to their account, the
+Spaniards remained eight moons among the _Avares_, neither Orantes nor
+Estevanillo having yet performed any cures, though so much importuned
+that they were at length forced to comply, being called the _children of
+the sun_. Being intent on prosecuting their journey, they fled one days
+journey into the country of the _Maliconas_, where they fed for twelve
+days on a small kind of fruit till the _tunas_ were ripe. Having endured
+much hunger there for some time, they were directed to the habitations
+of another tribe which spoke the same language. To add to their
+sufferings, they lost their way, and it rained very much which
+distressed them greatly, as they were entirely naked. They rested that
+night in a wood, where they roasted tunas as food. Next morning, when
+endeavouring to find out their way, they met a number of women and
+children who all ran away to call the men, who conducted the Spaniards
+to their village, consisting of fifty houses. The natives gazed on the
+strangers with much fear and admiration, touching their faces and
+bodies; and when recovered from their fright they brought their sick to
+be cured by them, and even forbore from eating themselves that they
+might supply the Spaniards with food.
+
+So great is the want of food in all the country from the isle of
+Mal-hado to this district of the Maliconas, that the natives are often
+three days without eating; on which account it is the custom of mothers
+to suckle their children till twelve years of age, and they never have
+any intercourse with their husbands till two years after delivery. When
+a married pair do not agree, it is customary for them to part and form
+new connections, but this is never done when they have children. When
+the men fall out among themselves they only use their fists or cudgels,
+never employing their bows and arrows in private broils; and on these
+occasions the women only venture to interpose to part them. These
+Indians are very brave, and are as vigilant against their enemies as the
+best soldiers in Europe. They dig ditches, throw up entrenchments, make
+loop-holes, lay ambushes, and use various stratagems with great art and
+patience, usually killing each other by surprise in the night. They are
+very cruel, are always ready on any alarm, and are watchful of
+opportunities to take revenge and to gain advantage over any want of
+foresight in their enemies. When actually engaged in battle, they have a
+strange manner of skipping about from side to side, to prevent their
+enemies from taking aim, and they shoot their arrows in a stooping
+posture, to prevent being observed. Their languages are exceedingly
+various, changing almost at each town.
+
+Coming to another town, the Indians brought their children to touch the
+hands of the Spaniards, giving them meal made of a fruit like carobs,
+which was eaten along with a certain kind of earth, and was very sweet
+and agreeable. Departing from thence, after passing a great river the
+water of which reached to their breasts, they came to a town of an
+hundred houses, whence the people came out to meet them with great
+shouts, clapping their hands on their thighs, and making a kind of music
+by means of hollow gourds with stones in them. These Indians received
+them with great kindness, carrying them to their houses without
+suffering their feet to touch the ground, and great numbers flocked to
+them to be blessed. Next day they continued their journey, and were well
+received by the next Indians, who supplied them with plenty of venison,
+and brought their sick to be cured. They were equally well treated by
+the next succeeding tribe, by whom so great rejoicing was made for their
+arrival, that they could not sleep for the noise. They observed a
+strange custom among all these Indians, who, when they escorted the
+Spaniards to another tribe, always plundered the houses they came to.
+Cabeza and his companions were much concerned at this; but those who had
+lost their goods in this manner made quite light of the matter, desiring
+them not to be troubled at it, as they would repay themselves farther on
+among tribes who were very rich. At this place the Spaniards began to
+perceive a chain of mountains which they thought extended towards New
+Spain, and to which they now directed their journey accompanied by the
+Indians, who pillaged as usual wherever they went. When their guides
+retired, their new hosts presented the Spaniards with such things as
+they had hidden, being beads, vermillion, and some small bags of silver.
+
+At this place the Spaniards agreed not to make for the mountainous
+country, where the inhabitants were reported to be ferocious, but to
+continue in the low country in which the people were extremely
+courteous. Many men and women loaded with water bore them company, and
+their authority was so great that no one would presume to drink without
+their leave. In this part of their journey they proceeded along a river,
+having been abandoned by their Indian guides, and were supplied with
+some meal made of Indian corn by two women. About sun-set they came to a
+village of about twenty houses, where the inhabitants were in great fear
+of being plundered by their guides; but were quite rejoiced on seeing
+them come alone. Next morning, when the Spaniards were about to depart,
+the inhabitants of the former town came in a body and plundered that in
+which they had spent the night; telling the inhabitants that these
+strangers were children of the sun and cured the sick, though able to
+destroy them all, and therefore that they must be respected; they told
+them likewise to go and plunder the next town according to custom, and
+to carry the strangers on their way. The Spaniards were accordingly well
+treated by this tribe, who carried them on for three days to a place
+having many houses, sending some before to give an account of what the
+others had said of the Spaniards, to which they added much of their own
+invention, being fond of novelty and much addicted to lying, especially
+where any advantage was expected. The Spaniards were well received, and
+their guides plundered as much as they could find and then returned to
+their own habitations. From this place the Spaniards travelled above
+fifty leagues along the face of a mountain, and came to a town of forty
+houses, in one of which they were shewn a large copper hawks-bell
+ornamented with a face, which these people valued highly, saying that
+they got it from a neighbouring tribe. Travelling from thence seven
+leagues over a mountain, the stones of which were iron ore, they came to
+some houses on the banks of a river, where the principal men came out to
+meet them, having their children on their backs, and presented the
+Spaniards, with small bags of fine sand and powdered antimony, with
+which they daub their faces, and gave them also beads and cloaks made of
+dressed skins. The food at this place was tunas and the kernels of pine
+apples, better than those of Spain, but smaller, as were the trees[141].
+
+[Footnote 141: This surely is a mistake of the translator, as pine
+apples do not grow on trees, nor are their kernels the edible part. It
+may possibly have been pine nuts, or something of a similar kind.--E.]
+
+At this place a man was brought to Cabeza who had been wounded by an
+arrow, the point of which as he said had reached his heart and gave him
+much pain, being still there, and he was to all appearance in extreme
+danger. Cabeza opened his breast with a knife and extracted the arrow
+head with much difficulty, after which he stitched up the wound and
+staunched the bleeding with the scrapings of a cows hide. The point of
+the arrow was exhibited all over the country, and caused much rejoicing.
+After some days, Cabeza removed the stitches, and the man was quite
+sound, declaring himself free of pain. This cure acquired the Spaniards
+so great reputation that they could do any thing they pleased. From this
+place they proceeded through so many different tribes that it were
+tedious and indeed impossible to mention them all; and all the way each
+tribe as they conducted the Spaniards to the next, plundered their
+neighbours in succession. Through the whole journey the Spaniards had so
+much company that they knew not how to turn themselves. During their
+journey the Indians killed many deer, hares, pigeons, and other birds by
+means of their arrows and spears, all of which they presented to the
+Spaniards, and would not use them for their own necessities without
+leave. Sometimes they were attended by above four thousand persons at
+once, which was extremely troublesome, as none of them would either eat
+or drink till the Spaniards had blessed the food and drink and breathed
+on them.
+
+They travelled in this manner for upwards of thirty leagues, at the end
+of which the mode of their reception was considerably changed as the
+Indians who accompanied them ceased plundering; yet the tribe at which
+they arrived offered every thing they had, which was divided among the
+escort, who then returned to their own dwellings, and this tribe
+recovered what they had given away in a similar manner on accompanying
+the Spaniards to the next tribe. In the course of their journey however
+the Spaniards had to travel for more than fifty leagues through a craggy
+mountainous country, where they suffered extremely for want of food,
+till at length they arrived at a plain country where they met with a
+kind reception, and where their escort received abundance of goods and
+provisions and then returned to their own habitations. As the people
+farther on were at war with the tribe where the Spaniards then were, two
+women were sent on to inform the hostile tribe of the approach of the
+Christians, as it was usual among these people, even when at war, to
+continue an intercourse of trade by means of their women. Continuing
+their journey, the Spaniards were inclined to change the route more to
+the northwards, as no person came to meet them from the tribe to which
+the women were sent; but the Indians who accompanied them objected to
+this measure, as they alleged that the natives in that direction were
+wicked and cruel, and that besides they would be unable to procure food
+or water. As the Spaniards were displeased at this interruption, the
+Indians declared themselves ready to go with them wherever they were
+pleased to command, even though sure to perish, and they accordingly
+went on; but as many of the Indians fell sick, and eight of them died in
+this part of the journey, the other tribes were thrown into great
+consternation, believing that they should all die upon being visited by
+the Spaniards. So great was the dread and reverence in which the
+Spaniards were held by the Indians, who imagined they were the cause of
+the sickness and death of their countrymen, that they earnestly
+entreated the Spaniards not to be angry with them. Cabeza de Vaca and
+his companions became apprehensive that this mortality might estrange
+the Indians from them, and therefore prayed earnestly to God to put a
+stop to the sickness, and accordingly all who were sick began
+immediately to recover.
+
+Three days journey from thence, Orantes and Estevanillo went under the
+guidance of a female slave to a village in which her father lived, and
+where they saw the first houses that were built in any thing like
+regular order, the inhabitants of which cultivated kidney-beans,
+pompions, and maize. Cabeza de Vaca and his companions went to this
+place, dismissing their former conductors. At this town a new custom
+began among the natives. Instead of coming out to meet the Spaniards as
+had been the case hitherto, the inhabitants were all seated in their
+houses, hanging down their heads with their hair before their eyes, and
+all their goods in a heap in the middle of the floor, presenting all
+they possessed to the strangers. These natives were well shaped and
+industrious, and their language easily comprehended. The women and such
+men as were unfit for war were dressed in mantles made of deer skins.
+After remaining two days among these Indians, who directed them to go in
+the first place up a river to the northwards, where they would find
+abundance of wild cattle, and then to turn westwards, in which direction
+the natives cultivated maize. Following this direction, they proceeded
+for thirty-four days across the country, till they came at length to the
+South Sea. In this journey the Spaniards suffered prodigious hardships
+and were reduced to extremity by famine, having to pass through the
+territories of a tribe which feeds on pounded straw for a considerable
+portion of the year, and they had the misfortune to come among them at
+that period. At length they came to a better country, in which the
+natives had tolerable houses, with plenty of corn, pompions, and
+kidney-beans, the people being decently dressed in cotton mantles. From
+this place their former conductors returned well pleased with the things
+they procured according to the usual customs among the natives. Cabeza
+and his companions travelled above an hundred leagues with much
+satisfaction in this country, blessing God for having brought them at
+length into a land of plenty, as besides vegetable food in abundance,
+the natives killed venison and other game, and presented the Spaniards
+with cotton mantles, coral beads procured from the South Sea, turquoise
+stones, and several arrow heads made of emeralds, which they procured
+from a neighbouring nation in exchange for various coloured plumes of
+feathers.
+
+In this country the women were more modestly clothed than any they had
+hitherto seen. Every person, whether sick or well, came to the Spaniards
+to be blessed, believing them to be men come down from heaven, so that
+their authority was unbounded among the natives. It fortunately happened
+that the Spaniards could make themselves understood wherever they went,
+although they only knew six of the Indian languages, which would have
+been of little use if Providence had not preserved them, considering the
+vast multiplicity of languages spoken among the detached tribes of
+America. Wherever they travelled, the tribes who happened to be at war
+immediately made peace at their approach, that they might have the
+opportunity of seeing the Christians; who thus left them all in amity,
+and exhorted them wherever they went to worship the one only true God
+who had created the heaven and earth, the sun, moon, and stars, and all
+other things, and from whom proceeded all blessing. The Spaniards
+likewise earnestly urged them to refrain from injuring one another by
+going to war or taking away the goods of others, with many similar
+instructions, all of which were well received. The whole country along
+this coast seemed well peopled, and abounded in provisions, as the
+natives sowed maize and kidney beans thrice a-year. In one town the
+natives used poisoned arrows, their points being dipped in the juice of
+some kind of fruit or plant. At this place they staid three days; and
+after a days journey, coming to another town, they were obliged to stop
+for fifteen days, owing to the river being in flood. At this place
+Castillo observed an Indian who had a sword buckle and a horse shoe
+hanging from his neck, who alleged that he got them from heaven; but on
+being farther interrogated, he said that some bearded men had come from
+heaven to that river, having horses, spears, and swords, who had gone
+again to sea, where they and their spears plunged under water, but
+appeared afterwards above it again. Cabeza and his companions joyfully
+gave thanks to God for hearing some news of Christians after their long
+and distressing sojourn among the barbarians, and hastened on their
+journey to find them the sooner, telling all the Indians that they were
+going to order these bearded men not to kill or make slaves of the
+natives nor to do them any harm.
+
+In continuing their journey they passed through a considerable extent of
+fruitful and agreeable country, which was totally destitute of
+inhabitants, all the Indians having fled to the mountains for fear of
+the Spaniards. They came at length to the top of a hill where a great
+number of Indians had withdrawn, who presented them with a vast quantity
+of corn, which they gave to the poor famished natives who had escorted
+them thither. Continuing their journey, they observed many indications
+of Spaniards having been in the country, and they pressed onwards giving
+praise to God that their long and miserable captivity seemed near a
+close. One day, while Cabeza and Estevanillo were in advance,
+accompanied by eleven Indians, they overtook four Spanish horsemen, who
+were much astonished at being accosted in their own language by persons
+in their strange garb and appearance. Cabeza requested to be conducted
+to their commander, Diego de Alcaraz, who informed him they were now in
+_New Galicia_, and about thirty leagues from the town of San Miguel.
+Castillo and Orantes then came up, attended by above six hundred of the
+Indians who had deserted their habitations from fear of the Spaniards.
+By their means all the others were induced to return to their houses in
+peace and to sow the land. Cabeza and his three companions having taken
+leave of the Indians who accompanied them with many thanks for their
+protection, travelled twenty-five leagues farther to a place called
+_Culiacan_[142], where they arrived much spent with long fatigue and
+after having endured much hunger and thirst during their arduous and
+anxious peregrinations through the vast wilderness from Florida to New
+Galicia.
+
+[Footnote 142: Culiacan, or Hueicolhuacan, on a river of the same name
+which discharges itself into the Vermilion Sea or Gulf of California, is
+in lat. 24 deg. 50' N. long. 106 deg. 40' W. in the province of Cinaloa. Cabeza
+de Vaca and his companions had therefore followed an oblique course from
+the north-east in the south of Louisiana entirely across the continent,
+to the south-west, from about the latitude of 31 deg. to 25 deg. both north; a
+journey in all probability exceeding 1200 English miles in a straight
+line. The beginning of their journey seems to have been to the west of
+the Missisippi, as that great river is not mentioned; neither indeed do
+we find any indications of the Rio Bravo del Norte, which they must
+necessarily have crossed.--E.]
+
+Melchior Diaz, who was captain and alcalde of the province, received
+them with singular humanity, giving praise to God for having delivered
+them out of their tedious and miserable captivity, and requested them to
+use their endeavours to appease the Indians of that part of the country,
+who were in arms against the Spaniards. This they most readily
+undertook, and sent messages by some of the Indians to the neighbouring
+caciques, three of whom came to Culiacan attended by thirty Indians,
+bringing presents of feathers and emeralds. In conversation with these
+Indians about their religious belief, they said they believed in a being
+named _Aguar_, the lord of all things, who resided in heaven and sent
+them rain when they prayed to him for it; such being the tradition they
+had learnt from their fathers. Cabeza told them that _Aguar_ was GOD the
+Creator of heaven and earth, who disposed all things according to his
+holy will, and who, after this life, rewarded the good and punished the
+wicked. He exhorted them therefore to believe henceforwards in this only
+true God, to return to their houses and live in peace, to build a house
+for the worship of God after the manner of the Christians, and when any
+Spaniards came to visit them, that they should meet them with crosses in
+their hands, and not with bows and arrows; promising, if they did this,
+that the Spaniards would be their good friends and would teach them
+every thing they ought to know, that God might make them happy in the
+next life. All this the Indians engaged to perform. Cabeza de Vaca and
+his companions went on from Culiacan for San Miguel[143], attended by a
+few Indians, the natives by the way coming out to meet them in great
+numbers with presents, whom they exhorted to become Christians as they
+were now subjects to the king of Spain. They all received these advices
+in the most friendly manner, requesting to have their children baptized.
+While on the road they were overtaken by Alcaraz, by whom they were
+informed that all the deserted country through which they had lately
+travelled was again well peopled and in peace, and that the Indians were
+all occupied in sowing their lands.
+
+[Footnote 143: San Miguel is not to be found in the most recent map of
+New Spain by M. de Humboldt; that name may possibly have been given to
+the city of Mazatlan, in lat. 23 deg. 15' N. on the coast of Cinaloa.--E.]
+
+Cabeza de Vaca and his companions judged that the extent of country
+through which they had travelled, from Florida on the Atlantic to San
+Miguel on the South Sea, could not be less than two hundred
+leagues[144], as they declared upon oath before a notary at San Miguel
+on the 15th of May 1536, before whom likewise they subscribed a
+narrative of all the incidents of their weary pilgrimage. After resting
+fifteen days in San Miguel, they proceeded to the city of
+Compostella[145], a distance of an hundred leagues, where Nunno de
+Guzman then was, by whom they were kindly received and furnished with
+clothes and all other necessaries. From thence they went to Mexico,
+where they arrived on the 22d of July, and met with a courteous
+reception from the viceroy, Don Antonio de Mendoza. Leaving Castillo and
+Estevanillo at Mexico, Cabeza de Vaca and Orantes proceeded to Vera
+Cruz, whence they passed over into Spain in 1537.
+
+[Footnote 144: Two hundred Spanish leagues of 17-1/2 to the degree, or
+about 800 English miles. It has been already stated in a former note
+that the direct distance they had travelled could not be less than 1200
+miles, probably 1600 allowing for deflections.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 145: San Miguel and Compostella are both omitted in the most
+recent map of New Spain by Humboldt, though both are inserted in
+Governor Pownalls map of North America; in which San Miguel is placed
+about 27 miles S.E. from Culiacan, and Compostella 230 miles S.S.E. from
+San Miguel; all three near the western coast of New Spain, the former in
+the province of Culiacan, the latter in that of Guadalaxara--E.]
+
+We learn from Herrera[146], that Alvar Nunnez Cabeza de Vaca was sent
+out in 1540 as governor of the incipient Spanish settlements on the Rio
+Plata, in which expedition he was accompanied by his former companion in
+distress Orantes. In the year 1545, he was made prisoner by some
+mutinous officers of the colony and sent into Spain, where his conduct
+was cleared by the council of the Indies, yet he was not restored to his
+government.
+
+
+[Footnote 146: Herrera, V. 342, 390, 402.]
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_Narrative of a new attempt to Conquer Florida, by Ferdinand de
+Soto_[147].
+
+
+[Footnote 147: Herrera, V. 223--239.--This narrative, as will be seen by
+the series of quotations from Herrera, is broken down by that writer
+into detached fragments, in consequence of rigid attention to
+chronological order. In the present instance these are arranged into one
+unbroken journal, but with no other alteration in the text. It is one of
+the most curious of our early expeditions of discovery, bearing strong
+internal evidence of having been taken by Herrera from an original
+journal, and so far as we know has never been adopted into any former
+Collection.--E.]
+
+Ferdinand De Soto, had served with much reputation in Castilla del Oro
+and Nicaragua, and went with Pizarro upon the conquest of Peru, being
+even promoted for his worth and valour to the distinguished office of
+lieutenant-general under Pizarro. On the breaking out of the
+disturbances between the factions of Pizarro and Almagro, he was so much
+disgusted that he returned into Spain, without having acquired the
+riches that his services and good qualities deserved, considering the
+immense wealth which was found in Peru. Aspiring to undertake some
+brilliant enterprise suited to his lofty genius, he petitioned the king
+to be allowed to undertake the conquest of Florida, which was readily
+granted to him, as he was a person of experience, of a fine presence and
+graceful carriage, and well fitted by the strength of his constitution
+to encounter the hardships incident to such hazardous enterprises. Since
+the entire failure and destruction of Panfilo de Narvaez and his
+armament, as already related, no one had hitherto offered to attempt the
+reduction of that country till now. Among the terms granted to Soto on
+this occasion, he was appointed governor of the island of Cuba, which
+was to serve as a place of arms from whence to conduct the intended
+conquest of Florida. On the design of this enterprise being made public,
+near a thousand men were soon raised for the expedition, among whom were
+many gentlemen of good birth, encouraged by the reputation of the
+commander, and the hopes of acquiring wealth.
+
+Ten ships were fitted out at San Lucar for carrying out the troops and
+all the necessary stores, which set sail on the 6th of April 1538,
+accompanying the fleet for New Spain, the whole being under the supreme
+command of the adelantado Ferdinand de Soto so far as the island of
+Cuba, after which the _flota_ was to be commanded by Gonzalo de Salazar,
+the factor of New Spain. To shew his proud and turbulent disposition, on
+the first night after going to sea, Salazar pushed a cannon shot a-head
+of all the fleet to affront the admiral, who immediately ordered a shot
+to be fired at him. The ball went through all the sails of Salazars ship
+from the poop to the head; and by a second shot, all the side of his
+ship was torn immediately above the deck. Salazars ship became
+unmanageable from the injury done to her sails, and on the admiral
+pushing forwards the two ships ran foul of each other and were both in
+imminent danger of perishing in the dark, but by cutting all the rigging
+of the other ship the admiral got clear. Soto was so highly incensed by
+this haughty conduct of Salazar that he had well nigh ordered him to be
+beheaded; but forgave him on submission and promise of better behaviour
+in future.
+
+The fleet arrived safe at Santiago in Cuba. Not long before this a
+Spanish ship commanded by Diego Perez had an engagement of four days
+continuance with a French privateer, separating courteously by mutual
+consent every night, and recommencing furiously every morning; but the
+Frenchmen slipped off during the fourth night. Immediately on his
+arrival in Cuba, Soto sent orders to repair the Havannah, which had been
+burnt by some French privateers, and he ordered a fort to be built for
+the protection of that place. Having sent some persons of skill to
+discover and examine the harbours along the coast of Florida, and
+appointed his lady to administer the government of Cuba in his absence,
+he prepared to enter upon the great object of his expedition.
+
+Accordingly, having embarked nine hundred men and three hundred and
+thirty horses, he sailed from the Havannah on the 12th of May 1539, and
+came to anchor on the last day of that month in the Bay of _Espiritu
+Santo_ on the coast of Florida[148]. He immediately landed three hundred
+men, who lay on shore all night without seeing a single native. About
+day-break next day the Spanish detachment was attacked by a prodigious
+multitude of Indians, and compelled to retreat precipitously to the
+shore. Basco Porcallo de Figuero was sent with a party to their relief,
+as the Indians pressed hard upon them with incessant flights of arrows,
+and the Spaniards being raw soldiers unaccustomed to arms or discipline
+knew not how to resist. On the approach of Porcallo the Indians were
+obliged to retire in their turn; yet killed that commanders horse with
+an arrow, which pierced through the saddle lap and penetrated a span
+deep into the horses body. All the forces were now landed, and marched
+about two leagues inland to a town belonging to the cacique
+_Harrihiagua_[149], who had fled to the mountains lest he should be
+called to account for his cruelty to the Spaniards who had been here
+formerly along with Panfilo de Narvaez. None of these were now alive in
+the country except one man named Juan Ortiz, who had been saved by the
+wife of the cacique, who abhorred the cruel disposition of her husband.
+By her assistance, Ortiz had been enabled to make his escape to another
+cacique named _Mucozo_, who protected him and used him well. Having
+learned where this man was, Soto sent Baltasar de Gallegos with sixty
+horsemen to bring him to the camp, wishing him to act as interpreter
+with the natives. At the same time Mucozo was sending Ortiz with an
+escort of fifty Indians to offer peace to the Spaniards. These Indians
+were all stark naked, except that each wore a small clout, but their
+heads were ornamented with great plumes of feathers. They all carried
+bows in their hands, and all had quivers well filled with arrows.
+
+[Footnote 148: It has been already mentioned that there are two bays of
+this name, one in _East_, and the other _West_ Florida. There can be no
+doubt that the one here mentioned in the text is the former of these, in
+lat. 27 deg. 48' N. long. 83 deg. 20' W. It lies on the western coast of East
+Florida, and runs about 35 miles into the land, dividing at its head
+into two coves or bays named Hillsborough and Tampa.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 149: This name considerably resembles the names of men and
+places in Hispaniola and Cuba, hence we may conjecture Harrihiagua to
+have been cacique over some of the emigrants said to have gone from Cuba
+to Florida, as mentioned in the first section of this chapter.--E.]
+
+Immediately on seeing the horsemen, the Indians ran for shelter into the
+wood, being afraid of an attack, and the raw Spaniards went full speed
+after them in spite of their commander. Ortiz alone remained in the open
+plain, and was assaulted by Alvaro Nieto with his lance. Ortiz leaped to
+one side to avoid the lance, and called out in the Indian language
+having forgot his own by long disuse, but fortunately made the sign of
+the cross, on which Nieto asked if he were Juan Ortiz. Answering in the
+affirmative, Nieto took him up behind him on his horse and carried him
+to his captain Gallegos, who was gathering his men that had dispersed in
+pursuit of the Indians. Some of the natives never stopped till they
+reached the town of their cacique, but others were appeased, and seeing
+one of their companions wounded they exclaimed bitterly against Ortiz,
+as it had happened through his inadvertence. Soto was much pleased that
+he had got Ortiz, whom he greatly caressed. He was likewise very kind to
+the Indians who had accompanied him, and ordered the one who had been
+wounded to be carefully dressed; and sent by them a message to the
+cacique Mucozo, thanking him for his kind usage of Ortiz, and offering
+his friendship.
+
+Ortiz could give very little account of the country, as his whole
+employment under his first master had been to carry wood and water, and
+he had never ventured to go out of sight of the other who used him well,
+lest he might be suspected of endeavouring to escape; but he had been
+told that the interior of the country was pleasant and fertile. Mucozo
+came to visit Soto, who entertained him and gave him some Spanish
+trinkets to secure his friendship. Soon afterwards the mother of the
+cacique came weeping to the Spaniards, demanding to have her son
+restored, and begging that he might not be slain. Soto endeavoured to
+sooth and reassure her, yet she ate of such victuals as were offered
+with much hesitation, asking Ortiz whether she might eat in safety, as
+she was fearful of being poisoned, and insisting that Ortiz should taste
+every thing in the first place. Mucozo remained a week among the
+Spaniards, amusing himself with the novelty of every thing he saw, and
+making many inquiries respecting the customs of Spain. During this time
+Soto endeavoured to learn some particulars respecting the country,
+remaining always with his troops at the town belonging to Harrihiagua,
+because near the Bay of the Holy Ghost. At this time he dismissed the
+ships, that his men might have no hopes of getting away from the
+country, following in this measure the example of many ancient and
+modern commanders, and among these Cortes on his invasion of Mexico. He
+reserved however four of his ships to serve upon particular occasions.
+
+Soto used every means to acquire the friendship of Harrihiagua, giving
+strict charges that no damage should be done in his country, being
+extremely unwilling to give the first cause of offence, but nothing
+could prevail on that cacique to enter into any friendly connection. As
+some of the men were sent out daily, under a strong escort, to bring in
+forage for the horses, they were one day suddenly assailed by a
+multitude of Indians, making such hideous yells as scared them for some
+time. Before the Spaniards could recover from their panic, the Indians
+laid hold of a soldier named Grajal, whom they carried off without doing
+any other harm. More Spaniards coming out on this alarm, the Indians
+were pursued on the track for two leagues by twenty horsemen, when they
+were found among some tall reeds eating, drinking, and making merry with
+their women, and bidding Grajal eat, as they told him they would use him
+better than Ortiz. On hearing the trampling of the horses all the men
+fled, leaving the women and children with Grajal, whom they had
+stripped naked. The Spaniards returned well pleased with Grajal and the
+women and children, all of whom Soto set free along with some men who
+had been made prisoners formerly, on purpose if possible to conciliate
+the cacique and his subjects.
+
+After remaining three weeks in that place, Soto sent a detachment of
+sixty horse and an equal number of foot under Gallegos to explore the
+country beyond the districts belonging to Harrihiagua and Mucozo, which
+belonged to a cacique named _Urribarracuxi_. On asking guides from
+Mucozo for this expedition, he refused it saying that it would be
+treacherous to furnish guides for doing injury to his friend and
+brother-in-law. The Spaniards answered that they meant no injury, and he
+might send his friend notice of their intended visit, as they were
+resolved at all events to go. In that part of the country they found
+many wild vines, walnut-trees, mulberry, plum, oak, pine, and other
+trees resembling those which grow in Spain, and the open fields appeared
+pleasant and fertile. But they found Urribarracuxi's town, which was at
+the distance of seventeen leagues, entirely abandoned, and could by no
+means prevail upon him to come out of the woods or to contract any
+friendship with them, though he likewise entirely refrained from doing
+them any harm. Gallegos sent back word to inform Soto of the nature of
+the country he had explored, and that there were plenty of provisions in
+the town to which he had penetrated. Being anxious to take Harrihiagua
+prisoner, his lieutenant Vasco Porcallo went out with a party on that
+service, though Soto advised him to send some other person. When
+Harrihiagua learnt the object of this expedition, he sent word to
+Porcallo that his labour would be all in vain, as the roads were so bad
+he would never be able to reach the place in which he dwelt. Porcallo
+however persisted, and coming to a deep morass which his men refused to
+enter, he spurred on his horse to set a good example; but his horse soon
+floundered in the morass and Porcallo fell off and was nearly stifled.
+Considering that he was well up in years and had a good estate, Porcallo
+considered this as a warning to him to desist from such dangerous and
+fatiguing enterprises, for which reason he asked leave to return to
+Cuba, and distributed his horses, arms, and provisions among the troops,
+leaving his son Gomez Xuarez de Figuero well equipped behind him to
+continue the enterprise, which was better fitted for younger men, and in
+which Gomez acquitted himself like a man of honour.
+
+On receiving intelligence from Gallegos of the pleasantness of the
+interior country, Soto determined to advance with the bulk of his men,
+leaving Calderon to command at the town belonging to Harrihiagua with
+forty horsemen, to secure the ships, provisions, and stores. On this
+occasion he gave strict orders to Calderon, to give no offence to the
+Indians, but rather to wink at any injuries they might offer. Soto did
+not think proper to halt in the town of Mucozo, lest he might be
+burdensome to him and his people with so great a force, though that
+friendly cacique offered to entertain him. But he recommended to Mucozo
+to be kind to the Spaniards who had been left at the Bay of the Holy
+Ghost. Soto marched N.N.E. to the town of Urribarracuxi, but neglected
+to make proper marks in the country through which he travelled, which
+was a great fault, and occasioned much trouble in the sequel. On coming
+to the town of Urribarracuxi, he used every possible endeavour to
+prevail upon that cacique to enter into friendship, but quite
+ineffectually. Endeavouring to penetrate farther into the country in
+search of that cacique, they came to a morass which was three leagues
+over, and the road through which was so difficult as to take two days of
+hard labour; and next day the advanced party or scouts returned saying
+that it was quite impossible to proceed farther in that direction, on
+account of a number of rivers which took their rise in the great morass
+and intersected the country in every direction. Three days were
+ineffectually spent in searching for some way to pass onwards, Soto
+being always among the foremost to go out upon discovery. During this
+period the Indians made several excursions from the woods and morasses
+to assail the Spaniards with their arrows, but were generally repelled
+without doing any harm, and some of them made prisoners, who, to regain
+their liberty, pretended to shew the passes to the Spaniards, and led
+them to such places as were not fit for the purpose. On their knavery
+being discovered, some of them were torn in pieces by the dogs, which so
+intimidated the rest, that at length one of them undertook to guide
+them, and very easily brought them into the open country.
+
+Soto and his men came soon afterwards to another morass, which had two
+large trees and some branches laid across its narrowest part to serve as
+a bridge. Soto sent two of his soldiers who were good swimmers to repair
+the bridge, but they were set upon by many Indians in canoes from whom
+they difficultly escaped after being severely wounded. But as the
+Indians no more appeared at this pass, the bridge was soon repaired, and
+the army passed over into the province or district of another cacique
+named _Acuera_; who, upon receiving an offer of peace, sent back for
+answer that he would rather have war than peace with vagabonds. Soto
+continued twenty days in this country, during which time the Indians
+killed fourteen Spaniards who had straggled from the main body, whose
+heads they carried to their cacique. The Spaniards buried the bodies of
+their companions wherever they found them; but the Indians dug them up
+again and hung their quarters upon trees. In the same time the Spaniards
+only killed fifty Indians, as they were always on their guard and kept
+among the woods and swamps. Leaving the town of Acuera, to which they
+did no harm, Soto continued his march inland for _Ocali_, keeping a
+direction a little to the east of north, through a fertile country free
+from morasses. At the end of about twenty leagues they came to Ocali, a
+town of about six hundred houses, abounding in Indian corn, pulse,
+acorns, dried plums, and nuts. The cacique and all his people had
+withdrawn into the woods, and at the first message desiring them to come
+out sent a civil evasive answer, but complied at the second summons with
+some apprehension.
+
+Going some days afterwards accompanied by this cacique to examine a
+river over which it was intended to lay a bridge, there appeared about
+five hundred Indians on the other side, who shot their arrows towards
+the Spaniards, continually crying out "go away with you, vagabond
+robbers!" Soto asked the cacique why he permitted his subjects to behave
+in this manner; to which he made answer that many of them had thrown off
+their obedience because he had entered into friendship with the
+Spaniards. Soto therefore gave him permission to rejoin his subjects, on
+promising to return, but which he never did. The proposed bridge over
+this river was constructed of two cables stretched across, having planks
+laid between them, of which they procured abundance fit for the purpose
+in the woods. By this means the whole force inarched across with the
+utmost ease and satisfaction, the Spaniards on this occasion becoming
+engineers and pioneers to build bridges and construct roads, after the
+manner of the ancient Romans. As the guides had fled, the Spaniards made
+prisoners of thirty other Indians to shew them the roads, whom they
+treated well and presented with baubles so much to their satisfaction,
+that they conducted the army for sixteen leagues through a fine open
+country to the district of _Vitacucho_ which was about fifty leagues in
+circumference and was then divided among three brothers.
+
+On coming to a town called _Ochile_ about break of day, the Spaniards
+surrounded it before the natives were aware; but on hearing the drums
+and trumpets they ran out, and finding all the avenues blockaded they
+stood on their defence though the cacique was invited to enter into
+friendship. He continued for some time to resist; but as his people
+perceived that the Spaniards released the prisoners without doing them
+any harm, they represented this to their chief, on which, making a
+virtue of necessity, he submitted to Soto and was well treated. After
+this, he accompanied Soto, with many of his people, and conducted the
+Spaniards into a spacious and delightful vale in which there were many
+scattered habitations. The cacique sent likewise to acquaint his
+brothers that the Spaniards were marching through to other countries,
+only requiring to be supplied with provisions on their way, and did no
+harm to those who accepted their friendship. One of the brothers
+returned a favourable answer, and treated the Spaniards with great
+respect; but the eldest and most powerful of the three, would not allow
+the messengers to return, and sent afterwards a reproof to his brothers,
+who he said had acted like foolish boys, and might tell the strangers
+that, if they ventured into his country, he would roast one half of them
+and boil the other. But as Soto sent another kind message to him, he
+consented to visit Soto accompanied by five hundred warriors gaily
+adorned after their fashion, and was received with much civility and
+presented with such ornamental trinkets as pleased him much. He was
+greatly astonished at the appearance of the Spanish troops, and asked
+pardon for his rude and threatening expressions, promising to make
+amends by his future good conduct. This cacique, named _Vitacucho_, was
+about thirty-five years of age, strong limbed, and of a fierce aspect.
+Next day the Spanish army entered Vitacucho's town in martial order. It
+consisted of about two hundred houses or cabins, besides a great many
+others scattered all over the country. All the towns in this country
+have no other names except those of the caciques to which they
+respectively belong. After remaining two days in this town making merry,
+the two younger caciques asked permission of Soto to return to their own
+districts, which was granted, and having received some presents from
+Soto, they went away well pleased.
+
+Vitacucho continued slily for some time to behave respectfully to Soto
+and the Spaniards, yet contriving how best to destroy them. For this
+purpose he concerted with all his neighbours, whom he persuaded that it
+was proper and necessary to destroy these wicked vagabonds who had come
+into their country to reduce them to servitude. He imparted his design
+to four Indians who attended Soto in quality of interpreters, whom he
+informed that he had ten thousand well armed Indians in readiness to aid
+him in the execution of this enterprise, and that he proposed to roast
+some of the Spaniards, to boil others, to hang up another part on the
+loftiest tress, and to poison all the rest in such a manner as to pine
+and rot away for a long time before they died. Being desired to keep the
+secret and to give their opinion of this design, they answered that they
+approved it highly, as an exploit worthy of his wisdom and valour, and
+that nothing could be better contrived. Vitacucho thus encouraged,
+determined to persevere, and sent notice to his confederates to hold
+themselves in readiness; but the four Indians, satisfied of the
+impracticability of the design, owing to the excellent discipline and
+vigilance of the Spaniards, made a discovery of the whole plot to Juan
+Ortiz, who communicated it without delay to Soto. In a council of the
+officers held to consult how to act in this emergency, it was thought
+best to take no immediate notice of the matter, except standing
+vigilantly on their guard as if ignorant of the treacherous intention of
+the cacique, but to contrive to make him fall into his own snare.
+
+When the day concerted between Vitacucho and his confederates for
+putting their enterprise into execution was come, the crafty cacique
+requested Soto to go with him out of the town to see his subjects whom
+he had drawn up in martial array for his inspection, that he might be
+acquainted with his power, and with the manner of fighting practised
+among the Indians. Soto was a prudent man well versed in the art of war,
+in which he had gradually risen by his merit. On this occasion he
+courteously accepted the proposal of the cacique, saying that it was
+likewise customary among the Spaniards, to shew honour to their friends
+by displaying their troops in order of battle. The Spanish forces
+accordingly marched out in good order, prepared for whatever might
+occur; and the better to conceal his suspicions, and the purpose he had
+now in view, he walked out of the town on foot along with the cacique.
+The Indian warriors, to the number of about ten thousand men, were found
+drawn up in good order at some distance from the town, having their left
+wing protected by a wood and their right by two lakes. They were well
+equipped after their manner, their heads adorned with high plumes of
+feathers of herons, swans, and cranes. Their bows lay beside them on the
+ground, and their arrows were covered over with grass, to make it appear
+that they were unarmed. Besides the main body in the position before
+mentioned, they had a wing on each flank advanced into the plain.
+
+Soto and the cacique advanced into the plain towards the Indian army,
+each attended by twelve chosen men. The Spanish troops moved forwards in
+order of battle on the right of Soto, the cavalry being in the middle of
+the plain, while the infantry moved close to the wood on the left of the
+Indians. When Soto and Vitacucho were arrived at the place where it was
+previously known that the cacique intended to have given a signal for
+attacking the Spaniards, who were now all in readiness and fully
+instructed how to act, Soto gave notice to his army to commence the
+attack by ordering a musket to be fired off. The twelve Spaniards who
+attended Soto immediately seized the cacique according to the
+instructions they had received for that purpose; and Soto mounting his
+horse led on the Spanish cavalry to the charge, being always foremost on
+every occasion, whether for fighting or hard labour. The Indians took up
+their arms and resisted the Spaniards as well as they could by repeated
+flights of arrows, even killing the horse on which Soto rode, as they
+chiefly aimed at the horses of which they stood in much fear. Soto soon
+got another horse from his page, and as the cavalry now penetrated the
+main body of the Indians their whole army took to flight, some seeking
+for safety in the wood and others by throwing themselves into the lakes.
+All who fled along the open plain were either killed or made prisoners.
+About nine hundred of the Indians took shelter in the smaller lake,
+which was immediately surrounded to prevent their escape, and the
+Spaniards likewise kept up an incessant attack upon them with their
+fire-arms and cross-bows, to induce them to surrender. Although in the
+water, the Indians continued to shoot as long as their arrows lasted,
+many of them standing on the backs of their comrades, who were swimming,
+till their arrows were spent, and then giving similar aid to others.
+They continued in this manner from about ten in the morning till
+midnight, always surrounded by the Spaniards, refusing to surrender
+though assured of their lives. At length many of the feeblest
+surrendered, after being fourteen hours in the water. As the rest
+observed that no injury was offered to the prisoners, they mostly
+surrendered next day at noon, when they had been above twenty-four hours
+in the water; and it was observed that they came out excessively tired,
+hungry, sleepy, and swollen. Seven still obstinately remained in the
+water till about seven in the evening; when Soto, thinking it a pity
+such resolute men should perish, ordered twelve Spaniards to swim to
+them, with their swords in their mouths, who dragged them all out
+half-drowned. Care was taken to recover them; and when asked the reason
+of their obstinacy, they alleged that as commanders, they were willing
+to convince their lord that they were worthy of their rank, by dying in
+his service and leaving a good name behind them, even expressing a
+desire that they had been permitted to perish. Four of these men were
+about thirty-five years of age. The other three were lads about
+eighteen, the sons of chiefs, who had obeyed the summons of Vitacucho,
+in hopes of acquiring honour, and were unwilling to return home
+vanquished. Soto presented some small mirrors and other baubles to these
+youths and dismissed them; but he told the four commanders, in presence
+of Vitacucho, that they all deserved to be put to death for having
+broken their plighted faith, yet he forgave them in hopes that they
+would take warning by what had now befallen them, and behave better for
+the future. He then invited Vitacucho to dine at his own table every
+day, being of opinion that more was to be gained among these barbarians
+by kind usage than severity, unless when indispensably necessary.
+
+The prisoners taken on this occasion amounted to above a thousand men,
+who were distributed as servants among the Spanish troops. Vitacucho
+gave these men secret orders to fall upon and destroy the Spaniards
+while at dinner, and appointed the seventh day after the engagement for
+the execution of this new plot. On that day, while Vitacucho as usual
+was at dinner along with Soto and the principal Spanish officers, he
+started up on a sudden and gave a loud _whoop_ or war cry, which was the
+appointed signal of attack, and laying hold of Soto gave him so violent
+a blow with his fist as knocked him to the ground, and immediately fell
+upon him endeavouring to kill him; but the other officers who were at
+dinner killed Vitacucho immediately. On hearing the signal from the
+cacique, all the other Indians attacked their masters, some with
+fire-brands, others with the cooking kettles, pitchers, or whatever they
+could get hold of, of which the fire-brands did most harm; but as the
+Spaniards immediately seized their arms in their defence, all the
+Indians were slain.
+
+Four days after this fray, the troops marched to another town called
+_Osachile_ after the name of its cacique. Coming to a river which could
+not be forded, it was proposed to construct a bridge similar to that
+employed on a former occasion; but on account of opposition from a body
+of Indians on the farther bank it was necessary in the first place to
+drive these away. For this purpose an hundred men armed with muskets and
+cross-bows were ferried over on six rafts, and thirty horsemen got over
+by swimming their horses. The Indians then fled, and the bridge was
+constructed in the same manner as formerly described, over which all the
+rest of the army passed. About two leagues after crossing the river, the
+army came to some corn-fields with scattered houses, and were galled for
+some time by the Indians, who lurked among the standing maize, whence
+they discharged their arrows at the Spaniards: But they were soon put to
+flight and several of them speared by the cavalry. On arriving at
+Osachile they found the town abandoned, and the cacique of that place
+could never be persuaded to make his appearance. Some Indians were made
+prisoners on this march, who were more tractable than any they had
+hitherto met with, and undertook to act as guides. It was now necessary
+for the Spaniards to consider of a proper place in which to pass the
+winter, and as there had been much talk about the province or district
+of Apalache, as producing gold, the army only halted two days at
+Osachile, and recommenced their march in the direction of Apalache.
+After marching twelve leagues through a desert wilderness, they came to
+a swamp half a league over, where the pass was defended by a
+considerable number of Indians. An engagement ensued in which several
+were killed on both sides, and the Spaniards were foiled for that day.
+But on the next, after a bloody encounter, the Spaniards drove the
+Indians from the swamp and got possession of the pass, all of which was
+fordable except about forty paces in the middle, over which there was a
+bridge of trees made fast together.
+
+Having crossed the swamp, a very thick wood was found on the other side,
+above a league and half through, which the army had great difficulty to
+penetrate, neither indeed was it able to pass through the wood in one
+day. During this difficult march, an hundred horsemen armed with targets
+led the van, and were followed by an hundred musqueteers and
+cross-bow-men, all of whom carried axes to hew down trees and make a
+clear space for the army to encamp, which it did in the middle of the
+forest, and was all night long disturbed by the incessant war-hoops of
+surrounding Indians. Next day they continued their march through the
+wood, which now became more open, but they were constantly harassed by
+the Indians, more especially as the cavalry could be of very little
+service among the trees, and wherever there were any open spaces, the
+Indians had cut down trees to obstruct the passage. After getting out of
+this forest into the open country, they marched two leagues farther,
+killing or making prisoners of all the Indians who attempted to make any
+opposition; so that the natives became at length convinced that they
+were unable to destroy the Spaniards or to expel them from the country.
+The army now encamped at the commencement of the cultivated lands
+belonging to the _Apalaches_, but the Indians still continued to annoy
+them, by continually pouring flights of arrows into the camp.
+
+Next day the army marched two leagues through a perpetual succession of
+fields of Indian corn, interspersed with straggling houses, and were
+frequently vexed by lurking Indians who shot off their arrows and then
+ran away. At the farther side of this cultivated plain, they came to a
+deep brook running through a wood, the ford of which was fortified by
+palisades or fallen trees, to prevent the passage of the cavalry: But a
+hundred of them alighted from their horses, and cleared the way with
+their swords and targets in spite of the Indians, who fought with much
+obstinacy, and did not give way till many of them were slain, but some
+of the Spaniards were killed in this engagement. They marched four
+leagues next day with little opposition: and the day following were
+informed _Capasi_, cacique of Apalache, had taken post at the distance
+of two leagues with a large body of brave Indians intending to give them
+battle. The horse immediately advanced to attack him, and took some of
+his men, but Capasi made his escape. The town of Apalache, of which they
+now took possession, consisted of two hundred and fifty houses, having
+several other small dependent towns or villages, and many detached
+cabins or farm-houses scattered over the cultivated fields. The country
+was fertile and agreeable, the climate excellent, and the natives
+numerous and warlike. After some days rest, parties were sent out in
+different directions to explore the country. Those who penetrated
+northwards into the interior, reported that the country was excellent,
+fertile, populous, and free from woods and swamps; while those who went
+south towards the coast, found a rugged, barren, and impracticable
+country, being the same through which Cabeza de Vaca had travelled.
+
+It being now the month of October, Soto determined to winter in this
+place; for which purpose he ordered sufficient fortifications to be
+constructed for defence, and provisions to be stored up for the supply
+of his army. He likewise sent back a party by the same way which the
+army had marched, being an hundred and fifty leagues to the bay of the
+Holy Ghost[150], to bring away the cavalry that had been left there to
+rejoin the rest of the army. He also sent a message to Capasi, the only
+cacique who had been hitherto met with having a proper name different
+from that of his town, requesting him to come in and make peace with the
+Spaniards, to which he would by no means consent. Being informed that
+Capasi had intrenched himself in the middle of a wood about eight
+leagues from Apalache, Soto marched against him and assailed his
+fortified post. The Indians defended themselves for some time with great
+bravery; but at length begged quarter which was granted, and Capasi was
+brought out on mens shoulders; as he was either so fat and unwieldy, or
+so much disabled by some distemper, that he was unable to walk, and was
+therefore carried on a kind of litter or bier, or crawled on his hands
+and knees. Soto returned well pleased at this good fortune to his
+quarters at Apalache, expecting that the Indians would give him no more
+disturbance, now that their chief was in his hands. But matters turned
+out quite otherwise; for having no ruler the Indians became even more
+disorderly and troublesome than before, and refused to obey the command
+of Capasi to remain in peace with the Spaniards.
+
+[Footnote 150: Although in the text the general direction of the march
+of Soto is mentioned as to the N.E. there is every reason to believe it
+must have been to the west of north, into the country of what are now
+called the _Creek_ Indians. The town of Apalache in which Soto spent the
+winter 1539-40 may have been on the river Catahoche otherwise called of
+Apalachicola, or on the Alibama, which runs into the Mobille. There
+still is a place known by the name of Apalache near the mouth of the
+Mobille river.--E.]
+
+Under these circumstances, when Soto complained to the cacique of the
+perpetual hostilities of his people, Capasi pretended, if he were
+permitted to go to a place about six leagues from Apalache, to which the
+head men of the tribe had retired, that they would obey his orders on
+seeing him among them and agree to peace. Soto accordingly gave his
+permission, and Capasi went to the place indicated, carried as usual on
+a bier, and accompanied by a strong guard of Spaniards. The cacique then
+issued orders for all his people to appear before him next day, having
+some important matters to communicate. The Spaniards posted their
+guards for the night and went to rest, believing every thing secure; but
+when day appeared next morning neither the cacique nor any of his
+attendants were to be found. Taking advantage of the centinels falling
+asleep, Capasi had crept out from among them on all fours, after which
+his Indians carried him off to some more secure place than the former,
+as he was never more seen. The Spanish escort returned much ashamed of
+themselves to Soto, pretending that Capasi and his attendants must have
+been carried off through the air, as it was impossible for him to have
+got away from among them in any other manner. Soto prudently accepted of
+this excuse, saying with a smile that the story was very probable as the
+Indians were notable sorcerers. He was unwilling to punish his men for
+their negligence, being always more desirous to gain the affection of
+his soldiers by kind usage, as far as consistent with military
+discipline, that they might be ready to endure the fatigue and danger he
+expected to encounter in the prosecution of his enterprise.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Continuation of the Transactions of Ferdinand de Soto in Florida_[151].
+
+
+[Footnote 151: Herrera, V. 507.--541.]
+
+We have already mentioned that Soto, having determined to spend the
+winter 1539 at Apalache, sent a detachment back to Harrihiagua on the
+bay of the Holy Ghost, to bring away Captain Calderon and the men who
+had been left there. This detachment consisted of thirty horse under the
+command of Juan de Anasco. On coming to the ford of the river Ocali,
+Anasco was obliged to pass it by means of rafts, as the river was
+flooded; and though they used the utmost diligence, the Indians were up
+in arms on both sides of the river to oppose him, so that the Spaniards
+had to fight both to the front and rear while their baggage, horses, and
+selves were wafted over. Having got safely over, they found it necessary
+to go to the town, as one of their comrades was quite benumbed in
+passing the river. Believing the Spaniards more numerous than they
+really were, the Indians only defended their town till their wives and
+children were got away to a place of safety, and then abandoned the
+place, of which Anasco took possession. The Spaniards made four large
+fires in the marketplace, on purpose to restore their benumbed comrade,
+to whom likewise they gave the only clean shirt they had among them.
+They likewise dried their clothes and saddles, which had been all wetted
+in passing the river, and furnished their wallets with provisions from
+the stores of the Indians. In the mean time, ten horses at once were
+allowed to feed, while all the rest stood ready bridled in case of
+attack. About midnight an alarm was given by the centinels of the
+approach of a numerous body of Indians; on which the whole party
+mounted, tying the benumbed man who was now somewhat recovered, fast
+upon his horse which was led by another soldier, and set off on their
+march with so much expedition that they were five leagues from the town
+by day-break next morning. In this manner they continued their journey
+with as little delay as possible, going on at a round trot wherever they
+found the country inhabited, and walking their horses in passing through
+the wilderness.
+
+On the seventh day after leaving Apalache, Pedro de Atienza was taken
+very ill, and died a few hours afterwards. Having travelled that day
+near twenty leagues they arrived at the great swamp[152] in the evening,
+and remained all night on its border, making great fires to keep them
+warm as the weather was extremely cold. Next morning, on attempting to
+pass, the horses refused on account of the excessive cold; but about
+noon the sun yielding some heat, they got across; On the third day
+after, while continuing their march with the usual diligence, they
+observed the track of horses, and some appearance of their having used a
+pool of water by the way side. Their horses even took heart at these
+appearances, smelling the track of others, and Anasco and his men were
+much rejoiced, having been previously afraid that Calderon and his
+troops had either gone away to Cuba, or had been slain by the Indians.
+About sunset of this day, being the tenth after leaving Apalache, they
+came in sight of Harrihiagua, just as the horse patrole was leaving the
+town. The new comers set up a loud shout for joy at seeing their
+friends, and Calderon came immediately out to welcome them with equal
+satisfaction.
+
+[Footnote 152: A great swamp is laid down in lat. 81 deg. N. on the
+frontiers between Georgia and East Florida, at the head of the rivers of
+St Mary and St Mark, the former of which flows east to the Atlantic, and
+the latter south-west into the Bay of Apalache.--E.]
+
+When the cacique Mucozo learnt the arrival of Anasco, he went to visit
+him, and brought the horse belonging to the man who had died by the way,
+which had been left in a meadow with the saddle hanging to a tree, which
+likewise was brought in by an Indian on his back, not knowing how to
+fasten the girths. Mucozo inquired after the health of Soto in a
+friendly manner, and expressed his sorrow that the other caciques were
+not of the same friendly disposition with himself. Calderon and Anasco
+consulted together as to the best way of going back to Apalache. As the
+stores of provisions shoes and clothes which had been provided liberally
+by Soto for the expedition were very large and could not be removed to
+Apalache, it was agreed to leave all these under the charge of Mucozo.
+It was likewise resolved that Anasco should proceed by sea with two of
+the brigantines to the Bay of Aute, which he had discovered when
+detached by Soto to explore the country to the south of Apalache, while
+Calderon was to go by land. Accordingly, every thing being in readiness,
+seven days after the arrival of Anasco, Calderon set out by land for
+Apalache with seventy horse and fifty foot soldiers, all the rest going
+by sea along with Anasco.
+
+On the second day of his march, Calderon came to the town of Mucozo, and
+was hospitably entertained by that friendly chief. Nothing remarkable
+happened during this march till they came to the great swamp, except
+that one horse was killed by an arrow which penetrated through his
+breast to his bowels. These Indians are such powerful archers that they
+have been known to shoot through four folds of mail; for which reason
+the Spaniards laid aside their European armour, and used a kind which is
+stuffed with cotton, called _escaupiles_, to defend both themselves and
+their horses. Calderon travelled with very little opposition or
+difficulty all the way to the swamp of Apalache, where the Indians
+attacked him desperately and killed one of his horses. Next day he was
+again attacked, and disturbed all the ensuing night, the Indians
+constantly upbraiding the Spaniards as vagabonds and robbers, and
+threatening to quarter them. On the following day Calderon and his men
+reached Apalache, where ten or twelve of his people died of their
+wounds. Anasco arrived safe with the remainder of the Spaniards at the
+Bay of Aute[153], whence he marched by land to Apalache. Having now
+collected his whole force at Apalache, Ferdinand de Soto sent Diego
+Maldonado with the brigantines to explore the coast to the westwards,
+ordering him to return in two months with a particular description of
+all the ports, creeks, and headlands he might fall in with. Maldonado
+executed these orders; and on his return reported that he had discovered
+a very excellent harbour, called _Achusi_, sixty leagues to the
+westwards of Aute[154], whence he brought two Indian prisoners. Soto
+then sent Maldonado with the brigantines to the Havannah, carrying
+letters to his lady, and directed him to inform the colonists of Cuba
+that he had found an excellent harbour in Florida, and that the country
+was pleasant and fertile, by way of encouraging settlers to come over.
+
+[Footnote 153: No bay is now known of this name, but it may possibly
+have been that now known by the name of Mobille.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 154: This distance from Mobille Bay would lead us considerably
+to the west of the Missisippi, perhaps to Ascension Bay, or perhaps to
+the entrance of Ouachas Lake.--E.]
+
+It happened one day that seven Spanish horsemen riding out from the town
+of Apalache saw an Indian man and woman gathering old kidney-beans in
+the fields. Immediately on seeing the horsemen the man took up the woman
+in his arms and carried her into the wood, whence he returned with his
+bow and arrows to attack the horsemen, who would have saved his life on
+account of his bravery, calling out to him to yield; but he was so
+desperate that he wounded them all, and when his arrows were expended he
+gave one of them so violent a blow with his bow on the head-piece that
+it stunned him, on which provocation he killed the Indian with his
+lance. While Soto wintered in Apalache, he used every exertion to obtain
+intelligence respecting the country towards the west, in order to
+prepare for extending his discoveries in the spring; and among the
+Indians who were brought to him on this occasion, was one about
+seventeen years of age who had been a servant to some Indian travelling
+merchants.
+
+From this youth he was informed that, about thirteen of fourteen days
+journey farther on, there was a province called _Cofachiqui_[155], which
+produced gold, silver and pearls. This intelligence was very pleasing to
+the Spaniards, and made them wish anxiously for the season in which to
+march forwards. During all the winter, which the Spaniards spent in
+Apalache, when any parties of them went out into the country, the
+Indians seldom failed to kill some of the men or horses with their
+arrows, yet always kept at a distance or among the woods, carefully
+avoiding to encounter them in the open fields.
+
+[Footnote 155: Perhaps the country of the Chicasaws.--E.]
+
+The season being at length come, in the spring of 1540, for taking the
+field, Soto set out on his march from Apalache towards the north, and on
+the third day encamped in a peninsula formed by a swamp, having wooden
+bridges of communication with the dry land. This being an elevated
+situation, several towns could be seen from the encampment, which was
+still in the district belonging to Apalache. The Spaniards rested here
+two days, during one of which seven men strolled out from the camp
+without orders, six of whom were slain by the Indians before they had
+got two hundred paces from the camp, and the seventh difficultly escaped
+with two wounds. Leaving the province of Apalache, the Spaniards now
+entered that called _Atalpaha_, the first town they came to being
+abandoned by the natives. Six of the principal people remained behind,
+who were brought before Soto, whom they boldly asked whether he was for
+peace or war with their nation. Soto answered by means of his
+interpreter that he had no inclination for war, as his only intention
+was to pass through their country, yet desired that his people might be
+supplied with provisions. To this they answered, if such were his
+intentions there was no occasion to have made them prisoners, and if he
+conducted himself in a friendly manner he might depend on better
+treatment than he had received at Apalache. They accordingly dispatched
+some of the common people to desire the natives to return to their
+houses to serve the Spaniards, whom they conducted to a better town,
+where the cacique came to ratify a peace, which was punctually observed
+during three days that Soto remained there.
+
+From that place they advanced for ten days to the northwards along the
+banks of a river, through a fertile country, in which all the
+inhabitants behaved in a friendly manner. After this they entered the
+province of _Achalaqui_, which was poor, barren, and thinly inhabited,
+having very few young men, and the old people being mostly
+short-sighted and many of them quite blind. Quickening the march through
+this bad country they came to the province of _Cofachi_, where, besides
+other presents, Soto gave the cacique some boars and sows for a breed,
+having brought above three hundred of these animals with him to Florida,
+where they increased very fast, as the Spaniards had no occasion to kill
+them, getting abundance of other provisions. During this expedition,
+Soto made it an invariable practice, before entering any province, to
+send a message to the cacique offering peace and demanding leave to pass
+through his dominions, that the natives might not be alarmed at the
+appearance of so many armed strangers; and besides it was always his
+wish to employ fair means in his intercourse with the Indians, rather
+than force. He accordingly sent a message to the cacique of _Cofa_ with
+the usual requests of peace, provisions and a free passage, with which
+the cacique complied, coming himself to meet the Spaniards, for whom he
+appointed quarters and plenty of provisions. The land being plentiful,
+Soto and his army rested here five days. The next province belonged to a
+brother of Cofa, named Cofaqui, who came out to meet the Spaniards
+attended by a great number of his people, all finely adorned with plumes
+of feathers, and wearing mantles of rich sables and other valuable furs.
+After this friendly reception, the cacique went away to another town,
+leaving his own entirely for the accommodation of the Spaniards. This
+country abounded in maize or Indian corn, which is used by the Indians
+as wheat is in Europe. They had also abundance of dried fruits; but
+flesh was rare, being only what they procured by hunting, as they had no
+domesticated animals.
+
+Next day, Cofaqui returned to Soto, offering a supply of provisions and
+a strong escort of armed Indians, to enable the Spaniards to cross a
+desert or wilderness of seven days journey leading to the next province
+of Cofachiqui[156]. Immediately there appeared four thousand Indians to
+carry burdens, and the like number armed, to accompany the Spaniards.
+
+[Footnote 156: The word _Cofa_ seems to have signified lord or chief
+among these Indians; as we have four successive chiefs in the text,
+named Cofa, Co-fachi, Cofa-qui, and Cofa-chiqui.--E.]
+
+On seeing so great a number of men, Soto was on his guard like a good
+soldier and prudent commander, that he might not be taken by surprise.
+On this occasion the cacique made a speech to the commander of his
+forces, enjoining him, as he knew the ancient enmity subsisting between
+him and the people of Cofachiqui, that he should not let slip the
+present favourable opportunity of taking severe revenge upon their
+enemies, considering that he was now supported by these valiant
+strangers. The Indian commander, throwing off his mantle of furs,
+flourished a two-handed sword or war-club, the ensign of his command,
+and told his lord in pompous terms what he would do for his service. On
+this, the cacique took from his own shoulders a rich mantle of sables,
+thought by the Spaniards to be worth a thousand ducats, which he put
+upon the shoulders of his general, and placed a splendid plume of
+feathers on his head. The presentation of a mantle and plume of feathers
+is considered among the Indians as the highest honour which can be
+bestowed.
+
+There were two Indians among the Spaniards who were extremely familiar,
+named ordinarily Mark and Peter though not baptized. On the night before
+commencing the new march for Cofachiqui, Peter made a violent outcry as
+if in danger of being slain. All the forces turned out under arms on
+this alarm, and found Peter in great trepidation and distress. He
+alleged that the devil and a number of his imps had threatened to kill
+him if he acted as a guide to the Spaniards, and had dragged him about
+and beaten him so unmercifully that he had assuredly been killed if they
+had not come to his assistance; and, since the great devil fled from two
+Christians, he begged to be baptized that he might be a Christian like
+them and able to drive away the devil. This appeared to be no fiction,
+by the bruises and swelling which Peter exhibited; and accordingly Soto
+gave him in charge to the priests, who remained with him all night and
+baptized him; and next day he was mounted on horseback, being unable to
+walk on account of the drubbing he had got from the Devil!
+
+The two armies marched apart, pursuant to the wise precautions adopted
+by Soto. The Indians kept excellent order, having a regular van and rear
+guard, and making those who carried the provisions and baggage keep in
+the centre. Every night the two armies lay at some distance, each
+appointing their own guards. On the third day of the march from Cofaqui
+they entered upon the wilderness, through which they marched for six
+days, finding the country very agreeable. They had two rapid rivers to
+cross, at both of which the cavalry was made to form a kind of wall
+above the ford to break the force of the stream, by which means they all
+got safe over. On the seventh day both Spaniards and Indians were much
+at a loss, as the road they had hitherto followed was now at an end, so
+that they knew not which way to take through the rest of the wilderness.
+Soto asked the Indian general how it could possibly happen that among
+eight thousand men of his nation, more especially as they had always
+been at war with the people to whose country they were going, no one
+should know the road. The Indian chief answered that none of them had
+ever been there; for the war was never carried on by means of complete
+armies, as they merely killed or made prisoners of each other, when they
+chanced to meet at the fisheries on the rivers, or while hunting; and as
+the people of Cofachiqui were most powerful, his countrymen did not
+venture so far into the wilderness, by which reason they were
+unacquainted with the country. He farther assured Soto that he might
+rely on the probity and good faith both of the cacique and himself, who
+had no intention of fraud or perfidy; yet he might if he pleased take
+what hostages he thought proper for his security, and if that were not
+sufficient, he would submit to lose his own head, and that all his men
+should be put to death, wherever they were found to harbour any evil
+intentions.
+
+Satisfied with these assurances, Soto sent for Peter the Indian, who was
+likewise at a loss, as he had not been in these parts for five years.
+They marched on however the rest of that day, without knowing any thing
+of the road, yet found the woods easily passable. Towards evening they
+arrived at a great river which could not be forded[157]. This
+circumstance added greatly to their perplexity, as they now had only
+seven days provisions, which would not hold out till they could make
+rafts to pass this river. Next day Soto sent off four several
+detachments in different directions to explore the country, with orders
+to return in five days; and with each of these went a thousand Indians,
+to assist in finding the way of which they were in search. The Indians
+who carried the baggage, and who remained at the encampment, went out
+every morning armed, and returned at night with herbs, roots, birds,
+some small land animals, and a little fish, part of which they gave to
+the Spaniards; but this scanty supply was quite insufficient for their
+necessities. Soto now ordered some of the swine which accompanied the
+army to be slaughtered, and distributed eight ounces of their flesh
+daily to every one of his men. Even this was only protracting their
+misery, yet all shewed wonderful patience, as their commander gave them
+a good example.
+
+[Footnote 157: In the utter impossibility to trace the route of Soto, it
+may even appear absurd to suppose that this may have been the Tenasse or
+Hogohegee River, formerly called the Cherokee River; yet he assuredly
+marched in various directions through the interior country of North
+America, westwards of the present states of Virginia, the Carolinas, and
+Georgia, to the north of modern West Florida, now occupied by the
+Creeks, Cherokees, Catawbas, Chactaws, and Chickasaws.--E.]
+
+Three of the detachments that had been sent out on discovery returned on
+the sixth day unsuccessful. But the commander of the fourth, Juan de
+Anasco, who had gone up the banks of the river, sent back four horsemen
+to inform Soto that he had found a small town on the same side of the
+river, which had a good store of provisions, and had seen several towns
+still higher up, where there was a good deal of cultivated land. The
+messengers brought with them many ears of _zara_[158], and some cows
+horns, without knowing whence these were procured, not having hitherto
+seen any cows in the country. The Indian general _Patofa_ and his men,
+who accompanied Anasco, killed all the inhabitants of that town whom
+they could lay hands on, taking off their _skulls_[159], and plundering
+the temple or place of burial, where the best of the effects were
+secured. This town was in the province of _Cofachiqui_; and as the
+Indians accompanying the Spaniards did much injury to the country, Soto
+now sent them home again to prevent any farther harm being done under
+his auspices; and by making presents to the Indian general and the other
+chiefs, and supplying them with provisions for their journey, they went
+away well satisfied. Soto now advanced with the Spaniards through a
+pleasant and plentiful country, but which was abandoned by the natives
+on account of the ravages and slaughters that had been committed by
+Patofa and his people.
+
+[Footnote 158: This word, left unexplained by the translator of Herrera,
+perhaps means some species of millet cultivated by the Indians.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 159: This ought in all probability to have been translated
+_scalps_.--E.]
+
+Three days afterwards, to avoid going on at random, Soto sent on Juan
+Anasco with thirty horse to explore the country. Anasco set out a little
+before night, and after proceeding about two leagues, he heard the
+barking of dogs and the noise of some children, and saw some lights; but
+on going towards the place for the purpose of trying to seize one or two
+Indians from whom to gain intelligence, he found that the town was on
+the other side of the river. He halted therefore at a place which seemed
+to be used as a landing for canoes; and having fed and rested the
+horses, he returned to give Soto an account of what he had observed.
+Soto went accordingly next day with an hundred horse and an equal number
+of foot to view the town; and as the Indians fled on seeing the
+Spaniards, the two Christian Indians, Peter and Mark called to them
+across the river that no harm was intended. Upon this six Indians
+ventured across the river in a canoe, and came to wait on Soto, who was
+seated in a chair, which was always carried with him to receive the
+natives in state, as the customs of these people required. On
+approaching Soto, the six Indians made their obeisances; first to the
+sun, then to the moon, and lastly to the Spanish commander, whom they
+asked whether he was for peace or war with their nation. He answered by
+means of his interpreter, that he was desirous of peace, and required
+nothing from them but provisions for his people. They replied that they
+willingly accepted of peace, but were sorry to say that they were very
+scarce of provisions in consequence of a pestilence which had lately
+raged among them; but they would inform their sovereign of his demands,
+who happened to be a young unmarried woman. When they had delivered
+their message to the princess, two large canoes covered with awnings
+were seen to set out from the town on the other side of the river, into
+one of which seven or eight women embarked, and six men in the other.
+Among the women was the princess who ruled over the tribe; and
+immediately on coming to Soto, she sat down on a stool before him, which
+her people brought for her use, and after some complimentary discourse,
+she expressed her sorrow for the scarcity which then existed in her
+country, but that having two storehouses filled with provisions for
+relieving the necessities of her subjects, she would give him one of
+these, and hoped he would leave her in possession of the other. She said
+likewise that she had two thousand measures of maize at another town,
+which she would give him, and would quit her own house and half the town
+to accommodate him and his people, and if that did not suffice, that the
+whole of the town should be cleared for his use. Soto thanked her in a
+courteous manner for her friendly offers, declaring that he would be
+perfectly satisfied with whatever she was pleased to give. While he was
+speaking, she took off a string of pearls which she wore round her neck,
+and gave it to Juan Ortiz the interpreter to present it in her name to
+Soto, as she could not deliver it with her own hands without
+transgressing the rules of decorum[160]. Soto stood up and received it
+with much respect, and presented her in return with a ruby which he wore
+on his finger. Thus peace was ratified with this princess, who now
+returned to the other side of the river, all the Spaniards admiring her
+beautiful appearance and good behaviour.
+
+[Footnote 160: The circumstance of great quantities of pearls being
+found in this part of the country tends in some measure to confirm the
+idea of Soto being now on the Tenasse River. In the most recent maps of
+this part of America, a part of this river near its great bend, where it
+sweeps round from a S.W. to a N.N.W. direction, is distinguished by the
+appellation of the _Muscle Shoals_, and it is well known that the
+fresh-water muscles are often very productive in pearls.--E.]
+
+After this all the Spanish force was transported across the river, on
+rafts and in canoes, four horses being drowned in the passage. The
+Spaniards were all commodiously quartered in the middle of the town, and
+the country round was found to be extraordinarily fertile. The mother of
+the princess of this tribe was a widow, and resided about twelve leagues
+from this town in great retirement; and on being sent for by her
+daughter to see the strangers, she not only refused, but sent a severe
+reproof to her daughter for admitting those persons of whom she knew
+nothing. Soto sent Juan Anasco with thirty horse, with a respectful
+message to the old lady inviting her to come to visit him. Anasco was
+accompanied on this occasion by an Indian of considerable rank, who
+seemed pensive and melancholy. After travelling some leagues, they
+stopped for rest and refreshment, and sat down under the shade of a tree
+to partake of a repast. Throwing off his mantle of sables, the Indian
+took the arrows one by one from his quiver, which were very curiously
+made of reeds, having heads of bones with _three points_[161] all of
+them feathered on three sides, and both them and his bow beautifully
+painted with some kind of bituminous substance, as smooth and glossy as
+the finest varnish. The last arrow which he drew out was headed with
+flint, sharp-pointed, and double-edged like a dagger. Seeing that the
+Spaniards were all intent upon observing the curious arrows, he cut his
+own throat with the flint-headed arrow, and immediately fell down dead.
+The other Indians who accompanied Anasco said that in their opinion he
+had killed himself because he was carrying a message which he believed
+was disagreeable to the old lady. A short time after this, as Anasco was
+still proceeding, one of the Spaniards observed that they were going
+blindly in search of a woman who was said to have gone to hide herself
+from them in another place; and as Soto already had the daughter in his
+power, he had no occasion for the mother also, and as their number was
+small they were exposed to much danger, and had much better return to
+head-quarters. As this advice was universally approved of, they turned
+back.
+
+[Footnote 161: Perhaps this ought to have been _triangular_ pointed
+heads.--E.]
+
+Three days afterwards Soto sent twenty Spaniards up the river in two
+canoes at the request of the daughter to seek her mother, under the
+conduct of an Indian who offered to conduct them to her place of
+concealment. While on this expedition, the Spaniards recollected that
+Peter and Mark had reported there was both gold and silver in that
+province; but upon search they found much copper of a golden colour, and
+great plates of _ore_[162] which was very light and mouldered away like
+earth, which probably had deceived the young Indians. A wonderful
+quantity of pearls were found, and the old lady gave them leave to go
+into a sacred house where the chiefs or nobles of the tribe were buried,
+to take what pearls were there, and to another temple, or sepulchre
+rather, near the town, in which the bodies of her own ancestors were
+reposited, where they found pearls in still greater abundance. In these
+repositories of the dead they found a number of wooden chests in which
+the bodies were laid; and beside them in baskets made of reeds there
+were great quantities of large and seed pearls, as also garments both
+for men and women, made of skins and fine furs. So great was the
+abundance of pearls found on this occasion, that the kings officers
+weighed five hundred pounds weight. As Soto was unwilling to encumber
+his troops with so much additional weight, he proposed that no more than
+fifty pounds should be then taken, to send to the Havannah to learn
+their value; but as they were already weighed, the officers begged that
+they might be all carried away, to which he consented, and gave his
+captains two handfuls of pearls as large as pease to make strings of
+beads or rosaries.
+
+[Footnote 162: These large plates of _ore_, were probably
+silver-coloured mica; and the golden-coloured copper in the text may
+have been bright yellow pyrites.--E.]
+
+Leaving Cofachiqui, the army came to another town called _Tolomeco_, in
+a temple or charnel-house more properly of which place, opposite the
+residence of the chief, they found strings of large pearls hanging on
+the walls, and others in chests, with many fine garments like those
+formerly mentioned; and in rooms over this charnel-house were great
+numbers of pikes with copper heads resembling gold, and clubs, staves,
+and axes of the same metal, and bows, arrows, targets, and
+breast-plates. Soto would not take away any of these, being resolved to
+continue his march. Accordingly, taking leave of the princess of
+Cofachiqui, he divided the army into two parts for the better
+convenience of provisions, retaining the immediate command of one, and
+confiding the other to the charge of Baltasar de Gallegos. In this order
+they moved on to the province of Chalaqui; and next day were exposed to
+such a storm of wind, lightning, and hail, that many of them must have
+perished, but for the shelter afforded by the trees, as the hail-stones
+were as large as pigeons eggs. On the sixth day of this new march, they
+came to the valley of Xaula, a pleasant country to the N.N.E. The
+sailors who accompanied the army believed the river which flowed past
+Cofachiqui to be the same which is known on the coast under the name of
+_Santa Ellena_; and computing their marches at four leagues a-day, it
+appeared that the forces had come two hundred leagues from Apalache to
+Xaula[163]; which, with an hundred and fifty leagues from the Bay of the
+Holy Ghost to Apalache, made four hundred and ten leagues in all[164].
+
+[Footnote 163: Two hundred Spanish leagues would amount to near 800
+English miles. But as the march, was entirely in an uncertain and
+probably changing direction, this estimate does not assist in
+determining any thing of its extent Eight hundred miles would reach,
+even from Espiritu Santo Bay, to beyond the Ohio.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 164: The numbers in the text are obviously corrupt, as the
+particulars do not agree with the sum; but it is impossible to correct
+or reconcile them, neither indeed is it of much consequence, as no
+establishment was made in Florida by Soto, and the names of the places
+he visited are now unknown and uninteresting. Four hundred and ten
+Spanish leagues, or 1640 English miles, would carry us into Upper
+Canada.--E.]
+
+The Spanish forces rested a fortnight in the vale of Xaula, which was
+subject to the princess of Cofachiqui, though a separate province, being
+induced to this delay by finding abundance of all things, and on purpose
+to recruit their horses. Leaving this place, they marched one day
+through an agreeable country, and then five days over an unpeopled
+mountain[165], though not disagreeable, as it had many fine groves,
+waters, and pasture-grounds, the way over being about twenty leagues.
+Four Indian chiefs who accompanied them by order of the princess of
+Cofachiqui, sent to require the cacique of _Guanale_ to receive the
+Spaniards with kindness, or otherwise to declare war against him. While
+on the march, a foot-soldier named Juan Terron pulled a little bag from
+his wallet full of large well-coloured pearls not pierced, which he
+offered to a horseman, who advised him to keep them as the general meant
+soon to send to the Havannah, where he might purchase a horse for them
+to ease him from marching on foot. On this refusal, Terron threw his
+pearls on the ground, alleging they were troublesome to carry, and they
+were picked up by his comrades. He sorely repented of this afterwards,
+as he was informed they would have been worth 6000 ducats in Spain. The
+Spaniards stopped four days at Guanale, and in five days march from
+thence they reached _Ychiaha_, a town situated on an island in the river
+about five leagues in length. As the general always made inquiry every
+where concerning the country farther on, the cacique of Ychiaha told him
+there were mines of yellow metal about thirty leagues from thence, and
+presented him with a long string of large pearls, which would have been
+of extraordinary value if they had not been bored. As Soto seemed to
+prize them, the cacique said there were many such in the burial place of
+his ancestors which he was welcome to take if he pleased. In return Soto
+presented the cacique with some pieces of velvet and satin, with which
+he was much gratified. Two soldiers were sent on, accompanied by a party
+of Indians, to view the reported mines of yellow metal, who reported
+that they were only copper, that the country was fruitful, and that they
+had been well treated by the inhabitants. Some of the men likewise were
+ordered to drag the river for the pearl oysters, where they soon brought
+up large quantities, which were laid on a fire to make them open their
+shells, and the pearls were taken out somewhat damaged by the heat. A
+soldier who boiled some of these oysters, while eating one of them,
+almost broke his teeth on a pearl as big as a hazle-nut, which he
+presented to Soto for his lady, as it was bright and well shaped; but
+the general refused it, desiring him to keep it to purchase horses, and
+in return for his good will paid the kings fifth out of his own money,
+its value being estimated at 400 ducats. Soto was exceedingly generous
+and obliging to his soldiers, making no distinction between himself and
+them, in clothes, eating, lodging, or enduring hardships, and enjoyed
+their entire confidence and affection.
+
+[Footnote 165: If correct in the idea of Soto having crossed the
+Tenassee, the mountainous district here indicated may have been the
+Cumberland mountains, between the Tenassee and Cumberland Rivers.--E.]
+
+From Ychiaha, the Spaniards proceeded onwards to Acoste, where the
+cacique received them with ill-will, and an open breach had like to have
+taken place; but Soto prevented this by conciliatory management, and
+still preserved the peace, which had not been infringed since leaving
+Apalache. Next day the Indians of Acoste became better humoured, and
+having contented them, Soto crossed the river into the large province of
+_Coza_, through which he marched for an hundred leagues, finding it
+every where populous and fertile, and the Spaniards were every where
+received in a friendly manner, well treated, and commodiously lodged. At
+the town of Coza, the cacique came out to meet Soto attended by a
+thousand Indians wearing plumes of feathers and rich mantles of furs.
+The town consisted of about five hundred houses along the side of the
+river, and here the Spaniards were most hospitably entertained. While
+dining one day with Soto, the cacique requested he would spend the
+winter in his country and establish a colony there; and indeed it was
+better land than any that the Spaniards had hitherto passed through.
+Soto thanked him for his friendly offer; but said that it was necessary
+for him in the first place to explore the country farther on, that he
+might be able to judge what articles were necessary for trade, and that
+he might give orders for seeds and all other requisites, after which he
+would return and accept his offer. He staid twelve days at this place,
+more to oblige the cacique than on any other account; and then set out
+towards the sea, which he had long designed, making a semicircular turn
+that he might march back by a different route to explore the country,
+meaning to make his way to the port of _Anchusi._
+
+In five days march he reached _Talisse_, a town fortified with
+entrenchments of timber and earth, on the frontiers of the territories
+of the cacique of _Tascaluza_, who was in enmity with the cacique of
+_Coza_, who went so far with the Spaniards on purpose to intimidate
+Tascaluza. At this place Soto was received by a son of Tascaluza, only
+eighteen years of age, and so tall that none of the Spaniards reached
+higher than his breast. This young man offered his fathers compliments
+of friendship to the Spaniards, and conducted Soto to Tascaluza, who
+received him sitting after their manner on a kind of chair, with a great
+number of men standing round him; and though the different commanders
+came up successively to salute him, no one stirred till Soto came
+forwards, when the cacique stood up and advanced twenty paces to meet
+him. Tascaluza was like a giant, much taller than his son, well-shaped,
+and of a good aspect. The Spaniards were well received, abundantly
+supplied, and commodiously quartered. They set out again on their march
+on the third day; and as the cacique Tascaluza chose to accompany them,
+one of the baggage horses belonging to Soto was selected for him to ride
+upon. When mounted, his feet reached within, a span of the ground. He
+was not fat, as his waist was hardly a yard in compass, and he did not
+seem to exceed forty years of age. In the course of this days march,
+after coming to a fortified town, the Spaniards had to cross the river,
+which they did with considerable difficulty, being badly supplied with
+rafts or floats. On taking up their quarters for the night, two
+Spaniards were amissing; and when the Indians were asked about them,
+they answered in a haughty manner, _they were not given to our keeping_,
+so that it was strongly suspected they were murdered. Upon this cause of
+jealousy, and being likewise privately informed that the cacique had
+assembled a great number of men at a place called Mavila, under pretence
+of serving the Spaniards, Soto sent three confidential officers to view
+that place, which was about a league and a half from quarters. They
+reported that they had seen no person by the way, but that Mavila was a
+much better fortified place than, any they had hitherto seen in Florida.
+
+As the Spaniards were bound for Mavila, and under circumstances very
+considerable suspicion as to the good intentions of Tascaluza and his
+subjects, they marched with the utmost circumspection. Soto led the van
+in person, consisting of an hundred horse and an hundred and fifty foot.
+He was accompanied by Tascaluza, and as he marched with diligence, he
+arrived at Mavila at eight in the morning, the main body not coming up
+for a considerable time after. The town of Mavila was seated in a plain,
+enclosed by a double row of piles with timbers laid athwart, and the
+interstices rammed full of straw and earth, so that it looked like a
+wall smoothed by a masons trowel. At every eighty paces distance, there
+was a tower or platform where eight men could stand to fight, having
+many loop holes. It likewise had two gates. Though it only consisted of
+eighty houses, these were so large that each could have contained a
+thousand men. In the middle of the town was a large square or
+market-place, into which when Soto and the cacique were come and had
+dismounted, Tascaluza, pointed out to the interpreter a house in which
+the general might take up his quarters and another for his kitchen,
+saying that huts and barracks were provided for the rest of the
+Spaniards on the outside of the town. To this Soto made answer, that,
+when the major-general came up, he would distribute the troops to proper
+quarters.
+
+Tascaluza now retired into a house where all his chiefs were assembled,
+on purpose to consult how best to kill all the Spaniards, which he had
+been long plotting to accomplish. It was proposed in this council to
+attack them in their present divided state, before the rest of the
+Spaniards could get forwards to the town; but another opinion prevailed,
+which was to allow them all to assemble, as the Indian chiefs had a
+large force concealed in the houses of the town, and thought themselves
+perfectly able to encounter with the Spaniards. When the meat was
+dressed at the quarters of Soto, Juan Ortiz the interpreter was sent
+with a message to Tascaluza desiring his presence; but he was refused
+admission to deliver his message, and on pressing to get in, an Indian
+came to the door exclaiming angrily, "What would these unmannerly
+vagabonds have with my lord? Down with the villains, there is no
+enduring their insolence!" He immediately bent his bow, and levelled at
+some Spaniards who were in the street; but Baltasar de Gallegos, who
+happened to be close by, gave him a cut on the shoulder which cleft him
+to the middle. An Indian youth now let fly six or seven arrows at
+Gallegos, which did him no harm as he was in armour, after which the
+Indian gave him three or four strokes on the helmet with his bow, but
+Gallegos killed him with two thrusts of his sword. The moment these
+Indians were slain an alarm was given, and above seven thousand
+warriors, who had been concealed in the large houses of the town, rushed
+out into the streets and drove all the Spaniards out of the town.
+
+The Spaniards who managed best on this alarm, ran immediately to mount
+their horses, which had been left tied on the outside of the town; while
+others cut the halters or reins that the Indians might not shoot them.
+Others remained tied, and were slain by the Indians. Such of the
+Spaniards as had been able to mount their horses, with others who now
+arrived, charged the Indians who were engaged with the infantry, making
+room for them to draw up in regular order. Having re-established their
+ranks, a troop of horse and a company of foot made so furious a charge
+on the Indians that they drove them into the town, and attempted to get
+in at the gate after them; but they were received by such a volley of
+arrows and stones as compelled them to retire two hundred paces, yet
+without turning their backs, in which consisted their safety. As the
+Indians followed them, they made a fresh charge, and drove the Indians
+back to the town, yet dared not to venture too near the wall; and the
+fight continued in this manner for some time, alternately gaining and
+losing ground, several of the Spaniards being killed and wounded.
+Finding they had the worst of it in the open field, the Indians kept
+close behind the walls of the town. On this Soto alighted from his
+horse, causing others to do the same, and advanced up to the gate at the
+head of a party armed with targets, under cover of which two hundred men
+with axes hewed down the gate and rushed in, not without much hazard and
+some loss. Others of the Spaniards contrived to mount the wall, helping
+each other, and hastened to succour those who had gained the gate.
+Seeing the Spaniards had forced their way into the town, which they
+deemed impregnable, the Indians fought desperately in the streets, and
+from the roofs of the houses, for which reason these were set on fire by
+the Spaniards. After entering the town, Soto remounted his horse, and
+charged a body of Indians in the market-place, killing many with his
+spear; but, raising himself in the stirrup to make a home thrust, an
+arrow penetrated through his armour and wounded him in the hip, so that
+he could not regain his seat: yet, not to discourage his men, he
+continued to fight during the remainder of the action, though obliged to
+stand the whole time in the stirrups. Another arrow pierced quite
+through the spear of Nunno de Tovar, near his hand, but did not break
+the shaft of the lance, which continued to serve after the arrow was cut
+off.
+
+The fire which had been put to the houses burned fiercely, as the houses
+were all of wood and covered with thatch, by which great numbers of the
+Indians perished. About four in the afternoon, being sensible of their
+own weakness and that they were likely to be worsted, the Indian women
+began to join in the battle, armed with the spears, swords, and
+partizans which the Spaniards had lost, some even with bows and arrows,
+which they managed as dexterously as their husbands, and some armed only
+with stones exposed themselves courageously in the heat of the action.
+The foremost of the Spanish main body, which had fallen greatly behind
+the van little thinking of what was to happen, on hearing the noise of
+trumpets, drums, and shouts, gave the alarm to the rest, and hastening
+forwards came up about the close of the engagement. At this time many of
+the Indians got over the wall into the fields, and endeavoured to make
+head against the newly arrived Spaniards, but were soon slain. On the
+arrival of the Spanish main body, about twelve fresh horsemen made a
+furious charge on a large body of Indian men and women who still
+continued the battle in the market-place, and soon routed them with
+great slaughter. This ended the fight about sunset, after it had lasted
+nine hours, being on St Lukes day in the year 1541[166].
+
+[Footnote 166: The date of 1541 seems here erroneous, Soto having
+landed in 1539, and spent only one winter in the country, the
+transactions in this part of the text ought only to refer to the year
+1540.--E.]
+
+During the night and next day, Soto ordered the best possible care to be
+taken of the wounded, some of whom died for want of proper necessaries,
+no bandages, lint, oil, or medicines being to be had, as all these
+things had been plundered along with the other baggage at the
+commencement of the battle by the Indians, and having been carried into
+the town were all there burnt along with the houses. Forty-eight
+Spaniards were slain in this battle; thirteen others died shortly of
+their wounds, and twenty-two some time afterwards, so that the entire
+loss was eighty-three men, besides forty-five horses, which were much
+missed, as the cavalry constituted the main strength of the army. It was
+reckoned that eleven thousand Indians perished, four thousand of whom
+were found dead without the town, and young Tascaluza among them. The
+dead bodies within the town were computed at three thousand, as the
+streets were all full of them; and it was believed that upwards of four
+thousand were consumed by fire in the houses, for above a thousand
+perished in one house, as the fire began at the door and they were all
+stifled. When the Spaniards afterwards scoured the country round, many
+were found to have died of their wounds in various parts, and some of
+them four leagues from the town. The body of the cacique Tascaluza could
+not be found, whence it was concluded that he had perished in the
+flames, a victim to his eager desire to destroy the Spaniards, which he
+had anxiously premeditated from the first notice he had received of
+their arrival in the neighbourhood of his territories. It was reported
+by some women who were made prisoners, that on the Indians of Talisse
+complaining of having been ordered by their cacique to carry the baggage
+of the Spaniards, Tascaluza had exhorted them to have a little patience,
+as he would soon deliver up these strangers to them as slaves. These
+women said that they were strangers who had accompanied their husbands
+at the invitation of Tascaluza, who had promised to give them scarlet
+and silk dresses, and fine jewels to wear at their dances, and to divide
+the Spaniards and their horses among them. They said likewise that all
+the women of the surrounding country, married and single, had collected
+on this occasion; as it had been given out that an extraordinary
+festival was to be held in honour of the Sun, after the destruction of
+the Spaniards. Besides the destruction of their baggage on this
+occasion, the Spaniards lost all the wine, chalices, and holy vestments
+for celebrating the mass, so that in future they could only have
+ordinary prayers and sermons, without any consecration or communion,
+till after their return among Christians.
+
+The Spaniards remained a fortnight at Mavila, making frequent excursions
+into the country, where they found plenty of provisions. From twenty
+Indians whom they took prisoners, they were informed that there were no
+warriors left to oppose them in all the surrounding country, as all the
+bravest men of the nation and its allies had been slain in the battle.
+At this time they received the intelligence that Maldonado and Gomez
+Arias were making discoveries along the coast; and Soto was much
+inclined to have established a colony at the port of _Achiusi_ or
+_Anchusi_[167], to carry on trade with another establishment twenty
+leagues up the country, but this was opposed by some of his officers,
+who thought the Spanish force too small for subduing so warlike a
+people, considering the experience they had of their fierceness in the
+battle of Mavila. They objected likewise that they saw no reason for
+exposing themselves to such hazards, without hope of reward, as they had
+found no mines in all the vast extent of country they had travelled
+over. This opposition was exceedingly perplexing to Soto, as he had
+expended the whole of his substance on the expedition, and was afraid
+his men would desert him if he came near the coast, when he was not in a
+condition to raise new forces. For these reasons he resolved to
+penetrate into the interior of the country; and, being disgusted at
+seeing all his projects disappointed, he never succeeded afterwards in
+any of his undertakings.
+
+[Footnote 167: It is quite impossible to conjecture even where this
+place may have been situated; perhaps it is the same bay or creek
+formerly called Auche, and may have been that now called Mobille Bay.
+The Mavila of the text may likewise have been on the river now called
+Mobille. We know that the _b_ and _v_ are often interchanged in the
+Spanish names of places and persons; as for example Baldivia and
+Valdivia are both applied to the original Spanish conqueror of Chili. In
+the present instance, Mavila may afterwards have been changed to Mabila,
+and then by the French to Mobille. All this however is mere
+conjecture.--E.]
+
+When the sick and wounded were so far recovered as to be able to travel,
+Soto set out from Mavila, and marched through a fine country for three
+days, after which they entered the province of _Chioza_, where the
+natives refused to receive him in a peaceable manner. They abandoned
+their town, and took post to defend the passage of a very deep river in
+which were many craggy places. At this pass above eight thousand Indians
+collected, some of whom crossed in canoes to attack and harass the
+Spaniards: But Soto caused some trenches to be made, in which he
+concealed several bodies of musqueteers, targeteers, and crossbow-men,
+who fell upon the rear of the Indians, who forbore to repeat these
+attempts after having been twice discomfited in this manner. As it was
+found impossible to cross over in the face of so large a force of
+Indians in the ordinary manner, two very large piraguas were privately
+built in the woods, which were got ready in twelve days, and were then
+drawn out of the wood on rollers by the Spaniards with the assistance of
+their horses and mules. These were launched into the river without being
+perceived by the Indians; and forty musqueteers and crossbow-men were
+embarked in each with a few horses, and these pushed across the river
+with the utmost diligence. They were descried however, by five hundred
+Indians who were scouring the country, who with loud cries gave the
+alarm to the rest, and all hastened to defend the pass. Most of the
+Spaniards were wounded while on the water, as the Indians continually
+shot their arrows against them unopposed. One of the piraguas got
+straight across to the landing, but the other was forced some way down
+by the current, and had to be towed up. Two horsemen landed from the
+first piragua, who drove the Indians above two hundred paces back, and
+made four several charges before any reinforcement could land; but at
+length were joined by other four horsemen, and made several desperate
+charges on the Indians, so as to allow of the infantry getting on shore;
+but as these were almost all wounded, they were obliged to take shelter
+in an Indian town hard by. Soto came over in the second trip of the
+piraguas, accompanied by sixty men; and the Indians, on seeing the
+Spanish force increase, retired to a fortified town in the
+neighbourhood, whence they frequently sallied out to skirmish with the
+Spaniards; but as the cavalry killed many of them with their spears,
+they evacuated that place during the night.
+
+The Spaniards now broke up their piraguas, keeping the iron work for
+future service, and advanced farther into the country. In four days they
+reached a town called _Chicoza_[168], well situated in a fertile
+country among brooks and surrounded by abundance of fruit trees.
+Resolving to spend the winter in this place, Soto caused it to be
+fortified, huts to be built for the accommodation of his troops, and all
+the provisions that could be procured to be collected. At this place
+they remained in peace for about two months, the horsemen making
+frequent excursions into the surrounding country in quest of provisions.
+Such Indians as happened to be made prisoners on these occasions were
+immediately set at liberty, receiving various trinkets for themselves
+and presents for their chiefs, with messages desiring them to repair to
+the Spanish quarters to enter into terms of peace and amity. The chiefs
+sent presents of fruit in return, and promised soon to visit the Spanish
+general. Soon afterwards they began every night to alarm the Spaniards;
+and one night three considerable bodies of them drew near the town about
+midnight, and when about an hundred paces from the entrenchments they
+set up loud shouts and made a prodigious noise with their warlike
+instruments; after which, with burning wreaths of a certain plant tied
+round their arrows, they set the town on fire, all the houses being
+thatched. Undismayed at this calamity, the Spaniards repaired to their
+alarm posts, and Soto issuing out in his _escaupil_ or cotton armour,
+mounted his horse and went to attack the Indians, being the first to
+kill one of the assailants with his spear; as upon all occasions of
+danger he gave a wonderful example of cool and intrepid courage. Some
+sick Spaniards and several horses were burnt on this occasion; but
+Captain Andres de Vasconcelos with four horsemen fell with such fury on
+the enemy that he forced them to retire. Soto, being eager to slay an
+Indian who particularly distinguished himself in this action, leaned
+forwards so much that he and the saddle fell off; but being bravely
+rescued by his men, he mounted again and returned to the fight. At
+length after two hours hard fighting, the Indians were constrained to
+fly, and were pursued as far as they could be seen by the light from the
+burning houses, after which Soto sounded a retreat. In this fatal night,
+the Spaniards lost forty men and fifty horses, twenty of them being
+burnt. All the swine likewise perished in the fire, except a few that
+broke out of an enclosed yard. During this engagement prodigious shots
+of arrows were made by the Indians, one of which pierced through both
+shoulder-blades of a horse, and came out four fingers breadth on the
+opposite side.
+
+[Footnote 168: This word seems to have almost the same sound with
+Chicasaw, and Soto may on his present return into the interior have
+crossed the river Yazous, which flows into the Missisippi in lat. 32 deg.
+30' N. a short way above the Natches.--E.]
+
+Soto now thought proper to remove the army to a town named _Chicacolla_,
+about a league from that which had been burnt; and, having fortified
+these new quarters, the Spaniards were obliged to make new saddles,
+spears, targets and clothes, to supply the places of those which had
+been burnt. The clothes were made of goats skins[169]. At this place the
+Spaniards spent the rest of the winter, during which they suffered
+extreme hardships for want of clothes, as the weather was excessively
+cold. Being sensible that they had done much harm to the Spaniards in
+the late night attack, the Indians returned again to make a similar
+attempt; but their bow-strings being wetted by violent rain, they
+withdrew, as was learnt from an Indian prisoner. They returned however
+every night to alarm the Spaniards, of whom they always wounded some;
+and though the cavalry scoured the country every day four leagues round,
+they could meet none of the natives, so that it was wonderful how they
+should come nightly from so great a distance.
+
+[Footnote 169: More probably of deer skins found in the Indian towns, as
+goats certainly were not among the indigenous animals of North
+America.--E.]
+
+The Spaniards contrived to shift in a very miserable manner at
+Chicacolla till about the latter end of March 1542[170], when they
+resumed their march. At the end of about four leagues, the advanced
+guard returned with a report that they had seen an Indian fort which
+appeared to be defended by about four thousand warriors. After viewing
+it, Soto told his soldiers that it was indispensably requisite to
+dislodge these people, who would otherwise annoy them with night
+attacks, and that it was likewise necessary to do this that they might
+preserve the reputation they had already gained in so many provinces of
+the country. This fort, called _Alibamo_[171], was of a square form,
+each side being four hundred paces in length, and the gates were so low
+that the horsemen could not ride in, similar in all respects to what has
+been already said respecting Mavila.[172] The general therefore gave
+orders to three companies of infantry to assail the gates, those who
+were best armed being placed in front. When they were all ready to
+begin the assault, a thousand Indians sallied out from the town, all
+adorned with plumes of feathers, and having their bodies and faces
+painted of several colours. At the first flight of arrows, five of the
+Spaniards were shot, three of whom died of their wounds. To prevent the
+discharge of more arrows, the Spaniards immediately closed and drove the
+Indians in at the gates, which they entered along with them, making
+dreadful havock with their swords, as may easily be imagined, the
+Indians being all naked. To escape from the infantry, the Indians threw
+themselves from the walls, by which means they fell into the hands of
+the horsemen, who slew many of them with their spears. Others of the
+Indians endeavoured to escape by swimming a river behind the fort; but a
+squadron of horse passed the river, and killed many of them, so that on
+the whole two thousand Indians were supposed to have been slain in this
+battle. During this engagement, an Indian challenged Juan de Salinas to
+single combat, which he accepted, and when his comrade made offer to
+cover him with his target, he refused, saying that it was a shame for
+two Spaniards to engage one Indian. Salinas shot his bolt through the
+breast of the Indian, and in return the Indians arrow went through the
+neck of the Spaniard.
+
+[Footnote 170: Herrera persists in the error already noticed of
+advancing his chronology a year, as hitherto between May 1539 he has
+only accounted for two winters, and ought consequently to have been now
+only in the spring of 1541.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 171: At present Toulouse, built on the scite of an Indian
+village called Alibama, stands on a river of the same name, which flows
+into the left or east side of the Mobille River in the back part of
+Georgia, and seems to have been surrounded by a tribe called the
+Alibamons. If this be the place indicated in the text, it is quite
+adverse to the idea of Chicoza being to the north-west of the
+Yazous.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 172: These square forts of logs rammed full of earth may have
+given rise to the entrenchments which have lately occasioned some
+speculation in America, as having belonged to a people more advanced in
+civilization than the present race of savage hunters.--E.]
+
+At this time the Spaniards were reduced to great distress from want of
+salt, owing to which they were afflicted with lingering fevers, of which
+several died, and their bodies stunk so violently, that there was no
+coming near them. As a remedy for this evil, the Indians taught them to
+make a lye of the ashes of a certain herb, into which they dipped their
+food by way of sauce. At this time likewise the Spaniards were put to
+much trouble for interpreters, on account of the great diversity of
+languages, so that they were obliged to employ thirteen or fourteen
+others besides Juan Ortiz, among the various tribes they met with in
+traversing the country; but so acute were the natives, that such of
+their women as happened to live with the Spaniards were able to
+understand them in two months. After three days march from Alibamo, the
+Spaniards came to another town named _Chisca_, on a river to which they
+gave the name of _El Grande_[173] or the Great River, as it was the
+largest they had yet seen. Coming upon this place by surprise, most of
+the inhabitants were made prisoners; but some of them made their escape
+to the residence of the cacique, which stood on a high and difficult
+ascent, to which the only access was by means of stairs. Though old and
+sick, the cacique was coming down to attack the Spaniards, whom he
+threatened to put all to death, but he was stopped by his women and
+servants. As there was no proper access for the horsemen to assail the
+residence of the cacique, and besides as Soto was always more inclined
+to carry his purposes by gentle means than by the exertion of force, he
+very courteously offered to enter into peace and amity with this cacique
+and his people. In less than three hours, more than four thousand
+Indians assembled at the residence of the cacique, among whom there was
+great difference of opinion as to the choice of peace or war with the
+Spaniards, many of them inclining to war as accordant with the natural
+ferocity of their dispositions. The opinion however of the wiser
+prevailed, who deemed it better to make peace, by which they might
+recover their wives and children, and retrieve their property without
+bloodshed, and might save their corn, which was then ripe, from being
+destroyed. Peace was accordingly concluded, on condition that the
+Spaniards should not insist upon going up to the residence of the
+cacique; the prisoners were set at liberty, all the plunder of the town
+restored, and the Spaniards were supplied with provisions.
+
+[Footnote 173: From what will appear in the sequel, there can scarcely
+be a doubt that this great river must have been the Missisippi.
+According to the Governor Pownall's map of North America, Soto fell in
+with this river in 1541, about the lat. of 34 deg. 30' N. in the country of
+the Chicasaws and to the west of the Yazous, near where we have already
+supposed Chicoza to have been situated.--E.]
+
+Having rested sixteen days in Chisca, on purpose to give time for the
+sick and wounded to recover, during which time they gained the
+friendship of the cacique, the Spaniards resumed their journey, and went
+four days along the river in search of some place in which it could be
+crossed, as the banks were everywhere high and almost perpendicular, and
+closely wooded. Although above six thousand Indians, with great numbers
+of canoes, were seen posted on the opposite side of the river, it was
+deemed necessary to get across in search of provisions, for which
+purpose two large piraguas were ordered to be built. In the mean time
+four Indians came to the camp, and having made their adorations to the
+sun and moon, they addressed Soto in the name of their cacique, bidding
+him welcome to his territories, and offering his friendship. The general
+returned a courteous answer, and was well supplied with provisions for
+his forces during his stay, but could never prevail on the cacique to
+visit him, who always excused himself under pretence of sickness; but it
+was afterwards found that this peace was concluded by the Indians on
+purpose to save their harvest, which was then ready to be carried home.
+In fifteen days the two piraguas were finished for crossing the river,
+although some damage was done by the Indians from the opposite side by
+means of their canoes; but the Spaniards drove them always away, as they
+kept a constant guard concealed behind trenches. These piraguas were so
+large as to contain an hundred and fifty foot and thirty cavalry, all of
+whom embarked in sight of the Indians, and plied up and down the river
+with sails and oars; and the Indians were so astonished and intimidated
+by the sight of such huge floating machines, that they abandoned the
+opposite bank of the river and dispersed.
+
+After passing the river, the Spaniards came to a town of about four
+hundred houses, constructed upon some high bluffs or ridges near another
+river[174], and surrounded by spacious fields of Indian corn, and
+abundance of fruit-trees of several kinds. The Spaniards were
+courteously received at this place by order of the cacique, named
+_Casquin_[175], who resided at a different town higher up the river, and
+sent to compliment the Spanish commander. After resting six days, they
+proceeded up the banks of the river, through a plentiful and populous
+country, till they came to the town where Casquin resided, who received
+and entertained them with great attention and kindness.
+
+[Footnote 174: This other river may have been the St Francis, which
+flows into the west side of the Missisippi a little above where Soto is
+supposed to have crossed.--E]
+
+[Footnote 175: The memory of this name perhaps is still preserved in a
+small river or creek, called Kaskin-opa, which runs into the east side
+of the Missisippi about 20 miles below the mouth of the Ohio. The
+situation indeed is materially different from that in which Soto is
+supposed to have found the cacique named Casquin in the text; but the
+roaming tribes of Indians frequently change their places of residence,
+as influenced by success or misfortune in war and hunting.--E.]
+
+Three days after their arrival, the cacique waited upon Soto, and, after
+making his obeisance to the sun and moon, he said "he was persuaded the
+Spaniards worshipped a better God than the Indians, since he had given
+them victory with so small a number over such multitudes of Indians:
+Wherefore he requested that Soto would pray to his God to send rain, of
+which they were in great want." The general answered, that though he and
+all his men were sinners, they would humbly pray to God to shew mercy.
+Having accordingly ordered a cross to be erected on a hill, he and all
+the forces, except a guard left to protect the quarters, went in solemn
+procession to adore the cross, accompanied by the cacique and some
+Indians, the Christian priests singing the litanies, and all the
+soldiers joining in the responses. Being come to the cross, many prayers
+were recited on their knees, after which they returned to their quarters
+chanting appropriate psalms. Above twenty thousand natives stood gazing
+at this religious procession, some on the same side of the river, and
+others on the opposite bank, all of whom occasionally set up loud
+shouts, as if begging of God to hear them. It pleased God to answer
+their humble prayers, as towards midnight there fell sufficient rain to
+satisfy the wants of the Indians, and the Christians returned solemn
+thanks for the mercy which God had been pleased to grant at their
+intercessions.
+
+Nine days afterwards, the Spaniards again set out on their march,
+accompanied by Casquin and a great number of Indians carrying water and
+other necessaries. The cacique was also accompanied by five thousand of
+his warriors, as he was at war with the cacique of the next adjoining
+tribe, and took the opportunity of the Spaniards to assist in the war.
+During this march they spent three days in getting across a great swamp,
+when they came in sight of Capaha[176], being the frontier town of the
+next tribe. This place was fortified on three sides by a wet ditch forty
+fathoms wide and ten fathoms deep, into which water was conveyed from
+the great river by a canal three leagues in length. The fourth side,
+which had no ditch, was secured by high and thick palisades. As the
+cacique of Capaha was unprovided for resistance, he went away on seeing
+the approach of his enemies along the canal in a canoe, and sheltered
+himself in a fortified island in the great river. Many of his subjects
+accompanied him, and those who remained were butchered by the followers
+of Casquin, who took the whole scalps[177] of all they killed to carry
+home as trophies. They plundered the town, and took many prisoners,
+among whom were two beautiful women, wives of the cacique. They likewise
+demolished the burial-place belonging to Capaha, throwing about the
+bones of his ancestors, and recovered the scalps of their own countrymen
+which were hung up there as memorials of victory. All this evil was done
+before the arrival of Soto and the Spaniards, who had not been informed
+by Casquin of the enmity between him and Capaha. He would even have
+destroyed the town, if he had not feared giving offence to Soto.
+
+[Footnote 176: On the western bank of the Missisippi, and in the country
+of the Akansas, there are two Indian towns named Kappas or Quapa, which
+may possibly have some connection with the Capaha of the text.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 177: On all occasions the text of Herrera, as translated by
+Stephens, names these savage trophies of massacre sculls, which we have
+ventured to call scalps, consistent with the now universal practice of
+the North American savages. Possibly the entire scull might be the
+original trophy, for which the scalp was afterwards substituted as more
+portable.--E.]
+
+On the coming up of the Spaniards, Soto sent a message to the fugitive
+cacique by means of some prisoners, offering peace; but Capaha would not
+hear of any friendly intercourse, and loudly declared his resolution to
+take ample vengeance of his enemies. Learning that the Spanish commander
+was making preparations for an attack on Capaha, Casquin requested him
+to wait for sixty canoes which he had ordered up the river, by means of
+which the army could be transported to attack the fortified island. In
+the mean time the troops of Casquin marched through the country of their
+enemies, which they laid waste on all sides, and in their course set
+free some of their own countrymen who were there in captivity, and had
+been lamed by cutting the sinews of one of their legs to prevent them
+from running away. On going in the canoes to attack the island, a great
+part of its coast was inaccessible, being overgrown with thick briars
+and brambles, which formed an impenetrable barrier, and the only
+accessible part was fortified by several rows of strong palisades. Soto
+ordered two hundred of his Spanish soldiers to endeavour to land along
+with the Indians belonging to Casquin. On this occasion one Spaniard was
+drowned by too great eagerness to get first to land; but the rest
+managed so well that they soon gamed the first palisade, on which the
+women and children belonging to the defenders set up a terrible cry of
+consternation. A desperate opposition was made at the second palisade,
+in which consisted the last refuge of the defenders. The subjects of
+Capaha reviled those of Casquin, calling them cowardly dogs, who had
+never ventured before to attack that place, and threatened them with
+ample vengeance when the valiant strangers had left the country. The
+subjects of Casquin were so intimidated by these threats and the brave
+opposition they experienced, that in spite of every thing their cacique
+could say they took to flight, carrying off forty of the canoes, and
+would have done the same with the other twenty, had not two Spaniards
+that were left in charge of each defended them with their swords. Being
+thus deserted by their allies, and having no horses to act against the
+Indians, the Spaniards began to retire; and when the Indians proposed to
+pursue them, Capaha restrained them, thinking this a favourable
+opportunity to embrace the peace he had before rejected, and the
+Spaniards accordingly retired unmolested.
+
+Next day, without taking any notice whatever of Casquin, Capaha sent
+four messengers to Soto, apologizing for having before refused peace,
+which he now sued for, and requested leave to wait upon him. Soto was
+well pleased with this, and returned a suitable answer. Accordingly,
+Capaha came next day to the town, attended by an hundred Indians finely
+adorned with plumes of feathers; and before waiting on the general went
+to the sepulchre of his forefathers, where he gathered together the
+bones with anxious care, kissed them with much reverence, and replaced
+them in their chests or coffins. On coming into the presence of Soto, he
+paid his compliments with a good grace, and though only about twenty-six
+years of age gave an intelligent account or the affairs of his country.
+Turning to his enemy Casquin, he addressed him as follows: "I suppose
+you are now well pleased at having seen what you never expected, for
+which you may thank the power of these valiant strangers: But when they
+are gone, you and I shall understand each other. In the mean time I pray
+the sun and moon to send us good seasons." Being informed of what Capaha
+had said, the general without giving time to Casquiu to reply, assured
+Capaha that he and his Spaniards had not come into the country to
+inflame the enmity of the tribes, but to reconcile them. After more
+friendly discourse of this nature, Capaha consented to be friends with
+Casquin, and the two chiefs sat down to dinner with Soto. After the
+repast, the two women who belonged to Capaha and had been taken
+prisoners were brought in and restored to him, at which he seemed well
+pleased, yet presented them to Soto, who declined accepting them; but
+Capaha desired him to give them to any one he pleased, as they should
+not stay with him, and they were accordingly admitted among the
+followers of the Spanish army.
+
+At this time the Spaniards suffered excessively for want of salt, when
+they were informed by some Indians that there was plenty to be had, and
+likewise of the metal they called gold only about four leagues from
+thence. Soto accordingly sent Ferdinand de Silvera and Pedro Moreno
+under the guidance of these Indians to the place, ordering them likewise
+to examine diligently into all the circumstances of the country they
+passed through. They returned after eleven days with six loads of rock
+salt, as clear as crystal, and one load of fine copper; and reported
+that the country they had passed through was rather barren and thinly
+inhabited. On receiving this report, the general resolved to return in
+the first place to Casquin, and thence to proceed towards the west,
+having marched northward all the way from Mavila, in order to remove to
+a distance from the sea. After resting five days at Casquin, they
+marched other five days down the river, where at a town in the province
+of _Quiguate_ the inhabitants fled without any hostilities, but they
+returned in two days and the cacique made an apology for his absence. In
+the interval, the inhabitants of that place wounded two of the
+Spaniards, which the general thought proper to overlook under the
+present circumstances. Departing from Quiguate after a sojourn of seven
+days, they arrived in five days more at the province of _Colima_,
+marching still down the river, and were received in a friendly manner.
+At this place they found another river having blue sand, which was salt
+to the taste. The Spaniards being much in want of salt, steeped some of
+this sand in water, which they strained and boiled, and procured
+excellent salt to their great joy; yet some ate of it so voraciously
+that ten of them died.
+
+Departing from this province of Colima, which the Spaniards named _De
+Sal_, or the Salt Country, they marched four days through an uninhabited
+wilderness, after which they came to a province called _Tula_[178]. On
+approaching the first town, the whole population both male and female
+came out to oppose them, and a battle ensued in which the Indians were
+defeated, and the Spaniards rushed into the town along with the
+fugitives; and as the inhabitants obstinately refused to submit or
+surrender they were all massacred. After this, on Reynoso Cabeza de
+Vaca[179] going into one of the houses, he was suddenly beset by five
+women who had hidden themselves in a corner, who would have stifled him
+if he had not been rescued by two soldiers who came in upon hearing his
+cries for assistance, and who were forced to kill the women before they
+could extricate him from their hands. From this place Soto sent out
+parties of his cavalry to view the country. When any Indians were made
+prisoners in these excursions, they used to throw themselves on the
+ground, exclaiming "_either kill me or leave me_," refusing obstinately
+to accompany the Spaniards, or to give any account of the country. At
+this place the Spaniards found several well dressed cows hides, though
+they could never learn from whence they came[180], and likewise other
+good skins of various kinds. Four days after the arrival of the
+Spaniards at this place, they were attacked one morning early by
+surprise by a large party of Indians, in three several places at once,
+all calling out _Tula! Tula!_ continually, which was considered as a
+watch-word to know each other in the obscurity and confusion of the
+attack. The Spaniards seized their arms in all haste, invoking the
+blessed virgin and their patron apostle St Jago for aid, as they were in
+the utmost peril. In this battle the Indians fought with great clubs, a
+weapon which had not been seen before in Florida. The Indians continued
+the assault with such obstinacy till after sunrise, and the Spaniards
+had been so completely surprised, that they were forced to lay aside all
+punctilios of military discipline, each using his utmost individual
+efforts for safety, and the officers even submitting to fight
+occasionally under the command of their inferiors. At length the Indians
+were repulsed, and retired unpursued by the Spaniards, of whom four were
+killed and a good many wounded.
+
+[Footnote 178: It is proper to observe that this place is named Fula on
+another occasion by Herrera.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 179: This may have been a relative of Alvar Nunnez Cabeza de
+Vaca, whose adventures in escaping from the disastrous expedition of
+Panfilo de Narvaez to Florida have been related in the third section of
+this chapter.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 180: It is however well known that buffaloes are found in
+various parts of North America.--E.]
+
+While the Spaniards after the battle were surveying the dead, and
+looking at the dreadful wounds made by their swords and spears, an
+Indian started up from among the dead, on which Juan de Caranza ran to
+attack him. But the Indian gave him such a stroke with a Spanish
+battle-axe he had laid hold of, as to cleave his target and wound him in
+the arm. On this Diego de Godoy came up to assail him, but was soon
+disabled. Francisco de Salazar came on next, and made several thrusts at
+the Indian who skulked behind a tree, but at length gave Salazar so
+violent a blow on the neck that he dropped from his horse. The fourth
+Spaniard who came against this single Indian was Gonzalo Silvestre, who
+conducted himself with more caution. Having avoided a blow aimed at him
+by the Indian, he gave him in return a back stroke with his sword on the
+forehead, which glanced down his breast, and cut off his left hand at
+the wrist. The Indian rushed on aiming a blow at the face of Silvestre,
+who warded it off with his target, underneath which he with another back
+stroke cut him almost in two at the waist. The general and many others
+went up to see this Indian who had made himself so remarkable by his
+valour, and to admire the wonderful cut he had received from Gonzalo
+Silvestre; who was well known at the court of Madrid in 1570, by his
+valour and dexterity.
+
+After remaining twenty days in Tula, the Spaniards departed from thence,
+accompanied only by one Indian woman and a boy belonging to that place,
+the former having attached herself to Juan Serrano de Leon, and the
+other to Christopher de Mosquera. In two days march, they came to the
+territory of Vitangue, through which they marched for four days, and
+then took up their quarters in a well built town, which they found
+abandoned. The situation of this place was advantageous, as it was
+inclosed with good palisades and there was plenty of provisions both for
+the men and horses; and as the winter advanced with hasty strides, Soto
+resolved to remain here till the ensuing spring, although the Indians
+were continually troublesome, and rejected every proposal for peace.
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Conclusion of the Expedition to Florida by Ferdinand de Soto_[181].
+
+
+[Footnote 181: Herrera, VI. 1--30.]
+
+Soto and his men accordingly took up their quarters in the town of
+Vitangue at the latter end of the year 1541[182]. As during their abode
+at this place, the Spaniards often went out to kill deer, rabbits, and
+roe-bucks, all of which were plentiful and good in the surrounding
+country, they were frequently on these occasions way-laid by the
+Indians, who discharged their arrows at them from ambushments and then
+made their escape. A great deal of snow fell during the winter, but as
+the Spaniards had abundance of fire-wood and provisions, among which was
+excellent fruit, they lived in tolerable comfort and in plenty. The
+cacique of the province, desirous of becoming acquainted with the
+strength and numbers of the Spaniards, that he might know how best to
+attack them, sent several messages to the general under pretence of
+offering to visit him. At first the Spaniards admitted these people into
+their quarters even under night; but at length Soto began to suspect
+some sinister purpose, by the frequency of these messages, and gave
+orders that no more of them should be admitted at night, reproving those
+who did not chastise and turn back these unseasonable visitors. In
+consequence of these orders, one of the centinels killed an Indian who
+impudently endeavoured to force his way into the town next night, for
+which he was much commended by the general.
+
+[Footnote 182: At this place the text returns to the true date of 1541,
+quite conformable with the whole tenor of the narrative, and fully
+confirming our observations respecting erroneous dates in the text on
+former occasions.--E.]
+
+Towards the end of winter, several parties were sent out in different
+directions to endeavour to procure Indians for carrying the baggage, who
+brought in very few. Upon this Soto set out himself on a similar
+expedition, with 100 horse and 150 foot. After a march of twenty leagues
+into the province of _Naguaten_, which was very populous, he attacked a
+town by surprise one morning at day-break, and returned with many
+prisoners. In April 1542, the Spaniards broke up from their winter
+quarters at Vitangue, and in seven days through a fruitful country
+arrived without opposition at the chief town of Naguaten, where they
+found abundance of provisions, and remained seventeen days. On the sixth
+day after their arrival, a message was brought from the cacique, to
+excuse himself for not having visited the general and offering his
+services. Soto received this messenger with much civility, and sent back
+a courteous answer. Next day four chiefs came attended by 500 servants
+with a large quantity of provisions, saying they had been sent by their
+lord to attend upon the general, but the cacique never made his
+appearance.
+
+On departing from Naguaten, and after the Spaniards had marched two
+leagues, they missed a gentleman of Seville, named Diego de Guzman, who
+had always hitherto behaved himself well, but was much addicted to
+gaming. On inquiry it was found that Guzman had lost every thing he had
+at play the day before, among which was a good black horse and a
+beautiful young Indian woman to whom he was much attached. He had
+punctually delivered up every thing he had lost, except the woman, whom
+he promised to yield up in five days. It was concluded therefore that
+the reason of his disappearance was from shame of having abandoned
+himself to gaming, and owing to his love for the woman. On this
+occasion, the general required of the four chiefs belonging to Naguaten
+to restore Guzman, or that he would detain them as prisoners. They
+accordingly sent to inquire after him, and it was found that he had gone
+along with the woman to the cacique, whose daughter she was, that the
+Indians used him well, and that he refused to return. Upon this, one of
+the four chiefs asked permission of the general to go and inquire the
+reason of Guzman refusing to come back, and requested a letter to the
+deserter to that effect, saying that it was not reasonable he and his
+comrades should be reduced to slavery for the fault of another person
+who renounced his country and deserted from his commander. Soto
+accordingly ordered Baltasar de Gallegos, who was the friend and
+townsman of Guzman, to write him a letter reproving his behaviour and
+advising him to return; promising in the name of the general that his
+horse and arms should be returned, or others given in their room. The
+Indian who carried this letter was ordered to threaten the cacique with
+having his country laid waste if he did not restore Guzman. The
+messenger returned in three days, bringing back the letter, having
+Guzmans name wrote upon it with a piece of burnt stick, and an answer
+peremptorily refusing to return. Along with this letter, the cacique
+sent a message, declaring that he had done nothing to oblige Guzman to
+stay, and did not think himself obliged to force him back, but would on
+the contrary be well pleased if many others of the Spaniards would stay
+with him, all of whom should be well used: And if the general thought
+proper on this account to kill the four chiefs who were in his power and
+to ruin the country, he certainly might do so, but it would in his
+opinion be extremely unjust. Perceiving that it was impossible to induce
+Guzman to return, and that the cacique was in the right, Soto dismissed
+the four chiefs with some presents, and continued his progress.
+
+After five days march through the province of Naguaten, the Spaniards
+entered upon a new territory called _Guacane_, inhabited by a fierce and
+warlike tribe, who obstinately refused to be at peace with them. In all
+the houses of this tribe, _wooden-crosses_ were found; supposed to have
+been occasioned by what Cabeza de Vaca and his companions had taught in
+their progress through some other provinces of Florida, from whence
+these crosses had been conveyed to this province and several
+others[183]. Soto, having now lost half of his men and horses, was very
+desirous to establish some colony, that the fatigues and dangers which
+had been endured by him and his men might turn out to some useful
+purpose. With this view he was now anxious to return to the great river,
+repenting that he had not built a town at _Achusi_, as he once designed.
+He had now a strong inclination to found a colony in some convenient
+situation near the great river; where he could build two brigantines to
+send down to the sea, to give notice of the large and fertile provinces
+he had discovered, considering that if he should happen to die, all the
+fruits of his labours would be lost. Having marched eight days through
+the hostile province of _Guacane_, he proceeded by long marches in
+search of the great river through seven extensive provinces, some of
+which were fertile. In some of these the Spaniards were received in a
+friendly manner, as they used every possible means to avoid war, because
+their numbers were so much diminished, and they feared the summer might
+pass away before they could reach the great river. Having entered the
+province of _Anilco_, they marched thirty leagues through it to a town
+of four hundred houses, having a large square in which the residence of
+the cacique stood on an artificial mount on the bank of the river, which
+was as large as the Guadalquiver at Seville. On their approach to this
+place, the cacique drew out 1500 warriors to combat the Spaniards; yet
+as soon as they drew near, all the Indians fled without shooting a
+single arrow, and crossed the river in canoes and on floats, carrying
+off their women and children, only a small number being taken by the
+Spaniards. Soto sent several messages to the cacique requesting peace,
+but he constantly refused to be seen or to send any answer.
+
+[Footnote 183: In Governor Pownalls map of North America, Soto is said
+to have reached a place called Caligoa in Louisiana on a branch of a Red
+river, in lat. 36 deg. N. and about 230 miles west from the Missisippi.--E.]
+
+Leaving Anilco, and crossing the river on which it stood without
+opposition, the Spaniards marched through an extensive unpeopled
+wilderness overgrown with wood, and came into the province of
+Guachacoya. The first town they came to was the capital of the province,
+and was situated on several hillocks at the side of the great river, on
+one of which hillocks stood the residence of the cacique. Being taken by
+surprise, as he had received no intelligence of the approach of the
+Spaniards in consequence of being at war with Anilco, the cacique of
+Guachacoya saw no likelihood of being able to defend his town, and made
+therefore a precipitate retreat across the river with his people in
+canoes and floats, carrying off as many of their effects as they could.
+
+The wars which were carried on among the tribes inhabiting the various
+districts or provinces of Florida, were not intended to deprive each
+other of their dominions, neither did they ordinarily engage in pitched
+battles with their whole forces; but consisted chiefly in skirmishes and
+mutual surprises, carried on by small parties at the fishing-places, in
+the hunting grounds, among the corn-fields, and on the paths through the
+wilderness. Sometimes they burnt the towns of their enemies, but always
+retired into their own country after any exploit; so that their warlike
+enterprises seemed rather for exercise in the use of arms, and to shew
+their valour, than for any solid or public purpose. In some places they
+ransomed or exchanged prisoners. In others they made them lame of a leg
+in order to retain them in their service, more from pride and vain glory
+than for any substantial use or benefit[184].
+
+[Footnote 184: It is perhaps singular that no mention is made of the
+cruel manner in which the North American Indians were in use to put
+their prisoners to death. Probably that practice was then confined to
+the tribes farther to the north and west.--E.]
+
+Three days after the arrival of the Spaniards at Guachacoya, the cacique
+became acquainted with the unfriendly reception they had received at
+Anilco. Though a barbarian, he could perceive the advantage which might
+be derived from that circumstance to obtain revenge upon his enemies, by
+an alliance with the warlike strangers. He sent therefore four of his
+inferior chiefs to wait upon the Spanish general attended by a
+considerable number of Indians loaded with fish and fruit, and desiring
+permission to wait upon him at the end of four days. Soto accordingly
+received the messengers with great courtesy, and sent back a friendly
+answer; yet the wary cacique sent fresh messengers every day to see in
+what disposition the Spanish general was. At length, being satisfied
+that Soto was disposed to receive him well, he made his appearance
+attended by ten chiefs splendidly dressed after their manner, in fine
+plumes of feathers, and rich furs, but all armed. Soto received them in
+a friendly manner, and had a long discourse, with the cacique in one of
+the spacious rooms belonging to his residence, by the intervention of
+interpreters. At one time the cacique happened to sneeze, on which all
+the Indians who were present bowed their heads and extended their arms,
+in token of salute; some saying, _the sun preserve you_, others _the sun
+be with you_, and others _may the sun make you great_, with other
+complimentary expressions of similar import. Among other discourse at
+this interview, the cacique proposed to Soto to return into the province
+of Anilco to take revenge on the cacique for his enmity, and offered to
+supply 80 canoes to carry the Spaniards down the great river and up that
+of Anilco, the distance being only twenty leagues, when the rest of the
+army marching by land might form a junction in the centre of the enemies
+country. As Soto was inclined to take a full view of the country,
+meaning to form a settlement between these two provinces, where he might
+build his brigantines, he agreed to this proposal, and accordingly
+orders were given out to prepare for the march. Juan de Guzman was
+ordered to embark with his company on board the canoes, which were
+likewise to carry 4000 Indians, and who were expected to join the forces
+which marched by land at the end of three days. Soto and the rest of the
+Spanish forces marched by land, being accompanied by Guachacoya with
+2000 warriors, besides a large number carrying the provisions.
+
+They all met at the time appointed, and as the Anilcans were unable to
+oppose the groat force which came against them, the Guachacoyans entered
+the town killing all they met, without regard to age or sex; committed
+all imaginable barbarities, broke open the sepulchres scattering and
+trampling on the bones, and took away the scalps of their countrymen and
+other trophies which the Anilcans had hung up in commemoration of their
+victories. On seeing the barbarity of his allies, Soto sounded a
+retreat and ordered the Spaniards to turn the Indians out of the town,
+wishing anxiously to put a stop to any farther mischief, and to prevent
+it from being set on fire. But all his efforts were ineffectual, as the
+Guachacoyans thrust burning brands into the thatch of the houses, which
+soon took fire, and the town was utterly destroyed. The Spaniards and
+their allies now returned to Guachacoya, where Soto gave orders for
+cutting down and hewing timber with which to build the brigantines, and
+to prepare iron work for their construction; designing when the vessels
+were finished to cross the river into a province named _Quiqualtangui_,
+which was very fertile and populous, the cacique of which had a town of
+five hundred houses, but who could never be induced to listen to
+proposals of peace from the Spaniards: On the contrary, he had sworn by
+the sun and moon, that he would give battle to these vagabond robbers,
+and would hang up their quarters on trees. The general endeavoured to
+appease him with presents and fair words, being always generous towards
+the leaders of the barbarians, endeavouring to bear with and soften
+their savage manners, and to conciliate their friendship. By this wise
+conduct he had hitherto been able to subsist his troops for so long a
+time among so many fierce and savage nations.
+
+While engaged in these things, Soto was seized with a violent fever,
+which increased upon him so that he soon perceived it would prove
+mortal. He made therefore his will, and endeavoured to prepare for death
+like a good Christian. That nothing might be left unprovided for, he
+appointed in presence of all his officers and principal followers Luis
+Moscoso de Alvarado to succeed him in the command till the king might
+order otherwise; and after commending the virtue and bravery of
+Alvarado, he entreated and commanded all to yield him implicit
+obedience, even taking their oaths to that purpose, and represented to
+them how necessary it was for them all to be united and obedient, for
+their own preservation among these barbarous nations. He then took an
+affectionate leave of all his officers and soldiers, and departed this
+life on the seventh day of his illness, after performing all the duties
+of a zealous Christian. Ferdinand de Soto was of a comely appearance and
+pleasant countenance, and of affable and generous dispositions. He was
+an excellent soldier, and managed his weapons with much dexterity both
+on foot and on horseback; skilful and experienced in all military
+affairs; always brave and cool in action, and the foremost in every
+enterprise of danger: severe in punishing when necessary, yet easy to
+forgive, and always inclined to please his soldiers when that might be
+done without lessening his authority. At his death he was only forty-two
+years of age, and had expended his whole fortune, exceeding 100,000
+ducats on this romantic and fruitless expedition. His death was
+universally lamented among his followers, as he had acquired their
+universal love and esteem by his excellent qualities and conduct. It was
+thought necessary to bury him under night, that his death might not be
+known to the Indians, nor the place of his interment, lest they should
+insult his remains; but in spite of all their precautions the secret was
+revealed; for which reason they hollowed out a log of oak into which
+they put his body, and sunk it in the middle of the great river, at a
+place where it was a quarter of a league across and nineteen feet deep.
+
+When the funeral of the general was over, Luis de Alvarado assembled his
+officers to hold a council upon the present state of their affairs.
+After thanking them for admitting him as their commander, and making a
+statement of their numbers, arms, and ammunition, he desired they would
+determine upon what was best to be done, considering the fierceness and
+inveterate enmity of the barbarous nations by whom they were surrounded:
+Whether to prosecute what had been previously resolved upon by their
+late lamented general, or to devise some other measure for extricating
+themselves from the country, declaring that he was ready to proceed
+according to their opinion and advice. In their answer, the officers
+thanked him for the compliment he paid them, but referred the
+determination respecting their future proceedings to himself, and again
+submitted to obey him as their commander. The death of Soto had made a
+great change in the minds of the Spanish forces, who now determined to
+abandon the country they had taken so much pains to discover.
+Accordingly, they set out on the 5th of July 1542, and marched above 100
+leagues to the westwards, through a barren and desert country[185]. On
+leaving Guachacoya they were joined by an Indian youth of about sixteen
+years of age, whom they did not observe till the fourth day of their
+march. Suspecting him of being a spy, Alvarado asked him who he was and
+what was his object in following them. He said that he had fled from
+Guachacoya, because the chief whom he served was at the point of death,
+and he had been appointed to be buried alive along with his master, as
+it was the custom of the country to inter women and servants along with
+great personages, to minister to them in the next world.
+
+[Footnote 185: Though not directly so expressed in the text; it may be
+inferred from circumstances in the after part of the narratives that the
+present object of Alvarado and the Spaniards, was to endeavour to find
+their way by land to the northern part of New Spain.--E.]
+
+At the end of the 100 leagues of wilderness, the Spaniards came to a
+province called _Auche_, where they were well received, and where they
+rested for two days. Still determined upon proceeding to the westwards,
+they were informed that they had a desert wilderness of four days
+journey to cross, and received a supply of provisions sufficient for the
+journey, with a guide to conduct them through the wilderness. But after
+having marched for eight days in that direction, still in the
+unhospitable and unpeopled wilds, and having been three days without
+Indian corn, they discovered that they had been imposed upon and were
+likely to perish of famine. Alvarado now ordered a dog to be let loose
+upon the faithless guide; who acknowledged that he had received orders
+from the cacique of Auche to lead them into the heart of the desert that
+they might there perish, because he did not think himself able to
+contend with them in arms. He craved pardon therefore of the general for
+having obeyed the orders of his chief, and engaged to lead the army in
+three days more, still proceeding to the westwards, to an inhabited
+country where they would find provisions. But the Spaniards were so
+incensed against him for leading them into the present alarming
+situation, that they would not listen to his apology or promises, and
+permitted the dogs to devour him. Thus left in the utmost want of
+provisions, and utterly ignorant of the country, the Spaniards held on
+their way towards the west for other three days, during which they had
+to subsist upon any wild plants they could find; and at length came to
+an inhabited though barren country. They here procured the means of
+subsistence, particularly beef, and saw many fresh cows hides, though
+the Indians never shewed them any cows[186]. While the Spaniards were
+proceeding on their march through this province, which they denominated
+_De los Vaqueros_[187], or the tribe of cow-herds, they observed an
+Indian approach from the skirts of a wood, and believing he might have
+brought some message from the cacique, they permitted him to draw near.
+But as soon as he was within reach, he levelled an arrow at five or six
+soldiers who stood together, who fortunately escaped the danger by
+stepping to a side; but the arrow flew among some Indian women who were
+dressing provisions for their masters, pierced one of them quite
+through, and wounded another in the breast, so that both died. On the
+alarm being given, Baltasar Gallegos, who happened to be at hand,
+overtook the Indian before he could get back to the wood, and slew him.
+
+[Footnote 186: Unquestionably because they had none to produce. The beef
+and the hides were assuredly acquired by hunting the wild American
+buffaloe or bison.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 187: In this rare instance our maps throw some light on the
+text. Nearly in the latitude of the mouth of the Ohio, but 700 or 800
+miles west from the Missisippi, there is a nation named the Apaches
+Vaqueros, probably the same indicated in the text. The route thither
+from the Missisippi leads through several tribes of savage Indians,
+named Ozages, Paducas, and Kanzez.--E.]
+
+Having travelled above thirty leagues westwards through this province of
+the cow-herds, they discovered a ridge of vast mountains still farther
+to the west, which from their own scouts and the information of the
+Indians, they learnt were barren, desert, and unpeopled. They were also
+informed, that if they bent their course to the right hand, they would
+come into a desert country; but that to the left, though a longer way,
+they would travel through inhabited and plentiful countries[188].
+Considering what they had endured in their late march through the desert
+intervening between Auche and the country of _Los Vaqueros_, they had
+determined upon giving up their first plan of proceeding by land to
+Mexico, thinking it better to return to the great river, and so proceed
+to the sea pursuant to the plan originally proposed by their late
+general. They accordingly took long marches to the _southwards_, taking
+care not to offend the barbarians, yet they were teased by frequent
+attacks while leaving the country of the cow-herds. On one of these
+occasions a soldier was wounded by an arrow, which penetrated through
+his greaves and thigh, and passing through the saddle lap, ran two
+fingers breadth into the horses side, the arrow being made of reed with
+no other head than the reed itself hardened in the fire and sloped to a
+point. The wounded soldier was lifted from his horse, the arrow being
+previously cut off between his thigh and the saddle, and he was left to
+cure himself, as he had formerly performed many wonderful cures on his
+comrades with only oil and wool, assisted by prayers. But since the
+battle of Mavila, in which all the oil was lost, he had never attempted
+to cure either others or himself, though twice wounded before, believing
+that the cure could not be performed without oil and dirty wool. In this
+distress, he swore that he would not submit to the surgeons, and would
+rather die than allow them to dress his wound. Having no oil, he
+substituted hogs lard, and procured some wool from an Indian mantle, as
+the Spaniards had now no shirts or any other linen among them, and to
+the astonishment of every one he was so sound in four days that he was
+able to mount his horse on the fifth day. He now begged pardon of the
+soldiers for having allowed so many of his comrades to perish, by
+refusing to cure them, as he had believed the efficacy of his mode of
+cure depended on the oil, but as he now found that it consisted in the
+holy words he had pronounced over the dressings, he desired they might
+again recur to him when wounded, and he would exert himself as formerly.
+This soldier, named Sanjurgo Gallego, was very chaste, a good Christian,
+ever ready to serve all men, and had many other virtues[189].
+
+[Footnote 188: There is some ambiguity in the text, from which it is
+difficult to ascertain whether the left and right hand of their general
+line of march is now to be respectively considered as south and north,
+or the contrary. But as coupled with their intended return towards the
+great river, now to the east, the _left_ means probably the _north_, and
+the _right_ the _south_.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 189: Though not mentioned in the text, it is not improbable
+that Gallego had formerly placed considerable dependence on the use of
+_holy_ oil, or chrysm. The whole secret of his surgery seems to have
+consisted in the application of bland oils, and leaving nature to
+operate, without the employment of the ancient barbarous methods of
+cure, by tents, escharotics, cautery, and heating inflammatory
+applications; which in modern times, abandoned by surgeons, have been
+adopted by farriers.--E.]
+
+After leaving the territories of the cow-herds, the Spaniards marched
+for twenty days through the lands of other tribes. Being of opinion that
+they had declined too much from, the direction of Guachacoya, to which
+place they now proposed returning, the Spaniards now directed their
+course eastwards, still inclining somewhat towards the _north_, so that
+in this way they crossed the direction they had formerly gone in their
+march from Auche to the country of the cow-herds, yet without perceiving
+it. When at length they reached the great river, it was the middle of
+September, having travelled three months from leaving Guachacoya; and
+though they had fought no pitched battle during all that time, they
+were never free from alarm night or day, so that they had lost forty
+soldiers during this last useless and circuitous march. The Indians on
+every opportunity shot all who happened to stray from the main body, and
+would often crawl on all fours at night into their quarters, shoot their
+arrows, and make their escape, unseen by the centinels. To add to their
+distresses, the winter now began to set in, with much rain, snow and
+excessive cold weather. On coming to where they proposed quartering for
+the night, though wet, cold, weary and hungry, they were obliged to send
+parties in advance to secure them, generally, by force, and after all
+were mostly under the necessity of procuring provisions by means of
+their swords. Besides all this, they were often forced to construct
+rafts or floats on which to pass rivers, which sometimes occupied them
+five or six days. The horsemen were frequently obliged to pass the night
+on horseback, and the infantry to stand up to their knees in mire and
+water, with hardly any clothes to cover them, and such as they had
+always wet. Owing to these accumulated hardships, many of the Spaniards
+and their Indian attendants fell sick, and the distemper proceeded to
+the horses, so that sometimes four or five men and horses died in a day,
+and sometimes seven, whom they scarcely had leisure to bury for haste in
+pursuing their march.
+
+In this miserable condition they came to the great river about the
+latter end of November[190]. In their march on the west side of the
+great river, from leaving the territory of Guachacoya to their arrival
+at their new winter quarters, they had marched by estimation 350
+leagues, and lost 100 men and 80 horses by the way, without counting
+their Indian servants, who were of vast use. This was the only fruit of
+their long and painful march westwards in quest of New Spain, and of
+refusing to follow the plan which had been devised by their late general
+for descending the great river to the sea. At this period they were much
+gratified by finding two contiguous towns on the great river of 200
+houses each, which were enclosed by a wet ditch drawn from the river.
+They were now reduced to 320 foot and 70 horse, or 390 in all, who now
+remained of 900 men and 330 horses which had landed in the bay of
+Espiritu Santo at the end of May 1539, four years and a half before. Yet
+inured to hardships and accustomed to conquer, they immediately attacked
+and gained possession of these towns, from which the inhabitants fled,
+having heard of the irresistible valour of the Spaniards from other
+tribes. They had the good fortune to find plenty of provisions in these
+towns, and to remain undisturbed by the Indians, so that they soon
+recovered from their fatigues; yet several died in consequence of their
+past sufferings, and among the rest Juan Ortiz, their chief interpreter
+and an excellent soldier.
+
+[Footnote 190: They were already said to have reached it in the middle
+of September. The discrepancy may either be an oversight of Herrera; or
+they took from the middle of September to the end of November, in
+descending the right bank of the great river to where they passed the
+winter, having come to it much higher up than they intended.--E.]
+
+Having determined to take up their quarters at this place, they
+fortified one of the towns to serve as quarters for the winter. This
+province, called _Aminoya_, lay seventeen leagues farther up the river
+than Guachacoya, to which they had endeavoured to direct their course on
+returning from the province of _Los Vaqueros_. Being somewhat recovered
+towards the end of January 1543, they set to work to cut down and
+prepare timber for building their brigantines. At this place, an old
+Indian, who had been unable to make his escape along with the rest,
+objected to their staying in their present quarters for the winter,
+saying that the river was in use to overflow every fourteen years, and
+that this was the expected season of its doing so. They refused however
+to profit by this information, of which they had sufficient reason to
+repent in the sequel. The return of the Spaniards to the great river was
+soon known in all the neighbouring districts. Upon which the cacique of
+Anilco, to prevent them from favouring the Guachacoyans as formerly,
+sent an embassy to Alvarado, offering his friendship and making mighty
+promises. The ambassador sent upon this occasion by Anilco was his _Apu_
+or lieutenant-general, who brought great abundance of fruit and other
+things to the Spaniards, and 200 Indian, servants to attend upon them
+and supply their wants. Having delivered his message, the Apu sent back
+the answer to the cacique, and remained with the Spaniards. The cacique
+of Guachacoya came likewise to wait upon the Spanish general, with a
+great present, to confirm the former friendship, and though he saw the
+lieutenant of his enemy among the Spaniards, he took no notice of the
+circumstance. On consultation about the brigantines, it was found that
+it would require seven of them to accommodate all the people; and the
+timber being all hewed and ready, the work was begun in earnest, and
+occupied their utmost diligence all the months of February, March and
+April 1543, during all which time they were amply supplied with all
+necessaries by Anilco, who even furnished them with blankets and mantles
+to defend themselves from the cold. These articles of clothing were
+manufactured by the Indians from an herb resembling mallows, which has
+fibres like those of flax; and the dresses which are made of this
+substance are afterwards dyed according to their fancies. On the present
+occasion, the Spaniards reserved the new blankets and mantles furnished
+by Anilco for sails to their brigantines, and broke up those which were
+old and useless to serve as oakum for caulking their vessels. Of the
+same materials the Spaniards made all kinds of cordage for their
+brigantines, from the smallest ropes up to cables; and in every thing
+the cacique Anilco, to whom they had formerly done so much injury,
+assisted the Spaniards to the utmost of his power, while Guachacoya was
+exceedingly dissatisfied at seeing the intimacy between them.
+
+On the other side of the river there lay a large and fertile province
+called _Quiqualtanqui_, the cacique of which was a haughty warlike
+youth, who believed that although the Spaniards were now building
+vessels to convey them out of the country, they might yet return in
+greater numbers to enslave the natives. For this reason he determined to
+destroy them, and assembled forces from all parts of the country, both
+those of his, own tribe and from all the tribes around. Having concluded
+an extensive confederacy and begun his preparations for war, he sent a
+friendly message to Alvarado to lull him into security, advising all his
+confederates to do the same. The general gave them all favourable
+answers, yet kept himself carefully on his guard. _Quiqualtanqui_
+invited Anilco to join in the confederacy, instead of which he gave
+notice of it to the Spaniards. It was not known how Guachacoya stood
+affected on this occasion, but he was suspected of having hostile
+intentions, as he made no communication of the conspiracy. The
+confederates continued to send frequent messages and presents to the
+Spaniards to discover what they were doing; and though repeatedly warned
+not to come to their quarters under night they took no notice of it. One
+night that Gonzalo Silvestre happened to stand centinel in the second
+watch, the moon shining very bright, he observed two armed Indians in
+their plumes of feathers, passing over the ditch on a tree that lay
+across instead of a bridge. These men came to a postern which they
+entered without asking leave, on which Silvestre gave one of them a cut
+on the forehead, on which he immediately fled. The other Indian, without
+waiting for his wounded companion, got into the canoe on the river and
+gave the alarm to his party. The wounded man, missing the tree across
+the ditch, swam over and cried out for assistance when he came to the
+river, on which some of his friends came and carried him off. At
+sunrise, Quiqualtanqui sent four messengers demanding that Alvarado
+should punish the centinel for having been guilty of a breach of the
+peace, more especially, as the wounded man was a chief. Four other
+messengers arrived at mid-day on a similar errand, saying that the
+wounded chief was at the point of death; and four more came in the
+afternoon affirming that he was dead, and insisted that the centinel
+should be publicly punished, since the action he had committed was an
+affront to all the Indians of the confederacy. Alvarado boldly answered,
+that they had been previously and repeatedly warned never to come to the
+Spanish quarters under night, being always welcome and honourably
+treated through the day. He added that though sincerely sorry for what
+had happened, he could not possibly punish the centinel who had only
+done his duty according to military discipline, neither would his
+soldiers allow of any such thing being done. The confederates thought
+fit to connive at this transaction, satisfied that Alvarado was a man of
+invincible courage and wise conduct; yet resolved upon executing their
+design against the Spaniards as soon as possible.
+
+Being eager to get away from the country, the Spaniards laboured
+indefatigably in fitting out the vessels, even the best gentlemen among
+them using the utmost diligence; while those who were not handy in the
+several occupations about the brigantines employed themselves in hunting
+and fishing to procure provisions for the rest. Among other fish taken
+on the present occasion, one was taken by means of a hook of such
+enormous dimensions, that the head alone weighed forty pounds. The
+confederate Indians under Quiqualtanqui continued their warlike
+preparations, being much encouraged by knowing that Ferdinand de Soto
+was dead, that the number of the Spaniards was very much diminished, and
+that very few horses were left. So confident were they of success, that
+two of their spies desired some of the Indian women who served the
+Spaniards to be patient, for they would soon be freed from their
+bondage to these vagabond robbers, as they were all to be slain. But the
+women disclosed this to their masters. When the night happened to be
+very still, the noise of many people could be heard from the opposite
+side of the river; and the Spaniards could distinctly see numerous fires
+at regular distances, as of the quarters of a large army. But it pleased
+God to confound the evil designs of these Indians, by an inundation of
+the river, which began on the 10th of March 1543, and increased with
+prodigious rapidity, so that on the 18th which was Palm Sunday, when the
+Spaniards were in procession, for they observed all the religious
+solemnities, the water broke in at the gates of the town, and there was
+no going along the streets for long after but in canoes. This inundation
+was forty days of rising to its greatest height, which was on the 20th
+of April, at which time it extended above twenty leagues on each side of
+the river, so that nothing could be seen in all the country around but
+the tops of the trees, and the people had to go every where in canoes.
+
+During the time of this terrible inundation, Alvarado sent twenty
+Spaniards to Anilco to request a supply of rosin, blankets, and cordage
+for completing the equipment of the vessels, and these men were sent in
+four canoes lashed two and two together, to prevent them from being
+overset by the trees which were under water. On coming to the town of
+Anilco, they found it destroyed, though twenty leagues from the Spanish
+quarters, and the inundation had extended five leagues farther. Gonzado
+Silvestre who commanded these Spaniards was greatly in favour of the
+cacique Anilco, because he had restored to him a youth who had
+accompanied the Spaniards on their march to the westwards, who perfectly
+understood the Spanish language, and was so much attached to the
+Spaniards as to be very averse from returning to his father. On this
+occasion Anilco supplied Silvestre with every thing of which he was in
+want.
+
+It pleased God that the water began to subside towards the latter end of
+April; yet so slowly that on the 10th of May there was no going about
+the streets of the town on account of the deep mire with which they were
+filled. This was the more distressing to the Spaniards as they were
+barefooted, all their shoes having been burnt at Mavila, and the shoes
+they had since been able to make, being of untanned leather, were like
+so much tripe as soon as wet. At the latter end of May, the great river
+returned to its usual channel, and the confederated Indians again drew
+their forces together to execute their original design against the
+Spaniards, of which they received intelligence from Anilco; who likewise
+informed Alvarado of the signals which had been concerted by the
+confederates for the better prosecution of their enterprise, and even
+offered to assist the Spaniards with 8000 well armed warriors, and that
+if they chose to retire into his country the confederates would not dare
+to attack them. Alvarado returned thanks for these friendly offers, but
+declined accepting them; because as he intended to go down the river and
+to quit the country, he did not deem it proper either to take refuge in
+the territory of Anilco or to accept the assistance of his warriors, as
+either of those might draw upon him the confederated hostility of his
+neighbours: But he promised, if it should please God ever to put it in
+his power, Anilco should not have cause to repent the service he had
+been of to the king of Spain, or the kindness he had shewn to the
+Spaniards. In conclusion, he recommended to Anilco to discontinue any
+farther intercourse with him, lest he might give umbrage to the
+confederated caciques. Many of the Spaniards were so puffed up by the
+friendly offers of Anilco, that they endeavoured to persuade Alvarado to
+accept the proferred aid, and prosecute an offensive war, thinking it
+easy to subdue these people. But Alvarado was quite sensible of his
+present weakness, and determined to leave the country as soon as
+possible; besides which he did not deem it prudent to confide too much
+on the fidelity of Anilco.
+
+Four days afterwards, exactly conformable to the information received
+from Anilco, a numerous embassy arrived from the confederated caciques,
+intended to spy out the posture of the Spaniards, to enable them to
+concert measures for the intended attack. Having rigidly examined these
+pretended messengers, it was debated among the leaders of the Spaniards
+what ought to be done with these fraudulent envoys. Some were for giving
+them fair words, as had been the practice hitherto; but it was finally
+resolved to punish them in an exemplary manner, that the caciques might
+know their treachery was discovered, which might perhaps prevent the
+execution of their designs. Accordingly though the messengers on this
+occasion were very numerous, thirty only were selected who had their
+hands cut off, and were sent back in this guise to their employers, with
+a message signifying that the Spaniards had all along been aware of
+their villainy. This severe example proved successful, insomuch that the
+confederacy was immediately dissolved, and the forces retired to their
+respective countries. Yet as the Spaniards had only built seven great
+boats, they thought they might possibly be more successful by water, and
+they agreed to collect a great number of canoes to attack them while
+going down the river.
+
+As the Spaniards believed that their only safety depended upon going
+down the river as soon as possible, they hastened the completion of
+their vessels; and as they had not enough of iron for the construction
+of whole decks, they satisfied themselves with quarter-decks and
+fore-castles to secure the provisions, laying planks only a midships.
+Every thing relative to the brigantines being completed, they gathered
+all the Indian corn, pulse, and dried fruit they could procure; made
+bacon of all the swine that were left alive, except eighteen they
+carried with them alive, and two boars and two sows which they gave to
+each of the two caciques who were their friends. With the lard of the
+slaughtered swine, they tempered rosin instead of pitch and tar for
+paying their vessels. They likewise provided a number of canoes; part of
+which were lashed two and two together to carry thirty horses which
+still remained alive, and answered well for the purpose; the rest were
+distributed among the brigantines, each having one at her stern to serve
+as a boat. On midsummer day 1543 the brigantines were launched into the
+great river, and on St Peters day, the 29th of that month, every thing
+being in readiness, the brigantines and canoes having defences made of
+boards and skins to fend off the arrows, they took leave of the friendly
+caciques, Anilco and Guachacoya, and set sail down the great river.
+
+Two captains were appointed to each brigantine, that when one had
+occasion to land the other might remain on board in charge of the
+vessel. About 350 Spaniards embarked, all that remained of 900 who had
+originally landed in Florida. Near thirty Indian men and women were on
+board each vessel, all of their own free will, as they declared they
+would rather die with their masters than remain behind. Accordingly on
+St Peters day before mentioned, about sunset, after Alvarado had given
+regular instructions to all his officers and encouraged his men, they
+began their voyage, holding on their course down the river both with
+sails and oars, all that night and the next day and night. But on the
+following day they were opposed by a fleet of near 1000 canoes belonging
+to the confederated caciques, some of which were so large as to have
+twenty-five paddies on each side, and carrying many armed men besides
+the rowers. These large canoes were called the _admirals_, as being
+supposed to have the principal commanders on board. One was painted red,
+another blue, and others of several colours; the men on board having
+their bodies painted of the same colours as the canoes, as were their
+bows. All this splendid shew, with the variegated plumes of feathers on
+the heads of the warriors, made a grand display. While they rowed after
+the Spaniards, they kept time to their songs, which were said by the
+interpreters to signify, "That the vagabond strangers should all be
+slain on the water, and become food for the fishes."
+
+After taking a close view of the Spanish brigantines, the Indians
+divided their fleet of canoes into three equal squadrons, plying up
+close to the bank on the starboard side; and when up with the
+brigantines, the van forming a long and narrow line a-head, crossed the
+river obliquely passing close by the brigantines, into which they all
+successively threw in a shower of arrows, by which several Spaniards
+were wounded notwithstanding their targets and baricades. The other
+squadrons did the same in regular order, and as the brigantines
+continued on their course, the squadrons of canoes continued
+successively to repeat similar charges, both day and night, expecting in
+this manner to destroy all the Spaniards by degrees. The Spaniards held
+on their way for ten successive days and nights, continually assailed in
+this manner by the Indians, and doing some execution in their turn by
+means of their crossbows, all their musquets having been turned into
+iron work for the brigantines, having become useless as all their powder
+was expended. At the end of these ten days, the Indian fleet drew back
+from the Spaniards to the distance of about half a league. The
+Spaniards, still advancing came in sight of a small town, and supposed
+from the Indians leaving them that they were now near the sea, having
+run by estimation 200 leagues, as they used both sails and oars, and
+went straight down the river without stopping in any place. Being
+desirous of procuring provisions, Alvarado ordered 100 men to land, with
+eight horses; and as the Indians immediately abandoned their town, they
+procured plenty of provisions of all sorts. In this town likewise they
+found leather made of goats skins, some white, and some of various
+colours, and other skins of different kinds well dressed, and many
+mantles. They found here a long slip of the finest sables, eight ells in
+length and an ell broad, adorned at regular distances with strings of
+pearls and small tufts of seed pearl, regularly placed. Gonzalo
+Silvestre who commanded on this enterprise, got this rarity to his
+share, which was supposed to be some ensign of war, or some ornament for
+their dances.
+
+As many Indians appeared collecting in the fields, and the canoes were
+returning to attack the brigantines, Alvarado ordered the trumpets to
+sound a retreat to recall Silvestre and his men on board. On this
+occasion the Spaniards were obliged to abandon their horses, which the
+Indians immediately shot to death with their arrows. When the party was
+all returned to the brigantines, the Spaniards resumed their voyage down
+the river, followed by the canoes, which did not now retain their former
+order, but followed in several separate squadrons. On the thirteenth day
+of their voyage down the great river, one of the brigantines happening
+to fall about an hundred paces behind the rest, the Indians immediately
+attacked and even boarded it, and would in all probability have made
+themselves master of it, had not the other brigantines come up to its
+rescue. However the Indians carried off the canoe from the stern, in
+which were five sows that had been reserved for a breed.
+
+On the sixteenth day of the voyage, one Estevanez, a desperate yet
+clownish fellow, who was vain of the reputation he had acquired by his
+intrepidity, took away the canoe from the stern of the brigantine in
+which he was embarked, and persuaded five other soldiers to accompany
+him, saying that he was going to perform an exploit to gain fame, and to
+obtain leave of the captain of the vessel, he pretended that he was
+going to speak with the general. When he had got clear of the
+brigantine, he immediately made towards the enemy, crying out _fall on
+them! they run!_ When Alvarado saw this mad action he endeavoured to
+recall Estevanez by sound of trumpet, and sent about forty men after him
+in several canoes under the command of Juan de Guzman, to bring back
+Estevanez whom Alvarado intended to hang for his breach of discipline.
+At the same time the brigantines furled their sails and rowed up against
+the stream to support the canoes. The Indian canoes, which covered the
+water for an extent of a quarter of a league, retreated a little way on
+purpose to separate the Spanish canoes from the brigantines; on which,
+quite frantic at seeing them give way, Estevanez pushed on, followed by
+the other canoes which were sent to bring him back. The Indian canoes
+then drew up in form of a crescent, and when the Spanish canoes were
+well advanced among them, those Indian canoes which formed the horn or
+point on the right, attacked them so furiously athwart ships that they
+sunk them all, by which means all the Spaniards were drowned, and if any
+happened to appear above water, they were either shot with arrows, or
+had their brains dashed out by the paddles. Thus forty-eight Spaniards
+perished, only four escaping of all that were in the canoes. The Indians
+held on their pursuit of the brigantines all that day making continual
+rejoicings for their victory. On the _seventeenth_ day at sun-rise, when
+the Indians had paid their adorations to the sun with hideous cries, and
+a prodigious noise of drums, horns, and trumpets, they ceased the
+pursuit of the Spaniards and retired, having continued the chase about
+four hundred leagues.
+
+The river was now estimated by the Spaniards to be _fifteen_ leagues
+across, from which they concluded they were near the sea, yet did not
+venture to quit the main stream for fear of hidden danger. Thus holding
+on their course, on the nineteenth day of their voyage they came to the
+sea, computing that they had run little short of 500 leagues[191], from
+the place where they built their brigantines. Being ignorant whereabout
+they were, they cast anchor at an island, where they rested three days
+to recover from their long fatigues and continual watching, and to refit
+their brigantines. They here computed how far they had been up the
+country, and as already mentioned estimated the distance from where the
+brigantines were built to the sea at near 500 leagues: And as the river
+was there nineteen feet deep and a quarter of a league over, they
+conjectured that the source of the river might be still 300 leagues
+farther up the country, or 800 leagues in its whole course. When the
+Spaniards had been three days in this island, they observed seven canoes
+to issue from a place overgrown with tall reeds, and come towards them.
+When within hearing, a gigantic man, as black as a negro, stood up in
+the headmost canoe and addressed them in the following harangue:
+"Wherefore do you vagabond robbers stroll about this coast, disturbing
+its inhabitants? Get you gone speedily by one of the mouths of the great
+river, and let me not find you here after this night, or I will kill you
+all and burn your ships!" After this he withdrew among the reeds, and
+Alvarado sent Gonzalo Silvestre with 100 men in the remaining canoes to
+examine the inlet among the reeds. Of these men seventeen were armed
+with cross-bows and three had long bows taken from the Indians, as the
+want of musquets had induced the Spaniards to use the arms of their
+enemies, at which they were become skilful. On getting into the creek or
+inlet among the reeds, Silvestre found sixty small canoes drawn up in
+readiness to receive him, which he immediately attacked, and overset
+three of them at the first shock, wounding many of the Indians; and as
+all the rest of the canoes immediately fled, Silvestre and his party
+returned to the brigantines.
+
+[Footnote 191: Five hundred Spanish leagues at 17-1/2 to a degree, or
+about four English miles, would amount to about 2000 miles of voyage
+down the Missisippi; but we have no sufficient warrant in the text to
+ascertain the league used by Herrera, neither is it probable that the
+Spaniards on this occasion could make any computation nearly accurate.
+The only reasonable conjecture on this subject is from the number of
+days employed in descending the river, which the text informs us was
+_nineteen_, three of which we may suppose were occupied in different
+stoppages. We know likewise from Imlays Description of Kentucky, p. 126,
+that the ordinary rate of descending the Missisippi is about 80 miles a
+day. On these data, the Spaniards made a voyage down that river of about
+1280 English miles, from which we may conclude that they had wintered
+somewhere about the situation of New Madrid, in lat. 36 deg. 30' N. or
+perhaps nearly opposite the junction of the Ohio with the great
+river.--E.]
+
+Leaving the island, and going out into the open sea, the Spaniards now
+bore away to the westwards to endeavour to find their way to New Spain,
+always keeping the coast of Florida[192] on their starboard-side or
+right hand. They knew not whereabout they were, and had neither chart
+nor compass to guide their course, neither had they any instrument to
+find the latitude; but they satisfied themselves in the hope of reaching
+New Spain by following the coast. During all the first day and night,
+they continued to sail among the fresh water of the great river. After
+this they held on their course for fifteen days without any thing
+remarkable taking place; only that they were under the necessity of
+landing every day to procure water, as they had no vessels in which to
+carry any store on board. At the end of that period they got among a
+parcel of small islands, which were frequented by such multitudes of sea
+fowl that the entire surface was covered by their nests, so that there
+was scarcely room to tread. These furnished an ample supply of
+provisions, though their flesh had somewhat of a fishy taste. Next day
+they landed on a pleasant shore covered with trees, to procure water;
+and while looking about in search of shell fish, some pieces of bitumen
+were found resembling pitch, and upon farther search they were fortunate
+enough to find the source whence it flowed. On finding this convenience,
+they thought proper to repair or careen their brigantines, which had
+become leaky, which they did by means of this bitumen melted along with
+a proper quantity of hogs lard. This work occupied them for eight days,
+during which time they only saw eight Indians, to whom they gave some
+trinkets they had yet remaining, without asking any questions respecting
+the country where they now were, as all their hopes and wishes centered
+in arriving in New Spain.
+
+[Footnote 192: It has been already noticed that the term Florida is used
+in the whole of this chapter in a very extended sense, being applied to
+all of North America to the north of the Gulf of Mexico. Immediately on
+leaving the great river or Missisippi, and sailing to the west, the
+coast is new known under the name of Louisiana.--E.]
+
+They proceeded on their voyage keeping as close as possible to the
+shore, for fear of being driven out to sea by the north wind, and
+likewise for the convenience of fishing, as they had nothing else now to
+eat, for which reason they always made some stay wherever they found
+good fishing-grounds. They continued always in this manner, coasting the
+land which lay to starboard, the wisest among them being quite ignorant
+whereabout they were, yet always satisfied that by holding this course
+they must at length get to New Spain if not swallowed up by the waves.
+At the end of fifty-three days after leaving the great river, the north
+wind of which they had been so long in dread began to blow with great
+fury[193]. On this occasion five of the vessels which kept close under
+the land sought shelter in a creek; but the other two, being somewhat
+farther out at sea, were in great danger of perishing. They were all
+stark naked, having only clouts hung before them, and were almost
+drowned with wet and benumbed with cold, as part of them had continually
+to bale out the water from their vessels while the rest handed the
+sails. At length the gale somewhat moderating, they were able to shape a
+course to the westwards, and having been twenty-six hours in great
+distress without food or sleep, they discovered land about sunset. One
+young man who had been twice before upon the coast said that he now
+knew the land, though he could not say in what country it was: But he
+said that part which seemed black was a high bluff impracticable shore,
+while that which had a white appearance was a clean soft sandy beach,
+and advised them to endeavour to make for that part before night, as if
+the wind should drive them on the black coast there would be no
+probability of saving their lives. The officers of the brigantine in
+which this young man was endeavoured by signs to make known what was
+intended to the other vessel, and then made direct for the white coast
+followed by the other, and before sunset ran both vessels aground on the
+sandy beach, after which they lightened both vessels by carrying every
+thing on shore, and propped them up to keep them from oversetting.
+Having thus landed, two men undertook to go in quest of the other
+brigantines.
+
+[Footnote 193: By this time their course must have long been almost due
+south along the coast of the new kingdom of Leon, and province of Nuevo
+Santander.--E.]
+
+Next day three parties were sent out in different directions to discover
+the country. The two parties which went along the coast to the right and
+left soon returned with some broken pieces of earthen ware, of the kinds
+which are made at Talavera and Malaga in Spain, which gave them much
+satisfaction to think that they must now be in the neighbourhood of
+their countrymen. Gonzalo Silvestre, who went up the country with the
+third party, at the end of a quarter of a league saw some Indians
+fishing on a lake[194], and two others gathering fruit from the trees.
+The Spaniards endeavoured to lay hold of these two Indians, but one of
+them escaped by swimming over the lake. Silvestre found likewise in a
+cottage two small baskets of fruit, a turkey, a cock and two Spanish
+hens, and some conserve of _maguey_. Still holding fast the Indian,
+Silvestre went back to his comrades at the sea-side, and to all the
+inquiries they made of the Indian as to where they were, his only answer
+was _Brezos! Brezos!_ which, as they afterwards learnt, was meant to
+signify that he belonged to a Spaniard named Christoval de Brezos. On
+rejoining his companions, Silvestre found them rejoicing at the sight of
+the broken earthen dishes; but they were still more gratified at seeing
+the Spanish poultry, and the Indian being now reassured on finding he
+was in the hands of Spaniards, told them they were in the province of
+Panuco, and that the other brigantines had gone up the river Tampico to
+that city, which was ten leagues off. He said likewise that he belonged
+to one Christoval de Brezos; and that a cacique resided only at the
+distance of a league and a half who could read and write. Accordingly
+they gave the Indian some toys and sent him to the cacique; and in four
+hours afterwards the cacique came to them attended by eight Indians,
+loaded with fowls, fish, fruit, and Indian corn, and brought them paper,
+pens, and ink, that they might write an account of their arrival and
+situation to the governor of Panuco.
+
+[Footnote 194: Probably the lake of _Tamiagua_, a few miles south from
+the river _Tampico_, into which, as will be found in the sequel, the
+other five brigantines had got at the beginning of the storm. In this
+case, the two brigantines had run upon a spit which separates that lake
+or lagoon from the sea.--E.]
+
+The two men who had gone in search of the five brigantines, found them
+in the river Tampico, so that the whole company met at the end of eight
+days, all barefooted and almost entirely naked, having only some scanty
+coverings of the skins of deer, bears, and other animals. The governor
+of Panuco treated them with much attention, and sent advice of their
+situation to the viceroy of Mexico, who ordered them to be sent without
+delay to that city, and sent them four horse-loads of shirts, shoes, and
+other necessaries, besides medicines and sweetmeats. After recovering
+from their fatigues, the men were ready to destroy their officers for
+not having settled in Florida, where there was such plenty of pearls and
+rich furs. On their march to Mexico, which was made in several
+detachments to avoid mischief, the people everywhere ran to see them
+pass as so many monsters. At Mexico they were clothed and kindly treated
+by the rich inhabitants; and as discord soon broke out again among them,
+for having abandoned so fine a country as Florida, the viceroy appeased
+them by promising to undertake the enterprise speedily in person along
+with them, when they should all have good pay, and that he would provide
+for them in the mean time. When clothed, some of the adventurers
+returned into Spain, others remained in Mexico, and others went into
+Peru, while some entered into monasteries; and thus all these brave
+soldiers were dispersed.
+
+Those persons who had been sent by the late general, Ferdinand de Soto,
+when he first advanced into the interior of Florida, to bring him
+supplies from the Havannah, faithfully obeyed his orders, as they sailed
+from thence four several years, and plied all along the coast to find
+him, but could never hear any tidings of him or any of his men, till, in
+the year 1543, arriving at Vera Cruz in October, they learnt that the
+remains of the expedition had been conducted to Mexico.--_This relation
+has been faithfully taken from that which was transmitted to the king,
+immediately after the close of that unfortunate enterprise_.
+
+END OF THE FIFTH VOLUME.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A General History and Collection of
+Voyages and Travels, Vol. 5, by Robert Kerr
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A GENERAL HISTORY, VOL. 5 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 14984.txt or 14984.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/4/9/8/14984/
+
+Produced by Robert Connal, Graeme Mackreth and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team. This file was produced from images generously
+made available by the Canadian Institute for Historical
+Microreproductions.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/14984.zip b/14984.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9fcdc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14984.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb27a42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #14984 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/14984)